Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


Mm 


Return  to 
LIBRARY  OF  MARINE  BIOLOGICAL  LABORATORY 

WOODS     HOLE,    MASS. 


Loaned  by  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


":     v  CENTRAL  PARK, 


OF   THE 


ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 


OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


1860. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

PRINTED     FOR     THE     ACADEMY- 

1861. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF   THE 

ACADEMY   OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF   PHILADELPHIA. 

1860. 


January  3d. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

Papers  were  presented  for  publication  entitled, 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  fossils,  probably  Triassic,  from  Vir- 
ginia," by  Win.  M.  Grabb. 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils,"  by  "Win.  M. 
Gabb. 

"  Catalogue  of  the  shell-bearing  Mollusca  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Mo- 
hawk, N.  Y.,"  by  James  Lewis,  M.  D. 

Permission  being  granted,  the  Report  of  the  Biological  Department 
for  December  was  read  and  ordered  to  be  printed  with  the  Proceed- 
ings of.  the  month. 

Mr.  Lea,  in  referring  to  the  death  of  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  one  of  our  old 
members,  mentioned  that  the  deceased  was  elected  in  1818,  and  that 
he  had  been  an  ardent  student  of  mineralogy  and  a  most  persevering 
collector,  being  in  the  habit  of  visiting  on  foot  and  collecting  largely  from  dis- 
tant localities.  In  1819  he  accompanied  Major  Long's  expedition  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains  as  mineralogist  and  geologist,  and  handed  in  his  report  to  the  Depart- 
ment, but  for  some  reason,  unknown  at  present,  it  was  not#inserted  in  the 
Journal  of  that  Expedition  as  published.  Having  entered  into  an  active  busi- 
ness career,  in  which  he  was  eminently  successful,  he  retired  in  the  year 
1853  with  an  ample  fortune,  having  made  many  friends  by  his  probity,  punc- 
tuality and  liberality.  He  was  frank  and  open  in  his  manners,  prompt  and 
just  in  his  dealings  and  liberal  in  his  views.  While  immersed  in  the  cares  of 
a  large  business,  he  did  not  forget  his  early  attachment  to  the  Academy.  He 
was  unable,  from  his  residence  being  at  some  distance,  to  attend  the  meetings, 
but  he  watched  with  pleasure  the  growth  and  usefulness  of  our  institution, 
and  was  always  ready  to  contribute  liberally  to  promote  the  objects  of  Natural 
History.  He  died  suddenly,  on  the  17th  day  of  December,  1859,  at  his  resi- 
dence in  Wilmington,  Del.,  in  his  63d  year. 

In  conclusion  Mr.  Lea  offered  the  following  resolutions : 

Resolved,  That  in  the  decease  of  our  fellow  member,  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  we 
have  lost  an  old,  esteemed  and  valued  associate,  who,  through  a  long  and  sue- 

I860.]  1 


&  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

cessful  career  had  not  ceased  to  promote  the  objects,  which,  in  early  life,  at- 
tached him  to  the  study  of  Natural  History. 

Resolved,  That  while  the  members  are  sensible  of  the  loss  they  have  sus- 
tained, they  are  not  forgetful  of  the  sorrows  of  his  afflicted  family,  to  whom 
they  offer  their  condolence. 

Which  were  adopted. 


January  \§th. 

Mr.  Lea,  President  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-nine  members  present. 

Tiie  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Appendix  to  the  paper  entitled  New  Genera  and  Species  of  North 
American  Tipulidse  with  short  palpi,"  by  R.  Osten  Sacken. 

"  Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology,  No.  3,"by  Brackenridge 
Clemens,  M.  D. 

Mr.  Lea  having  stated  some  facts  in  relation  to  the  history  of  Anthra- 
cite, Dr.  Pickering  mentioned  that  Mr.  Shoemaker's  first  load  of  An- 
thracite was  taken  to  the  factory  of  Mr.  Samuel  Wetherill,  at  the  cor- 
ner of  12th  and  Cherry  streets,  but  in  consequence  of  the  impossibility 
of  burning  it,  it  was  buried. 

Permission  being  granted,  the  following  resolutions  were  passed,  in 
relation  to  the  application  made  this  evening  by  Dr.  Evans,  for  the  co- 
operation of  the  Academy,  in  his  efforts  to  transport  the  meteorite  now 
lying  near  Port  Orford,  W.  T. 

Resolved,  That  the  Academy  will  cheerfully  co-operate  with  Dr. 
Evans  in  his  endeavors  to  rescue  for  science  the  meteorite  of  Washing- 
ton Territory. 

Resolved,  That  a  Committee  of  three  be  appointed  to  prepare  a 
memorial  in  such  form  as  may,  in  their  opinion,  conduce  to  the  carrying 
out  of  the  views  of  Dr.  Evans,  a  draft  of  the  same  to  be  reported  at  the 
next  meeting. 

The  death  of  Peter  A.  Browne,  late  a  member  of  the  Academy,  at 
Philadelphia,  on  the  9th  instant,  was  announced. 


•  January  Ylth. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-five  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Additional  new  species  of*  Fossils  to  a  paper  by  T.  A.  Conrad." 

"  Notes  on  the  nomenclature  of  North  American  Fishes,"  by  Theo. 

Gill. 

"  On  the  pertinence  of  Alosa  teres,  Dekay,  to  the  genus  Dussumieza. 

Val,"  by  Theo.  Gill. 
Pursuant  to  the  order  of  the  last  meeting  the  Committee  to  prepare 

a  memorial   in   aid  of  Dr.  Evans'   attempts   to  procure   the   meteorite 

near  Port  Orford,  W.  T.,  reported  and  was  discharged. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA. 

January  2i tJi. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

A  paper  entitled   the   Mexican   Humming   Birds,  No.  1,  by  Rafael 
Montes  de  Oca  was  presented  for  publication. 

Mr.  Lea  exhibited  some  specimens  of  Unionida?.,  and  remarked  that  he  had 
often  been  asked  as  to  the  number  of  species  which  inhabited  the  United 
States,  a  question  he  could  not  answer,  as  he  had  never  made  a  separate  cata- 
logue of  such  species.  Recently  he  had  been  requested  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  to  furnish  a  list  for  publication  by  that  Institution, 
which  he  had  just  finished  and  sent  to  Washington.  In  making  the  list  he 
had  used  the  manuscript  which  he  had  prepared  for  a  new  and  enlarged  edi- 
tion (4)  of  his  "  Synopsis. "  From  the  list  he  had  carefully  eliminated  the 
synonyms,  and  there  remained  in  it  the  extraordinarily  large  number  of 
five  hundred  and  twenty  species  which  have  been  described,  inhabiting  the 
Rivers,  Lakes  and  Pools  of  the  United  States  and  Territories,  and  he  stated 
that  he  had  some  30  to  40  in  his  possession  not  yet  named  or  described. 
These  520  may  be  thus  divided  : — 

Unio,     .........         441  species. 

Margaritana,  .......  26       do. 

Anodonta,     ........  53       do. 


520 
New  species  in  Mr.  Lea's  possession,  but  yet  not  described,      30 


550 
Mr.  Lea  further  remarked  that  it  was  very  probable  that  at  least  100  more 
species  would  be  added  to  this  list,  as  inhabiting  within  the  present  limits  of 
the  United  States,  as  almost  every  naturalist,  searching  in  unexplored  waters, 
was  constantly  discovering  new  forms.  In  reflecting  on  the  profusion  of  this 
kind  of  animal  life  in  the  United  States,  the  naturalist  is  astonished  at  the 
great  number  of  forms  characteristic  of  the  various  species,  and  he  is  the  more 
struck  with  the  extent  of  it,  when  a  comparison  is  made  with  the  small  num- 
ber of  species  which  inhabit  the  continent  of  Europe,  there  not  being  in  the 
fresh  waters  of  that  quarter  of  the  globe  more  perhaps  than  ten  species,  viz: 
seven  Uniones,  one  Margaritana,  one  Monocondylcca,  and  one  Anodonta.  Mr. 
Lea  stated  that  he  had  taken  great  pains  to  procure  specimens  from  all  parts 
of  Europe,  and  he  was  satisfied  that  there  were  98  synonyms  made  by  Euro- 
pean authors,  for  the  single  species  of  Anodonta  cygnea,  Draparnaud,  the 
Mytilus  cygneus  of  Linnaeus,  and  the  synonymy  is  nearly  as  profusely  erroneous, 
in  Unio  pictorum,   Unio  tumidus,  Unio  Batavus  and   Unio  littoral  is. 

Mr.  Slack  remarked,  in  connection  with  the  bones  presented  this  evening, 
that  they  were  discovered  some  two  weeks  since  by  Mr.  O.  C.  Herbert,  in  his 
marl  pits,  near  Marlborough,  Monmouth  Co.,  N.  J.,  at  a  depth  of  twenty-five 
feet  beneath  the  surface.  Having  received  information  of  their  discovery  from 
Mr.  Hopper,  of  Freehold,  on  Monday  week,  Mr.  S.  visited  the  pits  and  pro- 
cured the  specimens  from  Mr.  H.  They  consist  of  fragments  of  the  femur 
and  fibula  of  the  Mosasaurus,  and  are  of  great  interest,  the  long  bones  of  this 
reptile  having  until  recently  been  unknown. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Slack,  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  were  ordered 
to  be  tendered  to  Messrs.  J.  M.  Hopper  and  O.  C.  Herbert,  of  Mon- 
mouth Co.,  N.  J.,  and  also  to  Mr.  Edward  L.  Perkins,  for  donations 
presented  by  them. 

I860.] 


4  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Jan.  %\st. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-four  members  present. 

The  report  of  the  Biological  Department  for  the  present  month  was 
read. 

On  report  of  a  Committee  of  the  Biological  Department,  the  paper  en- 
titled "  Remarks  on  errors  in  the  Anatomical  Diagnosis  of  Cancer,  by 
J.  J.  Woodward,  M.  D.,"  was  recommended  for  publication  in  a  Medical 
Journal. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees  the  following  papers  were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  : 

"  Reflections  upon  the  nature  of  the  temporary  star  of  the  year  1572, 
an  application  of  the  Nebular  Hypothesis,  by  Alexander  Wilcox,  M.  D." 

"  Descriptions  of  New  Cretaceous  and  Eocene  Shells  of  Mississippi 
and  Alabama,  also  with  notes  on  Eocene  fossil  shells,  by  T.  A.  Conrad." 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Fossils,  probably  Triassic,  from  Vir- 
ginia, by  W.  M.  Gabb." 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Cretaceous  fossils,  by  W.  M.  Gabb." 

"  Additional  new  species  of  Fossils  to  a  paper  by  T.  A.  Conrad." 

And  the  following  in  the  Proceedings  : 

Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology.— No.  3. 

BY  BRACKENRIDGE    CLEMENS,  M.  D. 

TltfEINA. 

The  plan  of  these  papers  will  hereafter  be  changed,  and  no  diagnosis 
of  genera  will  be  given,  except  when  there  is  doubt  respecting  the  identity  of 
the  European  and  American  groups,  and  when  the  genera  are  new.  The  in- 
tention of  giving  some  conception  of  the  systematic  arrangement  of  the  group 
Tineina  will  therefore  be  abandoned,  and  the  subsequent  papers  be  confined 
simply  to  the  description  of  species.  I  find  myself  compelled  to  adopt  this 
course,  in  consequence  of  perceiving,  as  I  advance  in  the  recognition  of  generic 
groups,  that  the  diagnoses  of  the  families  heretofore  cited  are  too  limited,  and 
that,  in  order  to  represent  my  conception  of  these  groups,  I  shall  be  obliged 
to  make  them  more  comprehensive.  These  changes,  together  with  generic 
synopses  of  the  families,  will  be  best  treated  in  a  monograph  of  the  Tineina, 
which  will  be  undertaken  as  soon  as  the  collection  of  the  writer  represents, 
with  some  degree  of  completeness,  the  genera  found  in  our  country.  In  order 
that  the  accomplishment  of  this  may  not  be  too  long  delayed,  contributions  of 
specimens  are  respectfully  solicited  from  collectors,  either  in  accordance  with 
the  call  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  in  the  Report  for 
1858,  or  the  request  made  at  the  present  time.  Contributions  may  be  sent  to 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  or  to  myself,  but,  in  the  latter  case,  the  charges 
for  carriage  must  be  prepaid  ;  and  should  the  contributor  desire  it,  a  suite  of 
named  specimens  will  be  returned  to  him.  Full  directions  for  the  collection 
and  preservation  of  Lepidoptera  are  contained  in  the  Smithsonian  Report  for 
1858,  and  may  be  had  on  application  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Institution. 

Coleofhora  Zeller. 
Stalk  of  antenna  clothed  with  erect  scales  to  the  middle. 
C.  coruscipennella  . — Labial  palpi  and  head  bronzy  green.   Antenna?, 

[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  0 

basal  half  bronzy  green,  with  a  reddish  violet  reflection  ;  terminal  half  white, 
annulated  with  brown.  Fore  wings  uniform,  bronzy  green,  with  the  apical 
portion  reddish  violet,  or  of  a  reddish,  coppery  hue.  Hind  wings  dark  brown  ; 
cilia  the  same. 

Stalk  somewhat  thickened,  with  scales  not  erected. 

C.  laticornella . — Labial  palpi  and  head  brownish  ochreous.  Antenna? 
pale  brownish  ochreous  towards  the  base,  becoming  white  with  an  ochreous 
tinge  toward  the  tip,  and  annulated  with  dark  brown  throughout.  Fore  wings 
rather  deep,  uniform  brown,  with  a  whitish  ochreous  streak  along  the  costa, 
from  the  base  to  the  costo-apical  cilia,  narrowing  behind,  and  not  reaching 
beyond  the  subcostal  nervure.    Hind  wings  rather  dark  brown  ;  cilia  the  same. 

Antennal  italic  simpJe;  basal  jo'nt  thickened  with  scales. 

C.  coenosipennella . — Labial  palpi  and  head  white.  Antennae  white, 
annulated  with  dark  brown  ;  basal  joint  white.  Fore  wings  dull  yellow,  with 
a  white  streak  along  the  basal  portion  of  inner  margin,  one  along  the  costa, 
and  one  along  the  subcostal  nervure,  separated  from  the  former  by  a  narrow 
line  of  the  general  hue  ;  an  oblique,  white  streak  along  the  disk,  and  inclined 
to  the  inner  angle,  and  one  in  the  fold,  with  three  rather  faint,  oblicpze,  white 
streaks  between  the  terminal  portions  of  the  costal  and  discal  streaks.  Hind 
wings  rather  dark  gray  ;  cilia  fulvous. 

C.  infuscatella . — Labial  palpi  brownish  gray.  Head  pale  leaden  gray, 
whitish  on  the  sides  and  above  the  eyes.  Antennae  gray,  annulated  with  dark 
brown.  Fore  wings  grayish  brown,  with  a  white  streak  along  the  costa  to  the 
tip,  and  one  along  the  inner  margin  ;  a  white  streak  along  the  fold,  and  one 
parallel  to  it  along  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  somewhat  dilated  on  the  inner 
margin  ;  cilia  grayish  brown.     Hind  wings  gray  ;  cilia  the  same. 

C.  c  r  et  at  ieo  s  tella  . — Labial  palpi  white.  Head  white,  tinged  with 
yellowish.  Antennas  white,  annulated  with  brownish.  Fore  wings  shining 
yellow,  with  rather  a  broad  white  streak  along  the  costa,  extended  nearly  to 
the  tip  ;  somewhat  streaked  with  ochreous,  and  the  tip  rather  deep  ochreous.  The 
inner  margin  of  the  wing  is  whitish.  Hind  wings  ochreous  brown  ;  cilia  the 
same. 

Incuevakia  Haworth. 

I.  russatella . — Head  ochreous.  Antenna?  dark  brown,  ochreous  at  the 
base,  and  annulated  with  ochreous.  Thorax  purplish  brown.  Fore  wings 
deep  fuscous,  with  a  beautiful  purple  reflection.  Near  the  base  of  the  wing 
is  a  very  pale  yellow  band,  broadest  on  the  inner  margin,  and  a  costal  and 
dorsal  spot  of  the  same  hue  opposite  each  other,  a  little  beyond  the  middle  of 
the  wing.     Hind  wings  pale  fuscous  tinged  with  purplish  red  ;  cilia  pale  brown. 

The  wing  structure  of  the  following  species  departs  from  that  of  the  genus. 
Both  wings  are  pointed,  the  fore  wings  with  a  single  discal  nervure,  given  off 
to  the  inner  margin  and  the  hind  wings  with  two  discal  nervules  branching 
from  a  common  stalk. 

I.  Acerif oliella. — Ornix  Acerifoliella  Fitch,  Reports,  1  and  2,  p.  269. 
Head  reddish  ochreous.  General  hue  a  fine  metallic  green  ;  fore  wings  without 
markings.  I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Fitch  for  a  specimen  of  this 
insect. 

Plutblla  Schrank. 

P.  vigilaciella . — Head  white,  with  fuscous  before  and  behind  the  eyes. 
Labial  palpi  white  ;  exterior  of  second  joint  fuscous.  Antennae  ochreous,  an- 
nulated with  white,  especially  towards  the  tips.  Thorax  white  ;  teguhe  dark 
I860.] 


6  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

fuscous.  Fore  wings  white,  streaked  with  ochreous,  with  a  dark  ochreous  streak 
at  the  hase  of  the  fold,  margined  on  the  inner  side  with  dark  brown.  The 
inner  border,  from  near  the  base  to  the  tip  of  the  wing,  is  closely  dotted  with 
dark  brown  ;  and  on  the  costa,  toward  the  tip,  are  a  few  dots  of  the  same  hue, 
and  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  an  elongated  dark  brown  dot  ;  cilia  white  and 
dark  brown  intermixed.     Hind  wings  dark  gray.     Abdomen  dark  gray. 

P.  limbipennel  la. — Head  pale  ochreous.  Labial  palpi  whitish  :  tuft  dark 
brown.  Antenna?  brown,  slightly  annulated  with  white.  Thorax  yellowish 
white  ;  tegulre  dark  brown.  Fore  wings  cinereous  brown,  dusted  with  dark 
brown,  witli  a  dark  brown  sinuated  streak  along  the  fold,  and  the  inner  mar- 
ginal portion  of  the  wing  pale  yellowish  white,  with  three  rounded  projections 
toward  the  fold.  Hind  wings  brown,  with  a  purplish  hue ;  cilia  brownish 
ochreous.     Abdomen  dark  brown. 

P.  mollip  edella . — Head  and  thorax  pale  brownish  ochrecus.  Fore 
wings  pale  brownish  ochreous,  somewhat  paler  along  the  costa,  and  dotted 
with  dark  brown,  with  a  fuscous,  sinuated  streak  in  the  fold,  narrowly  edged 
with  ochreous  gray.  The  inner  marginal  portion  of  the  wing  pale  brownish 
ochreous,  with  three  projections  toward  the  fold,  and  the  inner  border  dotted 
with  dark  broion  to  the  tip  of  the  wing.  Hind  wings  dark  gray  ;  cilia  brownish 
ochreous. 

Gtkacilaria  Zeller. 

G.  superbifrontella . — LaMal  palpi  yellow,  tipped  with  brownish.  An- 
tenna? dull  yellow,  with  very  faint  brownish  rings.  Head  stramineous, 
tinged  with  reddish  violet  on  the  forehead.  Thorax  stramineous,  with  tegula? 
externally  striped  with  reddish  violet.  Fore  wings  beautiful  reddish  violet, 
with  a  shining  stramineous  patch  on  the  inner  margin  at  the  bas'e,  and  a  large 
costal  triangle  of  the  same  hue,  reaching  almost  across  the  wing,  and  extending 
along  the  costa  from  the  basal  third,  nearly  to  the  apex.  Hind  wings  black- 
ish gray  ;  cilia  dark  fuscous. 

This  insect  must  approach  very  closely  the  European  Swederella. 

The  larva  may  be  found,  in  the  middle  of  July,  in  cones,  on  the  leaves  of 
Hamamelis  Virginica  (Witch  Hazel),  and  the  imago  appears  early  in 
August.  The  head  of  the  larva  is  pale  green  ;  body  pale  green,  darker 
colored  by  the  ingesta,  with  the  tenth  ring  whitish,  and  the  cervical  shield 
pale  brown. 

Gr.  f  u  1  g  i  d  e  1 1  a  . — Head  and  antenna?  yellowish  white.  Fore  wings  white, 
with  a  silvery  lustre,  with  a  dark  brown  blotch  near  the  base,  not  extended 
across  the  wing.  Rather  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  a  broad,  dark 
brown  band,  with  the  exterior  margin  darkest,  and  sharply  angulatcd  just  above 
the  inner  margin.  The  apical  portion  of  the  wing  contains  two  rather  broad, 
dark  brown  costal  streaks,  somewhat  confluent  in  the  middle  of  the  wing, 
with  a  white  costal  spot  between  them.  The  extreme  apex  of  the  wing  is 
dark  brown,  with  a  white  costal  streak  before  it,  and  opposite  the  costal  white 
spot  is  another,  at  the  interior  angle,  sometimes  two  not  distinctly  separated. 
Hind  wings  dark  fuscous  ;  cilia  the  same. 

Gr.  venustella  .—Labial  palpi  white,  with  a  blackish  spot  near  the  mid- 
dle, and  one  near  the  tip.  Antenna?  dark  brownish.  Head  silvery  white. 
Fore  wings  dark  cinereous,  with  a  purplish  hue,  and  white  along  the  inner  mar- 
gin from  "the  base  to  the  middle.  At  the  basal  third  of  the  wing  is  a  small, 
white  costal  spot ;  three  oblique,  equidistant,  slender  white  bands,  dark  mar- 
gined on  both  sides,  the  first  about  the  middle  of  the  wing,  the  second  and 
third  converging  at  the  inner  margin,  with  a  white  spot  at  the  extreme  apex, 
dark-margined  on  both  sides  by  short  streaks  ;  cilia  cinereous  and  white  in- 
termixed.    Hind  wings  blackish  gray ;  cilia  rather  paler. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  i 

Or.  strigifinitella . — Labial  palpi  yellowish  white,  dotted  with  dark 
brown,  and  with  two  dark  brown  rings  before  the  tip.  Head  and  antennae 
dull  yellow.  Fore  wings  brownish  gray  suffused  with  dark  brown,  with  the 
inner  margin,  from  near  the  base  to  the  middle,  varied  with  white  and  dark 
brown  ;  on  the  middle  of  costa  a  white  streak,  and  a  few  small,  costal,  dark 
brown  blotches.  Near  the  tip,  on  the  inner  margin,  a  slender,  very  oblique 
white  streak,  dark  margined  on  both  sides,  which  crosses  an  oblique  streak  of 
the  same  hue  from  the  costa,  likewise  dark-margined  on  both  sides  above  the 
streak  from  the  inner  margin,  and  curved  beneath,  forming  a  white  hinder- 
marginal  line  in  the  cilia,  beneath  the  tip,  and  extending  nearly  to  the  apex 
of  the  wing.  Beyond  these,  toward  the  base,  in  the  apical  third  of  the  wing, 
are  two  oblique,  dark  brown  costal  streaks,  with  a  short,  white  one  between 
them,  the  first  irregular  and  somewhat  diffused,  the  second  margined  behind 
with  brownish  yellow.  Apical  portion  of  the  wing  dark  brown.  Hind  wings 
dark  brown  ;  cilia  somewhat  paler. 

G  violacella. — Head  and  face  pale  yellowish,  tinged  with  reddish 
violet.  Labial  palpi  yellowish  white,  annulated  at  the  tip  with  brownish. 
Fore  wings  with  the  external  half  pale,  shining,  cream  yellow,  interior  half 
suffused  with  a  pale  violet  iridescence.  About  the  middle  of  the  costa  are  a 
few  separated  blackish  brown  dots,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  a  blackish 
brown  comma  spot,  and  near  the  tip  an  atom  of  the  same  hue.  The  posterior 
part  of  the  fold  somewhat  suffused  with  fuscous  ;  cilia  reddish  fuscous.  Hind 
wings  dark  gray,  with  a  reddish  tinge  ;  cilia  reddish  fuscous. 

Argyresthia  Hubner. 

A.  or  ease  11a. — Labial  palpi  silvery  white.  Head  silvery  white;  fore- 
head and  face  faintly  tinged  with  pale  golden  brown.  Antennae  silvery,  annu- 
lated with  dark  brown.  Fore  wings  silvery  white,  with  a  pale  golden  brown 
streak  at  the  base  of  the  costa.  About  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  an  oblique, 
dark  golden  brown  band,  broadest  on  the  inner  margin,  and  tapering  to  the 
costa,  beyond  which  is  a  narrower,  oblique  band  of  the  same  hue  produced  in 
the  middle,  as  a  rather  broad,  somewhat  curved  streak  toward  the  tip,  behind 
which  it  is  arrested  ;  cilia  pale  golden  brown,  with  a  darker  hinder-marginal 
line  ;  hind  wings  dark  gray  ;  cilia  the  same. 

Another  specimen,  on  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin,  has  a  rectangular, 
golden  brown  patch,  not  extended  to  the  costa,  with  an  irregular,  obliquely 
placed  patch  of  the  same  hue  on  the  inner  margin,  near  the  tip,  and  slightly 
connected  with  a  small  costal  patch  placed  midway  between  the  patches,  on 
the  inner  margin.  The  tip  of  the  wing  is  golden  brown,  and  is  scarcely  con- 
nected With  the  second  patch  by  a  posteriorly  produced  portion. 

Taken  on  wing,  June,  July. 

Ornix  Zeller. 

0.  trepidella . — Labial  palpi  yellowish  white,  annulated  with  dark  brown 
near  the  tip.  Head  dark  brown.  Antennae  dark  brown,  slightly  annulated 
with  whitish.  Fore  wings  dark  purplish,  dusted  with  dark  brown.  Along  the 
costa  are  several  short,  oblique,  obscure  yellowish  streaks,  with  dark  brown 
streaks  between,  extending  from  the  middle  of  the  wing  to  the  tip,  obliquely 
placed  till  near  the  apex.     Hind  wings  dark  gray  ;  cilia  the  same. 

0.  festinella. — Labial  palpi  silvery  gray,  with  the  second  joint  at  the 
apex  annulated  with  dark  brownish.  Head  dull  brownish  gray.  Antenna? 
dark  brown,  annulated  with  whitish.  Fore  wings  grayish,  somewhat  suffused 
with  brownish  from  the  base  to  the  middle,  with  the  costa  at  base  dark 
brown.  From  the  middle  to  the  tip  freely  dusted  with  dark  brown,  with 
several  whitish,  rather  obscure  costal  streaks,  becoming  plainer  near  the  tip, 
and  two  or  three  on  the  inner  margin,  near  the  tip.    At  the  tip  are  a  few  dark 

I860.] 


8  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

brown  scales,  with  the  cilia  of  extreme  apex  white  ;  cilia  grayish,  with  dark 
brown  tipped  scales  intermixed.  Hind  wings  pale  gray  ;  cilia  similar.  Ab- 
domen blackish,  tipped  with  yellowish  ochreous. 

0.  C  ratfegif  oliella. — Labial  palpi  whitish.  Head  dark  brown  and 
gray  intermixed.  Antennae  dark  brown,  faintly  annulated  with  whitish. 
Fore  wings  dark  brown,  with  a  purplish  hue.  Along  the  inner  margin,  from 
the  base  to  the  anal  angle,  whitish,  dusted  with  dark  brownish.  In  the  fold 
at  the  base  is  a  dark  brown  streak,  and  a  small  blotch  of  the  same  hue  be- 
yond the  middle,  nearly  reaching  to  the  inner  margin.  Toward  the  tip  are  a 
few  whitish,  costal  streaks,  and  at  the  apex  a  small,  round,  dark  brown  spot, 
in  a  whitish  patch,  with  a  circular,  dark  brown  apical  line  behind  it ;  cilia 
blackish  gray.  Hind  wings  blackish  gray  ;  cilia  rather  paler.  Abdomen 
blackish,  tipped  with  dull  yellow. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  Crataegus  tomentosa  (Black  Thorn),  in 
September,  and  becomes  a  pupa  early  in  October,  weaving  a  reddish  brown 
cocoon  in  a  turned  down  edge  of  the  leaf.  The  pupa  case  is  thrust  from  the 
end  of*  the  cocoon  at  maturity,  the  imago  appearing  early  in  May.  There  is, 
doubtless,  a  summer  brood,  but  I  have  not  sought  for  it.  The  head  of  the 
larva  is  brown ;  the  body  greenish  white,  with  the  dorsum  reddish  brown. 

Hyponomeuta  Zeller. 

H.  multipunc  t  ella  . — Labial  palpi,  head,  antennae  and  thorax,  white. 
Thorax  with  a  black  spot  on  the  front  of  tegulae,  and  a  few  spots  of  the  same 
hue  on  the  disk.  Fore  wings  white,  with  the  costa  at  the  base  blackish,  and 
longitudinal  rows  of  distinct  black  dots  ;  two  of  which,  one  along  the  inner 
margin  and  one  along  the  fold,  are  very  plain.     Hind  wings  blackish  gray. 

Bedellia  ?  Stainton. 

This  genus  is  represented  by  a  single  species,  in  Europe.  It  was,  therefore, 
a  surprise  to  myself,  when  I  found  the  species  described  below,  corresponded 
to  the  European  not  only  in  structure  but  in  ornamentation.  There  is,  how- 
ever, a  slight  difference  in  the  neuration  of  the  posterior  wings  of  the  two  in- 
sects when  compared  with  Mr.  Stainton's  delineation,  and  hence  I  give  a  full 
generic  diagnosis  of  the  American  species. 

The  anterior  wings  are  narrow  and  pointed,  and  the  posterior  very  narrow, 
almost  setiform.  The  discoidal  cell  of  the  anterior  is  acute  behind,  with  three 
subcosto-marginal  nervules,  the  last  of  which  arises  at  the  apex  of  the  cell, 
together  with  the  apical  nervule,  which  sends  off,  at  about  its  middle,  a  ner- 
vulet  to  the  inner  margin,  and  is  furcate  near  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  median 
nervure  sends  only  a  single  branch  to  the  inner  margin.  Both  the  costal  and 
sub-median  nervures  are  short.  The  posterior  wings  without  discoidal  cell ; 
the  costal  nervure  is  very  short ;  the  sub-costal  runs  through  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  and  sends  a  branch  to  the  inner  margin,  rather  beyond  the  middle, 
and  is  furcate  at  its  extremity,  the  lower  branch  proceeding  to  the  tip,  along 
the  inner  margin.  Above  the  subcostal  nervure  is  a  rather  indistinct,  paral- 
lel fold.  The  median  nervure  is  long,  well  marked,  and  simple  ;  placed  near 
the  inner  margin  of  the  wing. 

Head  rough  above,  and  in  front,  between  the  antenna?,  almost  tufted  ;  face 
smooth,  moderately  broad,  and  rounded.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  moderately 
prominent,  round,  and  partially  covered  with  hairs  from  above.  Antennae  as 
long  as  the  anterior  wings,  filiform,  simple  ;  basal  joint  squamose.  No  max- 
illary palpi.  Labial  palpi  very  short,  pointed,  and  rather  porrected,  with  two 
joints  only  distinguishable.     Tongue  naked  and  short. 

B.  ?  Staintoniella . — Labial  palpi  and  head  ochreous,  the  latter  some- 
what reddish  ochreous  above.  Antennae  oclu-eous.  Fore  wings  ochreous, 
dusted  with  dark  fuscouSj  but  leaving  a  streak  of  the  general  hue  along  the 

[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  9 

inner  margin.     Hind  wings  dark  gray ;  cilia  rather  dark  ochreous.     Abdomen 
dark  brown  and  ochreous  mixed. 

Cosmiotes. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrowly  ovate-lanceolate,  with  the  discoidal  cell  closed 
acutely.  The  sub-costal  nervure  is  attenuated  toward  base  of  the  wing,  and 
subdivides  into  three  marginal  branches,  the  first  of  which  arises  at  about 
its  middle,  and  sends  from  the  angle  of  the  disk  a  trijid  branch,  which  is 
either  forked  on  the  costa  by  an  exceeding  short  branch  before  the  tip,  and 
gives  rise  at  about  its  middle  to  a  branch  to  the  inner  margin,  or  is  trifid  at 
its  extreme  tip.  The  median  is  two  or  three-branched  near  its  end.  The 
sub-median  is  simple.  Hind  wings  are  without  a  discoidal  cell ;  and  the 
costal  nervure  is  moderately  long.  The  sub-costal  runs  through  the^  mid- 
dle of  the  wing,  (is  central),  and  is  furcate  near  the  tip.  The  median  is 
well  indicated,  with  two  or  three  short,  approximated  branches  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  inner  margin. 

Size  very  small.  Head  smooth.  Without  ocelli.  Forehead  rather  elevated 
and  rounded  ;  face  rounded,  and  nearly  equally  broad.  Eyes  very  small, 
oval,  and  somewhat  sunken,  scarcely  visible  in  front.  Labial  palpi-  mode- 
rately long  and  slender,  smooth,  pointed,  and  somewhat  recurved  ;  the  second 
joint  slightly  compressed  laterally.  No  maxillary  palpi.  Antennae  inserted 
laterally  ;  basal  joint  short  and  rather  thick,  with  a  few  cilia  at  the  base  be- 
fore ;  stalk  simple,  slender,  and  scarcely  as  long  as  the  body.  Tongue  naked, 
and  about  as  long  as  the  labial  palpi. 

§  Median  vein  of  hind  ivings  two-branched.     Apical  vein  trifid  at  the  tip. 

C.  illectella. — Labial  palpi  and  head  yellowish  brown.  Anteunse  fus- 
cous. Fore  wings  fuscous,  dusted  with  dark  brown,  with  a  broad,  transverse 
silvery  white  band  near  the  middle  of  the  wing,  a  spot  of  the  same  hue  on 
the  costa  near  the  tip,  and  an  opposite  one  on  the  inner  margin,  nearly  join- 
ing it  in  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The  extreme  apex  of  the  wing  has  a  silvery 
streak  in  the  cilia,  margined  behind  with  a  row  of  dark  brown  atoms  on  their 
ends.     Hind  wings  grayish  fuscous  ;  cilia  the  same. 

§§  Median  vein  of  hind  icing  three-branched.  Apical  vein  forked  on  the  costa, 
with  a  nervulet  to  the  inner  margin. 

C.  maculoscella. — Labial  palpi  dull  yellowish.  Head  dark  brownish. 
Antenna?  fuscous.  Fore  wings  shining  silvery  grayish,  suffused  with  dark 
golden  brown,  with  a  rather  obscure  silvery  band  in  the  middle  of  the  wing 
and  a  silvery  spot  on  the  costa  just  before  the  tip.  The  extreme  apical  por- 
tion of  the  wing  is  blackish  brown  ;  cilia  grayish  brown.  Hind  wings  grayish, 
dusted  with  dark  brown  ;  cilia  grayish  brown. 

§§  Medio-posterior  and  central  veins  opposite  the  space  between  the  second  and 
third  sub-costo  marginals. 

C.  madarella . — Head  dark  silvery  gray.  Antennae  dark  brown,  yellow- 
ish white  at  the  tips.  Fore  wings  dark  golden  brown,  silvery  gray  at  the 
base,  with  an  oblique,  pale  golden  band  near  the  middle  of  the  wing,  the 
costal  portion  being  nearest  the  base.  On  the  costa,  near  the  tip,  is  a  pale 
golden  spot,  with  a  spot  of  the  same  hue  opposite  on  the  inner  margin,  and 
one  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  before  the  tip ;  cilia  pale  brown,  dotted  with 
dark  brown.     Hind  wings  grayish  brown  ;  cilia  rather  darker. 

Cosmoptekyx  ?  Hiibner. 

The  anterior  wings  are  rather  narrow,  and  slenderly  caudate.  The  discoidal 
cell  is  elongate  and  very  narrow,  and  closed  acutely  behind  with  three  sub- 
costo-marginal  nervules,  the  first  arising  about  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The 
median  sendsybwr  nervules  to  the  inner  margin,  the  first  arising  midway  be- 

1860.] 


10  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

tween  the  first  and  second  subcostal  branches,  and  the  last  from  the  apex  of 
the  discoidal  cell,  together  with  an  apical  branch,  which  almost  immediately 
sends  off  a  nervulet  to  the  inner  margin,  whilst  the  apical  proceeds  through 
the  middle  of  the  slender,  acicular  caudate  extremity  to  its  tip.  At  the  basal 
third  of  the  wing,  the  sub-costal  nervure  becomes  attenuated.  The  costal  is 
nearly  coincident  with  the  margin  ;  the  sub-median  furcate  at  the  base.  The 
posterior  wings  are  narrow,  almost  setiform,  and  without  a  discoidal  cell. 
The  sub-median  is  central,  simple,  and  faintly  indicated  until  near  the  tip, 
when  it  becomes  furcate.  The  median,  which  is  better  defined,  runs  near  the 
inner  margin,  and  subdivides  into  three  branches  to  the  inner  margin.  The 
costal  is  coincident  with  the  marginal. 

Head  perfectly  smooth,  advanced,  long,  and  flattened  above  ;  forehead  very 
convex  and  globose ;  face  full,  rounded,  and  somewhat  retreating.  Ocelli 
none.  Eyes  flattened,  scarcely  visible  in  front,  oval.  Antenna?  nearly  as 
long  as  the  anterior  wings  ;  basal  joint  long,  slender,  and  clavate  ;  stalk  seta- 
ceous and  simple.  Maxillary  palpi  extremely  short,  scarcely  perceptible.  Labial 
palpi  very  long,  slender,  much  recurved,  and  pointed  ;  the  second  joint  some- 
what compressed  toward  the  end,  shorter  than  the  third.  Tongue  scaled,  as 
long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

C.  ?  gem  mif  erella  . — Labial  palpi  dark  greenish  brown,  with  a  silvery 
stripe  on  the  front  of  the  third  joint,  and  another  behind,  continued  to  the 
second  joint.  Face,  head,  and  thorax,  dark  greenish  brown,  with  a  narrow, 
central,  silvery  line  continued  to  the  thorax,  and  one  of  the  same  hue  above 
the  eyes  on  each  side.  Antennae  dark  greenish  brown,  with  two  silvery  lines 
on  the  basal  joint,  the  stalk  annulated  with  silvery,  and  a  broad,  silvery  ring 
before  the  tip,  which  is  likewise  silvery.  Fore  wings  dark  greenish  brown  to 
the  middle,  and  from  the  apical  third  to  the  tip,  with  an  orange-colored  patch 
rather  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  extended  across  the  wing,  and  a  little 
produced  along  the  costa  behind,  having  a  large,  transverse,  oval,  smooth 
patch  of  elevated,  silvery  scales  somewhat  violet-hued,  on  its  internal  margin 
the  patch  extending  nearly  across  the  wing ;  another  smaller  and  similar, 
nearly  round  one  behind  it,  on  the  inner  margin,  and  another  small  one  on 
the  costa,  behind  the  produced  portion,  with  a  white  costal  streak  above  it  in 
the  cilia.  All  these  patches  are  somewhat  black-margined.  Near  the  base  of 
the  wing  are  three  short,  silvery  streaks,  one  nearly  on  the  disk,  one  near  the 
fold  beneath  it,  and  an  oblique  one  above  it,  near  the  costa.  The  cilia  of  the 
extreme  apex  is  silvery  white,  black-margined  above,  with  a  violet  silvery 
scale  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  before  the  tip.  The  inner  margin,  at  the  base 
of  the  wing,  is  silvery.     Hind  wings  dark  brown ;  cilia  somewhat  paler. 

The  ornamentation  of  this  insect  is  very  elegant.  Taken  on  wing  in  June, 
July. 

EUDARCIA. 

Head  and  face  rough.  Without  ocelli.  Eyes  small,  hemispherical  quite 
prominent,  with  a  naked  space  above  ?  Labial  palpi  short,  rather  smooth, 
and  separated  ;  the  third  joint  somewhat  less  thick  than  the  second,  and 
nearly  as  long.  Maxillary  palpi  long,  folded,  and  five  or  six-jointed.  An- 
tennae, basal  joint  moderately  long,  approximated  on  the  front,  simple,  and 
full  as  long  as  the  anterior  wings.  Tongue  naked  and  very  short,  scarcely  as 
long  as  the  labial  palpi,  and  not  reaching  beyond  the  front. 

Fore  wings  with  the  subcostal  nervure  attenuated  at  the  base  ;  at  the  basal 
third  arises  a  long  marginal  branch,  and  about  its  middle  a  furcate  branch, 
and  thence  the  subcostal  is  faintly  indicated  to  the  discal  nervure,  beyond 
which  it  reappears  as  a  furcate  branch  to  the  costa  behind  the  tip.  The  dis- 
coidal cell  is  closed,  and  sends  a  single  branch  to  the  inner  margin  behind 
the  tip.  The  median  subdivides  into  three  approximate  branches.  The  sub- 
median  is   furcate  at  the  base.      In  the  hind    wing  the  costal  nervure  is 

[Jan. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  11 

rather  long  and  distinct  ;  subcostal  simple,  and  obsolete  from  the  middle  to 
the  base  ;  discoidal  cell  unclosed,  with  an  independent  discal  nervule,  faintly 
indicated  from  the  base,  and  furcate  at  the  apical  third.  The  median  strongly 
indicated  and  bifid  rather  beyond  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin. 

E.  s  imu  1  atr  ic  el  la  . — Head  brownish  ochreous.  Antennae  ochreous, 
annulated  with  dark  brown.  Fore  wings  dark  brownish,  with  a  white  band 
about  the  basal  third  of  the  wing,  a  white  spot  on  the  costa,  near  the  middle, 
and  one  on  the  inner  margin,  a  little  behind  it,  and  a  white  transverse  streak 
near  the  tip.     Hind  wings  dark  brown  ;  cilia  the  same. 

This  insect  has  considerable  resemblance  to  an  Incurvaria.  Its  neuration, 
however,  places  it  in  a  very  distinct  group. 

Antispila  Herrich-Schaffer,  Frey. 

A.  Ny  saef  o  1  i  ella  . — Head  above  dark  brown.  Face,  labial  palpi,  and 
fore  feet  shining  yellowish  ochreous.  Antennae  dark  brown  ;  basal  joint  yellowish 
ochreous.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  with  a  greenish  reflection,  and  the  base 
with  a  bright  coppery  hue.  Near  the  base  is  a  rather  broad,  bright  golden 
band,  broadest  on  the  inner  margin,  where  it  is  nearest  the  base,  and  con- 
stricted at  the  fold  of  the  wing ;  a  spot  of  the  same  hue  on  the  costa,  at  the 
apical  third  of  the  wing,  and  one  on  the  inner  margin,  midway  between  this 
and  the  band  ;  cilia  somewhat  coppery,  and  rather  grayish  at  the  inner  angle. 
Hind  wings  purple  brown  ;  cilia  grayish  ochreous. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  Nysa  multiflorain  September.  The  head 
is  dark  brown  ;  first  segment  dark  brownish  ;  body  very  pale  green  with  dark 
atoms  along  the  dorsum  ;  ventral  surface  with  a  line  of  two  black  spots.  After 
the  last  molting  the  first  segment  is  black,  and  the  dorsal  spots  become  a 
black,  vascular  line.  When  full  fed,  the  larva  weaves  an  oval  cocoon  within 
the  mine,  and  cutting  the  two  skins  of  the  leaf  into  a  correspondent  form, 
permits  it  to  fall  to  the  ground.  There  is  thus  left  an  oval  hole  in  the  de- 
serted mine.     The  imagos  appear  during  the  following  May. 

A.  co  r  n  if  oliella  . — Head,  face,  labial  palpi,  and  fore  feet  dark  brown. 
Antennae  dark  brown  ;  basal  joint  somewhat  ochreous.  fore  wings  rather 
dull  dark  brown,  with  a  coppery  hue.  Near  the  base  is  a  rather  narrow, 
golden  band,  not  constricted  on  the  fold,  and  rather  indistinct  toward  the  costa, 
where  it  is  somewhat  suffused  with  a  coppery  hue,  and  nearest  the  base  on  the 
inner  margin.  At  the  apical  third  of  the  wing  is  a  small  golden  spot,  and 
nearly  opposite,  on  the  inner  margin,  another  of  the  same  hue,  with  the 
hinder  portion  of  the  wing  tinged  with  a  bright  reddish  coppery  hue  ;  cilia 
dark  grayish.  Hind  wings  purplish  brown  ;  cilia  somewhat  paler,  with  a  cop- 
pery hue. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  Cornus  florida,  in  September.  It'may  pos- 
sibly be  a  variation  of  Nysaefoliella.  The  larvae  of  the  insects  are  very 
like  each  other,  but  I  don't  know  whether  that  ofCornifoliella  undergoes 
the  same  change  of  coloration  after  the  last  molting  as  that  of  Nysaefoli- 
ella.  The  head  and  shield  dark  brown  ;  body  nearly  white,  with  seven 
minute,  black  points  along  the  dorsum,  and  eight  on  the  ventral  surface, 
somewhat  larger,  and  more  distinct.  Its  mode  of  preparing  for  pupation  is 
the  same  as  the  previous  species,  but  whilst  the  individuals  of  Nysaefoli- 
e  1 1  a  on  a  single  tree  are  almost  innumerable,  those  ofCornifoliella  are 
not  abundant. 

Aspidisca. 

Fore  wings  with  no  discoidal  cell.  The  subcostal  nervure  traverses  the 
middle  of  the  wing,  attenuated  from  the  base  to  the  basal  third,  where  it  gives 
origin  to  a  long,  marginal  branch,  which  reaches  the  costa  at  the  apical  third 
of  the  wing  ;  near  the  tip  it  subdivides  into  three  short  branches,  one  of  which 
is  delivered  to  the  costa  behind  the  tip,  one  to  the  tip,  without  attaining  the 

I860.] 


12  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

extreme  apes,  and  one  to  the  inner  margin,  somewhat  behind  the  second 
marginal  branch.  The  median  nervure  is  wanting.  The  sub-median  simple. 
Hind  wings  with  no  discoidal  cell.  The  subcostal  nervure  is  central  and 
attenuated  towards  the  base,  and  at  about  its  apical  third  delivers  a 
branch  to  the  inner  margin,  and  is  bifid  behind  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The 
median  is  simple.     The  submedian  obsolete  or  wanting. 

Size  extremely  small.  Head  and  face  smooth,  covered  with  closely  ap- 
pressed  scales.  Face  rather  broad,  and  somewhat  produced  beneath  into  a 
point.  Forehead  rounded.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  extremely  small,  not  visible 
from  above,  and  scarcely  visible  in  front.  Antennae  held  extended  at  the 
sides,  very  short,  scarcely  one-half  &§  long  as  the  anterior  wings,  rather  thick, 
obtuse,  and  rougheired  with  scales.  Maxillary  palpi  none.  Labial  palpi 
none.     Tongue  none. 

A.  splendorif  er  ella  . — Head  golden.  Antennas  fuscous,  tinged  with 
golden.  Fore  wings,  from  the  base  to  the  middle,  leaden  gray,  with  a  splen- 
dent lustre,  and  from  the  middle  to  the  tip  golden,  with  a  broad,  nearly 
straight,  metallic,  silvery  streak,  extending  from  the  costa  near  the  tip  to 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  dark-margined  on  both  sides.  This  is  nearly 
joined  by  a  dorsal  streak  of  the  same  hue,  almost  opposite  to  it,  with  con- 
verging dark  margins,  and  with  a  blotch  of  dark  brown  scales  adjoining  it  be- 
hind. In  the  costo-apical  cilia  is  a  short,  blackish  brown  streak,  parallel  to 
the  dark  margin  of  the  silvery  costal  streak. 

At  the  tip  is  a  black,  apical  spot,  with  metallic,  silvery  scales  in  its  centre, 
and  a  few  silvery  scales  in  the  cilia  above  and  beneath  it.  A  blackish  brown 
hinder  marginal  line  in  the  cilia,  interrupted  by  a  silvery  streak  in  the  cilia 
beneath  the  apical  spot,  and  the  cilia  yellowish  brown.  Hind  wings  leaden 
gray  ;  cilia  yellowish  brown. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  Crataegus  tomentosa  early  in  September. 
The  mine  appears  at  first  as  a  very  narrow  line,  and  is  subsequently  expanded 
into  a  small,  transparent  blotch.  At  maturity,  the  larva  weaves  a  cocoon 
between  the  cuticles,  and  cuts  a  small  oval  disk.  This  is  sometimes  carried 
quite  a  distance,  and  is  ultimately  secured  to  some  object  by  one  of  its  ends 
tied  down  on  a  little  button  of  white  silk.  It  enters  the  pupa  state  toward 
the  latter  part  of  September,  and  appears  as  an  imago  early  in  spring. 

The  mature  larva  has  a  head  much  smaller  than  the  first  ring,  rounded 
above,  and  elliptical.  The  body  is  flattened,  and  tapers  posteriorly  from  the 
anterior  rings.  The  segments  are  rather  deeply  incised,  the  thoracic  ob- 
tusely rounded  at  the  sides,  and  the  rest  with  a  minute  lateral  nodule  or 
mammilla.  It  is  without  legs  or  prolegs,  but  on  the  second  and  third  thoracic 
rings,  on  both  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces,  are  spots  or  cup-like  depres- 
sions, one,  on  each  side,  capable  of  being  contracted  and  expanded.  So,  like- 
wise, from  the  sixth  to  the  ninth  inclusive,  on  the  ventral  surface  are 
transversely  placed  oval  spots,  similar  to  the  thoracic,  and  one  on  each  seg- 
ment. On  the  segment  next  the  last  is  a  protuberance,  both  dorsal  and  ven- 
tral, with  two  cup-like  depressions  on  each  surface.  These  are  not  supplied 
with  hooks,  and  if  they  are  substitutes  for  feet,  must  act  like  suckers.  They 
are  all  pale  brown.  The  head  is  dark  brown ;  the  body  brown,  with  blackish 
along  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces. 

"When  the  larvae  are  young,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  discover  their  mines, 
and  the  transparent  blotch  is  not  much  larger  than  the  cocoon,  leaving  a  space 
in  which  the  ' '  frass  ' '  is  collected. 

Diachorisia. 

Fore  wings  pointed,  narrowly  ovate- lanceolate  ;  discoidal  cell  closed  behind 
by  a  very  faintly  indicated  nervure,  with  a  faintly  indicated  secondary  cell. 
The  subcostal  nervure  obscurely  indicated  from  the  secondary  cell  to  the  base 
of  the  wing,  with  a  long  and  distinct  marginal  nervule  from  near  the  base, 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  13 

one  from  the  middle  of  the  secondary  cell,  and  three  from  the  end  of  it  to  the 
costa.  Three  nervules  from  the  discal  nervure  to  the  inner  margin,  heneath 
the  tip.  The  median  without  branches  ;  beyond  the  discal,  it  proceeds  to  the 
inner  margin,  as  a  9ingle  short  vein  ;  perhaps  it  may  be  bifid.  The  submedian 
is  simple.  Hind  wings  lanceolate,  clothed  with  scales,  with  the  discoidal 
cell  closed  by  a  very  faintly  indicated  nervure.  The  costal  nervure  is  long, 
and  extends  nearly  to  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  subcostal  is  simple,  and. 
wanting  from  near  the  origin  of  the  discal  nervure,  where  it  is  slightly  pro- 
duced inwardly,  but  well  indicated  thence  to  near  the  tip.  The  discal  ner- 
vure gives  rise  to  a  discal  branch  which  quickly  becomes  bifid,  and  its 
branches  well  defined  near  to  the  tip,  above  and  beneath.  The  median  is 
well  indicated,  and  is  three-branched,  the  last  very  faintly  connected  with 
the  second.     No  submedian  nervure.  • 

Size  very  small.  Head  rough  and  hairy  above  and  in  front.  Ocelli  none. 
Eyes  rather  large,  round,  and  salient,  not  set  on  a  naked  circular  portion  of 
the  head,  nor  with  a  naked  space  above  the  eyes.  Antennse  about  one-half 
as  long  as  the  anterior  wings,  inserted  laterally,  and  microscopically  pubes- 
cent beneath ;  basal  joint  moderately  long,  stalk  roughened  with  scales. 
Maxillary  palpi  rather  long  and  folded.  Labial  palpi  moderate,  slender, 
smooth,  cylindrical,  separated,  and  somewhat  drooping  ;  the  third  joint  nearly 
as  long  as  the  second,  which  has  a  few  bristles  at  its  end  and  beneath. 
Tongue         ?. 

D.  velatella  . — Labial  palpi  dark  brownish.  Head  brownish  gray.  An- 
tennse grayish  fuscous,  with  the  basal  joint  whitish,  having  a  blackish,  ex- 
ternal streak.  Fore  wings  whitish,  dusted  with  dark  fuscous,  with  a  few 
dark  fuscous  spots  along  the  costa,  and  one  of  the  same  hue  about  the 
middle  of  the  disk,  beneath  which,  on  the  fold,  is  another  of  the  same  hue. 
Toward  the  apex,  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  beneath  the  last  costal  spot,  is  a 
small,  dark  fuscous  spot,  sometimes  connected  toward  the  base  of  the  wing 
with  a  dusted  streak  of  the  same  hue;  cilia  whitish,  somewhat  dotted  with 
dark  fuscous.     Hind  wings  grayish  brown  ;  cilia  the  same. 

The  relationship  of  this  insect  tolncurvaria  and  its  allied  genera,  espe- 
cially to  Acerifoliella  and  toEudarcia,  is  very  obvious. 

Bucculatrix?  Hiibner. 

The  anterior  wings  lanceolate  ;  the  discal  cell  is  closed  acutely  behind,  with 
the  subcostal  nervure  faintly  indicated  from  the  middle  of  the  wing  to  the  base, 
and  sending/owr  nervules  to  the  costa,  the  first  about  the  basal  third,  and  its 
origin  from  the  subcostal  faintly  indicated ;  the  three  others  arising  near  the 
apical  portion  of  the  wing,  with  the  subcostal  between  the  second  and  last  rather 
faintly  indicated  ;  the  third  nervule  scarcely  noticeable,  and  the  last  branch 
arising  from  the  apex  of  the  discoidal  cell.  The  median  is  strongly  indicated 
throughout,  and  sends  off  to  the  inner  margin  at  its  posterior  end,  a  very 
faintly  indicated  branch,  whilst  the  apical  branch,  which  appears  to  be  a  con- 
tinuation of  it,  becomes  bifid  behind  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  posterior  are 
narrowly  lanceolate,  without  discoidal  cell.  The  subcostal  nervure  is  central, 
and  subdivides  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing  into  three  branches,  two  to  the 
inner  margin,  and  one  along  the  exterior  margin  to  the  tip.  The  median  ner- 
vure is  simple. 

Size  extremely  small.  Head  rough,  tufted  in  the  middle.  Face  smooth  and 
retreating.  Eyes  salient,  visible  in  front.  Antennse  with  a  spreading,  basal 
eye-cap,  expanded  above  the  eyes  ;  stalk  very  slender,  simple,  scarcely  more 
than  one-half  so  long  as  the  body.  No  labial  or  maxillary  palpi.  Tongue 
naked,  very  short,  not  one-half  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxae. 

B. ?  coronatella. — Face  yellowish-white.  The  head  with  the  tuft  pale 
orange  chrome  ;  the  eye-caps  pale  yellow,  touched  behind  with  orange  chrome. 
Antennse  yellow,  dotted  above  with  dark  brown.  Fore  wings  pale  orange 
I860.] 


14  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

chrome,  with  a  whitish  patch  near  the  base  above  the  fold,  one  nearly  oppo- 
site, on  the  inner  margin,  and  one  about  the  middle  of  the  wing,  on  the  costa. 
Near  the  tip  of  the  wing  is  a  rather  indistinct,  narrow,  whitish  band,  becoming 
somewhat  diffuse  on  the  inner  margin,  about  the  middle  of  the  cilia  ;  extreme 
apex  of  the  wing  whitish,  mixed  with  scales  of  the  general  hue:  cilia  grayish 
fulvous.  Hind  wings  dark  gray ;  cilia  fulvous  gray.  Abdomen  pale  orange 
chrome,  with  a  dark  brownish  stripe  along  the  dorsum,  varied  with  fulvous. 

PYRAL1DINA.     Fam.  HERMINID^E. 
Epipaschia. 

Anterior  wings  with  two  approximated,  subcosto-marginal  nervules  arising 
near  tb^e  end  of  the  disk,  with  a  short  nervulet  to  the  costa,  from  near  the  tip 
of  the  subcosto-apical  nervule  ;  the  origin  of  the  post  apical  is  midway  between 
the  discal  and  marginal  nervulet;  the  subcosto-inferior  and  discal  have  coinci- 
dent origins.  The  discal  is  nearly  circularly  curved,  and  is  continued  to  the 
disco-central  nervule  which  anastomoses  by  contact  with  the  medio-superior. 
Median  three-branched.  Submedian  furcate  at  the  base.  In  the  posterior 
wings  the  discal  nervure  is  long,  with  a  sweeping  curve,  and,  as  in  the  anterior 
wings,  is  continued  to  the  disco-central  nervule,  anastomosing  by  contact  with 
the  medio-superior. 

Head  with  ocelli.  Eyes  round,  rather  large  and  salient.  Maxillary  palpi 
short,  scaly  and  porrected.  Labial  palpi  smooth,  recurved,  but  not  exceeding 
the  vertex,  cylindrical  and  pointed;  third  joint  rather  short,  and  indistinctly 
marked.  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 
Antennae  with  an  arlicitlated  appendage  arising  from  the  basal  joint,  throicn  back- 
wards, and  as  long  as  the  thorax,  and  clothed  with  scales  and  spreading  hairs  at  its 
tip;  the  stalk  is  exterior  to  it,  slender,  its  joints  roughened  with  scales,  and 
finely  ciliated  beneath. 

E.  supera  tali  s. — Head  yellowish.  Labial  palpi  yellowish,  dusted  with 
dark  ochreous,  with  a  dark  brown  spot  at  the  base  of  the  third  joint.  An- 
tennas brownish,  annulated  with  yellow,  the  antennal  appendage  yellow,  dusted 
with  blackish  brown,  especially  exteriorly.  Fore  wings  pale  yellowish,  dusted 
with  dark  brownish  to  an  irregular  dark  brown  line,  crossing  the  nervules  from 
the  costa  to  the  inner  margin,  beyond  which  it  is  dull  reddish  brown.  About 
the  middle  of  the  costa  is  a  blackish  brown  spot,  a  small  one  of  the  same  hue 
on  the  discal  nervure;  a  minute  one  at  the  base,  and  the  base  of  the  fold,  with 
the  inner  margin  at  the  base  tinted  with  reddish  brown.  On  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  wing  is  a  line  of  dark  brown  dots.  Hind  wings  fuscous,  with  a 
dark  brown  round  spot  near  the  exterior  margin  of  the  base,  and  a  brownish 
marginal  line,  with  one  of  the  same  hue  in  the  cilia. 

From  Edward  Norton,  of  Farmington,  Conn. 

SPHINGINA.     Fam.  ^GERIID.E. 

Trochilium  Scopoli. 

I  regard  this  genus  as  synonymous  with  the  ^Egeria  of  Dr.  Harris;  it  in- 
cludes, likewise,  the  group  he  has  characterized  by  this  name. 

Both  wings  transparent.  Antennce  little  thickened  at  the  tips.  Abdomen  sessile, 
tufted  at  the  tip.     Hind  tarsi  very  slender  and  smooth,  as  long  as  the  tibice. 

T.  A  c  er  n  i  . — Head  and  labial  palpi  deep  reddish  orange,  the  former  white 
in  front  of  the  eyes.  Antennas  bluish  black,  the  basal  joint  reddish  orange  in 
front.  Thorax  ochreous  yellow,  with  the  tegulse  in  front  touched  with  pale 
bluish  black.  Abdomen  bluish  black,  varied  with  ochreous  yellow;  terminal 
tuft  deep  reddish  orange.  Fore  wings  with  the  margins  and  median  nervure 
bluish  black,  dusted  with  yellowish  ;  a  large  discal,  bluish  black  patch ;  termi- 
nal). 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  15 

nal  portion  of  the  wing  ochreous  yellow,  with  a  blackish,  subterminal  band, 
and  the  nervules  blackish  ;  the  hinder  margin  bluish  black,  and  the  cilia  deep 
fuscous.  Hind  wings  with  a  black  discal  patch  ;  nervules  blackish,  and  hinder 
margin  blackish.  Under  surface  of  the  body  ochreous  yellow,  with  a  bluish 
black  patch  on  each  side  of  the  second  abdominal  segment.  The  middle  and 
posterior  tibia  annulated  with  bluish  black  at  their  ends,  the  anterior  blackish, 
with  the  coxae  touched  with  reddish  orange.  All  the  tarsi  touched  with 
blackish  above.     The  larva  bores  the  trunk  of  the  maple. 

Note. — In  the  November  number,  1859,  the  following  corrections  should  be 
made  : 

In  the  first  line  of  the  note  on  p.  317,  preceding  should  read  succeeding. 
In  Divsion  II.,  of  the  Table  of  species,  on  p.  318,  an  should  read  no. 
On  page  327,  for  vitcgcnella  read  vitigenella. 


Appendix  to  the  paper  entitled  New  Genera  and  Species  of   North  American 

Tipulidae  with  short  palpi,  &c. 

BY   R.    OSTEN    SACKEN. 

The  following  are  some  additions  and  corrections  to  my  paper,  suggested  by 
the  examination  of  the  entomological  collections  of  the  British  Museum,  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes,  and  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Berlin,  as  well  as  of 
some  private  collections. 

The  British  Museum  afforded  me  the  desired  information  about  the  Lim- 
n  o  b  i  ae  described  by  Mr.  Walker  in  his  "  List  of  Specimens,  etc." 

L.  simulans  Walk,  is  my  Dicranomyia  defuncta.  Mr.  Walker,  (1.  c. 
p.  45)  describes  this  species  as  "pale  yellow,  legs  yellow,  tips  of  the  thighs,  of  the 
shanks,  and  of  the  feet,  black, "  etc.;  whereas,  in  reality,  the  body  is  cinereous,  the 
legs  are  dark  brown,  almost  black,  with  a  whitish  ring  before  the  tip  of  the  femora, 
etc.  Mr.  Walker's  description  was  drawn  from  a  single  old  and  faded  speci- 
men ;  no  wonder,  therefore,  that  it  could  not  be  identified. 

L.  badia  Walk,  seems  to  be  my  Dicranomyia  humidicola.  The  only 
specimen  in  the  British  Museum  is  without  leg9.  The  characteristic  mark  of 
the  species,  the  white  ring  at  the  tip  of  the  tibice,  was  therefore  not  mentioned  in 
the  description.     (Walker,  1.  c.  p.  46.) 

Anisomera  longicornis  Walk,  appears  to  be  the  species  which  I  have 
identified  for  it. 

Not  having  seen  Mr.  Saunders's  collection,  I  have  not  been  able  to  identify 
the  Limnobias  ignobilis,  prominens,  biterminata,  and  t  u  r  p  i  s  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Walker  in  the  Diptera  Saundersiana. 

In  the  Museum  of  Berlin  I  have  found  a  considerable  number  of  undeter- 
mined Limnobiae  and  Eriopterse  from  Georgia,  most  of  which  I  have  been 
able  to  identify  with  the  species  described  in  my  paper.  Only  a  few  were  new 
to  me.  I  will  give  here  a  list  of  these  species,  as  an  addition  to  the  knowledge 
of  their  geographical  distribution.  Some  observations  and  corrections  to  my 
descriptions,  especially  when  they  were  drawn  from  a  limited  number  of  speci- 
mens, may  also  find  their  place  here. 

Limnophila  adusta  in  two  (^  £)  specimens.  The  brown  line  in  the  middle 
of  the  thorax  was  hardly  apparent.  The  tips  of  the  femora  were  distinctly  in- 
fuscated. 

Limnophila  imbecilla(?)  A  single  tf*  specimen,  which  had  the  neura- 
tion  of  the  wings,  the  long  verticils,  etc..  of  said  species,  but  the  coloring  of  the 
body  of  which  was  somewhat  different,  namely,  brownish  ferruginous,  shilling  on 

I860.] 


16  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

the  thorax.     This  coloring  may  have  been  merely  accidental,  and  produced  per- 
haps after  the  death  of  the  specimen. 

Limnophila  pavonina,  a  single  $  specimen,  slightly  different  from  the 
specimen  from  which  my  description  was  drawn.  The  first  joint  of  the  antennae 
is  cinereous,  the  second  brown,  the  following  are  orange.  The  tip  of  the  an- 
tenna is  brownish.  The  abdomen  shows  a  brown  stripe  along  the  middle  of  the 
tergum  and  indications  of  such  stripes  along  the  lateral  margins.  The  brown 
spots  on  the  wings  are  more  confluent  than  in  my  specimen,  so  that  the  outlines 
of  the  ocelli  and  ocelliform  marks  are  less  distinct  than  is  mentioned  in  my 
description. 

Limnophila  te  n  u  ip  e  s  Say.  Limnophila  n.  sp.  (onespecimen.)  Araa- 
lopis  inconstans.  Teucholabis  complex  a.  Teucholabis  n.  sp.  (with  a 
ferrugineous,  shining  thorax.)  Geranomyia  communis.  Gnophomyia  t  r  i  s  - 
tissima.  Gnophomyia  lugubris.  Dicranoptycha  sobrina.  Dicra- 
noptycha  sororcula.  Erioptera  v  e  n  u  s  t  a .  E  r  i  o  c  e  r  a  n.  sp.  (?  very  like 
the  cinereous  specimens  mentioned  at  the  end  of  my  description  of  Eriocera 
f  uli  gin  osa.) 

Nov.  gen.  et  sp.  (?)  of  my  group  of  Tipulre  anisomeraeformes,  and  very 
like  Eriocera,  but  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  a  petiolated  areolet 
and  the  antennae,  which  are  a  little  longer,  especially  those  of  the  $.  The 
species  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  color  of  the  tarsi,  which  are  white,  except 
at  the  base. 

In  the  same  museum  I  saw  Gonomyia  b  Ian  da  and  Limnophila  lutei- 
pennnis,  from  South  Carolina ;  Rhipidia  domestica,  from  Brazil,  (!)  and 
Rhamphidia  brevirostris,  from  South  Carolina.  The  latter  had  the  tho- 
rax a  little  darker,  and  the  three  stripes  on  it  more  distinctly  marked  than  in 
my  specimens ;  nevertheless,  I  hardly  doubt  of  their  identity. 

I  succeeded  besides  by  examining  the  dipterological  collections  in  Europe,  in 
ascertaining,  as  I  had  hoped,  the  occurrence,  in  other  parts  of  the  world  than 
in  North  America,  of  some  of  the  new  genera  adopted  in  my  paper. 

Gnophomyia  occurs  in  Brazil  and  in  Europe.  I  saw  two  elegant  species 
of  this  genus  (Gnophomyia  nigrina  Wied.,  and  «.  sp.  ?)  in  the  Berlin  Museum, 
and  a  European  species  (taken  near  Berlin)  in  a  private  collection. 

Dicr  ano  ptyc  h  a  is  also  European.  The  Limnobia  c  i  n  e  r  as  cen  s  3Ieiy., 
(syn.  L.  rufescens  Schum.l)  belongs  to  this  genus,  as  I  ascertained  in  Mr. 
Loew's  collection. 

Antochais  also  found  in  Europe ;  a  species  very  like  my  A.  opalizans 
occurs  there.     (Mr.  Loew's  collection.) 

Dactylolabis  the  L.  di  la  tat  a  Loeiv  from  Croatia,  (described  in  his 
Neue  Beitriige,  4tes  Heft,)  belongs  to  this  subgenus.  The  remarkable  dilata- 
tion of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  wing,  in  the  stigmatical  region,  which  is 
peculiar  to  this  species,  is  hardly  perceptible  in  my  D.  montana;  still  it 
exists,  although  in  a  rudimental  state;  besides  this,  the  structure  of  the  ^ 
forceps,  (as  far  as  could  be  ascertained  from  dry  specimens,)  that  of  the  an- 
tennae, and  the  situation  of  the  spots  on  the  wings,  coincide  in  both  species. 

Epiphragma.  A  Brazilian  species  of  this  subgenus,  very  like  my  E. 
solatrix,  is  in  the  Berlin  Museum;  another,  from  Venezuela,  is  in  Mr. 
Loew's  collection. 

Teucholabis.  Two  species  from  Brazil  in  the  Berlin  Museum;  one  of 
them  is  exceedingly  like  T.  complexa. 

A  further  object  which  I  had,  in  examining  the  collections  in  Europe,  was 
to  ascertain  the  possible  identity  of  some  of  the  American  species,  which  I  had 
described  as  new,  with  European  ones.  The  general  result  of  my  observations 
is,  that  although  cases  of  apparent  analogy  are  not  unfrequent,  those  of  real  identity 
seem  to  be  much  rarer.  My  L.  t  r  i  s  t  i  g  m  a  is  very  distinct  from  L.  tripunctata 

[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  17 

Meig.  The  position  of  the  clouds  round  the  stigma  is  quite  different  in  these 
species;  likewise,  the  insect  which  I  have  redescribed  under  the  name  of  L. 
morio  Fair,  is  different  from  the  European  insect  of  that  name.  Although 
I  had  no  American  specimen  at  hand  for  comparison,  I  could  perceive  at  once 
that  the  wings  of  the  European  ones  were  less  infuscated.  I  restore,  therefore, 
to  the  American  species  the  name  ofL.  morioides,  which  I  at  first  intended 
for  it. 

Limnophila  f  as  ciat  a  Linn.  andRhipidia  m  ac  ul  at  a  Meig.  have  not  struck 
me  as  being  different  from  the  American  species  which  I  have  re-described 
under  the  same  names  ;  still,  as  I  had  no  specimens  of  the  latter  for  comparison, 
I  would  not  rely  on  a  mere  impression. 

My  Amalopis  inconstans  has  the  greatest  resemblance  with  Limnobia 
littoralis  Meig.  My  A.  auripennis  is  closely  related  to  A.  occulta. 
Other  cases  of  analogy  which  I  observed  are  between  Pedicia  albivitta 
Walk.,  and  P.  rivosa,  Dactylolabis  montanaO.&rf.,  and  Limnophila 
sexmaculata  Meig.,  Limnobia  c  i  n  c  t  i  p  e  s  Say.  and  L.  a  n  n  u  1  u  s  Meig., 
L.  solitaria  and  L.  quadrinotata. 

In  establishing  the  genus  Elephantomyia,  T  had  ventured  the  suppo- 
sition that  Toxorhina  Loew  had  been  founded  on  female  specimens  011I3-, 
and  that,  if  the  males  were  known,  the  neuration  of  their  wings  would  be  found 
to  be  like  that  of  the  males  of  Limnobiorhynchus  Westw.,  that  is, 
considerably  different  from  the  females.  This  supposition  has  proved  correct. 
Mr.  Loew  has  obtained  since  several  male  specimens  of  Toxorhina  (fossil.) 
They  have  a  distinct  radial  vein,  which,  as  usual,  runs  between  the  cubital  and 
the  radial  areae.  The  question  of  the  synonymy  of  Limnobiorhynchus 
and  Toxorhina  may  therefore  be  considered  as  settled. 

The  examination  of  specimens  of  Macrochile  Loew  included  in  amber, 
proved  that  this  genus,  like  my  Protoplasa,  has  the  anal  angle  of  the 
wing  square  and  not  rounded. 

Note.— In  the  analytical  table  on  p.  232  (Proc.  1859,)  the  fifth  line  should 
be  continuous  with  the  fourth,  the  species  L.  fuscovaria  forming  in  fact 
the  group  Dicranophragma. 


Catalogue  of  the  Mollusks  in  the  vicinity  of  Mohawk,  New  York. 

BY  JAMES   LEWIS,    M.  D. 

The  following  Catalogue  embraces  the  various  species  of  shell-bearing  Mol- 
lusca,  observed  in  the  vicinity  of  Mohawk,  Herkimer  Co.,  N.  Y.,  and  in  various 
small  Lakes  a  few  miles  south  of  Mohawk.  Some  of  the  species  referred  to 
have  been  entered  here,  from  a  single  dead  specimen. 

Unio  complanatus  Lea.     Erie  canal  and  Mohawk  river.     Common, 
radiatus  Lamarck.     Lakes.     Abundant, 
cariosus  Say.     Mohawk  river.     Nearly  or  quite  extinct, 
ochraceus  Say.       "  "  "  ;<  " 

Tappanianus  Lea.  "  "  Very  rare, 

luteolus  Lam.        "  "  Very  rarely  seen. 

Margaritana    rugosa  Barnes.     Canal  and  river.     Common. 

marginata  Say.         "  "  Not  plenty, 

undulata  Say.     Lakes.     One  seen  in  river.     Rare. 
Anodonta  fluviatilis  Lea.     Canal.     Rare.     Streams  south,  less  rare, 
lacustris  Lea.     Lakes.     Abundant.     (Nov.  sp.) 
Lewisii  Lea.     Canal.  "  " 

edentula  Say.  "  Rare.  Streams  south,  common. 
Ferussaciana  Lea.  Canal  and  rivers.  Small  and  rare 
imbecilis  Say.  "  "  "  » 

subcylindracea  Lea.     Herkimer. 
I860.]  2 


18  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Cyclas  sulcata  Lam.     (similis  Say.)     Lakes.     Common. 

?     River.     Rare.     (nov.  sp)  ?     Rare. 

striatina  Lam.     (edentula  Say.)     Canal  and  rivers.     Common, 
transversa  Say,     Canal  and  rivers.     Smaller  than  from  the  west, 
rhomboidea  Say.     (elegans  Ad.)     Lakes.     Rare, 
partumeia  Say.     Stagnant  waters. 

occidentalis  Prime.     Boggy  streams  and  meadows.     Plenty. 
Pisidium  virginicum  Bgt.     (dubium  Say.)     River.     Not  very  plenty, 
abditum  Hold.     Stagnant  waters.     Plenty, 
compressum  Prime.     Rivers  and  small  streams.     Not  rare, 
equilaterale  Prime.     River  east  of  Herkimer.     Rare, 
ferrugineum  Prime.     River  and  lakes, 
ventricosum  Prime.     Lakes  and  stagnant  pools. 
Paludina  integra  Say.     Canal  and  river.     Very  plenty  in  canal, 
decisa  Say.  "  "  Very  plenty  in  river, 

rufa   Raid.  "  "  Not  plenty.     Recently  introduced. 

Melaniasubularis  Lea.       "  "  Common, 

exilis  Raid.  "  "  " 

virginica  Say.     Canal.     Recently  introduced.     Not  plenty.     Local. 
Amnicola  limosa  Say.     Canal  and  river.     Plenty. 

lustrica  Say.       "  "         Plenty  in  river, 

pallida  Lea.     Lakes.     Not  very  plenty. 
tenuipes  ?  Raid.     Lakes.     Not  very  plenty. 
Valvata  tricarinata  Say*     Mohawk  river  plenty.     Canal  less  plenty. 

var.  simplex  of  tricarinata  Say,  in  Thompson's  Vermont  shells. 

Whorls   round,  simple,  (inornate) ;    apex   elevated  ;    umbilicus 
wide  and  deep  ;  epidermis  blue,  varying  to  brown,  but  not  green, 
nor  iridescent, 
sincera  Say.     Lakes.     Very  rare.     1  to  1000  of  the  above. 
Lyransea  elodes  Say.  Canal,  ditches,  pools,  &c.  varieties  emarginata  and  catas- 
copium,  I   have  ascertained,  may  be  produced  from  the  eggs  of 
elodes,  by  change  of  station, 
desidiosa  Say.     Stagnant  pools,  margins  of  streams  and  lakes, 
humilis  Raid.  ?        "  (i  "  "  " 

umbilicata  Adams  "  "       in  wood  lots.      (is  not  caperata  Say.) 

gracilis  Jay.     Schuyler's  lake,  Otsego  Co.     Plenty, 
appressa  Say.     Little  Lakes.     A  single  dead  shell  observed, 
columella  Say.     Lakes.     Not  abundant  nor  large. 
Physa  heterostropha  Say.     Everywhere  in  pools,  lakes  and  small  brooks, 
ancillaria  Say.     May  be  a  var.  of  preceding.     Rivers,  very  rare, 
hypnorum  Drap.     Stagnant  pools.     Small  and  rare. 
Planorbis  trivolvis  Say.     Common. 

bicarinatus  Say.     Common.     In  some  localities,  (lakes)  white, 
campanulatus  Say.     Lakes.     Less  common  than  the  preceding, 
armigerus  Say.     Stagnant  waters.     Common, 
hirsutus  Say.     Lakes.     Rare, 
exacutus  Say.     Lakes.     Very  rare, 
parvus  Say.     Stagnant  waters.     Very  plenty. 
Ancylus  tardus  Say.     Mohawk  river.     Common  on  stones  and  Uniones. 
parallelus  Raid.     Lakes.     Common  on  water  plants, 
fuscus  Adams.     Lakes  or  waterfalls.     Less  abundant. 


*  A  variety  occurs  in  Little  Lakes,  which  presents  much  diversity  of  carination,  some 
specimens  being  almost  entirely  destitute  of  carinas,  but  retaining  the  characteristic  iri- 
descent green  tinge.  Those  specimens  in  which  the  carinas  are  obsolete  have  the  upper 
surface  of  the  whorls  flattened,  and  the  spire  somewhat  depressed.  The  conclusions  of 
authors,  who  suppose  these  varieties  run  into  the  following,  are  erroneous. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OE  PHILADELPHIA.  19 

Helix   albolabris  Say. 

alternata  Say. 

arborea  Say. 

chersina  Say.     Rarely  seen. 

concava  Say. 

electrina  Gould. 

fallax  Say.     Small  var. 

fuliginosa  Griffith.     Rare  and  solitary. 

bydrophila  Ingalls.     Very  plenty  and  gregarious. 

indentata  Say.     Rarely  seen. 

intertexta  Binney. 

lineata  Say.     Not  plenty. 

inornata  Say.     Rare. 

minuta  Say.     Very  plenty  in  damp  grounds. 

minuscula  Binney.     Only  very  recently  observed,  and  quite  rare. 

monodon  Rackett.     Our  most  common  Helix. 

palliata  Say. 

Sayii  Binney.     Very  rare. 

striatella  Anthony. 

thyroides  Say.     Rare. 
Succinea  obliqua  Say. 

vermeta  Say.     (Is  not  avara.) 
ovalis  Gould. 
Bulimus  lubricus  Brug. 
Pupa  pentodon  Say. 
contracta  Say. 
Vertigo  ovata  Say. 

Gouldii  Bin. 
Carychium  exiguum  Say. 

I  have  made  some  experiments  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  if  various 
species  of  Uniones  would  bear  transplanting.  The  following  species  have  been 
placed  in  the  Erie  Canal,  at  various  times,  but  no  evidence  has  yet  been  had  of 
their  multiplying :  Unio  radiatus  from  Schuyler's  Lake.  Unio  campto- 
don  Say,  from  Ohio ;  U.  parvus  Say,  from  Ohio ;  U.  undulatus  Bar., 
from  Ohio  ;U.  cariosus  Say,  from  Troy,  N.  Y.;  An.  i  m  p  1  i  c  a  t  a  Say,  from 
Troy,  N.  Y. 

A  variety  of  Lymnaea  known  as  catascopium  Say,  abounds  in  the 
Canal,  and  it  is  very  usual  for  their  eggs  to  be  washed  over  the  sides  of  an 
aqueduct  into  a  small  creek,  where  they  come  to  maturity,  to  be  washed  into 
the  river  with  the  fall  floods.  One  or  two  favorable  seasons  have  enabled 
me  to  ascertain  that  those  which  came  to  maturity  have  the  form  of 
el  o  d  e  s.  A  small  pool  of  stagnant  water,  formerly  the  bed  of  the  Canal  pre- 
vious to  its  enlargement,  is  populated  by  thousands  of  Ly  mnasa  that  for- 
merly formed  part  of  the  Canal  family.  These  vary  in  their  forms  in  different 
seasons ;  some  retain  the  form  of  catascopium,  others  diverge  to  emar- 
g  i  n  a  t  a,  but  a  larger  number  are  elodes.  ThePaludinaof  the  Lakes  I 
regard  as  de  ci  s  a,  but  they  are  probably  not  the  same  as  the  shells  of  the 
Canal  and  River  that  have  that  name. 


Notes  on  the  Nomenclature  of  North  American  Fishes. 

BY   THEO.    GILL. 

The  following  notes  are  selected  from  a  large  number  on  American  and  foreign 
fishes  in  the  possession  of  the  author.  Others  upon  North  American  fishes  are 
reserved  until  a  more  complete  examination  can  be  made ;  it  is  hoped  that  the 
following  may,  in  the  mean  time,  be  of  service  to  the  student  of  American 
Ichthyology. 

I860.] 


20  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

1.  Labrax  chrysops  Girard. — There  is  little  doubt  that  the  Labrax 
albidus  of  Dr.  Dekay*  and  the  Labrax  osculatii  of  Filippi  f  are  identi- 
cal with  the  Labrax  chrysops.  Filippi,  although  acquainted  with  the  work 
of  Dekay,  compares  his  Labrax  osc  ula  tii  only  with  the  L.  li  n  e  at  us  Cuv., 
and  chiefly  distinguishes  it  from  that  species  by  its  higher  body  and  lingual 
dentition.  The  specimens,  from  which  the  species  of  Filippi  was  described, 
were  sent  to  the  Museum  of  Milan  by  the  traveller  to  whom  it  was  dedicated, 
(M.  Osculati,)  and  are  stated  by  Filippi  to  have  been  obtained  in  Lake  Ontario. 
Notwithstanding  this,  Filippi  has  stated  that  it  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  sea  and 
the  rivers  of  the  United  States.  "Hab.  in  mare  et  fluvis  confederationis  Amer- 
icanse." 

2.  Lepomis  ach  i  gan  Gill. — RafinesqueJ  first  indicated  the  Cicha  fas- 
ciata  of  Lesueur  or  Centrarchus  obscurus  of  Dekay,  under  the  name  of 
Bodianus   achigan.     His  specific  name  must  be  preserved. 

3.  Ambloplites  rupestris  Gill. — The  Bodianus  rupestris  of  Rafin- 
esque,  described  in  December,  181 7, $  appears  to  be  the  same  as  the  species 
subsequently  named  Cichla  senea  by  Lesueur. 

4.  Pomotis  maculatus  Gill. — The  common  sun  fish  of  New  York  was 
first  named  Morone  maculata  by  Mitchell. ||  His  specific  name  should  be 
retained. 

(Corinia  oxyptera  Dekay.  H) — This  is  a  species  of  the  genus  Serranus. 

5.  Orthopristis  fulvo-maculatus  Gill. — If  the  genus  Orthopris- 
t  i  s  is  valid,  the  Haemulon  fulvo-maculatum  of  Dekay**  must  be  referred 
to  it  under  the  above  name.  That  species  differs  very  little,  if  at  all,  from  the 
Orthopristis  duplex  of  Dr.  Girard. ff     The  two  are  probably  identical. 

6.  Sargus  ovicephalus  Gill. — The  common  sheep's-head  was  first  named 
by  BlochJJ  from  the  description  of  Schoepf.$$ 

Palindrichthys  Gill. 

This  name  is  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  P  a  1  i  n  u  r  u  s  of  Dekay.  The  latter 
name  having  been  applied  to  a  well-known  genus  of  crustaceans,  it  is  inadmis- 
sible in  any  other  branch  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

7.  Palinurichthys  perciformis  Gill. — Syn.  Palinurus  perciformis 
Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  118. 

Percina  Haldeman.lHI 
The  type  of  this  genus  is  congeneric  with  the  type  of  the  subsequently  estab- 
lished genus,  P  i  1  e  o  m  a  of  Dekay.     The  latter  name  is  therefore  a  synonym  of 
Percina,  and  must  be  suppressed. 

8.  Percina  semifasciata  Gill. — Syn.  Pileoma  semifaciata  Dekay, 
Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  16. 

Astroscopcs  Brev. 
Under  this  name,  Mr.  Brevoort  proposes  to  separate  from  Uranoscopus  the 

*  Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  13,  pi.  51,  fig.  165. 

T  Filippi,  Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie,  2d  series,  vol.  v-  p.  164. 

X  Rafinesque.  American  Monthly  Magazine  and  Critical  Review,  vol.  ii.  p.  120. 

§  Loc.  cit.,  vol.  ii.  p.  120. 

||  Mitchell's  Report  in  part  on  the  fishes  of  New  York,  p.  19,  Jan.,  1814. 

\  Dekay,  loc.  cit.,  p.  77,  pi.  xxx.  fig.  96. 

**  Dekay,  loc.  cit.,  p. 

tt Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia,  1859. 

XX  Bloch.  Schneider.,  Systema  Ichthyologia?,  p.  280. 

jgSchoepf  in  Schriften  der  Gesellchaft  Naturf.  Freunde  zu  Berlin,  vol.viii.  p.  152,  1788. 

PlHaldeman,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  vol.  viii.  p.  330,  1842. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  21 

American  U.  anoplos  of  Cuvier.  Astroscopus  differs  from  Uranos- 
copus  by  a  less  completely  armed  head,  and  by  the  absence  of  an  exsertile 
filament  to  the  membrane  behind  the  symphisis  of  the  lower  joint.  To  this 
genus  is  also  to  be  referred  the  Uranoscopos  y-graecum  of  Cuvier  and  Val- 
enciennes. 

9  Astroscopus  anoplos  Brev. — Syn.  Uranoscopus  anoplos  Cuv.  and  Val. 
Hist.  Nat.  des.  Poissons,  vol.  viii,  p.  493. 

(Lepisoma  cirrhosum  Dekay.*) — This  fish,  described  as  a  new  genus  of 
the  family  of  Percoids,  is  the  common  Chinus  pectinifer  of  Valen- 
ciennes,! a  West  Indian  species,  which  is  the  type  of  the  genus  Labrosomus 
of  Swainson.  J 

Leptoblennius  Gill. 

This  genus  is  founded  on  the  Blennius  serpentinus  of  Dr.  D.  H.  Storer. 
It  differs  widely  from  Blennius  by  the  elongated  form  of  the  body,  the  shape 
of  the  head,  absence  of  superciliary  tentacles,  &c.  It  is  equally  distinct  from 
the  genus  P  h  o  li  s  . 

10.  Leptoblennius  serpentinus  Gill. — Syn.  Blennius  serpentinus 
Storer,  Hist,  of  the  Fishes  of  Mass.,  p.  91,  pi.  xvii.  fig.  1. 

MOLACANTHUS    Sw.§ 

The  genus  called  by  Dekay  Acanthosorna  had  been  previously  named 
by  Swainson  Molacanthus,  and  that  appellation  has  been  accepted  by  the 
Prince  of  Canino.||  Swainson  founded  his  genus  on  the  Diodon  mola  of 
Pallas,  a  species  to  which  Dekay  has  referred  in  his  remarks  on  Acanthosorna 
carinatum. 

1 1.  Molacanthus  carinatus  Gill. — Syn.  Acanthosorna  carinatum  Dekay, 
Zoology  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  350,  pi.  4,  fig.  179. 

Dr.  Richardson  has  figured  in  the  Ichthyology  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Sulphur,^ 
a  species  of  molacanthus,  which  he  has  named  Orthagoriscus  s  p  i  n  o  s  u  s 
Cuv.,  citing  for  that  name  the  Regne  Animal,  vol.  i.  p.  370.  On  reference  to 
the  volume  of  Cuvier,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  name  of  Orthogoriscus  s  p  i  n  o  s  u  s 
is  attributed  to  Bloch  of  Schneider;  in  a  foot  note  to  the  genns  enumerating 
the  species,  it  is  again  referred  to  as  Orthogoriscus  h  i  s  p  i  d  u  s  .  The  latter  is 
the  name  given  to  the  species  in  the  Systema  Ichthyologist,**  and  the  former  was 
probably  due  to  an  oversight  of  Cuvier.  The  species  of  Richardson  is  also, 
perhaps,  a  distinct  species  from  the  Molacanthus  hispid  us  Bon.,  and  is  an 
inhabitant  of  the  Chinese  seas. 


On  the  Pertinence  of  the  ALOSA  TERES  Dekay, to  the  Genus  DUSSUMIERA  Val. 

BY    THEO.    GILL. 

In  the  ichthyological  volume  of  "  Zoology  of  New  York,f  f "  Dr.  Dekay  has 
described  a  halecoid  fish  to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  Alosa  teres.  He 
has  characterized  the  genus  Alosa  as  having  the  characters  of  Clupea 
(body  compressed,)  but  distinguished  by  the  tongue  and  the  roof  of  the  mouth 
being  smooth  or  edentulous.     Notwithstanding  this  definition,  he  has  without 

*  Dekay,  loc  cit.,  p.  41,  pi.  30,  fig.  91. 

tCuv.  Val.  Hist.  Nat.  kes  Poisons,  vol.  xi. 

X  Swainson,  Nat  Hist,  of  Fishes,  &c,  vol.  ii,  pp.  75  and  277,  1839. 

I  Swainson,  Nat.  Hist,  of  Fishes,  Amphibians  and  Reptiles,  vol.  ii.  p.  329. 

||  Bonaparte,  Catalogo  Metodico  dei  Pesci  Europei,  p.  87. 

IfRichardson,  loc.  cit.,  p.  125,  pi.  2,  figs.  10  and  11. 

**B1.  Schn.,  loc.  cit ,  p.  511. 

tt  Zoology  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  262,  pi.  40,  fig.  128. 

I860.] 


22  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

hesitation,  referred  to  the  genus  the  above  fish  which  he  describes  as  having 
the  "  body  cylindrical"  and  with  its  tongue  covered  "  with  asperities  on  its  surface." 
In  the  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Poissons,"*  Valenciennes,  misled  perhaps  by  the 
generic  definition  of  Dekay,  has  described  what  appears  to  be  a  true  Alosa, 
as  the  Alosa  teres  of  Dekay.  In  the  same  volume  f  he  has  described  a  fish 
to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  Dussumiera  acuta;  this  fish  is  there 
stated  to  have  a  most  close  superficial  resemblance  to  the  sardines  of  the 
Clupeoid  family,  but  as  being  separated  from  them  on  account  of  the 
smooth  belly,  and  as  being  more  nearly  related  to  Butirinus,  between 
which  genus  and  E  1  o  p  s  it  was  believed  that  it  should  be  placed. 

Subsequently,  Mr.  James  C.  Brevoort,  in  his  "  Notes  on  the  Figures  of  Japan- 
ese Fish,"|  (originally  published  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Narrative  of  the 
United  States  Expedition  to  Japan,  under  Commodore  Perry,)  in  a  note  on 
Clupea  micropus  of  Temminck  and  Schleger,  corrected  the  erroneous  ref- 
erence of  Valenciennes,  and  noticed  the  near  affinity  of  the  Alosa  teres  to  the 
genus  Dussumiera. 

Recently,  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy,§  Dr.  Charles 
Girard  has  referred  the  same  species  to  the  genus  Harengula  of  Valenciennes, 
on  account  of  the  presence  of  teeth  upon  the  maxillar  bones,  the  tongue,  the 
palatines,,  and  the  pterygoidians,  whilst  the  vomer  is  toothless."  In  dentition, 
A.  teres  does  indeed  agree  with  Harengula,  but  is  totally  separated  from 
that  genus  by  the  form  of  the  body,  and  is  correctly  referable  to  D  u  s  s  u  m  e  r  i  a, 
which  has  teeth  upon  the  same  bones,  and  otherwise  agrees  with  Alosa  t  er  e  s  . 

The  species  must,  consequently,  be  hereafter  called  Dussumiera  teres,  and 
its  synonymy  will  be  as  follows : 

Dussumiera  teres  Brevoort. 

Synonymy. 

Alosa  teres  Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  262,  pi. 40,  fig.  128,  1842 
"         Troschel,  Bericht  in  Archiv.  fur  Naturgeschichte,  1844,  vol.   ii 
p.  245,  (abstract). 
"  "        Storer,  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America,  p.  ,  ib.  in  Memoirs 

American  Academy,  vol.  ii.,  p.  460,  (compiled,)  1846. 
"  "        Baird,  Report  on  Fishes  of  New  Jersey  coast,  p.  35  ;  ib.  in  Ninth 

Annual  Report  Smithsonian  Institution,  p.  349,  1855. 
Dussumiera  sp.  Brevoort,  Notes  on  some  figures  of  Japanese  Fish,  p.  27  ;  ib.  in 
Narrative  of  Expedition  to  Japan,  vol.  ii.,  p.  279,  1807. 
Harengula  teres  Girard,Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philad'a,  p.  158.  May,  1859. 
(Not  "Alausa  teres  Dekay,"  Val.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xx.  p.  423.) 


Prodromus  descriptionis  animalium  ever tebrator urn,  quae  in  Expeditione  ad 
Oceanum  Pacificum  Septentrionalem,  a  RepublicaFederatamissa,  Cadwaladaro 
Ringgold  et  Johanne  Rodgers  Ducibus,  observavit  et  descripsit 

W.   STIMPSON. 

Pars  VIII.     CRUSTACEA  MACRURA. 

Thalassinidea. 

359.  Gebia  subspinosa,  nov.  sp.     G.  majori  affinis.     Foeminae  manus  pe- 
dum primi  paris  intus  spina  una  prope  polliceni,  ||  et  duabus  ad  basin  dac. 


*  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xx.,  p.  423. 

t  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xx.,  p.  467. 

\  Loc.  cit.,  p.  27. 

$Loc.  cit.,  May,  1859. 

II  Pollex  nobis  est  digitus  immobilis. 

[Jan 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  23 

tyli  armata  ;  pollex  intus  bidentatus,  dentibus  minutis  ;  dactylus  superne  ca- 
rinatus,  carina  crenulata.  Pedes  primi,  secundi,  tertiique  paris  prope  basin 
spina  acuta  armati. 

Eab. — In  simi  "  Simon's  Bay"  ad  Promont.  Bonae  Spei ;  in  fundo  arenoso, 
prof.  8  org. 

360.  (tebia  carixicauda,  nov.  sp.  G.  majori  affinis.  Carapax  antice  angus- 
tior,  dentibus  minus  prominentibus,  fronte  spinulis  erectis  sat  validis  pectiua- 
ta.  Pedum  primi  paris  manus  infra  spina  versus  pollicem  instructa  ;  pollex  in- 
tus subtiliter  denticulatus  ;  dactylus  superne  carinatus,  carina  laevi.  Pedum 
tertii  paris  foeminae  coxa  spina  parvula  super  aperturam  genitalem  armata. 
Sulci  laterales  segmentorum  abdominalium  validi,  segmenti  penultimi  validi- 
ores.  Abdominis  segmentum  ultimum  carina  transversa  acuta  prope  basin 
ornatum ;  lamellae  laterales  valide  carinatae,  marginibus  terminalibus  spin- 
ulis crenulatae.  Long.  1.77  ;  carapacis  long.  0.56  ;  carap.  regionis  anterioris 
lat.  0.19  ;  regionis  post.  lat.  0.29  poll. 

Eab. — In  portu  "  Hong  Kong  ;"  sublittoralis  in  locis  limoso-sabulosis. 

361.  Gebia  ppgettensis,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  i.  510,  pi.  xxxii. 
f.  1.     Stimpson  ;  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  vi.  48,  pi.  xxi. — Ad  oras  Californiae. 

362.  Callianassa  petalura,  nov.  sp.  Parva.  Antennae  externae  carapace 
plus  duplo  longiores.  Pedes  primi  paris  foeminae  eis  maris  similes ;  pedis 
dextri  merus  brevis,  robustus,  subtus  dente  valido  basali  instructus  quam 
merus  ipse  vix  tertia  parte  breviore,  antrorsum  porrecto,  serrato  ;  carpus  lon- 
gior quam  latior  et  quam  merus  multo  longior,  marginibus  parce  dilatatis  et 
laevibus  :  manus  elongata,  quam  carpus  angustior ;  palma  quam  carpus  non 
brevior,  superne  margine  laevis,  subtus  serrata  et  ciliata  ;  digiti  palma  quarta 
parte  breviores,  sat  graciles,  pilosi.  Pes  primus  sinister  gracillimus,  mero  in- 
terne edentato.  Lamellae  caudales  parvae,  laeves,  glabrae,  rotundatae,  subae- 
quales  ;  segmentum  caudale  in  foeminis  quam  in  maribus  latius,  margine  pos- 
teriore  leviter  sinuatum  ;  lamellae  externae  marginibus  externis  incrassatae 
vel  pulvinatae,  in  maribus  longe  ciliatae.  Foeminae  long.  1.57  ;  long,  carapa- 
cis, 0.36  ;  long,  carpi  manus  dactylique  cbelipedis  majoris,  0.70  poll. 

Eab. — In  portu  "  Simoda"  Japoniae. 

363.  Callianassa  californiensis,  Dana ;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbilad.,  vii. 
175.  Stimpson  ;  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.  vi.  489,  pi.  xxi.  f.  4. — Ad  oras  Californiae 
prope  urbem  ' '  San  Francisco. ' ' 

Astacidea. 

364.  Ibacus  novemdentatus,  Gibbes  ;  Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  1850,  p.  193.  Inter 
/.  ciliatum  et  /.  peronii ; — an  distinctus  ?  Specimen  nostrum  dentes  octo  la- 
terales habet.     In  Mari  Sinensi  prope  "Hong  Kong;"  fundo  limoso  prof.  20 

org. 

365.  Parribacus  antarcticus,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  i.  517,  pi. 
xxxii.  f.  6.  Scyllarus  antarcticus,  Fabr.  Ibacus  antarcticus,  M.  Edw. — Ad  in- 
sulas  Hawaienses  et  ad  insulam  "Tahiti." 

366.  Scyllarus  Sieboldii,  De  Haan  ;  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.  153,  pi.  xxxvi., 
et  xxxvii.  f.  1. — Ad  insulam  "Ousima." 

367.  Arctus  sordidus,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  latus,  sed  non  latior  quam  longior  ; 
crista  mediana  tridentata,  dente  anteriore  parvo,  juxta  frontem  sito ;  crista 
laterali  dentibus  duobus  super  oculum  et  dente  uno  paullo  remoto  armata : 
angulis  antero-lateralibus  prominentibus.  Antennarum  articulus  secundum 
utrinque  dente  uno  solum  valido  armatus,  angulo  anteriore  acuto  prominente, 
crista  valida  sed  laevi ;  articulus  quartus  margine  antico  dentibus  quatuor 
magnis  obtusis,  et  dente  uno  acuto  intus  uni-denticulato  introrsum  sito  arma- 
tus.   Sternum  antice  bifurcatum,  furcis  triangularibus,  dentiformibus.    Fusco- 

1860.] 


24 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


luteus ;  pedes  nigro  quadri-annulati ;    abdominis   segmentum  prinium  nigro 
uni-niaculatum.     Foeminae  long.  2.2  poll.     A.  urso  (Scyllaro  arcto,)  Auct. 
aflinis.     Ab  A.  rugoso  differt  abdominis  segmento  tertio  non  gibboso. 
Hob. — In  portn  "Hong  Kong  ;"  f.  conchoso  p.  8  org.  vulgaris. 

368.  Palinurus  Lalandei,  Milne-Edwards  ;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  293. — 
Ad  Promont.  Bonae  Spei. 

369.  Panulirus  ornatus,  Gray.  Palinurus  ornatns,  Bosc,  M.  Edwards  ;  Hist. 
Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  296  (?J — Prope  oras  insulae  "  Hong  Kong." 

370.  Panulirus  interrupted,  Stimpson.  Palinurus  interruptus,  Randall ; 
Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  viii.  137. — California. 

371.  Panulirus  penicillatus,  Gray,  Dana.  Palinurus  penicillatus,  (Oliv.) 
M.  Edwards;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  299. — Ad  insulam  "Tahiti." 

372.  Panulirus  japonicus,  Gray.  Palinurus  japonicus,  Siebold,  De  Haan ; 
Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.  158,  pi.  xli.  et  xlii. — Ad  oras  Japonicas  prope  urbem 
"Simoda." 

373.  Astacds  nigrescens,  Stimpson ;  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.  vi.  492. — Califor- 
nia. 

Caridea.* 

374.  Crango.v  capensis,  nov.  sp.  C.  vulcjari  paullo  affinis,  in  spina  mediana 
carapacis,  etc.  Carapax  medio  parce  carinatus,  carina  dente  minuto  in  medio 
armata  ;  dentibus  v.  spinis  lateralibus  mullis.  Maxillipedes  externi  squamam 
vel  appendicem  antennalem  superantes.  Pedum  primi  paris  palma  obliqua, 
fere  longitudinalis.  Pedes  quinti  eos  primi  paris  superantes.  Abdomen  vix 
oarinatum;  cauda  valde  compressa.  Long,  foeminae,  0.9  poll.  C.  affini,  De 
Haan,  proximus. 

*  Simulacrum  carapacis  Carideorum. 


A. 

B. 
C. 
D. 
E. 
F. 
G. 


a. 

h 
c. 
d 
e. 

/• 

or 


Regio  gastrica. 
Regio  branchialis 
Regio  cardiaca. 
Regio  hepatica. 
Regio  orbitalis. 
Regio  antennalis. 
Kegio  frontalis. 


]. 
2. 

3. 
4. 

5. 
6. 


Spina  supraorbitalis,  (interdum  duae ) 
Angulus    orbitae    externus,   interdum 

spiniformis, 
Spina  antennalis. 
Spina   branchiostegiana   (in  generibus 

Leander  et  Pandalus  conspicua.) 
Spina  pterygostomiana 
Spina  hepatica  (in  Palaemonibus,  Pen- 

aeis,  etc.) 

Sutura  v.  sulcus  cervicalis,-— pars  dorsalis  in  Stenopis,  Sicyoniis,  Alpheis  etc  plus 

minusve  distincta,  pars  antero-lateralis  in  quibusdam  Penaeis  et  Leandris. 
Sutura  cardiaco-branchialis,  raro  distincta. 

Sulcus  antennalis,  et  c  hepaticus,  in  Penaeis  multis  valde  conspicuus. 
Sulcus  gastro-orbitalis,  in  Crangonibus. 
Sulcus  gastro-frontalis,  in  Penaeo  monocero. 
Sulcus  gastro-hepaticus,  in  Stenopis,  Penaeis,  etc. 
Sulcus  orbito-antennalis,  in  Alpheo  et  Spongicola. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  25 

Hab. — In  sinu  "Simon's  Bay,"  Promont.  Bonae  Spei ;  f.  arenoso,  prof.  12 
org. 

375.  Crangon  carinicauda,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  depressus,  pubescens,  sep- 
temcarinatus  ;  carinis  levibus,  retrorsum  distinctis  ;  mediana  antice  obsoleta : 
tribus  lateralibus  approximatis,  quarum  prima  et  tertia  unispinosis,  spinis  ad 
quartam  anteriorem  carapacis  sitis.  Rostrum  valde  angustatum,  longitudinal- 
iter  sulcatum,  extremitate  bifidum.  Pedes  primi  crassi,  palma  obliqua  magis 
longitudinali ;  secundi  quam  tertii  robustiores  sed  dimidia  breviores,  non  in- 
fiexi,  carpo  manuque  quam  merus  breviores,  manu  cbelata  digitis  rectis  pa- 
rallels ;  tertii  filiformes ;  quarti  quintique  valde  graciles  ;  quiuti  primos  su- 
perantes.  Abdomen  insculptum,  sulcis  plerisque  transversis,  pubescentibus  ; 
segmentis  tertio,  quarto  quintoque  gibbosis,  valide  carinatis.  Long.  0.66  ; 
carap.  long.  0.16  ;  carap.  lat.  0.139  poll. 

Ilab. — In  portu  Sinensi  "  Hong  Kong." 

376.  Crangon  franciscorum,  Stimpson ;  Crust,  and  Echin.  Pacific  Coast  of 
N.  Am.,  55.  ;  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.  vi.  495,  pi.  xxii.  f.  5. 

Hab. — In  portu  "San  Francisco,"  Californiae. 

377.  Crangon  nigricauda,  Stimpson  ;  Crust,  and  Ecbin.  Pacific  Coast  of  N. 
Am.,  56. ;  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.  vi.  496,  pi.  xxii.  f.  6.  C.  vulgaris,  Owen,  Dana, 
(non  Fabr.) 

Hab.— In  portu  "  San  Francisco,"  Californiae. 

378.  Crangon  propinquus,  nov.  sp.  C.  vulgari  et  C.  nigriraudae  valde  af- 
finis,  sed  abdominis  segmento  quarto  (et  interdum  tertio  quoque,)  in  adultis 
carinato.  Segmentum  ultimum  extremitate  spinulis  sex  armatum.  A  C.  nigri- 
cauda differt  pedum  primi  paris  manu  angustiore,  palma  magis  obliqua,  digi- 
toque  immobili  longiore.  A  C.  affini  maxillipedibus  externis  et  pedibus  quin- 
tis  brevioribus  ut  in  C.  vulgari.     Long.  2.5  poll. 

Hab. — Prope  oras  boreales  Japoniae  ;  in  fundis  arenosis  limosisque  prof.  4-20 
org. 

379.  Crangon  salebrosus,  Owen ;  Beecbey's  Voy.  Zool.  88,  pi.  xxvii.  f.  1. — 
In  sinu  "  Avatska"  Kamtscbatkae  ;  vulgaris  in  fundo  limoso,  inter  Eudendria 
ad  prof.  10  org. 

380.  Crangon  boreas,  Fabr.,  Milne-Edwards;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  342; 
Regne  Anhn.,  pi.  li.  2.  Owen  ;  Beechey's  Voy.,  Zool.  87.  Brandt ;  Sib.  Reise, 
Zool.  114. — In  freto  Beringiano  et  in  Oceano  Arctico  ;  ad  prof.  10-26  org. 

381.  Crangon  angusticauda,  De  Haan;  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.  183,  pi.  xlv. 
f.  15.— In  portibus  "  Simoda"  et  "  Hakodadi, "  Japoniae ;  sublittoralis,  vul- 
garis inter  algas. 

382.  Crangon  interjiedius,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  laevis,  nitidus,  medio  cari- 
natus,  carina  bi-spinosa,  spina  anteriore  debili  prope  rostrum  sita,  altera  me- 
diana, valida ;  latera  spinis  quatuor  armata,  duabus  in  margine  antico,  una 
valida  in  superficie  laterali,  et  una  minuta  prope  carinam.  Rostrum  elevatum 
prominens,  non  acuminatum.  Maxillipedes  extend  graciles,  appendicem  anten- 
nalem  superantes.  Pedes  primi  apicem  appendicium  non  attingentes  ;  secundi 
tertiis  paullo  breviores  ;  quarti  quintique  longi,  eis  C.  boreae  multo  graciliores, 
seddactylislongis,  curvatis.  Sternum  inerme.  Abdomen  superficie  marginibus- 
que  inferioribus  laeve  ;  carina  parvula,  sed  in  segmento  antepenultimo  acuta, 
in  penultimo  duplicata  ;  segmento  ultimo  valde  elongato,  minuente,  extremi- 
tate fere  acuto.  Foeminae  long.  1.7  ;  carap.  long.  0.38  ;  segmenti  abdominis 
ultimi  long.  0.32  poll.     Facie  et  armatura  carapacis  Nectocrangoni  lari  similis. 

Hab. — In  mari  Beringiano  prope  Promontorium  ' '  Chepoonski ; "  ad  prof.  40 
org. 

383.  Nectocrangon  lar,  Brandt ;  Sib.  Reise,  Zool.  115.  Crangon  lar,  Owen, 
I860.] 


26 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


Beechey's  Voy.,  Zool.  88,  pi.  xxviii,  f.  1.  Argis*  lar,  Kroyer ;  Tidsskrift,  iv. 
255  ;  pi.  v.  f.  45-62.— In  sinu  "  Avatska,"  in  freto  Beringiano,  et  in  Oceano 
Arctico  ;  fundis  limosis  prof.  10-20  org. 

384.  Sabinea  septemcarinata,  Owen  ;  App.  to  Ross'  Voy.  82.  Kroyer ;  Tids- 
skrift, iv.  244,  pi.  iv.  f.  34-40  et  pi.  v.  f.  41-44.  Crangon  septemspinosus,  Sa- 
bine.— In  Oceano  Arctico,  prope  oras  Siberiae. 

_  385.  Nica  edulis,  Risso  ;  Milne-Edwards  ;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  364.— In 
sinu  "Funchal"  insulae  Madeirae ;  f.  arenoso,  p.  15  org. 

386.  Nica  macrognatha,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  robustum,  minus  compressum. 
Carapax  sat  latus,  leviter  depressus,  laevis,  non  carinatus,  rostro  brevi, 
quam  oculi  ruulto  breviore,  acurninato.  Antennnularum  flagellum  breve. 
Maxillipedes  externi  grandes,  extremitates  antennularum  fere  attingentes ; 
mero  crasso,  pedibus  primi  paris  non  angustiore,  et  carapace  vix  tertia 
parte  breviore.  Pedes  primi  robusti ;  pes  dexter  vel  chelatus  robustior,  sed 
quam  sinister  paullo  brevior.  Abdominis  segmentum  terminale  dorso  longi- 
tudinaliter  late  sulcatum  et  paribus  duobus  aculeorum  armatum  ;  extremitate 
aculeis  sex  pectinatum,  duabus  longis,  duabus  mediocribus  et  duabus  brevi- 
bus.  Long.  1  poll.  N.  eduli  etc.  valde  affinis.  Ab  N.  eduli  differt  corpore 
robustiore,  et  rostro  breviore  ;  ab  N.  hawaiensi,  oculis  minoribus,  et  pedibus 
primi  paris  brevioribus  ;  ab  N.japonico,  maxillipedibus  externis  longioribus, 
et  segmento  ultimo  abdominis  aculeis  dorsalibus  armato. 

Bab. — In  portu  "  Hong  Kong;"  f.  conchoso,  p.  8  org. 

Hippolysmata,  nov.  gen.  Carapax  rostro  sat  longo  verticaliter  dilatato  et 
dentato  instructus.  Antennulae  flagellis  duobus  longis  instructae.  Mandibulae 
valde  incurvatae,  nee  bipartitae  nee  palpigerae.  Maxillipedes  externi  elongati 
exognatho  flagelloque  instructi ;  articulo  ultimo  gracili.  Pedes  lmi— 4ti 
flagello  instructi.  Pedes  primi  crassiusculi,  cbelati,  manu  oblonga ;  secundi 
filiformes,  chelati,  carpo  multi-aunulato.  Abdomen  dorso  laeve.  Lysmatae 
affinis,  sed  anteimulis  nagellis  duobus  tantum  praeditis.  Ab  Hippolyte  differt 
mandibularum  forma. 

387.  Hippolysmata  vittata,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  per  dimidiam  anteriorem 
carinatus,  rostro  apicem  articuli  penultimi  pedunculi  antennularum  attingente, 
superne  septem- dentato,  dentibus  gracilibus  antrorsum  porrectis,  dente  pos- 
teriore  vel  primo  paroe  ante  medium  carapacis  sito,  et  dente  secundo  intervallo 
duplo  remoto  ;  rostro  infra  prope  extremitatem  tridentato,  dentibus  parvis. 
Margo  carapacis  anterior  utrinque  spina  sub  oculo  et  dente  minuto  acuto 
pterygostomiano  armatus.  Antennularum  flagellum  externum  corpore  fere 
duplo  longius  ;  parte  basali  incrassata,  pedunculo  non  breviore,  infra  ciliata. 
Appendix  antennarum  extremitatem  pedunculi  antennularum  attingens. 
Maxillipedes  externi  appendices  multo  superantes  ;  exognatho  longitudine 
tertiam  partem  endognathi  adequante.  Pedes  primi  paris  apicem  appen- 
dicium  attingentes  ;  pedum  secundi  paris  carpus  20-articulatus  ;  pedes  postici 
longi.  Segmentum  caudale  triangulare,  dorso  paribus  duobus  aculeorum 
armatum.     Color  pallide  ruber  ;  corpus  coccineo-vittatum.     Long.  1.3  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  "Hong  Kong  ;"  f.  limoso  p.  sex.  org. 

TozEiniAf,  nov.  gen.  Corpus  valde  elongatum,  lanceolatum,  utrinque  at- 
tenuatum,  compressum.  Rostrum  gracile  longissimum,  interdum  corpore  vix 
brevius.  Antennulae  breves,  flagellis  duobus  instructae.  Appendix  antennarum 
longa.  Mandibulae  sat  robustae,  valde  incurvatae,  nee  bipartitae  nee  palpi- 
gerae. Maxillipedes  externi  brevissimi,  exognatho  nullo,  et  flagello  nullo 
praediti.     Pedes  breves  epipodis  destituti.    Pedes  primi  brevissimi,  crassiores, 


*  Nomen  Kroyeri  praeoccupatum  est. 
f  Ti^tvfxa,  telum. 


[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  27 

chelati ;  secundi  filiformes,  clielati,  carpo  tri-articulato.     Abdomen  dorso  den- 
tibus  armatum  ;  articulo  ultimo  elongato  fere  lanceolato. 

388.  Tozeuma  lanceolatum,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  gracillimum,  in  maribus  valde 
compressum.  Carapax  ecarinatus.  Rostrum  aciculiforme,  quam  corpus  vis 
quarta  parte  brevius,  superne  obtuse-rotundatum,  superficie  carapace  con- 
tinuum ;  infra  serratum  et  versus  basin  lamellatum.  Margo  carapacis  anterior 
sub  oculo  acutus,  et  ad  angulum  antero-lateralem  spina  acuta  armatus.  An- 
tennulae  appendicem  antennarum  adequantes,  fiagello  externo  omnino  incras- 
sato  et  quam  internum  multo  breviore.  Antennae  rostro  breviores  ;  squamis 
elongatis,  longitudine  tertiam  partem  rostri  aequantibus,  vix  minuentibus, 
latitudine  quartam  longitudinis  aequante.  Abdomen  superne  carinatum  et  acute 
tridentatum,  (segmentis  3tio  4to  5toque  dentigeris)  ;  segmento  ultimo  lamellis 
lateralibus  longiore,  dorso  paribus  tribus  aculeorum  armato.  Animal  vivum 
fere  pellucidum,  rostro,  cauda,  et  ventro  rubris  exceptis.  Long.,  rostro  in- 
cluso,  2.5  ;  alt.  tboracis,  0.18  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  ' '  Hong  Kong  ; "  in  fundo  limoso  prof.  sex.  org.  sat  vul- 
garis. 

Latreutes,*  nov.  gen.  Rhynchocyclo  affinis.  Carapax  dorso  spina  mediana 
armatus.  Eostrum  grande,  elongatum,  lamellatum,  cultriforme,  margine 
superiore  recto  jVel  rectiusculo.  Antennulae  bi-flagellatae,  squama  basali 
brevi,  orbiculata,  sub  oculo  celata.  Antennarum  appendix  acuta.  Mandibulae 
robustae,  breves,  valde  incurvatae.  Maxillipedes  externi  breves,  exognatbo 
flagelloque  instructi.  Pedes  primi,  secundi,  tertii,  quartique  paris  fiagello  in- 
structs    Pedum  secundi  paris  carpus  tri-articulatus. 

389.  Latreutes  ensiferus.  Hippolyte  ensiferus,  Milne-Edwards  ;  Hist.  Nat. 
des  Crust,  ii.  374.  Goodsir ;  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  xv.  74.  Dana  ;  U.  S. 
Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  i.  562. — In  Oceano  Atlantico,  lat.  bor.  30° — 35°  ;  vul- 
garis in  Sargasso. 

390.  Latredtes  dorsalis,  nov.  sp.  Elongatus  et  compressus.  Carapax 
dorso  carinatus  et  dentibus  duobus  armatus,  dente  anteriore  spiniformi  an- 
trorsum  porrecto,  dente  posteriore  obtuso  fere  obsolescente.  Rostrum  cultri- 
forme carapace  non  brevius,  antennulas  et  appendices  antennarum  superans, 
paullo  reflexo  ;  marginibus  supra  infraque  subtiliter  partim  dentiralatis. 
Margo  carapacis  anterior  prope  angulum  antero-lateralem  dentibus  minutis 
spiniformibus  pectinatus.  Antennularum  pedunculus  flagellorum  tertiam 
partem  longitudine  adequans  ;  fiagella  aequalia.  Antennarum  pedunculus 
eum  antennularum  non  superans  ;  appendix  elongato-triangularis,  vel  lanceo- 
lata,  valde  acuta.  Maxillipedes  externi  apicem  pedunculi  antennarum  attin- 
gentes.  Pedes  breves,  et,  primis  exceptis,  graciles.  Pedum  secundi  paris 
carpi  articulus  secundus  articulos  primum  tertiumque  junctos  adequans.  Abdo- 
men obtuse-carinatum,  dorso  undulatum,  marginibus  infernis  inerme;  segmento 
caudali  aculeis  dorsalibus  carente,  aculeis  extremitatis  longis.  Color  coccineus  ; 
dorsum  albo  univittatum.     Long.  0.8  poll. 

Hab. — In  sinu  "  Hakodadi"  Japoniae  ;  vulgaris  in  fundo  conchoso,  prof. 
8  org. 

Rhynchocyclus,  Stm.  (Cyclorhynchus,  De  Haan  ; — nom.  praeoc.)  Rostrum 
grande,  orbiculatum,  lamellatum.  Antennulae  flagellis  duobus  instructae ; 
pedunculo  brevi ;  squama  basali  orbiculata,  sub  oculo  celata.  Maxillipedes 
externi  breves,  exognatho  flagelloque  instructi.  Pedes  lmi — 4ti  fiagello 
instructi.     Carpus  pedum  secundorum  tri-articulatus. 

391.  Rhynchocyclus  planirostris.  Cyclorhynchus  planirostris,  De  Haan ; 
Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.,  175,  pi.  xlv.  f.  7. — In  sinu  "  Hakodadi, "  et  prope  oras 
boreales  insulae  ' '  Nipbon  ; "  in  fundis  sabulosis  arenosisque  prof.  10 — 20  org. 

*AoT^wri»f,  cultor. 
I860.] 


28  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

392.  Rhynchocyclus  mucronatus,  nov.  sp.  Dorsum  carapacis  spina  una 
solum  armatum,  mediana,  valida  et  spiniformi.  Rostrum  ovatum,  quam  in 
C.  planirostri  angustius,  appendices  antennarum  paullo  superans,  extremitate 
valide  mucronatum,  margine  antico  supra  infraque  sex-denticulatum.  Margo 
anterior  carapacis  spina  sub  oculo  armatus,  et  ad  basin  antennarum  spinis 
minutis  octo  pectinatus.  Abdomen  ecarinatum  ;  segmento  tertio  dorso  sat 
prominente.  Color  pallide  fuscus,  albo-maculatus.  Pedes  subrufi.  Long.  1 
poll. 

Hab. — In  freto  "Ly-i-moon"  prope   Hong  Kong  ;  f.  conchoso  p.  25  org. 

393.  Rhynchocyclus  compressus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  compressum.  Carapax 
crista  valida  dorsali  instructus  bi-dentata,  dentibus  obtusis,  dente  anteriore 
majore  et  spina  minuta  antice  armato.  Rostrum  latius  (altius)  quam  longius, 
appendices  antennarum  superans,  oblique  truncatum;  margine  superiore  con- 
cavo,  laevi ;  margine  supero-anteriore  sex-dentato  ;  margine  inferiore  convexo, 
arcuato,  laevi.  Spina  infra-ocularis  minuta.  Margo  carapacis  ad  insertionem 
antennarum  tri-denticulatus.  Maxillipedes  externi  extremitate  obtusi  et 
spinis  validis  corneis  septem  armati.  Pedes  toti  valde  breves.  Carpus  pedum 
primi  paris  obtusus.  Abdomen  dorso  obtusum.  Color  purpureo-fuscus,  dorso 
paullo  ceruleus.     Long.  0.75  poll, 

Hab. — In  portu  "Jackson"  Australiae  ;  f.  algoso  p.  2  org. 

394.  Gnathophyllum  fasciolatum,  nov.  sp.  G.  eleganti  valde  affinis,  colore 
excepto.  Corpus  obesum.  Carapax  dorso  obtuse  carinatus,  carina  retrorsum 
obsoleta  et  antrorsum  rostro  continua  ;  rostro  brevi,  apicem  articuli  antepe- 
nultimi  antennularum  pedunculi  non  attingente,  superne  oblique  truncato, 
paullo  concavo  et  sexdentato,  extremitate  acuto,  carinis  lateralibus  juxta 
marginem  inferiorem  laevem  sitis.  Oculi  grandiores.  Segmentum  caudale 
aculeis  duobus  marginalibus  versus  extremitatem,  et  duobus  longis  ad  ex- 
tremitatem  armatum.  Corpus  album,  pellucidum,  fasciis  linearibus  trans- 
versis  purpureo-fuscis  ad  10  ornatum  ;  peduuculis  oculorum  bi-vittatis  ;  max- 
illipedibus  externis  superficie  annulis  quatuor  eidem  coloris  notatis.  Long. 
0.8  ;  carapacis  lat.  0.23  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  "Jackson"  Australiensi ;  in  fundo  limoso  prof,  sex  org. 

395.  Atyoida  bisulcata,  Randall;  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbilad. ,  viii.  140; 
pi.  v.  f.  5.  Dana ;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust,  i.  540,  pi.  xxxiv.  f.  1.— Ad  in- 
sulam  "Hawaii." 

396.  Atyoida  tahitensis,  nov.  sp.  A.  bisulcatae  valde  similis,  (an  diversa?) 
sed  rostro  paullo  breviore,  latiore  et  magis  depresso  ;  flagello  externo  anten- 
nularum quam  internum  dimidia  breviore  ;  et  angulo  postero-inferiore  seg- 
menti  abdominis  quinti  minus  acuto.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — In  aquis  dulcibus  insulae  "  Tahiti." 

397.  Caridina  grandirostris,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  carapace  vix  brevius, 
appendices  antennarum  superans,  extremitate  gracile  paullo  reflexum  ;  crista 
dorsali  supra  oculos  fere  recta  et  denticulis  minutis  ad  20  serrata,  denticulo 
postico  supra  basim  pedunculorum  oculorum  sito  ;  cristae  parte  quarta  an- 
teriore edentula,  denticulo  uno  mediano  et  duobus  apicalibus  exceptis  ;  rostri 
margine  inferiore  obscure  8 — 10-denticulato.  Pedum  primi  paris  carpus  quam 
manus  multo  brevior  ;  secundi  paris  carpus  valde  gracilis  et  manu  parce 
longior.  Segmentum  caudale  lamellis  lateralibus  quarta  parte  brevius,  dorso 
paribus  sex  aculeorum  instructum.  Long.  1  poll.  C.  denticulatae  affinis  sed 
rostro  longiore.  A  C.  longirostri  differt  dentibus  rostri  superne  magis  numero- 
sis. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "  Loo  Choo." 

398.  Caridina  leucosticta,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  circiter  carapacis  longitudine, 
pedunculo  antennularum  longius  ;  margine  superiore  recto,  dentibus  tenuibus 
ad  17  +  3  armato,  apicem  versus  parce  resimo  et  edentulo  ;  margine  inferiore 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  29 

10-dentato.      Spina   antennalis   alte  posita.      Pedes   gracillinii ;    posticorum 
merus  margine  inferiore  spinulis  longis  2 — 5  armatus.     Color  obscure-fuscus, 
maculis  vel  stigmis  minutis   crebris  albis  iiotatus.     Long.  1  poll.     A   C.  den- 
ticulata  differt  rostro  recto  magis  denticulate. 
Hab. — In  flumine  prope  urbem  ' '  Simoda' '  Japoniae. 

399.  Caeidina  multidentata,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  medium  articuli  ultimi 
pedunculi  antennularum  attingens  ;  crista  dorsali  lamellato-dilatata,  arcuata, 
supra  bases  oculorum  oriente,  et  denticulis  20 — 30  serrata ;  extremitate  ro- 
busta,  acuta,  vix  denticulata ;  margine  inferiore  14-denticulato.  Margo 
carapacis  anterior  spina  antennali  armatus.  Pedes  secundi  paris  pedunculum 
antennularum  superantes ;  carpo  manu  longiore ;  digitis  depressis,  penicillis 
densis,  latis,  fere  flabelliformibus.  Dactyli  pedum  posticorum  breves,  septi- 
mam  partem  articuli  penultimi  longitudine  non  superantes.  Segmentum  cau- 
dale  dorso  non  concavum,  paribus  quinque  aculeorum  instructum ;  lamellae 
laterales  grandes,  segmento  caudale  fere  duplo  longiores,  extremitatibus  pro- 
duces subtriangularibus.  Long.  1.5  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas   "  Bonin  ;"  in  rivulis  montanis. 

400.  Caeidina  seeeata,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  breve,  articulum  antepenulti- 
mum  pedunculi  antennularum  vix  superans,  elongato-triangulare  et  ad  basin 
sat  latum  in  piano  horizontal:,  extremitate  acutum  ;  crista  dorsali  satdilatata, 
arcuata  et  dentibus  14  serrata.  Pedes  secundi  paris  longi,  appendices  antenna- 
rum  superantes  ;  carpo  valde  gracili ;  manu  robusta,  penicillis  quam  in 
manibus  primis  multo  longioribus.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "Hong  Kong;"  in  rivulis. 

401.  Caeidina  acuminata,  nov.  sp.  Thorax  sat  compressus.  Rostrum 
breve,  oculos  parce  superans,  trigonum,  ad  basin  horizontaliter  latum,  ad  ex- 
tremitatem  paullo  defiexum ;  marginibus  totis  levibus ;  crista  dorsali  non 
dilatata,  dorso  continua.  Antennularum  flagella  longitudine  aequalia.  Manu- 
um  penicilli  parvi,  breves.  Pedes  postici  spinulis  asperi;  tertii  et  quinti 
paris  quam  quarti  paris  longiores.  Color  olivaceus,  punctatus.  Long.  1 
poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  "Bonin;"  in  rivulis  montanis. 

402.  Caeidina  beevieosteis,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  gracile.  Rostrum  brevissimum, 
oculis  brevius,  trigonum ;  margine  superiore  obtuso,  laevi.  Margo  carapacis 
ad  basin  antennarum  inermis.  Manus  primi  paris  digiti  breves,  quam  palma 
multo  breviores.  Pedum  posticorum  dactyli  robusti,  vix  curvati ;  et  quartam 
partem  articuli  penultimi  longitudine  aequantes.  Long.  0.5  poll.  C.  acumi- 
natae  affinis,  rostro  breviore. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "Loo  Choo  ;"  in  aquis  dulcibus. 

403.  Caeidina  exilieosteis,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  ei  C.  typi  fere  simile,  sed 
minus ; — valde  gracile,  compressum,  angustum,  acutum,  medium  articuli  pe- 
nultimi antennularum  pedunculi  parce  superans ;  margine  superiore  laevi 
carapace  continuo  ;  margine  inferiore  obsolete  2-3-dentato.  Pedes  secundi 
paris  longi,  valde  graciles  ;  manu  parva,  compressa ;  carpo  manu  longiore. 
Pedum  posticorum  dactyli  tertiam  partem  articuli  penultimi  longitudine  ade- 
quantes.     Long.  1.25  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "Loo  Choo  ;"  in  aquis  dulcibus. 

404.  Alpheps  eapax,  Fabr. ;  Suppl.  Ent.  Syst.,  405.  De  Haan ;  Fauna  Ja- 
ponica,  Crust.  177,  pi.  xlv.  f.  2. — Prope  oras  Sinenses  in  lat.  bor.  23° ;  in  fun- 
do  limoso  prof.  6-20  org. 

405.  Alpheus  avaeds,  Fabr.;  Suppl.  Ent.  Syst.,  440  A.  strenuus,  Dana; 
U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust,  i.  543,  pi.  xxxiv.  f.  4.— Ad  insulas  "Hawaii," 
"Bonin"  et  "Ousima;"  in  portibus  "Simoda"  et  "Hong  Kong;"  et  in  freto 
I860.] 


30  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

"Gaspar;"  littoralis  vel  sublittoralis  sub  lapidibus  in  sabulo  babitans  ; — in- 
terdum  in  aquis  sat  profundis. 

406.  Alpheus  bis-incisus,  De  Haan;  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust,  pi.  xlv.  f.  3. 
A.  avarus,  De  Haan  ;  (non  Fabr.)  1.  c.  p.  179. — In  sinu  "  Kagosima"  Japoniae  ; 
in  fundo  nigro-arenoso  ad  prof.  20  org. 

407.  Alpheus  pachychirus,  nov.  sp.  Frons  lata,  truncata.  Carapax  inter 
oculos  carinatus,  carina  postice  obsolescente,  antice  marginem  frontalem  vix 
superante  ;  palpebris  valde  tumidis,  sed  aeque  marginem  non  superantibus. 
Antennularum  pedunculi  articulus  penultimus  quam  antepenultimus  paullo 
longior.  Antennae  carentes  spina  basali  externa  ;  appendice  quam  pedunculus 
multo  breviore.  Maxillipedes  externi  sat  graciles,  articulo  ultimo  brevi,  elon- 
gato-ovato,  extus  depresso  et  parce  concavo,  marginibus  longe  ciliato.  Pedum 
primi  paris  manus  extroversa,  digito  exteriore.  Manus  major  crassissima,  ro- 
tundata,  laevis,  superne  et  versus  digitos  pilosa,  sinibus  nullis  ;  digitis  valde 
brevibus  ;  dactylo  dimidiam  palmae  non  aequante,  hamato,  apice  acuto.  Manus 
minor  maris  dimidiam  majoris  magnitudine  adequans,  valde  robusta,  superne 
pilosa  ;  digitis  palma  non  brevioribus  ;  dactylo  dilatato,  intus  concavo  et  dense 
pubescente,  prope  apicem  contracto.  Manus  minor/oewunae  parva,  valde  gra- 
cilis, digitis  brevibus,  teretibus.  Pedum  tertii  paris  merus  paullo  dilatatus  et 
apice  inferiore  dente  armatus.  Dactyli  pedum  sex  posticorum  breves.  Seg- 
mentum  caudale  medio  depressum.  Long.  1  poll.  A.  frontali,  M.  Edw.,  af- 
finis,  sed  fronte  minus  prominente  et  paullo  rostrata  ;  articulo  pedunculi  an- 
tennularum penultimo  breviore,  etc. 

Hub. — Ad  insulam  "Loo  Cboo." 

408.  Alpheus  streptochirus,  nov.  sp.  Frous  inter  oculos  sat  angusta,  le- 
viter  carinata  ;  rostrum  breve,  spiniforme  ;  orbita  rotundato-convexa,  spinula 
minuta  armata.  Articulus  antennularum  pedunculi  penultimus  antepenul- 
timo  sesqui  longior.  Antennarum  spina  externa  basis  obsoleta  ;  pedunculus 
longitudine  appendici  fere  aequalis.  Maxillipedum  externorum  articulus  ulti- 
mus  angustus,  minuiscens,  extremitate  pilosus.  Manus  major  versus  extremi- 
tatem  extrorsum  torta,  et  constricta  vel  utrinque  excavata ;  palma  superne  pi- 
losa, antice  spinulis  duabus  armata,  latere  externo  vel  inferiore  tri-sulcata,  sulco 
mediano  longiore  postice  defiexo,  sulcis  exterioribus  antice  sinibus  margin- 
alibus  confiuentibus  ;  pollex  brevissimus;  dactylus  exterior,  brevis,  latus,  valde 
curvatus.  Manus  minor  maris  robusta  ;  digitis  compressis  non  hiantibus,  pal- 
ma paullo  brevioribus  ;  dactylo  perlato.  Pedum  tertiorum  quartorumque  me- 
rus compressus,  sed  non  dilatatus,  extremitate  infra  dente  armatus.  Long. 
0.5  poll. 

Eab. — Ad  insulas  "Cape  de  Verdes ;"  inter  nulliporas  ad  prof.  20  org. 

409.  Alpheus  brevipes,  nov.  sp.  Carina  frontalis  et  orbitae  antrorsum  acu- 
tae,  apicibus  marginem  frontalem  vix  superantibus.  Apices  orbitarum  intror- 
sum  curvati.  Antennae  spina  externa  non  armatae  ;  appendice  parva,  acuta, 
quam  pedunculus  breviore.  Maxillipedes  externi  parvi.  Manus  major  cras- 
sissima, inflata,  rotundata,  laevis,  extrorsum  torta,  antice  paullo  contracta 
sed  non  excavata ;  dactylus  exterior,  brevis,  obtusus.  Manus  minor  exilis, 
digitis  brevibus,  nee  biantibus  nee  dilatatis.  Pedum  secundorum  articulus 
carpi  secundus  primo  duplo  longior.  Pedes  tertii  quartique  breves,  compressi ; 
mero  lato,  inferne  unidentato  ;  art.  penultimo  inferne  spinuloso ;  dactylo  gra- 
cile,  curvato,  simplici  vel  inermi.  Pedes  quinti  quartis  multo  breviores,  valde 
graciles.     Long.  0.5  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  Hawaienses  ;  inter  ramos  madreporarum. 

410.  Alpheus  collumianus,  nov.  sp.  Frons  inter  oculos  carinata ;  rostrum 
breve,  spiniforme  :  orbita  margine  spinula  armata.  Antennularum  pedunculus 
hirsutus  ;  articulo  penultimo  antepenultimo  sesqui  longiore.  Antenna  extus 
basin  spina  parva  armata ;  appendice  parva,  gracili,  acuta,  pedunculi  apicem 

[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  31 

vix  attingente.  Maxillipedum  ext.  articulus  ultimus  gracilis,  dense  setosus. 
Manus  major  ei  A.  streptochiri  similis.  Manus  minor  maris  compressa,  digitis 
non  dilatatis,  vix  hiantibus,  longitudine  palmam  adaequantibus.  Pedes  tertii 
qnartique  mediocres,  compressi,  basi  spina  minuta  armati ;  mero  lato,  inferne 
spinuloso  et  apicem  unidentato  ;  articulo  penultimo  spinulis  sex  validis  inferne 
armato  ;  dactylo  longo  valde  gracili,  minus  curvato,  versus  apicem  dente  mi- 
nuto  armato.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  "  Bonin  ;"  inter  corallia  viventia  ad  prof.  1  org. 

411.  Alpheus  neptunus,  Dana;  U.  S.,  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust,  i.  553,  pi.  xxxv. 
f.  5.  Maxillipedes  externi  elongati,  apice  spinulosi.  Manus  majoris  palma 
spina  ad  basin  digitorum  armata.  Pedum  secundorum  articulus  carpi  quar- 
tus  tertio  duplo  longior.  Pedum  posticorum  dactyli  bi-unguiculati.  ungui- 
culo  secundo  dorsali  vel  in  facie  anteriore  posito. 

Hab. — Prope  insulam  "Ousima;"  in  fundo  arenoso  prof.  30  org.  Etiam  in 
portu  "Hong  Kong." 

412.  Alpheus  biunguiculatus,  nov.  sp.  A.  neptuno  valde  affinis,  sed  denti- 
bus  frontalibus  brevioribus  ;  palma  manus  majoris  spina  ad  basin  dactyli  ca- 
rente  ;  pedibus  posticis  brevioribus,  dactylis  biunguiculatis,  unguiculo  secun- 
do ventrali.  Pedum  tertii  quartique  paris  merus  inferne  spinulis  non  armatus. 
Long.  0.5  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  Hawaienses  ;  inter  madreporas. 

413.  Alpheus  spiniger,  nov.  sp.  A.  neptuno  affinis.  Corpus  robustum. 
Dentes  frontales  validi,  acuti ;  rostrum  apicem  articuli  pedunculi  antennula- 
rum  penultimi  fere  attingens  ;  spinae  orbitales  rostro  dimidia  breviores.  An- 
tennae basi  spina  brevi  sed  gracile  armatae.  Antennularum  squama  basalis 
acuta,  brevis.  Maxillipedum  externorum  articulus  ultimus  brevis,  pilosus, 
apice  spinulis  gracillimis  armatus.  Manus  major  crassissima,  rotundata,  lae- 
vis,  nuda ;  palma  inermi ;  pollice  intus  bidentato ;  dactylo  compresso,  mar- 
gine  superiore  acuto.  Pedum  secundorum  carpi  articulus  primus  articulos 
quatuor  sequentes  adequans.  Pedum  trium  posticorum  merus  linearis,  iner- 
mis,  nudus  ;  unguiculus  secundus  dactyli  minutus  ventralis,  retrorsum  curva- 
tus.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  "  Amakirrima"  prope  "Loo  Choo." 

414.  Alpheus  laevis,  Randall  ;  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  viii.  141. 
Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust,  i.  556,  pi.  xxxv.  f.  8. — Ad  insulam  "Ha- 
waii." 

415.  Alpheus  gracilipes,  nov.  sp.  A.  laevi  frontem  affinis.  Orbitae  antice 
acutae,  potius  quam  spiniferae.  Antennularum  squama  basalis  aj>ex  spinifor- 
mis,  apicem  articuli  pedunculi  antepenultimi  attingens  ;  art.  penultimus  ante- 
penultimo  fere  duplo  longior.  Antennae  basi  spina  minuta  armatae  ;  appendice 
pedunculum  superante.  Maxillipedes  externi  graciles,  articulo  ultimo  quam 
penultimus  tertia  parte  modo  longior,  apice  sparsim  longe  pilosus.  Manus 
major  recta,  elongata,  triplo  longior  quam  latior  ;  margine  superiore  versus  ba- 
sin dactyli  canaliculate,  inferiore  levi.  Manus  minor  mediocris,  digitis  palma 
parce  brevioribus,  non  hiantibus.  Pedum  secundorum  carpi  articulus  secundus 
primo  vix  brevior,  quintus  quarto  longior.  Pedes  postici  valde  graciles,  mero 
angusto  inermi ;  articulo  penultimo  infra  quadri-aculeato ;  dactylo  gracili, 
longo,  unguiculo  unico.     Long.  0.6  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "  Tahiti ;"  inter  corallia  ad  prof.  org.  una. 

Genus  Betaeus,  Dana ;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  i.  558. — Frons  superficie  levis 
ecarinata,  margine  recta,  sinuata,  vel  dentata.  Antennularum  squama  vel 
spina  basalis  longissima.  Manus  forma  similes,  et  plerumque  subaequales. 
Pedum  secundorum  carpi  articulus  primus  praelongus. 

416.  Betaeus  australis,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  et  abdomen  gracilia,  sub-compres- 
1860.] 


32  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

sa,  levia.  Frons  superficie  aequalis,  margine  convexa,  levis,  interdum  media 
convexa.  Antennularum  pedunculus  robustus,  cylindricus,  ei  antennarum 
aequalis  ;  squama  basali  longa,  apice  spiniformi,  articulo  peuultimo  superante. 
Antennarum  appendix  pedunculi  apicem  non  attingens  ;  flagellum  mediocris 
longitudinis,  parte  basali  crassum.  Maxillipedes  ext.  apicibus  non  spinosi. 
Pedes  primi  paris  elongati,  aequales  ;  mero  inferne  aspero  ;  carpi  marginibus 
anticis  dilatatis  et  4-5-dentatis,  basin  manus  circumdantibus  ;  manu  elongata, 
levi,  punctata,  inferne  paullo  pilosa  ;  digitis  gracilibus,  longitudinalibus,  palma 
brevioribus,  hiantibus,  intus  bidentatis,  apicibus  decussatis.  Pedum  secun- 
dorum  carpi  articulus  primus  tres  sequentes  conjunctos  adaequans.  Pedes 
postici  graciles  ;  mero  carpoque  cylindricis  inermibus  apicibus  incrassatis  ;  ar- 
ticulo penultimo  carpo  multo  graciliore,  subtiliter  spinuloso.  Segmentum  cau- 
dale  elongatum.     Color  viridis.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  Jacksonensi  Australiae  ;  sublittoralis  inter  rupes  et  algas. 

417.  Betaeus  trispinosps,  nov.  sp.  Frons  rostro  longo  aciculiformi  et  den- 
tibus  duobus  orbitalibus  acuminatis  rostro  dimidia  brevioribus  armata.  An- 
tennulae  grandes  ;  pedunculo  appendicem  antennarum  multo  superante  ;  ar- 
ticulo pedunculi  penultimo  ultimo  fere  duplo  longiore  et  antepenultimo  ae- 
quali ;  spina  basali  medium  penultimi  attingente.  Antennae  extus  basi  iner- 
mes  ;  pedunculo  apicem  appendicis  non  attingente.  Maxillipedum  ext.  articulus 
ultimus  gracilis,  quam  penultimus  plus  duplo  longior,  apice  tenuis,  breviter 
ciliatus.  Pedes  antici  fere  aequales  ;  manu  elongata,  palma  duplo  longiore 
quam  altiore,  paullo  compressa,  laevi,  margine  inferiore  integra,  margine  su- 
periore  longitudinaliter  profunde  canaliculata  et  prope  dactylum  sinuata ;  digi- 
tis palma  vix  dimidia  brevioribus,  compressis,  intus  versus  basin  dentatis ; 
dactylo  lunato.  Pedum  secundorum  carpi  art.  primus  dimidiam  longitudinis 
carpi  formans,  art.  secundus  tertio  parce  longior  et  quinto  multo  brevior.  Pe- 
des postici  valde  graciles  ;  quartorum  quintorumque  merus  nee  dilatatus  nee 
inferne  armatus  ;  articulus  penultimus  apicem  inferne  aculeo  longo  armatus  ; 
dactylus  tertiam  partem  art.  penultimi  longitudine  aequans.  Segmentum  cau- 
dale  elongato-subtriangulare,  apice  parvo  truncate     Long.  0.6  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  Jacksoniensi ;  inter  spongias  e  fundo  limoso  prof,  sex  org. 

Arete,*  nov.  gen.  Betaeo  affinis,  sed  oculis  sub  carapace  non  celatis.  Cara- 
pax  sat  compressus,  dorso  elevato,  arcuato.  Rostrum  breve,  elongato-triangu- 
latum,  superne  obtusum.  Antennulae  bi-fiagellatae,  squamis  basalibus  grandi- 
bus.  Maxillipedes  ext.  eis  Alphei  fere  similes.  Pedes  primi  grandes,  aequales, 
manibus  inversis  depressis,  dactylo  exteriore.  Pedes  secundi  breves,  carpis 
quadriarticulatis. 

418.  Arete  dorsalis,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  leve,  nitidum.  Dorsum  obtusum. 
Rostrum  apicem  art.  penultimi  antennularum  pedunculi  attingens ;  basi 
utrinque  profunde  canaliculatum.  Oculi  retractiles  (?),  pedunculis  sub  cara- 
pace semper  celatis.  Orbita  angulo  externo  spina  armata.  Antennae  breves. 
Antennularum  pedunculi  art.  ultimus  articulos  duos  praecedentes  conjunctos 
adaequans  ;  squama  basali  medium  art.  ultimi  attingente.  Antennarum  ap- 
pendix brevis,  lata,  pedunculum  vix  superans.  Pedes  primi  paris  leves  ;  car- 
po crasso,  margine  anticojoasin  manus  circumdante  ;  manu  (digitis  inclusisj 
duplo  longiore  quam  latiore,  et  carapace  dimidia  breviore  ;  digitis  depressis, 
non  hiantibus,  extus  laevibus,  intus ■  denticulatis,  apicibus  hamatis  ;  dactylo 
palma  tertia  parte  breviore.  Pedum  secundorum  carpi  art.  primus  art.  se- 
quentes conjunctos  adaequans;  art.  quartus  articulos  secundum  tertiumque. 
Pedes  postici  inter  se  aequales,  sat  breves,  leves,  subcylindrici ;  dactylis  bi- 
unguiculatis.     Color  obscure-purpureus.     Long.  0.5  poll. 

Hab. — In  freto  "Ly-i-moon,"  prope  insulam  "Hong  Kong;"  inter  rupes 
sublittorales. 


*  'AfnTn,  nova.,  propr. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  33 

419.  Hippoltte  aculeata,  M.  Edw ;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii.  3S0.  Cancer 
aculeatus,  0.  Fabr.,  Fauna  Groenl.,  No.  217.  Hippolyte  armata,  Owen,  Bee- 
chey's  Voy.  Zool.,  p.  88,  pi.  xxvii.  f.  2.  H.  cornuta,  Owen,  1.  c,  p.  89,  pi. 
xxviii.  f.  2. — Infreto  "Seniavine''  et  in  sinu  "Avatska;"  e  fundo  limoso  prof. 
10-15  org.     Etiaru  in  Oceano  Arctico  ;  prof.  20-30  org. 

420.  Hippolyte  eectikostris,  nov.  sp.  Robusta.  Carapax  cristatus,  tertia 
parte  posteriore  excepta ;  margine  antico,  spina  antennali  et  spina  pterygosto- 
miana  praedito.  Rostrum  horizontale,  apicem  antennularum  pedunculi  attin- 
gens,  margine  superiore  recto,  sex-dentato,*  dentibus  aequalibus  et  aequidis- 
tantibus  ;  tribus  posterioribus  in  carapace  sitis  ;  margine  inferiore  antice  paulo 
dilatato  et  quadridentato,  dentibus  minutis.  Antennulae  appendicem  anten- 
narum  vix  superantes.  Maxillipedes  externi  robusti,  appendices  antennarum 
superantes  ;  epignatho,f  neque  exognatbo  praediti.  Pedes  primi  graciles,  manu 
elongata,  digitis  gracilibus  palma  multo  brevioribus.  Pedes  primi,  secundi, 
tertiique  paris  epipodof  praediti.  Abdominis  dorsum  leve,  ecarinatum,  sed 
segmento  tertio  paullo  acutum.  Segmentum  caudale  quatuor  paribus  acule- 
orum  dorsalium  armatum.     Long.  1.5  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "  Hakodadi"  Japoniae  borealis  ;  in  locis  profundis  maris. 

421.  Hippolyte  ceistata,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  tertia  parte  anteriore  carinatus ; 
margine  antico  spina  antennali  et  spina  pterygostomiana  armato.  Rostrum 
gracile,  fere  horizontale,  pedunculo  antennularum  parce  brevius  ;  crista  supe- 
riore sex-dentata,  supra  oculos  arcuata,  dentibus  duobus  posterioribus  in  cara- 
pace, dente  posteriore  aliis  minore  et  remotiore,  dente  anteriore  etiam  minore 
et  ab  apice  rostri  paullo  remoto  ;  apice  subtus  bidentato.  Antennulae  apicem 
appendicis  antennarum  non  superantes.  Maxillipedes  ext.  graciles,  hunc  at- 
tingentes  apiGem,  epignatho  non  vero  exognatbo  instructi.  Pedes  primi,  se- 
cundi, tertiique  paris  epipodo  instructi.  Pedum  secundorum  carpus  septem- 
articulatus.  Abdomen  ecarinatum.  Tria  aculeorum  segmenti  caudalis  ultimi 
lateralium  paria.  Long.  1  poll.  Ab  H.  palpatore,  brevirostrique  |differt  niax- 
illipedibus  externis  brevioribus  ;  ab  H.  picta,  pedibus  secundo  tertioque  epi- 
podo instructis  ;  ab  H.  layi  rostro  breviore. 

Hab. — Portu  "  San  Francisco"  Californiae  ;   fundo  arenoso  prof.  5-10  org. 

422.  Hippolyte  brevirostkis,  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust,  i.  556,  pi. 
xxxvi.  f.  5. — In  portu  "  San  Francisco." 

423.  Hippolyte  borealis,  Owen ;  Appendix  to  Ross'  Voyage,  p.  24,  pi.  i.  f. 
3.  Kroyer ;  Monog.  Fremstilling  af  Hippolyte's  Nordiske  Arter,  p.  122,  pi.  iii, 
f.  74-77. — In  profundis  Oceani  Arctici. 

424.  Hippolyte  polaris,  Owen;  App.  to  Ross'  Voy.  p.  85.  Kroyer;  Monog. 
Fremst.  Hippol.  p.  116,  pi.  iii.  f.  78-81.  Alpheus  polaris,  Sabine. — in  profun- 
dis sabulosis  Oceani  Arctici. 

425.  Hippolyte  camtschatica,  nov.  sp.  Gracilis.  Carapax  antice  breviter 
carinatus  ;  margine  antico  spina  antennali  et  spina  pterygostomiana  minutis- 
sima  armato.  Rostrum  subcultratum,  carapace  non  breviore,  apicem  appen- 
dicis antennarum  attingens,  superne  quinque-dentatum,  dentibus  subaequali- 
bus  et  aequidistantibus,  dente  secundo  supra  oculorum  basin  sito  ;  crista  infe- 
riore paullo  dilatato,  quinque-dentato,  dentibus  primo  ultimoque  minutis  ;  apice 
gracillimo,  acutissimo.  Antennarum  appendices  grandes.  Maxillipedes  ext. 
antennarum  pedunculum  paullo  superantes  et  medium  appendicis  attingentes, 
epignatho  non  vero  exognatho  praediti.  Pedes  longi,  epipodo  destituti.  Ab- 
domen leve,  ecarinatum  ;  articulo  tertio  modice  prominente.  Segmentum  cau- 
dale paribus  quinque  aculeorum  dorsalium  armatum.  Long.  1  poll.  Ab  H. 
sitchaensi  differt  rostro  magis  acuto  et  inferne  magis  dentato. 

*  Margine  cristae  carapacis  dorsalis  semper  incluso. 
t  Epignathus  et  epipodus=flagellum. 

I860.]  3 


34  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

426.  Hippolyte  pandaloides,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  gracile,  fusiforme.  Carapax 
per  dimidiam  anteriorem  carinatus  ;  margine  antico  spina  antennali  solum  ar- 
mato.  Rostrum  gracillimum,  fere  rectum,  horizontale,  quam  carapax  multo 
longius  et  appendices  antennarum  multo  superans,  superne  10-12  dentatum, 
dentibus  duobus  posterioribus  in  carapace,  anterioribus  fere  obsoletis  ;  crista 
inferiore  decemdentata,  dentibus  quam  superiores  majoribus.  Appendices  an- 
tennarum grandes  carapace  non  breviores,  antennulas  superantes.  Maxilli- 
pedes  externi  brevissimi,  pedunculum  antennarum  non  superantes,  epignatho 
non  vero  exognatbo  instructi.  Pedes  epipodo  destituti  ;  secundi  paris  carpus 
septem-articulatus  ;  posticorum  merus  margine  inferiore  spinulosus.  Abdo- 
men ecarinatum,  sed  segmento  tertio  prominens  ;  segmento  ultimo  paribus  sex 
aculeorum  dorsalium  armato.     Color  viridis.     Long.  1.75  poll. 

Hab. — Sinu  "  Hakodadi ;"  inter  lapides  ad  prof.  2  org. 

427.  Hippolyte  geniculata,  nov.  sp.  Maxillipedes  ext.  epignatho  non  vero 
exognatho  instructi ;  pedes  epipodo  destituti.  77.  pandaloidae  valde  affinis,  ro- 
bustior,  rostro  breviore,  quam  carapax  non  longiore,  superne  quadridentato,  in- 
terne septem-dentato,  medio  paullo  dilatato.  Abdomen  segmento  tertio  forte 
geniculatum,  valde  prominens,  compressum,  cristatum.  Color  obscure-pnr- 
pureus,  linea  dorsali  alba.     Long.  2  poll. 

Hab. — Cum  praecedente. 

428.  Hippolyte  gracilirostris,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  levis,  antice  brevissime 
carinatus  ;  margine  antico  spina  pterygostomaica  solum  armato.  Rostrum  gra- 
cillimum, rectum,  paullo  deflexum,  breve,  articulum  penultimum  pedunculi 
antennularum  non  superans,  superne  sex-dentatum,  dentibus  aequalibus,  duobus 
posticis  in  carapace;  apice  bi-denticulato ;  margine  inferiore  denticulis  duobus 
approximatis  apice  paullo  remotis  armato.  Maxillipedes  ext.  appendices  anten- 
rarum  parce  superantes,  exognatho  epipodoque  praediti.  Pedes  primi  secundi 
tertiique  epipodo  instructi  ;  tertii  quarti  quintique  paris  graciles.  Abdomen 
dorso  leve  ecarinatum  ;  segmentum  ultimum  paribus  quatuor  aculeorum  dorsa- 
lium praeditum.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "Hakodadi ;"  in  regione  laminariarum. 

429.  Hippolytk  leptognatha,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  per  dimidiam  anteriorem 
carinatus  et  dentatus ;  margine  antico  spina  antennali  et  pterygostorniana 
armato.  Rostrum  pedunculum  antennularum  superans,  appendicis  antennarum 
apicem  vero  non  attingens,  horizontale  ;  crista  superiore  antrorsum  integra,  re- 
trorsum  4-5-dentata,  dentibus  posticis  tribus  vel  quatuor  in  carapace  ;  crista  in- 
feriore antice  paullo  dilatata  et  dentibus  parvulis  tribus  vel  quatuor  instructa. 
Appendices  antennarum  antennulas  adaequantes  vel  paullo  superantes.  Maxil- 
lipedes ext.  exiles,  pedunculum  antennarum  superantes,  appendices  vero  multo 
breviores,  exognatho  epignathoque  instructi.  Pedes  lmi  2di  3tiique  pari* 
epipodo  praediti ;  2di  paris  carpus  septem-articulatus,  articulo  tertio  aliis  lon- 
giore. Abdomen  dorso  laeve,  ecarioatum ;  segmento  tertio  sat  prominente  : 
segmento  ultimo  paribus  quatuor  aculeorum.  Pallide  rubra,  albo  variegata. 
Long.  1  poll. 

nab. — Sinu  "  Hakodadi ;"  vulgaris  in  fundis  algoso-arenosis,  prof.  2-6  org. 

430.  Hippolyte  turgida,  Kroyer ;  Monog.  Fremst.  Hippol.,  100,  pi.  ii,  f.  57- 
58;  pi.  iii,  f-  59-63. — In  Oceano  Arctico  ad  prof.  35  org. ;  et  in  freto  "  Senia- 
vine  :  "  fundo  sabuloso,  10-20  org. 

431.  Hippolyte  ochotensis,  Brandt.  ;  Sibir.  Reise,  120,  pi.  v,  f.  17. — In  sinu 
"  Hakodadi." 

432.  Hippolyte  spina,  White;  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Crust.,  1847,  p.  76.  Bell: 
Brit.  Crust.  284.  H.  sowerbei,  Lam'k ;  Kroyer;  Monog.  Fremst.  Hippol.,  90,  pi. 
jj;  f,  45-54. — In  freto  "  Seniavine;"  (prope  fretum  Beringianum;)  in  fundi* 
limosis  prof.  10-20  org. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  35 

433.  Hippolyte  gibba,  Kroyer ;  Monog.  Fremst.  Hippol.  80,  pi.  i,  f.  30,  31, 
et  pi.  ii,  f.  32-37. — In  freto  "  Seniavine"  et  in  Oceano  Arctico  ;  fundis  limo«JF 
et  arenosis  prof.  20-30  org. 

434.  Hippolyte  pectinifera,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  breve,  altura.  Carapax  lamina 
dentata  antrorsum  latescente  cristatus  ;  regione  orbitali  utrinque  spinis  tribas 
in  serie  longitudinali  instructa ;  margine  antico  infra  oculum  spinis  duabus 
(antennali  et  pterygostcmiana  forti)  armato.  Rostrum  latissimum,  suborbicu- 
latum,  (ei  Rhynchocycli  simili,)  antennularum  pedunculum  superans,  superne 
25-dentatum,  dentibus  posterioribus  majoribus,  dente  postico  ad  tertiam  partem 
anteriorem  carapacis  posito ;  margine  inferiore  bidentato,  dentibus  antrorsum 
sitis  et  quam  superiores  majoribus.  Antennularum  squamae  basales  validae 
acutae  ab  pedunculo  divergentes  ;  flagella  brevia  subaequalia.  Antennae  cor- 
pore  breviores ;  appendice  ovata,  antrorsum  acuta,  rostrum  superante.  Max 
ext.  exognatho  epignatboque  instructi.  Pedes  toti  (secundis  exclusis)  breves 
et  robusti ;  primi  secundi  tertiique  paris  epipodo  instructi ;  dactyli  pedum  pos- 
ticorum  eis  H.  aculeatae  similes.  Epimera  abdominis  segmentis  1-6  dentibus 
spinisve  4-5  pectinata,  spina  anteriore  vulgo  longiore.  Segmentum  caudaie 
paribus  tribus  aculeorum  dorsalium  munitum.  Color  pallide  purpureus,  margine 
carapacis  antico  et  apicibus  digitorum  albis.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Sinu  "  Hakodadi ;"  f.  concboso  org.  8. 

435.  Hippolyte  Fabricii,  Kroyer;  Monog.  Fremst.  Hippol.  p.  69,  pi.  i,  f.  12- 
20. — In  sinu  "Avatska." 

Virbius,*  nov.  gen.  Hippolytae  affinis.  Dorsum  carapacis  rostrique  ecari- 
natum.  Mandibulae  non  palpigerae.  Maxillipedes  externi  breves,  exognatho 
non  vero  epignatho  instructi.  Pedes  epipodo  destituti.  Pedum  primi  paris 
carpus  antice  excavatus ;  secundi  paris  carpus  tri-articulatus.  Hippolyte  acu- 
minata, viridis,  smaragdina,  obliquimana,  exiliro strata,  various  et  Prideauxiana  ad 
hoc  genus  pertinent. 

436.  Virbius  australiensis,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  levis,  spina  orbitali  instructus, 
spina  antennali  parvula,  pterygostomiana  nulla.  Rostrum  carapace  vix  breviuB, 
superne  laeve,  basi  norizontaliter  latiuscum,  apice  acutum,  margine  inferiore  cris- 
tatum  et  sexdentatum.  Antennulae  breves,  pedunculo  quam  rostrum  dimidia 
breviori,  flagello  interno  externo  duplo  longiore.  Antennarum  appendices 
grandes,  oblongae,  rostrum  superantes,  intus  apicem  antrorsum  dilatata ;  pe- 
dunculus  extus  spina  armatus  ad  basin  appendicis.  Maxillipedes  ext.  apicem 
antennarum  pedunculi  non  attigentes ;  articulo  ultimo  valde  compresso,  non 
duplo  longiore  quam  latiore  et  quam  art.  penultimus  non  longiore.  Pedes 
secundi  apicem  antennarum  pedunculi  non  attingentes.  Pedes  postici  parvi, 
articulo  penultimo  subtus  spinulis  armato ;  dactylo  intus  multi-unguiculato. 
Abdomen  laeve  forte  geniculatum.  Segmentum  caudaie  paribus  duobus  acule- 
orum dorsalium  munitum.     Color  viridis.     Long.  1.5  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  Jacksoniensi  Australiae ;  inter  algas  ad  prof.  org.  2. 

437.  Virbius  acutus,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  spina  supra-orbitali  et  antennali 
armatus  ;  angulo  antero-inferiore  acuto.  Rostrum  gracillimum,  pedunculum 
antennularum  superans,  appendices  antennarum  vero  brevius,  superne  in  medio 
unidentatum  ;  crista  inferiore  prope  apicem  quadridentata.  Max.  ext.  breves, 
versus  basin  lati.  Pedum  secundorum  carpi  articuli  subaequales,  ultimus  paullo 
longior.  Pedum  posticorum  dactyli  intus  breviter  spinosi,  apice  bi-unguiculati. 
Abdomen  ecarinatum  geniculatum,  segmento  tertio  acute  prominens.  Appen- 
dices caudales  parvi.  Segmentum  caudaie  paribus  quatuor  aculeorum  plerum- 
que  munitum,  tribus  approximatis,  pari  posteriore  remoto.  Color  purpureus. 
variegatus.     Long.  0.5  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "Loo  Choo ;"  littoralis  in  rupibus  algosis. 

*  Virbius,  Hippoljti  filius. 
I860.] 


36  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

438.  Virbius  Kraussianus,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  latiusculus,  spina  supra- 
orbitali  et  antennali  armatus  ;  spina  pterygostomiana  nulla.  Rostrum  gracile, 
pedunculum  antennularum  paullo  longius,  apicem  appendicium  antennarum  vero 
non  attingens,  superne  basi  bidentatum,  apice  tridentatem,  margine  inferiore 
quadridentatum.  Flagella  antennularum  subaequalia,  appendices  ant.  vix 
superantia.  Max.  ext.  articulus  ultimus  penultimo  fere  duplo  longior.  Abdo- 
men ecarinatum,  forte  geniculatum ;  segmentis  caudalis  aculeorum  paribus 
duobus.     Long.  o.7  poll. 

Hab. — In  sinu  "Simon's  Bay,"  prope  Promontorium  Bonae  Spei. 

439.  Virbius  acdminatus.  Hippolyte  acuminata,  Dana ;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped., 
Crust.,  i.  562,  pi.  xxx,  f.  1. — In  Oceano  Atlantico. 

Genus  Rhynchocinetes,  M.  Edw.  Maxillipedes  externi  exognatho  epignathoqne 
instructi ;  pedes  primi,  secundi,  tertii,  quartique  paris  epipodo  praediti. 

440.  Rhynchocinetes  rugulosus,  nov.  sp.  R.  typo  Chilensi  valde  affinis,  sed 
superficie  carapacis  transversim  striolata  vel  rugulosa,  rugis  quam  in  R.  typo 
magis  conspicuis  et  crassioribus.  Rostrum  parte  anteriore  marginis  superioris 
tridentatum,  subtus  12-dentatum.  Digiti  pedum  primi  paris  superne  nudi. 
Long.  2  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  Jacksoniensi  Australiae ;  sublittoralis  inter  rupes. 

Ogybis*,  nov.  gen.  Carapax  parce  cristatus,  non  rostratus.  Oeuli  longis- 
simi,  pedunculos  antennarum  superantes,  pediculis  gracillimis.  Antennulae 
bi-flagellatae,  pedunculo  extus  processu  spiniformi  ad  basin  piaedito.  Anten- 
narum appendix  parvus,  pedunculo  multo  brevior.  Mandibulae  graciles,  pro- 
funde  bipartitae,  palpo  laminato,  biarticulato  instructae.  Maxillipedes  secundi 
non  pediformes  ;  externi  grandes,  longi,  exognatho  gracili  instructi ;  articulo 
endognathi  ultimo  brevi,  pilis  phimosis  longis  vestito.  Pedes  exopodo  des- 
tituti ;  primi  secundique  paris  chelati;  carpus  secundi  paris  triarticulatus. 
Pedes  3tii  4ti  5tique  paris  inter  se  dissimiles,  non  chelati.  Abdomen  inerme, 
lamellis  caudalibus  brevibus,  externis  angustis. 

441.  Ogyris  orientalis,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  pubescens,  crista  dorsali  laevissima, 
dentibus  4 — 5  minutis  antrorsum  armata.  Orbita  angulo  externo  acuta  vel 
spina  armata.  Oculi  carapace  non  dimidia  breviores,  pedunculos  antennula- 
rum superantes,  pediculis  pubescentibus  basi  valde  incrassatis.  Antennulae 
carapace  non  longiores,  flagellis  gracilibus,  longitudine  aequalibus,  externo 
verus  vasin  paullo  incrassato.  Antennae  corpore  tertia  parte  breviores,  ap- 
pendice  parvo  subovali.  Maxillipedes  externi  extremitates  antennularum  fere 
attingentes,  ad  commissuram  ultiman  geniculate  Pedes  sex  postici  pilosi, 
tertii  quartique  paris  crassi,  tertii  breviores,  quinti  longi  filiformes.  Abdomen 
dorso  laeve  convexum,  extremitate  segmenti  ultimi  late  rotundata,  laminis 
caudalibus  exterioribus  incrassatis,  extrorsum  curvatis,  acutis.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — In  mari  Sinensi,  et  in  sinu  "Kagosima;"  in  fundis  arenosis  5 — 25  org. 
prof. 

442.  Pandalus  gonidrus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  gracile  nudum.  Rostrum  tenue, 
carapace  tertia  parte  longius,  superne  9-dentatum,  dentibus  sparsis,  tribus  pos- 
terioribus  in  carapace  sitis,  duobus  posticis  minoribus  approximatis  et  ab  aliis 
magis  remotis ;  marginis  superioris  parte  dimidia  anteriore  edentulo :  apice 
bifurcato  vel  bidentato,  dente  superiore  minore;  margine  inferiore  T-dentato. 
Antennulae  rostro  non  breviores.  Antennarum  appendices  carapacis  longitu- 
dine. Pedes  primi  omnino  graciles,  pedunculum  antennarum  superantes.  Pe- 
dum posticorum  dactyli  longiores.  Abdomen  segmento  tertio  geniculatum, 
plus  minusve  acute  compresso,  prominente,  vix  vero  dentato.  Long.  2  poll.  P. 
annulicorni  affinis,  rostro  longiore,  et  abdominis  segmenti  tertii  dorso  compresso. 

*  "fty/p/c,  nomen  insulae  maris  Indici. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  37 

Hab. — In  siim  "  Avatska"  Kamtschatkae ;  in  fundo  limoso  prof.  10  org.  vul- 
garis. 

443.  Pandalus  prensor,  nov.  sp.  Gracilis.  Rostrum  thorace  vix  brevius, 
apicera  antennarum  appendicium  non  attingens  ;  margine  superiore  14-dentato, 
(dentibus  6  posticis  in  carapace,)  tertia  parte  versus  apicem  edentulo ;  apice 
tridentato  ;  margine  inferiore  quinque-dentato.*  Antennula,  rostro  fere  duplo 
longiores.  Maxillipedes  externi  apicem  antennarum  appendicium  fere  attin- 
gentes,  exognatho  destituti.  Pedes  primi  omnino  graciles.  Pedes  tertii  ma- 
jores,  subprehensiles ;  articulo  penultimo  plus  minusve  dilatato,  subcurvato, 
postice  convexo,  palma  spinulosa,  dactylo  longo,  ad  palmam  retractili.  Pedes 
quarti  quintique  paris  tertiis  minores,  dactylis  brevibus.  Abdomen  dorso  laeve, 
rotundatum  ;  segmento  penultimo  carapace  demidia  breviore  ;  segmento  ultimo 
quinque  aculeorum  instrncto  paribus.  Subtranslucidus,  pallide  coccineo-macu- 
latus.     Long.  2  poll. 

Hab. — Sinu  "  Hakodadi ;"  fundo  conchoso,  prof.  8  org. 

444.  Pandalus  robustus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  breve  robustum.  Rostrum  carapacis 

8+11 

longitudine,  appendices  antennarum  paullo  superans;  dentibus \-3  arnia- 

1 
turn,  margine  superiore  versus  apicem  edentulum.  Antennulae  rostro  vix  longio- 
res. Maxillipedes  ext.  apicem  appendicium  ant.  attingentes  ;  exognatho  destituti. 
Pedes  primi  e  basi  graciles.  Pedum  tertiorum  articulus  penultimus  rectus,  super- 
ficie  asper;  dactylus  robustus  et  quam  iste  pedum  quartorum  quintorumque 
multo  longior.  Abdomen  dorso  laeve,  rotundatum  ;  segmento  sexto  perbrevi, 
longitudine  carapacis  tertiae  partis;  segmento  caudali  dorso  pubescente, 
quinque  aculeorum  armato  paribus.  Long.  2  poll. 
Hab. — Sinu  "Hakodadi,"  in  profundis. 

445.  Pandalus  gracilis,  nov.  sp.     Corpus  gracile.     Rostrum  carapace  lon- 

7+10 

gius,  appendices  antennarum  superans,  et  dentibus (-3  armatum,  margi- 

8 
nis  superioris  tertia  parte  anteriore  edentulum.  Antennulae  rostro  parum  lon- 
giores. Maxillipedes  ext.  medium  appendicium  antennarum  vix  superantes ; 
exognatho  destituti.  Pedum  tertiorum  articulus  penultimus  gracilis,  laevis, 
sparsim  pilosus,  margine  inferiore  sparsim  aculeatus  ;  dactylus  quam  iste  quarti 
quintique  paris  parum  longior.  Pedes  quarti  quintique  graciliores,  mero  sub- 
tus  spinuloso.  Abdomen  dorsi  medio  prominens,  sed  rotundatum;  segmento 
sexto  carapace  plus  dimidia  breviore  ;  ultimo  quinque  aculeorum  armato  paribus. 
Long.  1.25  poll. 

Hab.— Sinu  "Hakodadi." 

446.  Pandalus  escatilis,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  pubescens  coccineo-variegatum. 
Carapax  dimidia  anteriore  carinatus,  margine  antico  spina  antennali,  et  ptery- 
gostomiana  prope  antennae  insertionem  sita  armatus.  Rostrum  longum  gra- 
cile, horizontale  vel  resimum,  carapace  multo  longior,  superne  regulariter  60- 
denticulatum,  (dente  postico  ad  quintain  anteriorem  long,  carap.  sito,)  inferne 
serratum,  dentibus  quam  superioies  minoribus.  Maxillipedes  externi  exognatho 
instruct! ;  endognatho  ei  P.  annulicornis  simili.  Pedes  gracillimi ;  primi  paris 
apicem  rostri  attingentes,  secundi  paris  eum  maxillipedum  externorum.  Pede9 
3 til  4ti  Stique  paris  rostrum  multo  superantes;  mero  subtus  spinis  sparsis 
armato;  articulo  antepenultimo  quam  merus  multo  graciliore.  Long.  2.5  poll. 
P.  narwal  affinis,  sed  differt  rostro  magis  subtiliter  et  regulariter  serrata,  et 
pedibus  posticis  spinosis.     A  P.  prisle  differt  in  maxillipedibus  externis. 

Hab. — Prope  insulam  Madeirae  ;  in  profundis. 


6-f-8  , 
*  En  formula  talis  dentitionis,  — — ]-3 


I860.] 


38  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 

447.  Pandalus  leptorhynchus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  gracillimuin.  Carapax  vix 
cristatus,  spina  una  dorsali  in  regione  gastrica  armatus  ;  margine  antico  spina 
supra-orbitali,  antennali  et  pterygostomiana  instructo.  Rostrum  tenuissimum, 
fere  filiforme,  carapace  non  brevius,  superne  dente  unico  antrorsum  porrecto 
versus  basin  armatum,  subtus  dentibus  minutis  duobus,  uno  mediano,  altero 
versus  apicem  acutum  sito.  Antennularuni  pedunculus  gracillinius,  rostro 
quarta  parte  breviore  ;  squama  basali  lata,  apice  externo  spiniformi ;  flagellum 
pedunculo  non  longius.  Antennarum  appendices  rostro  non  breviores.  Pe- 
des exiles  ;  tertii  quarti  quintique  paris  subprehensiles  ; — dactylo  ad  latus  pos- 
ticum  art.  penultimi  retractili.  Abdomen  forte  geniculatum,  segmento  tertio 
carina  perobtusa  armato ;  segmento  sexto  praelongo.  Subpellucidus,  lineis 
flavis,  punctisque  nigris  ornatus.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  Jacksoniensi  Australiae  ;  ad  littora  arenosa  et  algosa. 

448.  Pontonia  maculata,  nov.  sp.  Foeminae  corpus  sat  gracile.  Carapax 
inermis.  Rostrum  art.  penultimum  antennularum  pedunculi  attingens,  gra- 
cile, superne  depressum,  subtus  acute  cristatum,  apice  truncatum,  marginibus 
edentulis.  Oculi  grandiores.  Antennularum  flagellum  pedunculo  brevius 
sed  appendiceal  antennarum  multo  superans.  Antennae  corpore  dimidia 
breviores,  appendice  carapace  plus  dimidia  breviores,  sed  pedunculum  antennu- 
larum paullo  superantes,  apice  rotundato-obtusse.  Max.  externorum  art.  ante- 
penultimus  gracilior.  Pedum  secundorum  manus  minor  (?)  gracilis,  digitis 
intus  edentulis  ;  (manus  altera  deest. )  Pedum  3  posticorum  dactyli  uncinati, 
intus  dente  armati.  Abdomen  spinis  nullis  ad  basin  segmenti  caudalis  arma- 
tum. Pellucida,  maculis  minutis  purpureis  conspersa.  Long.  0.75  poll.  A 
P.  tridacnae  differt  forma  elongata,  rostro  graciliore,  etc. 

Hab. — Ad  insulas  "Bonin  ;"  in  Tridacnis. 

449.  Coralliocaris*  graminea.  Oedipus  gramineus,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exp., 
Crust,  i.  574,  pi.  xxxvii.  f.  3. — Ad  insulam  "Hong  Kong;"  in  madreporis. 

450.  Coralliocaris  superba.  Oedipus  superbus,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped., 
Crust,  i.  573,  pi.  xxxvii.  f.  2. — Ad  insulam  "Tahiti;"  in  corallis. 

451.  Coralliocaris  lamellirostris,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  depressum.  Rostrum 
longum,  pedunculum  antennularum  superans  sed  apicem  appendicis  antenna- 
rum non  attingens,  basi  angustum ;  crista  superiore  dilatata,  sexdentata, 
dente  postico  supra  oculos  sito ;  apice  acuminato  ;  margine  inferiore  apicem 
versus  etiam  dilatato,  4-5-denticulato.  Antennulae  appendices  antennarum 
non  superantes.  Antennae  corpore  dimidia  longiores.  Max.  externi  planati 
sed  sat  angusti.  Pedes  primi  apicem  appendicium  ant.  attingentes,  manibus 
vix  hirsutis.  Pedes  secundi  inaequales,  manu  majore  (foeminae)  valde  gra- 
cili,  digitis  parvis,  palma  dimidia  brevioribus,  dactylo  distorto  non  dilatato. 
Pedum  posticorum  dactyli  eis  C.  macrophthalmae  similes,  vix  setosi.  Abdo- 
men segmento  tertio  prominens.  Color  viridis  ;  carapax  longitudinaliter,  ab- 
domenque  transverse  rubro-fasciata.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "  Loo  Choo  ;"  inter  corallia  ad  prof.  2.  org. 

452.  Harpilics  depressus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  late  depressum.  Carapax  spi- 
na hepatica  armatus.  Oculi  grandes,  et,  lateraliter  porrecti,  margines  carapa- 
cis  multo  superantes.  Rostrum  longum,  apicem  antennarum  appendicium 
fere  attingens,  crista  inferiore  parce  dilatata,  septem-dentata,  dente  postico 
parum  post  oculos  sito  ;  crista  inferiore  versus  apicem  valde  dilatata,  quadri- 
dentata,  dentibus  validis.  Antennulae  breviores,  appendicem  antennarum  ap- 
rum  superantes.  Antennae  corpore  non  longiores.  Maxillipedes  externi  valde 
graciles,  articulis  ultimo  penultimoque  conjunctis  antepenultimo  adequanti- 

*  Etym.  xep&KKiov,  corallium  ;  K*fi;,  squilla.  Nomen  Oedipus  Danae  praeoc- 
cupatur. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  39 

bus,  hoc  in  foeminis  quam  in  maribus  multo  latiore.  Pedes  secundi  grandes, 
laeves  ;  ischii,  meri,  carpique  apicibus  dentibus  spiniformibus  armatis  ;  manu 
carapace  duplo  longiore,  digitis  palma  dimidia  brevioribus,  intus  forte  2-3-den- 
tatis.  Pedes  postici  robusti,  dactylis  curvatis  apice  fere  obtusis.  Abdomen 
gracile ;  segmento  ultimo  acuto,  pari  unico  aculeorum  dorsalium  instructo. 
Long.  0.7  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "Hawaii;"  inter  madreporas. 

453.  Anchistia  Danae,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  breve  robustum.  Carapax  sat  latus, 
spina  hepatica  armatus ;  margine  antico  spina  supra-orbitali  et  antennali  in- 
structo. Rostrum  parce  dilatatum,  pedunculum  antennularum  non  attingens. 
dentibus  superne  septem,  subtus  tribus  armatuin.  Oculi  grandes,  lateraliter 
margines  carapacis  multo  superantes.  Antennulae  appendices  antennarum  su- 
perantes ;  flagello  robusto  quam  flagellum  tenue  longiore,  extremitate  bifido. 
Appendices  ant.  apice  sat  latae.  Mandibularum  processus  molaris  ramus 
superior  apice  trifidus,  ramus  alter  5-6-dentatus,  dentibus  aliquibus  scalprifor- 
mibus.  Pedes  primi  carpum  secundorum  superantes.  Pedes  postici  gracillimi. 
Segmentum  caudale  apice  aculeis  duobus  longis  instructum.     Long,  0.5  poll. 

Hab. — Ins.  "Tahiti;"  in  corrallis. 

454.  Anchistia  brachiata,  nov.  sp,  Carapax  spina  hepatica  et  antennali 
armatus;  spina  supra-orbitali  nulla.  Rostrum  gracile,  paullo  resimum,  appen- 
dices antennarum  non  superantes,  superne  dentibus  5-f-  armatum,  dente 
secundo  supra  oculos  sito,  subtus  dentibus  2+  (apice  in  sp.  nostro  fracto).  Oculi 
grandes.  Antennarum  appendices  longae,  angustae,  extrorsum  curvantes,  car- 
apace longiores.  Pedes  secundi  inaequales ;  carpus  sinistri  appendices  ant. 
superans ;  carpo  meroque  basi  angustatis,  versus  apicem  incrassatis ;  mero 
apice  inferiore  uni-spinoso ;  carpo  apicem  superne  bi-spiaosa  subtus  uni-spinosa  ; 
manu  incrassata  quam  carpus  plus  duplo  longiore;  digitis  quam  palma  non 
dimidia  parte  brevioribus,  paullo  contortis,  intus  singulo  dentibus  duobus 
parvis  acutisque  armatis ;  dactylo  margine  superiore  extus  dilatato.  Pes 
secundi  paris  dexter  minor,  digitis  longioribus  compressis  nee  distortis  nee 
dentatis.     Abdominis  segmentum  penultimum  breve.     Long.  0.8  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "  Lloyd  "  ad  insulas  "  Bonin." 

455.  Anchistia  grandis,  nov.  sp.  A.  ensifronli  affinis,  major.  Rostrum  an- 
gustius  et  appendices  ant.  non  superans,  margine  superiore  basi  non  concavo, 
septem-dentato,  dente  postico  aliis  paullo  remoto,  dente  antico  juxta  apicem 
sito.  Antennularum  pedunculi  art.  penultimus  interne  extusque  paullo  dilata- 
tus.  Appendices  antennarum  carapace  non  breviores,  angustae,  minuentes  sed 
apice  truueatae.  Pedes  secundi  paris  corpore  longiores  ;  mero  apicem  append. 
ant.  atlingente,  subtus  spina  armato  ;  carpoad  apicem  intus  uni-spinoso;  manu 
robusta,  carpo  fere  triplo  longiore ;  digitis  palma  dimidia  brevioribus,  medio 
hiantibus.  Pedes  quarti  apicem  appendicium  antennarum  attingentes.  Lon^. 
1.2  poll. 

Hab. — Ad  insulam  "  Ousima." 

Urocaris,*  nov.  gen.  Corpus  gracile,  compressum ;  abdomen  longum,  seg- 
mento penultimo  praecipue  elongato.  Rostrum  superne  cristatum,  dentatum, 
subtus  rectum  edentulum.  Oculorum  pedunculi  longiores.  Antennulae  eis 
Palaemonis  similes.  Mandibulae  non  palpigerae.  Maxillipedes  externi  pedesque 
cum  genere  Palaemone  conYemuut. — Typus  U.lovgicaudata'm  littoribus  Carolin- 
ensibus  habitans,  rostro  brevi,  crista  superiore  supra  oculos  valde  dilatata. 
arcuata,  octodentata;  dactylis  pedum  posticorum  biunguiculatis ;  abdomine 
quinquies  longiore  quam  carapax,  segmento  tertio  valde  tumido,  segmento 
penultimo  gracile  carapace  non  breviore. 

456.  Urocaris  longipes,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  spina  hepatica  et  antennali 
armatus.  Rostrum  gracile,  rectum,  minuens,  appendicium  antennarum  apicem 
non  attingens,  crista  superiore  minus  dilatata,  septem-dentata,  dente  postico 


I860.] 


*Etym.  oy/>«,  cauda;  **/><?.  squilla. 


40  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

aliis  paullo  rernotiore,  denticulo  minuto  inter  dentes  sextum  et  septimum  atque 
uno  inter  dentem  septimum  et  apicem  ;  margine  inferiore  integro  non  ciliato. 
Antennularum  flagellum  crassum  breve,  tertia  parte  extreuia  aflagello  tenui  sep- 
aratum, hoc  eorpore  non  dimidia  breviore ;  flagellum  internum  externo  tenui 
brevius.  Antennarum  appendices  mediocres.  Pes  secundi  paris  sinister  long- 
issimus,  inermis ;  ischii  apice  apicem  appendicium  ant.  fere  attingente ;  mero 
carpo  longiore;  manu  cylindrica  meruni  carpumque  conjunctos  adequante,  dig- 
itis  brevibus,  palmae  long,  quartam  partem  vix  aequantibus.  Pedes  postici 
gracillimi,  dactylis  simplicibus.  Abdominis  segmentum  penultimum  minus 
elongatura.  Pellucida,  lineis  duabus  coccineis  ornata,  corporis  facie  inferiore 
etiam  coccinea,  manu  majore  pallide  rubra.  Long,  corporis,  0.65  ;  pedis  gran- 
dis,  0.7  poll. 
Hub. — Prope  insulam  "  Ousima  ;  "  fundo  arenoso,  prof.  20  org. 

457.  Palaemonella  tencipes,  Dana;  U.S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  i.  582  ;  pi. 
xxxviii.  f.  3. — Ad  insulam  "  Ousima  ;  "  inter  algas  reticulatas  in  sinibus  are- 
nosis  minus  profundis. 

Genus  Leander,  Desmarest,  Ann.  Soc.  Entom.  de  France,  vii.  87.  Carapax 
spina  antennali  et  spina  branchios-tegiana  arinatus;  spina  hepataca  nulla. 
Species  plerumque  maricolae.     Typus  Palacmon  natator,  M.  Edw. 

458.  Leander  natator.  Palacmon  nalalor,  M.  Edw.;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust, 
ii.  393.  Dana;  loc.  cit.,  i.  588;  pi.  xxxviii,  f.  11. — In  Oceano  Atlantico,  lat. 
bor.  30° — 35°,  etc.;  vulgaris  in  Sargasso. 

459.  Leander  debilis.  Palaemon  debilis,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust., 
i.  585  ;  pi.  xxxviii,  f.  0,  7. — Ad  insulas  Hawainenses  et  ad  "  Loo  Choo  ; "  in 
littoribus  arenosis. 

460.  Leander  longicarpus,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  longum,  carapace  paullo  lon- 
gius  et  appendices  ant.  multo  superans,  gracile,  reflexum,  superne  ad  basin 
convexumetquinquedentatum,  (dente  secundo  supra  oculos  sito,)  dimidia  versus 
apicem  edentulum;  crista  inferiore  paullo  dilatataet  4-  vel  5-dentata.  Anten- 
nularum flagella  duo  externa  parce  conjuncta.  Max.  ext.  gracillimi,  in  adultis 
pedunculum  antennarum  superantes.  Pedes  tenues  ;  primi  paris  apicem  ap- 
pendicium ant.  non  attingentes ;  secundi  paris  hunc  superantes  apicem  sed 
carpo  longo  cum  non  attingente,  manu  debili.  carpo  dimidia  breviore.  Pedes 
postici  nudi.  Segmentum  abdominis  penultimum  lamellarum  lateralium  fere 
longitudine.  Long.  1.5  poll.  P.  debili  affinis,  sed  deutibus  rostri  inferioribus 
paucioribus  et  pedibus  secundi  paris  longioribus. 

ILib. — Portu  "  Hong  Kong  "  Sinensi. 

461.  Leander  paocidens.  Palaemon  paucidens,  De  Haan  ;  Fauna  Japonica, 
Crust.,  170,  pi.  xlv,  f.  11.  Rostrum  in  sp.  nostris  superne  5-6  dentatum,  prope 
apicem  non  edentulum. 

Hab.— Prope  urbem  Japonicam  "  Simoda ;  "  in  aquis  dulcibus  fluvii,  mari 
non  remotis. 

462.  Leander  pacificus,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  robustum.  Rostrum  carapace  non 
brevius,  antennarum  appendices  superans;  crista  superiore  dentata,  (dente 
tertio  vel  quarto  supra  oculos  sito,)  versus  apicem  edentula;  apice  tridentato  ; 
crista  inferiore  dilatata,  4-  vel  5-dentata,  deutibus  fortibus,  dente  anteriore 
apice  reinoto.  Antennularum  flagella  duo  externa  parce  conjuncta,  flagello 
extremo  crasso,  pedunculo  paullo  longiore  et  margine  interno  valide  serrato. 
Maxillipedes  ext.  minuiscentes,  antennarum  pedunculum  parce  superantes. 
Pedes  primi  paris  apicem  antennularum  appendicium  attingentes  ;  secundi  paris 
sat  robusti,  hunc  superantes  apicem,  manu  paullo  incrassata,  digitis  palrna 
brevioribus;  pedes  postici  robustiores,  fere  nudi  et  inermes,  quinti  paris  anten- 
narum pedunculum  parum  superantes.  Color  pallide  viridescens,  eorpore  rubro- 
vel  olivaceo-lineato.     Long.  2.5  poll. 

J{ab.— In   Oceano  Pacifico  vulgaris,  littoralis  in  rupium  fossis ; — ad  insulas 
"  Hong  Kong"  et  "  Hawaii,"  etiam  in  portu  "  Simoda." 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  41 

463.  Leander  serrifer,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  appendices  antennarum  non  su- 
perans,  crista  superiore  fere  recta,  novem-dentata,  dentibus  posterioribus  1  et  2 
inter  se  et  ab  aliis  paullo  retnotioribus,  dente  tertio  vel  quarto  supra  oculos  sito, 
dente  anteriore  ab  apice  paullo  remoto,  (dentium  duorutn  spatio);  apice  acuto 
superne  bi-denticulato  ;  crista  inferiore  dilatata,  maxime  tridentata.  Antennu- 
larum  flagella  duo  externa  parce  conjuncta.  Pedes  primi  paris  apicem  appen- 
dicium  ant.  attingentes,  ischio  meroque  quam  carpus  robustioribus ;  secundi 
paris  longi,  sat  robusti,  carpo  appendicium  ant.  apicem  attingente,  et  quam 
uianus  non  breviore,  manu  elongata,  quater  longiore  quam  latiore,  digitispalma 
tertii  parte  brevioribus.  Pedes  postici  mediocres.  Segmentum  abdominis  pe- 
nultimum  lamellis  exterioribus  multo  brevius.     Long.,  1.75  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "  Hong  Kong,"  et  sinibus  insulae  "  Ousima  ;  "  littoralis. 

464.  Leander  intermedius,  nov.  sp.  Spina  brancbiostegiana  longa,  acutis- 
sima,  retrorsum  sita,  margine  paullo  remota,  ut  facile  pro  hepatica  baberetur. 
Rostrum  tenue,  appendices  ant.  superans,  reflexum,  superne  septem-dentatum, 
(dente  tertio  supra  oculos,)  subtus  quadridentatum  ;  apice  bifido  vel  bidentato. 
Oculi  grandes.  Antennulae  corpore  non  breviores  ;  flagellis  duobus  externis  per 
dimidiam  longitudinis  flagelli  crassi  conjunctis.  Maxillipedes  externi  peduncu- 
lum  antennarum  parce  superantes.  Pedes  secundi  paris  appendices  ant.  parum 
superantes  ;  manu  paullo  incrassata  carpo  vix  loagiore,  digitis  palmae  longitu- 
dine.  Pedes  postici  mediocres,  aculeis  sparsim  armati ;  dactylis  longioribus. 
Pellucidus,  flavo-lineatus,  et  intendum  sparsim  nigro-punctatis.     Long.,  1  poll. 

Hab. — In  portu  Jacksoniensi  Australiae  ;  fundis  algoso-arenosis  prof.  2  org. 

Genus  Palaemon,  Fabr.  Carapax  spina  bepatica  armatus.  Species  omnes 
fluvicolae. 

465.  Palaemon  asper,  nov.  sp.  Descr.  maris  adulti.  Carapax  spinulis  vel 
granulis  acutis  corneis  plus  minusve  exasperatus.  Rostrum  apicem  appendi- 
cium antennarum  fere  attingens  ;  crista  dorsali  dilatata,  recta  vel  parce  convexa, 
12-  vel  14-dentata,  dente  posteriore  paullo  remotiore,  dente  quarto  supra  oculos 
sito ;  crista  inferiore  3-  vel  4-dentata.  Pedes  secundi  paris  corpore  non  bre- 
viores, cylindrici,  instar  carapacis  exasperaU,  interdum  breviter  pubescentes ; 
mero  apicem  antennarum  appendicium  superante ;  carpo  palma  manus  parce 
longiore  ;  digitis  palma  tertia  parte  brevioribus,  non  hiantibus,  interdum  dense 
hirsutis,  intus  prope  basin  dentibus  1-2  armatis ;  pollice  intus  lobo  marginis 
crenulato  ad  basin  praedito.  Pedes  postici  sat  longi,  extremitates  versus 
graciles,  minuiscentes ;  dactylis  tertiam  partem  long,  penultimi  adaequantibus. 
Pedes  ultimi  paris  appendices  ant.  superantes.  Segmentum  abdominis  ultimum 
apice  leviter  tridentatum,  dente  mediano  prominentiore,  utrinque  aculeis  duobus 
margine  instructo,  aculeo  interno  longiore.  Color  olivaceus  vel  glaucus,  vi- 
ridescens.  Long,  corporis  5  poll.  Juniores  laeves,  glabri,  subpellucidi.  A  P. 
lanceifronti  differt  crista  rostri  superiore  minus  expansa  ;  P.  ornato,  rostro  magis 
dentato,  etc. 

Hab. — In  fiuvii  et  rivulis  Sinenses  prope  urbem  "  Canton." 

466.  Palaemon  boninensis,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  laevis.  Rostrum  appendicibus 
ant.  brevius,  crista  superiore  supra  oculos  plus  minusve  convexa,  versus  apicem 
parce  concava,  dentibus  11  ad  13  armata  aequalibus  et  aequidistantibus,  dente 
sexto  supra  oculos  sito ;  crista  inferiore  tridentata.  Antennularura  flagellum 
internum  breve,  externo  dimidia  fere  brevius.  Pedes  robusti;  secundi  paris 
subcylindrici,  granulati  sed  quam  in  multis  speciebus  leviores ;  carpo  manu 
plus  dimidia  breviore ;  digitis  palma  tertia  parte  brevioribus,  granulatis,  non 
pubescentibus,  sparsim  pilosis,  intus  basi  2- vel  3-dentatis,  dentibus  interdum 
fere  obsoletis.  Pedes  postici  breves  crassi,  subtiliter  et  breviter  spinulosi ; 
dactylis  robustis  brevioribus.  Pedes  quinti  paris  mediam  appendicium  ant. 
attingentes.  Color  obscure  viridis  ;  pedum  ambulatoriorum  apices  flavi.  Long, 
corporis  4;  pedum  secundorum  3  poll. 

Hub. — Insulis  "  Bonin  ;  "  in  rivulis  montanis. 

I860.] 


42  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

467.  Thalassocaris*  lucida.  Regulus  lucidus,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped., 
(Jrust.,  i.  598;  pi.  xxxix.,  f.  5. — In  Oceano  Pacifico ;  lat.  bor.  27^°,  long.,  orient. 
1384°. 

Cadldrus,|  nov.  gen.  Carapax  latiusculus,  dorso  sutura  cervicali  notatus. 
Rostrum  breve.  Oeuli  grandes.  Antennularuni  pedunculus  longus,  gracilis, 
squama  basali  nulla.  Antennarum  appendix  fere  linearis,  basi  angusta,  apice 
truncata.  Maxillipedes  secundi  paris  non  pediformes,  tertii  paris  pediformes, 
robusti,  cylindrici,  exognatho  praediti.  Pedes  exopodo  instructi ;  primi  secun- 
dique  paris  chelati ;  secundi  graciliores  loogi;  reliqui  simplices.  Abdomen 
dorso  inerme ;  segmento  sexto  praelongo,  gracillimo.  Oplophoro  differt  ab- 
domine  et  appendice  antennarum  inermibus,  segmento  penultimo  praelongo, 
etc. 

468.  Caulurus  pelagicus,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  spiniforme  vel  dentiforme, 
oculis  plus  dimidia  brevius.  Regio  gastrica  dente  mediano  erecto  prope  basin 
rostri  armata.  Margo  carapacis  anterior  dente  praeorbitali,  spina  antennali 
parvula  et  spina  pterygostomiana  armatus.  Antennularum  pedunculus  cara- 
pace non  brevior,  articulo  antepenultimo  articulos  penultimum  et  ultimum  junc- 
tos  superante.  Antennarum  pedunculus  longissimus  filiformis,  ei  antennularum 
multo  gracilior;  appendix  carapacis  longitudine  et  sexies  longior  quam  latior, 
apice  quam  basis  latiore,  rotundato-truncato,  extus  spina  brevi  armato ;  mar- 
gine  appendicis  interno  sparsim  fimbriato  paribus  15  setarum  plumosarum 
gracilibus.  Pedes  secundi  gracillimi  prope  manum  constricti.  Manus  primi 
secundique  paris  breves.  Abdominis  segmentum  sextum  quatuor  praecedeutes 
junctos  fere  superans,  gracillimum,  subcylindricum  ;  lamellae  caudales  seg- 
mento sexto  tertia  parte  breviores.  Translucidus,  visceribus  coccineis.  Long. 
0.25  poll. 

Hab. — In  Oceano  Pacifico,  lat.  bor.,  34°,  long,  orient.  126°;   nocte  repertus. 

Leptochela,J  nov.  gen.  Carapax  laevis,  vix  cristatus,  latere  margineque 
spinis  destitutus.  Rostrum  brevissimum,  spiniforme.  Antennulae  bi-flagel- 
latae.  Mandibulae  inflexae,  late  compressae,  palpo  brevi,  ovato,  uni-articulato 
praeditae.  Maxillipedes  secundi  non  pediformes  endognatbi  art.  ultimo  spinis 
longis  armato.  Maxillipedes  tertii  exognatho  instructi.  Pedes  toti  expodo 
instructi ;  primi  secundique  paris  compressi,  chelati,  manu  gracili,  digitis  longis 
parallelis.  Pedes  postici  breves.  A.bdomen  segmenti  antepenultimi  angulo 
dorsali  postico  plus  minusve  geniculatum  vel  abruptum ;  appendicibus  ventra- 
libus  primi  paris  birameis.  Pasiphaeae  affinis,  mandibulis  vero  palpigeris, 
maxillipedibus  secundis  non  pediformibus. 

469.  Leptochela  gracilis,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  compressum.  Carapax  glaber, 
antrorsum  acute  carinatum,  carina  laevi.  Rostrum  acutum,  oculis  brevius. 
Oculi  breves,  grandiores,  globosi.  Antennulae  oblique  compressae,  corpore 
dimidia  breviores,  flagello  superiore  longiore.  Antennae  vix  antennulis  longiores, 
appendice  minore  acuto-triangulari,  gracili,  sed  pedunculos  antennularum  ali- 
quantum  superante.  Mandibularum  corona  margine  interno  dentata,  medio 
profunde  fissa.  Maxillipedes  ext.  graciles,  apicem  appendicium  ant.  attin- 
gentes,  exognatho  endognathi  art.  antepenultimum  superante.  Pedum  exo- 
podi  longiores,  primi  secundique  paris  apicem  ischii  attirgentes,  posticorum 
medium  meri.  Pedes  primi  secundique  paris  appendices  ant.  superantes ; 
carpo  palma  manus  breviore ;  manu  ad  basin  digitorum  constricta,  digitis 
palma  longioribus.  Pedes  postici  compressi,  minuiscentes,  plus  minusve  late- 
raliter  porrecti,  quam  secundi  paris  plus  dimidia  breviores;  ischio  brevissimo, 
subtus  spina  armato;  dactylo  hirsuto,  apice  rotundato  inermi.  Abdomen 
compressum  antrorsum  ecarinatum,  segmento  antepenultimo  acute    carinato, 

*  Etym.  SdAzo-o-a  mare  ;  *»/>ic,  squilla.    Regulus  nomen  Danae  praeoccupatum. 
f  Etym.  X.O.UW,  caulis,  ouAxcauda. 
j  Etym.  xtTTTog,  tener  ;  ^«a«,  chela. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  43 

angulo  superiore  postico  spina  armato ;  segmento  ultimo  canaliculato,  apice 
aculeis  duobus  longis  armato,  aliis  brevioribus  interjaceatibus.  Lamella  cau- 
dalis  interna  superne  canaliculata,  externa  margine  exteriore  spinulis  armata. 
Long.  1  poll.  x 

Hab. — Sinu  "  Kagosima;"  in  profundis. 

470.  Leptochela  robusta,  nov.  sp.  Corpus  robustum  minus  compressum- 
Carapax  ecarinatns,  rostro  gracillimo,  oculis  brevius.  Antennulae  carapace  vix 
longiores,  pedunculo  robusto.  Antennarum  appendix  latior,  sed  acute  trian- 
gulata.  Mandibularum  corona  margine  interno  non  fissa.  Pedes  latiores.  Ab- 
domen segmento  antepenultirao  nee  carinatum  nee  spina  armatum.  Praecedenti 
affinis,  sed  omnino  multo  robustior.     Long.  1  poll. 

Hab. — Mari  Sinensi,  prof.  20  org.     Prope  insulam  "  Loo  Cboo"  quoque. 

471.  Sicyonia  cristata,  De  Haan ;  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.,  194;  pi.  xlv. 
f.  10. — In  sinu  "Kagosima;"  fundo  conchoso  et  arenoso,  prof.  20  org. 

472.  Sicyonia  parvula,  De  Haan ;  1.  c.  195;  pi.  xlv.  f.  6. — In  sinu  "Kago- 
sima." 

473.  Sicyonia  ocellata,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  tomentosus.  Crista  carapacis 
rostrique  convexa,  septem-dentata,  dentibus  antrorsum  magnitudine  decrescen- 
tibus.  Rostrum  angustum,  parce  deflexum,  articulum  antennularum  pedunculi 
penultimum  non  superans,  apice  tridenticulatum,  margine  inferiore  integrum. 
Antennarum  flagellum  depressum  utroque  margine  ciliatum.  Pedes  graciles  ; 
digitis  primi  secundi  tertiique  paris  palmis  longitudine  subaequalibus.  Abdo- 
men profunde  insculptum,  porcis  transversis,  rugatis;  segmentorum  epimeris 
trangularibus,  inermibus ;  segmento  ultimo  basi  lato,  depresso,  extremitatem 
versus,  in  medio  profunde  canaliculato,  apice  aculeis  tribus  instructo,  mediano 
longiore.  Color  griseus,  purpureo-varegiatus  ;  carapax  utrinque  ocello  nigro 
albo-marginato  ornatus,  in  latere  retrorsum  sito ;  abdomen  lateribus  albo- 
maculatum.     Long.  1.25  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "Hong  Kong;"  in  fundo  conchoso  prof.  8  org.  vulgaris.  In 
mari  Sinensi  quoque,  lat.  bor.  24° ;  ad  prof.  20  org. 

474.  Penaeus  stenodactylus,  nov.  sp.  Descr.  foeminae.  Corpus  compressum, 
nudum.  Carapax  elongatus,  carinatus,  (quarta  parte  posteriore  excepta,)  laevis, 
nisi  dorso  subtiliter  granulato;  spina  hepatica  distincta,  sulcis  proximis  brevi- 
bus  et  tenuibus ;  spina  antennali  minuta,  carina  et  sulco  antennali  obsoletis  ; 
margine  antico  alibi  inermi.  Rostrum  rectum  vel  parum  resimum,  oculis  vix 
longius ;  crista  superiore  8-dentata,  dente  postico  aliis  remoto  et  paullo  ante 
medium  carapacis  sito,  dente  quarto  supra  oculos ;  margine  inferiore  edentulo. 
Oculi  crassi,  articulum  antepenultimum  antennularum  pedunculi  non  superan- 
tes,  articulo  basali  (basiophthalmito)  spina  brevi  ad  angulum  superiorem 
armato.  Antennarum  appendices  longae.  Maxillipedes  ext.  graciles,  appen- 
dices antennarum  superantes.  Pedes  compressi :  digitis  primi,  secundi  tertii- 
que paris  longis.  Pedes  quarti  late  compressi,  hirsuti,  antrorsum  porrecti 
oculos  non  superantes ;  quarti  paris  gracillimi  longissimi,  appendices  ant. 
multo  superantes,  nudi,  extremitates  versus  styliforraes,  dactylo  recto,  dimidiam 
partem  carapacis  longitudine  fere  adaequante.  Abdominis  segmenta  quartum 
quintum  sextumque  carinata ;  segmenti  penultimi  appendix  interna  cultrata, 
quam  externa  multo  augustior.     Pallide  carneus.     Long.  1.5  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "Hong  Kong;"  fundo  limoso  prof,  sex  org. 

475.  Penaeus  podophthalmus,  nov.  sp.  Descr.  foeminae.  Corpus  elongatum, 
compressum,  superficie  ut  videtur  glabrum,  subtiliter  vero  punctatum.  Carapax 
elongatus,  leviusculus,  cristatus,  (tertia  parte  posteriore  excepta),  spina  hepatica 
minuta,  sulcis  proximis  distinctis  sed  brevibus ;  spina  antennali  brevi,  sulco 
antennali  obsoleto  ;  spina  orbitali  nulla.  Rostrum  breve,  oculis  dimidia  bre- 
vius ;   crista  dorsali  septemdentata,    dente  postico  aliis  remoto  et  ad  tertiam 

I860.] 


44  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

anteriorein  carapacis  sito,  dente  quarto  supra  orbitam  sito ;  inarginibus  den- 
tiuru  subtiliter  serrulatis ;  raargiue  rostri  inferiore  edentulo.  Oculoruni  pedun- 
culi  valde  elongati  sed  carapace  plus  dimidia  breviores,  articulis  basi  et  coxa 
parvis,  podophthalmito  longo  gracili  ad  basin  turgido.  Antennulae  praelongae, 
carapace  multo  longiores  ;  pedunculo  carapace  tertia  parte  breviore,  articulo 
antepenultimo  ad  podophthalmiti  basin  recipiendum  superne  excavato,  pro- 
cessu  laminiformi  interno  minirao ;  flagellis  aequalibus.  Antennarum  appen- 
dices antennularum  pedunculo  breviores.  Mandibularum  palpi  pergrandes. 
Maxillipedum  externorum  exognathus  non  multiarticulatus.  Pedes  breves 
compressi;  digitis  manuum  longis.  Abdomen  compressum.  Pallide  carneus 
Long.  1.3  poll. 

Hab. — Portu  "  Hong  K3ng ;"  fundo  limoso  prof.  sex.  org. 

476.  Penaeus  canaliculars,  Oliv.  ;  Encyc.  Meth.  660.  M.  Edw. ;  Hist.  Nat. 
des  Crust,  ii.,  414.  (Vix  De  Haan.)—  In  portu  Sinensi  "  Hong  Kong,"  et  ad  insu- 
lam  "Loo  Choo." 

417.  Penaeus  semisulcatus,  De  Haan;  Fauna  Jap.,  Crust.,  191,  pi.  xlvi,  f.  1. 
— Ad  oras  Sinenses  prope  insulam  "  Hong  Kong." 

478.  Penaeus  monodon,  Fabr.  ;  Suppl.,  408.  M.  Edw. ;  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust., 
ii.  416. — Prope  oras  Sinenses,  lat.  bor.  23°. 

479.  Penaeus  monocerus,  Fabr. ;  Suppl.,  p.  409.  M.  Edw. ;  Hist.  Nat.  des 
Crust.,  ii.  415.  De  Haan ;  1.  c,  192  ;  pi.  xlvi.  f.  2. — Ad  oras  insularum  "  Hong 
Kong"  et  "  Loo  Choo." 

480.  Penaeus  curvirostris,  nov.  sp.  Descr.  foeminae.  Corpus  superficie 
granulis  minutis  acutisque  asperum.  Carapax  fere  ad  extr.  posticam  obtuse 
carinatus  non  vero  canaliculars  ;  sulco  cervicali  antice  distincto,  profundo, 
prope  marginem  anticum  oriente,  retrorsum  attenuato  sulco  cardiaco-branchiali 
continuo,  hoc  latiusculo,  paullo  conspicuo,  porca  laevi  definite ;  spina  hepatica 
valida  extrorsum  prominente  ;  sulco  gastro-hepatico  laevi;  spina  antennali 
longa,  acuta  ;  carina  antennali  fere  acuta,  sulco  laevi,  postice  tomentoso  ;  sulco 
gastro-frontali  ei  P.  monoceri  simile,  minus  profundo ;  spina  orbitali  minuta, 
distincta  vero  et  acuta.  Rostrum  articulum  ultimum  antennularum  pedunculi 
attingens,  curvato-resimum,  apice  gracile  truncatum  vel  subbifurcatum;  crista 
superiore  octo-dentata,  dente  postico  aliis  spatiis  duobus  remoto,  dente  tertio 
supra  orbitas  sito  ;  margine  inferiore  edentulo  ciliato.  Rostri  carinae  laterales 
acutae,  in  carapace  obsolescentes :  sulci  laterales  vero  leves,  fere  obsoleti. 
Antennularum  processus  basalis  interims  gracilis,  minuiscens,  non  spatulatus ; 
flagella  pedunculo  paullo  breviora.  Maxillipedes  externi  extus  nudi.  Pedes 
tertii  paris  basi  secundis  non  angustiores,  spina  destituti.  Pedes  ultimi  gra- 
ciles,  oculis  attingentes.  Sternum  inter  bases  pedum  quartorum  quintorumque 
plus  minusve  scutatum,  inaequale,  medio  profunde  excavatum ;  antrorsum 
obtuse  triangulatum,  margine  dilatato  laminiformi,  arcuato,  paullo  prominente  ; 
uncis  lateralibus  nullis.  Abdomen  segmentis  3tio — 6to  carinatum,  breviter 
quoque  in  secundo  ;  cauda  ei  P.  monoceri  fere  simili.  Long.  3.5  poll.  P.  velulino 
affinis,  rostro  curvato,  carina  antennali  acuta  etiam  differt. 

Hab. — Portu  "  Simoda"  Japoniae. 

481.  Penaeus  velutinus,  Dana;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  i.  604;  pi.  xl. 
f.  4. — In  mari  et  ad  insulas  Sinenses,  in  sinibus  insulae  "  Ousima,"  et  in  por- 
tibus  "  Kagosima"  "  Simoda"  et  "  Hakodadi"  Japoniae  ;  vulgaris  in  fundis 
arenosis  prof.  5-30  org. 

Microprosthema,*  nov.  gen.  Corpus  depressum,  obesum,  superficie  varie 
sculptura  vel  spinulis  ornatum.  Carapax  minus  induratus,  dorso  sulco  cervi- 
cali valido   notatus.     Rostrum  mediocre,  gracile,  elongato-triangulatum,  non 

*Etym.  /utupo;,  parvus  ;  Trp&rQt/ui*.,  appendix. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  45 

laminiforme,  dorso  spinis  armatum.  Oculi  parvi.  Antennularum  peduncu- 
lus  brevissimus,  ad  basin  processu  unciformi  extus  praeditus,  lamella  interna 
nulla  ;  flagella  duo,  longa,  cylindrica.  Antennae  in  piano  antennularum  sitae  ; 
pedunculo  etiam  brevissimo,  ad  basin  processu  laminato  cocbleariformi  intus 
instructo,  appendice  minima,  cultrata  vel  sublunata,  pedunculo  extus  adjuncta 
sed  introrsum  porrecta,  margine  interno  longe  ciliata  ;  flagello  mediocris  longi- 
tudinis.  Mandibulae  per-robustae,  processu  antico  obtuso,  edentulo;  processu 
interno  globato  laevi;  palpo  ei  Stenopi  simili.  Maxillipedea  externi  breves, 
sublaminati,  extus  spinis  armati ;  exognatho  longo.  Pedes  exopodo  brevi 
instructi ;  primi  secundique  paris  gracillimi,  manu  minuta  instructi ;  tertii 
paris  grandes,  manu  maxima,  lata,  cristata ;  quarti  quintique  paris  longi,  neque 
annulati,  dactylo  minuto,  biunguiculato.  Abdomen  foeminae'  latum,  appen- 
dicibus  ventralibus  longis  gracilibus,  introrsum  porrectis,  primi  paris  uni- 
rameis. 

482.  Microprosthema  valida,  nov.  sp.  Descr.  foeminae.  Corpus  crassum, 
non  altius  quam  latius.  Carapax  omnino  spinulosus,  spinis  inaequalibus,  in 
dorso  et  regione  hepatica  majoribus,  in  lateribus  fere  longitudinaliter  seriatis; 
margine  antico  circa  basin  antennae  spinis  tribus  armato.  Rostrum  parvum, 
antennarum  pedunculi  longitudine;  crista  dorsali  rostro  duplo  longiore,  sep- 
tem-spinosa  ;  cristis  lateralibus  in  carapace  rostro  divergentibus  et3— 1-spinosis. 
Oculi  parvi,  corneis  pedunculis  angustioribus.  Antennulae  corpore  quarta 
parte  breviores ;  antennae  eo  non  breviores.  Antennarum  appendix  tertiam 
partem  carapacis  longitudine  adaequans  ;  pedunculus  appendice  paullo  brevior. 
Maxillipedes  externi  apicem  appendicium  ant.  attingentes:  iscbio  dilatato 
apice  externo  unispinoso ;  mero  extus  bispinoso.  Pedes  tertii  grandes,  mero 
carpo  aequali  et  quam  ischium  duplo  longiore,  et,  simili  carpo,  trigono,  acute 
granuloso,  marginibus  spinuloso ;  manu  carapace  non  breviore,  duplo  longiore 
quam  latiore,  superne  cristata,  crista  inermi ;  digitis  valde  compressis  non 
hiantibus  ;  pollice  intus  bidentato,  dactylo  unidentato,  dentibus  magnis.  Ab- 
domen carapace  tertia  parte  longius,  medio  (seg.  tertio)  breviter  carinatum ; 
segmentis  lmo — 3tio  transversim  costatis,  et  in  latere  tuberculo  spiniformi 
armatis  ;  epimeris  segmentorum  lmi — ■  5ti  acute  prominentibus  et  carinatis  ; 
segmentis  sexto  ultimoque  planatis  horizontalibus ;  ultimo  lato  tenui,  partim- 
bicarinato,  apice  rotundato,  margine  laterali  unispinoso.  Obscure  fusca ;  uni- 
color.     Long.  0.65;  thoracis  lat.  0.24  poll. 

Hab. — In  sinu  insulae  "  Ousima ;"  sublittoralis,  in  locis  lapillosis  algosisque. 

Genus  Sergestes,  M.  Edw.  Carapax  dorso  sutura  v.  sulco  cervicali  dis- 
tincte  notatus  et  regione  branchiali  longitudinaliter  bicostatus. 

483.  Sergestes  pacificus,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  minus  elongatus,  rostro  bre- 
vissimo conico  resimo,  et  spina  vel  dente  praeorbitali  armatus  ;  spina  hepatica 
quam  in  S.  Frisii  magis  posterior.  Oculi  breves,  articulo  antennularum  basali 
plus  tertia  parte  breviores.  Antennularum  pedunculi  carapace  parce  brevi- 
ores ;  articulo  ultimo  quam  penultimus  multo  longiore.  Pedes  eis  S.  atlantici 
fere  similes,  eis  S.  Frisii  multo  majores ;  primi  paris  quam  maxillipedes  externi 
et  eis  secundi  paris  breviores ;  quarti  paris  eis  tertii  tertia  parte  breviores ; 
quinti  dimidiam  quartorum  fere  adequantes ;  dactylis  quasi  articulatis  longe 
setosis.  Abdominis  segmentum  penultimum,  quartum  quintumque  junctos 
longitudine  fere  aequans ;  lamella  caudalis  exterior  margine  externo  dente 
minuto  infra  medium  armata.     Long.  1.25  poll. 

Hab. — Oceano  Pacifico,  lat.  bor.  27£°,  long,  orient.  138°. 

484.  Sergestes  vigilax,  nov.  sp.  Foeminae  corpus  gracile.  Carapax  elon- 
gatus, gracilis,  sulcis  costisque  distinctis  ;  spina  hepatica  prope  tertiam  anteri- 
orem  sita  minuta,  extrorsum  porrecta.  Rostrum  minutum,  compressum,  sub- 
triangulatum,  resimum,  dorso  convexum.  Oculi  praelongi,  dimidiam  fere 
carapacis  longitudine,  articulum  pedunculi  antennularum  penultimum  supe- 
rantes,  subfungiformes,  corneis  globosis,  pediculis  gracillimis.     Antennularum 

I860.] 


46  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

pedunculi  articulus  basalis  minor,  ultimo  brevior.  Antennarum  appendix  ei 
&.  oculati  similis,  extremitatem  versus  angustata,  oculis  longior.  Maxillipedes 
externi  grandes,  dimidia  basali  incrassati,  reliqua  angustati,  articulo  ultimo 
praecedenti  dimidia  fere  breviore,  obtuso,  setarum  fasciculis  tribus  inferne 
instructo.  Pedes  quarti  mediocres.  Abdomen  dorso  inerme  ;  segmento  penul- 
timo  non  duplo  longiore  quam  latiore,  quartum  quintumque  junctos  longitu- 
diae  fere  adaequante;  lamella  caudali  exteriore  extus  dente  minuto  versus 
basin  armato.  Long.  0.75  poll.  S.  oculalo  differt  maxillipedibus  externis  multo 
crassioribus,  et  pedibus  quarti  paris  longioribus.  A  S.  laciniato  oculis  longi- 
oribus. 
Hab. — Oceanp  Atlantico  prope  insulas  "  Azores." 

485.  Sergestes  macrophthalmus,  nov.  sp.  Carapax  spina  bepatica  et  spinis 
gupra-orbitalibus  armatus,  interdum  et  spina  erecta  dorsali  ad  extremitatem 
posticam.  Rostrum  brevissimum,  resimum,  apice  antrorsum  flexum.  Oculi 
praelongi,  fungiformes,  carapace  tertia  parte  breviores,  apicem  pedunculi 
antennularum  fere  attingentes ;  pediculis  gracillimis.  Antennularum  pedun- 
culi art.  ultimus  quam  basalis  non  brevior.  Antennarum  appendix  recta, 
angusta,  regulariter  minuiscens,  apice  truncata,  apicem  antennularum  pedun- 
culi vix  attingens.  Maxillipedes  externi  eis  S.  vigilacis  similes.  Pedes  thora- 
cici  secundi  tertiique  paris  longissimi  filiformes,  apicibus  paullo  incrassati ; 
quarti  paris  (antrorsum  porrecti)  art.  secundum  maxillipedum  ext.  attingentes. 
Pedes  abdominales  mediocres.  Abdominis  segmentum  quintum  interdum  et 
quartum  spina  dorsali  minutissima  armatum  ;  segmentum  penultimum  latum, 
quartum  quintumque  junctos  longitudine  fere  aequans,  subtus  convexum  ;  seg- 
mentum ultimum  parvum.  Lamellae  caudalis  exterioris  margo  externus  supra 
medium  dente  minutissimo  armatus.     Long.  0.7  poll. 

Hab. — Oceano  Pacifico,  lat.  bor.  27|°,  long,  orient.  138£°  ;  etiam  lat.  bor.  35°, 
long.  occ.  155°. 

486.  Sergestes  longicaudatus,  nov.  sp.  Rostrum  minutum,  spiniforme. 
rectum,  horizontale,  dorso  unidentatum.  Oculi  longi  sed  apicem  art.  basali? 
antennularum  pedunculi  vix  attingentes,  clavati,  corneis  vix  discretis.  Anten- 
nularum pedunculi  articulus  basalis  art.  penultimum  et  antepenultimum  junctos 
longitudine  aequans.  Antennarum  appendix  apicem  ped.  antennularum  non 
attingens,  latior,  intus  margine  convexa,  ei  S.  serrulati  similis.  Maxillipedes 
ext.  gracillimi.  Pedes  graciles,  tertii  paris  praelongi,  quarti  paris  non  valde 
breviores.  Abdomen  dorso  inerme ;  segmento  penultimo  praelongo,  quartum 
quintumque  junctos  longitudine  multo  superante,  ultimo  duplo  longiore.  La- 
mellae caudalis  exterioris  margo  externus  infra  medium  dente  armatus,  infra 
denteni  concavus.     Pedes  abdominales  praelongi.     Long.  0.75  poll. 

Hab. — Oceano  Pacifico,  lat.  bor.  40°,  long.  occ.  155°. 

487.  Sergestes  ancylops,  Kroyer ;  Det.  Kongl.  Danske  Vid.  Selsk.  Skrifter. 
[5],  Nat.  og  Math.  Afd.,  4de  Bind;  p.  262;  pi.  iii.  f.  8  a-e.— In  Oceano 
Atlantico  prope  insulam  Madeirae  vulgaris. 

Sergia*  nov.  gen.  Pedes  quarti  quintique  paris  sat  longi  et  daetylo  pal- 
miformi  instructi.     Reliqua  cum  Sergeste  fere  conveniunt. 

488.  Sergia  remipes,  nov.  sp.  Foeminae  carapax  valde  elongatus,  sat  de- 
pressus ;  sulco  cervicali  distincto ;  spina  hepatica  nulla.  Rostrum  minutum 
spiniforme,  acutum,  curvatum,  dorso  dente  vel  spina  armatum.  Oculi  sub- 
fungiformes,  tertiam  .partem  carapacis  longitudine  aequantes,  apicem  art. 
penultimi  antennularum  pedunculi  attingentes.  Antennarum  appendix  linearis, 
oculos  paullo  superans.  Maxillipedes  externi  et  pedes  sex  anteriores  subserrati 
vel  rugoso-marginati  pilis  simplicibus  fasciculati.  Maxillipedes  ext.  peduncu- 
lum  antennularum  paullo  superantes.  Pedes  quarti  quintique  paris  gracile* 
cylindrici,  fere  nudi,  setis  plumosis  sparsis  solum  instructi,  dactylis  lamini- 

*  Sergia,  nom.  propr. 

[Jan. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  47 

formibus  subovatis.  Pedes  quarti  quintis  paullo  longiores  sed  carapace  vix 
longiores.  Pedes  abdominales  longi,  primi  paris  carapace  longiores,  pedunculo 
ramos  fere  adaequante.  Abdomen  dorso  compressum,  segmentis  quinto  sextoque 
acutum  vel  spinigerum ;  segmento  sexto  quinto  longiore  et  spina  minuta  ad  an- 
gulum  infero-posteriorem  armato.  Lamella  caudalis  exterior  margine  externo 
spina  aculeiformi  infra  medium  armata.  Long.  0.6  poll. 
Hab.— Oceano  Pacifico,  lat.  bor.  27£°,  long,  orient.  138.1°. 


The  Mexican  Humming  Birds. 
BY     RAFAEL     MONTES     DE     OCA, 
Of  Jalapa,  Mexico. 
No.  I. 
Campylopterus  De  Lattrei  Gould. 
Mellisuga  De  Lattrei  Gray. 
De  Lattre's  Sabre  Wing,  Gould,  Monograph,  part  x. 

This  beautiful  Humming  Bird,  or  colibri,  is  generally  known  in  Mexico  by 
the  name  of  Chupa-mirto  real  azul,  or  Royal  blue  Myrtle-sucker.  It  comes 
abundantly  to  the  vicinity  of  Jalapa,  Coatepec  and  Orizaba,  in  the  months  of 
October  and  November,  and  is  mostly  found  eating  the  honey  of  a  plant  called 
Masapan.  It  is  one  of  those  birds  that  do  not  rise  early  in  the  morning  to 
hunt  their  food,  for  very  few  are  found  earlier  than  nine  o'clock  in  the  morn- 
ing, and  from  that  time  till  twelve  or  one  o'clock  appears  to  be  their  breakfast 
hours.  During  this  time  they  are  but  very  seldom  seen  to  alight,  and  for  a 
very  short  time  only  in  any  one  place,  for  they  go  constantly  from  flower  to 
flower,  sucking  the  honey,  and  from  one  place  to  another,  describing  in  their 
flight  a  part  of  a  circle,  and  sometimes  almost  touching  the  ground.  In  the 
same  manner  also  they  are  seen  to  come,  so  that  by  placing  oneself  where  there 
are  such  plants  in  blossom,  it  is  easy  to  shoot  several  specimens  in  one  morn- 
ing without  walking  very  far  or  moving  much  about.  During  the  remainder 
of  the  day,  very  few  are  to  be  seen,  and  it  is  very  probable  that  they  go  into  the 
woods,  where  they  find  certain  kinds  of  mosquitoes,  with  which  I  have  often 
found  their  craws  well  filled. 

This  bird  is  extremely  shy,  but  is  very  easily  tamed,  most  probably  on  account 
of  its  very  gluttonous  disposition  ;  for  once  caged  and.  provided  with  a  little  cup 
containing  syrup,  without  any  trouble  he  finds  it  readily  when  he  is  hungry, 
and  I  have  seen  them  feasting  in  this  manner,  half  an  hour  after  having  been 
made  prisoners.  It  is  difficult  to  keep  them  alive,  and  I  have  never  been  able 
to  preserve  them  for  a  longer  time  than  two  months,  which,  I  think,  is  more 
on  account  of  the  want  of  exercise  than  of  the  coming  of  the  winter  season  as 
is  generally  believed  here,  for  I  have  found,  though  rarely,  in  the  middle  of 
what  we  call  a  severe  winter,  the  handsomest  specimens  that  I  have  ever 
seen. 

The  aversion  that  the  males  of  this  species  bear  to  each  other  as  well  as  to 
all  of  their  kind  is  very  remarkable.  It  is  very  seldom  that  two  meet  together 
without  there  ensuing  an  aerial  battle  worthy  of  a  most  magnificent  picture. 
It  commences  with  a  sharp,  choleric  shriek,  which  makes  them  swell  out  their 
throats,  and  raising  all  the  feathers  of  their  bodies,  and  spreading  open  their 
tails,  they  begin  to  fight  with  their  wings  and  bills,  and  the  least  powerful  soon 
tumbles  to  the  ground  or  else  runs  away.  I  have  never  seen  one  of  these  bat- 
tles last  longer  than  about  ten  seconds,  and  in  the  specimens  that  I  have  had 
under  my  notice  in  cages,  nearly  always  this  fighting  has  ended  in  the  splitting 
of  the  tongue  of  one  of  the  two,  which  then  surely  dies  on  account  of  not  beintr 
able  to  eat. 

The  place  of  incubation  of  this  bird  is  very  probably  Guatemala,  where  it  i? 

I860.] 


48  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  0E 

also  found  abundantly,  and  to  which  country  it  certainly  migrates  in  the  latter 
part  of  November.  I  have  never  found  nor  heard  that  it  goes  farther  north 
than  the  first  mentioned  places  above.     The  nest  I  have  never  found. 

This  species  of  humming  bird,  in  the  general  appearance  of  its  body,  is  of  a  deep 
metallic  shining  turquoise  blue,  of  the  most  beautiful  shade  ;  the  upper  part  of 
the  head  is  brown  tinged  with  bronze  green,  the  upper  wing  and  tail  coverts 
shining  bronze  green,  the  wing  feathers  are  purplish  black  with  the  vanes  of 
the  three  principal  ones  on  each  side  black,  very  wide  and  resembling  whale- 
bone. The  tail  is  bright  bluish  black,  with  the  three  feathers  of  each  side 
having  about  three  quarters  of  an  inch  of  a  pure  white,  and  sometimes  the 
fourth  partakes  of  a  little  of  the  white  also.  The  upper  part  of  each  leg  is 
covered  with  white  downy  feathers,  running  apparently  into  each  other  in  a 
line  of  the  same  color  below  the  under  tail  coverts  ;  the  feet  are  purplish  black  ; 
the  bill  black,  resembling  whalebone.  Total  length  of  this  specimen  is  5| 
inches,  wing  3^,  tail  2|,  bill  1^  inches. 

The  female  is  about  half  an  inch  smaller  than  the  male,  and  her  appear- 
ance is,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  body,  upper  wing  and  tail  coverts,  of  a  metal- 
lic bronze  green  ;  the  upper  part  of  the  head  is  bronze,  tinged  with  yellowish 
bronzed  green.  The  breast  is  of  a  light  iron  gray,  with  the  sides  tinged  with 
bronze  green.  The  throat  feathers  have  the  points  tinged  with  blue  of  the 
same  shade  as  the  male.  The  wings  are  purplish  black,  but  the  vanes  of  the 
side  quills  are  not  half  so  strong  as  those  of  the  male  ;  the  tail  is  very  much 
like  that  of  the  male,  with  the  difference  of  the  two  middle  feathers,  which 
are  bronzed  green.  The  under  tail  coverts  are  tinged  with  the  same  color,  with 
the  edges  of  light  iron  gray,  like  the  breast.  The  feet  and  bill  are  of  the  same 
size  and  color  as  those  of  the  male. 

The  Reports  of  the  Publication  Committee  and  the  Committee  on 
Proceedings  were  read  and  adopted. 

Pursuant  to  the  By-Laws  of  the  Academy  an  election  of  the  members 
of  the  Standing  Committees  for  1860  was  held,  with  the  following  re- 
sult : — 

1.  Ethnology,  J.  A.  Meigs,  S.  S.  Haldeman,  T.  Gr.  Morton.  2. 
Comparative  Anatomy  and  General  Zoology,  Joseph  Leidy,  J.  M. 
Corse,  J.  H.  Slack.  3.  Mammalogy,  John  LeConte,  J.  H.  Slack, 
Wm.  Camac.  4.  Ornithology,  John  Casein,  T.  B.  Wilson,  S.  W. 
Woodhouso.  5.  Herpetology  and  Ichthyology,  Robert  Bridges,  J.  Ches- 
ton  Morris,  John  L.  LeConte.  6.  Conchology,  T.  A.  Conrad,  W.  G. 
Binney,  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger.  7.  Entomology  and  Crustacea, 
R.  Bridges,  John  L.  LeConte,  E.  T.  Cresson.  8.  Botany,  E.  Durand, 
A.  J.  Brazier,  J.  Carson.  9.  Geology,  I.  Lea,  Chas.  E.  Smith,  J.  P. 
Lesley.  10.  Mineralogy,  Wm.  S.  Vaux,  J.  C.  Trautwine,  W.  Gr.  E. 
Agnew.  11.  Palseontology,  Joseph  Leidy,  T.  A.  Conrad,  Wm.  M. 
Gabb.  12.  Physics,  B.  H.  Rand,  Wm.  M.  Ubler,  Jas.  C  Booth. 
13.  Library,  Wm.  S.  Vaux,  Robert  Bridges,  Joseph  Leidy.  14.  Pro- 
ceedings, John  L.  LeConte,  Joseph  Leidy,  Win.  S.  Vaux,  W.  S.  W. 
Ruschenberger,  J.  C.  Fisher. 

A  communication  was  read  from  Mr.  P.  B.  Duchaillu,  giving  a  state- 
ment of  claims  made  by  him  against  the  Academy,  and  on  motion,  the 
subject  was  referred  to  a  committee  of  five,  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Ruschenberger,  Jeanes,  Vaux,  Powel  and  Stewardson. 

[Jan. 


«. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  49 


February  7th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-nine  members  present. 

The  following  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  American  Fluviatile  Gasteropods, 
by  J.  G.  Anthony." 

"  Supplement  to  a  Catalogue  of  the  Venomous  Serpents  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  by  E.  D.  Cope." 

"  Catalogue  of  the  Calamarian  Serpents  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  with  notes  and  descriptions,  by  E.  D. 
Cope." 

Mr.  Binney  called  attention  to  a  species  of  Leda,  presented  this  evening, 
which,  Dr.  Gould  states,  is  common  to  Japan  and  Massachusetts. 

A  discussion  on  geographical  distribution  then  took  place,  in  which  Dr. 
Le  Conte  mentioned  that  he  had  prepared  a  map  representing  the  provinces 
of  geographical  distribution  of  Coleoptera  in  the  territories  of  the  United 
States  ;  he  divides  the  temperate  part  of  the  continent  into  three  (or  perhaps 
four)  districts  :  1.  Atlantic,  extending  westwardly  to  the  longitude  of  the 
mouth  of  the  Platte  ;  2.  Central,  extending  from  the  mouth  of  the  Platte  to 
the  Sierra  Nevada ;  3.  Pacific,  including  the  water  shed  of  the  maritime 
Pacific  coast.  These  districts  are  each  divided  into  several  provinces,  and  with 
larger  collections  the  Central,  as  at  present  defined,  may  be  found  to  be  in 
reality  two  districts,  limited  by  the  Rocky  Mountains  ;  of  these  the  eastern 
will  be  called  the  Central,  and  the  western  the  Interior  district.  This  map 
accompanies  a  memoir  on  the  Coleoptera  of  Kansas,  Nebraska  and  New  Mexico, 
published  in  the  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge. 

Mr.  Binney  remarked,  that  having  prepared  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
a  catalogue  of  the  terrestrial  and  fluviatile  Gasteropods  of  North  America,  he 
was  able  to  present  the  following  results  : 

Of  the  boreal  regions  but  little  is  known.  The  only  data  we  have  are  from 
Greenland.  Both  the  fresh  water  and  land  species  are  peculiar  to  that  country, 
excepting  the  European  Helix  hortevsis,  which  has  been  introduced  also  in 
Canada  and  New  England. 

Of  Mexico  also  but  little  is  known.  A  few  of  its  land  species  are  found  in 
Texas  ;  they  are,  however,  confined  to  that  region,  not  extending  farther  north. 
The  genera  are  more  tropical  than  in  the  rest  of  the  continent.  Fluviatile 
species  are  very  rare  in  Mexico,  judging  from  the  few  data  we  have.  The 
species  appear  different  from  those  of  the  Atlantic  region. 

On  the  west  coast  the  species  of  land  shells  are  quite  distinct  from  those  of 
the  Atlantic  region,  excepting  Bulimus  zebra ;  the  genera,  however,  are  the 
same,  though  fewer  in  number.  Among  the  fluviatile  species  are  found  eleven 
species  of  Pulmonates,  which  also  inhabit  the  Atlantic  region. 

In  the  Atlantic  region  are  two  or  three  species  of  land  shells  found  in 
Europe,  and  a  few  fluviatile  Pulmonates.  The  occurrence  of  the  Asiatic 
species  quoted  from  the  United  States  may  well  be  doubted. 

The  following  table  shows  the  facts  presented  by  Mr.  Binney.  It  is  neces- 
sarily imperfect,  owing  to  the  small  amount  of  material,  the  somewhat  con- 
fused synonymy,  &c. 

Column  1  contains  the  species  found  in  the  Pacific  region. 

Column  2,  those  of  the  Atlantic  region. 

Column  3,  those  common  to  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  region. 

I860.]  4 


50 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 


Column  4,  those  of  Mexico,  excepting  the  west  coast. 
Column  5,  those  common  to  Mexico  and  the  Atlantic  region. 
Column  6,  those  of  Greenland. 


Class  GASTEROPODA. 
Order  PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 


Suborder  ROSTRIFERA. 


Family. 


Subfamily.         Genus. 


AMPULLARIAD^E Ampullaria. . . 

CYCLOPHORID^I Cyclotinj! Cyclotus 

CYCLOPHORIN^.Cyclophorus. .. 

LiciNW.fi Ctenopoma.. . . 

CTCLOSTOMiN^i.Tudora 

Cistula 

Chondroperna. 
HELICINIDiE Helicina 

Schazicheilae. . 

LITTORINTME Amnicola 

TRUNCATTELLID^: Truncatella. .. 

MELANIADiE Melania 

Gyrotoma 

Leptoxis 

Io 

VIVIPARIDJE Viriparus 

Bithinia 

VALVATmS Valvata 


Order  SCUTIBRANCHIATA. 

Suborder  PSEUDOBRANCHIA. 

PROSERPINAD,E Ceres. . . . 


Order  PNEUMOBRANCH1ATA. 
Suborder  GEOPHILA. 


TESTACELLIDjE., 

ARIONIMS 

HfcLICIDJi 


VERONICELLID-E. 
ONCHIDIADiM , 


.Glandina 

.Arion 

.Tebennophorus... . 

Limax 

Aritrina 

Simpulopsis. .. 

Succinea 

Helix  

Bulimus 

Spiraxis , 

Orthalicus 

Macroceramus. 

Achatina 

Pupa 

Vertigo 

Cylindrella 

.Veronicella 

.Onchidium 


Suborder  LIMNOPHILA. 

ATJRICULIDJK Melampin^.  .  .Melamptw.. 

Acriculin^e.  .  .Alexia 

Blauneria.. 

Leuconia. . . 

Carychium. 
LIMNEAD.E Limnaea 

Pompholyx . 

Physa 

Planorbis... 

Ancylua 


0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
2 
1 
9 
0 
3 
10 
4 
0 
0 


2 
1 

0 

1 
0 
o 
4 
20 
S 
0 

1 

0 

1 

0 
0 
0 
0 

1 


1 

0 
0 
0 
0 

13 
1 

10 

11 

4 


4 
0 
0 
1 
0 
0 

1 

6 
0 

18 

4 

292 

10 

54 
0 

60 
0 
8 


6 

1* 
2 
3 
1 
0 
15 
111J 

"I 
0 
2 

1 
3 
12 
4 
4 
1 


8 

1 

1 

1 

1 

45 

0 

30 

31 

10 


117     770    I  11    177 


5 

1 
2 

0 
1 
1 
2 
22 
3 
0 
1 
4 
0 
0 
0 
1 
0 

1 


16 
0 
0 
0 

1 

3 

2 

31 

26 

17 

3 

0 

5 

0 

0 

15 

0 

0 


Total 


0 
0 
0 

It 
1 

0 

1 

2|| 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 
0 

I) 

0 


17     13   1048 


9 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

3 

26 

3 

20 

5 

305 

10 

57 

10 

66 

1 

9 


22 

2 

2 

4 

3 

3 

22 

167 

48 

17 

4 

1 

9 

13 

4 

19 

1 

1 


9 
1 

1 
1 
1 

61 
1 
41 
44 
14 


•  Imported. 

%  Two  species  imported. 


t  Found  also  In  the  Atlantie  region,  and  imported. 
I  One  species  imported. 


[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  51 


February  Wth. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-nine  members  present. 

A  paper  was  presented  for  publication,  entitled  : 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Cyrena  and  Corbicula  in  the  Cab- 
inet of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  by  Temple 
Prime. 

Mr.  Lea  remarked  that  ■when  Mr.  Binney,  at  the  last  meeting,  called  the  at- 
tention of  the  members  to  a  reversed  Paludina  on  the  table,  the  discussion  tak- 
ing a  wide  range,  he  (Mr.  Lea)  stated  that  an  abnormal  reversed  character 
sometimes  occurred  in  the  genus  Unio,  and  he  then  mentioned  that  hehad  spe- 
cimens of  various  species  where  this  condition  was  very  remarkable.  He  also 
then  stated  that  among  Helices,  in  a  semi-domesticated  position — in  gardens, 
hedge-rows,  &c,  in  England  and  on  the  continent — it  was  not  a  very  rare  cir- 
cumstance to  find  heterostrophe  individuals;  he  had  quite  a  number;  but  that 
among  the  immense  number  of  our  own  species  which  had  passed  under  his 
eyes,  he  had  found  only  a  single  specimen  which  was  heterostrophe,  viz.  :  a 
Helix  hirsuta,  Say.  Mr.  Lea  went  on  to  say  that  he  had  prepared  himself  to  ex- 
hibit, to-night,  his  specimens  alluded  to,  and  to  which  he  now  called  the  atten- 
tion of  the  members.  He  was  glad  to  see  by  the  December  number  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist,  received  by  post  to-day,  that  Prof.  Agas- 
siz  had  made  a  communication  to  the  Society  on  "reversed  bivalve  shells,"  ex- 
hibiting a  specimen  of  the  Unio  ligamentinus,  Lamarck,  observing  that  "  it  was 
quite  rare  and  generally  not  easily  observed."  Mr.  Lea  exhibited  twenty-one 
specimens  of  various  species  which  were  all  abnormal  as  regarded  their  lateral 
teeth,  some  having  a  single  one  in  both  valves,  others  being  simply  reversed  as  to 
the  double  and  single  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth ;  others  having  double  lateral 
teeth  in  both  valves,  and  others  again  having  a  treble  lateral  tooth  in  the  left 
valve,  and  a  double  one  in  the  right  valve.  The  first  reversed  Unio  he  had  seen 
was  a  specimen  of  complanalus  from  the  mill-dam  at  Bristol,  Penna.,  about  25 
years  since ;  afterward  he  had  found  one  in  the  Schuylkill,  and  subsequently 
found  them  occasionally  among  thousands  of  specimens  sent  by  friends  from 
various  parts  of  the  United  States.  From  Dr.  Lewis,  of  Mohawk,  he  had  re- 
ceived some  very  fine  specimens. 

The  following  table  will  exhibit  the  various  abnormal  forms  of  Uniones  in 
Mr.  Lea's  collection : 

Single  lateral  tooth  in  each  valve. 

Unio  complanalus,  Lea,  (Mya  complanata,  Solan.)  Schuylkill  River,  Pa. 
"    occidens,  Lea,  Wisconsin. 
"    purpuratus,  Lam.,  Claiborne,  Ala. 
"    ventricosus,  Bar.,  St.  Lawrence,  Montreal. 

Single  lateral  tooth  in  the  left,  and  double  in  the  right  valve. 

Unio  complanatus,  Lea,  2  specimens,  Bristol,  Pa.,  and  Mohawk,  N.  Y. 
"    alatus,  Say,  Ohio  River. 
"    Hopetonensis,  Lea,  Darien,  Geo. 
"    nasutus,  Say,  Arkansas. 
<(    radialus,  Lam.,  Petersburg,  Vir. 

Double  lateral  tooth  in  both  valves. 

Unio  complanatus,  Lea,  6  specimens,  Mohawk,  N.  Y. 
"  "  "     Genessee,  N.  Y. 

«  "  "     Schuylkill,  Pa. 

"    corrugalus,  Lam.,  Pondichery,  India. 

I860.] 


52  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Treble  lateral  tooth  in  the  left,  and  double  in  the  right  valve. 
Unio  corrugatus.  Lam.,  Bengal. 

Treble  lateral  tooth  in  the  left,  and  partly  treble  in  the  right  valve. 
JJnio  gibbosus,  Barnes,  Fox  River,  Wisconsin. 
"     corrugatus,  Lam.,  India. 

Mr.  Lea  stated  that  in  his  first  paper  published  in  the  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc. 
in  1827,  he  paid  attention  to  the  difference  of  the  teeth,  and  in  1829  he  publish- 
ed a  description  of  that  remarkable  Unio  from  the  Schuylkill,  described  under 
the  name  of  heterodon,  from  the  very  peculiar  and  aberrant  form  of  the  double 
lateral  tooth  being  placed  in  the  right  valve,  and  the  single  in  the  left  one. 
This  was  the  first  form  of  the  kind  which  had  ever  come  under  his  notice.  A 
few  years  subsequently  he  found  the  first  specimen  of  an  abnormal  character, 
conforming  exactly  to  the  normal  condition  of  the  heterodon,  and  this  was  in  the 
Bristol  specimen.  Since  that  period  he  observed  closely  the  abnormal  forms  of 
the  species,  and  the  result  is  given  in  the  previous  table.  But  it  must  be  im- 
pressed on  the  zoologist's  mind,  that  the  form  of  teeth  which  is  normal  in  one 
species,  may  be  abnormal  in  another,  because,  while  there  is  impressed  on 
every  species  a  law  as  regards  its  form, — and  the  general  one  of  this  species  of 
Unio  is  to  have  the  lateral  tooth  double  in  the  left,  and  single  in  the  right 
valve,  and  the  cardinal  either  the  same  or  double  in  both, — yet  aberrant  forms 
from  this  are  quite  numerous,  as  will  be  found  in  the  following  table  of 
species.  He  wished  the  attention  of  the  members  to  the  fact  that  what 
was  abnormal  in  some  individuals  of  a  species,  would  be  perfectly  normal 
in  others ;  thus,  in  complanatus,  when  the  lateral  teeth  are  found  double  in  the 
right,  and  single  in  the  left,  they  are  reversed,  and  therefore  abnormal  ;  but  in 
the  heterodon  this  condition  of  the  teeth  is  normal,  and  so  it  will  be  with  other 
conditions  of  other  species,  even  so  far  removed  from  the  typical  Unio  as  in  the 
ezimius,  Lea,  from  Siam,  which  has  a  treble  lateral  tooth  in  the  left,  and  a  dou- 
ble one  in  the  right  valve  as  its  normal  form,  for  this  is  imitated  by  the  speci- 
men of  corrugatus  exhibited,  which  has  the  treble  tooth  in  the  left  valve,  and 
double  one  in  the  right,  which  in  this  case  is  remarkable,  its  normal  condition 
being  that  of  the  typical  Unio. 

In  the  following  table  will  be  found  most  of  the  species  which,  while  they 
are  perfectly  normal,  are  still  aberrant  from  the  typical  Unio,  all  of  them  but 
two  having  been  described  by  Mr.  Lea. 

Cardinal  tooth  single  in  both  valves. 

Unio  Bengalensis,  Lea,  Bengal. 

Cardinal  tooth  double  in  the  right,  and  single  in  the  left  valve. 

Unio  Corrianus,  Lea,  Bengal. 

"  lamcllatus,  Lea,  Bengal. 

"  bilineatus,  Lea,  Bengal. 

"  contradens,  Lea,  Java? 

"  gravidus,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  tumidulus,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  humilis,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  Sagittarius,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  substriatus,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  Dunkerianus,  Lea,  Brazil. 

"  Cambodianus,  Lea,  Siam. 

"  eonsobrinus,  Lea,  China. 

"  Layardii,  Lea,  Ceylon. 

"  plicatulus,  Lea,  Borneo. 

"  vittatus,  Lea,  Australia. 

"  Wilsonii,  Lea,  Australia. 

"  Mauriiianus,  Lea,  Indian  Ocean. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  53 

Unio  bulloides,  Lea,  Rio  Plata,  S.  Am. 
"     atratus,  (Niaa,  Swain.)  Chili. 
"     Araucanus,  Philippi,  Chili. 
"    piceus,  Lea,  Uruguay,  S.  Am. 

Cardinal  and  lateral  teeth  double  in  both  valves. 
Unto  phaselus,  Lea,  Siam. 
"     scobinatus,  Lea,  Siam. 

Lateral  tooth  double  in  the  right  valve  only. 
Unto  heterodon,  Lea,  Penn. 

Lateral  tooth  double  in  both  valves. 
Unio  nucleus,  Lea,  Siam. 

Lateral  tooth  treble  in  the  left,  and  double  in  the  right  valve. 
Unio  eximius,  Siam. 

Cardinal  tooth  treble  in  the  right  valve. 
Unio  funebralis,  Lea,  Uruguay  River,  S.  Am. 

Cardinal  tooth  treble  in  both  valves,  and  lateral  tooth  treble  in  the  right,  and  double 

in  the  left  valve. 
Unio  trifidus,  Lea,  Buenos  Ayres,  S.  Am. 

It  is  not  pretended  that  the  last  table  is  entirely  complete.  The  object  is  ac- 
complished to  shew  that  the  teeth  of  different  species  vary  normally,  and  that 
individuals  of  the  species  vary  abnormally. 

As  regards  the  genus  Triquetra,  Klein,  (ffyria,  Lamark,)  which  has  cardinal 
and  lateral  teeth  in  both  valves,  so  far  as  observed  the  lateral  tooth  in  the 
left  valve  is  double,  and  in  the  right  single. 

The  cardinal  tooth  in  both  valves  is  usually  lamellar  and  multiplied,  and 
articulate  closely.  In  some  cases  it  is  much  longer  than  in  others  of  the 
same  species.  In  one  specimen  of  T.  subviridis,  Klein,  in  Mr.  Lea's  cabinet,  the 
the  cardinal  tooth  is  almost  the  same  length  of  the  lateral  tooth ;  and  in  two 
specimens  both  teeth  have  transverse  striae  like  Prisodon,  Schum.  (Castalia, 
Lam.)  which  of  course  is  an  aberrant  form.  The  Triquetra  contorta,  Lea,  is  an 
aberrant  species,  the  cardinal  teeth  in  both  valves  being  obtusely  conical  and 
double  in  both  valves.  I  have  never  met  with  any  abnormal  form  of  teeth  in 
any  of  the  species  of  Triquetra,  but  so  few  specimens  get  into  the  cabinets  that 
if  they  do  exist  none  have  yet  been  detected. 

The  genus  Prisodon,  the  teeth  of  which  are  so  nearly  the  same  as  those  of 
Unio  as  to  induce  M.  Deshayes  to  put  it  in  that  genus,  are  almost  identical 
with  some  of  the  species,  except  in  character  of  transverse  parallel  striae ; 
and  even  this  characteristic  of  the  genus  is  absent  in  some  of  Mr.  Lea's 
specimens  of  truncatus,  Schum.,  (ambigua,  Lam.)  If,  however,  the  lobes  of 
the  mantle  are  united  behind  so  as  to  form  two  tubes,  there  would  be  no  pro- 
priety in  placing  it  with  the  Uniones,  as  the  mantle  is  never  united  in  that  part 
in  them. 

Prof.  R.  E.  Rogers  made  some  remarks  on  the  debitumenization  of  coal, 
and  also  communicated  tbe  following  facts  having  reference  to  the  propaga- 
tion of  concussion  from  rock-blasting  to  strata  at  a  distance,  as  exemplified 
in  the  effect  upon  the  water  of  wells. 

A  well,  sixty  feet  in  depth,  with  the  water  rising  within  ten  feet  of  the  sur- 
face, had,  previous'  to  the  occurrence,  been  yielding  a  large  supply  of  water 
to  an  extensive  factory,  when,  immediately  upon  the  discharge  of  a  heavy 
blast  in  a  stone  quarry  about  four  hundred  yards  distant,  the  water  began  to 
fall,  and  soon  altogether  disappeared. 

I860.] 


5-4  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

Another  well,  remote  from  the  last  mentioned  one,  had  been  yielding  a  good 
supply  of  water  for  more  than  a  year.  A  blast  of  ordinary  violence  was  dis- 
charged in  an  excavation  for  stone,  three  hundred  yards  distant  from  it,  where- 
upon the  water  quickly  and  entirely  disappeared.  The  proprietor  directed  a 
boring  to  be  made  in  the  bottom  of  the  well  six  feet  in  depth  and  a  blast  to 
be  set  off  in  it.  , 

The  result  was  as  curious  as  the  one  which  preceded  it.  The  water  at  once 
reappeared,  and  the  supply  has  since  been  steady  and  in  great  abundance. 

Dr.  Leidy  observed  that  the  remarks  of  Prof.  Rogers,  had  reminded  him  of 
the  so-called  Hillsboro  coal  or  Albertite,  of  Albert  Co.,  New  Brunswick.  This 
substance  Dr.  L.  regards  as  a  variety  of  Asphaltum  and  not  as  coal.  The 
latter  consists  of  the  fossil  remains  of  plants.  The  Albertite  is  a  product  re- 
sulting from  the  distillation  of  bitumenous  coals  or  shales.  Coal  always  pre- 
sents in  microscopic  section  the  remains  of  vegetable  structure  ;  Albertite  is 
perfectly  amorphous.  Coals  are  stratified  or  interstratified  with  other  sub- 
stances ;  the  Albertite  presents  many  evidences  of  being  an  injected  material 
into  fissures  of  the  surrounding  shales. 

The  number  of  the  Proceedings  for  January  was  laid  upon  the 
table. 


February  21sf. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-five  members  present. 

A  paper  was  presented  for  publication  entitled : 

"  The  Mexican  Humming  Birds,  No.  2,  by  Rafael  Montes  de  Oca." 

Mr.  Slack  remarked  that  the  two  teeth  of  the  Mosasaurus  missouriensis,  pre- 
sented by  him  this  evening,  had  been  procured  for  him  from  the  marl  pits  of 
Mr.  Coward,  about  two  miles  west  of  Freehold,  N.  J.,  through  the  exertions  of 
Mr.  Hopper,  of  Freehold,  N.  J.,  a  gentleman  to  whom  the  Academy  is  largely 
indebted  for  cretaceous  fossils.  This  is  the  eleventh  specimen  of  the  Mosa- 
saurus missouriensis  identified  by  Mr.  Slack,  found  within  a  radius  of  ten  miles 
from  Monmouth  Court  House. 

Dr.  Leidy  announced  that  the  valuable  collection  of  fossils  of  Mr. 
Eli  Bowen  had  been  purchased  by  subscription  and  presented  to  the 
Academy. 


February  2Sth. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-four  members  present. 

The  Report  of  the  Biological  Department  for  the  present  month  was 
read. 

On  report  of  a  committee  of  the  Biological  Department,  the  paper 
entitled,  "  Method  of  painting  moist  anatomical  preparations,  by  H. 
D.  Schmidt,  M.  D.,"  was  recommended  for  publication  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Department. 

And  the  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed  in  the  Proceedings : 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  55 

Illustrations  of  some  Fossils  described  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of 

Natural  Sciences. 

BY   T.    A.    CONRAD   AND   WM.    M.    GABB. 

PI.  1,  fig.  1,  a,  b,  c,  Myalina  deltoidea  Gabb,  Proc.  Acad.  1859,  p.  297. 

PI.  1,  fig.  2,  Posidonia  Mo  ore  i  Gabb,  Proc.  Acad.  1859,  p.  297. 

PI.  1,  fig.  3,  Myacites  pensylvanicus  Conrad,  Proc.  Acad.  1857, 
p.  166. 

The  first  two,  Myalina  deltoidea  and  Posidonia  Moorei  are  carbon- 
iferous ;  Myacites  pensylvanicus  is  triassio,  from  Phoenix ville,  Penn- 
sylvania. 


Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  American  Fluviatile  Gasteropods. 
BY   J.    G.    ANTHONY. 

Melania  angustispira,  Anthony. — Shell  thick,  elongate,  very  slender ;  color 
reddish-brown,  with  a  narrow  pale  line  at  the  suture;  whorls  9-10,  lower  ones 
subconvex,  smooth,  upper  ones  flattened  and  carinate  near  their  bases  :  sutures 
slight;  aperture  narrow-ovate,  within  pale  purple;  columella  regularly  curved: 
sinu3  not  remarkable. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cab. ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London  ;  A.  N.  S.  Philada. ;  State  Collection, 
Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — May  be  compared  with  M.  ezilis,  Hald.,  than  which  it  is  more  slender, 
more  attenuate,  and  of  more  solid  texture ;  its  color  is  also  entirely  different, 
being  more  like  M.  Warderiana,  Lea,  but  wanting  the  peculiar  bulbous  form  of 
that  species.  The  carinations  do  not  extend  to  the  three  lower  whorls  ;  upon 
these  they  are  entirely  wanting.     It  is  a  peculiarly  slender  and  graceful  species. 

M.  decorata,  Anthony. — Shell  short,  thick,  ovate ;  whorls  about  five,  but 
truncate  so  as  to  show  only  two  or  three  remaining  ;  whorls  prominently  ribbed 
and  intersected  by  revolving  strise,  forming  nodules  where  they  cross  each 
other;  dark  bands  also  revolve  around  the  whorls,  giving  them  a  highly  deco- 
rative appearance ;  columella  often  thickened  by  a  callous  deposit ;  sinus 
small. 

Hab. — Oostanulla  River,  Georgia. 

My  Cab.;  Cab  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.  Philada.;  State  Collection, 
Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — I  collected  some  two  hundred  specimens  of  this  species  in  Oostanulla 
River,  Ga.,  in  1853,  and  then  supposed  they  would  prove  to  be  merely  the 
young  of  M.  ccelatura,  Con.  Closer  examination  and  comparison,  however, 
has  convinced  me  that  they  are  not  identical.  Many  of  the  specimens  are 
decidedly  mature,  and  differ  from  "  ccelatura"  by  the  greater  regularity  of  their 
folds,  which  are  also  interrupted  by  a  revolving  raised  line  near  the  sutures, 
and  by  their  dark  bands  and  less  elongate  form  ;  cannot  well  be  compared  with 
any  other. 

M.  adusta,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  smooth,  shining;  color  dark  brown, 
with  a  pale  line  near  the  sutures ;  whorls  7-8,  flat ;  body  whorl  rather  large, 
subangulated  and  with  somewhat  coarse  lines  of  growth ;  sutures  distinct,  but 
not  remarkable ;  aperture  ovate,  dark  purple  within ;  outer  lip  curved,  colu- 
mella deeply  rounded,  a  broad  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  London;  Cab.  A.  N.  S.  Philada.;  State  Col- 
lection, Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

I860.] 


56  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Obs. — A  neat,  pretty  species,  of  rather  plain  appearance.  Compared  with  M. 
gracilior,  nob.,  it  is  broader,  shorter,  and  of  darker  color ;  the  broad  deep  cinc- 
ture on  the  body-whorl  and  beautiful  red  bands  in  the  interior,  so  conspicuous 
in  M.  gracilior,  are  also  wanting.  From  "  atbleta"  it  differs  by  its  shorter,  more 
acute  form,  and  by  the  absence  of  folds.     It  is  less  slender  than  M.  viridula. 

M.  bicincta,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  elevated,  spire  very  acute ;  whorls  7, 
upper  ones  bicarinate,  and  body  whorl  encircled  by  three  or  four  carinae,  the 
upper  two  of  which  are  prominent,  while  the  lower  two  are  often  striae  merely  ; 
color  dark  olive  brown,  very  shining,  and  relieved  by  a  faint  or  yellow  narrow 
band  near  the  suture;  sutures  distinct;  aperture  ovate,  and  brown  within; 
columella  deeply  indented. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cnming,  London  ;  A.  N.  S.  Philada. ;  State  Collection, 
Albany,  N.  Y.  ;  Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — A  beautifully  distinct  and  well  marked  species  of  that  group  which  M. 
bella,  Conrad,  may  be  considered  most  fitly  to  represent.  May  be  distinguished 
from  M.  bella  by  its  broader  and  more  acute  form,  more  distinct  carination  and 
absence  of  the  beaded  line  so  characteristic  of  that  species.  Lines  of  growth 
conspicuous  and  crowded.  Differs  from  M.  bicostata,  nob.,  by  its  less  robust 
form,  darker  color,  and  by  the  form  of  its  spire,  which  diminishes  more  rapidly 
towards  the  apex. 

M.  abscida,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  smooth,  olivaceous,  thick ;  spire  obtuse, 
composed  of  five  low  whorls  nearly  flat ;  body  whorl  large,  occupying  nearly 
the  entire  length  of  the  shell ;  aperture  not  broad  but  long,  subrhombic,  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  shell;  columella  deeply  rounded  and  indented, 
outer  lip  much  curved  and  produced  ;  sinus  broad  and  conspicuous. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  ponderous  species,  whose  chief  characteristic  is  its  square  form  and 
short  truncate  spire,  resembling  in  that  respect  M.  planospira,  nob.  It  differs 
from  that  species,  however,  by  its  more  elongate  form,  narrow,  rhombic  aper- 
ture, and  by  having  several  revolving  striae  at  base.  It  is  a  solid  shell  of  com- 
pact texture,  and  seems  to  be  rare,  as  only  two  specimens  have  come  under  my 
notice. 

M.  bicostata,  Anthony. —  Shell  conical,  light  horn  color,  rather  thick;  spire 
elevated,  acute;  whorls  11-12,  strongly  carinate  near  the  apex,  and  decidedly 
80  on  each  succeeding  whorl,  not  excepting  even  the  body-whorl  in  most  cases, 
though  sometimes  obsolete  there;  carinae  often  in  pairs,  near  to,  and  parallel 
with  each  other;  sutures  deeply  impressed,  often  with  a  decided  furrow  at  that 
point,  caused  by  the  carinae.  Aperture  broadly  elliptical,  or  subrhombic ; 
within  dirty  white  or  obscurely  banded  ;  columella  deeply  rounded,  with  a  well- 
marked  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee,  near  Athens. 

My  Cabinet;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  Cab.  A.  N.  S.  Philada.;  State 
Collection,  Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — Appears  to  be  a  very  abundant  and  rather  variable  species.  Several 
hundred  individuals  have  come  under  my  notice.  It  cannot  well  be  confounded 
with  any  other  species,  though  of  a  form  by  no  means  uncommon.  The  sharp 
double  carina  will  at  once  generally  determine  it.  Occurs  abundantly  near 
Athens,  in  small  streams. 

M.  fdnebralis,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  smooth,  solid,  of  a  dark  chesnut 
color;  spire  elevated  and  generally  abruptly  truncate;  whorls  from  3  to  5  only 
remaining,  slightly  eonvex  ;  aperture  ovate,  within  bluish;  columella  white, 
tinged  occasionally  with  purple;  sinus  small. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.  Philada.;  State  Coll., 
Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  57 

Obs A  very  neat,  pretty  species,  with  no  very  decided  character  to  distin- 
guish it  from  allied  species.  May  be  compared  with  M.  brevispira,  nob.,  but  is 
far  more  solid  in  its  texture,  of  a  darker  color,  and  its  surface  is  more  polished 
and  shining ;  much  less  slender  too  than  brevispira,  and  that  species  is  never  so 
abruptly  decollate.     It  appears  to  be  an  abundant  species. 

M.  glauca,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  folded,  of  a  green  color  on  the  lower 
whorls,  often  modified  by  a  brown  tinge  on  the  upper  ones ;  whorls  10,  slightly 
convex,  with  prominent  longitudinal  ribs,  obsolete  on  the  body- whorl;  sutures 
well  defined,  but  not  deeply  marked  ;  aperture  ovate,  livid  within  and  with 
occasionally  a  faint  rosy  tinge  there;  columella  angulated  at  the  middle;  sinus 
well  defined. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  stout  species,  with  prominent,  curved  ribs  on  all  the  upper  whorls, 
those  on  the  body-whorl  being  less  clearly  defined  or  else  absolutely  wanting. 
Color  a  beautiful  apple-green,  relieved  by  a  broad  yellow  band  near  the  suture  ; 
and  this  color  often  passes  into  a  yellowish  brown  on  the  upper  whorls.  Near 
the  apex  the  folds  are  often  traversed  by  four  or  five  prominent  striae,  which 
pass  over  without  being  interrupted  by  the  longitudinal  ribs.  May  be  com- 
pared with  M.  viridula,  nob.,  as  to  color,  but  is  less  slender,  and  the  ribs  at 
once  distinguish  it. 

M.  infrafasciata,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  smooth,  solid,  of  a  pale  brown 
color,  form  moderately  slender  and  elevated;  whorls  8-9,  decollate,  slightly 
concave;  sutures  distinct;  lines  of  growth  curved  and  very  distinct ;  body- 
whorl  decidedly  concave,  with  a  well-marked  ridge  revolving  near  the  summit 
of  the  aperture,  so  as  to  make  a  tolerably  sharp  angle  near  the  middle  of  the 
body-whorl ;  two  or  three  coarse  striae  revolve  parallel  with  it ;  below  this  is  a 
dark  brown  band,  continued  around  the  base  of  the  shell ;  aperture  rhombic- 
ovate,  livid  and  banded  within  ;  columella  strongly  incurved,  with  a  callous 
deposit  its  whole  leDgth  and  well-defined  sinus  at  base. 

Eab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cab.;  Cab.  H.  Cuming;  A.  N.  S.  Philada. ;  State  Coll.,  Albany,  N.  Y. ; 
Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — Compared  with  M.  gradata,  nob.,  it  is  more  elongate,  more  solid,  and 
has  not  the  carina  and  regularly  graded  whorls  so  characteristic  of  that  species. 
Less  conical  than  M.  canaliculata  Say,  and  less  broad.  Like  M.  annulifera, 
Con.,  in  form,  but  has  not  the  revolving  costae  of  that  species. 

M.  padcicosta,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  nearly  smooth,  of  a  dark  greenish 
horn  color ;  spire  obtusely  elevated ;  whorls  nearly  flat,  with  a  few  distinct 
longitudinal  ribs  on  the  upper  ones ;  body- whorl  entirely  smooth  ;  sutures  well 
marked;  aperture  ovate,  within  livid  or  purple;  columella  rounded;  sinus 
small. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cab.;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.  Philada.;  State  Coll.,  Albany, 
N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — Belongs  to  a  group  of  which  nitens  may  be  considered  the  type. 
From  that  species  it  differs,  however,  by  its  more  robust  form  and  stronger 
ribs.  There  is  also  a  marked  peculiarity  in  this  species  not  often  observed  in 
the  genus;  the  spire  being  acute  at  the  apex,  increases  regularly  for  the  first 
four  or  five  turns,  and  then  suddenly  expanding,  becomes  as  it  were  distorted 
in  appearance.  The  ribs  are  distant  from  each  other  and  very  strongly 
expressed,  differing  in  this  respect  from  M.  alhleta,  which  it  otherwise  resembles. 
It  is  a  beautiful  and  appears  to  be  an  abundant  species. 

M.  occulta,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  smooth,  rather  thin  ;  color  lemon-yellow, 
inclining  to  brown,  with  a  darker  brown  band  on  each  whorl,  increasing  to  two 
on  the  body-whorl ;  whorls  7-8,  rather  convex ;  suture  deeply  impressed  ;  aper- 
ture ovate,  within  dusky  white,  with  the  outer  bands  seen  faintly  through  its 

I860.] 


58  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

substance ;  columella  beautifully  rounded  ;  outer  lip  produced,  a  small  sinus  at 
base. 

Hab. — Wisconsin. 

My  Cab. ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.  Philada. ;  State  Coll.,  Albany, 
N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — A  very  beautiful  and  lively  species.  Bears  some  resemblance  to  M. 
pulchella,  nob.,  but  is  less  elongate,  more  delicately  colored,  and  of  a  less  solid 
texture ;  the  bands  are  often  obsolete,  and  never  so  distinctly  expressed  as  in 
pulchella ;  its  spire  is  also  more  acute  and  the  whorls  more  rounded.  Com- 
pared with  M.  brevispira,  nob.,  which  in  form  it  resembles,  it  is  more  attenuate, 
has  a  greater  number  of  whorls,  and  its  bands  also  distinguish  it.  Its  delicate 
yellow  color  also  is  not  a  common  character  in  the  genus,  and  forms  a  promi- 
nent mark  for  determination. 

M.  opaca,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  thick,  smooth,  of  a  dark  brown  color ;  spire 
short,  composed  of  about  six  convex  whorls;  body-whorl  large,  subangulated 
in  the  centre ;  sutures  indicated  by  a  narrow  lighter  line,  and  very  distinct ; 
aperture  ovate,  livid  within ;  columella  indented  and  tinged  with  purple  ;  outer 
lip  a  little  curved ;  sinus  not  remarkable. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  dusky  inconspicuous  shell  of  no  great  beauty.  Only  two  specimens 
have  ever  come  under  my  notice,  but  I  am  persuaded,  nevertheless,  that  they 
are  distinct — cannot  well  be  compared  with  any  other  species.  More  smooth 
than  M.  athleta,  nob.,  and  devoid  of  ribs,  which  that  species  has.  Its  dark, 
dirty,  brown  color  down  to  about  the  middle  of  the  body-whorl  and  pale  olive- 
green  underneath,  together  with  its  purple  columella,  may  sufficiently  distin- 
guish it. 

M.  pulchereima,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  carinate,  elevated,  acute ;  whorls 
6-8,  flat,  upper  ones  obscurely  ribbed  longitudinally  ;  body  whorl  sharply  angu- 
lated,  with  a  dark  brown  band  directly  upon  the  carina,  and  2  or  3  below  it, 
one  of  which  is  very  near  the  carina.  Upper  whorls  with  2  bands  each,  widely 
separated;  sutures  distinct,  rendered  more  so  by  the  neighboring  carina;  aper- 
ture ovate,  within  3  or  4  banded ;  columella  rounded  and  indented,  sinus  small. 

Hab. — North  Carolina. 

My  Cabinet,  Cabinet  H.  Cuming,  London ;  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. ;  State 
Collection  Albany,  New  York  ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — A  small  but  remarkably  beautiful  species ;  its  bright  yellow  ground  and 
conspicuous  dark  lines  give,  by  contrast,  a  lively  and  pleasant  character  to  the 
shell.  Compared  with  M.  nigrocincta,  nob.,  it  is  a  larger  species,  its  colors 
are  more  decided,  and  its  carina  are  also  a  prominent  mark  of  difference.  M. 
clara  nob.  is  a  larger  and  more  globose  species,  its  bands  are  broader  and  it  has 
no  carina.  It  seems  to  be  an  abundant  species,  varying  occasionally  in  some 
of  its  characters,  but  always  easily  recognized.  More  than  100  specimens  are 
before  me. 

M.  tenebrocincta,  Anthony. — Shell  conic-ovate,  smooth,  rather  thick ;  spire 
rather  obtusely  elevated;  whorls  6-7,  nearly  flat,  but  with  an  obtuse  carina  be- 
low the  middle  of  each,  and  one  more  decided  between  that  and  the  suture ; 
suture  well  marked  and  with  a  pale  band  near  it ; — lines  of  growth  decided  ; 
aperture  linear-ovate,  within  dusky  and  having  2  dark  bands  there, — sinus  very 
decided. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet,  Cabinet  H.  Cuming,  London;  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.;  State 
Collection,  Albany,  New  York  ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — Compared  with  M.  valida  nob.  it  is  smaller,  less  robust,  more  slender,  and 
may  also  be  distinguished  from  that  plain  species  by  its  more  lirely  exterior — the 
dark  brown  band  or  bands,  contrast  finely  with  the  general  color  of  the  shell, 
and  with  a  light  band  near  the  sutures. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  59 

M.  valida,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate-conic,  smooth,  olivaceous,  thick  ;  spire 
obtusely  elevated,  decollate;  whorls  flat,  only  about  6  remaining;  sutures  dis- 
tinct; lines  of  growth  very  strong,  amounting  to  varices  on  the  body  whorl; 
aperture  ovate,  bluish  white  withia ;  columella  strongly  curved,  or  indented 
about  the  middle,  white;  sinus  well  developed  at  base;  body  whorl  obscurely, 
concentrically  striate,  the  striae  forming  faint  nodules  where  they  intersect  the 
varices. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  of  H.  Cuming,  London ;  A.  N.  S.  Phila. ;  State  Coll.  Alb. 
N.  Y.  ;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — This  species  may  be  compared  with  M.  tenebrocincta  herein  described — 
from  that  species  it  may  be  distinguished  by  its  more  robust  form,  uniform  dark 
olivaceous  color  and  the  absence  of  the  dark  bands  so  conspicuous  in  that 
species.  It  has  a  very  solid,  compact  form,  and  this  with  its  regular,  uniform 
size  up  to  the  point  of  decollation,  may  serve  to  distinguish  it  from  all  others. 

M.  gravida,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  smooth,  thick;  spire  obtusely  elevated; 
whorls  7-8,  nearly  flat ;  sutures  well  defined  ;  lines  of  growth  fine,  but  very  dis- 
tinct ;  body  whorl  large,  subangulated ;  aperture  oval,  livid  inside  ;  columella 
deeply  indented,  covered  with  a  white  callus ;  outer  lip  curved  forward,  and 
with  the  columella  forming  a  small  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  stout,  heavy  shell,  in  form  and  color  resembling  in  some  degree 
M.  solida,  Lea,  but  is  more  ovate  than  that  species.  Color  light  brown, 
smooth  but  not  very  shining — lines  of  growth  very  distinct  and  curved.  A  few 
indistinct  strice  occur  at  the  base  of  the  shell — the  lower  part  of  the  columella 
is  often  tinged  with  a  golden  hue. 

M.  grossa,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  folded,  thick  ;  spire  obtusely  elevated,  com- 
posed of  about  8  convex  whorls  rapidly  attenuating  to  an  acute  apex  ;  whorls 
folded,  except  the  last  two  ;  body  whorl  tumid,  smooth  ;  color  of  epidermis  light 
greenish  olive;  aperture  elliptical,  whitish  inside ;  columella  rounded;  outer 
lip  much  curved,  with  a  well  marked  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  shore  thick  species  whose  chief  characteristics  are  its  bulbous  form, 
and  short  but  prominent  ribs  on  the  upper  whorls.  All  the  whorls  but  the  last 
are  remarkably  narrow  and  crowded— lines  of  growth  prominent — 4  or  5  striae 
revolve  s-round  the  base  or  the  shell.  Resembles  M.  glandula,  nob.,  in  form,  but  its 
different  color  and  texture,  with  its  prominent  ribs,  will  at  once  distinguish  it. 

M.  ponderosa,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  broad,  smooth,  olivaceous,  thick  ;  spire 
considerably  but  not  acutely  elevated;  whorls  7-8,  subconvex;  lines  of  growth 
curved  and  strong;  sutures  distinct;  aperture  rhombic,  rather  small,  whitish 
within  ;  columella  indented,  outer  lips  much  curved  forwards  forming  a  broad 
well  marked  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — One  of  the  most  ponderous  of  the  genus.  In  form  it  resembles  JW. 
canaliculata,  Say,  but  has  not  the  channel  of  that  species,  and  differs  also  in  the 
aperture.  The  body  whorl  is  strongly  keeled  about  the  middle  and  has  another 
and  less  clearly  defined  carina  about  midway  between  the  first  and  the  suture 
above.  The  lines  of  growth  are  very  strong  and  occasionally  varicose.  A 
strong  deposit  of  white  callus  is  found  upon  the  columella,  which  is  much 
thickened  near  the  base. 

M.  TvEniolata,  A^nthony. — Shell  conic-ovate,  striate,  thick;  spire  elevated 
but  not  acute,  composed  of  6-7,  nearly  flat  whorls  ;  sutures  not  distinct ;  aper- 
ture sub-rhombic,  small,  banded  within  ;  columella  indented,  callous  at  its  lower 
portion,  and  with  a  small  but  distinct  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  fine,  showy,  robust  species,  of  a  dark  yellow  color,  enlivened  by 
I860.] 


60  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

several  dark  brown  bands,  generally  2  on  each  whorl ;  body  whorl  angulated  : 
with  one  band  directly  upon  the  sharp  angle,  another  in  close  proximity,  and 
a  third  quite  distant  and  near  the  base  of  the  shell.  Band  obsolete  on  the  first 
two  or  three  whorls.     Surface  coarsely  striate  and  obscurely  ribbed. 

Melania  glans,  Anthony,  being  preocupied,  I  propose  to  change  the  name 
to  M.  glandula. 

M.  assimilis,  Anthony. — Shell  small,  short,  conic,  not  thick;  spire  acute, 
composed  of  about  7  flat  whorls  ;  sutures  very  distinct,  of  a  light  horn  color; 
aperture  small,  ovate,  dusky  within  ;  columella  indented  ;  body  whorl  angu- 
lated  ;  sinus  not  broad,  but  well  formed. 

Hab. — Tennessee.      My  cabinet. 

Obs. — A  small  delicate  species ;  compared  with  M.  pallidula,  nob.,  it  is  more 
slender  and  elevated,  has  a  greater  number  of  whorls,  and  is  devoid  of  bands. 
From  M.  angulata,  nob.,  it  differs  in  being  more  slender,  more  carinate,  and 
haring  a  more  elevated  spire. 

M.  cubicoides,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  smooth,  thick;  whorls  6 — 1,  flat,  the 
upper  ones  rapidly  enlarging  to  the  body  whorl,  which  is  broad,  and  acutely 
angulated ;  sutures  distinct,  rendered  more  so  by  a  sharp  carination  on  the 
lower  part  of  each  whorl;  aperture  broadly  ovate,  within  whitish ;  columella 
deeply  indented  ;  sinus  small. 

Hab. — Wabash  River,  Indiana.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — One  of  the  short,  thick  species,  in  form  not  unlike  M.  cuspidala,  nob., 
but  differing  by  its  sharp  carinated  body  whorl  and  imbricated  spire  ;  the  body 
whorl  is  also  strongly  striate  and  obscurely  ribbed;  these  longitudinal  ribs  are 
very  faint,  but  sufficiently  distinct,  at  the  sharp  carina  near  the  summit  of  the 
aperture  to  modify  its  outline  into  a  waving  subnodulous  line. 

M.  hybrida  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  elevated,  nearly  smooth,  horn  colored; 
whorls  8 — 9,  upper  ones  carinated  deeply,  lower  ones  entirely  smooth ;  color 
reddish  brown,  or  dark  horn  color  ;  sutures  distinctly  impressed  ;  aperture 
small,  ovate,  tinged  with  rose  color  or  violet  within  ;  columella  rounded  but 
not  deeply  indented  ;  sinus  small. 

Sab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  A.  N.  S.  Philada. ;  State  Coll.,  Albany,  N.  Y. ; 
Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — A  neat,  pretty  species,  with  no  very  strong  distinctive  characters  ; 
from  intertezta,  nobis,  which  it  somewhat  resembles ;  it  may  be  distinguished 
by  its  less  acute  form,  less  numerous  whorls,  and  by  its  want  of  reticulated  sur- 
face so  peculiar  to  that  species.  Bears  some  resemblance,  to  M.  bella,  Con., 
but  differs  in  form  of  outline  and  aperture,  and  has  no  beaded  line  ;  is  also 
more  elevated  than  M.  bella. 

M.  versipellis,  Anthony.— Shell  small,  ovate,  folded,  rather  thin  ;  spire  not 
elevated,  but  acute,  composed  of  about  7  flat  whorls  ;  whorls  of  the  spire  all 
more  or  less  folded,  penult  and  body  whorl  smooth  :  body  whorl  bulbous,  sub- 
angulated,  concentrically  striate ;  color  olivaceous,  ornamented  with  dark 
brown  bands,  of  which  four  are  on  the  body  whorl  and  one  only  on  the  spiral 
ones,  located  upon  or  near  the  shoulder  of  each  volution :  aperture  elliptical, 
about  half  the  length  of  the  shell,  banded  within. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming. 

Obs.— A  small  and  somewhat  variable  species  as  to  coloration,  though  very 
constant  in  other  characters;  it  is  sometimes  very  dark  both  as  to  bands  and 
general  color,  and  often  very  light  with  bands  scarcely  distinguishable  and 
many  varieties  between  ;  it  seems  not  to  be  a  very  common  species. 

M.  cognata,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  short,  smooth,  moderately  thick  ;  spire 
obtusely  elevated,  consisting  of  5—6  convex  whorls  ;  color  brownish-yellow 
with  three  dark  brown  bands  about  the  middle  of  the  body  whorl,  and  one 
very  obscure  one  at  the  suture  ;  suture  deeply  impressed  ;  aperture   broad- 

[Feb. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  61 

ovate,  not  large,  exhibiting  the  bands  inside;  columella  deeply  rounded,  in- 
dented and  callous;  sinus  none. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cab. ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming;  A.  N.  S.,  Philada. 

Obs. — A  short,  pretty  species,  with  no  very  marked  characters,  though  easily 
recognised  as  distinct  on  examination ;  in  form  and  coloring  somewhat  like 
M.  co?npac(a,  nobis,  but  far  less  solid  and  heavy  than  that  species  ;  the  spire  is 
more  elevated  and  acute  and  the  surface  smoother.  It  most  nearly  resembles, 
perhap3,  M.  coronilla,  nobis,  but  is  less  elevated  and  has  not  the  peculiar 
crowning  ribs  of  that  species,  which  is  sufficient  at  once  to  distinguish  it.  It  is 
also  more  robust. 

M.  corneola,  Anthony. — Shell  small,  conical,  rather  thin  ;  spire  short  and  not 
very  acute,  composed  of  five  or  six  subconvex  whorls  ;  whorls  all  more  or  less 
folded  and  with  revolving  raised  striae  which  give  them  a  subnodulous  appear- 
ance ;  the  body  whorl  has  four  or  five  faint  bands  which  appear  also  within 
the  aperture ;  aperture  small,  ovate,  sinus  small. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  is  a  small  and  not  very  remarkable  species,  nor  can  it  well  be 
compared  with  any  other.  One  is  at  first  view  forcibly  reminded  of  Columbella 
avara,  Say,  which  it  resembles  both  in  size  and  general  appearance.  The 
bands  alluded  to  are  often  interrupted  and  never  very  fully  expressed ;  body 
whorl  subangulated  below  the  middle  ;  does  not  seem  to  be  a  very  abundant 
species.     Only  six  individuals  are  before  me. 

M.  grata,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  elevated,  smooth,  thick;  whorls  9,  flat, 
terminating  in  an  acute  apex,  the  first  three  or  four  whorls  being  carinated ; 
color  light  greenish-yellow,  ornamented  by  a  single  dark  band  on  the  spiral 
whorls,  and  four  similar  bands  on  the  body  whorl,  giving  the  shell  a  truly 
lively  and  beautiful  appearance  ;  sutures  very  distinct ;  aperture  ovate,  banded 
within  ;  columella  deeply  indented  and  curved  at  base,  where  there  is  a  small 
but  rather  broad  sinus. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — The  colors  in  this  species  are  finely  contrasted,  and  the  general  ap- 
pearance is  very  lively  and  pleasing:  the  bands  on  the  body  whorl  are  not 
uniformly  distributed,  the  upper  and  lower  ones  being  widely  separated,  while 
the  central  ones  are  very  close  together  and  less  distinct.  Altogether  it  is  one 
of  our  most  beautiful  species. 

M.  germana,  Anthony. — Shell  carinate  on  the  body  whorl  ;  form  rhombic  ; 
substance  rather  thin  ;  varying  in  color  from  ash  grey  to  dark  brown  ;  whorls 
six,  upper  ones  smooth ;  suture  very  distinct ;  aperture  rhombic,  within 
brownish,  with  a  white  area  near  the  outer  edge  ;  columella  rounded  or  angu- 
larly indented,  slightly  callous  ;  sinus  small. 

Hab. — Cahawba  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  is  another  of  the  short,  rhombic  species,  which  are  represented 
most  fitly  by  M.  rhombica,  nob.,  and  includes  M.  angulata,  nob.,  M.  cubicoides, 
nob.,  M.  crislata,  nob.,  and  many  others.  From  M.  rhombica,  it  differs  in  being 
shorter  and  less  slender,  and  by  wanting  the  regular  concentric  striae  so  con- 
spicuous on  the  upper  half  of  that  species  ;  it  is  also  less  slender  than  M.  angu- 
lata, nob.,  and  more  solid.  From  all  other  species  it  may  readily  be  distin- 
guished. 

M.  grisea,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  smooth,  thick,  of  a  dull  grey  color ; 
whorls  7,  convex;  sutures  very  distinct;  body  whorl  obscurely  ribbed,  and 
having  two  or  three  inconspicuous  bands  revolving  around  it ;  aperture  large, 
ovate,  banded  within  ;  columella  deeply  indented,  with  a  white  callus,  unusu- 
ally thickened  at  the  summit  of  aperture  ;  sinus  broad  but  not  distinct. 

Hab. — Tennessee  River,  North  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  single  specimen  only  of  this  species  has  come  under  my  notice,  but 
I  cannot  consider  it  referable  to  any  described  species.     The  bands  are  very 

I860.] 


62  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

obscure,  scarcely  perceptible,  and  those  within  the  aperture  are  arrested  before 
reaching  the  edge  of  the  lip.  The  ribs  which  are  inconspicuous  on  the  spire 
become  more  decided  on  the  body  whorl,  and  sometimes  appear  as  varices 
there ;  the  spire  is  very  obtusely  elevated. 

M.  iostoma,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate-conic,  smooth  ;  spire  obtusely  elevated  ; 
whoils  about  six,  subconvex ;  body  whorl  exhibiting  uncommonly  strong  lines 
of  growth,  curved  and  varicose  ;  color  greenish  olive,  shining  ;  sutures  dis- 
tinct ;  body  whorl  strongly  but  not  sharply  angulated  on  the  middle ;  aperture 
broad-ovate,  within  light  purple,  which  becomes  very  deep  on  the  columella, 
which  is  regularly  rounded  :  outer  lip  somewhat  produced,  and  having  a  well 
developed  sinus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.,  Philada. ;  Smithsonian 
Collection. 

Obs. — This  species  approaches  nearest  in  form  and  color  to  M.  fflans,  nob., 
now  changed  to  glandula,  from  which  it  diiFers  in  being  less  globular,  of  a 
lighter  color  generally,  and  by  the  angulated  body  whorl.  Compared  with  M. 
pinguis,  Lea,  it  is  less  obese,  more  elongate,  and  has  not  the  rapidly  attenuat- 
ing spire  of  that  species.     From  all  others  it  is  readily  distinguished. 

M.  intkrtexta,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  acute,  and  highly  elevated  ;  whorls 
about  ten,  each  strongly  ribbed  longitudinally  and  furnished  also  with  revolv- 
ing stria;,  which  becoming  more  elevated  near  the  suture,  arrest  the  ribs  at  that, 
point ;  sutures  decidedly  impressed  ;  aperture  pyriform,  not  large,  whitish 
within  ;  columella  slightly  rounded,  not  indented  ;  sinus  distinct,  but  small. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cab.;  Cab.  H.  Cuming;  A.  N.  S.,  Philada.;  State  Coll.,  Alb.,  N.  Y. ; 
Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — A  very  abundant  species.  About  two  hundred  specimens  are  now  be- 
fore me,  and  present  characters  remarkably  uniform.  May  be  compared  with 
M.  bella,  Conrad,  but  differs  by  its  more  elongate  and  sharply  elevated  form  ;  its 
ribs  are  more  decided,  and  it  has  not  the  bead-like  prominences,  so  common  in 
M.  bella,  and  kindred  species.  From  M.  arachnoidea,  nob.,  it  may  be  distin- 
guished by  its  less  elongate  but  more  acute  form,  difference  of  aperture  and 
less  number  of  whorls;  the  striae  revolve  around  the  whorls  and  over  the  folds 
without  being  arrested  by  them,  giving  the  surface  a  woven  appearance  :  hence 
its  name. 

M.  rigida,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  elevate,  carinate,  rather  thin  ;  whorls  8 — 9, 
carinate  and  banded  ;  sutures  distinctly  marked ;  aperture  small,  elliptical, 
whitish  within  ;  columella  indented  ;  sinus  small  but  very  distinct. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming ;  A.  N.  S.,  Philada. ;  State  Coll.,  Alb.,  N.  Y.  ; 
Smithsonian  Collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — This  is  one  of  those  sharply  keeled  Melanice  of  which  31.  bella,  Con.,  M. 
carino-costata  and  31.  oblita,  Lea,  may  be  considered  good  examples.  The 
whorls  of  the  spire  have  each  two  carinas,  with  generally  a  dark  band  between 
them,  though  this  is  sometimes  wanting  ;  the  body  whorl  has  four  or  five  of 
these,  carinre  and  generally  two  bands,  one  of  which  revolves  within  the  aper- 
ture.    To  the  touch  this  species  has  a  peculiarly  rough  feel. 

M.  gracillima,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  thin,  brownish  ;  spire  very  slender, 
elevated,  composed  of  eight  convex  whorls,  the  upper  ones  folded  and  striate, 
the  lower  ones  smooth,  the  striae  being  replaced  by  indistinct,  slender,  brown 
lines ;  sutures  very  deeply  impressed,  a  sharp  carina  on  the  lower  portion  of 
each  whorl,  rendering  them  quite  distinct ;  aperture  small,  ovate,  banded  in- 
side ;  columella  indented  ;  sinus  small. 

Hab. — South  Carolina. 

My  Cabinet. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  63 

Obs. — A  peculiarly  slender,  graceful  species,  in  form  somewhat  like  31.  strigosa, 
Lea,  but  more  folded  and  more  slender.  The  striae  on  the  upper  whorls  are 
very  distinct  where  they  intersect  the  folds,  and  give  the  shell  a  tuberculous 
appearance  ;  the  folds  are  arrested  by  the  carina,  which  is  elevated.  The  brown 
lines  on  the  body  whorl  are  often  slightly  elevated,  but  nevertheless,  indistinct, 
and  are  about  four  in  number.  A  faint  line  or  band  of  a  yellow  color  revolves 
around  the  upper  portion  of  the  two  lower  whorls. 

Gyrotoma. 

As  some  confusion  exists  regarding  the  name  of  this  genus,  the  following 
notes  are  given  : — 

The  genus  Melatoma  was  established  by  Swainson,  and  first  given  to  the 
world  in  1840,  in  his  "Treatise  on  Shells  and  Shell  Fishes,"  published  in 
London,  founded,  as  he  says,  (p.  202,)  "  upon  a  remarkable  Ohio  shell  sent 
him  many  years  before  by  his  old  friend  Prof.  Rafinesque."  "It  has,"  he 
remarks,  "  the  general  form  of  a  Pleurotoma  and  of  a  Melafusus,  with  a  well- 
defined  sinus  or  cleft  near  the  top  of  the  outer  lip,  while  the  inner,  though 
thin,  is  somewhat  thickened  above."  The  other  characters  named  by  him  are 
such  as  are  generally  considered  rather  specific  than  generic,  and  the  pleuro- 
toma-like  cut  in  the  outer  lip  as  applied  to  a  fluviatile  univalve  is  altogether 
sufficient  to  indicate  the  new  genus.  The  specimen  alluded  to  by  Swainson, 
and  from  which  his  generic  description  was  drawn,  was  an  imperfect  one,  and 
the  species  has  not  since  been  identified  by  American  naturalists.  This  is  less 
to  be  wondered  at  when  we  consider  how  very  local  the  genus  has  always  been, 
and  how  few  specimens  have  found  their  way  into  our  collections.  The  waters 
of  Alabama  have  as  yet  monopolized  this  interesting  genus,  and  it  is  probable 
that  even  there  it  is  confined  almost,  if  not  quite,  exclusively  to  the  Coosa  and 
its  tributaries. 

On  p.  342  Swainson  gives  the  following  generic  description,  adding  a  figure  : 

"  Fusiform,  longitudinally  ribbed ;  a  deep  sinus  at  the  top  of  the  outer  lip ; 
base  contracted,  channel  wide." 

Mr.  Swainson's  figure  is  quite  unsatisfactory.  His  genus  Melatoma  is  referred 
doubtfully  to  Clionella  by  H.  and  A.  Adams,  and  has  not  prevailed  for  this 
genus  in  America  or  Europe.  I  have  therefore  decided  not  to  make  use  of  it 
in  this  case. 

Subsequently  this  genus  has  been  noticed  by  various  authors,  and  other 
names  have  been  applied  to  it.  In  1841  or  1842,  Dr.  J.  W.  Mighels  sent  me 
specimens  of  one  species  under  the  name  of  Apella  scissura;  but  his  generic 
name  was  never  published,  and  his  species,  if  not  identical  with  any  which  Mr. 
Lea  afterwards  described,  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  and  forgotten. 

On  the  14th  of  December,  1842,  Mr.  Lea  read  a  paper  before  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  in  which  he  describes  Melania  excisa  and  Anculosa  incisa. 
In  his  remarks  upon  these  species  he  alludes  to  the  pleurotomose  cut  in  the 
superior  part  of  the  upper  lip,  and  at  the  same  time  suggests  the  possibility  of 
its  being  necessary,  in  consequence  of  that  character,  to  construct  a  new  genus, 
which  he  proposed  to  call  "  Schizostoma."  Mr.  Lea  finding  his  name  "  Schizos- 
toma"  preoccupied  in  Palaeontology,  changed  it  to  "  Schizochilus."  (March  5, 
1852,  Obs.  v.  p.  51.)  In  a  paper  read  May  2d,  1845,  Mr.  Lea,  in  a  foot-note  to 
page  93,  first  indicates  the  generic  characters  of  Schizostoma  as  follows : — 
"Testa  vel  conica  vel  fusiformis ;  labrum  superne  fissura;  apertura  ovata; 
columella  lsevis,  incurva;"  and  describes  six  additional  species. 

In  the  above  concise  definition  of  the  genus  it  will  at  once  be  noted  that  the 
fissure  at  the  upper  part  of  the  outer  lip  is  after  all  the  essential  character ;  and 
Mr.  Lea  himself  seems  to  be  aware  of  this,  since  of  the  six  species  then  described 
he  states  the  aperture  to  be  elliptical  in  five  cases  and  rhomboidal  in  the  other, 
although  his  generic  character  is  "aperture  ovate;"  indeed  in  the  species 
described  by  him  but  a  single  one  has  the  aperture  ovate,  and  that  one  is 
described  as  an  Anculosa. 

I860.] 


64  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

It  may  be  doubted  whether  Mr.  Lea's  first  name  will  not  eventually  prevail, 
since,  before  he  published  Schizostoma,  Bronn's  genus  of  the  same  name 
(Lethea  Geogn.  i.  95,  1835-1837),  had  been  called  a  synonym  of  Bifrontia 
(Omalaxis)  of  Deshayes.  {Vide  Desh.  in  Lam.  ix.  p.  104.)  Indeed,  H.  and  A. 
Adams  (Gen.  Rec.  Moll.  i.  305)  do  not  appear  correct  in  giving  preference  to 
Gyrotoma  over  Schizostoma,  Lea,  on  account  of  Schizostoma,  Bronn,  since  (on 
p.  244)  the  latter  name  is  placed  in  the  synonymy  of  Omalaxis. 

Another  generic  name  Schizostoma  is  quoted  in  Hermannsen's  Index.  I  have 
not  obtained  access  to  the  work  containing  this  description,  but  its  date  is  said 
to  be  anterior  to  Mr.  Lea's  description. 

Mr.  Lea's  second  name,  Schizochilus,  had  previously  been  used  in  Coleoptera 
but  withdrawn  before  Mr.  Lea's  description  was  published. 

Mr.  Shuttleworth,  in  July,  1845,  (Mittheilungen  der  Naturforschenden  Ge- 
sellschaft  in  Bern,  p.  88,)  gives  another  description  of  the  genus  under  the 
name  of  Gyrotoma,  founded  on  two  species  from  the  Coosa  River,  description? 
of  which  are  also  given. 

The  generic  name  of  Mr.  Shuttleworth  has  been  adopted  in  H.  and  A.  Adams' 
Genera  of  Recent  Mollusca  (i.  p.  305,  Feb.,  1854.) 

Dr.  Gray  also  (Guide  to  Mollusca,  i.  p.  103,  1857)  adopts  Shuttleworth's 
name. 

Such  being  the  confused  state  of  the  synonymy  of  the  genus,  we  have  decided 
to  adopt,  at  least  temporarily,  the  earliest  name  concerning  which  no  doubt 
exists. 

Only  about  ten  species  of  this  genus  have  as  yet  been  published,  eight  of 
which  are  by  Mr.  Lea  in  1842  and  1845,  since  which  time  few  specimens  have 
been  collected,  and  but  two  new  species  added.  I  now  propose  to  add  descrip- 
tions of  nine  new  species  to  the  number  already  known,  in  one  of  which,  "  G. 
salebrosa,"  we  note  a  character  not  hitherto  observed,  except  in  what  was  per- 
haps the  original  type  of  the  genus,  viz.,  a  nodulous  coronation  upon  or  near 
the  suture,  which  nodules  by  lateral  compression  assume  the  form  of  folds  or 
plaits,  thus  approximating  the  longitudinal  ribs  of  Gyrotoma  costata,  Swainson. 
Gyrotoma  bulbosa,  nob.,  herein  described,  also  exhibits  this  character,  though 
far  less  decidedly;  and  as  specimens  become  more  common,  we  may  hope  to 
re-discover  the  original  type  so  long  unknown. 

Gyrotoma  kecta,  Anthony. — Shell  smooth,  cylindrical,  yellowish,  thick  ; 
spire  short,  originally  furnished  with  about  5  low  whorls,  of  which  3  are  nearly 
lost  by  truncation  ;  fissure  moderately  broad,  not  quite  direct  and  not  re- 
markably deep  ;  sutures  lightly  impressed  ;  aperture  narrow  ovate,  occupying 
about  3-5ths  of  the  length  of  the  shell;  within  dusky  and  obscurely  banded  ; 
columella  callous,  thickened  abruptly  at  the  fissure. 

Length  of  shell  11-16  in.  Length  of  aperture  7-16.  Breadth  of  shell  §  in. 
Breadth  of  aperture  3-16. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

06s. — This  is  the  most  cylindrical  species  I  have  ever  seen  in  this  genus. 
In  its  general  form  and  coloring  it  most  nearly  resembles  G.  demissa,  nob.,  but 
is  longer,  more  elevated,  smoother,  and  is  ornamented  with  bands,  which  on 
that  species  are  entirely  wanting  ;  these  bands  on  the  body  whorl  are  three  in 
number,  of  which  the  middle  one  is  the  narrowest  and  least  distinct ;  they  are 
widely  distant  from  each  other  ;  the  cord-like  cincture  is  very  prominent  in 
this  species  and  the  fissure  is  farther  removed  from  the  suture  than  is  usual . 
It  is  altogether  a  beautiful  and  graceful  species. 

Gyrotoma  demissa,  Anthony. — Shell  short,  robust,  thick,  truncate,  of  a 
dark  horn  color ;  spire  flat  by  truncation,  exhibiting  traces  of  about  four 
whorls ;  body  whorl  cylindrical ;  .fissure  broad,  waved,  and  rather  deep  : 
aperture  elliptical,  within  whitish  ;  columella  thickened  along  its  whole  ex- 
tent, but  most  so  at  the  fissure. 

Length  of  shell  10-16  in.  Length  of  aperture  7-16.  Breadth  of  shell  7-16. 
Breadth  of  aperture  4-16.    My  Cabinet. 

[Feb, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  65 

06s. — A  fine  cylindrical  species,  whose  chief  characteristics  are  its  very 
smooth,  polished  surface,  plain  russet  color,  and  flat,  truncate  spire  ;  the 
lines  of  growth  are  unusually  strong  in  this  species,  and  the  darker  lines  in- 
dicating the  terminus  of  previous  mouths  are  very  distinct  and  numerous, 
evidencing  frequent  and  many  pauses  in  its  growth  ;  the  columella  is  much 
bent  near  its  base,  and  a  narrow  but  distinct  sinus  is  formed  at  about  the  mid- 
dle space  between  the  outer  lip  and  columella.  A  single  specimen  only  is  be- 
fore me,  but  seems  so  very  distinct  from  all  others  that  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
considering  it  new. 

Gykotoma  quadrata,  Anthony. — Shell  short,  smooth,  fusiform,  rather  thick, 
olivaceous;  spire  short,  composed  of  about  4  very  low  whorls,  the  upper  two 
being  partially  obliterated  by  erosion  ;  fissure  rather  broad,  waved,  but  not 
remarkably  deep ;  sutures  distinct ;  whorls  distinctly  but  not  squarely 
shouldered ;  aperture  elliptical,  occupying  more  than  half  the  length  of  the 
shell ;  within  3  banded  ;  columella  with  a  light  callous  deposit. 

Length  of  shell  9-16  in.  Length  of  aperture  6-16  in.  Breadth  of  shell  7-16 
in.     Breadth  of  aperture  3-16  in. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  London. 

Obs. — The  most  remarkable  characteristic  at  first  view  of  this  species  is  its 
short,  square  form  ;  its  color  is  dark,  and  the  bands  which  are  very  broad  are 
not  very  distinct;  hence  its  general  aspect  is  not  so  pleasing  to  the  eye  as  many 
others  ;  the  fissure  is  broadly  separated  from  the  body  of  the  shell,  outer  lip 
very  sharp  and  sinuous,  forming,  with  the  columella,  a  small  not  very  distinct 
sinus  at  base.  In  form  it  approaches  most  nearly  perhaps  to  G.  salebrosa,  nob., 
but  is  more  delicate  in  texture,  thinner,  and  has  no  armature  as  in  that 
species. 

Gykotoma  bulbosa,  Anthony. — Shell  striate,  ovate,  moderately  thick,  dark 
olive  ;  spire  obtusely  elevated,  subtruncate,  4  whorls  only  remaining  ;  whorls 
of  the  spire  subconvex ;  sutures  very  distinct,  rendered  more  so  by  the 
shouldering  of  the  whorls  ;  body  whorl  inflated,  subangulated  a  little  below 
the  suture,  from  which  angle  it  shelves  towards  it,  and  having  2  or  3  dark, 
broad  bands  revolving  round  it ;  lines  of  growth  curved  and  very  distinct,  al- 
most like  crowded  ribs  ;  fissure  perfectly  strait,  very  narrow  and  not  deep  ; 
aperture  rather  long,  of  a  dusky  color  within  and  ornamented  by  3  broad  and 
distinct  bands  there  ;  columella  smooth,  except  at  the  lower  part,  where  it  is 
slightly  thickened. 

Length  of  shell  9-16  in.  Length  of  aperture_5-16  in.  Breadth  of  shell  |in. 
Breadth  of  aperture  3-16  in. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

06s. — A  short  ovate  species  resembling  in  some  respects  G.  ovalis,  nob., 
herein  described  ;  it  is  less  elevated  than  that  species,  more  ventricose,  and  its 
surface  is  rougher ;  indeed,  there  seems  to  be  indications  of  obscure  folds  on 
the  body  whorl  of  this  species  near  the  suture,  which  in  very  old  specimens 
may  be  more  fully  expressed,  and  thus  bring  it  into  close  affinity  with  M.  sale- 
brosa, nob.  These  folds,  which  were  noted  by  Swainson  as  a  generic  character 
in  his  original  type,  and  which  are  wanting  in  all  the  species  since  published, 
and  now  re-discovered,  are  exceedingly  interesting  in  that  connexion. 

Gyrotoma  ovalis,  Anthony. — Shell  smooth,  oval,  olivaceous,  moderately 
thick  ;  spire  obtusely  elevated,  composed  of  about  5 — 6  convex  whorls,  of 
which  2  are  generally  lost  by  truncation  ;  sutures  deeply  impressed ;  aperture 
broadly  elliptical,  banded  within ;  fissure  direct,  exceedingly  narrow  and 
very  deep,  extending  nearly  one  half  around  the  shell ;  columella  slightly 
curved  by  a  callus. 

Length  of  shell  10-16  in.  Length  of  aperture  7-16  in.  Breadth  of  shell 
7-16  in.     Breadth  of  aperture  4-16  in. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

06s. — A  fine  symmetrical  species  remarkable  for  its  regularly  oval  form  and 

I860.] 

5 


06  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

unusually  deep,  linear  fissure  ;  the  whorls  are  somewhat  shouldered,  though 
not  so  much  so  as  in  many  of  the  species  ;  the  spiral  whorls  are  furnished 
with  two  broad  bands,  one  near  tbe  top  of  each  and  the  other  widely  separate 
and  near  the  succeeding  whorl,  being  often  half  concealed  by  it ;  there  are  3 
bands  on  the  body  whorl  equidistant  from  each  other ;  compared  with  G.  bul- 
bosa,  nob.,  which  it  most  nearly  resembles,  it  is  longer,  more  linear,  and  has 
not  the  rapidly  attenuating  spire  of  that  species  nor  its  roughly  striate  sur- 
face. 

Gyrotoma  ampla,  Anthony. — Shell  smooth,  ovate,  rather  thick,  olivaceous; 
spire  not  elevated,  but  acute  ;  whorls  6 — 7,  subconvex  ;  sutures  well  defined  ; 
fissure  broad,  rather  deep  and  waved;  aperture  moderate,  elliptical,  flesh 
colored  and  banded  within ;  columella  smooth,  or  slightly  thickened  only  at 
the  fissure  ;  body  whorl  striate,  and  banded  ;  whorls  of  the  spire  not  banded, 
but  having  a  thickened  cord-like  line  near  the  suture. 

Length  11-14  in.  Breadth  7-16  in.  Length  of  aperture  7-17  in.  Breadth 
of  aperture  4-16  in. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  fine  symmetrical  species  of  this  interesting  genus  which  hitherto 
has  not  been  very  productive  in  species.  Compared  with  Schizostoma  funicu- 
latam,  Lea,  which  it  most  nearly  resembles,  it  is  smoother,  thinner,  more 
acute,  and  has  not  the  double  cord-like  lines  of  that  species.  Most  if  not  all 
the  species  of  Gyrotoma  have  the  fissure  gradually  filled  up  behind  as  it  is 
pushed  forward  in  the  process  of  growth,  by  a  cord-like  line  more  or  less  pro- 
minent, often  so  much  so  as  to  produce  quite  a  shoulder  at  the  suture,  and 
this  species  is  so  marked,  but  it  has  no  cord-like  line  in  the  middle  of  the 
body  whorl  as  described  in  funiculatum. 

Gyrotoma  salebrosa,  Anthony. — Shell  fusiform,  robust,  thick,  nodulous,  of 
a  dusky  olive  color  ;  spire  truncated,  leaving  scarcely  more  than  the  body 
whorl,  but  indicating  by  traces  on  the  truncation  the  loss  of  three  or  four 
others  ;  fissure  moderately  open,  waved,  not  deep  ;  body  whorl,  roughly  nodu- 
lous at  the  upper  part  and  ornamented  by  three  dark  bands  below  ;  aperture 
ample,  ovate,  dusky  within  and  bounded  with  three  broad  bands  ;  columella 
deeply  rounded,  covered  with  a  thick  deposit  of  callus,  white  at  its  lower  por- 
tion, but  tinged  with  dark  brown  at  the  fissures. 

Length  of  shell  f  in.  Breadth  of  shell  h-  Length  of  aperture  9^-16. 
Breadth  of  aperture  5-16. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  species  presents  the  unusual  characteristic  of  a  nodulous  surface, 
which  character  has  not  been  observed  in  any  species  hitherto  described  by 
any  American  author.  These  nodules  are  very  conspicuous  and  much  com- 
pressed laterally,  so  as  to  present  very  much  the  appearance  of  coarsely  folded 
ribs,  thus  furnishing  a  close  approximation  to  the  original  type  from  which 
Swainson  formed  the  genus  ;  on  this  account  it  becomes  exceedingly  interest- 
ing, as  indicating  great  variety  in  the  specific  forms  of  this  genus,  giving 
assurance  that  among  the  many  varied  forms  yet  to  be  discovered  we  may  at 
last  find  the  identical  species  sent  by  Rafinesque  to  Swainson.  These  com- 
pressed nodules  will  at  once  distinguish  it  from  all  other  species. 

Gyrotoma  carinifera,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  thick,  dark  brown  ;  spire 
obtusely  elevated,  truncate,  though  not  abruptly  so,  six  whorls  remain,  one 
or  two  having  apparently  been  lost  by  truncation  ;  carinations  elevated,  sub- 
acute and  found  on  all  the  whorls,  two  on  each  of  the  spiral  ones  and  three  to 
four  on  the  body  whorl ;  fissure  direct,  broad,  and  moderately  deep,  extending 
about  l-5th  around  the  shell ;  sutures  irregular,  much  modified  by  the  carinae, 
and  often  concealed  in  part  by  them ;  aperture  ovate  and  banded  within ; 
columella  much  rounded,  callous  at  the  lower  part  only  ;  outer  lip  irregularly 
waved,  its  outline  modified  by  the  carina?  on  the  body  whorl.     No  sinus. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  67 

Length  of  shell  f  in.  Breadth  of  shell  £  in.  Length  of  aperture  5^-16  in" 
Breadth  of  aperture  £  in. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  species  cannot  well  be  confounded  with  any  other  yet  described. 
In  general  form  and  in  its  armature  one  is  very  forcibly  reminded  of  Melania 
annuli/era,  Con.,  from  which  it  differs,  however,  not  only  generically,  but  by 
its  more  ovate  base  ;  the  carinas  are  lighter  in  color  than  the  general  body  of 
the  shell,  and  are  slightly  irregular  or  sub-nodulous  in  outline  ;  it  is  a  stout, 
heavy  species,  and  has  a  smaller  aperture  proportionally  than  is  common  in 
the  genus  ;  the  bands  within  the  aperture  are  five  in  number,  very  dark,  and 
the  three  central  ones  are  disposed  to  be  confluent ;  a  dark  broad  band  revolves 
around  the  base  of  the  shell.  Compared  with  Schizoztoma  pagoda,  Lea,  it 
differs  in  color,  in  its  more  elongate  form,  and  by  tne  character  of  its  carina?, 
which  are  more  uniform,  the  main  variation  being  that  they  are  more  diffused 
on  the  whorl,  whereas,  in  Mr.  Lea's  species  they  are  particularly  conspicuous 
near  the  apex. 

Gykotoma  robdsta,  Anthony. — Shell  fusiform,  robust,  thick,  of  a  dark  olive 
color ;  spire  obtuse,  consisting  of  one  perfect  whorl  remaining,  with  marks  of 
two  or  three  more,  lost  by  truncation  ;  body  whorl  broad,  ornamented  by  three 
obscure,  dark,  wide  bands ;  fissure  rather  broad,  curved,  not  deep,  closed 
behind  by  a  cordlike  cincture,  very  prominent,  beneath  which  and  close  to  it 
is  a  narrow  depression  or  furrow ;  aperture  narrow,  ovate,  banded  inside ; 
columella  well  rounded  and  covered  by  callus  ;  lines  of  growth  very  distinct 
and  much  curved,  rendering  the  shell  rough  by  their  prominence. 

Length  of  shell  J  in.  Breadth  of  shell  9-16.  Length  of  aperture  10-16. 
Breadth  of  aperture  5-6. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  is  a  large,  robust  species,  somewhat  resembling  Melania  ampla, 
nob.  in  form,  and  not  unlike  it  in  coloring  ;  it  is  about  the  largest  species  I 
have  seen  in  this  genus,  and  certainly  not  the  least  beautiful ;  compared  with 
G.  salebrosa,  nob.,  herein  described,  it  is  larger,  smoother,  more  inflated,  and 
has  not  the  rib-like  prominences  so  characteristic  of  that  species  ;  the  lower 
part  of  the  columella  is  somewhat  flattened  and  thickened,  and  another  thick- 
ening takes  place  at  the  aperture,  leaving  a  thinner  space  between  the  two 
points. 

Anculosa  oknata,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  rather  thick,  smooth ;  spire  ele- 
vated, composed  of  about  five  convex  whorls ;  suture  distinct ;  color  dark 
yellow,  polished,  with  dark  brown  bands  revolving  around  the  shell ;  three 
bands  visible  on  the  body  whorl  and  only  one  upon  the  volutions  of  the  spire  ; 
aperture  ovate,  livid  and  banded  within ;  columella  furnished  with  a  callus, 
often  tinted  with  rose  color ;  sinus  very  small. 

Hab. — North  Carolina.  My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London ;  A.  N.  S., 
Phila.;  State  Coll.,  Alb.,  N.  Y.;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

06s. — A  fine  species,  so  much  elevated  as  readily  to  be  taken  for  a  Melania  ; 
the  dark  bands  on  a  yellow  ground  give  it  a  lively  appearance ;  about  one 
hundred  specimens  are  before  me,  and  present  very  little  variation ;  the  dark 
bands  within  the  aperture  are  very  conspicuous,  one  being  near  the  upper 
angle,  two  others  near  each  other,  but  widely  separated  from  the  first,  and  a 
fourth  near  the  base  of  the  shell ;  the  middle  bands  are  often  confluent,  and 
all  of  them  are  arrested  by  a  broad  area  before  they  reach  the  outer  edge. 

Anculosa  ligata,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  smooth,  of  a  dark  green  color, 
rather  thick  ;  spire  obtusely  elevated,  composed  of  about  four  whorls  ;  suture 
very  distinct ;  upper  whorls  flattened,  body  whorl  constricted  at  the  middle, 
banded ;  aperture  ovate,  banded  within ;  columella  deeply  indented,  callous  ; 
no  sinus  at  base. 

I860.] 


68  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Hub.— Alabama.  My  Cabinet;  Cab.  Hugb  Cuming;  A.  N.  S.,  Philad.; 
State  Coll.,  Albany,  N.  Y.;  Smithsonian  Collection. 

Obs. — This  species,  of  which  I  have  some  twenty  or  thirty  individuals  before 
me,  seems  remarkably  constant  in  character  for  an  Anculosa,  and  not  readily 
mistaken  for  any  other ;  its  color,  which  is  a  dirty  dark  green,  is  but  poorly 
relieved  by  the  faint  bands  on  the  whorl ;  nevertheless,  it  is  an  interesting 
species,  and  one  which  will  always  attract  attention;  its  most  prominent 
character  is  the  constriction  on  the  body  whorl,  which  gives  the  appearance  of 
a  cord  having  been  drawn  tightly  around  it  while  in  a  yielding  state. 

Anculosa  corpulenta,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate  or  broad  ovate,  smooth, 
thick ;  spire  rather  elevated ;  composed  of  4-6  subconvex  whorls ;  suture 
decidedly  impressed  ;  aperture  very  broad,  ovate,  ample,  banded  inside  ;  col- 
umella well  rounded,  slightly  covered  with  white  callus,  and  with  a  slight  in- 
dication of  sinus  at  base. 

Bab. — North  Carolina.  My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London  ;  A.  N.  S., 
Philada.;  State  Coll.  Albany,  N.  Y.;  Smithsonian  Collec,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — Cannot  well  be  confounded  with  any  of  its  congeners  ;  it  is  unusually 
elevated  for  an  Anculosa,  resembling  more  a  Paludina  in  that  respect ;  the 
whorls  are  regularly  but  not  abruptly  shouldered,  and  are  often  excavated 
with  a  narrow  channel  at  the  middle ;  striae  and  even  indistinct  carinae  are 
often  visible,  but  are  not  a  constant  character ;  the  bands  within  the  aperture 
are  not  always  well  defined  and  are  sometimes  wanting  altogether ;  when 
present  they  are  generally  five  in  number,  and  are  arrested  by  a  narrow  white 
space  at  the  outer  lip ;  body  whorl  often  subangulated. 

Occurs  in  Dan  river,  North  Carolina,  in  company  with  Anculosa  canalifera, 
nob.,  and  appears  to  be  very  common.  Several  hundred  specimens  of  various 
ages  are  now  before  me. 

Anculosa  canalifera,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  costate,  of  a  brown  color,  thin  ; 
spire  acutely  elevated,  composed  of  5 — 6  sharply  carinate  whorls  ;  suture  not 
very  distinct ;  aperture  about  half  the  length  of  the  shell,  ovate,  banded  in- 
side ;  columella  deeply  indented ;  sinus  none. 

Hab. — North  Carolina,  in  Dan  river. 

My  Cabinet;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.,  Phila.;  State  Coll., 
Albany,  N.  Y.;  Smithsonian  Coll.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — One  of  our  most  curious  and  beautiful  species,  which  no  one  can  easily 
mistake  ;  the  whole  shell  is  crossed  with  sharp,  elevated  costae  running  around 
the  whorls  and  corresponding  deep  grooves  between  them  ;  about  five  costae  on 
the  body  whorl ;  a  less  number  on  the  spire  volutions  ;  these  ribs  appear  as 
dark  bands  in  the  interior  of  the  aperture,  and  there  is  a  broad  non-elevated 
band  at  the  base  of  the  shell ;  differs  from  Anc.  costata,  nob.,  by  the  size  and 
prominence  of  its  ribs  and  by  its  elevated  spire. 

Anculosa  viridula,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  of  a  uniform  dark  green  color, 
rather  thin ;  spire  much  elevated,  composed  of  4 — 5  convex  whorls  ;  sutures 
very  distinct ;  aperture  ovate,  large,  about  half  the  length  of  the  shell,  livid 
inside  ;  columella  well  rounded ;  has  a  broad  but  not  well  defined  sinus. 

Hab. — Tennessee.  My  Cabinet ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London ;  A.  N.  S., 
Philada.;  Smithsonian  Coll.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — In  form  and  coloring  this  species  resembles  Paludina  decisa,  Say,  when 
that  is  about  half  grown,  and  but  for  its  operculum  one  would  hardly  deem  it 
an  Anculosa;  it  is  a  plain,  unadorned  species,  not  liable  to  be  confounded  with 
any  other ;  its  body  whorl  is  large  and  subangulated ;  lines  of  growth  well 
defined  and  close  ;  it  has  a  slight  disposition  to  shouldering  at  the  suture  ;  it 
is  not  an  abundant  species  so  far  as  at  present  known. 

Anculosa  patula,  Anthony.— Shell  ovate,  of  an  uniform  dark  horn  color, 
rather  thin ;  whorls  4 — 5,  convex  ;  sutures  very  distinct ;  aperture  semicircu- 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  69 

lar,  within  whitish  ;  columella  only  slightly  rounded,  somewhat  flattened  by 
a  callous  deposit,  more  or  less  tinged  with  dirty  red. 

Hab. — Tennessee.  My  Cab.  ;  Cab  .Hugh  Cuming,  London  ;  A.  N.  S.,  Phila- 
delphia ;  State  collection,  Albany,  N.  Y.  ;  Smithsonian  collection. 

Obs, — Resembles  none  other  of  the  genus  ;  its  color,  which  is  of  a  dull  dark 
brown,  and  its  semicircular  mouth,  remarkable  for  its  length  and  bre  idth,  are 
prominent  marks  of  distinction  ;  the  body  whorl  is  very  much  inflated  and 
angulated  or  subangulated  ;  the  interior  aperture  is  often  blotched  with  ir- 
regular, dirty  brown  spots  ;  spire  elevated  and  acute,  rapidly  diminishing  to 
the  apex ;  the  lines  of  growth  are  strong,  and  on  some  specimens  a  single 
prominent  varix  may  be  noticed.  % 

Anculosa  elegans,  Anthony. — Shell  subglobose,  smooth,  thick ;  spire  de- 
pressed, consisting  of  3 — 4  flat  whorls  ;  color  fine  glossy  dark  yellow,  orna- 
mented with  darker  bands,  of  which  five  are  on  the  body  whorl  ;  aperture 
obliquely  ovate  and  banded  within  ;  columella  deeply  curved,  with  a  heavy 
callous  deposit ;  sinus  very  small. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  highly  ornamental  species,  which  cannot  be  compared  with  any 
other  ;  its  bands  on  a  yellow  ground  render  it  very  lively  ;  it  is  heavier  and 
smoother  than  A.  ampla,  nobis,  not  so  broad  in  the  aperture  and  far  more 
beautiful ;  neither  is  it  so  much  shouldered  as  that  species. 

Anculosa  zebra,  Anthony. — Shell  subglobose,  smooth,  moderately  thick  ; 
spire  obtusely  elevated,  but  slightly  decorticated,  and  composed  of  four  convex 
whorls  ;  sutures  distinctly  impressed  ;  aperture  broad,  ovate,  within  bluish, 
with  the  epidermal  colors  seen  faintly  through  ;  columella  rounded,  covered 
with  callus,  which  is  thickened  at  the  upper  part. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — This  species  presents  an  appearance  not  often  seen  in  the  genus,  by 
its  mottled,  variegated  epidermis  ;  the  general  ground  color  is  gamboge  yel- 
low, but  it  is  varied  by  blotches  of  very  dark  brown  or  reddish,  often  running 
into  diagonal  lines,  which  gives  the  shell  a  very  lively  and  pleasant  look. 
Only  one  other  species  is  described  as  being  similarly  marked,  viz.,  A.flam- 
raata,  Lea  ;  that  species  I  have  never  seen,  but  the  description  does  not  war- 
rant me  in  considering  the  two  identical. 

In  old  specimens  the  spire  is  often  produced  and  somewhat  nodulous,  while 
the  longitudinal  bands  become  broken  into  irregular  lines,  so  interrupted  as 
to  become  scarcely  more  than  quadrangular  spots  ;  it  is  one  of  our  most  beau- 
tiful species.     About  a  dozen  specimens  are  before  me. 

Io  turrita,  Anthony. — -Shell  conic,  elevated,  horn  colored,  spinous  ;  spines 
rather  short  and  heavy,  about  seven  on  each  whorl ;  whorls  nine  ;  aperture 
pyriform,  about  one-third  the  length  of  the  shell,  and  irregularly  banded 
within  ;  columella  rounded,  slightly  twisted  and  forming  a  short,  narrow 
canal  at  base. 

Length  of  shell  2%  in.  Breadth  of  shell  |  in.  Length  of  aperture  §  in. 
Breadth  of  aperture  7-16  inch. 

Hab. — Tennessee. 

Obs. — This  is  the  most  slender  and  elongate  species  of  this  genus  which  has 
come  under  my  notice,  and  although  a  single  specimen  only  has  as  yet  been 
discovered,  its  claims  to  rank  as  a  species  will  hardly  be  questioned ;  its  long, 
slender  form,  stout,  closely  set  spines,  and  small  aperture  will  at  once  dis- 
tinguish it  from  its  congeners ;  two  faint  bands  traverse  each  whorl,  one  of 
which  lies  precisely  in  the  plane  of  the  spines  ;  lines  of  growth  very  distinct, 
nearly  varicose. 

Io  brevis,  Anthony. — Shell  conic,  ovate,  horn  colored,  spinous  ;  spines 
short,  thick,  five  on  each  whorl ;  whorls  about  seven  ;  aperture  elliptical  or 
pyriform,  one-half  the  length  of  the  shell ;  collumella  rounded  and  sinuous 

I860.] 


70  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

near  the  base,  forming  with  the  outer  lip  a  broad,  well  defined  canal  at  the 
base. 

Length  of  shell  2  in.  Breadth  of  shell  1|  in.  Length  of  aperture  1  in. 
Breadth  of  aperture  £  inch. 

Hab. — Tennessee.  My  Cab.;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.,  Phila- 
delphia ;  State  collection,  Abanv,  N.  Y. ;  Smithsonian  collection,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

06s. — Another  of  the  short,  heavy  forms  in  this  genus,  so  unlike  the  normal 
type  of  Io  spinosa  ;  we  think  no  one  need  confound  it  with  any  other  species  ; 
its  short,  heavy,  flattened  spines  jutting  out  like  so  many  miniature  spear 
heads  and  its  peculiarly  twisted  columella  will  readily  characterize  it.  The 
columella  is  also  covered  with  a  dense  callous  deposit,  increased  in  thickness 
at  its  upper  part,  and  often  blotched  with  dark  red  at  that  point ;  irregular, 
ill  defined,  but  broad  bands  are  seen  in  the  interior,  often  faintly  visible  on 
the  epidermis.  Appears  to  be  a  rather  common  species  in  some  localities,  of 
which  I  possess  some  hundreds  of  specimens. 

Io  inermis,  Anthony. — Shell  couical,  smooth,  thick  ;  moderately  elevated, 
composed  of  7 — 8  flattened  whorls  ;  suture  very  distinct  ;  upper  whorls  slight- 
ly coronated  by  an  obscure  row  of  low  spines  nearly  concealed  by  the  pre- 
ceding whorl ;  shell  otherwise  perfectly  smooth  or  only  occasionally  or  ob- 
scurely nodulous  on  the  body  whorl ;  lines  of  growth  very  strong  and  much 
curved  ;  aperture  pyriform,  curved  to  the  left,  banded  within  ;  columella 
twisted,  callous,  thickened  above  ;  sinus  long  and  curved. 

Length  of  shell  2  1-16  in.  Breadth  of  shell  1  in.  Length  of  aperture  1  inch. 
Breadth  of  aperture  ^  inch. 

Hab. — Tennessee.  My  Cab. ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London  ;  A.  N.  S.,  Phila- 
delphia ;  State  collection,  Albany,  N.  Y.  ;  Smithsonian  collec,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

06s. — Remarkable  mainly  for  its  plain,  unadorned  exterior  and  smooth 
epidermis;  its  color  is  also  lighter  than  "  spinosa  "  or  "  fiuviatilis  ".  No 
spines  are  visible  on  the  body  whorl  of  this  species  generally,  but  I  have  a  few 
specimens  which  may  perhaps  belong  to  it,  and  which  have  a  few  obscure 
spines  near  the  aperture ;  these  are,  however,  little  more  than  knobs.  Some 
hundreds  of  this  species  have  come  under  my  notice. 

Io  spirostoma,  Anthony. — Shell  conical,  broadly  ovate,  horn  colored, 
spinous  :  spines  short,  thick,  seven  to  eight  on  each  whorl ;  whorls  about 
nine  ;  aperture  ovate,  about  half  the  length  of  the  shell ;  columella  and 
outer  lip  much  and  regularly  twisted,  and  forming  a  well  defined  sinus  at 
base. 

Length  of  shell  If  in.  Breadth  of  shell  \\  in.  Length  of  aperture  15-16  in. 
Breadth  of  aperture  |  inch. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cab.  and  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London. 

06s. — This  is  truly  a  most  remarkable  species  of  this  highly  interesting 
genus  of  Mollusks ;  its  difference  from  the  ordinary  type  of  Io  spinosa  is  too 
marked  to  admit  of  its  being  confounded  with  that,  or  indeed  any  other 
species  ;  its  stout,  ovate  form,  short,  heavy  spines,  and,  above  all,  the  peculiar 
and  graceful  curvature  of  its  outer  lip,  are  prominent  characteristics  and  readily 
distinguish  it.  Among  several  thousand  specimens  of  Io  in  my  possession, 
but  three  adult  individuals  of  this  species  have  been  noticed,  although  I  have 
a  dozen  or  more  which  seem  to  be  immature  forms  of  it ;  it  may  therefore  be 
considered  as  not  only  one  of  the  most  aberrant  and  beautiful  forms  of  Io, 
but  also  one  of  the  rarest. 

Paludina  lima,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  rather  thin,  dark  green  ;  spire  ob- 
tusely elevated  and  composed  of  six  convex  whorls,  which  are  strongly  striate 
or  suboarinate  ;  sutures  very  distinct,  and  the  upper  part  of  each  whorl  being 
flattened  renders  it  more  conspicuous  ;  aperture  broad-ovate,  about  half  the 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  71 

length  of  the  shell,  livid  within  ;  c  >lumella  slightly  rounded  and  callous 
deposit  small ;  umbilicus  none. 

Length  \\  inches.  Breadth  J  inch. 

Hab. — South  Carolina.  My  Cab.;  Cab.  H.  Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.. 
Philada.  ;  Smithsonian  collection,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Obs. — In  general  form  not  unlike  our  We stern  P.  Integra,  Say,  from  which 
it  differs,  however,  by  its  revolving,  raised  strise  and  by  its  carina,  which  are 
also  well  developed  ;  the  lines  <>f  growth  are  very  strong,  and  decussating  with 
the  stria  give  the  surface  a  beautifully  rough  appearance,  which  suggests  its 
specific  name.  It  is  really  one  of  our  handsomest  species,  and  so  unlike  all 
others  that  no  American  species  can  readily  be  mistaken  for  it.  In  most  speci- 
mens the  body  whorl  is  very  strongly  carinate  about  the  middle,  and  the  outer 
lip  is  considerably  produced  as  in  P.  subsolida,  nob. 

Paludina  decapitata,  Anthony. — Shell  globular,  thin,  of  a  light  green  color  ; 
spire  truncate,  but  never  elevated  under  any  circumstances,  composed  of 
about  four  very  flat  whorls  ;  aperture  broad,  ovate,  one-half  the  length  of  the 
shell,  within  dusky  white  ;  columella  regularly  but  not  deeply  rounded,  with  a 
slight  deposit  of  callous,  and  having  a  very  small  linear  umbilicus  at  base. 

Hab. — Tennessee.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  single  specimen  only  is  before  me,  and  therefore  I  claim  it  as  a  new 
species  with  some  hesitation  ;  it  seems  to  me,  however,  too  unlike  any  of  the 
ordinary  forms  in  this  genus  to  warrant  its  being  included  with  any  of  them  ; 
it  is  the  most  globose  of  any  species  hitherto  published,  if  we  except  the  small, 
round  forms  which  were  long  since  removed,  and  very  properly  too,  to  Amni- 
cola  ;  the  spire  is  entirely  wanting,  but  traces  of  the  sutures  show  the  number 
of  whorls  ;  and  its  present  appearance  forbids  the  idea  of  its  ever  having  had 
an  elevated  spire. 

Paludina  humerosa,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  thick,  bright  green,  imper- 
forate ;  spire  rather  obtusely  elevated,  composed,  of  about  5 — 6  convex  whorls  : 
upper  whorls  smooth,  body  whorl  and  preceding  one  strongly  striate  and 
granulate  or  subgranulate  ;  sutures  very  distinct  ;  aperture  ovate,  nearly  one- 
half  the  length  of  the  shell,  livid  within. 

Length  about  half  an  inch. 

Hab. — Alabama.     My  Cabinet. 

Obs. — A  single  specimen  only  is  before  me,  but  it  is  sufficiently  distinct ;  its 
granulated  surface  and  the  broad  shouldering  of  the  whorls  are  it-1  chief  char- 
acteristics ;  compared  with  P.  genicula,  Con.,  it  is  more  slender,  darker  in  color, 
and  its  granulated  surface  is  of  itself  a  sufficient  distinction. 

Paludina  exilis,  Anthony. — Shell  turrited,  smooth,  rather  thick ;  color 
light  apple  green  ;  spire  elevated,  composed  of  about  seven  volutions  ;  suture 
well  marked  ;  aperture  small,  broad-ovate,  livid  within  ;  body  whorl  distinctly 
angulated,  subumbilicate,  and  with  very  distinct  lines  of  growth  ;  columella 
well  rounded  and  curved  with  a  callous  deposit,  connecting  perfectly  with  the 
outer  lip  thus  forming  a  continuous  rim. 

Length  1\  inches.     Breadth  f  inch. 

Hab. — Mississippi.  My  Cab.  ;  Cab.  H.' Cuming,  London;  A.  N.  S.,  Phila- 
delphia ;  State   collection,  Albany,  N.  Y.  ;   Smithsonian  collection. 

Obs. — One  of  the  most  slender  of  our  American  species  ;  Paludina  subsolida, 
nob.,  is  more  ponderous,  more  globose,  and  has  a  larger  aperture  ;  no  other 
species  approaches  it  in  general  appearance  ;  the  whorls  of  this  species  taper 
more  rapidly  to  an  acute  apex  than  in  most  of  the  species  ;  compared  with  P. 
Integra,  Say,  it  is  more  slender,  more  solid,  and  the  aperture  is  much  smaller. 

Paludina  subsolida,  Anthony. — Shell  ovate,  imperforate,  very  thick ;  co'or 
light  green,  verging  to  brown  in  old  specimens  ;  spire  much  elevated,  com- 
posed of  6 — 7  inflated  whorls ;  sutures  very  distinct  ;  aperture  broad-ovate, 

I860.] 


72  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

about  one-third  of  the  length  of  the  shell,  within  white  ;  lip  curved  forward 
and  forming  a  very  conspicuous,  subacute  tip  near  its  base ;  columella  well 
rounded,  a  thick  callous  deposit  covering  the  umbilicus. 

Length  2  inches  ;  breadth  lj  inches. 

Hub. — Illinois.     My  Cab.  ;  Cab.  Hugh  Cuming,  London. 

Obs. — This  is  the  most  ponderous  species  in  the  genus,  far  exceeding  P. 
ponderosa,  Say,  in  that  respect ;  compared  with  that  species  it  is  not  only 
much  more  solid  and  heavy,  but  its  spire  is  proportionally  more  elongate, 
whorls  more  convex,  while  the  body  whorl  is  less  ventricose,  and  the  aperture 
is  uncommonly  small  for  a  Paludina  of  its  size  ;  the  body  whorl  is  disposed  to 
be  angulated  near  its  middle  ;  all  the  whorls  are  more  or  less  shouldered  and 
the  lines  of  growth  are  very  conspicuous  ;  the  body  whorl  is  obscurely  striate 
concentrically,  and  its  surface  then- by  modified  so  as  to  present*  a  faintly  sculp- 
tured appearance,  and  the  striae  being  somewhat  finely  undulated  the  appear- 
ance under  a  microscope  is  very  pleasing. 


Supplement  to  "  A  Catalogue  of  the  Venomous  Serpents  in  the  Museum  of  the 

Academy,"  etc. 

BY    E.    D.    COPE. 

Species  19.  Teleuraspis  Castelnaui  Cope.  Another  specimen,  obtained 
in  a  collection  made  between  Fort  Riley  and  Pike's  Peak,  Kansas,  with  Scelo- 
porus  undulatus,  Ablabes  occipitalis,  Bascanion  flaviventris, 
etc.  As  the  same  collection,  however,  contained  a  specimen  of  Liophis 
r  e  g  i  n  as ,  the  occurrence  of  the  South  American  serpent  in  question  was 
doubtless  the  result  of  accident  or  mistake. 

P.  345.  After  Elaps  altirostris  insert 

64.  E.  Hemprichii  Jan,  Rev.  et  Mag.  de  Zoologie,  1858,  p.  524. 
One  spec.  Surinam.  Dr.  Colhoun. 

Our  specimen  differs  from  those  described  by  Prof.  Jan  with  respect  to  the 
number  of  gastrosteges  included  in  the  black  rings.  In  those  the  central  ring 
covers  but  one  plate  ;  in  ours,  four,  the  lateral  ones  six  or  seven.  The  great 
breadth  of  these  rings  compared  with  the  light  spaces,  distinguishes  it  at  once 
from  any  other  species  which  we  have  seen.  The  muzzle  is  short,  and  the 
nostrils  widely  separated.  Total  length  11  inches.  Gastrosteges  181,  anal  1, 
urosteges  27. 

P.  346,  species  51.  A  more  careful  examination  of  the  two  specimens  here 
assigned,  with  a  mark  of  doubt,  to  Elaps  Marcgravii,  has  convinced  us 
that  neither  of  them  belong  to  that  species,  and  that  they  are  in  fact  distinct 
from  each  other.  The  smaller  we  believe  to  be  undescribed.  After  fili- 
form i  s  Gthr.  it  is  the  most  slender  South  American  Elaps.  Upon  comparing 
it  with  a  young  E.  lemniscatus,  which  has  a  head  of  the  same  size,  the 
proportions  of  the  body  and  tail  are  nearly  similar,  but  the  number  of  sets  of 
rings  is  rather  less.  The  head  is  not  so  broad  posteriorly,  and  the  occipital 
plates  are  a  little  more  elongate.  The  principal  difference,  however,  lies  in  the 
distribution  of  colors  on  the  head.  This  is  entirely  black  above  and  below  as 
far  as  three  scales  behind  the  occipitals,  except  a  yellow  band  behind  the  post- 
oculars.  This  covers  the  sixth  upper  labial,  one  temj>oral  above  it,  anterior 
third  of  the  occipitals,  hinder  edge  of  superciliaries,  and  greater  part  of  the 
vertical.  Superior  labials  seven,  third  and  fourth  coming  into  the  orbit. 
Distance  from  the  black  of  the  head  to  first  ring,  eleven  scales.  Eight  sets  of 
rings,  the  middle  not  twice  as  wide  as  the  external  ring,  which  is  as  broad  as 
the  yellow  interval.  Gastrosteges  197  ;  anal  1 ;  urosteges  19  pair.  Length  11 
in.  9  1. 

We  propose  calling  this  species  Elaps  melanogenys. 

One  specimen,  presented  by  Dr.  Wilson  ;  locality  unknown. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  73 

E.  Gravenhorstii  Jan,  loc.  cit.  p.  524,  resembles  this  species,  but  has 
a  black  half-collar  only,  and  a  longer  tail.  The  preocular  is  very  small,  sepa- 
rated from  the  nasal  by  the  contiguous  post-frontal  and  superior  labial.  In 
our  species  the  preocular  is  unusually  large,  and  in  contact  with  the  nasal. 

Species  53.  The  three  specimens  here  referred  to  frontalis  D.  §•  B.  belong 
to  a  species  nearly  allied  to  lemniscatus,  apparently  undescribed.  The 
most  prominent  differences  are,  the  exact  equality  of  the  black  rings  in  width, 
the  shorter  intervals  between  the  triads,  and  the  position  of  the  first  ring 
which  touches  the  occipital  and  last  labial  shields.  In  lemniscatus,  its 
vars.  frontalis  and  baliocoryphus,  in  Marcgravii  and  deco- 
ra t  u  s ,  the  first  black  ring  is  several  scales  behind  the  angle  of  the  mouth, 
the  intermediate  space  being  red ;  also  the  central  ring  of  each  three  is  wider 
than  the  external.  Distance  between  the  middle  and  outer  of  the  three  rings 
in  our  specimens  of  lemniscatus  two  and  three  scales ;  inisozonus 
(as  we  now  call  this  serpent)  four.  In  the  former  the  anterior  part  of  the 
occipitals  is  crossed  by  a  black  band  ;  in  the  latter  they  are  entirely  white, 
(red  ?),  except  a  little  black  at  the  posterior  ends. 

E.  isozonus  nob. — Sets  of  rings  twelve.  No.  1,  gastrosteges  201 ;  anal  1, 
entire  ;  urosteges  28,  first  9  entire.  No.  2,  218  ;  anal  1,  divided  ;  urosteges  26. 
No.  3,  213  gastrosteges  ;  anal  1,  divided ;  urosteges,  29,  two  entire.  We  do 
not  know  the  part  of  South  America  inhabited  by  this  serpent. 

Species  54.  The  specimen  here  described  as  Elaps  baliocoryphus  is, 
as  we  now  believe,  a  variety  of  the  lemniscatits.  It  resembles  the  figure 
of  the  var.  frontalis  D.  $•  B.  ("Marcgravii"  Pr.  Max.)  in  Abbild. 
Naturgeschichte  Brasiliens,  differing  in  having  an  additional  red  (white)  band 
across  the  fronts  of  the  occipitals.  Whether  Marcgravii  D.  $•  B.  be  a 
variety  of  lemniscatus,  as  believed  by  Dr.  Giinther,  or  not,  the  latter  is 
certainly  liable  to  great  variation  in  the  distribution  of  colors  on  the  head. 

In  place  of  E.  baliocoryphus,  insert 

54.  E.  filiformis   Giinther,  Proc.  Z.  S.1859,  p.  86. 

The  head  of  our  specimen  is  so  badly  mutilated  that  the  characters  could 
not  be  made  out  without  difficulty.  We  are,  however,  much  gratified  to  be 
able  to  record  our  probable  possession  of  the  interesting  species  described  as 
above.  It  may  be  known  from  other  American  Elapses  by  its  excessively 
elongate  form  and  the  possession  of  but  one  postocular.  In  a  few  particulars 
it  differs  from  Dr.  Giinther's  description.  The  nasal  plates  are  two :  two  tem- 
porals bound  the  upper  border  of  the  sixth  labial  shield,  the  anterior  of  which 
reaches  the  postocular.  There  is  no  light-colored  band  across  the  post-frontals. 
Triads  of  rings  nineteen,  disposed  as  in  the  description. 

Preocular  acute  anteriorly,  just  touching  the  nasals  ;  hence  the  post-frontals 
are  bent  down,  and  almost  reach  the  labials.     Third,  fourth  and  fifth  superior 
labials  narrow  and  high,  eye  resting  on  the  suture  of  the  last  two.     Gastros- 
teges 308  ;  anal  1,  divided ;  urosteges  42.     Length  21  in.  9  1. 
One  sp.  ?  Dr.  Wilson. 

To  assist  further  in  the  identification  of  the  species  of  Elaps  having  the  rings 
arranged  by  threes,  we  have  prepared  the  following  table.  Those  marked  with 
an  asterisk  are  not  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy. 

A.  Postoculars  two. 
Head  compressed,  lanceolate. 
Labials  not  reaching  the  occipitals.  altirostkis  Cope. 

Head  depressed. 
Sixth  superior  labial  reaching  the  occipital.  *decoratus  Jan. 

Sixth  superior  labial  not  reaching  the  occipital. 

f  Posterior  part  of  occipitals  included  in  a  black  collar  or  half-collar, 
a.  Neck  surrounded  by  a  narrow  yellow  ring. 

I860.] 


74 


PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY   OF 


Cephalic  plates  black ;    an   imperfect   postocular 

cross-band. 
Red,  bordered  with  black, 
b.  Neck  covered  by  the  black  collar. 
Postfrontals  touching  the  labials. 
Post-frontals  not  touching  the  labials  ; 
Geneial  shields  entirely  black. 
Red  or  yellow ; 

Scales  between  middle  and  outer  black  ring 

red. 
Black  with  large  white  spots. 
ff  Occipital  shields  not  traversed  by  a  black  collar  or  half-collar, 

a.  Rings  absent  on  the  belly,  divided  and  alternating 

above.  axternans  D 

b.  Rings  entire ; 


*elegans  Jan. 

SlJRINAMENSIS  CUV. 
*GrRAVENHORSTII  Jan. 
MELANOGENYS  Cope. 


isozonps  Cope. 
DissoLEtjcr/s  Cope. 


&B. 


The  middle  one  of  each  three  more  than  twice  as 
wide  as  the  outer.  *Dpmerilii  Jan. 

Not  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  the  outer, 
But  twice  as  wide  as  the  red  spaces  between  the 


triads. 
Not  twice  as  wide. 
First  black  ring  just  touching  occipitals 
Some  distance  behind  them  ; 
Before  the  eyes  uniform  black. 
A  red  band. 

B.  Postoculars  one. 
Body  very  slender. 

Species  57.  Platurus  fas  ciatus  Daud.,  add 
One  sp.  Raiatea. 

Species  63.  Pelamis  bicolor  Daud.,  add 
One  sp.  Pacific  coast  of  Panama. 


Hemprichii  Jan. 

isozosus  Cope. 

*Marcgravii  D.  &  B. 
lemniscatus  Schn. 

filiformis  Gthr. 


Dr.  J.  Wilson,  U.  S.  N. 
Dr.  J.  Wilson,  U.  S.  N. 


We  correct  the  following  typographical  errors  in  the  Catalogue : — 
Page  332,  line  20,  for  "those  "  read  these. 

333,    "     35  :  for  "  Proteroglyphis  "  read  Proteroglyphes. 

338,    "     12:  for  "Dr.  Coleman  Pemberton"  read  Dr.  J.  P.  Coleman. 

338,    "     19  :  for  "  plants  "  read  flanks. 

341,  Pelias  b  e  r  u  s  :  for  "  var.  n  i  g  e  r  Bell, ' '  read  var.  p  r  e  s  t  e  r  Linn. 

342,  line  11  :  for  "  Brachychranion,"  read  Brachycranion. 

343,  "     19:  for  "H.  pallidiceps  Gray"  read  H.  pallidiceps, 
Gthr. 

343,  "     33:  for  "Sepedon  Cuvier"  read  Sepedon  Merrem. 

344,  Bungarus  fas  ciatus:  for  "Three  sp.':  read  Five  sp. 

345,  line  37:  for  "E.  Bertholdi,"  read  E.   Bibroni. 
347    "        5  :  for  "  Hydrophia,"  read  Hydrophis. 


it 
a 
<< 
{< 
c. 
a 

It 

a 
it 


Catalogue  of  Colubridse  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 

Pailadelphia.    I.  Calamarinae. 

BY  E.  D.   COPE. 

4.    CoLUBRIDiE. 

Essential  char. — Superior  maxillary  bone  horizontal,  articulating  with  the 
anterior  frontal  by  a  lateral  process ;  its  anterior  prolongation  bearing  teeth 
neither  perforated  nor  channelled  for  the  reception  of  a  venom  duct.  The 
posterior  prolongation  uniting  to  the  ectopterygoid  by  a  horizontal,  oblique 

[Feb. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  75 

articulation.  Superior  processes  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  not  elongated  ;  hypa- 
pophyses  bifid. 

Char,  not  universal. — Top  of  head  plated.  Belly  protected  by  broad  plates. 
Tail  cylindrical.     Penis  simple.* 

The  Chersydrus  granulatus  has  a  compressed  tail  somewhat  resem- 
bling that  of  the  sea  snake's,  and  adapted  to  habits  similar  in  many  respects. 
Yet  even  in  external  form  it  bears  a  greater  resemblance  to  that  of  some  of 
the  Boas,  having  a  prehensile  character.  A  comparison  of  the  caudal  verte- 
brae of  this  serpent  and  the  Hydrophis  pelamidoides  shows  the  follow- 
ing differences  :  In  the  latter  the  neural  spines  are  slender  and  greatly 
elongated,  and  the  pleurapophysesf  slender,  elongated,  and  but  little  di- 
verging. The  "appendages"  of  the  latter,  which  in  all  serpents  appear  in 
the  last  dorsal  and  first  caudal  vertebrae,  and  are  doubtless  the  homologues  of 
the  re-verted  processes  on  the  ribs  of  birds,  partake  of  the  same  nature. 
The  hypapophyses  are  similar  to  those  of  the  dorsal  vertebras,  being  undi- 
vided, with  the  exception  of  those  upon  the  first  two  vertebrae,  whose  pleura- 
pophyses  are  destitute  of  the  appendage.     These  are  slightly  bifid. 

In  the  Chersydrus  the  structure  is  entirely  that  of  the  Colubers.  The  neural 
spines  are  short  and  compressed ;  the  pleurapophyses  short  and  diverging ; 
and  the  hypapophyses  bifid,  and  their  lateral  moieties  separated.  Thus  in 
addition  the  difference  in  the  armature  of  the  mouth,  the  structure  of  the  tail 
separates  this  genus  from  the  sea  snakes.  Its  position  appears  to  us  to  be 
between  the  Homalopsinse  and  Boidae, — connected  to  the  latter  by  Xenoder- 
mu  s  Reinwt.,  as  indicated  by  Dumeril  and  Bibron. 

CALAMARIN^E. 

Calamaeia  Boie.     Type  C.  L  i  n  n  a  e  i . 
Isis,  1827,  p.  519. 

65.  C.  Gervaisii  D.  §■  B.,  vii.  p.  63. 

Four  sp.  Philippine  Is.  Mr.  Cuming. 

One  (young).  "  " 

Aspiduea  Wagler.     Type  A.  brachyorrhos. 
Naturlich.  Syst.  der  Amphib.  p.  191. 

66.  A.  brachyorrhos,  Gthr.  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  14.  Scytale  brachyorrhos 
Boie.  Isis,  1827,  517.  A.  scytale,  D.  &  B.,'vii.  178  ("Wagler"  D.  &  B. 
et  Gthr.). 

One  sp.  Ceylon.  Mr.  Cuming. 

67.  A.  trachyprocta  nobis. 

Form  stout,  not  elongate.  Tail  short,  thick,  one-eighth  of  total  length. 
Scales  in  fifteen  rows,  broad,  not  imbricate,  smooth.  The  scales  in  the  four  or 
five  rows  each  side  of  the  anus,  for  a  distance  of  from  four  or  five  scales  in 
front  to  nine  or  ten  behind  the  anus,  are  marked  each  with  a  small  recurved 
tubercle  near  the  anterior  border.  Anal  shield  entire.  Superior  labials  six,  last 
largest ;  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth.  Inferior  labials  five.  Posterior  pair  of 
geneial  shields  separated  by  a  central  complementary  plate.  Head  shields  simi- 
lar to  those  of  A.  brachyorrhos,  except  that  the  occipitals  are  more 
rounded  posteriorly,  and  the  lower  postoculars  larger.  Gastrosteges  135,  1 
entire  anal,  21  entire  urosteges,  and  a  small  central  postanal  plate.  Total 
length  8  in.  21.    Tail  1  in. 

Coloration. — Upper  surface  of  head  and  body  deep  brown,  becoming  lighter 
on  the  third  and  fourth  longitudinal  rows  of  scales,  and  contracted  on  the  tail 
to  a  narrow  median  vitta.     A  blackish  brown  band  passing  through  the  eye, 


*CoronelIa  can  a  is  one  exception,  fide  Schlegel. 

f  These  were  inadvertently  alluded  to,  Proceedings,  1859,  p.  333,  as  "haemal  spines." 

I860.] 


76  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

and  along  the  adjacent  edges  of  the  scales  of  the  second  and  third  rows, 
indistinct  on  the  sides,  but  distinct  on  the  tail.  Superior  labials  and  throat 
yellowish  ;  belly  grayish,  largely  varied  with  black,  which  forms  an  irregular 
longitudinal  band. 

This  is  a  more  robust  serpent  than  the  well-known  brachyorrhos,  and 
has  a  shorter  and  thicker  tail.  While  this  has  21  urosteges,  our  specimen  of 
the  other  has  32.  The  latter  has  the  scales  in  17  rows  (15  Gimther),  and 
they  are  more  elongate  and  imbricate  ;  it  has  not  the  supplementary  geneial 
plate,  and  above  all,  the  peculiar  tuberculation  of  the  ischiadic  region.  This 
exists  elsewhere  only — as  far  as  we  know — in  the  Trachischium  r  u  g  o  s  u  m 
Gthr.,  of  the  Himmelayas,  also  a  Calamarian,  and  is  donbtless  an  assistance 
to  the  animals  in  burrowing  in  the  earth,  and  among  unyielding  objects. 

Another  difference  between  this  serpent  and  the  brachyorrhos  is  seen 
in  the  less  elongated  form  of  the  head  of  the  former,  the  rather  shorter  labials, 
and  much  shorter  geneials.  The  eye,  too,  is  a  trifle  longer,  and  more  anterior. 
The  coloration  is  quite  different  ;  we  only  note  here,  the  absence  of  the  large 
neck  spots  in  trachyprocta. 
One  sp.  Ceylon.  Mr.  Cuming. 

Haldea  Baird  &  Girard.     Type  H.  striatula. 
Catal.    Rept.   Smiths.  Inst.  Serp.   p.   122,    1853.      Conocephalus  Dumeril. 
Prodrome  de  la  Classification  des  Reptiles  Ophidiens,  pp.  43  et  46,  1852,  and 
Gunther  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  17.     Not  of  Thunberg,  1812,  (Orthoptera.) 

68.  H.  striatula  B.  %•  D.  Conocephalus  striatulus  D.  &  B.,  Erp.  Gen. 
et  Gthr.  1.  c. 

Two  sp.  S.  Carolina.  Dr.  Edwd.  Hallowell. 

One  sp.  N.  Carolina.  ? 

One  sp.  Richmond,  Va.  Smithsonian  Inst. 

One  sp.  N.  America.  ? 

Tropidoclonion  nobis.     Type  T.  lineatum. 

Microps  Hallowell  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  viii.  1856.  Not  of  Megerle,  1823, 
(Coleoptera  Oedemeritse.) 

This  genus  is  allied  to  I  sch  nogna  th  us  D.  #■  B.  S  tr  e  ptophor  us 
and  Elapoidis  agree  with  it  in  having  divided  urosteges,  carinate  scales 
and  two  internasals,  but  differ  thus,  Streptophorus,  two  post-,  no  preocular ; 
Elapoidis,  one  post-,  two  preoculars  ;  Tropidoclonion,  two  post-,  one  preocular. 

69.  T.  lineatum  nob.     Microps  lineatus  Hallow.  1.  c. 

Two  sp.  Kansas.  Dr.  Hammond. 

Streptophorus  D.  &  B.     Type  S.  S eb ae. 
Erp.  Gen.  vii.  514. 

70.  S.  Seb£e  D.  $■  B.  Elapoides  fasciatus  Hallow.  Journ.  Acad.  iii.  35, 
pi.  4. 

One  sp.  Honduras.  Dr.  Woodhouse. 

Two  sp.  ?  Gard.  of  Plants. 

71.  S.  atratus  nobis.  Coluber  atratus  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  ii. 
p.  245,  1845.     Streptophorus  Drozii  D.  &  B.  vii.  518,  1854,  Gunther  1.  c. 

We  are  glad  to  be  able  to  restore  the  name  given  by  Dr.  Hallowell  to  this 
species  many  years  before  that  of  the  Erpetologie  Generale.  The  specimen 
described  by  him  is  rather  paler  than  the  others— justifying  the  expression, 
"  lead  colored."  The  "  six  "  superior  labials  is  an  anomaly,  other  specimens 
having  seven.  None  of  the  specimens  have  the  dark  color  on  the  chin  and 
throat  mentioned  by  Dumeril— but  this  is  not  probably  an  important  character, 
as  Gunther  does  not  allude  to  it. 

Four  sp.  Venezuela,  within  200  miles  of  Caraccas.  Dr.  Ashmead. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  77 

72.  S.  bifasciatus  D.  fr  B.  vii.  520. — In  this  species  the  carina?  are 
very  strong,  and  present  on  every  row  of  scales.  It  is  of  a  slender,  elongate 
form  as  mentioned  by  its  describers,  resembling  the  species  of  Ablabes  in  its 
proportions.  For  this  reason  we  question  the  propriety  of  removing  this 
genus  from  the  neighborhood  of  Ischnognathus,  where  Dumeril  places  it,  and 
it  is  only  the  Calamarian  form  ofS.  atratus  that  induces  us  to  consent  to 
the  position  assigned  by  GLinther.  Our  specimens  of  species  being  fresh,  we 
will  note :  that  the  superior  surface  is  not  properly  black,  but  deep  slate  ;  and 
that  the  collar  and  inferior  labial  plates  are  light  yellow.  The  black  upon  the 
gastrosteges  covers  an  extent  rather  wider  than  each  white  lateral  band. 
Three  specimens,  Jalapa,  Mexico,  Sr.  Rapfhael  M.  De  Oca. 
One           "                                          "  Mr.  Pease. 

Tantilla  Bd.  &  Grd.     Type  T.  coronata. 

Catalogue  Serp.,  p.  131. 

This  genus  appears  to  be  quite  distinct  from  Rhabdosoma  D.  §•  B.,  be- 
ing characterized  by  a  more  slender  body,  longer  tail,  divided  anal,  and  a 
loreal  plate,  either  united  to  the  postfrontals  or  wanting.  The  latter  two 
peculiarities  also  distinguish  it  from  Rhabdion  D.  Sf  B.  Posterior  maxil- 
lary teeth  equal  to  the  anterior,  smooth.  Perhaps  Rhabdosoma  elaps 
Gthr.  1.  c.  241,  belongs  here  ;  its  anal  scute  is,  however,  entire. 

73.  T.  Hall  owe  11  i  nob.  Tantilla  gracilis  Hallow.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  viii.  p.  246. 

This  species  is  accurately  described  as  cited,  and  the  differences  between  it 
and  T.  gracilis  pointed  out.  These,  we  think,  are  of  specific  value,  and 
accordingly  name  it  after  Dr.  Hallowell,  as  a  slight  recognition  of  his  many 
valuable  contributions  to  herpetology. 

The  form  of  this  species  is  more  like  that  of  Haldea  s  t  r  i  a  t  u  1  a  B.  §*  G., 
than  Carphophiops  amoena.  The  locality,  "Indianola, "  assigned  by 
Dr.  Hallowell,  is  probably  a  mistake,  being  copied  from  Baird  &  Girard's 
Catalogue.     We  have  one  specimen  brought  from  Kansas  by  Dr.  Hammond. 

74.  T.  reticulata  nob. — Vertical  plate  broad,  slightly  angular  in  front, 
projecting  posteriorly  for  half  its  length  between  the  occipitals.  Occipitals 
and  both  pair  of  frontals  rather  broad.  Rostral  broad,  visible  from  above. 
Nostril  in  the  posterior  part  of  prenasal ;  postnasal  in  contact  with  first  and 
second  superior  labials,  preocular,  post-  and  prefrontals.  Two  postoculars, 
upper  one  in  contact  posteriorly  with  the  occipital,  the  lower  touching  one 
temporal.  A  second  temporal  equal  to  the  first,  and  a  third  very  small  one 
behind  it.  Superior  labials,  seven  last  largest,  third  and  fourth  entering  the 
orbit  both  low.  Four  geneials,  anterior  in  contact  with  inferior  rostral. 
Scales  in  fifteen  rows,  last  one  slightly  larger.  Gastrosteges  148,  postab- 
dominal  1  divided,  urosteges  67  pair.     Total  length  10  in.  3  1.  ;  tail  3  in. 

Color  above  chestnut  brown,  much  darker  posteriorly,  extending  upon  the 
tips  of  the  gastrosteges.  Anteriorly  the  scales  are  edged  with  darker,  pre- 
senting a  reticulated  appearance.  Central  dorsal  row  of  scales  lighter,  form- 
ing a  pale  vitta,  disappearing  on  the  tail.  Third  and  fourth  rows  on  each  side 
also  lighter,  forming  indistinct  bands.  A  collar  of  the  same  pale  yellow  brown 
crosses  the  ends  of  the  occipitals.  Cephalic  plates  clouded  and  edged  with 
darker  ;  a  deep  brown  mark  extending  from  the  occipitals  to  the  mouth  across 
the  yellowish  labials.  Beneath  pale  yellow,  deepening  posteriorly. 
One  specimen,  Cocuyas  de  Veraguas,  New  Grenada,  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

This  species  seems  to  be  much  like  the  T.  c  o  r  o  n  a  t  u  m  B.  $•  G.,  but  has 
a  much  longer  tail,  and  broader  head-shields  ;  the  upper  post-ocular,  not  the 
lower,  is  in  contact  with  the  temporal  in  the  latter.  See  Pacif.  R.  R.  Report, 
x.  Reptiles,  pi.  38,  fig.  96. 

I860.] 


78  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY  OP 

Rhabdosoma  D.  &  B.     Type  R.  s  e  m  i  d  o  M  a  t  u  m. 
Erpet.  Gen.  vii.  90. 

75.  R.   semidoliatum  Z).  ^-5. 

Two  specimens,  Mexico,  ? 

Six         "  Jalapa,  Mexico,  Sr.  R.  M.  De  Oca. 

One        "         (young)  "  "  Mr.  Pease. 

This  species  appears  to  be  very  common  in  central  Mexico.  The  spaces 
between  the  black  spots  on  the  dorsal  region,  described  by  authors  as  white, 
are  in  life  of  a  beautiful  vermillion  color. 

76.  R.  fuliginosum  nobis.  Coluber  fuliginosus  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  ii.  p.  243,  1845.  ?  Isoscelis  et  Rhabdosoma  maculatum  Giinther,  Cat. 
Brit.  Mus.  204,  241,  1858. 

Six  superior  maxillary  teeth  on  each  side  in  a  continuous  series,  the  ante- 
rior longer  than  the  posterior,  but  not  longer  than  the  middle  two.  Seven  in- 
ferior maxillaries  on  each  side  regularly  increasing  in  length  anteriorly.  This 
peculiar  dentition  induced  us  to  consider  this  serpent  a  Lycodont,  but  sub- 
sequent examination  and  comparison  with  Dr.  Giinther's  description  of  his 
Rhabdosoma  maculatum  has  persuaded  us  that  the  two  species  are 
very  similar,  possibly  identical.  The  most  material  difference  is,  that  the 
ma cu latum  has  seven  superior  labial  plates,  the  fuliginosum  six.  Of 
those  of  the  latter,  the  third  is  elongated,  and  with  the  fourth  entering  the  or- 
bit. Geneials  one  pair;  vertical  broader  in  front  than  its  greatest  length. 
Postoculars  two,  temporals  three  ;  loreal  long  and  narrow.  Color  reddish 
brown,  a  darker  shade  crossing  each  occipital  obliquely  and  uniting  behind 
them  into  a  dorsal  hand,  which  is  soon  broken  into  spots.  These  are  obsolete 
on  the  middle  and  hinder  part  of  the  body.  No  lateral  series  of  spots.  Belly 
immaculate.  See  Hallowell  1.  c. 
One  specimen,  Near  Caraccas,  Dr.  S.  A.  Ashmead. 

77.  R.  torquatum  D.  Sf  B.  vii.  p.  101.  " Brachyorrhos  torquatus  H. 
Boie,  Erpet.  de  Java." 

Superior  labials  eight,  fourth  and  fifth  coming  into  the  orbit.  One  postocu- 
lar ;  one  pair  of  geneials.  The  color  of  our  specimen  is  a  very  deep  brown,  so 
dark  that  the  transverse  series  of  black  spots  can  only  be  seen  in  certain 
lights.  The  opalescent  play  of  colors  is  unusually  beautiful  on  this  account. 
Beneath  dark  brown,  posteriorly  finely  punctulated  with  darker. 
One  specimen,  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

78.  R.  c  r  a  s  s  i  c  a  u  d  a  t  u  m  D.  $•  B.  vii.  103. 

Seventeen  longitudinal  rows  of  scales  ;  two  postoculars  ;  seven  superior  la- 
bials, third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit.  In  these  important  particulars  our 
specimen  is  similar  to  those  of  Dumeril,  but  the  coloration  is  totally  distinct. 
Though  much  bleached  by  the  alcohol,  the  animal  was,  probably,  pale  brown, 
each  scale  tipped  with  darker,  with  a  dorsal  vitta  of  the  same  extending  from 
the  occipitals  to  the  end  of  the  tail.  Beneath  yellow,  immaculate. 
One  specimen,  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

Cakphophiops  Gervais.     Type  C.  amoena. 

Diet.  Nat.  Hist.  Univers.  (dir.  par  M.  C.  D'Orbigny,)  iii.  p.  191,  1843.  Car- 
phophis  Dumeril,  Prodrome  de  la  class,  des  Rept.  Ophidiens,  pp.  43  et  46,  1852. 
Erp  Gen.  vii.  p.  131,  1854.  Giinther  1.  c.  17,  1858.  Not  of  Gervais  1.  c.  191, 
1843.      Celuta  B.  &  G.,  Cat.  Serp.  129,  1853. 

This  genus  is  characterized  by  Gervais  as  cited,  who  refers  to  Dumeril  and 
Bibron  ;  but  we  cannot  find  it  published  by  the  latter  prior  to  1852.  Carpho- 
phis  Gerv.  has  the  characters  of  Calamaria  Boie,  and  hence  cannot  be  applied 
to  the  Coluber  a  m  o  e  n  u  s  Say. 

[Feb. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  79 

79.  C.  amoena  nobis.  Coluber  amaenus  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  iv. 
237.  Calamaria  amoena  Schl.  Ess.  Phys.  Serp.  31.  Brachyorrhos  amoenus 
Holbr.  Am.  Herp.  iii.  115.  Carphophiops  vermiformis  Gervais,  Diet.  Univ. 
d'Hist.  Nat.  iii.  191.    Carphophis  amoena  Dum,  &  Bibr.  vii.  131.     Celuta  amoe- 


na  B.  &  G. 

I.e. 

129. 

Four  specimens 

i 

Pennsylvania, 

9 

Two     ^   " 

a 

Drs.  Holbrook  and  Hallowell. 

It                u 

Beesley's  Point, 

N.  J., 

Mr.  Samuel  Ashmead. 

One         " 

Cape  May  Co.,  fl 

•    v  •  j 

Mr.  Tiffany. 

(1                   u 

Virginia, 

Jno.  Cassin,  Esq. 

Two         " 

S.  Carolina, 

Smithsonian  Institution. 

One         " 

(young) 

Dr.  Harlan. 

Virginia  Bd.  &  Grd.     ' 

rype  V. 

,  Valeria e. 

Catal.  Rept.  p.  127. 

This  genus  is  characterized  by  the  elongated  form  of  the  shields  of  the  head, 
and  the  distinctness  of  the  latter  from  the  body.  There  are  two  small  nasal 
plates,  as  in  Rhabdosoma. 

80.  V.  V  a  1  e  r  i  a  e  Bd.  &  Grd.  1.  c. 

One  specimen,  ?  ? 

Homalosoma  Wagl.     Type  H.  1  u  t  r  i  x. 
Nat.  Syst.  Amph.  190,  1830. 

81.  H.  lutr  ix  D.  fr  B.  vii.  p.  110. 

Two  specimens,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Garden  of  Plants. 

Oligodon  Boie.     Type  0.  subquadratum. 
Isis  1827,  p.  519. 

82.  O.  sublineatum  Z).&B.  vii.  p.  57. 

One  specimen,  Ceylon,  Mr.  Cuming. 

Genera  11.     Species  18.     Specimens  54. 

The  stoutness  of  the  body  and  tail,  and  the  shortness  of  the  latter,  the  in- 
distinctness of  the  head,  and  the  general  firmness  and  rigidity,  are  characters 
by  which  the  greater  number  of  the  species  of  this  sub-family  may  at  once  be 
recognized.  But  as  in  some  genera,  certain  of  these  peculiarities  vanish,  thus 
approximating  them  to  other  groups,  we  have  followed  M.  Dumeril  in  employ- 
ing the  dentition,  which  is  here  quite  characteristic.  Elsewhere,  however,  it 
evidently  fails  to  characterize  natural  groups,  as  urged  by  Dr.  Giinther  in  his 
invaluable  catalogue  of  the  Colubrine  snakes  in  the  British  Museum.  We 
have,  therefore,  omitted  the  genera  Rhinostoma,  Phimophis*  and  Homalo- 
cranion,  which  have  the  posterior  superior  maxillaries  grooved,  and  are  perhaps 
more  nearly  allied  to  Scytale.  A  single  specimen  of  Scytale  coronatum, 
of  a  variety  near  that  called  S.  Neuwiedii  in  the  Erpetologie  Generale  was 
described  by  us,  Proc.  of  this  Acad.,  1859,  p.  294,  as  Olisthenes  euphaeus. 
Our  conviction  of  its  generic  distinctness  was  grounded  upon  the  peculiar  form 
of  the  rostral  plate,  which  while  offering  strong  characters  among  some  ser- 
pents, here  varies  with  the  individual. 

*  Phimophis  G  u  e  r  i  n  i ,  the  only  species.  It  is  Rhinosimus  G  u  e  r  i  n  i  of  Dumeril  and 
Bibron,  but  the  generic  name  was  applied  to  certain  species  of  Curculionidae,  by  Latreille, 
more  than  fifty  years  previously. 

I860.] 


80  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 


Descriptions   of  new  species  of  Cyrena  and  Corbicula  in    the  Cabinet  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

BY   TEMPLE   PRIME. 

1.  Cyrena  ponderosa  Prime.  C.  testa  subtrigona,  inaequilaterali,  trans- 
versini  irregulariter  striata,  epidermide  brunnea  vestita,  valvis  crassis,  solidis  ; 
intus  candidissirna  ;  nmbonibus  parvis,  obliquis,  erosis  ;  dentibus  cardinalibus 
tribus  ;  dente  laterali  postico  compresso,  antico  breviore,  acuto. 

Shell  somewhat  triangular,  inequilateral,  lines  of  growth  irregular,  epidermis 
brown,  valves  heavy ;  interior  white ;  umbones  small  oblique,  eroded  ;  three 
cardinal  teeth ;  posterior  lateral  tooth  compressed,  anterior  one  short  and 
prominent. 

Long.  1  4-5  ;  lat.  1  3-5  ;  diam.  1  2-5  poll. 

Hab. — Philippine  Islands. 

This  shell  is  remarkable  by  its  weight  in  proportion  to  its  size.  It  may  be 
compared  to  the  Cyrena  Bengalensis  Lamarck,  from  which  it  differs,  how- 
ever, in  being  heavier,  having  less  prominent  beaks,  and  by  being  slightly 
more  inflated  ;  its  epidermis  is  darker  and  more  heavily  sulcated. 

2.  Cyrena  Corbiculaeformis  Prime.  C.  testa  trigona,  sub-inflata,  in- 
aequilaterali, intus  violacea,  epidermide  brunnea  vestita,  umbonibus  tumidis  ; 
dentibus  cardinalibus  tribus,  inaequalibus  ;  lateralibus  praelougis. 

Shell  triangular,  somewhat  inflated,  inequilateral,  beaks  prominent,  pos- 
terior margin  angular,  three  cardinal  teeth,  the  two  posterior  ones  of  nearly 
the  same  size,  anterior  one  less  developed  ;  lateral  teeth  elongated,  not  promi- 
nent ;  interior  of  the  valves  bluish-white  ;  epidermis  glassy,  lines  dark  brown. 

Long.  1  3-10  ;  lat.  1  2-10  ;  diam.  0  7-10  poll. 

Hab. — Cochin  in  Malabar. 

This  species  is  different  from  any  Cyrena  known  to  me,  but  bears  much  re- 
semblance in  its  general  forrn  to  certain  species  of  Corbicula. 

3.  Corbicula  r  o  t  u  n  d  a  Prime.  C.  testa  parva,  orbiculata,  subaequilaterali, 
tumidula,  subtrigona,  solidiuscula,  epidermide  flavescente  vestita  ;  regulariter 
striata ;  umbonibus  tumidis  ;  intus  alba ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  inaequalibus  ; 
lateralibus  elongatis,  angustis,  subaequalibus,  arcuatis,  tenuissime  striatis. 

Shell  small,  somewhat  inflated,  nearly  equilateral,  interior  white,  epidermis 
yellow,  lines  of  growth  delicate  and  very  regular  ;  umbones  prominent ;  car- 
dinal teeth  unequal  in  size  ;  lateral  teeth  elongated,  carved,  finely  denticulated. 

Long.  0  7-10  ;  lat.  0  6-10  ;  diam.  0  6-10  ;  poll. 

Hab. — Surinam  River,  Guyana. 

Compared  to  the  Corbicula  Paranensis  Adams,  this  species  differs  in  being 
more  inflated,  in  having  larger  beaks  and  by  its  more  regular  lines  of  growth, 
which  give  it  somewhat  the  appearance  of  an  Eastern  species. 


The  Humming  Birds  of  Mexico. 

BY  RAFAEL   MONTES   DE   OCA. 

Of  Jalapa,  Mexico. 

No.   2. 

Cyanomyia  cyanocephala  Gould. 
Ornismyia  cyanocephala  Lesson. 
Trochilus  quadricolor  Vieillot? 
The  Black  billed  Azure-crown,  Gould,  Monograph,  part  xi. 

This  Humming  Bird  is  commonly  knowu  by  the  name  of  Chupa-mirto,  comun 
depecho  bianco,  or  common  white-breasted  Myrtle-sucker.     It  is  found  very 

[Feb. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  81 

abundantly,  and  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  in  the  vicinity  of  Jalapa,  Coatepec, 
Orizaba,  and  many  other  places  in  Mexico  ;  but  Mr.  Gould,  in  his  Monograph  of 
Humming  Birds,  states,  that  it  is  ako  found  in  Guatemala,  and  seems  disposed 
to  assign  that  country  as  its  propeflocality.  It  is  quite  possible  it  nests  there 
also,  but  the  fact  that  it  remains  in  Mexico  all  the  year  round,  and  as  I  have  often 
found  its  nest  in  the  months  of  April  and  May,  I  believe  it  is  most  properly  to 
be  considered  a  bird  of  the  country  last  mentioned. 

This  pretty  little  bird  is  very  familiar  and  unsuspicious,  and  allows  a  person 
to  approach  it  very  near  in  the  woods,  and  is  a  constant  visitor  to  the  gardens 
in  the  towns  and  cities.  Like  the  fine  species  mentioned  in  my  first  paper,  it 
frequents  the  Mazapan  flowers,  around  which  it  may  be  seen  at  all  hours  of  the 
day. 

The  nest  of  this  species  is  lined  on  the  inside  with  the  tule  silky  floss,  which  is 
the  case  with  nearly  all  the  Humming  Birds  in  this  part  of  Mexico.  On  the 
outside  it  is  covered  with  moss  from  the  rocks,  in  such  handsome  and  ingenious 
manner  that  would  be  very  difficult  for  man  to  imitate.  T^ere  are  generally 
two  eggs,  but  on  one  occasion  I  found  three  in  one  nest.  The  eggs  are  white, 
oblong,  rather  elongated,  and  large  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  bird. 

The  upper  part  of  the  head  in  this  species  is  of  a  most  brilliant  metallic  azure 
color,  the  upper  parts  of  the  body  and  wing  coverts  are  brown,  shaded  with 
bronze  green;  the  tail  and  its  coverts  are  of  the  same,  but  not  so  bright;  the 
wings  are  as  long  as  the  tail,  and  of  an  umber  purplish  color,  the  throat  is 
satin-like  white,  with  the  sides  of  a  bluish  green,  or  rather  feathers  of  both 
colors  mixed  together,  very  lustrous  ;  the  under  part  of  the  body  and  the  feathers 
of  the  leg  are  dull  white;  the  under  surface  of  the  wings  is  bronzed  brownish 
gray  ;  the  under  tail  coverts  are  of  the  same,  but  less  brilliant,  and  with  the 
edges  of  each  feather  lighter,  the  feet,  nails  and  upper  mandible  are  black,  the 
mandible  is  about  one  third  black  at  its  point,  and  flesh  color  at  its  base. 

Total  length,  i\  inches,  wing  2£,  tail  \\,  bill  f  inches.  The  female  is  of  the 
same  size  as  the  male,  and  the  only  difference  between  the  two  sexes  is  that  the 
blue  of  the  head  and  the  white  of  the  breast  are  of  not  so  decided  colors  in  the 
female,  although  this  difference  only  occurs  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year. 
The  cranium  of  the  male  can  be  distinguished  also  from  that  of  the  female, 
being  rather  larger. 


The  Committee  to  which  was  referred  a  communication  from  Mr. 
P.  B.  Du  Chaillu,  asserting  that  the  Academy  is  his  debtor  for  a 
part  of  the  costs  of  a  certain  exploration  in  Africa  made  by  him, 
reported  in  substance  that  Mr.  Du  Chaillu  has  no  claim  whatever  on 
this  institution. 

Dr.  Carson  said : 

Mr.  President, — I  rise  to  perform  the  painful  duty  of  announcing  the  death 
of  our  associate,  Dr.  Edward  Hallowell,  which  took  place  on  the  21st  instant, 
from  consumption  ;  and  I  feel  that  in  connection  with  this  announcement,  it 
is  especially  proper  from  me  should  come  the  remarks  which  will  serve  to  do 
honor  to  his  memory  as  a  member  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  He 
was  not  only  an  intimate  friend,  but  one  of  long  standing,  having  almost  uni- 
formly been  educated  together,  at  first  in  the  Collegiate  Department  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  then  as  students  of  Medicine  in  the  office  of  the 
late  Dr.  Hewson,  and  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University. 

In  early  life  Dr.  Hallowell  was  remarkable  for  his  studious  habits,  and  pro- 
ficiency in  the  branches  of  his  Collegiate  Course.  He  always  had  a  prominent 
position,  and  graduated  with  the  highest  honors  of  his  class.  To  the  Science 
of  Medicine,  which  he  subsequently  pursued  with  ardor,  and  in  which  for 

I860.]  6 


82  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF 

many  years  he  labored  zealously  as  a  practitioner,  he  made  important  contri- 
butions, in  the  department  of  pathology.  His  paper  upon  the  subject  of  Cholera 
Infantum  is  an  admirable  and  original  ^dition  to  the  knowledge  of  that 
disease,  by  which  medical  literature  was  enriched,  and  American  medical 
authorship  advanced  in  estimation  abroad.  It  is  looked  upon  as  authoritative, 
with  respect  to  the  true  pathology  of  the  affection. 

As  a  member  of  the  Academy  he  labored  industriously,  and  from  the  time 
of  his  election  was  devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  Institution.  His  depart- 
ment was  that  of  Herpetology,  and  I  may  appeal  to  the  collection  for  proof  of 
his  usefulness,  and  to  the  publications  for  evidences  of  his  ability  to  place  be- 
fore the  public  the  large  amount  of  new  information  derived  from  the  materials 
at  his  command.  When  a  few  years  ago  he  was  stricken  down  by  disease,  his 
loss  as  a  working  member  of  the  Academy  was  severely  felt  and  lamented. 

As  an  associate  Dr.  Hallowell  was  a  favorite  of  his  fellow  members.  His 
manners  were  always  urbane  and  deferential  to  the  views  and  feelings  of 
others,  his  temperwas  uniformly  equable  and  not  readily  ruffled  ;  the  kindness 
of  his  heart  was  a  perennial  spring,  while  his  sense  of  justice  led  him  to 
acknowledge  the  merits  and  the  services  of  all  who,  like  himself,  were  en- 
gaged in  scientific  occupations. 

We  have  lost  in  him  a  worthy  and  beloved  associate,  and  most  sincerely 
deplore  his  too  early  death,  although  to  him  it  is  a  gain. 

The  following  resolutions  were  then  offered  by  Dr.   Le  Conte  and 
adopted : 

Resolved,  That  the  Academy  has  learned  with  sincere  regret  the  death  of  its 
late  member,  Dr.  Edward  Hallowell. 

Resolved,  That  in  Dr.  Hallowell  the  Academy  has  lost  one  of  its  most  en- 
thusiastic and  laborious  students  and  valued  associates  ;  one  who  has  endeared 
himself  to  his  fellow  members,  as  well  by  his  high  personal  qualities  as  by 
his  steadfast  and  successful  pursuit  of  science. 


March  Qth. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 
Forty  members  present. 

Dr.  Joseph  Wilson  (Surgeon  U.  S.  Navy)  related  that  he  had  in  his  pos- 
session, during  some  months,  on  board  of  the  U.  S.  ship  Vandalia,  a  female 
whelp  of  a  small  Ocelot,  (Felis  pardalis  minimus,)  commonly  called  "tiger- 
cat."  It  was  obtained  in  Realejo,  Nicaragua,  in  the  month  of  December,  1858. 
At  that  time  it  was  too  young  to  eat  anything  except  milk,  but  gradually  came 
to  eat  crumbs  of  bread  from  her  cup,  and  small  scraps  of  meat.  The  animal  was 
light  gray,  beautifully  marked  with  dark  elliptical  rings  and  spots,  light  un- 
derneath ;  ears  quite  short,  rounded,  with  a  lunated  white  spot  on  top  ;  the 
tail  about  the  length  of  the  body  and  nearly  black.  She  was  of  the  size  of  an 
ordinary  cat,  and  weighed  five  pounds  eight  ounces  when  ten  months  old. 
She  was  transferred  to  the  Doctor's  protection  in  March  1859,  when  her  age 
was  conjectured  to  be  four  months.  She  was  named  Miss  Tiger  by  accla- 
mation, and  became  reconciled  to  her  change  of  abode  much  more  readily 
than  I  was  prepared  to  expect.  The  Vandalia  was  miserably  infested  by  rats, 
and  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours  she  received  her  first  lesson  in  the  valuable 
accomplishment  of  catching  them.  A  young  rat  was  caught  in  a  trap  and  pre- 
sented to  her  attention  ;  she  hesitated  but  a  moment,  when  she  commenced 
struggling  to  get  at  it,  and  when  permitted  she  pounced  upon  it  with  great 
fierceness  ;  she  walked  about  growling  with  her  prize,  evidently  proud  of  the 
conquest.  She  afterwards  played  with  it  for  about  three  hours,  performing 
many  fantastic  tricks  in  the  way  of  tossing  it  up  and  catching  it  as  it  came 

[March, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  S3 

down,  turning  somer-saults  and  rolling  over  with  it  in  her  paws.  After  this 
she  seemed  quite  at  home,  and  required  no  more  lessons  in  rat-catching, 
though  she  eventually  became  very  expert.  It  occasionally  happened  that  a 
rat  was  seen  or  heard  in  a  store  room  or  corner  from  which  there  was  no 
secret  escape,  and  in  all  such  cases  Miss  Tiger  was  immediately  called  upon 
and  carried  to  the  scene  of  action.  She  generally  pointed  out  by  her  actions 
the  locality  of  the  object  of  pursuit,  and  stood  ready  to  pounce  upon  it  on  the 
very  first  opportunity.  On  these  occasions  she  sometimes  made  tremendously 
long  bounds,  say  ten  feet.  Escapes  in  these  cases  were  very  rare.  She 
eventually  came  to  understand  this  business  so  well,  that  when  called  she 
would  run  out  and  exhibit  an  eagerness  to  be  picked  up  and  carried,  com- 
parable to  that  of  a  child  who  expects  to  be  lifted  into  a  carriage.  In  attack- 
ing rats  she  was  quite  fearless,  and  so  far  as  known  was  never  hurt  by  them. 
She  mostly  seized  them  by  the  back  of  the  neck  or  head,  but  was  not  at  all 
particular  if  these  parts  did  not  happen  to  be  the  first  in  her  reach.  She  soon 
crushed  the  skull  by  forcing  her  long  cuspid  teeth  through  it,  generally  kill- 
ing her  prey  so  quickly  that  it  was  not  even  heard  to  squeal.  After  playing 
with  it  a  moderate  time,  she  would  eat  it,  commencing  with  the  head  and  pro- 
gressing steadily  till  she  finished  with  the  end  of  the  tail,  only  stopping  a 
moment  to  lick  her  chops,  when  she  came  to  the  heart  or  other  titbit.  Imag- 
ining that  the  hair  and  hide  were  not  very  good  food  for  her,  I  once  partially 
skinned  one  that  she  might  learn  to  tear  off  the  skin  and  leave  it  ;  but  this 
was  labor  lost,  as  she  immediately  began  to  eat  the  skin,  hair  and  all,  in  pre- 
ference to  the  other  part.  Rats  were  sometimes  taken  from  her  and  thrown 
overboard,  as  she  occasionally  caught  more  than  she  could  manage  to  eat ; 
but  she  soon  began  to  show  her  disapprobation  of  this  measure  by  a  very 
startling,  fierce  and  threatening  growl.  The  first  occasion  it  waked  me  up  at 
about  midnight,  and  when  I  went  out  to  inquire  what  was  wrong  with  Miss 
Tiger,  I  found  her  sitting  near  a  big  rat  and  growling  in  a  very  unusual  and 
startling  manner  at  about  six  men  whom  she  had  driven  from  their  beds  by 
her  threatening.  They  were  standing  around  her  with  various  weapons  in 
their  hands,  but  there  was  very  little  prospect  of  moving  her  without  some 
severe  bites  and  scratches.  As  I  approached  a  little  nearer  than  the  rest  she 
showed  a  disposition  to  take  her  prize  in  her  mouth,  and  while  her  teeth  were 
thus  employed  I  caught  her  by  the  top  of  her  shoulders  and  she  permitted  me, 
without  the  least  resistance,  to  carry  her  off,  rat  and  all,  to  a  place  on  deck, 
where  her  growling  could  not  annoy  the  sleepers.  She  was  frequently  carried 
off  in  this  manner  afterwards  both  by  myself  and  by  others.  She  would  sit 
by  the  hour  very  quietly  near  her  property,  till  she  was  disturbed  by  some 
movement  near  her,  when  she  would  commence  with  her  threatening  growl, 
which  was  loud  enough  and  fierce  enough  to  make  the  firmest  stand  back, 
till  they  had  seen  and  reflected  on  the  state  of  affairs.  She  had  another 
gentle,  plaintive  growl,  which  she  used  in  calling  for  her  breakfast  and  in 
showing  dissatisfaction  on  ordinary  slight  occasions.  She  had  no  cry  which 
could  be  compared  to  the  mewing  of  the  cat,  but  she  could  purr  to  perfection 
when  in  search  of  a  warm  bed.  Her  favorite  food  was  rare  beef  steak,  which 
she  even  preferred  to  rats  ;  but  hunger  and  petting  eventually  induced  her  to 
eat  bread  and  butter  for  her  breakfast,  whenever  she  had  a  night  of  unsuc- 
cessful hunting. 

The  gentleness  of  this  pet  was  really  astonishing.  She  allowed  herself  to 
be  picked  up  by  any  body,  without  any  worse  mark  of  dissatisfaction  than  a 
little  growling.  Even  when  feeding,  and  under  apprehension  that  her  rat  was 
about  to  be  taken  from  her,  she  would  not  bite  or  scratch.  She  would  play 
with  a  handkerchief  much  in  the  same  manner  as  with  a  rat.  She  was  fond 
of  being  handled,  and  when  rubbed  with  the  hand  she  would  roll  about  on 
her  back  and  pretend  she  was  going  to  bite,  seizing  the  fingers  between  her 
teeth,  growling  and  biting  with  such  cautious  gentleness  as  not  to  be  in  any 
I860.] 


84  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

danger  of  wounding  the  skin.  But  one  exception  to  this  occurred  ;  one  of 
the  officers  attempted  to  play  with  her  in  this  manner  with  kid  gloves  on,  and 
was  immediately  punished  for  his  foppery  by  having  her  long  teeth  instantly 
forced  through  both  his  glove  and  his  finger.  She  may  have  perceived  some 
difference  between  the  texture  of  the  gloves  and  that  of  the  fingers  on  which 
she  was  accustomed  to  try  her  teeth.  She  knew  very  well  where  to  find  warm 
sleeping  places.  She  would  for  this  purpose  visit  the  hammocks  of  the  men 
at  night,  and  waken  any  sleeper  she  happened  to  fancy  by  patting  him  gently 
on  the  face  with  her  paw.  If  encouraged  and  welcomed  by  a  pat  on  the  back 
or  top  of  the  head,  she  would  lie  down  either  against  his  breast  or  at  his  feet ; 
but  if  refused  by  one  or  two  very  gentle  boxes  on  the  ear,  she  would  retire 
with  a  discontented  growl  and  seek  a  more  hospitable  sleeper.  How  she 
learned  to  distinguish  between  the  taps  on  the  top  of  the  head  as  marks  of 
approbation,  and  those  on  the  sides  of  the  opposite  signification,  is  a  subject  of 
mystery,  but  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  fact ;  perhaps  some  of  the  men  may 
have  taught  her  the  difference  by  boxing  her  more  energetically. 

She  was  very  fond  of  licking  the  men  about  the  face  and  gently  pinching  their 
ears  in  her  teeth  ;  and  although  she  frequently  engaged  in  this  disagreeable 
amusement,  she  never  wounded  any  one  in  the  least  while  thus  occupied.  In 
cold  weather  she  was  very  fond  of  getting  between  blankets,  and  required  but 
the  very  slighest  encouragement  to  crawl  into  the  very  middle  of  a  bed  and 
roll  herself  up  in  this  position  for  her  morning  nap. 

On  one  occasion  it  was  noticed  that  she  had  a  large  tumor  on  the  side  of 
her  face,  and  a  large  abscess  formed.  It  was  at  first  supposed  that  she  had 
hurt  her  face  in  playing  with  a  catfish  ;  some  one,  however,  noticed  that  it 
proceeded  from  an  irregularity  in  shedding  one  of  the  milk  teeth.  One  of 
the  officers,  of  uncommon  zeal  in  such  matters,  proposed  to  hold  her  while 
the  obnoxious  tooth  was  extracted.  I  determined  to  gratify  him  in  this 
matter,  and  to  the  astonishment  of  all  he  held  Miss  Tiger  on  his  lap  while  I 
extracted  the  obnoxious  tooth  with  a  pair  of  forceps,  and  neither  of  us  was 
scratched  during  the  operation. 

She  was  fond  of  dark  places,  and  delighted  in  running  about  deck  and  up  the 
rigging  early  in  the  mornings  and  on  cloudy  days.  When  the  men  were 
called  aloft  to  furl  "top  gallant  sails,"  she  would  jump  to  the  shrouds  and 
have  a  race  with  them  up  the  rigging,  and  with  very  little  effort  she  was  ' '  first 
man  in  the  top. ' ' 

She  generally  showed  so  much  excitement  in  the  presence  of  birds,  that 
doubtless  her  instinct  would  lead  her  to  seize  them.  She  killed  three  or  four 
chickens  at  different  times  secretly,  and  off  Cape  Horn  she  seized  and  killed 
an  albatross  of  at  least  double  her  weight.  A  common  green  parrot  was 
at  one  time  on  board  and  she  was  exceedingly  eager  to  get  at  it,  but  she 
was  boxed  a  little  on  the  ears  and  her  head  turned  the  other  way  a  few  times, 
till  she  appeared  to  understand  that  it  was  not  for  her.  Subsequently,  when 
she  appeared  to  be  watching  it  too  intently,  she  was  boxed  a  little  and  driven, 
till  in  about  a  week  she  seemed  to  regard  it  as  one  of  the  family. 

In  the  beginning  of  December  we  were  passing  the  "West  India  Islands,  the 
ship,  in  her  course,  starting  flocks  of  flying  fish,  in  which  Miss  Tiger  became 
interested,  they  looked  so  much  like  birds.  She  was  observed  in  the  moon- 
light watching  them  very  intently.  Her  absence  was  noticed  at  breakfast. 
A  search  through  the  ship  made  it  certain  she  had  been  lost  overboard 
during   the  night. 


March  13th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 
Forty  members  present. 


[Marcb, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  85 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Description  of  four  new  species  of  Unionidae  from  Brazil,  by  Isaac 

Lea."     "Description  of  fifteen  new  species  of  Uruguayan  Unionida3,by 

Isaac  Lea." 

And  were  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Mr.  Lea  stated  that  when  he  made  some  remarks,  a  few  weeks  since,  on  the 
Unionida  of  the  United  States,  he  gave  th9  number  of  thetn  incorrectly  by  an 
inadvertence.     He  now  desired  to  restate  them  numerically  : 

Unio, 465  species. 

Margaritana,       .........  26 

Anodonta, 59  " 

550 
To  these  may  be  added,  new  species  in  his  cabinet  not  yet 

described,        ........  30 

580 
And  to  these  may  be  added,  for  North  America,  known  to 
inhabit  Jtlexico,  Honduras,  Central   America   and 
one  in  Canada,  Unio,  29 

Anodonta,      8 

—  37 


617 
It  will  be  observed  that  we  have  not  in  North  America  either  of  the  genera 
Triquetra,  (Hyria,  Lam.,)  Prisodon,  (Castalia,  Lam.,)  Monocondylcea,  Mycetopus, 
£yssa?idonta,  or  Plagiodon.  They  are  all  emphatically  South  American  types, 
while  there  does  not  seem  to  inhabit  the  southern  half  of  America  a  single 
species  of  Margaritana,  (Alasmodonta,  Say.)  Ferussac  has  described  a  species 
(A.  incurva)  as  coming  from  South  America,  but  there  is  reasonable  doubt  of 
it.  The  Monocondylcea  and  Margaritana  seem  mutually  to  replace  each  other. 
The  Uniones  and  Anodontce  prevail  in  both  parts  of  the  continent  over  all  the 
other  genera,  both  as  to  numbers  and  universality  of  distribution.  The  genus 
Mulleria,  (Acostea,  D'Orb.)  has  only  been  found  in  the  tributaries  of  the  Mag- 
dalena  in  New  Granada. 

Dr.  Leidy  called  the  attention  of  the  members  to  a  specimen  of  the  singular 
body,  named  Hyalonema  mirabilis,  recently  presented  by  Dr.  Ruschenberger. 
It  is  the  second  specimen  obtained  within  a  short  time  for  the  Academy.  Both 
are  from  Japan.  The  specimen  of  Hyalonema  exhibited,  consists  of  a  twisted 
cord  of  siliceous  spiculse  over  a  foot  in  length,  and  about  half  an  inch  in 
diameter.  Twisted  around  it  is  a  coriaceous  membrane  with  wart-like  eminen- 
ces, belonging  to  a  zoophyte,  which  Dr.  L.  regards  with  M.  Valenciennes  as 
parasitic.  The  cord  of  siliceous  spiculse,  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray  supposes  to  be  the 
axis  of  the  zoophyte,  but  Dr.  L.  with  M.  Valenciennes,  views  it  as  belonging 
to  a  sponge.  This  latter  view  is  apparently  confirmed  by  a  specimen  of  a 
sponge,  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Academy,  from  Santa  Cruz,  presented  by  the  late 
Dr.  Griffith.  This  sponge  is  an  oblong  oval  mass,  about  four  inches  long,  sur- 
mounted at  one  extremity  with  a  corona  of  twisted  cords  of  siliceous  spiculse 
about  two  inches  in  length.  These  spiculse  are  very  similar  in  structure  to 
those  of  the  Hyalonema,  mainly  differing  in  size. 

The  Publication  Committee  laid  on  the  table,  part  3,  vol.  4,  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Academy. 
I860.] 


0(3  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

March  20th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  New  Jersey, 
by  W.  M.  Gabb." 

"  Description  of  four  new  species  of  Melanidae  of  the  United  States, 
by  Isaac  Lea." 

"  Description  of  five  new  species  of  Uniones  from  Alabama,  by  Isaac 
Lea." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Dr.  Leidy  announced  the  presentation  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  of  his 
entire  collection  of  birds,  amounting  to  26,000  mounted  specimens, 
and  2,000  skins. 

Mr.  Cassin  said,  in  relation  to  the  presentation  of  the  collection  of 
birds  now  in  the  Museum  of  this  Academy,  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson : 

The  collection  of  birds  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  has  been 
regarded  for  some  years  as  the  collection  of  this  Academy,  and  is  ex- 
tensively known  and  referred  to  as  such  by  authors  and  naturalists. 
The  donation  this  evening,  so  liberally  and  characteristically  made  by 
Dr.  Wilson,  involves  only  a  change  of  ownership,  or  transfer  of  title, 
with  the  further  important  consideration  that  it  secures  the  collection 
to  the  Academy,  as  intended  by  Dr.  Wilson,  in  perpetuity  and  without 
contingency. 

Previous  to  this  donation  the  collection  has  been  the  private  property 
of  Dr.  Wilson,  and  has  been  accumulated  from  various  sources,  since 
1845,  with  great  judgment,  and  with  constant  and  unremitted  exertion 
on  his  part  and  also  on  the  part  of  his  brother,  Mr.  Edward  Wilson, 
long  resident  in  Europe.  The  latter  named  gentleman  has  most  ably 
and  successfully  seconded  his  brother  in  the  greatest  enterprises  ever 
entered  upon  in  America,  having  for  their  object  the  promotion  of  the 
Zoological  Sciences  and  of  general  Natural  History.  The  results  mainly 
have  been,  at  this  period,  the  formation  of  the  Library  of  this  Academy 
and  of  its  collections  in  all  departments,  but  especially  in  Mineralogy, 
Palaeontology,  Conchology,  Crustacea,  Icthyology  and  Ornithology. 

The  very  extensive  and  comprehensive  series  now  presented,  with 
the  comparatively  small  collection  previously  owned  by  the  Academy, 
comprise  one  of  the  most  complete  Ornithological  Museums  extant.  It 
is,  in  fact,  one  of  the  four  great  collections  of  birds  in  the  world,  and, 
so  far  as  can  be  ascertained  from  published  catalogues,  is  fairly  entitled 
to  be  considered  as  presenting  facilities  for  study  in  this  favorite 
branch  of  Natural  History  equal  to  those  of  any  other  Institution. 

Mainly,  the  collection  of  Dr.  Wilson  was  based  on  that  of  General 
Massena,  Duke  of  Rivoli,  and  his  son,  M.  Victor  Massena,  Prince 
D'Essling,  which  was  regarded  as  the  finest  private  collection  in 
Europe.  This  was  acquired  by  purchase  in  1846,  and  brought  to  this 
country.     Various  other  valuable  and  more  or  less  extensive  collections 

[Marchj 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  87 

have  been  added  since  that  period,  including  Mr.  Gould's  Australian 
birds,  which  are  the  types  of  his  great  work,  "  The  Birds  of  Austra- 
lia/' and  embracing  all  the  species  then  known,  except  five  only. 
Another  important  collection,  mainly  Parrots,  Humming  Birds  and 
Tanagers,  was  that  of  M.  Bourcier,  a  distinguished  French  Ornitholo- 
gist, and  quite  equally  so  was  a  collection  made  in  the  interior  coun- 
tries of  India  by  Capt.  Boys,  of  the  East  India  Company's  service. 
Very  important,  too,  are  collections  from  the  Ley  den  Museum,  through 
the  influence  of  the  eminent  naturalists  now  or  lately  attached  to  that 
great  Institution,  particularly  the  celebrated  Temminck,  and  many 
others  obtained  in  Europe  through  the  faithful  and  judicious  exertions 
of  Mr.  Edward  Wilson  for  the  interests  of  this  Academy. 

Numerous  other  smaller  additions  have  been  made,  whenever  oppor- 
tunity presented,  in  this  country,  by  Br.  Wilson,  and  also  have  been 
derived  from  European  Naturalists  by  exchange  and  purchase  to  the 
extent  of  several  thousand  specimens.  Messrs.  Verreaux,  the  well-known 
commercial  Naturalists  and  Ornithologists  of  Paris,  have  been  of  ex- 
ceeding service,  and  but  little  less  so  has  been  Mr.  John  Gr.  Bell,  of 
New  York,  the  principal  commercial  Naturalist  in  this  country,  whose 
high  interest  in  the  prosperity  of  the  Academy  and  scientific  know- 
ledge has  never  failed  to  be  exerted  and  always  has  been  of  great  value 
in  the  extension  of  the  collection.  Mr.  John  Krider,  Mr.  William  S. 
Wood  and  Mr.  James  Taylor,  of  this  city,  have  also  furnished  to  Br. 
Wilson  many  valuable  specimens,  and  all  of  these  gentlemen  have  in- 
variably shown  the  utmost  cheerfulness  and  liberality  in  their  business 
with  the  Museum  of  the  Academy. 

The  collection  now  presented  by  Br.  Wilson  has  been  derived  from 
the  following  sources,  and  includes  specimens  nearly  as  here  enumer- 
ated : 

Bivoli  collection,  1st  purchase,         -         -  12,500  specimens, 

do.  do.         2d       do.  -         -         -       2,500  <• 

Mr.  Gould's  Australian  collection,    -         -  2,000  u 

M.  Bourcier's  collection,      ....       1,000  " 

Capt.  Boys'  collection,     ....  1,000  " 

Mr.  Edward  Wilson's  collections  in  Europe, 
including  collections  from  the  Leyden  and  Bri- 
tish Museums, 4,500  " 

Br.  Thos.  B.  Wilson's  collections  in  Europe,       1,000  " 

do.  do.  do.        in  the  U.  S.,    .  1,500  " 


Total  now  presented  to  the  Academy,         26,000  " 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  add  that  the  collection  previously  owned  by 
the  Academy  comprises  about  3000  specimens,  including  a  very  supe- 
rior North  American  series  derived  from  nearly  all  ornitluologists  in 
the  United  States,  who  have  invariably  shown  the  greatest  interest  in 
the  formation  of  the  large  collection  of  this  Academy.  The  aggregate 
number  of  specimens  exhibited  and  now  belonging  to  the  Academy  is 
therefore  about  twenty-nine  thousand  birds. 
I860.] 


83  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Mr.  Lea  read  extracts  from  letters  of  Dr.  Lewis,  of  Mohawk,  New  York,  on 
the  subject  of  the  coloring  matter  of  the  nacre  of  the  genus  Unio,  and  exhibited 
some  fine  specimens  to  illustrate  the  subject.  The  following  extracts  will  fully 
convey  Dr.  Lewis's  ideas  on  this  subject  which  has  much  interest  with  the 
naturalist. 

"  I  hinted  something  about  Uniones  being  colored  with  an  oxide  or  salt  of 
gold.  My  reasons  for  this  are  derived  from  observing  some  singular  phenomena 
in  colors  on  submitting  shells  to  the  action  of  chloride  of  gold,  and  then  bring- 
ing them  in  contact  with  tin.  Whether  a  stannate  of  gold  formed  and  precipi- 
tated on  the  shells  or  not,  I  cannot  say,  but  the  colors  were  very  much  intensi- 
fied. It  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  colors  of  such  shells  as  Unio  complanatus 
and  of  U.  ligamentinus,  when  colored,  are  such  as  result  from  the  presence  of  gold 
in  a  state  of  atomic  division  and  dissemination  in  a  semi-opake  body.  I  think 
nitro-muriatic  acid  with  a  minute  trace  of  gold  in  it,  if  applied  to  shells,  will 
produce  colors,  but  I  never  have  satisfactorily  demonstrated  this.  My  observa- 
tions are  derived  from  having  once  used  acid  in  which  was  a  small  quantity  of 
gold,  too  small  to  be  reclaimed." 

"  I  notice  that  colors  are  most  brilliant  in  regions  where  gold  may  be  sus- 
pected. In  the  Lake  regions  of  the  Western  States,  minerals  are  abundant, 
and  the  conditions  are  not  incompatible  with  the  supposition  that  gold  is  spar- 
ingly disseminated  among  them,  in  quantities  too  small  perhaps  to  be  available, 
but  no  doubt  it  is  there." 

"As  regards  colors  in  the  nacre  of  Uniones,  j  on  are  correct  in  saying  that 
Uniones  are  colored  where  there  is  no  gold.  Hut  there  are  some  species  that  are 
not  colored  unless  you  find  them  in  some  particular  localities.  If  that  is  taken 
iuto  consideration  we  shall,  perhaps,  be  more  ready  to  accept  the  gold  theory. 
Modern  investigations  show  that  gold  exists  in  soils  that,  until  they  were  rigidly 
tested,  were  not  suspected  to  contain  it.  In  fact  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that 
gold  is  more  universally  disseminated  than  is  generally  supposed." 

"  But,  the  question  is  one  I  take  no  particular  interest  in,  except  that,  it  pre- 
sents itself  incidentally.  I  know  one  fact  that  you  'also  know.  That  of  two 
streams  producing  identically  the  same  species,  one  will  give  a  large  propor- 
tion of  white  nacres,  and  the  other  will  present  colored  nacres,  and  usually  we 
also  notice  another  phenomenon — a  greater  brilliancy  of  nacre  where  rich  colors 
abound.  In  this  case  I  have  my  private  opinion  that  gold  produces  its  peculiar 
tonic  effect,  for  tonic  it  is  under  certain  circumstances  by  increasing  the  secre- 
tions." 

"  To  have  gold  in  a  shell,  it  is  not  necessary  it  should  be  an  oxide.  It  is  only 
necessary  it  should  have  been  received  into  the  circulation  of  the  animal,  in 
solution  as  chloride,  or  some  other  possible  soluble  form  that  chemistry  has  not 
brought  to  light;  and  when  once  in  the  circulation  it  may  be  eliminated  by  be- 
ing deprived  of  its  solving  principle  and  excreted  or  secreted  with  the  other 
solid  matter  that  enters  into  the  formation  of  the  shell.  The  stannate  of  gold,  or 
purple  of  Cassius,  may  be  wholly  deprived  of  the  tin  associated  with  it,  yet  re- 
tain its  purple  color,  and  its  condition  of  atomic  division,  if  so  you  are  pleased 
to  call  it.  But  I  only  offer  this  as  suggestive  of  something  for  those  interested 
to  follow  further.  I  am  not  enough  of  a  chemist  to  develop  any  facts  out  of  a 
suspicion  of  this  kind." 

Mr.  Lea  remarked,  after  reading  the  above  extracts,  that  the  purple,  pink  and 
salmon  color  of  many  of  our  American  Unionidce  had  had  his  attention  from  the 
period  of  his  first  studying  this  beautiful  and  interesting  family,  more  than  thirty 
years  since.  Without  having  experimented  himself  upon  them,  he  was  aware 
that  no  chemist  had  been  able  to  detect  the  presence  of  a  metal  or  other 
elementary  body.  .  He  therefore  thought  it  likely  to  be  caused  by  the  presence 
of  some  organic  body  which  had  not  yet  been  detected;  such  is  supposed  by 
chemists  to  be  the  case  with  the  colored  fluates  of  lime,  colored  quartz,  &c. 
What  Dr.  Lewis  states  as  regards  the  colors  being  more  frequent  and  more  in- 
tense in  the  waters  of  Michigan  and  iri»the  streams  leading  into  the  northern 

[March, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  89 

great  lakes  from  the  southern  side,  is  very  true.  The  Unio  rectus  is  usually 
white  in  the  Ohio,  though  sometimes  tinted  with  purple  and  salmon  color,  while 
in  the  more  northern  waters  it  is  usually  of  a  fine  rich  purple  or  salmon.  Two 
specimens  from  the  upper  Mississippi,  brought  by  Dr.  Cooper,  were  exhibited 
by  Mr.  Lea,  which  were  of  exquisite  purple  and  salmon.  The  Unio  ligamentinus 
has  probably  never  been  found  pink  or  purple  in  the  Ohio,  while  at  Grand 
Rapids,  Michigan,  those  with  a  fine  pink  and  salmon  color  are  very  common. 
The  Margaritana  margaritifera  of  Columbia  river  and  its  tributaries  has  a  fine 
purple  nacre  in  almost  all  the  specimens,  rarely  white,  while  those  in  the  rivers 
of  Pennsylvania,  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  are  almost  universally  white, 
as  those  from  the  northern  part  of  Europe  are  also. 

Dr.  Draper  had  informed  Mr.  Lea  that  he  had  calcined  some  of  these  purple 
shells,  but  that  they  had  burned  white  and  he  had  not  detected  any  metallic  sub- 
tance  in  their  composition.  The  subject  was  certainly  one  well  worth  the  pursuit, 
as  no  doubt  could  remain  that  the  color  was  derived  from  some  foreign  sub- 
stance entering  into  the  composition  of  some  individuals,  while  others  were 
free  from  it.  It  was  not  an  uncommon  case  to  find  the  dorsal  portion  of 
the  nacre  to  be  pink  or*  purple  while  the  other  portions  were  white,  and  this  was 
also  sometimes  the  case  with  the  cavity  of  the  beaks.  Mr.  Lea  did  not  believe 
the  color  arose,  as  some  persons  supposed,  from  the  structure  of  the  surface  of 
the  nacre  dividing  the  rays  of  light  by  thin  laminations.  This  division  of 
color  was  exhibited  in  almost  every  species,  and  is  what  naturalists  call  the 
"  pearly  hue,"  oftentimes  of  great  beauty,  but  quite  a  different  matter  from 
the  pink,  purple  and  salmon  color  of  the  mass  of  the  carbonate  of  lime  com- 
posing the  substance  of  the  valves. 


March  27th. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-eight  members  present. 

The  following  papers  on  report  of  the  respective  committees  were 
ordered  to  be  printed  in  the  Proceedings : 

Descriptions  of  Four  New  Species  of  TJNIONIDiE  from  Brazil  and  Buenos  Ayres. 

BY  ISAAC    LEA. 

Unio  trifidus. — Testa  lrevi,  obliquo-oblonga,  ad  latere  planulata,  valde  in- 
nequilaterali,  postice  acute  angulata,  antice  rotunda  ;  valvulis  crassiusculis, 
antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus  prominentibus,  ad  apices  rugose  et  divaricate  un- 
dulatis ;  epidermide  micante,  luteo-virldi,  eradiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus 
grandibus,  trifidis,  sulcatis  ;  lateralibus  longis,  crenulatis,  in  valvulo  dextro 
trifidis  ;  margarita,  argentea  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Buenos  Ayres,  South  America.     M.  D'Orbigny. 

Unio  patelloides. — Testa  laevi,  subrotunda,  subcompressa,  subeequilaterali, 
antice  et  postice  rotundata ;  valvulis  subcrassis,  antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus 
prominulis,  ad  apices  divaricate  undulatis ;  epidermide  tenebroso-castanea, 
striata,,  eradiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  longis,  compressis,  obliquis,  crenulatis 
corrugatisque ;  lateralibus  longis,  crenulatis  curvisque  ;  margarita  argentea 
et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Amazon  River,  Brazil.  Captain  George  Brown.  Rio  Plata.  H.Cum- 
ing. 

Anodonta  Amazonensis. — Testa.  Isevi,  transversa,  subinflata.,  valde  insequi- 
laterali,  postice  subbiangulata,  antice  rotunda;  valvulis  subcrassis;  natibus 
I860.] 


90  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

subelevatis,  tumidis  ;  epidermide  micante,  tenebroso-viridi,  nigricaate,  vel  era- 
diata  vel  obsoletfe  radiata ;  margarita  intus  subrosea  et  valde  iridescente. 
Hab. — Upper  Amazon,  Brazil.     C.  M.  Wheatley. 

Anodonta  Moricandii. — Testa.  la;vi,  oblique  quadrata,  subinflata,  ad  latere 
planulata,  valde  inzequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  angulata  et  biante ;  antice 
oblique  rotundata.  et  valde  hiante  ;  valvulis  tenuibus,  diaphinis ;  natibus  sub- 
prominentibus ;  epidermide  luteo-oliva,  polita,  obsolete  radiata,  margarita 
caeruleo-alba.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Bahia,  Brazil.     S.  Moricand,  Geneva. 


Descriptions  of  Fifteen  new  Species  of  Uruguayan  TJNIONIDiE. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

During  the  winter  of  1858-59,  R.  B.Forbes,  Esq.,  of  Boston,  whose  name  has 
been  identified  with  so  many  works  of  philanthropy  and  public  utility,  organ- 
ized an  excursion  to  the  La  Plata,  the  Uruguay  and  Rio  Negro  rivers,  in  South 
America;  his  object  in  part  being  to  afford  facilities  for  studying  the  natural  his- 
tory of  the  countries  bordering  on  these  waters.  Professor  J.  Wyman,  who  ac- 
companied him,  has  most  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal  all  the  specimens  of  the 
Unionidoz  which  he  had  been  enabled  to  collect  in  these  extensive  southern  fresh 
waters.  In  this  very  interesting  collection  I  was  surprised  to  find  so  many 
species  which  had  not  been  before  observed.  These  are  now  herein  described, 
and  consist  of  eleven  Uniones  and  four  Anodonta.  The  whole  number  brought 
of  these  fresh  water  Mulluscs,  was  twenty-three  species.  Those  heretofore  de- 
scribed are  Prisodon  truncatus,  Schum.,  (Caslalia  ambigua,  Lam.,)  Unio  Para- 
nensis,  Lea.,  U. parallelopipedon,  Lea.,  Anodonta  rotunda,  Spix,  A.  trapezalis,  Lam., 
A.  laio-marginata,  Lea,  A.  tenebricosa,  Lea,  A.  Blainvilliana,  Lea.  In  addition 
there  were  three  small  species  of  Cyrena,  two  of  which  I  have  not  ascertained, 
the  third  is  the  variegata  of  D'Orbigny.  There  was  also  a  small  species  of 
Cyclas. 

Unio  Wymanii. — Testa  lsevi,  antice  subsulcata,  quadrata,  compressa,  ad  latere 
planulata,  inaequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  angulata,  antice  rotundata;  valvulis 
subcrassis,  antice  crassioribus ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  divaricate  undu- 
latis ;  epidermide  tenebroso-oliva,  vel  eradiata.  vel  obsolete  radiata ;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  compressis,  erectis,  crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus  ;  later- 
alibus  longis,  crenulatis  subcurvisque  ;  margarita  argentea.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  Ueuguayensis. — Testa  laevi,  antice  subsulcata,  elliptica,  inflata,  subequi- 
laterali,  postice  obtuse  angulata,  antice  rotundata ;  valvulis  subcrassis,  antice 
crassioribus;  natibus  subprominentibus,  ad  apices  divaricate  undulatis;  epid- 
ermide virido-fusca,  postice  tenebricosa,  polita,  obsolete  radiata ;  dentibus  car- 
dinalibus compressis,  crenulatis  suberectisque  ;  lateralibus  longis  subrectisque  ; 
margarita  argentea  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  piger. — TestS,  laevi,  elliptic^,  inflata,  subequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  ar.- 
gulata,  antice  oblique  rotundata ;  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  paulisper  cras- 
sioribus ;  natibus  subprominentibus,  inflatis,  ad  apices  divaricate  undulatis  ; 
epidermide  nigro-fusca,  striata,  obsolete  radiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  com- 
pressis, crenulatis ;  lateralibus  sublongis  curvisque ;  margarita  argentea  et 
iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  per^eformis. — Testa,  laevi,  subrotunda,  inflata,  valde  insequilaterali, 
postice  obtuse  subangulata,,  antice  oblique  rotundata;  valvulis  subcrassis,  an- 
tice paulisper  crassioribus  ;  natibus  vis  prominentibus,  inflatis ;  epidermide 

[March, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  91 

striata,  nigro-virente,  eradiata;  detitibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  compressis 
crenulatisque;  lateralibus  sublongis  subrectisque  ;  margarita.  argentea  et  iri- 
descente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  NocTDRNis. — Testa,  laevi,  subrotunda,  subcompressa,  inaequilaterali,  an- 
tice et  postice  rotundata;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  crassioribus :  natibus  promi- 
nulis, subinflatis ;  epidermide  nigricante,  antice  rugoso-striata,  eradiata;  den- 
tibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  erectis ;  subcompressis,  in  utroque  valvule- 
duplicibus;  lateralibus  sublongis  valde  curvisque ;  margarita  vel  alba  vel 
salmonis  colore  tincta. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  fcnebralis. — Testa  lsevi,  subrotundata,  compressissima,  inaequilaterali, 
antice  et  postice  rotundata ;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  crassioribus ;  natibus 
prominulis,  compressis ;  epidermide  nigricante,  striata,  ad  apices  micante, 
eradiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  subcompressis,  tripartitis ;  later- 
alibus sublongis  valde  curvisque  ;  margarita  vel  alba  vel  salmonis  colore  tincta. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  gratus. — Testa,  lsevi,  subrotunda,  subinflata,  inaequilaterali,  antice  et 
postice  rotundata;  valvulis  subcrassis,  antice  paulisper  crassioribus;  natibus 
subprominentibus,  ad  apices  divaricate  undulatis  ;  epidermide  tenebroso-fusca, 
micante,  obsolete  radiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  compressis 
striatisque  ;  lateralibus  sublongis  subcurvisque  :  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  disculus. — Testa  laevi,  subrotunda,  valde  compressa,  valde  inaequilat- 
erali, antice  et  postice  rotundata  ;  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  paulisper  cras- 
sioribus; natibus  subprominentibus,  ad  apices  paulisper  divaricate  undulatis ; 
epidermide  tenebroso-castanea,  minute  striata  obsolete  radiataque  ;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  parviusculis,  lamellatis  crenulatisque;  lateralibus  sublongis,  stri- 
atis  curvisque ;  margarita  alba,  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  pickus. — Testa  lsevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  valde  inaequilaterali,  postice 
subrotundata,  antice  oblique  rotundata;  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  paulisper 
crassioribus ;  natibus  prominulis  ;  epidermide  micante,  nigra,  striata  obsolete 
radiata  vel  eradiata ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  compressis,  obliquis, 
in  valvulo  sinistro  singulis ;  lateralibus  subloDgis  subcurvisque ;  margarita 
caerulea,  alba  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  lepidus. — Testa  lsevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  valde  inaequilaterali,  postice 
subrotundata,  antice  rotunda;  valvulis  subtenuibus,  antice  paulisper  crassiori- 
bus; natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  rugose  et  divaricate  undulatis;  epidermide 
polita,  fusco-virente,  striata,  radiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  com- 
pressis, obliquis  ;  lateralibus  sublongis  subcurvisque ;  margarita  caeruleo-alba, 
et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Unio  JEthiops. — Testa,  laevi,  oblonga,  subinflata,  ad  latere  planulata,  valde 
inaequilaterali,  postice  biangulata,  antice  rotundata;  valvulis  crassiusculis, 
antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus  prominulis,  planulatis,  ad  apices  divaricate  undu- 
latis ;  epidermide  micante,  nigra,  striata,  eradiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  par- 
viusculis, compressis,  obliquis,  suberectis  crenulatisque  ;  lateralibus  praelongis, 
crenulatis  rectisque  ;  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Anodonta  Wymanii. — Testa,  laevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  inaequilaterali,  postice 
subbiangulata,  antice  regulariter  rotundata;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  paulisper 

I860.] 


92  PROCEEDINGS   OP  THE   ACADEMY    OF 

crassioribus ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  sequis  ;  epidermide  cinnoinomea,  vel 
eradiata  vel  obsolete  radiata ;  margarita  rosea  et  valde  iridescente. 
Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Anodonta  rubicunda — Testa  alata,  laevi,  subrotu  nda,  inflata,  subequilaterali, 
antice  et  postice  rotundata.;  valvulis  subtenuibus  ;  natibus  elevatis,  tumidis, 
rosaceis ;  epidermide  tenebroso-rufo-fusca,  vel  obsolete  radiata  vel  eradiata. 
margarita  rufo-salmonis  colore  tincta  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wymau. 

Anodonta  Forbesiana. — Testa  laevi,  suboblonga,  ventricosa,  inaequilaterali, 
valvulis  crassiusculis ;  natibus  elevatis,  inflitis  ;  epidermide  luteo-fusca, 
micante,  vel  eradiata  vel  obsolete  radiata  ;  margarita  albida,  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 

Anodonta  Uruouayensis. — Testa  laevi,  obovata,  ventricosa,  valde  inaequilat- 
erali; valvulis  subcrassis,  antice  paulisper  crassioribus;  naiibus  subelevatis, 
tumidis  ;  epidermide  tenebroso-oliva,  eradiata;  margarita  caeruleo-alba  et  valde 
iridescente. 

Hab. — Uruguay  River,  S.  America.     Prof.  J.  Wyman. 


Descriptions  of  Five  New  Species  of  TJNIONES    from  North  Alabama. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

Unio  pr/Dicns. — Testa  laevi,  subtrigona,  compressa,  inaequilaterali,  postice 
obtuse  angulata,  antice  rotunda  ;  valvulis  subcrassis,  antice  crassioribus  ;  na- 
tibus prominulis,  ad  apices  rugoso-undulatis ;  epidermide  luteo-fusca,  micante, 
virido-radiata  ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  crassiusculis,  erectis,  compressis  crenu- 
latisque  ;  lateralibus  subcurtis,  crassis  subcurvisque  ;  margarita  alba  et  irides- 
cente. 

Hab. — North  Alabama,  Prof.  Tuomey ;  and  Florence,  Alabama,  L.  B.  Thorn- 
ton, Esq. 

Unio  camelopardilis. — Testa  laevi,  oblonga,  subinflata,  inaequilaterali,  postice 
obtuse  biangulata,  antice  regulariter  rotundata ;  valvulis  subtenuibus,  antice 
crassioribus ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  rugoso-undulatis  ;  epidermide 
lutea,  polita,  undique  virido-maculata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  erectis, 
compresso-pyramidatis  crenulatisque  ;  lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis  subrectis- 
que  ;  margarita  luteo-alba.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — North  Alabama,  Prof.  Tuomey. 

Unio  fucatus. — Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  valde  inaequilaterali,  postice 
subbiangulata,  antice  rotundata ;  valvulis  tenuibus,  antice  paulisper  crassiori- 
bus ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  undulatis  ;  epidermide  olivo-lutea,  micante, 
undique  virido-maculata  ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  compresso-conicis,  cre- 
nulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus  ;  lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis  subcur- 
visque; margarita  vel  caerulea.  vel  luteo-alba  et  valde  iiidescente. 

Hab. — North  Alabama,  Prof.  Tuomey.    Tuscumbia,  L.  B.  Thornton,  Esq. 

Unio  discrepans. — Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  ad  latere  subplanulata, 
valde  inaequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  biangulata,  antice  rotundata ;  valvulis 
subtenuibus,  antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus  prominulis ;  epidermide  luteo-oliva, 
micante,  radiata  ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  compresso-conicis  crenulatis- 
que ;  lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis  subcurvisque  ;  margarita  vel  alba  vel  pur- 
purea et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — North  Alabama,  Prof.  Tuomey. 

Unio  planicostatus. — Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  compressa,  ad  latere  subplanulata, 
valde  inaequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  biangulata;  antice  rotundata;  valvulis 
tenuibus,  diaphanis,  antice  paulisper  crassioribus:  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices 

[March, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  93 

undulatis  ;  epidermide  olivacea,  undique  radiatd ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  par- 
vis,  conicis,  crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus;  lateralibus  longis  lamel- 
latis  subcurvisque  ;    margarita  vel  caeruleo-alba  vel   purpurascente   et  valde 
iridescente. 
Hab. — Tuscumbia,  Alabama,  L.  B.  Thornton,  Esq. 

Unio  scitulus. — Testa  Lsevi,  elliptica,  inflata,  valde  insequilaterali,  postice 
obtuse  biangulata,  antice  rotundata;  valvulis  subtenuibus,  antice  crassiorib  us  ; 
natibus  prorninentibus,  ad  apices  undulatis;  epidermide  lutea,  undique  virido- 
radiata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  erectis,  acuminatis,  crenulatis,  in 
utroque  valvulo  duplicibus ;  lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis  subrectisque ;  mar- 
garita alba  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Tuscumbia,  Alabama,  L.  B.  Thornton,  Esq. 


Descriptions  of  Four  New  Species  of  MELANID2E  of  the  United  States. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

ScHizocHiLtrs  Showalteeii. — Testa,  transverse  costata,  subcylindraeea, 
crassa,  castanea,  minute  striata  ;  spira,  elevata  ;  suturis  impressis  ;  anfractibus 
subplanulatis  ;  fissura  submagna,  profunda  ;  apertura  subparva,  elliptica,,  intus 
vittata,;  columella  subcrassa ;  labro  paulisper  crenulato. 

Hab. — Coosa  river,  Uniontown,  Alabama.     E.  E.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Anculosa  Showalterii. — Testa  valde  costata,  suborbiculari,  crassa,  tenebroso- 
fusca,  nigricante.  exilissime  striata  ;  spira  brevissima  ;  suturis  valde  impressis; 
anfractibus  inflatis,  septenis  transversis  costis  indutis  ;  apertura  magna,  sub- 
rotunda,  superne  subangulata,  interne  tenebroso-vittata ;  columella  crassa, 
planulata,  tenebroso-fusca:  labro  valde  extenso  et  valde  crenulato. 

Hab.— Coosa,  river,  Uniontown,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Melania  crenatella. — Testa,  transverse  striata,  turrito-subulata,  subcostata, 
paulisper  plicata,  subtenui,  tenebroso-fusca,  nigricante  ;  spha.  elevata,  ad  apices 
crebre  plicata  ;  suturis  valde  impressis  ;  anfractibus  septenis,  planulatis,  trans- 
versis costis  indutis;  apertura  parva,  elliptica,  intus  vittata;  columella 
albida,  incurvata  ;   labro  subcontract  et  valde  crenulato. 

Hab.— Coosa  river,  Uniontown,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Melania  Newberryi.— Testa  laevi,  ovato-conica,  subtenui,  tenebroso-fusca, 
trivittata,  inferne  suturis  lutea;  spira  subelevata  ;  suturis  valde  impressis; 
anfractibus  senis,  inflatis;  apertura  parviuscula,  ovato-rotundata,  intus  albida. 
et  vittata  ;   columella  albida,  incurvata  ;  labro  inflato. 

Hab. — Upper  des  Chutes  river,  Oregon  Territory.     J.  S.  Newberry,  M.  D. 


Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils  frcm  New  Jersey. 

BY   WM.    M.    GABB. 
Act^onina  D'Orb. 

A.  b  i  p  1  i  c  a  t  a  ,  pi.  2,  fig.  13. 

Actceon  biplicata,  M.  &  H. 

This  fossil  I  had  considered  new,  but  have,  since  the  plate  was  drawn,  seen 
the  type  of  Meek  and  Hayden's  species,  to,  which  it  bears  such  a  close  resem- 
blance, that  I  shall  refer  it  to  their  species.  The  fact  of  its  having  been  re- 
ferred to  another  genus,  and  the  figure  not  having  been  published,  misled  me. 
The  existence  of  two  folds  on  the  columella,  which  can  be  seen  in  the  New 
Jersey  fossil,  has  not  been  yet  ascertained  in  the  one  from  Nebraska. 
I860.] 


94  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF 

Solarium  Lam. 

S.  ab  y  ss  i  n  u  s  ,  pi.  2,  fig.  9.     Shell  conical ;  whorls  three,  rounded  ;  mouth 
circular,  surface  markings  unknown.     A  cast. 
Locality. — With  the  above  from  Burlington  Co.,  N.  Jersey. 

Volutilithes   Swains. 

V.  Abbotti,  pi.  2,  fig.  1.  Shell  fusiform,  whorls  three  or  four,  spire 
moderately  elevated  ;  modth,  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  shell ;  four  folds 
on  the  columella ;  surface  apparently  smooth.     A  cast. 

Locality. — Burlington  Co.,  N.  J. 

I  take  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  Mr.  C.  C.  Abbott  of  Trenton. 
N.  J.,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the  type  of  the  species,  as  well  as  for  many 
other  species  of  cretaceous  fossils. 

Tukbinella  Lam. 

T.  subconica,  pi.  2,  fig.  6.  Shell  subconical,  spire  low  ;  body  whorl 
subangular  above,  two  folds  on  the  columella,  surface  marked  by  longitudinal 
ribs,  about  ten  on  the  body  whorl,  crossed  by  numerous  smaller  revolving 
lines.     A  cast. 

Locality. — Menmouth  Co.,  N.  J. 

T.  p  a  r  v  a ,  pi.  2,  fig.  3.  Shell  small,  subconical,  spire  very  low,  whorls  two  or 
three,  mouth  wide,  and  at  the  upper  part  angular,  three  folds  on  the  columella  : 
surface  marked  by  about  twelve  large  longitudinal  ridges  or  undulations,  on 
the  body  whorl  crossed  by  three  or  four  revolving  lines.     A  cast. 

Locality. — With  the  preceding. 

Cancellaria  Lam. 

C.  sept  em  li  rata  ,  pi.  2,  fig.  10.  Shell  subglobose,  spire  low,  whorls  two, 
mouth  wide,  surface,  from  markings  on  the  cast,  apparently  ornamented  by 
about  seven  prominent  revolving  lines.     A  cast. 

Locality  and  position. — From  the  highest  bed  at  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J. 

Purpuroidea.  Lycet. 

P?du  bi  a,  pi.  2,  fig.  11.    Shell  ovate,  whorls  four  or  five,  spire  elevated,  sur- 
face marked  by  longitudinal  ribs,  about  fifteen  on  the  body  whorl;  a  few  revolv 
ing  striae  appear  to  exist  near  the  lower  part  of  the  body  whorl,  but  this  specimen 
is  so  weathered,  that  this  character  may  be  only  the  result  of  disintegration  of 
the  shell.     The  lower  part  of  the  mouth  is  broken. 

Locality  and  position. — Mullica  Hill,  with  the  preceding. 

Fusus  Lam. 

F.  tr  iv  o  1  v  u  s  ,  pi.  2,  fig.  5.  Shell  fusiform,  elongate,  whorls  three,  spire,  mo- 
derately elevated,  mouth  long  and  angular,  surface  markings  unknown  ;  on  the 
cast  there  are  three  prominent  revolving  lines,  dividing  the  whorls  into  a 
corresponding  number  of  flat  surfaces,  beak  elongate  ;  length  of  shell  2  in., 
beak  l£  in.,  width  of  last  whorl  1  in. 

Locality  and  position. — Yellow  Limestone,  Timber  Creek,  N.  J. ;  collection  of 
the  Academy.  The  types  of  all  the  other  species  in  this  paper  are  in  my  own 
collection. 

Rapa  Klein. 

R.  pyru  lo  i  d  e  a,  pi.  2,  fig.  4.  Shell  pyriform,  whorls  three,  spire  low, 
surface  marked  by  longitudinal  ribs  or  undulations,  about  twelve  on  the  body 
whorl,  crossed  towards  the  beak  by  fine  revolving  striae. 

Locality  and  position. — Green  marl,  Burlington  Co.,  N.  J. 

[March, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  95 

Pleurotoma  Lam. 

P.  Mull  i  c  a  en  sis,  pi.  2,  fig.  8.  Shell  fusiform,  robust;  spire  elevated, 
whorls  four  or  five,  surface  marked  by  numerous  longitudinal  ribs  (crossed  by 
revolving  lines  ?) 

Locality  and  position. — Upper  bed,  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J. 

Arca  Linn. 

A.  quindecemradiata,  pi.  2,  fig.  2.  Shell  gibbous,  inequilateral,  beaks 
incurved,  umbones  small;  umbonal  ridge  subangular,  and  extends  to  the  mar- 
gin of  the  shell,  surface  marked  by  about  fifteen  radiating  ribs,  crossed  by  very 
distinct  lines  of  growth;  no  appearance  of  ribs  on  the  cast,  posterior  to  the 
umbonal  ridge. 

Locality . — Common  in  the  more  northerly  portions  of  the  cretaceous  deposits 
of  New  Jersey. 

Cibota  Brown.     {Byssoarca  Swains.) 

C.  multiradiata,pl.2,  fig.  1 .  Shell  small,  gibbous,  beaks  incurved,  um- 
bones small,  rounded;  anterior  ends  rounded  gently,  basal  margin  slightly 
sinuous,  posterior  rounded  below,  and  inclined  anteriorly  above ;  surface 
marked  by  numerous  fine  radiating  ribs  ;  margin  crenulated. 

Locality  and  position. — Green  marl,  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J. 

Leda  Schum. 

L.  a  n  g  u  1  a  t  a ,  pi.  2,  fig.  12.  Shell  twice  as  wide  as  long,  beaks  small,  curved 
anteriorly,  umbonal  ridge  angular  and  extending  to  the  posterior  basal  margin  ; 
anterior  margin  rounded,  basal  very  slightly  sinuous,  posterior,  inclined  an- 
teriorly to  the  hinge  line. 

Locality  and  position. — Green  marl,  Burlington  Co.,  N.  J. 


The  following  communication  from  Mr.  A.  E.  Jessup,  Mr.  E.  A. 
Jessup  and  Mrs.  CHra  J.  Moore,  children  of  the  late  Augustus  E.  Jes- 
sup, was  read. 

Philadelphia,  March  6th,  1860. 

Isaac  Lea,  Esq.,  President  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

Dear  Sir, — The  undersigned,  children  of  the  late  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  be- 
lieving that  it  was  his  intention  to  leave  a  sum  of  money  to  the  "  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences,"  for  the  purposes  stated  below,  and  desiring  to  carry  out 
what  we  have  cause  to  think  were  his  intentions,  propose  to  pay  to  the  Acad- 
emy the  sum  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  dollars  per  annum,  to  be  applied  to 
its  Publication  Fund,  and  the  further  sum  of  four  hundred  and  eighty  dollars 
per  annum,  to  be  used  for  the  support  of  one  or  more  deserving  poor  young 
man  or  men,  who  may  desire  to  devote  the  whole  of  his  or  their  time  and 
energies  to  the  study  of  any  of  the  Natural  Sciences. 

The  above  sums  we  propose  to  pay  as  long  as  we  feel  our  circumstances  to 
be  such  as  will  warrant  our  doing  so,  and  we  look  forward  to  investing  in 
trust,  at  some  not  distant  time,  the  principal  of  the  sums  named,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  creating  a  perpetual  fund  for  the  above  named  uses. 

Signed,  A.  E.  Jessup. 

E.  A.  Jessup. 
Clara  J.  Moorb. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Foulke,  the  letter  was  referred  to  a  special  com- 
mittee of  five. 
I860.] 


96  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OE 

April  3d. 

Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Fifty  members  present. 

A  paper  was  presented  for  publication,  entitled,  "  Conspectus  Piscium 
in  expeditione  ad  Oceanum  Pacificura  Septentrionalern,  C.  Ringgold  et 
J.  Rodgers  ducibus,  a  Guilelmo  Stirnpson,  M.  D.,  collectore  ;  Sicydianae: 
auctore  Theo.  Grill." 

Mr.  Lesley  read  the  following  extract  from  a  letter  received  from 
Mr.  T.  S.  Hunt,  Chemist  of  the  Canada  Geological  Survey,  dated 
Montreal,  March  25th,  1860  :— 

"If  we  mingle  in  equivalent  proportions  the  chlorides  of  calcium  and 
magnesium  in  concentrated  solution,  and  then  having  precipitated  the  bases 
by  a  slight  excess  of  carbonate  of  soda  in  the  cold,  and  expose  the  mixture  for  a 
few  hours  in  a  closed  flask  to  a  temperature  of  200° — 212°  F.,  the  pasty  mass 
is  entirely  transformed  into  a  beautiful  granular  powder,  made  up  of  spherical, 
translucent,  crystalline  grains,  which  are  sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  dilute,  acetic 
acid  and  are  a  double  carbonate  of  lime  and  magnesia.  In  my  previous  and 
published  trials,  at  temperatures  of  300° — 400c  F.,  the  product  was  much  less 
beautiful,  and  was  mingled  with  carbonate  of  magnesia.  It  now  remains  to 
be  seen  whether  the  combination  may  not  be  slowly  effected  at  a  temperature 
much  below  200°  F.,  and  experiments  upon  this  point  are  in  progress." 

Mr.  Lesley  drew  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the  significant  direction 
in  which  these  and  similar  experiments  are  carrying  the  chemical  geology  of 
the  day.  If  they  result  in  nothing  more  than  the  destruction  of  those  igneous 
prejudices  which  still  shackle  observers,  especially  in  metamorphic  mineral  re- 
gions, and  set  us  free  to  study  ab  initio  the  phenomena  of  magnetic  iron  veins, 
copper  lodes  and  gold  quartz,  primary  limestones,  serp^ptmes  and  dolomites, 
the  consequences  must  be  practically  important. 

Mr.  Foulke  remarked  the  equally  important  bearing  the  low  temperature 
of  these  experiments  must  be  seen  to  have,  on  the  theory  of  non-fossiliferous, 
primary  rocks.  If  metamorphism  has  been  possible  at  such  low  temperatures, 
the  argument  in  favor  of  the  destruction  of  organic  remains  from  metamorphic 
strata  by  fiery  agencies  is  of  force  no  longer,  and  we  must  conclude  that  these 
early  and  apparently  non-fossiliferous  rocks  were  really  destitute  of  life. 

Dr.  Leidy  stated  that  he  had  just  received  a  short  notice  from  Prof. 
Leuckart,  of  Giessen,  in  which  he  mentions  the  results  of  some  experiments 
with  Trichina  spiralis.  Having  fed  dogs  with  human  flesh  containing 
Trichinae,  he  found  that  in  a  week  or  less,  the  worms  completed  their  devel- 
opment, but  without  assuming  the  form  of  a  Tricocephalus  or  Strongylus. 
Within  the  intestine  of  the  dog,  the  generative  apparatus,  together  with  the 
eggs  and  embryos,  were  fully  developed  in  the  Trichina?.  The  embryos 
rapidly  pass  away  with  the  excrement  of  the  dog.  A  pig  having  been  fed  with 
a  dog's  intestine  containing  fully  developed  Trichinae,  was  killed  and  dissected 
on  the  3d  of  March,  and  exhibited  in  the  muscles  millions  of  Trichinae.  From 
these  facts  it  is  rendered  probable  that  embryos  of  Trichina  voided  by  dogs 
find  their  way  into  the  human  stomach  through  the  food  or  drink,  and  sub- 
sequently burrow  into  the  tissues  of  the  body. 


Nott.— The  date  of  tho  meeting  of  the  Academy  on  page  51,  should  be  Feb.  14th,  instead  of 
Feb.  11th. 

[March, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  97 

April  10th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 
Thirty-eight  members  present. 

Mr.  Lea  remarked  that  he  had  recently  received  from  Prof.  J.  Wyman 
specimens  in  alcohol  of  two  s*pecies  of  Anodonta  from  the  Uruguay  River, 
South  America,  descriptions  of  the  soft  parts  of  which  he  had  made,  and  in- 
tended, at  a  future  time,  to  publish  in  the  Journal  at  length  ;  but  he  wished 
at  present  to  mention  that  he  had  found  a  form  of  Palpi  (mouth  lips)  different 
from  any  of  the  (Jnionidce  which  had  come  under  his  notice  from  any  other 
part  of  the  world.  The  form  of  the  Palpi  heretofore  described  have  always 
been  obliquely  or  transversely  elliptical  or  subtriangular,  while  these  two  spe- 
cies, An._Wym.anii,  Lea,  and.4n.  lato-marginata,  hen,,  are  round,  and  the  pair  on 
either  side  only  joined  above,  the  edges  being  entirely  free.  It  is  greatly  to 
be  regretted  that  more  or  all  the  South  American  Unionidce  could  not  have 
been  examined,  as  regards  their  soft  parts,  to  ascertain  if  this  difference  of 
form  of  the  Palpi  should  be  persistently  different  in  all  the  South  American 
Unionida;,  or  only  with  this  member  of  the  family — the  Anodontai. 


April  17th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Fifty-six  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Monograph  of  the  Genus,  Lubrisomus,  of  Swainson,  by  Theo.  Gill." 

"  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Labrax,  of   Cuvier,  by  Theo.  Gill,'' 

"  Monograph  of  the  Philypni,  by  Theo.  Gill." 

"  Notice  of  Geological  Discoveries,  made  by  Capt.  J.  H.  Simpson, 
Top.  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,  in  his  recent  explorations  across  the  Con- 
tinent." 

11  Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  during  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship 
canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  by  order  of  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  made  by  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  U.  S.  Top.  Engineers, 
with  notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species,  by  John  Cassin." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Mr.  Lesley  described  a  boulder  of  gneiss,  eight  feet  high,  on  the  summit  of 
one  of  the  Orange  Co.  highlands,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  which  was  sup- 
ported by  four  smaller  rocks,  so  that  it  was  lifted  about  a  foot  above  the  floor 
of  nearly  horizontal  gneiss,  forming  the  top  of  the  mountain.  One  of  these 
supports  was  a  hard  blue  limestone,  from  the  crust  of  which  Mr.  Lesley  ob- 
tained numerous  fossils,  among  which  was  probably  the  Orthis  costalis,  (Hall,) 
of  the  Chazy  Limestone.  Another  block  of  limestone,  also  fossiliferous,  lay 
not  far  away,  and  a  few  small  pieces  of  a  reddish  sandstone  like  that  of  certain 
bands  in  the  Oneida  Conglomerate  ;  but  with  these  exceptions,  there  was  neither 
drift  nor  diluvial  striae  visible,  but  here  and  there  large  blocks  of  gneiss. 
The  whole  surface  of  the  exposures,  which  were  numerous  and  many  hundred 
feet  square,  has  been  weathered  down  2  or  3  inches,  as  is  evident  from  the 
ridges  of  refractory  quartz  veins,  which  have  successfully  resisted  the  atmo- 
sphere. On  this  weathered  surface  occur  what  have  been  called  the  footmarks 
of  animals  ;  but  these  are  nothing  else  than  weathered-out  nodules  of  rock 
more  ferruginous  than  the  rest.  The  locality  is  two  miles  east  of  Southfield 
Station,  on  the  New  York  and  Erie  Railroad.  Mr.  Lesley  and  his  brother  were 
accompanied  and  guided  to  the  locality  by  Mr.  T.  B.  Brooks  and  Mr.  Jenkins, 
two  excellent  local  geologists  and  mineralogists,  living  in  the  village  of  Munroe. 

I860.]  6 


98  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Dr.  Leidy  stated  that  on  last  Saturday,  in  company  with  Dr.  Darrach,  he  had 
visited,  to  them,  anewandrich  botanical  locality,  which  was  worthy  of  the  atten- 
tion of  those  members  interested  in  our  local  flora.  This  was  at  Jackson,  N.  J. 
about  20  miles  from  Philadelphia,  on  the  Camden  and  Atlantic  Railway.  A 
cedar  swamp,  crossed  by  the  latter,  not  one  hundred  yards  from  the  station, 
contains  the  greatest  profusion  of  Saracenia  purpurea,  and  Helonias  bullata, 
which  is  now  in  flower.  Near  by,  they  also  found  abundantly  the  Pyxidan- 
thera  and  Cassandra  both  in  flower.  Oxycoccus,  Drosera,  etc.,  were  also 
noticed.  The  neighboring  extensive  forest  tract  is  thickly  carpeted  with  Gaul- 
theria  procumbens. 

Prof.  W.  B.  Rogers  communicated  the  result  of  observations  which  he  had 
made  within  the  last  year  on  the  structural  and  geological  relations  of  the  Al- 
bertite  or  so-called  Albert  Coal  of  New  Brunswick. 

An  examination  of  the  mine  afforded,  as  he  thought,  convincing  proof  that 
this  remarkable  accumulation  of  asphaltic  matetial  could  not  have  formed  a 
part  of  the  regular  carbonaceous  deposits  of  the  region, — that  it  is  not  and 
never  has  been  a  true  bed  or  stratum,  but  that  it  should  rather  be  regarded  as  a 
mass  collected  within  an  irregular  fissure  of  subsequent  formation,  by  the  dis- 
tillation or  infiltration  of  asphaltic  matter  from  the  surrounding  bituminous 
shales. 

The  principal  features  of  the  deposit  pointing  to  such  an  origin  are — the  very 
limited  extent  of  the  mass  longitudinally  traced, — its  sudden  and  great  irregular- 
ities of  thickness  and  trend,  and  the  yet  more  striking  fact  of  its  transverse  direc- 
tion in  many  parts  of  its  course  as  compared  with  the  bedding  of  the  adjacent 
rocks.  In  the  lower  level  at  a  depth  of  about  four  hundred  and  sixty  feet  where 
the  combustible  material  has  been  removed  almost  entirely  from  end  to  end,  the 
slaty  rocks  are  seen  in  many  places  abutting  against  the  sides  of  the  mine  at 
a  steep  angle,  presenting  frequently  a  jagged  surface,  such  as  would  result  from 
a  transverse  fracture  and  gaping  of  the  strata.  The  Albertite  was  seen  adhering 
to  these  irregular  surfaces,  as  well  in  the  cavities  as  on  the  projections,  affording 
even  in  hand  specimens  excellent  examples  of  the  discordance  of  the  mass  as  to 
position  with  the  stratification  of  the  contiguous  rocks. 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  material  thus  adhering  to  the  walls  of  the  mine 
has  none  of  that  intermixture  with  earthy  sediment  which  so  often  marks  the 
contact  of  regular  coal  seams  with  the  enclosing  strata,  but  maintains  the  same 
remarkable( purity  as  in  the  midst  of  the  mass.  It  is,  moreover,  quite  free  from 
the  carbonaceous  and  rocky  debris,  and  other  marks  of  mechanical  violence, 
which  it  must  have  presented  had  it  originated  in  the  dislocation  and  displace- 
ment of  a  coal  seam  originally  conformable  with  the  stratification  of  the  neigh- 
borhood. 

These  evidences  of  the  nature  and  origin  of  the  deposit  are  confirmed  bjthe 
statement  that  in  the  progress  of  the  mining,  several  large  fragments  of  the  verti- 
cal wall-rock  have  been  found  detached  and  imbedded  in  the  midst  of  the  Alber- 
tite, and  on  one  occasion  a  mass  of  unusually  great  dimensions  could  be  traced 
by  correspondence  of  form  to  a  cavity  in  the  wall  at  some  distance  above,  from 
which  it  would  seem  to  have  fallen,  while  the  contents  of  the  fissure  were  still 
but  imperfectly  solidified. 

The  conclusions  of  Prof.  Rogers,  as  to  the  origin  and  nature  of  this  remark- 
able deposit  are  thus  completely  in  harmony  with  those  which  Prof.  Leidy  ha? 
maintained  on  the  ground  of  a  microscopic  examination  of  the  material. 

Prof.W.  B.  Rogers  gave  an  account  of  some  experiments  in  binocular  vision, 
which  he  had  devised  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  theory  of  the  successive 
combination  of  corresponding  points  as  maintained  by  Sir  David  Brewster. 

In  one  class  of  these  experiments  two  slightly  inclined  luminous  lines  were 
combined  into  a  perspective  resultant,  either  with  or  without  a  stereoscope.  On 
looking  at  this  intently  for  a  few  seconds,  so  as  to  induce  the  reverse  ocular 

[April. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  99 

spectrum,  and  then  directing  the  eyes  towards  a  distant  wall,  a  single  spec- 
trum was  observed,  having  the  attitude  and  relief  of  the  original  binocular 
resultant.  When  the  luminous  lines  were  regarded  in  succession,  each  by  the 
corresponding  eye,  the  other  eye  being  shaded,  so  that  no  direct  binocular 
combination  could  be  formed,  it  was  found  on  looking  towards  the  wall  that 
the  subjective  images  united  into  a  single  spectral  line,  having  the  same  relief 
as  if  the  lines  had  been  directly  combined  in  the  stereoscope. 

In  these  experiments,  according  to  the  theory  of  Brewster,  the  resultant 
spectrum,  instead  of  being  a  single  line  in  a  perspective  attitude  ought  to  pre- 
sent the  form  of  two  lines  inclined  or  crossing,  situated  in  the  plane  of  the 
wall  without  projection  or  relief.  The  conditions  of  the  experiments  are  such 
as  exclude  all  opportunity  of  a  shifting  of  the  image  on  the  retina,  and  this  is 
essential  to  the  successive  combinations  of  pairs  of  points  required  by  the  theory 
in  the  production  of  perspective  effect. 

A  similar  result  was  still  more  clearly  shown  by  vibrating  a  screen  between 
the  eyes  and  the  twin  pictures  of  a  stereoscope,  so  as  alternately  to  expose 
and  cover  each,  completely  excluding  the  simultaneous  vision  of  the  two. 
The  stereoscopic  relief  was  as  apparent  in  these  conditions  as  when  the  vibra- 
ting screen  was  withdrawn. 

The  perception  of  the  resultant  in  its  proper  relief  does  not  therefore  require 
that  each  pair  of  corresponding  points  should  be  combined  by  directing  the 
optic  axes  to  them  pair  by  pair  in  succession,  as  maintained  by  Brewster. 
Nor  is  it  necessary  for  the  singleness  of  the  resultant  perception  that  the 
images  of  corresponding  points  of  the  objects  should  fall  on  what  are  called 
corresponding  points  of  the  retinse.  The  condition  of  single  vision  in  such 
cases  seems  to  be  simply  this,  that  the  pictures  in  the  two  eyes  shall  be  such 
and  so  placed  as  to  be  identical  with  the  pictures  which  the  real  object  would 
form,  if  placed  at  a  given  distance  and  in  a  given  attitude  before  the  eyes. 

Dr.  Ruschenberger  asked  how  it  is,  under  the  explanation  given  by  Prof. 
Rogers,  that  a  man  with  only  one  eye  is  capable  of  perceiving  solidity,  and  of 
appreciating  the  properties  of  photographs  viewed  stereoscopically. 

Mr.  Powel  asked  at  what  rate  per  second  the  vibrating  or  revolving  screen 
presented  its  openings  ;  for  if  it  happened  eight  or  ten  times  in  a  second, 
might  it  not  fail  to  practically  intercept  vision  ?  Objects  thus  seen  would  ap- 
pear permanently.  Thus,  although  not  appearing  to  each  eye  at  the  identical 
instant  of  time,  the  object  would  be  persistent  in  both,  for  an  impression  upon 
the  eye  cannot  be  discharged  oftener  than  about  eight  times  in  a  second,  some 
impressions  remain  much  longer.  An  object  illuminated  by  a  flash  of  light- 
ning for  a  very  instant,  may  thus  appear  solid  to  both  eyes,  the  intense  re- 
flection impressed  upon  the  retina  endures  long  enough  for  the  sensorium  to 
scan  it  in  detail.  A  man  takes  quick  aim  with  a  rifle,  it  may  be  almost  in- 
stantaneously, yet  by  distinct  operations  and  different  foci  of  vision  he  must 
see  the  distant  mark — the  tip  sight,  and  again  the  heel  sight,  no  two  of  which 
can  be  in  focus  at  once.  We  have  here  successive  points  in  a  line,  rapidly 
scanned  in  determining  position.  The  breadth  of  field  of  distinct  vision  is 
exceedingly  narrow  for  the  same  instant  of  time,  and  so  is  the  penetration  of 
focus  very  short.  A  separate  direction  and  a  new  adjustment  of  the  eye  must 
be  given  for  parts  of  even  a  very  small  object. 

Mr.  P.  remarked,  while  upon  the  subject,  that  he  believed  the  stereoscopic 
effect  often  noticed  in  viewing  large  photographic  pictures  with  only  one  eye, 
was  caused  by  the  aperture  of  the  lens  used  in  taking  the  picture ;  for  the 
aperture  is  often  so  great  that  objects  have  an  appreciable  parallax  from  the 
opposite  margins  of  the  aperture,  and  the  picture  thus  contains  more  than 
could  be  seen  from  one  point.  When  both  eyes,  however,  view  such  a  picture 
they  decide  that  it  is  flat  and  in  one  plane,  and  their  evidence  denies  the 
stereoscopic  effect  which  one  eye  cannot  so  well  dispute. 

I860.] 


100  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


April  2<lth. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-four  members  present. 

The  Committee  to  whom  was  referred  the  communication  addressed 
to  Isaac  Lea,  Esq.,  President  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  by 
A.  D.  Jessup,  E.  A.  Jessup  and  Clara  J.  Moore,  under  date  of  March 
6th,  1860, 

Reported,  That  the  unsolicited  efforts  of  the  children  of  the  late 
Augustus  E.  Jessup  to  ascertain  any  expressed  intentions  on  his  part 
to  pecuniarily  benefit  the  cause  of  science  through  this  Academy,  and 
the  filial  regard  and  liberal  feeling  evinced  by  them  in  fulfilling  his 
supposed  views,  satisfy  your  Committee  that  the  respect  and  esteem 
entertained  by  the  Academy  for  the  father,  is  also  merited  by  the 
children  of  our  lamented  fellow  member,  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  Esq. 

Your  Committee  recommend  that  the  President  and  Curators  of 
this  Academy  shall,  ex-officio,  be  a  perpetual  Committee  under  the  di- 
rection of  the  Academy  to  carry  out  the  intentions  of  the  late  Augus- 
tus E.  Jessup,  Esq.,  as  expressed  in  the  above  mentioned  letter  of  his 
children,  A.  D.  Jessup,  E.  A.  Jessup  and  Clara  D.  Moore,  and  that 
said  Committee  shall  make  a  quarterly  report  of  their  proceedings,  your 
Committee  also  recommend  that  a  copy  of  the  Publications  of  this 
Academy  shall  be  furnished  to  each  of  the  above  named  children  of  the 
late  Augustus  E.  Jessup  during  life,  commencing  with  the  volumes 
now  in  progress.  Wm.  S.  Vaux,  Chairman  of  Committee. 

The  report  was  unanimously  adopted. 

The  Committee  of  the  Biological  Department  to  whom  was  referred 
the  communication  "On  the  Physical  and  Chemical  Characteristics  of 
Corroval  and  Vao,  two  recently  discovered  varieties  of  Woorara,  and  on 
a  new  alkaloid  containing  their  active  principle,  by  William  A.  Ham- 
mond, M.  D.,  Assistant  Surgeon  U.  S.  Army,  and  S.  Weir  Mitchell, 
M.  D.,  Lecturer  on  Physiology,  in  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Associa- 
tion," reported  in  favor  of  it?  publication  in  the  Proceedings. 

The  following  papers  were,  on  the  report  of  the  Committees  to  whom 
they  had  been  referred,  ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings : 

Conspectus  Piscium  in  Expeditions  ad  Oceanum  Pacificum  Septentrionalem,  C.  Bin- 
gold   et  J.  Rodgers   ducibus,  a  Gulielmo   Stimpson    collectorum.    SICYDI- 

AN.E: 

AUCTORE   THEO.    GILL. 

SlCTDIANiE   Gill. 

Corpus  elongatuni,  antice  subcylindricurn,  squamosum  vel  nudum  ;  aper- 
turse  brancliiales  paulo  fissse,  verticales  ;  caput  elongatum,  rostro  prominens  ; 
maxilla  inferior  triangularis,  crassa  ;  labium  inferius  plerumque  dentibus  gra- 
cilibus,  confertissimis  prseditum. 

Pinnae  dorsales  duse  ;  pinna?  pectorales  basi  latse  fere  verticales ;  pinna?  ven- 
trales  in  modo  disci  conjunctse,  ad  basin  pectori  adhaerentes. 

Haec  subfamilia  bene  distinguitur  ab  subfamiliis  "Gobinae  "  Gill  et  "Triden- 

[April, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  101 

tigerinse"  Gill  pectori  pinnarum  ventralium  adhaeratione,  et  forma  capitis  et 
osteologia. 

Genus  I.  Sicydium  Val. 
Corpus  plerumque  squamis  ctenoideis  obtectuni  ;  maxillae  superioris  dentes 
gracillimi,  confertissimi,  uniseriati ;  maxillae  inferioris  distantes,  magni,  praeci- 
pue  prope  symphisin ;  dentes  labiales  gracillimi. 

Subgenus  I.  Sicydium. 

Maxilla  inferior  superne  ad  symphisin  et  prope  commissuras  lateribus  ap- 
pendicibus  carnosis  prcedita. 

Typus  S.  (Sicydium)  Plumieri  Val.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xii. 

Subgenus  II.  Sicyopterus  Gill. 
Maxilla  inferior  appendicibus  carnosis  carens. 
Typus  S.  (Sicyopterus)  Stimpsoni  Gill  nov.  sp. 

Genus  II.  Sicyogaster  Gill. 

Corpus  alepidotum.  Dentes  in  utraque  maxilla  uniseriati ;  ei  ad  maxillae 
superioris  partem  anteriorem  crassi,  tricuspidati,  laterales  simplices  ;  maxillae 
inferioris  dentes  anteriores  remoti,  simplices. 

Typus  Sicyogaster  concolor  Gill,  nov.  sp. 

Genus  Sicydium  Val. 

Sicydium  Val.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xii,  p.  18. 

Corpus  antice  subcylindricum,  versus  pinnam  caudalem  regulariter  atten- 
natum  ;  squamae  imbricatae,  plerumque  marginibus  subrotundae,  nee  angulatae, 
valde  pectinatae,  striis  concentricis  et  radiantibus  obsoletis  ;  squamae  dorsales 
et  laterales  anteriores  parvae,  cycloideae. 

Caput  oblongum,  subquadratum,  latitudine  altitudinem  aequante  vel  super- 
ante  ;  rostrum  subverticale,  obtuse  rotundatum.  Oculi  cerciter  in  capitis  parte 
mediana  siti. 

Os  mediocre,  fere  horizontale,  usque  ad  oculos  extendens.  Maxilla  inferior 
triangularis,  superiore  brevior  minorque,  intus  superiorem  claudens ;  labia 
crassa,  praecipue  labium  superius. 

Dentes  maxillae  superioris  gracillimi,  confertissimi,  in  serie  unica  dispositi ; 
maxillae  inferioris  in  serie  una,  remoti,  mediocres,  ad  utruntque  latus  symphi- 
sis majores. 

Pinnae  dorsales  omnino  disjunctae  ;  pinna  caudalis  rotundata  vel  subrotun- 
data,  sub  oculis  desinens  :  maxilla  inferior  superiore  brevior,  minorque,  intus 
superiorem  claudens :  labia  crassa,  maxillas  dentesque  tegentia. 

Subgenus  Sicyopterus  Gill. 

1.  Sicydium  Stimpsoni  Gill. 

Caput  latitudine  antrorsum  retrorsumque  subaequale,  vix  quam  altitudo 
majore ;  rostro  subverticali,  obtuse  rotundato  ;  capitis  longitudine  corporis 
longitudinis  extremi  partem  quintam  aequante,  latitudine  capitis  longitudinis 
2-3  aequante,  altitudine  fere  latitudinem  aequante.  Labium  superius  utrinque 
emarginatum  fere  sub  nare,  sub  rostro  fissum ;  intus  papillarum  serie  circa 
marginem  superiorem  extendente  et  papilla  unica  supra  sinum  labri  anteri- 
orem praeditum.  Pori  capitis  in  linea  transversa  arcuata  pone  oculos,  et  in 
linea  brevi  obliqua  in  operculi  parte  inferioriqne,  suboperculo,  &c. 

Pinna  dorsalis  prima  radio  secundo  ejus  filiforme,  ultimo  remotiori. 

D.  vi,  11  ;  A  11  ;  C  8,  13,  7  ;  P  18  ;  V  i,  5+5  i. 

Color  subpurpureus,  fasciis  obscurioribus  septem  variegatus  ;  pinnae  dorsa- 
lis analisque  basi  albo  punctulatae  ;  pinna  caudalis  albo  punctulata. 

Habitat  in  aquae  dulcis  rivulis,  lapidibus  adherens,   Hilo  Hawaii. 

Forsitan  Sicydio  laticepiti  Val.  proximum. 

I860.] 


102  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Genus  Sicyogaster  Gill. 

Corpus  alepidotum,  antice  subcylindricum,  inde  versus  caudam  lente  at- 
tenuatum. 

Caput  oblongum  depressum,  altiore  latius,  antice  rotundatuni.  Oculi  in 
parte  subanteriori  positi.    Os  mediocre,  horizontaliter  fissum. 

Dentes  in  maxilla  utraque  serie  regulare  unica  dispositi  ;  dentes  circa 
maxillae  superioris  partem  anteriorem  approximatae,  apicibus  lateraliter  dila- 
tatis,  tricuspidatis,  cuspa  mediana  majore,  subrotundata ;  dentes  laterales 
pauciores,  remotiores,  simplices,  subcylindrici  et  paulo  recurvati.  Dentes 
maxillae  inferioris  partis  anterioris  subcylindrici  recurvatique,  remoti.  Dentes 
labiales  tenuissimi  adsu»t. 

Pinnae  dorsales  duse,  prima  radiis  valde  flexibilibus ;  pinna  caudalis  mar- 
gine  rotundata ;  pinnae  ventrales  postice  bene  conjunctae,  antice  funiculo  mus- 
culari  spinas  connectente  et  membranae  marginem  formante  praeditae. 

Hoc  genus  a  Sicydio  Val.,  valde  differt  corpore  omnino  alepidoto,  dentibus 
trilobatis  crassis  in  maxillae  superioris  parte  anteriore  et  dentibus  maxillae  in- 
ferioris subaequalibus. 

Eo  referenda  est  unica  species. 

Sicyogaster  c  o  n  c  o  1  o  r   Gill. 

Caput  longitudinis  totius  partem  quintam  formans,  altitudihe  sui  longitu- 
dinis  dimidiam  superante.  Maxilla  superior  circiter  dentibus  tricuspidatis 
sexdecim  et  latere  utroque  circiter  dentibus  simplicibus  quatuor  vel  quinque 
armata  ;  maxilla  inferior  circiter  dentibus  simplicibus  remotis  decim  praedita, 

D  vi,  11  ;  A  10 ;  C  +  15+  ;  P  15  V  i,  5  +5  i. 

Color  subpurpureus  ;  pinnae  analis  et  ventrales  submargaritaceae,  analis  pur- 
pureo  marginata. 

Habitat  cum  Sicydio  Stimpsoni  in  aquae  dulcis  rivulis  saxis  adhaei'ens. 

In  specimine  unico  in  collectione,  labium  inferior  dentes  graciles  pancos 
liabet. 


Honograph  of  the  Genus  LABROSOMUS  Sw. 
BY  THEO.  GILL. 

In  the  genus  Clinus  as  proposed  by  Cuvier,  and  even  as  revised  by  Valen- 
ciennes, there  are  dissimilar  types  which  yet  remain  to  be  named  and  elevated 
to  the  rank  of  genera.  Among  the  species  of  this  group,  described  by  the  latter 
naturalist  in  the  eleventh  volume  of  the  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Poissons," 
there  are  several  species  which  are  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  superciliary 
tentacles,  and  of  a  transverse  pectiniform  series  of  filaments  on  the  nape. 
Those  fishes  provided  with  such  appendages,  have  at  the  same  time  a  much 
less  inequality  between  the  spinous  and  soft  portions  of  the  dorsal  than  the 
typical  Clini,  and  the  teeth  in  the  outer  row  are  much  stronger.  They  would 
therefore  be  correctly  referred  to  a  genus  which  is  quite  distinct  from  Clinus. 
For  this  genus,  the  name  Labrosomus,  first  proposed  by  Swainson,  must  be 
adopted,  but  the  characters  given  by  that  author  to  it  are  not  the  proper 
generic  ones,  and  the  greater  number  of  the  species  referred  to  it  are  not  con- 
generic with  its  type. 

The  name  of  Labrosomus  (or  Labrisomus)  was  first  published  in  1839,  in  the 
second  volume  of  the  "Natural  History  of  Fishes,  Amphibians  and  Reptiles." 
At  the  seventy-fifth  page  of  that  volume,  Swainson  has  divided  the  Cuvieran 
genus  Clinus  into  five  genera  :  Clinus,  of  which  the  Clinus  acuminatus 
Cia\,  is  taken  as  the  type;  Labrisomus  with  Clinus  pectinifer  Val.,  as 
type  ;   Tripterygion  Risso,  Cliniirachus  Reese,  which  is  typified  by  Blennius 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  103 

variabilis  of  Rajinesque,  and  Blennophis,*  of  which  the  Clinus  a  n  g  u  i  l- 
laris  Val.,  is  the  only  true  species.  Of  these  genera,  Clinus  Sw.,  and  Cli- 
nitrachusSw.,  are  distinguished  by  false  or  illusive  characters,  and  cannot  be 
regarded  as  distinct.  The  others  are  valid,  but  their  characters  require  re- 
vision. 

The  only  claim  to  distinction  of  the  genus  Labrosomus  given  by  Swaiuson, 
are  founded  on  the  strong,  conic  and  pointed  row  of  front  teeth,  behind  which 
are  villiform  ones  ;  a  thicker  body  than  in  Clinus,  and  the  "dorsal  fin  dis- 
tinctly emarginate  towards  the  caudal."  The  genus  resting  on  these  charac- 
ters alone  is  composed  of  very  incongruous  elements.  To  it  are  referred,  at 
page  277  of  the  second  volume,  the  following  species,  all  of  which  are  de- 
scribed as  species  of  Clinus  by  Valenciennes  :  Labrosomus  g  o  b  i  o,  L.  p  e  c  t  i- 
nifer,  L.  capillatus,  L.  Delalandii,  L.  linearis,  L.  variolosus, 
L.  Peruvianus,  L.  microcirrhis,  L.  ?geniguttatus,  L.  elegans, 
L.  ?  littoreus  and  L.  latipin  n  is. 

Of  these  species,  not  more  than  three  can,  with  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
congeners-,  if  the  Labrosomus  pectinifer  is  taken  as  the  type.  These  are 
Labrosomus  pectinifer,  L.  capillatus  and  perhaps  L.  Delalandii. 
The  latter  is  more  probably  the  representative  of  a  distinct  genus. 

That  genus  is  distinguished  from  Labrosomus  by  the  smaller  mouth,  the  pre- 
sence of  only  two  rays  to  the  ventral  fins,  and  perhaps  by  the  undulating 
margin  of  the  spinous  portion  of  the  dorsal  fin.  It  may  be  named  Malacocte- 
nus,  in  illusion  to  the  pectiniform  row  of  filaments.  This  genus  is  the  nearest 
ally  of  Labrosomus.     All  the  others  are  very  distinct. 

Labrisomus  gobio  Sw.,  is  the  type  of  quite  a  distinct  genus,  whose  charac- 
ters consist  of  a  broad,  depressed  head,  with  a  very  short  muzzle,  large-  ap- 
proximated eyes,  superciliary  and  nasal  tentacles,  two  ventral  rays  and  a  com- 
paratively short  spinous  dorsal.  The  genus  may  be  called  Gobioclinus.  The 
only  species  G-obioclinus  gobio  is  found  in  the  West  Indies,  and  has  but 
eighteen  dorsal  spines. 

Labrisomus  linea  ri  s  Sw.,  is  synonymous  with  Clinus  brachycepha- 
lus  Val.  This  also  is  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus  distinguished  by  its  abbre- 
viated and  blenniform  head,  the  profile  being  very  convex ;  by  the  villiform 
teeth,  the  absence  of  superciliary  tentacles,  the  spinous  portion  of  the  dorsal 
long,  and  the  presence  of  only  two  rays  to  the  ventral  fins.  The  name  of 
Blennioclinus  is  conferred  on  it ;  for  the  species,  the  specific  name  of  Valenci- 
ennes must  be  retained. 

Labrisomus  variolosus  is  distinguished  by  a  large  thick  head,  with 
lateral  eyes,  short  superciliary  tentacles  and  a  small  nuchal  one.  The  mouth 
is  large  ;  the  teeth  of  the  jaws  in  an  outer  row  strong  and  conical,  behind 
which  are  villiform  ones  ;  those  of  the  vomer  and  palate  villiform  and  in  three 
patches,  one  on  the  vomer  and  one  on  each  palatine  bone.  The  spinous  por- 
tion of  the  dorsal  is  long,  and  the  ventrals  have  each  three  rays.  The  species 
thus  characterized  is  the  type  of  a  new  genus  which  may  be  named  Anchenion- 
chus. 

Labrisomus  microcirrhis,  L.  elegans  and  L.  Peruvianus  are 
nearly  related  to  Anchenionchus,  and  are  from  the  same  zoological  province. 

Labrosomus  ?  geniguttatusis  distinguished  from  Anchenio  ichus  by  the 
more  approximated  eyes,  and  by  the  disposition  of  the  vomero-palatine  teeth, 
as  well  as  the  small  size  of  the  anterior  row  of  maxillary  teeth.  The  dorsal 
is  moderately  long,  and  each  of  the  ventrals  have  three  rays.  The  mouth  is 
comparatively  small,  and  there  are  superciliary,  nasal  and  nuchal  tentacles. 
For  this  species,  the  generic  name  of  Callicllnus  is  proposed. 

*  Valenciennes  has  since  given  the  name  of  Blennophis  to  a  very  distinct  genus  from 
that  to  which  Swainson  appplied  the  names.  As  Swainson's  genua  is  a  natural  one, 
another  name  must  be  substituted  for  that  of  Valenciennes— Ophioblennius  is  therefore 
propused. 

I860.] 


104  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Labrisomus  ?  littoreus  may  possibly  belong  to  the  genus  Acanthoclinus  of 
Jenyns,  but  it  is  only  known  from  a  drawing  and  description. 

Labrisomus  latipinnis  is  related  to  Blennioclinus,  but  is  distinguished 
from  tbe  species  of  that  genus  by  the  presence  of  superciliary  tentacles.  The 
generic  name  of  Ophthalmolophus  may  be  retained  for  it. 

If  the  above  views  of  the  limits  of  the  Labrosomus  are  correct,  only  two  of 
the  species  assigned  by  Swainson  to  the  genus  truly  belong  to  it.  Of  the  re- 
maining species,  nearly  each  one  belongs  to  a  genus  distinct  from  the  others. 
The  affinities  and  characters  of  the  genera  above  indicated  will  be  more  fully 
exposed  at  another  time. 

About  three  years  after  the  publication  of  the  work  of  Swainson,  the  same 
species  that  served  as  the  type  of  the  genus  of  that  naturalist,  was  described 
by  Dr.  Dekay,  in  the  ichthyological  part  of  his  "Zoology  of  New  York,  or  the 
New  York  Fauna,"  as  the  representative  of  a  new  genus  of  Percoids,  under 
the  name  of  Lepisoma.  That  the  genus  Lepisoma  is  identical  with  the  Labri- 
somus of  Swainson,  no  one  can  entertain  a  doubt  after  a  perusal  of  the  generic 
and  specific  description  of  Dekay. 

Dr.  Dekay  has  given  the  characters  of  his  genus  Lepisoma,  as  follows : 

"  Body  and  fins  scaly.  Fleshy  filaments  along  the  basal  line  of  the  head  and 
on  the  orbits.  A  single  dorsal  fin.  Branchial  rays  six.  Teeth  in  the  jaws 
vomer  and  palatines.     Ventrals  before  the  pectorals." 

Dekay  in  his  remarks,  states  "that  it  is  with  much  hesitation  that  he  places 
this  genus  at  the  end  of  the  jugular  section  of  this  family  (Percidse).  In  its 
general  aspect,  it  might  readily  be  referred  to  the  families  Scisenidse  or  Labri- 
dae ;  but  the  presence-of  vomerine  and  palatine  teeth  excludes  it  from  them." 

The  amiable  naturalist  was  much  mistaken  in  regard  to  the  affinities  of  the 
genus,  as  must  be  perceptible  from  his  descriptions.  Even  in  his  brief  generic 
diagnosis,  the  ichthyologist  is  surprised  by  the  peculiarity  described  by  the 
second  sentence  ;  ' '  fleshy  filaments  along  the  base  of  the  head  and  on  the  orbits.'''' 
This  character  is  so  peculiar,  so  much  at  variance  with  the  compact  character, 
if  I  may  so  express  myself,  of  the  head  in  the  family  of  Percoids,  that  it  might 
well  cause  the  naturalist  to  doubt  if  a  fish  with  such  appendages  can  really  be- 
long to  the  family  of  Percoids.  On  a  careful  examination  of  the  specific  de- 
scription, the  characters  are  found  to  disagreee  more  and  more  with  the  natural 
ones  of  the  family  to  which  Dekay  has  referred  it. 

The  scales  are  described  as  being  "  moderate,  rounded,  finely  striate  on  their 
free  surfaces,  with  a  smooth  membranous  margin.'"  The  head  is  "corrugated 
and  destitute  of  scales.  Along  the  basal  line  of  the  head,  on  each  side,  are  nine 
or  ten  fleshy  processes,  ending  in  bifid  or  trifid  filaments,"  &c.  "Another  fleshy 
process  arises  from  beneath  the  upper  margin  of  the  orbit,  which  subdivides  into 
.six  or  eight  smaller  processes,"  &c.  The  anterior  nostril  has  a  "fleshy  valve, 
through  which  is  pierced  the  nasal  aperture  ;  its  posterior  border  elongated  and 
terminating  in  six  or  eight  filaments.'"  The  opercle  and  preopercle  are  rounded 
and  smooth  on  their  margins." 

All  of  the  attributes  of  the  species  underlined  in  the  foregoing  abstract  are  more 
or  less  at  variance  with  the  characters  of  Percoid  fishes,  even  as  the  family 
was  accepted  by  Dr.  Dekay ;  the  doubt  of  the  reader  is  still  more  increased 
when  he  finds  it  stated  that  the  ' '  branchial  membrane  (is)  large,  extending  loosely 
around  the  throat,  with  six  rays,  and  that  the  ventrals  arise  near  the  inferior  fold 
of  the  branchial  membrane,  and  are  composed  of  two  long  articulated  rays  and  a 
short  rudimentary  one  on  each  side." 

This  condition  of  the  branchial  membrane,  this  number  of  ventral  rays  are 
so  different  from  the  characters  of  the  true  Percoids,  that  one  can  have  no 
hesitation  in  denying  a  fish  with  such  attributes  a  place  in  the  family.  As  in 
all  those  as  well  as  in  minor  details,  it  agrees  with  Labrosomus,  it  is  unhesita- 
tingly referred  to  that  genus. 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  105 

The  genus  Lepisoma  has  heen  adopted  hy  the  following  authors,  but  it  is 
necessary  to  add,  entirely  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Dekay. 

Troschel  has  translated  into  German  the  characters  of  the  genus  for  the 
"  Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte  "  of  1844,  page  233.  He  has  questioned  the  pre- 
sence of  three  ventral  rays. 

Dr.  Storer,  in  his  ' '  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America, ' '  has  adopted 
it  without  qualification. 

Sir  John  Richardson,  in  the  article  ''  Ichthyology  "  of  the  last  edition  of  the 
"Encyclopedia  Britannica,"  at  page  277  of  the  twelfth  volume,  has  taken  the 
characters  of  the  genus  from  the  "Archiv,"  and  on  account  of  the  presence  of 
six  branchiostegal  rays,  places  it,  together  with  Boleosoma  and  Pileoma,  at  the 
end  of  his  family  of  Theraponidce,  but  adds  that  he  "cannot,  without  more 
data,  fix  their  proper  place  in  the  system." 

No  notice  has  been  taken  of  the  genus  Labrosomus,  except  in  a  reference  of 
Lepisoma  cirrhosum  Dekay  to  it,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  That  this  is  entitled  to  distinction  appears 
to  be  evident,  and  its  characters  are  now  given. 

Labrosomus  Sw.,  emend. 
Synonymy. 

Labrisomus  Sw.,  Nat.  Hist.,  Fishes,  Amphibians  and  Reptiles,  vol.  ii.  pp.  75> 
182,  277,  1839. 

Lepisoma  Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  11,  1842. 

Blennius  sp.  auct. 

Clinus  sp.  auct. 

Body  oblong,  highest  at  the  pectoral  fins,  thence  attenuated  towards  the 
caudal.  Scales  moderate,  covering  the  body  and  encroaching  upon  the  verti- 
cal fins.  Head  compressed,  naked,  declining  from  the  nape  with  a  slight 
curve.  Eyes  large,  separated  by  a  narrow  interval.  Superciliary  tentacles 
multifid,  and  one  or  two  transverse  rows  of  filaments  across  the  nape.  Nostrils 
approximated  ;  the  anterior  ones  with  a  tufted  barbel  on  the  posterior  border. 
Teeth  in  the  anterior  row  stout,  recurved,  conic  and  pointed,  behind  which  is 
a  band  of  villiform  teeth.  Vomerine  and  palatine  teeth  stout  and  conic,  gene- 
rally in  a  single  row.  Dorsal  fin  commencing  near  the  nape  ;  the  spinous  por- 
tion long,  and  with  from  sixteen  to  eighteen  rays,  slowly  decreasing  in  height 
to  the  soft  portion  ;  the  latter  oblong,  with  its  rays  subequal  and  higher  than 
the  spinous  portions.  Caudal  fin  moderate,  truncate  or  rounded,  and  discon- 
nected from  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins.  Ventral  fins  jugular,  closely  approxi- 
mated, each  composed  of  three  rays. 

1.  Labrosomus  pec tinifer  Sw. 
Synonymy. 

Clinus  pectinifer  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xi.  p.  374,  1836. 

Labrisomus  pectinifer  Sw.,  Nat.  Hist.,  Fishes,  Amphibians  and  Reptiles,  vol. 
ii,  p.  277,  1839. 

Lepisoma  cirrhosum  Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  41,  pi.  30,  fig, 
94,  1842. 

Lepisoma  cirrhosum  Storer,  Synopsis  of  Fishes  of  North  America,  p.  49,  ib. 
in  Memoirs  American  Academy,  1856. 

Clinus  pectinifer  Mull,  and  Troschel  con  Schomburgh  Annals  and  Magazine 
Nat.  Hist.,  2d  ser.  vol.  ii,  p.  16  ;  ib.  in  Schomburgh's  Barbados. 

Clinus  pectinifer  Castlenau,  Animaux  nouveaux  ou  rares  recueilles  &c,  dans 
l'Amerique  du  sud.  Poissons,  p.  26,  1855. 

Labrtsomus  pectinifer  Gill,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  p.  21. 

There  can  scarcely  remain  a  doubt  of  the  identity  of  the  Lepisoma  cir  rh  o- 
s  u  m  of  Dr.  Dekay  with  the  Labrosomus  pectinifer.  The  only  difference 
between  the  description  of  Dekay  and  that  of  Valenciennes,  is  respecting  the 

1S60.] 


103  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

orbital  and  nuchal  filaments.  The  orbital  filaments  are  stated  by  Dr.  Dekay  to 
"subdivide  into  six  or  eight  smaller  processes,  each  of  which  terminate  in 
several  slender  filaments,  not  thicker  than  the  finest  thread;"  Valenciennes 
describes  them  as  divided  to  their  base  in  ten  or  twelve  slender  filaments. 
Dr.  Dekay  informs  us  that  the  nuchal  filaments  are  nine  or  ten  on  each  side, 
each  bifid  or  trifid  ;  Valenciennes  describes  them  as  being  arranged  in  two 
pectiniform  rows,  each  row  consisting  of  thirty  or  more. 

Another  variation  of  Lepisoma  cirrhosum  from  Labrosomus  pectinifer 
is  concerning  the  vomero-palatine  dentition ;  Dekay  mentions  that    "in  the 
upper  jaw,  in  front,  is  a  series  of  equal,  conical,  slightly  recurved  teeth,  some- 
what longer  than  those  below,  smaller  on  the  sides  ;  behind  the  outer  row,  in 
front,  is  a  patch  of  minute  crowded  teeth.     Similar  teeth  in  bands  on  the 
vomer  and  palates.     On  the  anterior  part  of  the  vomer  is  a  very  large  solitary 
tooth."     This  description  of  the  vomerine  and  palatine  teeth  is  ambiguous, 
and  may  be  variously  interpreted.     If  by  it  is  meant  that  the  vomero-palatine   « 
teeth  are  in  several  rows,  or  in  a  villiform  band,  it  widely  disagrees  with  the 
Labrosomus  pectinifer.     In  the  latter  species  there  is  but  one  row  of  stout 
conic  teeth,  like  those  of  the  outer  row  of  the  upper  jaw,  with  "  a  very  large 
solitary  tooth  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  vomer."     A  figure  is  given  of  the 
dentition  of  the  Lepisoma  cirrhosum,   but   very  little    reliance    can    be 
placed  on  it.     The  vomerine  and  palatine   teeth  are  certainly  represented  as 
pluriserial,  but  there  is  no  "very  large  solitary  tooth  "   represented  on  the 
vomer.     A  doubt  may  therefore  arise  respecting  the  propriety  of  referring 
Lepisoma  cirrhosum  to  Labrosomus  pectinifer.     Considering,  however, 
that  the  description  of  the  former,  in  all  respects  except  those  above  men- 
tioned, agrees  with  the  latter  ;  that  the  number  of  rays  is  almost  exactly 
similar  ;  that  in  each,  a  larger  tooth  is  at  the  front  of  the  vomer,  and  that  the 
description  and  figure  of  the  dentition  of  Lepisoma  c  i  r  r  h  o  s  u  m  do  not  agree 
with  each  other ;  it  appears  almost  certain  that  the  two  belong  tothe  same 
species,  and  that  error  has  entered  into  the  description  and  illustration  of  the 
species  as  well  as  in  the  allocation  of  the  genus. 

The  Labrosomus  pectinifer  is  widely  distributed  through  the  Caribbean 
Sea,  and  is  found  at  the  Islands  of  Barbados,  Trinidad,  St.  Thomas,  Jamaica, 
Cuba,  as  well  as  at  the  Bahama  Islands  and  on  the  coast  of  Florida. 

The  specimens  from  which  Valenciennes  described  the  species  were  obtained 
at  Brazil  and  at  Bahia.  A  specimen  from  Brazil  does  not  specifically  differ 
from  West  Indian  ones. 

Valenciennes  even  observes  that  it  is  one  of  the  small  number  of  species 
that  cross  the  Atlantic  ocean.  A  specimen  is  stated  by  him  to  have  been  ob- 
tained by  Adanson  among  the  rocks  of  the  Island  of  Gorea,  in  January,  1750. 

2.  Labrosomus  fasciatus   Gill. 

Clinus  fasciatus  Castelnau,  Animaux  nouveaux  ou  rares  recueilles,  &c, 
dans  l'Amerique  du  sud.     Poissons,  p.  26,  pi.  xii.  fig.  2,  1855. 

This  species  is  very  closely  related  to  the  Labrosomus  pectinifer  Sw., 
and  it  was  at  first  believed  that  it  was  probably  only  a  variety.  My  friend,  J. 
C.  Brevoort,  Esq.,  has  since  sent  me  an  outline  of  the  figure  of  Castelnau  and 
a  copy  of  his  description,  and  I  am  now  disposed  to  regard  it  as  a  true  species. 

The  Labrosomus  pectinifer  is  sometimes  found  with  four  dark  brown 
vertical  bars,  between  which  are  smaller  and  more  obscure  ones,  interrupted 
at  the  middle.  Such  appears  to  have  been  the  variety  mentioned  by  Drs. 
Miiller  and  Troschel  in  their  list  of  the  Fishes  collected  by  Sir  Robert  Schom- 
burgh  at  the  island  of  Barbados,  and  published  in  the  "Annals  and  ]\4agazine 
of  Natural  History"  and  the  History  of  Barbados.  This  variety,  in  every 
other  respect,  resembles  typical  individuals  of  the  species,  and  has,  like  them, 
the  rays  of  the  caudal  and  pectoral  fins   covered  with  five  or  six  rows  of  spots. 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  107 

111  the  normal  variety  of  the  Labrosomus  pectinifer,  the  bauds,  although 
present,  are  faint  and  confused. 

The  Labrosomus  fasciatus,  from  the  figure  and  description  of  Castlenau, 
appears  to  differ  from  the  L.  pectinifer  or  its  variety,  by  the  absence  of 
the  intermediate,  interrupted  and  fainter  bands,  and  of  the  rows  of  spots  on 
the  caudal,  by  the  red  color  of  the  abdomen  and  opercula,  and  of  the  ventral, 
pectoral  and  caudal  fins,  as  well  as  of  the  broad  marginal  band  of  the  soft  por- 
tion of  the  dorsal  fin.     The  following  is  the  description  given  by  Castlenau  : 

"  Ressemble  pour  la  forme  au  pectinifer,  et  a  une  tache  semblable  a  Poper- 
oule.  Le  corps  est  d'un  brun  clair  avec  quatre,  larges  bandes  transversales 
d'un  brun  tres  obscur  ;  l'opercule,  la  gorge,  la  partie  inferieure  de  la  tete  et 
la  moitie  anterieure  des  dessons  du  corps  sont  d'un  beau  rouge  vix  ;  les 
nageoires  anale  et  ventrale  sont  de  cette  ratine  couleur. 

"De  Rio  Janeiro." 

3.  Labrosomus  capillatus  Sw. 

Synonymy. 

Clinus  capillatus  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xi.  p.  377. 

Labrisomus  capillatus  Sw.,  Nat.  Hist.  Fishes,  Amphibians  and  Reptiles,  vol. 
ii.  p.  277. 

Clinus  capillatus  Mull  and  Trosch.,  con  Schomburgh,  Annals  and  Mag.  of 
Nat.  Hist.  2d  ser.  vol.  ii.  p.  16  ;  ib.  in  Schomburgh's  Barbados. 

The  Labrosomus  capillatus  is  recorded  as  an  inhabitant  of  the  same 
coasts  as  the  L.  p  ec  t  ini  f  er.  It  is  very  nearly  allied  to  the  latter,  but 
differs  from  it  by  the  immaculate  pectoral  fins,  and  the  spot  on  the  operculum 
is  bordered  with  white. 

4.  Labrosomus  X  a  n  t  i  Gill. 

This  species  in  form  and  proportions  is  very  nearly  allied  to  Labrosomus 
pectinifer. 

It  attains  a  length  of  about  six  inches.  Of  the  length,  the  head,  from  the 
front  row  of  teeth  to  the  margin  of  the  operculum  forms  a  fourth  part,  and 
the  caudal  fin  about  a  seventh.  The  greatest  height  is  rather  less  than  the 
head's  length.  The  dorsal  outline  from  the  nape  to  the  posterior  third  of  the 
dorsal  fin  is  nearly  straight  and  scarcely  convex,  and  thence  gradually  declines 
in  a  slight  curve  to  the  end  of  the  fin,  when  the  height  of  the  caudal  peduncle 
is  scarcely  more  than  a  fourth  of  the  length  of  the  head. 

The  profile  from  the  eyes  to  the  snout  slopes  more  gradually  than  in  Labro- 
somus pectinifer,  and  the  suborbital  is  less  broad. 

The  dorsal  commences  behind  the  vertical  of  the  preopercle,  and  the  spines 
regularly  increase  in  height  towards  the  middle  of  the  spinous  portion,  and 
thence  slightly  decrease  towards  the  soft  portion,  which  is  almost  twice  as  high 
as  the  last  spine. 

The  pectoral  fins  are  produced  at  its  middle  rays,  and  their  length  is  equal 
to  nearly  a  fifth  of  that  of  the  body.  The  articulated  rays  of  all  the  fins  are 
simple  and  unbranched  as  in  its  congener. 

D  xviii.4-13  ;  A  iii.  18 ;  C  7+7  ;  P  14 ;  V  3. 

The  color  of  the  body  is  brown,  crossed  by  about  ten  darker  bands.  The 
head  is  dotted  with  blackish,  and  from  the  posterior  and  inferior  borders  of 
the  eye,  two  bands  proceed  obliquely  to  the  margin  of  the  preopercle.  The 
opercle  is  darker  than  the  preopercle,  but  there  is  no  black  spot.  The  dorsal 
has  the  basal  portion  of  the  membrane  between  the  first  and  third  spines 
blackish  ;  the  rest  of  the  n  en  brane  is  tinged  with  purple,  but  immaculate. 
The  basal  half  of  the  fin  is  covered  with  scales  as  in  Labrosomus  pectinifer. 
The  anal  fin  is  crossed  by  six  ob^que  purplish  bands.  The  caudal,  pectorals 
and  ventrals  are  immaculate. 
I860.] 


108  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

This  species  is  very  nearly  allied  to  the  "West  Indian  Labrosomus  p  e  c  t  i  n  i- 
fer  and  L.  capillatus  Sw.,  hut  differs  from  them  in  color  and  some  minor 
details  of  form.  The  median  tooth  of  the  front  of  the  vomer,  which  is  so 
large  in  the  Labrosomus  pectinifer,  is  of  the  same  size  as  the  others  in 
the  Labrosomus  x  a  n  t  i. 

Old  and  young  specimens  were  obtained  by  Mr.  J.  Xantus  under  rocks  on 
Cerro  Blanco.  They  are  numbered  2334,  2335  and  2478  in  the  collection  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

I  have  dedicated  this  species  to  Mr.  Xantus  as  a  slight  testimony  to  his 
worth  and  abilities  :  while  engaged  in  his  duties  on  the  coast  survey,  and  with 
many  obstacles  to  contend  against,  on  account  of  the  present  condition  of  af- 
fairs in  Mexico,  he  has  obtained  a  collection  of  terrestrial  and  marine  animals, 
which  is  rich  in  new  forms,  and  all  the  species  of  which  are  in  the  highest 
state  of  preservation. 

5.  Labrosomus  Herminieri  Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Blennins  Herminieri  Leseur,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pa.,  vol.  iv.  p.  361; 
1825. 

Clinus  Herminieri  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xi.  p. 

This  species  appears  to  be  nearly  related  to  the  other  species  of  the  genus,  but 
is  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  only  sixteen  spines  in  the  dorsal  fin,  and  by 
a  different  pattern  of  coloration.  The  dorsal  fin  anteriorly  has  an  elongate 
black  spot.  "The  cheeks  and  head  are  rufous  brown,  vermicular  with  little 
blackish  lines,  which  form  an  irregular  kind  of  close  net  work." 

The  radial  formula  is  as  follows : 

D  16,  11 ;  A  20  ;  P  16  ;  V  3  ;  C  14. 

Specimens  were  taken  at  the  West  Indian  Island  of  St.  Bartholomews,  in 
cavities  of  madreporic  rocks,  in  the  month  of  June,  1816,  by  C.  A.  Lesueur. 
It  has  not  since  been  re-discovered. 


Monograph  of  the  Genus  LABRAX,  of  Cuvier. 
BY   THEO.    GILL. 

There  is  found,  in  the  Mediterranean  sea,  a  fish  which  has,  from  the  earliest 
times,  attracted  the  attention  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  neighboring  coasts  from 
the  abundance  in  which  it  is  found  and  the  size  to  which  it  attains.  By  the 
Ancients,  as  at  the  present  day,  it  was  much  esteemed  as  an  article  of  food,  and 
was  called  by  the  Greeks  A*/?/>*|  and  by  the  Romans,  Lupus.  Of  this  fish. 
Cuvier  has  said  that  its  appearance  and  almost  all  the  details  of  its  form  recall 
to  mind  the  perch,  and  that  a  just  idea  would  be  given  of  it  by  describing  it  as 
a  "  large,  elongated  and  silvery  perch." 

From  the  Perches,  however,  it  differs  in  several  characters,  which  induced 
Cuvier  to  separate  it  generically,  and  for  the  name  of  the  genus,  he  adopted  the 
Greek  designation  of  the  species.  The  characters  by  which  Cuvier  distinguished 
it  from  the  Perches  were  the  presence  of  teeth  on  the  tongue  and  of  two  spines  to 
the  operculum.  It  differs  also  from  the  true  Perches  in  the  armature  of  some 
of  its  bones,  and  by  the  shorter  spinous  dorsal  fin,  whose  rays,  in  the  European 
and  allied  American  species,  do  not  exceed  the  number  of  nine. 

Though  Cuvier  was  the  first  to  properly  distinguish  the  genus,  its  type  bad 
been  long  previously  placed  by  Klein  as  the  first  of  two  species  which  he  placed 
in  a  group,  for  which  he  used  the  same  name  of  Labrax. 

In  the  second  and  third  volumes  of  the  great  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des 
Poissons,"  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  have  referred  to  the  genus  Labrax  seven 
species,  six  of  which  are  described  in  the  former  volume. 

Of  these,  the  Labrax  1  u  p  u  s  is  the  type  of  the  genus,  and  is  distinguished  by 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  109 

the  spur-like  spines  of  the  inferior  margin  of  the  preoperculum ;  the  presence 
of  a  perfect  marginal  band  of  teeth  and  of  an  oval  basal  patch  on  the  tongue  ; 
three  spines  to  the  anal  fin.  and  other  characters  which  will  be  noticed  in  the 
diagnosis  of  the  genus.     To  this  should  the  name  of  Labrax  be  restricted. 

The  second  species  (le  Bar  alonge,  or  Perca  elongata  of  Geoffrey)  is  distin- 
guished by  finer  and  more  numerous  teeth  on  the  inferior  border  of  the  preoper- 
culum, and  the  presence  of  only  two  anal  spines.  This  is  doubtless  the  type  of 
a  distinct  genus  to  which  the  name  of  Dicentrarchus  may  be  given. 

The  third  species  is  the  Labrax  lineatus  of  Cuvier,  the  common  rock  fish 
and  striped  bass  of  the  United  States.  This  is  now  taken  as  the  type  of  a  new 
genus,  for  which  Mitchell's  name  of  Roccua  is  preserved.  The  characters  are 
given  below.  To  this  genus  should  be  also  referred  the  Labrax  multiline- 
atus  described  by  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  in  the  third  volume  of  their 
"Histoire." 

The  fourth  species,  Labrax  Waigiensis,  has  been  identified  by  Bleeker 
with  the  Psammoperca  datnioides  of  Richardson;  if  this  is  correct, — and 
notwithstanding  the  discrepancies  between  the  descriptions  of  the  "Histoire 
Naturelle"  and  Richardson,  such  appears  to  be  the  case — it  belongs  to  a  very 
distinct  genus  from  Labrax  1  u  pu  s  .  The  teeth  of  the  jaws,  vomer  and  palatines 
are  described  by  Richardson  as  crowded,  rounded  and  granular,  while  by  Cuvier 
the  teeth  on  both  jaws,  the  chevron  of  the  vomer  and  the  palatines  are  said  to  be 
villiform  ("  dents  en  velours  ");  it  is  also  stated  by  Cuvier  that  there  is  a  small 
oval  disc  at  the  base  of  the  tongue.  By  Richardson,  the  tongue  is  said  to  be 
smooth.  In  the  latter  statement,  however,  be  disagrees  not  only  with  Cuvier 
and  Valenciennes,  but  with  Bleeker,  who  also  asserts*  that  there  is  an  oblong 
patch  at  the  base  of  the  tongue;  "  lingua  basi  thurma  denticulorum  scabra." 
Both  authors  agree  as  to  the  presence  of  a  single  spine  to  the  operculum 
(although  one  of  the  generic  characters  assigned  to  Labrax  by  Cuvier  is  the 
presence  of  two  spines  on  that  bone),  and  of  a  strong  horizontal  spine  at  the 
angle  of  the  preoperculum,  above  which  the  margin  is  pectinated. 

The  next  species  in  order, — Labrax  Japonic  us  of  Cuv.  and  Val., — is  the 
type  of  the  genus  Lateolabrax  of  Bleeker,  which  is  widely  separated  from 
Labrax  by  the  absence  of  any  teeth  on  the  tongue.  In  the  plectroid  armature 
of  the  operculum  it,  however,  resembles  that  genus. 

The  last  species — Labrax  mucronatu  s — is  now  taken  as  the  type  of  a  new 
genus,  for  which  the  name  of  Morone  is  accepted.  Its  generic  characters  and 
affinities  will  be  given  at  length  in  a  subsequent  portion  of  this  memoir. 

Of  the  seven  species  referred  by  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  to  the  genus  Labrax, 
six  are  thus  seen  to  belong  to  different  genera.  Nor  do  any  of  these  genera 
appear  to  be  unnecessary,  but  on  the  contrary,  all  of  them  are  well  distinguished 
from  each  other  by  characters  that  ichthyologists  must  admit  are  of  importance  ; 
two  of  the  species,  indeed,  that  were  referred  to  the  genus  by  the  French  nat- 
uralists, do  not  agree  with  their  characters  of  that  genus.  It  is  not  in  dispar- 
agement of  those  celebrated  and  able  men  that  these  remarks  have  been  made. 
The  progress  of  scientific  discovery  and  the  examination  of  better  materials 
have  enabled  their  successors  to  discover  the  errors  of  the  founders  of  modern 
ichthyology.  None  could  have  performed  the  work  at  that  day  better  than  they. 
Having  long  since,  from  an  examination  of  the  descriptions  of  various 
authors,  been  aware  of  the  confusion  and  uncertainty  in  which  our  American 
species  of  the  Cuvieran  Labrax  were  enveloped,  I  have  thought  that  it  might  be 
a  useful  task  to  attempt  the  elucidation  of  the  genus.  More  than  three  years 
ago,  I  had  noticed  that  the  Labrax  rufus  of  Dekay  belonged  to  a  different 
natural  genus  from  Labrax,  but  not  having  then  had  an  opportunity  of  exam- 
ining the  European  species,  I  believed  that  the  Labrax  lineatus  was  a  true 
Labrax.  The  name  which  I  had  then  applied  to  the  Labrax  rufus  having 
never  been  published,  I  have  now  renounced  it  for  that  of  Mitchell,  not  b    :^use 

*  Natuurkundig  Tydschrift  voor  Nederlandsch  Indie,  vol.  ii.  p.  479. 

I860.] 


110  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

he  was  the  author  of  the  genus,  but  because  the  name  had  been  applied; 
though  from  a  false  idea,  to  one  of  its  species. 

The  number  of  American  species  admitted  by  Drs.  Dekay  and  Storer  in  the 
genus  Labrax  amounts  to  seven,  and  another  specific  name  has  been  since  added 
by  Filippi,  an  Italian  naturalist.  It  will  be  attempted  to  demonstrate,  in  the 
following  monograph,  that  all  of  these  nominal  species  are  referrable  to  three 
true  ones.     Three  of  the  synonyms  apply  to  one  species  and  four  to  another. 

Besides  the  species  that  have  been  attributed  to  the  genus  by  Richardson. 
Dekay  and  Filippi,  several  others  have  been  described  under  that  name  by 
modern  naturalists.  Dr.  Charles  Girard  has  noticed  two  of  these  in  the  "Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,"  under  the  name 
of  Labrax  n  eb  u  1  o  s  u  s  and  L.  clathratus.  He  afterwards  constructed 
for  them  a  new  genus  which  he  called  Paralabrax,  and  placed  it  in  the  vicinity 
of  Serranus.  They  appear  truly  to  belong  there,  or  perhaps  to  the  group  com- 
posed of  Elastoma  Sw.,  or  Macrops  Dumeril,  and  Etelis  Cuv. 

Mr.  Hill,  of  Jamaica,  in  a  useful  catalogue  of  the  Fishes  of  that  island,  has 
also  noticed  a  fish  which  he  referred  to  Labrax,  under  the  name  of  L.  p  1  u  v  i  a  - 
lis,  or  the  rainy  weather  chub.  It  is  said  by  that  gentleman  to  be  confounded 
by  the  fishermen  with  the  Labrax  mucronatus,  but  differs  from  it  by  the 
presence  of  vertical  bars,  like  those  of  the  common  perch  of  Europe  and  America. 
Is  not  this  related  to  the  Perca  P  1  u  m  i  e  r  i  of  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  ?  The 
presence  of  the  vertical  bars  would  militate  against  its  natural  association  with 
Morone,  and  it  may  perhaps  be  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus  or  belong  to  the 
genus  Percichthys  of  Girard 

For  the  faculties  of  investigating  inf)  the  history  of  this  group  I  am  indebted 
to  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

I.  Labrax  (Klein)  Cuv.  emend. 
Synonymy. 

Labrax  Klein,  Miss.  V.  p.  25,  1749. 

Perca  sp.  Linn.  auct. 

Scieena  sp.  Bloch. 

Cenlropome  sp.  Lac. 

Perseque  sp.  Lac. 

Labrax  sp.  Cuv.  Regne  Animal,  ed.  prima,  vol.  ii.  1817. 

Dentes  maxillare3,  palatini  et  vomerini  velutini;  dentes  linguales  velutini  in 
margine  totio  et  fascia  longitudinali  mediana  dispositi.  Squamae  occipitales  et 
interorbitales,  et  in  genis  pleurusque  cycloidea;  vel  vix  pectinatee.  Preoper- 
culurn  postice  serratuni  vel  pectinatum,  ad  angulum  plerumque  subtusque 
spinis  recurvatis  antrorsum  spectantibus.  Operculum  biaculeatum.  Finn* 
dorsales  ad  basin  baud  membraca  elevata  conjunct^ ;  pinna  d.orsalis  prim.. 
numero  radiorum  baud  decern  superante.  Pinna  analis  spinis  tribus  inmagni- 
tudine  regulariter  increscentibus. 

The  genus  Labrax,  as  above  restricted,  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  contin- 
uous band  of  villiform  teeth  around  the  margin  of  the  tongue,  and  the  oval 
disc  at  its  base.  It  is  most  intimately  allied  to  the  genus  Roccus,  from  which  it 
is  separated  by  the  character  of  the  lingual  dentition  and  the  plectroid  inferior 
-margin  of  the  preoperculum  ;  the  latter  character  is  seen  in  the  less  nearly 
allied  genus,  Lateolabrax  of  Bleeker. 

But  a  single  species  of  this  genus  is  yet  known. 

Labrax  diacanthus  Gill. 
Synonymy  (partim.) 
Perca  labrax  Linn.  Systema  Naturre. 
Scieena  diacantha  Bloch. 
The  full  synonymy  of  this  species  can  be  ascertained  by  reference  to  the 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  Ill 

"Fauna  Italica"  of  the  Prince  of  Canino;  as  it  has  been  given  by  Cuvier  aa 
•well  as  Canino,  it  is  not  necessary  to  more  than  refer  to  it  here. 

As  many  names  bad  been  given  to  the  species  before  it  was  designated 
Labrax  lupus  by  Cuvier,  that  name  cannot  be  retained  if  we  are  to  be  guided 
by  the  rules  of  priority.  A  specific  name  given  to  it  by  Bloch  is  therefore 
adopted. 

In  the  edition  of  the  "  Systema  Naturre  "  by  Gmelin,  the  European  Lalraz 
appears  under  the  name  of  Perca  punctata.  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  have 
shown  that  this  name  is  only  a  misapplication  of  one  by  Linnaeus,  who  had 
given  it  to  a  Scisenoid  from  North  America,  which  he  placed  immediately  before 
the  Perca  labrax  in  his  System.  Gmelin,  in  his  edition  of  the  same  work, 
has  by  mistake  omitted  both  the  description  of  the  Linnsean  Perca  punctata 
and  the  name  of  Perca  labrax,  so  that  the  name  of  the  former  is  there  ap- 
plied to  the  description  of  the  latter.  Bloch  has  also  applied  the  name  of 
Perca  punctata  to  the  young  of  Labrax  diacanthus,  but  without  allu- 
sion to  the  names  of  Linnasus  or  Gmelin.  As  the  name  thus  applied  would 
have  at  that  time  conflicted  with  the  one  of  Linnasus,  it  should  not  be  retained. 
The  name  of  Sciasna  diacantha  coming  next  in  order,  its  specific  part  must 
be  adopted.  Although  the  name  of  Lupus  was  bestowed  on  this  species  by  the 
ancient  Romans,  that  does  not  appear  to  constitute  a  valid  reason  for  accepting 
it  as  a  scientific  name. 

II.  DlCENTRARCHUS    Gill. 

Synonymy. 

Perca  sp.  Geoffrey. 
Labrax  sp.  Cuv.  et  Val. 

Genus  Labrici  Cuv.  simile,  sed  preoperculo  margine  inferiore  dentibus  non 
validis,  et  pinna  analis  solum  spinis  duabus. 

Dicentrarchus  elongatus  Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Le  Bar  alonge  Cuv.  and  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  ii.  p.  TO. 
This  species  I  have  never  seen,  but  it  evidently  belongs  to  a  distinct  genu;. 
and  I  have  been,  in  a  measure,  compelled  to  give  it  a  name  in  order  to  present  a 
perfect  view  of  the  classification  of  the  Labraces. 

The  species  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  Mediterranean  sea. 

The  synonymy  of  the  species  is  given  in  the  second  volume  of  the  "  Hist<<ire 
Naturelle  des  Poissons,"  to  which  reference  is  made. 

III.  Roccus  (Mitch.)  Gill. 

Synonymy. 

Scicena  sp.  Bloch. 

Perca  sp.  Bloch,  Schneid.,  Mitchell,  1818. 

Centropome  sp.  Lac. 

Poccus  sp.  Mitchell,  Report  in  part  on  the  Fishes  of  New  York,  p.  25,  1814. 

Le.pibema  Raf.  Ichthyologia  Ohiensis,  p.  23,  1820. 

Ijabrax  sp.  Cuv.,  et  Vol. 

Corpus  gracile  vel  oblongo-ovatum,  dorso  antice  curvato.  Dentes  max- 
illares,  palatini  etvomerini  velutini ;  dentes  linguales  velutini.  in  fasciis  later- 
alibus  et  ad  basin  in  seriebus  duabus  longitudinalibus  separatis  vel  coalescent- 
ibus  dispositi.  Squampe  a  nucha  ad  nares  et  in  gem's  plerusque  cycloidear 
Preoperculum  postice  subtusque  pectinatnm,  operculum  biaeuleatum.  Pinna 
dorsales  ad  basin  non  membrana  elevata  conjunctaj.  Pinna  dorsalis  prima 
numero  radiorum  non  decern  superante.  Pinna  analis  spinis  tribus  in  ma<jni- 
tudine  regulariter  increscentibus.     Linea  lateralis  rectilinearis. 

I860.] 


112  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

The  genu3  Roccus  is  very  closely  allied  to  both  Labrax,  as  here  revised,  and 
Morone.  From  Labrax  it  differs  chiefly  in  the  character  of  the  armature  of  the 
preoperculum,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  teeth  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
tongue;  the  whole  margin  of  the  tongue  in  the  latter  genus  being  provided 
with  a  band  of  villiform  teeth,  and  the  spur-formed  teeth  of  the  inferior  margin 
of  the  preoperculum  calling  to  mind  the  genus  Plectropoma  of  Cuvier  among  the 
Serrani.  The  difference  between  the  last  named  genus — or  at  least  of  many  of 
its  species — and  Serranus  is  indeed  not  of  as  great  value  as  that  between  Labrax 
and  Roccus.  The  only  constant  character  between  Serranus  and  Plectropoma,  as 
those  genera  were  established  by  Cuvier,  is  the  spur-like  dentition  of  the 
inferior  border  of  the  preoperculum,  while  Labrax  and  Roccus  are  distinguished 
not  only  by  an  equally  great  and  constant  difference  of  the  preopercular  border, 
but  also  by  the  difference  of  the  lingual  dentition.  As  the  former  character  is 
of  as  great  value  in  the  Labraces  as  in  the  Serrani,  consistency  will  require  that 
if  Plectropoma  and  Serranus  are  considered  as  distinct  genera,  Roccus  and  Labrax 
should  also  be  so  regarded. 

The  difference  between  Roccus  and  Morone  is  of  even  more  importance  than 
that  of  Roccus  and  Labrax.  The  distinguishing  characters  will  be  referred  to 
under  the  diagnosis  of  Morone. 

The  name  which  has  been  adopted  for  this  genus  is  one  given  by  Dr.  Mitchell, 
in  the  year  1814,  to  a  medley  comprising  the  Roccus  lineatus,  which  he 
called  Roccus  s  tr  i  at  u  s  ,  and  the  Otolithus  re  gal  is,  which  was  designated 
as  Roccus  comes.  The  name  was  solely  the  result  of  ignorance  on  the  part 
of  the  author,  of  the  application  of  the  ordinary  terms  used  by  naturalists  at 
that  day.  The  name  itself  is  a  barbarous  latinization  of  the  popular  name, 
rock  fish,  by  which  its  chief  species  is  known  in  many  parts  of  the  United 
States.  Notwithstanding  these  facts,  it  has  been  nevertheless  deemed  more 
advisable  to  accept  the  name  than  to  apply  a  new  one.  It  is  scarcely  worse 
than  Raltus,  Kangurus,  Catus,  Gunnellus,  and  many  other  names  of  similar 
derivation. 

Rafinesque,  in  the  "  Ichthyologia  Ohiensis,"  also  proposed  for  his  Perca 
chrysops,  in  case  it  should  be  found  to  be  generically  distinct  from  Perca, 
the  name  of  Lepibema.  He  believed  it  to  be  distinguished  "  by  the  scaly  bases 
of  the  caudal,  anal  and  second  dorsal  fins,  the  last  with  some  spiny  rays,  and 
all  the  three  parts  of  the  gill  cover  more  or  less  serrulate,  besides  the  small 
teeth."  Rafinesque  suggested  that  to  this  genus  the  Perca  Mite  belli  of 
Mitchell  might  "  perhaps  be  found  to  belong." 

The  genus  Roccus  may  be  divided  into  two  sections. 

§1.  Corpus  elongatum;  dentes  ad  lingua?  basin  in  seriebus  longitudinalibus 
duabus  ordinati. 

Roccus  lineatus  Gill. 

Synonymy. 

Sciaina  lineata  Bloch,  Ichthyologie,  pars.  ix.  p.  53,  pi.  305. 

Perca Schoepff.,  Schrift.  der  Gesells.  Nat.  Freund,  vol.  viii.  p.  160. 

Perca  saxatilis  Bloch,  Systema  Ichthyologia?,  Schneid.  ed.  p.  89. 

Perca  septentrionalis  Bloch,  Systema  Ichthyologise,  Schneid.  ed.  p.  90,  pi.  70. 

Centropome  raye  Lac,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  iv.  p.  225. 

Roccus  striatus  Mitchell,  Report  in  part  on  the  fishes  of  New  York,  p.  25,  1814. 

Perca  Mitchelli  Mitchell.  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc,  N.  Y.,  vol.  i.  p.  413,  pi.  3 

fig.  4. 
Rock-Fish  Mease,  Trans.  Lit  and  Phil.  Soc,  N.  Y.,  vol.  i.  p.  502. 

Perca,  Mitchelli         lRaf  Ichthiologia  Ohiensis,  p.  23,  (passim). 
Lepibema  Mitchelli   )  °  i r       j  vr  • 

Labrax  lineatus  Cuv.  et  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  ii.  p.  79. 
Perca  labrax!  Smith,  Nat.  Hist.  Fishes  of  Mass.,  p.  277. 

[April, 


u 

If 

u 

It 

u 

u 

It 

u 

NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  113 

Labrax  lineatus  Rich.,  Fauna  Boreali- Americana,  vol  iii.  p.  10. 
Storer,  Report  on  the  Fishes  of  Mass.,  p.  7. 
Ayres,  Boston  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  iv.  p.  757. 
Dekay,  Zoology  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  7,  pi.  1.  fig.  3. 
Liosley,  Catalogue  of  Fishes  of  Connecticut. 
Storer,  Synopsis  Fishes  of  N.  America,  p.  21,  ib.  in  Memoirs 
Am.  Acad. 
"  "         Storer,  Hist.  Fishes  of  Mass.,  ib.  in  Memoirs  Am.  Acad.,  vol. 

V.  p.  55,  pi.  1,  fig.  4.,1853. 
"  "         Baird,  Report  on  Fishes  of  New  Jersey  coast,  p.     ib.  in  Ninth 

Annual  Report  of  Smith.  Inst.,  p.  321. 
"  "         Holbrook,  Ichthyology  of  South  Carolina,  p.  17,  pi.  iv.  fig.  2. 

"  «         Gill,  Annual  Report  Smith.  Inst.,  1857,  p.  255. 

This  species  is  so  well  known  and  has  been  so  frequently  described  and 
figured  that  no  description  is  here  needed.  The  best  that  has  appeared  is  that 
of  Holbrook  in  the  Ichthyology  of  South  Carolina;  in  that,  the  only  correct 
account  of  the  lingual  dentition  published  by  any  American  author,  is  given. 
The  best  illustration  of  the  species  is  given  by  Sonrel  in  Dr.  Storer's  "  History 
of  the  Fishes  of  Massachusetts,"  and  is  superior  to  that  of  Dr.  Holbrook. 

Cuvier  and  Valenciennes  have  described  the  tongue  as  having  asperities  only 
en  its  sides,  while  other  naturalists  have  stated  that  the  teeth  on  the  tongue  are 
most  obvious  on  its  sides,"  or  more  correctly  that  the  "tongue  is  rough  at  its 
base  and  upon  its  sides  and  smooth  in  the  centre."  Dr.  Holbrook  has  well  said 
that  "there  are  two  bands  of  minute  teeth,  at  the  root  of  the  tongue,  separated 
slightly  from  each  other  in  the  mesial  line ;  the  sides  of  the  tongue  are  also 
armed  with  small  teeth." 

Prof.  Filippi,  a  learned  naturalist  of  Turin,  has  also  correctly  described  the 
lingual  dentition  of  Roccus  lineatus  in  comparison  with  a  species  of  the 
genus  which  he  regarded  as  new,  but  which  has,  in  this  monograph,  been  con- 
sidered as  identical  with  the  Roccus   chrysops. 

§  II.  Corpus  oblougo-ovatum,  compressum  ;  dentes  ad  linguae  basin  in  turma 
ovali  aggregati. 

Roccus  chrysops  GUI. 
Synonymy. 

Perca  chrysops        )  R        lchthvologia  Ohiensis,  p.  28. 

Lepibema  chrysops  \  °  '  c 

Labrax  mzdtilineatus  Cuv.  and  Val.,  His,  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  iii.  p.  588. 

Perca  multilineata  Les.  fide  Cuv.  and  Val. 

Labrax  notatus  Smith,  in  Rich.  Fauna  Boreali-Americana,  vol.  iii.  p.  8,  183C. 

Labrax  multilineatus  Kirtland,  Boston  Journal  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  v.  p.  21,  pi.  7, 
fig.  1. 
"  "  Dekay,  Nat.  Hist,  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  14. 

Labrax  albidus   Dekay,  Nat.  Hist,  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  13,  pi.  51,  fig.  165. 

Tjabrax  notatus  Dekay,  loc.  cit.,  p.  14. 

Labrax  multilineatus  Storer,  Synopsis  of  the   Fishes  of  North  America,  p.  22, 
ib.  in  Memoirs  of  American  Acad. 

Labrax  notatus  Storer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  22. 

Labrax  albidus  Storer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  23. 

Ijabrax  osculatii  Filippi,  Revue  et  Magazin  de  Zoologie,  2d  series,  vol.  v.  p.  164. 

Labrax  chrysops  Gill,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1860,  p.  20. 
Non  Labrax  chrysops  Girard. 

The  Roccus  chrysops  of  this  monograph  is  undoubtedly  identical  with 
the  Perca  or  Lepibema  chrysops  of  Rafinesque,  and  the  Labrax  multi- 
lineatus of  the  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Poissons"  and  of  Kirtland.  The 
descriptions  that  have  been  yet  given  of  the  species  under  those  names  are 
meagre  and  unsatisfactory,  but  the  notice  of  the  color  given  bv  the  above 

I860.] 

7 


114  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

named  authors  and  the  possession  of  specimens  from  the  same  hydrographical 
basins  as  those  from  whence  the  fishes  described  by  them  were  taken,  leave  no 
doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  species. 

Rafinesque's  description  of  his  Perca  chrysops  is,  like  almost  all  his  des- 
criptions, inapplicable  to  any  known  fish,  but  it  agrees  with  the  Morone 
chrysops  better  than  any  other  species.  Rafinesque  erroneously  attributes 
to  his  species  six  branchiostegal  rays,  a  single  opercular  spine,  eight  spines  to 
the  first  dorsal  fin,  and  places  it  under  the  genus  Perca,  all  the  species  of  which , 
he  informs  us,  have  naked  heads.  He  proposed  for  it  a  new  genus  to  which  he 
gave  the  name  Lepibema,  in  allusion  to  the  scaly  bases  of  the  unpaired  fins. 

Lesueur  subsequently  sent  to  the  Parisian  Museum  two  specimens  of  a  species 
which  he  called  Perca  multilineata,  which  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes 
placed  in  their  genus  Labrax,  but  adopted  for  it  the  specific  name  of  Lesueur. 
Their  description  is  mostly  comparative,  it  being  said  to  differ  from  the  Labrax 
lineatus  by  its  higher  body,  shorter  head,  more  feeble  teeth,  the  stronger 
asperities  of  the  tongue,  and  especially  the  larger  scales  of  the  maxillaries, 
which  resemble  those  of  Labrax  mucronatus,  while  in  Labrax  lineatus 
they  were  said  to  be  scarcely  perceptible. 

The  description  of  the  lingual  dentition  is  very  unsatisfactory,  and  no  cor- 
rection is  made  of  the  statement  made  in  the  second  volume  that  the  Labrax 
lineatus  has  only  lateral  teeth.  It  is  not  in  the  development  of  the  asperi- 
ties of  the  tongue  that  the  lingual  dentition  of  the  species  differs,  but  that  while 
there  are  two  narrow  rows  separated  by  a  mesial  line  in  Roccus  lineatus, 
the  rows  are  broader  at  the  middle,  in  proportion,  and  coalescent  in  Roccus 
chrysops. 

There  were  said  to  be  in  one  specimen  sixteen,  and  in  another,  nineteen 
longitudinal  dark  lines.  So  large  a  number  is  rarely  seen  ;  the  most  constant 
arrangement  is  five  above,  including  the  one  through  which  the  lateral  line 
runs,  while  sometimes  there  are  several  below  the  lateral  line,  and  at  other 
times  they  are  obsolete.  These  lines  are  sometimes  straight,  but  often  in- 
terrupted. 

In  the  "Fauna  Boreali-Americana  "  of  Richardson,  a  Labrax  is  described  in 
the  volume  on  Ichthyology,  under  the  name  of  Labrax  not  at  us  (Smith),  the 
Bar-fish  or  Canadian  Basse."  This  species  is  said  to  "  differ  from  Mitchell's 
Basse  (L.  lineatus  Cuv.)  in  being  much  more  robust,  and  in  being  marked 
with  rows  of  spots,  five  above  and  five  below  the  lateral  line,  so  regularly  in- 
terrupted and  transposed  as  to  appear  like  ancient  church  music."  It  has  been 
suggested  by  Dr.  Dekay  that  it  is  the  same  as  the  Perca  Mitchelli,  var. 
interrupt  us  of  Mitchell,  but  the  comparison  will  apply  very  well  to  Roccus 
chrysops,  and  it  is  doubtless  identical  with  that  species.  In  the  remarks 
upon  the  species,  it  is  said — by  Dr.  Richardson  apparently — that  "in  the  more 
robust  form,  and  in  the  strong  scales  of  the  head,  the  Canadian  Bar-fish  resem- 
bles the  L.  mucronatus  of  the  United  States  and  the  West  Indies,  and  the 
L.  multilineatus  of  the  Wabash.  The  latter  has  sixteen  narrow,  black, 
longitudinal  lines  on  the  flanks."  It  has  been  attempted  to  show  that  the 
number  of  lines  is  not  a  specific  character,  and  if  this  is  the  case,  the  Labrax 
n  o  t  a  t  u  s  and  L.  multilineatus  are  probably  identical  with  each  other 
and  with  Roccus  chrysops.  The  Labrax  not  at  us,  it  is  true,  is  stated 
by  Smith  to  have  but  one  anal  spine  and  six  articulated  ventral  rays,  but  this 
statement  is  undoubtedly  due  to  a  lapsus  calami  or  ati  error  of  observation.  So 
great  a  variation,  in  the  number  of  anal  spines,  from  a  nearly  allied  species, 
would  be  in  direct  opposition  to  all  we  know  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  fishes 
of  this  tribe,  while  it  is  one  of  the  characters  of  the  family  to  have  only  five 
branched  rays  in  the  ventral  fins.  Smith  states  that  he  counted  fifty-eight 
scales  along  the  lateral  line,  a  statement  which  confirms  the  identity  of  this 
.  species  with  Roccus  chrysops. 

In  the  abstracts  of  Smith's  description  of  Labrax  notatus,  given  by  Dekay 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  115 

and  Storer,  tbe  species  is  said  to  have  the  "length,  one  to  two  feet."  If  this 
was  so,  it  might  militate  against  the  idea  of  its  identity  with  Itoccus  chry- 
sops,  but  an  examination  of  the  description  of  Smith  and  Richardson  reveals 
no  mention  whatever  of  the  size  of  the  species. 

In  the  number  of  Guerin's  "  Revue  et  Magazin  de  Zoologie,"  for  April,  1853, 
(vol.  v.  p.  164,)  Professor  Filippi,  of  Turin,  has  described  a  Roccus  to  which  he 
has  given  the  name  of  Labrax  0  s  c  u  1  a  t  i  i ,  a  traveller  in  America,  M.  Oscu- 
lati,  having  obtained  it  from  Lake  Ontario.  Filippi  has  distinguisbed  this 
species  from  Labrax  line  at  us  very  well,  alluding  to  the  two  longitudinal 
lines  of  basal  teeth  in  that  species,  and  attributing  to  his  own  a  single  oval 
patch.  His  other  characters  are  the  greater  heighth  of  the  body  in  L.  Oscu- 
latii, which  equals  a  third   of  the  length,  while  ia  L.  line  at  us  it   is  a 

9 
quarter;  and  the  number  of  scales,  which   are  formulated  as   56  —   for  L. 

9  15 

Osculatii,  and  64  —  for  L.  1  in  ea  tu  s  .     The  true  teeth  are  also  said  to 

11 
be  more  numerous.  The  distinctive  characters  of  the  species  are  very  well 
stated  by  Filippi,  but  his  expression  of  surprise  that  a  fish  so  common  in  the 
United  States  should  not  have  been  noticed  by  any  American  naturalist,  not 
even  by  Dr.  Dekay,  is  uncalled  for.  Unhappily,  the  species  had  been  too  often 
noticed,  and  in  Dekay's  Ichthyology  of  New  York  it  appears  under  no  less  than 
three  different  names.  Filippi  has  mentioned  its  habitat  as  the  sea  and  rivers 
of  the  United  States  (Mare  et  fluviis  confederationis  Americanse).  I  know  not 
on  what  authority  it  is  said  to  inhabit  the  sea;  it  is  probably  assumed  to  be 
found  there  because  the  Roccus  li  neat  us  is.  So  far  as  we  now  know,  it  is 
confined  to  the  great  fresh  water  lakes  and  the  Western  rivers. 

Specimens  of  the  Roccus  chrysops  are  in  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  from  southern  Illinois,  obtained  by  Mr.  Robert  Kennicott,  and  from 
the  Root  river  at  Racine,  Wisconsin,  Toronto,  &c,  obtained  by  Professor  Baird. 

The  specimens  from  the  hydrographical  basins  of  the  Ohio  river  and  of  the 
Great  Lakes  cannot  be  specifically  distinguished  from  each  other.  Nor  can  I 
perceive  the  difference  signalized  by  Dr.  Kirtland  in  the  caudal  fins  of  Ohio  and 
Lake  Erie  specimens. 

In  extreme  youth,  this  species  appears  to  be  crossed  by  obscure  vertical 
bands;  at  a  later  epoch  these  bands  are  lost,  and  afterwards  the  longitudinal 
lines  are  assumed. 

The  best  descriptions  of  this  species  have  been  published  by  Prof.  Filippi 
under  the  name  of  Labrax  Osculatii,  and  by  the  late  Dr.  Dekay  under  that 
of  Labrax  albidus.  The  best  figure  is  that  given  by  Dr.  Kirtland  in  the 
Journal  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  but  the  dorsals  are  errone- 
ously represented  as  being  connected  by  a  low  membrane.  In  the  text  they  are 
correctly  described  as  being  "  distinct." 

IV.     Moeone.  (Mitch.)  Gill. 

Synonymy. 
Perca'sp.,  Bloch,  Gmel.  Lac. 
Morone  sp.,  Mitchell. 
Bodianus  sp.,  Mitchell. 
Labrax  sp.,  Raf. 

Corpus  oblongo-ovatum,  gibbosum  ad  pinnae  dorsalis  initium.  Dentes  max- 
illares,  palatini  et  vomerini  velutini ;  dentes  linguales  in  margine  totio  dispo- 
siti,  ad  basin  carentes.  Squamae  in  capite  totio  bene  pectinatae.  Preoperculum 
postice  subtusque  pectinatum.  Operculum  biaculeatum.  Pinnae  dorsales  ad 
basin  membrana  paulo  elevata  conjunctae ;  pinna  dorsalis  spinosa  radiis 
numero  non  decern  superantibus.  Pinna  analis  spinis  tribus,  quarum  secnn- 
da  saepe  major  est.  Linea  lateralis  antice  convexa  vix  dorso  concurrens. 
I860.] 


116  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF 

The  chief  distinctive  characters  of  the  genus  are  the  presence  of  strongly 
pectinated  scales  on  the  cheeks  and  opercular  bones,  and  the  band  of  villiforni 
teeth  on  the  sides  and  of  more  scattered  ones  at  the  tip. 

In  the  armature  of  the  preoperculum  and  operculum,  it  resembles  the  genus 
Eoccus.  In  the  connection  of  the  dorsal  fins  at  the  base,  the  less  allied  Pacific 
genera  Lateolabrax  of  Bleeker,  and  Psammoperca  of  Richardson.  The  slightly 
gibbous  back  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  the  greater  developement  of  the 
second  anal  spine  are  secondary  features,  which  support  the  natural  characters 
of  Morone  as  distinguished  from  the  genus  Roccus. 

For  the  name  of  the  genus,  one  used  by  Mitchell  for  a  group  founded  in 
error,  has  been  adopted.  The  name  of  Mitchell  resulted  from  a  misunder- 
standing of  that  author  regarding  the  value  of  the  terms  made  use  of  by  Lin- 
naeus. The  genus  Perca  was  placed  by  the  Swedish  naturalist  in  his  section 
of  Thoracic!;  Mitchell,  believing  that  the  Morone  americana,  Perca  Ha- 
ve s  c  e  n  s  and  Pomotis  macula  t  us  were  rather  abdominal  fishes,  considered 
them  to  be  generically  distinct  from  Perca,  and  consequently  gave  to  them  the 
generic  name  of  Morone.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  state  that  all  the  species 
enumerated  have  the  normal  position  of  the  ventrals  of  Perca,  and  that  there- 
fore Morone  of  Mitchell  was  a  mere  synonyme  of  Perca  of  Linnaeus.  I  have 
nevertheless  preferred  to  take  that  name  rather  than  to  give  a  new  one. 

Morone  americana.   Gill, 
ct  Synonymy. 

Perca  Schoepff,  Schrift.  der  Gesells.  Nat.  Freund,  vol.  viii.  p.  159. 

Perca  americana  Gmel.,  Systema  Naturae,  vol.  i.,  pars  iii.,  p.  1308. 

Perca  Schoepff,  Naturforscher,  vol.  xx.,  p.  17. 

Perca  americana  Bloch,  Systemae  Ichthyologiae,  Schneid.  ed. 

Perca  americana  Lac,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  iv.  p.  412. 

Morone  rufa  Mitchell,  Report  in  part  on  the  Fishes  of  New  York,  p.  18. 

Bodianus  rvfus  Mitchell,  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  of  New  York,  vol.  i.  p. 
420,  Jan.  1814. 

Centropomus  albus  Raf.  Precis  des  decouvertes  Somilogiques,  June,  1814. 
p.  19. 

Perca  mucronata  Raf.,  American  Monthly  Magazine  and  Critical  Review,  vol. 
ii.  p.  205. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Cuv.  and  Val.  Le  petit  Bar  d'Amerique,  Hist.  Nat.  de3 
Poissons,  vol.  ii.,  p.  81,  pi.  121. 

Bodianus  rvfus  Smith,  Nat.  Hist.  Fishes  of  Mass,  p.  274. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Storer,  Report  on  Ichthyology  of  Mass.,  p.  8. 

Perca  macronatus  (misprint)  Sw.  Nat.  Hist,  of  Fishes,  Amphibians  and 
Reptiles,  vol.  ii.,  p.  198.     1839. 

Labrax  rufus  Dekay,  Nat.  Hist,  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  9,  pi.  3,  fig.  7. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Ayres,  Boston  Journal  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  iv.,  p.  257. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Linsley,  Catalogue  of  Fishes  of  Connecticut. 

Labrax  rufus  Storer,  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America,  p.  22  ;  ib.  in 
Memoirs  of  American  Acad.,  new  series,  vol.  ii.,  p.  274.     1846. 

Labrax  rufus  Storer,  Hist,  of  the  Fishes  of  Mass.,  p.  1,  ib.  in  Memoirs  of 
American  Acad.,  n.  s.,  vol.  v.,  p.  57. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Baird,  Report  on  Fishes  of  New  Jersey  Coast,  p.  8  ;  ib.  in 
Ninth  Annual  Report  of  Smith.  Inst.  p.  322.     1855. 

Labrax  americanus  Holbrook,  Ichthyology  of  South  Carolina,  p.  21,  pi.  3, 
fig.  2.     1855. 

Labrax  rufus  Gill,  Annual  Report  of  Smith.  Inst.,  p.  256.     1857. 

Labrax  mucronatus  Hill,  Catalogue  of  Fish  of  Jamaica,  p.  1. 
P. 

Labrax  nigricans  Dekay,  Nat.  Hist,  of  New  York  Fishes,  p.  12,  pi.  50,  fig. 
160.     1842. 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  117 

Labrax  nigricans  Storer,  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America  ;  ib.  in  Me- 
moirs of  American  Acad.,  vol.  ii.  p.  23.     1846. 

y- 

Morone  pallida  Mitchell,  Report  in  part  on  the  Fishes  of  New  York,  p.  IS. 

Bodianus  pallidas  Mitchell,  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  of  New  York,  vol.  i. 
p.  420. 

Bodianus  pallidas  Smith,  Nat.  Hist,  of  Fishes  of  Mass.  p.  294. 

Labrax  pallidus  Dekay,  Nat.  Hist,  of  New  York,  Fishes,  p.  11,  pi.  1,  fig.  2. 
1842. 

Labrax  pallidus  Storer,  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America,  p.  22  ;  ib. 
in  Memoirs  of  American  Acad.,  vol.  ii.,  p.  22. 

Labrax  pallidus  Perley,  Report  upon  the  Fishes  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  p.  121. 
1851. 

Labrax  pallidas  Perley,  Descriptive  Catalogue  (in  part,)  of  Fishes  of  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia,  p  4  ;  ib.  in  Reports  on  Sea  and  River  Fisheries 
of  New  Brunswick,  p.  182.     1852. 

In  the  above  synonymy,  it  will  be  observed  that  several  species  which  have 
been  created  as  distinct,  and  so  retained  by  succeeding  naturalists,  have  been 
merged  into  one.  Although  there  can  scarcely  be  a  doubt  of  the  identity  of 
these  nominal  species,  the  synonymy,  at  the  same  time,  has  been  divided  into 
three  portions,  each  applying  to  one  of  the  nominal  species  as  previously 
accepted. 

The  reference  of  all  the  variations  of  the  Labrax  americanus  type  to 
one  species  has  been  only  done  after  a  careful  study  of  Dekay's  descriptions, 
and  after  examination  of  numerous  specimens  of  the  genus.  The  descriptions 
of  Dekay  certainly  do  not  afford  any  means  for  distinguishing  his  species,  in 
the  case  of  Labrax  rufus  and  Labrax  nigricans,  except  a  very  slight 
difference  in  the  shade  of  color.  The  description  of  the  color  of  the  latter 
species  is  given  by  Dekay,  as  follows  : 

"  The  general  hue  is  deep  brownish-black,  more  intense  on  the  head  ami 
upper  part  of  the  body.  In  the  older  specimens,  there  is  a  strong  brassy  hue 
throughout ;  occasionally  dark  longitudinal  parallel  streaks  on  the  upper  part 
of  the  body,  pupils  black,  irides  yellow,  base  of  the  fins  light  greenish- yellow, 
edge  of  the  membrane  of  the  spinous  dorsal,  black  ;  upper  portion  of  the 
membrane  of  the  posterior  dorsal  fin  transparent,  and  separated  from  the 
yellow  portion  at  the  base  by  a  tolerably  well  defined  dark  band  ;  membrane 
of  the  anal  fin  dark  toward  the  tips  of  the  rays. ' ' 

Let  any  naturalist  take  an  ordinary  specimen  of  the  common  white  perch, 
and  decide  whether  the  difference  of  color  between  that  specimen  and  the 
Labrax  nigricans  is  sufficient  to  authorize  a  separation  on  that  ground  ; 
in  all  other  respects,  the  description  of  Dr.  Dekay  will  exactly  apply  to  his 
Labrax  rufus. 

The  distribution  of  the  darker  shades  of  color  on  the  body  and  fins,  is  the 
same  in  both  species  ;  the  proportions  are  the  same,  and  the  difference  in  the 
number  of  rays  is  not  greater  than  is  noticed  in  the  same  species.  Is  it  not 
probable  that  Dr.  Dekay  was  induced  to  separate  the  Labrax  nigricans 
from  his  other  species  on  account  of  a  supposed  difference  of  station  ?  The 
Labrax  rufus  is  described  as  being  "obtained  in  brackish  streams,"  while 
the  Labrax  nigricans  is  said  to  be  found  in  "  deep  fresh-water  ponds  in 
Queen  and  Suffolk  Counties."  But  the  true  Labrax  rufus  {Morone  ameri- 
cana)  is  found  also  in  streams  of  fresh  water,  and  in  ponds  that  are  now  en- 
tirely disconnected  from  the  salt  water,  although  not  far  from  the  sea.  As 
there  is  therefore  no  difference  in  the  habitation  of  the  supposed  two  species, 
and  as  no  specific  distinctions  appear  to  exist  from  the  descriptions  of  Dr. 
Dekay,  no  alternative  is  left  but  to  consider  them  identical. 

Mr.  William  H.  Herbert,  a  popular  writer  on  our  fi- lies,  entertained  <:  great 
doubts  "  whether  the  Labrax  nigricans  was  more  "than  a  casual  variety  of 
I860.] 


118  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

the  Black  Bass  of  the  Saint  Lawrence, "  the  "  Grystes  nigricans  of  Agassiz. " 
Such  doubts  deserve  no  consideration,  as  there  are  none  of  its  being  at  least 
the  congener  of  Morone  americana. 

As  to  the  Labrax  pallidus,  there  is  a  greater  discrepancy  in  the  descrip- 
tion of  it  as  compared  with  that  of  the  Labrax  r  u  f  u  s  .  It  is  said  that  in  the 
former,  the  opercle  has  "  a  single  flat  spine,  and  a  pointed  membrane  extend- 
ing beyond  it,"  while  the  generic  characters  given  by  Cuvier  to  the  genus  are 
retained,  one  of  which  is  founded  upon  the  presence  of  "two  points  on  the 
opercle."  The  statement  that  Labrax  pallidus  has  but  one  spine  is  pro- 
bably due  to  a  misapprehension  of  Dekay.  In  the  Morone  americana 
there  is  one  acute  point  terminating  the  opercle,  above  which  is  an  emargina- 
tion  separating  it  from  a  more  obtuse  or  rounded  process,  which  in  one  case 
has  been  regarded  as  a  spine,  and  in  the  other  has  not.  It  is  impossible  to 
believe  that  two  fishes  of  this  genus  so  nearly  resembling  each  other,  should 
so  differ  in  the  developement  of  the  opercular  spines. 

Another  distinctive  character  is  said  to  exist  in  the  first  ray  of  the  posterior 
dorsal,  which  is  "  nearly  as  long  as  the  second."  Was  not  this  relative  differ- 
ence in  the  proportions  of  the  rays  the  result  of  injury  to  the  tips  of  the  suc- 
ceeding soft  ones  ?  As  a  third  character,  it  is  mentioned  that  the  body  is 
"  much  compressed."  From  the  figures  of  Labrax  rufus  and  Labrax  pal- 
lidus, it  would  appear  that  any  difference  in  height  was  rather  in  favor  of 
the  former  than  of  the  latter.  No  mention  is  made  in  the  description,  of  the 
color  of  the  fins  of  Labrax  pallidus,  but  from  the  figure  it  would  appear 
that  the  pattern  is  nearly  the  same  in  that  species  as  in  Labrax  rufus,  but 
the  shade  is  lighter  towards  the  borders  of  the  dorsal  and  anal.  This  differ- 
ence is  too  trivial  to  be  accepted  as  specific,  and  if  the  above  conjectures  as  to 
the  nature  of  Dr.  Dekay's  statements  are  correct,  the  Labrax  pallidus 
must  be  regarded  as  a  mere  s  vnonyme  of  Morone  americana. 

Morone  interrupta  Gill. 
Synonymy. 

Labrax  chrysops  Girard.     General  Report  upon  the  Zoology  of  the  several 
Pacific  Railroad  routes,  Ichthyology,  p.  29. 
non  Roccus  chrysops  Gill. 

The  form  of  this  species  scarcely  differs  from  the  Morone  americana, 
the  chief  difference  existing  in  the  more  gradual  declination  of  the  dorsal  out- 
line to  the  end  of  the  second  dorsal  fin,  and  the  greater  inequality  of  the  an- 
terior and  posterior  portions  of  the  caudal  peduncle.  The  greatest  height  of 
the  body  equals  three-tenths  of  the  length  from  the  snout  to  the  concave  mar- 
gin of  the  caudal  fin  ;  of  that  length,  the  head  forms  almost  three-tenths, 
being  not  much  less  than  the  height  of  the  body,  and  the  caudal  fin,  at  its  mid- 
dle rays,  equals  half  of  the  height  of  the  body.  The  caudal  fin,  when  expanded,^ 
is  emarginated  and  its  angles  rounded  ;  the  shortest  rays  equal  three-fifths  of 
the  length  of  the  longest. 

The  dorsal  fin  commences  at  a  vertical  intermediate  between  the  bases  of 
the  pectoral  and  ventral  fins,  and  is  of  a  triangular  form,  the  fourth  ray  being 
the  largest,  and  equalling  the  length  of  the  pectoral  fin  ;  the  spines  have  the 
same  form  and  arrangement  as  those  of  Morone  americana.  The  second 
dorsal  is  connected  by  a  membrane  as  in  Morone  americana;  its  spinous 
or  first  i  ay  is  little  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  first  articulated  one,  which 
itself  is  nearly  as  long  as  the  fourth  dorsal  spine  ;  the  fin  thence  decreases  in 
height  towards  its  last  ray,  which  is  shorter  than  its  spinous  one. 

The  anal  fin  commences  under  the  fourth  or  fifth  articulated  ray  of  the 
second  dorsal,  and  about  four  of  its  rays  are  posterior  to  the  termination  of 
that  fin  ;  the  first  spine  is  short  and  robust ;  the  second  at  least  twice  as  long 
as  the  first,  compressed,  and  very  strong  ;  the  third  is  as  long  or  longer  than  the 
second,   but  much  more  slender.     The  first  articulated  ray  of  the  anal  is 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  119 

longer  than  the  spines,  and  about  twice  as  long  as  the  last ;  the  outline  of  the 
fin  is  slightly  emarginated. 

The  first  ray  of  the  pectoral  fin  is,  as  usual,  articulated  but  simple  ;  the 
third  is  longest  and  branched,  and  equals  the  base  of  the  second  dorsal. 

The  ventrals  are  about  as  long  as  the  pectorals  ;  the  length  of  the  spine  is 
equal  to  two-thirds  of  that  of  the  first  or  second  branched  rays. 

The  radial  formula  is  as  follows : 

D  ix— I,  12  ;  A  hi,  10  ;  C  4,  I,  8,  7,  I,  2 ;  P  3,  14 ;  V  i,  5. 

The  scales  are  of  about  the  same  size  as  in  the  Morone  americana,  the 
lateral  line  running  through  about  fifty,  besides  the  smaller  ones  at  the  base 
of  the  caudal  fin  ;  at  the  region  of  its  greatest  height,  there  are  about  nineteen 
rows,  of  which  about  seven  are  above  the  lateral  line  and  eleven  beneath.  The 
relative  proportions  on  the  different  parts  of  the  body  are  almost  nearly  the 
same  as  in  that  species,  the  chief  difference  existing  on  the  front  of  the  back, 
where  the  exposed  portions  of  the  disc  are  higher  and  narrower  than  in  M. 
americana.  On  the  cheeks  from  the  orbit  to  the  angles,  there  are  about 
seven  oblique  rows. 

The  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  have  a  bright  brazen  color,  tinged  on  the 
back  with  olivaceous.  Along  the  sides  are  seven  very  distinct  longitudinal 
black  bands,  through  the  fourth  of  which  the  lateral  line  runs  for  its  entire 
length.  The  continuity  of  the  bands  below  the  lateral  line  is  interrupted  at 
the  posterior  half  of  their  length,  and  they  there  alternate  with  their  anterior 
parts. 

The  dorsal  fins  are  tinged  with  purple,  and  the  margin  of  the  spinous  one  is 
dark.  The  anal  is  of  a  darker  purple  towards  its  anterior  angle.  The  caudal, 
especially  posteriorly  and  at  its  middle,  is  purple.  The  rays  of  the  pectoral 
and  ventral  fins  are  yellowish,  while  the  membrane  of  the  former  is  hyaline, 
and  of  the  latter  sometimes  minutely  dotted. 

This  species,  as  will  be  observed  by  reference  to  the  synonymy,  has  been 
described  by  Dr.  Charles  Girard,  under  the  name  of  Labrax  chrysops  Grd. 
(Perca  or  Lepibema  chrysops  Raf.),  to  which  is  also  referred  as  a  syno- 
nyme,  the  Labrax  multilineatus  of  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  Kirtland, 
Dekay  and  Storer.  From  that  species,  it  is  very  distinct,  and  even  belongs  to 
a  different  genus.  Cuvier  described  the  ground  color  as  a  greenish-gray 
on  the  back  and  silvery  on  the  belly.  This  is  not  the  color  of  Morone  inter- 
rupta,  and  that  species  must  be  therefore  distinct  from  Labrax  multi- 
lineatus, nor  can  it  be  the  Perca  chrysops  of  Rafinesque,  which  is 
said  to  be  "  silvery  with  five  longitudinal  brownish  stripes  on  each  side,"  and 
have  the  "head  brown  above."  This  description,  though  erroneous  in  most 
respects,  is  as  accurate  as  Rafinesque's  generally  are,  and  agrees  sufficiently 
well  with  Kirtland's  Labrax  multilineatus,  which  is  doubtless  identical 
with  the  Cuvieran  species.  Even  such  an  observer  as  Rafinesque  would  have 
noticed  the  deep  brazen  hue  of  Morone  interrupta,  and  would  not  have 
overlooked  two  of  the  seven  very  distinct  black  bands  that  run  along  the  sides. 

Dr.  Girard  has  stated  that  there  are  but  six  branchiostegal  rays  in  his  species, 
but  I  am  able  to  say,  from  an  examination  of  the  specimens  used  by  Dr.  Girard 
himself,  for  description,  that  it  agrees  with  all  allied  species,  in  having  the 
normal  number  of  seven,  and  which  are  developed  as  in  Morone  americana. 

There  are  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  three 
specimens  of  the  Morone  interrupta,  one  of  which  was  obtained  by 
Lieutenant  Couch,  at  New  Orleans,  and  two  larger  ones  were  found  at  St.  Louis, 
Missouri,  by  Dr.  George  Engelman.  The  small  specimen  from  New  Orleans 
differs  from  the  two  Missouri  specimens  by  the  larger  second  spine  of  the  anal 
fin,  but  in  every  other  respect  they  are  similar. 


I860.] 


120  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

Monograph  of  the  Philypni. 
BY    THEO.    GILL. 

I.  In  the  year  1837,  M.  Valenciennes  has  for  the  first  time  separated  from 
the  genus  Eleotris  of  Gronovius,  a  fish  which  had  been  previously  referred  by 
Schneider,  Lacepede  and  by  Cuvier,  to  genera  to  which  it  did  not  naturally 
belong. 

This  species  was  first  named  Platycephalus  dormitator,  in  Schneider's 
posthumous  edition  of  the  "  Systema  Ichthyologise  "  of  Bloch,  from  the  figure 
and  manuscript  description  of  the  Father  Plumier. 

Shortly  after,  M.  Lacepede,  upon  the  same  documents,  established  his 
Gobioniore  d  o  r  m  e  u  r .  The  genus  to  which  it  was  referred  was  distinguished 
by  M.  Lacepede  from  the  genus  Gobius,  by  the  separation  of  the  ventral  fins. 
The  group  was  thus  established  on  the  same  characters  as  those  by  which 
Cuvier  afterwards  separated  the  species  under  the  Gronovian  name  of  Eleotris, 
but  the  homogeneousness  of  the  group  was  destroyed  by  the  introduction  of 
species  which  had  no  affinity  to  the  Eleotroids. 

Subsequently,  Cuvier,  in  his  "  Regne  Animal,"  revised  the  characters  of 
the  genus  Eleotris,  and  introduced  among  true  species  of  the  genus,  the  Eleo- 
tris dormitatrix,  which  is  the  same  as  the  above  mentioned  species  of 
Bloch  and  of  Lacepede. 

No  additional  information  was  communicated  respecting  this  species  until 
the  year  1S37.  At  that  time,  M.  de  Valenciennes,  in  his  monograph  of  the 
Gobioids  contained  in  the  twelfth  volume  of  the  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Pois- 
sons,"  revised  the  characters  of  the  genus  Eleotris,  and  in  addition  to  those 
by  which  Cuvier  distinguished  it,  referred  to  the  presence  of  teeth  only  on  the 
jaws.  From  the  genus,  as  thus  constituted,  he  has  separated  the  Platycepha- 
lus dormitator  of  Schneider,  or  the  Eleotris  dormitatrix  of  Cuvier, 
on  account  of  the  presence  of  teeth  on  the  front  of  the  vomer.  Valenciennes 
has  taken  the  species  as  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  which  he  has  called  Philyp- 
nus,  and  the  presence  of  vomerine  teeth  is  the  only  character  by  which  he 
distinguishes  it  from  his  Eleotris;  he  has  called  the  species  Philypnus  dor- 
mitator, and  has  given  an  extended  description  of  it.  He  had  examined 
specimens  from  the  islands  of  Martinique  and  Porto  Rico,  and  has  signalized  its 
presence  in  Saint  Domingo.  The  species  thus  described  is  the  only  one  which 
he  has  referred  to  the  genus. 

But  in  the  same  volume  as  that  in  which  he  has  introduced  the  genus  Phi- 
lypnus, Valenciennes  has  placed  in  the  genus  Gobius,  a  Chinese  fish  which 
Lacepede  has  described  under  the  name  of  Bostryche  chinois.  This  fish, 
^as  will  afterwards  be  shown,  is  nearly  allied  to  the  species  of  the  genus  Phi- 
ypnus. 

II.  The  Bostryche  chinois  or  Bostrychus  sinensis,  was  first  intro- 
duced into  Systematic  Nomenclature  by  Lacepede,  who  founded  the  species 
only  on  a  Chinese  drawing.  The  genus  Bostrychus  was  formed  for  its  recep- 
tion, and  was  characterized  by  its  "elongated  and  serpentiform  body,  two 
dorsal  fins,  the  second  of  which  is  separated  from  the  caudal  fin,  two  barbels 
at  the  upper  jaw,  and  the  eyes  quite  large  and  without  a  lid."  As  a  second 
species  of  the  genus  so  defined,  Lacepede  has  placed  a  species  which  was 
ascertained  by  Valenciennes  to  be  a  species  of  Ophicephalus,  a  genus  belonging 
to  an  entirely  different  family  from  the  Bostrychus  sinensis,  and  which 
possesses  a  single  long  continuous  dorsal.  Notwithstanding  this  rather  im- 
portant variation  from  Bostrychus  sinensis,  Lacepede  chiefly  distinguishes 
his  second  species  by  a  difference  of  color,  the  former  being  described  as  brown, 
and  the  latter  as  spotted  with  green ;  from  the  latter  character  the  name  of 
R.  maculatus  was  conferred  on  it.  The  B.  maculatus,  like  the  B. 
sinensis,  was  only  known  from  a  Chinese  drawing.     As  Valenciennes  has 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  121 

already  remarked,  it  should  properly  have  been  referred  by  Lacepede  to  his 
genus  Bostry choides,  which  was  distinguished  from  his  Bostrychus  by  the  pre- 
sence of  only  one  dorsal  fin. 

In  180(5,  M.  Dumeril  published  his  "  Zoologie  Analytique,  ou  Methode 
Naturelle  de  Classification  des  Animaux."  In  the  ichthyological  portion  of 
the  volume,  the  genera  of  Lacepede  are  adopted,  but  the  name  of  Bostrychusis 
abolished  on  account  of  its  previous  application  by  Geoffrey  to  a  genus  of 
coleopterous  insects,  and  that  of  Bostrichtes  or  Bostrichthys  is  substituted  in  its 
stead.     The  characters  given  to  the  genus  are  the  same  as  those  of  Lacepede. 

In  1815,  Rafinesque  published  his  "  Analyse  de  la  Nature,  ou  Tableau  de 
l'Univers."  In  this  volume  there  is  first  introduced  into  the  seventh  family 
of  the  system  {Petalomia,)  and  into  the  first  sub-family  (Cepolidia)  the  Bos- 
trychus of  Lacepede  under  the  name  of  Bostrictis,  and  the  Bostrychoides  under 
the  name  of  Pterops,  and  these  are  interposed  between  Cepola  and  Trachypte- 
rus  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the  other  Tasica  Raf.,  and  Lepodopus,  while  Gym- 
netrus  and  a  number  of  genera  founded  on  more  or  less  perfect  specimens  of 
Trachypterus  are  placed  in  a  second  family  called  Gymnetria.  Again  the  Bos- 
trijchi  and  Bostrychoides  are  introduced  under  the  new  name  of  Ictiopogon  for 
Bostrychus,  and  Pterops  for  Bostrychoides  into  a  twenty-third  family  called  Pan- 
topteria,  and  into  a  third  sub-family  (Anguillinia).  The  family  and  sub- families 
contain  a  singular  and  most  unnatural  reunion  of  the  most  widely  distinct 
types ;  apodal  Scombroids  and  Xiphioids  are  mingled  with  apodal  Blennoids 
and  Comephorus  and  Mastacembelus  Gron,  Ammodyles  L.,  Ophidium  L.,  and  An- 
guilla  are  thrown  together  in  the  same  family.  Rafinesque  doubtless  derived 
the  idea  of  placing  the  last  named  genera  in  the  family  of  "Pantopteria  "  ot 
apodal  fishes  from  a  remark  of  Lacepede,  who  saw  no  ventrals  represented 
in  the  figures  of  his  Bostrychi,  and  therefore  suggested  that  none  might  exist. 

Thus,  on  the  authority  of  the  figure  of  a  Chinese  painter,  unacquainted  with 
Ichthyology,  three  distinct  generic  names,  besides  orthographical  modifications 
of  two  of  them,  had  been  formed  for  a  fish  which  no  naturalist  had  ever  seen. 
"Without  criticism  and  without  judgment,  it  had  been  referred  to  the  systems 
of  the  various  authors,  and  one  of  them  had  placed  it  in  two  distinct  orders  in 
the  same  work.  After  the  last  of  these  works,  the  problematical  genus  was 
allowed  to  rest,  and  no  naturalist  has  since  paid  attention  to  it. 

The  first  critical  ichthyologist  who  examined  the  grounds  on  which  the 
species  was  founded,  was  M.  Valenciennes.  That  excellent  naturalist,  like 
his  predecessors,  only  knew  the  species  by  the  Chinese  painting.  Judging 
from  this  alone,  he  recognized  its  affinity  to  the  Gobioids,  and  expressed  the 
belief,  from  its  form,  that  it  was  certainly  a  Gobius,  and  therefore  called  it 
Gobius  sinensis,  but  was  careful  to  observe  that  he  could  neither  see  the 
ventral  fins,  nor  count  the  rays  of  the  others. 

The  first  ichthyologist  by  whom  the  species  was  seen  and  described  from 
nature  was  Sir  John  Richardson.  That  gentlemen,  in  the  Ichthyology  of  the 
Voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  the  Sulphur,  gave  a  description  of  it,  referring  it,  as  a  new 
species,  to  the  genus  Philypnus,  under  the  name  of  P.  ocellicauda.  He  after- 
wards, in  the  same  work,  published  his  belief  of  its  identity  with  the  Bostry- 
chus sinensis  of  Lacepede,  and  adopting  the  specific  name  of  that  author, 
called  it  Philypnus  sinensis.  In  the  same  part,  he  has  given  a  very  good 
figure  of  the  species. 

Subsequently,  Dr.  Bleeker,  in  his  monograph  of  the  Gobioids  and  Blennoids 
of  the  Sundamulluccan  Archipelago,  described  a  fish,  which  he  called  Philyp- 
nus ophicephalus,  at  the  same  time  doubtfully  placing  as  a  synonyme, 
the  Philypnus  ocellicauda  of  Richardson.  He  afterwards  appeared  to  have 
become  satisfied  of  the  identity  of  the  two  species,  and  adopting  the  older  name 
of  Richardson,  quoted  his  own  as  a  synonyme. 

Although  this  sj)ecies  is  nearly  allied  to  the  true  Phi lypni,  it  differs  too  much 
from  those  species  to  be  a  natural  member  of  the  same  genus.     It  has  therefore 

I860.] 


122  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

been  now  placed  in  a  separate  one,  for  which,  the  name  of  Bostrichthys  is 
retained.  The  two  genera,  Philypnus  and  Bostrichthys,  form  a  distinct  group, 
characterized  chiefly  by  the  presence  of  vomerine  teeth.  To  this  group,  the 
name  of  Philypni  may  be  given  :  ultimately  it  may  be  found  to  be  a  separate 
sub-family. 

Philypni  Gill. 

The  form  of  the  body  is  similar  to  that  of  the  typical  Eleotroids,  anteriorly 
subcylindrical,  becoming  compressed,  and  slightly  decreasing  in  height  towards 
the  caudal  fin. 

The  head  is  elongated  and  depressed  above,  the  mouth  ample,  the  teeth 
villiform  on  both  the  jaws  and  the  front  of  the  vomer. 

The  branchial  apertures  are  more  or  less  extended  forwards,  but  separated 
from  each  other  by  an  isthmus. 

There  are  sis  branchiostegal  rays,  the  four  exterior  of  which  are  well  devel- 
oped, curved  and  compressed,  the  two  internal  are  small  and  slender. 

The  dorsal  fins  are  separated  by  a  considerable  interval ;  the  ventrals  ap- 
proximated, but  entirely  disconnected. 

The  above  characters  apply  to  the  only  two  known  genera.  Subsequent 
discoveries  may  necessitate  their  revision.  The  group  as  thus  constituted, 
differs  from  the  Eleotroids  by  the  presence  of  vomerine  teeth,  and  the  distance 
of  the  dorsal  fins  from  each  other.  If  these  characters  are  persistent,  it  would 
seem  proper  to  retain  the  group  as  a  distinct  sub-family. 

The  only  known  genera  are  Philypnus  Val.,  and  Bostrichthys.  Philypnus  is 
an  American  form,  and  Bostrichthys  an  Asiatic  form.  The  characters  of  these 
will  be  now  given  : 

Philypnus  Val. 
Synonymy, 

Philypnus  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xii.  p.  255,  1837. 
Platycephalus  sp.  Bl.  Schneid.,  Systema  Icthyologise,  1801. 
Gobiomorus  sp.  Lac,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons. 
Eleotris  sp.  Cuv.,  Regne  Animal,  ed.  ii. 

Head  elongated,  subconical  in  profile,  depressed  above  ;  mouth  large,  lower 
jaw  projecting  beyond  the  upper;  nostrils  with  raised  margins,  between  the 
eyes  and  upper  jaw  ;  the  distance  between  each  nearly  equal  to  that  of  the 
anterior  nostrils  from  the  upper  jaw,  and  of  the  posterior  from  the  eyes. 
Branchial  apertures  extending  anteriorly  nearly  to  the  angles  of  the  mouth 
and  separated  from  each  other  by  a  very  narrow  isthmus.  Scales  ctenoid, 
moderate,  extending  on  the  forehead,  opercula  and  cheeks ;  pectinations  of 
those  on  the  forehead  and  cheeks  frequently  obsolete. 

All  of  the  scales  on  the  body  of  the  species  of  Philypnus  are  more  or  less 
angulated  posteriorly,  and  have  the  nucleus  near  the  angle  ;  from  this  angle 
radiating  grooves  and  ridges  diverge  towards  the  anterior  margin  of  the  scales, 
and  are  crossed  by  concentric  strise,  which  terminate  at  the  posterior  borders  in 
pectinations  that  are  often  obsolete  ;  in  other  scales,  especially  on  the  fore- 
head, the  concentric  striae  surround  a  subcentral  nucleus,  and  give  to  the 
scales  a  pseudocycloid  appearance.  In  young  individuals  the  scales  are  much 
more  distinctly  pectinated  than  in  the  adnlt. 

Philypnus  dormitator  Val. 
Synonymy. 
Cephalus  seu  asellus  palustris,  vulgo  le  dormeur,  Plummer,  MSS.  fide  Val. 
Platycephalus  dormitator  Sloch,  Systema?  Ichthyologise,  ed.  Schneid. 
Gobiomore  dormeur  Lacepede,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  ii.  p.  599. 
Gobiomore  dormeur  Descourtilz,  Voyages  d'un  Naturaliste. 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  123 

Elcotris  dormitatrix  Cuv.,  Regne  Animal,  vol.  ii. 

Eleotris  dormitatrix  Guerin,  Iconographie  du  Regne  Animal. 

Philypnus  dormitator  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  xii.  p.  255. 

Philypnus  dormitator  Storer,  Synopsis  Fishes  of  North  America,  ib.  in  Me- 
moirs of  American  Acad.,  vol.  ii. 

Philypnus  dormitator  Girard,  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Survey, 
Icthyology,  p.  29,  pi.  xii.  fig.  13. 

This  species  has  been  very  fully  described  by  Valenciennes.  He  had  ex- 
amined specimens  from  Porto  Rico,  St.  Domingo  and  Martinique.  It  has  also 
been  found  at  Mexico. 

Dr.  Girard  has  given  a  figure  of  a  very  small  species  of  this  genus  under  the 
name  of  Philypnus  dormitator.  It  is  very  probable  the  young  of  that 
species,  but  as  the  only  specimen  in  the  Museum  is  one  of  fifteen  inches  in 
length,  obtained  by  the  author  at  the  junction  of  the  Arouca  and  Caroni  rivers, 
in  the  island  of  Trinidad,  there  is  no  means  of  comparison.  The  specimen 
described  by  Dr.  Girard  has  very  large  eyes,  and  other  characters  of  an  ex- 
tremely young  fish.  It  was  obtained  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande  by  Mr. 
John  H.  Clarke,  the  Naturalist  of  the  "  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary 
Survey,"  and  is  preserved  in  the  Smithsonian  Museum. 

Philypnus  lateralis  Gill. 

In  general  outline  of  form,  this  species  has  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Philypnus  dormitator.  The  dorsal  outline  ascends  in  almost  a  straight 
line  from  the  snout  to  the  front  of  the  dorsal  fin,  the  chief  variation  existing 
between  the  eyes,  where  there  is  a  slight  depression.  The  back  under  the 
first  dorsal  is  straight ;  at  the  second,  it  declines  very  little  and  in  almost  a 
straight  line  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  The  abdominal  outline  from  the 
ventrals  to  the  caudal  fin  converges  in  nearly  the  same  proportion  as  the  dor- 
sal. The  greatest  height  of  the  body,  at  the  first  dorsal  ray,  is  equal  to  about 
one-fifth  of  the  total  length,  inclusive  of  the  head  and  caudal  fin  ;  the  least 
height  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  is  half  of  the  greatest. 

The  head,  in  profile,  is  conical  or  elongated  triangular  ;  it  forms  three-tenths 
of  the  total  length.  Its  dorsal  and  inferior  surfaces  regularly  converge  towards 
the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  the  declension  of  the  former  is  about  twice  as 
great  as  the  ascension  of  the  latter.  The  dorsal  surface  over  the  operculum 
is  rounded,  and  the  degree  of  convexity  becomes  less  towards  the  eyes,  be- 
tween which  it  is  flat.  The  breadth  at  the  operculum  equals  about  half  the 
length  of  the  head,  and  under  the  eyes  it  is  between  one-fourth  and  one-fifth 
less.  The  interocular  space  is  somewhat  less  than  half  of  the  breadth  at  the 
opercula.     The  outlines  of  the  jaws  are  semi-elliptical. 

The  eyes  are  longitudinally  oval,  and  are  at  the  third  sixth  of  the  head's 
length. 

The  preoperculum  in  its  declination  recedes  considerably  backwards,  and 
is  thence  broadly  curved  forwards.  The  distance  from  the  orbit  to  the  pre- 
opercular  angle,  equals  the  distance  from  the  posterior  border  of  the  orbit  to 
its  horizon  behind  the  intermaxillaries.  The  operculum  declines  obliquely 
downwards  from  its  membranous  point,  and  its  greatest  length,  in  an  oblique 
direction,  slightly  surpasses  the  interval  between  the  orbit  and  the  angle  of 
the  preoperculum.  The  oculo-humeral  groove  is  shallow  and  scarcely  ascend- 
ing. 

The  mouth  is  oblique  and  large,  the  maxillaries  extending  backwards  to 
the  vertical  of  the  eyes. 

The  teeth  on  the  jaws  do  not  much  differ  from  those  of  the  Philypnus  dor- 
mitator. The  vomerine  patch  is  narrowed  towards  its  ends,  and  its  teeth 
are  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  jaws,  especially  anteriorly. 

The  scales  on  the  sides  of  the  body  are  of  an  oblong  form  and  hexagonal 
outline,  with  the  nucleus  at  the  posterior  angle  and  with  about  eight  radiating 

I860.] 


124  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

ridges,  some  of  which  are  bifurcate  ;  the  ridges  are  separated  into  two  portions 
by  the  median  line.  The  free  margin  is  delicately  pectinated.  The  scales  are 
of  moderate  size,  there  being  about  fifty-four  in  a  row  behind  the  pectoral  fins. 
Before  the  dorsal  fin,  and  especially  on  the  forehead,  the  nucleus  is  subcentral, 
and  with  numerous  radiating  grooves  sometimes  advancing  even  to  the  lateral 
margins.  On  the  operculum  they  are  often  higher  than  wide,  with  the  nu- 
cleus subterminal  to  subcentral,  with  the  posterior  margin  angulated  and  pec- 
tiniform  ;  on  the  preoperculum  they  are  smaller  and  almost  square,  with  more 
or  less  subcentral  nuclei,  and  with  the  pectinations  generally  obsolete. 

The  first  dorsal  fin  commences  some  distance  behind  the  vertical  of  the  bases 
of  the  pectorals,  and  has  the  arrangement  of  the  rays  normal  in  the  Gobin^ 
and  Eleotrina?.  The  rays  in  length  have  the  following  relation  to  each 
other;  2,  3,  1,  4.  The  second  dorsal  is  oblong  and  commences  behind  the  ver- 
tical of  the  anus. 

The  caudal  fin  is  posteriorly  rounded,  and  its  longest  rays  form  a  fifth  of  the 
length  of  the  fish. 

The  pectorals  are  rounded  and  equal  in  length  to  the  interval  between  the 
orbit  and  the  margin  of  the  operculum.  The  ventrals  are  also  rounded,  and 
the  third  and  fourth  branched  rays  are  the  longest. 

The  radial  formula  is  as  follows  : — 
1  1 

D  vi— I,  8  —  ;  A  I,  1,  8  — ;  C  5,  6,  5,  5  ;  P  2,  13  ;   V  I,  5. 
1  1 

The  color  is  dark  purplish  brown,  lighter  on  the  abdomen.  Along  the  sides 
a  black  band  runs  from  behind  the  upper  part  of  the  pectoral  to  the  base  of 
the  caudal  fin,  dividing  about  nine  vertical  light  bands,  which  project  a  little 
above  and  below  the  band.  At  the  base  of  the  caudal,  the  lateral  band  some- 
what enlarges,  and  is  sometimes  partly  surrounded  by  a  light  margin.  The 
vertical  and  ventral  fins  are  sometimes  immaculate,  but  generally  spotted 
with  white  and  black.  The  pectorals  have  a  black  spot  at  the  upper  axilla, 
and  a  blackish  basal  band,  bordered  on  each  side  by  whitish.  The  head  is 
of  the  color  of  the  back,  with  vertical  dark  bar  from  the  eye  to  the  angle  of 
the  jaw,  another  from  the  inferior  corner  of  the  eye  to  the  extremity  of  the 
operculum,  and  another  horizontal  one  from  the  orbit  to  the  upper  jaw. 

This  species  was  obtained  in  considerable  numbers  by  Mr.  John  Xantus,  of 
the  United  States  Coast  Survey,  at  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  California.  It  adds 
another  proof  of  the  similarity  of  the  Fauna  of  the  Gulf  of  California  to  that  of 
the  West  Indies. 

The  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Xantus  are  in  the  Museum  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  and  are  numbered  in  the  catalogue  of  the  Ichthyological 
collection  from  number  2435  to  2442. 

This  species  differs  from  its  West  Indian  congener  chiefly  in  its  proportions, 
the  smaller  vomerine  band  of  teeth  and  in  color. 

Bostrichthys  (Dum.)  Gill. 
Synonymy. 
Bostri/chus  fkacepede,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  iii.  p.  141. 
.Bos1r/cJ%s}Dum->  Zoolo?ie  Analytique,  &c,  p.  120,  1806. 

Ictiopogon  }  Raf*'  Analyse  de  la  Nature>  &cv  1815- 
Philypnus  sp.  Rich. 

Head  elongated  subconical  in  profile,  oblong  and  depressed  above.  Nostrils 
distant :  the  anterior  elongated-tubular,  and  immediately  behind  the   niaxil- 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  125 

laries  ;  the  posterior  subtubular  and  immediately  in  front  of  the  antero- 
superior  border  of  the  eye.  Branchial  apertures  extending  forwards  consider- 
ably beyond  the  posterior  margins  of  the  preopercles,  and  separated  from  each 
other  by  a  wide  isthmus.  Scales  cycloid,  small,  especially  anteriorly,  and 
extending  on  the  opercula,  cheeks  and  forehead. 

The  name  of  Bostrychus,  which  was  applied  to  this  genus  by  Lacepede,  had 
been  previously  used  by  Geoffrey,  who,  in  the  year  1764,  applied  the  name, 
incorrectly  spelled  Bostrichus,  to  a  genus  of  coleopterous  insects.  The  name 
applied  to  that  group  has  been  universally  adopted  by  Entomologists,  and  the 
name  of  Bostrychus,  as  applied  to  the  piscine  genus,  must  be  replaced  by 
another.  The  name  of  Bostrichthys  was  proposed  as  a  substitute  by  Mr.  Du- 
meril,  and  this  is  accepted. 

It  would  be  questionable  to  some  whether  a  genus  founded  on  the  evidence 
that  Bostrychus  was  by  Lacepede,  and  founded,  at  the  same  time,  on  errone- 
ous ideas,  should  be  adopted.  Bleeker  has  adopted  Richardson's  first  specific 
name,  and  on  the  same  principle,  the  generic  name  of  Lacepede  would  also 
have  been  probably  ignored  by  him.  The  same  objections  that  exist  against 
Lacepede's  name  would,  of  course,  militate  against  the  adoption  of  those  of 
Dumeril  and  Rafinesque,  which  were  only  intended  by  their  authors  to  super- 
sede his.  Believing,  however,  that  the  laws  of  priority  are  imperative,  and 
require  the  adoption  of  the  first  given  name,  when  the  object  to  which  it  was 
given  can  be  identified,  and  unless  entirely  founded  on  false  characters,  the 
name  of  Bostrichthys  is  now  accepted.  Against  the  name,  however,  there  exist 
the  objections  of  an  erroneous  formation,  and  of  a  reference  to  a  false  charac- 
ter. The  name,  in  accordance  with  the  composition,  should  be  written  Bos- 
trychichthys,  but  the  erroneous  name  is  more  euphonius  than  the  correct  one. 
The  name  itself  would  imply  the  presence  of  cirrhi  or  barbels,  but  none  exist ; 
the  objects  that  were  taken  for  such  by  Lacepede  are  the  prolonged  nasal 
tubes.  These  objections  do  not  appear  to  be  of  sufficient  weight  to  authorize 
a  change  of  name. 

The  zoological  characters  by  which  Bostrichthys  is  distinguished  from  Philyp- 
nus are  found  chiefly  in  the  difference  of  the  extent  of  the  branchial  apertures, 
the  cycloid  structure  of  the  scales,  the  distant  nasal  apertures,  and  the  tubu- 
lar form  of  the  anterior  ones.  The  smaller  size  of  the  scales,  especially  on  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  back,  where  they  are  imbedded  in  the  skin,  perhaps 
offers  another  distinguishing  character  of  Bostrichthys. 

Bostrichthys  sinensis   Gill. 
Synonymy. 

p  V     ,'       .        •   {■  Lacepede,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vol.  iii.  p.  141. 

Bostrychus  sinensis  )  *       '  '  r 

Le   Gobie  chinois)Y&l     ffigt>  Nat-deg  poissons    voi.  sii.  p.  94> 

Gobi  us  sinensis      )  * 

Philypnus  ocellicauda  Rich.,  Voyage  of  the  Sulphur,  Zoology,  p.  59. 

Philypnus  sinensis  Rich.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  149,  pi.  56,  fig.  15,  16. 

Philypnus  sinensis  Rich.,  Fifteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  British  Association 
A.  S.,  p.  210. 

Philypnus  ophicephalus  Blkr.,  Verhandelingen  v.  Batav.  Genootschap,  vol. 
xxii.,  Blennoiden  en  Gobioiden,  p.  20. 

Philypnus  ocellicauda  Blkr.,  Verhandelingen  v.  Batav.  Genootschap,  vol. 
xxvi.,  Index  sp.  Piscium,  p.  10. 

There  can  scarcely  be  a  doubt  that  this  is  the  Bostrychus  s  i  n  e  n  s  i  s  of  Lace- 
pede, as  there  is  no  other  fish  of  the  Chinese  waters  known  which  has  any 
thing  like  "two  barbels  at  the  upper  jaw,"  and  an  ocellus  near  the  dorsal 
region  of  the  peduncle.     The  first  specific  name,  P.  ocellicauda,  which  has 

18G0.] 


126  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

been  proposed  by  Richardson,  and  adopted  by  Bleeker,  must  therefore  be  re- 
linquished for  the  prior  one  of  Lacepede. 

As  this  species  has  been  fully  described  by  Richardson  and  Bleeker,  and 
also  figured  by  the  former,  no  further  description  is  necessary,  this  being  the 
only  known  species  of  the  genus. 

Specimens  have  been  obtained  by  Dr.  William  Stimpson,  the  Naturalist  of 
the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  under  Commodore  Rodgers,  at  the 
market  of  Hong  Kong,  China. 


Notice  of  Geological  Discoveries,  made  by  Capt.  J.  H.  Simpson,  Topographical 
Engineers,  V.  S.  Army,  in  his  recent  Explorations  across  the  Continent. 

Washington  City,  Aprildth,  1860. 
Anticipatory  of  discoveries  of  a  geological  character  which  might  be  made 
and  published  of  date  subsequent  to  those  of  my  Explorations,  in  1858  and  '59, 
across  the  Continent,  with  the  sanction  of  the  Hon.  John  B.  Floyd,  Secretary  of 
War,  under  whose  authority  the  Explorations  were  made,  I  present  in  advance 
of  my  final  and  detailed  official  report,  the  following  communication  from 
Messrs.  F.  B.  Meek  and  H.  Engelmann,  in  reference  to  the  fossil  remains  which 
they  found,  and  the  geological  epochs  to  which  they  point.  As  a  large  portion 
relates  to  a  region  of  country,  The  Great  Basin, — so  called  by  Fremont — lying 
between  the  Wahsatch  range  of  mountains  on  its  east,  and  the  Sierra  Nevada  on 
its  west,  which  never  before  was  traversed  by  a  white  man,  not  even  by  a 
trapper,  so  far  as  is  known,  the  publication  of  this  paper  cannot  be  unacceptable 
to  the  scientific  world,  and  I  therefore  take  pleasure  in  submitting  it  to  be  read 
before  the  Academy. 

J.  H.  Simpson, 
Capt.  Top.  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army. 

Smithsonian  Institution,      ) 
Washington,  D.  C,  April  2d,  1860.  ) 
Capt.  J.  H.  SimpsoD,  Topographical  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army : 

Dear  Sir, — In  accordance  with  your  instructions  we  give  below  a  brief  state- 
ment of  some  of  the  conclusions  arrived  at  from  a  hasty  examination  of  the 
fossils  collected  during  your  late  explorations  in  Utah.  Although  the  time 
yet  devoted  to  the  study  of  these  specimens  is  not  sufficient  to  enable  us  to 
enter  into  details,  enough  has  been  determined  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that 
they  are  of  considerable  interest,  and  establish  the  existence  there  of  geological 
formations  not  hitherto  known  at  such  remote  western  localities. 

As  a  more  extended  sketch  of  the  general  geology  of  the  country,  including  a 
full  account  of  the  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks,  together  with  figures  and 
descriptions  of  the  new  organic  remains,  are  to  appear  in  your  final  report,  it  is 
unnecessary  for  us  to  do  more  here  than  to  give  merely  some  of  the  leading 
facts  determined  from  the  fossils  collected  from  the  various  formations  exposed 
along  the  line  of  survey.  In  doing  this  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  speak  of 
the  formations  in  the  order  of  their  succession  in  point  of  time,  beginning  with 
the  most  ancient,  instead  of  referring  to  them  in  the  order  in  which  they  were 
observed  in  traversing  the  country. 

Devonian  Rocks. 

The  oldest  deposits  from  which  fossils  in  a  condition  to  be  determined  were 
collected,  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Humboldt  Mountains,  at  the  follow- 
ing points,  viz.:  Long.  114°45/  west,  Lat.  39°  45'  north,— Long.  115°  58'  west, 
Lat.  39°  33'  north,  and  Long.  115°  36'  west,  Lat.  39"  30'  north.  At  the  first 
of  these,  localities  fragments  of  Trilobites  belonging  as  near  as  can  be  deter- 
mined to  the  genera  Calymene,  Homalonotus  and  Proctus,  were  collected  from  a 
hard,  bluish  limestone.     The  specimens  are  too  imperfect  to  warrant  a  posi- 

[  April. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  127 

tive  opinion  whether  they  are  Upper  Silurian  or  Devonian  forms,  though 
they  evidently  belong  to  one  or  the  other  of  these  epochs,  and  closely  resem- 
ble Hamilton  Group  forms. 

At  the  other  localities  mentioned  above,  a  group  of  fossils  of  decided  Devo- 
nian type  were  found.  They  consist  of  Atrypa  reticularis,  A.  aspera,  or  a 
closely  allied  species,  a  small  Productus,  and  three  new  species  of  Spirifer.  The 
first  of  these  species  has  so  great  a  vertical  range,  that  taken  alone,  it  would 
only  indicate  that  the  rock  from  which  it  was  obtained  holds  a  position  some- 
where between  the  Upper  Silurian  and  the  middle  or  higher  portions  of  the 
Devonian.  A.  aspera  is  a  common  Devonian  fossil,  but  is  also  said  to  occur  in 
the  upper  Silurian  of  the  old  world  while  the  genus  Productus  is  now  generally 
regarded  as  not  dating  farther  back  than  the  Devonian.*  These  facts  taken  in 
connection  with  the  close  analogy  of  the  small  Productus  mentioned  above,  and 
the  associated  Spirifers,  to  forms  characterizing  the  Hamilton  Group  of  the  New 
York  Devonian  series,  leave  little  room  to  doubt  that  the  rock  in  which  these 
fossils  were  found  is  of  Devonian  age,  and  that  it  most  probably  belongs  to  about 
the  horizon  of  the  Hamilton  Group. 

The  discovery  of  these  fossils  at  this  distant  locality  cannot  fail  to  be 
regarded  as  an  interesting  addition  to  our  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the 
great  West,  especially  when  it  is  borne  in  mind  that  they  were  obtained  near 
twelve  hundred  miles  farther  westward  than  such  forms,  so  far  as  is  known  to 
us,  have  hitherto  been  found  in  situ,  within  the  limits  of  the  territory  of  the 
United  States. f 

Carboniferous  Rocks. 

Following  up  the  sequence  of  the  formations,  we  pass  eastward  to  the  vicin- 
ity of  Camp  Floyd,  which  is  in  Long.  112°  8'  west,  Lat.  40°  13'  north.  Here 
on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Utah,  extensive  deposits  of  a  dark,  very  hard,  silicious 
limestone  of  Carboniferous  age  occur.  The  fossils  collected  from  these  beds 
here,  and  for  a  long  distance  west  of  this,  are  in  so  bad  a  state  of  preservation 
that  the  specific  characters  of  most  of  them  are  much  obscured.  It  is  believed 
however,  that  we  have  from  this  rock  Orthis  Michelini,  and  0.  umbraculum, 
though  they  may  be  only  allied  representative  species.  There  are  also  along 
with  these  a  species  of  Arthyris  or  Terebratula,  one  or  two  of  Spirifer.  and  the 
spiral  axis  of  an  Archimedes,^  with  fragments  of  other  Polyzoa  and  Corals. 
As  the  genus,  or  subgenus  Archimedes,  has  not  jret,  so  far  as  we  know,  been  found 
as  high  in  the  Carboniferous  system  as  the  Coal  Measures,  and  there  are  ap- 
parently no  decided  Coal  Measure  forms  in  the  collections  from  this  rock,  we 
are  inclined  to  regard  it  as  belonging  to  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Carboniferous  formations   also  extend  westward  from  Camp  Floyd  to  the 


*  Some  two  or  three  species  were  formerly  supposed  to  occur  in  the  Upper  Silurian 
rocks  of  the  Old  World,  but  the  correctness  of  this  conclusion  is  questioned  by  most  of 
the  best  English  and  Continental  auihorities. 

tA  few  fossils  belonging  to  the  genera  Spirifer,  Conocardium,  &c,  collected  on  a 
former  expedition  by  one  of  the  writers  (H.  L\)  near  Medicine  Bow  Butte,  Long.  106°  30' 
west,  Lat.  41°  38'  north,  were  regarded  by  Dr.  Shumard  as  probably  of  Devonian  age, 
though  none  of  the  species  were  positively  identified  with  Devonian  forms,  and  they 
were  obtained  from  an  erratic  mass,  the  exact  original  position  of  which  is  unknown. 

It  is  also  stated  in  Capt.  Stansbury's  report  that  at  a  locality  three  or  four  days'  march 
eyond  Fort  Laramie,  an  outcrop  from  which  some  imperfect  specimens  of  gasteropoda 
and  a  shell  resembling  a  Monotis  were  obtained,  is  probably  of  Devonian  age.  The  expo- 
sure here  alluded  to,  however,  is  now  known  to  be  composed  of  Jurassic  and  proba- 
bly Triassic  rocks.  The  genus  Monotis  is  unknown  below  the  upper  Coal  Measures,  in 
this  country,  and  the  Permian  in  the  Old  World,  though  it  ranges  above  on  both  sides  of 
the  Atlantic. 

tWe  believe  this  to  be  the  first  specimen  of  this  curious  fossil  yet  found  in  the  region  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains. 

I860.] 


128  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Devonian  localities  alluded  to  above,  interrupted  at  places  by  outbursts  of  ig- 
neous rocks.  It  is  likewise  probable  there  may  be  in  this  interval  both  Devo- 
nian and  Silurian  strata,  but  the  collections  yet  obtained  are  not  sufficient  to 
enable  us  to  speak  with  confidence  on  this  point. 

Between  Long.  115°  and  115°  30',  Lat.  40°  10'  and  Lat.  39°  20',  there  is  a  se- 
ries of  hills  or  mountains,  trending  nearly  north  and  south,  to  unknown  distances 
beyond  the  field  of  these  explorations,  which  seem  to  be  mainly  made  up  of 
lio-ht  yellowish  gray,  more  or  less  argillaceous,  and  arenaceous  subcrystalline 
limestones,  and  slates.  This  formation  belongs  to  the  Carboniferous  system, 
but  is  more  recent  than  the  dark  colored  limestone  at  Camp  Floyd.  The 
fossils  collected  from  it  are  for  the  most  part  new,  and  consist  of  three  species 
of  Productus,  one  of  which  resembles  P.  Rogersi,  Norwood  and  Pratten,  two 
new  species  of  Spirifer,  and  another  apparently  identical  with  S.  cameratus,  but 
more  robust,  and  having  stronger  costae  than  is  common  in  that  species.  Along 
with  these  there  are  also  specimens  of  Athyris  sublilita,  and  a  new  species  of 
Chonetes,  closely  allied  to  C.  Verneuiliana,  Norwood  and  Pratten,  from  the  Western 
Coal  Measures.  From  the  affinities  of  this  group  of  fossils,  we  have  little  hesita- 
tion in  referring  this  rock  to  the  Upper  Carboniferous  series,  though  in  its 
lithological  characters  it  is  entirely  unlike  strata  of  that  age  in  the  Middle  and 
Western  States. 

There  were  also  seen  at  a  few  places  near  here,  some  outcrops  of  dark  grayish 
colored  limestones,  containing  Productus,  Spirifer,  &c.  These  were  not  ob- 
served in  contact  with  the  light  colored  beds  mentioned  above,  but  under 
circumstances  indicating  that  they  hold  a  lower  position,  from  which  it  is 
inferred  they  are  probably  of  lower  carboniferous  age. 

The  occurrence  here,  as  far  west  as  Long.  115°,  of  extensive  Carboniferous 
formations,  is  another  interesting  fact  in  the  geology  of  this  distant  region  not 
known  previous  to  these  explorations, — no  rocks  of  this  age  being  represented 
on  any  of  the  most  recent  and  carefully  compiled  geological  maps,  from  near 
Camp  Floyd  and  the  Salt  Lake  to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Deposits,  probably  of  the  age  of  the  Coal  Measures  and  of  great  thickness, 
were  also  observed  in  the  Wahsatch  Mountains  east  of  Lake  Utah,  along  Tim- 
panogns  Canon.  The  strata  here,  however,  consist  mainly  of  dark  colored  and 
bluish  impure  limestones,  slates,  and  argillaceous  shales,  the  latter  containing 
at  a  few  places  fragments  of  carbonaceous  matter, — the  whole  being  upheaved 
and  greatly  distorted,  apparently  by  violent  forces  acting  from  beneath.  The 
fossils  collected  from  these  beds  all  differ  specifically  from  those  found  in  the 
light  colored  limestone  at  the  localities  near  Long.  115°  west,  and  we  have  no 
means  of  determining  which  of  these  is  the  older  rock.  The  specimens  from 
the  dark  colored  beds  in  the  Caiion,  consist  of  one  new  or  undetermined  Spirifer, 
two  of  Productus,  and  two  of  Athyris,  together  with  fragments  of  a  small 
Lepidodendron. 

The  indications  of  Coal  of  true  Carboniferous  date,  seem  to  be  more  favorable 
here  than  at  any  other  point  examined  along  the  route  explored,  though  no  beds 
of  it  were  seen.  Good  coal  has,  however,  been  found  in  the  same  mountain 
range  140  miles  south  of  this,  but  as  yet  little  is  positively  known  in  regard  to 
its  age. 

Several  miles  above  this  on  Timpanogos  River,  and  at  a  higher  geological 
horizoD,  outcrops  of  light  colored,  and  yellowish  sandstones  and  silicious  lime- 
stones, with  red  shales,  were  seen.  At  one  place  in  this  formation  a  few  speci- 
mens of  very  hard,  light  gray,  highly  silicious  rock  were  obtained,  containing 
great  numbers  of  small  bivalves,  in  a  broken  condition.  As, near  as  could  be 
determined  these  are  very  much  like  Bakevellias,  while  another  of  these  speci- 
mens contains  a  fragment  resembling  closely  a  Phyllipora.  Both  these  fossils 
are  quite  similar  to  Permian  forms,  but  it  would  be  unsafe  without  other  evi- 
dence to  refer  the  rock  to  that  epoch. 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  129 

Triassic  Rocks. 

At  several  localities  east  of  Lake  Utah,  near  the  tributaries  of  Uintah  River, 
extensive  deposits  of  fine  red,  more  or  less  arenaceous  material  were  seen  oc- 
cupying considerable  areas,  and  from  the  accounts  of  various  explorers,  this 
formation  is  greatly  developed  along  the  Wahsatch  Mountains  south  of  Lake 
Utah.  At  these  latter  localities  we  have  accounts  of  numerous  beds  of  gypsum, 
and  deposits  of  rock  salt.  These  beds  where  seen  near  Uintah  River  are  not 
known  to  contain  gypsum  or  salt,  but  from  the  occurrence  of  gypsum  in  similar 
formations  a  little  farther  south,  and  their  proximity  and  relations  to  Jurassic 
strata  to  be  mentioned  hereafter,  there  is  little  room  for  doubting  that  they 
are  the  same  red  gypsum-bearing  deposit  seen  by  Dr.  Hayden  beneath  Jurassic 
rocks  at  the  Black  Hills.  (See  paper  by  Meek  &  Hayden,  Proceed.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.,  Phil'a,  March,  1858,  p.  44.) 

From  the  statement  of  Mr.  Marcon,  Dr.  George  Shumard,  Mr.  Blake,  and 
more  recently  of  Dr.  J.  S.  Newberry,  it  is  evident  this  formation  is  developed  on 
a  grand  scale  in  New  Mexico.  The  only  organic  remains  yet  found  in  it,  so  far 
as  we  know,  were  some  plants  (Zamites,  Pterophyllum,  §c.)  and  Saurian  bones, 
discovered  by  Dr.  Newberry  during  his  important  investigations  in  the  South- 
West,  as  geologist  of  the  exploring  expeditions  under  the  command  of  Lieut. 
Ives,  in  1858,  and  Capt.  M'Comb,  Top.  Engrs.,  U.  S.  Army,  in  1859.  These 
fossils  led  Dr.  N.  to  refer  this  series  to  the  New  Red  or  Triassic  epoch,*  which 
view  was  also  maintained  by  Mr.  Marcon,  though  the  latter  gentleman  seems 
not  to  have  had  a  very  clear  idea  of  its  limits,  since  he  included  other  rocks 
in  the  Trias  as  defined  by  him. 

This  formation  is  well  exposed  on  the  North  Platte  at  Red  Butte,  above  Fort 
Laramie,  where  it  also  contains  several  beds  of  gypsum,  and  again  on  La- 
Bonte  Creek,  nearer  Fort  Laramie.  It  likewise  occurs  on  Smoky  Hill  River, 
and  at  other  localities  in  Kansas,  where  it  has  been  referred  (along  with  some 
lower  Cretaceous  rocks,  and  possibly  some  Jurassic  strata)  to  the  Trias,  by  Mr. 
F.  Hawn.  All  the  facts  that  have  been  accumulating  for  some  time  past,  seem 
to  render  it  more  than  probable  that  this  series  really  represents  the  Trias  of 
the  Old  World. 

Jurassic  Rocks. 

At  the  localities  already  mentioned  where  the  red  beds  were  seen  near 
Duchesne  River,  a  tributary  of  Uintah  River,  heavy  deposits  were  also  observed 
of  grayish  and  whitish  calcareous  rock,  and  light,  red  and  whitish  sandstones 
and  shales.  Some  portions  of  the  same  formation  were  also  met  with  further 
to  the  north-west  on  the  east  branch  of  Weber  River.  At  both  of  these  places 
in  the  calcareous  beds,  fragments  of  Peclen,  Ostrea  and  portions  of  the  columns  of 
Pentacrinus,  undistinguishable  from  those  of  the  Jurassic  species  P.  asteriscus, 
Meek  and  Hayden,  were  found.  From  the  presence  of  these  fossils,  taken  together 
with  all  the  other  circumstances,  we  have  scarcely  room  to  doubt  that  these 
deposits  are  of  Jurassic  age. 

Well  marked  Jurassic  strata  occur  at  Red  Buttes,  on  the  North  Platte, — at 
the  same  locality  already  referred  to  in  speaking  of  the  red  gypsum  bearing 
rocks.  They  were  not  seen  in  direct  contact  with  the  gypsum  formations,  but 
under  circumstances  showing  that  they  must  hold  a  higher  stratigraphical 
position.  Here  they  consist  of  sandstones,  shales  and  slates,  more  or  less  lam- 
inated calcareous  sandstones,  and  gritty  limestones  of  various  colors,  altogether 
of  considerable  thickness.  Some  of  the  lower  of  these  beds  are  quite  fossilifer- 
ous.  The  specimens  collected  consist  of  Pentacrinus  asteriscus,  Meek  and  Hayden, 
a  Gryphaa  probably  identical  with  G.  calceola,  Quenstredt,  a  plicated  oyster. 

*See  Am.  Journ.,  vol.  28,  2d  ser.,  p.  299: 

I860.]  8 


130  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

closely  allied  to  0.  Marshii,*  a  Pecten  scarcely  distinguishable  from  P.  lens  of 
Sowerby,  a  small  Dentalium,  and  Belemnites  densus,  Meek  and  Hayden.  From 
the  identity  of  some  of  these  species  with  forms  collected  by  Dr.  Hayden  at  the 
Black  Hills,  from  beds  overlying  the  red  gypsum  bearing  strata  of  that  region, 
and  associated  with  other  well  marked  Jurassic  types,  as  well  as  from  the 
affinities  of  the  new  species  discovered  at  the  locality  under  consideration  on 
the  North  Platte,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  referring  these  deposits  to  the 
Jurassic  system,  in  accordance  with  the  views  of  Dr.  Hayden  and  one  of  the 
writers  (F.  B.  M.)  expressed  in  regard  to  the  beds  alluded  to  at  the  Black  Hills. 
(See  Proceed.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philad'a,  March,  1858.) 

Cretaceous  Rocks. 

Returning  south-westward  again  to  Weber  river,  in  order  to  follow  up  the 
succession  of  the  formations,  we  find  that  at  a  point  nearly  due  east  of  Salt 
Lake  City,  on  that  stream,  and  but  a  short  distance  north  of  the  locality,  where 
it  has  already  been  mentioned  that  Jurassic  bed3  with  Pentacrinus  occur,  out- 
crops of  a  Whitish  Sandstone  were  seen,  containing  in  an  imperfect  condition 
an  Oyster,  agreeing  in  all  respects,  as  far  as  could  be  determined,  with  0. 
glabra  of  Meek  and  Hayden.  This  rock,  with  the  same  oyster,  was  also  seen 
some  eight  or  nine  miles  farther  down  Weber  River;  also,  on  White  Clay  Creek, 
a  tributary  of  Weber  River,  and  some  fifty  miles  farther  east  on  Sulphur  Creek, 
a  tributary  of  Bear  River.  At  the  latter  locality  a  small  Anomia  was  also 
found  with  the  same  Oyster  ;  and  in  a  more  yellowish  portion  of  the  same  for- 
mation several  specimens  of  Inoceramus,  closely  allied  to  the  Western  species 
usually  referred  to  /.  problematicus.  Judging  from  the  Oyster  occurring  in 
this  rock,  and  from  its  lithological  characters,  it  would  seem  to  be  of 
the  same  age  as  some  older  Cretaceous  strata,  at  the  mouth  of  Judith  River,  on 
the  Upper  Missouri,  which  have  been  referred  by  Dr.  Hayden  and  one  of  the 
writers;  provisionally  to  No.  1,  of  the  Nebraska  section. 

At  several  of  the  localities  rather  extensive  beds  of  excellent  brown  coal, 
with  some  shale,  were  seen  in  immediate  contact  with  this  Oyster  Sandstone, 
and  apparently  dipping  at  the  same  angle,  so  as  to  give  the  impression,  when 
examined,  that  it  belongs  to  the  same  epoch. 

Well  marked  Cretaceous  rocks  were  seen  at  a  point  on  the  Platte  below 
the  Red  Buttes,  near  the  Platte  Bridge.  The  beds  consist  of  gray  shales  and 
slates.  The  fossils  found  here  are  a  large  new  species  of  Inoceramus,  a 
fragment  of  a  much  compressed  Baculite  and  Ostrea  congexta  of  Conrad.  From 
the  presence  of  the  latter  fossil,  it  is  more  than  prabable  these  beds  are  on  a 
parallel  with  No.  2  or  3  of  the  Nebraska  Cretaceous  series. 

Tertiary  Rocks. 

Tertiary  formations  occur  over  a  large  area  in  the  region  of  Fort  Bridger. 
They  seem  to  belong  to  two  distinct  epochs,  the  older  of  which  was  seen  on 
Bear  River,  near  the  mouth  of  Sulphur  Creek,  about  30  miles  west  of  Fort 
Bridger,  and  but  a  short  distance  from  the  locality,  already  mentioned,  where 
the  Oyster  and  Inoceramus  occur  in  a  yellow  sandstone.  The  outcrop  seen 
here  consists  of  light  colored  and  gray  argillaceous  shale,  with  coarse  dark  and 
light  colored  limestones,  all  of  which  dip  at  a  high  angle.  The  fossils  collected 
from  these  beds  consist  of  one  new  species  of  Unio,  three  of  Corbula  (Potarno- 
i.iya),  three  species  of  Melanin,  three  or  four  of  Paludina,  and  one  of  Melampus. 

This  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  deposit,  which  is  undoubtedly  of  brackish- 
water  origin,  the  fossils  belonging  to  just  such  a  group  of  genera  as  we  would 
expect  to  find  in  an  estuary  deposit,  without  any  strictly  marine   forms.     One 

*The  oyster  here  alluded  to,  is  distinct  from  the  species  referred  by  Mr.  Marcon  to 
O.  Marshii.    The  O.  Marsha  of  Marcon  holds  a  much  higher  stratigraphic  position  than 
.  the  above  mentioned  species. 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  131 

of  the  species  of  Melania  appears  to  be  identical  with  Cerithium  tenerum  of  Hall, 
(Fremont's  Report,  pi.  3,  fig.  6,)  and  a  small  Paludina  agrees  very  closely  with 
Natica?  accidentalk,  while  a  third  is  equally  as  near  Turbo  paludinceformis,  of  the 
same  report.  All  the  other  species  are  new  excepting  one  Paludina,  which  is 
identical  with  P.  Conradl  of  Meek  and  Hayden,  from  the  estuary  beds  at  the 
mouth  of  Judith  River,  on  the  Upper  Missouri.  All  the  facts  point  to  the  con- 
clusion that  this  formation  holds  a  low  position  in  the  Tertiary  System,  or,  in 
other  words,  is  probably  of  Eocene  age. 

The  succeeding  more  recent  Tertiary  beds  of  this  region,  are  extensively 
developed  along  the  route  traversed,  from  near  the  last  mentioned  locality  to 
Fort  Bridger,  and  thence  towards  the  South  Pass.  They  differ  materially  in 
their  lithological  character  from  the  older  deposits  just  described,  and  are 
characterized  by  an  entirely  different  group  of  fossils.  The  upper  part  of  this 
series  consists  of  greenish  sandstones  and  arenaceous  shales,  interstratified  with 
sandy  and  calcareous  slates  altogether  estimated  at  from  two  to  three  hundred 
feet  in  thickness,  and  apparently  destitute  of  fossils.  Then  comes,  (descending,) 
light  colored  argillaceous  and  pure  limestones,  with  at  places  great  numbers  of 
fossils,  all  of  which  are  strictly  fresh  water  forms,  belonging  to  a  few  species. 
Those  collected  consist  of  two  new  species  of  Melania,  two  of  Limnea,  one  of 
Unio  and  two  or  three  of  Planorbls.  There  is  also  at  the  junction  of  the  lower 
light  colored  more  calcareous  deposits  with  those  above,  at  many  places,  a 
band  of  dark  shaly,  more  or  less  carbonaceous  material,  containing  many  im- 
pressions of  fern  and  other  leaves. 

As  all  the  fossils  found  in  the  foregoing  series  are  distinct  from  those  yet 
discovered  in  known  horizons,  in  the  other  Tertiary  basins  of  the  North- West, 
we  have  no  means  of  drawing  parallels,  though  they  are  probably  miocene. 
Whether  the  extensive  lignite  beds  on  Bitter  Muddy  Creeks,  east  and  north  of 
Fort  Bridger,  belong  to  this  series  or  to  the  horizon  of  the  older  Sulphur  Creek 
coal  is  unknown,  these  localities  being  too  remote  from  the  route  to  be  examined. 

The  more  modern  group  described  above  was  never  seen  in  an  upheaved  or 
inclined  condition,  like  the  estuary  beds  on  Bear  River,  though  it  is  manifest 
that  the  general  contour  of  the  country  has  been  considerably  modified  since  its 
deposition,  as  this  formation  was  often  seen  occupying  some  of  the  most 
elevated  positions.  , 

Beneath  this  series  heavy  deposits  were  observed  at  several  places,  consisting 
of  light  and  whitish  fine  grained  sandstone  in  thick  layers,  interstratified  with 
bright  red,  areno-argillaceous  shales.  Although  these  beds  appeared  to  be 
conformable  with  the  superimposed  Tertiary,  as  no  organic  remains  were  found 
in  them,  their  age  must  be  regarded  as  doubtful. 

From  the  foregoing  remarks  it  will  be  seen  that  these  collections  furnish  no 
evidence  of  the  existence  of  strictly  marine  Tertiary  deposits  in  the  Green  River 
Basin,  but  like  all  those  yet  obtained  in  Nebraska,  point  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  Tertiary  strata  of  this  central  portion  of  the  Continent  were  deposited  in 
brackish  and  fresh  waters.  The  oldest  of  these  formations,  so  far  as  known, 
contain  a  group  of  mollusca  indicating  brackish  waters,  while  all  the  subsequent 
formations  are  of  strictly  fresh  water  origin. 

Another  fact  worthy  of  note  is,  that  all  the  secondary  and  Tertiary  fossils 
collected  during  the  survey  came  from  localities  east  of  the  Wahsatch  range  of 
mountains,  while  all  the  specimens  collected  west  of  that  range  of  mountains, 
in  the  Great  Basin,  came  from  Palaeozoic  rocks. 

In  the  ranges  of  mountains  west  of  the  116th  degree  of  longitude,  to  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  near  lat.  39°,  igneous  rocks  predominate,  and  only  few  traces  of 
stratified  rock  were  found  in  that  district,  in  none  of  which  any  organic  remains 
were  observed. 

F.  B.  Meek  and  H.  Engelmann. 

1890.] 


132  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  during  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship  Canal  across, 
the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  by  order  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States, 
made  by  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  of  the  U.S.  Topographical  Engineers,  with  notes 
and  descriptions  of  new  species. 

BY  JOHN    CASSIN. 

The  route  surveyed  by  Lieut.  Michler,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the 
practicability  of  establishing  communication  by  water,  between  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  Oceans,  was  mainly  by  way  of  the  river  Atrato  and  its  tributaries, 
the  Truando  and  the  Nercua.  In  the  performance  of  this  duty,  the  Atrato  was 
ascended  for  a  distance  of  about  ninety  miles,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Truando, 
and  then  a  southwesterly  route  pursued  along  the  latter  towards  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  Nercua  is  a  tributary  of  the  Truando  at  a  distance  of  thirty-six  miles  from 
the  union  of  the  latter  with  the  Atrato. 

The  most  interesting  localities  mentioned  in  the  present  catalogue  are  on 
those  two  rivers,  especially  after  the  Truando  reaches  the  Cordilleras,  in  which 
in  a  great  measure  it  and  the  Nercua  have  their  course.  These  localities  have 
been  but  very  partially  explored  by  naturalists.  Another  locality  frequently 
mentioned  is  Turbo,  which  is  a  small  village  on  the  Atlantic,  directly  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  Gulf  of  Uraba  or  Darien,  and  nearly  opposite  to  the  mouths 
or  delta  of  the  Atrato. 

This  collection  was  made  by  Mr.  William  S.  Wood,  Jr.  and  Mr.  Charles  J. 
Wood  of  Philadelphia,  who  accompanied  the  Expedition,  and  were  of  course 
under  the  immediate  direction  of  the  chief  officer  of  the  Expedition,  Lieut.  N. 
Michler,  of  the  U.  S.  Topographical  Engineers.  This  accomplished  officer  and 
gentleman  encouraged  in  the  fullest  degree  investigations  in  Natural  History 
throughout  the  route,  whenever  consistent  with  other  duties,  and  as  opportu- 
nity presented.  To  his  enlightened  views  and  evident  appreciation  of  the  in- 
teresting character  of  the  zoology  of  the  country  traversed  by  the  Expedition, 
science  in  America  is  indebted  for  the  present  valuable  collection,  including 
several  birds  never  before  known,  and  other  valuable  additions  to  the  zoology 
of  this  continent. 

1.  Htpoteiorchis  FEMORALis,(Temminck). 

Falco  fercoralis,  Temm.,  PI.  Col.  i.  liv.  21. 
Temm.  PI.  Col.  121,  343,  U.  S.  Pacific  R.  R.  Reports,  x.  pi.  1. 
From  Carthagena. 

2.  Moephnus  guianensis,  (Daudin)? 

Falco  guianensis,  Daud.  Tr.  d'Orn.  ii.  p.  78  ? 
Lesson.  Traite  d'Orn.  ii.  pi.  11  ? 

From  the  river  Truando.  One  specimen  only,  not  adult,  and  in  bad  con- 
dition, appears  to  be  this  or  a  nearly  allied  species. 

"  Observed  once  only,  in  the  Rio  Truando,  at  the  first  camp,  after  leaving  the 
Atrato.  I  noticed  this  eagle  at  first  perched  in  a  high  tree,  but  after  I  had 
fired  at  a  small  bird,  he  immediately  flew  very  rapidly  and  fiercely  directly 
towards  the  spot  where  I  was  standing,  as  though  he  intended  to  pounce  upon 
me.  He  approached  vvithin  a  few  feet,  when  I  shot  him  with  small  bird  shot." 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood.) 

3.  Asturina  magnirostris,  (Gmelin). 

Falco  magnirostris,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.,  i.  p.  282,  (1788.) 
Temm.  PI.  Col.  86,  Buff.  PI.  Enl.  464. 
From  Turbo. 

4.  Buteogallus  nigricollis,  (Latham) 

Falco  nigricollis,  Lath.,  Ind.  Orn.  i.  p.  35,  (1790). 

[March 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  13o 

Aquila  milvoides,  Spix  ? 

Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  pi.  1,  d  ?     Le  Vaill,  Ois.  d'Afr.i.  pi.  20. 
From  the  river  Truando.     "Only  observed  in  trees  on  the  Rio  Truando,  about 
40  or  50  miles  from  the  Cordilleras."     (Mr.  C.  J.   Wood). 

5.  Urubitinga  mexicana,  Du  Bus. 

Morphnus  mexicanus,  Du  Bus,  Bull.  Acad.  Brussels,  1847,  p.  102. 
From  the  delta  of  the  Atrato.     Specimens  of  this  little  known  species  are 
quite  identical  with  others  from  Mexico  in  the  museum  of  this  Academy.     It  is 
accurately  described  by  the  Viscount  Du  Bus  as  above  cited. 

6.  Ibycter  aquilin0s,  (Gmelin). 

Falco  aquilinus,  6m.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  280,  (1788). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  417,  Vieill.  Gal.  i.  pi.  6. 
From  Turbo,  on  the  Atlantic,  and  the  river  Truando,  near  the  Cordilleras. 
"  Abundant  in  the  vicinity  of  the  village  of  Turbo,  but  less  numerous  in  the 
interior.     Always  seen  in  trees,  and  utters  a  very  disagreeable  note  bearing 
some  resemblance  to  the  gobble  of  the  male  Turkey."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

7.  Nyctidromus  guianensis,  (Gmelin). 

Caprimulgus  guianensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  ii.  p.  1030,  (1788). 
Caprimulgus  albicollis,  Lath.   Ind.  Orn.   ii.  p.  585,  (1790). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  733. 
From  Turbo. 
Smaller  than  N.  americanus,  but  much  resembling  that  species. 

8.  Progne  chalybea,  (Gmelin)? 

Hirundo  chalybea,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  1026,  (1788)? 
Young  birds  from  Carthagena,  very  difficult  to  recognize,  but  much  resem- 
bling the  species  I  understand  to  be  as  here  given. 

9.  COTYLE  FLAVIGASTRA,    (Vieillot). 

Hirundo  flavigastra,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  xiv.  p.  534,  (1817). 
Hirundo  jugularis,  De  Wied. 
Temm.  PI.  Col.  161,  fig.  2. 
From  Carthagena  and  the  river  Truando. 

10.  Ceryle  torquata,  (Linnaeus). 

Alcedo  torquata,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  180,  (1766). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  284. 
From  the  rivers  Atrato  and  Truando. 

Numerous  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  Expedition,  which  are  exclusive- 
ly adults,  in  fine  plumage. 

"  Very  abundant  in  the  immense  swamps  on  the  Atrato  and  Truando,  alight- 
ing on  the  low  trees,  and  uttering  a  loud  shrill  note.  Catches  small  fishes 
apparently  very  easily,  on  account  of  their  abundance,  and  returns  to  the  tree." 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

11.  Ceryle  amazona,  (Latham). 

Alcedo  amazona,  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.   i.  p.  257,  (1790). 
Alcedo  vestita,  Dumont. 
Du  Bois,  Orn.  Gal.  pi.  85. 
From  the  river  Nercua. 

12.  Ceryle  inda,  (Linnaeus). 

Alcedo  inda,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  179,  (1766). 

Alcedo  viridirufa,  Bodd.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  36,  (1783). 

Alcedo  bicolor,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.   p.  451,  (1788). 
Edwards,  Glean,  vii.  pi.  355.    Buff.  PI.  Enl.  592. 
From  Turbo. 
Common  enough  in  South  American  collections,  but  never  quite   correctly 

I860.] 


134  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

named  in  catalogues,  nor  hardly  elsewhere.  Naturalists  evidently  overlook 
the  solemn  fact  that  Linnaeus  gives  the  habitat  of  his  species  as  above  cited, 
"  in  India  occidentali"\  The  name  inda  seems  to  have  been  understood  to  mean 
a  far  distant  country,  beyond  the  Ganges,  and  evidently  misled  even  Boddsert 
and  Gmelin,  but  is  strictly  applicable  to  this  bird.  It  can  readily  be  recog- 
nized from  the  descriptions  and  Edwards'  figure  above  cited. 

"  One  specimen  seen  in  a  salt  water  marsh,  near  the  village  of  Turbo,  very 
quiet  and  easily  approached."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

13.  Ceryle  superciliosa,  (Linnaeus). 

Alcedo  superciliosa,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  179,  (1766). 
Edwards,  Glean,  v.  pi.  245,  Buff.  PI.  Enl.  756,  fig.  2,  3. 
From  Turbo. 

"  In  a  salt  water  marsh,  almost  in  the  village  of  Turbo,  one  specimen  only 
seen  perched  in  a  bush,  which  was  obtained  without  difficulty,  being  very 
unsuspicious. "     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

14.  Jacamerops  grandis,  (Gmelin). 

Alcedo  grandis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  458,  (1766.) 
Le  Vaill.    Jacamars,  pi.  54. 
From  the  river  Truando. 

"  First  camp  after  leaving  the  Atrato,  and  the  only  time  that  this  bird  was 
noticed.  Sits  in  a  tree  and  darts  after  insects  like  a  fly-catcher."  (Mr.  0.  J. 
Wood). 

15.  Galbula  ruficauda,  Cuvier. 

Galbula  ruficauda,  Cuv.  Reg.  An.  i.  p.  420,  (1817). 
Le  Vaill.  Jac.  pi.  50,  Vieill.  GaL  i.  pi.  29. 
From  the  river  Nercua. 

One  specimen  only,  in  bad  condition,  which  appears  to  be  this  species, 
but  is  darker  chestnut  brown  on  the  abdomen,  than  other  specimens  now  before 
me. 

16.  Bocco  ruficollis,  Lichtenstein. 

"  Bucco  ruficollis,  Licht."  Wagler,  Isis,  1829,  p.  658. 
Tamatia  bicincta,  Gould,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1836,  p.  80? 
Tamatia  gularis,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1838,  p.  166  ? 
From  the  river  Truando. 

"  Seen  once  onlv,  at  the  first  camp  on  the  Truando,  after  leaving  the  Atrato." 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood),' 

For  all  that  I  can  see  this  is  the  young  of  B.  bicincta,  Gould,  as  above,  with 
which  B.  gularis,  D'Orb,  appears  to  be  synonymous. 

17.  Malacoptila  panamensis,  Lafresnaye. 

Malacoptila  panamensis,  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1847,  p.  79. 
From  the  river  Truando. 

"  Very  quiet  and  inactive,  starting  out  occasionally  from  its  perch  to  capture 
an  insect,  and  then  returning."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

18.  Monasa  pallescens,  nobis. 

Rather  larger  than  any  other  known  species  ;  wing  rather  long,  fifth  quill 
longest ;  tail  moderate,  with  the  feathers  wide.  Front  and  lores  white,  entire 
head,  quills,  upper  and  under  tail  coverts  black,  with  a  greenish  lustre,  (no 
white  on  the  chin  nor  throat),  upper  and  under  wing  coverts,  back,  rump  and 
under  parts  of  body  cinereous ;  very  light  on  upper  wing  coverts,  and  darker 
on  the  back ;  bill  red,  sexes  alike. 

Total  length  about  11  inches,  wing  5 J,  tail  5  inches. 

Hab.  Cordilleras  mountains  on  the  river  Truando,  New  Grenada.  In  Nation- 
al Museum  and  Mus.  Acad.  Philadelphia.  Discovered  by  Mr.  Chas.  J.  Wood 
and  Mr.  Wm.  S,  Wood,  Jr. 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  135 

This  is  a  remarkable  and  apparently  new  species  of  Monasa,  strictly  of  the 
same  group,  and  related  to  M.  Morphotus  (==albifrons  and personata)  and  M.  pe- 
ruana. Like  those  species,  the  present  bird  has  a  conspicuous  white  frontal 
band,  which  reaches  very  nearly  from  one  eye  to  the  other,  but  it  differs  from 
those  species  in  being  without  any  white  whatever  on  the  throat.  It  is,  how- 
ever, easily  distinguished  from  all  known  species,  by  the  cinereous  color  of  the 
body  above  and  below  and  wing  coverts  ;  which  color  is  very  light,  and  in  some 
specimens  nearly  white  on  the  whole  of  the  upper  wing  coverts,  and  but  slightly 
darker  on  the  under  wing  coverts.  Several  specimens  labelled  as  both  sexes 
are  in  the  collection  from  the  river  Truando. 

Stated  by  Messrs.  W.  S.  and  C.  J.  Wood,  to  have  been  seen  once  only  in  the 
Cordilleras  on  the  river  Truando,  in  January,  1858.  A  party  of  eight  or  ten 
specimens  was  observed  sitting  very  quietly  in  a  tree  at  some  distance  from  the 
ground,  and  being  quite  regardless  of  the  gun  or  the  presence  of  man,  several 
were  obtained.  Specimens  labelled  as  females  are  slightly  larger  than  those 
stated  to  be  males.* 

19.  Trogon  Massena,  Gould. 

Trogon  Massena,  Gould,  Monog.  Trogonidse,  (1838). 
Gould.  Mon.  Trog.  pi.  16. 
From  the  Truando,  and  also  from  the  delta  of  the  Atrato. 
All  the  specimens  in  the  collection  are  of  young  birds  in  but  indifferent  con- 
dition, amongst  which  one  specimen  may  be  the  young  of  T.  macrourus. 

*  The  following  species  of  Monasa  are  in  the  Museum  of  this  Academy  : 

1.  Monasa  atRa,  (Boddaert). 

Cuculus  ater,  Bodd  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  30,  (1783). 
Cuculus  tranquillus,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  417,  (1788). 
Bucco  cinereus,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  409,  (1788). 
Corvus  australis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  377,  (1788). 
Bucco  calcaratus,  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  i.  p.  206,  (1790). 
Corvus  affinis,  Shaw,  Gen.  Zool.  vii.  p.  381,  (1809). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  512,  Le  Vaill.  Barbels,  pi.  44,  45. 

2.  Monasa  morphoeus,  ( Wagler). 

Buceo  morphoeus,  Wagler,  Hahn's  Voegel,   Asien.  Africa,  &c.  pt.  xiv.  (1822). 
"Bucco  leucops,  111."  Licht.  Verz.  p.  8,  (1823). 
Bucco  albifrons,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  p  53,  (1824). 
Monasa  personata,  Vieill.  Gal.  i.  p.  23,  (1825). 
Hahn,  Voegel,  pt.  xiv.  pi.  2.  Spix.  Av.  Bras.  i.  pi.  41,  fig.  1,  Viedl.  Gal.  i.  pi.  36 
Swains.  B.  of  Braz.  pi.  12. 

3.  Monasa  nigrifrons,  (Spix). 

Bucco  nigrifrons,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  p.  53,  (1824). 
Lypornix  unicolor,  Wagler.  Syst.  Av.  (1827,  not  paged). 
Spix.  Av.  Bras.  i.  pi.  41,  fig.  2. 

4.  Monasa  axillaris,  (Lafresnaye). 

Monasa  axillaris,  Lafres.  Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.  April,  1850,  p.  216. 
Monasa  flavirostris,  Strickland,  Jard.  Contr.  April,  1850. 
Jard.  Contr.  1850,  pi.  (not  numbered). 
It  would  require  nice  discrimination  to  determine  with  certainty  the  priority  of  either 
of  the  above  names.     My  impression  is  that  M.   Lafresnaye's  name  is  entitled  rather  to 
preference,  because  it  bears  an  unmistakeabledate,  which  the  other  does  not,  but  requires 
to  be  determined  by  examination  or  approximation. 

5.  Monasa  peruana,  Verreaux. 

"  Monasa  peruana,  Bp.  et  Verr."  label  on  spec,  from  M.  Verreaux. 

Monasa  peruana,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1855,  p.  194. 
This  is  very  closely  allied  lo  the  now  well  known   M.  morphoeus,  and  scarcely  dis- 
tinguishable without  specimens  of  both.     A  specimen  bearing  M.  Verreaux's  label  is  in 
the  Acad.  Coll.,  and  is  therefore  entirely  reliable  as  this  species. 

6.  Monasa  tallescens,  Cassin. 

I860.] 


136  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

20.  Trogon  melanopterus,  Swainson. 

Trogon  melanopterus,  Sw.  Cab.  Cy.  p.  332,  (1838). 
Gould,  Mon.  pi.  10,  11. 
From  the  river  Truando. 
One  specimen  only  in  adult  plumage. 

21.  Trogon  atricollis,  Vieillot. 

Trogon  atricollis,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  viii.  p.  318,  (1817). 
Gould,  Mon.  pi.  8. 
Falls  of  the  Truando. 

"  In  the  Cordilleras  on  the  Rio  Truando.  Seen  once  only,  very  unsuspicious 
and  easily  shot."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

22.  Momotus  Martii,  (Spix). 

Prionites  Martii,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.   p.  64,  (1824). 
Momotus  semirufus,  Sclater,  Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.  1853,  p.  489? 
Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  pi.  60. 
From  the  river  Nercua. 
One  specimen  in  adult  plumage,  labelled  as  a  male  bird. 

23.  Crypticus  platyrhynchus,  (Leadbeater). 

Momotus  platyrhynchus,  Leadb.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.  xvi.  p.  92,  (1829). 
Crypticus  Martii,  Bonap.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1837,  p.  119. 
Jard.  and  Selby,  111.  Orn.  iii.  pi.   106. 
From  the  Cordilleras  on  the  river  Nercua. 

In  adult  plumage,  and  in  colors  singularly  resembling  the  preceding,  but 
with  the  bill  differently  formed,  and  affording  strong  generic  distinctions. 
This  is  probably  the  first  time  that  these  two  birds,  which  have  much  per- 
plexed naturalists,  have  ever  occurred  in  the  same  collection.  Both  are 
labelled  as  from  the  same  locality,  and  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Wood,  that 
they  inhabit  the  forests  on  the  river  Nercua,  on  the  western  side  of  the  Cor- 
dilleras. 

24.  Ramphastos  Tocardus,  Vieillot. 

Ramphastos  Tocard.  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet,  xxxiv.  p.  280. 
Ramphastos  Swainsonii,  Gould.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1833,  p.  69. 
Gould,  Mon.  Ramph.  pi.  4. 
From  the  River  Nercua. 

25.  Ramphastos  carinatus,  Swainson. 

Ramphastos  carinatus,  Sw.  Zool.  111.  i.  p.  (pi.  45,  not  paged.) 
Gould,  Monog.  pi.  2. 
River  Nercua.     One  specimen  only,  in  mature  plumage,  from   the  western 
side  of  the  Cordilleras  on  the  River  Nercua. 

26.  Pteroglossus  erythropygius,  Gould. 

Pteroglossus  erythropygius,  Gould,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1843,  p.  15. 
Gould,  Monog.  pi.  21,  Zool.  Voy.  Sulphur,  pi.  28. 
From  the  River  Truando.     Specimens  labelled  as  both  sexes  are  in  the  col- 
lection.    The  females  are  smaller,  and  in  both  sexes  there  is  some  variation  in 
the  color  of  the  bill  as  noticed  by  Mr.  Gould,  the  white  being  in  these  specimens 
more  extended  in  the  females. 

27.  Selenidera  spectabilis,  Cassin. 

Selenidera  spectabilis,  Cass.  Proc.  Acad.  Philada.  1857,  p.  214. 
Jour.  Acad.  Philada.  iv.  pi.  1. 
From  the  falls  of  the  River  Truando. 

Both  sexes  of  this  species,  in  excellent  plumage  and  preservation  are  in  the 
collection  from  the  Cordilleras  on  the  River  Truando.  They  are,  however,  pre- 
cisely similar  to  Mr.  Mitchells  specimens  described  by  me  as  above  cited, 
though  the  occurrence  of  this  little-known  species  again,  and  at  another  locali- 
ty, is  a  point  of  interest. 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  137 

28.  Ara  militaris,  (Linnaeus). 

Psittacus  militaris,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  139,  (1766). 
Le  Vaill.  Parrots,  pi.  6,  Edward's  Glean,  vii.  pi.  313. 
From  the  River  Nercua  in  the  Cordilleras  mountains. 

29.  Ara  ararauna,  (Linnaeus). 

Psittacus  ararauna,  Linn.  Syst.   Nat.  i.  p.  139,  (1766). 
Le  Vaill.  Parr.  pi.  3,  Lear,  Parr.  pi.  8. 
From  the  mouth  of  the  Atrato,  Gulph  of  Uraba. 

30.  Ara  severa,  (Linnaeus). 

Psittacus  severus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  140,  (1766). 
Le  Vaill.  Parr.  pi.  8,  9,  16,  Edward's  Glean,  t.  pi.  229. 
Mouth  of  the  River  Nercua. 

31.  Conurus  pertinax,  (Linnceus). 

Psittacus  pertinax,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  142,  (1766). 
Le  Vaill.  Parr.  pi.  34,  Edw.  Glean,  v.  pi.  234. 
Carthagena. 

32.  Conurus  tovi,  (Gmelin). 

Psittacus  tovi,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  351,  (1788). 
Bourj.  St.  Hil.  Parr.  pi.  48. 
From  the  River  Atrato. 

33.  Psittacula  cyanoptera,  (Boddaert). 

Psittacus  cyanopterus,  Bodd.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  27,  (1783). 
Psittaculus  gregarius,  Spix.  Av.  Bras.  i.  p.  39,  (1824). 
Bourj.  St.  Hil.  Parr.  pi.  Spix.  Av.  Bras.  i.  pi.  34. 
Carthagena. 

34.  Drtocopds  Malherbei,  (G.  R.  Gray). 

Campephilus  Malherbii,  G.  R.  Gray,  Gen.  Birds,  ii.  p.  436,  pi.  108,  (1845). 
Malherbe,  Monog.  Picidae,  pi.  6. 
From  Turbo.     "  Occasionally  seen  in  the  forest  at  Turbo,  very  shy  and  diffi- 
cult to  approach."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

35.  Dryocopus  albirostris,  (Vieillot). 

Picus  albirostris,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  xxvi.  p.  69,  (1818). 
Megapicus  albirostris,  (Vieill.)  Malherbe. 
Malherbe,  Monog.  Picidas,  pi.  4. 

36.  Celkus  mentalis,  nobis. 

About  the  size  of  O.  rufus,  occipital  feathers  somewhat  lengthened,  third  quill 
longest,  bill  rather  short.  Male,  with  a  large  space  on  the  chin  and  throat, 
bright  scarlet.  This  space  begins  nearly  on  a  line  with  the  commissure  of  the 
bill  on  each  side,  covering  the  chin  and  throat,  and  is  not  divided  in  the  mid- 
dle, but  is  integral. 

Head  and  upper  parts  of  body  dark  cinnamon,  many  feathers  having  semi- 
circular and  crescent  shaped  spots  of  black,  rump  and  upper  tail  coverts  lighter. 
Quills  brownish  black,  barred  with  dark  cinnamon,  tail  brownish  black,  all  the 
feathers  of  which  are  barred  with  dull  yellowish  cinnamon  color.  Underparts 
of  body  yellowish  cinnamon,  lighter  than  the  back  and  with  the  black  spot9 
much  more  numerous,  every  feather  havi  g  nearly  complete  semicircular  and 
crescent  shaped  bands  of  black.  Under  wing  coverts  uniform  dark  cinnamon, 
not  spotted,  axillaries  dark  cinnamon  with  a  few  imperfect  bands  of  deep  black. 
Bill  bluish  horn  color,  under  mandible  lighter.  Female,  much  like  the  male, 
but  having  no  red  patch  on  the  throat  and  the  black  spots  on  the  under  parts 
not  so  numerous. 

Total  length  about  8  inches,  wing  43,  tail  If  inches. 

Hab. — Turbo  and  Atrato  River,  New  Grenada.  Discovered  by  Messrs.  Wm. 
S.  and  Chas.  J.  Wood,  Spec,  in  Nat.  Mus.  Washington. 

I860.] 


138  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Of  this  Woodpecker,  I  have  found  no  description  nor  figure  which  seemed  to 
approach  it,  except  Picus  andatus  of  authors  figured  by  Edwards,  pi.  332.  It  is 
nearly  the  size  and  of  the  same  general  colors  as  that  species,  but  instead  of 
two  patches  of  red  on  the  cheeks  as  described  and  figured  in  P.  undatus,  the 
present  bird  has  a  single  large  patch  completely  enclosing  a  space  on  the 
throat  around  the  base  of  the  lower  mandible,  similar  to  that  in  the  common 
Picus  varius  of  the  United  States.  This  character  I  cannot  trace  in  any  other 
species  of  this  genus. 

This  bird  belongs  to  the  same  subgeneric  group  as  Celeus  rufus,  which  seems 
to  have  no  name,  though  readily  defined. 

37.  Crotophaga  major,  Brisson. 

Crotophaga  major,  Brisson,  iv.  p.  180,  (1760). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  102. 
From  the  River  Atrato. 

38.  Cyanocorax  pileatus,  (Temminck). 

Corvus  pileatus,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  (liv.  10.) 
Temm.  PI.  Col.  58. 
From  the  rivers  Truando  and  Nercua.     "  In  flocks  on  the   high  trees  on  the 
Truando  before  reaching  the  mountains.      Very  shy  and   noisy,  calling  out 
loudly  whenever  an  attempt  was  made  to  approach  them.     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

39.  Quiscalus  macrourus,  Swainson. 

Quiscalus  macrourus,  Sw.  Cab.  Cy.  p.  299,  (1838). 
Rept.  U.  S.  and  Mex.  Bound.  Survey,  Birds,  pi.  20. 
From  Turbo  and  Carthagena.     "  In  parties  of  ten  or  a  dozen  feeding  on  ber- 
ries along  the  sea  shore.     Abundant,  especially  at  Carthagena,  and  noisy,  but 
not  easily  shot."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

40.  Ocyalus  Wagleri,  (G.  R.  Gray). 

Cacicus  Wagleri,  G.  R.  Gray,  Gen.  Birds,  ii.  p.  342,  (1845). 
Gray's  Genera,  ii.  pi.  85. 
From  the  rivers  Truando  and  Nercua.     Specimens  of  both  sexes   in  mature 
plumage,  the  females  being  much  the  smaller. 

41.  Ostinops  cristatus,  (Gmelin). 

Oriolus  cristatus,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  387,  (1788). 
Sw.  B.  of  Bras.  pi.  32,  Buff.  PI.  Enl.  328. 
From  Turbo  and  the  Atrato  River. 

"  In  company  with  smaller  species  along  the  Atrato,  and  seemed  to  be  feed- 
ing on  the  fruit  of  a  tree  which  grew  plentifully  on  the  edge  of  the  water. 
Unsuspicious  and  easily  approached."     (Mr.  C.  J.   Wood). 

42.  Ostinops  guatimozinus,  Bonaparte. 

Ostinops  guatimozinus,  Bonap.  Compte  Rend.,  1853,  p.  833'. 

Large,  resembling  O.  3Iontezumae  and  O.  bifaaciatus,  but  larger  than  either, 
darker  colored,  and  with  the  crest  feathers  much  longer  and  more  slender. 
Male. — Head,  under  parts  of  body  and  tibiae  brownish  black,  under  tail 
coverts  chestnut  brown,  same  as  the  back.  Entire  upper  parts  of  body,  wing 
coverts  and  outer  webs  of  quills  purplish  chestnut  brown.  Tail  graduated, 
two  middle  feathers  brownish  black,  all  others  yellow.  Naked  space  below 
the  eye  completely  divided  by  a  line  of  short  imbricated  feathers  nearly  on  a 
line  with  the  lower  edge  of  the  lower  mandible.  Crest  long  and  composed  of 
very  narrow  feathers.  Bill  wide  at  base  in  front,  high  and  compressed, 
pointed,  basal  two-thirds  black,  terminal  one-third  light  colored  (red  ?).  Total 
length  about  21 J  inches,  wing  10J,  tail  8£  inches.  Crest  feathers  3  inches,  bill 
from  gape  3£  inches. 

Hab. — River  Truando,  New  Granada. 

One  specimen,  labelled  as  a  male,  in  the  collection  of  the  Expedition  is  dis- 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  139 

tinct  from  any  species  in  Acad.  Coll.  or  that  we  find  described,  except  as  above. 
It  is  nearly  allied  to  0.  Montezumae  of  Mexico  and  Central  America,  and  0. 
bifasciatus  of  Northern  Brazil,  both  of  which  are  in  the  Acad.  Coll.  and  are 
distinct  from  each  other. 

The  present  bird  differs  from  both  of  the  above  species  in  being  larger, 
darker  colored  and  having  a  lengthened  almost  filiform  crest.  The  bill  also  i3 
disproportionately  longer  and  wider  at  base,  with  a  rounded  termination  in 
front.  It  is  not  without  scruples  that  I  apply  the  name  above  to  this  bird  ;  the 
description  by  the  Prince  Bonaparte,  as  cited,  not  being  sufficient  for  the  recog- 
nition of  any  species  nearly  related  to  another.* 

"At  Camp  Abert,  on  the  Truando,  before  reaching  the  Cordilleras,  one 
specimen  only  seen,  which  was  shot;  it  was  very  shy  and  seemed  to  be  a  stranger." 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood.) 

43.  Cassicus  icteronotus,  Vieillot. 

Cassicus  icteronotus,  Vieill. 
Sw.  B.  of  Braz.,  pi.  3. 
From  Turbo  and  the  delta  of  the  Atrato  River.     "Very  abundant  at  Turbo, 
builds  many  nests  on  the  same  tree,  which  are  long  and  hanging,  and  entered 
from  the  top.     Always  seen  in  large  parties  and  very  noisy,  especially  in  the 
morning,  although  their  notes  are  rather  agreeable."     (Mr.  C.  J.  WoodJ. 

44.  Cassicus  chrysonotus,  Lafresnaye? 

Cassicus  chrysonotus,  Lafres. 
D'Orb.  Voy.  Am.  Mer.  Ois.  pi.  52  ? 
From  Turbo.     A  single  specimen  in  young  plumage  appears  to  be  this  species. 

45.  Cassicus  uropygialis,  Lafresnaye  ? 

Cassicus  uropygialis,  Lafr.  Rev.  Zool.  1843,  p.  290? 
Falls  of  the  River  Truando. 
Specimens  not  mature  nor  in  good  condition  appear  to  be  this  species. 


*The  three  nearly  allied  species  are  as  follows  : 

1.  OSTINOPS   B1FASCIATUS,  (Spix). 

Cassicus  bifasciatus,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.,  i.  p.  65  (1824). 
Spix,  Av.  Bras.,  i.  pi.  61. 
Naked  space  on  the  cheek,  integral  (not  divided  as  in  the  two  succeeding  species). 
Crest  feathers  rather  long,  not  so  narrow  nor  so  long  as  in  O.  guatimozinus,  but  longer 
than  in  O.  Montezumae.  Head  and  breast  brownish  black,  entire  upper  parts  of  body, 
abdomen,  under  tail  coverts  and  tibia  light  chestnut  brown,  tail  yellow,  central  two 
feathers  dark  brown.  Total  length,  male  18  to  20  inches.  Naked  space  on  cheek  pre- 
cisely as  figured  by  Spix  as  above  cited,  which  figure  is  sufficiently  accurate.  Two 
specimens  from  Para,  in  Acad.  Coll. 

2.  Ostinops  Montezumae,  (Lesson). 

Cacicus  Montezumae,  Less.  Cent.  Zool  p.  33,  (1830). 
Less.  Cent.  Zool.  pi.  7,Gervais,  Atlas  de  Zool.  pi.  33. 
Naked  space  on  the  cheek  partially  divided  by  a  line  of  short  imbricated  features 
above  the  lower  edge  of  the  lower  mandible.  Crest  feathers  short  and  inconspicuous, 
shorter  than  in  either  of  the  other  species  here  described.  Plumage  much  as  in  preced- 
ing, but  with  the  tibia  brownish  black.  Total  length,  male,  about  20  inches.  Naked  space 
on  cheek  accurately  represented  in  both  plates  above  cited,  which  are  otherwise  very 
accurate.  Nine  specimens  in  Acad.  Coll.  including  Lesson's  original  which  is  labelled  as 
from  Mexico,  others  are  from  Nicaragua. 

3.  Ostinops  guatimozinus,  Bonaparte. 

Osiinops  guatimozinus,  Bonap.  Compt.  Rend.  1853,  p.  833. 
Naked  space  on  cheek  completely  divided  by  a  line  of  short,  imbricated  feathers  nearly 
on  a  line  with  the  lower  edge  of  lower  mandible.  Crest  feathers  long  and  pendant, 
longer  than  in  either  of  the  preceding.  Plumage  generally  resembling  that  of  both  the 
preceding,  but  darker,  entire  under  parts  brownish  black,  tibia  black.  Total  length  21  to 
22  inches.    One  specimen  in  National  Museum,  Washington. 

I860.] 


140  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


46.  Icterus  mesomelas  (Wagler). 

Psarocolius  mesomelas,  Wagl. 
Lesson,  Cent.  Zool.  pi.  22. 
From  the  River  Atrato. 

47.  Icterus  Giraudii,  Cassin. 

Icterus  Giraudii,  Cass.  Proc.  Acad.  Philad'a,  iii.  p.  332  (1847). 
Journ.  Acad.  Philad'a,  i.  pi.  17. 
From  the  Rivers  Truando  and  Nercua  and  the  "  Shores  of  the  Pacific." 
Several  specimens  differing  somewhat  in  size  are  from  the  Cordilleras  and 
the  western   coast,   until  quite  reaching  the  Pacific  Ocean.     One   specimen 
obtained  by  Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.,  is  labelled  "  Shores  of  the  Pacific." 

"  In  bushes  and  low  trees  on  the  Truando,  and  has  very  pleasant  notes  of  the 
same  general  character  as  those  of  the  Baltimore  Oriole.  Solitary  and  rather 
wild."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood  J. 

48.  Xanthornus  affinis,  Lawrence. 

Xanthornus  affinis,  Lawr.  Am.  Lye.  New  York,  1851,  p.  113. 
From  the  Atrato.     A  single  specimen  in  adult  male  plumage. 

49.  Euspiza  Americana  (Gmelin). 

Emberiza  americana,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  872  (1788). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  i.  pi.  3.  Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  384,  Oct.  ed.  iii.  pi.  156. 
From  Turbo.     "In  flocks  early  in  April,  about  grassy  places  at  Turbo,  and 
seen  for  one  day  only."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

50.  Pitylus  grossus  (Linnaeus). 

Loxia  grossa,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  307  (1766). 
Buff.  Pl.Enl.  154. 
From  the  Falls  of  the  River  Truando.     "In  the  mountains  and  seen  once 
only.     Has  a  loud,  musical  note  similar  to  that  of  the  Cardinal  bird  of  the 
United  States."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

51.  Saltator  mutus,  Sclater? 

Saltator  mutus,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1856,  p.  72  ? 

Tanagra  superciliaris,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  ii.  p.  44,  pi.  47? 
From  Cartbagena.     "  On  the  '  Popa'  mountain  at  Carthagena." 
Specimens  in  young  plumage  not  for  us  easily  identified. 

52.  Arremon  Schlegeli,  Bonaparte. 

Arremon  Schlegeli,  Bonap.  Consp.  Av.  i.  p.  488  (1850). 

From  Carthagena.  Very  fine  specimens  of  this  beautiful  little  bird,  in  adult 
plumage. 

"  In  the  high  grass  on  the  sea  shore  at  Carthagena  on  the  seed  of  which  it 
appeared  to  feed.  Notes  and  habits  generally  resembled  those  of  the  Sparrows 
of  the  United  States,  not  abundant  and  difficult  to  obtain."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

53.  Pyranga  aestiva  (Gmelin). 

Tanagra  aestiva,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  889  (1788). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  i.  pi.  6,  Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  44,  Oct.  ed.  iii.  pi.  208. 
From  Turbo.     "In  the  forrest  at  Turbo,  early  in  April,  seen  once  only.'' 

54.  Orthogonys  olivaceus,  nobis. 

Form  short  and  robust,  bill  rather  wide  at  base,  upper  mandible  with  a  dis- 
tinct tooth-like  lobe  about  the  middle  of  its  cutting  edge,  wing  moderate, 
fourth  quill  slightly  longest,  tail  moderate  or  rather  short.  Male. — Front  and 
line  extending  over  and  around  the  eye  bright  yellow.  Throat,  middle  of 
abdomen,  edge  of  wing  at  shoulders  and  under  wing  coverts  greenish  yellow. 
Upper  parts  of  head  and  body  dark  olive  green,  under  parts  olive  green  tinged 
with  yellowish,  the  latter  color  more  apparent  in  the  middle,  under  tail  coverts 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  141 

greenish  yellow.  Quills  brownish  black,  with  their  outer  webs  dark  olive, 
uniform  with  the  back,  tail  dark  olive,  inner  webs  of  outer  feathers  greenish 
brown.  The  yellow  on  the  throat  somewhat  striped  or  spotted  with  dark  olive. 
Bill  bluish  horn  color,  legs  lighter.     Sexes  similar. 

Total  length  about  6|  inches,  wing  3^,  tail  2\  inches. 

Hab. — Cordilleras  Mountains,  on  the  Kiver  Truando,New  Granada.  Discov- 
ered by  Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.,  and  Mr.  C.  J.  Wood,  attached  to  U.  S.  Expedition 
for  surveying  the  River  Atrato,  in  command  of  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  U.  S.  Topog. 
Engineers.     Spec,  in  Nat.  Mus.,  Washington. 

This  is  a  curious  bird  and  has  not  a  little  puzzled  the  present  writer.  My 
impression  is  that  it  is  an  undescribed  genus  related  to  Icteria  and  more  so  to 
Orthogonys  and  not  unlike  some  species  of  Pyranga.  At  present  I  rate  it  as  an 
Orlhogonys  to  which  it  quite  as  much  belongs  as  Pyranga  cyanictera  of  authors 
at  least,  of  which  there  are  several  specimens  in  the  Academy  collection. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Wood  states  that  this  bird  inhabits  low  trees  and  bushes  in  the 
Cordilleras,  on  the  Rio  Truando,  and  could  be  constantly  heard  at  some  local- 
ities, though  not  so  easily  seen.  Its  notes  are  loud  and  much  varied,  bearing  a 
general  resemblance  to  those  of  the  Chat  of  North  America  {Icteria  viridis).  It 
appeared  to  be  very  active  and  lively,  constantly  flying  about  the  bushes  and 
changing  its  position. 

55.  Tanagra  cana,  Swainson. 

Tanagra  cana,  Sw.  B.  of  Braz.  p.  2,  (1841). 
Sw.  B.  of  Braz.  pi.  37. 
From  Turbo. 

"Abundant  in  the  orange  and  lime  trees  at  Turbo,  and  in  gardens  and 
other  cultivated  localities  at  Carthagena.  Note  only  a  single  chirp  and  very 
unsuspicious  and  easily  shot."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

56.  Ramphocelus  icteronotus,  Bonaparte. 

Ramphocelus  icteronotus,  Bonap.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1836,  p.  121. 
Du  Bus,  Esq.  Orn.  pi.  15. 
From  Turbo  and  the  rivers  Atrato  and  Truando. 

"  Always  observed  frequenting  one  kind  of  tree,  that  grows  along  streams 
of  water,  on  the  fruit  of  which  it  feeds.  Abundant  on  the  Rio  Truando  in  the 
month  of  March."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

57.  Ramphocelus  dimidiatus,  Lafresnaye. 

Ramphocelus  dimidiatus,  Lafres.  Mag.  Zool.  1837,  p.  (not  paged). 
Guerin's  Mag.  Zool.  1837,  pi.  81. 
From  Turbo. 

' '  Abundant  in  April  in  the  bushes  and  low  trees  in  the  drier  parts  of  the 
forest.  Solitary  but  constantly  seen,  and  heard  only  to  utter  a  single  chirp. 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

58.  Eucometis  cristata,  (Du  Bus). 

Pipilopsis  cristata,  Du  Bus,  Bull.  Acad.  Brussels,  1855,  p.  154. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

"  At  the  first  camp  on  the  Truando  after  leaving  the  Atrato.  In  the  bushes 
and  low  trees,  very  shy,  and  seen  once  only  in  a  party  of  three  together. 
Sings  very  pleasantly,  and  very  loud  for  the  size  of  the  bird."  (Mr.  C.  J. 
Wood). 

59.  Tachyphonus  luctuosus,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres. 

Tachyphonus  luctuosus,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres.  Mag.  Zool.  1837,  p.  29. 
D'Orb.  Voy.  Am.  Mer.  Ois.  PL  20. 
From  the  Truando. 

"  Obtained  during  our  encampment  in  the  mountains,  on  the  Rio  Truando. 
In  the  high  trees,  and  rarely  seen,  and  very  shy  and  active.  Male  black, 
female  brown."     (Mr.  C.  J.Wood). 

I860.] 


142  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

60.  Tachyphonus  De  Lattrei,  Lafresnaye. 

Tachyphonus  De  Lattrei,  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1847,  p.  72. 

Falls  of  the  Truando. 

"  Seen  once  only,  in  the  bushes  on  the  hank  of  the  Rio  Truando,  in  the 
month  of  March.  About  twenty  specimens  which  seemed  to  be  in  company, 
were  noticed  and  several  obtained,  though  they  were  very  shy  arid  not  easily 
approached.  All  chattered  together  like  a  flock  of  blackbirds,  and  appeared 
to  be  feeding  on  a  berry  that  was  abundant."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

61.  Tachyphonus  xanthopyghjs,  Sclater. 

Tachyphonus xanthopygius,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1354,  p.  158. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1854,  pi.  69,  1855,  pi.  90. 

From  the  Truando. 

The  male  only,  of  this  handsome  and  remarkable  species,  precisely  as  figured 
by  Mr.  Sclater. 

"  The  wildest  bird  I  met  with  in  the  whole  journey.  A  portion  of  the  sur- 
veying party  remained  fifteen  days  at  a  camp  in  the  Cordilleras,  on  the  Rio 
Truando,  where  only  this  bird  was  obtained,  and  was  so  very  shy  and  watch- 
ful, that  it  was  with  difficulty  obtained.  Three  specimens  were  together  and 
were  observed  to  always  resort  to  one  tree  to  roost,  and  constantly  frequenting 
the  highest  trees.  Very  active  and  perpetually  on  the  move  from  one  tree  to 
another,  notes  loud  and  musical,  somewhat  like  those  of  the  Baltimore  Oriole 
of  the  United  States."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

62.  Tachyphonus? 
Falls  of  the  Truando. 

One  specimen  labelled  as  a  female,  but  which  is  of  no  species  with  which 
I  am  acquainted,  nor  find  described.  Not  having  the  male  I  do  not  venture  a 
description. 

63.  Calliste  francesc^,  (Lafresnaye). 

Aglaia  Fanny,  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1847,  p.  72. 
Des  Murs.  Icon.  Orn.  pi.  56. 
From  Turbo. 

"  In  a  tree  that  grows  along  streams  of  water,  on  the  fruit  of  which  it  feeds. 
Rather  shy  and  not  easily  approached,  very  quick  and  active."  (Mr.  C.  J. 
Wood). 

64.  Calliste  inornata,  Gould. 

Calliste  inornata,  Gould,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,   1855,  p.  158. 
Sclater,  Monog.  Calliste,  pi.  45. 
From  Turbo. 

Probably  the  female  or  young,  of  the  preceding,  (C.francescce),  and  given 
by  us  as  distinct,  with  some  reluctance.  The  specimens  in  the  collection  are 
very  nearly  as  described  and  figured  as  cited  above. 

"  In  the  same  tree,  and  appeared  to  be  in  company  with  the  preceding,  and 
thought  by  my  brother  and  myself  to  be  the  female  of  that  bird. "  (Mr.  C.  J. 
Wood). 

65.  Calliste  Lavini^:,  Cassin. 

Calliste  Lavinia,  Cass.  Proc.  Acad.  Philadelphia,  1858,  p.  178. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

We  have  much  gratification  in  finding  in  the  present  collection,  the  second 
specimen  that  we  have  ever  seen  of  this  interesting  little  species,  though  not 
in  mature  plumage.  It  bears,  however,  the  characteristic  edging  of  rufous  on 
the  outer  webs  of  the  quills,  and  is  easily  recognised. 

"Shot  at  camp  Toucey,  in  the  mountains  on  the  Rio  Truando.  In  high 
trees,  very  active  and  lively,  and  not  easily  obtained,  though  not  often  seen, 
March,  1858."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

[April. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  143 

66.  Ecphonia  fulvicrissa,  Sclater. 

Euphonia  fulvicrissa,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Philada.  1856,  p.  276. 

Falls  of  the  Truando. 

' '  At  our  encampment  in  the  mountains  on  the  Rio  Truando,  in  the  high 
trees,  and  difficult  to  shoot.  Not  often  seen,  and  quite  shy  and  watchful." 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

67.  Nemosia  auricollis,  Sclater. 

Nemosia  auricollis,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1856,  p.  iii. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

"  At  the  first  camp  on  the  Truando,  before  reaching  the  mountains.  In  the 
bushes  growing  abundantly  in  the  extensive  marshes  and  swamps  on  that 
river.  Appeared  to  have  habits  much  like  those  of  the  Wrens,  and  constantly 
repeated  its  notes,  so  as  easily  to  be  followed.     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

68.  Lipaugus  unirufus,  Sclater. 

Lipaugus  unirufus,  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1859,  p.  385. 
Querula  fuscocinerea,  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1843,  p.  291? 

From  Turbo  and  the  river  Truando. 

Entire  plumage  light  rufous,  darker  on  the  back,  and  lighter  on  the  under 
parts  of  the  body  and  under  wing  coverts  ;  quills  and  tail  rufous  cinnamon, 
shafts  and  inner  webs  of  quills  darker.  Total  length,  about  9  inches,  wing  5, 
tail  4^  inches.     Sexes  alike. 

Several  specimens  labelled  as  both  sexes,  are  from  Turbo  and  the  river 
Truando,  and  all  have  the  appearance  of  being  in  young  or  some  peculiar 
seasonal  plumage.  These  specimens  are  all  of  an  uniform  dull  rufous,  very 
nearly  the  color  of  the  immature  plumage  in  some  species  of  black  Tach.yph.onus 
which  induces  me  to  suppose  that  the  adult  of  this  bird  is  quite  different  in 
color  from  the  present  specimens.  Although  undoubtedly  of  the  genus 
Lipaugus,  this  bird  corresponds  but  indifferently  with  the  last  description 
above  cited,  though  it  may  be  that  species  in  the  plumage  of  another  season 
than  that  described. 

"In  the  dry  parts  of  the  forest  at  Turbo,  and  in  the  Cordilleras  on  the  Rio 
Truando,  in  the  lower  trees.  Frequently  seen,  but  always  solitary  and  silent. 
Sits  very  quietly  in  a  tree  and  flies  after  insects,  especially  the  large  coleop- 
terous species,  abundant  on  the  route  everywhere."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

69.  Querula  cruenta,  (Boddaert). 

Muscicapa  cruenta,  Bodd.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  23,   (1783). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  381,  Vieill.  Gal.  pi.  115. 
From  Turbo.     "Very  abundant  and  in  large  parties  in  the  thick  and  dry 
parts  of  the  forest  at   Turbo.     Constantly  chattering  and  noisy,   frequently 
seen  on  the  ground,  and  seemed  to  prefer  low  bushes.     Female  entirely  black. ' ' 
(Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

70.  Saukophagus  Lictor,  (Lichtenstein). 

Lanius  Lictor,  Licht.  Verz.  p.  49,  (1823). 
Gray,  Genera  of  B.  i.  pi.  62. 
From  the  Rivers  Atrato  and  Truando. 

71.  Tyrannus  dominicensis,  Brisson. 

Tyrannus  dominicensis,  Briss.  Orn.  ii.  p.  394,  (1760). 
Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  46,  Oct.  ed.  i.  pi.  55. 
From  Carthagena. 

72.  Tyrannus  melancholicus,  Vieillot. 

Tyrannus  melancholicus,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  xxxv.  p.  48,  (1819). 
Spix,  Av.  Bras.  ii.  pi.  19. 
From  Turbo,  Carthagena  and  the  River  Truando. 

73.  Myiarchus  ferox,  (Gmelin). 
I860.] 


144 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE    ACADEMY   OP 


Muscicapa  ferox,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  934,  (1788). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  571,  fig.  1. 
Falls  of  the  Truando. 

74.  Elaenia  cayennensis,  (Linn;eus). 

Muscicapa  cayennensis,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  327,  (1766). 
Buff.  PL  Enl.  569,  fig.  2. 
From  Turbo. 

75.  Satornis  ardosiacus,  (Lafresnaye). 

Tyrannula  ardosiaca,  Lafres.  Rev.  ZooL  1844,  p.  80. 
Falls  of  the  Truando.     "A  pair  observed  about  rocks  at  the  foot  of  the 
mountains,  on  the  Truando.     Had  some  very  pleasing  notes  and  almost  a 
continued  song,  very  shy."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

76.  Myiobius  sulphureipygius,  (Sclater). 

Tyrannula  sulphureipygia,  Sclater,  Proc.  ZooL  Soc.  London,  1856,  p.  296. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

77.  Tyrannula  albiceps,  (D'Orb.  et  Lafres). 

Muscipeta  albiceps,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres.  Mag.  ZooL  1837,  p.  47. 
From  Carthagena. 

78.  Tyrannula  albiceps? 

Apparently  an  accidental  variety  of  the  preceding,  having  the  back  light 
yellow  or  canary  color.     One  specimen  from  Carthagena. 

79.  Cyclorhynchus  brevirostris,  Cabanis. 

Cyclorhynchus  brevirostris,  Cab.  Wiegm.  Arch.  1847,  p.  249. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

80.  Platyrhynchus  cancroma,  (Lichtenstein). 

Todus  cancroma,  Licht.  Verz.  p.  51,  (1823). 
Temm.  PL  Col.  12,  fig.  2,  Sw.  ZooL  111.  ii.  pi.  115. 
From  the  Truando. 

"At  Camp  Toucey,  on  the  Truando,  soon  after  leaving  the  Atrato.  In  the 
high  trees  and  difficult  to  obtain."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

81.  Todirostrum  cinereum,  (Linnaeus). 

Todus  cinereus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  178  (1766). 
Buff.  PL  Enl.  585,  fig.  3. 
From  Carthagena. 

"Occasionally  seen  on  the  'Popa'  Mountain,  near  Carthagena,  in  the 
bushes  and  low  trees,  flying  out  after  insects,  which  it  caught  on  the  wing 
with  much  dexterity,  and  which  were  very  abundant,  mostly  small  Diptera." 
(C.  J.  Wood). 

82.  Todirostrum  nigriceps,  Sclater. 

Todirostrum  nigriceps,  Sclater,  Proc.  ZooL  Soc.  London,  1855,  p.  Q6. 
Proc.  Zool,  Soc.  London,  1855,  pi.  84. 
From  Turbo. 

' '  In  the  drier  parts  of  the  forest  at  Turbo,  occasionally  seen,  but  not  com- 
mon. Caught  insects  of  the  same  description  as  the  preceding,  and  resembled 
it  in  general  habits."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

83.  Todirostrum  exile,  Sclater. 

Todirostrum  exile,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1857,  p.  83. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1857,  pi.  125. 
From  Carthagena. 

"In  the  bushes  and  low  trees,  constantly  flying  after  insects,  and  uttering 
a  single  chirp,  by  which  it  could  easily  be  traced  and  shot.  Frequently  seen 
in  the  month  of  April."     (Mr.  C.  J.  Wood). 

(To  be  continued.) 

[April, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


145 


May  1st. 
Dr.  Leidy  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty  four  members  present. 

Dr.  Darrach  read  the  following  catalogue  of  Plants  collected  in  flower 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  from  February  to  the  1st  of  May, 
amounting  to  sixty- eight  species  : 

Plants  appearing  in  Flower,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  from 

February  to  May. 

February.  Symplocarpus  foetidus,  N.  J.    32.  Cerastium  vulgatum. 


March.  Draba  verna. 
April. 

I.    RANUNCULACE.E. 

1.  Anemone  nemorosa. 

2.  Hepatica  triloba. 

3.  Thalictrum  anemonoides. 

4.  "  dioicum. 

5.  Ranunculus  abortivu3. 

6.  i:  fasicularis. 

7.  Caltha  palustris. 

S.  Aquilegia  Canadensis. 

II.  Anonace.*. 
9.  Asimina  triloba. 

III.  PAPAVERACE/E. 

10.  Sanguinaria  Canadensis. 

IV.  FdmariacEvE. 

11.  Dicentra  cucullaria. 

12.  Corydalis  aurea. 

V.  CrociferjE. 
Dentaria  laciniata. 
Cardamine  rhomboidea. 
pratensis. 


13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 


hirsuta. 
v.  virginica. 


18.  Arabis  ludoviciana. 

19.  "      hirsuta. 

20.  Barbarea  vulgaris. 

21.  Sisymbrium  thalianum. 

22.  Draba  Caroliniana. 

23.  Capsella  bursa-pastoris. 

VI.  Violace*:. 

24.  Viola  cucullata. 


25.       " 

villosa. 

26.       " 

pedata. 

27.       " 

sagittata,  v. 

28.       " 

Muhlenbergii. 

29.       " 

blanda. 

VII.  Caryophyllace^i. 

30.  Stelh 

ma  media. 

31.        " 

pubera. 

I860.] 

33.  "  viscosum. 

VIII.    PoRTULACACEjE. 

34.  Claytonia  Virginica. 

IX.    LlMNANTHACEjE. 

35.  Flcerkea  proserpinacoides. 

X..  Sapindace/e. 

SUBORDER  III.  ACEKINEJE. 

36.  Acer  dasycarpum. 

37.  "       rubrum. 

XI.    RoSACEiE. 

38.  Potentilla  Canadensis. 

39.  Fragaria  Virginiana. 

40.  Amelanchier  Canadensis. 

XII.  SAXIFRAGACEiE. 

41.  Saxifraga  Virginiensis. 

42.  Mitella  diphjlla. 

43.  Chrysosplenium  Americanum. 

XIII.  Umbelmferje. 

44.  Chaerophyllurn  procumbens. 

XIV.    ARALIACEiE. 

45.  Aralia  trifolia. 

XV.    RUBIACE.S. 

46.  Oldenlandea  coerulea. 

XVI.  Composite. 

47.  Erigeroa  bellidifolium,   in   places 

exposed  to  the  sun. 

48.  Antennaria  plantaginifolia. 

50.  Taraxacum  dens-leonis. 

XVII.  Ericacea. 

51.  Epigfea  repens. 

52.  Cassandra  calyculata. 

XVIII.    ScROPHCLAKIACEiE. 

53.  Veronica  serpyllifolia. 

54.  Pedicularis  Canadensis. 

XIX.  Labiatve. 

55.  Lamium  amplexicaule. 

56.  "       purpureum. 


146 


PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


XX.  BORRAGINACEJE. 

57.  Lithospermum  arvense,, 

XXI.  PoLEMONIACE^. 

58.  Phlox  subulata. 

59.  Pyxidanthera  barbulata. 

XXII.  Gentianace,k„ 

60.  Obolaria  Virginica. 

XXIII.  Aristolochiace.*:.. 

61.  Asarum  Canadense. 

XXIV.  Lauraceje. 

62.  Sassafras  officinale. 

63.  Benzoin  odoriferum. 


XXV.  MyricacEjE. 

64.  Comptonia  asplenifolia. 

XXVI.    ARACEiE. 

65.  Arisaema  triphyllum. 

66.  Orontium  aquaticum. 

XXVII.    LlLLIACE/E. 

67.  Erythroneum  Americanum 

XXVIII.  Melanthace-S. 

68.  Hellonias  bullata. 
In  all — 68  species. 

In  addition, 
Viola  rotundafolia. 
Acer  9Rccharinum. 
Diospyros  Virginiana. 


May  Sth. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-four  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  r 

"  Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology,  No.  4,"  by  Bracken- 
ridge  Clemens,  M.  D. 

u  Notes  on  American  Land  Shells,  No.  6,"  and  "  Descriptions  of  new 
species  of  Pulmonata,"  by  Win.  G-.  Binney;  and 

"A  list  of  the  fresh-water  Shells  of  Wisconsin,"  by  J.  A.  Lapham. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Mr.  Aubrey  H.  Smith  read  the  following  extracts  from  a  letter  from 
Mr.  Alex.  H.  Smith,  of  Solano  Co.,  California,  dated  March  25th,  1860, 
on  the  habits  of  the  Beaver. 

"This  winter  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  observing  somewhat  the  habits  of 
the  Beaver.  You  know  that  this  cunning  little  animal  is  famed  for  bis  industry 
and  bold  engineering.  About  the  middle  of  our  land  there  is  a  large  slough 
seventy  feet  wide  and  very  deep,  running  back  into  the  country.  In  the  pro- 
gress of  our  work,  it  became  necessary  to  stop  it  off  and  lay  a  large  sluice  to 
drain  it,  which  was  done  in  a  complete  manner. 

At  the  head  of  the  slough,  two  miles  away,  the  beavers  had  their  settlement. 
When  the  water  fell  away  from  their  houses  and  would  not  return,  as  usual, 
they  seemed  to  have  sent  a  delegation  down  to  see  what  was  the  matter.  For 
several  successive  mornings  we  found  a  dam  built  across  the  race  leading  to 
the  sluice,  quite  skilfully  made  with  sticks  and  tuUs,  and  cemented  with  mud. 
One  of  the  men  agreed  to  watch  for  them  with  the  hope  of  securing  their  skins, 
which  are  of  some  value.  The  night  was  bright  moonlight.  Four  beaver? 
came  down  examining  either  bank  carefully.  One  of  the  party  always  remained 
in  the  water  and  seemed  to  be  the  commander,  and  would  turn  from  the  one  to 
the  other  to  see  that  each  did  his  duty.  At  length  they  reached  the  dam,  still 
observing  the  same  caution.  The  three  examiners  came  out  and  went  all  over 
it  and  into  the  sluice,  chattering  the  while  to  their  companion  in  the  water. 
■  Finally  they  seemed  satisfied  that  it  was  past  their  skill  and  went  off.     Since 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  147 

then  we  have  had  no  further  trouble  with  them.  When  the  man  was  ask?d 
why  he  did  not  s,hoot,  he  said,  '  he  did'nt  want  to  shoot  the  pretty  little  cree- 
lers,  he  wanted  to  see  what  they  were  going  to  do.'  I  could  not  help  being 
pleased  with  his  humanity  and  love  of  science." 

Mr.  Lea  mentioned  that  he  had  recently  received  a  letter  from  Dr.  Showalter 
of  Uniontown,  Alabama,  in  which  he  mentions  that  specimens  of  Physa  (yyrina) 
Say,  which  he  sent  on,  were  obtained  in  an  open  neglected  cistern,  and  in  a 
trough  of  water  supplied  by  an  Artesian  well  ten  miles  from  the  town.  Dr.  S. 
expressed  his  surprise  that  these  Physa  should  find  their  homes  so  soon  at  these 
Artesian  wells.  There  are  no  streams  or  pools  near  to  these  wells,  but  in  a  few 
years  after  they  are  bored  and  water  supplied,  these  shells  may  with  certainly 
be  found.  Mr.  Lea  went  on  to  mention  that  he  had  nearly  30  years  ago  found 
an  undescribed  species  of  Lymncea,  accompained  by  Physa  heterostropha  Say,  in 
a  small  artificial  pond  on  the  high  grounds  near  to  the  Falls  of  Schuylkill, 
about  four  miles  north  of  Market  Street,  now  within  the  limits  of  this  City.  He 
published  an  account  of  it  in  April  1834,  in  the  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  under 
the  name  of  acuta.  The  pond  was  small  and  dug  out  for  lh  to  2  feet  deep, 
simply  for  the  supply  of  rain  water  for  cattle.  Afterwards  it  dried  up  and  the 
shells  were  no  longer  to  be  obtained  there.  He  never  found  this  Lyvmoea  in, 
any  other  habitat;  but  many  years  subsequently,  Dr.  Ingalls,  of  Greenwich, 
N.  Y.,  near  to  Lake  Champlain,  sent  him  several  specimens  of  what  he  regard- 
ed as  a  new  Lymncea,  but  which  was  at  once  recognised  as  the  acuta,  heretofore 
found  only  in  the  one  habitat  near  the  Falls  of  Schuylkill.  In  the  minds  of 
some  zoologists  a  difficulty  exists  as  to  existence  of  species  in  such  constricted, 
isolated  points  as  mentioned  above,  but  that  difficulty  in  Mr.  Lea's  mind  was 
done  away  with  under  the  belief  that  very  young  molluscs  may  be  transported 
on  the  feet  of  birds  from  distant  points,  or  on  those  of  cattle  going  to  drink  from 
one  place  to  another.  The  idea  of  spontaneous  generation  could  not  of  course 
be  for  one  moment  admitted. 

Mr.  Lea  also  read  an  extract  of  a  letter  from  Dr.  Lewis,  of  Mohawk, 
N.  Y.,  giving  an  account  of  some  meteorological  phenomena,  and  exhibited 
a  diagram  of  thermal  curves  traced  by  the  self-registering  thermometer  of  Dr. 
Lewis. 

Prof.  R.  E.  Rogers  stated  that  he  had  recently  received  a  letter  from  Western 
Pennsylvania,  communicating  the  intelligence  that  some  of  the  Petroleum  wells 
had  already  begun  to  show  a  diminished  yield  of  Oil,  a  fact  in  confirmation  of 
an  apprehension  which  lie  had  expressed  at  a  former  meeting  of  the  Academy, 
that  when  the  Artesian  borings  became  more  numerous  in  the  favorite  localities, 
there  was  a  probability  of  such  a  result. 

He  regarded  the  circumstance  of  even  a  small  reduction  in  the  supply  of  the 
oil,  from  any  of  the  wells,  at  this  early  stage  of  the  enterprise  in  that  region, 
as  very  significant,  and  suggestive  of  the  fear  that,  remunerative  as  these 
wells  may  at  present  prove  to  be,  it  may  not  be  prudent  to  base  permanent 
calculations  upon  them. 

In  connection  with  the  subject,  Prof.  Rogers  described  the  approved  process 
by  which  the  illuminating  and  lubricating  Coal  Oils  are  manufactured,  an  I 
detailed  the  characteristics  which  seemed  to  be  requisite  to  render  any  oil- 
making  material  profitably  available  for  the  purpose. 


I860.] 


148  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

May  15th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Fifty-three  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Marginella,"  by  John  H.  Redfield. 

"  Descriptions  of  new  organic  remains  from  the  Tertiary,  Cretaceous 
and  Jurassic  rocks  of  Nebraska,"  by  F.  B.  Meek  and  F.  V.  Hayden. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Dr.  Fisher  read  the  following  extract  of  a  letter  from  Mr.  J.  H. 
Kedfield  : 

':  Mr.  J.  R.  Willis  announces  that  he  has  discovered,  in  deep  water  off  the 
coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  small  specimens  of  the  Waldheimia  cranium,  hitherto  known 
only  from  Norther  i  Europe.  He  has  also  found  Littorina  litorea  abundant  upon 
the  rocky  shore?  near  Halifax,  the  specimens  being  perfectly  undistinguishable 
from  English  examples." 

Prof.  R.  E.  Rogers  exhibited  a  modification  of  Mr.  Gore's  apparatus  of  the 
metallic  ball  revolving  in  a  circle  under  the  influence  of  a  galvanic  current. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  two  bands  of  sheet  brass,  secured  parallel  and 
within  an  inch  and  a  half  of  each  other,  upon  the  edge  of  a  board,  so  as  to 
form  a  miniature  railway,  on  which  the  ball  may  rest. 

To  give  automatic  action  to  the  ball,  causing  it  to  transverse  the  rails  alter- 
nately to  and  fro,  the  ends  of  the  bands  are  bent  slightly  upwards.  By  this 
arrangement,  the  ball,  on  approaching  the  end  of  its  course  in  one  direction,  is 
carried  by  its  momentum  a  little  up  the  inclination,  but  gravity  soon  prevail- 
ing, its  motion  is  reversed,  and  continues  in  its  new  direction  until  the  same 
result  takes  place  at  the  other  end. 

The  death  of  Bernard  Henry,  M.  D.,  who  died  at  sea  on  the  15th 
April,  was  announced. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  Vaux,  the  following  resolution  was  unanimously 
adopted  : 

Resolved,  That  the  thanks  of  this  Society  be  presented  to  H.  Gr.  De- 
silver,  for  the  valuable  addition  to  its  collection  of  the  fine  specimen  of 
the  Moose  presented  this  evening. 


May  22nd. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-four  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication. 

"  Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  during  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship 
canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  by  order  of  the  Q-overnment  of  the 
United  States,  made  by  Lieut,  N.  Michler,  U.  S.  Top.  Eng.,  with 
notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species,"  No.  2,  by  John  Cassin. 

"Descriptions  of  some  new  species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  South 
America,  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

"  Descriptions  of  14  new  species  of  Schizostoma,  Anculosa,  and 
Lithasia,"  by  Isaac  Lea. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  149 

Mr.  Aubrey  H.  Smith  remarked,  that  a  few  days  since,  whilst  he  and 
another  member  of  the  Academy  were  crossing  a  sandy  bank,  partially  covered 
with  low  bushy  pine  trees  and  other  undergrowth,  near  Moorestown,  N.  J., 
they  came  across  a  black  snake  of  about  four  feet  in  length,  lying  near  the 
edge  of  the  cover  formed  by  the  bushes.  At  the  first  alarm,  the  animal,  in- 
stead of  escaping  along  the  ground,  into  the  shelter  so  close  at  hand,  immedi- 
ately, with  a  rapid  gliding  motion,  ascended  among  the  branches  of  the  pines, 
and  reaching  their  somewhat  flattened  tops,  pressed  along  from  one  of  them 
to  the  other  at  the  height  of  some  six  or  seven  feet  from  the  ground,  and 
finally  rested  at  length  among  the  horizontal  upper  branches.  The  ascent  was 
made  by  him  in  a  direction  almost  perpendicular,  solely  by  projecting  the  body 
upward  from  the  ground  to  the  lower  branches  of  the  trees,  and  from  them  as 
from  a  new  point  of  support,  to  those  next  higher,  not  deriving  any  aid 
from  the  upright  trunk  of  the  tree,  which  he  did  not  seem  even  to  touch. 
When  again  disturbed  by  our  approach,  he  did  not  descend,  but  retreated  with 
the  same  gliding  motion  along  the  top  of  the  pines.  It  was  not  till  actually 
seized  by  the  hand,  that,  on  his  release,  he  betook  himself  to  flight  along  the 
ground. 

Mr.  Lea  called  the  attention  of  the  members  to  two  very  remarkable  speci- 
mens of  Echinus,  perforating  rocks,  which  he  had  recently  received  from  Mr. 
Cailliaud,  of  Nantes,  the  Egyptian  traveller.  He  also  exhibited  a  specimen  of 
Sandstone  from  Payta  in  Peru,  which  contained  Pelricola,  Lilhophagus,  &c.  He 
reminded  the  members  that  he  had  presented  to  the  Academy  a  very  remarka- 
ble specimen,  which  he  had  received  about  two  years  since  from  Mr.  Cailliaud, 
being  a  mass  of  gneiss  which  had  been  perforated  by  Pholades.  When  Mr. 
Cailliaud,  who  had  advocated,  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  most  naturalists,  the 
theory  that  some  of  the  Molluscs  bored  the  rocks  by  friction  and  not  by  de- 
composition, found  that  gneiss  and  granite  and  other  silicious  rocks  were  pene- 
trated by  them,  he  entirely  settled  that  question,  for  there  are  no  acids  known 
which  will  decompose  silex.  Mr.  Lea  remarked  that  the  two  specimens  now 
on  the  table  were  still  more  remarkable.  The  smaller  one  consisted  of  two 
specimens  of  Echinus  lividus,  Lam.,  which  had  buried  themselves  in  the  solid 
granite,  one  of  them  having  made  a  circular  hole  lj  inch  deep,  and  2  inches 
wide.  This  specimen  came  from  the  granite  coast  of  the  Loire-Inferieure. 
The  second  specimen  consisted  of  quite  a  congress  of  individuals  of  the  same 
species,  imbedded  in  a  solid  mass  of  hard  Silurian  Sandstone,  from  the  Bay  of 
Douarnenez,  in  the  Department  of  Finistere.  In  this  be  lutiful  specimen  there 
are  five  individuals  nestled  in  their  circular  holes,  worked  out  in  this  hard  stone 
by  the  attrition  of  their  teeth,  and  there  are  three  holes  vacated.  The  specimen 
is  5  inches  by  6J,  and  there  being  eight  holes  in  all,  their  circumferences  nearly 
impinge  on  each  other.  Mr.  Cailliaud  is  entirely  satisfied  that  the  boring  is 
purely  mechanical,  that  the  five  teeth  are  the  instruments  of  exploitation,  and 
that  it  is  by  the  percussion  of  their  points  on  the  rocks  that  these  holes  are 
effected.  The  teeth  are  in  form  like  the  rodents,  and  constantly  increase  as 
worn  at  the  outer  extremity.  He  made  a  hole  five  millimetres  deep  and  forty 
in  circumference  with  a  bundle  of  the  teeth  in  an  hour.  One  of  the  colonies 
which  he  examined  was  in  a  bay,  and  contained  about  two  thousand  holes,  each 
one  filled,  and  at  low  water  they  were  but  a  short  distance  below  the  surface. 
Some  of  the  specimens  were  not  larger  than  a  pea,  and  probably  only  five  days 
old.  The  holes  were  not  all  made  by  the  present  occupants,  most  of  them  pro- 
bably being  very  old  and  having  successive  inhabitants.  Mr.  Cailliaud  men- 
tioned in  his  letter  to  Mr.  Lea  that  he  shortly  expected  to  receive  from  Guada- 
loupe  an  oval  Echinus  which  had  made  its  oval  hole  in  the  mass  of  Madreporite. 

Dr.  I.  I.  Hayes  stated  to  the  Academy,  that  his  success  in  New 
York  and  Boston,  in  raising  funds  for  his  proposed  Arctic  Expedition, 
1860."| 


150 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 


had  been  so  great,  that  if  he  could  succeed  in  raising  $6000  in  this 
city  he  would  be  able  to  sail  this  year. 


May  29th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-eight  members  present. 

The  report  of  the  Biological  Department  was  presented. 

The  following  resolution,  presented  by  Dr.  Leidy  on  behalf  of  the 
Curators,  was  adopted, 

Resolved,  That  the  Publication  Committee  and  the  Committee  on 
Proceedings,  be  authorized  to  exchange  as  much  of  the  Journal  and 
Proceedings  of  the  Academy  as  can  be  spared,  for  the  suite  of  Palaeozoic 
fossils,  which  have  been  offered  by  Mr.  J.  N.  H.  Barris. 

The  following  papers  were,  on  the  report  of  the  Committees  to  whom 
they  had  been  referred,  ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings. 


Notes  on  American  Land  Shells.    No.  6, 
BY   W.    G.    BINNEY. 

The  Catalogue  of  the  Terrestrial  Mollusks  of  North  America,  commenced  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  for  November,  1858,  and  continued  in  the 
number  for  July,  1859,  is  here  completed.  The  list  is  believed  to  contain  all 
the  species  described  as  inhabiting  Mexico.  I  have  followed  the  systematic 
arrangement  of  Drs.  Gray  and  Pfeiffer  in  grouping  the  genera,  and  the  de- 
cisions of  the  latter  in  regard  to  the  synonymy. 

Many  Central  American  species  will  undoubtedly  be  added  to  the  list  when 
their  geographical  range  is  better  known.  The  species  of  the  Pacific  coast, 
included  in  the  first  section  of  the  Catalogue,  are  omitted  here,  viz.:  Nos.  3, 
7,  8,  11,  23,  25,  35,  37,  39,  40,  41,  42,  43,  45,  46,  47. 

For  additional  species,  changes  of  nomenclature,  &c,  &c,  of  the  section  of 
the  United  States,  see  Boston  Journal  of  Natural  History,  vol.  vii.,  and  the 
Remarks  on  North  American  Helicidse  by  Mr.  T.  Bland,  in  Annals  of  New 
York  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  vol.  vi. 


Familia  TESTACELLID^E. 

GlANDINA. 

248.  G.  Candida  (Achatina)  Shuttl., 

Pf.  (dim.) 
Oleacina  Candida  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 

249.  G.  Carminensis    Mor.,  Ads. 

Gen. 
Achatina    Carminensis     Desh.     in 
Fer.,  Pf.  (olim.) 
"  rosea  var.  Rve.  (46  b.) 

Oleacina   Carminensis  Gr.  et   Pf., 
Pf. 

250.  G.  conularis  ( Oleacina)  Pf. 
Achatina  conidaris  Pf.  (olim.) 

251.  G.  Cordovana  (Oleacina)  Pf. 
Achatina  Cordovana  Pf.  (olim.) 


252.  G.  corneola   W.  G.  Binn.vid. 

202. 

252a.   G.  delicatula    (Achatina) 
Shuttl.,  Pf.  (olim.) 
Oleacina  delicatula  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 

253.  G.  Ghiesbreghti  (Achatina) 

Pf.  (olim.) 
Oleacina  Ghiesbreghti  Pf. 
253a.  G.  indusiata  Pf. 

254.  G.  Isabellina   (Achatina)  Pf 

(olim),  Rve. 
Oleacina  Isabellina  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 

255.  G.  Liebmanni   (Achatina)  Pf. 

(olim),  Chemn. 
Achatina  striata  Rve.  (19.) 
Oleacina  Liebmanni  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf, 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA. 


151 


256.  G.  marg  a  ri  tacea  (Achatina) 

Pf.  (olim.) 
Oleacina  margaritacea  Pf. 

25 6a.  G.  monilifera    (Achatina) 
Pf.  {olim),  Rve. 
Oleacina  monilifera  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 

257.  G.  nana   (Achatina)  Skuttl.,  Pf. 

(olim.) 
Oleacina  nana  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 
257a.    G.  Orizabae    (Achatina)  Pf. 

(olim.) 
Oleacina  Orizaboz  Pf. 

258.  G.  pulcliella  ( Oleacina)  Pf. 

259.  G.    solidula  (Achatina)  Pf. 

(olim),    Chemn.,   Rve.,   Desh.  in 

Fer. 
Polyphemus  solidulus  Pf.  (olim.)  ~ 
Glandina  solidula  Pf., (olim),  Phil. 
"         folliculus  Gld.  (teste  Pf. ) 
Oleacina  solidula  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 
v  a  r .    Glandina  paragramma  Mor. 

260.  G.   Sowerbyana   (Achatina) 

Pf.  (olim),  Rve. 
Oleacina   Sowerbyana  Gr.   et  Pf., 
Pf. 

261.  G.    speciosa  (Achatina)  Pf. 

(olim.) 
Oleacina  speciosa  Pf. 

262.  G.   stigmatica    (Achatina) 

Shuttl.,  Pf.  (olim.) 
Oleacina  stigmatica  Gr.  et  Pf.,  Pf. 

263.  G.  Vanuxemensis  Lea,  vid. 

206. 

Familia  HELIClDiE. 

VlTKINA. 

264.  V.  Mexicana  Beck. 

Simpulopsis. 

265.  S.  ChiapensisP/. 

266.  S.  CordovanaP/. 

267.  S.  SalleanaP/. 

SUCCINEA. 

268.  S.  b  re  vis  Dunk.,  Pf.,  Chemn. 

269.  S.  undnlata  Say,  Pf.,  Chemn. 

Helix. 

270.  H  AriadnjeP/.,  vid.  79. 

271.  H.  Berlandieriana  Mor.vid. 

84a. 

272.  H.  bicinctaP/,  Chemn.,  Phil. 

273.  H.  b  i  c  r  u  r  i  s  Pf. 
I860.] 


274.  H.  b  i  1  i n  e  a  t  a  Pf.,  Chemn.,  Rve. 
H.  zonites  Rve.  615. 

275.  H.  caduca  Pf.,  Rve.,    Chemn.. 

=290? 

276.  H.  ChiapensisP/. 

277.  H.  coactiliata  Fer. 

278.  H.  contortuplicata  Beck. 

279.  H.  Cordovana  Pf. 

280.  H.  Couloni  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

281.  H.  flavescens   Wiegm.,  Pf. , 

Chemn. 

282.  H.  fulvoidea  Mor.,  Pf. 

283.  H.  Ghiesbreghti  Nyst.,  Pf., 

Rve.,  Chemn.,  Desh.  in  Fer. 

284.  H.  g  r  i s  e  o  1  a  Pf.  vid.  113, 

285.  H.  Guillarmodi  Shuttl.,  Pf., 

Chemn.,  Rve. 

286.  H.  helictompkala  Pf. 

287.  H.  H  i  nd  s  i  Pf.  vid.  117. 

288.  H.  Humboldtiana  Val.,Pf., 

Chemn.,    Rve.,    Desh.    in    Fer.. 

Phil. 
H.  Buffoniana  Pf.,  Phil.,  Chemn.. 

Fer.,  Rve.,  Binn. 
H.  badiocincta  Wiegm. 

289.  H.  implicata  Beck. 

290.  H.  lucubrata   Say,    Pf.,  nee 

Binn.  vid.  275. 

291.  H.  Mexicana  Koch.,    Chemn.. 

Pf. 

292.  H.  Oajacensis  Koch.,  Chemn., 

Pf. 

293.  H.  plagioglossa  Pf. 

294.  H.  SalleanaP/.^ve.,  Chemn. 

295.  H.    stolephora     Val.,    Pf., 

Chemn.,   Desh.,  Rve. 
Helicella  bupthalmus  Fer. 
Helix  Lamarkiana  /?.  Pf. 
Nanina  stolephora  Pf.,  Gr.  et  Pf. 

"         bicolor  Pf.  (olim.) 

296.  H.   tenuicostata    Dunk.. 

Chemn.,  Rve.,  Pf.. 

297.  H.  Texasiana  Mor.  vid.  170. 

298.  H.  trypanomp  ala  Pf. 

299.  H.  Veracruzensis  Pf. 

300.  H.  zonites   Pf.,  Rve.,    (excl. 

615.) 
Nanina  zonites  Gr. 

BtJLIMUS. 

301.  B.  alternatus  Say,  vid.  182. 


152 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


302.  B.  attenuatus  Pf,  Chemn. 

303.  B.  a  u  r  i  f  1  u  u  s  Pf. 

304.  B.  Cordovanus  Pf. 

305.  B.  coriaceus  Pf. 

306.  B.  costatostriatus  Pf. 

307.  B.  Drouet  i  Pf. 

308.  B.  Dunkeri  Pf.,  Rve. 

309.  B.  emeus  Say,  Pf. 

310.  B.  fenestratus   Pf. ,   Rve., 

Phil. 

311.  B.  gnomon  Beck. 

312.  B.  Gruneri  Pf,  Rve.,    Chemn. 

313.  B.  Hegewischi  Pf,  Rve. 

314.  B.  Humboldti  Pf,  Rve. 

B.  Mexicanus  Val.,  nee  Lam. 
var.  0. 
var.  y.  Bulimus  primularis  Rve., 

Pf.  (olim.) 
var.  <P. 
var.  e. 

315.  B.  livescens  Pf.,  Rve.,  Phil. 

316.  B.  M  arise  Albers,  =183. 

317.  B.  Mar  ten  si  Pf. 

318.  B.  Mexicanus    Pf.,     Rve., 

Deless.,  Desh.  in  Lam. 
Cochlogena  vittata  Fer. 
Orthalicus?  Mexicanus  Carp. 

318a.  B.  patriarcha   W.  G.  Binn. 

319.  B.  punctatissimus    Less., 

Rve.,  Pf.,  Chemn. 
Clausilia  punctatissima  Less. 

"         exesa  Pot.  et  Mich. 
Auricula  fuscagula  Lea. 
Pupa  septemplicata  Muhlf. 
Bulimus  fuscagula  Orb. 

' '         septemplicatus     Pf. 
(olim.) 

"         dentatus  King? 
Cochlodrina  exesa  Fer. 

320.  B.  rudis  Anton,  Rve.,  Pf. 

321.  B.  S  c  h  i  e  d  e  a  n  u  s  Pf.  vid.193. 

322.  B.  serperastrus    Say.,  Pf., 

Chemn. 
var.  /?.  Bulimus  Liebmanni  Pf. 
"         Ziebmanni  Rve. 
serperastrus    var. 
Chemn. 
var.  y.  Bulimus  nitelinus  Rve. 

323.  B.  sulcosus  Pf.,  Phil.,  Rve., 
B.  hyematus  Rve. 


324.  B.  sulphureus  Pf. 

325.  B.  truncatus  Pf.,  Rve.,  Phil. 

326.  B.  varicosus  Pf,  Chemn. 

Spiraxis. 

327.  S.  acus  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

328.  S.  auriculacea  Pf. 

329.  S.  b  i  c  o  n  i  c  a  Pf. 

330.  S.  catenata  Pf. 

331.  S.  coniformis  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

332.  S.dubiaP/. 

333.  S.  euptyctaiy. 

334.  S.  i  r  r  i  g  u  a  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

335.  S.  lurida  Shuttl,  Pf. 

336.  S.  mitrseformis  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

337.  S.  Nicole  ti  Shuttl,  Pf. 
Achatina  Nicoleti  Chemn. 

338.  S.  nigricans  Pf.,  Shuttl. 
Achatina  nigricans  Pf.  olim,  Rve.. 

Desh.  in  Fer. 
Glandina  nigricans  Pf.  olim. 

339.  S.  o  b  1  o  n  g  a  Pf. 

340.  S.  parvula  Pf. 

341.  S.  Shuttleworthi  Pf. 

342.  S.  streptostyla  Pf. 
Achatina    streptostyla     Pf.    olim, 

Chemn. 

343.  S.  turgidula  Pf. 

Orthalicus. 
343a.  O.  Boucardi  Pf 

344.  O.  livens  Pf.,  Bk.,  Shuttl. 

345.  O.  long  us  Pf. 

Bidimus  zebra  (1.  Pf.  (olim.) 

346.  O.  undatus  Brug.  vid.  196. 

Achatina. 

347.  A.  ambigua  Pf. 

348.  A.  Chiapensis  Pf. 

349.  A.  Rangiana  Pf,  Rve. 

350.  A.  trochlea  Pf,  Chemn. 

351.  A.  trypanodes  Pf. 

Cylindrella. 

352.  C.  apiostoma  Pf. 
352a.  C.  arctispira  Pf. 

353.  C.  attenuata  Pf.,  Chemn. 

354.  C.  Boucardi  Pf. 

355.  C.  clava  Pf.,  Chemn. 
355a.  C.  cretacea  Pf. 

[May, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


153 


356.  C.    de  col  lata   Nyst.    (Pupa), 

Pf.,  Chemn. 

357.  C.  denticulata  Pf.,    Chemn. 

358.  C.    filicosta     ShuttL,    Pf., 

Chemn. 

359.  C.  Ghiesbreghti  Pf.,  Chemn. 

360.  C.  goniostoma  Pf.,   Chemn. 
360a.  C.  grandis  Pf. 

361.  C.  Liebmanni  Pf.,    Chemn., 

Phil. 
361a.  C.  Mexican  a   Cum. 

362.  C.  Pfeifferi   Menlce,    Chemn., 

Phil. 

363.  C.  P  i  1  o  c  e  r  e  i  Pf,  Chemn.,Phil. 

364.  C.  polygyra  Pf.,  Chemn. 

365.  C.  teres  Menke,    Pf.,    Chemn., 

Phil. 

365a.  C.  splendida  Pf. 

366.  C.  turris  Pf.,  Chemn. 

Familia  AURICULIDiE. 
Melampus. 

367.  M.  coffea  Linn.  vid.  229. 

Familia  TRUNCATELLIDiE. 
Truncatella. 

368.  T.  Caribseensis    Sowb.   vid. 

238. 

Familia  CYCLOPHORIDJE. 
Cyclotps. 

369.  C.  Dysoni  Pf. 
Cyclostoma    Dysoni    Pf.     (olini), 

Chemn. 
Cyclophorus    Dysoni    Pf.    (olim), 
Gr.  et.  Pf. 

Cyclophorus. 

370.  C.  Boucardi  SalU,  Pf. 

371.  C.   Mexicanus    ( Cyclostoma) 

Menke,  Vgt.,  Phil.,  Sby.,  Chemn. 
Cyclotus  Mexicanus  Gr.  et  Pf.,Pf. 
(olim.) 

Tudora. 

372.  T.  p  1  a  n  o  s  p  i  r  a  Pf. 
Cyclostoma  planospira  Pf.  (olim.) 

Cistula. 

373.  C.  trochlearis    Pf.,    Gr.    et 

Pf. 
Cyclostoma  trochleare    Pf.   (olim), 
Chemn. 

I860.] 


Cyclostoma    trochlea     Pf.    (olim), 
nee  Bens. 

Chondropoma. 

374.  C.  Cordovanum  Pf. 
Cyclostoma  Cordovanum  Pf.  (olim.) 

375.  C.  truncatum    (Cyclostoma) 

Wiegm.,  Rossm. 
Chondropoma    truncatum    Pf.,    Gr. 
et  Pf. 

Familia  HELICINIDJE. 

Helicina. 

376.  H.  brevilabris  Pf. 

377.  H.  Chiapensisiy. 

378.  H.  chrysocheila  Binn.  vid. 

24t2. 

379.  H.  chrysocheila  ShuttL,  Pf. 

(nomen  tr.) 

380.  H.  ci  net  el  la  ShuttL,  Pf. 

381.  H.  concentrica  Pf.,    Gr.  et 

Pf.,  Chemn. 

382.  H.  Cordillera*  SalU,  Pf. 

383.  H.  delicatula  ShuttL,  Pf. 

384.  H.  elata  ShuttL,  Pf. 

385.  H.    f  1  a  v  i  d  a    Menke,     Sowb., 

Chemn.,  Pf.,  Gr.  et  Pf. 
H.    Ambieliana    Boissy,    Pot.     et 

Mich. 
H.  trossula  Mor. 

386.  H.  Ghiesbreghti  Pf. 
386a.  H.  H  e  1  o  i  s  se  SalU. 

387.  H.  Lindeni  Pf,   Chemn.,    Gr. 

etPf. 

388.  H.  lirata    Pf.,    Gr.   et    Pf., 

Chemn. 

389.  H.  merdigera  SalU,  Pf. 

390.  H.  n  o  t  a  t  a  SalU,  Pf. 

391.  H.  Oweniana   Pf.,     Chemn., 

Gr.  et  Pf. 

392.  H.  Sandozi  ShuttL,  Pf. 

393.  H.  sinuosa  Pf.,  Chemn.,  Gr.  et 

Pf. 

394.  H.  tenuis  Pf.,    Chemn.,   Gr.  et 

Pf. 

395.  H.  t  r  o  p  i  c  a  Pf.  vid.  247. 

396.  H.   turbinata    Wiegm.,    Pf., 

Mke.,  Chemn.,  Gr.  et  Pf. 
H.  zephyrina  var.  Sowb. 

397.  H.   zephyrina    Duel.,   Sowb., 

Chemn.,  Orb.,  Gr.  et  Pf. 
H.  Ambeliana  Sowb. 
Oligyra  zephyrina  Mrs.  Gray. 


154 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 


SCHAZICHEILA. 

398.  S.  a  lata  {Helicina)  Mke.,    Gr. 

etPf. 
Schazicheila    alata    Shuttl.,     Pf., 
Ad.  Gen. 

399.  S.  Nicoleti  Shuttl.,  Pf. 

400.  S.  pannucea  Mor. 
Helicina  alata  var.?  Gr.  et  Pf. 


Familia  PROSERPINIDiE. 
Ceres. 

401.  C.  eolina  (Carocolla)  Duclos. 
Helicodonta  eolina  Fer. 
Odontostomus  eolinum  Pf.  (olim.) 
Proserpina  eolina  Pf.  (olim.) 
Ceres  eolina  Pf.,  Gr.  et  Pf. 

402.  C.  Salle  an  a  Cum.,  Pf.,  Gr.  et 

Pf. 


Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Pulmonata  in  the  Collection  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

BY    W.    G.    BTNNEY. 

Pedipes  lirata.  T.  imperforata,  globoso-conica,  solida,  liris  regularibus 
spiraliter  cincta,  nitens,  straminea  ;  spira  brevis,  depressa,  apice  obtusa  ;  anfr. 
3,  superi  brevi,  ultimus  5-6  longitudinis  subsequans  ;  apertura  semicircularis  ; 
paries  aperturalis  callonitente  induta,  et  plica,  elevata,  crassa,  unca  et  intrante 
armata  ;  labium  columellare  callosum,  dentibus  2  approximatis,  crassis,  acutis, 
munitum ;  perist.  acutum,  intus  callo  nitente  in  medio  dentem  formante 
munitum.     Diam.  maj.  2£,  long.  3^;   aperturse  long.  2.},  mill. 

Ad  promont.  St.  Lucas  pceninsulse  California?  collegit  J.  Xantus  (cum  Buli- 
mo  proteo  Brod.,  B.  pallidiori  Sowb.  et  B.  excelso  Gould.) 

Onchidium  Carpenteri.  Among  the  mollusca  from  the  Straits  of  De  Fuca, 
Mr.  Carpenter  has  detected  five  specimens  of  a  shelless  inollusk,  which  evi- 
dently belong  to  the  genus  Onchidium.  Being  preserved  in  alcohol  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  obtain  any  more  satisfactory  specific  characters  than  the  following : 
The  body  is  oblong,  with  its  extremities  circularly  rounded ;  the  upper  sur- 
face is  regularly  arched  ;  below,  quite  near  the  edge,  the  border  of  the  mantle 
is  readily  distinguished,  most  of  the  under  surface  is  occupied  by  the  broad, 
distinct,  locomotive  disk ;  the  body  is  uniformly  smoke-colored ;  in  size  the 
individuals  vary  considerably,  the  length  of  the  largest  being  5,  the  extreme 
breadth  3  millimetres. 


A  List  of  the  SHELLS  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin 
BY   J.    A.    LAPHAM. 

Vitrina  limpida,  Gould,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
Succinea  avara,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 


obliqda,  Say, 

do. 

! 

ovalis,  Gould, 

do. 

; 

Helix  albolabris,  Say, 

do. 

! 

ALTERNATA,   Say, 

do. 

i 

arborea,  Say, 

do. 

i 

chersina,  Say, 

do. 

I 

CLA0SA,  Say, 

do. 

j 

concava,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
elevata,  Say,  R.  Kennicott. 
fraterna,  Say,    Milwaukee ! 
hirsdta,  Say,  do.         ! 

labyrinthica,  Say,   do.         ! 
ligera,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
lineata,    Say,    Milwaukee ! 


[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  155 

monodon,  Rack,   Milwaukee ! 
multilineata,  Say,  do.         ! 
(perspectiva,  Say,  ?  ) 
profunda,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 
striatella,  Anthony,  do.      ! 
Bulimus  harpa,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
marginatus,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 

ACHATINA  LUBRICA,   MU1.  do.  ! 

Pupa  armifera,  Say,  (?) 

corticaria,  Say,  (?)  Milwaukee  ! 
Vertigo  ovata,  Say,  (?)  do.         ! 

Carychium  exiguum,  Say,  (?)   do.         ! 
Helicina  occulta,  Say,  Sheboygan  !  ! 


Amnicola  limosa,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 

lustrica,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 
Melania  depygis,  Say,  (?)       do.         ! 

elongata,  Say  ?  (or  elevata  ?)  Milwaukee  ! 
occulta,  Anth.,  Wisconsin,  Anthony. 
Leptoxis  isogona,  Say,  Rock  River  ! 
Viviparus  decisus,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 

subglobosus,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
Valvata  sincera,  Say,  Milwaukee  ! 
tricarinata,  Say,  do.      ! 
Limn^ea  caperata,  Say,  (?)    do.      ! 

catascopium,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
columella,  Say,  (?)  Milwaukee  ! 
emarginata,  Say,  Madison,  Wisconsin  ! 
fragilis,  Say,  Milwaukee ! 
gracilis,  Say,         do.         ! 
jugularis,  Say,      do.         ! 
megasoma,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
umbrosa,  Say,  do.  do. 

Physa  elongata,  Say,     Milwaukee 

heterostropha,  Say,  do. 
Planorbis  armigerus,  Say,    do. 
bicarinatus,  Say,  do. 
campanulatus,  Say,  Milwaukee. 
corpulentus,  Say,  N.  W.  Territory,  Say. 
deflectus,  Say,  Milwaukee 


exacutus,  Say, 

do. 

parvus,  Say, 

do. 

trivolvis,  Say, 

do. 

Ancylus  diaphanus,  Hald. 

(?) 

do. 

rivularis,  Say, 

do. 

Unio  alatus,  Say, 

do. 

gracilis,  Bar. 

do. 

pressus,  Lea, 

do. 

I860.] 


plicatus,  Lesueur,  Rock  and  Wisconsin  Rivers  ! 
schoolcraftensis,  Lea,  Fox  River,  Lea. 
cornutus,  Bar.,  Fox  River,  Barnes. 
postulosus,  Lea,  Rock  and  Wisconsin  Rivers  ! 
verrucosus,  Bar.,  Rock  River  ! 
metanevrus,  Raf.,  Wisconsin  River 
tuberculatus,  Bar.,  do. 

elegans,  Lea,  do. 

Lea,  (?) 


■C 


156  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Unio  zig-zag,  Lea,  Wisconsin  River  ! 
trigones,  Lea,  Milwaukee         ! 
obliquus,  Lam.,  Wisconsin  River  ! 
mytiloides,  Raf.,  Rock  River  ! 

ventricosus,  Bar.,  Wisconsin  River,  Barnes. 
ellipsis,  Lea,  Wisconsin  River  ! 
cariosus,  Say,  Silver  Lake         ! 
ligamentous,  Lam.,  Milwaukee! 
luteolus,  Lam.,  do.         ! 

radiatus,  Lam.,  do.         ! 

parvus,  Bar.,  Fox  River,  Barnes. 
rectus,  Lam.,  Wisconsin  and  Rock  Rivers  ! 
iris,  Lea,  (?) 

tenuissimus,  Lea,  Milwaukee  ! 
phaseolus,  Hild.,  Wisconsin  River,  Barnes. 
gibbosus,  Bar.,  Milwaukee  ! 
Margaritana  complanata,  Lea,  Milwaukee  ! 
marginata,  Lea,  do.         ! 

rugosa,  Lea,  do.         ! 

calceola,  Lea,  do. 

Anodonta  edentula,  Lea,  do. 

ferussaciana,  Lea,  do. 

imbecilis,  Say,  do. 

fluviatilis,  Lea,  (?)  do. 

plana,  Lea,  (?)  do. 

Note.— The  localities  observed  by  me  are  marked  with  an  exclamation  point  (!)  after  the  manner 
of  botanists. 


Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology.— No.  4. 
BY   BRACKENRIDGE    CLEMENS,    M.    D. 

Saturnia  Schrank. 

S.  g  a  lb  in  a. — Antennae  luteous.  Body  and  head  rather  dark  brown. 
Fore  wings  yellowish-brown,  with  a  rather  faint  whitish,  angulated  band  at 
the  base.  On  the  discal  nervure  is  a  round,  black  ocellus  having  a  central 
subvitreous  streak,  containing  a  yellow  circle,  and  toward  the  base  of  the 
wing  a  slender  blue  crescent.  A  whitish  band  crosses  the  middle  of  the  ner- 
yules,  with  a  faint  wavy  one  between  it  and  the  hind  margin.  In  the  apical 
interspace  is  a  black  spot,  with  a  crimson  streak  to  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The 
marginal  portion  of  the  wing  is  whitish,  and  is  tinged  on  the  terminal  edge 
with  pale  yellowish  brown.  Hind  wings  similar  in  color  and  ornamentation 
to  the  fore  wings,  the  ocelli  being  somewhat  smaller.  On  the  under  surface, 
which  is  similar  in  hue  to  the  upper,  the  faint  wavy  bands  of  the  fore  and 
hind  wings  are  very  distinct. 

Texas.     From  the  Smithsonian  Institution.    Capt.  Pope's  collection. 

Pimela. 

In  the  fore  wings,  the  costal  and  subcostal  nervures  are  placed  near  each 
other  and  the  exterior  margin.  The  subcostal  sends  a  single  marginal  branch 
from  near  the  posterior-superior  angle  of  the  disk,  delivered  to  the  margin 
near  the  tip,  and  just  behind  this  angle  divides  into  two  branches  ;  the  upper 
one  or  the  apical  is  simple,  and  the  lower  one  is  subdivided  into  three  ner- 
vules,  the  post  apical  arising  near  the  upper  third  and  the  infra  post-apical  and 
subcosto-inferior  near  the  middle.  The  discal  nervure  arises  midway  between 
the  origin  of  the  subcosto-marginal  branch  and  that  of  the  apical ;  it  is  acutely 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  157 

angulated  about  the  middle  and  sends  a  false  nervule  through  the  disk  to  the 
base  of  the  wing,  and  above  this  arises  the  discal  nervule. 

The  median  nervure  is  four-branched.  In  place  of  the  fold  is  a  slender, 
simple  nervure.  The  submedian  sends  two  branches  to  the  inner  margin,  one 
from  the  upper  third  and  one  from  the  lower  third  of  the  nervure.  (This  may 
be  a  malformation.     However  I  can  scarcely  believe  it  is  one.) 

Hind  wings  without  costal  nervure.  The  subcostal  forms  an  imperfect  cell 
at  its  base,  and  near  the  hind  end  of  the  disk  sends  off  an  apical  branch,  which 
gives  rise  to  an  oblique  but  not  angulated  discal  nervure  ;  from  this  arises  a 
false  nervule  running  to  the  base,  and  nearly  opposite  to  it  a  discal  nervule  to 
the  hind  margin. 

Median  nervure  four-branched.     Submedian  and  internal,  simple. 

Body  stout  and  very  pilose,  woolly.  Head  rather  small :  eyes  rather  large 
and  salient.  Antennae,  basal  joint  somewhat  tufted,  rather  longer  than  the 
thorax,  rather  deeply  pectinated  with  the  branches  decreasing  in  length  to  the 
tip,  and  both  sets  directed  forward.  Labial  palpi  extremely  short,  almost  ru- 
dimentary. Tongue  none.  Abdomen  equal  in  length  to  the  hind  wings. 
Tibiae  moderately  ciliated  exteriorly ;  hind  tibiae  with  two  very  short  apical 
spurs. 

This  genus  may,  perhaps,  be  the  same  as  Mr.  Walker's  Lagoa. 

P.  lanuginosa. — Female?  The  wings  are  badly  worn  and  denuded. 
Antennas  pale  brownish-yellow.  Face  dark  brownish :  head  and  body  dull 
yellow.  The  anterior  tibiae  and  all  the  tarsi  are  dark  brownish.  The  un- 
denuded  portion  of  the  fore  wings  at  the  base,  is  woolly  and  pale  brownish 
yellow. 

Male  ?  Antennae  yellowish  white.  Face  and  the  fore  legs  blackish-brown, 
the  hairs  white  and  all  the  tarsi  blackish-brown  toward  the  ends.  Thorax 
white,  very  slightly  tinted  with  yellowish.  Abdomen  rather  deep,  dull  yel- 
low. Wings  white,  slightly  tinted  with  yellowish  ;  fore  wings  woolly  toward 
the  base,  with  a  dark  brownish  discoloration  along  the  upper  part  of  the  disk 
and  the  costa  adjoining  it. 

The  female  ?  of  this  species  was  ticketed  by  the  collector  Bombyx  1  a  n  u  - 
g  i  n  o  s  u  s ,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  any  description  under  this  name, 
nor  any  that  designates  the  insect  itself. 

From  the  Smithsonian  Institution.     Capt.  Pope's  coll.     Texas. 

Limacodes  Latreille. 

L.  laticlavia . — Body  and  fore  wings  rather  dark  ochreous-yellow. 
Fore  wings  with  an  oblique  silvery  band,  inclined  toward  the  base  of  the  wing, 
from  the  costa  to  the  middle  of  inner  margin,  and  toothed  toward  the  base  on 
the  submedian  nervure  or  fold.  A  rather  faint  dark  reddish  brown  line,  ex- 
tends from  the  costal  origin  of  the  silvery  band  to  the  hind  margin  beneath 
the  middle.  Hind  wings  pale  ochreous-yellow.  Abdomen  rather  reddisb- 
ochreous. 

Larva. — Outline  elliptical  somewhat  pointed  behind ;  body  flattened,  with 
the  sides  curving  from  a  central  ridge,  flattened  above.  The  ridge  has  a  ver- 
tical elevation  at  its  sides  above  the  body,  growing  less  and  less  before  and  be- 
hind, and  terminates  in  front  in  a  rounded  margin  and  behind  in  an  obtuse, 
short  spine.  The  body  is  smooth,  with  no  distinct  spined  papulae,  but  the 
edges  of  the  ridge  and  the  outline  of  the  body  are  thrown  into  folds,  subcre- 
nated.  The  body  is  thickest  in  the  middle  where  it  curves  anteriorly  nnd 
posteriorly.  ■ 

The  general  color  of  the  body  is  pale  green  and  dotted  with  numerous  yel- 
low points.     The  central  ridge  is  bordered  in  front  with  yellow. 

The  larva  feeds  on  the  underside  of  the  leaf  of  maple  in  September,  and  the 
imago  from  it  appears  in  the  spring.  There  is  doubtless  a  spring  brood  of 
larvae. 

I860.] 


158  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Var.  laticlavia?  Imago,  brownish-luteous,  sometimes  inclining  to  yel- 
lowish. Fore  wings  with  an  oblique  silvery  band  from  the  costa  to  the  mid- 
die  of  the  inner  margin,  toothed  on  the  submedian  fold  and  shaded  behind  with 
blackish-brown,  with  a  blackish-brown  line  from  the  costal  origin  of  the  silvery 
band  to  the  hind  margin  beneath  the  middle.  Hind  wings  dark  brown,  yellow- 
ish at  the  base. 

Three  sp.  from  Robert  Kennicott,  Illinois. 

Adoneta. 

The  characteristics  in  wing  structure  are  ;  that  the  subcostal  nervure  is  re- 
mote from  the  anterior  margin,  and  gives  off  two  marginal  branches  from  the 
disk,  one  near  the  middle  and  one  near  the  end,  and  then  subdivides  beyond 
the  disk  into  an  apical  and  post  apical  branch.  The  disco-central  nervule 
arises  above  the  middle  of  the  discal  nervure  at  an  angle,  whence  the  nervure 
curves  to  the  first  branch  of  the  median.  In  the  hind  wings  the  costal  and 
subcostal  intersect  at  their  bases.  The  latter  is  bifid  beyond  the  disk  ;  the 
disco-central  is  continued  to  the  base  of  the  wing,  attenuated  within  the  disk, 
and  the  discal  nervure  is  straight  on  the  costal  side  of  it,  and  very  oblique  on 
the  median  side ;  with  their  points  of  junction  separated.  Median  thre** 
branched. 

Body  rather  slender,  not  pilose.  Head  small  ;  eyes  quite  small.  Antenna- 
rather  more  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body.  Labial  palpi  somewhat  ex- 
ceeding the  front,  rather  slender,  nearly  cylindrical,  squamose  above  and  slight- 
ly hirsute  beneath  ;  third  joint  very  small,  the  development  being  chiefly  in 
the  second  joint.  Tongue  none.  Abdomen  much  shorter  than  the  hind 
wings.  Fore  legs  rather  slender,  tibise  moderately  ciliated  ;  middle  and  hind 
tibiae  thickly  and  shortly  ciliated,  with  two  rather  short  apical  spurs.  Wings 
very  much  deflexed  in  repose,  almost  enveloping  the  body.  Male. — Tin- 
basal  half  of  the  antennae  shortly  pectinated.     Female. — Antennae  simple. 

A.  voluta. — Reddish-brown,  somewhat  paler  in  the  9  tnan  tne  <$• 
Fore  wings  with  a  dingy  yellow  streak  along  the  base  of  the  inner  margin, 
extended  toward  the  disk  above  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  on  this  portion 
are  two  or  three  blackish  dots.  On  the  hind  portion  of  the  disk  is  a  short 
black  streak.  In  the  tf  there  is  another  short  black  streak  along  the  median 
nervure  and  its  last  branch,  with  a  curved  row  of  three,  black,  submargina! 
spots.  The  lower  streak  and  the  spots  are  as  distinct  in  the  9  as  in  the  ^J1. 
In  both  sexes  there  is  a  subapical  dingy  yellow  patch,  lightly  bordered  behind 
with  whitish.     Hind  margin  spotted  with  black.     Hind  wing  pale  reddish 

brown. 

Larva. — Body  semi-cylindrical,  tapering  posteriorly  and  rounded  obtusely 
in  front.  Nearly  smooth,  but  with  a  subvascular  row  of  small  fleshy,  minute- 
ly spined  papulae  on  each  side  of  the  vascular  line,  three  of  which  placed  an- 
teriorly are  separated  and  distinct,  and  three  approximated  on  the  last  rings  : 
the  intermediate  ones  are  minute.  The  outline  of  the  body  above  the  ven- 
tral surface,  is  furnished  with  a  row  of  minute  spined  papulae. 

Bright  green,  with  a  broad  dorsal  yellow  band  containing  a  reddish  purple 
one  which  is  constricted  opposite  the  second  and  third  pairs  of  anterior  papu- 
lae and  dilated  into  an  elliptical  patch  in  the  middle  of  the  body.  This  is 
almost  separated  from  a  smaller  elliptical  patch  which  is  constricted  opposite 
the  third  pair  of  posterior  papulae  and  ends  in  a  small  round  patch.  The  an- 
terior and  posterior  papulae  are  crimson  and  the  intermediate  ones  green.  Th(^ 
superventral  row  of  spined  papul|e  are  green. 

In  September,  on  the  leaf  of  Apricot.     Imago  in  March. 

Empbetia. 

In  the  anterior  wings  the  subcostal  nervure  is  moderately  remote  from  the 
external  margin,  sends  off  two  marginal  branches  from  the  disk,  and  beyond 

[May- 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  159 

it  subdivides,  first  near  the  disk,  into  a  subcosto-inferior  branch,  and  then  into 
an  apical  and  post  apical  branch.  The  discal  nervure  is  very  irregular,  and 
sends  from  its  costal  portion  a  disco-central  nervule,  whilst  the  middle  of  the 
disk  contains  a  bifid  false  nervule.  The  internal  nervure  is  bifid  at  its  base. 
In  the  hind  wings  the  costal  and  subcostal  nervures  intersect  at  their  bases. 
The  subcostal  is  bifid  near  the  disk.  The  costal  portion  of  the  discal  nervure 
is  angulated,  and  forms  likewise  an  acute  angle  in  the  middle  of  the  disk, 
whence  a  false  nervule  proceeds  to  the  base  of  the  wing,  and  obliquely  joins 
the  median  system,  giving  rise  on  the  median  side  to  a  disco-central  nervule. 

Body  stout  or  very  stout,  thorax  covered  thickly  with  flat  hairs.  Head 
quite  small ;  eyes  small  and  oval.  Labial  palpi  somewhat  exceeding  the  head, 
slightly  curved,  more  robust  in  the  <^  than  in  the  9  '■>  third  joint  small  and 
conical,  about  four  times  less  long  than  the  second  and  slightly  hirsute  be- 
neath. Tongue  none.  Antennae  rather  more  than  one  half  the  length  of  the 
body.  Abdomen  shorter  than  the  hind  wings.  Fore  legs  long  and  rather 
slender ;  fore  tibiae  and  tarsi  moderately  ciliated ;  middle  and  hind  tibia? 
thickly  ciliated,  with  two  moderate  apical  spurs  on  hind  tibiae.  Male. — An- 
tennae, basal  half  pectinated.     Female. — Simple. 

E.  stimulea  . — Body  and  fore  wings  uniform  dark  ferruginous,  with  two 
small  subapical  white  spots,  and  in  the  $  two  inore  near  the  base  of  the  wing 
beneath  the  median  nervure.     Hind  wings  pale  reddish-brown. 

Larva. — Body  semicylindrical,  truncated  obliquely  before  and  behind,  with 
a  pair  of  anterior,  long,  fleshy,  subvascular  slenderly  spined  horns  and  a  pair 
smaller  beneath  them,  above  the  head  ;  a  posterior  similar  pair  and  a  smaller 
anal  pair  beneath  them.  The  superventral  of  papulae  are  rather  large  and 
densely  spined.  After  the  last  moulting  the  longer  horns  become  moderate 
in  length. 

The  portion  of  the  body  between  the  anterior  and  posterior  horns  is  a  fine, 
bright  green  color,  bordered  anteriorly  and  superventrally  by  white,  with  a 
central,  dorsal,  oval  reddish  brown  patch  bordered  with  white,  which  color  is 
again  edged  by  a  black  line.  The  horns,  papulae  and  anterior  portion  of  the 
body  are  reddish  brown,  with  a  small  yellow  spot  between  the  anterior  horns, 
while  the  posterior  pair  are  placed  in  a  yellow  patch. 

The  spines  with  which  the  horns  are  supplied,  produce  an  exceeding  pain- 
ful sensation  when  they  come  in  contact  with  the  back  of  the  hand,  or  any 
portion  of  the  body  on  which  the  skin  is  thin. 

On  a  great  variety  of  plants  ;  fruit  trees,  the  rose,  Indian  corn,  (Zea  mays) 
and  a  number  of  other  plants. 

E.  paenulata . — Body  dark  reddish  brown.  Fore  wings  dark  reddish- 
brown  along  all  the  borders,  with  a  large,  central  pea-green  patch,  extending 
from  the  base  of  the  wing  to  the  subterminal  portion,  bordered  narrowly  on 
the  inner  side  and  behind  with  white,  and  deeply  indented  opposite  the  mid- 
dle of  the  inner  margin,  where  there  is  a  bright  brown  patch  in  the  reddish 
brown  border.     Hind  wings  yellowish  brown. 

I  do  not  know  the  larval  state  of  this  species,  and  have  only  two  specimens, 
both  apparently  females.  I  can  perceive  no  differences  in  the  structural  char- 
acters of  the  imago  of  this  and  the  previous  species,  and  am  quite  sure  that 
they  belong  to  the  same  generic  group.  The  discovery  of  the  larval  form  will, 
however,  determine  the  question. 

From  Mr.  Robert  Kennicott,  Illinois. 

NOCHELIA. 

In  the  anterior  wings,  the  subcostal  nervure  is  remote  from  the  external 
margin,  and  the  costal  arises  from  its  base ;  it  gives  off  a  marginal  branch 
near  the  posterior  end  of  the  disk,  and  another  exterior  to  the  disk.  The  sub- 
costo  inferior  branch  arises  nearly  midway  between  this  latter  and  the  post- 

1860.] 


160  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

apical,  which  is  given  off  near  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  discal  nervure  is 
doubly  angulated,  and  gives  rise  to  the  disco-central  nervule  at  the  angle  on 
the  costal  side  ;  and  from  the  central,  a  false  nervule  to  the  base  of  the  wing. 
Median  four-branched.     Internal  bifid  at  the  base. 

In  the  hind  wings,  the  costal  and  subcostal  have  a  common  trunk.  The 
subcostal  bifid  beyond  the  disk.  The  subcostal  and  median  portions  of  the 
discal  nervure  are  much  separated  at  their  points  of  junction  with  the  disco- 
central,  which  is  continued  as  a  false  nervule  to  the  base  of  the  wing. 

Male. — Body  stout  and  very  short ;  thorax  covered  with  fiat  hairs.  Head 
and  eyes  moderate,  the  latter  oval.  Labial  palpi  slightly  exceeding  the  front, 
rather  stout,  porrect,  third  joint  very  minute.  No  tongue.  Antennae  much 
more  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body,  with  the  basal  third  pectinated.  Ab- 
domen shorter  than  the  hind  wings.  The  middle  and  hind  tibiae  rather  thick- 
ly ciliated  ;  apical  spurs  of  hind  tibiae,  if  present,  inconspicuous. 

N.  tardigrada . — Male. — Body  and  fore  wings  rather  dark  reddish  brown, 
with  a  small,  nearly  triangular  pea-green  patch  narrowly  bordered  with  dark 
brown  at  the  base  of  the  wing  beneath  the  median  nervure,  slightly  excavated 
behind  where  it  adjoins  a  bright  brown  patch.  Towards  the  hind  end  of  the 
disk,  in  its  middle,  is  a  minute,  oval  dark  brown  streak  ;  two  small  pea-green 
subapical  spots,  the  one  nearest  the  costa  minute. 

Larva. — The  body  is  elliptical,  much  flattened  above.  There  is  on  each 
side  a  row  of  subvascular,  minutely  spined  papulae,  of  which  the  three  anterior 
and  two  posterior  are  more  conspicuous  than  the  rest.  The  superventral  row 
of  papulae  are  moderate,  equal,  and  form  the  outline  of  the  body. 

General  color  very  pale  green,  with  dorsal  patches  of  the  general  hue  beau- 
tifully margined  by  crimson  lines,  and  crimson,  vascular  patches,  of  which 
those  between  the  fourth  undjifth,  seventh  and  eighth  pairs  of  subvascular  papu- 
lae are  most  conspicuous,  although  small.     All  the  papulae  pale  green. 

On  the  apricot  in  September.     Imago  in  April. 

I  have  descriptions  of  other  larvae  similar  in  physical  characteristics  to  the 
above,  but  have  not  succeeded  in  carrying  them  through  their  transforma- 
tions. 

The  genera  Pimela,  Limacodes,  Adoneta,  Empretia  and  Nochelia  belong  to 
that  most  anomalous  family  Limacodidae.  Perhaps  some  of  the  groups  de- 
scribed as  new  have  been  heretofore  established,  but  I  found  the  effort  to 
identify  them  from  meagre  and  unsatisfactory  diagnoses  of  the  imago  an 
almost  futile  task. 

Attacus  Hubner. 

The  following  species  have  never  been  described  I  believe,  except  by  De 
Beauvois,  and  as  his  work  is  now  rather  rare  and  an  expensive  one,  and  not 
accessible  to  tbe  great  body  of  American  entomologists,  I  insert  here  de- 
scriptions of  the  following  insects  : 

A.  splendida,  Bombix  splendida,  De  Beauvois,  Ins.  en  Afrique  et 
en  Amer.  p.  133,  pi.  22,  f.  1,  2.  .  .  .   .  .    .        AV 

Dull  reddish-brown.  Thorax  banded  with  white  before  and  behind.  Ab- 
domen with  a  white  stigmatal  band  edged  above  and  beneath  with  black  and 
containing  reddish  brown  spots.  Fore  wings  with  a  basal  white  streak  ex- 
tending from  the  costa  to  the  base  of  medio-posterior  nervule  and  thence  to 
the  inner  margin  at  the  base  of  the  wing,  bordered  toward  the  base  with 
orange-yellowish  and  externally  by  black.  The  breadth  of  the  disk  is  occu- 
pied by  a  large  trigonate  vitreous  patch,  extended  behind  so  as  to  interrupt  a 
white  wavy,  narrow  band  crossing  the  middle  of  the  nervules  and  which  is 
bordered  internally  with  black  and  externally  with  orange-yellowish.  The 
trigonate  patch  is  edged  within  by  white  and  externally  by  black  behind  and 
before.  Beyond  the  transnervular  band,  the  wing  is  brown  dusted  with 
blackish  and  powdered  with  whitish  roseate  in  the  medio-posterior  and  sub- 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  161 

median  interspaces  behind  the  band.  At  the  tip  is  a  large  whitish  roseate 
patch,  three  contiguous  black  spots  at  the  end  of  post  apical  interspace,  with 
a  wavy  black,  submarginal  line.  Hind  margin  luteo-testaceous.  Hind  wings, 
trigonate  vitreous  patch  somewhat  larger  than  in  fore  wings,  with  a  trans- 
nervular  band  similar  to  fore  wings,  continued  around  the  costa  to  the  base 
of  the  wing  and  the  medio-posterior  interspace  and  those  adjoining  it, 
powdered  with  whitish  roseate  behind  the  band.  Hind  margin  luteo-testa- 
ceous with  a  row  oflblack  spots  and  a  dark  brown  line. 
From  Smithsonian  Institution.     Capt.  Pope's  coll.     Texas. 

Hypercompa  Stephens. 

H.  interrupto-marginata.  —  Bombix  interrupto-marginata,  De 
Beauvois  Ins.  Afriq.  et  Amer.  p.  265,  pi.  24,  f.  5,  6.  Head  and  labial  palpi 
pale  orange  yellow,  the  latter  with  black  tips.  Thorax  pale  yellow,  with 
a  broad  black  stripe  on  the  disk.  Abdomen  orange  yellow,  with  a  dorsal 
black  stripe.  Fore  wings  pale  yellow,  with  a  black  streak  along  the  costa 
not  reaching  the  tip  of  the  wing,  a  broad  streak  of  the  same  hue  along 
the  inner  margin,  sending  from  the  inner  angle  toward  the  hind  end  of  the 
disk,  a  hooked  demi-band  ;  hind  margin  black  in  the  middle.  Hind  wings 
pale  orange-yellow,  with  a  black  spot  near  the  inner  angle  and  a  larger 
one  in  the  middle  of  the  medio-posterior  interspace  and  nervule.  Legs 
pale  orange-yellow. 

Virginia  and  Wisconsin. 

TINEINA. 
Anorthosia. 

Anterior  wings  rather  narrow,  and  somewhat  lanceolate.  The  subcostal 
nervure  is  nearly  straight  and  gives  off  from  the  disk,  which  is  unclosed, 
three  marginal  nervules  and  becomes  bifid  before  the  tip.  The  discal  ner- 
vule is  independent.  The  median  is  four-branched,  its  last  nervule  is  bifid, 
and  arises  opposite  the  middle  of  the  origins  of  the  2d  and  3d  subcosto 
marginals.     The  submedian  is  bifid  at  its  base. 

Hind  wings  somewhat  emarginate  behind  the  tip  on  the  external  mar- 
gin, and  rather  deeply  emarginate  beneath  the  tip.  Disk  unclosed.  Sub- 
costal nervure  bifid  from  the  end  of  the  disk.  This  discal  nervule  is  trans- 
ferred to  the  median  side,  and  the  median  nervure  is  three-branched. 

Head  and  face  smooth;  vertex  elongated,  with  long  loose  scales  over- 
lapping in  the  middle.  Forehead  rounded.  Ocelli  very  small.  Eyes  small, 
round  and  salient.  Antenna?  about  one  third  less  long  than  the  anterior 
wings,  basal  joint  long  and  slender,  the  stalk  slightly  denticulated  beneath. 
Maxillary  palpi  extremely  small.  Labial  palpi,  smooth,  long  and  porrected, 
their  development  being  almost  entirely  in  the  second  joint,  ivhich  is  sup- 
plied above  with  long  hairs  capable  of  being  erected,  although  usually  decumb- 
ent, and  with  the  third  joint  short,  very  slender,  smooth  and  pointed,  arising 
nearly  erectly  at  the  apical  third  of  the  second,  and  is  likewise  capable  of  being 
erected  or  depressed.  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base  and  about  as  long  as  the 
labial  palpi. 

A.  p  unc  ti  pen  n  e  11  a. — Labial  palpi  and  head  rather  dark  ochreous, 
the  former  dark  brownish  externally.  Antennae  ochreous,  annulated  with 
dark  brown.  Fore  wings  rather  dark  ochreous,  sometimes  dusted  with  dark 
brownish,  with  three  pairs  of  blackish  brown  dots  along  the  fold,  the  first 
near  the  base  of  the  wing,  the  second  rather  above  the  middle  and  the  third 
near  its  end.  One  dot  of  each  of  the  latter  pairs,  is  in  the  fold,  the  other 
above  it  obliquely.  The  costa  at  the  base,  and  beyond  the  middle  is  touched 
with  blackish,  with  the  hinder  portion  of  the  wing  dotted  and  dusted  with 
dark  brown,  especially  along  the  hinder  margin.  Cilia  ochreous.  Hind 
wings  shining,  blackish  gray,  cilia  the  same.     Abdomen  blackish. 

I860.]  10 


162  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Gelechia  Zeller. 

G.  cerealella. — Anacampsis  (Butalis)  cerealella  Harris,  Treat,  on  Ins. 
2d  ed.  p.  392  — Head  and  face  dull  ochreous.  Labial  palpi  pale  ochreous, 
with  fuscous  ring  at  the  tip  and  a  slight  fuscous  spot  on  the  middle  of  the 
second  joint.  Fore  wings  pale,  shining  ochreous,  with  a  fuscous  streak  in  the 
fold  toward  the  base  and  a  few  fuscous  scales  toward  the  tip  of  the  wing  on 
the  margin  ;  cilia  grayish  ochreous.  Hind  wings  grayish  ochreous,  cilia  the 
same. 

This  insect  has  doubtless  been  introduced  into  this  country  from  Europe. 
My  own  specimens  were  obtained  from  the  W.  D.  Porter  wheat,  distributed  by 
the  Patent  Office  at  Washington  City.  The  seed  of  this  wheat  was  originally 
procured  from  Mount  Olympus  in  Asia,  and  from  two  heads  of  this  as  a  be- 
ginning was  grown  in  the  District  of  Columbia  the  grain  distributed  in  the 
years  1854  and  1855.     The  insect  is  probably  common  in  the  District. 

G.  agrim  o  n  iel  1  a  . — Labial  palpi  yellowish.  Eyes  crimson.  Antenna? 
yellowish  annulated,  with  black.  Head,  thorax  and  fore  wings  blackish  some- 
what suffused  with  a  greenish  hue,  the  latter  black  beyond  the  middle,  with 
a  pale  yellow  band,  somewhat  hooked  on  the  costa,  at  the  apical  third  of  the 
wing.     Hind  wings  blackish-brown,  cilia  the  same. 

The  larva  may  be  found  about  the  middle  of  June,  nearly  full  fed,  in  the 
leaves  of  Agrimony,  (Agrimonia  Eupatoria)  which  it  rolls  and  binds  together 
with  silken  threads.  The  body  of  the  full  grown  larva  is  colored  obscure 
green,  dotted  with  black  dots.  Head  and  shield  pale  brown.  The  young 
larva  is  flesh-colored  and  dotted  with  dark  colored  dots.  The  pupa  is  con- 
tained in  a  slight  cocoon,  sometimes  woven  between  the  leaves  of  its  food 
plant,  but  usually  it  is  abandoned  to  construct  it.  The  pupa-case  is  not 
thrust  from  the  cocoon  at  the  maturity  of  the  insect. 

The  June  brood  of  larva  become  imagos  during  the  latter  part  of  June  or 
the  beginning  of  July. 

Fore  wings  scarcely  pointed.  Secondary  cell  faintly  indicated.  Subcosto- 
apical  vein  forked.  The  last  branch  of  median  bifid.  Hind  wings  emarginate 
before  the  tip  and  slightly  beneath  it ;  with  an  intercostal  cell  at  the  base. 

G.?  flavocostella  . — Labial  palpi  wanting.  Head  dull  reddish  yellow. 
Antennae  blackish-brown,  yellowish  toward  the  base.  Thorax,  disk  black, 
front  and  sides  dull  yellow.  Fore  wings  black,  with  a  broad,  pale  yellow 
costal  streak,  extending  from  the  base  nearly  to  the  tip  of  the  wing,  undula- 
ting from  the  base  to  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  dilated  into  an  angle  at  the 
apical  third,  with  a  faint,  yellowish  streak  produced  from  the  apex  of  the 
angle  toward  the  inner  angle  of  the  wing.  Hind  wings  dark  brown,  cilia  the 
same. 

This  insect  does  not,  probably,  belong  to  the  genus  under  which  it  is  placed. 
As  the  labial  palpi  are  wanting,  I  include  it  here  from  its  general  structure 
and  appearance,  not  knowing  otherwise  where  to  place  it. 

One  specimen  from  A.  I.  Packard  Jr.,  of  Brunswick,  Maine. 

The  second  joint  of  labial  palpi  moderately  thickened.  Hind  wings  deeply 
emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  which  is  produced. 

G.?  roseosuffusella  . — Labial  palpi,  second  joint  whitish  spotted  with 
dark  fuscous  ;  the  third  dark  fuscous  annulated  with  two  white  rings.  Head 
and  thorax  ochreous,  tegulse  with  a  dark-brown  spot  in  front.  Antennae 
dark  fuscous,  annulated  with  whitish.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  ochreous 
along  the  inner  margin,  where  it  is  suffused  with  roseate.  At  the  base  of  the 
wing  is  a  white  spot  containing  a  dark  brown  dot,  and  near  the  base  an  ob- 
lique white  band.  About  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  a  large  white  spot  or  in- 
distinct broad  band,  irrorated  with  dark  brownish  and  tinted  with  roseate  on 
the  inner  margin.     Near  the  tip  is  a  costal  white  spot  and  a  roseate  spot 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  163 

opposite  on  the  inner  margin,  and  a  whitish  spot  at  the  tip.  Cilia  brownish 
gray.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous-gray,  cilia  fuscous.  Feet  annulated  with 
white. 

Fore  wings  scarcely  pointed.  Hind  loings  slightly  emarginate  beneath  the  tip, 
with  an  intercostal  cell  at  the  base. 

G.  Rhoifructella  . — Head,  face  and  thorax  grayish-fuscous.  Labial 
palpi  rather  dark  ochreous.  Antenna  ochreous,  annulated  with  black.  Fore 
wings  grayish-fuscous  dusted  with  dark  brown,  and  with  four  dark  fuscous 
dots,  one  near  the  base  of  the  fold,  two  near  the  middle  of  the  wing,  (one  on 
the  fold  and  one  above  it, )  and  one  on  the  end  of  the  disk.  Near  the  end  of 
the  wing  is  an  indistinct  grayish  band.     Hind  wings  fuscous,  cilia  the  same. 

The  larvae  may  be  found  in  April  or  early  in  May,  in  the  fruit  spikes  of  sumach 
(Rhus  Typhina),  where  they  feed  on  the  crimson  hairs  and  exterior  envelope 
of  the  drupes,  without  however  eating  the  drupes  themselves.  The  larvae  are 
concealed  in  galleries  formed  in  the  fruit  spikes,  and  their  presence  is  indicated 
by  strings  of  "frass"  clinging  to  the  exterior.  The  cocoon  is  a  slight  silken 
web  woven  amongst  the  "frass"  near  the  surface.  The  larva  is  immaculate, 
and  varies  in  color,  from  dark  reddish-brown  to  a  pale  brown,  dotted  with 
rows  of  darker  colored  dots,  each  giving  rise  to  a  hair ;  the  head  is  brown  and 
the  shield  blackish.     The  imago  appears  about  the  middle  of  June. 

Size  small.  Fore  wings  rather  lanceolate  and  pointed.  Hind  wings  deeply 
emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  which  is  produced.  The  second  joint  of  labial  palpi 
somewhat  thickened. 

G.?  rubidella  . — Head  and  face  ochreous.  Labial  palpi  yellowish  white, 
with  two  deep  fuscous  spots  on  the  middle  joint,  and  two  blackish  brown  rings 
on  the  terminal  one,  a  narrow  one  near  its  base  and  a  broad  one  near  the  tip, 
while  the  tip  is  blackish.  Antennae  deep  fuscous  annulated  with  white. 
Thorax  fuscous,  deep  fuscous  in  front.  Fore  wings  roseate,  dusted  with  deep 
fuscous,  with  a  brownish  ochreous  streak  along  the  inner  margin  from  the 
base  to  nearly  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  interrupted  about  its  middle  by  a 
roseate  hue.  At  the  basal  third  of  the  wing  is  an  oblique  deep  fuscous  band,  ex- 
tending from  the  costa  to  the  fold,  and  beyond  the  middle  of  the  costa  is  a 
spot  of  the  same  hue,  joined  toward  the  inner  margin  by  a  brownish- 
ochreous  spot.  The  apical  portion  of  the  wing  much  dusted  with  deep  fus- 
cous ;  cilia  ochreous,  with  a  fuscous  hinder  marginal  line.  Hind  wings  black- 
ish gray  ;  cilia  somewhat  paler.  Feet  rather  pale  ochreous,  spotted  with  deep 
fuscous. 

G.  flexurella. — Head  and  face  grayish  fuscous.  Labial  palpi,  second 
joint  dark  fuscous,  terminal  joint  white  with  a  blackish  ring  at  the  base  and 
one  near  the  tip.  Antennae  whitish  annulated  with  dark  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  grayish  fuscous,  with  a  pale  grayish  band  near  the  apex  margined  in- 
ternally on  the  costa  by  a  blackish  brown  spot,  with  another  of  the  same  hue 
about  the  middle  of  costa  and  another  on  the  costa  near  the  base.  Near  the 
base  of  the  fold  is  a  rather  faint  dark  brownish  spot,  and  the  wing  is  sprinkled 
with  dark  brown  atoms.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  cilia  ochreous  gray. 

Variety  ?  Fore  wings  smoky  fuscous,  with  a  pale  grayish  band  near  the 
tip,  broadest  and  most  distinct  on  the  costa,  margined  broadly  internally  across 
the  wing,  with  dark  brown,  with  a  pale  grayish  spot  between  it  and  a  dark 
brown  spot  on  the  middle  of  costa.  In  the  middle  of  the  wing  are  two  dark 
brown  spots,  one  on  the  basal  part  of  the  fold  and  a  small  one  on  the  costa 
above  it  of  the  same  hue.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

G.  mimella. — Head  and  face  tawny  brown.  Labial  palpi,  second  joint 
dark  fuscous,  with  a  whitish  ring  at  its  end  ;  third  joint  gray  with  a  ring  in 
its  middle.  Antennae  pale  fuscous  annulated  with  white.  Fore  wings  tawny 
brown,  with  an  ochreous  band  near  the  tip,  margined  internally  slightly  with 
I860.] 


164  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

dark  brown.     Along  the  costa  are  a  few  dark  brown  spots  and  a  few  in  the 
apical  portion  behind  the  ochreous  band.     Hind  wings  dark  brown. 

Size  small.  Fore  wings  acutely  pointed  or  lanceolate.  Hind  wings  deeply 
emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  which  is  produced.  Labial  palpi  rather  short ;  middle 
joint  somewhat  thickened  with  scales,  terminal  rather  short. 

G.?  deter  sell  a. — Head  and  face  grayish  fuscous.  Labial  palpi  pale 
yellowish-white,  with  two  fuscous  patches  on  the  middle  joint,  a  very  narrow 
fuscous  ring  at  the  base  of  terminal  joint,  a  broad  one  near  the  tip,  with  the 
extreme  apex  whitish.  Antennae  grayish  fuscous,  annulated  with  dark  fus- 
cous. Fore  wings  grayish,  very  profusely  dusted  with  dark  fuscous,  with  a 
dark  fuscous  spot  on  the  disk  ;  cilia  ochreous  gray.  Hind  wings  pale  ochreous- 
gray  ;  cilia  pale  ochreous.     Feet  annulated  with  whitish. 

I  have  found  this  genus  a  very  difficult  one.  It  is  of  great  extent  and  in- 
cludes individuals  of  a  variety  of  aspects  and  more  or  less  marked  modifica- 
tions in  the  labial  palpi.  The  oral  parts  in  the  doubtful  species  correspond 
so  nearly  to  those  of  the  genus,  that  I  have  concluded  after  much  hesitation 
not  to  place  them  in  separate  groups,  notwithstanding  the  produced  apex  of 
the  hind  wings  in  some  of  them. 

Strobisia. 

Fore  wings  obtuse  and  rounded  behind.  The  subcostal  divides  into  four 
branches,  with  the  apical  branch  simple  or  forked.  The  discoidal  nervure 
gives  origin  to  a  disco-central  branch.  The  median  is  four-branched ;  sub- 
median  forked  at  the  base.  Hind  wings  trapezoidal,  not  broader  than  fore 
wings,  with  the  hinder  margin  slightly  emarginate  beneath  the  tip.  Subcos- 
tal bifid  from  the  discoidal,  which  gives  rise  to  a  disco-central  vein.  Median 
three-branched,  the  two  upper  branches  aiising  at  a  common  base. 

Head  smooth  with  appressed  scales.  Forehead  and  face  rounded.  Ocelli 
large.  Eyes  oval  and  obliquely  placed.  Labial  palpi  recurved,  moderately 
long  ;  second  joint  flattened,  smooth  with  appressed  scales  ;  third  slender, 
smooth  and  pointed.  Maxillary  palpi  short  and  distinct.  Antennae  slender, 
simple  ;  basal  joint  subclavate.  Tongue  scaled,  nearly  or  quite  as  long  as  the 
thorax  beneath. 

The  structure  of  the  insects  here  included,  closely  approach  that  of  the 
genus  Gelechia,  in  which  I  placed  them  in  the  first  arrangement.  I  cannot 
believe,  however,  that  they  are  members  of  this  group,  and  have  hence  re- 
moved them.  The  perfect  insects  are  most  commonly  found  in  shaded  places, 
on  the  surface  of  leaves.  They  are  active  and  restless  in  their  motions,  and 
turn  in  circles  on  their  resting  places,  especially  after  short  flights ;  withal 
they  are  disposed  to  be  quarrelsome  and  drive  away  from  the  leaves  on  which 
they  may  happen  to  be  enjoying  themselves,  other  "  little  people"  of  the 
shaded  wood. 

Fore  wings  obtusely  rounded  behind.  Subcosto  apical  branch  simple.  Medio 
posterior  vein  bifid. 

S.  iridipennella  . — Head  and  thorax  brown,  with  a  greenish  hue  j 
face  whitish  beneath.  Labial  palpi  dull  silvery.  Antennae  dark  brown.  Fore 
wings  dark  brown,  with  a  greenish-golden  hue.  Along  the  costa  are  three 
metallic  blue  or  violet-blue  oblique  streaks  scarcely  reaching  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  the  first  is  longest  and  is  placed  about  the  middle  of  the  costa,  the 
third  near  the  tip,  and  with  three  spots  of  the  same  hue  beneath  the  second 
streak,  one  in  the  fold  and  two  in  the  middle  of  the  wing.  In  the  apical  por- 
tion near  the  hind  margin  are  three  or  four  parallel  similarly  hued  streaks 
and  at  the  base  of  the  fold  is  a  violet-blue  spot.  Hind  wings  brown,  along 
the  base  of  costa  pale  yellow. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  165 

Fore  wings  obtuse,  hind  margin  slightly  oblique.  Apical  branch  bifid. 
S.  emblemella . — Head  and  thorax  dark  brownish,  with  a  goMen  hue  ; 
face  whitish  beneath.  Labial  palpi  silvery  gray  ;  third  joint  fuscous  in  front. 
Antennae  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  somewhat  golden.  The 
costa  at  the  base  and  a  basal  band  are  dull  silvery  and  rather  behind  the 
middle  of  costa  is  an  oblique  silvery  costal  streak  and  about  the  middle 
is  a  curved  costal  streak  of  the  same  hue.  This  unites  with  an  oblique 
silvery  streak,  from  the  middle  of  inner  margin,  and  which  becomes  diffuse  in 
the  middle  of  the  wing.  Near  the  tip  at  the  beginning  of  the  costal  cilia,  is  a 
small  costal  silvery  spot  and  a  row  of  spots  or  short  parallel  bluish  silvery 
streaks  along  the  hinder  margin.  Cilia  at  the  tip  ochreous,  containing  a  dark 
fuscous  line  ;  on  inner  margin  dark  fuscous.  Hind  wings  dark  brown,  yel- 
lowish along  the  costa  ;  cilia  dark  brown. 

Endrosis  ?  Hiibner. 

Hind  wings  10th  a  medio-discal  branch,  in  addition  to  the  discocentral ;  terminal 
branch  of  median  bifid.      Transparent  patch  at  base,  quite  distinct. 

E.?  Kenn  ico  tt  e  1 1  a  . — Head  and  thorax  white,  with  a  small  dark  fus- 
cous patch  on  the  front  of  tegulae.  Labial  palpi  white,  terminal  joint  with  a 
dark  fuscous  ring  at  the  base  and  one  near  the  tip,  with  the  extreme  apex 
white.  Antennae  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  whitish,  much  dusted  with  dark 
fuscous.  At  the  base  is  a  white  spot  and  the  adjoining  portion  of  the  costa 
dark  fuscous  ;  behind  the  middle  and  near  the  tip  is  a  whitish  spot  and  oppo- 
site the  latter  on  the  inner  margin  is  a  whitish  spot  nearly  joining  it,  both 
dusted  with  fuscous.  Apical  portion,  dark  fuscous,  with  a  few  whitish  spots 
on  the  margins  ;  cilia  ochreous.  Hind  wings  gray  ;  cilia  pale  ochreous.  Feet 
with  tarsi  annulated. 

From  Mr.  Robert  Kennicott  of  North  Westfield,  111.     Two  specimens. 

Ev AGORA. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrow  and  obliquely  pointed  at  the  tip  ;  inner  margin 
slightly  retuse  beyond  the  middle.  Discoidal  cell  closed  by  a  faint,  simple, 
oblique  nervure,  given  off  from  the  subcostal  near  the  third  marginal  branch ; 
without  disco-central  nervule.  The  subcostal  runs  almost  straight  from  the 
base  to  the  tip  of  the  wing,  giving  off  from  the  cell  three  marginal  branches, 
one  near  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  two  near  the  end  of  the  disk  ;  beyond  the 
disk  it  sends  another  branch  to  the  costa,  and  before  the  tip  becomes  bifid  send- 
ing one  branch  above  and  another  below  the  tip.  The  median  subdivides  into 
four  branches,  which  are  aggregated  at  their  origins,  and,  except  the  medio-pos- 
terior,  are  long.  The  submedian  is  furcate  at  its  base.  Hind  wings  deeply 
emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  which  is  abruptly  produced,  although  short. 
The  discoidal  cell  is  closed  by  a  slight  curved  nervure,  and  is  without  a  disco- 
central  nervule.  The  subcostal  is  bifid  from  the  discal  nervure,  and  the  median 
gives  rise  to  a  medio-discal  nervule  which  curves  much  upward ;  the  last 
branch  of  the  median  much  removed  from  the  two  terminal  branches  which 
are  approximated. 

Size  small,  forehead  rounded  ;  face  rather  narrow.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  round, 
moderately  prominent.  Antennae  rather  thick,  simple,  and  about  one  half  as  long 
as  the  fore  wings  ;  basal  joint  rather  slender  but  short.  Labial  palpi  cylindrical, 
rather  short,  middle  joint  slightly  thickened  toward  its  extremity,  at  least  one 
half  longer  than  the  terminal  joint,  which  is  somewhat  roughened  but  slender 
and  pointed.  Maxillary  palpi  not  perceptible.  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base,  short, 
not  as  long  as  the  labial  palpi. 

This  genus  shows  some  resemblance  in  structure  to  Parasia,  but  I  think  it 
is  very  distinct, 

E.  apicit  r  ipun  c  tell  a. — Head,  face  and  thorax  ochreous.  Labial  palpi 
I860.] 


166  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

ochreous  internally,  externally  dark  fuscous  ;  terminal  joint  with  a  fuscous 
ring  at  the  base  and  tip,  extreme  tip  ochreous.  Antennae  dark  fuscous,  in- 
distinctly annulated  with  ochreous.  Fore  wings  brownish  ochreous,  with  three 
oblique  dark  streaks  from  the  costa  to  the  middle  of  the  wing,  bordered  behind 
with  very  pale  ochreous,ihe  first  near  the  base,  the  second  about  the  middle  of  costa, 
the  third  near  the  tip  with  its  pale  ochreous  margin  extended  across  the  wing. 
Beneath  the  third  streak  are  two  dark  fuscous  spots,  sometimes  margined  with 
pale  ochreous.  At  the  tip  are  three  dark  fuscous  dots,  one  nearly  on  the  ex- 
treme apex  and  two  others  behind  it.  Cilia  of  the  tip  somewhat  dusted  with 
fuscous,  the  inner  margin  ochreous.     Hind  wings  rather  dark  ochreous,  cilia 


3> 
the  same 


Teichotaphk. 


Fore  wings  scarcely  pointed,  hind  margin  oblique,  costa  behind  the  tip  deflex- 
ed.  The  discoidal  cell  is  closed  and  rounded  behind .  The  subcostal  nervure  sends 
four  veins  to  the  costa  behind  the  tip,  the  last  of  which  is  furcate,  and  one  to 
hind  margin  beneath  the  tip  from  the  cell.  The  median  seuds  four  branches 
to  the  hind  margin,  the  last  of  which  is  furcate.  Hind  wings  emarginate  in 
the  middle  of  costa,  and  somewhat  emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  with  an 
intercostal  cell  at  the  base  ;  subcostal  bifid  from  the  discal  nervure  which  sends 
a  central  branch  to  the  hind  margin.     The  median  is  three-branched. 

Head  smooth,  with  appressed  scales.  Without  ocelli.  Eyes  round  and 
moderately  prominent.  Labial  palpi  recurved  ;  middle  joint  slightly  curved, 
rather  broad,  compressed  laterally,  squamose  on  the  sides  and  hairy  toward 
the  end  ;  terminal  joint  slender,  smooth,  pointed  and  not  so  long  as  the  middle 
joint.  Maxillary  palpi  short  and  distinct.  Antennae  rather  more  than  one  half 
as  long  as  the  fore  wings,  somewhat  denticulated  and  microscopically  pubes- 
cent beneath  in  the  male?  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base,  nearly  as  long  as  the 
thorax  beneath. 

Middle  joint  of  labial  palpi  much  flattened ;  hairy  above  and  below,  with  diverging 

hairs. 
T.  setosell  a.— Head,  face  and  thorax  rather  dark  ochreous.  Labial 
palpi,  middle  joint  blackish-brown  externally,  with  the  spreading  hairs  above 
and  beneath  at  the  end,  ochreous  ;  terminal  joint  ochreous  tipped  with  fus- 
cus,  antennae  fuscous,  ochreous  toward  the  base.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  slightly 
dusted  with  pale  ochreous.  At  the  base  of  the  costa  is  a  pale  ochreous  irregu- 
larly triangular  patch,  slightly  dusted  with  fuscous,  angulated  on  the  upper 
portion  of  the  fold  ;  the  angle  is  margined  beneath  with  blackish  brown,  with 
a  small  patch  of  the  same  hue  between  the  angle  and  base  of  the  wing,  and  a 
large  one  behind  it  extending  from  the  subcostal  nervure  to  the  fold.  Across 
the  base  of  the  nervnles  runs  a  pale  ochreous  line,  on  each  side  of  which  the 
wing  is  nearly  uniform  dark  brown.     Hind  wings  yellowish  brown. 

Middle  joint  of  labial  palpi  vnthout  spreading  hairs. 
T.  j  u  n  c  i  d  e  1 1  a  .—Head,  face  and  thorax  dark  brown.  Labial  palpi  ochre- 
ous orange.  Antenna?  dark  brown.  Fore  wings  dark  brown  almost  black- 
ish brown,  with  an  ochreous  orange  spot  on  the  disk,  one  on  the  sub- 
costal nervure  nearer  the  base,  one  beneath  it  in  the  fold,  and  one  on  the  end 
of  the  disk,  all  of  the  same  hue.  On  the  costa  near  the  tip  is  a  small  ochreous 
orange  spot,  and  the  cilia  which  are  somewhat  paler  than  the  general  hue  are 
varied  with  shining  ochreous.     Hind  wings  dull  yellowish  brown. 

Callima. 
Fore  wings  rather  ovate,  obtusely  pointed.     The  subcostal  nervure  sends 
four  nervules  to  the  costa,  the  last  one  furoate  behind  the  tip,  with  both 
branches  above  it.     From  the  discal  proceeds  a  disco-central  nervule,  and  the 
median  subdivides  into  four  branches.     Submedian  furcate  at  the  base. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  -167 

The  hind  wings  are  much  narrower  and  shorter  than  the  fore  wings,  emargin- 
ate  in  the  middle  of  the  costa,  hind  margin  obtusely  pointed  and  very  oblique. 
The  costal  ends  in  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The  subcostal  is  attenuated  to- 
wards the  base,  thediscal  gives  rise  to  two  nervules  and  the  median  is  three- 
branched,  the  superior  and  central  nervules  arising  in  a  short  common  stalk. 

Head  smooth,  with  hair-like  scales.  Face  quite  narrow.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes 
round  and  quite  prominent.  Labial  palpi  long  and  recurved  ;  the  middle  joint 
rather  slender,  smooth  with  appressed  scales,  slightly  flattened,  longer  than 
the  third  joint,  which  is  slender,  smooth  and  pointed.  Maxillary  palpi  none. 
Antennae  inserted  on  the  front,  basal  joint  smooth  and  subclavate,  slightly 
denticulated  beneath  and  microscopically  pubescent  (in  the  tf  alone  ?). 
Tongue  scaled  at  the  base  and  somewhat  longer  than  the  anterior  coxae. 

This  insect,  I  think,  must  approach  very  nearly  (Ecophora  of  Zeller  if  it  is 
not,  indeed,  a  member  of  that  genus. 

C.  argenticinc  t  e  11  a. — Head,  face  and  thorax  deep  reddish  orange. 
Labial  palpi,  middle  joint  dark  brown,  terminal  white  with  a  broad  dark  brown 
ring  on  its  middle.  Antennae  silvery  white  annulated  with  blackish.  Fore 
wings  yellowish  orange.  Along  the  basal  margin  of  the  wing  from  the  fold  to 
the  basal  angle,  is  a  silvery  line  black  margined  on  both  sides,  and  one 
from  the  basal  third  of  the  inner  margin,  somewhat  curved  and  not  extended 
to  the  costa,  likewise  silvery  and  black  margined  on  both  sides  ;  the  basal 
portion  of  the  wing  included  between  these  lines  is  deep  reddish  orange.  Near 
the  apical  third  of  the  wing  is  a  silvery  costal  streak,  curved  and  tapering 
outwardly,  slightly  dark  margined  on  the  costa  behind.  Opposite  this  on  the 
inner  margin,  is  a  semicircular  silvery  line,  black  margined  on  both  sides  at  its 
beginning,  which  terminates  in  a  dark  brown  spot,  white  margined  exteriorly, 
at  the  commencement  of  the  cilia,  before  which  the  line  becomes  grayish  sil- 
very. The  portion  of  the  wing  included  within  this  line,  is  deep  reddish 
orange,  as  well  as  the  apical  portion,  in  which  along  the  hind  margin  is  a  row 
of  silvery  spots  each  slightly  dark  margined.  Hind  wings  fuscous.  Feet 
annulated  with  white. 

Nomia. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrowly  ovate-lanceolate,  discoidal  e'en  very  narrow,  long 
and  unclosed,  with  two  independent  discal  nervules  to  the  hinder  margin  beneath 
the  tip.  The  costal  nervure  is  short.  The  subcostal  nearly  straight,  sending 
three  nervules  to  the  costa  from  the  cell,  the  first  from  the  middle  of  the  wing, 
and  its  last  branch  bifid,  with  both  branches  above  the  apex.  The  median  is 
two-branched,  the  one  nearest  the  base  bifid  near  its  end.  The  submedian  is 
furcate  at  its  base. 

Hind  wings  narrower  than  the  fore  wings,  costa  nearly  straight,  but  slightly 
curved  ;  apex  decidedly  produced,  with  the  hind  margin  deepty  and  circularly 
excavated  beneath  it  and  the  anal  angle  rounded.  The  discoidal  cell  is  broad 
and  unclosed,  with  a  short  independent  discal  nervule  beneath  the  middle  of 
the  wing.  Subcostal  nervure  simple.  Median  three-branched,  the  first  de- 
livered to  the  inner  margin  rather  behind  the  middle,  the  last  to  the  rounded 
anal  angle. 

Head  smooth,  with  appressed  scales.  Forehead  and  face  broad  and  round- 
ed. Ocelli  none.  Eyes  oval,  not  prominent,  flattened.  Labial  palpi  short, 
somewhat  reflexed,  smooth,  rather  slender  and  pointed  ;  terminal  joint  ex- 
tremely short,  much  slenderer  than  the  middle.  Maxillary  palpi  not  percepti- 
ble. Antenna?  about  one  half  as  long  as  the  fore  wings,  rather  thick,  but  taper- 
ing, roughened  ;  basal  joint  rather  slender  and  short.  Tongue  slender,  scaled 
at  the  base,  longer  than  the  anterior  coxa?. 

N.  li  n  gul  acell  a  . — Head,  face,  and  thorax,  dark  fuscous.  Tegulae 
golden.     Labial  palpi  pale  yellowish,  terminal  joint  fuscous.     Antennae  dark 

I860.] 


168  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

fuscous.  Fore  wings  golden  yellow.  At  the  base  of  the  costa  is  a  dark  golden 
brown  patch,  not  extended  beyond  the  fold,  and  margined  behind  and  beneatli 
with  iridescent  silvery.  On  the  inner  margin  near  the  base  and  extended  to 
the  middle  of  the  margin  is  a  rather  long  patch  of  the  same  hue,  with  an  iri- 
descent silvery  internal  patch  and  touched  exteriorly  with  the  same  hue.  A 
large  trapezoidal  golden  brown  patch  on  the  middle  of  the  costa  is  margined 
internally  by  a  rather  broad  iridescent  silvery  streak,  which  is  slightly  dark 
margined  internally,  having  also  an  external  silvery  streak  produced  in  the 
middle  of  the  wing  toward  the  apex  and  beneath  it,  at  its  interior  angle,  a 
brownish  silvery  blotch,  pointing  to  the  inner  margin  at  the  beginning  of  the 
cilia.  In  the  apical  portion  of  the  wing  is  a  silvery  streak,  dark  margined  on 
both  sides  behind,  pointing  into  the  costal  cilia  above  the  apex.  The  costa 
from  the  trapezoidal  patch  to  the  tip,  is  touched  with  dark  brown  ;  cilia  dark 
brown  ;  beneath  the  apex  varied  with  silvery  on  the  base  of  the  cilia.  Hind 
wings  dark  brownish. 

Trypanisma. 

Fore  wings  ovate-lanecolate.  The  discoidal  cell  is  rather  narrow  and  elong- 
ately  oval.  The  subcostal  nervure  sends  three  nervules  to  the  costa,  the  last 
from  the  end  of  the  cell,  together  with  the  apical  branch  which  curves  at  its 
origin  to  send  off  a  very  short  and  faint  discal  nervure,  and  at  its  middle 
gives  rise  to  a  costal  branch,  becomes  furcate  behind  the  tip  and  delivers  a 
branch  above  and  one  below  the  tip.  The  median  is  three-branched,  the  mid- 
dle branch  being  bifid.  Submedian  furcate  at  the  base.  Hind  wings  narrower 
than  the  fore  wings,  with  an  intercostal  cell  at  the  base  ;  apex  produced,  deep- 
ly emarginate  on  hind  margin  and  anal  angle  rounded.  The  costa  is  slightly 
emarginate  in  the  middle.  The  discoidal  cell  broad,  and  closed  by  a  very  faint 
nervure  from  the  middle  of  the  subcostal,  which  is  furcate  near  the  tip.  The 
discal  nervule  arises  near  the  median,  which  is  three-branched,  with  branches 
rather  approximated. 

Size  small.  Head  smooth,  with  appressed  scales.  Forehead  and  face  rounded 
and  rather  broad.  OcellL.none.  Eyes  oval,  moderately  prominent.  Labial 
palpi  moderate,  arched  ;  middle  joint  slightly  thickened  with  scales  beneath, 
terminal  as  long  as  the  second,  smooth,  pointed  and  tapering  from  the  middle. 
Maxillary  palpi  not  perceptible.  Antennae  slender  and  simple  ;  about  oue  half 
as  long  as  the  fore  wings  ;  basal  joint  subclavate.  Tongue  scarcely  so  long  as 
the  labial  palpi. 

T.  prudens. — Head  pale  yellowish  white  dusted  with  fuscous.  Face 
yellowish  white.  Labial  palpi  pale  yellowish  white,  with  two  dark  brown 
spots  on  the  second  joint  and  two  rings  on  the  terminal  of  the  same  hue,  one 
at  the  base  and  one  near  the  apex  Thorax  yellowish,  dusted  with  fuscous. 
Antennas  fuscous  slightly  annulated  with  yellowish.  Fore  wings  fuscous, 
tinted  with  yellowish,  with  a  small  ochreous  yellow  patch  on  base  of  costa, 
one  of  the  same  hue  on  the  middle  of  inner  margin,  extended  to  the  middle  of 
the  wing  and  a  band  of  the  same  hue  near  the  tip,  much  angulated  or  nearly 
interrupted  in  the  middle  of  the  wing      Hind  wings  fuscous. 

The  generic  characters  of  this  insect  approach  those  of  Evagora.  The  larva 
lives  within  a  silken  web  woven  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves  of  chestnut 
oak.  It  feeds  on  the  cuticles  and  parenchyma  of  both  sides  of  the  leaf,  gaining 
the  upper  side  by  round  holes  eaten  through  its  substance,  and  just  large 
enough  to  admit  the  body  ;  of  these  there  were  three  at  various  points  of 
the  eaten  surface.  If  alarmed  the  larva  immediately  retreats  through  the 
opening  last  made  to  the  web  on  the  xinder  surface.  The  pupa  is  robust, 
almost  ovoid  and  is  contained  in  a  slight  cocoon  woven  on  the  leaf  on  which  the 
larvae  feed.  I  have  no  description  of  the  larva.  It  was  taken  July  22d,  became 
a  pupa  on  the  27th,  and  an  imago  on  August  8th. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  169 

Botalis  Treitschke. 

B.  f  u  scic  om  e  11a. — Head,  face,  labial  palpi  and  thorax,  yellowish,  fus- 
cous, antennae  purplish  fuscous.  Fore  wings  purplish  fuscous,  tinted  some- 
what with  yellowish  ;  cilia  purplish  fuscous.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

Taken  on  wing  in  June.  The  egg  is  ellipsoidal  ;  dirty  white;  investing 
membrane  thin  and  covered  with  punctures,  variolate. 

Fore  icings  loith  three  subcosto  marginal-branches,  the  apical  simple;  apex  pointed. 

B.  flavifrontella.  — Head  and  face  pale  brownish  ochreous.  Labia' 
palpi  dark  fuscous.  Thorax  and  antenna?  purplish  fuscous.  Fore  wings  pur- 
plish fuscous,  with  a  yellow  basal  streak  from  the  base  to  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  sometimes  almost  wanting,  and  the  tip  of  the  wing  of  the  same  hue. 
Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

Fore  ivings  with  three  nervules  beneath  the  apical. 
B.  matutella. — Head,  face,  thorax,  and  antenna?  dark  brownish  with  a 
purple  hue.  Fore  wings  reddish  fuscous,  with  a  brassy  lustre ;  a  pale  green- 
ish white  spot  rather  obliquely  placed  near  the  middle  of  the  wiug  and  one 
of  the  same  hue  on  the  inner  margin,  near  the  apex.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous, 
cilia  the  same. 

Anaesia  ?  Zeller. 

Fore  wings  ovate-lanceolate  ;  with  an  opaque  space  on  the  costa,  towards  the 
end  of  the  costal  nervure  and  the  first  subcosto-marginal  branch.  Discoidal 
cell  rather  narrow,  closed  by  a  short  nervure.  The  subcostal  sends  four 
branches  to  the  costa,  the  first  from  a  point  rather  behind  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  much  separated  from  the  second,  and  the  last  furcate  on  the  costa  be- 
fore the  tip,  and  a  simple  branch  beneath  the  latter  to  inner  margin  just  be- 
neath the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  median  subdivides  into  four  branches,  rather 
approximated  at  their  origins,  the  medio-posterior  branch  being  nearly  opposite 
to  the  second  marginal.  Subcostal  furcate  at  the  base.  Hind  wings  trapezoidal, 
costa  refuse,  slightly  emarginate  beneath  the  tip,  hind  margin  obliquely 
rounded  ;  broader  than  the  fore  wings.  Subcostal  nervure  rather  attenuated 
toward  the  base,  with  a  faintly  formed  intercostal  cell,  furcate.  Discoidal  cell 
broad,  closed,  with  a  nervule  given  off  to  the  hind  margin.  Median  three- 
branched,  medio-posterior  branch  distant  from  the  others. 

Head  smooth,  covered  thickly  with  decumbent  scales.  Forehead  broad,  al- 
most spherical ;  face  rather  narrow  beneath.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  rounded, 
moderately  prominent.  Labial  palpi,  second  joint  thick,  with  a  very  abundant 
tuft  of  hairs  beneath  prolonged  in  front  ;  third  joint  smooth,  slender  and  pointed, 
as  long  as  the  second.  Maxillary  palpi,  short  and  distinct.  Antenna?  simple, 
scarcely  more  than  one  half  so  long  as  the  fore  wings,  slightly  denticulated, 
basal  joint  smooth.  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base,  about  as  long  as  the  labial 
palpi. 

I  have  three  specimens  of  the  insect  belonging  to  this  genus,  but  none  of 
them  show  the  peculiar  structure  of  the  palpi  of  the  European  male.  Whe- 
ther mine  are  all  females  or  whether  the  individuals  are  generically  distinct  from 
the  European,  as  the  details  of  some  parts  of  their  structure  seems  to  indicate, 
must  be  left  for  future  determination. 

A.  ?  p  r  u  n  i  e  1 1  a  . — Head  and  face  pale  gray  ;  thorax  dark  gray.  Labial  pal- 
pi dark  fuscous  externally  and  pale  gray  at  the  end  ;  terminal  joint  gray, 
dusted  with  dark  fuscous.  Antennas  grayish,  annulated  with  dark  brown. 
Fore  wings  gray,  dusted  with  blackish  brown,  with  a  few  blackish  brown  spots 
along  the  costa,  the  largest  in  the  middle,  and  short  blackish-brown  streaks 
on  the  median  nervure,  subcostal,  in  the  fold  and  one  or  two  at  the  tip  of  the 
wing  ;  cilia  fuscous  gray.  Hind  wings  fuscous  gray  ;  cilia  gray,  tinted  with 
yellowish. 

I860.] 


170  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF 

The  larva  was  taken  June  16th,  full  grown  and  about  to  transform  on  the 
limbs  of  the  plum.  Its  head  is  black,  body  uniform  reddish-brown  with  indis- 
tinct papulae,  each  giving  rise  to  a  hair,  and  with  pale  brown  patches  on  the 
sides  of  the  3d  and  4th  segments  ;  shield  and  terminal  prolegs,  black.  One 
specimen  had  secreted  itself  under  a  turned  up  portion  of  the  old  bark  of  the 
trunk.  The  cocoon  is  exceedingly  slight,  and  the  tail  of  the  pupa  is  attached 
to  a  little  button  of  silk.  The  pupa  is  ovate,  abdomen  short  and  conical, 
smooth  ;  color,  dark  reddish-brown.  I  do  not  know  on  what  part  of  the  tree 
the  larva  feeds. 

Stilbosis. 

Fore  wings  narrow  and  pointed.  Discoidal  cell  open,  elongated  and  very 
narrow.  Subcostal  nervure,  with  tbree  nervules  to  the  costa  from  the  cell,  and 
an  apical  branch  which  sends  a  nervule  to  the  costa  from  its  middle,  and  is  bifid  at 
the  tip  of  the  wing;  the  apical  branch  is  nearly  absolete  from  the  third  to  the 
fourth  marginal  branch.  Beneath  the  apical  is  a  discal  nervule,  which  is  obso- 
lete posteriorly  from  its  middle.  The  median  is  tbree-branched  ;  the  submedi- 
an,  simple.  Hind  wings  setaceous  ;  the  discoidal  cell  is  open  and  moderately 
broad  toward  the  base  of  the  wing.  The  subcostal  is  obsolete  toward  the  base 
and  bifid  at  the  tip  of  the  wing  ;  a  discal  nervule  beneath  it  is  obsolete  posteriorly 
from  its  middle.     The  median  subdivides  into  three  separate  branches. 

Head  and  face  perfectly  smoo  h.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  small,' oval  and  visible 
in  front.  Labial  palpi  moderate,  somewhat  curved,  slender,  smooth  and 
pointed  ;  terminal  joint  as  long  and  as  thick  as  the  middle,  and  very  acute  at 
its  apex.  Antennae  rather  thick,  simple,  somewhat  roughened,  rather  short  ; 
basal  joint  smooth  and  subclavate.     Tongue  short. 

This  genus  is  nearly  related  to  Cosmopteryx  of  Hiibner,  but  the  labial  pal- 
pi are  much  less  developed,  and  the  tongue  much  shorter. 

S.  tesquell  a. — Head  and  face  grayish-silvery,  having  a  greenish  splen  - 
dent  lustre.  Labial  palpi  ochreous.  Antennae  dark  fuscous.  "Fore  wings  fus- 
cous-golden, tinted  along  the  base  of  costa  with  reddish-violet;  with  three 
patches  of  raised  scales,  one  in  the  fold  near  the  base,  one  behind  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  and  one  near  the  tip  on  the  inner  margin,  the  latter  two  are  large  and 
extended  nearly  to  the  costa.  In  certain  lights  these  raised  patches  are  golden 
internally,  while  the  spaces  of  the  wing  between  them  become  dark  fuscous  and 
with  the  light  striking  the  wing  from  the  tip  the  patches  are  dark  ochreous 
and  the  last  is  extended  obliquely  into  the  costa  as  a  streak  of  the  same  hue. 

The  tip  of  the  wing  is  reddish- violet,  in  certain  lights  dark  fuscous.  The  cilia 
are  very  long  and  are  extended  along  the  hind  margin  beyond  the  middle  of 
the  wing  ;  fuscous  tinged  with  reddish.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  cilia  the 
same. 

Laverna  Curtis. 

Fore  wings  pointed,  oblique  along  the  hinder  margin,  with  five  veins  be- 
neath the  furcate  apical  vein.  Discoidal  cell  narrow.  Submedian  furcate  at 
each  end;  basal  fork  long,  the  apical  fork  shorter.  Hind  wings  rather  refuse 
on  the  costa  before  the  tip  ;  hind  margin  rounded  or  cimetar-shaped  from  base 
to  apex.  The  subcostal  is  obsolete  toward  the  base,  simple,  and  runs  into  the 
costa  before  the  tip.  Discoidal  cell  closed,  with  a  discal  vein  furcate  at  the 
tip.     Median  three-branched,  the  last  two  arising  on  a  common  base. 

Head  smooth  ;  backhead  or  vertex  elongated.  Forehead  obtuse,  advanced  ; 
face  retreating.  Eyes  oval,  visible  in  front.  Labial  palpi  moderately  long, 
curved,  smooth  but  rather  loosely  scaled  ;  second  joint  flattened  toward  its  end, 
subclavate  ;  the  third  short,  smooth  and  pointed.  Antennae  rather  more  than 
one  half  as  long  as  the  fore  wings,  simple,  setaceous,  basal  joint  subclavate. 
Tongue  sparingly  scaled,  extremely  short,  not  one-half  as  long  as  the  labial 
palpi. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  171 

L.  luciferella. — Head  and  face  silvery,  tinged  with  yellowish.  Back- 
head  dark  fuscous.  Labial  palpi  silvery  ;  middle  joint  dark  fuscous  from  the 
base  to  the  middle,  the  terminal  joint  with  a  minute  fuscous  dot  at  its  base. 
Antennae  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  dark  reddish  fuscous,  with  a  large,  rather 
faint  bluish  silvery  patch  at  the  base,  one  on  the  middle  of  the  costa,  and  a 
curved  band  near  the  tip  of  the  wing,  of  the  same  hue.  On  the  fold  beneath  the 
costal  patch,  is  a  patch  of  raised  scales,  and  another  on  the  inner  margin  join- 
ing the  band  behind.  Exterior  to  the  band  the  wing  is  touched  with  ochreous, 
containing  in  the  middle  a  short  dark  fuscous  streak,  sometimes  a  pale  yel- 
lowish white  streak  margined  with  dark  fuscous,  and  on  the  costa  just  behind 
it,  is  a  short  pale  yellowish-white  streak,  margined  exteriorly  with  dark  fus- 
cous. Apical  portion  of  the  wing  is  dark  fuscous  ;  cilia  of  inner  margin  fus- 
cous.    Hind  wings  fuscous,  cilia  the  same. 

Fore  wings  slenderly  and  shortly  caudate  at  the  tip.  Apical  vein  with 
a  long  fork,  with  an  independent  discal  nervure  beneath  it.  Median  four- 
branched.  Submedian  with  a  long  basal  fork,  no  apical  fork,  but  with  the 
end  of  the  fold  thickened.  Labial  palpi  recurved,  thickened  at  the  end  of 
second  joint  with  loose  scales ;  the  third  rather  long,  smooth  and  pointed. 
Tongue  nearly  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxae. 

L.  Eloisella. — Head,  face  and  thorax  silvery  white,  the  latter  spotted 
with  blackish.  Labial  palpi  white,  with  a  dark  brown  spot  on  the  middle  of 
second  joint,  and  two  dark  brown  rings  on  the  third,  one  at  the  base  and 
one  at  the  tip.  Antennae  tawny  yellow,  white  at  base.  Fore  wings  silvery 
white,  with  a  small  tuft  of  tawny  scales  at  the  basal  third  of  the  fold,  and  a 
larger  patch  of  the  same  hue  on  the  inner  margin  at  the  end  of  and  above  the 
fold.  Between  the  tufts,  is  an  oblique  dark  brownish  costal  streak,  nearly 
joined  at  an  angle  by  another  of  the  same  hue  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  and 
exterior  to  the  first  tuft ;  the  fold  is  tinted  with  golden  yellow.  Exterior  to 
the  second  tuft  is  a  blackish-brown  streak,  which  becomes  diffuse  behind  and 
above,  while  the  apical  portion  of  the  costa  to  the  slender  apex  of  the  wing  is 
golden  yellow.  At  the  base,  beneath  the  fold,  is  a  blackish-brown  spot,  and 
another  of  the  same  hue  beneath  the  fold  equidistant  from  the  first  and  the 
first  tuft  of  scales,  and  on  the  costa  midway  between  these  latter  is  a  rather 
faint  dark  brownish  spot.  Cilia  yellowish  gray.  Hind  wings  tawny-grayish, 
cilia  ochreous. 

Cheysocorys  Curtis. 

C.  Erythriella . — Head,  face  and  thorax  fuscous,  with  a  greenish-brassy 
hue.  Labial  palpi  ochreous,  terminal  joint  fuscous.  Antennae  bronzy -yellow- 
ish fuscous.  Fore  wings  reddish-fuscous,  with  a  greenish-brassy  hue ;  cilia 
fuscous.     Hind  wings  reddish  fuscous,  cilia  the  same. 

Specimens  of  this  insect  reared  by  myself  were  much  smaller  than  those 
taken  on  the  wing,  had  less  of  the  brassy  hue  and  were  nearly  uniform  grayish 
fuscous,  but  I  have  no  doubt  it  is  the  same  insect. 

The  larva  feeds  on  the  fruit  racemes  of  Sumach.  It  tapers  anteriorly  and 
posteriorly,  incisures  deep,  segments  elevated  in  the  middle,  with  a  single 
row  of  transversely  arranged  epidermic  points  on  each  ring,  each  one  giving  rise 
to  one  or  two  rather  stiff  hairs  ;  abdominal  legs  very  slender  and  short,  termi- 
nal placed  posteriorly.  Head  with  a  few  hairs,  ellipsoidal,  pointed  rather 
small,  and  pale  brown.     The  body  is  uniform  dark  green.     '•  Frass  "  scarlet. 

The  cocoon  was  woven  on  the  outside  of  the  raceme.  It  was  ovoid,  and  ap- 
peared to  consist  of  coarse  silk  and  but  a  single  thread,  being  woven  so  as  to 
leave  large  meshes,  enabling  one  to  see  the  pupa  through  it  distinctly.  At 
maturity  the  pupa  case  is  thrust  forth.  The  pupa  is  pale  green,  with  the 
head-case  distinctly  separated  from  the  case  of  the  thorax.  The  length  of  the 
larva  is  about  two  lines,  of  the  pupa  about  one  and  a  half. 

The  larva  may  be  taken  in  July ;  the  imago  appears  early  in  August  and 

I860.] 


172  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

ro3y  be  taken  on  wing  at  this  time  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  food  plant  of 
the  larva. 

Elachista  Treitschke. 
I  would  beg  here  to  call  the  student's  attention  to  the  fact,  that  the  genus 
described  in  Paper  No.  3,  January,  1860,  under  the  name  Cosmiotes,  is  the  same 
as  the  present  one.     I  much  regret  the  existence  of  this  error  ;  it  is  not,  how- 
ever, necessary  to  state  how  I  came  to  be  misled. 

Median  vein  of  hind  trings  two-branched.  Apical  vein  of  fore  wings  with  a 
branch  from  its  middle  to  the  costa,  bifid  at  the  tip;  median  vein  two-branched. 

E.  prsematurella . — Head,  face  and  labial  palpi  grayish  fuscous.  An- 
tennae rather  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  fuscous  with  a  purplish  hue.  Rather 
behind  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  a  white  band,  silvery-hued,  and  near  the 
tip  a  costal  and  opposite  dorsal  spot  of  the  same  hue.  Extreme  apex  of  the 
wing  white,  with  a  row  of  dark  brown  atoms  in  the  cilia,  which  are  fuscous. 
Hind  wings  bluish-gray,  cilia  fuscou-<  with  a  reddish  hue. 

The  imago  may  be  taken  on  wing  early  in  April. 

Brenthia. 

Fore  wings  almost  cuneiform,  rounded  behind.  The  subcostal  nervure  sends 
a  vein  to  the  costa  from  the  middle  of  the  cell,  and  subdivides  into  two  branches 
at  the  point  of  junction  with  the  discoidal  nervure  ;  arising  from  this  are  five 
veins  to  the  hinder  margin,  and  the  median  nervure  subdivides  into  two 
branches  at  its  tip.  The  subcostal  is  furcate  at  its  base.  The  hind  wings  are 
broad,  irregularly  oval.  The  subcostal  is  simple.  The  discoidal  does  not 
join  it,  gives  rise  to  three  veins  to  the  hind  margin,  and  is  deflected  towards 
the  base.  The  median  is  two-branched,  the  upper  one  being  bifid  about  its 
middle. 

Head  smooth.  Forehead  and  face  rounded.  Ocelli  large.  Eyes  oval,  and 
rather  prominent.  Labial  palpi  moderately  long,  rather  slender,  pointed  and 
somewhat  squamose  :  the  terminal  joint  shorter  than  the  second.  Antenna? 
slender,  simple  in  the  $,  rather  densely  ciliated  in  the  tf.  Tongue  slightly 
scaled  and  very  short. 

The  insect  belonging  to  this  genus,  which  is  nearly  allied  to  Glyphipteryx 
of  Hiibner,  has  the  curious  habit  of  strutting  about  broad  leaves  in  shaded 
places,  with  its  fore  wings  somewhat  spread  and  the  hind  wings  turned 
forward  at  right  angles  to  the  costa  of  the  fore  wings,  so  as  to  display  the 
surface  of  the  under  pair.     It  is  easily  recognized  by  this  characteristic  alone. 

B.  pavonacella  . — Head  and  thorax  fuscous;  face  whitish  beneath.  Labial 
palpi  white,  with  three  fuscous  rings,  one  at  the  end  of  the  second  joint,  one  at 
the  base  of  the  terminal  and  one  near  its  tip.  Antennae  fuscous,  annulated  with 
white.  Fore  wings  fuscous,  mottled  with  whitish,  especially  on  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  with  a  fuscous  spot  on  the  middle  of  the  disk,  ringed  with  whitish. 
Near  the  hinder  margin  is  a  black  band,  not  extended  to  the  costa  nor  the 
inner  margin,  with  two  sharp  indentations  of  the  general  hue  internally,  and 
containing  on  its  middle  a  streak  of  brilliant  scarlet-blue  metallic  scales. 
Along  the  costa  are  one  or  two  faint  spots  of  the  same  hue.  Hind  wings 
fuscous,  whitish  at  the  base  and  along  the  costa,  with  a  short  white  line 
near  the  hind  margin,  above  the  inner  angle  of  the  wing,  and  a  rather  faint 
scarlet-blue  metallic  hued  band  on  the  hind  margin,  from  near  the  tip  to 
beyond  the  middle.  The  under  surface  of  both  wings  show  a  metallic  hued 
subterminal  band. 

Imago  on  wing  in  July  and  August. 

Pighitia. 
Fore  wings  narrow,  elongated,  pointed  and  very  slightly  refuse  on  the  costa 
before  the  tip.     The  subcostal  sends  to  the  costa.  beyond  the  apical  third  of 

[May.. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  173 

the  wing,  a  long,  thick  rein  which  arises  hehind  the  middle,  and  subdivides 
into  three  branches  at  its  tip,  the  apical  being  forked,  with  one  of  its  branches 
delivered  to  the  tip,  and  the  other  to  the  costa  before  it.  The  discoidal  cell 
is  much  elongated  and  narrow,  and  sends  to  the  hinder  margin  a  disco-central 
branch.  The  median  is  three-branched  at  its  tip,  all  of  which  are  short,  and 
the  two  upper  veins  arise  on  a  common  stalk.  Submedian  is  forked  at  the 
base,  with  the  lower  branch  nearly  obsolete.  Hind  wings  narrowly  lanceolate, 
broad  at  base,  with  interior  basal  angle  rounded.  The  subcostal  vein  is  simple, 
and  extended  to  the  tip.  Discoidal  cell  closed  by  a  very  faint  nervure,  giving  rise 
to  a  simple  nervule.  Median  nervure  is  three-branched,  the  last  two  branches 
from  a  common  base. 

Head  smooth,  with  decumbent  scales,  slightly  retracted.  Forehead  broad 
and  rounded ;  face,  with  the  scales  spreading  out  at  the  base  of  the  tongue,  so 
as  to  make  it  nearly  equally  broad.  Eyes  oval,  vertically  placed,  Ocelli 
small.  Labial  palpi  very  short,  smooth  ;  first  and  second  joints  rather  thick  ; 
terminal  joint  pointed,  slender,  and  as  long  as  the  second.  No  maxillary 
palpi.  Antennas  setaceous,  simple  in  the  V  >  microscopically  pubescent  in 
the  (j\  rather  more  than  one-half  as  long  as  the  fore  wings  ;  basal  joint 
flattened  and  expanded  into  a  small  eye-cap,  with  cilia  in  front.  Tongue 
scaled,  rather  longer  than  the  thorax  beneath. 

I  have  but  one  male,  which  is  without  labial  palpi.  With  the  aid  of  good 
lenses,  I  cannot  make  out  whether  they  have  been  broken  off,  or  whether 
they  are  naturally  obsolete.     Otherwise,  the  head  is  in  most  perfect  condition. 

The  genera  Zelleria  and  Ocnerostoma  are  congeneric  with  this  in  the 
neuration  of  the  wings,  especially  the  hinder  pair  in  the  latter  genus. 

P.  laticapitella . — Head,  face  and  thorax  shining  tawny  fuscous.  Labial 
palpi  dark  fuscous.  Antennas  fuscous,  basal  joint  tawny  fuscous.  Fore  wings 
dark  fnscons,  with  a  rufous  tinge,  sprinkled  with  white,  especially  toward  the 
tip,  with  an  indistinct  whitish  band  behind  the  middle  of  the  wing  ;  cilia  pale 
rufo-fuscous.     Hind  wings  greyish-fuscous  ;  cilia  the  same. 

Parasia  ?  Duponchel. 

Fore  wings  lanceolate.  The  subcostal  nervure  sends  three  veins  to  the 
costa,  the  first  from  the  middle  of  the  cell,  and  an  apical  branch  which 
delivers  from  its  middle  a  branch  to  the  costa,  and  is  forked  before  the  tip,  with 
one  of  the  branches  above  and  the  other  beneath  it.  The  discoidal  cell  is 
closed,  but  gives  rise  to  no  nervule.  The  median  fan-branched,  more 
separated  than  in  Evagora,  and  all  the  branches  long.  Submedian  is  forked 
at  the  base.  Hind  wings  with  the  apex  produced.  The  submedian  is  forked 
beyond  the  discal  nervure,  which  gives  rise  to  a  disco-central  branch.  The 
median  is  three-branched. 

Head  smooth,  with  loose,  decumbent  scales.  Forehead  advanced  ;  globose, 
face  retreating.  Ocelli  small.  Eyes  oval,  vertically  placed,  but  little  visible 
from  the  front.  Labial  palpi  rather  short,  recurved,  smooth,  with  appressed 
scales ;  second  joint  thick,  subclavate ;  third  joint  short,  very  acuminate. 
Maxillary  palpi  snort,  distinct.  Antennse  simple,  setaceous,  one-third  less 
long  than  the  fore  wings.  Tongue  clothed  with  scales,  scarcely  as  long  as  the 
anterior  coxae. 

This  insect  and  Evagora  apicitripunctella  certainly  approach  each 
other  closely  in  structure  ;  nevertheless,  they  are  very  different  in  appearance. 
The  hind  wings  differ  from  those  of  Parasia  in  the  produced  apex  being 
straight,  and  slightly  in  neuration. 

P.  ?  subsimella . — Head,  face  and  thorax  ochreous-fuscous.  Labial  palpi, 
second  joint  dark  brownish,  ringed  with  whitish  at  its  tip  ;  third  joint  white, 
terminal  half  black.  Antennae  dark  fuscous,  basal  joint  striped  with  yellowish 
in  front.     Fore  wings  dark  ochreous-fuscous  ;  along  the  costa  from  its  middle, 

I860.] 


174  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

and  toward  the  tip,  brown  ;  and  in  the  latter  part  much  sprinkled  with  whitish. 
On  the  middle  of  the  costa  is  a  short,  yellowish  white  streak,  and  in  the 
apical  third  of  the  wing  is  an  oblique  line  of  the  same  hue,  meeting  in  the 
middle  of  the  wing  another  of  the  same  hue  from  the  inner  margin.  At  and 
beneath  the  tip  is  a  blackish  brown  spot,  and  in  the  cilia  a  dark  fuscous  line. 
Hind  wings  dark  ochreous,  cilia  the  same. 

Depressaria  Haworth. 

D.  Lecontella. — Head  and  face  ochreous.  Labial  palpi  ochreous: 
second  joint  varied,  externally  with  fuscous  ;  third  joint  with  a  slight  fuscous 
ring  at  the  base,  and  one  near  the  tip.  Antenna?  fuscous.  Thorax  ochreous, 
with  two  blackish  brown  dots  before.  Fore  wings  dark  ochreous,  with  dis- 
persed blackish  brown  dots  throughout  the  wing,  two  of  which,  about  the 
middle  of  the  median  nervure,  are  more  conspicuous  than  the  others ; 
cilia  rather  pale  ochreous.     Hind  wings  pale  grayish-ochreous,  cilia  the  same. 

This  is  the  only  true  Depressaria  I  have  found  thus  far ;  but  we  have  other 
nearly  allied  species,  which  differ  from  it  in  the  structure  of  the  labial  palpi. 
In  this  respect  they  resemble  somewhat  Gelechia  r  u  f  e  s  c  e  n  s  of  Europe,  but 
differ  from  the  genus  to  which  it  belongs  in  several  particulars.  I  think 
they  must  form  a  group  intermediate  between  Depressaria  and  Gelechia. 

I  have  now  nearly  worked  up  my  collection  of  Tineina,  and  would  beg  those 
who  feel  interested  in  the  continuation  of  these  studies,  to  aid  me  in  extending 
my  knowledge  of  species,  by  contributing  collections  from  their  various  neigh- 
borhoods. 


Description  of  a  new  species  of  Marginella. 
BY   JOHN    H.    REDFIELD. 
Marginella  roscida  Redf. 

T.  rhombico-ovata,  polita,  cinereo-lutescente,  albido  guttulata,  versus 
apicem  albido-lineata  ;  labis  albo,  crasso,  reflexo,  extus  fulvo  trimaculato, 
intus  subdenticulato  ;  spira  modica  ;  anfractus  quatuor  exhibente  ;  anfractu 
ultimo  angulato,  juxta  aperturam  calloso  ;  columella  quadriplicate. 

Shell  rhombic-ovate,  polished,  light  grayish  brown,  minutely  necked  with 
white  ;  towards  and  upon  the  spire  the  white  spots  tend  to  be  confluent  in 
longitudinal  lines.  Lip  white,  well  thickened,  obtusely  reflected,  extending  a 
little  upon  the  penultimate  whorl,  slightly  denticulate  within,  and  bearing 
three  brown  spots,  one  at  its  junction  with  the  spire,  a  second  about  midway, 
and  the  third  near  the  base.  Spire  moderate,  apex  slightly  colored,  with 
about  four  whorls  visible  ;  the  last  whorl  is  distinctly  shouldered,  a  little  be- 
neath the  suture  and  near  the  aperture  shows  a  vitreous  deposit.  Columella 
with  four  plaits ;  upper  ones  somewhat  oblique,  lower  ones  more  so.  Aper- 
ture yellowish  brown  within.  Length  0*57  in.  (14  millim.)  ;  breadth  0*32  in. 
(8  millim.) 

Habitat.     Coast  of  South  Carolina. 

Remarks.  The  general  form  of  this  shell  is  nearly  that  of  M.  apicina  Menke, 
and  the  spots  upon  the  outer  lip  give  it  a  further  likeness  to  some  varieties  of 
that  species,  but  the  spire  is  more  developed,  and  the  last  whorl  more  dis- 
tinctly angular  than  is  usual  in  M.  apicina,  while  the  latter  never  displays 
the  minute  white  flecking  of  the  species  under  consideration.  This  last  feature 
is  common  also  to  M.  guttata,  M.  nivosa  and  M.  pruinosa,  but  all  these  are 
quite  different  in  form  and  in  development  of  spire. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  175 

Descriptions  of  new  Organic  Remains  from  the  Tertiary,  Cretaceous  and 
Jurassic  Rocks  of  Nebraska. 

BY  F.  B.  MEEK  AND  F.  V.  HAYDEN. 

The  following  new  species  of  fossil  raollusca,  belong  mainly  to  the  collections 
brought  from  Nebraska  by  the  expeditions  under  the  command  of  Lieut.  G.  K. 
Warren,  of  the  U.  S.  Top.  Engrs.  in  185(3-7  and  8.  More  extended  descriptions 
of  these  and  the  other  species  already  described  by  us  from  that  region,  together 
with  remarks,  comparisons,  and  full  illustrations,  will  appear  in  Lieut.  War- 
ren's final  report. 

TERTIARY  SPECIES. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Helix  Evansi,  A.  k  H. — Shell  small,  suborbicular,  spire  depressed ;  volu- 
tions four  and  a  half  to  five,  obliquely  compressed,  or  a  little  convex  above, 
rounded  on  the  outer  side,  and  very  convex  below,  the  most  prominent  part  being 
near  the  umbilicus,  concave  within,  and  each  embracing  on  the  upper  side  about 
half,  and  below  nearly  the  whole  breadth  of  every  succeeding  inner  turn  ;  sur- 
face unknown  ;  umbilicus  rather  small,  or  about  equalling  the  breadth  of  the 
widest  part  of  the  outer  volution  ;  aperture  nearly  obovate,  its  longer  diameter 
being  directed  outward  and  upward.     Height,  (MO  inch  ;   breadth,  0  17  inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  John  Evans,  Geologist,  of  Oregon. 

Locality  and  position.     Estuary  beds  at  the  mouth  of  Judith  River. 

PLANORBrs  vetulus,  M.  &  H. — Shell  discoidal,  much  compressed,  spire  slight- 
ly concave,  umbilicus  shallow,  very  little  broader  than  the  concavity  on  the 
upper  side,  and  rather  more  than  one-third  wider  than  the  outer  whorl,  show- 
ing about  half  of  each  inner  turn  ;  volutions  three  and  a  half  to  four,  compress- 
ed convex  above  and  below,  the  upper  side  being  a  little  more  convex  than  the 
other,  and  sloping  slightly  outward  from  near  the  inner  margin,  rather  distinct- 
ly angular  around  the  outer  side,  a  little  below  the  middle,  and  deeply  concave 
within  for  the  reception  of  each  succeeding  inner  whorl ;  sutures  well  defined, 
though  not  very  deep  ;  aperture  sub-cordate,  approaching  an  irregular  hastate 
outline,  very  slightly  oblique,  having  its  longer  axis  in  the  direction  of  the 
greatest  breadth  of  the  shell  ;  surface  apparently  nearly  smooth,  or  only  show- 
ing obscure  marks  of  growth.     Greatest  breadth  0  23  inch  ;  height  005  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Upper  part  of  the  Tertiary  forming  the  Bad  Lands  of 
White  River. 

Planorbis  Leidyi,  M.  k  H. — Shell  small,  3ubdiscoidal ;  spire  flat,  or  a  little 
concave  ;  volutions  scarcely  three,  increasing  rather  rapidly  in  size,  not  embrac- 
ing on  the  upper  side,  inner  ones  almost  entirely  hidden  by  the  last  turn  below, 
all  convex  above,  rather  narrowly  rounded  on  the  upper  outer  side,  ventricose 
and  rounded  below  ;  suture  will  defined  ;  umbilicus  small,  or  less  than  half  the 
breadth  of  the  outer  whorl,  deep  and  scarcely  permitting  the  inner  volutions  to 
be  counted;  surface  marked  by  fine  delicate  lines  of  growth  ;  aperture  sub- 
circular,  or  obliquely  a  little  oval,  flattened  or  somewhat  concave  on  the  inner 
side.     Greatest  breadth,  0-22  inch  ;  height,  0-09  inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Prof.  Jos.  Leidy  of  Philadelphia. 

Locality  and  position ,  same  as  la^t. 

CONCHIFERA. 

Sph^riom  planum,  M.  &  H. — Shell  rather  small,  broad  oval  or  subcircular, 
much  compressed ;  extremities  more  or  less  regularly  rounded,  the  posterior  mar- 
gin being  sometimes  faintly  subtruncate  ;  base  semi-oval  in  outline  ;  cardinal 
margin  rounding  gradually  from  near  the  middle  ;  beaks  very  small,  compressed, 
and  scarcely  extending  beyond  the  hinge  margin,  nearly  central  ;  surface  marked 

I860.] 


176  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

by  fine  irregular,  obscure,  concentric  striae.     Length,  0-38  inch  ;  height,  0-32 
inch  ;  convexity  0.08  inch. 
Locality  and  position.     Near  the  mouth  of  Grand  River  on  the  Upper  Missouri. 

Sph^rium  recticardinale,  M.  &  H. — Shell  of  medium  size,  transversely 
subelliptical,  rather  compressed,  very  thin;  anterior  side  rounded  ;  base  form- 
ing a  regular  seraielliptic  curve;  posterior  extremity  obliquely  subtruncate  above, 
and  rather  narrowly  rounded  below  ;  cardinal  margin  long  and  straight ;  beaks 
very  small,  compressed,  and  projecting  but  slightly  above  the  hinge,  located 
nearly  half  way  between  the  middle  and  the  anterior  end  ;  surface  marked  by 
moderately  distinct,  irregular  lines  of  growth.  Length,  0-55  inch  ;  height,  0*36 
inch  ;  breadth,  0-24  inch. 

Locality  andposition,  same  as  last. 

Cyrena  (Corbicdla?)  cytheriformis,  M.  &  H. -Shell  broad  trigonal  ovate,  vary- 
ing to  subcircular,  ratner  thick  and  strong;  extremities  more  or  less  rounded; 
base  semiovate,  usually  more  prominent  before  than  behind  the  middle  ;  dorsal 
outline  sloping  from  the  beaks,  the  anterior  slope  being  more  abrupt  than  the 
other,  and  slightly  concave,  while  the  posterior  is  convex ;  beaks  rather  ele- 
vated, moderately  gibbous,  located  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  surface  marked 
by  fine  lines  of  growth,  which  sometimes  show  a  very  slight  tendency  to  gather 
into  small  irregular  concentric  wrinkles.  Length,  inches  ;  height,  inch  ; 
thickness,         inch. 

Locality  and positio?i.     Estuary  beds,  near  mouth  of  Judith  River. 

CRETACEOUS  SPECIES. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

Genus  Phylloteuthis,  M.  &  H. 

Phylloteuthis  subovatds,  M.  &.  H. — The  specimens  on  which  we  propose  to 
found  this  genus  and  species  consist  of  the  expanded  portion  of  the  pen  or 
gladius.  This  organ  seems  to  have  been  corneous,  and  is  thin,  very  wide  or 
subovate  in  form,  a  little  concave  on  the  under  side,  and  convex  above.  From 
behind  the  middle  it  narrows  towards  the  front,  the  outline  of  the  lateral  mar- 
gins being  convex,  while  the  posterior  end  is  more  or  less  obtusely  angular. 
The  shaft  is  broken  away  in  our  specimens,  but  that  portion  of  it  extending 
backward  and  forming  the  midrib  of  the  expanded  part,  is  narrow,  prominent, 
and  rather  sharply  carinate  above,  while  on  the  under  side  it  is  merely  repre- 
sented by  a  narrow  groove.  The  lateral  expansions  are  crossed  a  little  ob- 
liquely backward  and  outward,  at  an  angle  of  about  65°  from  the  midrib,  by 
numerous  slender,  ridged  parallel  striae,  which  are  very  nearly  straight,  or  very 
slightly  curved  backward  near  the  outer  margins.  Length  of  expanded  part, 
exclusive  of  the  shaft,  1-55  inch;  breadth  of  do.,  0-82  inch. 

Apparently  near  the  Liassic  genera  Beloteuthis  and  Teudopsis,  or  at  any  rate 
to  species  that  have  been,  with  doubtful  propriety,  ranged  in  these  groups. 

Locality  and  position.     Moreau  River,  in  formation  No.  5. 

Helicoceras  angulatum — Of  this  shell  we  have  seen  but  a  single  nonseptate 
fragment,  2-78  inches  in  length,  with  a  diameter  of  1-50  inches  at  the  larger  end, 
and  1-37  inches  at  the  smaller.  It  is  rounded,  or  subcylindrical,  and  makes  a 
broad  (sinistral?)  spiral  curve,  in  such  a  manner  that  if  continued  around,  the 
volutions  would  be  disconnested,  and  encircle  an  umbilical  cavity  apparently 
more  than  three  times  their  own  breadth.  The  surface  is  ornamented  by  dis- 
tinct angular  costae,  which  pass  around  the  whorls  obliquely  and  support  two 
rows  of  nodes  on  the  lower  outer  side,  where  they  sometimes  bifurcate.  Septa 
unknown. 

Locality  and  position.  Head  of  south  branch  of  Shyenne  River,  in  the  upper 
part  of  formation  No.  4,  of  the  Nebraska  series. 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  177 

Ammonites  placenta,  var.  intercalaris. — It  is  possible  this  shell  may  be  spe- 
cifically distinct  from  A.  placenta  of  Dekay,  but  it  agrees  with  that  species  so 
nearly  that  we  are  in  doubt  about  the  propriety  of  considering  it  entitled  to 
rank  as  a  species.  It  differs  externally  from  the  typical  forms  of  Dekay's 
species,  in  being  rather  less  compressed,  and  in  having  a  slightly  larger  umbili- 
cus, while  instead  of  a  single  series  of  scarcely  perceptible  transversely  elon- 
gated prominences  on  each  side,  it  has  a  row  of  small,  but  distinct  nodes  a 
little  less  than  one-third  of  the  way  across  from  the  dorsum,  and  another  more 
prominent  series  near  the  umbilicus.  It  also  differs  in  having  a  row  of  small, 
pinched,  alternating  nodes  on  each  of  the  two  dorsal  angles. 

With  these  external  differences,  however,  the  septa  of  the  shell  under  con- 
sideration, are  so  very  similar  in  all  their  details  to  those  of  A.  placenta,  that 
we  are  at  present  inclined  to  regard  it  as  a  variety  of  that  species. 

It  is  also  worthy  of  note,  that  the  form  before  us  is  closely  related  to  A.  syr~ 
talis  of  Morton,  being  in  fact  almost  exactly  intermediate  between  that  shell  and 
A.  placenta,  as  well  in  form  and  external  ornaments,  as  in  the  characters  of  its 
septa.  Its  exact  relations  to  these  species  can  perhaps  only  be  settled  by  a 
careful  comparison  of  a  more  extensive  series  of  specimens  than  has  yet  been 
obtained  ;  in  the  mean  time  it  may  be  made  known  as  a  subspecies,  under  the 
name  A.  placenta,  var.  intercalaris,  and  should  it  prove  distinct,  it  may  take  the 
latter  as  a  specific  name.  It  seems  to  attain  a  large  size.  Our  specimen,  which 
consists  of  inner  septate  whorls,  is  5-70  inches  in  its  greatest  diameter,  with 
a  thickness  or  convexity  of  1-62  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Sheyenne  River,  in  the  upper  part  of  Formation  No.  4 
of  the  Nebraska  Cretaceous  series. 

Ammonites  Vermilionensis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  compressed  discoidal ;  umbilicus 
large,  very  shallow,  and  showing  about  four-fifths  of  each  inner  whorl ;  volu- 
tions five  or  more,  rather  sharply  carinated  around  the  middle  of  the  dorsum, 
and  ornamented  on  each  side  by  nearly  straight,  simple,  moderately  strong, 
obtuse  costae,  which  show  a  tendency  to  develope  nodes  at  each  extremity. 
Greatest  diameter  1-05  inches  ;  convexity  about  0-29  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Mouth  Vermilion  River,  in  Formation  No.  2,  of  the 
Nebraska  section. 

Scaphites  Warreni,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  transversely  subovate,  moderately 
compressed,  rounded  on  the  dorsum  ;  umbilicus  rather  small;  volutions  sub- 
cylindrical,  height  and  breadth  nearly  equal,  increasing  gradually  in  size  ;  non- 
septate  portion  of  last  turn  slightly  compressed  laterally,  and  deflected  from 
the  regular  curve  of  the  others,  so  as  to  become  nearly  or  quite  disconnected 
at  the  aperture.  Surface  of  the  inner  whorls  ornamented  by  numerous  small 
costae,  which  increase  chiefly  by  implantation,  and  all  cross  the  dorsum  very 
regularly  without  arching;  on  the  sides  of  the  non-septate  outer  chamber, 
about  every  fourth  or  fifth  one  of  the  costae  is  much  more  prominent  and 
sharper  than  the  others,  and  extends  quite  across  to  the  umbilical  side,  while 
those  between  die  out,  or  coalesce  with  the  others  at  various  distances. 

Length  1-45  inches  ;  height  about  1-22  inches  ;  breadth  057  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  the  Black  Hills,  in  formation  No.  2  of  the  Ne- 
braska Section. 

Scaphites  nodosus,  var.  plends. — We  suspect  the  noble  specimen  we  here 
propose  to  notice  provisionally,  as  a  variety  of  Dr.  Owen's  Scaphites  nodosus,  may 
prove  to  belong  to  a  distinct  species,  but  as  we  are  not  yet  fully  satisfied  on 
this  point,  it  is  perhaps  better  to  regard  it,  for  the  present,  as  a  marked  variety 
of  Dr.  Owen's  species;  and  should  further  comparison  demonstrate  that  it  is 
entitled  to  rank  as  a  species,  it  can  take  as  a  specific  name  that  by  which  we 
have  designated  it  as  a  variety.  It  differs  externally  from  Dr.  Owen's  figure  of 
S.  nodosus,  in  being  greatly  more  ventricose,  and  snorter  in  proportion  to  its 
height,  while  its  inner  rows  of  nodes  are  much  smaller  and  nearer  the  umbili- 

I860.]  11 


178  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

cus.  There  are  also  some  differences  in  the  details  of  the  septa,  which  cannot 
however,  be  readily  explained  without  figures.  It  is  likewise  much  larger  than 
the  specimen  represented  by  Dr.  Owen,  or  any  individuals  of  that  form  we  have 
seen,  its  length  being  4-57  inches  ;  height  3-87  inches,  and  its  breadth  2*53 
inches. 

Locality  and  position.  On  Yellow  Stone  River,  150  miles  above  the  mouth,  in 
the  upper  part  of  formation  No.  4  of  the  Nebraska  Cretaceous  Series. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Aporrhais  paeva,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  conical,  subfusiform  ;  spire  moder- 
ately elevated,  and  acute  at  the  apex  ;  volutions  six  or  seven,  separated  by  a 
small  but  rather  distinct  suture,  and  having  around  the  middle  a  single  series 
of  very  oblique,  flexuous  folds,  or  node-like  costse,  which  do  not  extend  to  the 
suture  either  above  or  below  ;  last  whorl  having  just  below  the  row  of  nodes, 
a  small  but  well  defined  revolving  angle  ;  surface  marked  by  very  obscure 
lines  of  growth,  and  fine,  closely  set,  revolving  striae.  Length  about  0-28  inch  ; 
breadth  of  body  whorl,  0-15  inch ;  apical  angle  a  little  convex,  divergence  33°. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Aporrhais  sublevis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  conical,  or  subfusiform  ;  spire  elevated  ; 
volutions  seven  or  more,  convex,  and  separated  by  a  rather  distinct,  though 
not  deep  suture  ;  last  one  convex  above,  and  abruptly  contracted  below,  having 
a  (single  ?)  small,  revolving  angle,  which  passes  around  to  the  suture,  but  is 
not  seen  on  the  succeeding  turn  above.  Surface  polished,  and  marked  by 
moderately  distinct,  arcuate  lines  of  growth,  which  are  crossed  by  rather  ob- 
scure revolving  lines,  nearly  equalling  the  spaces  between,  on  the  spire,  but 
more  distant,  with  sometimes  a  few  indistinct,  irregular,  very  fine,  parallel 
striae  between  on  the  body  whorl ;  aperture  and  lip  unknown.  Length  about 
0-54  inch;  breadth  of  body  whorl,  0-26  inch;  apical  angle  slightly  convex, 
divergence  37°. 

Locality  and  position.  Yellow  Stone  River,  Upper  part  of  No.  4,  Nebraska 
section. 

Dentaliom  pacperculum,  M.  &  H.— Shell  small,  arcuate,  slender  and  taper- 
ing gradually ;  section  circular ;  substance  comparatively  thick ;  surface 
smooth,  but  showing  under  a  magnifier  extremely  fine,  obscure  lines  of  growth, 
which  pass  around  somewhat  obliquely.  Length  (of  an  incomplete  specimen, 
measuring  from  the  apex,)  0-36  inch;  diameter  of  same  at  apex  0-03  inch,  do. 
at  larger  extremity  0-06  inch. 

Locality  and  position.   Moreau  River,  formation  No.  5  of  the  Nebraska  section. 

Cylichna  scitula,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  rather  thick,  narrow,  subelliptical, 
or  subcylindrical ;  spire  entirely  hidden  ;  summit  truncate,  and  occupied  by  a 
comparatively  large  umbilicoid  depression  ;  aperture  very  narrow,  moderately 
arched,  and  equalling  the  greatest  length  of  the  shell ;  umbilical  region 
slightly  impressed ;  inner  lip  reflexed  upon  the  columella,  which  seems  to  be 
slightly  twisted,  so  as  to  form  a  small  indistinct  fold  at  its  base  ;  surface 
marked  by  fine,  obscure  lines  of  growth,  which  are  crossed  by  impressed,  re- 
volving striae,  separated  by  spaces  about  twice  or  three  times  their  own 
breadth,  near  the  middle  of  the  outer  whorl,  but  becoming  much  more  closely 
crowded  towards  the  extremities.  Length  0-24  inch ;  breadth  0-14  inch  ; 
widest  part  of  aperture  0-07  inch,  breadth  of  same  near  upper  extremity,  only 
002  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Moreau  River,  No.  5  of  the  Nebraska  section. 

CONCHIFERA. 

Teredo  selliformib,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  subglobose  ;  posterior  side  nar- 
rowly rounded  above,  gaping,  and  having  a  broad,  more  or  less  angular  notch 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  179 

below ;  antero-ventral  side  provided  with  a  large  hiatus,  formed  by  a  similar, 
but  deeper  rectangular  notch,  which  extends  from  the  base  nearly  half  way  up 
to  the  beaks,  and  back  almost  to  the  middle  of  the  valves  ;  base,  between  the 
anterior  and  posterior  notches,  extended  downward  in  the  form  of  a  narrow 
prolongation,  which  curves  under,  and  is  the  only  part  of  the  ventral  borders 
of  the  two  valves  that  come  in  contact ;  beaks  elevated,  gibbous,  incurved, 
and  located  between  the  middle  and  the  anterior  margin  ;  surface  ornamented 
by  small  concentric  lines,  which  are  curved,  and  deflected  parallel  to  the  great 
irregularities  of  the  free  borders,  and  crossed  by  two  distinct  radiating  grooves, 
one  of  which  passes  from  the  back  part  of  the  beaks^obliquely  downward  and 
backward  to  the  corner  of  the  posterior  notch,  ari^the  other  nearly  directly 
downward  to  the  extremity  of  the  ventral  prolongation.  Length,  of  a  medium 
sized  specimen,  0-16  inch  ;  height  0-14  inch  ;  gibbosity  0-13  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Fort  Clark,  on  the  Missouri,  in  formation  No.  5. 

Mactra  Siouxensis,  M.  &  H. — Internal  cast  oval-subtrigonal,  moderately 
gibbous ;  anterior  border  narrowly  rounded  ;  posterior  margin  subangular  at 
the  extremity ;  base  forming  a  nearly  semiovate  curve,  the  most  prominent 
part  of  which  is  in  front  of  the  middle  ;  dorsal  outline  declining  with  a  slightly 
convex  outline  behind  the  beaks,  and  distinctly  concave  in  front  of  them  ;  beaks 
prominent,  rather  gibbous,  very  nearly  central ;  pallial  impression  provided 
with  an  oval  sinus,  which  appears  to  be  a  little  narrower  behind  than  in  tHe 
middle,  rounded  at  the  anterior  extremity,  and  extending  nearly  in  a  horizontal 
direction,  about  three-fourths  of  the  way  towards  the  middle  of  the  valves. 
Length  1-55  inches  ;  height,  1*22  inches  ;  convexity  0-76  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  mouth  of  Big  Sioux  River,  in  formation  No.  1, 
of  the  Nebraska  Cretaceous  series. 

Mactra  gracilis,  M.  &  H.— Shell  small,  rather  thin,  ovate-subtrigonal, 
moderately  gibbous,  anterior  end  rounded,  a  little  broader  than  the  other  ; 
base  forming  a  broad  semiovate  curve,  being  usually  more  prominent  towards 
the  front  than  behind ;  posterior  margin  rather  narrowly  rounded,  or  sub- 
truncate  ;  beaks  moderately  prominent,  and  located  slightly  in  advance  of  the 
middle ;  escutcheon  comparatively  large,  lance-ovate  in  form  ;  surface  marked 
by  distinct,  regular  lines  of  growth  :  hinge  unknown.  Length  0-49  inch  ; 
height  0-38  inch;  convexity  about  0-24  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  On  Yellowstone  River,  150  miles  above  the  mouth,  in 
beds  containing  a  mingling  of  the  fossils  of  No.  4  and  5. 

Tellina?  Formosa,  M.  &  H. — Shell  subelliptical,  very  thin,  moderately  con» 
vex  ;  anterior  extremity  a  little  wider  than  the  other,  but  very  narrowly  round- 
ed ;  posterior  side  subangular  at  the  extremity  ;  base  forming  a  semi-elliptical 
curve ;  dorsum  sloping  gradually,  with  a  slightly  convex  outline  in  front  and 
rear;  beaks  small,  and  located  almost  exactly  in  the  middle;  surface  marked 
by  rather  obscure,  irregular  lines  of  growth,  and  extremely  fine  radiating  striae, 
only  visible  by  the  aid  of  a  magnifier ;  hinge  unknown.  Length  0*67  inch  ; 
height  0-40  inch;  convexity  (of  a  right  valve)  about  0*13  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Twenty  miles  below  mouth  of  Cannon  Ball  River, 
formation  No.  5. 

Cyprina  humilis.  M.  &  H. — Shell  ovate,  gibbous,  thick,  very  oblique ;  ante- 
rior margin  scarcely  extending  beyond  the  beaks,  abruptly  rounded  below ; 
base  semiovate  in  outline,  most  prominent  towards  the  front,  sometimes  a  little 
contracted  behind  ;  posterior  extremity  rounding  obliquely,  with  a  broad  curve 
from  the  dorsum  to  the  postero-basal  extremity,  which  is  narrowly  rounded ; 
beaks  very  oblique,  almost  overhanging  the  anterior  border,  declining  and 
turned  a  little  inwards  at  the  extremities ;  umbonal  slopes  prominent  from  near 
the  beaks  obliquely  backward  to  the  lower  part  of  the  anal  margin  ;  surface 
marked  by  distinct,  subimbricating  lines  of  growth.  Length  1-70  inches  ; 
height  1-34  inches;  breadth  1-30  inches. 

I860.] 


180  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Locality  and  position.     North  branch  of  Cheyenne  River,  near  Black  Hills, 
formation  No.  5. 

Avicula  subsibbosa,  M.  k  H. — Shell  (left  valve)  obliquely  rhombic-oval, 
or  ovate,  moderately  gibbous;  anterior  margin  contracted,  or  a  little  concave 
in  outline  just  below  the  wing,  from  which  point  it  descends  obliquely  back- 
ward, with  a  broad,  gently  convex  sweep,  into  the  base  ;  posterior  border  rather 
broadly  rounded  below,  distinctly  sinuous  under  the  wing  above ;  hinge  line 
Straight,  a  little  less  than  the  height  of  the  shell.  Anterior  wing  forming  an 
equilateral  triangle,  compressed,  and  rather  distinct  from  the  umbo;  posterior 
wing  having  the  form  of  a  very  inequilateral  triangle,  the  posterior  side  of 
which  is  much  the  shortest,  compressed,  moderately  distinct  from  the  more 
gibbous  part  of  the  valve,  forming  an  angle  of  about  50°  at  the  extremity  ;  beak 
small,  slightly  elevated  above  the  hinge,  gibbous,  located  a  little  less  than  one- 
third  the  length  of  the  hinge,  behind  the  anterior  extremity  ;  posterior  muscu- 
lar scar  large,  oval  or  ovate,  and  located  a  little  above  the  middle.  Height 
1-40  inches ;  length,  measuring  from  the  postero-basal  extremity  obliquely 
forward  and  upward  to  the  point  of  the  beak,  1*72  inches  ;  length  of  hinge 
1-32  inches. 

This  species  resembles  A.  linguiformis,  Evans  &  Shumard,  but  is  much  broad- 
er and  less  oblique,  while  its  postero-basal  margin  is  more  broadly  rounded. 
Our  specimen  is  a  cast,  and  does  not  show  the  surface-markings,  excepting  on 
the  anterior  wing,  where  the  marks  of  growth  are  rather  distinct  and  subim- 
bricating. 

Locality  and positio?i.     Long  Lake,  above  Fort  Pierre,  formation  No.  5. 

Inoceramus  cuneatus,  M.  &  H. — Shell  oblong-ovate,  moderately  gibbous  in 
the  umbonal  and  anterior  regions,  very  nearly  or  quite  equivalve,  rather  thin  ; 
buccal  side  descending  from  the  beaks  ai  first,  almost  at  right  angles  to  the 
hinge,  after  which  it  gradually  curves  obliquely  backward  and  downward,  so 
as  to  pass  by  a  graceful  sweep  into  the  base  ;  posterior  side  long,  compressed, 
broader  than  the  other  extremity,  and  regularly  rounded  ;  ventral  border  form- 
ing a  semiovate  curve,  the  most  prominent  part  of  which  is  behind  the  middle  ; 
hinge  very  long,  and  nearly  straight.  Beaks  very  nearly  terminal,  or  located 
almost  directly  over  the  anterior  border,  oblique,  rising  little  above  the  hinge, 
equal,  and  but  slightly  incurved.  Surface  marked  by  rather  distinct,  more  or 
less  regular  undulations.  Length  3-90  inches;  height  2-75  inches  ;  convexity 
2  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Yellow  Stone  River,  150  miles  above  the  mouth,  ia 
beds  containing  a  blending  of  the  fossils  of  formations  Nos.  4  and  5. 

Inoceramds  Vanuxemi,  M.  &  H. —  Shell  large,  subcircular  or  broad  oval, 
equivalve,  and  much  compressed  ;  anterior  margin  rounded  ;  base  forming  a 
nearly  semicircular  curve,  being  a  little  more  prominent  behind  than  in  front ; 
posterior  side  longer  and  wider  than  the  other,  broadly  rounded  orsubtruncate; 
hinge  (of  moderate  length  ?)  straight,  and  forming  an  angle  of  about  70°  with 
the  axis  of  the  umbones.  Beaks  small,  compressed,  scarcely  rising  above  the 
hinge,  not  distinctly  incurved,  located  a  little  in  advance  of  the  middle.  Sur- 
face ornamented  by  regular,  distinct,  angular,  but  not  very  prominent  concen- 
tric undulations,  which  are  separated  by  rather  shallow  depressions.  Length 
of  the  largest  specimen  we  have  seen,  10  inches  ;  height  of  do.  9  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  White  River  above  the  Bad  Lands,  in  upper  part  of 
formation  No.  4. 

Inoceramus  Balchii,  M.  &  H. — Shell  large,  subquadrate,  or  broad  oblong- 
oval,  much  compressed  ;  anterior  side  truncate  obliquely  forward  above,  at  an 
angle  of  about  115°  with  the  hinge,  rounding  into  the  base  below;  ventral 
margin  forming  a  broad  curve,  the  most  prominent  part  of  which  is  a  little 
behind  the  middle  ;  posterior  side  longer  and  wider  than  the  other,  broadly 
rounded,  (sometimes  subtruncate  above  ?) ;  hinge  line  rather  long,  forming  an 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  181 

angle  of  about  60°  with  the  umbonal  axis.  Beaks  narrow,  rising  somewhat 
above  the  hinge,  scarcely  incurved,  located  about  halfway  between  the  middle 
and  the  most  prominent  part  of  the  anterior  border.  Surface  ornamented  by 
very  slightly  elevated,  broadly  rounded,  rather  irregular  undulations,  which 
become  entirely  obsolete  on  large  specimens  below  the  middle,  find  on  the  pos- 
terior as  well  as  the  lower  anterior  regions.  Attains  a  diameter  of  3j  to  4 
inches. 

Named  after  Lieut.  G.  T.  Balch,  of  U.  S.  Ordinance — who  discovered  the 
only  specimens  of  the  species  we  have  seen. 

Locality  and  position.     White  River  above  the  Mauvaises  Terres. 

Inoceramus  subcompressds,  M.  &  H. — Shell  rhombic-oval,  compressed,  very 
thin  ;  anterior  side  rounded  below  the  beaks  ;  base  forming  a  long  semiovate 
curve,  the  most  prominent  part  of  which  is  behind  the  middle  ;  posterior  side 
long,  very  narrowly  rounded  and  prominent  below  the  middle,  subtruncate  ob- 
liquely forward  above  ;  hinge  of  moderate  length,  forming  an  angle  of  about  40° 
with  the  umbonal  axis.  Beaks  small,  scarcely  rising  above  the  hinge,  located 
nearly  over  the  anterior  extremity.  Surface  ornamented  by  somewhat  regular 
concentric  undulations.     Length  2-55  inches  ;  height  1-T0  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Mouth  of  Judith  River,  formation  No.  1  ?  of  Nebraska 
section. 

Inoceramus  avicdloids,  M.  &  H. — Shell  compressed,  often  broad  ovate  or 
subcircular  when  young,  but  becoming  obliquely  oval  or  subrhomboidal  in 
outline  as  it  advanced  in  age ;  substance  thin  and  fragile.  Anterior  and  basal 
margins  forming  a  broad  gentle  curve ;  posterior  extremity  narrowly  rounded 
below,  ascending  obliquely  forward,  with  a  slightly  convex  outline  above,  and 
meeting  the  hinge  at  an  angle  of  about  120°.  Hinge  margin  long,  straight  and 
compressed,  so  as  to  form  an  alate  expansion  behind.  Beaks  nearly  terminal, 
scarcely  rising  above  the  hinge,  not  gibbous  or  distinctly  incurved.  Surface 
ornamented  by  more  or  less  regular  concentric  undulations  and  obscure  lines 
of  growth.  Length  from  the  beaks  obliquely  backward  and  downward  to  the 
postero-basal  edge,  about  3  inches  ;  height  from  base  to  hinge,  2-30  inches. 

Locality  and  position.     Little  Blue  River,  formation  No.  3. 

Anomia  obliqua,  M.  &  H. — Shell  thin,  broad  oval,  subcircular,  or  somewhat 
irregular,  and  more  or  less  oblique;  upper  valve  rather  convex,  beak  nearly  or 
quite  marginal,  and  placed  nearer  the  anterior  side,  moderately  gibbous  ;  sur- 
face marked  concentrically  by  fine  obscure  lines,  and  small  wrinkles  of  growth. 
Length  about  1-32  inches  ;  breadth  1*16  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  mouth  of  Niobrara  River,  in  formation  No.  3  of 
the  Nebraska  section. 

Anomia  subtrigonalis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  subtrigonal,  approaching  subcircular, 
extremely  thin  and  fragile  ;  upper  valve  moderately  convex  ;  anterior  side  sub- 
truncate,  with  a  slightly  convex  outline,  rounding  abruptly  at  its  junction  with 
the  ventral  margin;  posterior  side  obliquely  truncate' from  the  beak,  and  very 
narrowly  rounded  at  its  connection  with  the  ventral  border,  provided  with  a 
broad,  oblique,  rounded  fold  ;  pallial  margin  nearly  straight,  or  but  slightly 
convex ;  umbo  marginal  and  rather  prominent.  Lower  valve  nearly  flat,  or 
compressed,  and  more  irregular  than  the  other.  Surface  marked  by  small, 
irregular,  concentric  wrinkles,  and  very  obscure  lines  of  growth.  Length  1*57 
inch;  breadth  1-14  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Bijou  Hill,  on  the  Missouri,  formation  No.  4. 

Ostrea  inornata,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  narrow  subovate,  rather  thin, 
attached  by  the  whole  under  surface  of  the  lower  valve  ;  beaks  pointed  and 
curved  usually  to  the  left  side;  under  valve  conforming  to  the  contour  of  the 
surface  to  which  it  adhered,  moderately  concave,  area  small  and  narrow  ;  upper 
valve  rather  convex,  having  its  beak  less  pointed  than  that  of  the  other  valve  ; 

I860.] 


182  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

surface  smooth,  or  only  marked  by  very  obscure  lines  of  growth,  with  sometimes 
a  few  very  small,  irregular,  nearly  obsolete  radiating  wrinkles  near  the  lower 
border.     Length  about  1-40  inches;  breadth  0-87  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Great  Bend  of  the  Missouri,  below  Fort  Pierre — lower 
part  of  No.  4,  Nebraska  section. 

JURASSIC  SPECIES. 
CONCHIFERA. 

Pholadomya  humilis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  transversely  oblong-oval,  ventricose ; 
posterior  end  rounded,  and  more  or  less  gaping;  base  nearly  straight  along  the 
middle  ;  anterior  end  very  short,  narrowly  rounded  below  the  beaks ;  dorsum 
nearly  parallel  with  the  base,  slightly  concave  in  outline ;  escutcheon  lanceo- 
late, and  bounded  by  an  obscure  angle  on  each  side ;  beaks  depressed,  gib- 
bous, incurved,  and  located  in  advance  of  the  middle;  surface  ornamented  by 
small,  regular,  concentric  wrinkles,  crossed  by  a  few  raised  lines,  or  obscure, 
distant,  radiating  costae,  extending  from  the  back  part  of  the  beaks,  to  the  pos- 
terior, and  postero-basal  margins.  Length  about  1-06  inch  :  height  0-52  inch  ; 
breadth  0-52  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Lower  Jurassic  series,  at  the  south-west  base  of  the 
Black  Hills. 

Myacites  Nebrascensis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  elongate,  subelliptical,  rather  convex  ; 
extremities  narrowly  rounded,  the  posterior  end  being  sometimes  apparently 
obliquely  subtruncate,  and  more  or  less  gaping  above  ;  base  nearly  straight,  or 
very  slightly  sinuous  along  the  middle,  rounding  up  gradually  towards  the 
ends;  dorsum  behind  the  beaks  concave  in  outline ;  posterior  umbonal  slopes 
gibbous,  or  prominently  rounded  ;  antero-  ventral  region  a  little  compressed, 
or  contracted  from  near  the  middle  of  the  base  obliquely  forward  and  upward  ; 
beaks  moderately  elevated,  gibbous,  incurved,  and  located  near  the  anterior 
end ;  surface  ornamented  by  concentric  striae,  and  small,  very  obscure,  irregu- 
lar parallel  wrinkles.  Length  about  1-43  inch  ;  height  0-69  inch  ;  breadth  0-59 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.     South-west  base  Black  Hills.     Jurassic. 

Thracia?  sublevis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  narrow  oblong-oval,  rather  compressed  ; 
anterior  end  narrowly  rounded ;  base  nearly  straight  along  the  middle,  round- 
ing up  toward  the  ends  ;  posterior  side  longer  than  the  other,  rounded  or 
slightly  truncate,  and  apparently  gaping  a  little  at  the  extremity;  dorsal  bor- 
der concave  in  outline,  and  nearly  horizontal  behind  the  beaks,  declining  more 
abruptly  in  front;  beaks  moderately  elevated,  the  right  one  being  usually  a 
little  higher  than  the  other,  located  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  posterior  um- 
bonal slopes  prominently  rounded ;  surface  concentrically  striate  ;  hinge  and 
interior  unknown.  Length  1-17  inch;  height  060  inch  ;  breadth  about  0-32 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  the  middle  of  the  Jurassic  deposits  at  the  south- 
west base  of  the  Black  Hills. 

Thracia?  arcuata,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  transversely  subovate,  more  or 
less  arcuate,  moderately  convex  ;  extremities  rather  narrowly  rounded,  and  a 
little  gaping;  cardinal  margin  sloping  from  the  beaks,  anterior  slope  more 
abrupt  than  the  other  ;  beaks  rather  elevated  and  unequal,  that  of  the  right 
valve  being  higher  than  the  other,  located  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  posterior 
and  anterior  umbonal  slopes  prominent;  sides  of  the  valves  flattened  or  slightly 
concave  in  the  central  region  near  the  base;  surface  of  cast  retaining  small 
concentric  marks  of  growth  ;  hinge  and  interior  unknown.  Length,  0  62  inch  ; 
height,  0-37  inch  ;  thickness  or  convexity.  0-23  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Cardium  Shumardi,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  subcircular,  rather  gibbous  ;   an- 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  183 

terior  side  rounded  ;  base  more  broadly  rounded  ;  posterior  side  obliquely  sub- 
truncate  above  and  passing  with  an  abrupt  curve  into  the  base  below  ;  hinge 
margin  rather  short,  and  sloping  slightly  from  the  beaks,  which  are  moderately 
elevated,  gibbous  and  nearly  central ;  posterior  umbonal  slopes  angular ;  sur- 
face of  cast  retaining  only  traces  of  small  radiating  costae  or  lines  on  the  pro- 
minent posterior  umbonal  slopes,  and  flattened  postero-dorsal  region ;  hinge 
and  interior  unknown.  Length  0-44  inch  ;  height  0-37  inch  ;  thickness  0-32 
inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  George  G.  Shumard,  of  the  Texas  Geological  Survey. 

Locality  and  position.     Jurassic,  beds  south-west  base  of  Black  Hills. 

Tancredia?  jsquilateralis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  very  nearly  equilateral,  mode- 
rately convex  ;  anterior  end  rather  narrowly  rounded  ;  base  forming  a  broad, 
regular,  semielliptic  curve;  posterior  end  slightly  truncate  on  the  upper  oblique 
slope,  narrowly  rounded  below,  apparently  not  gaping  ;  beaks  depressed,  loca- 
ted a  little  in  advance  of  the  middle;  surface  of  cast  retaining  traces  of  con- 
centric striae  ;  hinge  and  interior  unknown.  Length  1  inch  ;  height  0-64  inch  ; 
breadth  about  0-16  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     South-west  base  Black  Hills — Jurassic. 

Tancredia  Warrenana,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  trigonal  ovate,  moderately 
convex,  anterior  half  a  little  narrower  and  more  compressed  than  the  other, 
narrowly  rounded  at  the  extremity  ;  base  forming  a  broad  gentle  curve  ;  pos- 
terior side  subtruncate,  angular,  or  abruptly  rounded  below;  dorsum  sloping 
from  the  beaks,  the  anterior  slope  being  slightly  concave  in  outline,  and  the 
other  nearly  straight,  or  a  little  convex;  beaks  elevated,  but  not  extending 
much  above  the  cardinal  edge  ;  posterior  umbonal  slopes  prominent,  or  sub- 
angular ;  surface  and  hinge  unknown. 

Named  in  honor  of  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  U.  S.  Top.  Engineers. 

Length  0-50  inch;  height  0-33  inch  ;  breadth  about  014  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Astarte  fragilis,  M.  &  H. — Shell  small,  rather  broad  oval,  thin,  moderately 
compressed;  anterior  end  rounded;  base  nearly  straight  along  the  middle, 
rounding  up  regularly  in  front,  and  more  abruptly  behind  :  posterior  extremity 
obscurely  subtruncate;  dorsum  straight  and  slightly  declining  behind  the 
beaks,  which  are  small,  obtuse,  rather  depressed,  and  located  a  little  in  advance 
of  the  middle;  posterior  umbonal  slopes  prominent;  surface  ornamented  by 
distinct,  irregular  concentric  wrinkles  and  fine  parallel  striae  ;  hinge  and  interior 
unknown  ;  pallial  margin  crenulate  within.  Length  0-45  inch  ;  height  0-32 
inch  ;  breadth  or  convexity  0-18  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     South-west  base  of  the  Black  Hills — Jurassic. 

Astarte  inornata,  M.  &  H. — Shell  subelliptical,  compressed;  extremities 
rounded,  the  posterior  margin  forming  a  broader  curve  than  the  other;  base 
semielliptical  in  outline;  dorsum  declining  from  the  beaks,  the  anterior  slope 
being  a  little  concave,  and  the  other  nearly  straight  or  slightly  convex  ;  beaks 
moderately  elevated,  compressed,  angular  in  front,  located  just  in  advance  of 
the  middle  ;  lunule  rather  deep,  lance-oval,  bounded  on  each  side  by  a  more 
or  less  distinct  angle  ;  surface  marked  by  concentric  stria?,  with  a  tendency  to 
develop  small,  very  obscure  concentric  wrinkles.  Length  1-15  inches  ;  height 
0-79  inch  :  breadth  or  convexity  0-44  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Trigonia  Conradi,  M.  &  H. — Shell  rather  small,  subtrigonal,  moderately 
convex;  anterior  side  truncate;  base  rounded  ;  posterior  side  sloping  obliquely 
frorn  the  beaks  above,  and  apparently  vertically  truncate  at  the  extremity;  beaks 
elevated,  narrow,  incurved,  and  located  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  posterior 
umbonal  slopes  distinctly  angular  ;  surface  ornamented  by  rather  small, 
obscure  concentric  costa?,  which  on  the  posterior  side  of  the  valves,    descend 

I860.] 


184  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

at  first  perpendicularly,  after  which  they  are  deflected  forward  parallel  to  the 
basal  and  anterior  borders.  Length  and  height,  each  about  097  inch  ;  con- 
vexity 0-58  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Sonth-west  base  Black  Hills,  Jurassic. 

Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  T.  A.  Conrad,  the  well  known  palaeontologist,  of 
Philadelphia. 

Pecten  extenuatds,  M.  &  H. — Shell  broad  ovate,  or  sub-circular,  thin, 
compressed;  basal  mtrgin  rounded;  beaks  small;  hinge  line  rather  short; 
ear3  unknown  ;  surface  apparently  having  only  concentric  striae  of  growth. 
Height  0-98  inch,  length  0-90  inch;  convexity  0-28  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  South-west  base  of  Black  Hills,  in  a  sandstone  of  lower 
Jurassic  age. 

PALEOZOIC. 

Myalina  aviculoides,  M.  &  H. — Shell  subtrigonal,  higher  than  long,  very 
convex,  or  sometimes  subangular  down  the  umbonal  slopes  ;  anterior  margin 
distinctly  sinuous  above  the  middle,  thence  descending  with  a  slightly  convex 
curve,  nearly  at  right  angles  with  the  hinge,  to  the  basal  extremity,  which  is 
narrowly  rounded ;  posterior  side  compressed,  its  margin  curving  a  little 
forward  above,  or  intersecting  the  hinge  at  right  angles,  slightly  convex,  and 
nearly  perpendicular  along  the  middle,  below  which  it  curves  obliquely  forward 
to  the  abruptly  rounded  basal  extremity;  hinge  straight,  nearly  equalling  the 
length  of  the  shell ;  beaks  very  convex,  subangular,  and  curving  rather  abruptly 
forward,  so  as  to  become  nearly,  or  quite  terminal  ;  surface  having  moderately 
distinct  marks  of  growth.  Length,  1-48  inch ;  height,  1-66  inch  ;  convexity, 
(of  left  valve),  0-32  inch. 

This  will  be  readily  distinguished  from  all  the  other  species  of  the  genus 
known  to  us,  by  its  more  accurate  front,  and  the  extension  of  its  anterior  margin 
under  the  beaks,  above  its  most  sinuous  part. 

Locality  end  position.  From  the  upper  beds,  containing  Permian  types  of 
fossils,  on  Cottonwood  creek,  Kanzas  Territory. 

Note.  In  going  carefully  over  these  extensive  collections,  we  have  in  addition 
to  finding  the  new  species  here  described,  succeeded  in  working  from  the  matrix, 
better  specimens  of  many  of  those  already  published  by  us,  than  had  been  pre- 
viously obtained.  The  additional  information  derived  from  these,  and  a  more 
careful  review  of  the  subject  has  enabled  us  to  make  several  corrections 
in  the  synonyma,  as  well  as  in  the  generic  references,  a  list  of  which  is  given 
below. 

It  will  also  be  observed,  that  we  have  made  quite  a  number  of  other  changes, 
in  order  to  range  the  species  under  the  oldest  generic  names  proposed  after  the 
introduction  by  Linnaeus,  of  the  binomial  system.  We  must  confess,  however, 
that  we  have  some  doubts  whether  science  is  to  be  much  benefitted  by  a  strict 
observance  of  the  law  of  priority,  in  such  cases  as  those  where  it  becomes 
necessary  to  change  long  established  names.  We  nevertheless  make  some 
such  changes  in  conformity  with  usages  rapidly  gaining  ground,  and  probably 
destined  soon  to  become  universal  amongst  conchologists  and  laborers  in  other 
departments  of  Natural  History. 

The  transfer  of  several  species  formerly  published  under  the  names  Hamites, 
Ancylocerasl  and  Turrilites,  to  the  genus  Helicoceras,  has  been  made  in  accord- 
ance with  the  views  of  Mr.  Daniel  Sharpe,  (Fossil  Mol.  Chalk,  England,  part 
3d,  Cephalopoda,  p.  59,  Paleont.  Soc.)  who  refers  all  the  so  called  Turrilites 
having  rounded  whorls,  with  the  siphuncle  placed  on  the  dorsal  or  outer  side,  to 
the  genus  Helicoceras,  whether  the  whorls  are  in  contact  or  not.  The  genus 
Turrilites,  he  restricts  to  those  forms  having  more  or  less  angular  contiguous 
whorls,  with  the  siphuncle  located  near  the  suture.  The  fact  of  the  whorls  of 
those  forms  with  rounded  volutions  being  in  contact  or  not,   can  scarcely  be 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


185 


regarded  in  all  cases,  of  even  specific  importance,  since  it  is  now  well  known 
that  in  some  instances  the  same  species  presents  both  these  peculiarities,  and 
sometimes  the  whorls  of  one  part  of  the  spire  are  in  contact,  and  in  others  dis- 
connected, even  in  the  same  individual. 

Our  specimens  confirm  Mr.  Sharp's  views,  for  although  they  are  but  mere 
fragments,  it  is  evident  they  are  parts  of  spiral  shells,  presenting  intermediate 
gradations  between  forms  with  whorls  barely  in  contact,  and  others  in  which 
they  are  clearly  disconnected. 

Mr.  D'Orbigny  describes  the  septa  of  the  genus  Helicoceras  as  being  un- 
symmetrical,  like  those  of  Turrilites,  this,  however,  is  not  always  the  case  in 
species,  the  whorls  of  which  make  a  very  broad  curve  around  a  large  umbilical 
cavity,  for  in  some  of  our  specimens  of  this  kind,  the  corresponding  lobes  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  siphuncle,  present  scarcely  the  slightest  inequality,  and 
in  other  instances  seem  to  be  as  nearly  symmetrical  as  in  Hamites,  or  any  of 
the  allied  genera. 


Names  formerly  used. 

Hamites  Mortoni,  Hall  &  Meek.  1 

Helicoceras  tenuicostatum,  Meek  &  Hayden.   j 
Turrilites  (Helicoceras)  cochleatus,  M.  &  H. 
Ancyloceras?  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turrilites  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Ancyloceras  ?  Cheyennensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turrilites  Cheyennensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Turrilites  umbilicatus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Ammonites  percarinatus,  Hall  &  Meek, 

presents  extremely    different  characters,    at 
various  stages  of  its  growth  ;  probably  not 
distinct  from  A.  Woolgari,  of  Mantell. 
Ammonites  cordiformis.  Meek  &  Hayden, 

probably  identical  with  A.  Cordatus,  Sowerby. 
Planorbis  fragilis,*  M.  &  H.  (non  Dunker.) 
Planorbis  subumbilicatus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Planorbis  amplexus.  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Paludina  Conradi,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Paludina  moltilineata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Paludina  Leai,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Paludina  retusa,  Meek  &  Mayden. 
Paludina  trochiformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Turritella  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Scalaria  cerithiformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Turbo  Nebrascensis.  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Rostellaria  biangulata.  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Fusus  contortus.  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Buccinum  ?  vinculum,  Hall  k  Meek. 
Acteon  attenuatus,  Meek  k  Hayden. 
Acteon  concinnus,  Hall  &  Meek,  \ 

Avellana  subglobosa,  Meek  &  Hayden.  j 
Acteon  subellipticus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Natica  paludinjEformis,*  Hall  &  Meek. 

(non  N paludiniformis,  D'Orbigny.) 
Bulla  subcylindrica,*  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Corbula  ventricosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Corbula  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Cytherea  tenuis.  Hall  &  Meek. 
Cytherea  pelluclda,  Meek  Ik  Hayden. 
Cytherea  Deweyi,  Meek  8c  Hayden. 
Cytherea  Owenana,  Meek  St  Hayden. 
Cytherea  orbiculata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Cyclas  Formosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Cyclas  fragilis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Cyclas  subelliptica,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Hettangia  Americana,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Nucula  Evansi,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Nucula  scitula,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Cucull^a  Shumardi,  Meek  &  Hayden. 
Pectunculus  Siouxensis,  Hall  &  Meek. 
Pectunculus  subimbricatus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 


Names  here  adopted. 

Helicoceras  Mortoni. 
Helicoceras  cochleatum. 
Helicoceras  Nebrascense. 
Helicoceras  Cheyennense. 

Helicoceras  umbilicatum. 


Planorris  planoconvexus. 

Valvata  subumbilicata. 

Helix  (Polygyra)  amplexus. 

Vivipara  Conradi. 

vlvipara  multilineata. 

Vivipara  Leai. 

Vivipara  retusa. 

Vivipara  trochiformis. 

Cerithiopsis  Moreauensis.' 

Turbonilla  (Chemnitizia)  cerithiformis. 

Margarita  Nebrascensis. 

Aporrhais  biangulatus. 

Pleurotoma  contorta. 

Fusus  vinculum. 

Solidulus  attenuatus. 

Avellana  concinna. 

Solidulus  (Acteonina  ?)  subellipticus. 

Amadropsis  paludiniformis. 

Bulla  speciosa. 
Ne^ra  ventricosa. 
Ne^ra  Moreauensis. 
Meretrix  tenuis. 
Meretrix  pellucid  a. 
Meretrix  Deweyi. 
Meretrix  Owenana. 
Meretrix  orbiculata. 
Sph^erium  formosum. 
sph.erium  fragile. 
sph.erium  subellipticum. 
Tancredia  Americana. 
Leda  Evansi. 

IiEDA    SCITULA. 

Cucull^a  fibrosa,  Sowerby. 
AXW.EA  Siouxensis. 
AXIN.SA  subimbricata. 


I860.] 


*The  names  followed  by  an  asterisk,  were  pre-occupied. 


186  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Descriptions  of  Fourteen  new  species  of  Schizostomae,  Anculosae  and  Lithasiae. 

BY    ISAAC   LEA. 

It  will  be  observed  that  I  have  in  this  paper  adopted  my  first  name  (Schizos- 
toma) for  the   division  of  those  Melanida  which  have  a  cut  or  fissure   in  the 
upper  portion  of  the  last  whorl.     This  name  I  proposed  in  December,  1842. 
Subsequently  finding  that  it  was  used  by  Bronn  in  1835  I  abandoned   it,  and 
proposed  the  name   of  Sckizochilus  as  a  substitute,  (Obs.  on  the  Genus   Unio, 
v.  5,  p.  51,  1852.)     I  am  now  satisfied  that  Bronn's  name  was  applied  to  the  same 
genus — Euomphalus — which  Sowerby  established  in  1814,  (Min.  Conch,  tab.  45.) 
This  evidently  liberates  my  original  name,  and  Herrrcannsen,  in  the  Appendix 
to  his"Generum  Malacozorum,"  very  properly  restores  it.     It  was  supposed 
that  this  was  the  Melatoma  of  Swainson,  and  Mr.  Anthony  adopted  this  name. 
But  it  is  evident  that  Mr.  Swainson's  Melatoma  is  not  my  Schizostoma.     By  refe- 
rence to  his  figure  (Malacology,  p.  342,  f.  104)  it  will  be  observed  at  once  that 
there  has  never  been  observed  in  the  United  States  any  of  the  group  of  which 
that  figure  is  the  type,  while  it  is  known  that  they  exist  in  the  islands  of  the 
Indian  Ocean.     Mr.  Swainson  says  (p.  202)  that  his  Melatoma  was  "founded 
upon  a  remarkable  Ohio  shell  "  sent  by  Rafinesque.     Now,  as  no  member  of  the 
family  Melanidce  with  a  cut  in  the  lip  has  ever  been  found  in  the  Ohio,  where 
such  hosts  of  active  collectors  have  since  pursued  their  investigations,  it  is 
perhaps  beyond  the  bounds  of  possibility  that  the  specimen  sent  by  Rafinesque, 
so  eminently  careless  and  reckless  as  he  always  was,  should   ever  have  been 
found  there.     Indeed,  if  the  specimen  figured  was  sent  by  Mr.  Rafinesque  to 
Mr.  Swainson,  then  the  question  would  arise  whether  it  had  not  been  obtained 
by  Mr.  R.  from  some  dealer  or  collector,  who  may  have  obtained  it  from  Asia. 
I   have  no  doubt  of  the    Melatoma  costata,  which  Mr.  Swainson  has  figured, 
being  exotic,  and  belonging  to  a  group  probably  from  the  Philippine  Islands. 
Mr.  Anthony  says,  page  64,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.   1860,  that  "it  may  be  doubted 
whether  Mr.  Lea's  first  name  will  not  eventually  prevail,  since,  before  he  pub- 
lished Schizostoma,  Bronn's  genus  of  the  same  name  had  been  called  a  synonym 
of  Bifrontia,  Desh."     And  that  "  H.  and  A.  Adams  (Gen.  Rec.  Moll.  1,  105)  do 
not  appear  correct  in  giving  preference  to  Gyroloma  over  Schizostoma,  Lea,"  &c. 
Notwithstanding  this,  Mr.  Anthony  in  this  paper,  where  he  describes  nine  sup- 
posed new  species  of  this  genus,  adopts  the  generic  name  of  Oyrotoma.     It  may 
be  added  here  that  Dr.  Gray,  in  his  Genera  of  Recent  Mollusca,  gives  Melatoma  to 
Mr.  Anthony,  not  to  Swainson,  while  he  does  not  notice  the  name  of  Schizos- 
toma.    Mr.  A.  does  not  pretend  to  claim  it,  of  course,  but  adopts  Gxjrotoma, 
Mr.  Shuttleworth's   name,  proposed  in  1845,  which   being  three  years  later 
cannot  have  precedence. 

The  genus  Schizostoma  seems  to  be  capable  of  being  divided  into  two  natural 
groups  in  the  form  of  the  fissura,  the  cut  in  the  lip.  In  one  group  this  fissura 
is  deep  and  direct,  that  is  parallel  with  the  suture  or  upper  edge  of  the 
whorl ;  in  the  other  it  is  not  deep  and  is  oblique  to  the  suture. 

In  Mr.  Anthony's  paper  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Feb.,  1860)  I  recognize  several 
of  my  old  species.  His  Gyrotoma  demissa  I  believe  to  be  my  Schizostoma  con- 
stricta.     His  G.  quadrata  to  be  my  S.  incisa. 

Schizostoma  castanea. — Testa,  carinata,  conica,  subcrassa,  tenebroso-fusca,, 
imperforate. ;  spira.  elevata  ;  suturis  valde  impressis  ;  anfractibus  senis,  planu- 
latis,  unicarinatis,  quadrivittatis  ;  fissura  recta,  angusta  profundaque  ;  apertura 
parviuscula,  elliptica,  intus  vittata,  ad  basim  subrotundata, ;  columella  alba,  in- 
crassata.;  labro  acuto,  vix  sinuato. 

Hab.— Coosa  River,  Alab.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  glans. — Testa,  laevi,  ovato-conica,  infiata,  subcrassa,  luteo-cor- 
nea,  striata,  imperforate. ;  spira.  obtuse  elevata;  suturis  regulariter  impressis  j 
anfractibus   senis,  obsolete  vittatis,  ultimo  subgrandi ;  fissura  recta,  angusta 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  187 

profundaque  ;   apertura  parviuscula,  elliptica,   intus  albida,  ad  basim   obtuse 
angulata  ;  columella  albida,  superne  incrassata ;  labro-acuto,  subsiuuato. 
Hab.— Coosa  River,  Alab.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  globosa. — Testa  transverse  striata,  globosa,  subtenui,  luteola, 
imperforate,;  spira  curta,  obtuse  conoidea  ;  suturis  impressis  ;  anfractibus  qua- 
ternis,  trivittatis,  ultimo  grandi ;  fissura  recta,  angusta,  brevique ;  apertura 
subgrandi,  elliptica,  intus  vittata.  ad  basim  angulata ;  columella  alba,  incur- 
vata  ;  labro  acuto,  expanso. 

Hab.— Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  virens. — Testa  subnodulosa,,  curta,  inflata,  subcrassa,  tenebroso- 
viridi,  exilissime  striata,  imperforata ;  spira  obtusa  ;  suturis  impressis  ;  anfrac- 
tibus subplanulatis  et  trivittatis  ;  fissura  obliqua  brevique  ;  apertura  elongata, 
subpyriformi,  intus  tenebroso-vittata  ;  columella  superne  purpurata  et  incras- 
sata ;  labro  acuto,  sinuato. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alab.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  glandula. — Testa  laevi,  curta.,  inflata,  subcrassa,  luteo-cornea,, 
exilissime  striata,  imperforata  ;  spira  obtusa;  suturis  valde  impressis;  anfrac- 
tibus senis,  vittatis,  ultimo  magno  et  tumido  ;  fissura  obliqua  brevique  ;  aper- 
tura. subgrandi,  elliptica,  intus  albida ;  columella  albida,  superne  iucrassata  ; 
labro  acuto,  subsinuato. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alab.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  Wetumpkaensis. — Testa,  striata,  ovato-cylindracea,  crassa,  pal- 
lido-fusca,  perforata ;  spira  obtusa,  conoidea  ;  suturis  valde  impressis  ;  anfrac- 
tibus senis,  vittatis,  planulatis,  ultimo  grandi ;  fissura  obliqua  brevique  ;  aper- 
tura. grandi,  ovata,  intus  vittata,  ad  basim  obtuse  angulata  ;  columella  alba, 
superne  incrassata;  labro  acuto,  sinuato. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  at  Wetumpka,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  Alabamensis. — Testa  striata,  elliptica,  robusta,  luteo-olivacea, 
imperforata,  spira.  obtuso-conoidea. ;  suturis  valde  impressis  ;  anfractibus  senis, 
vittatis,  subinflatis,  ultimo  pergrandi ;  fissura  obliqua  subbreviqne  ;  apertura 
subgrandi,  ovata,  intus  vittata,  ad  basim  rotundata. ;  columella  alba,  interne  et 
superne  paulisper  incrassata;  labro  acuto,  sinuato. 

Hab.— Alabama.     B.  W.  Budd,  M.  D.,  and  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  Hartmanii. — Testa,  laevi,  Bubcylindracea,  crassa,  luteo-cornea, 
imperforata;  spira,  elevata;  suturis  valde  impressis;  anfractibus  planulatis, 
ultimo  subgrandi;  fissura  recta  subbreviqne;  apertura  parviuscula,  ovata, 
intus  alba,  ad  basim  obtuse  angulata  ;  columella  alba,  incurva,  inferne  paulis- 
per incrassata  ;  labro  acuto,  sinuato. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alab.     W.  D.  Hartman,  M.  D. 

Schizostoma  pumila. — Testa,  striata,  turbonata,  subtenui,  pallido-cornea.' 
imperforata  ;  spira  valde  obtusa  ;  suturis  valde  impressis  ;  anfractibus  senis, 
ventricosis,  ultimo  permagno  ;  fissura.  recta  subbrevique;  apertura  parviuscula, 
ovata,  intus  alba,  ad  basim  angulata  et  subcanaliculata, ;  columella  alba,  con- 
torta,  inferne  incrassata  ;  labro  acuto,  sinuato. 

Hab.— Alabama.     B.  W.  Budd,  M.  D. 

Anculosa  Formosa. — Testa,  -laevi,  globosa,  subtenui,  diaphana,  vel  luteola 
vel  crocata,  valde  vittata  et  maculata  ;  spira  depressa  vix  conspicua  ;  suturis 
impressis ;  anfractibus  ternis,  ultimo  magno  et  valde  ventricoso  ;  apertura 
grandi,  subrotunda,,  intus  pallido-crocata,  et  tenebroso-vittata  ;  columella  in- 
ferne et  superne  incrassata  et  pallido-purpurata. ;  labro  acuto  et  valde  expanso. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Shelby  Co.,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Anculosa  contorta. — Testa,  laevi,  globoso-ovoidea.,  crassa,  luteo-cornea.  ; 
spira.  elevata  ;  suturis  valde  impressis ;  anfractibus  inflatis,  obsolete  transverse 

1860.J 


188  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

striatis  ;  apertura,  parva,  subrotunda,  contracts,  intus  luteo-alba;  columella  in- 
crassata; labro  acuto,  expanse 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  at  Watumpka,  Alab.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Anculosa  vittata. — Testa,  laevi,  subglobosa,  crassa,  luteola,  valde  vittata  ; 
spira  obtusa,  ;  suturis  impressis ;  anfractibus  quarternis,  inflatis,  ultimo  magno 
et  ventricoso  ;  apertura  rotunda,  in  faucibus  valde  constricta,  intus  vittata ; 
columella  valde  incrassata,  planulata.,  purpurata.;  labro  acuto,  expanso. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  at  Watumpka,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Lithasia  Showalterii. — Testa  laevi,  ovato-cylindracea,  subcrassa,  luteo-cor- 
nea,  vittata ;  spira,  obtuse  conoidea  ;  suturis  valde  impressis,  anfractibus  senis, 
ultimo  magno  et  planulato :  apertura  grandi,  subovata,  elongata,  intus  albida, 
tenebroso-vittata,  ad  basim  obtuse  angulata, ;  columella  inferne  et  superne  in- 
crassata, incurva;  labro  acuto  et  subconstricto. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  at  Watumpka,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Lithasia  nuclea. — Testa,  laevi,  elliptica,  luteo-oliva.,  crassa,  solida,  trivittata ; 
spira,  obtuse  conoidea  ;  suturis  impressis  ;  anfractibus  quinis,  ultimo  magno  et 
paulisper  inflato  ;  apertura.  parviuscula,  ovato-rotunda,  intus  albida,  trivittata, 
ad  basim  recurvata ;  columella1  inferne  et  superne  incrassata,  incurva ;  labro 
acuto. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alabama.     E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 


Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  during  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship  Canal  across 
the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  by  order  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States, 
made  by  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  of  the  TJ.  S.  Topographical  Engineers,  with  notes 
and  descriptions  of  new  species. 

BY   JOHN    CASSIN. 

(Continued  from  page  144.) 

84.  Thamnophilus  atricapillds,  (Gmelin). 

Lanius  atricapillus,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  303,  (1 T88). 
Lanius  pileatus,  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  i.  p.  76,  (1790). 
Vieill.  Ois.  D'Am.  Sept.  pi.  48,  49.    Buff.  PI.  Enl.  479,  fig.  2. 
From  Carthagena. 

"  On  the  Popa  mountain  at  Carthagena,  constantly  flying  across  the  pathway, 
and  was  evidently  catching  small  Lepidopiera  and  Diptera.  Has  a  prolonged 
note  somewhat  like  one  note  of  the  Cat  bird  of  the  United  States.  Very  shy, 
and  not  easily  obtained,  though  abundant."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

85.  Thamnophilus  naevids,  (Gmelin). 

Lanius  naevius,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  308,  (1788). 
Leach,  Zool.  Misc.  i.  pi.  17.     Sw.  B.  of  Braz.  pi.  59. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

"  Frequently  seen,  and  generally  on  the  ground,  in  patches  of  a  plant  called 
"Spanish  Bayonet,"  by  the  people  of  the  country,  on  which  it  seemed 
to  be  catching  insects.  At  Camp  Toucey,  in  January,  1858."  (Mr.  W.  S. 
Wood,  Jr.) 

86.  Thamnophilus  transandeus,  Sclater. 

Thamnophilus  transandeus,  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1855.  p.  18. 
From  Turbo. 

Appears  to  be  this  species,  having  the  under  tail  coverts  tipped  with  white, 
and  is  rather  larger  than  specimens  of  T.  melanurus,  in  the  Acad.  Coll.  Very 
nearly  allied,  though,  to  that  species. 

"  In  very  thick  bushes  on  the  banks  of  a  creek  near  Turbo,  seen  only  once, 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  189 

and  very  shy.     Has  a  harsh  loud  note,  and  appeared  to   be  pursuing  large 
insects,  occasionally  alighting  on  the  ground."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

87.  Thamnophilus. 
From  Turbo. 

Two  specimens  labelled  as  females,  nearly  allied  to  T.  caesius,  (Cuv).  and 
T.  cethiops,  Sclater. 

88.  Thamnophilus, 

From  the  River  Truando. 

Several  specimens,  all  in  young  plumage,  probably  of  a  species  allied  to 
T.  atricapillus. 

"  All  of  the  preceding  five  species  live  in  the  bushes,  and  are  often  to  be 
seen  on  the  ground,  and  appear  to  subsist  by  capturing  insects  in  various 
stages,  which  are  exceedingly  abundant.  All  of  them  are  more  or  less  noisy, 
having  harsh,  though  not  always  disagreeable  notes,  which  can  constantly  be 
heard  where  they  frequent.  When  alarmed,  they  take  long  flights  very  pre- 
cipitately, and  are  not  easily  collected."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

89.  Pachyrhamphus  rufescens,  (Spix)  ? 

From  Turbo.     A  single  specimen  in  young  plumage. 

"  On  the  Cremantina,  a  high  tree  with  very  abundant  foliage.  Has  much 
the  habits  of  a  Fly-catcher,  darting  out  in  pursuit  of  insects,  and  returning  to 
its  perch,  and  moving  his  tail  in  the  same  manner."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

Genus  Pittasoma,  nobis. 

General  aspect  of  Conopophaga,  Vieillot,  but  larger,  and  bearing  about  the 
same  relation  to  that  genus  as  Grallaria,  Vieillot,  does  to  Grallaricula,  Sclater. 
Also  resembling  Pitta,  Vieillot,  but  differing  from  all  the  genera  here  men- 
tioned, except  Conopophaga,  in  having  the  bill  wide  and  depressed,  not  com- 
pressed. 

Form  robust,  wings  short,  concave,  rounded,  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  quills 
longest ;  tail  very  short ;  bill  strong,  wide  at  base  and  narrowing  gradually, 
depressed,  upper  mandible  notched  near  the  tip,  and  with  the  culmen  distinct, 
a  few  rudimentary  bristles  at  base  ;  nostrils  oval,  inserted  in  a  large  membrane  ; 
legs  long,  very  strong,  tarsus  with  about  five  large  scales  in  front,  which 
become  nearly  integral  on  the  outside,  and  quite  so  behind ;  toes  moderate  ; 
claws  curved,  sharp. 

90.  Pittasoma  Michleri,  nobis. 

tf  Head  above  black,  the  shafts  of  the  feathers  lustrous,  large  space  on  the 
cheek,  extending  completely  around  the  neck  behind,  bright  chestnut,  throat 
black,  many  of  the  feathers  tipped  with  white,  and  with  chestnut,  lores  white  ; 
back  reddish  olive,  many  feathers  edged  with  black  on  each  side  ;  rump,  upper 
tail  coverts  and  wing  coverts  greenish  rufous,  the  last  (wing  coverts)  with 
small  terminal  spots  of  white,  which  spots  are  edged  and  nearly  enclosed  with 
black  ;  under  parts  white,  every  feather  having  two  or  three  rather  wide, 
transverse,  waved  or  crescent- shaped  bands  of  deep  black;  abdomen  and 
under  tail  coverts,  tinged  with  ferruginous,  but  transversely  striped  with  black, 
same  as  other  under  parts  of  body;  under  wing  coverts,  dull  greenish  brown, 
striped  and  spotted  with  white  and  black ;  quills  greenish  rufous,  some  of  the 
shorter  quills  having  sub-terminal  spots  of  light  rufous,  edged  with  black  ; 
tail  greenish  rufous ;  upper  mandible  dark  bluish  horn  color,  lighter  towards 
the  tip  ;  under  mandible  yellow,  legs  light  horn  color. 

Total  length  from  tip  of  bill  to  end  of  tail,  about  7  inches,  wing  3|,  tail  If, 
bill  from  gape  If,  tarsus  If  inches. 

Hab.  River  Truando,  New  Grenada.  Discovered  by  Mr.  William  S.  Wood, 
Jr.  and  Mr.  Charles  J.  Wood.  (Panama,  Mr.  J.  McLeannan).  Spec,  in  Nat. 
Mus.  Washington. 

This  is  the  most  remarkable  bird  in  the  collection  of  the  expedition,  and  is 
one  of  the  most  handsome  of  the  Ant  Thrushes,  if  indeed  to  that  group  it  and  the 

I860.] 


190  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

genus  Conopophaga  belong.  Though  with  the  general  form  and  appearance  of 
Pitta  and  Grallaria,  this  bird  differs  from  them  in  having  a  very  strong  depressed 
and  rather  wide  bill,  not  compressed  as  in  those  genera.  In  this  respect,  and 
other  structural  characters,  it  approximates  to  Conopophaga,  and  also  in  having 
more  variegated  and  agreeable  colors  than  in  Grallaria.  This  bird  is  in  fact, 
the  most  handsome  bird  of  its  group  yet  discovered  in  America.  The  only 
specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  expedition  is  labelled  as  a  male. 

Another  and  very  fine  specimen  of  this  bird,   kindly   loaned  to  me  by  Mr.  ^ 
Lawrence,  of  New  York,  belongs  to  the  collection  of  J.  McLeannan,  Esq.,  offr 
that  city,  and  was  obtained  by  him  on  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

"  On  the  river  Truando.  January  22d,  1858,  above  its  junction  with  the  Atrato, 
but  before  reaching  the  Cordilleras.  In  the  woody  places  running  on  the  ground 
very  swiftly,  and  scratching  among  the  leaves,  not  common."  (Mr.  C.  J. 
Wood). 

This  handsome  bird  I  have  named  in  honor  of  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
expedition,  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  of  the  U.  S.  Topographical  Engineers,  under 
whose  direction,  and  with  whose  judicious  advice  and  assistance,  the  present 
interesting  collection  was  made,  as  stated  in  the  preliminary  note  to  this  paper. 

91.  Formicivoba  grisea,  (Boddsert). 

Turdus  griseus,  Bodd.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  39,  (1783). 
Formicivora  nigricollis,  Swains.  Zool.  Jour.  ii.  p.  147. 
Spix.  Av.  Bras.  ii.  pi.  41.     Buff.  PI.  Enl.  643. 
From  Carthagena. 

"  On  the  '  Popa'  mountain,  at  Carthagena.  Very  abundant  in  the  bushes, 
but  very  quick  in  motion,  and  shv,  flying  off  on  slight  noise  or  alarm.  Novem- 
ber, 1857."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

92.  Formicivora  quixensis,  (Cornalia). 

"  Thamnophilus  quixensis,  et  rufiventris,  Corn.     Sclater." 
"  Myiothera  perlata."     Label  in  Mus.  Acad.  Philadelphia. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

Both  sexes,  much  as  given  in  the  descriptions  above  cited  and  labelled  by 
the  collectors  as  male  and  female  of  the  same  species. 

"  Abundant  at  the  camp  in  the  Cordilleras,  on  the  Rio  Truando.  In  the 
high  trees,  actively  capturing  insects,  and  never  observed  descending  to  the 
bushes.  The  two  plumages  labelled  as  male  and  female,  were  constantly  seen 
together,  and  were  thought  by  my  brother  and  myself  to  be  the  same  bird." 
(Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

93.  Hypocnemis  NvBvioides,  (Lafresnaye). 

Conopophaga  nsevioides,  Lafr.  Rev.  Zool.  1847,  p.  69. 

From  the  falls  of  the  Truando. 

"  At  camp  Floyd,  on  the  south  side  of  the  river  Truando,  before  reaching 
the  first  range  of  the  Cordilleras.  Running  on  the  ground  amongst  bushes, 
and  always  in  damp  or  marshy  places,  much  resembling  in  its  actions  the 
Water  Thrush  of  the  United  States,  (Seiurus  noveboracensis) .  Frequently  seen 
in  January  and  February,  1858."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr). 

94.  Myrmotherula  pygm-SA,  (Gmelin). 

Muscicapa  pygmaea,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  983,  (1788). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  831. 
From  the  river  Truando. 

"Abundant  on  the  'Cremantina'  trees,  especially  at  Camp  Toucey,  in  Janu- 
ary, 1853.  Frequently  seen  also  in  the  Plaintains  or  Bananas,  constantly 
searching  for  insects  amongst  the  fruit  and  leaves."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

95.  Myrmotherula  surinamensis,  (Gmelin). 

Sitta  surinamensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  442,  (1788). 
Lath.  Gen.  Hist.  iv.  pi.  62.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1858,  pi.  141. 
From  Turbo. 
"  Frequently  seen  in  the  trees  at  Turbo,  and  the  male  was  at  first  supposed 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  191 

by  my  brother  and  myself,  to  be  the  black  and  white  creeper  of  the  United 
States,  (Mniotilta  varia).  It  has  habits  exactly  like  those  of  that  bird,  running 
along  the  upper  or  lower  sides  of  the  branches  frequently  with  its  head  down- 
wards.    In  April,  1858."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

96.  Myrmotherula  melaena,  (Sclater). 

Formicivora  melaena,  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1857,  p.  130. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

"  At  Camp  Toucey  on  the  Truando,  before  reaching  the  Cordilleras.  In  the 
bushes,  and  very  active  in  pursuit  of  insects.  Has  a  short,  rather  loud  note, 
often  repeated,  rendering  pursuit  very  easy  ;  solitary,  but  frequently  seen." 
(Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

97.  Myrmotherula  ornata,  (Sclater)  ? 

Formicivora  ornata,  Sclat.  Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.  1853,  p.  480? 

From  the  river  Truando. 

Several  specimens,  apparently  immature,  and  not  easily  to  be  referred  to 
either  M.  gularis  or  its  allies,  but  unmistakeably  of  that  ilk. 

"  At  Camp  Toucey,  on  the  Truando,  and  previously  at  Turbo.  Seen  in  the 
high  trees  and  also  occasionally  in  the  bushes,  very  active,  and  constantly  in 
motion."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

98.  Myrmeciza  exsdl,  Sclater. 

Myrmeciza  exsul,  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1858,  p.  540. 
From  Turbo. 

One  specimen  only,  labelled  as  a  male  and  very  nearly  a3  described  by  Mr. 
Sclater  as  above  cited. 

99.  Myrmeciza  exsdl,  Sclater  ? 

Very  similar  to  the  preceding,  and  probably  the  same  species,  but  with  the 
entire  under  parts  reddish  chestnut  brown,  nearly  uniform  with  the  upper  parts, 
throat  only  ashy  black. 

From  Turbo. 

"  These  two  birds  were  considered  to  be  the  same  species  by  my  brother  and 
myself,  notwithstanding  the  difference  in  the  color  of  the  under  parts.  We 
met  with  this  species  in  the  thick  and  dry  parts  of  the  forest  at  Turbo,  rather 
plenty,  but  not  easily  shot  on  account  of  their  running  on  the  ground  very 
swiftly,  and  concealing  themselves  amongst  the  leaves.  It  utters  loud,  rather 
musical  notes,  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  the  Golden-crowned  Thrush. 
(Seivrus)  of  the  United  States."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

100.  Pipra  auricapilla,  (Brisson). 

Manacus  auricapillus,  Briss.  Orn.  iv.  p.  448,  (1760). 
Desm.  Manak.  pi.  60.     Hahn  &  Kiister,  Orn.  Atlas,  pi.  92. 
From  Turbo. 

101.  Ptilochloris  rufo-olivaceus,  Lafresnaye. 

Ptilochloris  rufo-olivaceus,  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1838,  p.  238. 
From  the  Truando. 
"  At  camp  Toucey.  On  the  ground,  seen  once  only."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.') 

102.  Seiurcs  noveboracensis,  (Gmelin). 

Motacilla  noveboracensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  958,  (1788). 
And.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  433.     Oct.  ed.  iii.  pi.  149. 
From  Carthagena. 

"Seen  once  only,  in  a  small  stream  of  water  on  the  '  Popa'  mountain,  in 
November,  1857."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

103.  Dendroica  ;estiva,  (Gmelin). 

Motacilla  sestiva,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  996,  (1788). 

Sylvia  citrinella,  Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ii.  p.  Ill,  (1810). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ii.  pi.  15.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  95.     Oct.  ed.  ii.  pi.  88 
From  Turbo. 
"  Seen  for  a  few  days  at  Turbo,  early  in  April,  1858."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

I860.] 


192  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

104.  Dendroica  Vieilloti,  nobis. 

Sylvia  ruficapila,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  xi.  p.  228,  (but  not  of  same  vol.  p. 
179,  and  not  Sylvia  ruficapilla,   Lath.   Ind.   Orn.   ii.  p.  540,  which  is 
Motacilla  petechia,  Linnaeus,  a  distinct  species). 
"Chloris  erithrachorides,    Feuille,"  Baird,  Rept.  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  ix.  p. 
283,  hence  Dendroica  erilhachorides,  Baird,  same  vol.  p.  283,  (but  not 
Chloris  erithrachorides,  Feuille,  Jour.  Obs.  Phys.  iii.   p.  413,  (1725), 
which  is  Motacilla  petechia,  Linnaeus). 
Entire  head  and  neck  in  front  light  reddish  chestnut.     Plumage  of  all  other 
parts  much  resembling  that  of  D.  cesliva,  of  the  United  States,  but  darker  on 
the  back    wings  and  tail,  size  rather  larger,   and  with  the  bill  slightly  longer 
and  more  gradually  pointed.     Total  length,  4J  to  4|  inches. 

Hab. — South  America,  Central  America.     (Panama,  Mr.  J.  G.  Bell). 
From  Carthagena. 

I  have  been  quite  unsuccessful  in  attempting  to  find  a  name  really  applicable 
to  this  well  marked  and  not  uncommon  species.  It  is  usually,  I  believe,  regard- 
ed as  Sylvia  ruficapilla  of  authors,  and  is  unmistakeably  described  by  Vieillot, 
as  above  cited,  but  erroneously  so  far  as  relates  to  the  name,  which  is  applied 
by  all  other  authors  to  Motacilla  petechia,  Linnaeus,  a  species  not  uncommon 
from  the  West  Indies,  and  accurately  figured  by  Vieillot,  Ois  d'Am.  Sept.  pi. 
91.     Under  these  circumstances  I  propose  the  name  above  given.* 

*There  are  at  least  five  species  of  Dendroica,  resembling  each  other,  and  all  having 
the  general  appearance  of  D.  cestiva  of  the  United  Slates.  The  first  four  of  these  have 
been  much  confused  and  mistaken  for  each  other : 

1.  Dendroica  estiva,  (Gmelin.) 

Motacilla  ajstiva,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  ii.  p.  996,  (1788). 
Hab.  United  States,  Mexico,  Central  America,  New  Grenada,  West  Indies  ? 

2.  Dendroica  albicollis,  (Gmelin). 

Motacilla  albicollis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  ii.  p.  983,  (1788), 

Hab.  Cuba,  (Gundlach),  St.  Domingo,  (Brisson). 

This  is  the  bird  usually  regarded  as  D.  cesliva,  by  the  Cuban  ornithologists,  but  is  a  dis- 
tinct species  as  I  suspected  long  before  examining  authentic  specimens.  The  habits  of 
this  bird,  as  given  by  those  very  accurate  naturalists,  are  different  from  those  of  the  com- 
mon bird  of  the  United  States.  Brisson  (Orn.  iii.  p.  494)  carefully  describes  the  present 
species,  though  his  specimens  do  not  appear  to  have  been  mature.  The  young  bird  only 
has  the  throat  and  neck  in  front  nearly  pure  white. 
2.  Dendroica  petechia,  (Linnaeus). 

Motacilla  petechia,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.   i.  p.  334,  (1776). 
Motacilla  ruficapilla,  Gm.  Syst.  JNat.  ii.  p.  971,  (1768). 

Hab.  West  Indies,  Central  America  ?  Jamaica  ?  Martinique  (Brisson). 

I  have  frequently  seen  specimens  precisely  in  the  plumage  as  figured  by  Vieillot,  as 
above  cited,  and  by  Edwards,  Birds  v.  pi.  256,  fig.  2,  but  I  am  not  confident  of  the  exact 
locality.  This  is  very  probably  the  Sylvicola  cesliva,  of  Gosse,  B.  of  Jamaica,  p.  157, 
and  probably  of  Messrs.  Newton,  B.  of  St.  Croix,  in  Sclater's  Ibis,  1859,  p.  153.  This 
bird  is  also  very  carefully  described  by  Brisson,  (Orn.  iii.  p.  490),  in  mature  plumage,  with 
the  top  of  head,  clear,  well  defined  rufous. 
4    Dendroica  Vieilloti,  Cassin,  ut  supra. 

Sylvia  ruficapilla,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  xi.  p.  228. 

Hab.  South  America  and  Central  America,  JNew  Grenada,  (W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.)  Panama, 
(J.  G.  Bell). 
5.  Dendroica  aureola,  (Gould). 

Sylvicola  aureola,  Gould,  Voy.  Beagle,  Birds,  p.  86,  (1841). 

Hab.  Galapagos  Islands,  (Gould). 

Very  similar  to  D.  petechia,  as  above.  This  species,  or  at  least  specimens  from  the 
Galapagos  Islands,  I  have  not  seen.  Of  all  ihe  others  several  specimens  of  each  are  now 
before  me,  and  1  have  not  the  smallest  doubt  of  their  specific  distinctness,  which  I  hope 
to  fully  demonstrate  in  a  subsequent  paper.  Having  called  the  attention  of  my  friend 
Mr.  Lawrence,  of  New  York,  >o  ihe  distinctness  of  the  Cuban  species,  his  views  will 
probably  appear  in  his  notes  on  Birds  of  Cnba,  about  to  be  published  in  the  Annals  of  the 
Lyceum,  New  York. 

[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  19o 

"Frequently  seen  on  the  '  Popa'  mountain  atCarthagena,  in  November,  1857  . 
Very  active  and  constantly  moving  in  the  lower  trees  and  bushes."     (Mr.  W 
S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

105.  Dendeoica  castanea,  (Wilson). 

Sylvia  castanea,  Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ii.  p.  97,  (1810). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ii.  pi.  14.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  69,  Oct.  ed.  ii.  pi.  80. 
From  Turbo  and  the  River  Truando. 

"On  the  Truando,  in  January,  and  at  Turbo  early  in  April,  1858.  In  small 
flocks  of  ten  or  twelve,  in  the  high  trees,  very  much  as  in  autumn  in  the 
United  States."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

106.  Thryothorus  nigricapillus,  Sclater. 

Thryothorus  nigricapillus,  Sclater,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1860,  p.  84. 

From  the  River  Truando. 

Two  specimens  appear  to  be  this  species,  or  at  least  very  closely  allied. 
They  differ  only  in  having  the  throat  transversely  banded  with  black  lines, 
same  as  on  other  parts. 

"  In  low  bushes  and  on  the  ground,  on  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Truando,  in 
the  Cordilleras.  Frequently  seen,  and  runs  on  the  ground,  more  than  usual  in 
the  larger  Wrens  of  the  United  States,  but  has  similar  sreneral  habits."  (Mr. 
W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

107.  Thryothorus. 

A  large  plain  colored  species,  for  which  I  have  found  no  name,  but  am  not 
sufficiently  acquainted  with  the  group  of  Troglodytince  to  feel  warranted  in 
proposing  a  species.     Several  specimens  from  Turbo  and  Carthagena. 

108.  Sclerurus  brunnecs,  Sclater. 

Sclerurus  brunneus,  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1857,  p.  17. 

From  the  river  Ingador. 

One  specimen  only  in  the  collection  of  the  Expedition  appears  to  be  this 
species.  "On  the  banks  of  a  small  stream  called  the  Ingador,  near  the  coast 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  In  the  Palm  trees,  clinging  to  the  leaves  and  searching 
for  insects.     March,  1858."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

109.  Synallaxis  Candei,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres. 

Synallaxis  Candei,  D'Orb.  et  Lafres.  Rev.  Zool.  1838,  p.  165. 
From  Carthagena. 

110.  Xenops  ruficauda,  (Vieillot). 

Synallaxis  ruficauda,  Vieil.  Nouv.  Diet,  xxxii.  p.  310,  (1818). 
Temm.  PI.  Col.  150. 
From  Turbo. 

111.  Dendrornis  triangularis,  (Lafresnaye). 

Dendrocalaptes  triangularis,  Lafr.  Mag.  Zool.  1843. 
Guerin,  Mag.  Zool.  1843,  pi.  32. 

From  the  river  Truando. 

"  These  kinds  of  birds  were  very  abundant  on  the  trees  in  the  Cordilleras, 
and  a  few  were  seen  at  camp  Toucey,  on  the  Rio  Truando,  within  20  or  30 
miles  of  the  mountains.  They  run  on  the  trunks  and  branches  very  rapidly, 
and  appear  to  be  very  greedy  and  rapacious.  Not  shy,  and  easily  approached, 
but  not  easily  shot,  on  account  of  their  quick  movements.  When  they  have 
ascended  a  tree,  they  fly  down  to  the  base  of  another,  like  the  Brown  Creeper 
of  the  United  States,  (Certhia)."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

112.  Dendrornis  guttatus,  (Lichtenstein). 

Dendrocolaptes  guttatus,  Licht.Verz.  p.  16,  (1823). 
Le  Vaill.  Prom.  pi.  30. 
From  the  river  Truando. 

I860.]  12 


194  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

113.  DKNDEOENIS.  . 
One  specimen  from  the  river  Truando,  with  large  elongated  spots  for  which  I 

have  not  succeeded  in  finding  a  name. 

114.  Malacoptila  ? 
From  the  river  Truando. 

A  single  specimen  in  immature  plumage,  referable  to  no  species  with  which 
I  am  acquainted. 

115.  Certhiola  luteola,  Cabanis. 

Certhiola  luteola,  Cab. 
From  Turbo  and  Carthagena. 

116.  Juxiamyia  Julls:,  (Bourcier). 

Juliamyia  typica,'  Bonap.  Rev.  Zool.  1854,  p.  255. 
Ornismyia  Juliae,  Bourc.  Ann.  Soc.  Lyons,  1842,  p.  345. 
Gould,  Monog.  pt.  xviii.  pi.  (not  numbered). 
From  Turbo.  _,.  .m 

;'  Seen  occasionally  in  April,  1858,  but  not  very  common.  Flies  yery  swittly, 
and  ia  shy,  darting  away  on  the  least  alarm."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

117.  Chrysolampis  moschitus,  (Linnaeus.) 

Trochilus  moschitus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  192,  (1766). 
Gould,  Monog.  pt.  xii.  pi. 
From  Carthagena. 

•'  About  an  old  fort  in  the  «  Popa'  mountain,  which  was  completely  overgrown 
with  vines  and  flowering  plants,  this  humming  bird  and  other3  were  exceeding- 
ly abundant.  Constantly  flying  and  fighting  with  each  other,  and  nowhere 
seen  so  abundant  as  here,  in  the  month  of  November,  1857."  (Mr.  W.  S. 
Wood,  Jr.) 

118.  Lampornis  mango,  (Linnaeus). 

Trochilus  mango,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  191,  (1766). 
Gould,  Monog.  pt.  xii.  pi. 
From  Carthagena. 
Appears  to  be  the  true  mango  of  authors. 

119.  EUCEPHALA    C-SRULEA,  (Vieillot). 

Trochilus  caeruleus,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.  vii.  p.  361.  (1817). 
Gould,  Monog.  pt.  xiv.  pi. 
From  Carthagena. 

120.  Ionolaima. 
From  Turbo. 

One  specimen  only,  in  bad  condition  and  immature  plumage,  appears  to  be 

of  this  genus. 

121.  Phaethornis  yaruqui,  (Bourcier). 

Trochilus  yaruqui,  Bourc.  Compt.  Rend,  xxxii.  p.  187. 
Gould,  Monog.  pt.  iv.  pi. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

"  Plain  plumaged  humming  birds  were  frequently  seen  in  the  Cordilleras,  but 
never  very  abundant.  We  rarely  saw  the  brighter  colored  in  the  mountains. 
Generally  about  the  vines  and  shrubbery."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

122.  Phaethornis. 
From  Turbo. 

A  single  specimen,  in  immature  plumage,  of  a  small  species. 

123.  ChloraenaS  rufina,  (Temminck). 

Columba  rufina,  Temm.  Pig.  et  Gall.  i.  p.  467,  (1813). 
Knip,  Pigeons  i.  pi.  24. 
From  Turbo  and  the  Delta  of  the  River  Atrato. 

[May, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  19? 

"  Seen  once  only  at  Turbo  in  a  small  flock,  sitting  in  a  high  tree,  and  once 
only  at  the  mouth  of  the  Atrato  ;  seemed  to  be  a  stranger.  Early  in  January. 
1858."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

124.  Leptoptila  Verreacxii,  (Bonaparte). 

Leptoptila  Verreauxi,  Bonap.  Consp.  Av.  ii.  p.  73,  (1854). 
From  Turbo  and  the  River  Truando. 

"  In  a  secluded  part  of  the  forest  at  Turbo,  in  the  trees,  and  afterwards  oe 
the  Truando."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

125.  Chamaepelia  granatina,  Bonaparte.* 

Chamaepelia  granatina,  Bonap.  Comp.  Av.  ii.  p.  77,  (1854). 

From  Carthagena. 

i:  Abundant  and  in  large  flocks  among  the  bushes  on  the  shores  of  the  sea  at 
Carthagena,  in  November,  1857.  Seemed  to  be  searching  for  food  in  the  sand 
and  short  grass,  and  not  very  easily  approached,  flying  away  very  rapidly,  and 
frequently  alighting  on  trees."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

126.  Tinamus  major,  (Gmelin). 

Tetrao  major,  Gm.,  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  767,  (1788). 
Pezus  serratus,  Spix,  Av.  Bras,  ii,  p.  61,  (1825). 
BurT.  PI.  Enl.  476.     Spix.  Av.  Bras.  ii.  pi.  76. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

One  specimen  only,  labelled  as  a  female,  which  appears  to  be  identical  with 
specimens  from  Brazil. 

"  Frequently  heard  on  the  Truando,  near  the  first  range  of  the  Cordilleras. 
It  has  a  very  loud,  continued  note,  not  inappropriately  compared  by  the  mem- 
bers of  our  party  to  the  whistle  of  a  locomotive  engine.  Not  easily  seen,  beinp 
exceedingly  shy  and  running  very  rapidly."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

127.  Sqdatarola  helvetica,  (Linnaeus). 

Tringa  helvetica,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  250,  (1766). 
Charadrius  apricarius,  Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  p.  41,  (1813). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  57.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  334.  Oct.  Ed.  v.  pi.  315. 
From  Carthagena. 

1 28.  Symphemia  semipalmata,  (Gmelin). 

Scolopax  semipalmatus.  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  659,  (1788). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  56.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  274.  Oct.  Ed.  v.  pi.  347. 
From  Carthagena. 

129.  Gambetta  melanoleuca,  (Gmelin). 

Scolopax  melanoleucus,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  659,  (1788). 
Scolopax  vociferus,  Wilson. 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  58.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  308.  Oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  345. 
From  Carthagena. 

130.  Gambetta  pla vipes,  (Gmelin). 

Scolopax  flavipes,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  659,  (1788). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  58.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  228.  Oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  344. 
From  Carthagena. 

131.  Calidris  arenahia,  (Linnaeus). 

Tringa  arenaria,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  251,  (1766). 
Calidris  americana,  Brehm. 
Wilson  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  59,  63.  Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  230.  Oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  338. 
From  Carthagena. 

132.  Ereunetes  posilla,  (Linnaeus). 

Tringa  pusilla,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  252,  (1766). 
Tringa  semipalmata,  Wilson. 
Ereunetes  petrifactus,  Uliger. 
I860.] 


196  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Wilson  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  63.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  408.  Oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  336. 
From  Carthagena. 
This  is,  I  have  no  doubt,  the  true  Tringa  pusilla  of  Linnaeus. 

133.  Tringa  Wilsonii,  Nuttall. 

Tringa  Wilsonii,  Nutt.  Man.  ii.  p.  121,  (1834). 
Tringa  pusilla,  Wilson. 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  v.  pi.  37.      Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  320.  Oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  337. 
From  Carthagena. 

"  The  preceding  seven  species,  and  in  fact  nearly  all  the  small  wading  birds 
that  we  had  been  accustomed  to  seeing  on  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  were  very 
abundant  on  the  sea  coast  at  Carthagena,  in  November,  1857.  The  most  abun- 
dant were  perhaps  the  two  small  Sandpipers  (E.  pusilla  and  T.  Wilsonii),  and 
the  yellow  Shanks  (G.flavipes).  Though  easily  shot,  they  were  not  so  easily 
obtained,  on  account  of  the  marshy  or  boggy  character  of  many  localities  which 
they  particularly  frequented.  All  of  these  species  were  in  flocks,  as  seen  on 
the  coast  of  the  United  States  in  Autumn."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

134.  Parra  hypomelaena,  G.  R.  Gray. 

Parra  hypomelaena,  Gray,  Gen.  iii.  p.  589,  (1846). 
Gray.  Gen.  iii.  pi.  159. 
Atrato  River. 

•'  In  open  places  which  are  very  marshy  on  the  River  Atrato,  late  in  Decem- 
ber, 1857.  Two  or  three  together,  generally  on  the  ground,  frequently  stretch- 
ing out  their  wings,  and  often  wading  in  the  water.  Quite  shy  and  watchful." 
(Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

135.  Aramides  cayennensis,  (Gmelin). 

Fulica  cayennensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  700,  (1788). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  352. 
From  Turbo. 
,:  In  a  salt  water  marsh  at  Turbo  ;  seen  once  only."     (Mr.  Wm.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

136.  Ardea  Herodias,  Linnaeus. 

Ardea  Herodias,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  237,  (1766). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  viii.  pi.  65.    Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  211.  Oct.  ed.  vi.  pi.  369. 
From  the  delta  of  the  Atrato. 

"  Frequently  seen  about  the  mouth  of  the  Atrato,  in  December."  (Mr.  W. 
S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

137.  Butorides  grisea,  (Boddasrt). 

Cancroma  grisea,  Bodd.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  54,  (1783). 
Ardea  scapularis,  Illiger. 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  908. 
From  Carthagena. 

138.  Garzetta  candidissima,  (Gmelin). 

Ardea  candidissima,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  633,  (1788). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  62.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  242.  Oct.  ed.  vi.  pi.  374. 
From  Carthagena  and  the  River  Atrato. 

"  Abundant  on  the  Rio  Atrato,  in  February,  1858.  Generally  seen  sitting 
on  the  low  trees  on  the  edge  of  the  river."     (Mr.  W.  S   Wood,  Jr.) 

139.  Tigrisoma  brasiliense,  (Linnaeus). 

Ardea  brasiliensis,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  239,  (1766). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  860. 
From  the  delta  of  the  Atrato. 

140.  Tigrisoma  tigrinum,  (Gmelin)  ? 

Ardea  tigrina,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  ii.  p.  638,  (1788). 
From  the  delta  of  the  Atrato. 

[May, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  197 

141.  Habpiprion  cayennensis,  (Gmelin). 

Tantalus  cayennensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  652,  (1788). 
Buffon.  PI.  Enl.  820. 
From  the  River  Nercua. 

■'In  the  mountains,  before  reaching  the  main  ridge  on  the  Rio  Nercua." 
(Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

142.  Dendrocygna  autumnalis,  (Linnaeus  ) 

Anas  autumnalis,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  205,  (1766). 
Baird,  B.  of  N.  Am.  pi.  63.     Rept.  Mex.  Bound.  Surv.  Birds,  pi.  25. 
From  the  River  Truando. 

143.  Carbo  brasilianus,  (Gmelin)  ? 

Procellaria  brasiliana,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  564  ? 
Gillis,  Astr.  Exp.  Birds,  pi.  28  ? 
From  the  River  Truando. 

i:  On  the  Truando  and  Atrato,  frequently  seen  in  the  water  and  also  on  trees. 
When  perched,  drop  very  suddenly  into  the  water  on  being  alarmed,  and  dis- 
appear by  diving."     (Mr.  W.  S.  Wood,  Jr.) 

144.  Plotcs  anhinga,  Linnaeus. 

Plotus  anhinga,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  580,  {1766). 
Plotus  melanogaster,  Wilson. 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ix.  pi.  74.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  316,    Oct.  ed.  vi.  pi.  420. 
From  the  Rivers  Atrato  and  Truando. 

Several  specimens  in  immature  plumage,  but  all  apparently  of  this  species. 
"Abundant  in  the  months  of  January,  February  and  March,  on  all  the  rivers 
from  the  Gulf  of  Darien,  on  the  Atlantic,  to  the  coast  of  the  Pacific."     (Mr   W 
S.  Wood,  Jr.) 


Descriptions  of  some  new  species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  South  America, 
in  the  Collection  of  the  Academy. 

BY    W.    M.    GABB. 

Eulima  s  e  m  i  n  o  s  a ,  pi.  3,  fig.  6.  Shell  fusiform,  spire  elevated,  whorls 
five,  mouth  small,  shell  thick  and  marked  by  irregular  lines  of  growth. 

From  a  greyish  brown  limestone  from  Chili,  in  connection  with  Tri^onia 
Hanetiana  Z>'  Orb . ,  and  many  of  the  other  species  described  by  that  author 
in  the  "Voyage  de  1' Astrolabe  et  Zelee." 

Scalaria  (Clathrus)  C  h  i  1  i  e  n  s  e ,  pi,  3,  fig.  4.  Shell  fscalariform,  spire 
very  elevated,  whorls  six  or  seven,  rounded  and  marked  by  about  fourteen 
prominent,  longitudinal,  rounded  ribs.  Mouth  small,  subcircular;  a  reflec- 
tion of  the  inner  lip  covers  the  base  of  the  body  whorl  so  as  to  hide  the  lower 
part  of  some  of  the  ribs. 

Pugnellus  t  u  m  i  d  u  s,  pi.  3,  fig.  13  and  14.  Shell  heavy,  scalariform,  spire  ele- 
vated, five  whorls,  which  are  angular  at  the  upper  part,  and  marked  by  a  series 
of  small  nodes  on  the  angle ;  body  whorl  large,  mouth  expanded,  superior 
sinus  very  deep,  outer  lip  very  much  thickened,  especially  the  extreme  outer 
portion  or  callosity,  which  is  nearly  as  thick  as  long.  The  thickening  of  the 
superior  and  lateral  edges  of  the  outer  lip,  produces  a  deep  fosset  on  the  poste- 
rior portion  of  the  body  whorl,  immediately  behind  the  expansion  of  the  lip  • 
the  inner  lip  is  reflected  over  a  portion  of  the  spire ;  canal  long  and  curved 
anteriorly. 

This  species  is  the  one  to  which  Mr.  Conrad,  in  his  note  on  the  genus  refer* 
I860.] 


198  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

as   occurring  in   South  America.     There  is  another  species,  (P.)  Strombus 
semicostatus  D' Orb.,  that  occurs  in  the  same  deposit. 

Pleurotoma  D'Orbignyana,  pi.  3,  fig.  7.  Shell  scalariform,  spire  ele- 
vated, whorls  five,  body  whorl  angular  above  ;  shell  marked  by  a  series  of 
small  nodes  on  the  shoulder  of  the  whorls  and  by  fine  lines  of  growth. 

P.  arata,  pi.  3,  fig.  9.  Shell  scalariform,  spire  elevated,  whorls  three  or 
four,  subangular  above  and  marked  by  a  shallow,  revolving  groove  imme- 
diately below  the  angle ;  surface  marked  by  numerous  revolving  striae,  crossed 
by  faint  lines. 

Patella  Auca,  pi.  3,  fig.  11.  Shell  small,  thin,  circular;  apex  small, 
acuminate  and  very  excentrio ;  surface  marked  by  irregular  concentric  undu- 
lations. 

Cultellus  Australis,  pi.  3,  fig.  8.  Shell  elongate,  narrow,  beaks  very 
small,  incurved,  near  the  anterior  end  ;  posterior  end  gaping,  and  a  little  nar- 
rowed ;  anterior  end  rounded ;  surface  marked  by  concentric  striae. 

Mactra  Chiliensis,  pi.  3,  fig.  5.  Shell  thin,  equilateral,  slightly  convex; 
beaks  small,  incurved ;  umbones  large,  prominent ;  hinge  teeth  small ;  ante- 
rior end  slightly  subangular,  posterior  rounded  ;  surface  marked  by  distinct 
concentric  lines. 

M.  Araucana,  D'Orb.  sp.  var.  pi.  3,  fig.  12.  This  specimen  differs  a  lit- 
tle from  the  one  figured  by  D'Orbigny,  in  the  Voyage  de  l'Astrolabe  et  Zelee, 
in  being  less  angular  anteriorly,  and  in  having  the  umbonal  ridge  less  strongly 
developed. 

Thracia  corbulopsis,  pi.  3,  fig.  1.  Shell  nearly  equilateral,  beaks 
small,  slightly  curved  anteriorly,  umbones  prominent  and  rounded,  umbonal 
ridge  angular,  and  extends  to  the  margin  of  the  shell ;  anterior  end  rounded, 
posterior  acutely  angular ;  surface  marked  by  numerous  fine  concentric  lines 

Venus  D'Orbignyanus,  pi.  3,  fig\  2.  Shell  inequilateral,  somewhat 
convex,  beaks  small  and  inclined  anteriorly,  umbones  large  and  rounded ; 
cardinal  margin  curved;  anterior  end  rounded,  posterior  subangular ;  surface 
marked  by  strong  concentric  lines.  This  species  resembles,  in  its  outline,  the 
common  V.  mercenaria,  (M.  violacea)of  our  coast.  It  differs  from 
V.  Auca  d'Orb.  in  having  the  cardinal  margin  more  strongly  curved,  in  be- 
ing more  angular  posteriorly,  and  in  not  being  so  regularly  marked  on  the 
surface.  • 

Pinna  m  i  n  u  t  a,  pi.  3,  fig.  10.  Shell  small,  robust,  narrow  ;  umbonal  ridge 
subangular  and  nearly  parallel  with  the  cardinal  line  ;  cardinal  and  basal  mar- 
gins straight ;  posterior  end  sub-biangular ;  surface  marked  by  strong  lines  of 
growth. 

Modiola  cretacea,  pi.  3,  fig.  3.  Shell  small;  beaks  small,  anterior; 
umbonal  ridge  rounded,  continued  to  the  posterior  basal  margin,  gradually 
losing  itself  in  the  general  curve  of  the  shell,  cardinal  line  arcuate,  basal  edge 
sinuous  ;  surface  concentrically  striate. 

Anomia  parva,  pi.  3,  fig.  15.  Shell  thin,  orbicular,  very  slightly  convex, 
pearly ;  beak  small  but  acute ;  surface  marked  by  concentric  undulations, 
crossed  by  delicate  radiating  lines. 


[May, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA 


199 


June  bth. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair 

Thirty-seven  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  The  Cutting  Ant  of  Texas/'  by  S.  B.  Buckley. 

"  Synonymy  of  the  Cyclades,  a  family  of  Acephalous  Mollusca,  part 
1st,"  by  Temple  Prime. 

"  Catalogue  of  the  Colubridse  in  the  museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natu- 
ral Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  with  note3  and  descriptions  of  new  spe- 
cies," by  E.  D.  Cope. 

"  Notes  on  Shells,"  by  T.  A.  Conrad. 

"  Contributions  to  the  Carboniferous  Flora  of  the  United  States," 
by  Horatio  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Dr.  Darrach  presented  the  following  Catalogue  of  Plants  appearing  in 
flower,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  during  the  month  of  May. 


1.  RANUNCULACEiE. 

Ranunculus  aquatilis. 
sceleratus. 
recurvatus. 
bulbosus. 

2.  Magnoliaceaje. 

Magnolia  glauca. 
Liriodendron  tulipifera. 

3.  Beeberidace^. 
Podophyllum  peltatum. 

4.  Ntmph^bacea. 

Nymphaea  odorata. 
Nuphar  advena. 

5.    SARRACENIACE.S. 

Sarracenia  purpurea. 

6.  Papaverace^. 
Chelidoneum  majus. 

7.    FuMARIACEiE. 

Fumaria  officinalis. 

8.  Crucifer.8. 

Arabis  lyrata. 

"    laevigata. 
Sisymbrium  officinalis. 
Sinapis  Nigra. 

9.  Viol  ace  a. 

Solea  concolor. 
Tiola  lanceolata. 

"    primulaefolia- 

' '    striata. 

"    pubescens: 


10.  Cistace-«. 
Helianthemum  corymbosum. 
Hudsonia  tomentosa. 

11.  Caryophtllacb*. 

Silene  Pennsylvanica. 

' '      antirrhina. 
Arenaria  serpyllifolia. 
Stellaria  longifolia. 
"        uliginosa. 
Cerastium  arvense. 
*Spergula  saginoides. 
Scleranthus  annuus. 
Sagina  procumbens. 

12.  Ox  ALU)  ACE  j& 

Oxalis  violacea. 
"      stricta. 

13.  Geraniace.s. 
Geranium  maculatum. 

"        Carolinianum. 
"        Robertianum. 

14.  Suacardiace,* 
Rhus  toxicodendron. 

15.  Sapindace^. 
Staphylea  trifolia. 

16.  Leguminos* 

Lupinus  perennis. 
Trifolium  arvense. 

pratense. 

repens. 

procumbens. 
Vicia  hirsuta. 
Circis  Canadensis. 


1860] 


*  Barton. 


200 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


17.  Rosacea. 

Prunus  serotina. 
Crataegus  coccinea. 
Pyrus  arbutifolia. 
Rubus  villosus. 
"     Canadensis. 

18.    OnAGBACEJE. 

(Enothera  sinuata. 

19.  Saxifkageace^:. 
Saxifraga  Pennsylvania. 
Heuchera  Americana. 

20.  Umbellifeb^. 

Heracleum  lanatum. 
Thaspium  barbinode. 

"        trifolium. 

"        v.  atropurpureum. 
Osmorrhiza  longistylis. 

"  brevistylis. 

21.  Abaliace*. 
Aralia  nudicaculis. 

22.  Cobnace.e. 
Cornus  Florida. 

23.  Capbifoliace.£. 

Triosteum  angustifoleum. 
Viburnum  lentago. 
"         acerifolium. 

24.  Valebianaceje. 

Fedia  radiata. 
' '    olitoria. 

25.  Composite. 

Lucanthemum  vulgare. 
Senicio  aureus. 
Krigia  Virginica. 
Cyntbia  Virginica. 
Hieracium  venosum. 

26.  Ebicace-E. 

G-aylussacia  resinosa. 
Vaccinium  stamineum. 

' '         Pennsylvanicum. 

"  vaccillans. 

"         corymbosum. 

"         v.  glabrum. 
Leucotbe  racemosa. 
Andromeda  Mariana. 
Kalmia  latifolia. 

"      angustifolia. 
Azalea  nudiflora. 
Leiopbyllum  buxifolium. 
Pyrola  cblorantha. 


27.    PLANTAGINACEiE. 

Plantago  lanceolata. 
"       Virginica. 

28.  Lentibulace^. 

Utricularia  subulata. 

29.  Oeobanchace^. 

Apbyllon  uniflora. 
Conopholis  Americana. 

30.    SCBOPHULAEIACEJE. 

Linaria  Canadensis. 
Veronica  Americana. 

"      officinalis. 

"       perigrina. 

"      arvensis. 
Castillaea  coccinea. 

31.  Labiate. 

Salvia  lyrata. 

32.    BoBEAGINACE-ffi. 

Symphytum  officinalis. 
Mertensia  Virginica. 
Myosotis  palustris. 
"      arvensis. 

33.  Hydeophyllace;e. 

Hydropbyllum  Virginicum. 

34.    POLEMONIACE-E. 

Polemonium  reptans. 

35.  Polygon ace«. 

Rumex  crispus. 
"      acetosella. 

36.  SANTALACEiE. 

Comandra  umbellata. 

37.   EPPHOBBIACE-aE. 

Euphorbia  ipecacuanhas. 

38.  Mybicace-s. 

Myrica  cerifera. 

39.  Abace^e. 

Arissema  dracontium. 

40.  Obchidace^. 

Aretbusa  bulbosa. 
Cypripedium  acaule. 

41.  Amaetllipace^:. 
Hypoxis  erecta. 

42.    iBIDACEa:. 

Iris  versicolor. 


[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


201 


43.  Smilace-S. 

Smilax  rotundifolia. 

"     herbacea. 
Trillium  cernuum. 
Mediola  Virginica. 

44.  Lilliaceje. 

Asparagus  officinalis. 
Polygonatum  biflorum. 
Smilacena  racemosa. 

"         trifolia. 

"        bifolia. 
Ornitbogalum  umbellatum. 
Allium  Canadense. 


45.    MELANTHACEjE. 

Uvularia  perfoliata. 
"       sessilifolia. 
Veratrum  viride. 

46.  COMMELYNACE.S. 

Tradescantia  Virginica. 

47.  ERIOCAULONACEiE. 

Eriocaulon  gnaplialodes. 

Orders  47. 
Species  130. 


June  9  th. 


SPECIAL   MEETING. 

Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

The  Vice  President  announced  the  object  of  the  meeting  to  be  to 
express  the  sense  of  the  Academy  at  its  loss  in  the  death  of  Mr. 
George  W.  Carpenter,  its  late  Treasurer,  which  occurred  on  the  7th 
inst.  On  motion  of  Mr.  Cassin,  a  committee  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Cassin,  Vaux,  Rand,  Bridges  and  Jeanes,  was  appointed,  who,  after 
a  recess,  presented  the  following  resolutions,  which  were  unanimously 
adopted : 

Resolved,  That  the  Academy  has  learned  with  the  deepest  regret  of 
the  decease  of  our  late  esteemed  fellow  member,  George  W.  Carpen- 
ter, who  has  been  associated  with  this  Institution  for  a  period  of  thirty 
five  years,  and  who,  on  account  of  his  able  and  active  exertions  as  a 
member,  and  faithful  discharge  of  the  responsible  duties  of  Treasurer, 
during  the  long  official  term  of  thirty-three  years,  has  been  strictly 
identified  with,  and  efficiently  co-operative  in  its  progress. 

Resolved,  That  the  members  of  this  Academy  do  cordially  sympa- 
thize with  the  bereaved  family  of  Mr.  Carpenter,  and  do  hereby  tender 
to  them  their  sincere  condolence. 

Resolved,  That  the  Recording  Secretary  be  instructed  to  send  to 
the  family  of  our  deceased  member  a  copy  of  these  resolutions,  and 
that  they  be  published  in  the  daily  journals  of  this  city. 

June  12th. 
Mr.  Wm.  S.  Vaux  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology,  No.  5,"  by  Bracken- 
vidge  Clemens,  M.  D. 

"  Hemiptera  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  under 
Commanders  Rodgers  and  Ringgold,"  by  P.  R.  Uhler. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 
I860.]  13 


202  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Prof.  Robert  E.  Rogers  made  some  remarks  on  the  fallacies  that  arose  from 
'.he  ordinary  use  of  language,  when  applied  to  the  description  of  phenomena  in 
a  scientific  manner.  He  adverted  to  the  subject  of  combustion  to  illustrate  his 
views,  and  showed  that  our  ordinary  explanation  of  what  is  called  by  this 
r.ame,  where  one  of  the  substances  is  styled  a  combustible,  and  the  other  a  sup- 
porter of  combustion,  as  for  example,  in  the  burning  of  an  ordinary  gas  light, 
was  fallacious,  because  we  only  looked  at  it  from  one  point  of  view.  The  gas 
to  be  burned  was  comparatively  small  in  quantity,  and  the  oxygen  surround- 
ing it  was  in  large  amount ;  hence  the  gas  alone  appeared  to  burn — the  oxy- 
gen of  the  air  to  support  it.  When,  however,  we  surround  the  oxygen  with  a 
large  quantity  of  gas,  or,  so  to  speak,  with  an  atmosphere  of  gas,  thus  reversing 
entirely  the  conditions,  then  the  oxygen  burns,  and  the  gas  becomes  a  support- 
er of  combustion.  We  have  then  no  right  to  call  the  gas  a  combustible  any 
more  than  the  oxygen  ;  or  the  oxygen  a  supporter  of  combustion,  any  more 
than  the  gas.  The  action  between  the  two  bodies  is  mutual,  and  the  various 
phenomena  witnessed  are  the  result  of  that  mutual  action.  The  Professor 
then  exhibited  a  beautiful  experiment,  in  which,  after  first  burning  the  com- 
mon illuminating  gas  in  the  ordinary  way,  he  reversed  the  conditions,  and 
burned  a  jet  of  common  air  in  an  atmosphere  of  gas. 


June  19  th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-one  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication : 

"  On  the  identity  of  Ammonites  Texanus,  Roemer,  and  A.  vesper- 
tinus  Morton,"  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

"  Descriptions  of  three  new  species  of  Gorgonidse  in  the  Collection 
of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,"  by  George  W. 
Horn. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 


June  26th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 
Thirty-one  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were,  on  the  report  of  the  Committees  to  which 
they  had  been  referred,  ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings  : 

(to  the  Identity  of  Ammonites  Texanus,  Koemer,  and  A.  vespertinus,  Morton. 

BY    W.  M.  GABB. 

In  1834,  Dr.  Morton  described,  an  ammonite  from  Arkansas,  in  his  synopsis, 
under  the  name  of  A.  vespertinus.  The  type,  consisting  of  two  fragments 
of  an  individual,  apparently  about  fifteen  inches  in  diameter,  is  in  the  collec- 
tion of  the  Academy. 

As  long  ago  as  September  of  last  year,  I  was  struck  with  the  resemblance 
of  these  specimens  to  the  species  described  by  Roemer,  in  "  Kreidebildungen 
von  Texas,"  1852,  under  the  name  of  A.  Texanus.  The  originals  of 
Dr.  Morton's  species  were  so  weathered  that  I  was  unable  to  make  out  the 
septum. 

More  recently,  however,  through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Moore,  I  have  been 
enabled  to  procure  an  undoubted  specimen  of  A.  Texanus,  consisting  of 
nearly  the  whole  outer  whorl  of  an  individual,  about  a  foot  in  diameter.  On 
comparing  this  with  Morton's  specimens,  I  became  convinced  of  their  identity. 
The  names  will  therefore  have  to  be  A.  vespertinus,  Morton;  A. 
Texanus,  Roemer,  being  a  synonyme. 

[Jane, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  203 


Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology.— No.  5. 
BY   BRACKENRIDGE   CLEMENS,    M-    D, 

PYRALID^.— CRAMB1TES. 

Crambcs  Fabricius. 

C.  agitatellus  . — Head  and  thorax  pale  luteous  ;  labial  palpi  somewhat 
tfuscous,  white  beneath.  Pore  wings  ochreous,  tinted  with  orange,  beneath 
•the  fold  and  toward  the  tip,  with  a  broad  silvery  white  median  streak  divided 
longitudinally  by  a  chrome  yellow  line.  The  costa  is  dark  fuscous  from  the 
base,  and  beyond  the  middle  are  two  oblique  fusco-luteous  lines,  the  first  of 
which  is  joined  at  an  angle  by  another  in  the  middle  of  the  wing.  On  the 
middle  of  the  apical  third  is  a  silvery  white  patch,  another  in  the  costa  above 
it,  a  small  one  in  the  middle  of  hind  margin,  and  one  at  the  tip,  margined 
internally  by  a  small  fuscous  patch.  Along  the  nervules,  above  and  beneath 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  are  fuscous  lines  containing  dull  silvery  scales,  with 
•a  subterminal  angulated  silvery  line,  and  a  few  marginal  dots  beneath  the 
middle  of  the  wing.     Cilia  silvery-hued.     Hind  wings  whitish. 

C.  laqueatellus. — Head  luteous.  Thorax  and  labial  palpi  fuscous,  the 
latter  whitish  beneath.  Fore  wings  with  two  silvery  white  streaks,  separated 
by  a  fuscous  streak  ;  the  upper  silvery  streak  is  margined  on  the  costa  with 
fuscous,  and  the  lower  one,  which  extends  beyond  the  apical  third,  is  edged 
on  the  fold  by  the  same  hue.  Beneath  the  fold,  the  wing  is  pale  yellowish 
with  a  fuscous  streak  along  submedian  nervure.  The  apical  portion  of  the 
wing  is  tinted  with  ochreous-yellow,  in  which  the  nervules  are  streaked  with 
silvery ;  on  the  costa,  near  the  tip,  is  an  oblique  silvery  streak,  dark  mar- 
gined on  both  sides.  The  subterminal  silvery  line  is  much  angulated,  and 
beneath  the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  a  large  marginal  whitish  patch,  containing 
black  lines  on  the  nervules.  The  tip  of  the  wing  is  silvery,  with  an  ochreous- 
yellow  patch.     Cilix  silvery-hued.      Hind  wings  pale  fuscous,  cilia  white. 

C.  involutellus. — Labial  palpi  dark  fuscous,  whitish  at  the  base  be- 
neath. Head  and  thorax  dark  yellowish  with  a  brassy  hue.  Fore  wings 
fusco-ochreous,  with  a  brassy  lustre,  with  a  median  silvery  white  streak 
pointed  behind  and  extended  nearly  to  the  hind  margin.  The  subterminal 
line  is  silvery,  with  a  short  white  streak  on  each  side  of  it  on  the  costa.  At 
the  tip  is  a  small  white  spot,  and  on  the  hinder  margin  beneath  the  middle  is 
a  whitish  patch,  containing  marginal  black  dots.  Cilia  silvery-hued.  Hind 
wings  pale  bluish  white. 

In  some  specimens  the  general  hue  of  the  fore  wings  is  paler  than  the 
above. 

C.  camurellus.  Labial  palpi  fuscous,  whitish  above.  Head  whitish. 
Fore  wings  ratherj  pale,  dull  reddish  fuscous  or  pale  ochreous,  dusted  with 
fuscous,  with  an  irregular  patch  of  fuscous  scales  on  the  middle  of  the  wing, 
where  it  is  crossed  by  an  angulated,  rather  ferruginous  line,  and  one  of  the 
same  hue  near  the  hinder  margin,  edged  externally  by  dull  silvery.  Th* 
nervules  are  faintly  marked  by  silvery  lines,  and  on  the  hind  margin  is  a 
row  of  black  dots.     Cilia  dark  but  silvery-hued.     Hind  wings  grayish. 

C.  luteolellus. — Labial  palpi  pale  yellowish,  dusted  externally  with 
fuscous.  Head,  thorax  and  fore  wings  yellowish  white,  sometimes  dusted 
with  fuscous,  with  a  patch  of  fuscous  scales  on  the  end  of  the  disc,  and  an 
irregular  line  of  the  same  hue  near  hinder  margin.  The  hind  margin  marked 
by  a  slender  dark  brown  line  ;  cilia  yellowish  white.  Hind  wings  fuscous. 
cilia  whitish. 

I860.] 


204  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

C.  caliginosellus . — Head,  thorax  and  labial  palpi  dark  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  dark  fuscous,  with  two  angulated  umber  brown  lines,  one  about  the 
middle  of  the  wing,  and  rather  indistinct,  and  one  near  the  hind  margin  ;  on 
the  hinder  margin  is  a  blackish  brown  line  ;  cilia  fuscous.  Hind  wings  rather 
dark  fuscous  ;  cilia  whitish. 

C.  mutabilis. — Grayish  fuscous,  varied  beneath  the  fold  with  luteous. 
Labial  palpi  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  with  a  grayish  median  stripe,  not  ex- 
tending beyond  the  disk,  more  or  less  tinted  with  luteous  beneath  the  fold, 
and  with  fuscous  along  the  base  of  the  costa.  On  the  end  of  the  median  ner- 
vure  is  a  dark  brown  dot,  and  sometimes  streaked  with  dark  fuscous  beneath 
the  nervure.  The  subterminal  line  is  faint  and  bluish,  usually  containing  a 
row  of  faint  brownish  dots.     Hind  wings  yellowish,  gray  or  pale  fuscous. 

This  species  appears  to  be  highly  variable,  the  general  hue  being  sometimes 
pale  ochreous,  and  in  specimens  somewhat  worn,  scarcely  to  be  identified. 

C.  vulgi vagellus.  —  Labial  palpi  luteous,  dark  fuscous  externally. 
Head  and  thorax  luteous  ;  teguloe  with  a  fuscous  stripe.  Fore  wings  luteous, 
with  numerous  fuscous  streaks  in  atoms,  along  the  veins  and  two  in  the  disk. 
Hind  margin  with  a  row  of  terminal  black  dots ;  cilia  golden  hued.  Hind 
wings  yellowish  ;  cilia  whitish. 

C.  albellus. — Pure  white,  with  a  row  of  black  dots  on  the  hind  margin 
of  the  fore  wings,  with  an  oblique  pale  yellow  acutely  angulated  line  from 
near  the  middle  of  costa,  and  an  angulated  silvery  subterminal  line  margined 
on  both  sides  with  pale  yellowish.  Above  the  marginal  dots  at  the  base  of 
the  cilia  is  a  short  blackish  marginal  line.  Hind  wings  pale  brownish -gray  or 
whitish. 

C.  elegans. — Whitish.  Fore  wings  at  the  base  of  costa  ratheT  broadly 
streaked  with  brown,  having  a  brassy  lustre,  with  a  patch  of  brown  scales  on 
the  inner  margin  near  the  base,  and  a  short,  curved  streak  of  the  same  hue 
about  its  middle,  which  forms  with  its  opposite  when  the  wings  are  closed  a 
semi-circular  dorsal  line,  behind  which  the  wing  is  dusted  with  brown.  On 
the  apical  third  of  the  wing  is  a  broad,  brown  band,  broadest  on  the  costa, 
where  it  encloses  a  small  white  spot,  and  with  a  straight  brown  subterminal 
line  exterior  to  it,  on  a  silvery  white  ground.  The  hinder  margin  is  dotted 
with  black  points ;  cilia  silvery.     Hind  wings  pale  brownish  white. 

Variety.  Costa  slightly  touched  at  the  base  with  dark  fuscous.  No  distinct 
broad  band  on  the  apical  third,  but  the  costa  from  nearly  the  middle,  dark 
fuscous,  containing  two  small,  white  costal  spots.  The  subterminal  line 
whitish,  margined  on  each  side  with  fuscous.  The  spot  on  middle  of  inner 
margin  rather  diffuse,  not  linear,  and  the  wing  behind  it  but  little  dusted. 
Hind  wings  whitish. 

C.  Girardellus. — Labial  palpi  pale  fuscous  externally,  above  and  be- 
neath silvery  white.  Fore  wings  silvery  white,  with  an  orange  yellow  stripe 
beneath  the  median  nervure,  somewhat  turned  upwards  at  its  tip  toward  the 
apex  of  the  wing,  and  extended  on  the  sides  of  the  thorax  to  the  head  ;  it  is 
slightly  margined  toward  the  costa  of  the  wing  with  dark  reddish  fuscous. 
The  hind  margin  is  dotted  with  blackish  dots,  and  at  the  base  of  the  cilia  is  a 
dark  brown  marginal  line ;  cilia  silvery.     Head  wings  white. 

Mass.     From  Dr.  Chas.  GHrard. 

C.  auratellus . — Labial  palpi  and  antennae  orange  yellow,  the  former 
silvery  white  above.  Fore  wings  silvery  white,  with  an  orange  yellow  band, 
from  the  apical  third  of  the  costa  to  the  middle  of  inner  margin,  where  it  is 
broadest,  and  somewhat  produced  along  the  costa  toward  the  tip,  and  the 
inner  margin  to  the  anal  angle.  Cilia  orange  yellow,  with  a  dark  reddish 
fuscous,  somewhat  crenated  basal  line.     Head  wings  white. 

Mass.     From  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder,  Jr. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  205 

Chilo  Zincken. 
C.  longirostrallu  s. — Labial  palpi,  head  and  thorax  ochreous  white. 
Fore  wings  pale  yellowish-white,  with  a  fuscous  line  from  the  tip  to  the  inner 
margin.     Hind  wings  pale  ochreous  white.     Abdomen  tufted  at  the  tip. 

C.  melinellus . — Ochreous  yellow.  Fore  wings  with  a  pale  fuscous 
streak  along  the  middle  of  the  fold,  extended  nearly  to  the  tip,  and  a  faint 
oblique  line  of  the  same  hue,  from  the  tip,  not  extended  to  the  hind  margin. 
Hind  wings  pale  yellowish-white.     Abdomen  tufted. 

C.  aquilellus. — Dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  with  an  ochreous  streak 
along  the  submedian  nervure  and  its  nervules,  and  those  beneath  likewise 
touched  with  the  same  hue.     Hind  wings  yellowish  fuscous. 

PHYCITES. 
Nephopteryx  Hiibner. 

N.  undulatella . — Labial  palpi,  head  and  thorax  grayish  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  grayish  fuscous,  with  an  augulated  white  line  crossing  the  disk,  some- 
times obsolete  above  the  fold,  margined  with  dark  brownish,  and  a  subtermi- 
nal  line  of  the  same  hue  dark  margined  on  both  sides.  At  the  end  of  the 
disk  is  a  short  blackish  transverse  line,  slightly  margined  exteriorly  with 
whitish.  Hinder  margin  tipped  with  blackish  ;  cilia  grayish  fuscous.  Hind 
wings  grayish  testaceous  ;  cilia  paler. 

Penna.,  Canada  and  Mass.     From  Dr.  Chas.  Girard,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Early  in  October,  I  found  pupse  of  this  insect  at  Niagara  Falls,  on  the  Ca- 
nada side,  under  shelter  of  loosened  portions  of  the  bark  of  the  American 
Elm.  They  were  enclosed  in  a  cocoon  of  silk,  mixed  with  particles  of  bark. 
On  the  same  tree  I  took  a  number  of  larvae  which  were  descending  the  trunk 
to  undergo  pupation.  I  did  not,  however,  obtain  imagos  from  any  of  the 
specimens.  The  body  was  nearly  uniform  in  diameter,  with  the  ordinary 
number  of  feet.  Head  as  broad  as  the  body  and  dark  green.  Body  dark 
green,  between  the  segments  yellowish  and  dotted  with  yellow  ;  first  rings 
with  two  black  dots  on  the  sides. 

N.?  u  lmi-arr  o  s  o  r  ella  . — Female.  Grayish-fuscous.  Fore  wings  with 
a  slender,  dark  fuscous  angulated  line,  edged  on  the  costa  internally  by  a  pale 
grayish  spot,  and  on  the  inner  margin  externally  by  another  of  the  same  hue. 
The  subterminal  line  pale  gray,  dark  margined  internally.  Hind  wings  pale 
brownish,  darker  on  the  margin. 

The  larva  is  found  on  the  American  elm  in  August.  The  head  is  pale 
brown,  dotted  with  dark  brown.  The  body  dark  green,  with  a  dorsal,  double 
line  of  pale  green  patches,  and  a  slight  subdorsal  and  stigmatal  line  of  the 
same  hue.  On  the  1st,  2d,  4th,  5th  and  10th  rings,  are  brown  subdorsal 
points.  It  weaves  a  web  on  the  surface  of  the  leaves,  feeding  beneath  it. 
The  pupa  is  contained  in  a  web  between  united  leaves,  in  the  vivarium.  It 
becomes  a  pupa  about  the  middle  of  August,  and  an  imago  about  twelve  or 
fourteen  days  after  transformation. 

Pempelia?  Hiibner. 

Male.  Labial  palpi  moderately  long,  scarcely  exceeding  the  vertex ;  Jirst  and 
second  joints  thick,  third  extremely  short  and  slender.  Maxillary  palpi  with  a 
short  pencil  of  hairs.  Tongue  nearly  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath:  scaled  at 
base. 

P.?  virgatella  . — Brownish  luteous.  Fore  wings  varied  with  pale  gray- 
ish toward  the  base  and  tip,  with  dull  pale  reddish  at  the  base  and  middle  of 
inner  margin  ;  on  the  middle  of  the  costa  is  a  blackish  blotch,  containing  a 
short  line  of  the  same  hue,  and  opposite,  an  angulated  whitish  line,  with  few 
black  spots  exterior  to  the  costal  line  ;  a  blotch  of  the  same  hue  towards  the 

I860.] 


206  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE  ACADEMY   OF 

base  of  submedian  nervure,  and  a  pale  grayish  subterminal  line  margined  inter- 
nally by  a  blackish  line,  and  externally  by  black  streaks  on  the  nervnles. 
The  internal  black  margin  is  edged  on  the  costa  and  middle  of  the  wing  with 
pale  grayish.  Hinder  margin  spotted  with  black ;  cilia  grayish  fuscous.  Hind 
wings  pale  brownish. 

P.?  subcaesiella . — Male.  Pale  bluish  gray,  dusted  with  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  with  a  reddish  luteous  band  at  the  base,  broadest  on  the  inner  margin, 
and  a  rather  broad,  dark  fuscous  band  on  the  basal  third.  The  subterminal 
line  is  pale  grayish,  edged  behind  by  dark  fuscous.  Hind  wings  pale  brownish. 

Ephestia  ? 

E.  ostrinella . — Reddish-purple  varied  with  blackish.  Fore  wings  with 
the  basal  third  and  the  apical  portion  reddish  purple,  with  a  broad  blackish 
band  in  the  middle  edged  internally  by  a  straight  whitish  line,  and  an  exte- 
rior costal  patch  of  the  same  hue  containing  two  blackish  dots  on  a  short 
streak.  The  subterminal  line  is  pale  grayish.  Hind  wings  pale  brownish 
gray. 

The  larvae  lives  in  the  fruit  heads  of  Sumack,  passing  the  winter  in  the 
larval  state.  It  is  dark  reddish-brown,  head  brown  ;  cervical  and  terminal 
shields  blackish  brown.  The  body  is  supplied  with  a  few  isolated  hairs,  and 
one  or  two  rows  of  obscure  dark  brown  subdorsal  dots. 

The  larvae  make  galleries  through  the  fruit  heads,  and  desert  them  in  the 
spring,  to  form  their  cocoons,  which  are  slight  silken  webs,  and  appear  as 
imagos  about  the  middle  of  April. 

E.  Zeae. — Tinea  Zeae,  Fitch,  Rept.  2d,  321.  Fore  wings  with  the  basal 
third  pale  ochreous-yellow  or  yellowish-white,  and  the  remainder  fuscous, 
with  a  reddish-luteons  spot  on  the  end  of  the  disk,  or  dark  grayish-fuscous 
varied  with  reddish  luteous. 

The  larvaa  is  a  frequent  inhabitant  of  houses,  and  feeds  on  a  variety  of  dry 
goods,  rye,  corn,  clover  seed,  on  garlic  heads,  preserves,  especially  those  con- 
tained in  jars.  The  seeds  are  bound  together  with  a  silken  web  in  which 
galleries  are  left.  It  would  be  well  if  Dr.  Fitch  changed  the  specific  name  of 
this  insect  as  corn  is  by  no  means  its  favorite  or  usiial  food. 

The  labial  palpi  of  the  imago  are  more  decidedly  porrected  than  in  the 
foregoing  species,  but  I  do  not  think  the  difference  between  them  is  generic. 
I  have  no  males  of  Z  e  a  e  in  my  collection  and  do  not  know  whether  they  have 
the  tuft  beneath  the  fore  wing. 

Lanthaphe. 

Male.  The  discoidal  cell  of  the  fore  wings  is  narrow  and  appears  to  be  un- 
closed. The  costal  and  subcostal  nervures  run  very  close  to  each  other,  if 
not  united,  in  the  basal  third  of  the  wing  ;  the  former,  from  union  with  the 
first  subcosto-marginal  branch  much  thickened,  or  indistinctly  furcate.  The 
subcostal  subdivides  into  two  branches  near  the  basal  third  of  the  wing,  the 
upper  one  subdividing  again  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  sending  a  branch  with 
a  long  fork  to  the  costa  near  the  tip  and  a  simple  branch  to  the  apex.  The 
lower  branch  is  thickened  towards  its  origin,  simple,  and  is  the  post-apical 
nervule.  The  median  is  thickened  towards  its  end,  and  is  four-branched. 
Hind  wings  neuration  pyraliform. 

Head  with  ocelli.  Eyes  large  and  salient.  Labial  palpi  ascending,  applied 
closely  to  the  front  and  with  the  tips  much  elevated  above  the  vertex  ;  first 
and  second  joints  very  short,  first  almost  rudimental ;  the  third  very  long, 
folded  longitudinally  like  a  sheath.  Maxillary  palpi  rather  short,  with  a  pencil 
of  very  long,  silky  hairs,  capable  of  being  expanded,  and  carried  concealed  in 
the  sheath  formed  by  the  third  joint  of  labial  palpi.  Antennae  ciliated  beneath; 
basal  joint  thick,  with  a  short  horn-like  appendage  behind  having  a  tuft  of 
hairs.     Fore  wings  with  a  small  discal  vitreous  spot,  and  the  under  surface  from 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  207 

the  base  of  the  costa  to  the  middle,  thickly  covered  with  long  scales  placed  trans- 
versely. 

Female.  Fore  wings  without  discal  vitreous  spot.  Discoidal  cell  closed  by 
an  arcuate  nervure  ;  with  costal  and  subcostal  nervures  distinct,  the  latter 
with  a  single  marginal  branch  from  the  cell,  and  at  the  apical  third  of  the 
wing  subdividing  into  an  apical  and  marginal  branch,  which  is  furcate  ;  the 
subcosto  post-apical  from  the  superior  angle  of  the  cell.  Submedian  four 
branched. 

With  ocelli.  Labial  palpi  ascending,  with  tips  but  little  elevated  above  the 
vertex ;  nearly  cylindrical ;  second  joint  somewhat  thickened  and  long*,  ex- 
tending above  the  eyes ;  the  third  short,  slender  and  pointed-  Maxillary 
short,  without  pencil  of  hairs.  Antenu=ie  simple  and  setaceous  :  basal  joint 
thick,  without  appendage  behind. 

The  tongue  in  both  sexes  is  scaled  at  the  base,  and  moderately  long  ;  and 
the  fore  wings  "with  distinct  strigse  and  tufts  of  scales. 

This  genus  appears  to  be  congeneric  with  Acrobasis  of  Zeller. 

L.  platanella . — Labial  palpi  pale  brownish-red,  touched  in  front  with 
pale  gray.  Head  and  thorax  brownish-red,  the  latter  varied  with  grayish  and 
dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  grayish  fuscous,  with  the  costa  touched  with 
brownish  red,  and  a  patch  of  the  same  hue  in  the  female,  near  the  base  of  the 
inner  margin  containing  a  tuft  of  raised  scales ;  in  the  male,  blackish  brown, 
touched  with  brownish  red.  The  base  of  the  wing  is  whitish.  In  the  middle 
of  the  wing  is  a  broad  white  band,  obsolete  toward  the  costa,  with  two  straight 
blackish-brown  lines  internally,  and  in  the  male  shaded  internally  with  the 
same  hue.  The  subterminal  line  is  irregular  and  whitish,  dark  margined 
internally.  The  hinder  margin  of  the  wing  is  touched  with  blackish-brown. 
Hind  wings  pale  brown,  somewhat  darker  toward  the  hinder  margin. 

The  larva?  is  tortriciform  in  appearance.  Head  pale  brown,  mottled  with 
whitish.  Body  with  isolated  hairs,  pale  green,  with  a  dark  brown  dorsal  line 
and  a  fainter  stigmatal  line  of  the  same  hixe,  or  pale  reddish,  with  a  brown 
dorsal  line  on  each  side  of  the  vascular. 

It  makes  a  web  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaf  of  Sycamore,  (Platanus  o  c- 
ciden talis),  drawing  it  together  and  living  within  a  silken  tube. 

The  cocoon  is  woven  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  in  form  of  a  flattened  oval, 
consisting  of  brown  silk  covered  exteriorly  with  grains  of  earth.  The  larva- 
remain  in  it  unchanged  during  the  winter.  It  may  be  taken  in  July,  and 
enters  the  pupa  state  during  the  latter  part  of  August,  to  appear  as  an  imago 
in  May  or  June. 

L.  asperatella. — Labial  palpi  blackish  brown,  varied  with  whitish. 
Thorax  pale  grayish,  varied  with  grayish  or  dark  gray.  Fore  wings  dark 
brownish-gray,  with  a  blackish  brown  tuft  of  scales  in  the  basal  part  of  the 
fold,  and  a  smaller  one  of  the  same  hue  on  the  disk  above  it,  a  whitish  me- 
dian band,  sometimes  almost  obsolete,  containing  on  the  disk  a  small  black- 
ish-brown tuft  in  the  female,  with  an  internal  crenated  blackish  line,  and 
shaded  toward  the  base  with  blackish ;  on  its  external  margin  is  a  line  of 
raised  scales.  The  subterminal  line  is  pale  grayish,  angulated  and  margined 
internally  by  a  blackish  line,  and  externally  by  a  fainter  one  produced  into 
points  on  the  nervules.  The  hinder  marginal  line  is  black.  Sometimes  in 
the  female  the  base  of  the  wing  is  whitish,  slightly  touched  with  luteous. 

Penna.  and  Mass.     From  Dr.  Chas.  Girard. 

TINEINA. 

Lithocolletis.     (See  Paper  No.  2.) 

L.  Fitchella. — Argyromiges  quercifoliella,  Fitch,  Report  v.,  Section 
327.  Head,  face  and  thorax  silvery  white.  Labial  palpi  tipped  with  pale 
ochreous.     Antenna?  pale  saffron  ;  basal  joint  silvery  white.     Fore  wings  pale 

I860.] 


208  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

reddish-saffron,  with  a  slight  brassy  hue.  Along  the  costa  are  five  silvery  white, 
costal  streaks,  all  black  margined  internally  except  the  first,  which  is  very 
oblique  and  continued  along  the  costa  to  the  base  of  the  wing.  All  the  costal 
streaks  are  short,  except  the  first.  On  the  inner  margin  are  two  conspicuous 
silvery  dorsal  streaks,  dark  margined  internally,  the  first,  very  large,  and  placed 
near  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin,  the  second  opposite  the  third  costal 
streak.  At  the  tip  is  a  small,  round  black  spot,  placed  above  the  middle  of 
the  wing  ;  cilia  silvery  gray,  tinted  with  saffron.  Hind  wings  grayish-fuscous, 
cilia  paler. 

The  specific  name  used  by  Dr.  Fitch  being  already  in  use  to  designate  a 
European  species  of  this  genus,  it  was  necessary  to  change  it.  I  feel  pleasure, 
therefore,  in  dedicating  it  to  the  industrious  observer  who  first  described  it, 
and  who  is  adding  so  much  to  our  knowledge  of  entomological  Natural  His- 
tory. 

L.  tubiferella . — Head  silvery  white.  Antenna?  fuscous,  slightly  annu- 
lated  with  white  ;  basal  joint  pale  saffron.  Fore  wings  pale  saffron,  with  two 
silvery  white,  moderately  broad  bands,  black  margined  externally,  one  near 
the  base  and  the  other  on  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  both  somewhat  oblique  ; 
cilia  of  the  general  hue.     Hind  wings  dark  grayish,  cilia  the  same. 

The  larva  belongs  to  the  second  larval  group  of  this  genus,  but  the  body 
much  more  contracted  than  that  of  any  other  larva  I  have  seen.  Its  form  is 
almost  that  of  a  flattened  ovoid,  the  rings  separated  by  deep  incisions,  and  each 
forming  in  the  sides  a  projecting  mammilla. 

The  larva  mines  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  of  oaks  in  September,  and 
doubtless  also  in  the  summer  months.  The  mine  is  a  linear  tract,  sometimes 
curved  or  wavy,  gradually  increasing  in  breadth  from  the  beginning  to  the 
end,  or  as  the  larva  increases  in  length,  with  the  "frass"  deposited  on  each 
side  of  the  tract  and  marking  its  outlines  by  two  black  lines.  The  position 
of  the  larva  within  the  mine  is  likewise  a  peculiar  one,  as  it  is  always  placed 
transversely  to  its  course,  and  hence  the  deposition  of  the  "frass"  on  the 
sides,  and  the  gradual  increase  in  breadth  as  the  larva  grows  in  length.  Its 
head  is  blackish  brown  ;  the  body  pale  greenish,  with  pale  brown  dorsal  ma- 
cula?, darker  on  their  edges.  It  undergoes  transformation  in  the  end  of  the 
mine,  preparing  a  circular  cell  or  slightly  silk-lined  cavity,  and  leaves  the 
last  larval  cast  outside  of  it.  The  fall  brood  of  larva  become  imagos  about 
the  middle  of  May. 

L.  cratfegella . — This  insect  is  found  on  the  apple  and  wild  cherry,  (P. 
serotina),  without  undergoing  any  variation,  which  I  can  detect.  I  thought 
beyond  doubt,  that  that  in  the  leaf  of  wild  cherry,  must  be  a  distinct  species, 
for  the  larva  has  a  habit  unusual  to  larvse  of  this  group,  and  which  I  have  not 
noticed  in  those  on  the  thorn  and  apple,  although,  doubtless,  they  correspond. 
The  habit  I  refer  to  in  wild  cherry  miners,  consists  in  deserting  an  old  mine  to 
form  a  new  one,  reminding  one  strongly  of  the  early  habits  of  the  Ornix  larv«. 
The  larva  enters  along  the  midrib  to  form  a  new  mine,  which  I  have  found  in 
various  stages  of  advancement,  besides  the  old  and  tenantless  mine  in  another 
portion  of  the  leaf. 

Tischeria.     (See  Paper  No.  2.) 

T.  malifoliella. — Head  and  antennae  shining  dark  brown ;  face  ochre- 
ous.  Fore  wings  uniform,  shining  dark  brown  with  a  purplish  tinge,  slightly 
dusted  with  pale  ochreous  ;  cilia  of  the  general  hue.  Hind  wings  dark  gray  : 
cilia  with  a  rufous  tinge. 

The  larva  mines  the  upper  surface  of  the  apple  leaf.  The  mine  is  flat,  at 
least  until  the  larva  enters  the  pupa  state,  and  begins  as  a  slender  white  line, 
dilating  as  it  increases,  and  is  ultimately  formed  into  an  irregular  brownish 
colored  patch,  which  is  sometimes  extended  over  the  beginning.  This  is  then 
shown  on  the  separated  epidermis  as  a  white  line  or  streak.     The  head  of  the 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  209 

larva  is  brown ;  the  body  uniform  pale  green  ;  first  segment  brownish,  with  a 
short,  vascular  greenish  streak.  When  the  pupation  begins  the  leaf  is  thrown 
into  a  fold,  which  is  carpeted  with  silk,  and  the  pupa  lies  within  it.  This 
state  begins  about  the  latter  part  of  September,  and  the  imago  appears  early 
in  May. 

Antispila.     (See  Paper  No.  3.) 

A.  Isabella . — Head  golden.  Antennae  purplish  brown.  Fore  wings  pur- 
plish brown,  without  violet  and  greenish  reflections,  with  a  pale  golden  band  near 
the  base,  inclined  toward  the  base,  not  constricted  on  the  fold,  but  broadest 
on  the  inner  margin.  Near  the  tip  of  the  wing  is  a  small  pale  golden  costal 
spot,  and  one  of  the  same  hue  nearly  opposite  on  the  inner  margin.  The 
hind  wings  have  a  greenish  reflection ;  in  Nysssefoliella,  they  are  rather  deep 
purple. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaf  of  Isabella  grape  in  September.  Its  head  is  brown  ; 
the  body  yellowish  white,  with  a  few  black  dorsal  spots  on  a  dark  green  ground, 
on  the  middle  segments  and  beneath  a  spot  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  segments  : 
first  segment  dark  green.  It  cuts  out  a  very  large,  nearly  round  disk,  during 
the  latter  part  of  September,  and  appears  as  an  imago  in  the  latter  part  of 
May. 

A.  viticordifoliella  . — The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  wild  grapes.  Its 
head  is  brown  ;  the  body  yellowish  green,  without  dorsal  or  ventral  spots  ; 
the  first  ring  brown.  It  may  be  taken  in  August,  and  in  the  beginning  of 
September  it  cuts  out  a  small  oval  disk  and  enters  the  pupa  state.  I  have  not 
succeeded  in  breeding  the  imago,  but  have  no  doubt  it  is  specifically  distinct 
from  any  heretofore  described. 

Aspidisca. 
(See  Proceedings,  Jan'y.,  1880,  p.  11.) 
The  diagnosis  of  this  genus  was  made  from  two  specimens  of  A.  splendorife- 
r  e  1 1  a.  In  insects  so  extremely  small  and  fragile,  even  when  relaxed  by  mois- 
ture, it  is  no  simple  task  to  make  a  correct  diagnosis  from  a  single  examina- 
tion. The  reader  will  therefore  please  correct  in  the  January  number  of  the 
Proceedings  as  follows  :  Labial  palpi  extremely  short  and  slender,  much  separated. 
Tongue  naked  and  scarcely  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxa;. 

A.  lucifluella. — Head  silvery.  Antennae  rather  dark  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  silvery  from  the  base  to  the  middle,  and  thence  to  the  tip  dark  fuscous 
varied  with  golden.  Near  the  tip  are  three  short,  costal  silvery  streaks  adjacent 
to  each  other ;  the  first  is  longer  than  the  others,  with  converging  dark  mar- 
gins, and  a  golden  patch  on  its  internal  side  ;  the  second  with  straight  dark 
margins,  and  a  golden  patch  beneath  and  adjoining  it  ;  the  third  is  unmar- 
gined  except  by  the  external  margin  of  the  second  streak  which  separates 
them.  Opposite  the  first  costal  streak  is  a  dorsal,  tapering  streak  of  the  same 
hue,  and  placed  in  the  dark  fuscous  portion  of  the  wing.  From  the  second 
golden  spot  to  the  middle  of  the  hinder  margin  is  an  oblique  silvery  streak, 
sometimes  separated  into  two  spots.  At  the  extreme  apex  is  a  deep  black 
triangular  spot ;  the  cilia  grayish,  tinged  with  pale  brownish. 

The  larva  may  be  found  in  September  and  October  mining  the  leaves  of 
hickories.  The  head,  first  and  second  segments  are  brownish,  with  a  reddish 
tinge  ;  body  brownish-green,  with  a  dark  green  vascular  line  and  three  black- 
ish dorsal  spots  on  the  middle  segments.  Early  in  October  the  larva  cuts  out 
an  oval  disk  and  enters  the  pupa  state,  to  appear  as  an  imago  early  in  June. 
The  perfect  insect  is  larger  than  splendoriferella. 

Pakectopa. 

The  fore  wings  are  lanceolate.  The  disk  is  acutely  closed  behind,  at  the 
apical  third  of  the  wing  and  narrow.     No  costal  nervure.     The  subcostal  sends 

I860.] 


210  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

off  quite  near  the  base  of  the  wing  a  long  marginal  branch,  and  near  its  end, 
two  other  branches  to  the  costa..  From  the  acute  apex  of  the  disk  arises  the 
apical  branch,  which,  near  its  origin  sends  a  branch  to  the  costa,  and  about 
its  middle  becomes  bifid,  sending  one  branch  to  the  costa  near  the  tip,  and 
the  other  to  the  inner  margin  beneath  it.  The  median  is  three-branched,  the 
posterior  vein  arising  somewhat  interiorly  to  the  costal  origin  of  the  second 
marginal,  and  is  most  distinct  on  the  inner  margin,  being  faintly  indicated  from 
its  middle  to  its  origin. 

Hind  wings  very  narrow,  almost  setiform.  The  disk  unclosed.  The  costal 
nervure  is  well  indicated  and  long,  reaching  almost  to  the  tip  of  the  wing. 
The  subcostal  is  furcate  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  is  attenuated  to- 
ward the  base  almost  from  its  bifurcation  ;  it  runs  close  to  the  costal  trunk. 
The  median  nervure  is  furcate  within  the  middle  of  the  wing,  on  the  inner 
margin. 

Head  with  long,  loose  scales  above,  forming  a  slight  tuft  between  the  an- 
tennae. Forehead  rounded.  Face  narrow  and  short,  somewhat  retreating  and 
smooth.  No  ocelli.  Eyes  small,  round,  salient  and  naked.  Labial  palpi 
moderately  long,  slender,  smooth,  pointed  and  drooping,  (in  the  living  insect 
most  probably  ascending) ;  second  joint  slightly  thickened  at  its  end.  Max- 
illary palpi  not  perceptible.  Antennae  inserted  on  the  front ;  filiform  and  sim- 
ple ;  basal  joint  scarcely  thicker  than  the  stalk  and  short ;  nearly  as  long  as 
the  fore  wings.     Tongue  naked,  slender,  nearly  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

P.  lespedezsefoliella. — Head  and  face  white.  Labial  palpi,  second 
joint  dark  fuscous,  the  third  white.  Antenna?  dark  grayish  fuscous.  Thorax 
blackish  brown.  Fore  wings  blackish  brown,  with  three  silvery  white  spots 
along  the  inner  margin,  one  almost  at  the  base  of  the  wing,  one  at  the  apical 
third,  and  the  other  intermediate  between  them.  On  the  costa  are  two  silvery 
white  spots,  the  first  a  little  exterior  to  the  second  dorsal ;  the  second  costal 
opposite  the  third  dorsal.  Along  the  hinder  margin  is  a  black  hinder  margi- 
nal line,  or  two  decided  converging  black  streaks,  one  from  the  costa  and  the 
other  from  the  inner  margin,  meeting  at  the  tip  where  there  is  a  small  silvery 
white  spot.  The  cilia  along  the  hinder  margin  are  silvery  white  tipped  with 
blackish,  and  along  the  inner  margin  dark  gray.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous, 
cilia  the  same. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaves  of  bush-clover,  (Lespedeza  violacea)  early  in 
September.  It  makes  a  whitish  blotch  mine,  with  a  number  of  narrow,  lat- 
eral mines,  or  rather  wide  galleries  running  out  from  it,  on  the  upper  surface 
of  the  leaf.  The  blotch  is  chiefly  in  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  the  larva  mining 
along  the  midrib  in  the  first  instance,  and  when  disturbed  it  conceals  itself 
by  retreating  to  the  midrib,  and  applies  itself  along  the  course  of  it.  Hence 
tenanted  mines  may  easily  be  mistaken  for  deserted  ones.  The  mine  never 
contains  "  frass,"  and  the  larva  seems  to  leave  one  capriciously,  whilst  it  is 
yet  small  in  extent,  to  form  a  new  one  ;  this  it  does  by  penetrating  the  under 
cuticle  of  the  leaf.  In  the  course  of  larval  life,  many  new  mines  are  formed 
and  the  insect  is  a  troublesome  one  to  breed.  The  larva  is  cylindrical,  slightly 
tapering  from  the  first  segment,  and  the  body  bright,  concolorous  green.  It 
deserts  its  food-plant  about  the  middle  of  September  to  form  its  cocoonet ; 
this  is  woven  upon  some  substance  on  the  ground,  in  the  vivarium,  in  a  pucker 
on  a  leaf,  or  under  a  turned-down  portion  of  the  edge,  and  is  white.  It  appears 
as  an  imago  early  in  May. 

I  have  no  good  description  of  this  larva  in  my  notes,  but  have  of  another 
having  precisely  similar  habits,  and  in  appearance  very  like  it.  It  mines  a 
species  of  Desmodium  plants,  nearly  related  to  Lespedeza,  and  is  probably  the 
same  insect,  or  at  least  of  the  same  genus  as  the  above.  The  body  of  this 
larva  tapers  posteriorly;  it  is  submoniliform  and  slightly  flattened,  with  the 
segments  roundly  mammillated  on  the  sides.  The  feet  are  three,  the  abdomi- 
nal three  and  the  terminal  one  pair.     The  head  is  pale  brown ;  the  body 

[June,, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  211 

bright  green,  tinged  with  yellowish.  The  larvae  desert  their  mines  to  form 
new  ones,  hence  they  are  never  extensive,  sometimes  blotches,  and  again  ir- 
regular galleries  along  the  midrib,  with  lateral  branches.  The  "frass"  is 
voided  at  the  entrance  opening  beneath.  I  was  not  successful  in  breeding  the 
larvae  on  Desmodium. 

Bucculatkix   Zeller. 
(See  Paper  No.  3,  Proceedings,  Jan.,  1860.    The  authority  there  given  is  a  mistake.) 

B.  pomif olie  11a. — Head  and  face  very  pale  ochreous,  with  the  tuft 
tipped  with  brownish.  Antennae  pale  ochreous,  dotted  above  with  dark  fus- 
cous. Fore  wings  whitish,  tinged,  with  pale  yellowish,  freely  dusted  with 
brown.  On  the  middle  of  inner  margin  is  a  large  dark  brown,  oval  patch, 
forming,  with  its  opposite  when  the  wings  are  closed,  a  conspicuous,  nearly 
round  dorsal  patch  ;  a  streak  of  the  same  hue,  from  the  costa  opposite  it,  run- 
ning to  the  inner  angle  of  the  wing  and  tapering  from  the  costa  where  it  is 
broadest.  At  the  tip  is  a  round,  dark  brown  apical  spot,  and  in  the  cilia  a 
dark  brown  hinder  marginal  line.  Hind  wings  pale  brownish  ochreous,  cilia 
the  same. 

The  larva  feeds  externally  on  the  leaf  of  apple,  at  least  at  the  time  it  was 
taken,  in  the  latter  part  of  September.  It  is  cylindrical  and  submoniiiform  ; 
tapers  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  ;  with  punctiform  points  and  isolated  hairs, 
first  segment  with  rather  abundant  dorsal  hairs  ;  thoracic  feet  three,  abdomi- 
nal four  and  very  short,  terminal  one  pair.  Head  small,  ellipsoidal,  brown ; 
body  dark  yellowish  green,  tinged  with  reddish  anteriorly  ;  hairs  blackish  and 
short. 

Early  in  October  the  larva  enters  the  pupa  state,  weaving  an  elongated, 
dirty  white,  ribbed  cocoon,  and  appears  as  in  imago  during  the  latter  part  of 
the  following  April  or  early  in  May. 

B.  agnella . — Head  and  face  sordid  white,  the  latter  touched  with  fuscous. 
Antennae  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  whitish,  washed  with  pale  luteous-brown, 
which  prevails  especially  towards  the  tip  and  along  the  fold.  About  the 
middle  of  inner  margin,  on  the  fold,  is  a  small  dark  fuscous  mark,  consisting 
of  a  few  scales.  The  costa  is  dark  fuscous  from  the  base,  and  about  the  middle 
of  the  wing  gives  off  a  short  oblique  streak  of  the  same  hue,  and  another 
near  the  apical  third,  which  is  fuscous  near  the  costa  and  pale  luteous-brown 
beyond  it,  and  margined  exteriorly  with  white,  especially  on  the  costa.  The 
long  scales  in  the  cilia  are  tipped  with  dark  brown.  Hind  wings  brownish, 
cilia  brownish  with  a  rufous  tinge. 

Taken  on  wing  about  the  middle  of  May. 

Machimia. 

Fore  wings  with  the  hind  margin  obliquely  pointed.  The  subcostal  nervure 
gives  off  a  marginal  branch  near  the  basal  third,  and  at  the  end  of  the  disk 
subdivides  into  four  nervnles,  of  which  the  apical  is  furcate  near  the  tip. 
The  median  is  four-branched,  the  medio-posterior  remote  from  the  penulti- 
mate. The  submedian  is  furcate  at  the  base.  In  the  disk  is  a  long,  faintly 
indicated  secondary  cell.  The  neuration  of  the  hind  wings  like  that  of  De- 
pressaria.  The  discal  nervure  is  oblique.  The  interior  basal  angle  rounded, 
and  the  margin  slightly  excised  behind  it. 

Head  and  forehead  between  the  antennae,  shaggy.  Face  rather  smooth, 
depressed  and  retreating.  No  ocelli.  Eyes  small,  oval  and  salient.  Labial 
palpi  rather  long,  remote  from  the  face,  slender,  curved  and  ascending  ;  second 
joint  roughened  ivith  scales;  the  third  smooth,  aciculate,  and  about  one-third 
less  long  than  the  second.  Maxillary  palpi  very  short.  Antennae  about  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  fore  wing,  simple  and  filiform  ;  basal  joint  short.  Tongue 
scaled,  about  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxae. 

I860.] 


212  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

M.  tentoriferella . — Labial  palpi  pale  yellowish ;  basal  half  of  the 
second  joint  blackish  or  dark  fuscous.  Fore  wings  reddish  ochreous,  with 
dispersed  dark  fuscous  atoms.  The  extreme  base  of  the  costa  is  blackish, 
from  a  small  black  spot  on  its  edge  ;  with  three  blackish  brown  spots  arranged 
in  a  triangle  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  one  about  the  middle  of  the  disk, 
another  on  its  end,  and  one  in  the  fold  beneath  them ;  cilia  rather  long  and 
russet  colored.  Hind  wings  rufo-fuscous,  along  the  discal  portion  of  costa, 
pale  ochreous. 

The  larva  tapers  posteriorly  from  the  head  ;  terminal  legs  short,  placed 
posteriorly,  projecting  beyond  the  shield  ;  abdominal  legs  short ;  with  papili- 
form  points  in  squares,  each  bearing  a  hair ;  body  cylindric  and  sub-monili- 
form.  The  head  is  large,  carried  horizontally  ;  somewhat  flattened  above,  but 
rounded ;  cervical  shield  doubtfully  indicated,  its  color  dark  green.  Body 
dark  green,  at  first  uniform,  but  after  the  last  moult,  a  double  yellowish - 
green  dorsal  line  is  added. 

It  may  be  found  during  the  latter  part  of  July,  on  the  leaves  of  wild  cherry, 
oaks  and  hickories.  On  the  underside  of  the  leaf  it  throws  a  closely  woven 
sheet  or  web  from  the  midrib  to  the  side  of  the  leaf,  and  draws  it  into  a  shallow 
fold.  This  sheet  or  tent  is  not  much  longer  than  the  larva  itself,  open  at  both 
ends,  transparent,  shining  and  vitreous.  Beneath  this  it  rests  during  the 
day,  and  in  the  night  leaves  it  to  feed  on  the  edges  of  the  leaf,  retreating  to 
its  cover  if  alarmed.  To  this  it  clings  most  tenaciously  if  disturbed,  thrust- 
ing its  head  from  beneath  it,  shaking  it  from  side  to  side,  or  if  disturbed  in 
front,  retreats,  without  leaving  it,  and  defends  itself  stoutly  with  its  mandi- 
bles. Its  length  is  about  half  an  inch.  When  it  leaves  a  leaf  to  form 
a  new  tent  on  another,  it  always  devours  the  silk  of  the  one  it  deserts. 

During  the  latter  part  of  August  or  first  of  September  it  enters  the  pupa 
state  and  forms  its  cocoon,  by  turning  down  a  portion  of  a  leaf,  carpeting  it 
with  silk  and  binding  its  edges  closely.  The  opening  left  at  the  ends,  corres- 
ponding to  the  tail  of  the  pupa,  is  closed  densely,  and  the  other  with  loose 
silken  threads.  The  pupa  case  is  very  dark  reddish  brown,  and  it  remains  in 
situ  when  the  imago  escapes.  The  antennae-cases  as  long  as  the  wing-cases  ; 
abdomen  rather  short  and  blunt;  cylindrico-conical.  The  imago  appears 
during  the  latter  part  of  September. 

Psilocorsis. 

The  neuration  of  the  wings  differs  in  scarcely  any  respect  from  the  foregoing 
genus,  except  that  the  medio-posterior  vein  is  not  remote  from  the  penultimate. 
The  posterior  veins  of  the  median  are  very  much  curved.  The  structure  of 
the  fore  wings  in  both  these  groups  is  much  like  that  in  the  Tortrices. 

Head  smooth.     Face  rounded.     Ocelli  none.     Eyes  large,  round  and  salient. 

Labial  palpi  long,  remote  from  the  face,  recurved,  rather  slender  ;  second 
joint  rather  flattened,  smooth,  with  appressed  scales  ;  third  smooth,  slender  and 
pointed,  nearly  as  long  as  the  second  joint.  Maxillary  palpi  short,  distinct. 
Antennae  about  one  half  as  long  as  the  fore  wings,  simple  and  filiform  ;  basal 
joint  rather  long  and  subclavate.  Tongue  one-half  as  long  as  thorax  beneath, 
scaled. 

P.  quercicella . — Head  and  thorax  dark  yellowish-brown.  Labial  palpi, 
second  joint  ochreous,  with  a  black  line  on  the  edge  beneath;  third  black, 
with  two  yellowish  white  stripes  in  front.  Antennae  ochreous,  with  a  black 
line  above,  terminating  in  black  spots  ;  basal  joint  with  two  black  stripes  in 
front.  Fore  wings  yellowish  brown,  varied  with  blackish  irregular  striae, 
chiefly  from  the  costa,  with  a  black  dot  on  the  end  of  the  disk.  The  posterior 
margin  is  tipped  with  blackish  ;  the  cilia  are  yellowish  brown,  containing  two 
dark  fuscous  hinder  marginal  lines.  Posterior  wings  pale  ochreous,  cilia  the 
same. 

The  larva  tapers  from  the  third  segment  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  :  flattened 

[June 


NATURAL  SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  213 

above  and  beneath,  submoniliform ;  no  dorsal  papilliform  points,  but  two 
rows  on  the  sides  ;  abdominal  and  terminal  feet  Very  short,  the  latter  placed 
posteriorly.  Head  small,  cordate,  horizontal.  The  body  is  yellowish  or  pale 
greenish,  the  head,  1st,  2d,  and  3d  segments  black. 

It  binds  the  leaves  of  oaks  together,  in  August  and  September,  and  picks 
out  the  parenchyma  between  the  network  of  veins.  In  the  latter  part  of  Sep- 
tember it  weaves  a  slight  cocoon  between  two  leaves,  (in  nature  it  is  probably 
made  elsewhere  than  between  the  leaves  of  its  food  plant),  and  becomes  a  ra- 
ther short,  thick  pupa,  with  the  antennae  cases  moniliform  and  longer  than 
the  wing-cases,  beyond  the  end  of  which  they  project  as  an  obtuse  spine.  It 
appears  as  an  imago  in  March  or  April. 

Labial  palpi  very  long  and  recurved,  the  tips  extending  bach  as  far  as  prothorax, 
but  remote  from  the  face  and  head. 

P.  re  flex  el  la. — Head  brownish,  tinged  with  ferruginous.  Labial  palpi 
dark  ochreous,  with  a  black  line  on  the  edge  of  second  joint  beneath,  and 
three  black  lines  on  the  third,  one  in  front  and  one  on  each  side.  Antennae 
dark  ochreous,  annulated  with  dark  fuscous  ;  basal  joint  with  two  black  stripes 
in  front.  Fore  wings  dull  ochreous,  profusely  dusted  with  reddish  fuscous  ; 
cilia  short  and  dark  colored.     Hind  wings  fuscous. 

This  species  very  closely  resembles,  physically,  M.  tentoriferella.  The 
labial  palpi  are  longer,  however,  more  recurved,  and  the  second  joint  perfectly 
smooth,  whilst  in  tentoriferella   it  is  roughened  with  scales. 

Both  these  genera  likewise  closely  approach  the  European  genus  Phibolocera, 
and  it  is  not  impossible  that  one  of  them  may  be  really  identical  with  it,  not- 
withstanding the  longer  antennae  and  shorter  third  joint  of  the  labial  palpi  in 
the  European  species. 

Menesta. 

Fore  wings  obtusely  pointed  above  the  middle,  elongate-ovate.  Disk  closed 
by  a  very  faint  nervure.  The  subcostal  subdivides  into  five  nervules,  the  first 
of  which  is  from  the  middle  of  the  disk,  the  fourth  being  the  apical,  and  the 
fifth  the  post  apical  from  the  middle  of  the  disk  behind.  The  median  is  three- 
branched,  the  medio-posterior  being  opposite  the  third  subcostal  vein.  The 
fold  is  thickened  at  its  end  and  runs  into  the  basal  third  of  the  median.  The 
submedian  curved,  and  shortly  furcate  at  the  base. 

Hind  wings  somewhat  trapezoidal,  slightly  emarginate  on  the  hind  margin 
beneath  the  tip.  The  discoidal  cell  unclosed.  The  costal  nervure  is  long 
and  extended  nearly  to  the  tip.  The  subcostal  somewhat  attenuated  at  its 
base,  distinct  from  the  costal,  and  furcate  at  the  apical  third  of  the  wing.  The 
median  three-branched,  the  superior  and  central  veins  on  a  common  stalk. 

Size  small.  Head  and  face  smooth,  minutely  scaled.  Forehead  and  face 
rounded  and  very  broad.  Ocelli  none.  Eyes  vertically  placed,  minute,  oval, 
salient.  Labial  palpi  smooth,  slender,  curved  and  ascending  equal  to  the 
vertex  ;  second  joint  slightly  thickened  towards  its  end  ;  third  very  slender, 
pointed,  and  not  more  than  one-half  as  long  as  the  second.  Maxillary  palpi 
very  short,  distinct.  Antennae  much  separated  at  their  base,  about  one-half 
as  long  as  the  fore  wings,  filiform  and  ciliated  beneath  microscopically,  with 
one  hair  to  each  article ;  basal  joint  very  short,  scarcely  thicker  than  the 
stalk.  Tongue  scaled  at  the  base,  slender,  and  about  as  long  as  the  anterior 
coxae. 

M.  tortriciformella . — Labial  palpi  fuscous,  towards  the  base  whitish. 
Head,  antennae,  and  face  dark  luteo-fuscous,  the  latter  whitish  beneath.  Fore 
wings  dark  brownish  with  a  purplish  hue,  with  a  small  lunate  white  spot  on 
the  end  of  the  disk.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  cilia  the  same.  Feet  pale 
yellowish,  the  ends  of  middle  and  posterior  tibiae  touched  with  fuscous  ;  the 
middle  tarsi  fuscous  externally,  and  the  hind  tarsi  banded  with  fuscous  at 
the  base. 

I860.] 


214  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Nepticula  Zeller. 

N.  rubifoliella. — Head  dark  luteous.     Palpi  somewhat   paler  luteous- 

Antennse  luteous,  basal  joint  silvery  white.  Fore  wings  blackish-brown, 
with  a  rather  narrow,  curved  silvery  band  about  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The 
band  is  concave  toward  the  base  of  the  wing,  and  shows  a  tendency  to  be 
interrupted  in  the  middle.  Cilia  whitish.  Hind  wings  grayish,  cilia  the 
same. 

I  have  very  carefully  compared  this  insect  with  the  description  and  delinea- 
tion of  N.  anguli  fas  c  iella,  of  Stainton,  in  the  first  volume  of  the  Nat. 
Hist,  of  the  Tineina,  and  though  unwilling  to  believe  the  fact,  I  cannot  resist 
the  conclusion,  that  it  is  the  same  species.  I  have  not  named  the  species  in 
accordance  with  this  conviction,  because  as  yet  I  have  secured  but  a  single 
specimen. 

The  larva  mines  the  leaf  of  blackberry  in  September.  It  makes  a  blotch 
mine  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaf,  beginning  as  a  slender  gallery,  extend- 
ing quite  a  distance,  usually  along  a  vein  of  the  leaf,  before  being  enlarged 
into  a  blotch.  The  body  of  the  larva  tapers  posteriorly,  the  terminal  rings 
being  attenuated  ;  color  pale  green,  with  a  bright  dark  green  vascular  line  ; 
head  greenish-brown  and  small.  The  larva  was  not  taken  from  the  mine  for 
description.  It  leaves  the  mine  very  early  in  October  to  spin  an  oval,  very 
dark  reddish  brown  cocoon,  and  appears  as  an  imago  during  the  latter  part 
of  May  or  early  in  June.  There  is,  therefore,  in  all  probability,  a  summer 
brood,  which  may  be  found  in  July  and  August,  if  the  conjecture  is  correct. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  subsequent  observation  will  prove  this  insect  to  be  the 
same  as  angulifasciella,  and  I  am  no  little  astonished  to  find  so  mi- 
nute a  creature  common  to  the  continents  of  Europe  and  America.  During 
the  coming  season  I  will  endeavor  to  record  minutely  the  history  of  the  pre- 
paratory states  of  the  American  species. 

PHALENITES. 
Dokyodes  Guenee. 

I  would  notice  this  genus  here  merely  to  express  my  ideas  respecting  its 
classification.  M.  Guenee  says  of  it,  that  the  insects  belonging  to  it  have  so 
doubtful  an  aspect  that  he  is  uncertain  not  only  in  what  family,  but  in  what 
division  to  place  it.  He  notices  its  superficial  resemblance  to  Crambus,  or 
Chilo,  and  to  the  genera  Senta  and  Meliana  of  his  division  Noctuelites,  but 
says  that  from  the  form  of  antennae  and  labial  palpi,  the  absence  of  ocelli, 
(herein,  however,  M.  Guenee  is  in  error,  for  they  are  not  absent),  and  from 
some  other  characters,  not  designated,  it  cannot  be  mistaken  for  one  of  the 
Noctuelites.  While  acknowledging  the  very  notable  differences  between  this 
genus  and  those  with  which  it  is  associated,  he  does  not  inform  us  what  ruling 
considerations  induced  him  to  prefer  for  it  a  place  in  his  division  Phalenites, 
(Geometrina)  and  the  family  Ligidae. 

In  my  own  view,  this  genus  has  few  or  no  structural  characteristics  of  the 
Geometrina,  and  its  neuration  just  as  undoubtedly  places  it  in  Guenee's  group 
Noctuelites,  (Noctuina);  this,  too,  is  a  position  justified  by  its  general  struc- 
ture. If  the  subpectinated  antennae  of  the  tf,  and  the  comparatively  slender 
body,  are  considerations  sufficient  to  overrule  the  position  of  the  wings  in  re- 
pose, the  partial  folding  of  the  hinder  pair,  the  structure  of  the  legs,  the  pre- 
sence of  ocelli,  and  the  purely  noctuiform  neuration,  then  indeed  does  the 
lesser  amount  of  evidence  overbalance  the  greater.  Had  M.  Guenee  not  over- 
looked the  presence  of  ocelli,  his  decision  might  have  been  different,  for  these 
organs  are  always  absent  in  the  Phalenites,  and  the  possession  of  geometriform 
antennse  is  not  enough  to  neutralize  their  presence  or  to  determine  the  place 
of  the  genus. 

In  the  hope  that  some  of  the  entomological  students  of  New  England,  where 
one  of  the  species  of  this  genus  certainly  is  found,  may  be  able  to  make  out 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  215 

its  larval  history,  I  will  describe  the  species  in  my  collection,  and  extract  M. 
Guenee's  description  of  the  other.  The  first  species  may  be  easily  recognised 
by  means  of  Guenee's  very  good  figure,  and  as  a  generic  diagnosis  would  not 
facilitate  recognition,  particularly  without  the  means  of  reducing  it  from  a 
general  to  a  special  group,  I  will  omit  any  generic  description. 

D.  acutaria. — Herr.  Sch.  Sup.,  p.  74,  f.  447.  Guene'e  Uranides  and 
Phalinites,  Suites  a  Buffon,  x.  233,  pi.  17,  f.  6. 

The  appearance  of  the  imago  is  somewhat  crambiform.  The  fore  wings  pale 
ochreous,  tinted  with  dark  luteous  (with  clear  grayish  violet,  Gn.)  along  sub- 
costal nervure  and  its  marginal  branches,  and  with  a  rather  broad  blackish 
streak  beneath  the  median  nervure,  extended  from  the  base  and  curving  be- 
hind upwards  toward  the  tip,  bordered  on  the  costal  side  by  a  silvery  line, 
and  one  of  the  same  hue  behind,  along  the  curved  portion.  In  the  disk  are 
two  blackish  dots,  one  on  the  discal  nervure  and  the  other  about  the  middle 
of  the  disk.  Hind  wings  ochreous  white.  Guenee's  sp.  from  Ga.;  mine  from 
Mass.     Col.  of  Dr.  Chas.  Girard. 

D.  s  pad  aria. — Gn.  x.  p.  234.  :' Very  near  the  preceding,  but  larger, 
with  the  wings  more  oblong.  The  superior  wings  are  more  acute,  and  the 
terminal  border  perfectly  straight.  Their  color  is  darker,  grayer,  with  the 
designs  finer  and  less  distinct.  The  inferior  are  more  developed  and  more 
oblong  ;  they  have  the  internal  angle  and  part  of  the  side  tinted  with  blackish 
gray.  The  abdomen  is  perceptibly  longer,  and  the  antennae  also  proportiona- 
lly longer  and  slenderer." 

In  his  generic  diagnosis,  M.  Guenee  says  of  the  abdomen,  "  ddpassant  beau- 
coup  les  ailes  infer ieures, ' '  whereas  in  my  specimens  of  a  c  u  t  a  r  i  a ,  the  abdomen 
exactly  equals  the  length  of  the  hind  wings,  when  the  wings  are  folded.  He 
refers,  doubtless,  to  the  expanded  wings. 

PYRALID2E. 
Desmia  Westwood. 

This  is  one  of  the  few  genera  in  M.  Guenee's  family  Asopidae,  of  his  division 
Pyralites,  the  males  in  which  are  characterized  by  nodosities  or  curvatures  of 
the  antennae.  As  Guenee,  at  the  time  of  writing  his  volume  on  Deltoides  and 
Pyralites,  had  not  seen  the  males  of  this  genus,  and  his  description,  in  the 
general  remarks  on  the  genus,  does  not  accurately  represent  their  structure, 
I  will  describe  these  organs  in  the  male,  of  which  I  have  several  specimens. 
In  noticing  the  singular  conformation  of  the  male  antenna?,  he  says:  "  sont 
d'abord  renflees  en  niassue,  puis  etranglees  et  munies  d'un  gros  article  ovo'ide, 
puis  enfin  greles  et  ciliees  jusqu'  an  sommet." 

About  the  middle  of  the  antennal  stalk,  is  placed  a  transverse,  nearly  ver- 
tical plate,  which  on  the  external  side  has  a  triangular  elevation,  and  adjoin- 
ing this,  toward  the  base,  is  a  narrow  tuft  of  obliquely  placed  scales,  running 
along  the  upper  surface  of  the  stalk.  Toward  the  apex  of  the  organ,  immedi- 
ately following  this  protuberance,  one-half  of  the  stalk  is  excised  from  above 
and  slightly  tufted  internally.  There  is  no  thickening  of  the  stalk  except  at 
the  protuberance,  and  beneath  it  is  microscopically  pubescent  from  the  base 
to  the  tip. 

D.  maculalis. — West.  Mag.  Zool.,  1831,  pi.  2,  Guenee,  vol.  viii.  189. 
Blackish  brown.  Labial  palpi  blackish  brown,  while  beneath.  Fore  wings 
with  an  irregularly  oval  white  spot  placed  partly  on  the  middle  of  the  disk, 
the  median  nervure  and  the  fold  ;  another  of  the  same  hue  and  nearly  round, 
en  the  base  of  the  nervules  behind  the  disk.  Hind  wings  with  a  single,  discal 
white  spot.  Abdomen  with  a  white  band  at  the  base,  a  dorsal  spot  on  the 
middle,  and  a  short  white  dorsal  streak  at  the  tip. 

Mass.  and  111.     Col.  of  Messrs.  Scudder  and  Kennicott. 

I860.] 


216  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Eustales. 

Fore  wings  with  two  subcosto-marginal  nervules,  given  off  very  near  the 
posterior-superior  angle  of  the  disk,  the  stalk  of  the  second  almost  in  contact 
with  that  of  the  apical  branch  near  their  origins.  The  apical  and  post-apical 
arise  together  at  the  angle  of  the  disk,  the  former  being  furcate  near  the  tip, 
sending  a  nervulet  to  near  the  costa.  The  disco-central  is  given  off  from  the 
middle  of  the  discal.  Median  four-branched,  the  medio-superior  on  an  ex- 
tremely short,  vertical  peduncle  ;  the  posterior  arising  at  a  point  somewhat 
behind  the  costal  origin  of  the  first  marginal  branch. 

In  the  hind  wings  the  costal  nervure  is  furcate  at  the  tip  of  the  wing  ;  the 
oblique  intercostal  branch  is  long  and  exterior  to  the  cell,  and  the  subcostal 
simple  and  attenuated  at  the  base.  The  median  four-branched,  the  superior 
which  continues  the  curved  discal  nervure,  almost  in  actual  contact  with  the 
following  branch.  The  hind  wings  are  broader  than  the  fore  wings,  and  about 
one-fourth  less  long. 

Head  with  ocelli,  rather  remote  from  the  eyes  ;  face  rounded,  smooth,  and 
rather  narrow.  Eyes  large,  round  and  prominent.  Labial  palpi  rather  thick, 
curved  and  ascending  to  about  the  middle  of  the  face  ;  second  joint  thickened 
beneath  with  scales  ;  the  third  rather  smooth,  elongate  ovoid,  and  about  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  second.  Maxillary  palpi  rather  long,  curved  and  ascend- 
ing, their  tips  nearly  equal  to  those  of  the  labial  palpi,  roughened  with  scales, 
distinctly  three-jointed.  Antennae  about  as  long  as  the  body,  with  triangular 
patches  of  shining  scales  along  the  stalk  above  ;  inserted  above  the  middle  of 
the  eyes,  with  bases  contiguous  and  microscopically  pubescent  beneath. 
Tongue  scaled  at  base  and  when  unrolled,  does  not  extend  beyond  the  tips 
of  the  labial  palpi.  No  abdominal  apron  (tablier)  perceptible.  The  posterior 
coxae  rather  short ;  the  length  of  the  tibiae  and  tarsus,  of  the  hind  pair  of  legs, 
equal  to  that  of  the  entire  body. 

E.  Tedyuscongalis . — Fore'wings  ochreous  yellow,  paler  along  the 
costa,  dusted  somewhat  with  reddish  fuscous,  with  a  moderately  broad  white 
band  from  the  costa  near  the  tip,  curving  toward  the  base  of  the  wing  in  the 
submedian  interspace,  where  it  becomes  rather  broader,  to  the  middle  of  the 
inner  margin.  Behind  this,  near  and  parallel  to  the  hind  border,  is  a  narrow 
white  band,  not  extended  to  the  costa  nor  inner  margin,  and  bordered  exte- 
riorly with  a  blackish-brown  line.  The  exterior  border  of  the  wing  is  paler 
yellow  than  the  general  hue.  Hind  wings  white,  with  an  oblique  fuscous 
band  above  the  middle,  tapering  to  the  external  margin  ;  a  broad  one  of  the 
same  hue  near  the  hinder  margin,  having  a  pale  ochreous-yellow  spot  at  each 
end,  and  margined  behind  with  a  white  streak  having  an  external  delicate  black 
line.  The  terminal  margin  pale  ochreous-yellow,  with  four  black  points  hav- 
ing ochreous-yellow  pupils,  arranged  along  the  margin  from  the  middle  of 
the  wing  toward  the  exterior  angle. 

Lake  Teedyuscong,  Pike  county,  Penna.,  in  the  latter  part  of  June  or  early 
ia  July. 

The  ornamentation  of  this  insect  resembles  in  a  remarkable  degree  that  of 
Oligostigma  j  uncealis  Gu. ;  it  cannot,  however,  be  a  member  of  the  same 
genus. 

Hydrocampa?  Latreille. 

Guenee,  vol.  viii.  273. 

Fore  wings  with  one  subcosto-marginal  from  near  the  superior  angle  of  the 
disk  ;  the  apical  branch,  at  its  basal  third,  gives  off  a  branch  to  the  costa,  and 
somewhat  behind  its  apical  third  becomes  furcate ;  the  post-apical  arises  at 
the  angle,  and  the  discal  nervule  on  the  costal  side  of  the  cell.  Median  four- 
branched  ;  the  superior  on  a  very  noticeable  peduncle  ;  the  posterior  remote 
from  the  penultimate,  which  together  with  the  other  branches  are  aggregated 
at  their  bases. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  217 

In  the  hind  wings  the  costal  nervure  has  a  rather  long  fork.  The  intercos- 
tal branch  exterior  to  the  cell  and  extremely  short,  and  from  this  point  poste- 
riorly the  stalks  of  the  two  nervures  are  almost  in  contact.  The  median  ner- 
vure four-branched,  the  superior  on  a  moderate  peduncle. 

The  structural  differences  between  this  and  the  foregoing  genus  are :  the 
labial  palpi  slenderer ;  third  joint  very  short,  about  one-third  as  long  as  the 
second,  which  is  squamous  beneath.  Maxillary  palpi  slender,  smooth,  por- 
rected  ;  with  tips  equal  to  the  end  of  the  second  joint.  Tongue  scaled  at  the 
base,  at  least  one-half  as  long  as  the  body.  The  length  of  the  middle  tibiae  and 
tarsus  equal  to  that  of  the  body ;  the  hind  tibiae  and  tarsus  exceeding  the 
length  of  the  body. 

H.  ?  formosalis  . — Fore  wings  pale  yellow,  with  three  white  patches  on 
the  disk,  the  two  nearest  the  base  small  and  slightly  margined  with  fuscous, 
the  one  on  the  end  of  the  disk  margined  internally  by  an  oblique  fuscous  line  ; 
a  white  patch  on  the  nervules  behind  the  disk,  margined  externally  by  a  fus- 
cous line  convex  toward  the  base  of  the  wing  and  hooked  at  each  end,  with  a 
white  patch  at  the  tip  and  one  beneath  it  at  the  inner  angle,  both  margined 
externally  by  a  submarginal  curved  fuscous  line.  In  the  middle  of  the  sub- 
median  interspace  is  a  nearly  oval  white  patch  encircled  with  fuscous.  Hind 
wings  white,  pale  yellowish  beyond  the  middle,  with  a  fuscous  line  near  the 
base  from  the  inner  margin,  not  extended  to  the  costa  ;  a  wavy  double  line  of 
the  same  hue  rather  external  to  the  middle,  and  a  white  spot  near  the  tip  and 
one  about  the  middle  of  the  hinder  margin,  both  margined  externally  with  a 
fuscous  line.     On  the  disk  is  a  pale  yellowish  spot. 

Lake  Teedyuscong.     Imago,  July. 

Cataclysta  Herrich-Schaffer. 

Fore  wings  with  the  first  subcosto-marginal  vein  and  medio-posterior  oppo- 
site at  their  origins.  The  apical  vein  runs  into  the  costa  before  the  tip,  and 
gives  rise  to  a  marginal  branch  at  its  basal  and  apical  third.  The  post-api- 
cal runs  into  the  produced  tip  of  the  wing  and  gives  origin  to  the  discal  ner- 
vure. Hind  wings,  the  costal  is  shortly  forked  near  the  tip.  The  subcostal 
arises  from  the  costal  within  the  disk  and  is  not  produced  toward  the  base. 
The  median  is  three-branched.  Head  without  ocelli.  Antenna?  of  the  rj1  densely 
pubescent.     Tongue  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

The  structure  of  the  posterior  wings  in  the  species  described  below  forms 
very  nearly  a  parallel  case  to  C.  d  i  1  u  c  i  d  a  1  i  s  described  by  M.  Gueme.  The 
costal  nervure  ofdilucidalis  is  not,  however,  represented  bifid,  and  the 
branch  which  corresponds  to  the  costal  nervure  does  not  arise  within  the  cell 
and  give  origin  to  the  discal,  but  exterior  to  the  disk  and  the  discal  nervure 
arises  behind  it  from  the  costal.  They  both  concur  in  the  absence  of  the  dis- 
cal, or  independent  nervule,  and  in  the  median  being  three-branched.  May 
not  dilucidalisbean  American  species  ?  I  cannot  determine  the  question, 
as  M.  Guenee's  description  is  imperfect,  from  the  fact  that  it  was  drawn  from 
badly  preserved  specimens. 

C.  fulicalis  . — Fore  wings  white,  fuscous  at  the  costal  portion  of  the  base, 
with  a  broad  band  near  the  base  and  a  narrow  wavy  fuscous  line  crossing  the 
middle  of  the  disk,  sending  from  the  median  nervure  a  curved  line  to  the  in- 
ner margin,  convex  exteriorly.  The  space  between  these  lines  is  frequently 
dusted  with  fuscous.  From  an  elongated  fuscous  patch  limited  below  by  the 
subcostal  nervure,  on  the  middle  of  the  costa,  departs  an  oblique  ochreous 
band,  inclined  to  the  inner  angle  and  margined  along  the  discal  nervure  on 
both  sides,  with  fuscous  ;  and  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  costal  patch,  a 
curved  line  joins  the  external  dark  margin  of  the  band  enclosing  an  oval  spot 
of  the  general  hue.  A  subterminal  band  tapers  to  the  inner  angle,  leaving  on 
each  side  of  it  two  converging  tapering  bands  of  the  general  hue.  Hinder 
margin  ochreous,  margined  internally  with  fuscous.  Hind  wings  white,  with 
I860.]  14 


218  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

a  broad  fuscous  band  near  the  base,  corresponding  to  that  on  the  anterior,  and 
touched  with  ochreons  in  its  middle  ;  with  a  median  yellowish  brown  curved 
line,  not  reaching  the  costa,  and  exterior  to  this,  the  apical  half  of  the  wing 
is  dusted  slightly  with  dark  brownish.  Along  the  terminal  margin,  is  a  row 
of  five  black  lunules,  connected  by  intermediate  metallic  violet-blue  spots,  and  on 
the  extreme  margin  behind  these  latter  spots,  arow  of  orange  yellow  dots ;  while 
the  band  is  tinted  interiorly  with  the  same  hue,  limited  by  an  interrupted 
slender  dark  brown  line  near  the  band. 

Pennsylvania,  Easton. 

In  ornamentation  the  following  species  is  very  like  the  foregoing.  It  differs 
from  it  structurally  in  the  following  respects  :  Fore  wings  with  the  first  sub- 
oosto-marginal  and  medio-posterior  opposite  at  their  origins  ;  the  second  mar- 
ginal arises  at  the  angle  of  the  disk  ;  the  apical  vein  forked  at  about  its  middle, 
the  lower  branch  entering  the  costa  before  the  tip.  In  the  hind  Mings  the 
costal  has  a  long  fork  ;  the  intercostal  joins  the  subcostal  at  the  point  of 
departure  of  the  discal  and  seems  to  be  a  continuation  of  it,  and  the  subcostal 
is  continued  to  the  base  of  the  wing.  Head  with  ocelli.  Tongue  as  long  a^ 
the  thorax  beneath.     The  first  joint  of  labial  palpi  thickened  with  scales. 

C.  ?  helopalis  . — Fore  wings  white,  dusted  with  pale  fuscous  toward  the 
base,  and  on  the  fold  behind  ;  with  a  narrow  fuscous  band  crossing  the  base  of 
the  disk.  Near  the  end  of  the  disk  is  a  yellowish  brown  line,  crossing  the 
wing,  deeply  and  acutely  angulated  on  the  fold  ;  and  near  the  tip  are  two  nar- 
row oblique  streaks  of  the  same  hue  converging  to  the  inner  margin  above  the 
angle,  the  first  of  which  is  recurved  toward  the  disk,  encircling  an  obliquely 
placed  oval  spot  of  the  general  hue  on  the  nervules  behind  the  disk.  Alone 
the  hinder  margin,  near  the  inner  angle,  are  a  few  indistinct,  iridescent  spots  ; 
the  margin  and  cilia  yellowish  brown.  Hind  wings  white,  with  a  short  nar- 
row fuscous  band  near  the  base,  corresponding  to  that  on  the  fore  Mings  ;  a 
median  line  of  the  same  hue,  not  attaining  the  exterior  margin  and  the  apical 
portion  of  the  wing  exterior  to  it  sprinkled  thickly  with  fuscous.  Hinder 
margin  with  a  row  of  black  spots,  having  violet- blue  metallic  pupils  and  tint- 
ed with  pale  orange  between  the  spots. 

Lake  Teedyuscong. 

Sikonia. 

In  the  fore  wings  two  distinct  subcosto-marginal  nervules  leave  the  disk, 
the  first  and  the  medio-posterior  opposite  ;  the  second  marginal  arising  at  a 
point  nearly  intermediate  between  the  two  hinder  branches  of  the  median  ; 
the  apical  vein  is  forked  a  little  beyond  its  middle  ;  the  post  apical  and  disco- 
central  arise  near  each  other  on  the  costal  side  of  the  wing.  The  median  is 
four-branched.  In  the  hind  wings  the  intercostal  is  short,  remote  from  and 
exterior  to  the  upper  angle  of  the  disk.  There  is  nothing  characteristic  in  the 
shape  of  the  wings  ;  the  posterior  are  broader  than  the  anterior. 

Head  with  ocelli.  Antennae  pubescent  beneath.  Labial  palpi,  when  un- 
denuded,  moderately  thick  and  squamose  beneath,  ascending  to  the  middle  of 
the  front ;  third  joint  short  and  rather  smooth  ;  denuded;  tapering  to  the  tip 
from  the  base,  slender  and  cylindrical  ;  the  basal  joint  long,  equal  to  the  front : 
the  second  and  third  short  and  equal  in  length.  Maxillary  palpi  two-jointed, 
with  tips  nearly  equal  to  those  of  the  labial,  ascending  and  somewhat 
tufted  at  the  end.  Tongue  scaled  at  base,  exceeding  the  labial  palpi  by  one 
half  its  length.  No  abdominal  apron  peceptib!e ;  the  length  of  the  posterior 
tarsus  and  the  tibia  equal  to  that  of  the  body. 

S.  maculalis. — Fore  wings  white,  dusted  with  fuscous  along  the  base 
of  submedian  nervure  ;  with  a  fuscous  spot  at  the  base  of  the  fold  and  one  of 
the  same  hue  in  the  middle  of  submedian  interspace,  and  a  broad,  irregular 
band  adjoining  the  disk  behind,  extended  from  the  costa  to  the  inner  angle, 
with  the  exterior  half  nearly  square,  and  the  interior  somewhat  paler,  curved 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  219 

and  tapering.  The  apex  of  the  wing  is  touched  with  fuscous,  and  the  ends  of 
the  nervules  slightly  dotted  with  the  same  hue.  Hind  wings  concolorous, 
pure  white. 

Lake  Teedyuscong.     July. 

Before  concluding  this  paper,  I  desire  to  record  my  views  respecting  the 
unnecessary  amount  of  labor,  loss  of  time  and  uninviting  study,  which  the 
details  of  M.  Guenee's  mode  of  systemization  imposes  on  the  American  stu- 
dent. MM.  Boisduval  and  Guenee,  in  the  important  and  comprehensive  works 
which  engage  their  labors  at  the  present  time,  are  not  writing  treatises  on 
local  faunae,  but  on  that  of  the  entire  world,  in  so  far  at  least  as  lepidopterous 
insects  are  known  ;  and  students  everywhere  have  a  right  to  expect  that 
the  difficulties  of  classification  will  be  diminished,  rather  than  complicated, 
by  their  treatment  of  the  various  groups  which  may  be  included  in  their 
works.  The  author  who  would  be  cosmopolitan  in  his  representation  of  this 
subject,  at  the  present  day,  cannot  neglect,  in  justice  to  those  who  may  fol- 
low his  footsteps  through  nature,  to  endeavor  to  lighten  their  burden  of  study 
and  to  economize  their  time,  by  leading  them  with  all  the  lights  of  his  know- 
ledge, through  the  complicated  mazes  of  doubt,  engendered  by  the  numerous 
and  perplexing  affinities  existing  in  beings  of  the  animated  world.  The  chief 
object  of  classification  is  simply  to  communicate  our  own  systematic  concep- 
tions to  others,  and  to  mark  the  graduations  in  the  arrangement  in  such  a 
manner,  as  will  enable  them  easily  and  quickly  to  recognize  its  groups.  How 
has  M.  Guenee  facilitated  the  recognition  of  genera,  whilst  he  has  greatly  in- 
creased the  number  of  them,  or  lightened  in  any  respect  the  systematic  labor 
of  the  foreign  student  ?  Is  it  enough  that  he  should  content  himself  with 
carefully  written  diagnoses,  and  compel  the  student  to  examine  critically 
and  minutely  every  one  in  any  of  his  family  groups,  before  being  able  to 
decide  whether  the  insect  he  may  wish  to  classify  belongs  to  any  of  them,  or 
is  not  edited  ?  A  system  which  both  reason  and  convenience  approves,  is 
that  which  enables  the  student  easily  to  find  what  he  seeks,  and  not  that 
which  compels  him  to  master  the  genera  peculiar  to  every  other  portion  of 
the  globe,  in  order  to  assure  himself  whether  a  group  has  been  established 
into  which  his  specimens  can  be  admitted. 

The  omission  of  synopses  of  genera,  when  the  number  of  them  in  his  family 
groups  calls  for  such  tables,  as  it  does  so  frequently,  is  a  most  serious,  not  to 
say  unpardonable,  defect  in  the  six  volumes  published  by  M.  Guenpe.  There 
is  no  student  of  American  lepidopterology,  compelled  to  study  his  works,  who 
will  not  regret  that  he  has  so  extensively  described  our  fauna ;  and  the  fact 
that  so  much  time  and  patience  and  labor  are  necessary  to  determine  whether 
a  generic  description  is  given  by  the  author,  of  one  of  our  moths,  of  which 
everything  is  unknown,  perhaps,  except  the  division  to  which  it  belongs  in  his 
system,  is  an  actual  and  real  impediment  to  the  development  of  the  study  in 
our  country.  In  the  examination  and  comparison  of  lepidopterous  insects, 
M.  Guenee  recognizes  beyond  doubt,  each  genus  under  a  family  by  some  dis- 
tinctive structural  trait,  and  why  cannot  all  these  be  presented  to  the  student 
in  synopses,  as  well  as  they  are  apparent  to  his  own  perceptive  faculties  ? 
Without  these  conveniences  of  comparative  study,  the  student  is  compelled 
to  do  the  work  of  the  author  anew,  and,  at  an  immense  disadvantage  and  loss 
of  time,  to  search  for  what  is  distinctive,  in  by  no  means  sharply,  though  dif- 
fusely characterized  groups,  which  include  very  frequently  ornamentation 
as  one  of  their  chief  characteristics.  In  the  cabinet  of  specimens,  all  this  is 
almost  apparent  at  a  glance,  and  it  is  the  result  of  this  educated  sense  that 
seizes  quickly  what  is  distinctive  in  a  variety  of  forms,  that  the  student  has  a 
right  to  look  for  in  synopses. 

M.  Guenee  expressly  declares  in  one  of  his  early  works  in  the  "Suites  a 
Buffon,"  that  in  giving  the  meagre  synopses  of  tribes  and  families,  contained  in 
the  series,  he  is  merely  following  the  custom  of  M.  Boisduval,  and  that  lie 

I860.] 


220  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

does  not  consider  them  of  any  value  in  a  natural  system.  It  seems  strange 
that  any  one,  especially  M.  Guenee,  could  entertain  such  an  opinion,  when  a 
slight  amount  of  study  is  sufficient  to  convince  any  naturalist,  that  there  is 
no  severer  test  to  be  applied  to  a  system  than  the  construction  of  synopses 
containing  exclusive  categories  founded  on  structure.  Groups  agreeing  most 
closely  are  brought  into  direct  contrast,  and  if  the  most  trivial  and  unimpor- 
tant structural  peculiarities,  except  in  the  case  of  genera,  are  called  into 
"requisition  to  distinguish  them,  whatever  may  be  their  comprehensiveness,  is 
not  the  fact  very  strongly  suggestive  of  want  of  naturalness,  nay,  of  purely 
artificial,  arbitrary  distinctions,  produced  by  the  desire  to  create  differences 
where  there  are  none  actually  in  nature  ?  But  even  admitting  they  are 
formed  on  a  purely  artificial  basis,  and  that  all  synopses  are  essentially  artifi- 
cial, need  the  fact  in  the  character  of  a  simple  index  to  systematic  concep- 
tions, in  any  manner  affect  the  most  natural  arrangement  of  the  group  in  the 
text  ?  And  could  there  be  any  better  system  than  that  which  unites  the 
convenience  of  the  one  to  the  truthfulness  of  the  other  ? 

One  of  the  chief  objects  in  systematic  and  descriptive  works  certainly  ought 
to  be,  a  ready  and  certain  recognition  of  groups  and  individuals  ;  and  to  facili- 
tate this,  no  care  or  labor  bestowed  on  synopses  intended  to  promote  this 
object  and  prevent  loss  of  time  to  the  inquirer,  can  be  regarded  as  superfluous 
or  as  a  tax  on  authorship.  The  world  is  thus  the  gainer  in  economy  of  time, 
and  science  is  more  rapidly  advanced.  And  surely,  when  one  reflects  how  few 
there  are  who  devote  themselves  to  scientific  study,  the  additional  labor  thus 
expended  by  the  author  carries  into  the  future  the  most  fruitful  results.  It 
is  the  neglect  of  the  synoptical  system  that  has  converted,  even  at  the  present 
day,  the  great  majority  of  entomologists  everywhere  into  a  class  of  mere  col- 
lectors and  picture-recognizers,  and  which  calls  for  a  profuseness  of  illustra- 
tion to  be  met  with  in  no  other  department  of  Natural  History.  And  on  the 
other  hand,  its  tendency  is  to  institute,  if  indeed  it  has  not  already  done  so, 
an  Egyptian  priesthood  over  nature,  in  that  body  of  European  "  authorities" 
skilled  in  the  interpretation  of  its  hieroglyphics,  and  who  furnish  students 
with  a  complicated,  skeleton  method,  all  of  whose  details  they  must  painfully 
acquire,  before  they  can  in  the  humblest  degree,  aspire  to  question  systematic 
nature  for  themselves.  How  laborious,  time  consuming  and  discouraging 
this  is  to  the  American  student,  who  has  "no  authority"  to  consult,  save  the 
ambiguous  phrases  of  diagnoses,  no  classified  collections  to  study,  and  by 
the  comparison  of  forms  to  educate  his  perceptive  powers  in  generic  and  family 
differences,  cannot  be  appreciated  by  those  who  have  all  these  aids,  and  who 
are  the  heirs  to  almost  hereditary  entomological  lore  and  collections,  handed 
down  from  one  generation  to  another. 

The  times,  however,  demand  of  MM.  Guenee  and  Boisduval  a  system  of  con- 
venient study.  The  former,  it  is  true,  attempts  to  meet  this  demand  by 
separating  the  portion  of  the  order  of  which  he  treats,  first,  into  divisions,  and 
these  into  tribes,  and  these  again  into  families  ;  but  scattered  as  they  are 
through  the  body  of  the  work,  or  through  several  volumes,  this  complication 
of  arrangement  is  far  from  fulfilling  the  needs  of  the  student.  It  is  not 
natural,  and  is  therefore  perplexing,  and  has  caused  the  author  to  mistake 
well  marked  groups  within  families,  for  families  themselves,  or  even  higher 
divisions.  When  the  individual  structure  of  two  beings  placed  in  different, 
sometimes  widely  separated  families,  approach  so  intimately  that  they  can  be 
distinguished  only  by  resort  to  trivial  characters,  what  more  conclusive  proof 
of  artificiality,  and  mere  brain  and  paper-created  distinctions,  can  the  natu- 
ralist desire  ? 

The  elaborate  description  of  groups  is  a  highly  commendable  trait  in  a  sys- 
tematic work.  They  should  be,  however,  merely  a  confirmation  of  the  results 
attainable  by  the  study  of  synopses  of  characters,  all  the  categories  of  which 
are  rigidly  exclusive  and  markedly  characteristic  ot  the  groups  they  desig- 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  221 

nate.  By  this  means,  the  question  of  groups  having  heen  reduced  to  a  few 
which  are  most  closely  coincident,  doubts  which  cannot  be  dispelled  by  the 
best  synopses,  are  either  confirmed  or  dissipated  at  once.  This  subject  I 
think  eminently  worthy  M.  Ghienee's  consideration,  and  that  of  all  systema- 
tists  who  may  succeed  him.  I  would  beg  him  to  think  upon  it  in  connection 
with  his  subsequent  works,  and  at  least  tell  students  why  he  values  less  a 
solid  and  self-satisfying  reputation,  built  on  essential  and  successful  impetus 
given  to  his  favorite  branch  of  study  in  all  parts  of  the  civilized  world,  than  that 
ephemeral  position  of  being  the  temporary  authority  for  the  little  entomologi- 
cal world  ;  and  if  in  addition  to  synopses  of  all  bis  groups,  under  the  next 
most  general  in  value,  he  would  add  to  his  works  delineations  of  the  dis- 
tinctive parts  of  structure  in  every  genus,  instead  of  colored  representations  of 
a  few  moths,  his  works  would  possess  an  enduring  and  permanent  value,  so 
long  as  entomology  as  a  study  engages  the  attention  of  the  student  of  nature. 


Homiptera  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition  under  Com'rs  Kodgers 

and  Ringgold. 

BY   P,   R.  UHLER. 

The  Hemipterous  insects,  brought  home  by  the  Expedition,  furnish  several 
new  and  remarkable  species,  and  much  praise  is  due  the  indefatigable  botanist 
of  this  Expedition,  Mr.  Charles  Wright,  for  displaying  such  zeal  in  bringing 
together  so  many  interesting  objects.  The  insect  fauna  of  many  of  the  countries 
touched  at,  particularly  that  of  Japan,  being  almost  entirely  unknown,  renders 
every  addition  of  species  from  those  localities  exceedingly  desirable,  and  it 
would  be  matter  of  deep  interest  to  have  an  opportunity  of  examining  full 
series  of  them. 

Considering  the  importance  of  the  species  procured,  it  is  much  to  be  regretted 
that  extensive  facilities  were  not  afforded  for  bringing  together  a  general  col- 
lection ;  but,  under  the  existence  of  contingent  circumstances,  this  was  not 
possible. 

The  absence  of  any  extensive  collection  of  exotic  Hemiplera  in  this  country 
renders  it  impossible  to  decide  with  precision  upon  a  few  of  the  species  here 
included  ;  but  should  they  hereafter  be  found  to  have  been  previously  charac- 
terized, the  proper  acknowledgments  will  be  made.  As  there  seems  to  be  no 
settled  opinion  in  the  minds  of  Entomologists  respecting  certain  groups,  par- 
ticularly with  such  families  as  Halydce,  Pentatomidce,  Rliaphigastridce,  &c,  and 
still  further  on,  with  Mictidce,  Nematopidce,  Acanthocoridce,  &c,  and  having  met 
with  a  genus  (Pachycephalus)  which  violates  the  characters  of  the  families 
given,  I  thought  it  better  to  place  the  included  species  in  two  large  groups 
(Pentatomoidea,  Coreoidea),  corresponding  with  the  genera  Pentatoma  and  Coreus, 
of  Fabricius.  « 

SCUTELLERID-iE. 

Callidea,  Burm. 

C.  Stollii,   Wolff,  Icones  Cimicum,  48,  tab.  5,  fig  45.     Hong  Kong. 

Eccorysses,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

E.  superbus  9- — Deep  orange ;  head  bluish-black,  lateral  lobes  and  the 
middle  one  at  tip  sanguineous,  transversely  wrinkled,  rostrum  and  antenno 
black,  pubescent,  eyes  and  ocelli  brownish  ;  thorax  deep  orange,  obsoletely 
punctured,  a  lunulate,  black  depression  just  behind  the  head  densely,  coarsely 
punctured,  exterior  and  anterior  edges  black,  spot  upon  the  disk,  one  upon 
each  humerus,  and  a  connecting  band  upon  the  basal  margin  also  black  ;  be- 
hind each  anterior  angle  is  an  oblong,  rounded,  shallow  impression,  blackish  ; 
corium  black,  punctured  ;  wings  dark-fuliginous  ;  scutellum  finely  punctured, 
with  a  band  at  base,  an  irregular  one  dilated  and  projecting  medially  forward. 
I860.] 


222  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF 

upon  the  middle,  one  interrupted  each  side,  with  an  anterior  acute  point  be- 
hind the  middle  and  a  transverse,  roundish  spot  before  the  apex  black  ;  venter 
violaceous,  the  middle  with  a  large  sanguineous  spot,  common  to  the  antepe- 
nultimate a  d  preceding  segments;  caudal  segment,  except  the  anus,  red,  seg- 
ments 1  to  4  with  a  transverse,  lateral  carmine  spot,  the  two  posterior  of  which 
are  obsoletely  connected  with  the  discal  spot,  penultimate  one  at  sides  broadly 
carmine  through  their  marginal  length,  with  an  impression  each  side  against 
the  stigmata;  pectus  punctured,  violaceous  and  black,  a  rounded  spot  upon 
the  sides  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  segments;  legs  black,  yellowish  pubes- 
cent. 

Length  10 — 11  lines.     Humeral  breadth  5 — 5J.    Simoda,  Japan. 

One  specimen  differs  in  having  the  anterior  band  of  the  scutellum  interrupted 
each  side  of  the  middle,  so  as  to  form  three  spots. 

Peltophora,  Burm. 
P.  p  i  c  t  a  ,  Leach,  Zool.  Misc.     Hong  Kong. 

Graphosoma,  Lap. 

G.  rubro-lineatum,  Hope,  Cat.  Hemipt ,  p.  12.  Hakodadi  and  Taka- 
nosima,  Japan. 

PENTATOMOIDEA. 

Brachypelta,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

B.  elevata  . — Black,  shining,  broad,  ovate  ;  head  roughly  punctured,  finely 
emarginate,  rounded,  margins  reflexed,  lateral  lobes  meeting  in  front  of  the  mid- 
dle one ;  thorax  short,  transverse,  finely  but  roughly  punctured,  sides  subparallel, 
margins  trenchant,  ciliate,  anterior  angles  rather  abruptly  rounded,  behind  the 
head  a  deep  lunulate  depression,  bounded  posteriorly  by  a  very  much  elevated 
prominence,  which  is  rather  smoother  than  the  surrounding  surface,  posterior 
margin  truncate  ;  scutellum  finely,  rather  sparsely  punctured,  depressed  behind 
the  middle  to  the  tip,  against  the  basal  corners  more  elevated  and  polished  ; 
hemelytra  finely,  closely  punctured,  corium  sinuated,  ciliated  at  the  basal  mar- 
gins, membranes  testaceo-hyaline ;  abdomen  slightly  dilated,  convex  beneath, 
margins  trenchant,  projecting  a  little  beyond  the  breadth  of  the  corium  poste- 
riorly ;  venter  polished  ;  legs  black,  polished,  femorae  ciliate,  each  with  a  line 
of  impressed  punctures  upon  the  anterior  surface,  tibiae  very  spinous,  exterior, 
spiniform  teeth  of  the  anterior  ones,  subequal. 

Length  10 — 12  millim.     Abdominal  breadth  5 — 7.     Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

This  species  is  very  closely  related  to  and  possesses  many  of  the  characters  of 
B.  t  r  i  s  t  i  s  ,  Fab. ;  it  may  be  distinguished  at  a  single  glance,  however,  from  that 
common  species,  by  the  proportionately  shorter  and  less,  laterally,  oblique 
thorax,  and  by  the  abdomen  being  much  broader  than  the  thorax. 

»  Acatalectos,  Dallas. 

A.  magnus  9  • — Black,  shining,  punctured  ;  head  rounded,  emarginate,  with 
the  anterior  margin  narrowly  recurved,  lateral  lobes  meeting  by  a  point  of  their 
surface,  in  front  of  the  middle  one,  coarsely  and  deeply  rugose-punctate,  eyes 
testaceous,  ocelli  reddish,  antennae  piceous  pubescent,  terminal  joints  paler, 
rostrum  pitchy  black,  second  joint  thickened  ;  thorax  subquadrate,  anterior 
angles  a  little  oblique  and  rounded,  behind  the  head  a  slightly  elevated,  irregu- 
larly crescent-formed  surface,  smooth  and  impunctate,  remaining  surface  very 
deeply,  coarsely  and  confluently  punctured,  a  series  of  very  fine  punctures 
against  the  lateral  margins,  basal  margin  subtruncate,  smooth,  with  a  very  few 
coarse  punctures ;  scutellum  polished,  rugosely  punctured,  impunctured  at  the 
apex ;  corium  subopake,  very  finely  and  closely  punctured,  membrane  fuligin- 
ous, subopake,  freckled  with  spots  of  yellow,  beneath  scabrescently  punctured, 
venter  densely  so,  its  disk  polished,  impunctured,  margins  trenchant;  legs 
deep  black,  polished,  anterior  and  middle  femoras  ciliated  beneath  with  a  row 

[June? 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF     PHILADELPHIA.  22'5 

of  long  slender  spines,  those  upon  the  posteriors  very  short,  tibiae  densely 
spinous. 

Length  9  lines.     Abdominal  breadth  5.     Hong  Kong. 

This  species  must  be  closely  allied  to  A.  rugosus,  Dallas  ;  but  in  that  spe- 
cies the  middle  lobe  is  represented  to  form  the  anterior  margin  of  the  head,  and 
nothing  is  said  of  spots  upon  the  membrane. 

Erthesina,  Spin. 
E.  fullo,    Thunb.  Nov.  Ins.   Sp.  42,  tab.   2,  fig.   57,  (1783.)    E.   mucoreus 
Fab.  Ent  Syst.  iv.  117,  147,  (1794.) 

Agonoscelis,  Spin. 
A.  nubilus,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  112,  124.     Loo-Choo  Islands. 

Poecilometis,  Dallas. 

P.  mistus  $. — Brownish-cinereous;  head  rounded  in  front,  middle  lobe 
slightly  longer  than  the  lateral  ones,  surface  densely  punctured  wirh  black,  anten- 
nae yellow,  punctured  with  black,  penultimate  joint  black  in  the  middle,  almost 
to  each  end,  eyes  brownish-glaucous,  with  a  posterior,  narrow  yellow  lobe,  promi- 
nent, subtruncate  posteriorly,  rostrum  reaching  to  the  abdomen,  a  longitudinal 
line,  tips  of  the  articulations  and  apical  segment  black;  thorax  densely  punc- 
tured, a  few  impunctured  yellow  spots  scattered  over  the  surface,  four  of  which 
are  placed  in  a  transverse  row  behind  the  head,  anterior  angles  armed  with  a 
very  minute  denticle,  lateral  margins  smooth,  slightly  sinuated,  humeral  angles 
prominent,  triangularly  rounded ;  scutellum  confidently  punctured,  an  im- 
punctured yellow  spot  against  each  basal  corner ;  sinuated  before  the  tip,  tip 
rounded;  hemelytra  flecked  with  brown,  densely  punctured,  slightly  tinged 
with  reddish  upon  the  apex  of  the  corium,  membrane  yellowish-hyaline,  the 
nervures  having  interrupted  brown  lines  upon  them  ;  beneath  less  closely  punc. 
tured,  upon  the  pectus  several  spots  of  dense  green  punctures,  under  surface 
of  the  head  also  punctured  in  green  spots;  disk  of  the  venter,  with  a  broad, 
smooth,  impunctured  line,  surface  tinged  with  reddish,  stigmata,  and  obsolete- 
spots  upon  the  incisural  middles  of  the  segments  black  ;  legs  reddish-yellow, 
sparsely  pubescent,  punctured  with  black,  unguiculi  with  black  tips. 

Length  to  tip  of  wings  7  J  lines.     Simoda,  Japan,  and  Hong  Kong,  China. 

Pentatoma,  Lat. 

1.  P.  fimbriata,  II.  Schf.  Wanz.  Ins.  v.  63,  tab.  164,  fig.  505.  Loo- 
Ohoo  Islands. 

2.  P.  c  r  u  ci  at  a,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  119,  153.     Hong  Kong,  China. 

3.  P.  dissimilis,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  109,  112.     Hong  Kong,  China. 

4.  P.  humeri  ger  a. — Olivaceous-brown,  shining,  tinged  with  aeneous, 
head  emarginate,  with  the  central  lobe  slightly  projecting  from  the  emargi- 
nation,  surface  closely  punctured,  eyes  prominent,  scarcely  as  wide  as  the 
anterior  breadth  of  the  thorax,  and  closely  applied  against  it,  ocelli  bronzed, 
antennae  fulvous,  second  and  third  joints  equal,  rostrum  reaching  the  posterior 
coxae,  testaceous,  having  a  black  line  above  ;  thorax  brassy  punctured,  humeral 
projections  blackish,  salient,  subconic,  slightly  flattened,  curved  ;  anterior  mar- 
gin deeply  rounded  out,  behind  the  head  a  shallow,  transverse,  interrupted  im- 
pression, "lateral  margins  deeply  arcuated,  with  an  elongated-oval,  impunctured. 
yellow  mark,  beginning  at  the  anterior  subacute  angle  ;  scutellum  closely  punc- 
tured with  black,  slightly  sinuated  before  the  tip,  which  is  bluntly  rounded  ; 
hemelytra  closely  punctured,  nervures  well  defined,  membrane  brownish-ful- 
vous ;  wings  testaceous;  tergum  black,  impunctate,  with  the  lateral  margins 
olivaceous,  punctured;  beneath  polished,  olivaceo-testaceous,  finely  punctured, 
more  deeply  and  closely  so  upon  the  pectus  and  beneath  the  humeral  projec- 
tions, a  common  black  spot  upon  the  fourth  and  fifth  segments,  and  a  minute 
black  point  against  the  lateral  margin  upon  the  incisures  of  the  segments,  stig- 
mata black;  legs  yellowish-testaceous,  pointed  with  black. 

I860.] 


224  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Length  3£  lines.     Humeral  breadth  3.     Takanosima,  Japan. 
This  species  bears  some  resemblance  in  form  to  P.  scabricorne,  H.  Schf. : 
but  differs  in  the  form  of  the  humeral  angles. 

Strachia,  Hahn. 

S.  ornata,  Linn.  Fauna  Suecica,  251,  937.     Loo-Choo  Islands. 

A  remarkably  small  variety  of  this  species  was  obtained  at  Petropaulovsk, 
Kamtschatka  ;  it  differs  from  the  type  in  marking,  chiefly,  in  wanting  the  me- 
dial lateral  black  spot ;  the  specimens  are  males,  being  six  millims.  in  length. 

Eysarcoris,  Spin. 

E.  perlatus,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  125,  177.     Simoda  and  Loo-Choo. 
One  specimen  has  the  spots  of  the  base  of  the  scutellum  very  minute,  and  in 
auother  they  are  entirely  wanting. 

Nezara,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

N.  torquata,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  108,  107.     Loo-Choo. 

Rhaphigaster,  Lap. 

R.  disjectu  s. — Grayish-agneous,  shining  ;  head  bluntly  rounded,  middle 
lobe  about  as  long  as  the  lateral  ones  ;  surface  confluently  punctured,  tinged 
with  purplish  green  anteriorly,  eyes  brownish,  ocelli  reddish,  antennae  piceous 
pubescent,  base  of  the  apical  joint  yellow,  rostrum  yellowish,  a  line  above  and 
tip  piceous ;  thorax  brassy-greenish,  tinged  with  purplish,  confluently  punc- 
tured, lateral  margins  regularly  oblique,  smooth,  yellow,  humeral  angles 
slightly  rounded,  a  little  prominent,  margin  against  the  head  yellowish  ;  scu- 
tellum same  color  as  the  thorax,  confluently  punctured,  a  little  sinuated  before 
the  tip,  tip  and  a  geminate  spot  each  side  at  base  yellow  ;  corium  grayish-yel- 
low, punctured  with  black,  punctures  very  dense  upon  the  clavus  and  lateral 
margins  ;  membrane  and  wings  yellowish-testaceous  ;  tergum  black  with  a  vio- 
let reflection,  segments  each  with  a  yellow  spot  upon  the  lateral  margin  ;  be- 
neath grayish-yellow,  coarsely  pointed  with  black,  points  absent  from  the  disk. 
which  is  smooth,  yellow,  points  becoming  confluent  in  spots  posteriorly  and 
upon  the  external  edges  of  the  segmental  incisures  ;  sternum  black,  finely  cari- 
nate  in  the  middle  ;  ventral  spine  reaching  to  the  medio-coxae,  yellow  ;  legs 
yellowish,  pointed  with  black,  a  black  band  upon  the  knees,  and  another  at  the 
tips  of  the  tibife,  tarsi  blackish,  middle  joint  paler. 

Length  5  lines.     Humeral  breadth  2    lines.     Hong-Kong. 

Acanthosoma,  Curtis. 
A.  haeraatogaster,  Burm.  Handb.  ii.  360,  4.     Hong-Kong. 

Tesseratoma,  Lep.  et  Serv. 

T.  chinensis,  Thunb.  Nov.  Ins.  Spec.  45,  tab.  2,  f.  59.     Hong-Kong. 

Dichelops,  H.  Schf. 

D.  affinis. — Elongated-oval,  testaceous-yellow,  punctured  with  black, 
head  elongated-triangular,  deeply  cleft  in  the  middle,  points  applied,  hardly 
divaricating  at  the  tip,  middle  lobe  about  half  the  length  of  the  external  ones, 
punctured,  antennae  reddish,  incisures  and  apical  half  of  the  tip  joint  black, 
rostrum  yellowish,  with  the  extreme  tip  black ;  thorax  transverse,  gradually 
elevated  to  the  middle,  upon  which  a  slightly  elevated,  arcuated  transverse 
carina,  continued  to  the  subacute  humeral  angles,  exists,  surface  finely  wrinkled 
and  punctured,  lateral  margins  lightly  arcuated,  minutely  denticulated  ;  scutel- 
lum transversely  wrinkled,  punctured,  and  having  five  longitudinal  rows  of 
obsolete  granulations;  before  the  tip  sinuated,  much  narrowed  ;  hemelytra  very 
finely  punctured  with  black,  membrane  testaceous  ;  wings  milk-white ;  venter 
finely  punctured  with  black,  extreme  lateral  margin  a  line  just  outside  of  the 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  225 

stigmata  each  side,  one  each  side  between  the  stigmata  and  the  disk,  and  one 
upon  the  disk,  almost  impunctured  ;  legs  yellow,  finely  pubescent,  and  pointed 
with  black. 
Length  7  line3.     Humeral  breadth  3£  lines.     Simoda,  Japan. 

COREOIDEA. 
Discogaster,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

D.  fulig  in  o  sus  . — Dark  brown,  without  lustre;  head  square,  rugous, 
pubescent;  antenniferous  tubercles  robust,  blunt;  rostrum  thick,  reaching  be- 
tween the  anterior  coxaj,  tapering  towards  the  extremity;  antennae  densely 
pubescent,  basal  joint  thickest,  constricted  at  its  origin,  slightly  curved,  second 
a  little  longer  than  the  third,  fourth  almost  equal  to  the  first,  all  the  joints 
cylindrical,  with  the  tip  of  the  apical  one  acute;  eyes  globular,  salient,  stem- 
mata  about  as  far  from  each  other  as  from  the  eyes ;  thorax  subcrescentiform, 
triangular  in  front  to  the  base  of  the  head,  humeral  angles  produced  into  flat, 
plate-like  appendages,  angular  at  the  tips,  posterior  margin  obtusely  rounded, 
surface  densely  covered  with  short  pubescence,  coarsely  transversely  wrinkled, 
before  the  posterior  margin  a  transverse,  slightly  elevated  line,  which  does  not 
reach  either  margin,  edges  of  the  crescent  irregularly  serrate,  antero-lateral 
margins  denticulate ;  scutellum  smooth  at  base,  coarsely  wrinkled  behind  the 
base  to  the  tip  ;  hemelytra  a  little  paler  than  the  other  surface,  finely  clothed 
with  yellowish  pubescence,  nervures  well  defined,  membrane  subopake  ;  tergum 
smooth  in  the  middle,  pubescent  at  the  sides ;  beneath  sparsely  clothed  with 
golden  pubescence,  stigmata  of  the  postpectus,  bright  yellow;  legs  covered 
with  yellowish  pubescence,  tip  of  each  femur  beneath  armed  with  a  stout 
tooth,  between  which  and  the  tip  are  a  few  smaller  ones,  posterior  femora 
thickest,  slightly  curved,  all  the  femorae  subcylindrical. 

Length  23  millim.     Humeral  breadth  9  millim.      £ 

This  insect,  owing  to  the  length  of  the  last  joint  of  the  antennae  and  the 
absence  of  the  sternal  groove,  does  not  completely  agree  with  the  genus  as 
characterized  by  Amyot ;  but  its  general  affinities  seem  to  cause  it  to  recur  to 
this  genus,  where  we  have  accordingly  placed  it. 

Camptopus,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

C.  annulatus. — Fuscous,  minutely  pubescent;  head  finely  shagrined, 
blackish  against  the  eyes  and  behind  the  stemmata,  stemmata  and  eyes  red- 
dish-brown, antennae  yellowish,  apical  two-thirds  of  the  last  joint  and  tips  of 
the  others  blackish  ;  rostrum  with  the  sides  beyond  the  middle  to  the  tip  ful- 
vous; thorax  subcampanuliform,  posterior  angles  armed  with  an  acute  spine,  a 
minute  denticle  behind  the  spine,  posterior  margin  irregularly  crenated ;  sur- 
face pubescent,  sprinkled  with  small,  black,  elevated  points ;  tip  of  the  scutel- 
lum yellowish  ;  hemelytra  pubescent,  nervures  very  distinct,  surface  punctured, 
membrane  immaculate,  shining;  tergum  blackish,  with  a  large,  rounded,  white 
spot  behind  the  middle,  against  each  incisure  a  white  spot,  exteriorly ;  venter 
yellowish,  sprinkled  with  irregular  dusky  marks,  a  large  black  discal  spot  and 
an  interrupted  black  line  upon  the  middle  of  the  three  posterior  segments  ; 
legs  pubescent,  spotted  and  marbled  with  fuscous  and  yellow,  posterior  femorae 
particularly  dark,  armed  with  five  teeth,  between  the  two  posterior  teeth  a  few 
smaller  ones,  posterior  tibias  slender,  curved,  yellowish  upon  the  middle, 
slender,  acute  spine  at  tip. 

Length  7  lines.      9-     Simoda,  Japan. 

Pachycephalia,  Uhler. 

Body  robust,  elongate-oval ;  head  filled  up  between  the  antenniferous  tuber- 
cles, base  of  rostrum  projecting  bluntly  ;  antennae  cylindrical,  basal  joint  thick- 
ened, slightly  curved,  about  equal  in  length  to  the  third,  second  longest, 
apical  one  shortest,  fusiform ;  eyes  globular,  situated  upon  a  robust  promi- 

I860.] 


226  PROCEEDINGS  OE  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

nence,  stemruata  placed  on  the  line  of  the  eyes,  a  little  nearer  them  than  each 
other  ;  rostrum  reaching  the  posterior  coxae,  first  joint  thickest,  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  second,  third  and  fourth  subequal,  slender;  thorax  trapezoid; 
hemelytra  about  one-third  shorter  than  the  abdomen,  a  little  shorter  in  the 
female,  membrane  with  the  nervures  very  irregularly  ramose;  abdomen  thick, 
margins  not  recurved,  superior  caudal  segment  longest  in  the  male;  legs  un- 
armed ;  posterior  thigli3  not  thickened,  slightly  curved. 

P.  opacus. — Dark  brown,  without  lustre,  punctured,  pubescent;  head 
with  the  space  between  the  antenniferous  tubercle  filled  up,  antenna}  pubes- 
cent, brown,  with  the  apical  two-thirds  of  the  tip  joint  yellow,  upper  surface 
of  the  head  covered  with  yellowish  pubescence;  thorax  roughly  punctured,  a 
tranverse,  slightly  elevated  lobe  near  each  anterior  angle,  posterior  margin 
with  a  fine,  transverse,  impressed  line,  anterior  angles  acute,  posterior  ones 
rounded,  lateral  margins  sinuated,  edge  slightly  recurved,  posterior  margin 
truncate;  scutellum  and  corium  of  the  hemelytra  punctured  and  uniform  with 
the  thorax  ;  membrane  pale  brown,  nervules  very  irregular,  tip  reaching  the 
end  of  the  fifth  segment;  tergum  and  beneath  uniformly  roughly  punctured, 
pubescent,  incisures  of  the  tergum  yellowish  at  the  lateral  margins ;  legs  dark 
brown,  pubescent,  tarsi  honey-yellow. 

Length  10  millim.  Humeral  breadth  2h  millim.  tf  $.  Takanosima, 
Japan. 

This  genus  presents  an  entire  anomaly  among3t  the  Coreoid  Hemiptera  with 
simple  legs ;  it  seems  to  have  most  affinity  with  the  Gonoceridse,  but  it  differs 
from  them  in  the  length  of  the  hemelytra  and  the  irregularity  of  its  nervules  ; 
its  position  in  the  series,  as  the  system  now  stands,  is  very  difficult  to  define. 

Gonocerus,  H.  Schf. 

1.  G.    bipunctatus,    H.  Schf.   Wanz.  Ins.,  vi.,   9,    tab.  1S3,  fig.   566. 
Takanosima  and  Loo-Choo. 

2.  G.    punctipennis.  —  Body   ovate,   tawny -yellow  ;    head    punctured 
with  black,  space  almost  filled  up  between  the  antenniferous  tubercles ;  tuber- 
cles but  slightly  prominent,  middle  of  the   head  sulcate  ;    antennae  reddish, 
pubescent,  tips  of  the  first  three  joints  blackish,  middle  of  the  apical  joint 
dusky,  second  joint  longest,  third  a  little  shorter  than  the  basal  one,  apical 
joint  about  half  the  length  of  the   second,  subfusiform,  thickest;  two   basal 
joints  of  the  rostrum  about  equal,  apical  ones  subequal,  apex  minutely  black  ; 
a  slender  black  line  behind  the  eyes  to  the  base  of  the  head,  eyes  brownish, 
globular,  stemmata  reddish  ;    thorax  trapezoid,  gradually  narrowed  anteriorly 
to  the  breadth  of  the   head,  sides  a  little  arcuated,  margins  recurved,  paler 
than  the   surface,  humeral  angles  bluntly  triangular,   hardly  acute;    surface 
closely  punctured  with  black,  behind   the  head  slightly  depressed,  before  the 
posterior  margin  a  fine,  transverse,  elevated  line  interrupted  at  each  end ;  scu- 
tellum and  hemelytra  minutely  and  densely  punctured,  the  latter  with   pale, 
smooth,  elevated  costal  margins,  and  upon  the  disk  a  small  round  black  dot, 
membrane    pale,    semitransparent,    nervures    longitudinal,   numerous,  wings 
same   color   as    membrane,   nervures    black;    abdominal   margins    lightly  re- 
curved, tergum  with  two  small  black  spots  before  the  tip,  and  a  number  of 
irregular  blackish  marks  near  the  sides ;  venter  and  beneath  pale-yellowish, 
covered  with   minute,   scattered  punctures,  a  double   irregular  row  of  black 
points  each  side  of  the  venter,  within  the  stigmatal  orifices,  a  few  others  against 
the  sutures  of  the  discoidal    segments,  and  a  single  one  upon  the  side  of  the 
medio   and  postpectus  ;  legs  minutely  pointed  with  black,  finely  pubescent. 

Length  14  millim.     Abdominal  breadth  $  7  millim.     Simoda,  Japan. 

The  female  has  the  antepenultimate  segment  posteriorly  deeply  emarginate  ; 
at  the  base  of  this  segment  is  also  an  elevated  biemarginate  process,  at  which 
the  vulvar  opening  commences. 

[June 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  227 

HOMCEOCERID.E. 

Anacanthus,  Uhler. 
Body  elongated,  sides  parallel ;  head  square,  lightly  eniarginated  between 
the  antennas,  and  furnished  with  a  feeble  carina;  behind  the  emargination, 
longitudinally  impressed  ;  eyes  globular;  stemmata  situated  on  the  posterior 
line  of  the  eyes,  a  little  nearer  them  than  each  other,  a  slight  transverse  im- 
pression before  each  ;  rostrum  reaching  half  way  between  the  anterior  pairs  of 
legs,  first  and  second  joints  nearly  equal  in  length,  second  thickened,  next  and 
the  apical  one  cylindrical,  subequal;  antennae  cylindrical,  slender,  as  long  as 
the  body,  basal  joint  a  little  more  robust  than  the  others,  slightly  arcuated, 
second  longest,  third  and  apical  ones  subequal,  the  latter  cylindrical,  acute ; 
thorax  trapezoid,  humeral  angles  not  armed ;  membrane  with  the  nervures 
numerous,  chiefly  longitudinal,  tip  not  extending  beyond  the  abdomen  ;  legs 
simple,  posterior  femorae  not  thickened,  two  pairs  of  hind-femora  arcuated ; 
abdomen  not  dilated,  sides  parallel. 

A.  concoloratus  . — Cinnamon-yellow,  legs  and  antennae  deeper,  beneath 
paler,  above  uniformly,  finely  punctured,  last  joint  of  the  antennae  dusky,  with 
a  minute  black  tip  ;  eyes  brownish  ;  stemmata  reddish  ;  humeral  angles  simply 
angulated,  an  irregular,  transverse  elevated  line  before  the  hind-margin ;  mem- 
brane pale-yellowish,  with  a  brassy  tint,  a  thick  nervule  running  nearly  half  the 
length  of  its  posterior  margin  black ;  wings  whitish,  slightly  tinged  with 
brassy  lustre  ;  origin  and  basal  half  of  the  costal  nervure  red,  remaining  part 
yellow,  some  of  the  discal  nervures  margined  with  red,  the  rest  brownish  or 
yellow;  beneath  pale,  polished,  pectus  finely  punctured,  unguiculi  blackish. 

Length  16  millim.     Humeral  breadth  4J  millim.    <j\    Hong-Kong,  China. 

LYGJEIDvE. 
Lyceus,  Fab. 

1.  L.  equestris,  Linn.  Fauna  Suecica,  946.     Hakodadi,  Japan. 

2.  L.  m  u  n  d  u  s,  Dallas,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Hemip.  542,  32.    Cape  Good  Hope. 

3.  L.  ornatus. — Head  sanguineous-red,  base,  under  side  and  slender 
longitudinal  line  black,  rostrum  also  black,  in  the  midst  of  the  basal  black 
spot  is  a  minute  whitish   dot;    eyes   brownish,  stemmata  yellowish;  antennae 

;  thorax  red,  margins  not  elevated,  a  black,  each  side  interrupted,  line 

behind  the  head,  two  triangular  spots  behind  near  the  posterior  angles,  and 
two  round  dots  of  a  deeper  black,  almost  connecting  the  anterior  band  with 
the  posterior  spots;  scutellum  black,  with  a  red  tip  and  posterior  margin; 
corium  red,  whitish  against  the  membrane,  a  black  oval  spot  running  from 
near  the  internal  angle  to  the  humeral  one,  where  it  is  reduced  almost  to 
a  point,  another  subtriangular  one  behind  the  former  against  the  external 
margin  ;  membrane  black,  exterior  margin  and  point  at  the  basal  angle  white  ; 
disk  of  the  venter  blackish,  margins  red,  stigmata  black ;  each  pectoral  seg- 
ment with  a  large  black  spot,  pulverulent  with  whitish  ;  a  series  of  four  round 
blacker  points  each  side  of  the  pectus  ;  legs  piceous,  powdered  with  whitish. 

Length  9J  millim.      9-     Hong-Kong,  China. 

PACHYMERID.E.  ' 

Pachvmerds,   H.  Schf. 

P.  alb  o -m  a  r  ginatu  s  . — Elongated,  black;  head  black,  pubescent,  im- 
punctured ;  rostrum  piceous,  paler  in  the  middle  ;  thorax  trapezoidal,  lateral 
margins  broadly  elevated,  pale  testaceous  ;  basal  breadth  less  than  the  length, 
surface  densely  punctured  upon  the  basal  half,  behind  the  head  and  against 
the  lateral  margins,  middle  transverse,  impressed  line  distinct,  a  slightly  ele- 
vated, longitudinal  line  reaching  from  it  to  the  base,  humeral  angles  obtusely 
rounded ;  scutellum  black,  sparsely  punctured,  tip  and  a  slightly  elevated  line 
against  it  testaoeous ;  hemelytra  coarsely  punctured,  testaceous,  a  large  black 
I860.] 


228  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

spot,  covering  the  clavus,  reaching  to  the  subcostal  nervure  and  extending  two- 
thirds  of  its  length,  when  it  becomes  blacker,  and  ramifies  broadly  against  the 
lateral  margin,  a  much  narrower  branch  also  continues  against  the  posterior  mar- 
gin; membrane  fuliginous,  some  of  the  nervures  tinged  with  testaceous,  towards 
the  base ;  wings  pale  fuliginous,  nervures  darker  ;  tergum  with  two  pale  spots 
upon  the  lateral  margin ;  femorae  black,  their  basal  third  and  trochanters  tes- 
taceous, tibiae  light-piceous,  black  at  tip,  tarsi  dusky  at  tip. 

Length  11  millim.      9-     Takanosima,  Japan. 

Nothing  is  said  of  the  antennae,  as  they  are  unfortunately  broken  off  from 
the  only  specimen  obtained. 

A  specimen,  which  I  take  to  be  a  variety  of  this  species,  was  captured  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

It  differs  from  the  type  in  having  the  posterior  thoracic  lobe  tnarmorated 
with  testaceous,  the  hemelytral  spot  is  not  so  black,  spreading  more  irregularly 
over  the  surface,  the  testaceous  color  is  faintly  spread  over  the  margins  of  the 
tergum,  the  femora?  are  testaceous  for  two-thirds  of  their  basal  length,  the 
tibia  and  tarsi  are  almost  entirely  testaceous,  and  the  rostrum  is  tinged  with 
piceous,  more  or  less  deep,  throughout  its  entire  length.  Its  length  is  10J  mil- 
lim.      9. 

It  corresponds  with  what  is  considered  as  a  not  full  colored  state  of  many 
insects  of  this  and  other  families  of  Hemiptera,  wherein  the  insect  has  not 
lived  long  enough  to  attain  its  complete  depth  of  coloring,  or  where  certain 
physical  contingencies  have  retarded  its  attainment  to  full  perfection  of  color. 

Aphanus,  Dallas. 

A.  boniniensis  . — Pitchy-black,  finely  pubescent ;  head  black,  antennae 
testaceous,  tips  of  joints  black,  rostrum  testaceous,  piceous  in  front  and  at  the 
tip,  eyes  dark  brown,  stemmata  yellowish  ;  thorax  subcampanuliform,  pubes- 
cent, anterior  lobe  rounded  at  sides,  dark  brownish,  posterior  lobe  reddish, 
with  a  testaceous  line  upon  the  humerus  bounded  by  a  black  line  ;  corium 
yellowish-testaceous,  margins  paler,  a  spot  at  the  apex,  another  a  little  in  ad- 
vance of  it,  punctulation  and  a  few  minute  spots  black;  membrane  fuliginous, 
nervules  white ;  wings  white ;  beneath  black,  margins  of  the  abdomen  and 
antepectus  pale  piceous ;  legs  testaceous,  a  band  upon  the  anterior  femora, 
one  upon  the  middle  and  posterior  femora,  and  tips  of  tibite  blackish. 

Length  5  millim.      9  ■     Bonin  Islands. 

Orthopia,  Dallas. 

Elongated,  black,  opake ;    head  clothed  with  long   hairs,  first  joint  of  the 

antennae  with  a  pale  base,  remaining  joints ;   rostrum  reaching  to  the 

posterior  coxae,  slender,  curved,  its  color  piceous,  paler  towards  the  tip,  with  a 
black  longitudinal  line ;  eyes  brownish,  darker  upon  the  middle,  stemmata 
amber-yellow ;  thorax  clothed  with  long  hairs,  deep  black,  opaque,  posterior 
lobe  strongly  punctured,  a  pale  piceous  spot  upon  the  broad,  transverse  im- 
pression, including  a  slightly  elevated,  short,  longitudinal  line  ;  anterior  lobe 
strongly  convex;  scutellum  black,  coarsely  but  sparsely  punctured  ;  hemelytra 
testaceous,  clavus,  excepting  the  exterior  nervure,  vestiges  upon  the  corium, 
large  transverse  spot,  extending  from  the  apex  of  the  scutellum  to  the  lateral 
margin  and  posterior  margin,  gradually  dilating  to  the  tip,  black  ;  membrane 
fuliginous,  a  number  of  small  spots  near  the  tip,  nervules  measurably,  and 
small  round  spot  near  the  apex  of  the  corium,  testaceous  ;  disk  of  the  tergum 
rufescent,  lateral  margin  and  two  posterior  segments  blackish,  fourth  segment 
with  a  large,  marginal,  yellow  snot  each  side  ;  beneath  dull  black,  antepectus 
punctured,  postpectus  yellow  at  its  superior  angles,  minutely  corrugated, 
mediopectus  punctured  and  wrinkled  ;  venter  without  lustre,  a  large  yellowish 
spot  upon  the  margin  of  the  fourth  segment,  and  a  smaller  one  upon  the  fifth  ; 
trochanters  and  coxas  testaceous,  anterior  femora  black,  testaceous  at  base, 

[June, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  229 

armed  with  a  number  of  minute  teeth,  tibiae  all  pale  piceous,  middle  femora 
piceous,  paler  toward  the  base. 

Length  12  millim.      <£•     Hong-Kong,  China. 

Peliosoma,  Uhler. 

Body  elongated  ;  head  long,  triangular,  each  side,  between  the  antenna?,  with 
a  small,  curved  lamellae,  concave  on  the  exterior  side,  interrupted  at  the  origin 
of  the  rostrum,  and  not  extending  back  much  beyond  the  antenna? ;  rostrum 
reaching  but  little  behind  the  anterior  coxa?,  basal  and  second  joints  subequal 
in  length,  third  and  fourth  also  subequal ;  antennae  ^  as  long  as  the  body,  9 
not  quite  two-thirds  of  that  length,  basal  joint  longest,  clavate  at  tip,  second 
somewhat  longer  than  the  third,  fourth  shortest,  subfusiform  ;  thorax  elongated 
subtrapezoidal,  base  elevated,  lateral  margins  obtusely  and  feebly  carinated  ; 
hemelytra  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  membrane  with  five  longitudinal  nervules; 
legs  normal,  anterior  tibiae  curved. 

P.  antennat  a. — Tawney,  lustrous,  punctured  with  black  ;  head  and  thorax 
densely  punctured,  the  latter  with  a  longitudinal,  raised,  polished,  yellow  line, 
but  little  punctured,  lateral  obsolete,  carina  yellow,  posterior  angles  tubercu- 
lar; anterior  lobe  convex,  a  broad  transverse  depression  behind  it;  antenna? 
honey-yellow,  paler  upon  the  third  joint,  apices  of  the  first  and  second  joints 
dusky,  last  joint  entirely  so  ;  eyes  and  ocelli  brown  ;  rostrum  fulvous,  dusky 
behind  the  middle  to  the  tip  ;  scutellum  with  a  yellow  line  at  tip  and  a  yellow, 
short,  tubercle-like  line  each  side  of  base  ;  corium  dusky  near  the  internal 
angle,  apex  with  a  small  blackish  dot,  membrane  honey-yellow,  with  white 
nervules  ;  field  of  the  tergum  black,  sides  yellow,  with  black  dots  at  the  incisu- 
ral  margins;  beneath  varied  with  piceous  and  testaceous,  pectus  more  uniformly 
pitchy,  densely  punctured,  margins  of  the  venter  tawney  yellow  ;  legs  honey- 
yellow,  pointed  with  black  ;  tips  of  tibiae  and  tarsal  joints  blackish. 

Length  8  millim.     Simoda,  Japan. 

Opthalmicus,  Schill. 

0.  v  a  r  i  u  s  . — Black  ;  head  and  legs  orange-yellow  ;  antenna?  piceous,  basa* 
joint  and  apex  of  the  third,  yellowish  ;  eyes  light-brown,  rostrum  honey-yellow! 
thorax  square,  broader  than  long,  surface  polished,  black,  coarsely  punctured) 
posterior  angles  with  a  subquadrate,  small,  yellow  spot ;  scutellum  black 
punctured  ;  corium  and  membrane  honey-yellow,  the  former  punctured  with 
black,  most  thickly  so  upon  the  exterior  and  interior  margins  ;  tergum  and 
beneath  polished  black  ;  pectus  punctured. 

Length  5  millim  $.     Simoda,  Japan. 

It  belongs  to  Fieber's  second  subdivision  (a**)  and  seems  to  approach 
his  0.  s  i  c  u  1  u  s  ,  more  nearly  than  any  other  species. 

PYRRHOCORID^E. 

PtrrhocoriS;  Fallen. 

P.  Forsteri,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  164.  H.  Schf.  W.  I.  viii.  tab.  283,  f. 
872.     Cape  Good  Hope. 

Dysdekcus,  Serv. 

D.  c  a  r  n  i  f  e  x  ,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  160.  H.  Schf.  W.  I.  ii.  tab.  66,  f.  199. 
Cape  Good  Hope. 

D.  Schlanbuschii,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  iv.  155.  Donovan,  Ins.  China, 
tab.  20,  f.  2.     Hong  Kong. 

Leptocoris,  Hahn. 

L.  haematideus,  Hahn.,  W.  I.  tab.  i,  fig.  3,  vol.  i.     Hong  Kong,  Chins. 

I860.] 


230  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

LARGID^E. 
Largus,  Hahn. 
L.  c  i  n  c  t  u  s  ,  H.  Schf.  W.  I.  vii.  tab.  218,  f.  683.     California. 

ECTRYCHODID.E. 

Physorhynchus,  Serv. 
P.  crux,  Thunb.  Dissert.  Acad.   156.     Hahn.   W.I.  i.  tab.  5,  f.  20.     Cape 
Good  Hope. 

HARPACTORID^E. 
Arilus,  Burm. 

A.  bifidus,  Fab.  Ent,  Syst.  4,  204.  Donovan,  Ins.  China,  pi.  21,  f.  5. 
Hong  Kong. 

Harpactor,  Lap. 

H.  nodi  pes. — Black,  polished  ;  head  black,  pubescent,  bilobed,  grooved 
between  the  ocelli ;  ocelli  whitish  ;  eyes  large,  black  ;  antennae  black,  apical 
joints  piceous,  pubescent,  basal  joint  with  two  whitish  rings  upon  the  middle  ; 
rostrum  robust,  black  ;  thorax  pubescent,  longitudinal  impressed  line,  inter- 
rupted upon  the  middle  of  the  posterior  lobe,  prothorax  each  side  of  the  head 
produced  into  a  subacute  tubercle  ;  scutellum  without  spinous  processes  ; 
corium  pitchy-black,  membrane  fuliginous,  nervures  darker;  tergum  blackish, 
lateral  margins  much  dilated,  crenulated,  the  incisures  and  a  large  postero- 
lateral spot  upon  the  two  last  segments,  whitish ;  beneath,  black  polished, 
venter  sprinkled  with  numerous  round,  yellow  points,  the  two  posterior  seg- 
ments tinged  with  pale  piceous  ;  the  spots  of  the  upper  marginal  surface  obvious 
beneath ;  legs  black,  three  knot-like  pilose  prominences  upon,  and  near  the 
tips  of  the  femora,  two  yellow  bands  upon  the  femora,  and  one  upon  the 
tibiae  ;  nodulae  much  less  obvious  in  the  $■  than  in  the  9  !  yellow  femoral 
bands,  also  more  numerous  in  the  male. 

Length  12  millim.     Simoda,  Japan. 

STENOPODID.E. 

Canthesancus. 

C.  trimaculatus,  Aniyot  et  Serv.  Hemipt.  389,  pi.  7,  fig.  20.  Hong 
Kong. 

GERRID^E. 

Halobates,  Esch. 

H.  sericeus,  Esch.  Entomograp.,  164,  79,  tab.  2,  f.  4.  Atlantic  Ocean 
near  the  Equator. 

Ptilomera,  Amyot  et  Serv. 

P.  tigrina. — $  Fulvous,  polished,  beneath  silvery  sericeous;  rostrum 
with  the  apical  joint  and  tip  of  the  preceding  one  black,  nasus  and  spot  at 
the  origin  of  the  antenna  black,  head  impressed  at  the  origin  of  the  rostrum, 
eyes  brownish-black;  prothorax  subquadrate,  largely  impressed  posteriorly, 
sides  of  the  thorax  with  a  silvery  undulating  line  bounded  each  side  by  a 
black  line,  and  extending  from  the  base  of  the  prothorax  to  the  origin  of  the 
posterior  legs,  sutures  black,  behind  the  head  three  minute  spots,  behind  the 
prothorax,  included  in  a  rounded  impression,  two  larger  ones  and  upon  the 
posterior  transverse  suture,  silvery  sericeous ;  metathorax  impressed  each  side 
against  the  anterior  transverse  suture,  and  having  a  slender  impressed  middle 
line  ;  abdomen  much  narrower  than  the  thorax,  about  equal  to  it  in  length, 
sutures  black,  particularly  at  the  sides  of  the  segments,  sides  of  the  segments 
slightly  sericeous,  anal  and  caudal  appendages  filiform,   acute ;  two  lamellar 

["June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  231 

anai  processes,  emarginate  above,  each  projecting  into  a  subtruncate  point 
iDferiorly  ;  legs  long,  slender,  fulvous,  posterior  pair  longest,  anterior  pair 
with  two  slender  black  lines  superiorly ;  a  black  spot  each  side  upon  the 
pectus,  before  the  anterior  and  middle  legs  ;  anterior  tibia  and  tarsi  pubescent. 

middle  tibia  armed  with  long  cilia,  posterior  tibia . 

Length   to   tip  of  abdomen  15   millim.,  prothorax  2,  mesothorax   4  millim. 
Hong  Kong,  China. 

Gerris,  Fab. 

G.  rufo-scuteilatus,  Latr.  H.   Schf.  W.  I.   ix.  69.  tab.  ccc.  fig.  924. 
Simoda. 

PEDIRAPTI. 

Diplonychus,  Lap. 

D.  rusticus,  Fab.  ;  Donovan,  Ins.  China,  p.  46,  pi.  19,  fig.  1.   Loo  Choo. 

Nepa,  Fab. 

N.  rubra,  Linn.;  Donovan,  Ins.  China,  p.  47,  pi.  19,  fig.  2.   Hong  Kong. 

NOTONECTID.E. 
Bothronotus,  Fieb. 

B.  biimpressus. — Robust,  shining,  dusky-yellowish  testaceous;  head 
narrower  than  the  thorax,  with  a  punctured  impression  each  side  upon  the 
front,  from  both  of  which  a  punctured,  impressed  line  extends  to  a  shallower 
impression,  each  side,  near  the  base,  apical  joint  of  the  rostrum  piceous : 
thorax  transversely  wrinkled,  transparent,  a  transverse  brownish  band  upon 
the  anterior  submargin  ;  each  side,  behind  the  fossa,  depressed  ;  scutellum 
black ;  corium  with  a  pitchy  stripe  upon  the  interior  suture,  a  spot  at  base  and 
against  the  apex,  exterior  submargin  and  membrane  dusky;  basal  areole  and 
veins  of  the  latter  piceous;  embolium  and  connected  edge  yellow;  wings  fuli- 
ginous, veins  darker;  tergum  piceous,  posterior  margins  of  the  segments 
paler,  lateral  margins  and  caudal  extremity  yellowish,  the  last  clothed  with 
long  golden  hairs;  venter  pale  piceous,  middle  carina  and  margins  yellowish  : 
legs  testaceous,  clothed  with  golden  hairs. 

Length  11  millim,  breadth  of  thorax  5  millim.     Hong  Kong. 

Var.  a.  Pale,  luleo  testaceous,  ventral  disk  and  basal  areole  of  the  mem- 
brane dusky. 


Notes  on  Shells, 
BY    T.    A.    CONRAD. 

In  "Tertiary  Fossil  Shells  of  the  United  States,"  I  characterized  a  genus  of 
Carditidce,  published  in  1838,  under  the  name  of  Carditamera,  which  ha? 
generally  been  referred  to  the  genus  Mytilicardia  of  Blainville.  The  two 
genera  differ  so  much  in  external  form,  that  they  can  easily  be  recognized 
without  reference  to  the  hinge.  The  former  has  the  general  form  of  an  elonga- 
ted Arca,  Lam.,  whilst  the  latter  has  an  outline  somewhat  like  that  of  Modiola. 
The  genus  Carditamera,  Dr.  Gray  has  since  named  Lazaria,  the  reason  for  the 
change  of  name  being  unknown  to  me. 

In  this  country  the  genus  Carditamera,  originated  in  the  Miocene  perio'i. 
which  contains  three  known  species,  and  there  is  one  living,  which  inhabits  the 
coast  of  Florida.  One  is  said  to  inhabit  Madagascar,  and  all  the  others  are 
American.  It  does  not  appear  that  any  species  of  Mytilicardia,  is  American, 
either  recent  or  fossil.     The  type  of  Carditamera  is  Cardita pectunculus,  Brug. 

I860.] 


232  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Synopsis  of  the  Genus  Rangia. 

RANGIA,  Desmoulins,  (1832,  Hermannsen). 

Clathrodon,  Gray,  MSS.  Conrad,  1831. 

Gnathodon,  Gray,  1837. 

1.  Rangia  cyrenoides,  Desmoulins.     (1831,   Bronn.) 

G.  cuneatus,  Gray. 

2.  R.  flexuosa,  Conrad,  (Gnathodon,)  1840. 

G.  rostratum,  Petit  de  la  Saussaye,  1853. 

3.  R.  parvum,  ib.  (Gnathodon.) 

4.  R.  men  die  a,  Gould,  (Gnathodon,)  1851. 

G.  trigonum,  Petit  de  la  Sauss.,  1853. 
Fossil  Species. 

1.  Rangia  cl  athro  d  o  nta,  Conrad,  (Mactra.) 

Gnathodon,  Grayi,  ib. 

2.  R.  Lecontei,  Conrad,  (Gnathodon.)  •. 

3.  R.  m  i  n  o  r ,  Conrad,  (ib.) 

PLEIODON,  Conrad. 

The  discovery  of  a  new  species  of  this  African  genns  in  Lake  Tanganyika 
suggests  the  probability  that  Pleiodon  will  prove  the  predominant  form  of 
Unionidae  in  tropical  Africa,  and  we  may  anticipate  the  discovery  of  many 
species  by  future  explorers.  It  occupies  in  geographical  distribution  as  impor- 
tant a  position  as  Castalia  and  Triquetra  do  in  tropical  South  America.  I 
presume  from  the  peculiar  and  distinct  character  of  the  hinge  of  Pleiodon, 
that  the  animal  will  be  found  somewhat  different  in  organization  from  those  of 
other  genera  of  Unionidaj.  It  will  be  interesting  to  learn  whether  this  form  is 
accompanied  or  not  by  species  of  the  nearest  allied  genus  Mutela,  at  present 
known  only  to  exist  in  the  Nile. 

PARAMYA,  Conrad. 

I  propose  the  above  name  as  a  substitute  for  Myalina,  Conrad,  figured  and 
described  in  "  Foss.  of  Medial  Tert.  of  the  U.  S."  p.  65,  pi.  36,  fig.  4.  A  very 
different  genus  was  designated  Myalina,  by  De  Koninck,  and  has  priority. 

Geographical  distribution  of  the  Genus  L  e  m  o  p  s  i  s  Sassi. 

Recent  species.  Red  Sea,  1.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  1,  120  fathoms.  Singapore, 
1.     Norway,  1. 

Fossil  species.     Eocene  of  Claiborne,  Alab.   7.     Texas,  1.     English  crag.  2. 

D'Orbigny,  in  his  Prodromus,  names  7  Jurassic  species,  3  Cretaceous  sp.,  17 
Miocene,  and  1  Subappenine  sp.  of  European  formations.  In  North  America  I 
believe  no  species  has  been  found  older  than  those  of  the  Eocene,  and  no 
recent  one. 

ADEORBIS,  Wood. 

This  genus  occurring  recent  in  England,  California  and  the  West  Indies,  and 
fossil  in  the  English  Miocene,  is  represented  in  the  Miocene  of  the  United 
States   by  1  species. 

A.  1  y  r  a ,  (Delphinula  lyra,  Con.,)  see  Proceed.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  vol.  3, 
p.  20. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  233 


Descriptions  of  three  new  species  of  Gorgonidse,  in  the  collection  of  the 

Academy. 

BY   GEO.    H.    HORN. 

LOPHOGORGIA. 

L.  cl  av  a  t  a. — Polypary  bipinnate.  Trunk  and  branches  very  much  flat- 
tened. Branchlets  thick,  and  but  slightly  compressed,  clavate  at  their  ex- 
tremities. Calices  numerous  and  projecting.  Coenenchyme  thick.  Color 
reddish-pink. 

This  species  differs  from  the  L.  11  a  m  m  e  a ,  in  its  more  numerous  aud  pro- 
jecting calices.  The  branchlets  of  the  latter  are  much  flattened  and  acumi- 
nate, and  have  an  intense  red  color. 

Locality  unknown. 

L.  aurantiaca  . — Polypary  very  much  subdivided.  Trunk  but  slightly 
flattened.  Branchlets  numerous  and  rounded,  arising  in  pairs  from  opposite 
sides  of  the  branches.  Calices  numerous  and  slightly  elevated.  Coenenchyme 
thin.     Color  orange,  striped  with  red. 

This  species  is  much  more  subdivided  than  either  of  the  others,  and  has  its 
trunk  and  branches  much  less  flattened.  The  color  of  the  trunk,  deprived  of 
the  cortex,  is  red. 

Locality  unknown. 

Rhipidigorgia. 

R.  Engelmanni . — Flabellate,  coarsely  reticulate.  Branches  much  flat- 
tened, from  one  to  two  and  a  half  lines  wide.  Interspaces  rounded,  occasion- 
ally elongated  to  the  extent  of  one  inch.  Color  ochreous  externally,  purple 
or  reddish  within. 

The  fronds  of  this  species  are  higher  than  wide,  (height  9  inches,  width  6 
inches,)  bearing  no  free  branchlets.  Calices  large  and  crowded,  quadrangular 
in  outline,  with  no  elevation  of  their  edges.  Coenenchyme  thick,  easily 
crushed. 

Locality.     Mazatlan.     Dr.  Engelmann. 


The  Cutting  Ant  of  Texas. 
BY    S.    B.    BUCKLEY. 

Myrmica  (Atta)  Texana — "  Cutting  Ant." 
Description. 

Neuter.  Color  reddish-brown;  head  disproportionately  large,  mandibles  large. 
triangular  falcate,  serrate,  bent  downwards  in  adult,  two  small,  short  spines  at 
the  back  of  each  lobe  of  the  head  ;  sinus  between  lobes  large;  antennas  two, 
two-jointed,  last  joint  clavate;  thorax  small,  compressed,  upper  surface  armed 
with  six  spines,  front  pair  inclining  forwards,  middle  pair  erect,  smallest,  and 
near  front  pair,  back  pair  inclining  backwards  ;  connecticum  nodose,  two- 
jointed  ;  abdomen  about  half  as  large  as  head,  oblong,  ovate,  obtuse;  legs  two- 
clawed,  a  claw  or  spine  near  the  base  of  the  tibia  of  the  two  front  legs.  Adult 
4^  lines  long. 

Female.  Color  reddish-brown  ;  head  disproportionately  small ;  sinus  small  be- 
tween its  lobes,  rudiments  of  spines  at  back  of  each  lobe  ;  antennae  and  mandibles 
as  in  neuter  ;  thorax  large,  upper  front  protruding  over  the  head,  compressed, 
upper  surface  covered  with  thick  downy  hairs;  abdomen   larger  than  thorax. 

I860.]  15 


234  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

ovate,  obtuse.     Length  without  wings,  8£  lines.     Largest  wings  1  inch  1   line 
in  length.     Entire  length,  1  inch  4  lines. 

Male.     Resembles  female,  but  is  a  little  smaller,  with  its  head  and  abdomen 
more  acute. 

These  ants  have  homes  in  the  ground.  A  few  of  their  underground  dwellings 
have  lately  been  brought  to  view,  by  digging,  in  order  to  kill  the  ants,  because 
they  destroy  what  belongs  to  the  farmer  and  horticulturist.  The  extent  of 
these  ant  galleries  and  cells,  is  so' great  as  almost  to  exceed  belief;  but  several 
of  the  excavations  made  to  slay  ants  are  within  the  incorporated  limits  of  the 
city  of  Austin,  and  have  been  seen  by  hundreds  of  its  citizens.  The  under- 
ground rooms  of  these  cutting  ants  are  rounded  or  oblong  cavities,  all  con- 
nected by  cylindrical  passages,  of  a  diameter  varying  from  one  to  three  or  even 
more  inches.  Some  cells  are  six  inches  wide,  by  nearly  as  many  in  height,  and 
others  twelve  inches  high,  with  a  shorter  diameter  of  some  six  to  eighteen  inche.s 
and  the  longer  diameter  three  feet,  and  sometimes  even  more.  These  chambers 
are  often  one  above  the  other,  and  again  side  by  side  ;  but  on  the  whole,  they 
do  not  seem  to  be  placed  with  any  apparent  order,  being  scattered  under- 
ground at  various  distances  apart,  from  two  inches  to  as  many  feet.  In  a 
clay  soil  they  appear  to  be  coated  or  varnished  with  a  very  thin,  dirty  brown, 
waxlike  secretion.  In  sandy  ground,  to  keep  the  walls  firm,  they  are  plastered 
with  a  black  limestone  earth,  abounding  in  portions  of  the  prairies  and  river 
bottoms.  This  often  has  to  be  carried  a  distance  of  many  rods ;  and  then  the 
amount  of  their  labor  and  its  results  are  truly  wonderful,  showing  their  know- 
ledge to  be  equal  to  that  of  any  race  of  ants  known.  Their  lowest  chambers 
are  generally  ten  and  twelve  feet  deep,  while  the  upper  cells  are  rarely  nearer 
the  surface  than  eighteen  inches,  I  extended  a  tape  line  down  to  the  bottom  of 
one,  and  found  it  seventeen  feet  deep;  at  one  of  their  largest  dens,  a  room  was 
found  sixteen  feet  beneath  the  surface,  and  several  others  were  at  near  the 
same  depth.  At  that  place,  the  ground  is  dug  out  from  twelve  to  sixteen  feet 
deep,  extending  over  an  arta  having  an  average  diameter  of  twenty-five  feet, 
all  of  which  was  filled  with  ant  cells.  Several  large  avenues  (4 — 5  in.  diam.) 
entered  the  bottom  of  this  large  den.  On  striking  an  avenue,  some  ants  were 
seen  to  enter  it  followed  by  others,  loaded  with  barley,  all  coming  from  that 
underground  passage.  Where  they  got  the  barley  was  the  question,  which 
was  finally  solved  by  going  to  a  stable  more  than  three  hundred  feet  distant ; 
from  which  ants  were  seen  to  descend,  each  with  his  barley  grain,  and  enter  a 
hole  in  the  ground  near  the  base  of  the  stable,  which  was  the  only  place  in  the 
vicinitv  where  there  was  any  barley.  Another  avenue  on  the  other  side,  is 
said  to  come  out  at  the  bank  of  a  stream,  between  two  and  three  hundred  feet 
distant,  where  are  some  elm  trees,  from  which  the  ants  obtained  bits  of  leaves, 
and  carried  them  through  said  avenue  into  the  base  of  the  den.  That  they 
have  extensive  underground  passages,  there  is  not  the  least  doubt.  A  gentle- 
man recently  told  me  of  an  instance  where  they  dug  under  or  tunneled  a 
stream  to  get  into  a  garden.  There  was  a  large  ant  den  across  the  stream,  and 
for  a  long  time  the  garden  was  safe  from  their  depredations,  but  finally  the 
cutting  ants  were  seen  there,  carrying  bits  of  leaves  into  a  small  hole  in  the 
ground.  There  was  no  ant  den  in  the  vicinity,  except  the  one  across  the  creek, 
and  as  there  were  no  dirt  heaps  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  in  the  garden,  as 
there  always  are  above  an  ant  den,  the  inference  was,  that  those  cutting  ants 
seen  in  the  garden  belonged  to  the  tribe  across  the  river;  if  so,  it  is  probable 
that  some  of  their  wise  ones,  when  on  the  trees  in  the  vicinity  of  their  abode, 
beheld  the  fine  things  in  the  garden,  to  obtain  which  they  advised  tunneling 
the  stream. 

The  question  will  naturally  arise,  how  is  it  possible  for  them  to  direct  their 
course  in  digging  those  long  underground  passages  so  as  to  reach  the  surface 
at  the  wished  for  spot  ?  Let  those  who  ask,  also  answer ;  I  only  know  that 
such  long  avenues  exist,  having  thrust  a  long  stick  into  one  at  the  bottom  of 
one  of  their  dens,  and  I  have  also  seen  the  outer  openings  of  many  of  them  on 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  235 

the  banks  of  rivers  and  streams,  whose  water  gives  the  ants  drink,  and  where 
food  can  easily  be  had  from  the  trees  and  bushes  usually  found  growing  on  the 
banks  of  streams  in  all  prairie  lands. 

At  the  large  ant  den  in  Austin,  before  spoken  of,  millions  of  working  ants, 
and  bushels  of  eggs  and  larva?,  with  great  numbers  of  males  and  females,  were 
destroyed.  As  soon  as  a  large  apartment  containing  the  eggs,  larva?  and 
winged  ants  was  found,  a  fire  was  kindled  forthwith  among  them,  for  which  pur- 
pose, light,  combustible  stuff  was  kept  near.  The  eggs  were  of  different  sizes, 
belonging  to  opposite  sexes,  also  showing,  probably,  that  they  grow,  and  were 
in  a  greater  or  less  advanced  stage  of  development.  The  workers  at  first  are 
very  small,  scarcely  a  line  in  length.  The  eggs  mixed  with  minute  young  ants, 
were  in  a  soft,  grey  spongy  substance,  apparently  leaves,  finely  triturated  and 
mixed  with  an  animal  secretion. 

It  is  said  they  sometimes  abandon  their  caves,  when  from  long  residence  the 
chambers  become  filthy,  or  perhaps  they  are  injured  by  heavy  rains,  or  it  may 
be  that  the  ants  desire  a  better  situation  for  provender.  Whatever  may  be  the 
cause,  they  have  been  known  to  emigrate  en  masse,  and  after  making  new  ex- 
cavations, and  dwelling  in  them  a  few  years,  to  return  again  to  their  old  first 
residence.  It  is  probable  that  they  have  a  division  of  labor,  some  nurse  the 
young,  and  others  provide  food.  In  one  instance  I  saw  one  cut  off  a  segment 
of  an  elm  leaf,  and  another  seized  it  as  soon  as  cut,  and  carried  it  away,  but 
generally  I  have  noticed  that  he  who  cuts  also  carries.  When  cutting,  one 
mandible  is  inserted,  and  carried  slowly  along;  the  head  swaying  to  and  fro, 
and  the  other  mandible  moving  its  sharp  point,  apparently  breaking  the  surface 
to  lessen  the  thickness  to  be  cut  by  the  other.  The  ant  often  stands  on  the 
part  of  the  leaf  which  he  is  cutting  off,  but  he  is  careful  to  remove  to  a  firm 
place  before  it  is  finally  severed,  which  done,  he  seizes  one  edge  of  it  with  his 
mandibles,  and  with  a  rapid  movement  throws  it  on  his  head  and  thorax,  so 
that  its  lower  edge  rests  between  the  lobes  of  the  head  and  the  spines  of  the 
thorax,  and  the  upper  edge  is  aloft.  Away  he  goes,  and  joins  the  busy  throng 
in  the  main  path,  which  looks  as  if  the  ants  had  a  gala  day,  and  were  march- 
ing with  banners  flying.  Lately,  on  the  banks  of  the  Colorado  river,  near 
Austin,  I  saw  multitudes  of  ants  in  their  path,  going  up  hill  with  fragments  of 
leaves,  and  hack  berries,  (celtis,)  some  entire,  and  others  with  a  small  portion 
cut  off,  to  render  them  lighter  and  suitable  to  be  carried  by  the  smaller  ants. 
The  place  at  which  they  entered  the  ground  was  about  six  feet  from  the  top  of 
the  bank.  This  pathway  was  steep,  and  even  perpendicular,  for  a  distance  of 
five  or  six  inches,  at  a  place  about  one  foot  below  their  doorway.  The  labor 
was  severe  to  carry  the  berries  up  this  path,  but  the  struggle  was  great  to 
get  them  to  the  top  of  the  perpendicular  spot.  In  performing  this  feat  the 
berry  carriers  met  with  many  falls,  often  rolling  one  and  two  feet  down  the  hill 
but  always  sticking  fast  to  their  burdens,  and  trying  again  until  they  finally 
triumphed.  One  fell  when  near  the  top,  and  as  he  came  up  again,  and  was 
about  to  succeed,  I  touched  his  load  with  the  point  of  a  knife,  and  down  it 
and  ant  went.  His  third  attempt  was  put  to  the  same  test,  but  even  then,  he 
did  not  get  angry,  or  show  the  least  impatience,  but  cheerfully  took  his  berry, 
and  went  up  and  in  at  the  door  of  the  long  avenue. 

A  lady  lately  showed  me  a  safe  where  she  kept  sugar  and  sweetmeats,  which 
drew  swarms  of  small  ants.  The  legs  of  the  safe  were  then  placed  in  vessels  of 
water,  and  the  ants  did  not  succeed  in  reaching  the  sweets  during  several  days, 
but  finally  many  of  them  were  found  in  the  sugar.  After  some  little  study  to 
discover  how  they  got  there,  they  were  seen  to  drop  on  the  safe  from  the  roof 
at  the  distance  of  about  two  feet  above.  These,  however,  were  not  the  cutting 
ants,  and  I  only  mention  their  feats  because  they  are  similar  to  those  related 
of  ants  by  an  East  India  officer.  A  gentleman  told  me  that  he  suspended 
sugar  by  a  string  from  a  rafter  in  his  house,  to  keep  it  from  ants,  but  they  went 
up  and  came  down  the  string.  They  also  were  not  the  cutting  ants,  which 
rarely,  if  ever,  enter  houses. 

I860] 


236  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

The  cutting  ants  often  assist  each  other.  I  saw  one  which  fell  with  a  hack 
berry,  at  the  vertical  place  before  named.  The  berry  got  loose  from  him,  and 
instead  of  shouldering  it  again,  he  tried  to  drag  it  along,  but  was  unable  to 
pull  it  up  the  perpendicular.  Many  passed  him  and  gave  the  cold  shoulder  ; 
finally  a  kind  ant  came  and  pushed.  By  shoving  and  pulling  the  two  succeeded 
in  getting  the  berry  to  the  top,  when  the  assister  immediately  left,  and  started 
down  the  hill.  They  live  on  both  animal  and  vegetable  [food.  I  have  seen 
them  carrying  both  worms  and  bugs.  Whole  beetles  and  numerous  elytra 
have  been  found  in  their  cells,  but  nothing  indicating  that  they  lay  up  large 
stores  of  food,  like  some  of  the  East  India  ants,  which  have  been  seen  to  fetch 
their  stores  of  corn  to  the  surface  to  dry  after  heavy  rains.  The  common 
tumble  bug,  (Canthon  lesvis,)  in  rolling  his  ball,  sometimes  heedlessly  backs  up 
over  a  nest  of  the  cutting  ants,  and  falls  a  victim,  being  overcome  by  numbers. 
Once  I  saw  a  very  large  one  roll  his  ball  into  their  midst,  when  he  was  fiercely 
attacked  by  the  multitude.  At  first  he  stuck  his  nose  in  the  sand,  or  rather 
between  his  forelegs,  but  the  bites  behind  were  so  severe  that  he  roused  and 
flew  in  circles,  finally  alighting  near  me,  which  was  no  sooner  done  than  an 
ant  who  had  accompanied  the  flight,  jumped  to  the  ground,  for  a  moment 
looked  bewildered,  then  ran  for  home,  it  may  be,  to  tell  of  his  wonderful  ride  on 
the  big  bug. 

The  damage  which  these  ants  do,  is  great,  by  destroying  trees  and  vegeta- 
bles. I  know  of  one  family  who  are  about  to  leave  a  beautiful  situation  near  a 
fine  spring,  because  the  cutting  ants  have  nearly  killed  their  fruit  trees  and 
ornamental  shrubbery,  especially  roses,  for  which  they  have  a  peculiar  fond- 
ness. They  have  been  known  to  strip  a  fruit  tree  of  its  leaves  in  a  single 
night.  In  some  sections  these  ants  prevent  the  cultivation  of  fruit.  Thou- 
sands of  dollars  have  been  uselessly  spent  in  attempts  to  kill  them  by  blowing 
noxious  gasses  into  their  dens,  or  by  placing  poisons  at  the  doorways  of  their 
dwellings.  A  knowledge  of  the  habits  and  abodes  of  these  insects  show  the 
futility  of  such  attempts ;  the  fact  is,  but  few  of  these  can  be  reached  by  gas, 
let  the  bellows  blow  ever  so  hard,  nor  can  many  be  killed  by  poison,  even  if 
the  most  deadly  be  placed  within  their  doorways,  for  as  soon  as  they  discover 
harm,  they  form  a  new  entrance.  The  only  effectual  method  of  destroying 
them  is  to  dig,  and  kill  the  females  and  young,  when  the  neuters  will  soon 
perish.  This  is  so  expensive  that  it  will  only  be  resorted  to  near  a  garden  or 
dwelling,  and  as  the  cutting  ants  are  scattered  through  western  and  central 
Texas,  they  probably  never  will  be  exterminated  by  man. 


Contributions  to  the  Carboniferous  Flora  of  the  United  States. 

BY   HORATIO   C.   WOOD,  JR. 

Calamites  Suckow. 

C.  bicostatus  nobis. — Stem  slender,  bicostate,  with  distant  articula- 
tions ;  ribs  undulate,  double,  a  very  narrow,  alternating  with  a  broader  one  ; 
tubercles  obsolete.  The  distant  articulations  and  the  double,  undulate  ribs 
characterize  this  as  a  very  distinct  species. 

Annularia  Sternb. 

A.  dubi  a  nobis. 

Syn.  Bechera  dubia  Stern.  Vers.  vol.  i.  p.  30,  t.  51  fig.  3,  1821.  Annularia 
minula  Brong.  Prod.  p.  155. 

A.  stellata  nobis. 

Syn.  Casuarinites  stellatus  Schloth.  Flora  der  Vorwelt,  t.  i.  fig.  4,  1804,  ejus- 
dem,  Nacht.  Petref.  1822.  Bornia  stellata  Sternb.  Vers.  i.  p.  28.  Annularia 
longifolia  Brongt.  Prod.  1828.  Asterophyllites  eqaisetiformis  Lind.  et  Hutton, 
Foss.  Flora,  vol.  ii.  t.  124. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  237 

ASTEROPHYLLITES. 

A.  r  ef  1  e  xa  nobis. 

Syn.  Annularia  reflexa  Sternb.  Vers.  i.  p.  31,  t.  19,  fig.  5.  Asterophyllites 
Brardii,  Brongt.  Prod. 

If  this  is  a  distinct  species  (which  is  doubtful)  it  must  retain  the  specific 
name  of  the  first  author. 

Sigillaria  Brongt. 

Stem  not  articulate,  corticate,  costate,  smooth  or  striate;  ribs  of  various 
widths,  having  furrows  interposed  between  them ;  cicatrices  discoid,  disposed 
spirally  upon  the  ribs,  their  longitudinal  diameter  exceeding  the  transverse  ; 
vascular  scars  varying  in  number,  mostly  linear. 

The  great  fossil  botanist,  Brongniart,  united  the  three  genera  of  Sternberg, 
(Rhytidolepis,  Favularia  and  Syringodendron,)  with  the  title  of  Sigillaria. 
More  modern  authors  have,  however,  reseparated  them,  retaining  Brongniart's 
name  for  the  first  division  of  Sternb. 

Among  recent  writers,  Messrs.  Lindley  and  Hutton,  have  acknowledged  the 
genus  Favularia,  but  Unger,  Lesquereux  and  others  do  not.  We  have  not 
seen  sufficient  specimens  of  this  genus  to  justify  us  in  offering  an  opinion. 

Rhytidolepis,  has,  we  believe,  the  right  of  priority  over  Sigillaria,  but  as  the 
latter  is  now  universally  employed,  it  would  cause  too  much  confusion  to  re- 
vert to  the  original  title. 

M.  Bronguiart  says,  (see  top  of  page  393,  Veg.  Foss.)  "  this  genus  is  charac- 
terized by  the  longitudinal  diameter  of  scars  at  least  equalling  the  transverse, 
and  that  ordinarily  it  is  much  greater."  A  very  few  of  the  species  which  we 
would  recognise  as  true  Sigillaria,  depart  slightly  from  this  rule,  but  it  is  im- 
possible to  characterize  a  genus  in  fossil  botany,  some  of  whose  forms  will  not 
approach  those  of  another  division,  for  the  simple  reason,  that  any  classifica- 
tion, however  ingenious,  must  necessarily  be  purely  artificial. 

According  to  the  oldest  classification,  all  fossil  plants  were  referred  to  the 
two  genera,  Filicites  and  Phytolithus.  The  present  system  has  arisen  by 
splitting  off",  as  it  were,  section  after  section  from  these. 

The  classification  of  vegetable  reliquse  may  thus  continue  to  advance,  and  it 
is  with  the  hope  it  may  prove  a  step  in  the  right  direction,  that  we  propose 
a  partial  revision  of  the  genus  Sigillaria. 

S.  perplexa,  n.  sp. — Stem  costate,  costa  varying  in  their  width;  bark 
thin  ;  cicatrices  quadrangular,  conjoined  by  their  raised  confluent  borders  ; 
vascular  scars  obsolete. 

We  place  this  very  remarkable  fossil  in  this  group  until  better  specimens 
can  be  obtained  for  further  stud)'.  Though  the  vascular  scars  are  not  pre- 
served, yet  we  cannot  say  they  have  never  existed.  When  the  bark  is  stript 
from  the  stem,  a  raised  border  is  seen  to  underlie  the  margin  of  external  scar. 
Locality  and  position  unknown.     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

S.  solan  us,  n.  sp. — Stem  costate  ;  ribs  strongly  convex,  striate,  and  with 
a  striate  groove  in  the  middle;  cicatrices  placed  in  this  groove,  small,  distant 
subdiscoidal,  often  elongated  with  iheir  base  rounded  and  apex  somewhat 
truncate ;  vascular  scars  three,  those  on  the  sides  linear,  arcuate. 

In  our  specimen  the  distance  between  the  scars  is  about  five  times  their 
length.  The  depression  or  channel  is  slightly  widened  at  their  position,  and 
between  them  a  band,  equalling  them  in  width,  is  finely  chased  by  very  numer- 
ous minute  striae.  Locality,  Shaever's  Drift,  East  Norwegia.  Position  unknown. 
Collection  of  the  Academy. 

Asolancs  nobis. 

Stem  not  costate,  striate  ;  striae  straight  or  curved,  regularly  or  irregularly 
disposed  ;  cicatrices  discoid,  single,  their  transverse  exceeding  the  longitudinal 
diameter  ;  vascular  scars  varying  in  number,  mostly  linear. 

1860.J 


238  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

We  think  the  absence  of  ribs  is  sufficient  to  found  a  generic  distinction  on, 
but  this  genus  is  also  separated  from  Sigillaria,  by  the  excess  of  the  transverse 
over  the  longitudinal  diameter  of  the  leaf-scar. 

A.  camptotaenia,  n.  sp. — Stem  striate ;  striae  disposed  in  two  series; 
in  the  one,  contiguous,  numerous,  descending  towards  the  right;  in  the  other, 
few,  and  ascending  towards  the  right;  cicatrices  sub-triangular  rounded  at  apex, 
acuminate  at  the  base  ;  vascular  scars  almost  obsolete.  Locality  and  position 
unknown.     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

A.  ornitliicnoides,  n.  sp. — Stem  longitudinally  striate,  vascular  cica- 
trices three,  linear,  the  middle  much  the  longest. 

This  is  undoubtedly  decorticated  and  the  markings  are  often  obscured  by 
adherent  flakes  of  coal ;  but  the  peculiar  disposition  of  the  scars  render  this 
species  very  distinct.  The  middle  impression  projecting  in  front  and  behind 
gives  the  scars  an  appearance  resembling  that  of  bird  tracks,which  is  often  height- 
ened by  short  curved  strias  projecting  from  the  side  marks.  Near  the  top  and 
bottom  of  the  specimen  are  two  large  oval  scars,  which,  perhaps,  mark  the 
former  position  of  branches;  if  so,  this  further  separates  this  genus  from  Sigil- 
laria, which  Brongt.  says  do  not  branch.  Locality,  Milnes  Mine,  St.  Clair. 
Position  unknown.     Collection  of  the  Academy. 

Syringodendron  Sternb. 

Stem  tree-like  furrowed,  costate ;  cicatrices  either  single  or  double  ;  vascu- 
lar scars  for  the  most  part  wanting,  but  sometimes  represented  by  a  single 
dot. 

This  is  a  very  poorly  defined  genus,  and  we  think  that  at  some  future  date  it 
will  be  broken  up  into  several.  We  have  seen  no  vascular  scar  in  any  speci- 
men, and  think  that  species  possessing  such  will  be  found  to  have  other  char- 
acters in  common  sufficient  to  warrant  their  erection  into  a  distinct  genus. 

For  the  present  we  follow  Sternberg  in  dividing  into  two  sub-genera — a, 
those  with  a  single  scar  ;  b,  those  with  a  double  scar. 

S.  m  a  g  n  i  f  i  c  a,  n.  sp. — Stem  not  costate ;  striate  (when  decorticated),  bark 
.  very  seldom  preserved  ;  cicatrices  double,  oval,  arranged  in  spiral,  undulating 
rows  ten  to  fifteen  lines  apart. 

The  distance  between  the  pairs  of  scars  is  very  variable,  but  never,  in  our 
specimens,  exceeding  twice  their  length.  The  two  scars  are  often  fused  into 
one,  with  a  broad  disk  of  coal  adherent.  This  species  is  seldom  found  with 
the  bark  remaining,  we  have  seen  but  a  single  very  poor  specimen  of  it  in  that 
state.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  ribs,  we  think  that  it  should  not  be  classed  in 
this  genus.  But  desiring  to  avoid  creating  genera  unueccessarily,  we  place  it 
provisionally  here.  If  other  similar  species  should  be  found,  constituting  a 
distinct  group,  we  would  propose  the  name  of*  Diplotaxis. 

Solenocla  nobis. 

Stem  ribbed,  costre  narrow,  convex;  furrows  equalling  in  width  the  ribs; 
cicatrices  round,  situated  in  the  furrows  between  the  ribs;  vascular  scars  un- 
known. 

We  have  created  this  genus  to  receive  a  very  curious  fossil  from  Schuylkill 
Co.,  Pa.  Although  the  specimen  is  large  and  very  handsome,  yet  the  cortex 
is  not  sufficiently  preserved,  for  us  to  note  the  form  or  even  existence  of  vascu- 
lar scars. 

S.  psilophloeus,  n.  sp. — Stem  costata,  costa  convex,  furrows  and  ribs 
striate,  bark  thin,  cicatices  convex,  situate  in  middle  of  the  furrows.  Locality, 
Milnes  Mine,  St.  Clair.  Position,  body  of  Mammoth  Vein.  Collection  of  the 
Academy. 

Lepidodendron    Sternb. 
L.  dubium    n.  sp. — Cicatrices  lance3late,  approximate,  strongly   convex, 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  239 

with  apex  and  base  acuminate  ;  margin  sunken,  flexuous,  very  narrow  ;  vascu- 
lar scars  lanceolate. 

In  our  specimen  the  vascular  scars  are  almost  obsolete  and  have  a  slight 
bulbous  enlargement  in  the  centre.  Where  the  bark  remains,  the  crest  of  the 
scar  alone  reaches  the  surface.  We  place  this  plant,  with  some  hesitation,  among 
the  Lepidodendra.  It  is,  however,  allied  to  L.  rimosum  and  L.  undu  la- 
tum, and  with  them  ought  perhaps  to  be  erected  into  a  separate  genus.  If 
this  should  hi  found  advisable,  we  would  propose  the  name  Acrostigma.  Lo- 
cality and  position  uaknown.     Collection  of  the  Academy. 

L.  in  gens  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  sub-rhomboidal,  with  apex  and  base  acumi- 
nate, and  base  curved ;  margin  distinct,  furrowed,  regularly  flexuous ;  vascu- 
lar scar  sub-triangular,  rounded  at  its  apex,  with  the  angles  acute ;  tubercles 
distinct  obovate  ;  middle  line  almost  obsolete,  its  situation  marked  by  a  shal- 
low groove. 

This  large  species,  somewhat  resembles  L.  giganteum  Lesq.  from  which, 
however,  the  outline  and  disposition  of  leaf-scars  separate  it. 

L.  m  e  k  i  s  t  o  n,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices,  elongate  with  both  apex  and  base  acumi- 
nate and  the  base  curved  ;  margin  raised,  regularly  flexuous ;  vascular  scars 
sub-rhomboidal,  with  acute  angles  and  marked  with  two  or  three  dots  ;  ap- 
pendices distinct,  very  long,  tubercles  obovate  ;  medial  line  deeply  furrowed, 
transversely  rugose. 

The  internal  markings,  of  cicatriculi  as  well  as  the  tubercles,  are  very  often 
badly  preserved.  The  general  form  of  main  scar  resembles  L.  Lindleyanum 
Ung.,  whilst  the  raised  border  and  form  of  vascular  scars  ally  the  plant  to 
L.  aculeatum  Sternb.  The  more  elongated  cicatrix  and  the  acute  angles 
of  the  cicatriculi,  separate  it  from  the  latter  species.  It  also  differs  in  the 
situation  of  tubercles  and  length  of  appendices.  Locality  and  position  un- 
known.    Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

L.  0  w  e  n  i,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  rhomboidal  with  somewhat  curved  base  and 
apex ;  margin  distinct,  flexuous  ;  vascular  scars  rhomboidal,  placed  near  the 
apex  of  the  cicatrix  ;  appendices  parallel  to  the  margin  ;  medial  line  well 
marked,  flexuous. 

Syn.  L.  aculeatum  Sternb.  n.  sp. — Owen  Geological  Survey  of  Wisconsin, 
Iowa,  &c,  vol.  ii.  pi.  vi.  figs.  1,  3.  That  the  impressions  there  figured  are  not 
L.  aculeatum  Sternb.  we  think  is  shown  by  the  following  considerations  : 
1st.  The  shape  and  relative  position  of  the  leaf-scars  in  the  two  are  quite  dif- 
ferent. 2d.  The  vascular  scars  differ  in  outline  and  in  Sternb. 's  species  they 
are  marked  with  three  dots  which  are  wanting  in  Owen's.  3d.  Tubercles  are 
present  in  L.  a  c  u  1  e  a  t  u  ra  Sternb.  but  not  in  Owen's  figures.  Finally  the 
margins  of  the  cicatrices  differ. 

The  outline  of  our  specimens  differ  somewhat  from  those  figured  in  the  Re- 
port, but  we  think  that  the  species  are  identical.  Locality,  unknown.  Posi- 
tion, Sandstone  below  the  coal?     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

L.  dikrocheilus,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  sub-elliptical  with  apex  and  base 
acuminate  and  the  base  curved  ;  margin  raised,  broad,  regularly  flexuous,  vas- 
cular scars  sub-rhomboidal,  with  apex  and  base  rounded  and  angles  at  the 
sides  very  acute,  marked  with  three  dots  ;  medial  line  almost  obsolete,  slightly 
rugose. 

The  margin  of  this  species  so  bifurcates,  that  on  the  right  side  it  receives  an 
offset  from  the  same  side  of  the  neighboring  scar  ;  thus  making  it  nearly  twice 
as  wide  on  the  right  hand  side  below,  and  on  the  left,  above.  Locality,  Broad 
Top  Coal  Region.  Position,  Roof  of  Cook's  (upper)  Seam.  Private  collec- 
tion. 

L  venustum,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  rhomboidal,  with  their  base  truncate  ; 
margin  narrow,  flexuous ;  vascular  scar  rhomboidal,  placed  above  the  middle 

I860.] 


240  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE  ACADEMY  OF 

of  leaf-scar  ;  tubercles  obovate ;    appendices  well  marked,  flexuous  ;  middle 
line  distinct,  transversely  rugose. 

The  left  tubercle  is  obsolete,  and  when  present  is  placed  lower  than  the 
right ;  the  middle  line  is  sometimes  flexuous.  Locality  and  position  unknown. 
Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

L.  drepanaspis,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  rhomboidal  with  rounded  angles  ; 
margin  flexuous;  vascular  scar  triangular,  raised,  placed  in  apex  of  leaf-scar, 
bounded  below  by  a  crescentic  slope,  on  which  are  the  tubercles  ;  appendices 
parallel  to  the  margin  ;  medial  line  transversely  rugose. 

This  species  somewhat  resembles  L.  clypeatum  Lesq.,  but  is  very  differ- 
ent when  more  closely  examined.  Locality  and  position  unknown.  Cabinet 
of  the  Academy. 

L.  Lesquereuxi,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  sub-rhomboidal,  elongated,  with  the 
apex  and  base  acuminate,  vascular  scars  curved,  sub-rhomboidal,  tbeir 
apex  rounded  and  other  angles  acute,  marked  with  two  or  three  (sometimes 
obsolete,  sometimes  confluent)  dots  ;  appendices  distinct ;  medial  line  very 
strongly  marked,  transversely  rugose. 

It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  we  dedicate  this  handsome  species  to  Prof. 
Lesquereux,  to  whom  every  American  Geologist  is  indebted  for  time  and  toil 
spent  in  elucidating  the  ancient  Flora  of  this  continent.  This  plant,  besides 
the  above  characters,  has  also  a  crescentic  scar,  situated  in  the  apex  of  leaf- 
scar  and  marked  with  two,  often  obsolete,  dots.  Locality  unknown.  Posi- 
tion, Sandstone  below  the  Coal?     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

L.  B  o  r  d  ae,  n.  sp. — Cicatrices  rhomboidal,  elongate,  with  apex  and  base 
acuminate  and  curved;  margin  distinct;  vascular  scars  placed  near  the  apex 
of  cicatrix,  trapezoidal,  marked  with  two  (often  obsolete)  dots  ;  appendices  well 
marked  ;  tubercles  obsolete  ;   medial  line  distinct,  transversely  rugose. 

This  species  is  allied  to  L.  elegan  s  Brong.,  but  is  separated  from  it  by 
the  scars  being  more  elongated  and  the  consecutive  ones  communicating,  as 
well  as  by  the  difference  in  the  proportion  of  the  length  to  the  breadth  of  the 
cicatriculi  and  the  much  greater  rugosity  of  medial  line.  Two  magnificent 
specimens  were  presented  to  the  Academy  by  Mr.  Borda,  the  largest  measuring 
3  feet  7  inches  by  13  inches.  Locality  and  position,  Top  slates  of  Back  Vein, 
south  side  of  Mine  Hill,  in  the  Black  Heath  Colliery. 

Lepidophlogos  Sternb. 

M.  Unger  (Gen.  et  Spec.  Plan.  Fossil)  marks  this  as  a  doubtful  genus, 
but  we  think  it  is  quite  a  distinct  one. 

L.  icthyolepis,  n.  sp. — Stem  large  ;  cortex  thin  ;  cicatrices  approximate, 
raised,  triangular,  furnished  with  an  appendix  on  each  side  and  one  in  the 
middle  ;  vascular  scars  not  preserved.  Locality,  Roof  of  Perseverance  Tunnel, 
Dauphin  Co.,  Pa.     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

Mr.  Lesquereux,  in  his  "Catalogue  of  American  Coal  Plants,"  gives  L.cras- 
sicaule,asa  species  of  Brongt.;  we  are  unable  to  find  it  in  the  works  of  that 
author,  neither  is  it  in  Unger  (op.  cit.)  As  Prof.  Lesquereux  does  not  describe 
it  we  are  at  a  loss  as  to  its,  nature. 

Lepidostrobus  Brong. 

L.  stachyoides,  n.  sp. — Catkin  small,  about  two  and  a  half  lines^  in 
breadth  and  an  inch  in  length ;  sporanges  rhomboidal  with  flexuous  margins, 
arranged  in  a  single  row  on  each  side  of  the  slender  axis. 

In  the  specimen  a  leaf  of  Lepidodendron  has  such  relations  to  the  fruit  as  to 
appear  at  first  sight  to  have  been  connected  with  it,  but  closer  examination 
shows  this  not  to  have  been  the  case. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  241 


Catalogue  of  the  Colubridae  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia,  with  notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species.    Part  2. 

BY  E.   D.    COPE. 

CORONELLWJE. 
Toluca  Kennicott.     Type  T.  lineata. 

U.  S.  and  Mex.  Boundary  Survey,  ii.  pt.  2,  Reptiles,  p.  23,  1859. 

Toluca  differs  from  Aniblymetopon  Gthr.  in  possessing  two  pairs  of  frontal 
plates  instead  of  one,  and  the  nasal  and  first  upper  labial  are  not  confluent. 
Gyalopion  nobis  has  two  pairs  of  frontals,  but  the  rostral  is  recurved  and 
acute,  and  the  first  labial  is  confluent  with  the  nasal.  The  contact  of  the  post- 
frontals.  the  want  of  anterior  prolongation  of  the  vertical,  the  concavity  of  the 
rostral,  and  presence  of  anterior  frontals,  distinguish  the  latter  from  Aniblyme- 
topon. In  these  genera  the  teeth  are  smooth,  of  equal  lengths  and  a  little 
stouter  posteriorly.  In  Arrhyton*  Gthr.  (Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  244)  the  posterior 
upper  maxillary  is  longer,  and  separated  from  the  anterior  by  an  interspace, 
(diacranterian.)  These  genera  possess  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  Calama- 
rian  type  of  form — where  some  of  them  have  been  placed  by  authors — but  we 
believe  them  to  be  more  nearly  allied  to  the  Stenorhina,  Rhinostoma  and  Cemo- 
phora,  which  are  not  to  be  separated  from  the  Coronelliform  genera  Simotes, 
Lampropeltis,  etc.  Indeed,  comparison  with  such  typical  Calamarian  forms  as 
Calamaria,  Aspidura,  Rhabdosoma,  Carphophiops,  etc.,  shows  a  less  complete 
want  of  distinction  of  head  and  body,  a  less  degree  of  rigidity  of  the  latter, 
and  a  greater  resemblance  to  the  higher  types  in  the  forms  of  the  superciliary 
and  labial  plates.  We  do  not  think  their  small  size  at  all  conclusive  as  to  their 
pertinence  to  the  Calamarinae,  though  an  opposite  opinion  might  be  held  by 
such  herpetologists  as  would  place  the  Old  World  "  Ablabes,"  the  Diadophis 
and  Tamiophis  of  the  New  in  that  group. 

Allied  to  Toluca  and  Cemophora  nobis,  is  a  genus  inhabiting  the  south- 
western regions  of  the  United  States,  called  Lamprosoma  by  Dr.  Hallowell, 
(Proceed.  Acad.  N.  S.  viii.  p.  311.)  As  this  name  was  previously  employed  by 
Kirby  for  a  genus  of  Coleoptera,  we  propose  replacing  it  here  by  Chionactis, 
given  in  allusion  to  the  refulgent  whiteness  of  the  scales.  The  typical  and 
only  well-ascertained  species  is  Rhinostoma  occipitale  Hallow.,  (Proc. 
Acad.  vii.  1854,  p.  95.)  This  serpent  has  been  erroneously  stated  by  Dr.  Giin- 
ther,  P.  Z.  S.  1858,  p.  387,  to  be  a  native  of  West  Africa.  The  muzzle  is  more 
depressed  than  in  Toluca,  and  there  is  a  loreal  plate.  The  equal  teeth,  single 
nasal  and  more  depressed  head  and  snout,  separate  it  from  Cemophora. 

83.  T.  1  i  n  e  a  t  a,  Kenn.  1.  c.  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Rept.  ix.  Reptiles,  fig.  35,  pi.  8. 
One  sp.  Toluca  Valley,  Mexico.  Smithsonian  Inst. 

Pabiaspis  nobis.     Type  P.  plumbeatra. 

Body  cylindrical ;  tail  one-eighth  of  total  length.  Head  scarcely  distinct, 
broad  and  swollen  at  the  temples,  in  front  very  short  and  depressed.  Superior 
maxillary  bone  short,  its  teeth  gradually  increasing  in  length  posteriorly,  none 
grooved.  Pupil  round.  Top  of  head  covered  with  the  ordinary  nine  plates, 
the  frontals  relatively  small,  occipitals  large.     Two  nasals,  the  nostril  in  the 

*  Arryton  t  s  n  i  a  turn  Gthr.  1.  c. 

The  adult  of  this  species  measures  16  in.  10  1.  in  length;  the  tail  3  in.  7  lines.  The 
color  of  the  lower  surface  is  brownish  yellow,  and  extends  upon  the  third  row  of  scales. 
Above  dark  brown,  with  three  indistinct  longitudinal  lines,  as  in  Gunther's  description. 
These  notes  are  taken  from  a  specimen  belonging  to  the  Museum  at  Cambridge,  Mass. 

I860.] 


242  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

anterior,  which  is  very  small.  No  loral.  Preocular  one,  post-oculars  two. 
Sixth  upper  labial  touching  the  occipital,  which  latter  is  separated  from  the 
posterior  labials  by  a  single  plate.    Anal  and  urosteges  entire.    Scales  smooth. 

84.  P.  plumbeatra  nobis. —  Seven  superior  labials,  eye  over  third  and 
fourth ;  the  first  as  large  as  the  postnasal,  the  last  three  very  large.  Preocular 
small.  Rostral  small,  rather  prominent.  Vertical  presenting  an  obtuse  angle 
in  front,  its  lateral  borders  parallel  and  equal  in  length  to  the  latero-posterior. 
Occipitals  elongate  acute,  their  divaricating  tips  separated  by  a  small  plate. 
Exteriorly  they  are  bordered  by  one  temporal  and  the  sixth  upper  labial.  In- 
ferior labials  seven.  Geneials  two  pair,  the  anterior  broader  in  front,  and  one- 
third  longer  than  the  posterior.  Scales  in  fifteen  longitudinal  rows,  very 
smooth.  Gastrosteges  140,  an  anal,  urosteges  44.  Total  length  16  in.  8  lines: 
tail  2  in.  9  1. 

Color  above  a  uniform  blackish  lead  color,  paler  on  the  head.  Chin  and 
belly  yellowish,  the  inferior  labials  and  gastrosteges  tipped  with  the  color  of 
the  back,  the  latter  posteriorly  spotted  with  the  same.  Under  surface  of  tail 
grey. 

One  specimen  of  this  interesting  serpent  is  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy, 
presented  by  Mr.  E.  T.  Cresson,  a  gentleman  to  whom  we  are  also  in- 
debted for  fine  specimens  of  Boodon  virgatum,  Drjiopbis  Kirtlandii, 
Boiga  pulverulent  a,  etc.  The  Pariaspis  is  a  native  of  Liberia,  in  the  same 
zoological  district  with  the  Holuropholis,  Dipsadoboa,  Brachycranion,  etc., 
which  it  represents  in  this  group. 

Stenorhina  Dam.  &  Bibr.     Type  S.  ventralis. 
Erpetologie  Generale,  vii.  p.  865,  1853. 

85.  S.  Kennicottiana  nobis. — Form  stout,  thick,  the  head  not  distinct. 
Muzzle  acute.  Number  of  rows  of  scales  and  head  shields  as  in  S.  v  e  n  t  r  a  1  i  s, 
except  that  there  are  eight  inferior  labials  instead  of  seven,  the  fourth  being 
the  largest  instead  of  the  third.  The  anterior  geneial  plates  are  more  elongate, 
the  length  being  twice  the  breadth,  and  the  posterior  are  more  produced,  and 
are  separated  by  a  narrow  intercalary  shield.  The  postnasal  is  very  large,  and 
is  joined  to  the  preocular  by  a  suture  half  the  length  of  the  latter.  Tail  one- 
fifth  of  the  total  length.  Gastrosteges  155  ;  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges  39  pair. 
Total  length  22  in.  3  1.  ;  tail  4  in.  5  1. 

Coloration.  Above  brown,  the  body  crossed  by  thirty-six  deep  brown  or 
black  bands.  These  are  irregular  and  very  narrow,  not  wholly  involving  any 
scale  which  they  cross.  On  the  flanks  they  are  interrupted  and  irregular. 
Chin,  belly  and  under  surface  of  the  tail  yellow,  with  an  irregular  medial  line 
formed  by  adjacent  spots  near  their  extremities.  Superior  labials  yellow,  the 
sixth  and  seventh  bordered  above  with  black.  Top  of  the  head  uniform  brown. 
One  sp.  Isthmus  of  Panama.  Drs.  Gallaer  and  LeConte. 

This  species  is  dedicated  to  Mr.  Robert  Kennicott  of  Washington,  a  gentle- 
man possessing  a  knowledge  of  North  American  Serpents  not  excelled  by  any 
other  naturalist. 

86.  S.  ? 

We  have  before  us  two  specimens  of  the  young  of  what  is  probably  an  under- 
scribed  species  of  Stenorhina.  Their  immature  age  is  indicated  by  the  division 
of  several  of  the  gastrosteges  upon  the  umbilical  region.  In  both  specimens 
the  tail  is  only  one-eighth  of  the  total  length,  in  the  ventralis  a  little  more 
than  one-fifth.  The  scales  in  the  latter  are  relatively  larger,  and  the  vertical 
plate  a  little  broader.  In  a  specimen  of  the  former,  from  Veragua,  the  gastros- 
teges number  165,  urosteges  35  ;  in  the  second,  collected  by  Dr.  Sartorius  in 
the  hills  west  of  Vera  Cruz,  and  in  the  possession  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute, 
they  are  155x32.     In  the  ventralis  the  Erp.  Gen.  gives  149x44.     The 

[June, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  243 

color  of  our  specimens  is  light  brown,  crossed  by  numerous  bands  or  elongated 
spots  of  deep  brown  bordered  with  paler.  Sides  and  belly  spotted  with  the 
same. 

The  specimen  of  S.  ventral  is  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  Dr. 
Sartorius  corresponds  with  the  description  in  the  Erpetologie  Generale  in 
nearly  every  respect.  The  color  is,  however,  a  very  deep  slate  above,  so  that 
the  transverse  spots  are  scarcely  visible.  The  gastrosteges  are  much  clouded 
with  slate,  and  the  longitudinal  markings  are  also  indistinct.  Chin  and  lower 
labial  plates  tinged  with  bright  yellow.  There  is  no  specimen  of  this  species 
in  the  Academy  Museum. 

87.  S.  quinquelineata  nobis.  Microphis  quinquelineatus,  Hallow.  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1854,  p.  97. 

Two  specimens.  Honduras.  Dr.  S.  W.  Woodhouse. 

This  is  the  species  figured  in  the  Brp.  Generale,  plate  70,  as  Stenorhioa  F  r  e- 
m  i  n  v  i  1 1  e  i.  In  that  figure  the  loreal  plate  is  distinctly  and  correctly  repre- 
sented, though  the  description  of  that  species  and  diagnosis  of  the  genus  would 
lead  one  to  infer  its  absence.  Is  it  not  possible  that  the  specimen  figured  by 
the  learned  herpetologists  may  belong  to  a  different  species  from  that  which 
they  regard  as  typical  of  the  Freminvillei? 

Rhinostoma*  Fitz.     Type  R.  n  a  s  u  u  m  . 

Neue  Classification,  1826,  p.  56.     Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  992. 

88.  R.  n  a  s  u  u  m    Wagl. 

One  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Hering 

89.  R.  Guntheri  nobis.  Head  depressed,  rather  wider  than  the  neck. 
Posterior  angle  of  the  rostral  plate  a  right-angle.  Anterior  frontals  forming 
a  short  suture  with  each  other ;  posterior  frontals  forming  no  suture,  their  tips 
only  in  contact,  so  that  their  posterior  borders  are  diagonally  continuous  with 
the  posterior  borders  of  the  anterior  frontals.  Vertical  plate  presenting  a 
right  angle  anteriorly ;  its  superciliary  border  shortest  of  all.  Occipitals 
shorter  than  vertical,  each   bounded  by  one  large  and  five  small  temporals. 

*Gvalopion  nobis.  Form  stout;  tail  one-eighth  of  total  length  Head  slightly 
distinct,  large,  depressed.  Rostral  plate  acute;  its  anterior  border  elevated ;  its  upper 
surface  concave.  It  is  produced  backwards,  separating  the  prefontals,  not  reaching  the 
vertical.  Frontals,  two  pair.  Nasal  confounded  with  the  first  labial,  a  groove  from 
the  nostril  to  the  suture  of  the  second  labial.  No  loreal,  its  place  supplied  by  the  post 
frontal.  One  pre-  two  postoculars.  Scales  smooth ;  anal  and  eubcaudal  scutellae  divided. 
Teeth  small,  of  equal  lengths.    Pupil  round. 

P.  c  a  n  u  m  nobis.  Prefrontals  triangular,  not  larger  than  preoculars.  Postoculars  of 
equal  size.  Anterior  border  of  vertical  not  angulated.  Occipitals  as  broad  as  long, 
truncate  posteriorly.  Superior  labials  seven,  eye  over  third  and  fourth.  Inferior  labials 
seven,  fourth  largest.  Geneials  one  pair,  very  short.  Scales  in  seventeen  longitudinal 
rows,  nearly  square.  Gastroteges  130 ;  one  anal ;  urosteges  28.  Total  length  7  in. 
6  lin. ;  tail  11  lin. 

Coloration.  Above  brownish  grey,  crossed  by  thirty-one  irregular  transverse  brown 
bands.  These  are  from  one  to  three  scales  wide  on  ihe  back,  and  extend  to  the  gas- 
troteges. Anteriorly  they  exhibit  a  tendency  to  divide  into  a  dorsal  and  two  lateral 
series  of  spots.  Eight  transverse  spots  on  the  tail.  First  spot  on  the  neck  large, 
produced  medially  to  the  occipitals.  A  brown  band  extends  from  one  angle  of  the 
mouth  to  the  other  across  the  occipitals,  involving  the  tip  of  the  vertical.  Another 
brown  band  commences  upon  the  upper  borders  of  the  lower  labial  shields,  passes 
through  the  eye,  and  crosses  the  anterior  parts  of  superciliaries  and  vertical,  and 
posterior  parts  of  postfrontals  and  rostral.  Dirty  yellowish  beneath,  and  upon  the  first 
row  of  scales.  One  specimen  (No.  4675,)  in  the  National  Museum,  Washington,  dis- 
covered near  Ft.  Buchanan,  Arizona,  by  Dr.  Irwin.  It  is  an  extraordinary  serpent,  re- 
sembling, at  first  sight,  a  diminutive  Heterodon. 

I860.] 


244  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Loreal  acute  posteriorly;  preoculars  two,  the  inferior  very  small.  Postoculars 
three,  nearly  equal  in  size.  Upper  labials  eight,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the 
orbit ;  last  as  small  as  the  second.  Inferior  labials  eight;  one  pair  of  geneials. 
Scales  in  nineteen  rows.  Gastroteges  182.  One  entire  anal,  67  urosteges. 
Total  length  21  inches,  2  lines.     Tail  5  inches. 

The  upper  surface  of  the  head  and  body  are  of  a  dark  brown.  The  upper 
labials,  chin,  belly,  two  inferior  rows  of  scales  and  the  tips  of  many  of  the 
others,  dirty  white. 

One  specimen  brought  from  the  interior  of  Venezuela  by  Capt.  Jas.  Wilson. 
It  is  called  by  the  natives  "  Coralilla." 

We  have  named  this  species  in  honor  of  Dr.  Albert  Glinther,  the  celebrated 
Herpetologist  of  London,  who  has  done  so  much  toward  effecting  a  natural 
arrangement  of  the  Colubridae. 

Cemophora  nobis.     Type  C.  coccinea. 

Form  rather  slender;  tail  one-seventh  of  total  length.  Head  scarcely  dis- 
tinct, very  convex,  elongate,  acute.  Plates  of  the  head  broad,  normal  as  to 
number.  Rostril  very  prominent,  obtusely  trihedral,  produced  slightly  be- 
tween the  prefontals.  Nasals  two — sometimes  united, — a  loreal,  one  pre-  two 
postoculars.  Scales  smooth  ;  anal  scutella  entire,  urosteges  divided.  Pupil 
round.  One  cr  two  posterior  maxillary  teeth  longer  than  the  others,  smooth, 
and  not  separated  by  an  interspace,  (syncranterian). 

The  form  of  the  rostral  plate  is  the  most  prominent  peculiarity  which 
separates  this  species  from  Simotes  D.  &;  B. 

90.  C.  coccinea  nobis.     Coluber  coccineus   Blumenb.  in    Licht.   &  Voigt. 
Magaz.  v.  1*788,  pi.  5.     Hettrodon  coccineus  Schl.  Essai,  ii.  p.  102.     Rhinostoma 
coccinea  Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herp.  1842,  p.  125,  pi.  30.  Baird  et  Girard,  Catal.  p.  118. 
Simotes  coccineus  Dum.  et  Bibr.  vii.  p.  637.     Gunther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  26. 
Two  sp.  South  Carolina.  Dr.  Holbrook. 

One  sp.  Georgia.  Dr.  Jones. 

One  sp.  South  Carolina.  Dr.  Blanding. 

One  sp.  "  Philada.  Mus.  in  Ex. 

One  sp.  ?  Dr.  Wilson. 

Rhinocheilus  Bd.  et  Grd.     Type  R.  Lecontei. 

Catal.  Serp.  Smiths.  Inst.  1852,  p.  120. 

In  dentition  this  genus  is  isodont.  The  entire  urosteges  distinguish  it  from 
Rhinechis.     The  general  form  is  rather  that  of  Cemophora. 

91.  R.    Lecontei  Bd.  et    Grd.  1.  c.  •  * 

One  sp.  Ft.  Chadbourne,  Texas.  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Simotes  Dum.  &  Bibr.     Type  S.  R  u  s  s  e  1 1  i  i . 

Erpetologie  Generale,  vii.  p.  624,  1853. 

A.  Form  stout,  calamarian ;  anal  shield  entire. 

92.  S.  phsenochalinus  nobis.  This  is  a  small  serpent,  and  resembles 
an  Oligodon  in  form.  The  arrangement  and  number  of  cephalic  plates  are  the 
same  as  in  the  Russellii,  except  that  the  rostral  plate  is  higher,  and  not 
produced  so  far  back  upon  the  muzzle,  and  that  the  vertical  is  not  so  broad, 
and  with  lateral  borders  less  convergent  posteriorly.  Superior  labials  seven, 
the  third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit;  inferior  labials  eight.  Scales  in 
seventeen  rows  small,  rounded.  Gastroteges  172,  an  anal,  urosteges  41  pairs. 
Total  length  7  inches  9  lines.     Tail  1  inch. 

The  ground  color  is  a  light  brown,  and  is  crossed  above  by  short  black 
transverse  bands,  about  fifteen  in  number,  from  the  head  to  the  end  of  the  tail. 
These  bands  are  wider  on  the  back,  and  taper  on  the  flanks.  A  transverse 
black  band  crosses  the  head  from  eye  to  eye  on  each  side  of  the  posterior 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  245 

suture  of  the  postfrontals,  and  is  continued  beneath  the  eye  on  the  suture  of 
the  fourth  and  fifth  labials.  A  longitudinal  black  band  proceeds  from  the 
transverse,  passes  through  the  middle  of  the  vertical  and  along  the  suture  of 
the  occipitals,  then  widens  and  bifurcates  on  the  neck.  A  crescentic  black 
mark  begins  near  the  exterior  border  of  the  occipital  plate,  and  extends  a 
little  beyond  the  commissure  of  the  mouth,  crossing  the  seventh  upper  labial. 
One  sp.  Manilla.  Dr.  Barnwell. 

One  sp.  Philippine  Islands.  Mr.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

The  second  of  these  specimens  has,  alternating  with  the  cros3  bands,  a 
transverse  series  of  four  separate  spots;  two  dorsal,  rounded,  and  one  on  each 
side,  narrow. 

93.  S.  aphanospilus  nobis. — In  this  species  the  head  and  investing  plates 
are  shorter  and  broader  than  those  of  the  last  species  ;  the  sides  of  the  vertical 
shields  are  more  convergent  posteriorly.  As  in  other  Simotes  there  are  one 
pre-  and  two  postoculars.  Loreal  a  little  longer  than  high  ;  upper  labials  seven, 
third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit ;  inferior  labials  eight,  the  posterior  one 
very  small.  Scales  large,  obtuse,  imbricate,  in  seventeen  rows.  Geneials  two 
pair,  the  posterior  half  the  length  of  the  anterior.  Gastrosteges  173,  anal  one, 
urosteges  37  pairs.     Length  of  body  and  tail  23  in.  5  1. ;  tail  alone  3  in.  4  1. 

The  color  of  the  upper  surface  of  this  serpent  is  a  dull  olive  brown.  From 
the  neck  to  the  base  of  the  tail  we  count  thirteen  nearly  equidistant  scutcheon- 
shaped  figures,  brown  bordered  with  black.  These  extend  a  short  distance  on 
the  flanks,  and  are  sometimes  confluent  with  another  series  of  smaller,  similar 
figures  on  each  side.  In  the  middle  of  the  interval  between  each  dorsal  figure 
is  a  small  black  spot.  On  the  head  the  arrangement  of  markings  is  similar  to 
that  of  the  last  species.  They  are,  however,  only  indicated  by  narrow  black 
borders  enclosing  the  ground  color.  Lips  and  beneath  dirty  yellowish. 
One  specimen.  Philippines.  Mr.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

The  two  species  preceding  are  nearly  allied  to  the  S.  purpurascens 
Gthr.,  but  comparison  with  the  figures  of  Schlegel  and  Dum.  et  Bibr.  at  once 
reveals  the  differences  in  the  markings  of  the  head.  The  number  of  labials  is 
also  different. 

B.  Form  slender  ;  anal  divided. 

94.  S.  Ru  sse  111  Dum.  §  Bibr.  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  628.  Russell,  Ind.  Serp.  i. 
pi.  35. 

One  spec.  ? 

Coronella  Laurenti.     Type  C.  Austriaca. 

Specimen  Synopsis  Reptilium  1768,  p.  84.  Zacholus  Wagler,  Natur.  Syst. 
1830,  p.  190. 

95.  C.  Austriaca  Laurenti.  Zacholus  Austriacus  Wagler.  Coronella  Icevis 
Schlegel,  Essai  1837,  ii.  65. 

Fourteen  spec.  Italy.  Dr.  Wilson  (Bp.  Coll.) 

Five  "  Sicily.  "  " 

Two  "  Europe  Gard.  Plants  (in  ex.) 

96.  C.  Girondica  Dum.  §  Bibr.  Coluber  Girondicus  Daudin,  1801.  Coi. 
Riccioli  Metaxa,  Monograf.  p.  40,  1823.  Bp.  Fauna  Italica. 

Ten  spec.  Italy.  Dr.  Wilson  (Bp.  Coll.) 

Macroprotodon    Guichenot.     Type  M.  c  u  c  u  1 1  a  t  u  s. 
Expedition  d'Algerie,  Rept.  p.  22,  No.  2. 

97.  M.  cncullatus  nobis.  Coluber  cucullatus  Is.  Geoff.  St.  Hilaire,  1827. 
Macroprotodon  mauritanicus  Guichen.  loc.  cit.  1846.  Lycognathus  cucullatus  Dum. 
&  Bibr.  1853.     Coronella  cucullata  Gthr.  1858.  ?  Zacholus  bitorquatus  Bonap. 

I860.] 


246  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

The  long  anterior  and  isolated  grooved  posterior  maxillary  teeth  appear  to 
us  to  separate  this  species  from  Coronella. 

One  spec.  Algiers.  Gard.  Plants,  (in  ex.) 

Two    li  "  Dr.  Wilson,  (Bp.  Coll.) 

Psammophylax  Fitz.     Type  P.  rhombeatus. 
Systema  Reptilium  1843,  p.  26.   Trimerorhimis  Smith,  Zool.  S.  Africa,  p.?  1849< 

98.  P.  rhombeatus  Pitz.  Coluber  rhombeatus  Linn.  Coronella  rhombeata 
Boie,  Schlegel.  Coelopeltis  rhombeata  Wagl.  Trimerorhinus  rhombeatus  Smith. 
Dipsas  rhombeata  D.  &.  B. 

One  spec.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Gard.  Plants,  (in  ex.) 

Tarbophis  Fleischmann.     Type  T.  v  i  v  ax. 

Dalrnat.  Nov.  Serp.  Genera  p.  18,  1831.  Trigonophis  Eichwald,  1831.  Ailu- 
rophis  "Fitz."  Bp.  1832. 

99.  T.  vivax  Dum.  &  Bibr.  Coluber  vivax  Fitz.,  1826.  Tarbophis  fallax 
Fleisch.  1831.  Trigonophis  Iberus  Eich.  1831.  Dipsas  fallax  Schleg.  Essai  ii. 
295.     Tachymenis  vivax  Gthr.  1858.     Ailurophis  vivax  Bp.  Fauno  Italica. 

One  spec.  Italy.  Dr.  Wilson. 

Hypsiglena  nobis.     Type  H.  ochrorhynchus. 

Dentition  diacranterian  ;  i.  e.  a  long,  smooth,  posterior  superior  maxillary 
tooth,  separated  from  the  anterior  by  an  edentulous  space.  Pupil  elliptic, 
erect,  body  cylindrical.  Head  distinct,  broad  posteriorly,  shortly  conic  ante- 
riorly, much  depressed.  Cephalic  shields  normal.  Two  nasals,  nostril  be- 
tween ;  one  loreal ;  two  pre-and  two  postoculars.  Scales  smooth.  Gastros- 
teges  not  angulated.  Anal  and  subcaudal  scutellaj  divided.  Tail  less  than 
one  fourth  the  total  length. 

This  curious  genus  has  points  of  resemblance  to  Sibon  Fitz.,  Hemidipsas 
Gthr.,  Tachymenis  Wiegm.;  while  the  general  appearance  is  not  unlike  that  of 
Coronella  Laur.  A  perusal  of  the  above  diagnosis,  cannot  fail  to  convince  the 
herpetologist  that  it  possesses  characters  strongly  distinguishing  it  from  all, 
uniting  as  it  does,  in  its  general  aspect,  peculiarities  of  certain  tropical  and 
northern  forms. 

100.  H.  ochrorhynchus  nobis. — Muzzle  shortly  conic ;  rostral  plate 
prominent,  encroaching  a  little  on  the  pre-frontals.  Nasal  plates  indistinctly 
separated,  equal,  their  upper  and  lower  borders  parallel.  Loreal  longer  than 
high.  Lower  preocular  small,  bounded  anteriorly  by  the  third  upper  labial. 
Eight  upper  labials,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  orbit;  sixth  and  seventh  very 
large.  Vertical  plate  twice  as  long  as  broad  ;  lateral  borders  slightly  con- 
vergent. Superciliaries  narrow  ;  occipitals  as  long  or  longer  than  vertical, 
rounded  posteriorly.  Inferior  labials  eleven,  sixth  largest.  Geneials  two  pair, 
the  posterior  acute.  Scales  in  twenty-one  rows.  Gastrosteges  168,  urosteges 
48  pair.     Total  length,  12  in.  4  lines,  tail  2  in.  3  lines. 

Coloration.  The  upper  surface  light  grey,  with  a  series  of  large  brown  spots, 
separated  by  intervals  of  one  scale  wide.  These  spots  are  about  forty-eight  in 
number,  upon  the  body;  they  extend  transversely  from  the  seventh  to  the 
fifteenth  rows  of  scales,  and  are  three  or  four  scales  in  length.  On  the  poste- 
rior part  of  the  body  they  sometimes  divide  longitudinally,  their  moieties 
alternating  or  becoming  confluent  into  a  zig-zag  band. 

Alternating  with  these  on  each  side,  is  a  series  of  small  spots  formed  by  the 
brown  borders  of  scales  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  rows.  Another  series  of  small 
spots  opposite  to  the  dorsal  row,  is  formed  by  the  shading  of  the  adjacent  bor- 
ders of  the  fourth  and  fifth  rows  with  the  same  color.    Many  of  the  scales  of 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  247 

the  second  row  are  also  tipped  with  brown.  There  is  a  large  brown  spot  on 
each  side  of  the  neck,  sometimes  confluent  with  an  elongate  central  one,  which 
extends  to  the  occipital  plates.  A  brown  stripe  passes  from  the  eye  to  the  neck 
spot,  entirely  covering  the  last  upper  labial.  Top  of  the  head  brownish  grey, 
indistinctly  spotted  with  pale  brown.  Labial  plate  paler;  frontals  and  rostral 
ochreous.     Beneath  yellowish-white,  immaculate. 

One  specimen  in  the  Academy,  and  nnmerous  others  in  the  National 
Museum,  Washington,  received  from  Mr.  John  Xantus,  from  Cape  St.  Lucas, 
California. 

101.  H.  chlorophaea  nobis. — Number  of  labials  and  rows  of  scales 
the  same  as  in  the  last  species.  The  scales  of  the  body  are,  however,  more 
elongate,  and  partly  on  this  account  are  arranged  in  rows  more  oblique  in  an 
antero-posterior  direction.  The  vertical  plate  is  a  little  broader,  and  the  head 
is  narrower  in  proportion  to  its  length.     The  body  is  rather  more  slender. 

The  color  is  a  greenish  ash,  much  darker  than  in  the  preceding  species.  The 
dorsal  spots,  instead  of  being  brown,  are  black,  and  separated  by  intervals  of 
two  scales  in  width.  They  are  much  smaller,  occupying  only  the  space  from 
the  ninth  to  the  thirteenth  longitudinal  rows,  and  are  one  scale  and  a  half 
long.  They  frequently  divide  and  alternate,  and  their  number  on  the  body 
amounts  to  from  fifty-eight  to  sixty-six.  Two  rows  of  smaller  alternating  spots 
appear  on  the  sides,  one  upon  the  sixth  and  seventh  rows  of  scales,  the  other 
on  the  fourth.  The  distribution  of  colors  on  the  head  and  neck  is  much  as  in 
the  last  species,  except  that  the  neck  spots  are  a  little  longer.  The  brown  is, 
however,  replaced  by  black,  and  the  ochreous  by  olivaceous.  The  crown  and 
muzzle  are  thickly  punctulated  with  black.  Beneath  pale  olivaceous.  Gas- 
trosteges  167,  urosteges  55.     Total  length,  15  in.  6  1.,  of  tail  2  in.  3  1. 

Two  specimens  from  the  National  Museum,  there  received  with  others 
from  Fort  Buchanan,  Arizona,  where  they  were  collected  by  Mr.  Irwin. 

Tachymenis  Wiegmann.     Type  T.  Peruviana. 
Nova  Acta,  Acad.  Caes.  Leopold.  Carol,  xvii.  1834,  p.  251. 

102.  T.  Chilensis  Girard,  U.  S.  Naval  and  Astronomical  Exp.  1855,  ii. 
p.  213,  Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  1858,  p.  34,  Coronella  Chilensis  Schlegel. 
Guichenot,  Hist.  Chili,  ii.  p.  79.     Dipsas  Chilensis  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  1159. 

Var.  near  the  third  of  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

Belly  as  in  the  ordinary  variety,  but  the  upper  surface  of  the  body  of  a  light 
rufous  brown,  more  deeply  shaded  on  the  fourth  and  ninth  rows  of  scales. 
One  specimen.  Quinquina  Id.  Dr.  Ruschenberger. 

Variety  fourth,  nobis. 

Coloration  of  the  upper  surface  as  usual,  but  upon  each  gastrostege  there 
is  a  single  central,  oblong,  spot.     These  form  a  medial,  unbroken,  black  band, 
from  near  the  chin  to  the  anus. 
One  specimen.  Talcahuano,  Chili.  Dr.  Ruschenberger 

103.  T.  hypoconia  nobis. — The  head  of  our  single  specimen  is  muti- 
lated, hence  a  detailed  description  of  the  plating  cannot  be  given.  The  shields 
seem,  however,  to  differ  but  little  from  those  of  the  preceding  species  ;  the  pre- 
frontals are  relatively  smaller,  and  the  superciliaries  larger.  There  are  eight 
superior  labial  shields,  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth:  the  sixth  and 
seventh  are  disproportionately  large.  Nine  inferior  labials.  Scales  large,  in 
nineteen  rows,  the  exposed  part  of  those  of  the  first  row  higher  than  long. 
Body  stout ;  gastrosteges  140,  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges  52,  relatively  more 
numerous  than  in  T.  Chilensis. 

Coloration. — The  upper  surface  of  the  head,  body  and  tail,  is  of  a  wood 
brown,  many  of  the  scales  black  at  their  bases.     The  first,  second,  third  and 

I860.] 


248  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

fourth  rows  of  scales  are  densely  punctulated  with  black,  thus  forming  an  in- 
distinct band  upon  each  side.  The  punctulations  are  more  numerous  upon  the 
fourth  row,  hence  the  band  is  better  defined  upon  its  dorsal  margin.  A  pair 
of  dark  bands  commence  upon  the  occipital  plates,  and  extend  a  short  dis- 
tance upon  the  back,  enclosing  a  light  vitta.  The  dark  bands  send  off  upon 
each  side  two  branches,  one  to  the  middle  of  the  superciliary  plate,  and  one 
to  the  superior  suture  of  the  upper  postocular.  From  the  inferior  su- 
ture of  the  same  plate,  a  deep  brown  vitta  extends  to  the  angle  of  the 
of  the  mouth  ;  this  continued  in  front  of  the  orbit  as  far  as  the  nostril.  The 
superior  labial  shields  are  paler  than  the  crown,  are  punctulated,  and  have 
upon  their  postero-superior  angle  a  triangular  brown  mark.  Belly  yellowish- 
grey,  densely  punctulated  with  black,  (whence  the  name.)  On  each  side,  the 
gastrosteges  are  crossed  near  their  extremities  by  a  narrow  black  band,  which 
is  continuous  from  the  throat  to  the  end  of  the  tail.  Anteriorly  the  punctu- 
lations arrange  themselves  in  two  series  of  indistinct  V-shaped  marks  within  the 
bands  but  they  are  quite  ill  defined,  and  in  some  specimens  will  probably  be 
absent. 

One  specimen.  Buenos  Ayres.  Dr.  A.  Kennedy. 

Coniophanes  Hallowell,  MSS.     Type  C.  fissidens.* 

This  genus  consists  of  coronelliform  serpents  with  grooved  teeth,  of  rather  a 
slender  habit,  having  a  distinct,  depressed  head,  conic  muzzle,  one  preocular 
and  a  divided  anal  plate.  Perhaps  the  Coronella  bipunctata  of  Giinther 
belongs  to  it. 

It  differs  from  Dromicus  in  the  grooved  maxillary  tooth,  and  the  less  lanceo- 
late head.  Philodryas  has  a  much  more  elongate  body  and  tail.  A  peculiarity 
in  the  coloration  of  the  species  consists  in  the  numerous  punctulations  of  the 
upper  and  under  surface,  whence  probably  the  name  (kovioc  pulverulentus.) 

104.  C.  punctigularis  nobis. — Scales  thin,  lanceolate,  in  twenty-one 
longitudinal  rows.  Head  broad  posteriorly,  muzzle  rather  shortly  conic.  Pre- 
frontals equal  in  size  to  the  fourth  superior  labial  ;  post-nasal  larger  than  pre- 
nasal  ;  loreal  as  high  as  long  ;  preocular  not  reaching  the  vertical.  Vertical 
elongate,  its  sides  parallel ;  occipitals  moderate,  each  bounded  by  two  large, 
and  two  small  temporals.  Postoculars  two  ;  superior  labials  eight  ;  eye  over 
the  fourth  and  fifth.  Symphyseal  unusually  broad ;  inferior  labials  nine. 
Gastrosteges  121,  one  divided  anal,  urosteges  44,  (tail  mutilated.)  Total 
length  14  in.  6  1.  Tail  3  in.  4  1.  (was  probably  nearly  two  inches  longer. 

Coloration. — Above,  dark  chestnut-brown,  shaded  with  grey  on  the  top  of  the 
head.  On  each  side  of  the  neck,  three  scales  behind  the  terminal  superior 
labial,  a  whitish  line  commences.  These  widen,  assume  a  pale  ferruginous 
hue,  and  extend  to  the  tip  of  the  tail.  They  cover  the  sixth,  seventh  and 
half  of  the  fifth  and  eighth  rows  of  scales  on  each  side,  and  enclose  a  brown 
dorsal  band  five  scales  wide.  Upon  the  neck  the  brown  of  the  sides  is  very 
deep,  and  extends  forward  as  a  band  to  the  orbit.  It  is  bordered  beneath 
with  white.  Lips  and  throat  yellowish-white,  densely  punctulated  with 
brown.  Gastrosteges  also  yellowish-white,  punctulated  irregularly  at  their 
tips. 

One  specimen.  Honduras.  Mr.  J.  S.  Hawkins  k  Dr.  J.  L.  LeConte. 

C.  fissidens  Hallow,  differs  from  the  present  species  in  several  points. 
The  body  is  more  elongate,  there  being  140  gastrosteges  instead  of  121.  The 
head  is  more  depressed,  and  the  muzzle  more  prominent,  since  the  prefrontal 
plates  are  in  the  plane  of  the  occipitals.     This  form,  together  with  the  dark 

*  Coronella  fissidens  Gthr.  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  36. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  249 

color,  and  the  narrow  light  band  on  the  upper  borders  of  the  labials,  is  suggest- 
ive of  certain  genera  of  venomous  snakes,  as  Hypnale.  The  lateral  borders 
of  the  vertical  plate  in  fissidens  are  not  so  long  nor  so  nearly  parallel  as 
in  punctigularis.  The  whole  head  is  relatively  narrower.  The  colors 
of  the  former  are  deeper,  the  longitudinal  bands  being  very  indistinct.  The 
throat  is  not  so  thickly  punctulated.* 

T-ENioPHis  Girard.     Type  T.  tantillus. 
U.  S.  Astronomical  Expedition,  ii.  p.  215.     1855. 

105.  T.  vermiculaticeps  nobis.  Size  small;  form  slender;  tail  one- 
third  the  total  length.  Head  distinct,  elongate  ovoid  ;  the  muzzle  short  and 
the  eye  large  and  far  forward.  The  last  superior  maxillary  tooth  is  longer 
than  those  preceding  it,  and  smooth.  As  in  the  other  species  of  the  genus, 
there  are  two  postoculars,  one  preocular,  and  a  divided  postabdominal  scu- 
tella.  Scales  in  seventeen  longitudinal  rows.  Frontal  plates  small,  super- 
ciliaries  and  vertical  elongate,  the  latter  with  its  anterior  border  nearly  straight, 
the  lateral  slightly  convergent.  Nostril  principally  in  the  prenasal ;  postnasal 
higher.  Loreal  as  high  as  long  ;  preocular  narrow  and  high,  not  reaching  the 
vertical.  Superior  postocular  twice  as  long  as  the  inferior.  Superior  labials 
eight,  fourth  and  fifth  enteringthe  orbit.  Inferior  labials  ten.  Geneials  two 
pair,  the  posterior  one-third  longer  than  the  anterior,  divaricating.  Gastros- 
teges  117,  one  anal,  urosteges  79.  Total  length  of  the  largest  specimen  13  in. 
8  lin.     Tail  4  in.  7  lin. 

Coloration.  The  ground  color  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  body  is  a  rich  yel- 
lowish brown — where  the  epidermis  is  lost,  of  a  brownish  straw  color.  A  pair 
of  deep  brown  bands  begin,  one  at  the  externo-posterior  angle  of  each  super- 
ciliary shield,  and  converge  upon  the  neck.  There  each  narrows  to  a  width 
of  one  scale,  and  enclosing  a  vitta  of  the  ground  color  one  scale  in  width,  ex- 
tends to  the  origin  of  the  tail.  Here  they  unite,  and  extend  to  the  extremity 
of  that  member  as  a  median  band.  A  second  pair  of  brown  bands  commences 
one  at  each  nostril.  It  passes  through  the  eye  to  beyond  the  angle  of  the 
mouth,  where  its  inferior  border  becomes  ill  denned,  and  continues  so  through- 
out its  whole  length.  The  upper  border  is  clearly  defined  to  the  end  of  the 
tail.  The  medial  light  dorsal  vitta  bifurcates  on  the  neck,  and  extends  as  far 
as  the  superciliary  plates.  The  intermediate  space  is  irregularly  vermiculated 
with  delicate  marks  of  the  same  color.     Upper  and  lower  labials  whitish,  nar- 

*  The  following  is  the  description  of  a  third  species  of  this  genus,  a  single  specimen  of 
which  is  in  possession  of  ihe  National  Museum,  Washington.  It  was  discovered  hy  Sr. 
R.  M.  De  Oca  in  the  vicinity  of  Jalapa,  Mexico. 

C.  proterops  nobis. — Size  rather  small.  Scales  in  nineteen  longitudinal  rows,  thin, 
elongate,  obtuse.  Head  scarcely  distinct,  short  profile  of  muzzle  not  elevated.  Anterior 
plates  of  the  head  small ;  loreal  a  little  longer  than  high.  One  pre-  two  postoculars. 
Superior  labials  seven,  third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit.  Vertical  plate  elongate,  late- 
ral borders  convergent,  posterior  angle  acute.  Occipitals  long.  Inferior  labials  nine  ; 
geneials  two  pairs,  nearly  equal.  Gastrosteges  130,  anal  one,  divided,  urosteges  ?  (tail 
badly  mutilated.)  Head  and  body  9  in.  7  lin.  in  length.  The  stump  of  the  tail  appears 
tetragonal  in  section. 

Coloration.  Above  light  brown,  every  scale  densely  punctulated  with  darker,  especially 
near  the  margins.  From  the  first  to  the  fourth  row  of  scales  this  is  deeper,  giving  the 
sides  a  darker  shade.  The  vertebral  row  of  scales,  from  the  occipitals  to  the  end  of  the 
tail  is  also  darker.  Top  of  the  head  densely  and  obscurely  vermiculated  and  punctulated. 
The  dark  shade  on  the  fourth  row  of  scales  becomes  a  band  anteriorly,  and  is  bordered 
above  and  below  with  white  on  the  neck.  The  lower  white  border  is  continued  to  the 
eye,  and  is  bordered  above  on  the  labials  with  black.  The  upper  white  border  is  discon- 
tinued on  the  neck,  but  reappears  as  a  spot,  three  scales  back  of  the  occipitals.  Inferior 
half  of  rostral,  upper  and  lower  labials,  chin,  throat  and  belly,  light  brownish  yellow, 
densely  punctulated  with  brown.  Each  labial  with  a  darker  spot  in  the  centre.  Fewer 
punctulations  on  the  urosteges. 

I860.]  16 


250  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

rowly  edged  with  brown.     Chin  and  belly  yellowish  white,  each  gastrostege 
with  a  deep  brown  dot  at  each  end  near  the  posterior  border. 

This  very  elegant  species  was  discovered  in  Veragua,  New  Grenada,  by  Mr. 
R.  W.  Mitchell,  who  presented  two  specimens  to  the  Academy.  We  also 
possess  a  third  specimen,  native  country  unknown.  It  is  nearly  allied  to 
T.  tantillus  Girard,  1.  c,  but  in  that  the  vertical  plate  is  narrower,  the 
sides  subconcave,  and  in  contact  anteriorly  with  the  preocular.  The  colora- 
tion is  also  quite  different. 

Diadophis  Baird  &  Girard.     Type  D.  punctatus. 
Catalogue  North  Amer.  Rept.  in  Smiths.  Inst.  1852,  p.  112.     Spiletes  (i.  e. 
Spilotes)  "Wagler."     Swainson,  not  Wagler. 

106.  D.  decoratus  nobis.  Coronella  decorata  Gthr.  Cat.  Brit.  Mus. 
p.  35. 

One  of  our  specimens  has  two  preocular  plates,  another  three.  In  neither 
do  we  find  the  upper  maxillary  teeth  materially  longer  behind.  Nevertheless, 
our  placing  this  serpent  in  Diadophis  is  altogether  provisional ;  in  the  unusual 
length  of  tail,  as  well  as  in  distribution  of  colors,  it  differs  from  this  genus. 
We  will  not  give  a  detailed  description  at  present,  as  the  color  of  our  speci- 
mens has  been  altered  by  the  loss  of  the  epidermis.  The  four  bright  yellow 
spots  on  the  occiput  and  nape  render  this  a  very  distinct  as  well  as  beautiful 
species. 

One  spec.  Veragua,  N.  Grenada.  Mr.  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

One     "  ?  ?  ? 

107.  D.  occipitalis  nobis.     Ablabes  occipitalis  Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus. 

p.  29, 

We  have  strong  doubts  of  the  validity  of  this  species.  Seven  upper  labial 
shields  are  occasionally  found  in  the  punctatus,  and  the  nuchal  interrup- 
tion of  the  yellow  collar  occurs  in  the  pulchellus  B.  £f  G,  We  have,  how- 
ever, never  seen  a  Diadophis  with  eight  upper  labials  and  an  interrupted  collar. 

We  have  two  specimens  corresponding  with  the  occipitalis  Gthr.,  one 
the  locality  unknown,  the  other  believed  to  have  been  obtained  in  central 
Kansas.     Presented  by  Mr.  Henry  Yarrow. 

108.  D.  punctatus  Bd.  $•  Gird.   Coluber  punctatus  Linn.,  Holbrook,  etc. 
Homalosoma  punctatum  Wagl.     Spiletes  punctatus  Swains.      Calamaria  punctata 
Schleg.     Ablabes  punctatus  Dum.,  Bibr.,  Giinther,  Hallowell. 
Three  spec.  S.  Carolina.  Dr.  Holbrook. 

One         "  Morris  Co.,  N.  Jersey,      Dr.  J.  C.  Fisher. 

One        "  Bucks  Co.,  Penn.  ? 

Two        "  ?  Dr.  Bache. 

One*       "  New  Jersey.  Mr.  Tiffany. 

Four       "  ?  Dr.  Hallowell  &  Smiths.  Inst. 

Onef       "  (young)       Allegheny  Co.,  Pa.  Mr.  D.  C.  Trout. 

Two        "  ?  Br.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Five        "  (young)  ?  ? 

Var.  pallidus  nobis.    In  the  number  of  rows  of  scales  and  labial  plates  and 
collar,  similar  to  punctatus  ;  but  the  color  is  a  light  olive  brown,  shaded 
with  bluish  towards  the  gastrosteges,  which  it  borders.     There  is  no  central 
series  of  spots  on  the  belly. 
One  spec.  California.  Dr.  Heermann. 

Var.  stictogenys  nobis.     This  may  possibly  be  specifically  distinct  from 
the  punctatus,  but  it  is  more  probable  that  in  a  large  suite  of  specimens 


*  This  specimen  has  but  seven  upper  labials,  eye  resting  on  third  and  fourth, 
t  The  vertical  shield  is  as  broad  as  long  in  this  specimen. 


[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  251 

the  distinctions  would  not  be  borne  out.  The  number  of  rows  of  scales  is  fif- 
teen ;  the  superior  labials  are  seven,  eye  resting  ou  third  and  fourth,  as  ia 
sometimes  the  case  in  punctatus.  Color  above  light  brownish  olive,  a 
broad  yellow  collar,  bordered  with  black  as  in  punctatus.  Each  gastros- 
tege  has  a  brown  dot  at  its  extremity,  and  the  central  part  of  the  margin  the 
same  color,  forming  a  series  of  transversely  elongated  spots.  Fifth  and  sixth 
upper  labials  each  with  a  brown  dot.  Symphyseal  and  lower  labials  with  a 
brown  dot  in  the  centre  of  each,  two  on  each  anterior  geneial,  one  at  the  pos- 
terior end  of  postgeneials  and  of  all  the  throat  scales. 
One  specimen,  locality  and  donor  unknown. 

109.  D.  dysope  s  nobis.  Scales  in  15  rows  ;  superior  labials  eight,  eye 
resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  ;  inferior  labials  eight.  Color  above  olivaceous 
slate  blue,  beneath  light  yellowish  brown,  with  three  longitudinal  rows  of 
spots.  A  very  narrow  yellow  collar  involving  a  part  only  of  each  scale  that 
it  crosses,  and  bordered  with  blackish.  Upper  borders  of  superior  labials 
(not  temporals)  black.  It  is  in  the  form  of  the  head  that  it  it  differs  from  the 
punctatus  most  strikingly.  The  muzzle  is  very  short,  rounded  and  de- 
pressed; hence  the  rostral,  frontrals  and  anterior  labials  are  very  small.  The 
ioreal  is  a  little  smaller  than  the  tipper  postocular.  The  vertical  is  small,  the 
lateral  borders  convergent.  Superciliaries  short  and  broad,  occipitals  long, 
bordered  by  five  temporal  plates  on  each  side.  Breadth  of  the  head  at  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  but  little  less  than  the  length  anterior  to  the  same  point. 

One  specimen,  locality  and  donor  unknown. 

Size  equal  to  that  of  an  adult  punctatus.  Though  small,  this  serpent  has 
a  malignant  expression,  hence  the  name. 

Coutia  Bd.  &  Grd.     Type  C.  m  i  t  i  s  . 

Catalogue  Rept.  Smiths.  Inst.  Serpents,  p.  110,  1862. 

This  genus  is  allied  to  Tseniophis  Girard,  but  is  of  a  stouter  and  more  de- 
pressed form,  and  has  but  one  nasal  plate.     The  teeth  are  minute  and  equal. 

110.  C.  m  i  ti  s  Bd.Sj-  Grd.  1.  c. 

One  specimen,  Petaluma,  Cal.  Smiths.  Institution. 

111.  C.  episcopa  nobis.  Lamprosoma  episcopum  Kennicott,  U.  S.  and 
Mex.  Bound.  Survey,  ii.  pt.  ii.  p.  22,  1859,  pl.xxi.  fig.  1. 

It  is  now  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Kennicott  that  this  small  serpent  does  not  be- 
long to  the  Lamprosoma  of  Hallowell.  We  concur  with  him  in  this,  and  be- 
lieve that  it  cannot  be  generically  distinguished  from  the  species  just  preced- 
ing. It  resembles  certain  Calamarian  genera,  but  were  its  size  quadrupled  the 
similarity  would  probably  disappear. 

One  sp.  Rio  Seco,  Texas,  Smiths.  Inst. 

Liophis  Wagler.    Type  L.  r  e  g  i  n  a  e  . 

Natur.  Syst.  Amphib.  p.  187,  1830.  Dum.  etBibr.  vii.  697,  1854.  Giinther, 
Cat.  Colubr.  Brit.  Mus.  42,  1858.  Dromicus  (Bibron)  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  646  et 
Gthr.  1.  c.  126,  pars.     Lygophis  (Fitz.)  Tschudi  pars. 

We  have  included  in  this  genus  the  Dromicus  melanonotus  and  D. 
lineatus  of  modern  authors.  It  appears  to  us  impossible  to  establish  any 
generic  distinction  between  these  species  and  the  L.  reginae,  while  their 
comparatively  short  tails  will  separate  them  from  the  slender  Dromicus  f  u  g  i  - 
t  i  v  u  s  and  congeners.  It  is  here  that  the  coronelline  form  seems  to  pass 
into  the  true  colubrine. 


112.  L.  co  bell  a   Wagl. 

Dum.  et  Bibr.  Gthr.  locis  citatatis. 

Seven  specimens 

Surinam.                                 Mr.  C.  Hering 

Three           ' ' 

"                                        Dr.  Hering. 

One              " 

"                                      Dr.  Colhoun. 

I860.] 


252  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

One  specimen  ?  Dr.  Wilson. 

One  "  Para.  Col.  Abert. 

Two  "     (young)  Surinam.  Mr.  Wood. 

Two         "     (young)  "  Dr.  Colhoun. 

Three  of  the  young  specimens  have  a  pair  of  white  clots  on  the  occipital 
plates,  as  in  the  Tropidonotes.  The  transverse,  band-like  disposition  of  the 
small  white  C-like  marks,  apparent  in  specimens  of  this  age,  remains  during 
adult  age  in  some,  thus  affording  a  transition  to  the 

Var.  A.  Gthr.     With  distinct  transverse  light  bands. 
One  sp.  Para.  Col.  Abert. 

113.  L.  breviceps  nobis.  Head  short,  not  very  distinct  from  the  body 
Plates  of  the  head  similar  to  those  of  L.  cobella  except  that  the  occipital 
plates  are  shorter  ;  the  vertical  is  broader,  its  lateral  borders  measuring  less 
than  the  anterior  ;  the  rostral  is  broader  ;  and  there  are  but  seven  superior 
labials,  the  third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit.  The  sixth  superior  labial 
widens  upwards,  and  supports  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  temporal.  In 
L.  cobella  the  upper  margin  of  this  plate  is  shorter  than  the  lower.  Two 
postoculars,  both  in  contact  with  the  first  temporal.  Second  temporal  large, 
one  or  two  other  small  ones.  One  preocular  ;  loral  small.  Eight  inferior 
labials,  fifth  largest,  anterior  part  in  contact  with  posterior  geneials  (sixth  and 
seventh  in  cobella).  Scales  in  seventeen  rows.  Gastrosteges  154,  a 
bifid  anal,  urosteges  54  pair.     Total  length  17  in.  5  lines.     Tail  3  in.  2  lin. 

Color  above,  a  deep  brown  without  a  trace  of  the  small  white  marks  of  the 
cobella,  becoming  darker  posteriorly,  and  reaching  to  the  gastrosteges. 
It  is  crossed  by  very  indistinct  darker  bands,  formed  by  a  single  dark  scale  in 
every  other  longitudinal  row.  These  bands  are  two  or  three  scales  apart,  and 
unite  on  the  flanks,  into  the  black  transverse  bands  of  the  belly,  which  are 
irregular  and  broad,  almost  excluding  the  yellow  ground  in  some  places. 
One  spec.  Surinam.  Dr.  Hering. 

Obs. — Comparison  with  our  specimens  ofL.  cobella  has  induced  us  to 
consider  this  distinct  on  account  of :  First,  the  comparative  smallness  of  the 
head  ;  second,  the  shortness  of  the  head  shields  ;  third,  the  less  number  of 
labials  ;  fourth,  the  form  of  the  sixth  superior  labial  ;  lastly,  the  color  ;  which, 
however,  is  of  but  little  importance  considered  alone.  It  recalls  the  genus 
Helicops. 

114.  L.  Merremii  Bum.  and  Bibr.  L.  miliaris,  poecilogyrus  et  doliatus 
Wagler.  Coluber  Merremii,  poecilogyrus  et  doliatus  Neuwied,  Beitr.  und  Abbild. 
Bras.  Lief.  8. 

Var.  A.   Gthr.     Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  44. 
Three  spec.  S.  America.  ? 

Var.  poecilogyrus  Neuic.  1.  c. 
One  sp.  S.  America.  Capt.  J.  Jameson. 

Our  specimen  is  evidently  an  adult. 

Var.    sublineatus   nobis.     Olive  brown,  irregularly  varied  with  black, 
which  forms  posteriorly  an  irregular  band  on  each  side,  as  in  L.  reg  i  na  e  , 
with  a  bright  one  above  it. 
One  spec,  (half  grown)  Bueno's  Ayres.  Mr.  Kennedy. 

Young,  Col.  doliatus  Neuw.  1.  c. 
One  spec. 
One  spec.  Brazil.  Garden  of  Plants. 

115.  L.  reginae  Wagl.  1.  c.  Coluber  regince  Linn.  Col.  graphicus  Shaw. 
Natrix  regince,  Merr.  Coronella  regince  Schl.  Essai,  ii.  p.  61.  Lygophis  regi- 
nce Tschudi,  Reise  in  Peru. 

Two  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Hering. 

One  sp.  Para.  Col.  Abert. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  253 

Var.  without  temporal  spot. 
One  sp.  Para.  Col.  Abert. 

Var.  without  temporal  spot  or  tail  streak. 
One  sp.  Buenos  Ayres.  Mr.  Kennedy. 

Young,  muzzle  short,  neck  with  transverse  blotches. 
One  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Colhoun. 

One  sp.  Panama.  Dr.   Ruschenberger. 

116.  L.  conirostris   Gthr.     Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  46. 
The  longitudinal  dorsal  bands  are  indistinct  anteriorly. 

One  sp.  ?  Dr.  Wilson. 

One  sp.  Buenos  Ayres.  Mr.  Kennedy. 

117.  L.  melanonotus  nobis.  Coluber  melanotus  Shaw,  Zool.  p.  534,  1802. 
Coronella  melanotus  Boie,  Isis,  1827,  532,  and  C.  bilineata  ditto,  p.  525.  ?  Col. 
vaninus  Bonnat.  Col.  vlttatus  Hall.  Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  ii.  242,  1845.  Lio- 
phis  vittatus  Cope,  1.  c.  1859,  p.  297. 

Ten  sp.  Near  Caraccas.  Dr.  S.  Ashmead. 

One  sp.  West  Indies.  Mr.  Engstrom. 

118.  L.  line  at  us  nobis.  Coluber  Uneatus  Linn.  Coronella  fineata  Boie. 
Lygophis  Uneatus  Fitz.  Herpetodryas  Uneatus  Schl.  Ess.  ii.  191.  Dromicus 
Uneatus  D.  &  B.  vii.  p.  655.     Gthr.  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  134. 

Two  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Hering. 

Two  sp.  "  Dr.   Calhoun. 

Pliocercus  nobis.     Type  P.  elapoides. 

Body  cylindrical ;  head  scarcely  distinct ;  tail  two-fifths  of  the  total  length. 
Cephalic  plates  normal :  two  pre-,  two  postoculars,  one  loreal,  two  nasals. 
Anal  scute  bifid.  Scales  smooth.  Dentition  as  in  Lampropeltis  ;  i.  e.  the 
posterior  superior  maxillaries  not  isolated,  longer,  much  recurved  and  smooth. 

The  great  length  of  the  tail  separates  this  genus  from  Lampropeltis  and 
Erythrolamprus :  it  unites  the  dentition  of  the  former  with  the  preanal  scute 
of  the  latter.  Coronella  and  Phimothyra  ?iobis  have  comparatively  short  tails.  In 
Coniophanes  the  head  is  more  distinct,  the  body  more  slender  and  not  so 
firmly  cylindrical. 

119.  P.  elapoides   nobis. 

Rostral  plated  just  visible  from  above  :  prefontals  one  third  the  size  of  the 
postfrontals.  Length  and  breadth  of  the  vertical  plate  equal  to  the  suture  of 
the  occipitals.  The  latter  are  oval,  and  rounded  behind.  Jive  marginal 
temporals  on  each  side.  Upper  preocular  large,  not  reaching  the  vertical ; 
inferior  one  very  small,  partially  between  the  third  and  fourth  superior  labials. 
Height  and  length  of  loreal  equal.  Eight  superior  labials,  fourth  and  fifth  enter- 
ing the  orbit.  Inferior  labials  eight,  the  last  three  times  as  long  as  the  seventh, 
sixth  largest ;  these  three  plates  border  within  a  large  shield  which  diverges 
from  the  outer  posterior  extremity  of  the  posterior  geneial.  Two  equal  pairs 
of  elongated  geneials.  Scales  in  seventeen  longitudinal  rows.  Gastrosteges 
131  ;  urosteges  89  pair.     Total  length  of  adult,  19  in.  9  1.,  tail  7  in.  6  1. 

Coloration. — The  ground  color  is  brilliant  red,  which  encircles  the  body 
above  and  below  in  bands  of  from  four  to  six  scales  in  width.  These  are 
separated  by  triads  of  black  rings  including  yellow  intervals, — ten  or  eleven 
on  the  body,  one  at  the  anus,  and  six  or  seven  on  the  tail.  The  outer  ring 
of  each  triad  is  one  and  a  half  scales  wide,  and  is  not  continued  on  the  belly  ; 
the  yellow  interval  is  of  the  same  width,  and  the  central  black  ring  is  three 
and  a  half  or  four  scales  wide.  The  first  triad  is  upon  the  head  and  neck  ; 
the  central  black  ring  is  seven  or  eight  scales  wide  and  does  not  extend  upon 
the  neck,  but  involves  the  ends  of  the  occipitals  and  the  last  upper  labial.  The 
anterior  yellow  ring  crosses  the  occipitals,  and  involves  one  and  a  half  tempo- 

1860.J 


254  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

rals,  the  sixth,  seventh  and  half  the  eight  upper  labials.  All  the  head  anterior 
to  this  is  lustrous  black,  except  a  narrow  oral  border  of  yellow.  Chin 
immaculate.  Many  of  the  scales  of  the  body  are  tipped  with  brown,  many 
with  black. 

This  beautiful  species  resembles  in  the  distribution  of  its  colors  certain 
Elapses — particularly  decoratus  and  Dumerilii.  It  is  a  beautiful 
example  of  analogy  of  coloring.  We  have  four  specimens,  one  adult,  one  half 
grown,  and  two  young,  which  were  obtained  through  the  liberality  of  John 
Cassin,  Esq.,  from  Sr.  R.  M.  De  Oca  who  collected  them  near  Jalapa,  Mexico. 

Lampropeltis  Fitzinger.     Type  L.  S  a  y  i . 

Systema  Reptilium,  1843,  p.  25,  et  Sphenophis  ead.  loc.  OphiboJus  Baird  and 
Girard,  Catal.  Serp.  Smiths.  Inst.  1852,  p.  82.  Coluber,  Pseudoeryx,  Coronella  et 
Ablabes  sp.  auctorum. 

This  group  was  first  defined,  and  its  species  enumerated  by  Profs.  Baird  and 
Girard,  in  their  "Catalogue."  In  structural  peculiarities  it  fulfils  all  the 
requisites  of  a  strictly  natural  group.  It  represents  in  America  the  Coronella 
of  the  Old  World,  from  which  it  differs  in  possessing  an  undivided  postab- 
dominal  scutella,  and  a  peculiar  form  of  posterior  upper  maxillary  teeth . 
These  are  closely  set,  stout,  much  compressed  and  trenchant,  with  their 
anterior  borders  rather  abraptly  curved  backwards.  It  also  approaches 
Erythrolamprus,  which  may  be  distinguished  by  the  grooved  superior  maxilla- 
ries,  and  divided  postabdominal  scutella.  In  geographical  range  it  extends  from 
Maine  (L.  t  r  i  a  n  g  u  1  a)  to  Panama  (L.  micropholis.) 

In  the  Neue  Classification  der  Reptilien  of  Fitzinger,  (1826)  p.  55,  we  find 
that  the  seventh  genus  of  the  nineteenth  family  of  that  author,  Colubroidea, 
is  Pseudoeryx  Fitz.  There  are  seven  species  enumerated,  and  the  Coluber 
doliatusof  Linne  is  the  first.  Where  there  is  no  possibility  of  ascertaining 
what  species  an  author  assigns  as  the  type  of  his  genus,  it  is  the  practice  of 
naturalists  to  regard  as  such  that  which  stands  first  in  his  enumeration. 
Adopting  that  rule  in  the  present  instance,  we  should  have  to  employ  Pseu- 
doeryx in  place  of  Lampropeltis  of  later  date — a  substitution  by  no  means  to 
be  desired.  Fortunately,  however,  we  believe  that  Fitzinger  did  indicate  with 
sufficient  olearness  what  type  of  form  he  intended  to  characterize.  On  page 
29  of  the  same  work  he  thus  characterizes  Pseudoeryx  :  "  Abdomen  scutatum. 
Cauda  non  oompressa.  Oculi  verticale*.  Rostrum  rotundatum."  Thisdignosis 
at  once  shows  that  he  considered  the  third*  species  on  the  list — P.  D  a  u  d  i  n  i  i 
(Dimades  plioatilis  Gray, ) — as  the  true  representative  of  the  genus  ;  and  for 
it,  the  name  Pseudoeryx  is  not  inappropriate.  This  supposition  is  confirmed 
by  the  fact  that  in  his  Systema  Reptilium,  published  in  1843,  hejretains  the 
genus,  and  distinotly  assigns  P.  plioatilis  as  the  type. 

120.  L.  Sayi  nobis.  Herpelodryas  getulus  Schlegel,  Essai,  ii.  p.  198, 1837, 
(not  Col.  getulus  Linn).  Lampropeltis  getulus  Fitz.  1.  c.  Coluber  Sayi 
Dekay,  New  York  Fauna,  Reptiles,  41,  1842. 

Coronella  Sayi  Holbr.  N.  Amer.  Herp.  iii.  p.  99,  1842.  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  p. 
619,  1853.  Gunther  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  41,  1858.  Ophibolus  Sayi  Bd.  &  Grd. 
Catal.  p.  71,  1852. 

Two  spec.  ?  ? 

One     "  Louisiana,  Dr.  Hallowell. 

One     "  ?  Dr.  Bache. 

One     "  (half  grown)  Missouri,  Gard.  of  Plants  in  ex.  (as 

Herpetodryas  getulus). 
Two     "(young)  ?  Dr.  Hammond. 

*  The  diagnosis  is  equally  applicable  to  the  second  species  P.  pyrrhogrammus, 
if  that  be  the  Col.  erythrograra  musofDaudin.  The  fifth  species  is  P.  schistosus, 
a  la  homalopsides. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  255 

121.  L.  splendida  nobis.  Ophibolus  splendidus  Bd.  &  Girard.  Catal.  p.  S3, 
1852.     Mex.  Boundary  Survey,  Vol.  ii.  pt.  ii.  pi.  14. 

One  sp.  Ft.  Buchanan,  Arizona,  Smithsonian  Institution. 

122.  L.  getula  nobis.  Coluber  getulus  Linn.,  Harlan,  Peale,  Giinther,  1.  e. 
p.  249.  Pseudoelaps  getulus  Fitz.,  Neue  Class.  1826,  p.  56  (not  the  type.) 
Coronella  getula  Holbr.  Herp.  iii.  75.  1842,  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  p.  616.  Ophibolm 
getulus,  Bd.  &  Grd.  1.  c.  72. 

One     sp.  S.  Carolina,  Dr.  Holbrook. 

Three"  New  Jersey,  Messrs.  Benj.  Badger  and  Peter  Doyle. 

Two     "  (young)  ?  "  ? 

The  posterior  supermaxillary  teeth  are  but  little  longer  than  the  anterior, 
but  are  much  stouter,  and  strongly  compressed,  as  in  other  species  of  the 
genus.     The  young  may  be  distinguished  from  the  young  of  P.  S  a  y  i  by  the 
less  number  of  the  transverse  bands.     In  getula  they  number  from  30  to 
45,  in  Say  i  from  70  to  80,  they  are   also  more  irregular  in  the  latter. 

123.  L.  Boylii  nobis.  Ophibolus  Boi/lii  Bd.  &  Girard,  Catal.  p.  69,  1852. 
Coronella  balteata  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1853,  p.  236,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R. 
Exped.  Williamson's  Expl.  p.  14,  pi.  5. 

A  fine  species,  representing  the  g  e  t  u  1  a  in  California. 

Three  sp.  California,  Dr.  Heermann. 

One      "  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Cal.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

In  this  specimen  the  vertical  plate  is  more  elongate  than  usual,  and  almost 
trigonal  in  outline.  Many  of  the  scales  in  the  light  transverse  bands  are 
black  at  their  bases. 

124.  L.  calligaster  nobis.  Coluber  calligaster  "  Say,"  Harlan,  Med.  and 
Phys.  Res.  122,  1835.  Ablabes  tridngulwrn  var.  calligaster  Hallowell,  Proc 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1856,  p.  244.     Oph  bolus  Evansii  Kenn.  Proc.  Acad.  1859,  p.  99. 

This  species  is  attributed  to  Say  by  Harlan  and  others,  but  after  a  most 
careful  examination  of  Long's  Expedition  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  we  have 
failed  to  discover  any  allusion  to  it  by  that  author. 

In  the  second  volume  of  that  work,  p.  330,  it  is  stated  that  such  of  the  speci- 
mens collected  by  the  expedition  as  arrived  in  Philadelphia,  were  deposited 
in  the  Philadelphia  museum.  It  was  from  specimens  of  the  present  species  in 
that  collection  that  Harlan  drew  up  his  description  ;  and  the  same  are  alluded 
to  by  Dr.  Holbrook,  N.  Amer.  Herp.  iii.  p.  72,  where  he  asserts  their  identity 
with  the  Coluber  e  x  i  m  i  u  s  .  One  of  these,  a  stuffed  skin,  presented  to  the 
Academy  by  Dr.  Holbrook,  and  labelled  by  Dr.  Hallowell  "original  specimen," 
is  now  before  us.  We  can  assert  its  identity  with  the  Ophibolus  Evansii  of 
Kennicott  both  from  his  description  and  from  comparison  with  specimens 
collected  by  Dr.  Hammond  in  Kansas,  and  described  by  Hallowell  1.  c.  They 
all  have  twenty-five  rows  of  smooth  scales. 

As  to  the  Scotophis  calligaster  of  Kennicott,  1.  c,  which  belongs  to  a 
genus  different  from  the  present,  we  believe  it  is  a  serpent  distinct  from  the 
Coluber  calligaster  of  Harlan,  although  in  the  description  of  the  former 
author  we  read  "  there  can  be  no  hesitation  in  referring  this  species  to  the 
Coluber  calligaster  of  Say. "  In  order  to  avoid  the  confusion  which  must 
result  from  the  possession  of  the  same  specific  name  by  two  serpents  closely 
resembling  each  other,  and  inhabiting  the  same  section  of  country,  we  propose 
for  the  species  of  Mr.  Kennicott  the  appellation  rhinomegas. 

Three  sp.  Kansas,  Dr.  Hammond. 

One       "  Missouri,  Dr.  Holbrok. 

125.  L.  rhombomaculata  nobis.  Coronella  rhombomaculata  Holbrook, 
N.  Amer.  Herp.  iii.  p.  103.  1842.  Ophibolus  rhombomaculatus  Bd.  &  Grd.  1.  c. 
p.  73,  1852. 

One  sp.  Georgia,  Dr.  Holbrook. 

I860.] 


256 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


126.  L.  triangiilawo&is.  Le  Triangle,  Lacep.  Hist.  Serp.  ii.  331,  1789, 
Coluber  triangulum  Boie,  Isis,  1827,  p.  537.  Col.  eximius  Dekay,  New  York 
Fauna,  pi.  12,  fig.  25,  1842.  Harlan,  Storer,  Holbrook,  Giinther.  Pseudoelaps  Y. 
Berthold.  1843.  Ophibolus  eximius  Baird  et  Girard,  Catalogue,  p.  87,  1852. 
Ablabes  triangulum  Dum.  Bibr.  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  315,  1853.  Do.  vars.  clericus  et 
eximius  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1856,  245-6. 

The  dentition  of  this  species  is  not  different  from  that  characteristic  of  the 
genus.  The  posterior  upper  maxillary  teeth  are  longer  and  stronger  than  the 
anterior,  though  not  so  much  so  as  in  L.  Sayi.  They  are  thickly  set,  so 
compressed  as  to  give  them  a  great  antero-posterior  diameter,  and  have  a 
rather  abrupt  posterior  curvature.  This  species  cannot  be  arranged  in  the 
same  genus  as  Lycodonomorphus  rufulus  Fitz.  (type  of  Ablabes  Dum.  & 
Bibr. )  which,  according-  to  Schlegel  and  Smith,  has  the  anterior  maxillary  teeth 
a  little  longer  than  the  posterior.  The  tail  is  one  fourth  or  fifth  of  the  total 
length,  while  in  all  the  species  of  Lampropeltis  before  us,  that  member  is  very 
short,  being  never  more  than  one  seventh  or  one  eighth  of  the  total  length.  The 
arrangement  of  this  species  with  the  Coluber  guttatusis  simply  the  result 
of  a  mistaking  of  analogy  for  affinity. 

We  have  seen  no  second  specimen  which  corresponds  with  the  type  of  Profs. 
Baird  and  Girard' s  Ophibolus  c  1  e  r  i  c  u  s  in  the  form  of  the  head  and  position 
and  size  of  the  eye.  The  specimen  alluded  to  by  Dr.  Hallowell,  1.  c,  from  New 
Jersey,  approximates  remotely  in  these  respects,  though  resembling  it  much 
in  the  number  and  size  of  the  dorsal  spots.  We  incline  to  think  that  no  cha- 
racters of  specific  value  can  be  deduced  from  these  ;  there  are  specimens  inter- 
mediate, as  respects  their  size  and  number,  between  the  highest  in  eximius 
to  the  lowest  in  clericus,  as  defined  in  Baird  and  Girard's  catalogue.  And 
there  are  indifferently  one  or  two  rows  of  spots  on  the  sides.  What  the  true 
clericus  is,  more  specimens  alone  can  show. 


A.  Spots  as  in  "  eximi  us." 

1 

Berks  Co.,  Penna. 

? 

"S.  Carolina." 

B.  Spots  as  in  "  clericus." 

Near  Trenton,  N.  J. 
Near  Haddonfield,  N.  J. 
New  Jersey. 
Near  Philadelphia. 
S.  Carolina. 

? 

? 

? 


One  spec. 

((  <t 

Two    " 
One     " 


One  spec. 
One     " 
One     " 
Three  spec. 
One 

Three  " 
One  " 
Two        " 

127.  L.  doliata  nobis.      Coluber  cloliatus  Linn.     Coronella  doliata  Holbr 
N.  Am.  Herp.  iii.  105,  1842,  pi.  24.      Do.  var. 
42.      Ophibolus  gentilis  Bd.  et  Girard,  Catal.  p. 
229  pi.  8. 

In  the  true  Coronella  doliata  of  the  Eastern  States  the  black  rings  form- 
ing each  pair,  separate  on  the  flanks,  and  become  more  or  less  confluent  with 
the  adjacent  ring  of  the  next  pair.  The  belly  is  also  irregularly  varied  with 
black.  These  peculiarities  are  well  represented  in  Holbrook's  figure.  The 
only  constant  difference  observable  between  eastern  specimens  and  those  from 
Kansas,  which  agree  closely*  with  the  descriptions  and  figure  of  Oph.   g  e  n- 


Dr.  Bache. 

? 

? 
"Mr.  Jas.  Reade." 


Mr.  C.  C.  Abbott. 
Dr.  G.  Watson. 
Mr.  S.  Ashmead. 
Dr.  E.  Hallowell. 

1 

Dr.  Wilson. 
Dr.  Blanding. 


B,  Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p. 
77.    Marcy,  Expl.  Red  Riv.  p. 


*  Dr.  Hallowell  (Proc.  Acad.  1856,  p.  248)  speaks  of  the  difference  between  these  speci- 
mens and  Baird  &  Girard's  descriptions  as  considerable ;  to  us  lhey  appear  very  slight. 

une, 


[J 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  257 

til  is  Bd.  Sf  Girl.,  is,  that  in  the  former  the  whole  of  the  occipital  shields  are 
included  in  the  black  of  the  crown,  in  the  latter  the  tips  of  those  shields  are 
crossed  by  the  first  yellow  band.     We  do  not  feel  satisfied  that  this  is  of  spe- 
cific value. 
One  sp.  Delaware.  J.  Green. 

"     "  "  Mr.  Drexler. 

;  "     "  Washington,  D.  C.  Dr.  Burtt,  U.  S.  N. 

Hit  f  f 

Four  sp,  Kansas.  Dr.  Hammond. 

One     "  Creek  Boundary.  Dr.  S.  W.  Woodhouse. 

128.  L.  coccinea  nobis.  Coronella  coccinea  Schleg.,  Ess.  ii.  p.  57,  1837. 
Sphenophis  coccinea  Fitz.  Syst.  Rept.  1843,  p.  25.  Ophibohis  doliatus  Bd.  et 
Grd.  1.  c.  p.  76,  1852.  Calamaria  elapsoidea  Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herp.  iii.  p.  119, 
1842,  et  Osceola  elapsoidea  Bd.  &  Grd.  col.  p.  133,  (founded  upon  specimens 
in  which  the  loreal  plate  is  abnormally  absent.) 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  preceding,  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
the  following  peculiarities :  The  scales  are  in  seventeen  and  nineteen  rows 
instead  of  twenty-one.  The  pairs  of  rings  are  fewer  in  number,  (thirteen  to 
seventeen  on  the  body,)  and  do  not  become  confluent  on  the  flanks.  The 
belly  is  not  varied  with  black.  From  the  anterior  part  of  the  occipital  plates 
to  the  muzzle  the  color  is  red,  not  white  or  yellow,  and  without  black  punc- 
tulations.  The  muzzle  is  depressed,  and  the  superciliary  plates  are  very  small, 
giving  the  eyes  a  greater  vertical  field  than  in  the  d  i  o  1  a  t  a.  The  tips  of  the 
occipitals  are  crossed  by  the  first  yellow  ring. 

Many  of  these  peculiarities  are  alluded  to  in  the  very  accurate  description 
of  Herr  Schlegel,  and  to  us  it  is  perfectly  plain  that  he  had  the  present  species 
before  him  when  writing  it.     The  species  is  probably  southern  in  its  distribu- 
tion. 
One  sp.  Mobile.  Dr.  Nott. 

"     "  Georgia.  Maj.LeConte. 

a     <<  f  <f 

129.  L.  annulata  Kennicott,  MSS.  This,  perhaps  the  most  beautiful 
species  of  the  genus,  resembles  d  o  1  i  a  t  a,  but  the  scales  are  very  broad,  and 
the  gastrosteges  opposite  to  the  red  interval  of  the  back  are  totally  black.  The 
confluence  of  the  black  rings  bordering  the  red  does  not  take  place  on  the 
scales  of  the  sides.  For  a  more  detailed  description  we  refer  to  Kennicott's 
forthcoming  article. 

One  sp.  Texas.  Capt.  J.  P.  McCown. 

130.  L.  micropholis  nobis.  Scales  in  twenty-one  longitudinal  rows, 
small,  short  and  obtuse.  Temporal  region  swollen,  giving  the  depressed  head 
an  appearance  of  distinctness.  Plates  of  the  head  much  as  in  doliata  ;  the 
superciliaries  and  vertical  are  however  larger,  and  the  longitudinal  line  of 
suture  of  the  occipitals  is  only  three -fourths  the  length  of  the  latter  plate. 
The  outer  borders  of  the  occipitals  present  two  posterior  divaricating  angles, 
and  one  on  each  side  at  the  end  of  the  first  temporal.  Upper  labials  seven, 
third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit.  Inferior  labials  nine,  the  seventh  twice 
as  large  as  the  last  two  together.  Other  particulars  as  in  d  o  1  i  a  t  a,  Gastros- 
teges 219  ;  one  entire  anal ;  urosteges  43  pair.  Total  length  16  in.  11  1.  ;  tail 
2  in. 

The  color  is  a  delicate  red  with  a  black  tip  upon  each  scale.  The  body  is 
completely  encircled  by  ten  pairs  of  jet  black  rings,  which  are  anteriorly  ten 
scales  apart,  posteriorly  seven.  The  space  included  in  each  pair  is  three  or 
four  scales  wide,  and  is  red — not  yellow — each  scale  having  a  black  tip.  The 
tail  is  ornamented  with  two  pair  of  black  rings  and  a  black  tip.  Eighteen 
scales  anterior  to  the  first  pair  of  rings,  a  black  collar  four  scales  wide  encircles 
the  neck,    scarcely  touching  the  tips  of  the  occipitals.       The    superciliary 

I860.] 


258  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

vertical,  except  its  anterior  border,  and  the  occipitals  within  a  line  drawn 
diagonally  from  the  posterior  termination  of  their  suture  to  the  lower  post- 
ocular,  are  black.     A  spot  below  the  eye,  one  on  the  chin,  and  the  posterior 
borders  of  most  of  the  other  plates  of  the  head  are  black. 
One  sp.  Panama.  Dr.  John  L.  Le  Conte. 

131.  L.  poly  zona  nobis.  Size  larger  than  the  three  preceding  species, 
body  firmly  cylindrical ;  scales  large,  lanceolate,  in  twenty-one  or  twenty-three 
rows.  Head  scarcely  distinct.  Greatest  length  of  vertical  plate  a  little  greater 
than  breadth,  which  latter  is  a  little  greater  than  length  of  occipital  suture. 
Rostral  large,  full,  postfrontals  large,  occipitals  more  elongate  than  in  m  i  c  r  o- 
pbolis.  One  pre- two  postoculars,  loreal  longer  than  high;  upper  labials 
seven,  eye  over  the  third  and  fourth,  first  in  contact  with  loreal.*  Inferior 
labials  nine. 

Gastrosteges  (1)  214,  (2)  215;  an  anal;  urosteges  (1)  49,  (2)41.  Total 
length  (1)  3  ft.  5  in.,  (2)  3  ft.  3  in.  6  1.  ;  tail  (1)  6  in.  (2)  5  in.  9  1. 

The  ground  color  above  and  below  is  bright  red ;  the  scales  are  largely 
tipped  with  black.  In  specimen  No.  1  there  are  twenty-seven  pairs  of  black 
rings  on  the  body  and  tail.  In  a  few  instances  the  double  rings  become  con- 
fluent, forming  an  elongate  annular  spot.  The  gastrosteges  are  irregularly 
spotted  with  black,  and  are  almost  entirely  of  that  color  where  the  rings  cross 
the  belly.  Specimen  No.  2,  which  we  take  to  be  more  typical,  is  ornamented 
with  twenty-eight  pairs  of  rings  only  three  or  four  scales  apart,  and  perfect  on 
the  belly.  In  both  the  pairs  include  a  space  but  one  and  a  half  scales  wide,  of 
a  pale  reddish  above,  more  yellow  below.  A  black  collar  involves  the  tips  of 
the  occipitals  and  the  last  superior  labial.  In  front  of  this  a  yellow  band 
crosses  the  occipitals.  The  rest  of  the  head  is  black,  a  few  scales  with  pale 
borders,  which  hue  predominates  on  the  chin.f 
(2)  one  sp.  Quatupe,  near  Jalapa,  Mex.  Mr.  Pease. 

(1)     "  Jalapa.  Jno.  Cassin,  (De  Oca  coll.) 

Var.  A.     Scales  in  the  rings  of  the  ground  color  without  black  tips.     Nine- 
teen pairs  of  rings  on  the  body. 

One  sp.  Mexico.  Mr.  Keating. 

The  var.  C  of  Coronella  doliata,  in  Brit.  Mus.  Catalogue,  p.  42,  may  belong 
to  this  species. 

Erythrolamprus  Boie.     Type  E.  venustissimus, 

Isis  von  Oken  1826,  p.  981. 


*  This  may  not  be  a  constant  character;  in  do!  i  ata  it  occurs  occasionally,  but  not  at 
all  in  our  specimens  of  co  cc  in  e  a,  _ 

t  In  another  specimen  of  this  species,  taken  in  the  hills  west  of  Vera  Cruz  by  Dr.  fear- 
torius,  and  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  there  are  13  rows  ot  scales, 
and  twenty  pairs  of  black  rings  not  separated  the  width  of  one  scale. 

Another  specimen  in  the  Museum  Smiths.  Inst,  resembles  our  var.  A-having  the  scales 
in  twenty  one  rows  without  black  tips,  and  twenty-one  pairs  of  black  rings  on  the  body. 
It  differs  from  it  in  having  no  yellow  marking  whatever  upon  it,  and  in  the  black  rings 
being  but  one  scale  and  a  half  wide  instead  of  three,  and  in  the  smaller  size.  1  he  first 
black  ring  does  not  touch  the  occipital  plates,  in  this  resembling  the  c  o  c  ci  n  e  a,  which 
differs  in  having  nineteen  rows  of  scales,  and  yellow  rings.  The  head  and  plates  are 
broad  and  short,  the  scales  as  in  do  li  at  a,  and  more  lanceolate  than  inannulata 
Kenn.  Though  loth  to  add  another  to  the  already  difficult  series  of  red  Lampropeltes, 
the  more  we  have  thought  of  it  the  more  are  we  impressed  with  the  belief  that  this  is 
deserving  of  recognition  as  a  species.  Unite  it  with  any  species  with  which  we  are  ac- 
quainted, and  the  characters  which  distinguish  all  the  species  in  the  series  from  trian- 
gula  to  micropholisare  invalidated.  We  propose  that  it  be  called  L.  a  m  a  u  r  a. 
Locality  unknown.  .  .     *  . 

For  the  opportunity  of  examining  and  describing  these  and  other  specimens  noticed  in 
this  paper,  in  the  National  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute  Washington,  we  are 
indebted  to  the  liberality  of  its  distinguished  officers  Profs.  Henry  and  Baud. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  259 

132.  E.  intricatus  Dum.  and  Bibr.  vii.  p.  855. 

Var.  scales  of  the  white  (red  or  yellow)  spaces  without  black  tips. 
One  sp.  S.  America,  Dr.  Neill. 

133.  E.  venustissimus  Bote,  1.  c.  Coronella  venustissima  Schl.  Essai  ii. 
p.  53.  Erythr.  venustissimus  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  851.  Giinther  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  47. 

Var.  B.  Dum.  Bibr. 

Two  sp.  S.  America,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Var.  ?  Head  black  from  a  single  collar  forward,  except  anterior  halves  of 
upper  labials,  which  are  red.  The  vertical  plate  appears  to  be  broader 
anteriorly  than  ordinarily,  but  the  specimen  is  not  in  sufficiently  good  state  of 
preservation  to  offer  distinct  characters. 

One  sp.  S.  America,  Dr.  Strain. 

134.  E.  Aesculapii  Wagler,  Nat.  Syst.  Amphib.  187.  Dum.  etBibr.  vii. 
p.  845.      Coronella  venusta  Schleg.     Essai,  i.  p,  135. 

Var.  D.  Dam.  Bibr.  1.  c.  p.  849. 

One  sp.  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

In  this  specimen  twenty-two  pairs  of  reddish  brown  rings  encircle  the  body 
from  head  to  tail.  These  bands  are  three  and  a  half  scales  wide  and  are  sepa- 
rated by  equal  light  spaces  of  one  scale  in  width.  It  is  only  on  the  belly  that 
the  former  appear  in  pairs.     Head  as  in  the  true  Aesculapii.     A  species  ? 

Var.  E.  nobis. 

The  distribution  of  colors  on  the  head  as  usual.  Twelve  pairs  of  black  rings, 
those  of  each  pair  becoming  confluent  on  the  middle  of  the  back.  The  broad 
interspaces  are  shaded  with  brown,  which  is  deeper  on  the  tip  of  each  scale. 

This  variety  (a  species  ?)  resembles  the  C  of  Dumeril  &  Bibron,  where  the 
rings  composing  the  pairs  are  separated  by  a  very  narrow  interval,  and  the 
spaces  between  the  pairs  are  very  dark. 

One  spec.  Surinam,  Dr.  Colhoun. 

135.  E.  a  lb  os  t  olatu  s  nobis. 

Number  of  the  plates  of  the  head  the  same  as  in  the  venustissimus  . 
In  form,  the  fifth  and  sixth  upper  labials  are  narrower  and  higher ;  and  the 
formulas,  vertical,  and  superciliaries,  are  broader.  The  eye  is  larger,  the 
temporal  region  more  swollen,  and  the  whole  head  deeper  and  more  obtuse. 
Rows  of  scales  fifteen.     Gastrosteges,  167  ;  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges,  48. 

The  ground  color  of  the  upper  and  under  surface  of  this  serpent  is  white, 
as  a  note  made  by  Mr.  Samuel  Ashmead,  its  discoverer,  at  the  time  of  iti 
capture,  informs  us.  This  is  crossed  on  the  body,  by  ten  or  thirteen  black 
single  rings  four  or  five  scales  wide,  and  from  seven  to  twelve  scales  apart. 
Another  ring  crosses  at  the  anus,  and  there  are  two  double  rings  on  the  tail. 
The  scales  in  the  white  intervals  are  broadly  tipped  with  black.  The  distri- 
bution of  color  on  the  head,  much  as  in  E.  venustissimus.  There  is 
a  broad  black  collar  which  crosses  the  tips  of  the  occipitals  and  does  not 
encircle  the  throat.  The  fifth  and  sixth  upper  labials,  the  first  temporal,  the 
tips  of  the  plates  adjoining  them  posteriorly,  and  a  spot  on  the  occipitals,  are 
white.  The  rostral,  first  two  labials,  nasals  and  loreal  are  bordered  with  the 
same,  the  rest  of  the  head  is  black.     Chin  immaculate. 

One  specimen.  Jijuca,  near  Rio  Janeiro,  Mr.  S.  A.  Ashmead. 

One        "  ?  ? 

Scolecophis  Fitz.     Type  S.  atrocinctus. 

Systema  Reptilium,  1842,  p.  25.  Homalocranion  Dum.  &  Bibr.  viii.  855. 
Giiiither,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  18. 

136.  S.  zonatus  nobis.  Elaps  zonatus  Hallowell,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
New  Series,    vol   iii.  p.  35. 

This  species  is  very  similar  to  the  S.  atrocinctus  of  Chili.     It  differs 

I860.] 


260  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF 

in  having  the  seventh  superior  labial  larger  than  the  sixth,  and  in  having 
four  large  temporals  on  each  side,  of  equal  size,  one  smaller  above  the  last 
labial,  and  two  still  smaller  at  the  end  of  each  occipital.  The  breadth  of  the 
head  at  the  temples  is  equal  to  the  length  from  the  muzzle  to  the  extremity 
of  the  occipital  suture.  Tbere  are  forty-five  black  rings  on  the  body  and  tail, 
which  leave  white  interspaces,  wider  upon  the  back  than  the  flanks.  Only 
the  white  scales  on  the  latter  region  are  tipped  with  black.  The  anal  scute 
is  divided. 
One  specimen.  Honduras,  Dr.  S.  W.  Woodhouse. 

Pseudoboa  Schneider.     Type  P.  coronata. 

Hist.  Amphib.  Fasc.  ii.  p.  286,  1801.  Scytale  Boie,  Isis,  1826,  981,  (not  of 
Merrem.)  Wagler,  Natur.  Syst.  187.  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  996.  Giinther, 
Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  187.     Olisthenes,  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1859,  p.  296. 

Schneider's  name  for  this  genus  possesses  the  right  of  priority  over  that  of 
Merrem.  The  almost  universal  acceptation  of  the  latter  by  herpetologists,  is 
also  the  more  to  be  regretted  as  the  type  is  not  known.  The  relative  num- 
ber of  the  gastro-  and  urosteges  in  the  Scytale  anguiformis  of  Merrem 
renders  its  identity  with  Erythrolamprus  venustissimus  very  improb- 
able. 

137.  P.  coronata  Schneider.  Scytale  coronatum  Boie.  Wagler,  Dum.  & 
Bibr.  Giinther,  etc.  Lycodon  cloelia,  var.  Schl. 

One  specimen.  Caraccas,  Mr.  W.  G.  Bolton. 

One         "  Panama,  Drs.  Gallaer  and  LeConte. 

138.  P.  Neuwiedi  nobis.  Dum.  &Bibr.,  vii.  p,  1001,  Olisthenes  enphaeus 
Cope,  1.  c. 

One  specimen.  S.  America,  Ed.  D.  Cope. 

Oxyropus  Wagler.     Type  0.  petolarius. 
Natur.  Syst.  Amphib.,  1830,  p,  185.     Hqdroscopus  et  Deiropeda  Fitz.  Syst. 
Rept.  1843,  p.  26,     Brachyruton  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  1004,  1854. 

139.  O.  plumbeus  Gthr.  Coluber  plumbeus  Wied.  Abbild.  xii.  pi.  6. 
Duberria  (1824)  et  Hydroscopus  (1843)  plumbeus  Fitz.  Brachyruton  plumbeum, 
D.  et  B. 

One  specimen.  Cayenne,  Gard.  plants  in  ex. 

One         "  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

One         "  ?  Dr.  Wilson. 

One         "  Trinidad,  Dr.  Watson. 

140.  O.  melanocrotaphus  nobis  This  serpent  resembles  the  O. 
cloelia,  but  may  be  distinguished  from  it,  first,  by  the  form  of  the  head 
and  the  distribution  of  colors  on  it  (second),  and  third,  by  the  relative 
length  of  the  tail. 

The  profile  of  the  muzzle  is  very  rounding  and  obtuse,  and  its  sides  nearly 
plane  ;  the  head  is  deep.  Eight  upper  labial  plates,  third,  fourth  and  fifth, 
entering  the  orbit.  Loreal  large,  as  high  as  long.  Anterior  border  of  the 
vertical  plate  not  greater  than  the  length  of  the  lateral  borders.  The  latter 
are  slightly  concave,  and  scarcely  or  not  at  all  convergent.  Three  temporals 
on  the  exterior  border,  the  first  twice  as  large  as  the  second,  and  bounding 
the  sixth  and  seventh  upper  labials.  Preocular  large  ;  one  narrow  postocular, 
which  will  probably  be  found  to  be  divided  in  other  specimens.  Inferior 
labials  eight.  Geneials  two  pair,  broad.  Scales  in  nineteen  longitudinal 
rows.  Gastrosteges  161,  one  entire  anal,  urosteges  45.  Total  length  25  in. 
9  lines.  Tail  4  in.  1  1.,  less  than  one  sixth  of  total  length  ;  in  c  1  o  e  1  i  a  it  is 
a  little  more  than  one  fifth. 

Coloration.  The  whole  upper  surface  of  the  body  and  tail  is  of  a  pale  yel- 
lowish or  brownish  gray,  many  scales  with  one  or  two  borders  pure  white. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  261 

The  plates  of  the  head  and  chin  are  of  a  deeper  tint,  possibly  red  in  life. 
Parts  of  the  post-ocular  and  sixth  and  seventh  superior  labials,  the  whole  of 
the  eighth  labial  and  the  temporals,  are  covered  by  a  black  spot  on  each  side, 
which  unites  upon  the  nape  of  the  neck  with  that  of  the  opposite  side.  One 
specimen,  locality  and  donor  unknown. 

141.  0.  cloelia  Gthr.  Coluber  cloelia  Daudin.  Clelia  Daudinii  Fitz. 
1826.  Cloelia  occipitalis  Wagl.  1S30.  Deiropeda  cloelia  Fitz,  1843.  Bra- 
chyruton  cloelia  Dum,  &  Bibr.  1853. 


One  sp. 
One    " 
One    " 
One    " 

Cocuyas 

Surinam, 
de  Veraguas  N.  Grenada. 
Isth.  of  Panama. 
Caraccas. 

Drs 

Dr.  Hering. 
Mr.  R.  W.  Mitchell. 
.  Gallaer  and  LeConte. 
Dr.  Morris. 

142.  0. 
Two  sp. 

143.  0. 
One  sp. 
One    "     i 

immaculatus  Dum.  $•  Bibr.  vii.  1029, 

S.  America, 
petolarius   Wagler.     Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii. 
Surinam, 
[young)                                  ? 

Capt.  Jameson. 
1033. 

Dr.  Hering. 

? 

Var.  The  black  bands  occasionally  dividing,  alternating  and  becoming  con- 
fluent on  the  back.     The  loreal  plate  entering  the  orbit. 
One  half  grown  spec.     Is.  of  Panama.     Drs.  Gallaer  and  LeConte. 

144.  0.  trigeminus  Dum.   cj-  Bibr.  vii.  1013.     Lycodon  fo  rmosus  Schl. 
One  sp.  Bahia.  Gard.  Plants  in  ex. 
One    ".              S.America.             Dr.  Wilson,  (Bp,  Coll.  pres.  by  Dr.  DeKay.) 

LYCODONTINJE. 
Boodon  Dum.  &  Bibr.     Type  B.  unicolor. 
Erpetologie  Generale,  vii.  p.  357,  1854. 

145.  B.  virgatus  nobis.  Coelopeltis  virgata  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  vii.  p,  98,  1854.  Boodon  nigrum  Fischer,  Abhandl.  aus  dem  Gebiete  der 
Naturwissensch.  Hamburg,  iii.  91,  1856.  ?  Boodon  capense  A.  Dumeril,  Rev. 
et  Mag.  de  Zoologie  1856,  464.  Boodon  quadrivirgatum  Hallow.  Proc.  Phila. 
Acad.  1857,  p.  56. 

Four  sp.  Gaboon.  Dr.  Ford. 

One     "  Liberia.  Mr.  E.  T.  Cresson. 

Our  specimens  correspond  exactly  with  the  description  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Fischer, 
so  that  we  have  no  doubt  as  to  their  belonging  to  the  same  species.  Prof. 
Dumeril  loc.  sup.  cit.  identifies  the  Coelopeltis  v  i  r  g  a  t  a  of  Hallowell  with 
the  Booden  capensis  D.  &.  B.,  and  there  is  a  possibility  that  the  specimen 
received  by  him  from  the  Acad.  Mus.  belongs  to  the  latter  species.  Our  speci- 
mens, however,  presented  by  Dr.  Ford,  and  subsequently  described  by  Dr.  Hal- 
lowell as  B.  quadrivirgatum,  and  stated  by  him  to  be  identical  with  his 
0.  virgata,  cannot  be  identified  with  the  B.  capense.  The  former  has 
twenty  one  and  twenty-three  longitudinal  rows  of  scales,  the  later  twenty -nine 
or  thirty-one. 

146.  B.  quadrivittatus  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Phila.  1857,  p.  54. 
One  sp.  Isles  de  Los  (off  Sierra  Leon.)  Dr.  Burtt,  U.  S.  N. 

A  fine  species,  resembling  probably  the  Capense,  but  with  twenty  seven 
rows  of  scales  and  a  different  disposition  of  the  bands  on  the  muzzle. 

Lycophidion  Fitz.     Type  L.  Horstokii. 
Syst.  der.  Rept.  p.  27. 

147.  L.  laterale  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1857,  p.  58. 

A  Lycophidion  with  the  coloration  of  a  Boodon.  The  pupil  is  round ;  the 
anterior  nasal  plate  almost  reaches  the  edge  of  the  lip,  and  wants  but  little 
of  meeting  its  fellow  over  the  rostral. 

One  sp.  Gaboon.  Dr.  H.  A.  Ford. 

I860.] 


262  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Hokmonotcs  Hallowell.     Type  H.  a  u  d  a  x . 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1857,  p.  56. 

A  genus  agreeing  with  Lamprophis  Fitz.,  in  having  a  larger  series  of  verte- 
bral scales,  but  differing  in  the  elongated  compressed  body,  and  angular  gas- 
trosteges. 

148.  H.  audax  Hallow.    1.  c. 

One  sp.  Gaboon.  Dr.  H.  A.  Ford. 

The  form  of  the  body,  and  color  of  this  species,  bear  some  analogy  to  those 
of  the  Boiga  pulverulenta,  just  as  the  Boodons  and  Lycophidions 
resemble  the  Brachycranion  and  Atractaspis.  The  subject  of  the  pre- 
valence of  peculiar  shades  and  arrangement  of  colors,  throughout  certain  geo- 
graphical districts,  is  one  of  much  interest  to  the  zoologist.  The  smoky  and 
fuscous  colors  of  the  serpents  just  alluded  to  are  repeated  among  birds  in  the 
Nectarinia  fuliginosa,  the  genera  Andropadus,  Drymoeca,  Artemyias,  etc. 
The  Euprotodon  (Lycodon)  of  the  East  Indies  in  the  distribution  and  often  in 
the  shade  of  its  colors,  resembles  very  much  the  venomous  Bungarus  and 
Elaps  (Calliophis)  of  the  same  countries. 

The  Elaps  of  South  America  is  represented  in  the  same  region  by  the  black 
and  red-ringed  Oxyrhopes,  the  Erythrolamprus,  Pliocercus,  Lampropeltis  etc. 

?  Lycodon  Boie.     Type  L.  a  u  1  ic  u  s  . 

Isis,  1827,  p.  551,  num  p.  521  ?  Schlegel  (pars)  Ess.  ii.  p.  106.  Fitzinger, 
Neue  Class,  p.  29.     Dum.  et  Bibr.  vii.  p.  367.     Giinther  1.  c.  p.  201. 

We  have  strong  doubts  of  the  propriety  of  retaining  the  name  Lycodon  for 
this  genus,  inasmuch  as  Boie  first  proposed  it  for  the  Colubar  audax  Linn. 
a  species  of  widely  different  affinities.  Fitzinger  in  the  "  Neue  Classification" 
removed  this  species  to  the  genus  Dipsas,  rightly  estimating  the  differences 
between  it  and  those  for  which  he  retained  the  name  Lycodon.  He  afterwards 
("Systema  Reptilium,"  p.  29,)  made  the  same  species  the  type  of  his  genus 
Siphlophis.  Dumeril  1.  c.  p.  354,  follows  Fitzinger  in  the  application  of  the 
name  Lycodon,  and  quotes  Boie's  original  diagnosis  as  more  particularly  ap- 
propriate to  the  C.  a  u  1  i  c  u  s  and  congeners.  As  however  Boie  says  ' '  dentes 
colubrini"  of  the  Psammophis  and  Dipsas,  it  must  be  equally  appropriate  to  the 
C.  audax.  This  latter  species  is  the  type  of  Lycognathus /)«»«.,  fam.  Anisodon- 
tiens,  Opisthoglyphes. 

In  deference  to  authority  we  propose  no  change  ;  but  if  herpetologists  should 
ever  see  fit  to   apply  the   name   Lycodon   to  the   Lycognathus  scolopax 
(=audax)  of  Dumeril,  the   present   genus   might  be   appropriately  called 
Euprotodon,  and  the  subfamily  Euprotodontinae. 

149.  L.  a  u  1  i  c  u  s  Boie  1.  c.     Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  369.     L.  hebe  Schleg. 
Var.  A.,  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  ?  Mr.  R.  Oakford. 

Var.   B.,  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  India.  Dr.  Burroughs. 

One    "  "  Gard.  of  Plants  in  ex. 

Var.  F.,  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  Java.  Dr.    Ruschenberger. 

Seven  sp.  Philippine  Is.  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Eumesodon  nobis.     Type  E.  semicarinatus. 

Palatine  teeth  of  equal  length.  Mandibular  teeth  in  a  continuous  series, 
much  longer  and  stronger  anteriorly.  Superior  maxillary  teeth  in  two  slightly 
separated  series,  those  of  the  anterior  long,  but  increasing  regularly  in  length 
posteriorly  ;  the  posterior  small  in  front,  but  terminating  in  one  or  two  very 
long,  trenchant,  smooth  teeth. 

Form  elongate,  stout ;  tail  short  ;  gastrosteges  bent  on  the  flanks.     Head 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  263 

distinct,  the  shields  broad  ;  muzzle  prominent.  Two  nasals,  two  postoculars, 
one  preocular,  the  loreal  sometimes  reaching  the  orbit  beneath  it.  Scales 
either  smooth  or  partially  carinate.     Pupil  elliptical. 

The  serpents  for  which  we  propose  this  name  are  colubrine  in  form,  but 
possess  a  peculiar  dentition,  most  resembling  that  of  Dinodon  and  Odontomus 
Dum.  $•  Bibr.  From  both  these  forms  they  differ  in  having  the  anterior  pala- 
tines no  longer  than  the  posterior  (i.  e.  pterygoids),  and  the  posterior  su- 
perior niaxillaries  abruptly  longer  than  the  three  or  four  which  precede  them. 

150.  E.  semicarinatus  nobis.  Head  depressed,  conic,  the  width  at 
the  eighth  labial  plate  less  than  half  the  length.  Muzzle  rounded  conic,  pro- 
minent, acute  in  profile.  Pupil  ?  Body  cylindrical,  tail  one-fourth  of  total 
length.  Scales  short,  obtuse,  in  seventeen  longitudinal  rows  ;  anteriorly 
smooth,  near  the  middle  of  the  body  three  or  four  rows,  and  finally  seven  or 
eight,  having  distinct  keels  on  the  anterior  half  of  each  scale.  Those  of  the 
tail  smooth.  No  larger  vertebral  series.  Rostral  plate  exhibiting  a  large 
crescentic  inferior  surface  ;  superior  surface  large,  presenting  an  obtuse  angle 
between  the  prefrontals.  Postfrontals  three  thnes  the  size  of  the  prefrontals. 
Vertical  broad,  short,  pentagonal,  the  anterior  border  greater  than  the  lateral, 
and  equal  to  the  greatest  length  of  the  plate.  Superciliaries  not  acute  in  front. 
Occipitals  elongate,  not  bifurcate,  bordered  by  two  large  temporals  on  each 
side.  The  anterior  of  these  is  narrow,  and  separated  from  the  sixth  and 
seventh  labials  by  a  broader  and  shorter  plate,  both  in  contact  with  the  post- 
oculars.  The  posterior  is  broad,  and  bordered  by  two  others  on  its  postero- 
inferior  border. 

Superior  labials  eight,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  orbit.  Two  post- 
one  preocular.  Loreal  low,  elongate,  acute  behind,  not  reaching  the  orbit. 
Nasal  plates  two,  nostril  large.     Inferior  labials  ten,  geneials  two  pair. 

Coloration.  Above  yellowish  brown,  crossed  by  forty-two  large  black  spots. 
The  scales  which  fall  in  the  border  of  each  spot  are  absolutely  black,  but  those 
enclosed  have  a  large  central  spot  of  the  ground-color.     The  latter  appears 
above  as  light  transverse  bands  one  scale  wide.     There  are  seventeen  spots  on 
the  tail,  darker  than  those  of  the  body.     Head  above  brownish  black,  con- 
tinuous with  the  first  dorsal  spot.     From  the  posterior  extremity  of  each  occi- 
pital plate  a  yellowish  band  proceeds  outwards  and  backwards,  uniting  with 
an  area  of  the  same  color  which  extends  from  the  throat  upon  the  sides  of  the 
neck.     In  the  centre  of  this  area  is  a  brownish  black  spot.     Spottings  of  yel- 
lowish on  the  temporal  plates  form  an  irregular  postocular  band,  and  another 
equally  indefinite  and  irregular  extends  from  the  eye  round  the  muzzle.     Su- 
perior labials  (except  their  edges)  chin,  throat,  belly  and  under  surface  of  tail 
brownish  yellow.     The   ends   of  the  gastrosteges  on  the  flanks,   partly  in- 
cluded in  a  series  of  spots  which  alternate  with  the  larger  ones  of  the  back. 
Urosteges  spotted  with  blackish.     Gastrosteges  221  ;   one   entire  post-abdomi- 
nal ;   urosteges  92  pair.     Total  length,  37  inches  ;   the  tail  9  in.  3  lines.     One 
specimen,  captured  by  Mr.  Heine  of  the  U.  S.  Japan  expedition  at  Loo  Choo, 
presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Inst. 

151.  E.  striatus  nobis.     Coronella  striata  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
1856,  p.  152. 

This  serpent  resembles  the  preceding  in  many  point3 — remarkably  in  the 
dentition — yet  presents  differences  which  may  at  some  time  be  regarded  as 
generic.  The  entrance  of  the  loral  plate  into  the  orbit,  the  smooth  scales  with 
the  vertebral  series  slightly  larger,  and  the  elliptic  pupil,  approximate  it  to  the 
Dinodon  cancellatum  Dum.  &  Bibr.  In  the  palatine  and  superior  maxil- 
lary teeth  the  differences  are  of  a  kind  which  would  be  considered  generic  by 
the  authors  of  the  Erpetologie  Generate.  In  specific  characters  there  is  much 
resemblance,  but  our  serpent  has  fewer  urosteges,  there  being  70  to  193  gas- 
trosteges ;  in  the  Dinodon  168  to  194.  The  spots  above  are  reddish  brown,  not 
Hack  ;  and  the  belly  is  not  punctulated  posteriorly. 

We  at  one  time  thought  that  our  specimen  belonged  to  the  Lycodon  rufo- 

1860.] 


264  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

z  o  n  a  t  u  3   Cantor,  Ann.  et  Magaz.  Nat.  Hist.  1842,  p.  483,  and  that  long  im- 
mersion in  spirits  had  destroyed  the  lighter  colors.     We  now  believe  the  ani- 
mals to  be  distinct,  but  nearly  allied. 
Two  specimens  and  head.  Ningpo.  Dr.  McCartee. 

D1PSADINJE. 
Boiga  Fitzinger.     Type  B.  irregularis. 

Neue  Class,  der  Reptilien,  pp.  29,  60,  1826.  Triglyphodon  Dumeril,  Pro- 
drome de  la  Class.  Ophid.  p.  Ill,  1852.  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  1069,  1854.  Dipsas 
Schleg.  Essai,  ii.  p.  257, 1837.  Fischer,  Abhdl.  aus  Gebiete  Wissensch.  Hamb. 
iii.  p.  81,  1856.  Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  169,  1858,  (not  of  Laurenti,  1768.) 
Oonyodipsas,  Cephalophis  et  Macrocephalus  Fitz.  Syst.  Rept.  27,  1843.  Toxico- 
dryas  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  1857,  p.  60. 

This  is  the  genus  Dipsas  as  understood  by  Giinther  1.  c.  We  have,  however, 
not  followed  this  author  in  the  application  of  a  name,  since  that  employed  by 
him  was  given  to  auother  and  allied  form,  long  previously.  Some  time  subse- 
quent to  the  first  use  of  Dipsas,*the  present  genus  received  the  barbarous  ap- 
pellation of  Boiga  (!).  This  we  would  gladly  resign  in  favor  of  Triglyphodon 
Dume'ril,  but  dates  are  inexorable.      Vae  serioribus. 

152.  B.  dendrophila  nobis.  Dum.  Bibr.  1.  c.  p.  1086.  Dipsas  dendro- 
phila  Reinw.  et  auctorum. 

One  sp.  Java.  Garden  of  Plants. 

153.  B.  B  Ian  d  i  n  gii  nobis.  Dipsas  Blandingii  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  ii.  p.  170,  1844.  Triglyphodon  fuscum  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  p.  1101,  1854, 
(not  B.  fusca.  —Dendrophisfusca  Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  1842,  p.  54).  Dipsas  valida 
Fischer,  loc.  cit.  1856.  Gthr.  loc.  cit.  p.  172,  1858.  Toxicodryas  Blandingii 
Hallow,  loc.  cit.  p.  60,  1857.  Our  specimens  of  this  fine  and  interesting  dipsa- 
dien  agree  very  nearly  with  the  description  and  figures  of  Fischer.  The  two 
preoculars  and  divided  anal  shield  are  striking  characters,*  and  it  exhibits  a 
relationship  to  Ophiodon  Dum.  and  Bibr.  in  its  elongate  anterior  maxillaries, 
On  these  peculiarities,  but  especially  from  the  fact  that  our  specimens  have  but 
a  single  grooved  tooth  on  each  side,  Dr.  Hallowell  proposed  his  genus  Toxico- 
dryas5. The  latter  character  is,  however,  inconstant,  for  Fischer  states  that  his 
specimen  had  two  such  teeth  on  each  side,  and  Dumeril,  that  his  had  three. 
The  elongation  of  the  anterior  maxillary  and  palatine  teeth  does  not  appear 
to  us  sufficiently  distinctive  to  afford  generic  characters,  nor  are  the  other 
peculiarities  of  sufficient  importance. 

154.  B.  pulverulenta  nobis.  Dipsas  pulverulenta  Fischer,  Abhandl.  der 
Naturwissensch.  in  Hamburg,  ii.  p.  81.     Taf.  iii.  f.  1.    Giinther,  Cab.  Brit.  Mus. 

p.  173. 

Que  sp.  Liberia.  Mr.  E.  T.  Cresson. 

A  beautiful  specimen,  having  the  lateral  spots  obsolete  anteriorly.  There  is 
in  this  species,  also,  but  one  groved  superior  maxillary. 

155.  B.  multimaculata  nobis.  Dipsas  mullimaculata  Reinw.  et  Auct- 
orum.    Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  1139. 

One  sp.  Java.  ? 

Himantodes  Dum.  &  Bib.     Type  H.  cenchoa. 

Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  1064.  Dipsas  Boie,Tsis,  1827,  p.  521.  Fitzinger,  Syst.  Rept. 
27,  1843. 

This  genus  unites  the  short,  flat  head  of  the  true  Dipsas,  (Leptognathus  D. 
&  B.  Gthr.)  with  the  dentition  of  the  preceding  genus.  The  tail  is  very  long  and 
slender. 

156.  H.  cenchoa  Dum.  Sr  Bibr.  vii.  p.  1065.     Coluber  cenchoa  Linn.  Dipsas 
*  Also  possessed  by  Boiga  globiceps  =  Dipsas  globiceps  Fisch.  1.  c. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  2G5 

renchoa  Wied.  Boie,  Wagler,  Giinther  1.  c.  p.  174.     Dipsas    Weigelii  Schleg.  ii. 

p.  278.     Fitz.  Syst.  Rept.,  p.  27. 

One  sp.  Near  Isalco,  San  Salvador.  Capt.  J.  M.  Dow. 

Our  specimen  has  the  preoculars  united,  which  peculiarity  appears  to  be 
not  uncommon.  The  dorsal  spots  connected  by  a  narrow,  often  irregular 
brown  vitta. 

Tripanurgus  Fitz.     Type  T.  leucocephalus. 

Systema  Reptilium.  1843,  p.  27. 

157.  T.  leucocephalus  Fitz.      Coluber  leucocephalus  Mikan.     Col.  com- 
pressus  Oppel.     Dipsadomorphus  comprcssus  Fitz.     Dipsas  leucocephalus  Schleg. 
Lycognathus  leucocephalus  Dum.  &  Bibr.     Eudipsas  leucocephalus  Gthr. 
One  sp.  V  ? 

Dipsas  Laurenti.     Type  D.  I  n  d  ic  a. 

Specimen  Synopsis  Reptilium,  p.  89,  1768.  Dipsadomorus,  Petalognathus  et 
Leptognathus  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  pp.  463,  477,  1854.  Leptognathus  Giinther,  Cat. 
Brit.  Mus.,  p.  177,  1858.  Pholidolccmus  Sibynomorphus  et  Sibynon  Fitz.  Syst. 
Rept.,  27,  1843. 

The  genus  Dipsas  has  been  variously  understood  and  defined  by  herpetolo- 
gical  authors.  As  four  distinct  groups  have  been  designated  by  this  name,  in 
order  to  avoid  further  confusion  we  have  employed  it  for  that  to  which  it  was 
first  applied.  In  the  Synopsis  Reptilium  of  Laurenti,  which  bears  date  1768, 
the  name  was  first  proposed,  with  an  appropriate  "  character,"  and  D.  I  n  d  i  c  a 
Laur.  was  indicated  as  the  typical  and  only  species.  In  1852  Dumeril  made 
the  same  species  the  type  of  his  genus  Dipsadomorus,  and  in  1858  Giinther 
placed  it  in  Leptognathus  Dum.  We  next  find  the  genus  Dipsas  characterized 
at  length  by  Boie  in  his  invaluable  contribution  to  herpetology,  in  the  Isis  von 
Oken  for  1827,  and  D.  cenchoa  assigned  as  the  type.  This  species  is  the 
Himantodes  of  Dumeril,  1852.  In  the  Regne  Animal,  1829,  we  find  the  genus 
as  proposed  by  Laurenti  retained,  and  of  all  modern  authors  Cuvier  is  the 
only  one  who  does  so.  In  1830  the  Naturlich  System  der  Amphibien  of  Wagler 
appeared.  Here  Dipsas  dendrophila  Rein,  is  considered  typical  of  the 
genus  ;  and  in  this  he  is  followed  by  the  great  ophidiologist  Schlegel,  in  the 
"  Essai,"  in  1837.  The  group  of  which  this  species  is  a  typical  example  was 
named  Triglyphodon  by  Dumeril  in  1852,  but  is  the  Roiga  of  Fitzinger,  1826. 

Fitzinger,  in  the  Systema  Reptilium,  1843,  cites  Dipsas  cenchoa, 
("Weigelii")  as  the  type  of  the  genus,  following  Boie.  Phillippo  de  Phillippi, 
in  the  Catalogue  of  Serpents  in  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Pavia,  1849, 
follows  Wagler  and  Schlegel. 

In  the  Prodrome  de  la  Classification  des  Reptiles  Ophidiens,  vol.  xxiii.of  the 
memoirs  of  the  French  Academy,  1852,  and  afterward  in  the  Erp.  Generale, 
Dumeril  considers  Dipsas  trigonat  a  the  type  of  the  genus.  In  1843. 
Fitzinger  proposed  Dipsadomorphus  for  the  same  species.  Finally,  in  1858,  in 
the  Catalogue  of  Colubrine  Snakes  in  the  British  Museum,  Dr.  Giinther  places 
D.  multimaculata  first  among  the  species,  and  so  characterizes  the  genus 
as  to  be  nearly  coextensive  with  Triglyphodon,  Dumeril,  including  also 
Himantodes  of  the  latter. 

Believing  the  genera  of  Dipsadinas  as  defined  by  Giinther,  to  be,  on  the 
whole,  more  natural  than  those  of  other  authors,  we  have  adopted  them  here, 
simply  employing  the  name  Dipsas  for  that  called  by  him  Leptognathus,  and 
Boiga  for  his  Dipsas. 

158.  D.  nebulata  Boie,  1.  c.  Coluber  nebulatus  Linn.  1754,  Col.  variegati/s 
Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  ii.  p.  244,  1845.  Dipsas  nebulata  Schleg. 
Essai,  ii.  p.  275.  Sibynon  nebulata  Fitz.  1.  c.  Petalognathus  nebulatus  Dum.  & 
Bibr.,  1.  c.  Leptognathus  nebulatus  Giinther,  1.  c. 

One  specimen.  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

One        "  "  Dr.  Colhoun. 

Two       "  Near  Caraccas,  Mr.  Ashmead 

I860.]  17 


266  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

159.  D.  p  a  v  o  n  i  n  a  Cuvier,  MSS.,  Schlegel,  Essai,  ii.  p.  280.  Leptognatkus 
pavoninus  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  474,  Giinther,  I.e.  179. 

One  specimen,  S.  America.  ? 

160.  D.  b  re  vi  s  nobis.     Leptognatkus  brevis  Dum.  &  Bibr.  vii.  p.  476. 

One  specimen.  Cocuyas  de  Veraguas,  New  Grenada,  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

Oar  specimen  of  this  rare  species  has  but  one  preocular  plate  ;  its  form  too. 
is  no  less  slender  than  that  of  our  D.  pavonina,  which,  however,  may 
not  be  fully  grown.  Otherwise  it  coincides  with  the  description  cited.  The 
dark  brown  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  is  marked  with  small,  irregular 
spots  of  white. 

Sibon  Fitzinger.     Type  S.  a  nn  ul  at  a  . 

Neue  Classification  der  Reptilien,  1826,  p.  60.  Leptodeira  Fitz.,  Systema 
Reptilium,  27,  1843.     Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  165. 

161.  S.  annulata  Fitz.  1.  c.  Coluber  annulatus  Linn.  Dipsas  annulata 
Schleg.  Essai,  ii.  p.  294,  Dum.  &  Bibr.,  vii.  1141.  Leptodeira  annulata  Fitz. 
et  Gthr.  1.  c. 

Scales  in  nineteen  or  twenty-one  rows. 

a.  With  an  undulating  dorsal  band.     Var.  A.  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

Six  specimens.  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

b.  With  isolated,  sometimes  geminate  spots.    Var.  B.  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

Five  specimens.  Caraccas,  Mr.  Ashmead. 

One     '    "  "  W.  G.  Bolton. 

One         "  Isth.  Panama.  Dr.  LeConte. 

Four      "  S.  America,  Mr.  H.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

Scales  in  twenty -three  rows. 
Two  specimens.  Honduras,  J.  S.  Hawkins  &  Dr.  LeConte. 

One         "  Near  Volcano  Isalco,  San  Salvador,  Capt.  John  M.  Dow. 

One         "  Xalapa,  John  Cassin,  Esq.  (De  Oca  coll.) 

Two         •'  ?  ? 

There  is  much  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the  specimens  of  this  species 
which  come  from  the  extreme  points  of  distribution  represented  in  our  collec- 
tion, viz.  Surinam  and  Xalapa.  As  has  been  observed  by  authors,  those  from 
the  more  southern  localities,  have  more  slender  bodies  and  tails,  and  hence, 
fewer  longitudinal  rows  of  scales,  and  the  head  is  more  distinct.  The  whole 
■'  physiognomy"  is  more  that  of  the  arborial  Dipsadiens.  This  is  more  striking 
in  a  specimen  where  the  vertebral  rows  of  scales  in  places  is  slightly,  but  dis- 
tinctly larger  than  the  others.  From  the  Stomach  of  a  Surinam  specimen  we 
took  an  adult  Hyla  ;  from  one  from  Caraccas,  a  Thecadachylus  rapicaudus. 

Specimens  from  Mexico  exhibit  a  stouter,  heavier  form  of  body,  a  greater 
number  of  longitudinal  rows  of  scales,  and  a  shorter  tail.  They  seldom,  if  ever, 
have  the  dorsal  spots  confluent  into  a  band,  strictly  speaking,  as  in  the  var.  A. 
Dum.  &  Bibr.     Their  aspect  is  that  of  a  terrestrial  species. 

That  these  forms  are  really  distinct  species,  is  possible,  but  it  could  only  be 
demonstrated  with  large  series  of  specimens  from  carefully  ascertained  locali- 
ties, if  at  all.  Some  of  the  specimens  from  Caraccas  and  Panama,  are  very 
intermediate  as  respects  the  peculiarities  mentioned. 

Dipsas  septentrionalis  Kennicott,  (Mexican  Boundary  Survey,  ii. 
Reptiles,  p.  16,  pi.  viii.  fig.  1,)  belongs  to  this  genus.  The  grooving  of  the 
posterior  upper  maxillaries  is  not  represented  in  the  fig.  2,  pi.  22,  1.  c.  It 
seems  to  resemble  northern  forms  of  S.  annulata;  but  has  the  nasals  and 
prefrontals  differently  proportioned,  etc.  It  has  three  preoculars  but  we  not 
'infrequently  find  one  or  more  supplementary  preoculars  in  the  annulata. 


[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  267 

Synonymy  of  the  Cyclades,  a  family  of  Acephalous  Mollusca.    Part  1. 

BY    TEMPLE   PRIME. 

Family  CYCLAS,  Fer. 

Genera. 

Galatea,  Brug. 
Pectunculus,  Lister.       Venus,  Chemn.       Donax,  Perry.       Tellina,  Dillwyn. 
Chama,  Favanne.     Egeria,  De  Roissy.     Megadesma,  Bowditch.     Potamophila. 
Sowerby.      Galateola,  Fleming.      Trigona,  Schum. 

Glauconome,  Gray. 
Solen,  Linn.      Glauconomya,  Bronn. 

Cyprina,  Lamk. 
Pectunculus,  Lister.     Cardia,  Olafsen.      Venus,  Linn.     Arctica,  Schum. 

Velokita,  Gray.     1834. 
Cyrena,  Valenc.     1838. 

Coebicula,  Megerle.  1811. 
Tellina,  Miiller,  1774.      Venus,  Chemn.  1782.      Cyclas,  Brug.  1792.      Cym.o. 
Lamk.,  1818.      Venulites,  Schl.,  1820. 

Cyrena,  Lamk.  1818. 
Venus,  Chemn.,  1769.    Cyclas,  Brug.,  1792.    Cyanocyclas,  Fer.,  1818.    Poly- 
mesoda,  Rafin.,  1820.     Mactra,  Brongt.,  1823.      Geloina,  Gray,  1844. 

Batissa,  Gray.  1854. 
Cyprina,  Cyclas,  Brug.,  1792.      Cyrena,  Lamk.  1818. 

SphvErium,  Scopoli. 

Pectunculus,  Lister,  1685.  Musculus,  Gualt.  1742.  Tellina,  Linn.,  175b. 
Sphcerium,  Scop.,  1777.  Cardium,  Da  Costa,  1778.  Cyclas,  Brug.,  1792.  Nux. 
Humphr.  1797.  Muscidium,  Link.  1807.  Cornea,  Pisum,  Megerle.  1811. 
Corneocy clas,  Fer.,  1818.  Amesoda,  Rafin.,  1820. .  Pisidium,  Verany,  1846. 
Cycladites,  Krug,  1848. 

Pisidium,  Pf.  1821. 
Pectuncidus,  List.,  1685.  Musculus,  Gualt.,  1742.  Tellina,  Miiller,  1774. 
Sphasrium,  Scop.  1777.  Cardium,  Poli.  1791.  Cyclas,  Lamk.  1818.  Pern. 
Euglesia,  Cordula,  Leach,  1820.  Physemoda,  Raf.,  1820.  Gallileja,  Da  Costa. 
1839.  Pisum,  Gray,  (non  Megerle),  1847.  Muscidium,  Gray,  (non  Link>. 
1851. 

Species.* 
Velorita,  Gray. 

1.  V.  Cyprinoides,  Gray.     Grif.  Cuvier,  pi.  31,  f.  v.  1834. 

Cyrena  Cyprinoides,  Gray.     Ann.  Phy.  n.  ser.  ix.  136.     1825. 
C.  recurvata,  Valenc.     Mag.  Zool.  pi.  119,  f.  2.     1838. 
C.  Gaudichaudii,  Valenc.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  pi.  119,  f.  2.    1838. 
Hab.     Philippines. 

Corbicula,  Megerle. 
1.  C.  a  c  u  t  a  n  g  u  1  a  r  i  s  ,  Desh. 

Cyrena  acutangularis,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  517,  pi.  38,  f.  17,  18.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

*The  synonymy  of  the  species  of  Galatea,  Glauconome  and  Cyprina,  will  be  given  at 
some  future  period ;  that  of  the  species  of  Batissa  and  Pisidium  will  be  found  in  the 
Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  JN.  H.,  of  New  York,  vol.  vii. 

I860.] 


268  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

2.  C.  Africa n a,  Adams.     Ad.  Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  Africana,  Kr.     Moll.  S.  Afr.  8,  pi.  i.  f.  9.     1848. 
C.  Gauritziana,  Kr.     In  litt.  1848. 
Hab.     Africa. 

3.  C.  Agrensis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Agrensis,  Kurr.  in  litt. 
Hab.     India. 

4.  C.  Alp  in  a,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Alpina,  Bgt.    Sph.  fr.  49.     1854. 
Cyclas  Alpina,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1851. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil) 

5.  C.  ambigua,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  345.     1854. 
Hab.     Euphrates. 

»i.  C.  amygdalina,  Desh. 

Cyrena  amygdalina,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  500,  pi.  37,  f.  22,  23.     1857. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

7.  C.  angnsta,  Desh. 

Cyrena  angusta,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  508,  pi.  37,  f.  9-12.     1857. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

8.  C.  antiqua,  Prime. 

Cyrena  antiqua,  Fer.     Moll.  terr.  et  fluv.  f.  5. 
Cyclas  antiqua,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1854. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

9.  C.  Arnoudii,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Arnoudii,  Pot  et  Mich.  Gal.  Moll.  2, 192,  pi.  61,  f.  15,  16.    1838-44. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

10.  C.  Arveniensis,  Desh. 

Cyrena  Arveniensis,  Desh.     Trait.  Elem.  Conch.  2,  698.     1843-50. 
C.  pisum,  Desh.     Bouillet,  Cat.  157.     1836. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

11.  C.  Austral  is,  Desh. 

Cyclas  Australis,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  560.     1818. 
Cyrena  Australis,  Desh.     Encycl.  Meth.  2,  50.     1830. 
Hab.     Asia. 

12.  C.  Bengalensis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854. 
Hab.     Bengal. 

13.  C.  Bens  on i,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  345.     1854. 
Hab.     Bengal. 

14.  C.  Bouilletii,  Desh. 

Cyrena  Bouilletii,  Desh.     Trait.  Elem.  Conch.  2,  698.     1843-50. 
C.  depressa,  Desh.     Bouillet,  Cat.  156.     1836. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

15.  C.  Brasi  liana,  Adams.     Ad..  Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 
Hab.     Brazil. 

16.  C.  breviuscula,  Desh. 

Cyrena  breviuscula,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  503,  pi.  36,  f.  9-11.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

17.  C.  Br  i  tann  ica,  Desh. 

Cycles  deperdita,  Lam.     Park.  Org.  Rem.  3,  189,  pi.  13,  f.  8.     1811. 
Cyrena  subdeperdita,  Morris.     Cat.  Brit,  fossils  86.     1843. 
Cyclas  subdeperdita,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2.  305.     1850. 

[June, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  269 

Cyrena  Britannica,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  501.     1857. 
Hab.     Engl,   (fossil.) 

18.  C.  brunea,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     Scarnander  River. 

19.  C.  Cashrniriensis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854. 
Hab.     Cashmyr. 

20.  C.  C  h  i  1  e  n  s  i  s  ,  Prime. 

Cyclas  Chilensis,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.  568,  pi.  83,  f.  11-13.     1S46. 
Musculium  Ckilense,  d'Orb.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  2,  451.     1858. 
Pisum  Ckilense,  d'Orb.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  2,  460.     1858. 
Hab.     Chili. 

21.  C.  compressa,  Mousson.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 
Hab? 

— C.  consobrina,  Adams.      Rec,    Gen.   2,447.     '1858.     Is  Corbicula 
cor    Adams. 

22.  C.  c  o  n  v  e  x  a ,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  342.     1854. 
Hab.     Central  America. 

23.  C.  cor,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  cor.  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818.     Delessert  pi.  vii.  f.  7.     1841. 
C.  consobrina,    Caillaud.      Voy.  Meroe  iv.   263,   t.   2,  pi.  61,  f.  10-11. 

1826. 
Cyclas  consobrina,  Caillaud,  Caltow  and  Reeve,  29.     1S45. 
Corbicula  consobrina,  Adams,     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     185S. 
Hab.     Asia. 

24.  C.  c  r  a  s  s  a  ,  Desh. 

Cyrena  crassa,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.  Par.  1,  119,  pi.  18,  f.  14,  15.     1824. 
C.  spissa,  Desh.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  p.  9,  pi.  18,  f.  14,  15.     1824. 
Cycles  crassa,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  422.     1850. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

25.  C.  crassula,  Prime. 

Cyrena  crassula,  Mousson.     Mous.  Cat.  Bellardi.  p.  54.  f.  12.     1854. 
Hab.     Tigris  River. 

26.  C.  Cumingii,  Desh. 
Hab.     Philippines. 

27.  C.  cuneata,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  cuneata,  Jonas.     Zeit.  Malak.  186.  1844.  Phil.  Abb.  2,  77.  pi.  i. 

f.  6.     1846. 
C.  globulus,  Jonas.     In  litt. 
Hab.     Orinoco. 

28.  C.  cuneiformis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  cuneiformis,  Ferussac.     Moll.  Terr.  Fluv. 

Cyclas  cuneiformis,  Sowb.     M.  Conch.  2,  140,  pi.  162,  f.  2,  3.     1818. 
Cyrena  donacialis,  Desh.     Diet,  class  h.  n.  v.  290.     1824. 
C.  donaciformis,  Anton.     Verz.  1839. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

29.  C.  cy  cl  adifo  r  mi  s  ,  Desh. 

Erycina  Icsvis,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  v.  413.     1805. 

Cyrena  cycladiformis,  Desh.    Coq.  Foss.  Par.  1,  121,  pi.  19,  f.  7-9.    1824. 
Cycles  cycladiformis,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1850. 
Hab.     Europe,   (fossil.) 

30.  C.  debilis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  debilis,  Gould.     Bost.  Proc.  3,  293.     1850. 
Hab.     N.  Guinea. 

I860.] 


270  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 

31.  C.  deperdita,  Desli. 

Cyclas  deperdita,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  421.     1806. 
Cyrena  deperdita,  Desh.     Cog.  Foss.  Par.  1,  118,  pi.  19,  f.  14,  15.  1824. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

>-.  C.  Deshayesii,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Deshayesii,    Hubert.     Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Pr.  2d.  n.  v.  401.  f.  a.  b. 
1848. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

33.  C.  Due  hasteli,  Nyst.     Bull.  Brux.  xv.  114,  f.  1-4.     1838. 

Cyrena  trigonula,  Wood.     Ann.  Mag.  n.  h.  vii.  275,  f.  45.     1841. 
Hab.     Europe,   (fossil.) 

34.  C.  Fe  rr  us  s  aci,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Ferrussaci,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  149,  pi.  xiv.  f.  14,  15.     1842. 
Cyclas  Ferrussaci,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19.     1852. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

35.  C.  fluminalis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Tellina  fluminalis,  Miiller.     Verm.  2,  205.     1774. 

T.  fluviatilis,  Miiller.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  2,  206.     1774. 

Venus  fluminalis,  Chemn.  vi.  pi.  30,  f.  320.     1782. 

V.  fluviatilis,  Chemn.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  pi.  30,  f.  321.     1782. 

Cyclas  Euphratica,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  420.     1806.     Encycl.  pi.  301, 

f.  2,  pi.  302,  f.  1,  2. 
C.  fluviatilis,  Bosc.     3,  38.     1802. 
C.   laevigata,  Schum.     170,  pi.  xii,  f.  1.     1817. 
Cyrena  fuscata,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818. 
C.  Euphratica,  Bronn.     Syst.  Urwelt.  pi.  iv.  f.  10. 
C.   orientalis,  [Lam.     Phil.    Abb.    2,    75,   pi.  1,   f.  2.     1846.     Mousson, 

Moll.  Java  86,  pi.  xv.  f.  2.     1849. 
Corbicula fuscata,  Cantor.     Proc.  Zool.  x.  124.     1852. 
Cyrena  fluminalis,  Bgt.     Cat.  Saulcy  79.     1853. 
Corbicula  fluviatilis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 
Hab.     Asia. 

36.  C.  flu  mine  a,   Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Tellina  fluminea,  Gml.     3243.     1788.     Miiller,  Verm.  2,  205.     1774. 
Venus fluminea,  Chemn.  vi.  321,  pi.  30,  f.  322-23.     1782. 
Cyclas  Chinensis,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  421.     1806. 
C.  fluminea,  Bosc.  3,  38.     1802. 

Cyrena  fluminea,  Lam.     Lam.  v.   553.     1818.     Phil.   Abb.  2,  76,  pi.  1. 
f.  3.     1846. 
Hab.     China. 

— C.    fluviatilis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.    1858,    is  Corbicula   flu- 
minalis, Adams. 

37.  C.  Forbesii,  Desh. 

Cyrena  Forbesii,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  510,  pi.  37,  f.  24-27.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  fuscata,  Cantor.    Proc.  Zool.  x.  124.  1852.    Is  Corbicula  f  1  u  m  i  n- 
a  1  i  s  ,  Adams. 

38.  C.  gracilis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  fluminea,  Mousson.     Moll.  Java,  87,  pi.  xv.  f.  3.     1849. 

Corbicula  Moussonii,  Desh.     Litt.  Adams,  Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1853. 
Hab.     Java. 

— C.  g  r  a  n  d  i  s,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854,  is  Corbicula  Wood- 
iana,  Adams. 

39.  C.  Gravesii,  Desh. 

Cyrena  Gravesii,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.  Par.  2,  810.     1824. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  271 

C.  Gravii,  Desh.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  1,  120,  pi.  19,  f.  3-4.     1824. 

Cyclas  Gravesii,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.     1850. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 
— C.  hammalis,  Ferussac.     Mag.  Zool.  v.  59-60.     1835. 

Cyclas  hammalis,  Fer.   Rafin.  Bory  St.  Vt.  Ann.  Gen.   Sci.  Phy.  v.  319. 
1820.     (Not  described.) 

40.  C  insequilateralis,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     Africa. 

41.  C.  incrassata,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  342,  1S54. 
Hab.? 

42.  C.  Largillierti,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  Largillierti.     Phil.  Zeit.  Malac.  163.     1844.     Abb.  2,  75,  pi.  1, 
f.  1.     1846. 
Hab.     China. 

43.  C.  limosa,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1S58. 

Tellina  limosa,  Maton.     Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London x.  325,  pi.  24,  f.  8-10. 

1809. 
Cyrena  limosa,  Gray.     Ann.  Ph.  n.  ser.  ix.  137.     1825. 
Hab.     South  America. 

44.  C.  Malacensis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  343.     1854. 
Hab.     Malacca. 

45.  C.  Manillensis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  Manillensis.     Phil.  Zeit.  Malac.  163.     1844. 
C.  fluviatilis.     Phil,   (non  Venus  Jluminea,  Chemn.)     Phil.  Abb.  2,  77, 
pi.  1,  f.  5.     1846. 
Hab.     Manilla. 

46.  C.  maxima,  Prime.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab? 

47.  C.  media,  Prime. 

Cyrena  media,  Fitton.     Ann.  Ph.  and  n.  ser.  vii.  376.     1824. 
Cyclas  media,  Sowb.     M.  Conch,  vi.  51,  pi.  527,  f.  2.     1S29. 
Hab.     Engl,  (fossil.) 

48.  C.  minor,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab? 

49.  C.  mixta,  Desh. 

Cyrena  mixta,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.     1058. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Moussonii,  Desh.     Adams,  Rec  Gen.  2,  447.    1858.     Is  Corbicula 
gracilis,  Prime. 

50.  C.  Nepeansis,  Prime. 

Cyclas  Nepeansis,  Less.     Voy.  Coq.  ii,  428,  pi.  xiii.  f.  14.     1820. 
Hab.     N.  South  Wales. 

51.  C.  nit  ens,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  nitens.     Phil.  Zeit.  Malac.  163.     1844.     Abb.   2,   76,  pi.  1,  f.  4, 
1846. 
Hab.     China. 

52.  C.  notata,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     Phillipines. 

53.  C.  obovata,  Prime. 

Cyclas  obovata,  Sowb.     Min.  Conch.  2,  140,  pi.  162,  f.  4-6.     1S18. 
Cyrena  obovata,  Desh.     Encycl.  Meth.  2,  52.     1830. 
Hab.     Engl,  (fossil.) 

I860.] 


272  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

54.  C.  o  b  s  c  u  r  a ,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  342.     1854. 
Hab? 

55.  C.  obsoleta,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  345.     1854. 
Hab.     Uruguay. 

56.  C.  occidens,  Bens.     Adams,  Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 
Hab.     India. 

57.  C.  orbicularis,  Prime. 

Cyre.ua  orbicularis,  Desb.     Mellev.  Mem.  Terr.  Tert.     Par.   35,  pi.  2,  f. 

3,  4.     1843. 
Cyclas  suborbicularis,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850. 
Cyrena  suborbicularis,  Desb.     Inv.  Par.  497.  pi.  38,  f.  11,  12.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

58.  C.  orientalis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  orientalis,  Lam.     Lam.   v.  552.     1818.     Delessert,  pi.  vii.  f.  8. 
1841. 
Hab.  Asia. 

59.  C.  ovalina,  Desb.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  343.     1854. 
Hab.     Port.  Essington,  Australia. 

60.  C.  oval  is,  Prime.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab? 

61.  C  Panormitana,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 

Cyrena  Panormitana,  Bivon. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

62.  C.  Par  an  a  c  en  sis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  Paranacensis,  d'Orb.     Guer.  Mag.  v.  44.     1835. 
Cyclas  Paranacensis,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.  567,  pi.  83,  f.  23-25.     1846. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

63.  C.  parva,  Prime. 

Cyrena  ovalina,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  505,  pi.  36,  f.  16-18.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

64.  C.  parvula,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     India. 

65.  C.  pis  um,  Desb. 

Cyrena  pisum,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.  Par.  1,  117,  pi.  19,  f.  10-13. .   1824. 
Cyclas pisum,  d'Orb.  (non  Math.)     Prod.  2,  322.     1850. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

66.  C.  prolong  a  ta,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     E.  Australia. 

67.  C.  pulchella,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  pulchella,  Mouss.     Moll.  Java,  88,  pi.  15,  f.  4.     1849. 
Hab.     Java. 

68.  C.  p  u  1 1  a  t  a  ,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  pullata,  Phil.     Phil.  Abb.  3,  110.     1849. 
Hab.     Sumatra. 

69.  C.  pu  sill  a,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  pusilla,  Parr.     Phil.  Abb.  3,  78,  pi.  1,  f.  7.     1846. 
Hab.   |  River  Nile. 

70.  C.  radiata,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  447.     1858. 
Cyrena  radiata,  Parr.     Phil.  Abb.  2,  78,  pi,  1.  f.  8.     1846. 


Hab.     River  Nile. 


[June. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  273 

71.  C.  recurvata,  Eydoux.     Adams,  Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 
Hab? 

72.  C.  regularis,  Pr.  MSS.     1859.     Collect.  Cuming. 
Hab.     Deacan  River,  Australia. 

73.  C.  rbomboidea,  Pr.     MSS.     1S59.     Collect.  Auctoris. 
Hab.     Malacca.  * 

74.  C.  rival  is,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  rivalis,  v.  d.  Busch.     Phil.  Abb.  3,  110,  pi.  3,  f.  5.     1849. 
Corbicula  striatella,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854. 
Hab.     Java. 

75.  C.  rotunda,  Prime.     Proc.  Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.     1860. 
Hab .     Surinam. 

76.  C.  Rouyana,  Prime. 

Cyclas  Rouyana,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1850. 
Cyrena  Rouyana,  Bgt.     Sph.  p.  51.     1854. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

77.  C.  semistriata,  Desh* 

Venulites  subaratus,  Schloth.     Petr.  200.     1820. 
Cyrena  semistriata,  Desh.     Encycl.  2,  52.     1830. 
C.  trigona,  Desh.      \  Goldf<  petr>  Germ>  ^     ls34_40> 
V.  cnneiformis,  bev.  ) 

C.  subovaia,  Bronn.     Leth.  Geog.  2,  958,  pi.  38,  f.  2.     1835-8. 
Cyclas  semistriata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19.     1852. 
Cyrena  convexa,  Heb.  et  Renev.     Foss.  Num.  Sup.  59.     1854. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.  J 

78.  C.  semisulcata,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  343.     1854. 
Hab.     Victoria  River,  Australia. 

— C.  s  i  m  i  1  i  s,  Adams.    Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.  1858,  is  Corbicula  Woodiana, 
Adams. 

79.  C.  soli  du  la,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.  ? 

80.  C.  squalida;  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  342.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

— C.  s  t  r  iat  e  1  la,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.  1854.  Is  Corbicula  r  i  v  a- 
1  is  ,  Adams. 

81.  C.  subradiata,   Prime. 

Cyrena  subradiata,  Kurr. 
Hab.     India. 

82.  C.  sulcatina,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  348.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

83.  C.  tellinella,  Prime. 

Cyrena  tellinella,  Ferussac.     Hist.  Moll.  f.  1. 
Cyclas  tellinella,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850. 
Hab.  Europe,  (fossil.) 

84.  C.  tellinoidea,  Prime. 

Cyrena  tellinoidea,  Bouillet.     Cat.  Foss.  156.     1836. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

85.  C.  tenuistriata,  Prime.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab.  ? 

86.  C.  triangula,  Prime. 

Cyrena  trigona,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.  Par.  1,  118,  pi.  19,  f.  16,  17.     1824. 

I860.] 


274  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Cyclas  trigona,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

87.  C.  triangularis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  345.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

88.  C.  trigona,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854. 
Hab.     Pondicherry,  India. 

89.  C.  trigonella,  Prime. 

Cyrena  trigonella,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818. 
Hab.     East  Indies. 

90.  C.  t  run  cat  a,  Prime. 

Cyrena  truncata,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  553.     1818. 
Hab.     N.  America,  (fossil.) 

91.  C.  tumid  a,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  343.     1854. 
Hab.     Borneo. 

92.  C.  Vapincana,  Prime. 

Cyclas  Vapincana,  d'Orb.     Prod  2,  381.     1850. 
Cyrena  Vapincana,  Bgt.     Sph.  fr.  51.     1854. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

93.  C.  var  ie  g  at  a,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena  variegata,  d'Orb.     Guer.  Mag.  v.  44.     1835. 
Cyclas  variegata,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.  567,  pi.  82,  f.  14-16.     1846. 
Cyclas  limosa,  d'Orb.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  pi.  82,  f.  14-16.     1846. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

94.  C.  veneriformis,  Desh. 

Cyrena  veneriformis,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  499,  pi.  38,  f.  1,  2.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

95.  C.  v  e  n  tri  c  o  s  a,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.     Mazatlan. 

96.  C.  v  iolacea,  Prime.     In  litt.     1860. 
Hab.? 

97.  C.  W  o  o  d  i  a  n  a,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 

Cyrena   Woodiana,  Lea.     Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  v.  110,  pi.  18,  f.  55. 

1832. 
Cyrena  similis,  Gray.     Grif.  Cuv.  pi.  20,  f.  2.     1834. 
Corbicula  grandis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  344.     1854. 
Corbicula  si?n'dis,  Adams.     Rec.  Gen.  2,  448.     1858. 
Hab.     China. 

Cyrena,  Lamarck. 

1.  C.  abbreviata,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  491,  pi.  38,  f.  13,  14.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.    a  cut  angular  is,  Desh.    Loc.  sub.  cit.  517,  pi.  38,  f.  17,  18.    1857- 
Is  Corbicula  acutangularis,  Desh. 

2.  C.  sequal  is,  Glf.     Petr.  germ.  2,  224,  pi.  146,  f.  5,  1834—40. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

3.  C.  sequilatera,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  20.     1854. 
Hab.     Guiana. 

4.  C.  affinis,  Desh    Loc.  sub.  cit.  xxii.  16.     1854. 
Hab.    Australia. 

— C.  African  a,  Kr.      Moll.  S.  Afr.  8,  pi.  1,  f.  9.      1848.      Is  Corbicula 
A  f  r  i  c  a  n  a,  Adams. 

[June, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  275 

— C.  Al  p  i  n  a,  Bgt.     Sph.  fr.  49.     1854.     Is  Corbicula  A 1  p  i  n  a,  Prime. 
— C.  a  g  r  e  n  8  i  s,  Kurr.     In  litt.     Is  Corbicula  agrensis,  Prime. 

5.  C.  alta,  Dkr.     Wiild.  153.     1854. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  altilis,  Gld.  Bost.  II.  vi.  400,  pi.  xvi.  f.  5.  1852.  Is  Cyrena 
Mexican  a,  Sowb. 

6.  C.  am  big  u  a,  Br.     Geol.  II.  x.  275.     1854. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  amygdalina,  Desh.  Inv.  Par.  500,  pi.  37,  f.  22,  23.  1857.  Is 
Corbicula  amygdalina,  Desh. 

7.  C.  A  nglic  ana,  Prime. 

Cyrena  obtusa,  Forbes,  (preoc.)     Rec.  Sci.  2,  pi.  3,  f.  4. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

8.  C.  angulata,  Roemer.     Oolitt.  i.  117,  pi.  9,  f.  12.    1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  angulata,  Desb.  Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  22.    1854.    Is  Cyrena  tumida, 

Prime. 
— C.    an  gust  a,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  508,  pi.  37,  f.  9-12.    1857.     Is  Corbicula 

a  n  g  u  s  t  a,  Desh. 

'.).  C.  an  gust i den s,  Desh.  Mellev.  Terr.  Tert.  Par.  35,  pi.  2,  f.  1,  2.  1843. 
Cyclas  angustidens,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

lit.  C.  a  nomala,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  21.     1854. 
Cyrena  Peruviana,  Desh.     In  litt. 
Hab.  Peru. 
— C.  a  n  t  i  q  u  a,  Fer.  Moll.  Terr.  Fluv.  f.  5.  Is  Corbicula  a  n  t  i  q  u  a,  Prime. 

11.  C.  apicina,  Dkr.     Wald.  149.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

12.  C.  a  rat  a,  Forbes.     Geol.  II.  vii.  pi.  5,  f.  6.     1851. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

13.  C.  arc  tat  a,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  20.     1854. 
Hab.     Maracaibo. 

14.  C.  ar  en  aria,  Forbes.     Rec.  Sci. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

— C.  A  r  n  o  u  d  i  i,  Pot.  &  Mich.  Gal.  Moll.  2,  192,  pi.  61,  f.  15,  16.  1838- 
'44.  Is  Corbicula  A  r  n  o  n  d  i  i,  Prime. 

— C.  arveniensis,  Desh.  Trait.  Conch.  2,  698.  1843-'50.  Is  Cor- 
bicula Arveniensis,  Desh. 

15.  C.  as  tart  e,  Dkr.      Wiild.  153.     1831. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Australis,  Desh.  Encycl.  2,  50.  1830.  Is  Corbicula  Austra- 
lis,  Desh. 

16.  C.  Beng  alen  sis,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  554.     1818. 

Venus  Bengalensis,  Lister,  pi.  345,  f.  182. 
Cyclas  Bengalensis,  Fer. 
Hab.     Asia. 

17.  C.Bolivian  a,  Phil.     Zeit.  Malac.  70.     1851. 
Hab.     Bolivia. 

— C.    Bouilleti,  Desh.      Trait.  Conch.  2,  698.      1843-50.     Is  Corbicula 

B  o  u  ille  ti,  Desh. 
—C.    breviuscula,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  503,  pi.  36,  f.  9-11.      1857.       Is 

Corbicula  breviuscula,  Desh. 

I860.] 


276  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OP 

18.  C.  Bronnii.     Dkr.  Wald.  160.     1S34. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Britannic  a,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  501.    1857.    Is  Corbicula  Brit  a  n- 
nica,  Desh. 

19.  C.  brunea,  Pr.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab.? 

20.  C.  B  u  s  c  b  i  i,  Pbil.     Abb.  3,  78,  pi.  2,  f.  2.     1849. 
Hab.  ? 

21.  C.  Caledonica,  Gas.     II.  Conch,  vi.  277.     1857. 
Hab.     N.  Caledonia. 

22.  C.  Californiensis,  Prime. 

Cyrena  subquadrata,  Desh.  (preoc.)     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  21,  1854. 
Hab.     California. 

23.  C.  cardi  oides,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  498,  pi.  36,  f.  1-3.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

24.  C.  Car  oliniensi  s,  Lam.     Lam.  v.     1818. 

Cyclas  Caroliniensis,  Bosc.     Fer.  Cat.  Meth.  84.     1807. 
C.  Caroliniana,  Bosc.  3,  37,  pi.  xviii.  f.  4. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

25.  C.  caudata,  Roemer.     Oolit.  1,  117,  pi.  8,  f.  13.     1835. 

Cyrena  excavata,  Roemer.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  1,  117,  pi.  9,  f.  6.     1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Charpenterianus,  Bgt.   (err.)     II.   Conch,  iv.    173.     1853.     Is 
Ancylus  Charpenterianus,  Bgt. 

26.  C.   Charpentieri,  Desh.    P.  &  M.  Gal.  Moll.  2,  191,  pi.  61,  f.  18,  19. 
1838-44. 

Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

— C.    Children*,  Gray.      Ann.  Phy.   n.   ser.   ix.   137.     1825.     Is  Ba- 
tissa  Children se,  Gray. 

27.  C.  compress  a,  Desh.     Lam.  (ed.  Desh.)  vi.  279.     1835. 

Cyrena  depressa,  Desh.  (non  Lam.)     Diet,  class  h.  n.  v.  290.     1824. 
Cyclas  subdepressa,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1850. 
Hab.  France,  (fossil.) 

28.  C.  compta,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  18.     1854. 
Hab.  ?     • 

— C.   compta,  Desh.     Inv.    Par.  491,  pi.  35,  f.  1-3,  pi.  36,   f.   19,  20. 
1857.     Is  Cyrena  G  a  1 1  i c  a n  a,  Prime. 

29.  C.  conj  uncta,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  15.     1854. 
Hab? 

— C.  consobrina,  Cail.  Voy.  Mer.  iv.  263,  t.  2,  pi.  61,  f.  10,  11.  1826. 

Is  Corbicula  cor,  Adams. 
— C.  convexa,    H.  &  Renev.     Foss.    num.  sup.  59.     1854.     Is  Corbicula 

semistriata,  Desh. 
— C.  cor,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818.     Is  Corbicula  cor,  Adams. 

30.  C.  corbicula?  for  mis,  Prime.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.     1860. 
Hab.     Malabar. 

31.  C.  co  r  data,  Morris.     Geol.  II.  x.  158,  pi.  2,  f.  8,  9.     1854. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

32.  C.  cordiformis,  Desh.     Diet,  class,  h.  n.  290.     1824. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  cordiformis,   Recluz,    (preoc.)     II.  Conch.  251,  pi.  7,  f.  9.  1853. 
is  Cyrena  Recluzii,  Prime. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  277 

— C.  crass  a,   Desh.     Coq.  foss.  Par.  i.  119,  pi.  18,  f.  14,  15.     1824.     Is 

Corbicula  c  r  a  s  s  a,  Desh. 
— C.  eras  su  la,    Mouss.     Malak.    Bliit.    57.     1855.     Is  Corbicula  cras- 

s  u  1  a,  Prime. 

33.  C.  Credueri,  Dkr.     Weald.  152.     1846. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

34.  C.  ere  nu  lata,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  518,  pi.  34,  f.  10-12.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

35.  C.  C  u  b  e  n  s  i  s,  Prime. 

Cyclas  maritima,  d'Orb.    D'Orb.  Cuba  2,  280,  pi.  xxi.  f.  47-50.     1853. 
Hab.     Cuba. 

36.  C.  Cumin gii,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  22.     1854. 
Hab.     Central  America. 

— C.  c  u  n  e  a  t  a,  Jonas.    Zeit.  Malak.  186.     1844.     Is  Corbicula  c  u  n  e  a  t  a, 
Adams. 
C.  c  une  if  ormis,  Fer.     Moll.  terr.  fiuv.     Is  Corbicula  c u n e i f  o r- 
m  i  s,  Prime. 

37.  C.  Cun  nin  gham  ii,  Forbes.     Geol.  II.  vii.  112,  pi.  v.  f.  9.     1851. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

—C.  cycladiformis,  Desh.     Coq.  foss.  Par.  1,  121,  pi.  19,  f.  7-9.    1824. 

Is  Corbicula  cycladiformis,  Desh. 
— C.  cyclostoma,   Bgt.  (err.)     II.  Conch,  iv.  193.     1853.     Is  Ancylus 

cyclostoma,  Bgt. 
— C.  Cyprinoides,  Gray.     Ann.  Phy.  n.  ser.  ix.  136.     1825.     Is  Velo- 

rita  C  yprinoides,  Gray. 

38.  C.  Cyprinoides,  Quoy.     Voy.  Astrol.  3,  513,  pi.  82,  f.  1-3.     1834. 
Hab.     N.  Guinea. 

— C.  d  e  b  i  1  i  s,  Gld.  Bost.  Proc.  3,  293.  1850.  Is  Corbicula  d  e  b  i  1  i  s, 
Prime. 

39.  C.  de  cipien  s,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  17.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

40.  C.  d  e  n  s  a  t  a,  Conrad.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  i.  324.     1845. 

Cyclas  densata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  109.     1852. 

Hab.     North  America,  (fossil.) 

— C.  deperdita,  Desh.  Coq.  foss.  Par.  1,  118,  pi.  19,  f.  14,  15.  1824. 
Is  Corbicula  deperdita,  Desh. 

— C.  deperdita,  Morris,  Cat.  Brit.  foss.  86.  1843.  Is  Corbicula  B  r  i- 
t  a  n  n  i  c  a,  Desh. 

— C.  d  e  p  r  e  s  s  a,  Lam.  Lam.  v.  553.  1818.  Encycl.  pi.  302,  f.  3.  Is  As- 
tarte  borealis,  Gray. 

— C.  depress  a,  Desh.  Diet,  class,  h.  n.  v.  290.  1824.  Is  Cyrena  com- 
p  r  e  s  s  a,  Desh. 

— C.  Deshayesii,  Hebert.  Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2d  ser.  v.  401,  f.  a',  b'. 
1848.     Is  Corbicula  Deshayesii,  Prime. 

— C.  De  shay  esianus,  Bgt.  (err.)  II.  Conch,  iv.  183.  1853.  Is  An- 
cylus Deshayesianus,  Bgt. 

41.  C.  d  i  f  f  i  c  i  1  i  s,  Desh.     Inv.  basin.  Par.  513,  pi.  37,  f.  3-5.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

42.  C.  d  i  s  p  a  r,  Koch  &  Dkr.     Oolit.  60,  pi.  vii.  f.  6,  a.  b.     1837. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

43.  C.  d  i  s  t  i  n  c  t  a,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  492,  pi.  35,  f.  7-9.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

I860.] 


278  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

44.  C.  divaricata,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  17,  1854. 
Hab.  N.  Guinea. 

— C.  d  o  u  a  c  i  a  1  i  s,  Desh.     Diet,  class  h.  n.  v.  290.     1824.     Is   Corbicula 

cuneiformis,  Prime. 
— C.  dou  ac  if  or  mis,  Anton.  Verz.  1839.  Is  Corbicula  cuneifo  rmis, 

Prime. 

45.  C.  d  o  u  a  c  i  n  a,  Dkr.     Wald.  162.     1854. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

46.  C.  d  o  r  s  a  t  a,  Dkr.     Wald.  155.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

46«  C.  Dulchurcbiensis  ? 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

47.  C.  D  u  m  a  s  i  i,  de  Serres.     Bull.  Sci.  328.     1827. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

48.  C.  D  u  t  e  m  p  1  i  i,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  493,  pi.  34,  f.  43,  44.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

49.  C.  d  u  r  a,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  20.     1854. 
Hab.? 

50.  C.  e  1  e  g  a  n  s,  Dkr.     Wald.  166.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

51.  C.  e  1 1  i  p  t  i  c  a,  Dkr.     Wald.  148.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  elongata,  Rcem.     Oolit.  i.  117,  t.  ix.  f.  11.  1826.    Is  Cyrena  M  a n- 
t  e  1 1  i,  Dkr. 

52.  C.  e  1  o  n  g  a  t  a,  Dkr.     Weald.  155.     1846. 

Cyclas  elongata,  Sowb.  Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  2dser.  iv.  346,  pi.  21,  f.  9.  1836. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

53.  C.  e  r  e  b  e  a,  Pr. 

Mactra  erebea,  Brongt.     Mem.  Vicent.  81,  pi.  v.  f.  8.     1S23. 
Cyclas  erebea,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.     1850. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

54.  C.  Essingtonensis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  19. 
Hab.     Port  Essington. 

— C.  Euphratica,  Bronn.     Syst.  Urwelt.  pi.  4,  f.  10.   Is  Corbicula  f  1  u- 

m  i  n  a  1  i  s,  Adams. 
— C.  excavata,  Rcem.  i.  117,  pi.  ix.  f.  6.     1835.     Is  Cyrena  caudata, 

Rcemer. 

55.  C.  e  x  i  m  i  a,  Dkr.     Zeit.  Malak.  51.    1852.     Pf.  Nov.  Conch.  8  livr.  88, 

pi.  xxiv.     1857. 
Cyrena  impressa,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  18.     1854. 
Batissa  impressa,  Adams.     Rec.  gen.  2,  448.     1858. 
Hab.     Java. 

56.  C.  e  x  p  a  n  s  a,  Mouss.     Moll.  Java,  89,  pi.  14.     1849. 
Hab.     Java. 

57.  C.  f  a  b  a  c  e  a,  Rcem.     Oolit.  2,  40,  pi.  19,  f.  16. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

58.  C.  fabulina,  Desh.     Inv.  Par.  506,  pi.  37,  f.  13-15.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

59.  C.  fa  11  ax,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  15.     1854. 
Hab.  Australia. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  279 

60.  C.  C.  fascia  t  a,  Rcem.     Oolit.  1,  116,  pi.  ix.  f.  10.     1835. 

Cyclasfasciata,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  232,  pi.  147,  f.  10.     1S34-40. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

61.  C.  Faujigasii,  Desk.     Encycl.  2,  51.     1830. 

Venus  de  mayeuce,  Faujas.     Ann.  Mus.  8,  379,  pi.  58,  f.  9,  10.     1806. 

Cyrena  laevigata,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  224,  pi.  149,  f.  1.     1834-40. 

Cyrena  polita,  Gldf.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  2,  224,  pi.  149,  f.  2.     1834-40. 

Cyclas  Faujasii,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  109.     1852. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Ferrussaci,  Math.    Math.  Cat.  Meth  149,  pi.  xiv.  f.  14,  15.    1851!. 
Is  Corbicula  Ferrussaci,  Prime. 

62.  C.  f lava,  Prime.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab.  ? 

63.  C.  F  1  o  r  i  d  a  n  a,  Conrad.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  3,  23,  pi.  i.  f.  1.     1846. 
Hab.     Florida. 

— C.  fluminalis,  Bgt.     Cat.  Sauley  79.     1853.     Is  Corbicula  f  1  u  m  i- 

n  a  1  i  s,  Adams. 
— C.  fluminea,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  553.     1818.     Is  Corbicula  fl  u  m  i  n  e  a. 

Adams. 
— C.   fluviatilis,   Phil.     Abb.  3,  77,  pi.  i.  f.  5.     1846.     Is  Corbicula 

Manillensis,  Prime. 

64.  C.  F  o  n  t  a  i  n  e  i  i,  Phil.     Zeit.  Malak.  8,  70.     1851. 

Cyclas  Fontaineii,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.  569,  pi.  83,  f.  14,  15.     1844. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

— C.  Forbes  ii,  Desh.     Inv.   Par.  510,  pi.  37,  f.  24-27.     1857.      Is  Cor- 
bicula Forbesii,  Deshayes. 

65.  C.  fort  is,  Prime.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.  1860. 
Hab.     Equador. 

66.  C.  f  o  s  s  u  1  a  t  a,  Cornuel.     Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  iv.  286,  pi.  15,  f.  1,  a-d, 

1840. 
Cyclas  fossulata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  60.     1850. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

67.  C.  fragilis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab.  ? 

— C.  f  u  s  cat  a,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818.    Is  Corbicula  flu  mi  n  a  1  i  s, 
Adams. 

68.  C  G  a  1  a  t  h  e  a,  Rhdt.     Morch's  Kierulf  32,  pi  2.     1850. 

Cyrena  Zeylanica  var.  major,  Mous.     Java  89,  pi.  13.     1849. 
Hab.     Nicobar  Islands. 

69.  C.  Gallic  ana,  Pr. 

Cyrena  cornpta,  Desh.  (preoc.)      Invt.  Par.  491,  pi.  35,  f.  1-3,  pi.  36 

f.  19,  20.  1857. 
Hab.  France,  (fossil.) 
— C.  Gaudichaudi,  Val.  (err.)    Mag.  Zool.  pi.  119,  f.  2.  1838.  Is  Velo- 

rita  Cyprinoides,  Gray. 
— C.  Gauritziana,  Kr.  In  litt.  1848.  Is  Corbicula  A  f  r  i  c  a  n  a,  Adams. 

70.  C.  G  e  m  m  e  1 1  a  r  i,  Phil.     Sicil.  1,  39,  pi.  iv.  f.  3.     1836. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

71.  C.  G  e  s  1  i  n  i,  Desh.     Encycl.  2,  52.     1830. 

Cyclas  Geslini,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  109.     1852, 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

72.  C.  g  i  b  b  o  s  a,  DuKr.     Wald.  157.     1834, 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

I860.] 


280  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

73.  C.  gl  o  b  o  s  a,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  148,  pi.  xiv.  f.  12,  13.     1842. 

Cyclas  globoid,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19.     1852. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

—  C.  globulus,  Jonas.  MSS.  Is  Corbicula  cuneata,  Adams. 
— C.   Grave  sii,    Desk.      Coq.   foss.   Par.   2,   810.     1824.     Is  Corbicula 

Gravesii,  Desb. 
— C.   G  r  a  v  i ,   Desh.     Coq.  foss.  Par.  1,  120,  pi.  19,  f.  3,  4.     Is  Corbicula 

Gravesii,  Desb. 

74.  C.  Hebertii,  Desb.     Invt.  Par.  516,  pi.  36,  f.  4-6.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

75.  C.  b  e  t  e  r  o  d  o  n  t  a,  Desb.     Invt.  Par.  518,  pi.  34,  f.  13-15.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

76.  C.  H  e  y  s  i  i,  Dkr.     Wald.  147.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  i  m  p  r  e  s  s  a,  Desb.    Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  18.  1854.  Is  Cyrena  e  x  c  i  n  i  a, 
Dkr. 

77.  C.  inc  e  rt  a,  Desb.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  19.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

77a  C.  incompta,  Desb.     Invt.  Par.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

78.  C.  inflata,  Phil.     Zeit.  Malak.  71.     1851. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

— C.  inflata,  Desb.  (preoc)  Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  23.  1854.  Is  Cyrena  P  a  n  a- 
mensis,  Pr. 

79.  C.  i  nquinat  a,  Desb.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  15.     1854. 
Hab.     China. 

50.  C.  ins  ignis,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  20.     1854. 
Hab.     California. 

51 .  C.  i  n  t  e  r  m  e  d  i  a,  Desh.   Mellev.  Terr.  Tert.  Par.  35,  pi.  2,  f.  5,  6.  1843. 

Cyclas  intermedia,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  intermedia,  Meek  &  Hayden.    Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  8,  116.  1856. 
Is  Cyrena  Nebrascensis,  M.  &H. 

32.  C.  isocard  i  a,  Dkr.     Wald.  151.     1854. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

83.  C.  i  s  o  c  a  r  d  i  o  i  d  e  s,  Desb.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  22.     1854. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

84.  C.  Jam  e  sonii,  Forbes.     Geol.  II.  vii.  Ill,  pi.  v.  f.  7,  8.     1851. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Jay  en  sis,  Lea.     Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  v.  108,  pi.  17,  f.  52.     1832. 
Is  Batissa  J  a  y  e  n  s  i  s,  Adams. 

85.  C.  Jukes  ii,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  19.     1854. 
Hab.     Australia. 

— C.  Keraud  r  en  ii,  Lesson.     Voy.  Coq.  2,  429,  pi.  xi.  f.  3.    1829.    Is  Ba- 
tissa Keraudrenii. 

86.  C.  K  o  c  h  i  i,  Dkr.     Wald.  159.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  lievigata,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  224,  pi.  149,  f.  1,  a,  b.    1834-40.  Is 
Cyrena  Faujasii,  Desh. 

87.  C.  lse  vis,  Pr. 
Hab.     Borneo. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  281 

88.  C.  Lamberti,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  495,  pi.  38,  f.  9,  10.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Largillierti,  Phil.     Zeit.  Malak.  163.     1844.     Is  Corbicula  L  a  r- 
gillierti,  Pr. 

89.  C.  lato-ovata,  Roemer.     Oolit.  i.  116,  pi.  9,  f.  4.     1835. 

Venulites  simillimus,  Schl.  Petr.  200.     1820. 
Venulites  douacilialis,  Schl..     In  Collect. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

90.  C.  lauta,  Desh.    Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  15,  1854. 
Hab.? 

91.  C.  lent  if  or  mis,  Roemer.     Oolit.  2,  41,  pi.  19,  f.  9. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  limosa,  Gray.    Ann.  Phy.  n.  ser.  ix.  137.     1835.     Is  Corbicula  1  i- 
m  o  s  a,  Pr. 

92.  C.  1  u  n  u  1  a  t  a,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  495,  pi.  34,  f.  16-19.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

93.  C.  Mac  Cull  ochii,  Forbes.     Geol.  II.  vii.  112,  pi.  v.  f.  10,  a,  b.    1851. 
Hab.   England,  (fossil.) 

94.  C.  m  ac  t  r  se  f  or  mis,  Pr. 

Cyrena  mactroides,  Desh.  (preoc.)     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  17.     1854. 
Hab.? 

95.  C.  mac  troides,  Roemer.     Oolit.  i.  116,  pi.  ix.  f.  2.    1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  mactroides,  Desh.    Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  17.     1854.     Is  Cyrena  m  a  c- 
t  r  ae  f  o  r  m  i  s,  Pr. 

96.  C.  major,  Morris.     Cat.  Brit.  Foss.  200.     1854 

Cyclas  major,  Sowb.  Trans.  Geol.  2d  ser.  iv.  176,  346,  pi.  xxi.  f.  13.  1836. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

97.  C.  maj  use  u  1  a,  Roemer.     Oolit.  i.  117,  pi.  ix.  f.  1-3.     1835. 

Cyclas  majuscule,,  Glf.  Petr.  Germ.  2,  232,  pi.  147,  f.  6,  a-c.     1834-40. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

— C.  M  a  n  i  1 1  e  n  s  i  s,  Phil.  Zeit.  Malak.  163.    1844.     Is  Corbicula  M  a  n  i  I- 
lensis,   Pr. 

98.  C.  M  a  n  t  e  1 1  i,  Dkr.     Weald,  42,  pi.  13,  f.  2.  _   1846. 

Cyrena  elongata,  Roemer.     Oolit  i.  117,  pi.  ix.  f.  11.     1835. 

Cyclas  angulata,  Sowb.     Trans.  Geol.  2d  ser.  iv.  176,  346,  pi.  xxi.  f.  12. 

1836. 
Cyclas  carinata,  Glf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  232,  pi.  147,  f.  9,  a-c.     1834-'40. 
Cyrena  angulata,  Morris.     Brit.  Foss.  199.     1854. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

99.  C.  m  ar  i  t  i  m  a,  C.  B.  Adams.     Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  v.  499.     1852. 
Hab.     Panama. 

— C.  media,  Fitton.     Ann.  Phy.  n.  ser.  viii.  376.    1824.    Is  Corbicula  m  e- 
d  i  a,  Pr. 

100.  C.  memb  ran  acea,  Fitton.     Ann.  Phy.  n.  ser.  8,  176.     1824. 

Cyclas  membranacea,  Sowb.     Min.  Conch,  vi.  52,  pi.  527,  f.  3.     1829. 
Cyrena  membranacea,  Sowb.     Morris.  Brit.  Foss.  200.     1854. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

101.  C.  M  e  n  k  e  i  i,  Dkr.     D.  et  M.  Paleont.  1,  40,  pi.  vi.  f.  23-25.     1846. 

Venus  Menkeii,  Dkr.     In  litt. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

I860.]  18 


282  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 

02.  C.  Mexicana,  Sowb.     Zool.  II.  (Sowb.  et  Brod.)  364.     1829. 
Cyrena  altilis,  Gld.     Bost.  II.  vi.  400,  pi.  xvi.  f.  5.     1852. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

103.  0.  minuta,  Desh.    Invt.  Par.  507,  pi.  35,  f.  10-12.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  mixta,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.     1857.     Is  Corbicula  mixta,  Desh. 
— C.  Moquinianus,  Bgt.  (err.)     II.  Conch,  iv.    1853.     IsAncylusMo- 
quinianus,  Bgt. 

104.  C.  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden.      Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  viii.  115. 

1856. 
Hab.     N.  America,  (fossil.) 

105.  C.  multidentata,  Auton.     Conch.  13.     1839. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Murchisonii,  Dkr.   Weald.  30,  pi.  x.  f.  2-5.     1846.     Is  Cyrena 
rotunda,  Dkr. 

106.  C  N  e  b  r  a  s  c  e  n  s  i  s ,  M.  &  H. 

Cyrena  intermedia,  Meek  &  Hayden,  (preoc.)     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.   Proc.  vm. 
116.     1856. 
Hab.     N.  America,  (fossil.) 
—C.  nit  ens,  Phil.  Zeit.    Malak.  163.      1844.     Is  Corbicula  n  1 1  e  n  s , 

Adams. 

107.  C.  n  i  t  i  d  a  ,  Desh.    Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  23.     1854. 
Hab.? 

108.  C.  n  i  t  i  d  u  1  a ,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  23.     1854. 
Hab.? 

109.  C.  n  o  b  i  1  i  s  ,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  490,  pi.  36,  f.  14,  15.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

110.  C.  notabilis,  Desh.    Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  21.     1854. 
Hab.     Peru. 

111.  C.  nuculaeformis,  Rcemer.     Oolit.  1,  118,  pi.  ix.  f.  13.     1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  o  b  e  s  a,   Hinds.     Ann.  Mag.  n.  h.  n.  ser.  x.  81.     1842.    Is  Batissa 
o  b  e  s  a ,  Adams. 

112.  C.  obliqua,  Desh.  Diet.  Class,  h.  n.  v.  290.     1824. 
Hab.    France,  (fossil.) 

113.  C.  oblonga,  Quoy.     Voy.  Astrol.  3,  517,  pi.  82,  f.  6-8.     1834. 
Hab.     Vanikoro. 

— C.  obovata,  Desh.    Encycl.  2,  52.     1830.    Is  Corbicula  o  b  o  v  a  t  a , 

Desh. 

114.  C.  obscura,  Pr.    Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.     1860. 
Hab.     S.  America. 

115.  C.  o  b  t  u  s  a ,  Roemer.     Oolit.  1,  115,  pi.  ix.  f.  76.     1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  o  b  t  u  s  a  ,  Forbes.     Rec.  Scie.  2,  pi.  3,  f.  4.    Is  Cyrena  A  n  g  1  i  c  a  n  a, 
Pr. 

116.  C.  occidentalis,  Meek  &  Hayden.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.    Proc.  viii.  118. 

1856. 
Hab.     N.  America,  (fossil.) 

117.  C.  olivacea,  Carp.    In  litt. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  283 

118.  C.  orbicularis,  Roemer.     Oolit.  1,  115,  pi.  ix.  f.  8.     1835. 

Cyclas  orbicularis,  Glf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  231,  pi.  147.  f.  5.     1834-40. 

Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— C.  orbicularis,  Desh.  Mellev.  Terr.  Tert.  35,  pi.  2,  f.  3,  4.  1843. 
is  Corbicula  orbicularis,  Prime. 

— C.  o  r  i  e  n  t  a  1  i  s,  Lam.  Lam.  v.  552.  1818.  Is  Corbicula  o  r  i  e  n  t  a  - 
lis,  Adams. 

— C.  ovalina,  Desh.  Invt.  Par.  505.  pi.  36,  f.  16-18.  1867.  Is  Corbi- 
cula p  a  r  v  a ,  Prime. 

119.  C.  oval  is,  Dkr.     Wald.  158.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

120.  C.  oviform  is,  Desh.     Proc  Zool.  xxii.  16.     1854. 
Hab.     Philippines. 

121.  C.  pallida,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  17.     1854. 
Hab.? 

122.  C.  Panamensis,  Pr. 

Cyrena  inflala,  Desh.  (preoc.)     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  23.     1854. 
Hab.     Panama. 
— C.  Panormitana,  Bivon.     Is  Corbicula  Panormitana,  Adams. 

123.  C.  Papua,  Lesson.     Mag.  Zool.  pi.  xi.     1832. 
Hab.     Waigou. 

— C.  Paranacensis,  d'Orb.  Mag.  Zool.  44.  1835.  Is  Corbicula 
Paranacensis,  Adams. 

124.  C.  par va,  Morris.     Brit.  Foss.  200.     1854. 

Cyclas parva,  Sowb.     Geol.  Trans.  2d  ser.  iv.  345,  pi.  21,  f.  7.     1836. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

125.  C.  Pa  no  rmi  tana,  Roemer.     Oolit.  1,  115,  pi.  ix.  f.  9.     1835. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

126.  C.  p  a  r  v  u  1  a ,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  509,  pi.  37,  f.  6-8.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Peruviana,  Desh.     Is  Cyrena  a  no  m  al  a  ,  Desh. 
— C.  Petitianus,  Bgt.      II.  Conch,  iv.      1853.      Is  Ancylus  Petiti- 
anus,  Bgt. 

127.  C.  Philippinarum,  Hanley.     Proc.  Zool.  xii.  159.     1844.     Wood's 

Suppl.  Cat.  pi.  xiv.  f.  60. 
Hab.     Philippines. 
— C.  pi  sum,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.   Par.    1,   117,  pi.  19,  f.  10-13.     1824.     Is 

Corbicula  p  i  s  u  m  ,  Desh. 

128.  C.  p  lac  ens,  Hanley.     Proc.  Zool.  xii.  160.     1844.     Wood's  Suppl.  Cat. 

pi.  xiv.  f.  52. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

129.  C.  placid  a,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  19.     1854. 
Hab.  ? 

130.  C.  p  1  an  u  1  a  t  a  ,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  501,  pi.  35,  f.  16-18.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  polita,  Glf.  Petr.  Germ.  2,  224,  pi.  149,  f.  2.  1834-40.  Is  Cyrena 
Fauj  asi  i,  Desh. 

131.  C.  ponderosa,  Pr.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.     1860. 
Hab.     Philippines. 

132.  C.  prona,  Dkr.     Wald.  166.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

I860.] 


284  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE  ACADEMY   OF 

133.  C.  Proserpina,  Pr. 

Venus  Proserpina,  Brongt.     Mem.  Viceut.  81,  pi.  V.  f.  7.     1823. 
Cyclas  Proserpina,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.     1850. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

134.  C.  psmac  ola,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  505,  pi.  35,  f.  4-6.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  pulchella,  Mous.     Moll.  Java,  88,  pi.  xv.  f.  4.     1849.     Is  Corbicula 
pulchella,  Adams. 

135.  C.  p  ulchr  a,  Morris.     Brit.  Foss.  86.     1843. 

Cyclas pulcher,  Sowb.     Min.  Conch,  vi.  51,  pi.  527.  f.  1.     1829. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

— C.  pulchra,  Wright.     Ann.  n.  h.     Is  Cyrena  Wri  g  h  t  i  i ,  Forbes. 
— C.    pullata,  Phil.      Abb.  2,  110.      1849.      Is   Corbicula    pullata, 

Adams. 
— C.  p  urp  urea,  Lea.     Amer.  II.   xlii.   106,  pi.  1,  f.  1.     1842.     Is   Venus 

gemma,  Totten. 
— C.  pusilla,  Parr.  Phil.  Abb.  2,  78,  pi.  1.  f.  7.     1846.     Is  Corbicula  p  u- 

s  i  1  la  ,  Adams. 

136.  C.  radiata,  Hanley.     Proc.  Zool.  xii.  159.     1844. 

Cyrena  solida,  Phil.     Abb.  5,  78,  pi.  1,  f.  9.      1846. 
Hab.     Central  America. 
— C.  radiata,  Parr.     Phil.   Abb.   2,   78,  pi.  1,  f.  8.     1846.     Is  Corbicula 

radiata,  Adams. 
— C.  Raymondi,  Bgt.  (err.)     II.   Conch,   iv.     1853.     Is  Ancylus  R  a  y- 

mondi,  Bgt. 

137.  C.  Recluzi,  Prime. 

Cyrena  cordiformis,  Recluz.     II.  Conch,  iv.  251,  pi.  vii.  f.  9.     1853. 
Hab.  ? 

— C.  recurvata,  Val.     Mag.  Zool.  pi.  117,  f.  2.     1838.     Is  Velorita  C  y- 
prinoides,  Gray. 

138.  C.  regulata,  Gassies.     II.  Conch,  vii.  372.     1858. 
Hab.     N.  California. 

139.  C.  Rigaultii,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  494,  pl.  36,  f.  12,  13.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  rivalis,  v.  d.  Busch.     Phil.  Abb.  3,  110,  pl.  3,  f.  5.     1849.     Is  Cor- 
bicula rival  is,  Adams. 

140.  C.  rob  or  at  a,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  499,  pl.  38,  f.  15,  16.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  Roemerii,  Dkr.     Wald.  41.     1834.     Is  Cyrena  t  r  ig  o  n  a  ,  Roemer. 

Lll.   C.  rotunda,   Dkr.     Willd.  145.     1834. 

Cyrena  Murchisoni,  Dkr.     Weald.  30,  pl.  x.  f.  25.     1846. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 
— C.  rotundata,  Lea.     Trans.    Amer.   Phil.    Soc.  v.    pl.   17,  f.    51,107. 

1832.     Is  Batissa  rotu  n  da  t  a,  Adams. 
— C.  Rouyana,  Bgt.      Sph.  Fr.   5P.     1854.      Is  Corbicula  Rouyana, 
Prime. 

142.  C.  Saincenyensis,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  496.  pl.  38,  f.  7,  8.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil  ) 

43.  C.  salm  aci  da,  Morelet.     Test.  Cub.  pt.  2d,  26.     1851. 
Hab.     Central  America. 
— C.  semistriata,  Desh.     Encycl.   2,52.     1830.     Is  Corbicula  semi- 

striata,  Desh. 
— C.  si  mi  lis,  Gray.     Griff.  Cuv.  pl.  20,  f.  2.     1834.     Is  Corbicula  W  o  o  il- 
ia n  a,  Adams. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 

144.  C.  si  mills,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  16.     1854. 
Hab.     Manilla. 

145.  C.  singularis,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  508,  pi.  35,  f.  13— 15.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

146.  C.  sinuosa,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  18.     1854. 

Cyrena  Zeilanica,  Mouss.     Java,  89,  pi.  xii.     1849. 
Hab.     Java. 

147.  C.  Siren  a,  Pr. 

Mactra  Sirena,  Brongt.     Mem.  Vicent.  81,  pi.  v.  f.  10.     1823. 

Cyrena  Brongniartii,  Bast.  Mem.  S.  N.  Par.  2,  84.     1825. 

C.  Sowerbyi,  Bast.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  2,  84,  pi.  vi.  f.  6.     1825. 

Cyclas  Sirena,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  320.     1850. 

C.  Brongniartii,  d'Orb.     Loc.  sub.  cit.  3,  109.     1852. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— C.  spissa,  Desh.     Coq.   Foss.   Par.   1,  p.  9,   pi.  IS,  f.  14,  15.     1824.     Is 
Corbicula  crass  a,  Desh. 

148.  C.  soli  da,  Dkr.     Wald.  145.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

— 0.  soli  da,  Phil.     Abb.  2,  78,  pi.  1,  f.  9.     1846.     Is  Cyrena  r  a  d  i  a  t  a 
Hanley. 

149.  C.  sordida,  Hanley.     Proc.  Zool.  xii.     1844.     Wood's   Suppl.  pi.  xiv. 

f.  51. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

150.  0.   striata,  Galleoti.     Index  Paleont.  1,  391.     1848 — 9. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

151.  C.  stria  tula,  Minister.     Glf.  Petr.  Germ.  2,   225,  pi.  149,  f.  3.     18 

—40. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

152.  G.  subangulata,  Les.     Grat.  Moll.  Fr.  52.     1855. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil. ) 

— C.  subarata,  Br.     Leth.  Geog.  2,   958,  pi.  38,  f.  2.  1835-8.     Is  Corbi- 
cula semistriata,  Desh. 

153.  C.  sub  cor  data,  Dkr.     Will  d.  154.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

154.  C.  s  u  b  1  ae  v  i  s  ,   Rosmer.     Oolit.  1,  116,  pi.  xi.  f.  5.     1835. 

Cyclas  subleevis,  Glf.     Petr.  2,  232,  pi.  147,  f.  7.     1834—40. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

155.  C.  sublobata,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  18.     1854. 
Hab.? 

156.  C.  sub  orb  icularis  ,  v.  d.  Busca.      Phil.  Abb.  3,  77,  pi.  2,  f.  1.    1849. 
Hab.     Manilla. 

— C.  suborbicularis,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.   497,   pi.  38,  f.  11,  12.     1857. 
Is  Corbicula  orbicularis,  Pr. 

157.  C.  subquadrata,  Morris.     Brit.  Foss.  200.     1854. 

Cyclas  subquadrata,  Sowb.     Geol.  Trans.  2d  ser.  iv\  177,  345,  pi.  xxi.  f.  8. 
1836. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 
— C.  subquadrata,  Desh.      Proc.   Zool.   xxii.    21.      1854.     Is    Cyr*ca 

Californiensis,  Pr. 
— C.  subradiata,  Kurr.     Is  Corbicula  subradiata,  Pr. 

158.  C.  sulcata,  Hoenighaus.     Ihrb.  456.     1850. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

I860.]  19 


286  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

159.  C.  Sumatraensis,  Sowb.  Gen.  of  Shells,  1.   Phil.  Abb.  3,  109,  pi.  3, 

f.  4.     1849. 
Hab.     Sumatra. 

— C.  tellinella,  Fer.     Hist.  Moll.  f.  1.     Is  Corbicula  tel  1  i  n  ell  a  ,  Pr. 
— C.  t  ell  i  n  o  i  de  a,   Bouillet.      Cat.    Cut.    156.      1836.      Is    Corbicula 

tellinoidea,  Pr. 

160.  C.  t  elli  n  oi  d  e  s,  Defr.     Cuv.  Foss.  2,  263.     1821—3. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

— C.  tenebrosa,  Hinds.     Ann.  n.  h.  n.   ser.  x.  21.      1842.     Is  Batissa 
tenebrosa,  Adams. 

161.  C.  tenuis,  Dkr.     Wald.  158.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

162.  C.  tetragona,  Desh.     Invt.  Par.  502,  pi.  34,  f.  20—22.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

163.  C.  transversa,  Forbes.     Rec.  Scie.  2,  pi.  3,  f.  6. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

164.  C.  triangula,  v.  d.  Busch.     Phil.  Abb.  3,  78,  pi.  2.  f.  3.     1849. 

Cyrena  triangularis,  Metcalf.     Proc.  Zool.  19,  74.     1851. 
Hab.     Borneo. 
— C.  triangularis,  Metcalf.     Proc.   Zool.   xix.    74.     1851.     Is  Cyrena 

triangula,  v.  d.  Busch. 
— C.  trig  on  a,  Desh.     Coq.  Foss.  Par.  1,  118.  pi.  19,  f.  16,  17.     1824.    Is 

Corbicula  triangula,  Pr. 

165.  C.  trigona,   Roemer.     Oolit.  1,  116,  pi.  ix.  f,  7-     1835. 

Cyclas  trigona,  Glf,  Petr.  2,  233,  pi.  147,  f.  11.     1836—40. 
Cyrena  Roemeri,  Dkr.     Wald.  41.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 
— C.  tr  ig  on  ell  a  ,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  552.     1818.     Is  Corbicula  t  r  i  g  o  n  - 

e  1  1  a  ,  Pr. 
— C.  trigonula,  Wood.     Ann.   Mag.   n.   h.   vii.    275,  f.  45.     1841.     Is 

Corbicula  Duchastelli,  Syst. 
— C.  truncata,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  553.     1818.     Is  Corbicula  t  r  u  n  c  a  t  a, 
Pr. 

166.  C,  t  u  m  i  d  a,  Pr. 

Cyrena  angulata,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  22.  1854. 
Hab.? 

167.  C.  turgida,  Lea.     Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  v.  109,  pi.  18,  f.  53.     1832. 
Hab.? 

168.  C.  umbonata,  Auton.  Conch.  13.     1839. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 

169.  C.  unionides,  Dkr.     Wald.  150.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

170.  C,  unioniformis,  Desh.      Invt.  Par.  503,  pi.  38,  f.  5,  6.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

171.  C.  Vanikorensis,  Quoy.  Voy,  Astrol.  3,  515,  pi.  82,  f.  4,  5.     1834. 
Hab.     Vanikoro. 

— C.  Vapincana,  Bgt.     Sph.   Fr.  51.     1854.      Is  Corbicula  Vapin- 

c  a  n  a  ,  Prime. 
— C.  variegata,  d'Orb.     Mag.  Zool.  44.     1835.     Is  Corbicula    Tari- 

e  g  a  t  a  ,  Adams. 
— C.  vene  ri  for  mis,  Desh.      Invt.  Par.  499,  pi.  38,  f.  1,  1.     1857.     Is 

Corbicula  veneriformis,  Desh. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  287 

172.  C.  ventricosa,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool,  xxii.  16.     1854. 
Hab.     Philippines. 

173.  C.  vejiulina,  Dkr.     Wald.  155.     1834. 

Hab,     Germany,  (fossil.)  , 

— C.  violacea,    Lam.     Lam,   v.  553.      1818.      Is  Batissa  violacea, 

Adams. 
— C.  Woodiana,  Lea.     Trans.  Amer.    Phil.    Soc,    v.   110,  pi.  18,  f.  55. 
1832,     Is  Corbicula  Wo  o  d  i  an  a  ,  Adams. 

174.  C.  W  r  i  g  h  t  i  i  ,  Forbes.     Rec.  Sci.  2,  pi.  iv.  f.  4. 

Cyrena  pulchr  a,  Wright.  Ann.  n.  h. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

175.  C.  Zeylanica,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  1818.     Delessert,  pi.  vii.     1841. 

Venus  Ceylonica,  Chemn.  vi.  333,  pi.  32,  f.  336.     1769. 
V.  coaxans,  Gml.  3278,  f.  336.     1788. 
Cyclas  Zeylanica,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  420.     1806. 
Hab.     Ceylon. 

176.  C.  Z  immermannii,  Dkr.     Wald.  151.     1834. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

Sph^ricm,  Scopoli. 

1.  Sph.  a  c  um  i  n  atu  m,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  acuminata,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  155.     1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  283. 

1852.     Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  466.  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7.     1853. 
Cycl.  albula,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  155.  1851.    Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  466.  1852. 

Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7.     1853. 
Cycl.  inornata,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  159.     1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  284. 

1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.     1853. 
Cycl.  simplex,  Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  159.   1851.  Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  284.  1852. 
Sph.  albulum,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Sph.  inornalum,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Sph.  simplex,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 
— Cycl.  a  c  u  t  a,  Pf.     Moll.  Germ.  230.  1821.    Is  Pisid.  H  e  n  s  1  o  wian  u  m, 

Jen. 
— Cycl.  (Physemoda)  a  q  u  a  1  i  s,  Rafin.  Bory  St.  Vt.  An.  gen.  sci.  phy.  v.  319. 

1820.     Is  Pisid.  Virgin  ic  u  m,  Bgt. 
— Cycl.  sd  q  u  at  a,  Sheph.     Mss.     1840.     Is  Sph.  r  i  v  i  c  ola,  Lam. 
— Cycl.  al  a  ta,  Leach.  Moll.  Gt.  Brit.  291.   1852.  Is  Sph.  co  r  ne  u  m,  Scop. 
— Sph.  al  bulum,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.     1858.     IsSph.  acumina- 
tum, Pr. 
— Cycl.  alpina,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  a  1  p  i  n  a,  Bgt. 
— Cycl.  altilis,  Aath.     C.  B.  Adams,  Cat.  29.   1847.  Is  Pisid.  c  o  m  p  r  es- 
s  u  m,  Pr. 


*! 


2.  Sph.  altum,  Dumt.  &  Mort. 

Cyclas  alia,  D.  k  M.     Moll.  Sav.     1852. 
Hab.     Italy,  (fossil.) 
—Cycl.  an  mica,  Turt.     Conch.  250,  pi.  2,  f.  15.     1822.     Is  Pisidium  an- 

m  i  c  u  m,  Jen. 
—Cycl.  angulata,  Sowb.     Geol.  Trans.  2d  ser.  iv.  176,  346,  pi.  xxi.  f.  12. 

1836.     Is  Cyrena  Man  tell  i,  Dkr. 
— Cycl.  an  gu  st  id  e  n  s,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  a  n  g  u  s- 

t  i  d  ens,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  a  ntiqua,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  a  n  t  i  q  u  a,  Fer. 
— Cycl.  a  p  pen  dicu  lata,  Turt.     Man.  15,  pi.  1,  f.  6.     1831.     Is  Pisidium 

Heaslowianum,  Jen. 

I860.] 


*      NTRM,  PARK, 


288  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

3.  Sph.  Aquae  Sextiae,  Sowb.     Bgt.  Sph.  45.     1854. 

Cycl.  aquce-Sextice,  Sowb.     Edin.  New  Phil.  II.  vii,  296.     1829. 
Cycl.  Gargasensis,  Math.     Cut.  Meth.  147,  pi.  xiv.  f.  6.     1842. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 
.    —Cycl.  Aquensis,  Math.  Cat.    Meth.  148,  pi.  xiv.  f.  8-9.     1842.     Is  Sph. 
g  ib  b  o  s  um,  Sowb. 

4.  Sph.  arge  n  tinum,  d'Orb.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  argentina,  d'Orb.     Mag.  Zool.      1835.     d'Orb.  Voy.   Amer.  568, 
pi.  83,  f.  5,  7.     1844. 
Hab.     S.  Amer. 

5.  Sph.  aureum,Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  aurea,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.    159,     1851.     Loc.   sup.  cit.  iv.   288. 
1852.     Jay.  Cat.  iv.  ed.  465.     1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7.     1853. 
Hab.     N,  Amer, 

Cycl.  Austral  is,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  560.     1818.     Is  Corbicula  Au  s  t  r  a  - 
lis,  Desh. 

6.  Sph.  Bahiense,  Spix. 

Cycl.  Bahiensis,  Spix.      Test.  Braz.  32,  pi.  xxv.  f.   5,  6.     1827.     Mori- 

cand  mem.  coq.  terr.  fluv.  Br.  31,  Bgt,  Amen.  1,  p.  7,  53.     1853. 
C.  maculata,   Anton.     Wiegm.  Archiv.  284.      1837.      Anton.   Verz.   14. 

1839. 
Musculium  Bahiense,  Spix.     Ads.  rec,  gen.  ii.  451.     1858. 
M.  maculatum,  Anton.      Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  451.     1858. 
Pisum  Bahiense,  Spix.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560.     1858. 
P.  maculatum,  Anton,     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii,  560,     1858. 
Hab.     S,  Amer. 

7.  Sph.  Boissyii,  Desh.     Inv.  Paris,  521,  pi.  34,  f.  37,  39.     1857. 
Hab,     France,  (fossil.) 

— Cycl.  b  o  reali  s,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  421.     1806,     13  a  Venus. 

8,  Sph.  Bristovi,  Forbes. 

Cycl.  Bristovi,  Forbes,  Rec.  Scie.  2,  pi.  2,  f.  3.  Morris,  Cat.  Brit.  Fos.  198. 
1854. 
Hab.     England,  (fossil.) 

9.  Sph.  Brochonianum,  Bgt.     Sph.  20,  pi.  3,  f.  1,  5.    1854. 

Cycl.  Corsa,  Charp.     Mss. 
Hab.     France. 

10.  Sph.  Brongniarti,  Koch  et  Dkr. 

Cycl.  Brongniarti,  K.  et  D.     Oolit.  59,  pi.  vii.  f.  4,  a,  b.  1837. 
Hab.     Europe,  (fossil.) 
— Cycl.  Br  ongn  iarti,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,109.  1852.  Is  Cyrena  Siren  a, 

Pr. 
—Cycl,  Brongniartina,  Math.    Cat.  Meth.  145,  pi.  xiv.  f.  2.  1842.     Is 

Pisid.  cuneatum,  Petit. 

11.  Sph.  Buchi,  Dkr. 

Cycl.  Buchi,  Dkr.     Wiild.  167.   1834. 
Hab.     Germ,   (fossil.) 

12.  Sph.  bulbosum,  Anth.     Ads.  rec.  gen.   ii.  450.   1858. 

Cycl.  bulbosa,  Anth.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  283.  1852. 

Hab.     N.  Amer. 

— Sph.  cceruleum,  Pr.  Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.,  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  p  ar  tu- 
rn e  i  u  m  ,  Say. 

—Cycl.  calyculata,  Drap.  Hist.  Moll.  130,  pi.  x.  f.  13,  14.  1805.  Is 
Sph.  1  acu  str  e  ,  Fer. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  289 

13.  Sph.  capense,  Krauss.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  capensis,  Kr.     Moll.  S.  Afr.  7,  pi.  1,  f.  6.   1848. 
Hab.     Africa. 

14.  Sph.   cardissum,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.   1858. 

Cycl.  cardissa,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.   iv.  160.     1851.     Loc.   sup.  cit.   iv.  277. 
'1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7.     1853.     Lewis,  Bost.  Proc  .v.  122.     1855. 
Hab.  N.  Amer. 
—Cycl.  carinata,  Goldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  232,  pi.   147,  f.  9,  a,  c.     1831- 

40.     Is  Cyrena  Mantelli,  Dkr. 
—Cycl.  Caroliniana,  Bosc.     Hist.   Coq.   3,  37,  pi.   18,  f.  4.     1802.     Is 

Cyrena  Caroliniensis,  Lam. 
— Cycl.  Caroliniensis,  Bosc.     Fer.   Cat.   Meth.    84.      1807.     Is  Cyrena 

Caroliniensis,  Lam. 
— Sph.  castaneum,  Pr.    Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  f  a  b  a  1  i  s  , 

Pr. 

15.  Sph.  castrense,  Noulet.     Coq.  fos.  etc.,  16.     1857. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

—Cycl.  C  h  i  1  e  n  s  i  s  ,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.  Sept.  568,  pi.  83,  f.  11,  13.  1844. 

Is  Corbicula  C  h  i  1  e  n  s  i  s  ,  Pr. 
— Cycl.    Chinensis,  Lam.     Amer.    Mus.    vii.    421.     1S06.     Is    Corbicula 

fluminea,  Adams. 
— Cycl.    cinerea,  Hani.     Rec.  spec.  1,91.     1843.     Is   Pisid.    caserta- 

n  u  m  ,  Bgt. 
—Cycl.  citrina,  Brown.    Conch.  Gt.  Brit.  132,  pi.  39,  f.  37.  1849.  Is  Sph. 

c  o  r  neum  ,  Scop. 
— Sph.  citrinum,  Normd.     Cycl.  Dept.  Nord.  1.     1854.     Is  Sph.  Scal- 

d  ianu  m  ,  Norm. 

16.  Sph.  clandestinum,  da  Costa  ? 

Cycl.  clandestinely  da  Costa.     Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32.     1850.  (Undescribed.) 
Hab.  S.  Amer. 

17.  Sph.  c  o  n  c  entri  cum  ,  Bronn. 

Cycl.  concentrica,  Br.     Ital.  tert.  gebild.  96.    1831. 
Hab.     Italy,  (fossil.) 

18.  Sph.  concinnum,  Sowb.     Bgt.  Sph.  43.     1854. 

Cycl.  concinna,  Sowb.     Edin.  N.  Phil.  II.  vii.  297.     1829. 
C.   Galloprovincialis,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  146,  pi.  xiv.  f.  34.     1842. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 
— Sph.  consobrinum,    Fer.     Ads.    Rec.   Gen.    ii.    450.     1858.     Is  Sph. 

ovale,  Fer. 
— Cycl.  consobrina,  Cail.     Reeve,  Conch.  Nomencl.  29,  1845.     Is  Cor- 
bicula orientalis,  Adams. 
— Sph.  const rictum,  Anth.     Ads.  Rec.   Gen.   ii.    450.     1858.     Is  Sph. 
transversum,  Say. 

19.  Sph.  Coquandianum,  Math.     Bgt.  Sph.  46.     1854. 

Cycl.  Coquandiana,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  147,  pi.  xiv.  f.  7.     1S42. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

20.  Sph.  cor  neum,  Scop.     Intr.  ad  Hist.  Nat.  397.     1777. 

Clama  cinerea,  d'Arg.     Conch.  2d  pt.  368,  374,  pi.  31.     1742. 

Tellina  cornea,  Linn.     Syst.  Nat.  (10th  ed.)  1,  678.     1758. 

T.  rivalis,  Mull.     Hist.  Verm.  2,  202.     1774. 

Cycl.  cornea,  (pars.)     Drap.  tabl.  Moll.  105,  No.  1,  var.  b.     1801. 

Cardiam  comeum,  Mont.     Test.  Brit.  86.     1803. 

C.   amnicum,  Pult.     Cat.  31.     1803. 

Cycl.  vivalis,  Drap.     Hist.  Moll.  129,  pi.  x.  f.  45.     1805. 

I860.] 


290  PROCEEDINGS  OE  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Tellina  communis,  Megerle.     Berl.  Mag.     1811. 

Cycl.  nucleus,  Stud.     Mem.  Soc.   Helv.  Sci.  Nat.   1,  p.  25,  pi.  2,  f.  23. 
1837. 

C.  lutea,  Ziegler.     Anton.  Verg.  14.     1839. 

C.  stagnicola,  Leach.     Mss.  Brit.  Mus.     1840. 

C.  Lcachii,  Ziegler.     Villa.  Cat.  44.     1841. 

C.  tumida,  Ziegler.     Loc.  Sup.  Cit.  44.     1841. 

C.  globosa,  Megerle.     Loc.  Sup.  Cit.  44.      1841. 

C.  plumbeus,  ?.     Loc.  Sup.  Cit.  44.     1841. 

C.  flavescens,  McGillvi.     Moll.  Scot.  208,  246.     1844. 

Pisidium  cornea,  Verany.     Cat.  Jur.  13.     1846. 

Cycladites  corneus,  Kriig.     Urwelt.  2,  469.    Bronn.  Paleont.  1,  372.    1848. 

Cycl.  citrina,  Brown.     Conch.  Grt.  Brit.  132.  pi.  39,' f.  37.     1849. 

C.  isocardioides,  Norm.     Dup.  Moll.  668.     1852. 

C.  alala,  Leach.     Moll.  Gt.  Brit.  291.     1852. 

C.fossarum,  Kryn.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.     1853. 
Hab.     Europe. 

— Cycl.  Corsa,  Charp.     Mss.     Is  Spb.  Brochonianum,  Bgt. 
— Cycl.  crassa,    d'Orb.      Prod.   2,   422.      1850.      Is   Cjrena    crassa 
Desh. 

21.  Sph.    Creplini  ,  Dukr.     Norm.  Cycl.  3.    1854. 

Cycl.   Creplini,  Dukr.     Zeit.  Malak.  20.     1845.     Muscul,  (do.)  Dkr.  Ads. 

Rec.  Gen.  ii.  451.     1858.     Pisum,  (do.)  Dkr.     Loc.   Sup.    Cit.  ii.  560. 

1858. 
Hab.     Europe. 

— Cycl.  c  r  o  c  e  a  ,  Lewis,  Bost.  Proc.  v.  25.     1854.     Is  Sph.  s  e  c  u  r  i  s  ,  Pr. 
— Cycl.  cuneata,  Sowb.     Edin.  n.   Phil.  II.  vii.   297.     1829.     Is    Pisid. 

cuneatum,  Petit. 
— Cycl.  cuneiformis,  Sowb.    Min.  Conch.  2,  140,  pi.  162,  f.  2,  3.    1818, 

Is  Cyrena  cuneiformis,  Fer. 
— Cycl.  cy  c  lad  if  or  mi  s,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  cy- 

cladiformis,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  cyraenopsis,  Val.     Encycl.  pi.  301,  f.  3.     Is  ?. 

22.  Sph.  Ddingoli,  Bivona.     Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  vii.  97.     1859. 

Cycl.  Diingoli,  Bivon.     Coq.  Palerm.  3.     1839. 
Pisid.  Ddingoli,  Bivon.     Villa.  Cat.  44.     1841. 
Hab.     Sicily. 
— Cycl.  Denainvilliersi,    Boissy.     Bull.   Soc.   Geol.  Fr.   2d   ser.   iv. 

178.     1846.     Is  Pisid.  Denainvilliersi,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  densata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,109.     1852.     Is  Cyrena  den  sat  a  , 
Conrad. 

23.  Sph.  d  e  n  t  a  t  u  m  ,  Hald.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  denlata,  Hald.     Ac.  N.   S.  Phil.   Proc.   1,   100.     1841.     Pr.  Bost 

Proc.  iv.  250.      1852. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 
— Cycl.  deperdita,  Lam.     An.   Mus.  vii.  421.     1806.  Is  Corbicula  de- 

p  er  d  i  t  a  ,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  depressa,  Nyst.     Coq.  fos.  Anv.   36,  pi.  v.  f.  5,  6.     Is  Erycina 

depressa,  Nyst. 
— Sph.  D  e  shay  esianum,  Bgt.     Amen.  i.  p.  6.  1853.  Is  Sph.  ovale, 

Fer. 
— Sph.    detruncatum,    Pr.     Ads.   rec.    gen.    ii.   450.    1858.    Is   Sph. 

transversum,  Say. 
— Cycl.  diaphana,  Pr.     Bost.  II.  vi.  367.  1852.  Is  Sph.  macul  a  turn  , 

Morlt. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  291 

— Sph.  distortum,  Pr.  Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  solidu- 
1  u  m ,  Pr. 

— Sph.  dubium,  Say.  Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Pisid.  V  i  r  g  ini- 
c  u  m ,  Bgt. 

— Cycl.  dubiosa,  Say.  Reeve's  Conch.  Nomen.  29.  1845.  Is  Pisid.  Vir- 
gin icum,  Bgt. 

—Cycl.  duplicata,  Pf.  Moll.  Germ.  230.  1821.  Is  Pisid.  duplica- 
t  u  m  ,  Pf. 

—Cycl.  D  u  p  o  n  t  i  a ,  Fer.     Cat.  20.  1837.  Is  Cyrenella  D  u  p  o  n  t  i  a  ,  Joan. 

24.  Sph.  eburneum,  Anth.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  ebumea,  Anth.     in  Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  279.  1852. 
Hab.     N.  Anier. 

—Cycl.  edentula,  Say.  New  Harm.  Dissem.  2,  356.  1829.  Is  Sph. 
striatinum,  Lam. 

25.  Sph.  egregium,  Gould,  (non  Say.)     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  egregia,  Gl.     Bost.  Proc.  3,  292.  1850. 
Hab.     Oceanica. 

—Sph.  elegans,  C.  B.,  Ads.  Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1868.  Is  Sph. 
rhonoboideum,  Say. 

26.  Sph.  elevatum,  Hald.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  elevata,  Hald.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  i.  53.  1841.     DeKay,   224. 

1842.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  280.  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8.  1853. 
Cycl.  pallida,  Charp.     Mss.  1851. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

—Cycl.  elongata,  Sowb.  Gosl.  trans,  n.  ser.  iv.  345,  pi.  21,  f.  9.  1836. 
Is  Cyrena  elongata,  Dkr. 

27.  Sph.  emarginatum,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  emarginata,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  156.  1851.  loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  283. 

1852.     Jay.  Cat.  iv.  ed.  466.  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8.  1853. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

—Cycl.  erebea,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  223.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  e  re  be  a  ,  Pr. 
— Cycl.  Euphratica,    Lamk.     An.   Mus.  vii.   420.     1806.     Encycl.  pi. 

302,  f.  2,  pi.  302,  f.  2.     Is  Corbicula  fluminalis,  Adams. 

28.  Sph.  faba,  Miinster. 

Cycl.  faba,  Miinst.     Goldf.  Petr.  2,  232,  pi.  147,  f.  8,  a,  c.  1834-40. 
Hab.     Germ,  (fossil.) 

29.  Sph.  f  abalis,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  fabalis,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  159.  1851.     Jay.  Cat.  iv.  ed.  465. 

1852.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  273.  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8.  1853. 
Cycl.  castanea,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  160.    1851.    loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  273. 

1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8.  1853. 
Cysl.  salculosa,  Charp.     MSS.     1851. 
Sph.  casianeum,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 
—Cycl.  fasciata,  Gldf.     Petr.  2,  232,   pi.  147,  f.  10,  a,  b.  1834-40.  Is 

Cyrena  fasciata,  Roemer. 
—Cycl.  Faujasii,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  109.  1852.  Is  Cyrena  Fauiasii, 
Desh. 

30.  Sph.  ferrugineum,  Kr. 

Cycl.  ferruginea,  Kr.     Moll.  S.  Afr.  7,  pi.  i.  f.  7.  1848. 

Pisid parasiticum,  Parr.     MSS. 

Musculium  parasiticum,  Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  452.  1858. 

"         ferrugineum,  Kr.     loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  451.  1S58. 
Pisum  parasiticum,  Parr.     loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  500.  1858. 

I860.] 


292  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

Masculium  ferrugineum,  Kr.     loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560.  1858. 
Hab.     Africa. 
— Cycl.  Ferrusaci,  d'Orb.    Prod.  3,  19.  1852.    Is  Cyrena  F  errusaci , 

Math. 
—Cycl.  flavescens,  McGil.     Moll.  Scot.  208,  246.  1844.     Is  Sph.  c o r - 

n  e  u  m  ,  Scop. 

31.  Sph.  f  1  a  v  u  m  ,  Pr.     Ads.  rec.  gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  flava,   Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  155.    1851.     Jay,   Cat.   iv.   ed.  465. 

1852.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  284.  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8.  1853. 
Hal).     N.  Amer. 
— Cycl.  fluminea,    Bosc.     H.  n.  coq.    3,   38.     1802.  Is  Corhicula  flu  - 

mine  a,  Adams. 
—Cycl.  fluviatilis,  Bosc.     H.  n.  coq.  3,   38.  1802.  Is  Corhicula  flu- 

minalis,  Adams. 
—Cycl.  Fontaineii,  d'Orb.     Voy.  Amer.   569,  pi.   83,  f.  14,  15.  1844. 

Is  Cyrena  Fontaineii,  Phil. 
—Cycl.  fontinalis,  Drap.     Hist.  Moll.  130,  pi.   x.  f.  11,12.    1805.    Ls 

Pisid.  pusillum,  Jen. 

32.  Sph.  f  o  r  m  o  s  u  m,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cycl.  formosa,  M.  &.  H.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  viii,  115.  1856. 
Hah.     N.  Amer.  (fossil.) 
— Cycl.  fossarum,  Kryn.     Mss.  (Bgt.  Sph.  25.  1854.)  Is  Sph.  corne- 

um,  Scop. 
— Cycl.  fossulata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  60.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  fossulata, 

Cornnel. 

33.  Sph.  fragile,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cycl.  fragilis,  M.  &  H.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  viii.  115.  1856. 
Hab.     N.  Amer.  (fossil. ) 

34.  Sph.  fuscatum,  Rafin.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  fuscata,   Rafin.      Mss.   Pr.   Bost.   Proc.   iv.   281.    1852.      Lewis, 
'Bost.  Proc.  v.  122.  1855. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

— Cycl.  Galloprovincialis,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.   146,   pi.  xiv.  f.  34. 
1842.  Is  Sph.  concinnum,  Sowb. 

35.  Sph.  G  ar  dan  ense,  Math.     Bgt.  Sph.  44.  1854. 

Cycl.  Gardanensis,  Math.     Math.  Cat.  Meth.  145,  pi.  xiv.  f.  i.  1842. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 
—Cycl.  Gar  gas  en  sis,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.   147.  pi.   xiv.  f.   6.  1842.  Is 

Aquae  S  e  x  t  i  a  e,  Sowb. 
—Cycl.  G  e  s  1  i  n  i,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  109.  1852.  Is  Cyrena  G  e  s  1  i  n  i,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  gib  ha,  Aid.     Trans.   Nat.   Hist.   Soc.   Northumb.  1,  pt.  1,  p.  41, 

1830.  Is  Psid.  o  b  t  u  s  a  1  e,  Pf. 

36.  Sph.  gib  bos  urn,  Sowb.     Bgt.  Sph.  45.  1854. 

Cycl.  gibbosa,  Sowb.     Edin.  N.  Phil.  II.  vii.  297.  1829. 
Cycl.  Aquensis,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  148,  pi.  xiv.  f.  8,  9.    1842. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— Sph.  giganteum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  458.  1858.  Is  Sph.  sulca- 
tum, Lam. 
—Cycl.  globosa,    Megerle.     Ville,  Cat.  44,    1841.    Is  Sph.  corneum, 

Scop. 
—Cycl.  globosa,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19,  1852.  Is  Cyreua  globosa,  Math. 
—Cycl.  globus,  Dubois.     Fos.     Wohln.  59,    pi.  vi.   f.   18,   19,  1831.  Is 
Erycina  globus,  d'Orb. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  293 

37.  Sph.  gracile,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  gracilis,  Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  156.  1851.  loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  274.  1852. 

Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.  1853. 
Hab.  N.  America. 

—Cycl.  Gravesi,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  G r  a  v  e s  i ,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  hammalis,  Rafin.     Bory.  It.  Vt.  Amen.  gen.  scie.  pny.  v.  319. 

1820.  Is  Corbicula  hammalis  ,  Fer. 
—Cycl.  hermaphrodita,  Mart.     Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1,  402,  pi.  1,  f.  1,  2. 

Is  Galatbea  r  a  d  i  a  t  a . 
— Sph.  Herminii,  Witld.     In  Collect.  Cuming.  1859.  Is  Pisid.  c  as  e  s  t  a- 

n  u  m  ,  Bgt. 

38.  Sph.  inconspicuum,  Pr.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.  1860. 
Hab.     Asia  Minor. 

39.  Sph.  Indicum,  Desh.     Proc.  Zool.  xxii.  342.  1854. 
Hab.     E.  Indies. 

— Sph.  inornatum,  Pr.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  acumi- 
natum, Pr. 

— Cycl.  intermedia,  d'Orb.  Prod.  2,  304.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  interme- 
dia,  Desh. 

— Cycl.  Islandica,  Lam.  An.  Mus.  vii.  420.  1806.  Is Cyprina  I s la n - 
d  ica . 

—Cycl.  isocardioides,  Norm.  Drap.  Moll.  Fr.  668.  1852.  Is  Sph. 
cornenm,  Scop. 

40.  Sph.  Jayanum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.    Jat/ensis,    Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  157.  1851.  Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.   279. 
1S52.  Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  465.  1852.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.  1853. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

41.  Sph.  Jeannoti,  Norm.     Cycl.  2.  1854. 
Hab.     France. 

42.  Sph.  J  u  g  1  e  r  i ,  Dkr. 

Cycl.  Jugleri,  Dkr.     Wald.  168.  1834. 
Hab.     Germ,  (fossils.) 

—Cycl.  lac  us  tr  is,  Drap.  Hist.  Moll.  130,  pi.  x.  f.  6,  7.  1805.  Is  Sph. 
ovale,  Fer. 

43.  Sph.  lacustre,  Fer.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  6.  1853. 

Tellina  lacustris,  Muller.     Verm.  2,  204.  1774. 

Cardium  lacustre,  Mont.     Test.  Brit.  89.  1803. 

Cycl.  calyculata,  Drap.     Hist.  Moll.  130,  pi.  x.  f.  14, 15.  1805. 

Musculium  lacustre,  Link.     Beschr.  Coll.  Univ.  Rostock,  152.  1807. 

Cycl.  lacustris,  Fer.     Meth.  Conch.  128.  1807. 

Tellina  tuberculata,  Alten.     Syst.  Abh.  4,  pi.  1,  f.  1.  1812. 

T.  tenera,  Schrot.     An.  Wett.  x.  316.  1814. 

Cycl.  tuberculata,  Klees.     Dissert,  Tub.  45.  1818. 

Tellina  stagnicola,  Sheph.     Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xiv.  150.  1823. 

Cycl.  Perezeii,  Villa.     Mss.  1858. 
Hab.     Europe. 
— Cycl.  laevigata,  Schum.     170,  pi.  xii.  f.  1.  1817.  Is  Corbicula  fl  u  m  i - 

na  li  s,  Adams. 
—Cycl.  laevigata,  Desh.     Diet,  class.  Hist.  Nat.  v.  220.  1824.  Is  Pisid. 

laevigatum,  Bgt. 
—Cycl.  lasmampsis,   Rafin.     Bory,  St.  Vt.  An.  gen.  scie.  phy.  v.  319, 

pi.  82,  f.  19,  21.  1820.  Is  Sph.  sulcatum,  Lam. 
—Cycl.  Leachii,  Ziegl.     Villa.  Cat.  44.  1841.  Is  Sph.  corneum,  Scop. 
— Cycl.  lent icular is,  Norm.     Cycl.  8.  1844.  Is  Pisid.  c  a ser tan um, 
Bgt. 


I860.] 


294  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

— Cycl.  le  ntic  ula  r  is,  Boissy.  Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2nd  ser.  iv.  173. 
1846.  Is.  Sph.  Verneuili,  Boissy. 

— Cycl.  limosa,  d'Orb.  Voy.  Amer.  (err.)  pi.  82,  f.  14,  16.  1844.  Is 
Corbicula  variegata,  Adams. 

— Cycl.  littoralis,  Fer.  Fer.  in  collect.  Michaud.  Is  Sph.  macula- 
turn,  Morelet. 

— Cycl.  lute  a,  Ziegl.     Anton.  Verz.  14.  1839.  Is  Sph.  corneum,  Scop. 

— Cycl.  mac  u  lata,  Anton.  Wiegm.  Archiv.  284.  1837.  Is  Sph. 
Bahiense,  Spix. 

44.  Sph.  maculatum,  Morelet.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  maculata,  Mt.     Test.  nov.  etc.  pt.  2,  25.  1851.  Bet.  Amen.  1,  p. 
8.  1853. 

Cycl.  striatella,  Fer.     Cat.  20.  1837.  Collect.  Mus.  Paris. 

Cycl.  littoralis,  Fer.     Fer.  in  Collect.  Michaud. — Beau.  Cat.  Moll.  Guade- 
loupe, 24.  1858. 

Pisid  diaphanum,  Hald.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  Proc.  1,  53.  1841. 

Cycl.  diaphana,  Pr.  Bost.  II.  vi.  267.  1852. 

Pisid.  Moquinianum,  Bgt.     Amen.  1,  p.  61,  pi.  3,  f.  13,  17.  1855. 

Cycl.  Moquiniana,  Gas.  Pisid.  q.  1855. 

Cycl.  Venezuelensis,  Pr.     Pr.  in  Collect.  Mus.  Leiden.  1857. 
—Cycl.  major,  Sowb.     Geol.  Trans,   n.  ser.     iv.   176,   346.   pi.  21.  f.  13. 

1836.  Is.  Cyrena  major,  Morris. 
—Cycl,  m  a  j  u  s  c  u  1  a,  Gldf.     Pr.  Gerea.  2,  232.  pi.  147,  f.  6,  a,  c.  1S34-40. 
Is  Cyrena  majuscula,  Rcemer. 

45.  Sph.  Mansianum,  Noulet.     Coq.  fos.  16.  1857. 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

—Cycl.  mar  it  im  a,  d'Orb.  Cuba,  2,  p.  350,  pi.  21,  f.  47,  50.  1853.  Is 
Cyrena  Cubensis,  Prime. 

—Cycl.  Matheroni,  d'Orb.  Prod.  2,  304.  1850.  Is  Pisid  cuneatum, 
Petit. 

—Cycl.  medius,  Sowb.  Min.  Conch,  vi.  51,  pi.  527,  f.  2,  1829.  Is  Cyrena 
media,  Fitton. 

— Cycl.  membranaceus,  Sowb.  Min.  Conch,  vi.  51,  pi.  527,  f.  3. 
1829.  Is  Cyrena  membranacea,  Fitton. 

—Cycl.  minima,  Stud.     Verz.  93.  1820.  Is  Pisid.  o  b  t  u  s  a  1  e,  Pf. 

— Cycl.minor,  C.  B.  Ads.  Bost.  Proc.  1,  48.  1841.  Is  Pisid.  a  bdit  u  m, 
Hald. 

— Sph.  mirabile,  Pr.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  pa  r  tu- 
rn e  i  u  m,  Say. 

— Sph.  modes  turn,  Pr.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  stria- 
tin  u  m,  Lam. 

46.  Sph.  m  odi  oli  for  m  e,  Anton. 

Cycl.  modioliformis,  Anton.     Wiegm.  Archiv.   284.  1837.  Auton.  Verz. 

14.  1839. 
Musculium  modioliformis,  Anton.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  451.  1858. 
Pisum  modioliforme,  Anton.     Ads.  loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560.  1858. 
Hab.     S.  America. 
—Cycl.    Moquiniana,    Gas.     Pisid.   g,  1855.  Is  Sph.   maculatum, 

Morelet. 
—Cycl.  Nepeansis,  Les.     Voy.  Coq.  ii.  4,  28.  pi.  13,  f.  14,  1830.  Ads. 

Is  Corbicula  Nepeansis,  Adams. 
—Sph.  nitidum,  C.  B.  Ads.   &  Mighl.     Ads.   Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is 

Pisid.  A  d  a  m  s  i,  Pr. 
— Cycl.  n  i  t  i  d  a,   Hanley.     Rec.   spec.   etc.   1.  go.   pi.   14.   f.  46.  1843.  Is 
Pisid  nitidum,  Jen. 

[June, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  205 

47.  Sph.  n  o  b  i  1  e,  Gld. 

Cycl.  nobilis,  Gld.     Bost.  Proc.  v.  229.  1855- 
Hab.     Oceanica. 

48.  Sph.  Noraiandi.     Michaud. 

Cycl.  Normandi,  Micb.     Coq.  fos.  Hauterive,  27  pi.  v.  f.  22,  24.  1854. 
(extra.  Bull.  Linn.  Soc.  Lyons.) 
Hab.     France,   (fossil.) 

49.  Spb.  N  o  v  a-Z  e  1  a  n  d  i  a  e,  Desb.     Proc.  Zool.  22,  p.  342.  1854. 
Hab.     N.  Zealand  &  N.  Holland. 

—Cycl.  nucleus,  Stud.     Mem.  Soc.  Helv.  Sci,  Nat.  1,  p.  25,  pi.  2.  f.  23. 

1837.  Is  Sph.  corneum,  Scop. 
— Cycl.  nuclea,  Boissy.     Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2nd  ser.  iv.  175,  1846.  Is 

Pisid.  nucleum,  Bgt. 

50.  Spb.  numismale,  Matb.     Bgt.  Spb.  46.  1854. 

Cycl.  numismalis,  Matb.     Cat.  Metb.  146,  pi.  14,  f.  5.  1842. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

— Cycl.  o  b  1  i  q  u  a,  Lam.     Lam.  v.559.  1818.  Is  Pisid.  a  m  n  i  c  u  m,  Jen. 
—Cycl.  o  bo  vat  a,   Sowb.     Min.  Conch.  2,    140,   pi.   165,   f.   4,    6.  1818. 

Is  Cyrena  obovata,  Desb. 
— Cycl.  obtusalis,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  559.  1818.  Is  Pisid.  obtusale,Pf. 

51.  Sph.  occidental  e,  Pr. 

Cycl.  ovalis,  Pr.     (non  Fer.)     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  276.  1852. 

Cycl.   occidentalis,  Pr.     Lewis,   in  loc.  sup.  cit.  v.   122.  1855.  Lewis, 

loc.  sup.  cit.  vi.  2.  1856. 
Sph.  ovale,  Stimps.     Ads'.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

52.  Spb.  oepfingense,  Kl. 

Cycl.  oepfingensis,  Kl.     Wurt.  Jhrb.  2,  p.  95,  pi.  2,  f.  19.  1846. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 
— Spb.  or  bicu  lar  ium,   Barrat.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph. 

partumeium,   Say. 
—Cycl.  orbicularis,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germr.  5,   231,   pi.  147,   f.   5,   a.  b. 
1834-40.  Is  Cyrena  orbicularis,  Rcemer. 

53.  Sph.  ovale,  Fer.     Bgt.  Sph.  31,  pi.  iv.  f.  10.  1854. 

Cycl.  lacustris*  Dep.     Hist.  Moll.  130.  pi.  x.  p.  6,  7.  1805. 

Cycl.  ovalis,  Fer.     Meth.  Conch.  2d  ed.  128,  136.  1807. 

Cycl.  consobrina,  Fer.     Diet.  Scie.  Nat.  xii.  279.  1818. 

Sph.  Deshayesianum,  Bgt.     Amen.  1,  p.  6.  1853. 

Sph.  consobrinum,  Fer.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Hab.     Europe. 
—Cycl.  ovalis,  Nels.     11.  Conch.  2,  p.  408.  1851.  Is  Pisid.  obtusale, 

Pf. 
Sph.  ovale,  Pr.  (non  Stimps.)     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450,  1858.  Is  Sph.  oc- 
cidentale,  Pr. 

54.  Sph.  o  v  a  t  u  m,  Lewis. 

Cycl.  ovata,  Lewis.     Bost.  Proc.  vi.  2.  1856. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

— Cycl.  pallida,  Charp.     Mss.  1851.  Is  Sph.  elevatum,  Hald. 
— Sph.  pallidum,  Gray.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450. 1858.  Is  Sph.  corneum, 

Scop. 
— Cycl.  p  a  1  u  s  t r  i  s,  Drap.     Tabl.  Moll.  106.    1801.  Is  Pisid.  a  m  n  icum, 

Jen. 

*Non  Tellina  lacustris,  Muller,  which  is  Sph.  lacustre. 

I860.] 


296  PROCEEDINGS    OE    THE    ACADEMY    OP 

— Cycl.  Par  an  en  sis,  d'Orb.     Voy.   Anier.   Sept.   567.  pi.  83.  f.  23,  25. 
1844.  Is  Corbicula  Paranacensis,  Pr. 

55.  Sph.  Parisiense,  Pr. 

Cycs.  transversa,  Lev.     Grateloup.  Moll.  Fr.  Cont.  49  1855. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

56.  Sph.  par  turn  eium,  Say.     Bgt.  Sph.  12.  1854. 

Cycl.  partumeia,  Say.     Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  II.  2,  380.  1822.     Fer.  Mag.  Zool. 

1835.      Jay,   Cat.  3d  ed.  16.  1839.      Gould,   Eept.   73,  f.  54.    1841. 

Dekay,  223,  pi.  25,  f.  262.  1842.     C.  B.  Ads.  Vt.  18.  1842.     Mighles. 

Bost.  II.  iv.  318.  1843.     Linsl.  Amer.  II.  48,  276.  1845.     C.  B.  Ads. 

Cat.  30.  1847.     Jay.  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32.  1850.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  165. 

1851.     Stimps.  N.  E.  Moll.  16.  1851.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  278.  1852. 

Hartm.  Cat.  1853.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  g.  1853.     Lew.  Bost.  Proc.  v. 

122.  1S55.     Lew.  loc.  sup.  cit.  vi.  2.  1856. 
C.  cornea,  Lam.  (Var.  2.)     Lam.  vi.  558,   1818.   Lam.   (Desh  ed.  vi.) 

268.  1835. 
C.  orbicularia,  Barrat.     Linsl.  Amer.  II.  48,  p.  276.  1845.  Bgt.  Amen. 

1,  p.  g.  1853. 
C.  mirabilis,  Pr.     Bost  Proc.  iv.  167.  1851.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.  1853. 
C.  cceridea,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.   161.  1851.  Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  465.  1852. 

Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7-  1855. 
Sph.  orbicularium,  Barrat.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Sph.  mirabile,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Sph.  cceruleum,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Hab.     N.    America. 

— Cycl.  par  v  a,  Sowb.     Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  2d  ser.  iv.  345.   pi.  xxi.  f.   7. 
1836.  Is  Cyrena  p  a  r  v  a,  Morris. 

57.  Sph.  patella,  Gould.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cyclas  patella,  Gld.     Bost.  Proc.  iii.  292.     1850.     Pr.  loc.  sup.  cit.  iv. 

285.     1852. 
Hab.     N.  America. 
— Sph.  p  e  1 1  u  c  i  d  u  m,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.    Is  Sph.  trun- 

ca  t  u  m,  Linsl. 
— Cycl.  P  e r e  z  e  i i,  Villa.     Mss.  1858.     Is  Sph.  1  ac  us  t  r  e,  Fer. 

58.  Sph.  perpusillum,  Gartn. 

Cyclas  perpusilla,  Gartn.     Ann.  der  Wetter.  316. 
Hab.     Europe. 

—Cycl.    Pfeifferi,   Ziegl.     Porro.  Malac.  121.     1838.     Is  Pisid.  am  ni- 
cum,  Jen. 

59.  Sph.  pisidioides,  Gray  ?     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Hab.     England.     (Not  described.) 

60.  Sph.  pis  urn,  Math.     Bgt.  sph.  43.     1854. 

Cyclas  pisum,  Math.     Cat.  Meth.  148,  pi.  xiv.  f.  10,  11.     1842. 

C.  subpisum,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19.     1852. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 

—Cycl.  p  i  s  u  m,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  322.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  p  i  s  u  m,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  plumbeus.     Villa.  Cat.  44.     1841.     Is  Sph.  corneum.  Scop. 
— Sph.  pondero  sum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858.     Is  Sph.  sul- 
catum, Lam. 
— Cycl.  prise  a,  Eichw.  Nat.  Hist.  Skizze.  207.  Is  Pisid.  pris  cum,  Eichw. 

61.  Sph.  prom inu Hum,  Reuss.     Bgt.  Sph.  47.     1854. 

Cyclas  prominula,  Reuss.     Dkr.    et  Meyer  Paleont.  2,  242,  pi.  iv.  f.  14. 
1852. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil.) 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  297 

— Cycl.  proserpina,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.     1850.     Is  Cyrena p  r  o  s  e  r- 
pin  a,  Pr. 

62.  Sph.  proximum,  Alder  ?     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Hab?     (Not  described.) 

— Cycl.  pulchella,  Hani.     Proc.  Spec.  1,  91.     1843.     Is  Pisid.  caser- 
tanum,  Bgt. 

63.  Sph.  pulchellum,  d'Orb. 

Cyclas  pulchella,  d'Orb.     Guer.  Mag.  Zool.    1835.     Voy.  Amer.  Sept. 

568,  pi.  83,  f.  8-10.     1844. 
Musculium  pulchellum,  d'Orb.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  452.     1858. 
Pisum  pulchellum,  d'Orb.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560.     1858. 
Hab.     South  America. 
—Cycl.  pule  her,  Sowb.  Min.  Conch,  vi.  51, pi.  527,  f.  1.  1829.  Is  Cyrena 

pulchra,  Morris. 
—Cycl.  pus  ilia,  Turton.     Man.  16,  pi.  1,  f.  7.     1831.     Is  Pisid.  pusil- 
lum,  Jen. 

64.  Sph.  pygmeum,  C.  B.  Adams. 

Cyclas  pygmea,  C.  B.  Adams.    Contr.  Conch.  44,  1849.  Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed. 
465,  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9,  53,  1853. 

Musculium  pygmeum,  C.  B.  Ads.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  452,  1858. 

Pisum  pygmeum,  C.  B.  Ads.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  660,  1858. 
Hab.     W.  Indies. 
— Cycl.  r  a  d  i  a  t  a,  Blainv.  2232.     1828.     Is  Galatea  r  a  d  i  a  t  a,  Lam. 

65.  Sph.  rhomboideum,  Say.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cyclas  rhomboidea,  Say.  Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  II.  ii.  380,  1822.  Fer.  Mag. 
Zool.  1835.  Dekay,  224,  pi.  25,  f.  263,  1842.  C.  B.  Ads.  Vt.  18, 
1842.  Linsl.  Amer.  II.  48,  276,  1845.  C.  B.  Ads.  Cat.  30,  1847. 
Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32,  1850.  Stimps.  N.  C.  Moll.  16,  1851.  Pr.  Bost. 
Proc.  iv.  272,  1852.  Pr.  An.  N.  Y.  Lye.  vi.  66,  pi.  1,  f.  4— a,  b,  1853. 
Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9.  1853. 
Cyclas  cornea,  Lam.  var.  3.     Lam.  v.  558,  1818.     Lam.  (Desli.  ed.)  vi. 

268,  1835. 
Cyclas  elegans,  Ads.     Bost.  II.  3,  330,  pi.  3,  f.  11,  1840.     Gould.  Rept. 
74,  f.  55,  1841.     Dekay,  224,  1842.     C.  B.  Ads.  Vt.  18,  1842.     Linsl. 
Amer.  II.  48,  276,  1845.     C.  B.  Ads.  Cat.  30,  1847.    Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed. 
32,  1850.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.   iv.   165,   1851.     Stimps.   N.  E.   Moll.  16, 
1851.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8.  1853.     Lewis  Bost.  Proc.  v.  122,  1855. 
Sph.  elegans,  C.  B.  Adams.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450,  1858. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

—Cycl.  rivalis,   Drap.     Hist.  Moll.  129,  pi.  x.  f.  4,  5.     1805.     Is.    Sph. 
corneum,  Scop. 

66.  Sph.  rivicola,  Lam.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  6,  1853. 

Chama  albida,  d'Arg.     Conch.  2d  pt.  pi.  31,  p.  368,  374,  1742. 
Tellina  cornea,  (pars.)  Schrot.  189,  pi.  iv.  f.  4,  1779. 
Cyclas  cornea,  (pars.)  Draps.     Tabl.  Moll.  105,  var.  a,  1801. 
C.  rivicola,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  558,  1818. 
G.  cequata,  Sheph.     Mss.  1840. 

Sph.  riviculum,  Leach.     Morch.  Cat.  Conch,  etc.  fase.  2,  p.  30,  1853. 
Cycl.  sabidieola,  Kryn.     Mss.  (Bgt.  Sph.  13,  1854.) 
Hab.     Europe. 

67.  Sph.  r osaceum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cyclas  rosacea,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  155,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  277. 
1852. 
Hab.     N.  America. 
— Cycl.  R o u y  a  n  a,  d'Orb.  Prod.  2,  381.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  Ro  uy  a  na,  Bgt. 

I860.] 


298  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

68.  Sph.  rtigosum,  Dkr. 

Cyclas  rufjosa,  Dkr.     Dkr.  &  Meyer,  Paleont.  1,  38,  pi.  6,  f.  15,  16,  a-b, 
1846. 
Hab.     Germany,  (fossil,  j 

69.  Sph.  Ryckholtii,  Normd.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  6.    1853.     Normd.  Cycl. 

3.     1854. 
Cyclas  Ryckholtii,  Normd.     Cycl.  7,  f.  5,  6,  1844. 
Sph.  strictum,  Normd.     Cycl.  3,  1854. 
Hab.     France. 

70.  Sph.  Rylliense,  Boissy. 

Cyclas  Rylliensis,   Boissy.     Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2d  ser.  iv.  178,  1846. 

Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2d  ser.  3,  270,  pi.  v.  f.  5,  a-c,  1848. 
Pisid.  Rylliense,  Bgt.     Sph.  52,  1854. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 
— Cycl.  sabulicola,  Kryn.     Mss.   (Bgt.  Lph.  13.     1854.     Is  Sph.  rivi- 

c  o  1  a,  Lam. 
— Cycl.  Sa  rr  at  ogea,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  560.     1818.     Is  Sph.  sulcatum, 
Lam. 

71.  Sph.  Scald i an um,  Normd.     Cycl.  1.     1854. 

Cyclus  Scaldiana,  Normd.     Cycl.  5,  f.  1,  2,  1844. 

Sph.  corneum,  Scop.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  6,  1854. 

S.  citrinum,  Normd.     Cycl.  1,  1854. 
Hab.     France. 

— Cycl.  Sebetia,  DaCosta.     Cat.  Syst.  Tert.  Sicil.  pi.  2,  f.  6.     1829.     Is 
Bornia  corbuloides,  Phil. 

72.  Sph.  securis,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cyclas  securis,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  160,  1851.     Stimp.  N.  E.  Moll.  16, 
1851.    An.  N.  Y.  Lye.  v.  218,  pi.  vi.,  1852.    Bost.  Proc.  iv.  276,  1852. 
Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  466,  1852.  Hartman,  Cat.  1853.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9, 
1853.     Lewis,  Bost.  Proc.  v.  122,  1855. 
C.  crocea,  Lewis.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  v.  25,  1854  ;  vi.  2,  1856. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

73.  Sph.  seminullum,  Reuss.     Bgt.  Sph.  47.     1854. 

Cycl.  seminulla,  Reuss.  Dkr.  &  Meyer  Paleont.  2,  42,  pi.  iv.  f.  15,  1852. 

Hab.     Europe  (fossil.) 

— Cycl.  semis  triata,  d'Orb.  Prod.  3,  19.  1852.  Is  Cyrena  s  e  mist  ri- 
at  a,  Desh. 

—Sph.  simile,  Say.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1818.  Is  Sph.  sulcatum, 
Lam. 

■ — Sph.  simplex,  Pr.  Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858.  Is  Sph.  acumi- 
natum, Pr. 

■ — Cycl.  s  i  r  e  n  a,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  323.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  s  i  r  e  n  a,  Pr. 

— Cycl.  solida,  DeKay.  220,  pi.  25,  f.  265.  1842.  Is  Sph.  su  lcat  um, 
Lam. 

74.  Sph.  s  o  1  i  d  u  m,  Normd.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  6,  1853.  Normd.  Cycl.  2,  1854. 

Cycl.  solida,  Normd.     Cycl.  6,  f.  3-4.     1844. 
Hab.     France. 

75.  Sph.  s  o  1  i  d  u  1  u  m,  Pr. 

Cycl.  solidula,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  158,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  282, 
1852.    Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  466,  1852.    Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9,  1853.  Lewis, 
Bost.  Proc.  v.  122,  1855. 
C.  distorta,  Pr.     loc.   sup.  cit.  iv.    158,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  285, 

1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  7,  1853.     Lewis,  Bost.  Proc.  v.  122,  1855. 
Sph.  distortum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450,     1858. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

[June, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  299 

76.  Sph.  sphsericum,  Anthony.     Ads.  Rec.  gen.  ii.  450,  1858. 

Cycl.  sphcerica,  Anth.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  275.     1852. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

— Cycl.  stagnicola,  Leach.   Mss.  Brit.  Mus.  1840.  Is  Sph.  corneum, 
Scop. 

77.  Sph.  stamineum,  Conrad.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  staminea,  Conrad.     Amer.  II.   xxv.  342,  pi.  1,  f.  5,  1834.     Fer. 

Mag.  Zool.  1833.    Dekay,  224,  1842.     Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32,  1850.    Pr. 

Bost.  Proc.  iv.  281,  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9,  1853. 
Hab.     N.  America. 
— Sph.  Steenbuchii,  Moller.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450,  1858.     Is  Pisid. 

Steenbuchii,  Morch. 

78.  Sph.  St  e  en  ii,  Schmidt.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Cycl.  Steenii,  Schmidt.     Zeit.  Malac.  118.     1850. 
Hab.     Germany. 

— Cycl.  striatella,  Fer.     Cat.  20.     1837.     Collect.  Mus.  Paris.     Is  Sph. 
maculatum,  Morelet. 

79.  Sph.  striatinum,  Lam. 

Cycl.  striatina,  Lam.  Lam.  v.  560,  1818.  Lam.  (Desh.  edit.)  vi.  271, 
1835.  Delessert  pi.  vii.  f.  4,  1841.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  9,  1853.  Pr. 
notes  on  Cycl.  1857. 

C.  edentula,  Say  N.  Harm.  Dissem.  2,  1829.  Fer.  Mag.  Zool.  1835. 
N.  Harm.  Dissem.  (reprint)  10,  1840.  DeKay  225,  1842.  Bgt.  Amen- 
1,  p.  8,  1853. 

C.  modesta,  Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  159,  1851.  Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  284,  1S52, 
Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  8,  1853.     Lewis,  Bost.  Proc.  vi.  2,  1856. 

Sph.  modestum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 

Musculium  edentulum,  Say.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  451.  1858. 

Pisum  edentulum,  Say.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560,  1858. 
— Sph.  s  t  rictu  m,  Normd.  Cycl.  3.  1854.  Is  Sph.  Ry  ckh  olti  i,  Normd, 
— Cycl.  subdeperdita,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  305.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  d  e  p  e  r- 

dita,  Desh. 
— Cycl.  subdepressa,    d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  381.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  com- 
press a,  Desh. 

80.  Sph.  subellipticum,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cycl.  subelliptica,  M.  &  H.     Ac.  N.  9.  Phil.  Proc.  viii.  115.  1856. 
Hab.  N.  Amer.  (fossil.) 
— Cycl.  sublsevigata,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.  1850.  Is  Pisid.  Iseviga- 

t  u  m,  Bgt. 
—Cycl.  s  u  b  1  se  v  i  s,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,  232,  pl.  147,  f.  7,  a-b.  1834-40- 

Is  Cyrena  sublaevis,  Rcemer. 
— Cycl.  suborbicularis,    d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.    1850.    la  Corbicula 

orbicularis,  Pr. 
— Cycl.  subpisum,  d'Orb.     Prod.  3,  19.  1852.  Is  Sph.  pisum,  Math. 
— Cycl.  subquadrata,  Sowb.     Geol.  Trans.   2d  ser.   iv.   177,  345,  pl, 

xxi.  f,  8.  1836.  Is  Cyrena  subquadrata,  Morris. 
SI.  Sph.  subtransversum,  Pr.     Proc.  Zool.  xxviii.  1860, 
Hab.     Mexico. 

82.  Sph.  subtrigonum,  Dkr. 

Cycl.  subtrigona,  Dkr.     Wald.  168,  1834. 
Hab.     Germ,  (fossil.) 

83.  Sph.  sulcatum,  Lam. 

Cycl.  sulcata,  Lam.     Lam.  v.  560, 1818.     Lam.  (Desh.  ed.)  vi.  271, 1835. 
Fer.  Mag.  Zool.  1835.     Fer.   Cat.   20,   1837.     Delessert,  pl.   vii.  f.  3, 
1841.     Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32,   1850.     Stimp.  N.  E.  Moll.  16,   1851. 
Bgt,  Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853.     Pr.  Notes  Cycl.  1857. 
I860.] 


300  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

Cycl.  Saratogea,   Lam.     Lam.  v.   560,  1818.      Lam.    (Desh.    ed.)   vi. 

271,  1835.     Fer.  Mag.  Zool.  1835.     Delessert,  pi.  7,  f.  9,  1841.     Bgt. 

Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853. 
Cycl.  similis,  Say.     Rafin.  in  Bory.  St.  Vt.  An.   Gen.   Sci.   Phy.  v.  319, 

1820.     Fer.  Mag.  Zool.  1835.     Fer.  Cat.  20,   1837.     Jay.   Cat.  3,  ed. 

16,  1839.     Gould.  Rept.  72,  f.  53,  1841.     DeKay,  222,  pi.  25,  f.  264, 

1842.     Ads.  Vt.    18,  1842.     Linsl.   Amer.   II.  48,   276,   1845.     Ads. 

Cat.  30,  1847.     Jay.  Cat.  iv.  ed.  32,  1850.     Pr.   Bost.  Proc.   iv.  165, 

1851.  Hartman,  Cat.  1853.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  9, 1853.     Lewis,  Bost. 
Proc.  v.  122,  1855.     Lewis,  loc.  sup.  cit.  vi.  2,  1856. 

Cycl.  lasmarnpsis,  Rafin.     Bory,  St.  Vt.  An.  Gen.  Sci.   Phy.  v.   319,  pi. 

82,  f.  19,  20,  1820.     Fer.  Mag.  Zool.  1835.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8,  1853. 

Cyd.  gigantea,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  157,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  282, 

1852.  Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  8,  1853. 

Cyd.  ponderosa,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  157,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  282, 

1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853. 
Cyd.  striatina,  Lam.     Fr.  Mag.  Zool.  1835. 
Sph.  giganteum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450,  1858. 
Sph.  ponderosum,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450,  1858. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

— Cycl.  sulc  ill  os  a,  Charp.     Mss.  1851.     Is  Sph.  fab  ale,  Pr. 
—Cycl.  te  lline  11a,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  tell  in  el- 
la,  Fer. 

84.  Sph.  tenue,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cyd.  tenuis,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  161,   1861.     Loc.   sup.  cit.   iv.    825, 
1852. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

85.  Sph.  tenui  stria  turn,  Pr.     Bgt.  Sph.  12.  1854. 

Cyd.  tenuistriata,  Pr.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  156,  1851.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  272, 

1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853. 
Cyd.  cornea,  Drap.     C.  B.  Adams,  Cat.  29.  1847. 
Hab.     N.  Amer. 

86.  Sph.  Terverianum,  Dup.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  6,  1853.     Bgt.  Sph.  19, 

pi.  2,  f.  11,  15,  1854. 
Cycl.  Terveriana,  Dup.     Cat.  Extram.  Gall.  Tert.  Vt.  87,  1849. 
Hab.     France. 

87.  Sph.  transversum,  Say.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 

Cycl.  transversa,  Say.  New  Harm.  Diss.  ii.  356,  1829.  Fer.  Mag.  Zool. 
1835.  New  Harm.  Diss.  Rept.  10,  1840.  DeKay,  224,  1842.  Jay. 
Cat.  iv.  ed.  466,  1852.  Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  274,  1852.  Bgt.  Amen, 
i.  p.  9,  1853.  Lewis,  Bost.  Proc.  v.  122,  1855.  Lewis,  loc.  sup.  cit. 
vi.  2,  1856. 
Cycl.  detruncata,  Pr.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  iv.  155,  1851,  iv.  273,   1852.     Bgt. 

'Amen.  i.  p.  8,  1858. 
Cycl.  constricta,  Anthony.     Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  274.  1852. 
Sph.  detruncatum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Sph.  constrictum,  Anth.     Loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  450.  1858. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

— Cycl.  trans  versa,  Lev.     Grateloup,  Moll.  Fr.  Cont.  49.  1855.     Is  Sph. 
Parisiense,  Pr. 

88.  Sph.  tr  iang  ulare,  Say. 

Cyclas  triangularis,  Say.     New  Harm.  Dissem.  2.  356,  1829.     Fer.  Mag. 
Zool.  1835.     New  Harm.  Dissem.  (rept.)  10,  1860.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p. 
9,  1853. 
Hab.     N.  America. 

[June, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  301 

— Cycl.  triangularis,  Dub.     Fos.  Wohln.  59,   pi.  vi.  f.   20,  21,  1831. 

Is  Ericina  triangularis,  d'Orb. 
—Cycl.  trigona,  Gldf.     Petr.  Germ.  2,   233,   pi.  147,  f.  11,  a-b.  1834-40 

Is  Cyrena  R  ce  m  e  r  i,  Dkr. 
— Cycl.  trigona,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2,  304.  1850.  Is  Cyrena  t  rig  o  n  a,  Desh. 

89.  Spli  truncatum,  Linsley.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  451.  1858. 

Cyclas  calyculata,   Drap.     C.  B.  Ads.  Amer.  II.   si.  277,   1841.     Ads. 

Vermt.  18,  1842.     Ads.  Cat.  29,  1847. 
Cyclas  truncata,  Linsl.     Gould.  Amer.   II.  n.   ser.   vi.   234,  f.  3,  1848. 
Pr.  Bost.  Proc.  iv.  165,  1751.     Jay,    Cat.  iv.  ed.  466,  1852.     Bgt. 
Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853. 
Cyclas  pellucida,  Pr.     Stimps.  N.  E.  Moll.  16,  1851.     Jay,   Cat.  iv.  ed. 

465,  1852.     Bost.  Proc.  iv.  277,  1852.     Bgt.  Amen.  i.  p.  9,  1853. 
Sph.  pellucidum,  Pr.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  450.     1858. 
Hab.  N.  America. 

— Cycl.  tuber  culata,  Klees.  Tubing  45.  1818.  Is  Sph.  la  c  u  s  t  r  e,  Fer. 
— Cycl.  turn  id  a,  Ziegl,     Villa  Cat.  44.    1841.     Is  Sph.  corneum,  Scop. 

90.  Sph.  unguiforme,  Boissy.     Bgt.  Sph.  42.     1854. 

Cycl.  unguiformis,  Boissy.     Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Tr.  2d  ser.  iv.   178,  1846. 

Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  Tr.  2d  ser.  3,  269,  pi.  v.  f.  2,  1848. 
Hab.     France,  ("fossil.) 
— Cycl.  Ust  uert  e  ns  i  s,  Eichw.     Faun.  Casp.  263.     1841.     Is  Arthemis 

Ustuertensis,  Eichw. 
— Cycl.  Vapincana,  d'Orb.     Prod.  2.  381.     1850.     Is  Cyrena  V  a  p  i n- 

c  ana,  Bgt. 

91.  Sph.  Veatleyi,     C.  B.  Adams. 

Cycl.  Veatleyi,  C.  B.  Ads.     Contrib.  Conch.  44.  1869.  Jay,  Cat.  iv.  ed. 

32.  1850.  Bgt.  Amen.  1,  p.  g.  1853. 
Pisid.  Veatleyi,   Petit.     II  Conch.   2,  421.  1851.  Bgt.  Amen.   1,  p.  53. 

1853. 
Muscidium  Veatleyi,  C.  B.  Ads.     Ads.  Rec.  Gen.  ii.  452.  1858. 
Pisum  Veatleyi,  C.  B.  Ads.     Ads.  loc.  sup.  cit.  ii.  560.     1858. 
Hab.     Jamaica. 

— Cycl.  Venezuelensi  s,  Pr.     In  Collect.  Mus.  Leyden,   1857.  Is  Sph. 
maculatum,  Morelet. 

92.  Sph.  Verne uili,  Boissy.     Bgt.  Sph.  42.  1854. 

Cycl.  lenticularis,  Boissy.     Bull.   Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2d  ser.  iv.  178.   1846. 
Cycl.  Verneuili,  Boissy.     Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.  2d  ser.  4,  569,  pi.  v.  f.  3. 

1848. 
Hab.     France,  (fossil.) 
— Cycl.  v  iolacea,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  421.    1806.    Is    Battissa  v  i  o- 

1  a  c  e  a,  Adams. 
— Cycl.  vitr e a,  Risso.     Risso,   iv.  338.  1826.  Is  Pisid.  casertanum, 

Bgt. 
— Cycl.  Zey  1  anic  a,  Lam.     Ann.  Mus.  vii.  420.  1806.  Is  Cyrena  Ze  y- 

lanic  a,  Lam. 

93.  Sph.  zona  turn,  Pr.     MSS.  1859,  in  Collect.  Cumming. 
Hab.  N.  Zealand. 

On  motion,  an  election  was  held,  and  Mr.  "Win.  C.  Henszey  was 
chosen  Treasurer  in  place  of  George  W.  Carpenter  deceased. 


I860.]  20 


302 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


July  3c?, 
Vice-President  Bridges  in  the  Chair.     • 

Twenty-nine  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Descriptions  of  two  new  species  of  Uniones  from  Georgia."  By 
Isaac  Lea. 

"  Descriptions  of  three  new  species  of  Uniones  from  Mexico."  By 
Isaac  Lea. 

"  Descriptions  of  six  new  species  of  Unionidae  from  Alabama."  By 
Isaac  Lea. 

"  Descriptions  of  seven  new  species  of  Unionidas  from  the  United 
States."     By  Isaac  Lea. 

"  Descriptions  of  three  new  species  of  Exotic  Unionidiae."  By  Isaac 
Lea. 

"  Descriptions  of  new  fossil  remains  collected  in  Nebraska  and  Utah, 
by  the  Exploring  Expeditions  under  the  command  of  Capt.  J.  H.  Simp- 
son, of  U.  S.  Topographical  Engineers,"  [extracted  from  that  officer'.0 
forthcoming  report.]     By  F.  B.  Meek. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Dr.  Darrach  presented  the  following  list  of  plants  seen  in  flower  in 
the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia  during  the  month  of  June. 

RanunculacejE. 

Thalictruni  cormiti. 
Ranunculus  alismaefolius. 
Actsea  spicata,  v.  alba. 
Cimicifuga  racemosa. 

Menispermace,e. 
Menispermum  canadense. 

Cabombace,e. 
Brasenia  peltata. 

Papaveraceje. 
Papaver  dubium. 

Crucifek^. 
Nasturtium  sylvestre. 
"  palustre. 

Arabis  Canadensis. 
Camelina  sativa, 
Lepidium  Virginicum. 

Violace^e. 
Viola  Canadensis. 


Hypericace.*:. 
Hypericum  perforatum, 
corymbosum. 

Caryophylxace,e. 
Agrostemma  githago. 
Spergularia  rubra. 
Anychia  dichotoma. 
Mollngo  verticillata. 


PORTULACACEiE. 

Portulaca  oleracea. 

Malvace^;. 
Malva  rotundifolia. 

Tiliace^e. 
Tilia  Americana. 

Linace^;. 
Linuni  usitatissiuium. 

Anacardiace^e. 
Rhus  venenata. 

VlTACEJE. 

Vitis  cordifolia. 

Rhamnace^e. 
Ceanotbus  Americanus. 

CELASTRACEiE. 

Euonymus  atropurpureus. 

POLYGALACE^. 

Polygala  lutea. 

LEGCMINOS.S. 

Robinia  pseudacacia. 
Tepbrosia  Virginiana. 
Latbyrus  palustris. 

Rosacea. 

Spiraea  opulifolia. 
Gillenia  trifoliata. 


[July, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


:;<is 


Geuin  album. 
Potentilla  Norvegica. 
Rubus  odoratus. 

"       occidentals. 

"       hispidus. 

"      cuneifolius. 
Rosa  Carolina. 

"    lucida. 

"  rubiginosa. 
Crataegus  crus  galli. 

Onagrace.1. 
(Enothera  frutieosa. 
Circsea  lutetiana. 

CACTACE/E. 

Opuntia  vulgaris. 

Saxifragaceje. 
Itea  Yirginica. 
Hydrangea  arborescens. 

UmbeliiferjE. 
Hydrocotyle  umbellata. 
Americana. 
Sanicula  Canadensis. 
Pastinaca  sativa. 
Thaspium  aureum. 
Cicuta  maculata. 
Cryptotaenia  Canadensis. 

Cornace.e. 
Cornus  sericea. 
"      paniculata. 

CAPRIFOLIACE.E. 

Triosteum  perfoliatum. 
Sambucus  Canadensis. 
Viburnum  nudum. 

prunifolium. 

dentatum. 

Rubiace.e. 
Galium  aparine. 

"       asprellum. 

"       trifidum. 

"       pilosum. 

"       circaezans. 
Mitchella  repens. 

Composite. 

Erigeron  Philadelphicum. 

"       annuum. 

' '       strigosum. 
Rudbeckia  hirta. 
Maruta  cotula. 
Achillea  millefolium. 
Gnaphalium  purpureum. 
Cirsium  horridulam. 

"       arvense. 
I860.] 


Cichorium  intybus. 
Hieracium  Gronovii. 

"  paniculatum. 

Lactuca  ekmgata. 

LOBELIACE/E. 

Lobelia  inflata. 
*'       spicata. 

CAMPANULACEiE. 

Specularia  perfoliata. 

Ericace^:. 
Gaylussacia  dumosa. 
Vaccinium  macrocarpon. 
Andromeda  ligustrina. 
Azalea  viscosa. 
Pyrola  rotundifolia. 

"       eliptica. 

"       secunda. 
Chimapbila  maculata. 
Monotropa  uniflora. 

AQCIFOLIACEiE. 

Ilex  opaca. 
"    verticillata. 
"    laevigata. 
' '    glabra. 

Plantaginace^. 
Plantago  major. 

Primulace^e. 
Lysimachia  stricta. 

quadrifolia. 
ciliata. 

LENTIBtTEACE^:. 

Utricularia  striata. 

BlGNONIACE^E. 

Catalpa  bignonioides. 

SCROPHULARIACE,E. 

Verbascum  tbapsus. 
blattaria. 

"  lychnitis. 

Linaria  vulgaris. 
Scrophularia  nodosa. 
Pentstemon  pubescens. 
Gratiola  Virginiana. 
Veronica  anagallis. 

"       scutellata. 
Melampyrum  Americanum. 

Verbenace;e. 
Verbena  urticifolia. 

Labiate. 
Nepeta  glecboma. 
Scutellaria  lateriflora. 
Leonurus  cardiaca. 


304 


PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


BoRRAGINACE.ffi. 

Onosmodium  Virginianum. 
Cynoglossum  officinale. 

"  Virgiuicum. 

POLEMONIACEJS. 

Phlox  maeulata. 

CONVOLVULACE^. 

Ipomjea  pandurata. 
Convolvulus  arvensis. 
Calystegia  sepium. 

SOLANACE-B. 

Solanum  dulcamara. 

"       Carolinense. 

"       nigrum. 
Physalis  angulata. 
Datura  stramonium. 

Apocynace^e. 

Apocynum  androsamifolium. 
"         cannibinum. 

AsCLEPIADACEiE. 

Asclepias  cornuti. 

"        quadrifolia. 
"        phytolaccoides. 
' '        variegata. 
"        obtusifolia. 
' '        tuberosa. 


Oleace^. 
Ligustrum  vulgare. 

POLYGONACEiE. 

Polygonum  aviculare. 
"         convolvulus. 


Arace^e. 

Peltandra  Virginica. 
Acorus  calamus. 

NAIADACE.E. 

Potamogeton  natans. 

Alismaceje. 
Sagittaria  variabilis. 

Hydrocharidace^e. 
Anacharis  Canadensis. 

Orchidace.b. 
Platanthera  lacera. 

' '  fimbriata. 

Spiranthes  latifolia. 
Pogonia  ophioglossoides. 
Calopogon  pulchellus. 
Liparis  liliifolia. 
Corallorhiza  odontorrhiza. 
Cypripedium  pubescens. 

H^EMODORACEjE. 

Aletris  farinosa. 

iRIDACEiE. 

Iris  Virginica. 
Sisyrinchium  Bermudiana. 

DlOSCOREACEjB. 

Dioscorea  villosa. 

Smilace^e. 
Smilax  pseudocbina. 

MELANTHACEjE. 

Amiantbium  muscsetoxicum. 
Xeropbyllum  aspbodeloides. 
Cbamselirium  luteum. 
Species  160. 


July  Ylth. 
Dr.  Isaac  Hays  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-three  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Notes  on  Coleoptera  found  at  Fort  Simpson,  Mackenzie  River, 
with  remarks  on  other  northern  species."     By  John  L.  Le  Conte,  M.  D. 

"  Synopsis  of  the  Scaphidiidas  of  the  United  States."  By  John  L. 
Le  Conte,  M.  D. 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Mr.  Gabb  presented  a  Catalogue  of  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  for 
the  use  of  visitors,  which  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Proceed- 
ings with  power  to  publish. 

The  number  of  the  Proceedings  for  June  was  laid  on  the  table  by 
the  Committee. 

[July; 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  305 

July  2ith. 
Dr.  B.  H.  Coates  in  the  Chair. 

Nineteen  members  present. 

A  paper  was  presented  for  publication  entitled 

"  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Cephalopod  from  the  Eocene  of 
Texas."     By  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

And  was  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Dr.  Leidy  mentioned  that  he  had  recently  found  near  Jackson, 
New  Jersey,  a  specimen  of  Hyla  viridis  or  lateralis,  a  species 
not  previously  found  north  of  Baltimore. 


July  31s£. 
Dr.  Emerson  in  the  Chair. 

Seventeen  members  present. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees,  the  following  papers   were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  proceedings. 

Descriptions  of  Two  New  Species  of  UNIONES  from  Georgia. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

Unio  lingu^formis. — Testa  laevi,  elliptica.,  cornpressa,  ad  latere  planulata, 
inaequilaterali,  postice  obtuse  biangulata,  antice  rotundata,  valvulis  subte- 
nuibus,  antice  crassioribus ;  natibus  prominulis ;  epidermide  pallido-lutea, 
subnitida,  virido-radiata,  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  obtuso-conicis, 
crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus ;  lateralibus  sublougis,  lamellatis 
subcurvisque  ,  margarita  alba  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Columbus,  Georgia. 

Unio  dispar. — Testa  lasvi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  ad  latere  paulisper  planulata, 
valde  inajquilaterali,  postice  obtuse  angulata,  antice  rotundata;  valvulis  sub- 
crassis ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  undulatis;  epidermide  vel  lutea.  vel 
oliva  et  valde  radiata ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parviusculis,  compressis,  in 
utroque  valvulo  duplicibus,  erectis,  crenulatis  ;  lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis 
curvisque,  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Columbus,  Georgia,  Bishop  Elliott  and  G.  Hallenbeck. 


Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species  of  UNIONES  from  Mexico. 
BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

Unio  Couchianus. — Testa  laevi,  quadrata,  inflata,  biemarginata,  ad  latere  sul- 
cata, inaequilaterali,  postice  biangulata,  antice  rotunda  ;  valvulis  crassis,  antice 
crasssioribus  ;  natibus  prominentibus ;  epidermide  olivo-fusca,  striata,  eradi- 
ata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  subgrandibus,  erectis,  rugoso-striatis,  crenulatis; 
lateralibus  sublongis,  crassis  curvisque ;  margarita.  argentea  et  valde  irides- 
cente. 

Hab. — Rio  Sa'lado,  New  Leon,  Mexico,  L.  Berlandier,  M.  D. 

Unio  Saladoensis. — Testa,  laevi,  obovata,  inflata,  inaequilaterali,  postice  et 
antice  rotundata;  valvulis  subtenuibus,  antice  paulisper  crassioribus;  natibus 
prominulis,  laevibus  ;  epidermide  luteo-oliva,  polita  radiataque ;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  parvis,  lamellatis,  obliquis  ;  lateralibus  sublongis,  lamellatis  sub- 
curvisque ;  margarita  caeruleo-alba.  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Rio  Salado,  New  Leon,  Mexico,  L.  Berlandier,  M.  D. 

I860.] 


306  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Unio  cognatus.—  Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  crassa,  subinflata,  valde  inaequilaterali, 
postice  obtuse  angulata,  antice  rotundata  ;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  crassioribus :; 
natibus  subprominentibus;  epidermide  luteolaradiataque  ;  dentibus  cardinali- 
bus grandibus,  crassis,  pyramidatis,  rugoso-striatis  ;  lateralibus  subcurtis,  sub- 
curvis  crassisque  ;  margarita.  alba  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hah.— Rio  Salado,  New  Leon,  Mexico,  L.  Berlandier,  M.  D. 


Descriptions  of  Seven  New  Species  of  UNIONID.E  from  the  United  States. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

Ukio  Lesleyi.— Testa  laevi,  obliqua,  subcompressa,  ad  latere  planulata.,  valde 
insquilater'ali,  postice  angulata,  antice  rotunda;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  cras- 
sioribus;  natibus  subelevatis  ;  epidermide  luteola,  radiis  interrupts;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  crassis,  compresso-conicis,  obliquis  ;  lateralibus  longis,  crassis 
subcurvisque:  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Bab.— Kentucky,  Mr.  Joseph  Lesley.     Tennessee,  Mr.  J.  G.  Anthony. 

Unio  castus.— Testa,  laevi,  inflata,  inaequilaterali,  postice  angulata,  antice 
rotunda,  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus  subprominentibus  ; 
epidermide  micante,luteo-viridi,  radiata ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  subgrandibus, 
compresso-conicis,  striatis  crenulatisque  ;  lateralibus  subbrevibus,  rectis,  la- 
mellatis  striatisque  ;  margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

Bab.— South  Carolina,  Prof.  Tuomey. 

Unio  Lindsleyi.— Testa,  laevi,  elliptica,  compressa,  ad  latere  planulata,  valde 
inaequilaterali,  postice  subbiangulata,  antice  oblique  rotundata  ;  valvulis  ^sub- 
crassis,  antice  crassioribus;  natibus  prominulis ;  epidermide  vel  luteavel 
luteo-oliva,  micante,  undique  virido-maculata. ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvius- 
culis,  compresso-conicis  crenulatisque;  lateralibus  longis,  crassis  curvisque; 
margarita  alba  et  iridescente. 

j{ajK — Tennessee,  President  J.  B.  Lindsley. 

Unio  pekpictus.— Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  subinflata,  valde  inaequilaterali,  pos- 
tice obtuse  biangulata,  antice  rotundata;  valvulis  tenuibus,  diaphanis,  antice 
crassioribus  ;  natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  undulatis  ;  epidermide  luteo-oliva 
subnitida,  undique  virido-radiata  ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  erectis,  co- 
nicis,  crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus  ;  lateralibus  longis  lamellatis 
rectisque;  margarita  caeruleo-alba,  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hah.— Bull  River,  Tennessee,  President  Estabrook,  and  Holston  River,  Prof. 
Troost. 

Unio  Eightsii. — Testa  plicata.,  quadrata,  subcompressa,  maxime  undulata, 
usque  ad  natium  apices,  valde  inaequilaterali ;  valvulis  crassissimis,  antice 
crassioribus  ;  natibus  elevatis,  compressis,  ad  apices  rugoso-undulatis  ;  epider- 
mide tenebroso-fusca,  eradiata,  striata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis,  crassis 
et  valde  striatis  ;  lateralibus  longis,  crassis,  lamellatis  subcurvisque  ;  marga- 
rita. alba  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab.— Texas  and  Sabinas  River,  New  Leon,  Mexico,  James  Eights,  M.  D. 

Unio  quadrans.— -Testa,  laevi,  quadrata,  valde  ventricosa,  subaequilaterali. 
postice  obtuse  angulata,  antice  subtruncata,  valvulis  crassis,  antice  pauUsper 
crassioribus  ;  natibus  elevatis,  tumidis  ;  epidermide  tenebroso-fusca,  eradiata. 
transverse  striata;  dentibus  cardinalibus  magnis,  valde  compressis,  striatis 
crenulatisque  ;  lateralibus  longis,  crassis  curvisque  ;  margarita  alba  et  iride- 
sccntc. 

Hub.— Texas,  Mr.  C.  M.  Wheatley. 

Anodonta  Kennerlyi.— -Testa  laevi,  elliptica,  subcylindracea,  subventricosa, 
valde  inaequilaterali,  antice,  subtruncata,  postice  biangulata  ;  valvulis  tenuissi- 
mis    diaphanis  ;  natibus  vix  prominentibus,  ad  apices  exilissime  undulatis  ; 

[July, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  307 

cpiderrnide  luteo-oliva,  micante,  ad  margine  striata,  eradiata :  margarita,  cas- 
ruleo-alba,  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Ckiloweyuch   Depot,    near    Puget's    Sound,    Washington    Territory, 
C.  B.  Kennedy,  M.  D. 


Descriptions  of  Six  New  Species  of  TTNIONIDJE  from  Alabama. 

BY   ISAAC   LEA. 

Unio  Showalterii. — Testa  lasvi,  subrotunda,  crassa,  sublenticular!,  aequila- 
terali;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus  elevatis,  tumidis  ;  epider- 
niide  tenebroso-fusca,  eradiata;  dentibus  cardinalibns  crassis,  erectis,  compres- 
sis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus  ;  lateralibus  brevibus,  percrassis  corruga- 
tisque  ;  margarita  argentea  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Waturnpka,  Alab.,  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Unio  Hartmanianus. — Testa,  lasvi,  oblique  triangulari,  crassa,  tumida,  postice 
subbiangulari,  inaequilaterali ;  valvulis  percrassis,  antice  crassioribus  ;  natibus 
valde  elevatis,  crassis  ;  epidermide  tenebroso-fusca,  postice  luteola,  eradiata ; 
dentibus  cardinalibus  subgrandibus,  erectis,  compressis,  corrugatis,  in  utroque 
valvulo  duplicibus ;  lateralibus  brevibus,  percrassis,  obliquis  corrugatisque  ; 
margarita  argentea  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Waturnpka,  Alab.,  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Unio  dolosus. — Testa  Isevi,  obovata.,  subalata,  subcompressa,  ad  latere  pla- 
nulata,  postice  et  antice  rotundata,  valde  inasquilaterali ;  valvulis  subtenuibus  ; 
natibus  prominulis,  ad  apices  minuie  undulatis ;  epidermide  virido-oliva  et 
obsolete  radiata ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  compressis  crenulatisque ; 
lateralibus  longis,  lamellatis  subcurvisque ;  margarita  albida  et  purpurea,  pau- 
lisper  tincta.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Alabama  River,  Claiborne,  Alab.,  Judge  Tait.  Coosa  River,  E.  R. 
Showalter,  M.  D. 

Unio  parvulds. — Testa,  plicata,  transversa,  subinflata,  ad  latere  compressa, 
postice  obtuse  angulata,  valde  inasquilaterali ;  valvulis  tenuibus,  antice  pau- 
lisper  crassioribus  ;  natibus  prominulis  ;  epidermide  olivacea,  subvirido-macu- 
lata, ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  compressis,  crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo 
duplicibus  ;  lateralibus  longis  subrectisque  ;  margarita  cserulea.  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Alab.,  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Unio  plancus. — Testa  lasvi,  obliquo-ovata,  subcompressa,  postice  biangulata, 
antice  rotundata,  valde  inaequilaterali  ;  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  paulisper 
crassioribus;  natibus  prominulis;  epidermide  luteo-fusca,  radiata;  dentibus 
cardinalibus  parvis,  erectis,  crenulatis,  in  utroque  valvulo  duplicibus  ;  laterali- 
bus sublongis  subrectisque  ;  margarita  caeruleo-alba.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  at  Waturnpka,  Alab.,  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 

Anodonta  Showalterii.  —  Testa,  lasvi,  elliptica,  ventricosa,  postice  obtuse 
angulata,  antice  rotundata,  subsequilaterali  ;  valvulis  crassiusculis,  antice  pau- 
lisper crassioribus  ;  natibus  subprominentibus,  ad  apices  minute  undulatis  ; 
epidermide  tenebroso-fusca,  obsolete  radiata ;  margarita  vel  albii  vel  paulisper 
salmonis  colore  tincta  et  iridescente. 

Hab. — Coosa  River,  Waturnpka,  Alab.,  E.  R.  Showalter,  M.  D. 


Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species  of  Exotic  UNI0NID2E. 

BY   ISAAC    LEA. 

Unio  occatus. — Testa  plicata,  elliptica,  rugoso-occata,  compressa,  valde  ina?- 
quilaterali,  postice  biangulata,  antice,  regulariter  rotundata;  natibus  prominu- 
lis, valde  compressis,  ad  apices  plicis,  pulchris  divaricatis ;  epidermide  luteo- 

I860.] 


308  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

olivii  et  valde  rugosa ;  dentibus  cardinalibus  parvis,  compressis,   obliquis  ;  la- 
teralibus  sublongis  subcurvisque;  margarita.  alba  et  valde  iridiscente. 
Hab. — Bengal,  W.  A.  Haines. 

Anodonta  Cailliaudii. — Testa,  laevi,  rotunda,  ventricosa,  intequilaterali,  an- 
tice superne  angulata;  valvulis  crassis,  antice  paulisper  crassioribus ;  natibus 
elevatis,  tumidis,  incurvis  ;  epidermide  nigro-fusca.,  obsolete  radiata,  superne 
micante,  inferne  exilissime  striata ;  margarita  argentea.  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab. — Brazil,  Monr.  F.  Cailliaud. 

Mvcetopus  emarginatus. — Testa,  Isevi,  transversissimeV  compressa,  emargi- 
nata,  ad  latere  planulata,  antice  inflata,  postice  ampliata.  et  compressa  ;  valvulis 
pertenuibus,  diaphinis,  natibus  parvis,  prominulis  ;  epidermide  luteo-cornea, 
valde  striata,  nitida,  eradita. ;  margarita  caeruleo-alba,  et  valde  iridescente. 

Hab.— Siam,  S.  R.  House,  M.  D. 


Descriptions  of  new  Fossil  Remains  collected  in  Nebraska  and  Utah,  by 
the  Exploring  Expeditions  under  the  command  of  Capt.  J.  H.  Simpson,  of 
TJ.  S.  Topographical  Engineers,  [extracted  from  that  officer's  forthcoming 
report.]* 

BY    P.    B.    MEEK. 

DEVONIAN  SPECIES. 
BRACHIOPODA. 

Spirtfera  Norwoodt,  Meek. — Shell  rather  small,  semicircular,  wider  than 
long,  having  its  greatest  breadth  on  the  hinge  line.  Ventral  valve  very  con- 
vex at  the  umbo,  sloping  abruptly  to  the  front  and  sides  ;  beak  elevated, 
rather  pointed,  and  more  or  less  arched  over  the  area,  sometimes  a  little 
twisted  to  one  side  ;  mesial  sinus  rather  shallow,  rounded,  and  extending 
to  the  point  of  the  beak,  from  which  it  widens  and  deepens  very  gradu- 
ally to  the  front ;  area  triangular,  but  wider  than  high,  rather  distinctly 
arched;  foramen  very  narrow,  and  apparently  entirely  open,  having  a  depressed 
line  along  each  lateral  margin.  Dorsal  valve  convex,  but  much  more  de- 
pressed than  the  other ;  mesial  fold  obscure  in  the  umbonal  region,  slightly 
elevated,  and  rounded  at  the  front.  Surface  of  each  valve  ornamented  by 
about  forty  small  depressed,  radiating  costse.  some  six  or  seven  of  which 
occupy  the  mesial  sinus  of  the  ventral  valve,  and  seven  or  eight  the  fold  of 
the  dorsal  valve.  Length  0'50  inch;  breadth  (along  hinge  line)  about  0*75 
inch  ;  convexity  0-42  inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  J.  Gr.  Norwood  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Missouri. 
Locality  and  position.     West  side  of  Buell  Valley,  lat.  39°  30'  north,  long. 
115°  36'  west. 

Spirifera  Engelmanni,  Meek. — Shell  rather  small,  semicircular,  about 
twice  as  wide  as  long ;  hinge  equalling  the  greatest  breadth,  angular  at  the 
extremities.  Dorsal  valve  depressed  convex;  mesial  fold  rather  narrow, 
slightly  elevated,  flattened  along  the  middle,  and  apparently  without  plica- 
tions. Ventral  valve  very  convex  in  the  umbonal  region,  sloping  abruptly 
to  the  sides  and  front ;  beak  pointed,  more  or  less  arched  ;  area  high,  triangu- 
lar, the  hinge  side  being  longer  than  the  lateral  slopes,  which  are  usually 
somewhat  angular,  generally  rather  strongly  arcuate  and  inclined  a  little 
backwards  over  the  hinge  ;  foramen  very  narrow,  apparently  open  to  the  point 
of  the  beak;  mesial  sinus  narrow,  shallow,  extending  to  the  beak,   flattened 

*  Published  by  sanction  of  Hon.  J.  B  Floyd,  Secretary  of  War.    More  extended  des- 
criptions, with  lull  illustrations  will  appear  in  the  report. 

[July- 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA,  309 

in  the  middle,  and  without  plications.  Surface  ornamented  by  from  seven  to 
nine  depressed,  rou^ided,  simple,  plications  on  each  side  of  the  fold  and  sinus. 
Length  of  hinge  about  0*66  inch  ;  diameter  from  hinge  to  front  0*39  inch  ; 
height  of  area  0-26  inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Henry  Engelmann,  Geologist  of  Capt.  Simpson's 
Expedition. 

Locality  and  position.     Neill's  Valley,  lat.  39°  32',  long.  115°  36'. 

Spieifera  macra,  Meek. — Shell  rather  under  medium  size,  subtrigonal,  or 
sub-semicircular,  considerably  wider  than  long ;  hinge  line  equalling  the 
greatest  width,  and  terminating  in  rather  salient  angles.  Dorsal  valve  convex 
in  the  middle,  compressed  towards  the  lateral  extremities  ;  mesial  fold  narrow, 
prominent  and  angular,  especially  near  the  front.  Ventral  valve  more  con- 
vex than  the  other,  sloping  somewhat  abruptly  from  the  umbo  to  the  sides 
and  front ;  mesial  sinus  narrow,  rather  deep,  with  sloping  sides,  continued  to 
the  beak,  which  is  pointed  and  incurved  ;  area  of  moderate  breadth,  with  well 
defined  sloping  lateral  margins,  apparently  not  continued  quite  to  the  extremi- 
ties of  the  hinge,  arched  and  inclined  back  over  the  cardinal  margin  ;  foramen 
triangular,  higher  than  wide.  Surface  of  each  valve  ornamented  by  about 
eighteen  to  twenty-four  moderately  distinct,  more  or  less  bifurcating  plications, 
about  six  or  seven  of  which  usually  occupy  the  mesial  fold,  and  five  or  six  the 
mesial  sinus.  Length  of  hinge,  about  1-19  inches  ;  diameter  from  hinge  to 
front  0-63  inch  ;  height  of  area  0.16  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

CARBONIFEROUS  SPECIES. 
BRACHIOPODA. 

Productus  semistriatus,  Meek. — Shell  of  medium  size,  greatest  breadth  on 
the  hinge  line,  which  is  nearly  twice  the  length,  measuring  from  the  hinge  to 
the  anterior  curve.  (Dorsal  valve  unknown.)  Ventral  valve  very  gibbous, 
extremely  arched,  and  greatly  produced  in  front ;  sometimes  provided  with 
an  obscure,  very  shallow  mesial  sinus,  which  never  extends  to  the  beak  ;  ears 
triangular,  strongly  vaulted,  extended  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  vertical 
sides  of  the  elevated  visceral  arch,  from  which  they  are  each  separated  by  an 
oblique,  undefined  sulcus  ;  beak  very  convex,  distinctly  incurved,  and  ex- 
tended a  little  beyond  the  hinge  ;  surface  of  the  visceral  region  marked  by 
small,  obscure  concentric  wrinkles,  which  are  crossed  by  numerous,  more  or 
less  bifurcating  striae  ;  anterior  half,  smooth  or  only  marked  by  fine  lines  of 
growth;  spines  rather  long,  erect  and  scattering.  Length  of  hinge,  1*19 
inches  ;  diameter  from  hinge  to  anterior  curve,  0*72  inch  ;  length  from  the 
beak  to  the  anterior  margin  of  the  ventral  valve,  measuring  around  its  curve, 
2*14  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Timpanogos  Canon,  lat.  40°  22',  long.  111°  38',  in 
dark  argillaceous  rock.    Probably  of  the  age  of  the  Coal  measures. 

Productus  multistriatus,  Meek. — Shell  above  medium  size,  breadth  nearly 
double  the  length,  from  the  hinge  to  the  anterior  slope  ;  hinge  line  longer  than 
the  breadth  of  the  shell  in  front  of  it ;  ears  moderately  large,  triangular,  dis- 
tinctly vaulted,  and  standing  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  swell  of  the  larger 
valve.  Ventral  valve  extremely  ventricose,  strongly  arched,  and  provided 
with  a  broad,  deep,  mesial  sinus,  extending  from  the  beak  to  the  front ;  beak 
rather  small,  compressed,  and  projecting  little  beyond  the  hinge.  Dorsal 
valve  deeply  concave,  provided  with  three  broad,  obscure,  radiating  promi- 
nences, one  of  which  corresponds  to  the  mesial  sinus  of  the  other  valve,  and 
the  other  two  radiate  to  the  lateral  margins  in  front  of  the  ears.  Surface  of 
both  valves  marked  by  numerous  fine,  obscure  radiating  striae,  destitute  of 
spines  excepting  about  three  near  the  extremity  of  each  ear,  and  some  three 
or  four  on  the  anterior  slope  of  the  ventral  valve.     Length  of  hinge  near  1*77 

I860.] 


310  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

inches  ;  length  from  hinge  to  anterior  slope  1  inch  ;  greatest  breadth  in  front 
of  the  hinge  l-48  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Yellowish  limestone  series,  east  side  of  Long  Valley, 
lat.   39Q  57'  north,  long.  115°  10'  west.     Probably  of  upper  carboniferous  age. 

Spikifera  scobina,  Meek. — Shell  rather  large,  subcircular,  approaching  sub- 
pentagonal,  moderately  gibbous,  length  and  breadth  nearly  equal,  hinge  line 
scarcely  equalling  the  greatest  breadth  ;  lateral  margins  rounding  anteriorly 
and  intersecting  the  hinge  almost  at  right  angles.  Valves  nearly  equally 
convex,  each  provided  with  from  about  seventeen  to  twenty-two,  rather 
broad,  depressed,  occasionally  bifurcating  plications.  Ventral  valve  a  little 
more  gibbous  than  the  other,  and  having  a  shallow  mesial  sinus,  which  is  very 
small  near  the  beak,  but  widens  gradually  towards  the  front  ;  beak  moderate- 
ly prominent,  incurved;  area  of  medium  breadth,  with  nearly  parallel  margins, 
extending  to  the  lateral  extremities  of  the  hinge,  distinctly  arched  near  the 
beak  ;  foramen  having  nearly  the  form  of  an  equilateral  triangle.  Dorsal  valve 
moderately  convex  in  the  umbonal  region  ;  beak  rather  prominent  and 
incurved ;  mesial  fold  depressed,  not  distinctly  defined  excepting  at  the  front, 
where  it  is  generally  flattened.  Surface  of  both  valves  apparently  without 
striae,  but  beautifully  ornamented  by  numerous  minute  regularly  disposed 
granules.     Breadth  2  inches  ;  length  1*88  inches  ;  convexity  l-34  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Divide  between  Long  and  Ruby  Valleys,  lat.  40° 
north;  long.  115c  20'  west,  from  the  yellowish  limestone  series.  Probably 
upper  carboniferous. 

Spikifera  pulchra,  Meek. — Shell  of  medium  size,  more  or  less  compressed, 
length  from  one  half  to  to  one  third  the  breadth  ;  hinge  line  equalling  the 
greatest  width  ;  lateral  extremities  often  much  extended,  compressed  and 
acutely  pointed.  Ventral  valve  more  convex  than  the  other  in  the  umbonal 
region  ;  beak  rather  small  and  not  very  strongly  incurved ;  area  somewhat 
narrow,  very  slightly  arched,  or  inclined  back  over  the  hinge,  its  margins 
being  sub-parallel  ;  foramen  triangular,  a  little  higher  than  wide  ;  mesial  sinus 
narrow,  well  defined  and  rather  deep,  smoothly  rounded  within,  extending  to 
the  point  of  the  beak,  from  which  it  widens  very  gradually  towards  the  front. 
On  each  side  of  the  mesial  sinus  of  the  ventral  valve,  and  its  corresponding 
elevation  on  the  dorsal  valve,  there  are  from  seven  to  nine,  simple,  elevated, 
rather  sharply  rounded  plications.  Entire  surface  ornamented  by  fine  regu- 
larly disposed  punctae  and  moderately  distinct  marks  of  growth,  which  latter 
arch  in  crossing  the  plications  and  mesial  fold.  Length  of  largest  specimen 
1*13  inches  ;  breadth  3"10  inches  ;  convexity  0.76  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  East  and  west  side  of  Long  Valley,  and  Pass  east  of 
Ruby  Valley,  lat.  40°  north,  long.  115°  20'  west.  Geological  position  same  as 
last. 

CONCHIFERA. 

Pecten  Utahensis,  Meek. — Shell  of  medium  size,  thin  sub-circular,  much 
compressed,  apparently  nearly  equivalve,  the  left  valve  being  slightly  more 
convex  than  the  other  ;  ears  small,  subequal,  triangular,  and  distinctly  flat- 
tened ;  posterior  ear  truncate  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  hinge,  sometimes  a 
little  rounded  on  the  truncate  edge  ;  anterior  ear  separated  from  the  margin 
by  a  very  shallow  sinus  ;  surface  of  the  left  valve  ornamented  by  rather 
obscure,  unequal,  depressed,  radiating  costae,  and  numerous,  extremely  fine, 
equidistant,  thread-like,  concentric  lines,  scarcely  visible  without  the  aid  of  a 
lens  ;  right  valve  smooth,  or  only  marked  by  fine  concentric  striae.  Length 
about  1-10  inches  ;  breadth  1*20  inches  ;  length  of  hinge  0.57  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Summit  Spring  Pass,  divided  between  Long  and 
Ruby  Valleys,  lat.  39°  33',  long.  115°  12'  west.     Probably  upper  carboniferous. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

Ortaoceras  baculum,  Meek. — Shell  rather  small,  elongate  conical ;  section 

[July, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  311 

very  nearly  circular  near  the  smaller  end,  and  slightly  oval  towards  the 
aperture ;  sides  diverging  from  the  apex  at  an  angle  of  8°  ;  septa  distinctly 
concave  on  the  anterior  sides,  separated  by  spaces  equal  to  one-fifth  their  own 
greater  diameter  ;  siphuncle  rounded,  nearly,  but  not  quite  central,  a  little 
less  than  one  sixth  the  diameter  of  the  shell ;  surface  apparently  smooth. 
Locality  and  position.  East  side  Ruby  Valley,  lat.  40'  north,  long.  115 
20'  west.     Probably  lower  carboniferous. 


o 


JURASSIC  SPECIES. 
CONCHIFERA. 

Ostrea  Engelmanni,  Meek. — The  collection  contains  only  upper  valves  of 
this  species,  all  of  which  are  much  compressed,  rather  thin,  and  subovate, 
more  or  less  irregular  in  form.  Beak  distinctly  truncate  and  provided  with 
a  broad  but  short  area.  Surface  ornamented  by  from  seven  or  eight,  to  aboiit 
fifteen  irregular,  moderately  distinct,  rather  rounded,  radiating  plications, 
that  do  not  usually  extend,  upon  the  umbo,  but  become  quite  distinct  at 
the  border,  which  is  usually  thin.  Lines  of  growth  regular,  and  moderately 
well  defined,  but  not  imbricating.  Muscular  scar  rather  large,  ovate  and 
distinct.     Length  (of  the  largest  specimen)  3-50  inches  ;  breadth  3  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Jurassic  beds  at  Red  Buttes,  on  the  North  Platte, 
lat.  42«  50',  long.  106°  40'  west. 

Pecten  bellistriata,  Meek. — Shell  of  medium  size,  subcircular,  sometimes 
wider  than  long,  thin,  compressed,  nearly  or  quite  equivalve  ;  hinge  straight 
and  very  short ;  posterior  wing  small  or  nearly  obsolete,  obliquely  truncate  ; 
anterior  wing  small,  vertically  truncate  at  the  extremity,  and  in  the  right 
valve  separated  from  the  margin  below,  by  a  distinct  more  or  less  angular 
sinus,  from  which  a  shallow  flat  groove,  extends  obliquely  to  the  beak  ;  beaks 
of  both  valves  small,  and  rather  compressed  ;  surface  ornamented  by  numerous 
fine,  arched,  bifurcating,  stria?,  crossed  by  extremely  small,  closely  arranged 
concentric  bines,  which  are  often  nearly  obsolete  on  the  radiating  striae  over 
the  more  convex  portions  of  the  valves,  but  quite  distinct  in  the  slender  de- 
pressions between,  to  which  they  impart  a  punctate  appearance.  Length 
(broad  variety)  2-26  inches  ;  breadth,    2-65  inches  ;  convexity  0*64  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Dextalium  ?  subquadratum,  Meek. — Shell  small,  thin,  slender,  regularly  and 
slightly  arcuate,  very  gradually  tapering,  flattened  or  a  little  concave  on  four 
sides  so  as  to  present  a  subquadrangular  section,  the  angles  being  a  little 
rounded  ;  section  of  internal  cavity,  circular  ;  surface  apparently  without  lon- 
gitudinal striae  or  marks  of  growth.  Length  about  one  inch ;  diameter  at 
larger  end  0"05  inch  ;  do.  at  the  smaller  extremity  0*02. 

Locality  and  position.  Jurassic  beds  on  the  North  Platte,  at  Red  Buttes,  lat. 
42°  50'  north,  long.  106°  40'  west. 

CRETACEOUS  SPECIES. 
CONCHIFERA. 

Anomia  concentrica,  Meek. — Shell  small,  thin,  subcircular  or  transversely 
a  little  oval ;  lateral  extremities  nearly  equally  rounded ;  cardinal  margin 
rather  straight  or  but  slightly  arched  ;  beak  very  small,  central,  compressed, 
marginal,  not  projecting  beyond  the  cardinal  border;  surface  of  upper  valve, 
ornamented  by  moderately  distinct  regular,  concentric,  undulations,  and  much 
smaller  obscure  lines  of  growth.  Transverse  diameter  0*64  inch;  length 
from  hinge  to  the  opposite  margin  0-50  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  Bear  River,  on  Sulphur  Creek,  lat.  41°  12', 
long.  110°  50',  in  whitish  sandstone,  with  an  oyster  very  similar  to  O.  glabra, 

I860.] 


312  PKOOEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Meek  &  Hayden,    and  a  small  Inoceramus.     Probably  of  lower  Cretaceous 
age,  but  may  be  older. 

Inoceramus  Simpsoni,  Meek. — Shell  attaining  a  large  size,  transversely 
elongate,  or  narrow,  oval,  gibbous  in  the  umbonal  and  anterior  regions,  cuneate 
posteriorly ;  buccal  side  rounded  ;  anal  side  very  long,  usually  broader  than 
the  other,  and  subtruncate  at  the  extremity  ;  base  in  young  shells  semiovate, 
being  more  convex  behind  than  in  front,  in  large  specimens  rounding  up  very 
gradually  towards  the  front,  and  apparently  a  little  contracted,  or  slightly 
sinuous  behind  ;  hinge  straight,  very  long  ;  beaks  rising  little  above  the  car- 
dinal border,  rather  convex,  located  very  near  the  anterior  extremity  ;  surface 
ornamented  by  moderately  distinct,  rather  regular,  concentric  undulations, 
which  sometimes  bifurcate  on  the  flanks  ;  lines  of  growth  small,  regular,  and 
equidistant.  Length  8*10  inches  ;  height;  4-35  inches  ;  convexity  about  3*72 
inches. 

The  specific  name  of  this  fine  Inoceramus  is  given  in  honor  of  Capt.  J-  H. 
Simpson,  of  the  U.  S.  Top.  Engrs.,  commander  of  the  explorations  for  the 
location  of  wagon  routes  in  Utah,  &c. 

Locality  and  position.  North  Platte  above  the  bridge,  from  the  horizon  of 
No.  2  or  3,  of  the  Nebraska  cretaceous  series. 

TERTIARY  SPECIES. 
CONCHIFERA. 

Unio  vetusta,  Meek. — Shell  rather  thin,  of  medium  size,  narrow,  much 
elongated  transversely,  moderately  convex ;  anterior  side  rounded  ;  basal  and 
dorsal  margins  nearly  straight  and  parallel ;  posterior  side  very  long,  more 
compressed  and  rather  narrower  than  the  other  obliquely  truncate  above,  and 
angular  below  in  young  shells,  but  becoming  more  rounded  with  age  ;  beaks 
small,  much  depressed  ;  located  near  the  anterior  end  ;  surface  of  young  speci- 
mens ornamented  by  fine,  regular,  concentric  wrinkles,  crossed  on  the  umbo- 
nal slopes  of  each  valve,  by  two  sharply  defined  angles,  which  radiate  from 
the  beaks  nearly  or  quite  to  the  posterior  extremity.  On  old  and  medium 
sized  specimens,  these  markings  become  nearly  or  quite  obsolete,  excepting 
sometimes  near  the  beak.  Length  of  a  large  specimen  3 '22  inches  ;  height 
1*30  inches  ;  convexity  about  0-60  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Brackish-water  deposits  on  Bear  River  near  the  mouth 
of  Sulphur  Creek,  lat  41°  12'  north,  long.  110°  52'  west. 

Unio  Haydeni,  Meek. — Shell  small,  subelliptical,  rather  thin,  moderately 
convex  ;  extremities  more  or  less  regularly  rounded,  the  posterior  margin 
being  sometimes  obliquely  subtruncate  above,  and  more  narrowly  rounded 
below  than  the  other  ;  basal  border  semi-elliptical  in  outline  ;  dorsal  side 
nearly  straight  along  the  middle  ;  beaks  very  small,  depressed  nearly  to  a 
level  with  the  dorsal  margin,  not  eroded,  and  apparently  without  wrinkles, 
located  about  half  way  between  the  middle  and  the  anterior  end ;  posterior 
umbonal  slopes  rather  prominently  rounded  ;  surface  smooth,  or  only  showing 
obscure  marks  of  growth.  Length  1*65  inches  ;  height  1  inch  ;  convexity  0-60 
inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Freshwater  Tertiary  beds,  near  Fort  Bridger,  and 
south  of  there,  at  the  base  Uintah  Mountains,  lat.  41°  40'  north,  long.  110° 
10'  west. 

Corbula  (Potamomya  ?)  pyriformis,  Meek. — Shell  transversely  pyriform, 
moderately  thick,  very  gibbous  in  the  anterior  and  umbonal  regions,  more 
compressed  and  subrostrate  behind  ;  buccal  side  truncate  above  from  the  beaks 
obliquely  forward,  rounding  rather  abruptly  into  the  base  below ;  posterior 
side  much  narrower,  and  longer  than  the  other,  and  very  sharply  rounded  or 
slightly  truncate  at  the  extremity  ;  base  semiovate,  being  much  more  promin- 
ent in  the  central  and  anterior  regions  than  behind  ;   dorsal  outline  declining 

[July, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  313 

from  the  beaks  at  an  angle  of  about  100°,  the  posterior  slope  being  distinctly 
concave.  Beaks  prominent,  incurved,  and  located  half  way  between  the  mid- 
dle and  the  anterior  end  ;  lunule  deeply  excavated,  but  not  defined  by  a  distinct 
marginal  angle  ;  escutcheon  lanceolate,  rather  deep  and  circumscribed  by  a  mar- 
ginal ridge  ;  surface  marked  by  fine  lines  of  growth,  with  sometimes  near  the 
free  borders  a  few  concentric  wrinkles.  Length  1'30  inches;  height  0*85 
inch  ;  convexity  (of  a  right  valve)  0*39  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Brackish-water  deposits,  Bear  River,  lat.  40°  k12' 
north,  long.  110°  52'  west. 

Coebula  (Potamomya  ?)  concenteica,  Meek. — Shell  ovate  subtrigonal,  gibbous 
in  the  umbonal  region,  narrow  and  compressed,  or  subrostrate  behind,  not  very 
distinctly  inequivale  ;  anterior  side  obliquely  subtruncate  above,  and  narrowly 
rounded  below  ;  ventral  border  semiovate  in  outline,  being  more  prominent  in 
the  central  and  anterior  regions  than  posteriorly  ;  anal  extremity  very  narrowly 
rounded  or  subangular  ;  beaks  elevated,  incurved,  and  placed  in  advance  of 
the  middle  ;  lunule  oval  and  rather  deep,  though  not  distinctly  circumscribed, 
escutcheon  narrow,  impressed  and  well  defined ;  surface  ornamented  by  fine  lines 
of  growth,  and  small  regular,  equidistant  concentric  wrinkles  ;  (hinge  and  in- 
terior unknown).  Length  about  1*40  inches;  height  0*90  inch;  convex- 
ity about  0"65  inch. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Coebula  (Potamomya?)  Engelmanni,  Meek. — Shell  rather  small,  transversely 
subovate,  gibbous  in  the  umbonal  region ;  anterior  side  rather  narrowly  rounded; 
base  semiovate,  being  more  prominent  towards  the  front  than  behind  ;  poste- 
rior side  narrow,  and  truncate  at  the  immediate  extremity,  having  a  mode- 
rately distinct  angle  extending  from  the  back  part  of  the  beaks  obliquely 
backwards  to  the  lower  part  of  the  slightly  truncate  posterior  end,  beaks  de- 
pressed, located  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  surface  ornamented  by  small  very 
regular  concentric  wrinkles.  (Hinge  and  interior  unknown.)  Length  (of  a 
right  valve)  0-39  inch  ;  height  0.21  inch  ;  convexity,  0*11  inch. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Melania  humeeosa,  Meek. — Shell  rather  thick,  sub-ovate ;  spire  conical, 
not  very  much  elevated ;  volutions  about  five  and  a  half,  distinctly  shouldered  ; 
and  more  or  less  angular, — last  one  comparatively  large,  rounded  and  con- 
tracted below  ;  suture  distinct ;  surface  ornamented  by  about  fourteen  rather 
strong,  regular  vertical  folds  or  costae  to  each  turn  ;  folds  obsolete  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  body  whorl,  but  becoming  more  strongly  defined  at  the 
shoulder,  where  they  often  terminate  in  spine- like  nodes,  so  as  to  give  the 
whorls  a  distinctly  coronate  character ;  crossing  the3e  folds  or  costae,  there  are 
on  each  volution  of  the  spire  about  four,  and  on  the  last  whorl  some  seven  or 
eight,  regular,  equidistant  revolving  lines,  or  small  ridges. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  foregoing. 

Melania  Simpsoni,  Meek. — Shell  elongate  conical ;  spire  attenuate  and 
pointed ;  volutions  about  ten,  flattened  or  more  or  less  convex,  increasing 
gradually  in  size,  last  one  rounded  below,  suture  sometimes  linear,  in  other 
instances  more  strongly  defined  in  consequence  of  the  greater  convexity  of  the 
whorls ;  surface  marked  by  fine  lines  of  growth,  and  small  slightly  arched 
vertical  folds,  which  vary  in  size  and  regularity  on  different  specimens,  and 
are  crossed  by  small  obscure  thread-like  revolving  lines ;  aperture  ovate ; 
columella  moderately  sinuous  below ;  lip  somewhat  retreating  above,  and 
prominent  below  the  middle.  Length  0-78  inch ;  breadth  0-30  inch;  apical 
angle  nearly  or  quite  regular,  divergence  about  26°. 

The  specific  name  is  given  in  honor  of  Capt.  J.  H.  Simpson,  Top.  Engr's.  U. 
S.  Army,  commander  of  the  Utah  Exploring  Expeditions,  &c. 

I860.] 


314  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OE 

Locality  and  position.  Higher  Tertiary  beds  at  Ham's  Fork,  north-east  of 
Fort  Bridger,  lat.  41°  40'  north,  long.  110c  10'  west.     Probably  rniocene. 

Melania  arcta,  Meek. — Shell  rather  small,  very  slender,  terete  ;  volution? 
about  twelve,  flattened  convex,  increasing  very  gradually  from  the  apex  ;  suture 
distinctly  defined  ;  surface  showing  an  exceedingly  slight  tendency  to  develop 
moderately  broad,  rather  distant  vertical  folds,  with  faint  traces  of  small  re- 
volving striae  ;  aperture  ovate.  Length  0*56  inch;  breadth  0*17  inch;  apical 
angle  regular,  divergence  15°. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Melaxia  ?  nitidula,  Meek. — Shell  subovate  ;  spire  conical,  moderately  ele- 
vated ;  volutions  about  six  and  a  half,  rounded  convex,  increasing  ratber 
gradually  from  the  apex ;  suture  well  defined ;  aperture  subovate,  narrowly 
rounded  below  and  angular  above,  scarcely  equalling  half  the  entire  length  of 
the  shell ;  surface  marked  by  fine  obscure  lines  of  growth.  Length  0.40  inch  ; 
breadth  ;  0.20  inch  ;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence  about  40°. 

Locality  and  position.  Ham's  Fork,  freshwater  tertiary,  probable  miocene. 
Lat.  41°  40'  north,  long.  110°  10'  west. 

Planorbis  spectabilis,  Meek. — Shell  large,  moderately  compressed  ;  upper 
side  slightly  convex,  sometimes  a  little  concave  in  the  middle  ;  periphery 
narrowly  rounded  below  the  middle ;  volutions  five  and  a  half,  increasing 
gradually  in  size,  wider  than  high,  depressed  convex  and  sloping  a  little  out- 
wards above,  distinctly  convex  below  ;  about  one  half  of  each  inner  whorl  on 
the  under  side,  and  less  than  one  fourth  above,  embraced  by  each  succeeding 
turn  ;  umbilicus  rather  deep ;  and  one  third  wider  than  the  outer  whorl ;  (sur- 
face and  aperture  unknown.)     Greatest  breadth  1*19  inch  ;  height  0*25  inch. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Planorbis  Utahensis,  Meek. — Shell  large,  compressed  discoidal,  nearly  flat 
above,  (sometimes  slightly  concave  in  the  middle)  and  having  a  wide  moder- 
ately deep  umbilical  cavity  below  ;  volutions  five  to  five  and  a  half,  wider  than 
high,  depressed  and  sloping  outwards  on  the  upper  side,  very  narrowly  round- 
ed or  subangular  around  the  periphery,  and  convex,  but  not  ventricose  be- 
neath ;  suture  rather  shallow  above,  and  deeper  on  the  umbilical  side : 
about  one  half  of  each  inner  turn  on  the  under  side,  and  one  fourth  on  the 
upper,  embraced  by  each  succeeding  whorl ;  surface  marked  by  fine,  regular, 
very  oblique  lines  of  growth ;  aperture  rather  narrow,  oval,  and  oblique. 
Greatest  breadth  1*20  inches  ;  smaller  do.,  1-07  inches  ;  height  above  0.26 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Ham's  Fork,  same  position  as  foregoing. 

LimnjEA  vetusta,  Meek. — Shell  elongate  sub-ovate  ;  spire  rather  slender  and 
pointed ;  volutions  five  and  a  half  to  six,  compressed  or  moderately  convex  ; 
suture  well  defined  ;  surface  nearly  smooth,  with  traces  of  fine  lines  of  growth 
scarcely  visible  without  the  aid  of  a  lens  ;  aperture  narrow  ovate,  rather  nar- 
rowly rounded  below,  and  acutely  angular  above,  equalling  about  half  the 
entire  length  of  the  shell ;  columella  with  a  small  comparatively  straight  fold. 
Length  0.56  inch  ;  breadth  0*26  inch. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Limn^ea  similis,  Meek. — Shell  small,  narrow  subovate,  or  subfusiform  ;  spire 
moderately  elevated  ;  volutions  five  and  a  half  to  six,  conxex  ;  suture  rather 
deep,  and  oblique  ;  surface  nearly  smooth  or  only  marked  by  fine  obscure 
lines  of  growth ;  aperture  narrow  ovate,  rounded  below  and  angular  above, 
equalling  about  half  the  length  of  the  shell ;  columella  not  much  twisted,  and 
having  a  rather  small  fold.  Length  0'39  inch ;  breadth  0'19  inch ;  apical 
angle  slightly  convex,  divergence  about  38°. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  preceding. 

rJuij. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  315 

Melampps  priscus,  Meek. — Shell  oval,  moderately  thick ;  spire  depressed 
conical ;  whorls  about  five,  convex  or  subangular,  last  one  comparatively  large, 
shouldered  above,  and  tapering  below  the  middle  ;  suture  well  defined  ;  sur- 
face marked  by  rather  obscure  lines  of  growth,  and  small  regular,  vertical  or 
slightly  oblique  folds,  which  are  distinct  on  the  spire  and  the  upper  part  of 
the  body,  but  obsolete  below  ;  aperture  narrow,  angular  above,  and  narrowly 
rounded  below  ;  outer  lip  apparently  sharp  and  without  teeth  or  crenulations 
within;  columella  provided  with  one  rather  strong  oblique  fold  below,  and  a 
much  smaller  less  oblique  one  about  half  way  up  the  aperture.  Length  near 
0-77  inch  ;  breadth  0-50  inch ;  apical  angle  nearly  regular,  divergence  about 
80°. 

Locality  and  position.  Estnary  beds  on  Bear  River  near  mouth  of  Sulphur 
Creek,  lat.  41°  12'  north,  long.  110«  52'  west. 


Kotes  on  Coleoptera  found  at  Fort  Simpson,  Mackenzie  River,  with  remarks  on 

Northern  Species. 

BY  JOHN  L.  LE  CONTE,  M.  D. 

A  small  collection  made  at  Fort  Simpson,  by  Mr.  Robert  Kennicott,  although 
containing  but  few  species,  has  seemed  to  me  a  convenient  nucleus,  about 
which  I  could  place  certain  notes  derived  from  the  study  of  other  collec- 
tions received  from  Russian  America,  through  Prof.  F.  W.  Maklin,  and  some 
interesting  specimens  from  Fort  Jasper  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  kindly  sent  me  by  my  learned  friend,  A.  Murray,  Esq.,  of  Edin- 
burgh. 

Species  from  Fort  Simpson. 

Carabus  Chamissonis  Fischer. 

Opisthius  Richardsonii  Kirby. 

Platynus  margin  ellus,  capite  thoraceque  nigro-piceis,  hoc  quadrato, 
postice  paulo  angustato,  et  lateribus  paulo  sinuato,  margine  testaceo  refiexo, 
»asi  utrinque  late  impresso  et  subrugoso,  angulis  posticis  obtusis  rotundatis, 
elytris  thorace  duplo  latioribus,  piceis,  subsenescentibus,  basi  emarginatis, 
striis  haud  punctatis,  interstitio  3io  pnnctis  5  vel  6  impressis,  antennis  piceis, 
pedibus  dilutioribus.     Long.  "25 — *28. 

Several  specimens  sent.  The  elytra  are  sometimes  pale,  sometimes  dark 
piceous  ;  the  intervals  between  the  striae  are  rarely  flat,  usually  moderately 
convex ;  the  impressed  punctures  are  tolerably  large  ;  the  under  surface  is 
piceous,  the  base  of  the  antenna?  and  feet  paler.  This  species  resembles 
P.  anchomenoides  more  nearly  than  any  other  species  in  my  col- 
lection, but  the  thorax  is  more  narrowed  behind,  with  the  margin  narrowly 
reflexed,  and  the  sides  somewhat  sinuate  towards  the  posterior  angles.  The 
posterior  transverse  impression  of  the  thorax  is  well  marked,  and  the  dorsal 
line  distinct. 

Pterostichus  mandibularis;  specimens  in  no  wise  differing  from  other55 
found  by  me  at  Lake  Superior,  were  sent  me  by  Mr.  Kennicott.  The  specie8 
is  very  closely  allied  to  Cryobius  fastidiosus  Mann,  from  Russian  America, 
but  differs  by  the  thorax  being  broader,  with  the  sides  more  suddenly  and 
more  distinctly  sinuate  at  the  posterior  angles. 

Pterostichus  Luczotii  Lee.  (Feronia  Lucz.  Dej.  ;  F.  obJongonotata  Say). 
One  specimen  not  differing  from  those  found  at  Lake  Superior. 

Pterostichus  6-pun  ct  at  u  s  Mann,     Two  specimens  quite  similar  to  those 
from  Russian  America. 
I860.] 


316  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Amara  (Leirus)  lacustris?  Specimens  almost  precisely  similar  to"  the 
specimen  from  Lake  Superior,  were  found  at  Fort  Simpson  and  also  on  the 
Saskatchewan.  The  thorax  is,  however,  somewhat  less  narrowed  behind,  and 
the  apex  is  sparsely  punctured. 

Amara  (Leirus)  obtusaZec,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  7,  348.  Amara  Esch- 
scholtzii  Mann.  Bull.  Mosc.  1852,  297.  The  specimens  sent  by  Mr.  Kennicott  are 
larger  than  the  one  sent  me  by  Mr.  Motsclmlsky  from  Russian  America,  but  do 
not  otherwise  differ.  It  is  perhaps  Curtonotus  lat  i  or  Kirby,  Fauna  Bor.  Am. 
36,  but  the  descriptions  of  the  species  of  this  genus  by  Kirby  are  so  indefinite 
that  reference  must  be  had  to  the  original  specimens  to  determine  the 
synonymy. 

Amara  (Celia)  interstitialis  Dej. 

Bembidium  n  i  t  e  n  s  Lee. ;  Peryphus  picipes  %  Mann.  Precisely  similar  to  the 
specimens  from  Lake  Superior,  and  Kadjak. 

Bembidium  nigripes;  Notaphus  nigripes  Kirby,  Fauna  Bor.  Am.  57.  This 
species  is  similar  in  size  and  form  toB.  variegatum  and  B.  patruele, 
but  differs  by  the  feet  and  antennae  being  black,  with  the  first  joint  of  the  latter 
testaceous  beneath.  The  striae  of  the  elytra  are  also  less  deep,  and  more 
finely  punctured.  The  size  is  smaller  than  required  by  the  description  of 
Kirby,  but  the  color  of  the  feet  is  so  characteristic,  that  I  can  scarcely  avoid 
considering  it  as  his  species.  Notaphus  quadraticollis  Mann.  Bull. 
Mosc.  1853, 148,  is  probably  the  same.  The  Russian  American  one  described  as 
B.  n  i  g  r  i  p  e  s  by  Mannerheim,  is  totally  different,  being  much  larger,  with  the 
pale  bands  of  the  elytra  very  badly  defined,  and  the  epipleurae  pale,  resembling 
these  characters  B.  indistinctum  Dej.,  from  California;  it  differs,  how- 
ever, from  that  species  by  the  thorax  being  more  strongly  margined,  with  the 
posterior  angles  more  rectangular  and  prominent,  and  the  basal  carinae  very 
distinct ;  the  dorsal  line  and  impressions  are  likewise  deeper.  In  all  these 
respects  it  agrees  with  B.  approximatum  Lee. ,  but  differs  by  the  punc- 
tures of  the  elytral  striae  being  larger  and  less  closely  placed.  The  femora  are 
dark:  in  B.  appr ox  i  m  at um  the  legs  are  usually  pale,  though  some- 
times dark,  in  B.  indistinctum  they  are  always  pale.  The  species  will 
hereafter  be  known  asB.  incrematum;  it  differs  from  all  the  allied  species 
by  the  7th  elytral  stria  being  obliterated  and  represented  only  by  punctures. 

Bembidium  nitidum  Lee. ;  Eudromus  nilidus  Kirby;  a  specimen  pre- 
cisely similar  to  one  found  by  me  in  the  Platte  River  valley.  Bembidium 
breve  Mann.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1852,  301,  is  closely  allied  to  this  species,  and 
on  comparison  may  be  found  to  be  identical. 

Silpha  lapponica  Linn. 

Catops  brunnipennis  Mann.  Bull.  Mosc.  1853,  176. 

Tachyporus  j  o  c  o  s  u  s  Say. 

Dicerca tenebrosa  Lee,  Buprestis  (Stenuris)  tenebrosa  Kirby. 

Ancylochira  maculiventris  Lee. ,  Buprestis  mac.  Say. 

Upis  ceramboides  Fabr. ;  Upis  reticulata  Say. 

Rhagium  lineatum  Oliv.  One  specimen  precisely  similar  to  those  from 
Oregon  and  the  Atlantic  States.  I  am  therefore  strongly  inclined  to  doubt 
the  specific  value  of  the  Russian  American,  R.  investigator  Mann.  (Bull. 
Mosc.  1852,  367)  ;  the  characters  given  by  him  as  distinguishing  it  are  partly 
individual  and  partly  sexual. 

Ckrysomela  A  don idi  s  Pallas;  Phcedon  Adonidis  Kirby,  Fauna  Bor.  Am. 
214,  <  rT  i 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  317 

Haltica  bimarginata  Say.  The  difference  between  this  and  Graptodera 
plicipennis  Mann,  is  not  obvious  on  comparison.  The  species  is  abundant  in 
Kanzas,  California,  Oregon,  and  at  Fort  Simpson. 

Haltica  i  n  ae  r  a  t  a ,  oblongo-ovata,  convexa,  senea,  nitida,  thorace  latitudine 
duplo  breviore,  antrorsum  subangustato,  lateribus  parum  rotundatis,  convexo, 
parce  punctulato,  linea  transversa  postica  profunda,  elytris  parce  subtiliter 
punctatis,  thorace  paulo  latioribus  pone  basin  oblique  impressis.     Long  "18. 

One  specimen.  Resembles  a  nondescript  but  common  species  of  the 
Atlantic  States,  known  in  many  collections  as  H.  splendida,  but  differs  by 
the  thorax  being  more  transverse  and  somewhat  narrowed  in  front. 

Hippodamia  12-p  u  n  c  t  a  t  a  Dej. 

Hippodamia  5-s  i  g  n  a  t  a  Muls. 

Coccinella  transverso-guttata  Fald. 

Notes  on  Russian  American  Species. 

Calathus  lenis.  Anchomenus  lenis  Mann.  I  referred  this  species  formerly 
to  Pristodactyla,  but  think  that  there  is  not  sufficient  reason  for  retaining  the 
latter  genus.  The  present  species  is  closely  allied  to  C.  ad  vena  Schaum, 
Ins.  Deutschl.  1,  389,  (Pristodactyla  advena  Lee.)  from  Lake  Superior,  and 
Maine,  but  in  the  latter  the  sides  of  the  thorax  are  slightly  sinuate  behind, 
whereby  the  posterior  angles  become  less  rounded  ;  among  the  specimens 
found  by  me  at  Lake  Superior  is,  however,  one  which  does  not  differ  in  this 
respect,  and  which  appears  entirely  similar  to  the  specimens  fromKadjak. 

Schaum's  statement  from  Chaudoir  (1.  c.)  that  Pristodactyla  differs  from 
Calathus  by  the  absence  of  furrows  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  four  posterior 
tarsi  is  not  correct.  Of  the  specimens  of  P.  impunctatain  my  collection 
one  has  the  groove  very  strongly  marked  ;  three  have  it  distinct,  though  not 
deep,  while  in  the  two  others  it  is  wanting  :  of  the  two  specimens  referred  by 
me  to  P.  corvina  Lee,  the  groove  is  obsolete  in  one,  and  wanting  in  the 
other.     From  these  facts  I  draw  two  inferences : 

1.  The  genus  Pristodactyla  is  to  be  suppressed. 

2.  Many  of  the  species  of  Calathus  as  at  present  recognized,  are  too  indis- 
tinct for  systematic  purposes,  and  are  to  be  considered  as  races  clustering 
around  a  few  principal  forms.  The  species  of  North  America  may  be  arranged 
as  follows  : 

A.  Thorax  postice  haud  angustatus,  foveis  basalibus  obsoletis. 

1.  Corpus  elongatum,  thorace  latitudine  haud  brevoire,  lateribus  modice 
reflexis.     C.  gregarius  Dej. 

2.  Corpus  elongatum,  thorace  latitudine  haud  breviore,  lateribus  anguste 
marginatis.  C.  ing  r  at  u  s  Dej.  ;  C.  incommodus  Mann,  (Russ.  Am.)  and  C. 
confusus  Lee.  (Lake  Superior),  are  almost  imperceptible  races  of  this  species. 

3.  Corpus  elongatum,  elytris  subopacis,  thorace  latitudine  haud  breviore, 
lateribus  modice  explanatis.     C.  opaculus  Lee. 

4.  Corpus  elongatum,  elytris  subopacis  thorace  latitudine  haud  breviore, 
antrorsum  vix  angustato,  lateribus  parum  rotundatis  vix  explanatis.  C. 
quadricollis  Lee. 

5.  Corpus  minus  elongatum,  elytris  subopacis,  thorace  latitudine  breviore, 
lateribus  valde  rotundatis  explanatis.     C.  Behrensii  Mann. 

6.  Corpus  minus  elongatum,  elytris  subopacis,  thorace  latitudine  breviore, 
antrorsum  sensim  angustato,  lateribus  parum  rotundatis,  explanatis.  C. 
obscurus  Lee. 

7.  Corpus  minus  elongatum,  elytris  subopacis,  thorace  latitudine  breviore, 
lateribus  valde  rotundatis  vix  explanatis.     L.  ruficollis  Dej. 

I860.]  21 


318  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

B.  Thorax  postice  angustatus,  foveis  basalibus  latis  ;  (unguiculi  subtilius 
serrati.) 

8.  Thorace  margine  latiusculo  reflexo  :  a.  lateribus  postice  subsinuatis, 
C.  a  d  v  e  n  a  Schaum  ;  /?.  lateribus  obliquis  haud  sinuatis,  C.  1  e  n  i  s  Mann. 

9.  Thorace  temiiter  marginato,  angulis  posticis  rotundatis,  postice  haud 
t.ransversini  impresso.     C.  mollis  Schaum. 

10.  Thorace  tenuiter  marginato,  postice  magis  angustato,  angulis  posticis 
rotundatis,  postice  transversim  impresso  ;  (major  unguiculis  vix  obsolete  ser- 
ratis).     C.  dubia  Lee. 

Ancho menus  du  lcis  Mann.,  belongs  to  this  division,  and  is  most  probably 
a  race  of  C.  mollis,  though  this  is  merely  a  conjecture  on  my  part,  as  I 
have  never  seen  a  specimen  of  it. 

C.  Thorax  fere  rotundatus,  vel  ovalis,  foveis  basalibus  latis  ;  (unguiculi 
t'ortiter  serrati). 

11.  a.  Thorace  latitudine  subbreviore,  postice  perparum  angustato,  C.  im- 
punctata  Lee.  (Feronia  imp.  Say;  Pristodactyla  americana  Dej.)  0.  Tho- 
race longiore  postice  vix  angustato,  margine  paulo  angustiore.  P.  corvina 
Lee. 

Trechus  spectabilis  Mann,  and  T.  oblongulus  Mann.,  are  by  no 
means  Trechus,  but  belong  to  Bembidium,  forming  a  group  between  VIII.  and 
IX.  (Proc.  Acad.  1857,  4),  characterized  by  the  thorax  subcordate,  with  the 
basal  fovese  somewhat  double,  the  elytral  striae  deep,  the  outer  ones  scarcely 
abbreviated,  the  base  of  the  antenna?  and  the  feet  pale  ;  the  last  joint  of  the 
palpi  is  longer  than  in  the  neighboring  groups,  but  acicular  and  not  at  all 
conical. 

Euplectus  parviceps  Maklin,  belongs  to  Faronus  Aube. 

Corymbites  caricinus  Esch.  =  C.  telum  Lee. 

Cryptohypnus  fall  ax  Mann.  From  this  species  C.  picescens  Lee, 
found  at  Lake  Superior,  seems  scarcely  to  differ  ;  in  the  latter,  however,  the 
punctures  are  a  little  stronger,  and  the  size  somewhat  larger,  but  hardly  suf- 
ficient to  establish  a  specific  difference.  The  names  were  both  published  in 
1853,  but  that  of  Mannerheim  has  priority  by  a  few  months, 

Rhagonycha  binodula  Mann,  does  not  differ  from  Telephorus  f  r  a  x  i  n  i 
Lee.  (Cantharis  fraxini  Say,  Telephorus  nigrita  Lee),  which  is  very  abundant 
at  Lake  Superior,  and  is  found  also  in  Pennsylvania. 

Notes  and  descriptions  of  other  Northern  Species. 

Galosoma  laqueatum,  robustum,  apterum,  nigro-ameum,  capite thorace- 
que  punctulatis  et  rugosis,  thorace  latitudine  duplo  breviore  postice  angus- 
tiore, angulis  posticis  productis  subacutis,  margine  anguste  reflexo,  elytris 
ovatis  punctatis  obsolete  striatis  costis  tribus  catenatis  lsevibus  parum  eleva- 
tia.     Long.  -67. 

Saskatchewan.  In  sculpture  resembles  C.  moniliatum  Lee.  and  C.  can- 
nellatum  Esch.;  the  former  has  the  thorax  much  more  strongly  punctured 
and  the  elytra  oblong  oval,  and  much  narrower  ;  the  latter  is  winged,  and  has 
the  posterior  angles  of  the  thorax  less  prolonged  and  broadly  rounded,  and 
the  elytra  more  convex,  with  the  sides  less  rounded. 

Nebria  m  o  e  s  t  a  Lee.  I  have  received  from  Russian  America  two  species 
under  the  name  N.  Mannerheimii  Fischer.  The  one,  received  from  Baron 
Chaudoir  and  Count  Mnizech,  has  the  sides  of  the  thorax  moderately  rounded, 
with  the  posterior  angles  rectangular  and  not  very  prominent ;  the  stria?  of  the 
dytra  appear  smooth,  and  the  outer  ones  are  less  impressed  at  the  tip.     This 

[July, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  319 

I  take  to  be  the  true  species.  The  other,  received  from  Mr.  Motschulsky,  ha! 
the  thorax  broader,  more  rounded  on  the  sides,  with  the  posterior  angles  very 
prominent,  precisely  as  in  N.  m  e  t  a  1 1  i  c  a  ;  the  striae  of  the  elytra  are  scarcely 
less  deep  at  the  tip  than  at  the  base  ;  this  specimen  agrees  perfectly  with 
those  of  N.  m  o  e  s  t  a,  found  by  me  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior.  I 
have  also  a  specimen  from  Oregon,  and  several  were  collected  by  Mr.  Barnston 
at  Carlton  House,  Saskatchewan  River. 

Platynus  corvus,  niger,  nitidus,  thorace  latitudine  breviore,  lateribus 
cum  basi  rotundatis,  margine  laterali  anguste  reflexo,  postice  paulo  latiore, 
foveis  basalibus  latis  baud  profundis,  tuberculo  valde  obsoleto  notatis,  elytris 
oblongis  thorace  latioribus,  planiusculis,  basi  emarginatis,  striis  profundis 
impunctatis,  interstitiis  paulo  convexis,  3io  tripunctato.     Long.  -39. 

Black  Hills,  Dr.  Hammond  ;  Saskatchewan.  By  the  form  of  the  thorax  this 
species  exactly  resembles  P.  atratus  Lee,  except  that  it  is  a  little  broader. 
The  elytra  are,  however,  broader,  less  convex,  and  more  emarginate  at  the 
base.     The  size  is  one  half  larger. 

Platynus  crassicollis,  elongatus,  nigro-reneus  virescens,  thorace  ro- 
tundato,  margine  anguste  reflexo,  foveis  basalibus  punctulatis,  postice  trans- 
versim  impresso,  elytris  thorace  haud  latioribus,  striis  profundis  impunctatis. 
interstitiis  parum  convexis,  3io  punctis  4  vel  5  impressis.     Long.  "32. 

Jasper  House,  Rocky  Mountains,  Mr.  A.  Murray.  Of  the  same  form  as  P. 
protr actus  Lee ,  but  smaller,  with  the  thorax  more  convex,  punctured 
behind,  and  transversely  impressed,  and  with  the  stria?  of  the  elytra  deeper. 

Platynus  picicornis,  ameo-niger,  nitidus,  thorace  ovali,  latitudine 
paulo  longiore,  margine  tenui  reflexo  postice  vix  latiore,  foveis  basalibus  latis, 
angulis  posticis  valde  rotundatis,  elytris  basi  emarginatis,  oblongis,  striis  im- 
punctatis, interstitiis  parum  convexis,  3io  t5-punctato.  antennis  palpisque 
piceis,  pedibus  piceo-testaceis.     Long.   -24. 

Jasper  House.  Related  to  P.  retractus  Lee,  but  is  much  smaller,  and 
differs  from  that  and  all  the  others  of  that  division  by  the  characters  given 
above. 

Pterostichus  validus  Maim.  Jasper  House ;  precisely  similar  to  speci- 
mens from  Sitka. 

Pterostichus  protractus,  angustus,  thorace  latitudine  fere  longiore  pos - 
tiee  angustato,  margine  distincto  reflexo,  lateribus  late  rotundatis,  postice  sub- 
sinuatis,  basi  recte  truncato,  linea  marginali  profunda  medio  interrupta, 
utrinque  bistriato,  stria  externa  brevissima,  elytris  thorace  vix  latioribus 
planiusculis  fortiter  striatis,  humeris  denticulatis.     Long.  *52. 

Jasper  House.  Resembles  by  its  form  P.  contractus  Lee,  but  belongs 
to  a  different  group  having  the  base  of  the  thorax  margined,  with  the  margi- 
nal line  interrupted  at  the  middle,  as  in  P.  validus,  californicus,  algidus,  &c, 
than  which  this  species  is  much  more  slender,  with  the  thorax  more  narrowed 
behind. 

Amara  f  a  r  c  t  a  Lee.     Saskatchewan. 

Harpalus  amp  utatus  Say.     Saskatchewan,  Mr.  Barnston. 

Harpalus  ca  r  b  o  na  t  u  s,  elongato-oblongus,  capite  obtuso,  oculis  modice 
prominulis,  thorace  capite  latiore,  latitudine  breviore,  postice  subangustato, 
lateribus  late  rotundatis,  postice  obsolete  explanatis,  angulis  posticis  rectis, 
apice  rotundatis,  foveis  basalibus  parvis  haud  profundis  parce  punctatis  ; 
elytris  (feminse)  opacis,  apice  haud  sinuatis,  striis  impunctatis,  interstitiis 
parum  convexis,  antennis  palpisque  piceo-rufis.     Long.  -40. 

Saskatchewan.  Similar  in  form  toH.  advena  Lee,  but  the  thorax  has 
the  posterior  angles  less  rounded. 

I860."! 


•j 


320  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Bradycellus  longiusculus  Lee. ;  Acupalpus  longiusculus  Mann.  A  spe- 
cimen quite  similar  to  one  from  Sitka,  but  captured  at  York  Factory,  was  sent 
me  by  Mr.  Murray. 

Bembidium  f  u  n  e  r  e  u  m,  longiusculum,  nigrum, 'piceo-seneo  tinctum,  tho- 
race  latitudine  paulo  breviore,  planiusculo,  postice  modice  angustato,  lat- 
eribus  antice  rotundatis,  postice  subsinuatis,  foveis  basalibus  bistriatis,  angulis 
posticus  rectis,  carinatis,  elytris  ovalibus,  paulo  convexis,  striis  subtilibus, 
7ma  vix  obliterata,  3ia  punctis  duobus  notata,  pedibus  piceis.     Long.  "19. 

Saskatchewan  River;  this  species  belongs  to  div.  VIII.  (Lee.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sc.  1857,  4),  but  differs  from  all  the  other  species  of  that  group  known  to  me 
by  the  thorax  more  narrowed  behind,  and  the  regularly  oval  elytra,  as  well  as 
by  the  piceous  legs. 

Dicerca  p  r  ol  onga  t  a  Lee.  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  ii.  194.  Saskatche- 
wan River. 

Asaphes  c  ar  bon  a  t  us,  ater  subopacus,  fronte  concava,  capite  thorace- 
que confertim  punctatis,  hoc  latitudine  paulo  longiore,  antrorsum  subangus- 
tato,  lateribus  late  rotundatis,  angulis  posticis  prolongatis  subdivaricatis, 
carinatis,  fissuris  basalibus  brevibus,  basi  breviter  canaliculato,  elytris  striis 
profundis,  interstitiis  paulo  convexis  confertim  punctatis,  antennis  articulo 
3io  4to  vix  minore.     Long.   "68. 

Oregon  or  Rocky  Mountains,  one  male.  This  species  in  size,  form  and 
color,  resembles  the  Oregon  A.  morio  Lee,  but  the  thorax  is  densely 
punctured,  and  the  elytra  are  also  more  densely  punctured. 

Agriotes  macer  Lee.  A  specimen  of  this  species,  precisely  similar  to  the 
one  from  Oregon,  was  received  from  Jasper  House. 

Podabrus  gradatus,  capite  thoraceque  testaceo-luteis,  illo  pone  antennas 
punctato,  thorace  latitudine  sesqui  breviore  lateribus  ante  medium  rotundatis, 
late  depressis,  apice  late  concavo,  postice  convexo  et  canaliculato,  basi  mar- 
ghiato,  angulis  minutis  dentiformibus  ;  elytris  dense  rugose  punctulatis,  sordide 
luteis,  postice  sensim  infuscatis,  subtus  antennis  pedibusque  nigris,  abdominis 
margine,  femoribus  basi,  coxis,  antennarum  articulo  lmo  palpisque  basi  rufo- 
t<'staceis.     Long.  -48. 

Oregon  or  Rocky  Mountains.  The  ungues  are  cleft,  with  the  lower  portion 
but  little  shorter  than  the  upper.  The  2nd  and  3rd  joints  of  the  antennae  are 
equal,  and  together  are  one-half  longer  than  the  4th;  the  first  joint  is  reddish 
yellow,  with  the  tip  black.  The  thighs  are  yellow  at  the  base,  gradually  be- 
coming dark  at  the  tip. 

Teicrania  Lee. 

Under  this  generic  name  I  would  separate  the  North  American  species  allied  to 
Horia.  The  genus  has  been  indicated,  but  not  named  by  Lacordaire,  (Gen.  Col. 
5,  664,  note),  and  differs  from  Horia  by  the  triangular  head;  by  the  obconical, 
scarcely  compressed  joints  of  the  antennae ;  by  the  mandibles  not  being 
toothed;  by  the  last  joint  of  the  palpi  being  somewhat  longer  than  the 
penultimate,  (in  Horia  the  last  joint  is  much  shorter) ;  and  by  the  posterior 
tarsi  one-half  shorter  than  the  tibiae.  The  body  is  also  somewhat  hairy, 
while  in  Horia  it  is  glabrous.  Three  species  are  known  to  me,  forming  two 
divisions. 

A.  Body  without  wings.  T.  sanguinipennis;  Horia  sanguinipennis  Say. 
Middle  States. 

B.  Body  winged.  T.  Stansburii;  Horia  Stansburii  Hald.,  Utah:  and 
T.  Murray  i,  niger  opacus,  alatus,  capite  thoraceque  dense  granulato-punc- 
tatis,   elytris   elongato-oblongis,   thorace  baud  latioribus,    minus   subtiliter 

[July, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  321 

rugose  punctatis,  macula  utrinque  basali  rotundata,  lateribusque  pone  quad- 
rantem  runs.     Long.  '48. 

Rocky  Mountains  or  Oregon.  Of  the  size  and  shape  ofT.  Stansburii, 
but  differs  by  the  head  and  thorax  being  more  finely  and  densely  punctured: 
the  latter  is  also  more  transverse,  and  the  sides  converge  slightly  behind, 
while  in  the  other  they  are  parallel.  I  take  great  pleasure  in  dedicating  this 
fine  species  to  my  learned  friend,  Andrew  Murray,  to  whose  liberality  I  owe 
this  and  many  other  valuable  additions  to  my  collection. 

Acmaeops  mollipilosa,  robusta  nigra,  pube  longa  cinerea  haud  dense 
vestita,  capite  dense  thorace  modice  punctato,  hoc  convexo,  apice  constricto, 
lateribus  ante  medium  subito  rotundatis,  postice  parallelis,  obsolete  canal- 
icular, elytris  dorso  subdepressis,  lateribus  oblique  impressis,  apice  subob- 
lique  attenuatis  dein  obtuse  rotundatis,  violaceo-tinctis,  minus  dense  punctatis, 
punctis  postice  subtilioribus,  pedibus  dense  fusco-pubescentibus,  antennis 
fuscis  basi  nigris.     Long.  "57. 

Oregon  or  Rocky  Mountains.  Resembles  more  nearly  the  Californian 
A.  lugens  Lee.  than  any  other  in  my  collection,  but  is  sufficiently  distinct 
from  that  species  by  the  more  flattened  elytra,  with  the  sides  strongly  im- 
pressed behind  the  humeri,  and  more  broadly  rounded,  or  even  subtruncate 
at  the  tips. 

Acmaeops  viola,  robusta,  nigra,  pube  brevi  nigra  parce  vestita,  capite 
dense,  thorace  modice  punctato,  hoc  convexo,  apice  constricto,  lateribus 
praecipue  antice  rotundatis,  elytris  dorso  subdepressis,  apice  obtuse  rotun- 
datis, minus  dense  antice  fortius  postice  subtilius  punctatis,  cyaneo-viola- 
ceis,  antennis  nigris.     Long.  '43. 

Oregon  or  Rocky  Mountains.  Smaller  than  the  preceding,  and  differs  by 
the  shorter  black  pubescence,  the  elytra  more  strongly  punctured,  less  im- 
pressed at  the  sides,  and  more  regularly  rounded  at  the  tip. 

Acmaeops  lupina,  nigro-picea,  pube  longa  fusca  dense  vestita,  capite 
dense  subtilius,  thorace  minus  subtiliter  confertim  punctatis,  hoc  convexo 
apice  constricto,  lateribus  subangulatis  postice  paulo  concavis,  elytris  sub- 
cylindricis,  thorace  sesqui  latioribus,  antice  modice  postice  subtilius  et  densius 
punctatis,  apice  rotundatis  subtruncatis.     Long.  '48. 

Rocky  Mountains. 

Chrysornela  multipunctata,  Say ;  var.  verrucosa  Suffrian,  Ent.  Zeitung. 
1858,  266.     Carlton  House,  Mr.  Barnston. 

Chrysornela  subseriata,  nigra,  vix  aenescens,  oblonga,  alata,  thorace 
lateribus  incrassatis  rotundatis,  sulco  vago  grosse  punctato  a  disco  separatis, 
hoc  subtiliter  punctato,  elytris  thorace  haud  latioribus,  disperse  punctatis, 
punctisque  paulo  majoribus  seriatis,  seriebus  per  paria  minus  distantibus. 
Long.  -32. 

Oregon  or  Rocky  Mountains.  The  punctures  of  the  rows  are  small  and 
closely  placed,  the  rows  are  9  in  number  and  a  short  scutellar  one. 

Oedionychis  scripticollis  Lee;  Alticascripticollis  Say.  Saskatchewan 
River. 


Synopsis  of  the  Scaphidiidas  of  the  United  States. 

BY  JOHN  L.  LE  CONTE.  M.  D. 

Several  years  ago  I  wrote  a  synopsis  of  our  species  of  the  family  of  Coleopter- 
ous insects  here  treated  of,  but  the  manuscript  having  been  lost  by  the  printer, 
was  not  published.  I  have  recently  had  occasion  to  study  again  this  group, 
and  therefore  now  make  known  the  species  in  my  collection.  The  native 
genera  may  be  arranged  in  the  following  manner  : — 

I860.] 


322  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

I.  Scutellum  distinctum  ;  antennae  clavatae  : 

Tibiae  haud  spinulosae. 

Tarsi  postici  articulo  primo  elongato  ;  oculi  emarginati,     Scaphidium. 

Tarsi  postici  articulo  primo  vix  longiore  ;  oculi  integri,      Scaphium. 
Tibiae    spinulosae ;  oculi   integri,  tarsi  postici    articulo 

lmo  elongato,  Cyparium. 

II.  Scutellum  thoracis  basi  obtectum  ;  antennae  capillares  : 

Coxae  posticas  late  distantes  : 

Antennae  articulis  tribus  ultimis  latioribus,  B^ooeka. 

Antennae  articulis  5  ultimis  latioribus,  Scaphisoma. 

Coxae  post,  approximatae  ;  (corpus  angustum,  compressum)  Toxidium. 

Scaphidium  Oliv. 

1.  S.  obliteratum,  nigrum,  nitidum,  elytris  gutta  utrinque  antica 
externa,  alteraque  subapicali  transversa  lunata,  parvis  testaceis,  stria  suturali 
profunde  punctata  basi  arcuata,  striis  dorsalibus  nullis.     Long.  -21. 

One  specimen  found  near  Evansville,  Indiana.  Larger  than  the  other 
species,  and  readily  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  the  short  rows  of  punc- 
tures on  the  elytra,  and  by  the  small  size  of  the  elytral  spots,  which  are  yel- 
lowish. 

2.  S.  4-guttatum,  nigrum,  nitidum,  elytris  macula  magna  pone  basin, 
alteraque  ante  apicali  lunata  rubris,  stria  suturali  profunde  punctata  basi  arcu- 
ata, seriebus  parce  punctatis  internis  ante  medium  notatis.     Long.  -16 — "18. 

Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philada.,  3,  198. 

Middle  and  Southern  States  and  Kansas.  I  am  very  much  inclined  to  con- 
sider this  and  the  next  two  species  as  varieties  ;  there  is  no  difference  in  form 
or  sculpture,  but  only  in  the  spots  of  the  elytra. 

3.  S.  4-p ustu latum,  nigrum  nitidum,  elytris  macula  lunata  mediocri 
pone  basin,  alteraque  ante  apicali  rubris,  elytris  stria  suturali  profunde  punc- 
tata basi  arcuata,  seriebus  tribus  parce  punctatis  internis  ante  medium  notatis. 
Long.  *18. 

Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  3,  198. 

One  specimen,  New  York.  The  elytral  spots  are  much  smaller  than  the 
preceding,  and  both  are  transverse  and  lunate. 

4.  S.  piceum,  nigrum,  nitidum,  elytris  immaculatis,  stria  suturali  pro- 
funde punctata  basi  arcuata  seriebus  tribus  parce  punctatis  internis  ante 
medium  notatis.     Long.  -18. 

Melsheimer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  2,  103. 
Scaphidium  4-guttatum  var.  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  3,  198. 
Middle  and  Southern  States.     In  all  these  species  the  posterior  tibue  of  the 
males  are  pubescent  internally. 

Scaphium  Kirby. 

1.  S.  castanipes  Kirby,  Fauna  Bor.  Am.  4,  108,  tab.  5,  f.  1. 
Canada.     Unknown  to  me. 

Cyparium  Er. 

1.  C.  flavipes,  (sub-ovale,  convexum,  nigro-piceum)  nitidum,  elytris 
stria  suturali  punctata,  basi  breviter  arcuata,  seriebus  utrinque  5  punctatis, 
interna  fere  integra,  externis  antice  valde  abbreviatis,  humeris  testaceo-tinctis, 
antennis  piceis,  basi  ore  pedibusque  testaceis.     Long.  -10. 

Southern  States.  Of  the  form  of  a  large  Scaphisoma  :  the  last  five  joints  of 
the  antennae  form  an  elongate  club,  and  the  tibiae,  especially  the  middle  ones, 
have  a  few  spines,  small  but  distinct.  The  thorax  lias  no  basal  punctures, 
the  sides  are  oblique  and  broadly  rounded. 

[July, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP  PHILADELPHIA.  323 

BiEOCERA  Er. 

1.  B.  cone  o  lor  Er.  Ins.  Deutschl .  3,  4:  Scaphidium  concolor  Fabr.  Syst. 
EL  2,  576. 

Unknown  to  me  :  described  as  being  black,  with  piceous  legs  ;  half  the  size 
i ) f  the  European  Scaphium  immaculatum,  which  is  \  inch  long. 

2.  B.  apicalis,  rotundato-ovalis,convexa,  nigro-picea nitida laevissima,  tho- 
race  basi  media  prolongato,  rotundato  submarginato,  elytris  stria  suturali  haud 
punctata,  basi  longe  arcuata,  margine  apicali  testaceo,  ano  piceo,  pedibus 
rufo  testaceis.     Long.  *06. 

Middle  and  Southern  States.  The  side  pieces  of  the  mesosternum  are  dis- 
tinctly divided  by  an  oblique  line.  The  insect  exactly  resembles  a  small 
Scaphisoma,  but  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  shorter  antennae  having  only 
three  enlarged  terminal  joints. 

Scaphisoma  Leach. 

1.  S.  castaneum,  castaneo-piceum,  ovale  convexum  nitidum,  thorace 
subtiliter  parce,  elytris  fortius  parce  punctatis,  stria  suturali  antice  longe  arcu- 
ata, postice,  ano  pedibusque  dilutioribus.     Long.  '13. 

Lee.  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl.  and  Surveys,  xi.  insects,  14. 

Scaphidium  castaneum  Motsch.  Bull.  Mosc.  1845,  2,  361,  tab.  6,  f.  4. 

San  Jose,  California.  Larger  and  narrower  than  the  next  species,  with  the 
thorax  more  distinctly  punctured,  and  the  antennas  more  thickened  externally, 
the  6th  joint  being  not  thicker  than  the  5th,  and  the  8th  not  narrower  than  the 
adjoining  ones. 

2.  S.  convexum,  rotundato-ovale,  convexum,  piceo-nigrum,  nitidum, 
thorace  subtiliter  parce  punctulato,  elytris  parce  punctatis,  stria  suturali 
antice  longe  arcuata,  margine  postico,  ano  antennis  basi  pedibusque  testaceis. 
Long.  -11. 

Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  5,  183. 
Middle  and  Southern  States,  not  rare. 

3.  S.  punctulatum,  ovale,  convexum,  nigrum  nitidum,  thorace  sub- 
tilissime  punctulato,  elytris  subtiliter  punctatis,  stria  suturali  longe  arcuata, 
ore,  abdomine,  antennis  basi  pedibusque  rufo-testaceis.     Long.  *08. 

One  specimen,  Georgia.  Narrower  and  smaller  than  S.  convexum,  with 
the  fine  punctures  of  the  thorax  more  numerous,  and  the  elytra  entirely  black 
and  more  finely  punctured. 

4.  S.  suturale,  ovale,  convexum,  piceo-nigrum  nitidum,  thorace  subtilissi- 
me  parce  punctulato,  elytris  parce  fortius  punctatis,  stria  suturali  profunda 
arcuata,  postice,  ano  antennis  basi  pedibusque  testaceis.     Long.  #08. 

Middle  and  Southern  States,  smaller  and  narrower  than  S.  convexum, 
with  the  sutural  stria  deeper. 

5.  S.  terminatum,  rotundato-ovale,  convexum,  piceo-nigrum  nitidum, 
elytris  parce  subtiliter  punctulatis,  stria  suturali  arcuata,  margine  apicali  flavo, 
ano  testaceo,  antennis  pedibusque  flavis.     Long.  "06. 

Melsheimer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  2,  104. 
Middle  States,  not  rare. 

6.  S.  rufulum,  ovale,  convexum,  rufo-castaneum  nitidum,  elytris  sub- 
tilissime  parce  punctulatis,  stria  suturali  subtili  arcuata,  apice  ano  antennis 
pedibusque  dilutoribus.     Long.  -06. 

One  specimen  found  at  the  junction  of  the  Colorado  and  Gila,  California. 

7.  S.  pusillum,  rotundato-ovale,  convexum,  nigro-piceum  nitidum,  ely- 
tris obsolete  parce  punctulatis,  stria  suturali  profunda  arcuata,"  postice  tes- 
taceis, abdomine  antennis  pedibusque  rufo-testaceis.     Long.  -03. 

I860.] 


I 


24  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE  ACADEMY   OF 


South  Carolina  and  Georgia,  Dr.  Zirnmermann.  Very  much  smaller  than 
the  other  species.  I  have  not  considered  it  necessary  to  give  detailed  descrip- 
tions of  the  species  of  this  genus,  as  they  only  differ  from  each  other  by  the 
characters  above  mentioned. 

Toxidium  Lee. 

Antennse  capillares,  elongatse,  articulis  7-11  crassioribus,  Svo  contiguis 
angustiore  ;  thorax  basi  lobatus,  scutellum  obtegens.  Coxse  intermedia?  dis- 
tantes,  posticse  parum  distantes.  Pedes  tenues,  tibiis  haud  spinosis,  tarsis 
posterioribus  tibiis  haud  brevioribus,  articulo  lmo  longiore.  Corpus  elonga- 
tum  compressum  arcuatum  ;  mesothoracis  pleurse  quadratse,  linea  obliqua 
haud  insculptse. 

1.  T.  gamma roides,  elongato-ovale,  valde  convexum,  nigrum  nitidum, 
thorace  latitudine  sublongiore,  lateribus  obliquis,  elytris  obsolete  parce  punc- 
tulatis,  stria  suturali  tenui  antice  obliterata,  margine  apicali  obscure  testaceo, 
ano,  antennis  pedibusque  saturate  testaceis.     Long.  *08. 

Southern  and  Western  States,  not  rare.  A  singular  looking  insect,  having 
much  the  outline  of  the  small  Crustacea  known  as  Gammarus. 


Description  of  a  New  Species  of  CEPHALOPOD,  from    the  Eocene  of  Texas. 

BY   WM.    M.    GABB. 

Sepia  (Belosepia)  ungula  . — Shell  laterally  compressed,  especially  poste- 
riorly ;  beak  robust,  acute,  arcuate,  and  with  a  very  faint  ridge  on  the  dorsal 
surface  ;  ventral  plate  smaller  in  proportion  than  in  tbe  other  species  of  this 
subgenus,  slightly  undulate  and  radiate,  edge  smooth  and  sharp;  dorsal  cal- 
lus straight,  deeply  rugose,  marked  by  about  three  irregular  rugse,  and  co- 
vered on  the  face  and  sides  with  pits  or  cavities,  which  extend  on  the  sides 
almost  to  the  base  of  the  ventral  plate,  becoming  gradually  fainter  until  they 
disappear;  cavity  shallow,  ventral  edge  sharp,  interior  marked  by  numerous 
compound  concentric  ribs  crossed  by  very  faint  longitudinal  lines. 

Length  lj  in.;  length  of  rostrum  f  in. ;  width  of  ventral  plate  J  in.,  just  above 
the  base  of  the  cavity. 

Locality  and  position,  Wheelock,  Texas ;  from  a  deposit  containing  many 
species  found  at  Claiborne,  Ala. 

This  species  resembles  more  nearly  Sepia  Cuvieri  Desk.,  of  the  Paris 
basin  than  any  other,  but  it  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  it  by  the  dorsal 
callosity,  which,  in  our  species,  is  not  so  prominent,  and  is  comparatively  sharp, 
especially  towards  the  extremity  nearest  the  rostrum.  The  roughening  of  the 
surface  of  the  same  portion  is,  in  the  Paris  species,  transverse,  while  in  ours  it 
is  longitudinal.  The  ventral  plate  is  one-third  smaller  in. the  present  species  than 
in  S.  Cuvieri. 

The  type  of  this  species  belongs  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

A  letter  from  Dr.  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger,  dated  Philadelphia, 
July  26th,  resigning  his  position  on  the  Committees  of  Proceedings, 
Publication  and  Concbology,  on  account  of  prolonged  absence  on  of- 
ficial duty,  was  read,  aud  on  motion  the  resignation  was  accepted. 

[July, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  325 

August  1th. 
Dr.  Hays  in  the  Chair. 

Thirteen  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  :  "  Descriptions 
of  new  species  of  American  Fresh-water  Fishes,  by  Charles  C.  Abbott." 

"  Description  of  new  species  of  North  America  Reptiles  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C,  by  Robert 
Kennicott." 

"  Notes  and  Descriptions  of  new  and  little  known  American  Reptiles 
by  E.  D.  Cope."  r 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

The  number  of  the  Proceedings  for  July  was  laid  on  the  table  by 
the  Committee. 


August  lith. 

Dr.  Hats  in  the  Chair. 

Thirteen  members  present. 

The  following  paper  was  presented  for  publication  :     "  Contributions 
to  American  Lepidopterology,  No.  G,  by  Brackenridge  Clemens,  M.  D.," 
And  was  referred  to  a  Committee. 


August  28 tJi. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-two  members  present. 

Dr.  Fisher  announced  the  death  at  New  York,  on  the  17th  inst.  of 
Victor  Gr.  Audubon,  a  Correspondent  of  the  Academy. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees,  the  following  papers  were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings  ; 

Descriptions  of  new  species  of  American  Fresh-water  Fishes. 

BY   CHARLES    C.  ABBOTT. 

1.  Plargyrus  melanocephalu  s  Abbott. — Head  large,  broad  ;  snout 
very  blunt.  Body  broad  anterior  to  dorsal  fin,  rapidly  narrowing  posteriorly ; 
dorsal  outline  greatly  curved,  making  the  depth  of  the  body  anterior  to  dor- 
sal fin  equal  to  one-fourth  of  total  length.  The  eye  large,  circular  ;  diameter 
equal  to  one-third  the  width  of  head.  The  distance  from  the  posterior  mar- 
gin of  opercular  apparatus  to  edge  of  the  orbit,  is  double  that  from  extremity 
of  the  snout  to  opposite  edge  of  orbit.  The  nostrils,  which  have  a  double 
opening,  are  situated  on  a  line  with  the  upper  edge  of  the  orbits.  The  mouth 
is  of  medium  size,  terminal,  the  lower  jaw  the  shorter.  Small  corneal,  acute 
cornua  arranged  on  the  snout,  generally  in  parallel  rows  ;  a  few  on  the  lower 
jaw,  irregularly  placed.  The  lateral  line,  commencing  at  angle  of  operculum, 
is  greatly  decurved,  approaching  nearer  the  ventral  than  dorsal  outline, 
posteriorly.  The  anterior  ray  of  the  ventral  fin  directly  opposite  that  of  the 
ventral  fin,  each  ray  being  equidistant  from  the  snout  and  base  of  caudal 
fin.  The  tips  of  the  rays  of  the  ventral  somewhat  overlap  the  anus.  The 
dorsal  fin  is  higher  than  broad,  quadrangular  ;  caudal  finis  slightly  bifurcated  : 

I860.]  22 


326  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

pectorals  long,  narrow  and  subqnadrangular,   the  ventrals  long,  narrow  and 
tapering  ;  anal  twice  as  long  as  broad,  quadrangular. 

7 

The  fin-rays  are— D,  9.  C,  20  -  P,  14.  V,  8.  A,  7. 

7 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  whole  head,  posteriorly  to  the  nape  of 
the  neck,  inky  black.  The  opercle  occasionally  with  a  metallic  reflection.  A 
black  narrow  band  extends  from  opercle  to  caudal  fin,  above  lateral  line 
anterior  and  below,  posterior  to  dorsal  fin.  Body  of  a  general  gray  hue, 
darker  on  the  back,  and  yellowish  on  the  belly.  A  narrow  black  line  on 
peduncle  of  tail. 

Total  length  2§  inches. 

The  specimens  from  which  the  description  is  taken,  were  procured  by  Dr. 
.T.  H.  Slack,  of  Philadelphia,  in  June,  1860,  at  Lake  Whittlesey,  Minnesota. 
From  the  number  of  specimens  obtained,  it  is  natural  to  suppose  that  it  is, 
in  that  district  at  least,  a  very  numerous  species. 

2.  Cottus  C  opei  Abbott. — Body  subcylindrical ;  its  greatest  depth  is  con- 
tained six  times  in  the  entire  length  from  snout  to  tip  of  caudal  fin  ;  and  the 
least  depth,  at  insertion  of  caudal  fin,  is  contained  thirteen  times  in  the 
entire  length.  Head  twice  as  broad  as  deep,  with  its  frontal  length  equal  to 
its  width.  The  snout  is  obtuse.  A  vertical  line  drawn  upwards,  from  the  angle 
of  the  mouth  would  pass  anterior  to  the  pupil.  The  eyes  are  circular, 
medium  sized,  and  the  diameter  is  contained  little  more  than  four  times  in 
the  length  of  the  head.  The  preopercular  spine  is  strongly  developed,  curving 
slightly  upwards.  A  small  acute  spine  on  the  subopercle.  The  gill  openings 
are  oblique,  large  and  separated  under  the  throat  by  an  isthmus  of  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch.  The  lateral  line  is  distinct  throughout  its  course  ;  it  is 
concurrent  with  the  dorsal  outline.  The  first  ray  of  the  dorsal  is  inserted 
fifteen-sixteenths  of  an  inch  from  the  extremity  of  the  snout,  and  extends  on 
a  basis  of  one-third  of  an  inch  ;  the  origin  of  second  dorsal  is  posterior  to  the 
vent,  the  first  and  last  rays  shorter  than  the  middle  ones.  The  commence- 
ment of  anal  fin  is  opposite  the  third  ray  of  dorsal.  The  caudal  fin  is  rounded 
X>osteriorly,  and  is  contained  six  times  in  the  entire  length  ;  the  middle  rays 
are  bifurcated.  The  ventrals  are  inserted  in  a  line  with  the  centre  of  the  in- 
sertion of  pectorals  ;  the  tips  of  rays  do  not  reach  the  anus,  if  bent  backward. 
The  bases  of  the  pectorals  are  crescent  shaped,  and  the  tips  of  the  rays,  if 
bended  backward,  will  reach  the  first  ray  of  second  dorsal,  but  not  the  anal 
fin. 

The  number  of  fin  rays  are  D,  7—15.  P,  12.  V,  8.  C,"14.  A,  10. 

Color.  Head  and  back  of  a  varied  blackish-gray,  with  minute  yellow  spots  ; 
sides  yellowish-gray,  fading  to  pearly  white  on  the  belly ;  sides  marked  with 
very  irregular  dark  gray  lines.  The  fins  partaking  the  color  of  the  region  to 
which  they  belong,  are  sparingly  dotted  with  deep  black.  Iris  bronze. — 
Total  length  3f  inches. 

Habitat.  A  small  trout  stream,  a  tributary  of  a  tributary  of  Brandywine 
creek,  Chester  Co.,  Pennsylvania.  But  one  adult  and  one  young  specimen 
captured. 

I  dedicate,  with  much  pleasure,  this  beautiful  Cottus,  to  Mr.  E.  D.  Cope,  of 
Philadelphia,  by  whom  it  was  found,  and  kindly  loaned  me  for  description. 

PCECILOSOMA,    Agass. 
Gen.    Char. — Head  short  and  strong,  rounded.     Mouth  little  opened,  pro- 
portionately broad  ;  it  is  not  protractile,  though  the  maxillary  bone  be  move- 
able ;  opercular  apparatus  scaly  ;  cheeks  bare. 

3.  P.  transversum  Abbott. — Head  and  body  compressed ;  nose  acute. 
Operculum  terminating  in  a  spine  posteriorly.  Jaws  equal ;  mouth  broad. 
Margin  of  jaws  armed  with  very  numerous,  small,  inwardly  curved,  sharp 
teeth.     The  origin  of  the  first  dorsal  fin  is  posterior  to  the  insertion  of  pectoral 


[Au 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  327 

fin ;  the  ventral  is  also  posterior  to  the  pectoral,  and  is  slightly  anterior  to 
the  first  ray  of  dorsal.  The  origin  of  the  second  dorsal  is  situated  slightly 
posteriorly  to  the  vent,  and  directly  opposite  the  origin  of  the  anal ;  the  ter- 
minal ray  of  the  anal  is  anterior  to  the  terminal  "ray  of  second  dorsal.  The 
caudal  fin  is  slightly  rounded. 

5 

The  numbers  of  the  fin  rays,  are  D  ;  11—12.  C,  16  -  A,  9.  V,  6.  P,  11. 

5 

Total  length. — 2  inches. 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  general  tint  of  the  body  is  sienna,  fading 
into  pale  straw  color  upon  the  belly ;  throat  orange  ;  pectoral  and  ventral  fins 
orange  ;  the  other  fins  partake  of  the  color  of  the  region  to  which  they  belong. 
Fourteen  bands  of  dark  rufous,  joined  upon  the  back,  cross  the  sides  trans- 
versely, and  become  obliterated  upon  the  belly  ;  the  intervening  spaces  are 
double  the  width  of  the  bands. 

Habitat. — Cabinet  of  Academy  ?    Lake  Snperior. 

A  few  specimens  of  this  fish,  with  specimens  also  of  a  new  species  of 
Pileoma  DeKay,  were  presented  by  W.  A.  Hammond,  M.  D.,  to  the  Acad- 
emy ;  but  the  locality  and  date  of  presentation  have  been  lost,  and  no 
mention  of  the  fish  being  presented  is  made  in  the  '-Proceedings."  The 
only  other  described  representative  of  this  g*'nus  is  the  P.  zebra  Agassi:, 
described  in  his  work  on  Lake  Superior,  as  a  fish  of  those  waters.  This  new 
species  may  be  from  the  same  locality,  but  at  present  there  is  no  means  of 
positively  ascertaining. 

4.  Pileoma  cymatogramma  Abbott. — Body  cylindrical,  slightly  de- 
pressed. Head  small,  facial  outline  oblique  ;  mouth  rather  large.  The  eye 
is  situated  near  the  top  of  the  head,  with  the  diameter  of  the  orbit  equal  to  one- 
third  of  the  length  of  the  head.  The  operculum  terminates  posteriorly  in  a 
broad  flat  point ;  the  preopercle  terminates  posteriorly  in  a  small,  very  acute 
and  conical  spine.  The  lateral  line  is  nearly  straight  throughout -its  course. 
The  insertion  of  the  pectoral  fin  is  anterior  to  that  of  the  ventral,  and  that  of 
the  ventral  anterior  to  the  origin  of  dorsal.  The  origin  of  the  second  dorsal 
is  opposite  the  primary  ray  of  the  anal  fin.  The  caudal  is  slightly  bifurca- 
ted. 

4 

The  numbers  of  the  fin  rays  are  D,  13—12.  C.  16  -  P,  13.  V,  7.  A,  8. 

4 

Color.  In  alcohol  specimens,  the  general  color  of  the  upper  surface,  light 
rufous,  fading  on  the  belly.  A  broad,  wavy  band,  mostly  below  the  lateral 
line,  of  dark  rufous-brown.  Numerous  quadrangular,  dark  rufous  spots  on 
the  back  and  sides  above  the  lateral  line. 

Habitat. — Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

This  genus  differs  principally  from  Poecilosoma,  in  having  the  cheeks  and 
opercular  apparatus,  both  scaly. 

5.  Ammoccetes  aep  y  ptera  Abbott. — Body  posterior  to  second  branchial 
aperture,  compressed  and  tapering  rapidly  towards  the  tail ;  belly,  anterior 
to  the  vent,  flattened.  The  first  dorsal  fin  arises  somewhat  posteriorly  to  the 
centre  of  the  entire  length  of  the  body,  and  is  pyramuial  in  figure.  The 
second  dorsal  fin,  joining  with  the  caudal,  is  smaller  than  the  first  dorsal  and 
more  acutely  pyramidal  in  its  figure.  The  caudal,  whose  origin  is  situated 
opposite  the  vent,  is  higher  than  either  dorsal  fin,  and  decreases  rapidly 
towards  the  tail.  Nape  of  the  neck  nmch  elevated,  and  the  facial  outline 
obliquely  descending.  Snout  exceedingly  prolonged  ;  mouth  circular ;  on  the 
inside  of  the  upper  lip  there  are  three  or  four  very  small  granules  on  each 
side  ;  and  at  the  opening  of  the  throat  small  ramified  papillae.  The  eyes  are 
very  small  and  situated  near  the  top  of  the  head,  equidistant  between  the 
first  branchial  aperture  and  the  angle  of  the  mouth.     The  branchial  apertures 

I860.] 


328  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

are  situated  in  a  longitudinal  depression,  oblique  and  slightly  curved  ;  the 
first  aperture  is  situated  in  a  line  with  the  pupil,  and  is  one-fifth  of  an  inch 
distant  posteriorly. 

Total  length,    5.}  inches. 

Color.     In  the  alcoholic  specimen,  the  head,  back  and  sides  are  dark  brown  ; 
the  belly,  clay  color.     Fins  yellow. 
Habitat.     Ohio  River. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  new  species  of  Ammoccetes,  is  in  the  cabinet  of  the 
Academy,  marked  as  procured  in  the  Ohio  River,  and  presented  by  Dr.  Hil- 
dreth.  The  peculiarities  of  the  species  are  to  be  noticed  in  the  remarkable 
length  of  the  head,  and  distance  from  the  orbit  to  the  first  branchial  aperture, 
and  also  in  the  unusual  size  of  the  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  ;  from  which  last 
peculiarity  the  specific  name  is  derived. 


Inscriptions  of   New  Species  of  North  American   Serpents   in  the  Museum 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington. 

BY   ROBERT    KENNICOTT. 

TANTILLA  Baird  &  Girard. 
T.  nigriceps  Kennicott. 

Specific  character.  Form  more  slender  and  head  narrower  than  in  T.  g  r  a- 
c  i  1  i  s .  Vertical  plate  more  elongate  posteriorly,  occipitals  narrower.  One 
anteorbital,  two  postorbitals.  Seven  upper  labials.  Color  (in  alcohol)  uni- 
form brownish  white  above,  lighter  beneath.  Crown  as  far  as  behind  the 
occipitals  deep  black ;  no  indication  of  a  post-occipital  black  ring  as  in  T. 
coronata. 

4491,  Fort  Bliss,  New  Mexico.     Dr.  Crawford. 

2046,  Indianola  to  Nueces,  Texas.     Capt.  Pope. 

DIADOPHIS  Baird  &  Girard. 
D.  Texensis  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Dorsal  scales  in  fifteen  longitudinal  rows.  Color  above  uniform 
leaden  or  bluish  black  ;  beneath  light  yellow,  irregularly  spotted  with  black. 
Under  jaws  spotted.  A  yellowish  occipital  ring  one  and  a  half  or  two  scales 
wide. 

Descr.  Form  moderately  slender.  Head  rather  narrow,  with  the  crown 
slightly  arched  ;  snout  narrow  and  depressed.  Vertical  plate  small,  tapering 
posteriorly  ;  superior  labials  seven.  Eye  proportionally  large.  Outer  row  of 
dorsal  scales  slightly  the  largest.  Color  above  leaden  or  bluish  black,  the 
crown  darker.  AsinD.  punctatus,  the  edges  of  the  upper  labial  shields 
are  yellow,  like  the  lower,  but  the  latter  are  thickly  spotted  with  black.  The 
abdomen  is  usually  irregularly  spotted  with  tlack  over  its  whole  surface, 
though  in  some  specimens  there  is  a  tendency  to  form  a  medial  row  as  in  D. 
punctatus.     The  under  surface  of  the  tail  is  tinged  with  reddish. 

1897,  East  of  Galveston,  Texas.     Prof.  Andrews. 

2076,  Head  of  Trinity  River,  Texas.     Capt.  Pope. 

2079,  Llano  Estacado.     Capt.  Pope. 

2155,  Monticello,  Mississippi.     Miss  H.  Tennison. 

This  will  be  distinguished  from  D.  punctatus  by  its  more  slender  form, 
arched  crown  and  narrow  snout,  by  the  numerous  and  irregular  spots  on  the 
abdomen,  and  especially  those  on  the  mandibular  and  mental  plates. 

LAMPROPELTIS  Fitzinger. 
L.  kultistriata  Kennicott. 
Sp.  char.     Dorsal  scales  in  twenty-three  rows.     Form  similar  to  that  of  L. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  329 

gentilis,  but  the  head  and  eye  larger.  Color  above  brownish  red,  with 
thirty-one  pairs  of  narrow  black  half-rings  enclosing  white  spaces,  from  head 
to  anus.  The  black  rings  not  extending  across  the  abdomen,  which  is  uni- 
form yellowish  white.     Head  black  above. 

Descr.  Snout  broader  and  more  depressed  than  in  L.  g  e  n  t  i  1  i  s  .  It  3s 
also  more  elongate,  and  hence,  also,  the  loreal  and  nasal  plates  ;  in  the  only 
specimen  examined  the  second  superior  labial  plate  is  replaced  by  two  smaller 
ones,  thus  increasing  the  number  to  eight,  a  peculiarity  probably  abnormal, 
as  all  the  other  species  of  the  genus  have  seven.  The  body  above  is  brownish 
red  in  spirits,  crossed  by  thirty-one  pairs  of  black  rings  from  head  to  anus. 
The  enclosed  white  spaces  are  one  and  a  half  scales  wide  on  the  central  fifteen 
dorsal  rows,  and  begin  to  widen  abruptly  on  the  fourth  lateral  row  on  each 
side,  extending  over  three  or  four  scales  longitudinally  on  the  first  row.  On 
the  sides  they  are  punctulated  with  black  as  in  L.  g  e  n  t  i  1  i  s  .  The  occipital 
white  ring  is  much  broader.  The  black  rings  are  each  two  scales  wide  on  the 
vertebral  region,  narrowing  to  less  than  one  scale  laterally.  On  the  fourth 
lateral  row  the  two  rings  of  each  pair  begin  to  diverge,  the  anterior  uniting 
on  the  edge  of  the  abdomen  with  the  posterior  ring  of  the  pair  in  advance,  the 
posterior  becoming  confluent  with  the  anterior  of  the  succeeding  pair.  Thus 
the  ground  color  is  enclosed  in  the  form  of  a  transverse  elliptical  spot.  Upon 
the  middle  of  the  body  these  spots  are  two  or  three  scales  wide  on  the  verte- 
bral region,  four  or  five  on  the  sides,  and  but  one  on  the  first  row  of  scales. 
Anteriorly  the  red  intervals  are  greater  ;  posteriorly  they  narrow  slightly,  but 
toward  the  tip  of  the  tail  they  are  entirely  lost,  as  in  L.  doliatus  and 
gentilis,  by  the  confluence  of  the  black  rings.  The  black  rings  extend 
but  a  short  distance  upon  the  abdominal  scuta,  leaving  the  abdomen  destitute 
of  blotches,  though  it  is  faintly  and  sparsely  punctulated.  The  chin  and  in- 
ferior labials  are  tinged  with  brown.  The  top  of  the  head  is  black  as  in  L. 
gentilis. 

No.  1842,  Fort  Lookout,  Nebraska.     Lieut.  Warren  and  Dr.  Hayden. 

The  number  of  rows  of  scales  and  the  more  numerous  rings  will  distinguish 
this  species  from  L.  annulatus,  and  those  above  compared  with  it. 

L.  annulata  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Form  stout,  head  broad,  eye  small.  Scales  short  and  broad. 
Color  bright  red,  with  eighteen  to  twenty-two  pairs  of  black  rings  from  head 
to  anus,  each  pair  enclosing  an  immaculate  yellow  ring  which  completely  en- 
circles the  body,  widening  but  little  upon  the  flanks.  Abdomen  between  the 
yellow  rings  black.  Top  of  head  entirely  black,  this  color  extending  posteri- 
orly upon  the  occipitals  in  an  acute  angle.     A  broad  occipital  yellow  ring. 

Descr.  General  appearance  similar  to  L.  gentilis.  The  form  is  stouter, 
the  head  shorter,  broader  and  more  depressed,  and  the  eye  smaller.  The 
dorsal  scales  are  very  different,  being  much  broader;  the  lateral  rows  in  L. 
annulatus,  are  higher  than  long,  and  those  of  the  central  are  nearly  as 
wide  as  long.  InL.  gentilis,  those  of  the  lateral  rows  are  considerably 
longer  than  high,  and  those  of  the  central  nearly  twice  as  long  as  wide.  There 
are  twenty  pairs  of  black  rings  from  head  to  vent,  which  do  not  diverge  on 
the  sides  ;  each  ring  covering  two  to  two  and  a  half  scales  longitudinally  on 
the  vertebral  region  and  narrowing  but  little  laterally.  The  enclosed  yellow 
rings  are  one  and  a  half  scales  wide  on  the  vertebral  region.  The  first  three  pairs 
of  black  rings  behind  the  head  are,  with  those  enclosed,  a  little  wider.  The 
intervals  of  red  ground-color  occupy  four  or  five  scales  on  the  middle  of  the 
body,  and  one  or  two  more  anteriorly  and  posteriorly.  The  yellow  rings  are 
of  nearly  uniform  width,  and  completely  surround  the  body.  The  spaces  be- 
tween them  on  the  abdomen  are  black.  There  are  no  black  spots  upon  the 
body. 

Type  No.  4293.  Matamoras,  Mexico.     Lieut.  Couch. 

425,  Mexico.     Paris  Museum. 

I860.] 


330  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE  ACADEMY    OF 

A  small  specimen  from  Brownsville,  Texas,  (No.  1855),  with  twenty-one 
pairs  of  black  rings  from  head  to  anus,  has  the  yellow  rings  rather  wider  on 
the  abdomen,  though  not  two  scales  wide  on  the  first  dorsal  row, — and  the 
black  rings  distinct ;  the  enclosed  abdominal  intervals  are  only  black  along 
the  middle.     Otherwise  similar  to  the  above. 

SCOTOPHIS  Baird  &  Girard. 
S.  obsoletus  Kennicott.       Coluber    obsoletus   Say,    in    Long's    Exped.    Rocky 
Mountains,  i.  p.  140,  1823  ;  not  Coluber  obsoletus  "Say,"  Holbrook,  Am. 
Herp.  iii.  1842,  p.  61. 
Spec.  char.     Head  broad  behind,  tapering  anteriorly,  snout  more  pointed 
than  in  S.  Allegheniensis.     Head  much  more  elevated  anteriorly.     Na- 
sals, loral,  anteorbital,  and  anterior  upper  labials  elevated.     Vertical  large 
anteriorly,  nearly  as  broad  as  long.  Superciliaries  and  occipitals  large.    Scales 
in  twenty-five  or  seven  rows,  the  central  ones  moderately  carinated.     Color 
above  entirely  black,  with  a  slight  bluish  olive  tinge.     Upon  stretching  the 
skin,  the  spaces  between  the  scales  seem  to  be  red.     Abdomen   light  bluish 
slate  posteriorly  ;  anteriorly,  yellowish,  clouded  with  bluish  slate,  lighter  than 
inS.  Allegheniensis. 

Deter.  This  species  resembles  S.  Allegheniensis  very  closely,  ren- 
dering a  comparative  description  necessary.  Head  broad  behind,  more  elon- 
gate and  elevated  in  front  than  in  S.  Allegheniensis,  hence  the  occipitals 
are  larger,  and  the  nasals,  loral,  preocular,  and  anterior  upper  labials  are 
more  elevated.  The  anterior  frontals  are  smaller,  though  the  external  poste- 
rior angles  are  more  elongated  ;  the  anteorbital  is  narrower.  Posterior  orbi- 
tals  rather  larger ;  vertical  large,  anterior  breadth  nearly  equal  to  the  length. 
Pour  or  five  external  rows  of  scales  smooth,  the  first  largest,  with  the  scales 
less  obtuse  than  in  S.  Allegheniensis.  The  head  and  entire  upper 
parts  are  uniform  black,  not  pitchy  as  in  S.  Allegheniensis,  but  with  a 
slight  tinge  of  olivaceous  or  brown.  Upon  stretching  the  skin  the  spaces  be- 
tween the  scales  and  sometimes  the  covered  bases  of  the  latter  are  seen  to  be 
of  a  bright  reddish  brown  on  the  sides,  and  in  bars  across  the  back,  enclosing 
a  vertebral  series  of  pure  black  spaces  which  are  analogous  to  the  dorsal  spots 
sometimes  seen  in  S.  Allegheniensis.  No  trace  of  these  markings  is  to 
be  seen  in  our  specimens  of  the  present  species  without  stretching  the  skin, 
though  one  of  them  is  but  about  three  feet  in  length. 

The  abdomen  is  much  lighter  than  in  S.  Allegheniensis;  the  posterior 
space  occupied  by  the  light  bluish  slate  color  is  less.  Along  the  middle  third 
it  is  yellowish,  heavily  clouded  with  bluish  slate,  and  anteriorly  it  is  yellow, 
with  irregular  clouded  spots  of  bluish  slate  along  the  sides.  These  anterior 
markings  are  much  smaller  than  in  Allegheniensis,  and  never  in  large 
square  blotches  as  in  that  species. 

Though  so  closely  allied  to  Allegheniensis  as  not  to  be  readily  dis- 
tinguished by  absolute  characters,  except  in  the  red  spaces  between  the  scales, 
the  differences  in  the  form  of  the  head,  and  generally  lighter  colors,  will  be 
apparent  at  once  upon  comparison. 

Independence,  Mo.     Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper. 

EUTiENIA  Baird  &  Girard. 
E.  megalops  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Form  shorter  and  stouter,  with  proportionally  shorter  tail  than 
in  E.  proxima,  which  this  species  resembles.  Tail  one-fourth  of  the  total 
length.  Eye  very  large,  greater  than  in  E.  proxima.  First  dorsal  row  of 
scales  broader,  each  scale  as  high  as  long,  and  less  strongly  carinate.  Dorsal 
stripe  narrow,  covering  one  and  less  than  two  half  rows  of  scales.  Color 
uniform  brownish  ash,  with  the  three  longitudinal  stripes  whitish  yellow. 
Head  olive  ash. 

Descr.     Color  uniform  dull  brownish  ash  or  clay  color,  with  the  dorsal  and 

[Aug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  331 

lateral  stripes  whitish  yellow.  A  few  of  the  scales  have  narrow  black  spots  on 
their  edges,  but  these  are  not  prominent,  and  never  extend  over  a  scale,  ap- 
pearing as  indistinct  mottlings  of  black  on  the  ground  color,  always  on  the 
rows  nest  the  stripes.  The  head  above  is  light  olive  ash.  The  lateral  stripe 
is  on  the  third  and  fourth  rows,  and  is  narrower  than  in  E.  p  r  o  x  i  m  a ,  cov- 
ering rather  less  than  two  half  scales.  The  color  below  the  lateral  stripe  is  a 
little  lighter  than  that  of  the  back.  The  exterior  dorsal  row  is  much  wider 
than  in  any  of  the  allied  species,  each  scale  being  as  high  as  long.  The  second 
row  is  much  narrower,  though  a  little  wider  than  the  third.  The  eye  is  strik-  ■ 
iiigly  large,  and  the  superciliaries  are  raised,  rendering  the  fore  part  of  the 
crown  an  inclined  plane,  yet  the  muzzle  is  higher  than  in  E.  proxima. 

No.  965,  Tucson  and  St.  Magdalena,  160,  86,  21,  24,  6.  Major  Emory.  A. 
Schott. 

E.  mackostemma  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Twenty-one  rows  of  scales.  Body  rather  stout.  Head  small, 
narrow  posteriorly.  Vertical  plate  much  elongated,  twice  as  long  as  wide. 
Eight  upper  labials,  sixth  largest,  seventh  sometimes  equal.  All  the  dorsal 
scales  broad  and  short,  first  row  largest,  its  scales  as  high  as  long  and  slightly 
carinate  ;  second  smaller,  but  much  broader  than  the  third.  Ground  color 
above  very  dull  yellowish  brown.  Dorsal  stripe  broad,  light  brownish,  but 
little  lighter  than  the  ground  color,  and  with  an  indistinct  black  border.  La- 
teral stripe  on  the  fourth  and  part  of  the  third  row,  indistinct,  dull  yellowish 
green.  Two  series  of  indistinct  broken  spots  along  the  second  and  sixth 
rows. 

Descr.  The  dorsal  stripe  is  broad  and  regular,  covering  nearly  three  rows, 
but  is  dull  and  indistinct.  On  each  side  of  it  for  one  and  a  half  scales  there 
is  a  rather  indistinct  black  border,  somewhat  as  in  E.  ordinoides.  Below 
this  to  the  fourth  row  the  color  is  dull  greenish  brown.  On  the  fifth  and  sixth 
rows  there  is  a  series  of  indistinct  black  spots,  each  covering  three  scales, 
whose  keels  are  of  the  ground  color.  This  is  also  the  case  with  the  scales  in 
the  black  border  of  the  dorsal  stripe.  The  lateral  spots  are  one  and  a  half 
scales  wide,  and  separated  by  spaces  of  the  same  width.  The  third  and  fourth 
rows,  particularly  the  fourth,  are  lighter,  and  of  a  yellowish  green  or  olive 
color  ;  the  first  and  second  and  lower  edge  of  third  being  a  little  darker,  suffi- 
ciently define  the  lateral  stripe.  On  about  every  other  scale  of  the  second 
row  is  a  series  of  broken  and  irregular  black  spots,  formed  by  the  black  mar- 
gin of  each  side  of  the  scales  ;  extremely  slight  as  to  the  contiguous  scales. 
Each  abdominal  scutum  is  distinctly  edged  with  black  anteriorly,  (of  course 
concealed  by  the  incumbent  scutum),  and  some  are  tipped  with  black  at  their 
extremities,  otherwise  the  abdomen  is  immaculate.  In  one  specimen  it  is 
uniform  dark  green  ;  in  another,  uniform  yellowish  green.  The  head  is  dark 
brown  above,  the  superior  labials  but  little  lighter,  and  narrowly  bordered 
with  black  posteriorly. 

One  specimen,  upon  the  removal  of  the  epidermis,  appears  entirely  of  a 
pale  creamy  yellow  throughout,  but  with  the  black  markings,  including  the 
border  of  the  dorsal  stripe,  very  distinct.  Another  specimen  is  green  instead 
of  whitish  yellow. 

City  of  Mexico.     Maj.  W.  Rich. 

This  is  a  very  well  marked  species,  and  readily  distinguished.  In  color  it 
bears  some  resemblance  to  some  varieties  of  E.  ordinoides  and  d  o  r  s  a  - 
lis,  but  it  belongs  to  a  different  section  of  the  genus,  as  indicated  by  the 
position  of  the  lateral  stripe.  It  is  otherwise  different  from  E.  ordinoides, 
in  having  a  very  much  smaller  head  and  larger  vertical  phite,  the  dorsal 
scales  wider,  and  the  stripe  more  indistinct.  From  E.  Marciana  it  differs 
in  its  very  much  smaller  head  and  longer  vertical  plate,  in  its  broader  dorsal 
band,  bordered  by  a  stripe  instead  of  a  row  of  spots,  and  in  the  absence  of 
the  post  oral  crescentic  patch,  and  broad  black  borders  of  upper  labials. 

I860.] 


332  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

E.  Hammondii  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Twenty-one  rows  of  scales.  Form  rather  slender  ;  head  long, 
narrow  posteriorly ;  snout  elongate  and  narrow,  but  rather  obtuse.  Postorbi- 
tals  three,  the  upper  much  the  largest.  Eight  upper  labials,  sixth  largest ; 
its  postero-inferior  angle  much  elongated.  No  dorsal  stripe ;  lateral  stripe 
olive  yellow  on  the  second  and  third  rows.  Back  uniform  dark  olive  brown 
or  blackish,  without  distinct  spots.  Abdomen  whitish  olive,  lighter  anteri- 
orly, and  a  dark  line  aloug  the  middle  posteriorly. 

Descr.  Form  rather  slender,  the  tail  about  one-fourth  the  total  length. 
Head  very  narrow  and  much  elongated  ;  the  snout  very  narrow,  but  rather 
obtuse.  The  back  above  the  third  row  of  scales  is  very  dark  uniform  olive 
brown  without  spot  or  band,  except  a  light  medial  line  extending  about  an 
inch  back  of  the  head.  Lateral  stripe  light  olivaceous  yellow ;  first  row  of 
scales  a  little  darker,  and  similar  to  the  abdomen,  being  of  a  very  dull  whitish 
olive.  Bases  of  the  scales  of  the  first  row  black  ;  bases  of  abdominal  scutes 
the  same,  the  color  broader  toward  their  extremities,  and  generally  concealed 
by  the  incumbent  scute.  A  narrow  slate-colored  line  along  the  middle  of  the 
abdomen  posteriorly.  Head  above  dark  olive  ;  superior  labials  very  light 
olive  yellow,  margined  with  black  posteriorly,  excepting  the  eighth.  This  is 
black  anteriorly,  its  posterior  end  being  occupied  by  a  yellowish  patch  which 
is  confluent  with  the  yellow  of  the  neck.  Lower  postorbitals  yellow.  Two 
small  yellow  occipital  dots,  and  a  small  yellow  dot  on  each  side  of  the  poste- 
rior part  of  the  vertical  plate  ;  these  sometimes  absent. 

Youus?  specimens,  and  older  ones,  after  the  removal  of  the  epidermis,  ex- 
hibit faint  indications  of  a  very  narrow  dorsal  stripe  upon  a  single  row  of 
scales,  but  in  one  there  is  no  trace  of  this,  even  upon  the  neck,  where  it  is 
usually  visible  These  specimens  also  exhibit  traces  of  two  series  of  large 
alternating  spots,  which  present  somewhat  the  appearance  of  a  zigzag  line.  In 
a  young  specimen  there  is  a  distinct  series  of  spots  on  the  first  dorsal  row, 
each  spot  covering  one  scale,  and  separated  from  those  adjacent  by  two  scales. 
Only  one  specimen  is  without  the  dark  line  upon  the  abdomen  posteriorly. 
There  are  no  irregular  black  blotches  upon  the  abdomen  as  in  E.  angusti- 
r os  tr  is . 

San  Diego.     Dr.  J.  F.  Hammond. 

Fort  Tejon.     J.  Xantus. 

This  species  is  strongly  marked,  and  will  hardly  be  confounded  with  any 
at  present  known.  It  resembles  most  nearly  E.  ang  u  s  tir  ostri  s  ,  under 
the  head  of  which  species  the  comparative  differences  are  given  in  full.  Two 
young  specimens  labelled  by  Dr.  Hallowell  "  Tropidonotus  ordinatus,"  belong 
here.  Eutsenia  ordinata  has  a  stouter  body  and  head,  and  more  pointed 
snout.  There  are  nineteen  dorsal  rows,  and  a  very  different  system  of  colora- 
tion. 

E.  angustirostris  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Body  moderately  stout ;  tail  less  than  one-fourth  the  total 
length,  and  very  small.  Head  exceedingly  elongated  and  narrow,  more  so 
than  any  other  of  the  genus  ;  snout  very  long,  narrow  and  pointed.  Crown 
plane  above  ;  eye  large.  Upper  labials  eight,  sixth  largest,  seventh  scarcely 
smaller.  Dorsal  rows  twenty-one  ;  outer  row  large,  very  faintly  carinated, 
the  second  smaller  but  broader  than  the  third ;  the  next  rather  large  and 
elongated,  and  strongly  carinated.  Dorsal  stripe  narrow,  very  indistinct.  An 
indistinct,  dull  whitish  lateral  stripe  on  the  second  and  third  rows.  Above 
the  lateral  stripes  dark  olive  brown  or  black.  Abdomen  dark  ashy  olive  or 
black. 

Descr.  The  back  above  the  third  row  of  scales  is  dark  olive  brown  without 
spots,  but  with  each  scale  bordered  with  darker.  The  scales  of  the  second 
and  third  rows  are  greyish  olive,  with  distinct  yellow  borders.  The  first  row 
and  abdomen  are  ashy  olive,  with  irregular  heavy  black  blotches  upon  the 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  333 

latter,  more  numerous  along  the  middle  third,  but  offering  no  indication  of  a 
narrow  black  line  as  in  E.  Hammondii.  On  the  first  three  rows  some 
scattered  scales  have  black  spots  on  their  bases  and  edges.  Head  above  dark 
olive  ;  upper  labials  light  olive  with  vertical  black  edgings. 

A  young  specimen  is  entirely  black  ;  the  dorsal  stripe  obsolete,  being  indi- 
cated only  by  a  faint  line  on  a  single  row  of  scales ;  the  lateral  stripes  very 
indistinct ;  the  first  and  part  of  the  second  row  of  scales  entirely  black.  A 
whitish  line  along  each  side  of  the  abdomen  formed  by  a  white  spot  at  the 
end  of  each  scute.  These  are  also  margined  posteriorly  with  the  same  color. 
Throat  whitish. 

The  remarkable  elongation  of  the  snout  will  distinguish  this  species  from 
any  others  at  present  known,  excepting  E.  leptocephala  and  Ham- 
mondii, from  which  it  differs  in  other  respects.  The  snout  is  more  elon- 
gated, and  decidedly  more  pointed  than  in  either  ;  the  head  is  not  at  all  de- 
pressed anteriorly  asinB.  leptocephala,  and  the  eye  is  strikingly  larger. 
The  colors  of  the  back  and  abdomen  are  darker,  and  the  rows  of  scales  are 
twenty-one,  not  nineteen.  As  compared  with  E.  Hammondii,  which  it 
most  nearly  resembles,  beside  the  difference  in  the  form  of  the  snout,  the  head 
is  depressed  posteriorly  (not  anteriorly);  hence  the  crown  is  quite  plane 
throughout,  while  in  E.  Hammondii  the  crown  is  somewhat  arched, — 
this  form  being  more  observable  upon  the  occipital  and  frontal  (vertical)  re- 
gion. In  angustirostris  the  general  form  is  stouter,  while  the  head  is 
longer,  and  hence  a  greater  elongation  of  the  vertical  and  frontal  plates.  The 
scales  of  the  upper  rows  are  also  larger  and  more  elongated,  and  more  strongly 
carinate.  The  tail  is  shorter,  being  considerably  less  than  one-fourth  the  to- 
tal length,  while  in  Hammondii  it  is  fully  or  more  than  one-fourth.  This 
member  is  also  very  slender,  the  body  tapering  abruptly  near  the  anus  in  the 
former  species.  The  dorsal  stripe,  though  narrow,  is  not  wanting,  and  the 
abdomen  is  much  darker,  being  ashy  olive  with  heavy  black  blotches  through- 
out instead  of  light  yellow  or  greyish  olive,  and  there  is  no  indication  of  the 
central  line.  The  young  black  specimen  is  strikingly  different  from  the  young 
ofE.   Hammondii. 

Parras,  Coahuila,  Mexico.     Lieut.  Couch. 

E.  cyrtopsis  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Form  very  slender,  but  little  stouter  than  that  of  E.  s  a  u  r  i  t  a, 
but  with  shorter  tail,  one-fourth  the  total  length.  Head  large.  Eye  very 
large.  Superior  labials  eight,  sixth  and  seventh  largest.  Three  postorbitals, 
upper  much  the  largest.  Scales  in  nineteen  rows.  Color  above  olive  brown, 
with  two  alternating  series  of  elongated  spots  between  the  stripes,  giving  the 
appearance  of  a  zigzag  line.  Dorsal  stripe  whitish,  narrow,  distinct  to  the 
tip  of  the  tail.  Lateral  stripe  on  the  second  and  third  rows,  of  the  same  color, 
broad,  distinct  from  head  to  anus.  A  series  of  black  spots  on  the  first  dorsal 
row  :  abdomen  uniform  greenish  white.  Orbitals  whitish ;  occipital  spots 
obsolete. 

Descr.  This  species  somewhat  resembles  E.  Marciana  in  the  pattern  of 
coloration,  which,  however,  has  the  lateral  stripe  upon  the  third  row  only, 
instead  of  the  third  and  second.  The  difference  in  form  is  most  striking,  the 
body  being  almost  as  slender  as  in  E.  s  a  u  r  i  t  a .  The  scales  are  rather  larger 
than  in  E.  Marciana,  and  those  of  the  first  row  more  elongated.  The  ground 
color  above  the  lateral  stripe  is  olive  brown ;  the  first  dorsal  row  is  whitish 
olive  or  greenish  white.  The  abdomen  is  uniform  greenish  white,  except  a 
small  black  marginal  spot  near  the  extremity  of  each  abdominal  scute.  The 
whitish  dorsal  row  occupies  one,  and  less  than  two  half  rows  of  scales,  and  is 
encroached  upon  by  the  black  dorsal  blotches  which  sometimes  reach  the 
central  row.  The  lateral  stripe  is  also  encroached  upon  by  the  spots  above 
and  below  it,  though  never  entirely  interrupted  by  them  near  the  head  as  in 
E.  Marciana.     The  head  is  dark  olive  above;  labials  margined  vertically 

1860.1 


334  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

with  black,  somewhat  as  in  E.  Marciana  ,  except  the  seventh  plate,  which 
in  the  former  is  heavily  bordered  with  black  on  both  edges  ;  in  the  latter, 
slightly  upon  the  anterior  edge  alone.  There  is  a  vertical  light  patch  at  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  crossing  the  posterior  upper  labial,  and  confluent  with  the 
white  of  the  neck,  and  not  distinct  and  crescent-shaped  as  in  Marciana. 
Behind  the  occipital  plates  is  a  very  large  double  black  blotch.  Behind  this 
there  are  three  or  four  perfect  square  blotches  extending  quite  from  the  dorsal 
to  the  lateral  stripe,  each  three  scales  in  length,  and  separated  by  intervals 
of  about  two  scales  wide.  Behind  these  the  general  pattern  of  spots  is  seen  ; 
it  consists  of  two  series  of  large  oblong  rhomboidal  alternating  spots,  each 
about  four  scales  long,  and  somewhat  confluent  with  each  other  at  the  adja- 
cent corners,  giving  the  appearance  of  a  zigzag  line  upon  each  side.  On  the 
first  and  second  dorsal  rows  is  a  third  series  of  very  distinct  black  spots,  eactt 
on  parts  of  three  scales,  and  the  extremities  of  two  abdominal  scutes.  The 
intervening  spaces  of  greenish  white  ground  color  are  equal  in  width  to  the 
spots. 

No.  930,  Rinconada  Coahuila,  Mexico,  179  ;  90,  19,  24|,  6.     Lieut.  Couch. 

Durango,     Lieut.  Couch. 

Gila  River.     Dr,  Webb. 

Other  specimens  have  the  dorsal  stripe  on  a  single  row  of  scales,  and  the 
lateral  stripe  has  its  upper  border  regular  and  distinct,  without  interruption 
from  the  middle  series  of  spots,  the  lower  edges  of  which  reach  only  the  up- 
per edge  of  the  third  row  instead  of  the  lower  edge  as  in  the  specimen  above 
described.  Instead  of  the  distinct  spots  upon  the  first  and  second  rows  in 
that  specimen,  they  are  here  broken  up  into  black  borders  of  three  approxi- 
mated scales.  In  the  only  large  specimen  of  this  variety,  the  keels  of  the 
first  dorsal  row  are  not  parallel  to  those  of  the  rows  above,  being  directed 
obliquely  downward  and  backward,  so  that  the  posterior  end  of  one  ke^l  falls 
below  the  anterior  end  of  the  next  succeeding,  instead  of  forming  a  continu- 
ous line.  The  nose  of  this  specimen  is  also  more  pointed  than  in  the  typical 
one. 

REGINA  Baird  &  Girard. 
R.  valida  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Body  stout  for  the  genus  ;  head  large,  short  but  high  ;  broad 
posteriorly.  Snoui  elongated,  narrow  and  pointed.  Rostral  as  high  as  broad, 
subpentagonal,  the  apex  pointed.  Vertical  very  narrow,  obtusely  pointed 
posteriorly  :  occipitals  small.  Nineteen  rows  of  scales,  all  carinated  ;  the  ex- 
terior very  feebly.  Light  brownish  ash  above,  with  faint  black  markings 
upon  the  bases  of  the  scales  of  the  first,  fourth  and  eighth  rows  of  scales. 
Abdomen  entirely  uniform  yellowish. 

Descr.  The  body  is  stout  for  the  genus,  with  the  tail  rather  short.  The 
head  is  very  large  and  proportionally  stout.  It  is  very  broad  and  high  pos- 
teriorly, and  tapers  regularly  to  the  snout,  which  is  rather  narrow,  elongated, 
and  pointed.  Crown  flattened  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Snout  ele- 
vated, rostral  plate  as  high  as  wide,  subpentagonal,  and  with  the  elongated 
apex  pointed.  Loral  nearly  as  high  as  long.  Anterior  frontals  triangular, 
elongated.  Vertical  very  narrow,  not  widening  anteriorly,  the  posterior  point 
very  obtuse  and  scarcely  triangular.  Superciliaries  proportionally  wide,  and 
occipitals  small.  There  is  one  rather  large  anteorbital,  and  two  large  postor- 
bitals  on  one  side,  and  three  on  the  other,  (which  may  possibly  be  the  normal 
number).  Upper  labials  large,  sixth  and.  seventh  largest,  eighth  (the  last) 
smaller.     Inferior  labials  ten,  sixth  longest. 

The  dorsal  rows  are  nineteen,  all  carinated,  the  outer  row  very  slightly. 
The  scales  of  the  first  row  are  much  the  largest ;   all  the  rest  about  equal. 

The  color  above  is  entirely  uniform  light  brownish  ash,  (clay  color  beneath 
the  epidermis),  with  about  every  alternate  scale  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  rows. 


[A 


ug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  385 

marked  with  black  on  each  side  near  its  base.  Posteriorly  the  scales  of  the 
first  row  are  faintly  marked  with  black  at  their  bases.  These  black  markings 
are  not  prominent,  and  only  perceptible  upon  close  examination.  The  head, 
including  the  upper  labials  and  rostral,  has  more  of  an  olivaceous  cast.  The 
abdomen  is  entirely  uniform  pale  greyish  yellow,  the  tips  of  the  scutella  be- 
ing, however,  tinged  with  the  ashy  brown  color  of  the  back. 

1309,  Durango,  Mexico.     Lieut.  Couch. 

In  its  general  aspect  this  species  bears  considerable  resemblance  to  Nerodia 
erythrog aster,  from  which,  however,  it  is,  upon  critical  examination,  at 
once  distinguished  by  the  number  of  dorsal  rows  and  other  generic  characters. 
It  will,  perhaps,  be  found  that  the  faint  black  markings  on  the  first,  fourth  and 
eighth  rows  are  the  remaining  indications  of  faded  stripes. 

NERODIA  Baird  &  Girard. 

N.  Couchii  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Resembles  N.  erythrog  aster,  but  the  head  is  shorter 
and  very  broad  ;  the  muzzle  broad  and  obtuse.  Postorbitals  three,  much 
larger  than  in  N.  erythrogaster,  the  lower  extending  forward  beyond 
the  middle  of  the  eye.  Eight  upper  labials,  all  large,  the  seventh  much 
larger  than  in  N.  erythrogaster;  the  dorsal  scales  are  broader  and  less 
strongly  keeled,  and  in  twenty-three  rows.  Uniform  dull  light  slaty  brown 
above,  paler  than  erythrogaster. 

Descr.  The  head  is  short,  but  very  broad  and  deep  posteriorly  ;  the  nose 
is  broad  and  obtuse.  The  outline  presented  by  the  head  is  subovoid,  not 
regularly  tapering  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws  to  the  snout  as  in  N.  erythro- 
gaster. The  prefontals  are  rather  shorter  than  in  that  species.  The  post- 
orbitals are  very  large,  three  in  number,  the  lower  one  elongated  forward  to 
beyond  the  middle  of  the  orbit.  The  color  above  is  entirely  uniform  dull 
light  slaty  brown,  lighter  than  in  the  lightest  varieties  of  the  erythrogas- 
ter .  The  abdomen  in  both  specimens  examined  is  uniform  brownish  white. 
Upon  stretching  the  skin  of  one  specimen,  traces  of  the  usual  white  transverse 
lines  are  seen  between  the  scales.  The  young  are  probably  marked  somewhat 
as  in  N.   erythrogaster. 

No.  1319,  San  Diego,  New  Leon.     143+1,  71,  23,  37|,  9|.     Lieut.  Couch. 

No.  1314,  Santa  Caterina,  New  Leon.  143+1,  86,  23,  26|,  9±.  Lieut. 
Conch. 

This  species  very  closely  resembles  N.  erythrogaster,  but  can  be 
distinguished  upon  comparison  by  the  lighter  color,  broader  and  shorter  head, 
and  by  the  larger  postorbitals  and  anterior  position  of  the  lowest.  From  N. 
Woodhousei  it  differs  in  its  uniform  color,  its  much  broader  and  shorter 
head,  etc. 

N.  compressicauda  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Body  stout.  Form  triangular,  much  compressed  toward  the 
tail,  where  it  is  considerably  higher  than  broad.  Head  elongated,  rather 
narrow,  but  very  deep.  Plates  of  the  crown  large  ;  vertical  short,  very  broad  ; 
loral  small;  three  postorbitals,  upper  and  lower  small,  but  the  central  with 
its  lower  posterior  angle  prolonged  to  the  labials.  Twenty-one  dorsal  rows  of 
scales,  all  carinate,  in  form  rather  wide  ;  those  of  the  first  rows  proportionally 
small.  Ground  color  yellowish  olive  ;  four  black  stripes  on  the  neck  ;  behind 
this  zigzag  transverse  black  bands,  which  do  not  taper  on  the  sides.  Poste- 
riorly these  bands  break  into  three  series  of  spots  symmetrically  arranged, 
not  alternating. 

Descr.  Body  rather  stouter  than  that  of  N.  S  i  p  e  d  o  n ,  and  presenting  a 
subtriangular  form.  This  is  most  evident  posteriorly,  where,  and  on  the  tail, 
the  height  is  much  greater  than  the  transverse  diameter.  The  tail  is  very 
large  at  the  base  as  in  N.  rhombifer,  and  does  not  taper  from  the  anus, 

I860.] 


336  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

but  narrows  abruptly  at  one-tbird  its  lengtb  from  the  base.  Dorsal  rowt; 
twenty-one,  all  distinctly  carinate.  The  scales  are  rather  broad,  and  much 
rounded  posteriorly,  those  of  the  first  dorsal  row  disproportionately  small.  The 
head  is  elongate  and  rather  narrow  posteriorly,  but  very  deep  and  hut  little 
depressed  on  the  snout.  All  the  plates  of  the  crown  are  large  ;  the  vertical 
very  hroad  and  short,  the  loral  longer  than  high,  the  upper  and  lower  postor- 
bitals  small,  but  the  central  elongated  so  as  to  reach  the  labial  plates. 

In  pattern  of  coloration  and  structure,  this  species  departs  somewhat  from 
the  usual  style  of  the  genus.  The  ground  color  is  light  olive  brown,  crossed 
on  the  anterior  half  of  the  body  by  waving  or  somewhat  zigzag  transverse  black 
bands,  covering  two  or  three  scales  longitudinally,  and  separated  by  intervals 
of  one  or  two  scales.  These  bands  do  not  taper  regularly  on  the  sides  as  in  N. 
s  i  p  e  d  o  n  ,  but  are  constricted  upon  about  the  sixth  row  on  each  side,  but 
are  as  wide  upon  the  third,  as  on  the  vertebral  row.  Posteriorly  these  bands 
become  narrower,  and  finally  break  up  into  a  dorsal  series  of  vertically  elon- 
gated spots,  and  a  lateral  series  of  small  circular  ones,  which  do  not  alternate 
with  the  dorsal  series  as  inN.  sipedon,  taxispilotus  and  others. 
For  two  inches  behind  the  head,  the  transverse  bands  are  replaced  by  four 
distinct  longitudinal  black  lines,  the  lateral  ones  each  covering  the  third, 
fourth,  and  part  of  the  second  rows,  the  upper  ones  covering  the  seventh,  eighth, 
ninth  and  part  of  the  tenth  rows  ;  these  black  lines  are  separated  by  a  little 
over  one  scale  of  ground  color.  None  of  the  black  markings  involve  the  first 
dorsalrow,  which  is  yellowish  olive,  excepting  some  irregular  dark  mottlings. 
The  head  is  yellowish  olive,  with  the  middle  of  the  occipitals  and  verticals 
black,  and  a  black  patch  extending  from  the  eye  back  above  the  labials.  The 
rostral  is  yellow,  distinctly  margined  above  with  black.  All  the  labials  above 
and  below,  and  the  inframaxiliary  plates  are  yellow,  prominently  margined 
with  black.     The  abdomen  is  yellow,  with  two  lines  of  black  blotches. 

1348,  Tampa  Bay,  Florida.     Mr.  D.  Welch. 

HETERODON  Pal.  de  Beauvois. 

H.  Kennerlvi  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Head  broad,  very  short  anteriorly.  Rostral  plate  very  large. 
Loral  plate  very  small,  sometimes  absent.  Only  two  supplemental  plates  be- 
hind the  azygas ;  the  latter  is  sometimes  replaced  by  two  symmetrical  con- 
tiguous plates,  and  without  any  supplemental.  The  prenasal  and  prefontal 
in  contact  with  the  posterior  process  of  the  rostral.  Dorsal  row  of  scales 
twenty-three,  all  carinated  except  the  first  and  second,  which  are  perfectly 
smooth.  Ground  color  light  yellowish  grey  ;  a  dorsal  series  of  rather  indis- 
tinct rounded  or  subquadrate  brown  blotches  ;  a  second  series  of  smaller  cir- 
cular spots,  much  darker  and  more  distinct  ;  below  this  a  third,  and  more 
indistinct  series. 

Descr.  In  its  general  form  and  appearance  this  resembles  the  H.  nasicus, 
with  which  it  is  sometimes  found  associated.  The  body,  however,  is  rather 
shorter  and  thicker  than  in  H.  nasicus,  and  the  head  is  broader  with  the 
part  of  the  head  anterior  to  the  eye  decidedly  shorter.  The  nasals  are  not  as 
well  developed  longitudinally  as  in  H.  nasicus,  but  the  result  of  this 
shortness  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  head  is  seen  in  the  very  small  loral  which 
is  frequently  wanting  entirely.  There  is  never  more  than  one  loral  while 
frequently  two  are  seen  in  H.  n  a  s  i  c  u  s  ,  in  which  the  loral  is  in  every  case 
strikingly  larger  than  in  Kennerlyii.  The  most  striking  difference  be- 
tween these  species  is  in  the  number  of  small  plates  surrounding  the  azygos, 
or  postrostral.  While  in  H.  nasi  cu  s  there  are  always  at  least  ten  of  these, 
one  or  two  of  which  margin  the  inner  edges  of  the  prenasals  and  prefrontals, 
there  are  never  more  than  two,  and  frequently  but  one  additional  plate  in  H. 
Kennerlyii,  and  the  prenasal  and  prefrontal  are  always  in  contact  with 
the  posterior  process  of  the  rostral.     The  azygos  is  short,  nearly  as  broad  as 

[Aug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  337 

long,  and  usually  there  are  just  behind  it  two  contiguous  plates  of  about  the 
same  size  separating  it  from  the  postfrontal,  but  not  from  the  prefrontal. 
Frequently,  however,  the  azygos  is  longitudinally  divided  and  without  any 
additional  plates,  but  in  contact  with  the  rostral  anteriorly,  and  the  vertical 
posteriorly,  and  not  separated  from  the  postfrontals.  The  vertical,  occipital?, 
superciliaries  and  labials  are  much  as  in  H.  n  a  s  i  c  u  s  ,  though  generally 
less  developed  longitudinally.  The  rostral  is  as  large  as  in  H.  nasicus. 
The  two  outer  dorsal  rows  are  both  perfectly  smooth  ;  inH.  nasicus,  the 
second  is   distinctly  though  delicately  carinate. 

The  ground  color  is  light  yellowish  gray,  with  a  dorsal  series  of  rather  in- 
distinct subquadrate  or  rounded  blotches,  two  to  two  and  a  half  scales  long, 
and  separated  by  intervals  of  one  or  two  scales,  rather  wider  anteriorly.  Be- 
low this  is  a  series  of  very  distinct  purplish  black  circular  blotches,  covering 
four  scales  transversely  and  two  longitudinally ;  below  this,  one  or  more  in- 
distinct series  of  spots.  This  pattern  of  coloration  is  very  similar  to  that  of 
H.  nasicus,  but  the  ground  color  is  always  lighter,  and  the  dorsal  spots 
are  lighter  and  less  distinct.  The  upper  lateral  series  is  of  a  purplish  black, 
and  much  more  distinct,  forming  a  prominent  character. 

Abdomen  nearly  entirely  black,  except  a  few  yellow  scuta.  The  head  is 
marked  as  in  H.  n  a  s  i  c  u  s  ,  except  that  the  nasals,  prefrontals  and  rostral 
are  all  yellowish,  while  in  the  latter  species  they  are  dark  in  front  of  the  light 
transverse  line  which  crosses  the  crown  behind  the  rostral ;  and  in  H. 
Kennerlyi  the  light  line  across  the  superciliaries  and  vertical  is  much 
broader  than  in  H.  n  a  s  i  c  u  s.  This  species  differs  from  H.  s  i  m  u  s  in  many 
of  the  same  features  as  does  H.  nasicus.  These,  together  with  the  small 
or  absent  loral,  and  small  number  of  supplemental  plates,  will  readily  distin- 
guish it. 

Rio  Grande.     Dr.  Kennerly. 

Sonora. 

ELAPS  Schneider. 

Elaps  EURYXANTHr/s  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Head  very  small,  narrower  than  the  neck  ;  entirely  black  as 
far  back  as  the  angles  of  the  mouth.  Body  banded  alternately  with  black 
and  light  brick  red,  separated  by  narrow  rings  of  creamy  white,  all  the  brands 
immaculate.  First  broad  ring  behind  the  occiput  red  instead  of  black  as  in 
the  other  species. 

Descr.  Body  rather  stout,  but  less  so  than  in  E.  f  u  1  v  i  u  s  .  Dorsal  scale 
large.  Plates  of  the  head  small  except  the  rostral,  which  is  very  large  and 
extends  upward  between  the  prefrontals.  Prefrontals  elongated  laterally,  more 
so  than  in  E.  t  e  n  e  r .  Post  frontals  small,  elongated  laterally  ;  vertical  very 
small  and  narrow,  subhexagonal,  pointed  anteriorly,  elongated  and  tapering 
posteriorly;  it  enters  but  slightly  between  the  occipitals.  Occipitals  small,  sub- 
triangular,  the  anterior  edge  square,  very  slightly  notched  for  the  vertical. 
Seven  labials  above  ;  posterior  very  small. 

The  fore  part  of  the  head  is  black,  but  the  black  instead  of  passing  forward 
from  the  anterior  part  of  the  occipitals  to  near  the  eye,  and  thus  leaving  the 
three  posterior  labials  yellow  as  in  E.  f  u  1  v  i  u  s  and  E.  t  e  n  e  r ,  involves 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  occipitals,  and  passes  backward  entirely  behind  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  and  involves  the  whole  of  the  lower  jaw  to  behind  the 
posterior  labial,  leaving  a  broad  emargination  in  the  black  on  the  occiput  in 
the  bottom  of  which  emargination  are  seen  the  white  posterior  tips  of  the 
occipitals.  Behind  this  is  a  creamy  white  ring,  (probably  yellow  in  life)  which 
is  situated  more  posteriorly  than  inE.  fulvius,  and  in  vol  ves  only  the  posterior 
tips  of  the  occipitals  and  none  of  the  labials.  Next  behind  this  white  ring,  instead 
of  a  black  ring,  as  in  the  other  species,  is  a  broad  light  brick  red  one  involv- 
ing eleven  scales.  A  creamy  white  ring  three  and  a  half  scales  wide  sepa- 
1860.J 


838  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

rates  this  first  red  ring  from  a  black  one  eight  scales  in  width.  Behind  this 
are  alternate  immaculate  black  and  red  rings,  seven  or  eight  scales  wide, 
and  separated  by  white  rings  three  to  three  and  a  half  scales  in  width.  There 
are  eleven  black  and  eleven  red  rings  on  the  body  separated  by  twice  as  many 
white  ones.  The  tail  is  ringed  with  black  and  white  without  any  red.  All 
the  rings  run  entirely  around  the  body  of  the  same  color,  and  are  wholly 
without  spots,  above  and  below.  The  plates  of  the  head  and  peculiar  style  of 
coloration  in  this  strongly  marked  species  cannot  be  mistaken.  The  three 
colors,  each  immaculate,  glossy,  and  clear,  form  a  striking  contrast,  and  the 
red  is  probably  bright  carmine  in  life,  thus  affording  the  most  beautiful  color- 
ation possessed  by  any  North  American  snake. 

Elaps  distans  Kennicott. 

Spec.  char.  Body  slender,  with  very  narrow  black  rings,  four  or  five  scales 
in  width,  separated  by  intervals,  three  or  four  times  as  wide,  of  brownish  or 
reddish,  entirely  unspotted.  No  light  rings  separating  the  red  and  black  ones. 
Under  lip  and  jaw  wholly  without  black,  and  the  tip  of  nose  light. 

Descr.  Body  very  slender  ;  tail  long  for  the  genus.  Dorsal  scales  small.  Plates 
of  the  head  generally  larger  than  inE.  euryxanthus;  rostral  broad  and  not 
as  high  as  in  E.  euryxanthus.  Anterior  frontals  rather  small,  and  slightly 
elongated  laterally  ;  postfrontals  large,  pentagonal,  as  broad  as  long.  Supercili- 
aries  quadrangular,  elongated,  narrow.  "Vertical,  pentagonal,  rather  large,  but 
narrow,  the  pointed  posterior  extremity  inserted  between  the  occipitals,  as  in  E. 
ful vius . 

The  ground  color  of  the  body  in  the  alcoholic  specimen  is  reddish  brown, 
probably  brighter  red  in  life,  with  twelve  very  narrow  black  rings  from  head 
to  anus.  At  the  edges  of  the  black  rings  the  reddish  color  becomes  indis- 
tinctly lighter  for  half  a  scale,  but  there  is  no  well  defined  light  ring  border- 
ing the  black  as  in  the  other  species.  On  the  tail  are  five  broad  black  bands 
separated  by  narrow  light  rings.  The  anterior  part  of  the  head  back  to  the 
middle  of  the  occipitals  and  the  upper  jaw  to  the  fourth  labial  is  black,  but 
this  color  does  not  extend  on  the  lower  jaw  at  all,  and  the  lower  edge  of  the 
rostral  and  upper  labials  is  light.  On  the  posterior  part  of  the  head  is  the 
usual  light  ring,  but  situated  farther  back  than  in  E.  f  a  1  v  i  u  s  ,  its  anterior 
border  passing  across  the  middle  of  the  occipitals  a  little  behind  the  vertical 
and  thence  down  and  forward  to  the  fourth  labial,  expanding  below  upon  the 
whole  of  the  lower  jaw.  On  the  neck  behind  this  light  ring  is  a  black  one, 
about  five  or  six  scales  in  width,  which  does  not  run  entirely  around  the  body, 
being  interrupted  for  a  short  distance  on  the  abdomen.  Behind  this,  the 
black  annulations  are  perfect,  each  four  or  five  scales  in  width,  and  separated 
by  intervals  of  fifteen  to  twenty  scales  of  the  ground  color.  The  black  annula- 
tions are  broader  on  the  vertebral  region  than  laterally  and  beneath  where 
they  cover  three  or  four  dorsal  scales,  and  the  same  number  of  abdominal 
scutellse.  The  black  rings  on  the  tail  are  about  eight  scales  wide,  and  sepa- 
rated by  light  intervals  of  only  two  or  three  scales. 

The  narrow  black  rings,  separated  by  very  wide  intervals,  will  at  once 
distinguish  this  species  from  any  of  the  others  here  described.  There  are  also 
no  blotches  or  dots  of  black  on  the  red  intervals,  and,  if  the  colors  of  the  speci- 
men described  have  not  been  much  altered  by  soaking,  the  absence  of  distinct 
light  rings  of  a  third  color  between  the  black  and  red  ones  will  form  a  striking 
character.  The  color  of  the  light  occipital  ring  and  of  the  light  rings  on  the 
tail  is  probably  yellow  or  white  in  life.  The  mutilated  condition  of  the  head 
prevents  an  accurate  description  of  its  outline,  but  it  is  apparently  small  and 
narrow  as  in  E.  t  e  n  e  r . 

1144.     Batosegachie,  Chihuahua.     John  Potts.     216,  48,  12,  22,  3. 


[A 


ug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  339 

Notes  and  descriptions  of  new  and  little  known  species  of  American  Reptiles , 

BY   E.    D.    COPE. 

OPHIDIA. 

Chilomeniscus  Cope. 

Size  small.  Form  stout,  body  cylindrical,  the  head  not  distinct.  Muzzle  round- 
ed, very  prominent,  and  muck  depressed.  Rostral  plate  large,  with  an  ex- 
tensive superior  surface,  and  presenting  an  obtuse  angle  between  the  pre- 
frontals :  the  inferior  surface  greater  than  the  superior,  owing  to  the  back- 
ward position  of  the  mandible.  Head  shields  broad,  normal,  except  in  the 
confluence  of  the  prefrontals  with  the  nasals.  Nostril  connected  to  the  an- 
terior suture  of  the  postfrontal  by  a  groove.  Loreal  none,  the  postfrontals 
reaching  the  labials.  One  pre-  two  postoculars.  Scales  smooth.  Tail  short, 
the  urosteges  and  anal  plate  divided.  Teeth  equal,  or  the  posterior  a  little 
stouter.     Palatines  and  pterygoids  present. 

This  truly  Calamarian  genus  is  analogous  to  Stenorhina  in  the  union  of  the 
nasal  and  prefontal  shields,  and  perhaps  the  form  of  the  muzzle  and  inferior 
position  of  the  mouth  indicates  affinity  to  Chionactis. 

C.     STRAMINEUS    Cope. 

Common  suture  of  the  prefrontals  very  small,  (in  one  specimen  obliterated 
by  the  rostral, )  that  of  the  postfrontals  but  half  the  length  of  their  sutures 
with  the  prefrontals.  Vertical  presenting  an  obtuse  angle  anteriorly ;  the 
superciliary  sutures  converging  posteriorly  ;  posterior  angle  less  than  a  right- 
angle.  Occipitals  short,  their  common  suture  scarcely  longer  than  the  frontal 
suture  of  the  vertical.  Superior  labials  seven,  the  second  reaching  the  minute 
preocular,  or  should  that  plate  be  absent,  as  will  probably  occur  occasionally, 
forming  with  the  third  and  fourth  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbit.  Inferior 
labials  eight,  fifth  the  largest.  Geneials  two  pair,  posterior  half  the  length  of 
the  anterior.  Temporals  3 — 3 ;  a  larger  central  plate  opposite  the  occipital 
suture.  Scales  in  thirteen  rows,  hexagonal  on  the  flanks,  a  little  elongated  on 
the  back.  Gastrosteges  117  ;  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges  22.  Total  length 
of  the  largest  specimen,  nine  inches  ;  the  tail,  thirteen  lines. 

Coloration. — Inferiorly,  and  upon  the  first  and  second  rows  of  dorsal  scales, 
pale  straw  color.  Superiorly,  brownish  straw  color,  each  scale  with  a  deep 
brown  dot  near  its  posterior  extremity.  Top  of  the  head  grayish,  minutely 
punctulated  with  darker. 

Hab.  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  California.  Discovered  by  Mr.  John  Xantus. 
Museums  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  and  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Philadelphia. 

Catostojia  Wagler. 

In  the  Monatsberichte  der  Preuss.  Acad,  von  Wissensch.,  1859,  p.  275. 
Herr  Peters  identifies  this  genus  with  the  Rhabdosoma  of  Dumeril,  employing, 
however,  the  name  Geophis,  which  was  given  by  Fitzinger  in  the  Systema 
Reptilium,  p.  25,  many  years  subsequently  to  that  of  Wagler.  The  typical 
species  isC.  chalybeum,  which  the  combined  diagnoses  of  Wagler  and 
Peters  do  not  enable  me  to  recognize  as  having  yet  been  received  at  our 
Museum  from  Mexico.  The  most  common  species  of  the  north  eastern  region 
of  that  country  will  henceforth  stand  as  Catostoma  semidoliatum  with 
the  synonyrnes  Rhabdosoma  semidoliatum  Dum.  &Bibr.,  and  Geophis  semidolia- 
tus  Peters,  1.  c.  276. 

Ninia  Baird  &  Girard. 
Professor  Baird  has  kindly  pointed  out  to  me  that  this  genus  has  been  iden- 
1860] 


340  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

tified  with  the  Streptophonis  of  Dumeril,  by  Prof.  Jan  of  Milan,  and  that  the 
type  of  the  former,  N.  diademata  B.  and  G.  is  the  Streptophorus  b  i  f  a  s  - 
c  i  a  t  u  s  of  the  Erpetologie  Generale.  From  an  examination  of  the  type  speci- 
men of  Baird  and  Girard's  description,  I  have  become  convinced  of  the  correct- 
ness of  this  identification.     The  species  of  the  genus  will  then  stand  : 

Ninia  diademata.     Streptophorus  bifasciatus,  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  520. 

Ninia  atkata.*     Streptophorus  Drozii,  1.  c.  p.  518. 

Ninia  Lansbekgii.     Streptophorus  Lansbergii,  1.  c.  p.  518. 

Ninia  Sebae.     Streptophorus  Sebae,  1.  c.  p.  515. 

In  these  Proceedings,  1860,  p.  77,  I  questioned  the  propriety  of  associating 
this  genus  with  the  genera  of  Calamarinse.  I  now  believe  that  it  cannot  be 
arranged  in  that  sub-family. 

Tkopidoclonion  Cope. 
T.  Kietlandii  Cope. 

Regina  Kirtlandii  Kennicott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1856,  p.  95. 

This  beautiful  species,  first  described  by  Mr.  Kennicott  under  Baird  and 
Girard's  genus  Regina,  appears  to  be  congeneric  with  the  Tropidoclonion 
lineatum  Cope  of  Kansas.  In  neither  species  is  the  nasal  plate  entirely 
divided,  but  a  groove  connects  the  nostril  with  the  labial  suture.  The  anal 
plate  in  the  Ki  r  t  landii  is  divided,  entire  in  the  lineatum.  I  am  not 
prepared  to  regard  this  difference  as  generic  here,  though  it  certainly  is  among 
some  serpents.  In  dentition  this  genus  is  isodont,  and  the  head  is  not  distinct 
from  the  body. 

The  Academy's  Museum  possesses  a  specimen  of  the  T.  Kirtlandii  from 
Columbus,  Ohio,  presented  by  Prof.  Lesquereux,  and  a  second,  half  grown, 
from  the  neighborhood  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  discovered  by  my  friend  Mr. 
C.  C.  Abbott  of  that  place. 

This  specimen  differs  in  no  respect  from  that  from  Ohio.  This  species  has 
therefore  an  extensive  distribution,  ranging  from  New  Jersey  to  Illinois. 
Its  habits  according  to  Mr.  Kennicott,  are  terrestrial,  which  statement  is  con- 
firmed by  the  observations  of  Mr.  Abbott. 

Tropidonotus  Kuhl. 
T.  ustds  Cope. 

Scales  in  twenty-one  longitudinal  rows,  all  carinate,  those  of  the  first,  faint- 
ly. Those  of  the  second  row  not  larger  than  those  of  the  vertebral.  Head 
narrow,  not  depressed,  the  end  of  the  muzzle  slightly  elevated.  Lateral  bor- 
ders of  the  vertical  plate  slightly  concave,  not  convergent  posteriorly.  Pre- 
frontals small.  Nostril  in  the  supero-posterior  angle  of  the  prenasal  plate. 
Loreal  longer  than  high.  Preocular  single,  two  postoculars.  Superior  labials 
eight,  fourth  and  fifth  bounding  the  orbit.  Lower  postocular  in  contact  with 
the  occipital  and  a  large  temporal  plate,  which  extends  to  the  eighth  labial. 

A  second  large,  and  three  small  temporals  border  the  occipitals  exteriorly. 
Ten  inferior  labials,  sixth  largest.  Posterior  pair  of  geneials  longer  than  the 
anterior.  Tail  one-fourth  the  total  length.  Gastrosteges  126  ;  anal  one,  di- 
vided ;  urosteges  66.     Total  length  12  in.,  1  line.     Tail  2  in.  10  1. 

Coloration.  Above,  a  yellowish  ferruginous,  pale  upon  the  head,  very  deep 
upon  the  tail.  Upon  careful  examination  there  are  to  be  seen  very  indistinct 
erect  half  bands  upon  each  side,  extending  from  the  first  to  the  central  rows 
of  scales,  alternating  with  each  other.  Posteriorly  they  become  entirely 
transverse.  Belly  salmon  color,  passing  into  orange  ferruginous  upon  the 
urosteges.  Each  gastrostege  has  a  large  central  area  of  yellow,  bordered  on 
each  side  with  wax  yellow,  {cereus  Lat.)  these  colors,  however,  blending  pos- 
teriorly. 

♦See  Proc,  Phil.  Acad.  1860,  p.  76. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA  341 

One  specimen  in  alcohol,  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  from  Charlotte 
Harbor,  Florida,  by  E.  M.  Baker. 

T.  celaeno  Cope. 

Scales  in  nineteen  or  twenty-one  rows,  all  carinate  except  the  first.  Head 
broad  and  distinct  posteriorly,  constricted  at  the  orbits,  and  remarkably  nar- 
row anteriorly.  Profile  of  the  crown  slightly,  but  regularly  convex.  Super- 
ciliary plates  narrow  and  elongate.  Vertical  elongate,  its  lateral  borders 
concave,  not  convergent  posteriorly,  its  length  greater  than  that  of  the  occipi- 
tal suture.  Frontals  small,  the  anterior  almost  triangular.  Nasals  and  loral 
rather  large,  the  posterior  border  of  the  latter  very  oblique.  Preocular  one, 
postoculars  three.  Superior  labials  eight,  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth, 
sixth  and  seventh  largest  and  bounded  above  by  the  first  temporal.  Remain- 
ing temporals  four  on  each  side.  Inferior  labials  ten,  sixth  longest.  Posterior 
geneials  longer  than  the  anterior.  General  form  rather  slender,  tail  one-fifth 
the  total  length.     Gastrosteges  145  ;  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges  71. 

Coloration.  The  general  hue  is  leaden  black  above  and  below,  with  the 
following  paler  markings.  A  band  of  leaden  gray  commences  upon  the  neck, 
occupying  the  second,  third,  and  part  of  the  first  rows  of  scales.  This  ex- 
tends to  the  anus,  becoming  darker,  and  leaving  the  first  row  of  scales  poste- 
riorly. Upon  the  anterior  third  of  the  body  irregular  narrow  vertical  bands 
extend  from  this,  separated  by  black  spaces  of  one  and  a  half  or  two  scales 
in  width,  which  spaces  are  sometimes  enclosed  by  the  confluence  of  the  bands 
on  each  side  of  the  black  vertebral  line. 

One  specimen  (No.  351,)  discovered  by  Mr.  John  Xantus,  at  Cape  St.  Lucas, 
Lower  California,  and  deposited  in  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  those  called  Eutaenia,  by  Baird  and 
Girard,  by  its  divided  postabdominal  scutellum.  It,  however,  bears  quite  a 
close  resemblance  to  some  of  them,  e.  g.,  E.  P  i  c  k  e  r  i  n  g  i  i .  It  is^unneces- 
sary  to  institute  any  comparisons  with  our  true  Tropidonoti,  (which  possesses 
the  divided  scutellum,)  it  is  so  strikingly  different  from  all  of  them. 

T.    TEPHROPLEURA    Cope. 

Scales  in  nineteen  or  twenty-one  longitudinal  rows,  keels  obsolete  on  the 
external  series  only  ;  second  row  larger  than  those  of  the  back.  Head  distinct, 
narrow  anteriorly,  its  lateral  outlines  regularly  converging  from  the  canthus 
of  the  mouth.  Outline  of  the  crown  slightly  depressed  behind  the  plane  of 
the  orbits.  Head  shields  much  elongated,  especially  the  superciliaries  and 
vertical,  the  latter  twice  as  long  as  wide.  The  lateral  borders  do  not  converge, 
and  the  posterior  angle  is  but  little  greater  than  a  right  angle.  Nasals  large ; 
loreal  as  high  as  long  ;  two  pre-,  three  postoculars,  the  former  partially 
united  in  an  old  individual.  Superior  labials  eight,  sixth  much  the  largest, 
its  superior  border  and  two-thirds  of  that  of  the  seventh  in  contact  with  the 
very  large  first  temporal.  Remaining  temporals  normally  four,  sometimes 
confluent  in  pairs.  Inferior  labials  ten,  sixth  the  longest.  General  form 
stout  ;  tail  one-fourth  of  the  total  length.  Gastrosteges  146 ;  one  divided 
anal;  urosteges  83.  Total  length  32  inches,  tail  8  in.,  31.;  of  a  larger  speci- 
men, 9  in.,  8  1.,  and  the  total  length  38  in.  31. 

Coloration.  Above  plumbeous  brown,  shading  into  plumbeous  grey  or  ash 
upon  the  sides,  which  color  fades  into  pale  greyish  yellow  upon  the  middle  of 
the  belly.  Urosteges  ashy,  with  a  dark  shade  along  the  central  suture.  When 
the  skin  of  the  upper  part  of  the  body  is  stretched,  it  is  seen  to  be  leaden  black 
along  the  medial  line,  with  two  or  three  series  of  quadrate  spots  of  the  same 
color  on  each  side.  These  spots  usually  alternate,  but  are  sometimes  conflu- 
ent into  oblique  bands. 

Two  specimens  (4681  type,  and  4680,)  in  the  museum  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Washington,  discovered  at  Cape  St.  Lucas,  in  Lower  California, 
by  Mr.  John  Xantus. 

I860.]  23 


:>42  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

The  number  of  rows  of  scales  will  distinguish  this  species  from  Tropidono- 
tus  Woodhousei  Hallow.  Tropidonotus  C  o  u  c  h  i  i  Cope  (Nerodia  Couchii 
Kennicott,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  Aug.,  1860),  has  a  very  differently  formed  head, 
but  one  preocular  shield,  and  a  few  other  distinguishing  peculiarities.  Tro- 
pidonotus v  a  lid  u  s  Cope  (Regina  valida  Kenn.  1.  c.)  possesses  a  short  head, 
a  rostral  plate  as  high  as  broad,  one  preocular,  and  small  occipitals,  according 
to  Mr.  Kennicott,  none  of  which  peculiarities  exist  in  the  T.  tephropleura. 

The  three  Tropidonotes  here  described  possess  the  true  syncranterian  type 
of  dentition.  So  also,  does  the  Trop.  rig  i  d  u  s  Holbr.,  but  the  T.  leberis 
Holbr.,  and  some  other  species  included  by  Baird  &  Girard  in  their  genus 
"  Regina,"  exhibit  an  almost  constant  isodont  dentition.  It  is  possible  that 
a  genus  intermediate  between  Tropidonotus  and  some  forms  of  Homalopsina?, 
may  exist  in  nature  ;  that  such  genus  be  characterized  by  the  possession  of 
teeth  of  equal  lengths,  and  that  the  only  name  applicable  to  it  be  Regina : 
yet  the  generic  separation  of  the  r  i  g  i  d  u  s  from  the  leberis  will  not  accord 
with  the  present  views  of  most  herpetologists. 

Hekpetodryas  Boie. 

H.  Boddaertii  Schleg. 

A  variety  of  this  species  has  been  obtained  in  the  vicinity  of  Xalapa,  Mexico, 
by  Sr.  R.  M.  DeOca.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  color  of  the  tail,  which  is  of  a 
bright  salmon  tint.     Mus.  Smithsonian  Inst. 

Spilotes  Wagler. 

The  species  of  this  genus  may  be  divided  into  two  sections,  one  character- 
ized by  the  possession  of  keeled  scales,  the  other  having  them  smooth.  To 
the  former  belong  the  S.  pullatus,  poecilostoma  and  poecilono- 
tus;  to  the  latter,  which  Fitzinger  has  called  Drymarchon,  the  S.  cora'is 
andm  elanurus  pertain.  All  the  structural  peculiarities  of  this  latter  group 
are  shared  by  the  Colubri  C  o  u  p  e  r  i  and  obsoletus  of  Holbrook's  American 
Herpetology.  The  latter  species  is  not  the  obsoletus  of  Say,  as  supposed 
by  Dr.  Holbrook,  which  has  been  correctly  identified  by  Mr.  Kennicott,  and 
shown  to  belong  to  a  different  genus  ;  vid.  Scotophis  obsoletus  Kenn. 
Proc.  Acad.  Aug.,  1860.  We  therefore  propose  that  Holbrook's  species  in 
question  be  known  henceforth  as 

Spilotes  Couperi  Cope. 

Syn.    Coluber  Couperi  Holbrook,  N.  Am.  Herp.  iii.  75,  pi.  xvi. 
Georgia  Couperi  Baird  &  Girard,  Catalogue,  p.  92. 

Spilotes  erebennus  Cope. 

Syn.    Coluber  obsoletus  Holbr.  1.  c.  iii.  p.  61,  pi.  xii. 

Georgia  obsoleta  Bd.   &  Grd.  1.  c.  p.  158.     U.   S.  and  Mex.   Bound. 
Surv.  Rept.  pi.  xv. 

Pityophis  Holbrook. 

P.  hjematois  Cope. 

Scales  in  from  thirty-one  to  thirty -five  rows,  the  exterior  ten  or  twelve  en- 
tirely smooth,  the  central  faintly  carinate  ;  the  scales  three  times  as  wide  as 
long  near  the  middle  of  the  body.  Head  distinct,  elongate,  depressed,  espe- 
cially upon  the  region  of  the  sutura  coronalis.  Occipital  shield  as  long  as  the 
vertical,  but  subject,  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  to  subdivision.  Length 
of  the  vertical  one  and  a  half  times  the  anterior  breadth,  the  superciliary 
borders  concave  and  slightly  divergent  posteriorly.  Posterior  angle  obtuse, 
Postfrontals  four,  elongate,  all  bordering  the  vertical.  Rostral  not  prominent ; 
as  broad  as  high,  possessing  six  sutural  borders,  the  nasal  twice  as  long  as  any 
of  the  others.  Nasal  shields  large,  loreal  longer  than  high.  Preoculars  nor- 
mally two,  sometimes  three,  or  one.     Postoculars  three,  exceptionally  four. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  343 

Superior  labials  normally  nine,  (exceptionally  ten,)  the  fifth,  entering  the 
orbit.  Inferior  labials  normally  twelve  ;  geneials  two  pair,  anterior  twice  the 
length  of  the  posterior.  Tail  one-seventh  of  the  total  length.  Gastrosteges 
247,  an  entire  anal,  urosteges  61.     Total  length  5  ft.  4  in.     Tail  9  in. 

Coloration.  The  ground  color  above  and  below  is  a  rich  straw  yellow.  The 
muzzle  is  shaded  anteriorly  with  ashy  or  fuscous  ;  this  color  gradually  fades 
into  a  lively  sanguineous  or  testaceous,  which  tint  prevails  upon  the  posterior 
part  of  the  head,  and  anterior  part  of  the  body.  There  arises  upon  the  tenth 
or  eleventh  row  of  the  scales  of  the  neck  upon  each  side,  a  longitudinal  band 
of  the  same  color,  which  deepens  posteriorly,  and  unites  with  its  fellow  at 
intervals  of  three  or  four  scales  by  a  gradual  widening  upon  its  dorsal  border. 
Thus  a  scalariform  series  of  dorsal  blotches  is  formed,  whose  transverse  di- 
ameter increases  regularly  posteriorly,  and  whose  intervals  diminish,  being 
anteriorly  four  scales, — upon  the  tail,  one  and  a  half.  The  connecting  band 
remains  unbroken  upon  the  anterior  fourth  of  the  body  only.  Separated  from 
this  by  an  interval  of  one  half  or  a  whole  scale,  another  longitudinal  and  very 
narrow  band  arises  on  the  neck.  It  is  much  more  distinct  opposite  the  inter- 
vals between  the  dorsal  blotches,  and  upon  the  disappearance  of  the  line 
connecting  the  latter,  partially  assumes  its  position,  and  breaks  up  into  an 
alternating  series  of  very  elongated  spots.  The  dorsal  intervals  are  thus 
widened  to  a  breadth  of  seven  and  two  halves  scales.  There  also  commences 
upon  the  neck  a  second  lateral  series  of  spots,  which  occupy  a  length  of  five 
scales  on  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  rows.  Their  length  decreases  to  three  scales 
opposite  the  anus,  where  they  unite  with  the  superior  lateral  series.  Every 
second  pair  of  gastrosteges  is  tipped  with  sanguineous.  All  the  markings  of 
this  serpent  are  sanguineous  anteriorly,  but  deeper  posteriorly,  passing  through 
shades  of  maroon,  until  upon  the  terminal  third  of  the  total  length  they  are 
entirely  black.  A  black  or  maroon  band  passes  along  the  suture  of  the  uros- 
teges.     Belly  immaculate. 

Hah.  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  California,  sent  by  Mr.  John  Xantus.  Mu- 
seums Smithsonian,  Washington  ;  Acad.  Nat.  Sciences,  Philada. 

This  species  will  compare  favorably  for  beauty  with  the  elegant  Tropidono- 
tus  concinnus  of  the  lamented  Dr.  Hallowell,  but  readily  yields  the  paJm 
to  the  gorgeous  Elaps  euryxanthus  of  Kennicott. 

Ltcodon  Boie. 
Syn,  Lycognatkus*  Dumeril,  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  916. 

L.    LYROPHANES    Cope. 

In  describing  this  species,  I  will  repeat  some  of  the  generic  characters,  pre- 
mising that  the  form  belongs  probably  to  the  Dipsadinse,  to  the  typical  forms 
of  which  it  is  connected  by  Tripanurgus  Fitz. 

Dentition  resembling  that  of  Macroprotodon  cuoullatus  Cope.  Seven 
teeth  upon  the  superior  maxillary  bone,  of  which  one  posterior  is  elongate 
and  grooved  ;  three  central,  small  and  recurved,  and  three  anterior,  very  long, 
the  first  longest  and  least  recurved.  The  central  three  are  not  separated  from 
those  anterior  and  posterior  to  them  by  spaces  wider  than  those  existing  be- 
tween themselves.  Palatine  teeth  six,  the  anterior  three  the  longest,  ail 
longer  than  the  pterygoids.  The  three  anterior  mandibular  teeth  longer  and 
more  widely  spaced  than  the  posterior,  having  an  outward  direction  as  in 
Hormonotus  Hallow. 

Scales  in  twenty-one  rows,  rather  broad  posteriorly  and  upon  the  middle  of 
the  body,  not  larger  upon  the  vertebral  line.  The  body  anteriorly  is  slender, 
contracting  to  a  small  neck.  Tail  less  than  one-sixth  of  the  total  length. 
Head  very  distinct,  the  temples  much  swollen,  so  that  the  greatest  breadth  in 
life  is  just  posterior  to  the  eyes,  though  the  length  of  head  posterior  to  the 


I860.] 


See  my  remarks  upon  this  genus,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.  18tX),  p.  262. 


Mi  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

angle  of  the  vertical  shield  is  one  line  greater  than  that  anterior.  Side  of  the 
head  constricted  at  the  orbits,  the  muzzle  rather  narrow  and  truncate.  Ros- 
tral plate  broader  than  high,  with  but  four  sutural  borders,  the  superior  very 
long  ;  the  apex  apparent  upon  the  surface  of  the  head.  Prefrontals  much 
broader  than  long  ;  one -third  the  size  of  that  part  of  the  postfrontals  visible 
from  above.  Upon  a  vertical  view,  the  postfrontals  appear  longer  than  broad. 
Occipitals,  superciliaries  and  vertical  developed  ;  the  last  presenting  a  right 
angle  posteriorly,  and  having  the  lateral  borders  slightly  concave  and  converg- 
ing ;  the  first  not  longer,  and  about  as  wide  as  long,  in  contact  with  a  large 
scale  in  their  posterior,  common  emargination.  Nasal  plates  distinctly  di- 
vided, very  small,  higher  than  long.  Loreal  plates  two,  the  anterior  higher 
than  long,  intercalated  superiorly  between  the  pre-  and  postfrontal,  posterior 
as  long  as  high.  Preoculars  three,  the  superior  largest,  not  in  contact  with 
the  vertical  ;  the  inferior  bounded  anteriorly  by  the  third  upper  labial.  Post- 
oculars  three,  the  inferior  a  little  the  largest.  Superior  labials  nine,  fourth 
and  fifth  entering  the  orbit,  sixth  largest,  higher  than  broad.  Inferior  labials 
twelve,  the  third  and  fourth  narrow,  and  much  produced  posteriorly.  Gene- 
ials  two  pair,  the  anterior  longest.  Gastrosteges  236,  one  divided  anal,  uros- 
teges  70.     Total  length  27  in.  10  lin.     Tail  4  in.  4  lin. 

Coloration. — The  ground  color  is  a  light  grey.  The  muzzle  is  crossed  by  an 
indistinct  ashy  band,  which  extends  upon  the  anterior  part  of  the  postfrontals. 
The  posterior  half  of  these  plates  is  involved  in  a  deep  brown  band  which 
crosses  the  head  between  the  eyes,  whose  posterior  border  is  very  concave, 
extending  upon  the  superciliaries  to  the  vertical  plane  of  the  pupil  of  the  eye. 
This  band  is  continued  posteriorly,  upon  the  inferior  postocular  and  sixth 
upper  labial.  A  pair  of  broad  diverging  bands  commences  one  band  on  either 
side  of  the  centre  of  the  vertical,  crosses  the  superciliary  and  occipital  shields, 
and  following  the  expanded  outline  of  the  temporal  and  tympanic  regions, 
contracts  and  becomes  longitudinal  and  parallel  upon  the  neck.  A  brown 
spot  upon  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  vertical  plates  with  a  posterior 
elongation,  completes  the  resemblance  of  this  figure  to  a  lyre,  or  still  more  to 
that  musical  (?)  instrument  familiarly  known  to  children  as  the  "  Jews-harp." 
The  ground  color  appears  upon  the  vertex  as  an  anchor-shaped  figure,  and  on  the 
cheek,  as  an  oblique  band.  The  back,  as  far  as  the  anus,  is  ornamented  with 
twenty- one  pairs  of  deep  brown  spots,  their  gemination  only  apparent  anteri- 
orly by  the  punctulate  character  of  the  scales  in  the  intervals  between  the 
pairs.  These  intervals  are  always  about  three  scales  wide  ;  the  lesser,  two 
and  a  half  anteriorly,  one  and  a  half  posteriorly.  Dorsal  spots  seven  scales 
wide;  as  the  scales  are  broader  posteriorly,  the  spots  are  also.  There  is 
an  irregular  series  of  lateral  spots,  one  opposite  each  of  the  intervals,  some- 
times confluent  with  the  dorsal  spots :  anteriorly  they  form  a  very  narrow 
broken  band.  Another  series  of  spots  involves  the  tips  of  pairs  of  the  gastro- 
steges, which  are  separated  by  two,  three,  four,  or  even  five  immaculate  ones. 
Ten  confluent  pairs  of  spots  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  tail.  Whole  under 
surface  whitish. 

Type  (Sm.  No.  4080),  discovered  by  Mr.  J.  Xantus  at  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower 
California.  Another  specimen  collected  by  Mr.  Irwin,  at  Ft.  Buchanan,  Ari- 
zona, appears  to  be  identical,  though  in  a  bad  state  of  preservation. 

The  discovery  of  this  species  by  Messrs.  Irwin  and  Xantus,  is  one  of  the 
most  interesting  additions  to  North  American  Herpetology.  The  form  is 
strictly  tropical,  for  we  learn  from  the  Erpetologie  Generale  that  the  L.  gem- 
i  n  a  t  u  s  is  Brazilian,  and  the  scolopax  has  been  brought  from  Guiana  and 
Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra  in  the  eastern  region  of  Bolivia.  There  are  no  other 
species  known.  It  is  important  to  notice  that  the  present  species  differs  from 
those  of  South  America  in  the  possession  of  two  loreals  and  three  preoculars, 
but  with  our  present  knowledge  of  the  Dipsadinae,  generic  difference  can 
hardly  be  predicated  upon  peculiarities  of  this  kind. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  345 

Teledraspis  Cope. 

In  these  Proceedings  for  December,  1859,  I  characterized  a  genus  of  crotal- 
ine  serpents  under  the  above  name.  It  was  intended  to  include  all  the 
serpents  hitherto  arranged  with  Bothrops,  which  possess  undivided  urosteges. 
In  examining  the  structure  of  these  serpents,  I  recognized  two  sections  ofthe 
genus,  the  one  containing  a  single  species,  and  characterized  by  the  possession 
of  a  series  of  elevated  scales  exterior  to  the  superciliary  plate  ;  the  other  con- 
taining several  species,  which  have  that  plate,  as  is  Bothrops,  i.  e.  forming 
the  superior  border  of  the  orbit.  It  seemed  probable  that  these  might  be 
genetically  distinct,  yet  the  possession  of  the  horned  eyebrow  by  but  a  single 
species,  would  not  admit  of  such  a  conclusion.  Since  then,  I  have  received 
from  Dr.  Albert  Giinther,  his  description  and  beautiful  figure  of  Lachesis 
nitidus,  published  in  the  P.  Z.  S.,  Nov.,  1859.  This  serpent,  which 
was  discovered  by  Mr.  Fraser,  in  the  Andes  of  Equador,  is  obviously  a  second 
species  of  the  typical  group  of  my  Teleuraspis  ;  we  can  perceive  no  propriety 
in  its  position  in  Lachesis,  a  genus  having  urosteges  anteriorly  two-rowed,  at 
the  tip  four-rowed. 

In  the  Monatsberichte  der  Konigl.  Preuss.  Acad,  for  March  1859,  p.  278. 
Herr.  Peters  characterized  a  genus  Bothriechis,  for  a  species  resembling  a 
Bothrops,  except  in  its  entire  urosteges,  and  keelless  scales  of  the  vertex. 
Excluding  the  latter  character,  which  does  not  appear  to  be  of  generic  value, 
this  genus  is  exactly  co-extensive  with  my  second  section  of  Teleuraspis. 
The  following,  therefore,  will  be  what  appears  to  me  to  be  the  correct  nomen- 
clature of  the  species  included  by  me  in  Teleiiraspis  1.  c.  with  the  addition  of 
those  here  mentioned. 

Crotaline  Viperidoz,  toithout  crepitaculum  having  a  scaled  scarlet  vertex,  super- 
ciliary plates  present,  and  entire  urosteges. 

1.  Teleuraspis  Cope,  Proc.  Philada.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1859,  p.  338. 

T.    SCHLEGELI  Cope,   1.   C 

Trigonocephalus  Schlegeli  Berthold,   vid.  1,  c. 
T.  nitida  Cope,  hujus  operis. 
Lachesis  nitidus,  Giinther,  1.  c. 

2.  Bothriechis  Peters,  Monatsbericht  Konigl.  Preuss.  Acad.  1859,  p.  278. 

B.  nigroviridis  Peters,  1.  c. 
B.  Castelnaui  Cope.  h.  op. 

Bothrops  Castelnaudi  Dum.  &  Bibr.,  vid.  1.  c. 

Teleiiraspis  Castelnaui  Cope,  1.  c. 
B.  Lansbergii  Cope,  h.  op. 

Trigonocephalus  Lansbergii  Schleg.,  loc? 

Teleuraspis  Lansbergii  Cope,  1.  c. 
?  B.  nummifer  Cope,  h.  op. 

Trigonocephalus  nummifer  Rupp.,  loc? 

?  Teleuraspis  nummifer  Cope,  1.  c. 


Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology. — No.  6. 

BY    BRACKENRIDGE    CLEMENS,  M.  D. 

TINEINA.     Fam.  TORTRICIDJE. 

Antithesia  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  much  narrower  at  the  base  than  across  the  inner  angle ;  costa 
regularly  arched  ;  apex  obtuse  ;  hind  margin  obliquely  rounded  ;  apical  nervule 
simple;  disk  modeiatelv  broad,  rounded  behind,  and  with  a  secondary  cell. 

I860.] 


346  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

Kind  wings  much  broader  than  the  fore  wings,  ovate  ;  branches  of  the  subcostal 
connivent  at  their  origins;  discal  vein  curved;  medio-discal  on  an  erect  mo- 
derate stalk;  the  two  superior  nervules  of  the  median  vein  scarcely  from  a 
common  point.  Head  roughened;  with  ocelli.  Face  rounded,  rather  narrow. 
Eyes  prominent,  rather  large  ;  antennae  approximated,  inserted  on  the  fore- 
head ;  setaceous,  with  whorls  of  minute  cilia,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  ex- 
ceeding the  clypeus,  ascending,  rather  hairy  beneath  and  at  the  end  of  the 
middle  joint  above,  which  is  truncate;  terminal  joint  minute,  oval.  Tongue 
about  one-half  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxae.  Thorax  with  a  bifid  tuft  behind. 
Abdomen  tufted  in  the  ^. 

A.  n  i  m  b  a  t  a  n  a. — Head  and  palpi  dark  brown,  the  latter  whitish  beneath. 
Thorax  dark  brownish,  pale  ochreous  white  in  the  middle.  Fore  wings  dark 
brownish,  with  an  indistinct  violet  hue  from  the  base  to  beyond  the  middle ; 
apical  portion  of  the  wing  whitish,  with  brownish  dots  along  the  costa.  Hind 
wings  pale  grayish  fuscous. 

The  larva  binds  together  the  leaves  of  the  rose.  The  insect  may  be  the  A. 
ochroleucana  of  Europe,  and  may  not  be  a  native  of  our  continent.  The 
apical  edge  of  the  dark  brownish  portion  of  the  wing  is  obliquely  rounded,  and 
is  sometimes  varied  with  whitish  on  the  inner  margin  and  towards  the  base. 

Mass.  Penna.  111. 

A.  bipartitan  a. — Fore  wings  white,  with  a  dark  brown  basal  patch  and 
a  rather  broad  central  fascia  of  the  same  hue,  with  the  apical  edge  straight. 
The  costa  exterior  to  the  central  fascia  has  two  or  three  dark  brown  dots;  the 
tip  of  the  wing  is  varied  with  the  same  hue,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  apical 
white  portion  is  a  pale  brownish  spot.  Cilia  spotted  with  dark  brown.  Hind 
wings  whitish,  fuscous  at  the  apex  and  towards  the  hind  margin. 

Tnis  insect  bears  a  superficial  resemblance  toE.  fasciatana. 

Mass.     From  Mr.  Scuddtr. 

A.  ?  coruscan  a. — Fore  wings  luteous,  varied  with  dark  brown,  spotted 
towards  the  base  with  metallic  leaden  hued  spots  ;  a  more  or  less  distinct  cen- 
tral fascia  spotted  with  leaden  spots,  especially  on  its  edges,  and  a  band  from 
the  costa,  near  the  tip  of  the  inner  margin,  is  edged  with  metallic  leaden-hued 
lines  on  both  sides.  The  central  and  subapical  bands  are  often  dark  brown 
irrorated  with  luteous,  and  the  basal  patch  sometimes  distinct,  and  again 
scarcely,  if  at  all,  indicated.     Hind  wings  dark  brown. 

In  general  appearance,  this  insect  strongly  resembles  those  of  the  genus 
Exartema,  but  wants  the  peculiar  appendage  at  the  base  of  the  inner  margin 
of  the  hind  wings  in  the  latter  genus,  besides  differing  from  it  in  other  respects. 
In  structure  it  agrees  very  nearly  with  the  genus  in  which  it  is  placed. 

Lozot.-enia  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  nearly  as  broad  toward  the  base  as  at  the  inner  angle ;  with  the 
costa  much  arched  at  the  base,  emarginate  from  the  middle  to  the  tip,  which 
is  slightly  produced  upwards,  and  emarginate  beneath  the  tip  on  the  hinder 
margin.  The  inner  angle  obtusely  rounded.  In  the  $  the  costa  at  the  base 
has  a  fold  or  flap  of  scales  on  the  upper  surface.  The  disk  is  elongated, 
slightly  curved,  without  distinct  secondary  cell.  The  second  disco-central  ner- 
vule  is  approximated  to  the  medio-superior,  and  the  posterior,  very  remote  from 
the  penultimate,  is  opposite  at  its  origin  to  that  of  the  first  subcosto-marginal 
nervule.  In  the  posterior  wings  the  discal  vein  is  curved  and  the  disco-central 
is  approximated  to  the  median  system. 

Head  scarcely  rough,  with  a  slight  frontal  tuft  between  the  antenna?.  With 
ocelli.  Face  smooth  and  rather  narrow.  Eyes  prominent.  Antenna?  separated 
at  their  bases,  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath,  or  microscopically  ciliated.  Palpi 
ascending,  cylindrical,  densely  clothed  with  short  scales ;  terminal  joint  ex- 
tremely short,  slender,  ovate,  about  as  long  as  the  basal  joint ;  middle  joint 


[A 


ug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  347 

three  or  four  times  longer  than  the  terminal,  without  spreading  scales  at  the 
end.  Tongue  nearly  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxa?.  Thorax  not  tufted.  Abdo- 
men tufted  at  the  tip  in  the  ^. 

L.  Rosaceana,  Harris,  Ins.  Mass.,  2d  ed.,  376. — Pale  cinnamon-brown. 
Fore  wings  with  a  basal  and  oblique  central  fascia  of  a  darker  reddish  brown 
and  a  triangular  spot  of  the  same  hue  on  the  costa,  near  the  tip,  and  frequently 
with  a  subterminal  band.  The  wing  is  more  or  less  striated  with  dark  reddish 
brown  lines.     Hind  wings  ochreous  yellow,  internally  blackish. 

The  larva  binds  together  the  leaves  of  the  rose  and  other  plants. 

L.  fervidan  a. — Palpi,  head  and  thorax  brownish  ochreous.  Fore  wings 
ochreous,  with  the  basal  patch  reddish  brown  ;  a  reddish  brown  central  fascia, 
interrupted  on  the  disk,  with  a  shining  dark  brownish  spot  above  it  on  the  middle 
of  the  costa ;  near  the  tip,  on  the  costa,  is  a  dark  brownish  spot,  and  between 
the  two  costal  spots,  beneath  the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  a  diffuse  patch  of  the 
same  hue.     Hind  wings  fuscous,  along  the  costa  yellowish  white. 

Peronea  Curtis. 

Fore  wings  with  tufts  of  elevated  scales  scattered  over  the  surface;  costa  not 
folded,  rather  abruptly  arched  at  the  base,  slightly  concave  in  the  middle  ; 
apex  slightly  produced,  and  the  hind  margin  beneath  it  slightly  concave;  inner 
angle  rounded.  The  disk  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  rather  narrow 
and  without  secondary  cell;  apical  vein  simple.  In  the  hind  wings  the  costal 
and  subcostal  are  distinct,  the  branches  of  the  latter  connivent;  discal  vein 
curved ;  medio-discal  on  a  short  stalk  at  the  bifurcation  of  the  two  superior 
branches  of  the  median  vein. 

Head  scarcely  rough.  Ocelli  small.  Face  short,  rounded,  slightly  tufted  in 
the  middle.  Eyes  prominent.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi 
exceeding  the  face  by  one  half  their  length,  rather  truncate,  ascending  toward 
the  base  and  porrected  from  the  middle ;  terminal  joint  minute,  almost  con- 
cealed in  the  scales  of  the  middle  joint,  which  is  thin  and  cylindrical  at  is 
base,  arching  upward  on  its  upper  edge,  nearly  straight  beneath,  and  densely 
clothed  with  scales  at  its  end,  especially  above.  Tongue  about  one-half  as 
long  as  the  anterior  coxae. 

P.  V  i  b  u  r  n  a  n  a. — Palpi  brownish  gray.  Head  dark  brownish.  Thorax 
blackish  brown  in  front,  dark  ochreous  behind.  Fore  wings  grayish,  with  a 
reddish  brown  costal  patch  at  the  base,  and  a  large  triangular  patch  of  the 
same  hue,  extending  from  the  middle  of  the  costa  to  the  tip,  and  nearly  across 
the  wing;  it  is  margined  internally  with  dark  ochreous,  and  has  an  oblique 
line  of  the  same  hue  from  the  costa,  passing  through  its  middle.  The  tufts  are 
minute,  black  and  disposed  on  ochreous  colored  bases.    Hind  wings  fuscous. 

The  larva  rolls  and  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  Viburnum  and  wild  cherry.  It  is 
immaculate  pale  green;  head  pale  brownish.  The  rolled  leaves  contain  a 
silken  web  or  gallery,  in  which  the  larva  lives. 

Platynota. 
Fore  wings  with  tufts  and  lines  of  elevated  scales  disposed  over  the  surface  ; 
costa  broadly  folded  at  the  base  in  the  ^,  where  it  is  abruptly  arched,  and 
straight  along  the  middle;  the  tip  and  hind  margin  rounded.  The  disk  is 
placed  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  is  broadest  in  the  middle,  without  se- 
condary cell.  There  are  three  subcosto-marginal  nervules ;  the  apical  branch 
is  bifid,  with  two  disco-central  nervules,  the  lower  one  approximated  to  the 
median  system  ;  the  medio-posterior  is  moderately  remote  from  the  penultimate 
branch,  and  is  opposite  the  second  marginal  nervule.  In  the  hind  wings  the 
costal  and  subcostal  veins  arise  from  a  common  stalk;  the  branches  of  the 
subcostal  separate  from  each  other  at  the  origin  of  the  discal  vein,  which  is 
somewhat  angulated  ;  the  two  superior  branches  of  the  median  arise  at  a 
common  point,  where  is  likewise  received  the  medio-discal  on  a  short  oblique 

I860.] 


348  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

stalk,  the  nervule  running  parallel  with  the  medio-superior  nervule.    In  repose 
the  wings  are  deflexed  in  the  apical  portion  along  the  middle. 

Head  smooth,  vertex  elongated.  Face  smooth  nearly  naked,  concealed  by 
the  labial  palpi ;  forehead  with  a  thin  tuft.  Eyes  rather  small,  moderately 
prominent.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  exceeding  the  face 
by  more  than  one-half  the  length,  crambiform,  porrected,  flattened,  and  taper- 
iDg  from  the  middle  to  the  end  ;  terminal  joint  distinct,  short,  smooth  and 
ovate  ;  middle  joint  suddenly  arching  upward  at  the  face,  whence  it  is  porrected 
and  slightly  deflexed,  roughly  clothed  with  scales  above  and  beneath.  Tongue 
rudimentary,  almost  obsolete. 

P.  s  e  n  t  a  n  a — Head  and  palpi  dark  brownish,  slightly  sprinkled  with 
grayish.  Fore  wings  dark  grayish  brown,  with  an  oblique  line  of  dark  brownish 
scales  near  the  base,  terminating  in  a  tuft  of  the  same  hue  on  the  fold.  An 
oblique  line  of  elevated  dark  brownish  scales  crosses  the  wing  from  the  costa 
within  the  middle,  to  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin,  and  in  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  exterior  to  it,  is  a  short  blackish  streak,  beneath  which  the  wing  is  dis- 
colored with  dark  reddish  brown  ;  along  the  costa,  exterior  and  parallel  to  the 
central  line,  are  two  shorter  and  similar  Hues.  Near  the  hind  margin,  and 
parallel  with  it,  are  two  lines  of  elevated  dark  brownish  scales  crossing  the 
nervules.     Hind  wings  yellowish  fuscous. 

The  larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  Viburnum  pr  u  n  i  folium.  It  is  dark  brown, 
with  paler  brown  papilliform  points,  and  two  indistinct  subdorsal  lines  of  the 
same  hue.  It  leaves  its  food  plant  to  weave  a  white  silken  cocoon,  and  appears 
as  an  imago  early  in  July. 

P.  flavedana. — Reddish  saffron.  Fore  wing3  with  an  oblique  line  near 
the  base,  terminating  in  a  tuft  on  the  fold ;  an  oblique  central  fascia  edged  on 
each  side  with  elevated  scales,  and  a  fascia  near  the  tip,  joining  the  central 
fascia,  reddish  brown.  Near  the  terminal  border  of  the  wing  is  a  line  of  raised 
scales  of  the  general  hue.     Hind  wings  reddish  saffron. 

Male?  Palpi  reddish  brown,  terminal  joint  yellowish.  Head  and  thorax 
ochreous  yellow.  Fore  wings  yellow,  deeper  at  the  base  than  at  the  tip,  with 
the  middle  of  the  wing  discolored  with  blackish  brown,  having  a  purplish  hue. 
At  the  base  of  the  fold,  on  its  middle  and  about  the  end  of  the  disk,  are  tufts 
of  scales,  and  with  two  transnervular  lines  of  scales  in  the  yellow  portion.  The 
extreme  hind  margin  is  reddish  ochreous,  varied  somewhat  with  dark  brownish. 

These  specimens  may  be  only  variations  of  P.  s  e  n  t  a  n  a. 

Anchylopera  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrow,  with  the  tip  usually  produced  acutely,  and  the  hind 
margin  falcate  or  concave.  The  disk  is  slightly  above  the  middle  of  the  wing, 
widening  from  base  to  apex,  with  four  subcosto-marginal  nervules  ;  apical 
simple;  two  distinct  diseo-central  branches.  The  medio-posterior  arises  be- 
tween the  first  and  second  marginal  nervules.  In  the  hind  wings  the  discal 
vein  is  curved.  The  median  vein  is  either  two-branched,  with  a  medio-discal 
nervule,  or  three-branched  loith  the  two  superior  branches  on  a  moderately  long  com- 
mon stalk,  and  a  medio-discal  nervule  on  a  short  peduncle. 

Head  rather  rough.  With  ocelli.  Face  slightly  tufted  in  the  middle.  Eyes 
moderate.  Antennas  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  exceeding  the  face 
a  little,  slightly  ascending  but  porrected,  thickly  and  truncately  scaled  towards 
the  end;  terminal  joint  slender,  minute,  usually  drooping,  and  almost  concealed 
in  the  terminal  scales  of  the  middle  joint,  which  is  somewhat  curved  and 
roughly  scaled  beneath  and  at  the  end  above.  Tongue  about  one-half  as  long 
as  the  anterior  coxae,  and  a  little  longer  than  the  labial  palpi. 

§   Tip  of  fore  wings  produced.      Median    vein   of  hind  wings   2-branched,   with 

medio-discal  branch. 
A.  Spi  r  eaefoli  ana  . — Palpi  white,  reddish  brown  at  the  base.     Head 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  349 

reddish  brown.  Thorax  white,  disk  reddish  brown.  Fore  wings  white  with 
a  large  reddish  brown  dorsal  patch  extending  from  the  base  to  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  and  rounded  on  the  costal  edge  ;  an  oblique  fascia  of  the  same  hue 
from  the  middle  of  the  costa  to  about  the  centre  of  the  wing,  with  the  costa 
exterior  to  it  streaked  alternately  with  white  and  reddish  brown  to  the  apex. 
The  extreme  apex  reddish  brown.     Hind  wings  grayish  fuscous. 

The  larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  Spiraea  o  p  u  1  i  f  o  1  i  a  (nine  bark.)  One  of 
the  veins  of  the  leaf  is  drawn  closely  to  the  midrib  so  as  to  produce  a  fold  in 
it  from  the  base,  in  which  the  larva  lives  and  feeds  on  the  parenchyma  of  the 
leaf.  The  larva  deserts  the  food  plant  to  form  its  cocoon,  which  is  slight  and 
woven  between  applied  or  folded  leaves.  The  first  brood  produce  imagos 
early  in  July.  There  is  nothing  characteristic  in  the  ornamentation  of  the 
larva  ;  its  head  and  body  are  pale  green,  or  yellowish  green. 

A.  nub  ecu  Ian  a. — Fore  wings  white  with  a  dark  brown  dorsal  patch 
extending  from  the  base  to  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with  its  costal  edge 
irregular  or  doubly  curved.  The  oblique  central  fascia  is  almost  obsolete 
except  on  the  middle  of  the  costa  where  it  appears  as  a  dark  grayish  brown 
spot,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  beneath  it  is  a  grayish  brown  round  spot 
exterior  to  which  is  a  short  black  dash.  The  wing  above  the  inner  angle  is 
varied  with  grayish  brown  and  brownish.  The  costa  exterior  of  the  middle  is 
alternately  streaked  with  white  and  brownish,  becoming  reddish  brown 
toward  the  tip.     Extreme  apex  reddish  brown. 

A.  Platanana. — Fore  wings  pale  reddish  ochreous,  whitish  along  the 
costa  at  the  base,  frequently  with  a  semioval  patch  of  the  general  hue  at  the 
base  of  the  inner  margin.  An  abbreviated  central,  oblique  fascia  of  the  general 
hue,  with  two  reddish  brown  streaks  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  near  the  hind 
margin,  and  the  costa  from  the  central  fascia  to  the  tip,  streaked  with  the 
general  hue  and  whitish,  and  with  two  white  streaks  in  the  cilia  beneath  the 
tip.     Extreme  apex  reddish  saffron.     Hind  wings  whitish. 

The  larva  folds  the  leaf  of  sycamore  near  the  base,  weaving  a  web  and 
drawing  the  side  of  the  leaf  to  the  midrib  in  June  and  July. 

§§  Tip  of  fore  wings  not  acutely  produced.  Fore  wings  with  very  faintly 
indicated  secondary  cell.  Hind  wings,  median  vein  2-branched,  and  with  a 
medio-discal  branch. 

A.  striatana. — Fore  wings  grayish  brown,  with  three  white  streaks 
from  the  base,  one  along  the  costa,  one  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  one 
along  the  inner  margin.  The  costa  from  the  middle  of  the  tip  is  alternately 
streaked  with  white  and  greyish  brown.  Ocelloid  patch  whitish  with  one  or 
two  black  streaks,  and  with  scales  somewhat  silvery  internally  and  externally 
to  the  streaks.     Hind  wings  fuscous. 

Dr.  Morris.     Baltimore  and  Easton. 

§§  Hind   wings   with  median   vein    3-branched,   the  two    superior  pedunculated. 
In  repose  the  fore  wings  are  hooked  in  the  middle  of  hind  margin. 

A.  co  s  torn  a  cula  n  a. — Fore  wings  ochreous-white,  with  a  costal  some- 
what triangular  patch  extending  from  the  middle  to  the  tip  and  rounded  in  the 
middle  of  the  wing  ;  in  the  middle  and  toward  the  tip  it  is  dark  reddish  brown, 
and  along  the  costa  tinted  with  dark  purplish.     The  costa  minutely  striated 
from  the  base.     Hind  wings  fuscous,  paler  towards  the  base. 

Dysodia. 

Fore  wings  with  a  subvitreom  spot  on  the  dish;  narrow  at  the  base,  dilated 
beyond  the  middle  ;  tip  obtusely  rounded,  hind  margin  rounded,  inner  margin 
sinuous.  The  disk  is  above  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  is  dilated  posteriorly. 
From  the  subcostal  vein  arise  three  very  oblique  marginal  branches,  the  first 
behind  the  middle  of  the  disk  and  the  others  approximated  near  its  posterior 

I860.] 


o50  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

end  ;  the  apical  and  post-apical  nervules  arise  at  a  common  point,  from  which 
is  given  off  a  faint  discal  vein,  which  is  obsolete  in  the  middle  (?)  and  gives 
off  on  the  costal  side  of  the  wing  a  disco-central  branch  ;  another  arises  on  the 
median  side  from  a  short  vertical  stalk.  Median  vein  3-branched,  the  posterior 
opposite  the  first  marginal.  In  the  hind  wings  the  subvitreous  spot  is  larger 
than  in  the  fore  wings  and  angulated ;  the  tip  is  very  obtusely  rounded,  and  the 
hind  margin  is  emarginate  opposite  the  disk,  which  is  very  broad.  The  costal 
and  subcostal  veins  cross  each  other  about  the  middle  of  the  disk  and  are 
continued  to  the  base  of  the  wing  separately  ;  the  subcostal  is  bifid  beyond  the 
origin  of  the  discal  vein  which  is  faint  and  angulated,  and  the  branches  of  the 
subcostal  separate  from  the  point  of  bifurcation.  The  median  vein  is  three- 
branched,  with  a  medio-discal  nervule  running  parallel  with  the  superior 
nervule  from  an  oblique  stalk. 

Head  smooth,  although  hairy ;  rather  impacted.  Without  ocelli.  Face 
broad,  rounded.  Eyes  rather  small,  not  prominent.  Antenna?  setaceous, 
pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  exceeding  the  face  by  about  one-third  of  their 
length,  ascending  and  rather  porrected,  tapering  from  the  base  to  the  tip  and 
rather  thick  ;  basal  joint  very  hairy ;  middle  joint  tapering  to  the  tip,  with  an 
external  ridge  and  squamose,  but  not  hairy ;  terminal  joint  distinct,  rather 
slender,  squamose,  rather  less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  middle  joint. 
Tongue  stout,  and  one  half  as  long  as  the  body  beneath. 

Thorax  thick  and  tufted  ;  patagid  with  long  elevated  scales.  All  the  femora 
and  tibiae  clothed  with  long  hairs. 

D.  oculatana. — Head,  palpi  and  prothorax  ochreous-fuscous.  Thoracic 
tuft  ochreous.  Fore'wings  fuscous,  varied  with  ochreous-yellow,  with  a  small 
subvitreous  spot  on  the  disk.  The  base  of  the  wing  and  a  band  just  internal 
to  the  discal  spot  ochreous-yellow,  each  varied  with  fuscous  stria?;  and  crossing 
the  middle  of  the  nervules  is  another  band  of  the  same  hue,  slightly  clouded 
with  fuscous  above  the  middle,  having  a  spot  of  the  same  hue  behind  it, 
above  the  inner  angle.  Hind  wings  with  a  large  subvitreus  spot,  produced 
towards  the  external  margin  ;  similar  in  color  to  the  fore  wings,  but  almost 
reticulated  with  fuscous. 

The  larva  is  quite  as  peculiar  as  the  perfect  insect.  It  is  sluggish,  with  a 
thick  and  much  contracted  body,  and  uniform  in  diameter.  Head  as  broad 
as  the  body,  black.  Color  yellowish  or  orange  yellow,  thickly  covered  with 
rows  of  oval,  black  tubercles  each  having  a  hair.  The  terminal  extremity  is 
furnished  with  a  black  shield.  The  second  segment  (the  one  next  the  head) 
is  naked,  softish  and  rather  swollen.  Length  about  six  lines.  The  larva  has 
a  disagreeable  odor.  It  feeds  on  Eupatorium  a  g  er  at  oides  (white  snake- 
root)  beginning  on  one  side  of  a  leaf  to  form  a  cone  or  cornet,  cutting  and 
rolling  the  separated  portion,  as  it  increases  in  size,  sometimes  across  the 
entire  leaf.  At  maturity  it  eats  away  the  closed  end  of  the  cone  and  falling  to  the 
earth  forms  on  its  surface  a  silken  cocoon.  There  are  two  broods  of  larva, 
one  which  matures  in  June,  July,  and  another  in  the  Fall,  to  appear  as 
imagos  in  April.  I  have  never  seen  the  imago  on  wing,  but  it  will  be  found, 
doubtless,  wherever  its  food  plant  is  distributed.  The  plant  is  a  common  one. 
especially  northward.     The  insect  is  rather  rare  in  this  region. 

Stigmonota  Guenee. 

There  is  but  little  that  is  characteristic  in  the  wing  structure.  In  the  fore 
wings  the  costa  is  regularly  arched,  not  broad  at  the  base  ;  apex  obtuse,  hind 
margin  rounded,  and  slightly  concave  beneath  the  tip.  The  disk  is  rounded 
behind,  placed  above  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with  a  small  secondary  cell  and 
discal  fold  distinct.  In  the  hind  wings  the  costal  and  subcostal  veins  arise 
from  a  common  stalk  about  the  middle  of  the  cell.  The  discal  vein  is  rather 
faint  and  slightly  angulated  in  the  middle,  with  a  disco-central  branch  arising 

[Aug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  351 

below  the  middle  on  a  moderate  vertical  stalk.     Median  vein  with  the  two 
superior  nervules  arising  at  a  common  point. 

Head  rather  rough,  with  ocelli.  Face  broad,  rounded.  Antennae  setaceous, 
simple.  Palpi  a  little  longer  than  the  head,  slender,  cylindrical  and  slightly 
scaly  beneath,  separated  and  slightly  curved  ;  terminal  joint  distinct,  cylindri- 
cal and  obovate  ;  middle  joint  curved,  slightly  scaly  beneath.  Tongue  equal 
in  length  to  the  labial  palpi. 

S.  i  n  ters  t  inct  ana. — Palpi  whitish.  Head  and  thorax  dark  brown. 
Fore  wings  dark  brown,  with  a  curved  white,  somewhat  silvery  dorsal  streak 
divided  in  the  middle  by  a  dark  brown  line  and  a  rather  faint  silvery  streak  at 
the  inner  angle.  The  costa  from  near  the  base  to  the  tip  is  streaked  with  yellow- 
ish white,  slightly  silvery-hued.  Hind  wings  dark  brown,  along  the  costa  in  the 
middle,  white. 

Halonota  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  with  costa  regularly  arched,  but  not  broad  at  the  base,  with  a 
fold  at  the  base  in  the  r^;  tip  rather  acute,  hind  margin  rounded,  slightly  indented 
beneath  the  tip.  The  disk  is  rather  above  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with  a 
moderate  secondary  cell  and  the  fold  distinct  ;  the  discal  vein  straight.  In  the 
hind  wings  the  costal  and  subcostal  veins  are  distinct  at  the  base ;  the  lower  branch 
of  the  subcostal  vein  is  separated  from  the  upper  and  is  borne  on  a  short  nearly 
straight  stalk  ;  discal  vein  angulated,  giving  rise  below  the  middle  to  a 
disco-central  vein  on  the  nearly  vertical  stalk.  Median  with  the  two  superior 
nervules  arising  from  a  common  stalk. 

Head  scarcely  smooth,  with  large  ocelli.  Face  moderately  broad,  rather 
naked  beneath  the  middle.  Antennae  setaceous,  minutely  pubescent  beneath. 
Palpi  exceeding  the  face  by  nearly  one  half  their  length,  moderately  remote, 
applied  to  the  face  and  thence  porrected,  rather  broad  with  spreading  scales 
at  the  tip  of  the  middle  joint  above  and  almost  tufted  at  the  tip  beneath  ; 
terminal  joint  slender,  drooping  somewhat,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  middle 
joint,  but  partly  concealed  in  its  terminal  hairs.  Tongue  as  long  as  the  labial 
palpi. 

H.  simulana  . — Palpi  dull  ochreous,  fuscous  at  the  tip.  Head  brownish 
ochreous.  Fore  wings  brown  with  a  slight  brassy  hue,  with  an  ochreous, 
dorsal  blotch  plain  in  the  rj1  and  striated  with  brownish  in  the  9  •  Costa 
streaked  with  ochreous,  and  with  two  slightly  violet  hued  streaks  from  the 
costa,  one  running  beneath  the  tip  and  the  other  to  a  faint  ocelloid  patch, 
behind  which  on  the  hinder  margin  are  three  black  spots.  The  apical  portion 
of  the  wing  is  varied  with  ochreous.     Hind  wings  fuscous,  white  on  the  costa. 

Dr.  Morris.     Baltimore  and  Easton. 

A.  i  n  c  a  n  a  n  a. — Palpi  white.  Head  dark  gray.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  va- 
ried with  whitish  along  the  inner  margin  toward  the  base,  with  an  oblique  dorsal 
white  patch,  terminating  in  the  ocelloid  patch,  with  a  slender,  irregular  dark 
brown  line  on  its  middle,  and  one  or  two  spots  on  the  dorsal  edge  of  the  wing. 
The  costa  is  streaked  with  white,  slightly  silvery ;  beyond  the  middle  of  the 
wing  are  one  or  two  purplish-hued  lines,  one  of  which  round  the  ocelloid 
patch,  where  it_  becomes  somewhat  diffuse.  The  ocelloid  patch  is  ochreous, 
with  three  black  streaks,  and  is  placed  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  apical 
portion  of  the  wing,  with  a  white  spot  adjoining  and  beneath  it.  Hinder 
border  with  three  or  four  terminal  black  spots  above  the  inner  angle.  Hind 
wings  dark  fuscous,  grayish  towards  the  base. 

Ephippiphora  Duponchel. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrow  ;  costa  regularly  arched  ;  tip  obtuse  ;  hind  margin 
rounded  or  slightly  sinuous.  The  wing  structure  as  usual.  In  the  hind  wings 
the  costal  and  subcostal  are  distinct  to  the  base ;  the  branches  of  the  latter 

I860.] 


352  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

are  connivent  from  their  origins.  The  discal  vein  is  curved,  and  gives  rise  to 
an  arched  medio-discal  nervule.  In  the  median  vein  the  upper  nervule  is  forked 
remotely  from  the  insertion  of  the  medio-discal. 

Head  rather  rough.  Ocelli  large.  Face  slightly  tufted.  Eyes  rather  promi- 
nent, round.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  slightly  exceeding 
the  face,  ascending,  truncate,  and  thickly  haired  beneath  and  at  the  tip;  the 
terminal  joint  slender,  obovate,  much  shorter  than  the  middle,  which  from  its 
clothing  appears  to  be  nearly  truncate,  broad  and  flattened.  Tongue  as  long 
as  the  palpi. 

E.  par  ma  tana. — Palpi  grayish  brown.  Head  brownish.  Fore  wings 
brown,  varied  with  darker  brown;  with  a  white  dorsal  patch  near  the  middle 
of  inner  margin,  dotted  with  a  few  dark  brown  dots.  The  costa  from  the 
middle  to  the  tip  has  four  white  spots,  each  of  which  has  a  dark  brown  streak 
or  spot  in  the  centre ;  the  two  nearest  the  base  terminate  in  faintly  violet-hued 
streaks,  the  external  one  running  to  the  hind  margin  beneath  the  tip,  and  the 
internal,  which  is  double,  and  fainter  than  the  exterior  one,  terminates  in  a 
slightly  silvery-hued  ocelloid  patch,  having  a  pale  ochreous  centre  and  two 
black  streaks.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

Amorbia. 

The  fore  wings  are  as  broad  at  the  base  as  across  the  inner  angle ;  the  costa 
very  abruptly  arched  at  the  base,  and  thence  slightly  and  regularly  arched  to 
the  apex,  and  with  dispersed  tufts  of  scales  on  its  surface;  tip  obtuse  ;  hind  margin 
rounded;  inner  margin  straight.  The  disk  is  rather  narrow,  extends  beyond 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  without  secondary  cell,  and  with  subcostal  vein 
arched,  the  median  straight;  the  apical  nervule  is  furcate  near  the  tip;  the 
medio-posterior  nearly  opposite  the  first  marginal  nervule.  In  the  hind  wings 
the  costal  and  subcostal  veins  are  distinct ;  the  subcostal  vein  is  furcate  ex- 
ternal to  the  origin  of  the  discal  vein,  with  branches  separating  from  their  origin. 
Just  interior  to  the  origin  of  the  discal  vein  arises  a  subcosto-marginal  nervule ; 
the  discal  vein  is  much  curved,  and  the  medio-discal  nervule  arises  from  the 
median  vein,  almost  at  the  point  of  divergence  of  the  two  superior  branches. 

Head  smooth.  Without  ocelli.  Face  nearly  naked,  with  a  thin  horizontal 
tuft  between  the  antennas.  Antenna?  setaceous.  Palpi  exceed  the  face  by 
about  one  half  their  length,  ascending  at  the  base,  and  rather  thick  and  por- 
rected,  beaklike;  densely  clothed  with  rather  appressed  scales,  convex  above, 
and  rather  concave  below  ;  terminal  joint  with  its  base  concealed  by  its  covering, 
but  slender  when  denuded,  and  about  one  half  less  long  thaa  the  middle  joint 
Tongue  about  as  long  as  the  palpi. 

A.  humerosana. — Palpi  grayish  fuscous.  Head  gray.  Fore  wings  gray, 
with  minute  tufts  of  blackish  scales  scattered  over  the  surface.  The  inner  mar- 
gin is  pale  ferruginous  from  the  base  nearly  to  the  inner  angle,  where  the  hue 
becomes  somewhat  diffuse,  and  is  joined  by  an  oblique  dark  gray  central  fascia 
from  the  middle  of  the  costa.     Hind  wings  rather  dark  fuscous. 

Crcesia  ?  Hiibner. 

Fore  wings  scarcely  as  broad  toward  the  base  as  across  Hie  inner  angle  ; 
costa  arched  toward  the  base,  slightly  arcuated  from  the  basal  curvature  to 
the  tip  ;  with  single  elevated  scales  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the  wing  ;  hind  and 
inner  margins  nearly  straight,  inner  angle  rounded.  The  disk  is  rather  nar- 
row, extends  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  without  secondary  cell,  and  both 
the  subcostal  and  median  veins  slightly  curved;  the  apical  vein  is  furcate,  and 
the  medio-posterior  arises  at  a  point  opposite  the  middle  of  the  space  between 
the  first  and  second  subcosto-marginal  branches.  In  the  hind  wings  the  costal 
and  subcostal  arise  from  a  common  stalk;  the  branches  of  the  subcostal  separate 
from  the  point  of  origin,  with  an  oblique,  angulated  discal  vein  from  the  same 

[Aug. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  353 

point ;  the  raedio-discal  nervule  arises  from  a  very  short  stalk  placed  at  the 
point  of  separation  of  the  two  superior  branches  of  the  median  vein. 

Head  smooth.  With  small  ocelli.  Face  nearly  naked,  with  a  rather  long  thin 
horizontal  tuft  on  the  forehead.  Antennas  setaceous,  minutely  ciliated  in  the  tf, 
pubescent  in  the  9-  Palpi  exceeding  the  face  by  much  more  than  one  half 
their  length,  ascending  toward  the  base,  porrected  beadlike,  densely  clothed 
with  scales,  which  are  rather  spreading  above;  upper  edge  convex  from  the 
middle,  beneath  nearly  straight;  terminal  joint  smooth,  distinctly  separated 
from  the  terminal  scales  of  the  middle  joint,  which  conceal  its  articulation, 
less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  middle  joint.  Tongue  about  one  half  as  long  as 
the  labial  palpi. 

C.  ?  r  et  i  cu  1  atan  a. — Palpi  reddish.  Head  yellow.  Fore  wings  bright 
deep  yellow,  beautifully  and  minutely  reticulated  with  reddish  orange.  At  the 
base  of  the  inner  margin  is  a  small  dark  red  spot,  and  on  the  middle  of  the 
margin  is  a  triangular  dark  red  dorsal  spot,  from  which  proceed  two  diverging 
narrow  bands  of  the  same  hue,  somewhat  varied  with  reddish  orange,  one  to 
the  basal  third  of  the  costa,  the  other  to  the  apical  third,  and  crosses  another 
narrow  band  of  the  same  hue,  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  coming  from  a  dark 
red  spot  near  the  middle  of  the  costa,  and  is  extended  to  the  inner  angle.  Hind 
wings  straw-color.     Tongue  wanting. 

Male  ?  Fore  wings  straw-color,  striated  with  reddish  orange  rather  than 
reticulated.  The  markings  are  essentially  the  same  as  in  the  9i  their  color  is 
purplish  red,  and  enclose  reddish  orange  dots.  Hind  wings  white.  Tongue 
one  half  as  long  as  the  palpi. 

C.  ?  sulfurean  a. — Fore  wings  shining  pure  yellow,  slightly  striated  with 
reddish  orange ;  from  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin  two  irregular  reddish 
orange  lines  diverge,  and  throw  off  short  lateral  branches  in  their  course;  one 
runs  to  the  basal  third  of  the  costa,  the  other  towards  the  tip  of  the  wing, 
where  it  is  connected  with  small  spots  of  the  same  hue  on  the  costa,  aud  a 
stripe  along  the  inner  margin.     Hind  wings  whitish. 

P<ecilochroma  ?  Stephens. 

The  fore  wings  are  rather  narrow  and  long;  costa  regularly  arcuated ;  tip 
rather  acute;  hind  margin  slightly  excavated  beneath  the  tip ;  inner  margin 
nearly  straight.  The  disk  extends  rather  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with 
a  rather  large  secondary  cell;  the  medio-posterior  nervule  arises  opposite  the 
basal  end  of  the  secondary  cell.  In  the  hind  wings  the  branches  of  the  sub- 
costal are  connivent ;  discal  vein  curved,  and  a  curved  medio-discal  arising 
from  the  median  vein,  the  upper  nervule  of  which  is  forked  remotely  from  the 
origin  of  the  medio-discal. 

Head  rather  smooth.  With  ocelli.  Face  smooth,  with  a  slight  horizontal 
tuft  on  the  forehead.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  exceeding 
the  face  by  more  than  one  half  their  length,  ascending  from  the  base  to  the 
middle,  and  thence  porrected;  very  broad  in  the  middle,  and  arched  above ; 
the  middle  joint  thickly  clothed  with  scales,  which  form  a  tuft  beneath  towards 
the  tip;  the  terminal  joint  slender,  cylindrical,  smooth,  and  almost  concealed 
in  the  hairs  of  the  middle  joint.  Tongue  extends  rather  more  than  cne  half 
the  length  of  the  labial  palpi. 

P.?  d  or  s  is  i  gn  atan  a. — Palpi  and  head  brown.  Fore  wings  chocolate 
brown,  grayish  brown  along  the  inner  margin,  beneath  the  fold,  and  nearer 
the  base  than  the  inner  angle  is  a  semi-oval  chestnut  brown  dorsal  spot  ex- 
tending a  little  bevond  the  fold.  In  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  a  broad,  rich 
brown,  oblique  fascia,  beyond  which  the  wing  is  somewhat  varied  with  gray- 
ish. Costa  near  the  tip  slightly  striated  and  grayish.  Hind  wings  with  pale 
shining  fuscous. 

P.  ?  similiana. — Palpi  and  head  dull  reddish  brown.  Fore  wings  some- 
I860.] 


354  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

■what  brighter  reddish  brown,  with  an  obliquely  placed  deep  chestnut  brown 
dorsal  derai-band,  nearer  the  base  than  the  inner  angle,  and  extended  10  the 
disk,  convex  internally  and  concave  externally,  and  with  a  small  quadrate 
patch  on  the  inner  margin,  near  the  inner  angle.  Near  the  hind  margin  are 
two  subterminal  ferruginous  lines.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 
This  insect  may  be  the  9  of  the  previous  species. 

MONOSPHRAGIS. 

Fore  wings  with  a  closely  oppressed,  broad,  rounded  fold  at  the  base  in  the  (J1. 
The  costa  is  regularly  arcuated  from  the  base  to  the  tip,  which,  as  well  as  tne 
hind  margin,  is  rounded.  The  disk  with  a  secondary  cell;  apical  vein  simple  ; 
the  medio-posterior  nervule  arises  at  a  point  nearly  between  the  origins  of  the 
first  and  second  subcosto-marginal  nervules.  In  the  hind  wings  the  branches 
of  the  subcostal  vein  are  connivent  at  their  bases ;  discal  vein  arched ;  the  upper 
branch  of  the  median  is  forked  near  its  middle,  and  a  curved  medio-discal  branch 
arises  almost  immediately  from  the  median,  behind  the  bifurcation  of  the  upper 
branch.     Thorax  crested. 

Head  scarcely  smooth.  With  ocelli.  Face  very  slightly  tufted  in  the  middle. 
Antennae  rather  thick,  with  joints  closely  set  and  roughened.  Palpi  equal  to  the  face, 
arched,  cylindrical,  covered  with  appressed  scales:  middle  joint  thickened 
beyond  the  middle,  and  somewhat  truncate  ;  basal  joint  with  hairy  scales,  rather 
longer  than  the  apical,  which  is  minute,  smooth  and  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
second  joint.     Tongue  equal  to  the  palpi  in  length. 

M.  otiosana. — Dark  brown,  with  a  purplish  hue.  Fore  wings  with  a 
rather  large  quadrate,  very  pale  yellow  dorsal  patch,  and  a  brownish  white 
ocelloid  patch,  containing  three  black  points.  Costa  near  the  tip,  with  a  few 
whitish  striae,  containing  a  brown  central  point.  Tip  and  margin  beneath  it 
ferruginous.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

Lozopera  ?  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  rather  narrow ;  costa  arcuated,  rather  abruptly  near  the  tip  of 
the  wing;  tip  rather  acute;  hind  margin  obliquely  truncate;  inner  angle 
rounded,  with  the  cilia  produced ;  inner  margin  excavated  behind  the  inner  angle, 
at  the  end  of  the  submedian  vein  and  thence  to  the  base  rounded.  The  disk  is 
broad  behind,  without  secondary  cell,  with  the  discal  vein  obliquely  inclined 
to  the  base;  apical  vein  simple;  the  two  superior  nervules  of  the  median  vein 
arise  from  a  common  point,  and  the  medio-posterior  nervule  is  not  remote,  and  is 
opposite  the  second  marginal  nervule.  Hind  wings  rather  elongate,  not  broader 
than  the  fore  wings ;  costal  and  subcostal  veins  distinct  to  the  base;  subcostal 
vein  forked  in  the  apical  third  of  the  wing,  with  the  discal  vein  extremely  oblique, 
arising  from  the  subcostal  in  the  basal  third  of  the  icing ;  the  disco-central  arises 
somewhat  on  the  median  side,  on  an  oblique  stalk;  median  three-branched, 
the  medio- central  and  disco-central  equidistant  from  the  medio-superior 
nervule. 

Head  smooth.  Without  ocelli.  Face  smooth  (?).  Eyes  round,  moderately 
prominent.  Antennae  slender,  setaceous.  Palpi  exceed  the  face  by  more  than 
one  half  their  length,  rather  slender,  curved  and  porrected ;  the  middle  joiDt 
sub-tvfted  beneath,  with  the  hairs  directed  forward,  and  thinly  clothed  above ; 
terminal  joint  placed  above  the  tuft,  slender,  short,  smooth.  Tongue  not  more 
than  one  half  as  long  as  the  labial  palpi. 

L.  ?  an  gust  an  a. — Palpi  and  head  white,  tinged  with  yellowish.  Fore 
wings  pale  greenish  yellow,  with  three  greenish  brown  streaks  along  the  costa, 
the  longest  at  the  base,  one  about  the  middle,  and  one  near  the  tip  ;  a  dark 
greenish  brown  dorsal  patch  about  the  middle  of  inner  margin,  and  a  greenish 
fascia  from  the  inner  margin  at  the  base,  inclines  to  the  middle  of  the  costa,  and 
not  extended  to  it.  Hind  margin  with  a  few  terminal  dark  brownish  spot?. 
Hind  wings  whitish,  tinged  with  fuscous. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA,  355 

Argyrolepia  ?  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  with  the  costa  regularly  arched ;  tip  obtusely  produced  ;  hind 
margin  oblique  and  slightly  concave  beneath  the  tip;  cilia  of  the  inner  angle 
produced.  The  disk  ample,  with  the  discal  vein  obliquely  inclined  ;  apical  vein 
simple ;  medio-posterior  scarcely  remote  from  the  penultimate  branch.  Hind 
wings  with  the  subcostal  vein  forked  in  the  apical  third,  with  the  discal  vein 
oblique  but  curved  at  its  origin,  midway  between  the  base  of  the  wing  and  the 
fork  of  the  subcostal ;  the  disco-central  on  an  oblique  stalk,  further  from  the 
medio-superior  than  the  central  is  from  the  latter. 

Head  smooth.  Ocelli  very  small,  scarcely  perceptible.  Antenna?  setaceous, 
pubescent.  Palpi  exceeding  the  face  at  least  two  thirds  their  length,  porrected, 
rather  slender;  basal  joint  curved,  and  equal  to  the  face;  middle  joint  slightly 
hairy  toward  the  tip;  apical  joint  minute,  ovate.  Tongue  as  long  as  the  labial 
palpi. 

A.?  lepidan  a. — Palpi  pale  ochreous  white.  Head  ochreous.  Fore  wings 
ochreous,  somewhat  silvery  white  at  the  base,  with  a  broad,  reddish,  fawn- 
colored  central  fascia  parallel  with  the  hinder  margin,  varied  somewhat  with  dark 
brown  on  the  inner  margin.  This  is  edged  externally  by  a  somewhat  silvery 
ochreous  line,  which  is  furcate  above  the  inner  margin,  enclosing  an  ochreous 
spot.  Apical  portion  of  the  wing  reddish  fawn-color,  with  a  few  black  atoms 
in  the  middle  of  the  wing.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

C(ELOSTATHMA. 

Fore  wings  with  the  costa  at  the  base  arched,  and  thence  slightly  to  the  tip  ; 
apex  acute,  hind  margin  slightly  concave.  The  disk  is  placed  in  the  middle  of 
the  wing,  with  the  subcostal  and  median  veins  arched,  rounded  behind,  and 
extending  scarcely  more  than  one  half  the  length  of  fore  wings.  The  subcostal 
vein  has  two  marginal  nervules  from  the  disk,  and  the  apical  branch  gives  rise  to 
another  near  its  origin,  exterior  to  thu  cell,  and  becomes  furcate  behind  the  tip.  Hind 
wings  not  broader  than  the  fore  wings ;  costal  and  subcostal  veins  distinct, 
with  the  latter  furcate  rather  remote  from  the  discal  vein,  which  is  curved,  and 
gives  rise  to  a  medio-discal  nervule,  almost  in  contact  with  the  medio-superior 
at  its  origin. 

Head  smooth.  With  ocelli.  Face  with  a  slight  horizontal  tuft,  and  smooth 
beneath  it.  Antennae  plumose  in  the  tf,  pubescent  in  9-  Palpi  exceed  the  face 
by  one  half  their  length,  arching  to  the  middle  of  the  face,  thence  porrected 
and  tapering  to  the  apical  joint ;  middle  joint  with  rather  long  scales  from  the 
middle  to  the  lip  above,  and  on  the  entire  undersurface ;  from  its  clothing,  broad 
in  the  middle,  and  almost  trapezoidal ;  apical  joint  smooth,  distinct  and  short ; 
about  as  long  as  the  basal.  Tongue  as  long  as  the  Dalpi  in  the  tf  ;  nearly  obso- 
lete in  the  9  (?) 

C.  discopunctan  a. — Yellowish  or  luteous  yellow.  Fore  wings  with  two 
more  or  less  distinct  brown  or  reddish  brown  lines  from  the  costa,  inclined 
towards  the  inner  angle ;  one  nearly  central  and  often  shaded  exteriorly,  the 
other  near  the  hind  margin.  Costa  with  four  blackish  brown  dots  near  the 
tip,  and  a  minute  black  point  on  the  disk.  Hind  wings  pale  yellowish.  The 
female  is  usually  darker  colored  than  the  male. 

Smicrotes. 
Fore  wings  regularly  arcuated  from  the  base  to  the  tip ;  tip  scarcely  acute, 
hind  margin  obliquely  rounded;  inner  margin  rounded.  The  disk  is  long  and 
narrow,  and  extends  to  the  apical  third  of  the  wing;  discal  vein  oblique.  The 
wing  structure  of  fore  wings  as  usual;  medio-posterior  remote  from  the  penul- 
timate branch;  cilia  of  the  inner  angle  somewhat  produced.  In  the  hind 
wings  the  costa  is  emarginate  or  excavated  a  little  exterior  to  the  middle,  and 
along  the  hind  margin  ;  not  broader  than  the  fore  wings.     The  costal  and  sub- 

I860.] 


856  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

costal  veins  are  distinct  to  the  base,  the  latter  forked  near  the  tip  of  the  wing; 
discal  vein  arising  uear  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  curved;  medio-discal  on 
a  very  short  stalk ;  the  two  superior  branches  of  the  median  from  a  common 
point. 

Head  scarcely  smooth.  Ocelli  small.  Face  narrow,  rough.  Antennae  ap- 
proximated setaceous,  pubescent.  Palpi  exceeding  the  face  scarcely  one-fourth 
their  length,  slightly  curved,  rather  slender,  and  somewhat  hairy  ;  middle  joint 
truncate,  somewhat  thickened  at  its  end  with  scales;  apical  joint  slender, 
apparently  very  minute  being  almost  concealed  by  the  terminal  scales  of  the 
middle  joint,  but  when  denuded,  at  least  one-half  as  long  as  the  middle. 
Tongue  slightly  longer  than  the  palpi. 

S.  peri  tan  a. — Brownish  ochreous.  Fore  wings  paler  on  the  costa  at  the 
base  than  the  inner  margin  ;  with  a  brown  central  fascia  inclined  to  the  inner 
angle  from  about  the  middle  of  the  costa,  edged  internally  with  pale  yellowish  ; 
this  band  is  usually  rather  broad,  but  sometimes  narrow.  Near  the  tip,  on  the 
costa,  is  a  dark  brownish  spot,  with  a  line  extending  from  it  to  the  inner  angle. 
Costa  with  a  few  minute  brown  points.     Hind  wings  rather  dark  grayish. 

Exartema. 

Fore  wings  with  the  costa  regularly  arched  ;  tip  obtuse  and  rounded  ;  hind 
margin  rounded,  very  slightly  oblique  ;  disk  with  secondary  cell.  Hind  wings 
rather  broader  than  the  fore  wings;  obtusely  angulated  on  the  hind  margin,  op- 
posite the  median  nervules ;  inner  margin  deeply  and  sharply  excised,  with  a 
cylindrical  appendage  along  the  inner  margin  from  the  base,  the  lower  'portion  of  which 
is  free;  the  branches  of  the  subcostal  are  connivent ;  medio-discal  arising  on 
a  short  stalk  at  the  bifurcation  of  the  two  superior  branches  of  the  median  ; 
discal  vein  curved. 

Head  rough.  With  ocelli.  Tufted  between  the  antenna?.  Face  smooth, 
rounded.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  arched,  applied  to  the 
face  with  the  tips  equal  to  the  base  of  antennas;  with  rather  hairy  scales  be- 
neath from  the  base  to  the  tip  of  middle  joint,  which  is  slightly  scaly  at  the 
tip  above ;  terminal  joint  minute,  ovate,  distinct  and  smooth.  Tongue  about 
equal  to  the  palpi. 

E.  n  i  t  i  d  a  n  a. — Palpi  yellowish  white,  terminal  joint  fuscous.  Fore  wings 
dull  sordid  crimson,  with  a  pure  brown  basal  patch  divided  into  two  portions, 
one  a  streak  above  the  median  vein,  the  other  a  patch  beneath  it,  slightly 
■varied  with  reddish  brown.  The  central  fascia  is  pure  brown,  with  an  irregu- 
lar internal  edge,  and  externally  subdivides  into  three  broad  streaks  or  projec- 
tions ;  that  on  the  inner  margin  truncate  at  the  inner  angle,  one  in  the  middle 
of  the  wing,  and  one  near  the  costa  acute.  Slightly  connected  with  the  upper 
streak,  is  a  curved  one  of  the  same  hue,  varied  with  reddish  brown,  running  to 
the  middle  of  the  hind  margin  ;  all  these  streaks  are  bordered  with  ochreous. 
The  costa  is  streaked  with  reddish  brown.    Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

E.  permundana. — Palpi  dull  yellow,  apical  joint  fuscous.  Fore  wings 
with  a  large  dark  brown  basal  patch,  varied  with  testaceous  or  yellowish. 
The  central  fascia  is  dark  brown,  varied  with  testaceous,  and  is  separated 
from  the  basal  fascia  by  a  yellowish  band,  containing  dull  silvery  scales,  or  a 
tarnished  silvery  band ;  exteriorly,  the  fascia  throws  off  three  more  or  less 
distinct,  short,  rounded  projections,  two  near  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  the 
other  at  the  inner  margin,  with  a  triangular  patch  exterior  to  the  latter;  from 
the  costa,  near  the  tip,  is  an  oblique,  dark  brown  band,  varied  with  testaceous 
scales,  to  the  hinder  margin,  beneath  the  middle.  The  interspaces  between 
these  markings  is  filled  up  with  yellowish,  somewhat  silvery-hued,  or  with 
dull,  tarnished  silvery  hue,  and  the  markings  are  edged  with  yellow.  Costa 
with  yellowish  white  streaks,  with  central  dark  brown  streaks.  Hind  wings 
dark  fuscous. 

TAug. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  357 

The  larva  binds  together  the  terminal  leaves  of  Spiraea.  It  is  pale  green, 
touched  with  yellowish  at  the  junction  of  the  segments;  head  and  shield 
black.     The  larva  may  be  taken  in  the  middle  of  June. 

E.  versicoloran a. — Fore  wings  yellowish,  varied  with  short,  dark  brown 
striae,  and  shades  of  the  same  hue,  overlaid  with  testaceous  scales.  In  the 
middle  of  the  wing  is  a  dark  brownish  shade,  indicated  on  the  middle  of  the 
costa  by  a  nearly  square  spot.  The  oblique  subterminal  band  is  well  indicated, 
does  not  reach  the  costa,  and  the  cilia  opposite  to  it  on  the  hind  margin  are 
dark  broicn.  At  the  tip  is  a  dark  brown  spot,  and  the  cilia  of  the  tip  likewise 
dark  brown.     Hind  wings  fuscous. 

E.  inornatan  a. — Head  and  thorax  ochreous  brown  or  dark  reddish  brown. 
Fore  wings  whitish  testaceous  or  brownish  testaceous,  somewhat  striated,  but 
without  distinct  bands.  The  costa  is  ferruginous,  with  rather  faint,  pale 
colored  streaks.  The  apical  portion  of  the  wing  is  either  brownish  ferruginous 
or  testaceous  brownish,  with  one  or  two  faintly  indicated  lines.  Hind  wings 
reddish  fuscous  or  yellowish  white,  and  slightly  fuscous  along  the  hind 
margin. 

The  larva  has  the  head  and  cervical  plate  colored  black.  The  body,  which 
is  white  at  first,  becomes  pale  green,  with  rather  pale,  reddish  brown  bands 
produced  on  the  vascular  line,  and  striped  on  the  sides  with  the  same  hue  ; 
head,  dark  reddish  brown.  It  inhabits,  in  May,  a  web  woven  between  applied 
leaves  of  white  oak.  The  pupa  is  contained  in  a  flocculent  silky  cocoon,  and 
is  without  dorsal  spines.  The  pupa  case  remains  in  place  after  the  escape  of  the 
imago,  which  appears  about  the  middle  of  June. 

E.  fasciatana. — Fore  wings  with  a  blackish  brown  basal  patch  and  a 
broad,  nearly  square,  central  fascia  of  the  same  hue,  separated  by  a  broad 
silvery  white  band,  having  a  few  dark  brown  dots  on  the  costa,  and  a  single 
line  of  the  same  hue  from  the  inner  margin  to  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The 
oblique  band  near  the  tip,  runs  from  the  costa  to  the  inner  margin,  is  dark 
brown,  overlaid  with  testaceous  scales,  and  is  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  stripe 
of  dull  silvery  scales.  Costa  with  geminated  white  streaks  from  the  middle  to 
the  tip.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

Variety  ? — Rather  paler  brown  than  the  above,  with  similar  markings,  but 
the  white  band,  near  the  base  of  the  fore  wings,  is  tinted  with  pale  brownish, 
and  is  striated  with  dark  brownish. 

Hedya  Hubner. 

Fore  wings,  costa  regularly  and  slightly  arched;  tip  rather  acute,  but  not 
produced;  hind  margin  slightly  concave,  inner  margin  rounded;  disk  with 
secondary  cell.  Hind  wings  broader  than  the  fore  wings  ;  apex  obtusely  pro- 
duced ;  hind  margin  concave  beneath  the  tip.  The  branches  of  the  subcostal 
are  connivent ;  the  upper  branch  of  the  median  vein  is  forked,  rather  remotely, 
from  the  insertion  of  the  medio-discal  nervule,  and  the  discal  vein  is  nearly 
straight. 

Head  rough.  Ocelli  small.  Antennas  setaceous,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi 
equal  to  the  face,  slightly  ascending;  middle  joint  thickened  with  scales  to- 
wards its  end,  particularly  beneath,  truncate  ;  terminal  joint  slender,  drooping, 
minute,  and  is  seen  in  the  lower  part  of  the  scales  of  the  middle  joint.  Tongue 
rather  longer  than  the  palpi. 

H.  Pyrifoliana. — Fore  wings  with  a  dark  brownish  gray  basal  patch  ; 
broadly  white  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with  the  patch  produced  towards  the 
apex,  and  sometimes  bluish  pale  gray  and  indistinct.  Exterior  to  the  middle 
of  the  wing  are  dull,  bluish,  transverse  streaks;  and  near  the  apical  portion  of 
the  hind  margin  and  the  inner  angle,  are  short  black  streaks  or  spots.  The 
apical  portion  of  the  wing  has,  more  or  less,  the  hue  of  the  base.     Costa  with 

I860.]  24 


358  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 

obscure  streaks  from  the  middle  to  the  tip.     Hind  wings  fuscous.     In  orna- 
mentation, this  insect  is  much  like  E.  f  a  s  c  i  a  t  a  n  a. 

The  larva  is  of  a  dull  amber-brown  color,  with  papilliform  points,  somewhat 
darker;  head  and  shield  blackish  brown.  Tt  inhabits  the  pear  and  plum  tree. 
One  of  the  leaves  of  a  terminal  shoot  is  cut  off  at  the  base  of  its  leaf-stalk,  lined 
with  silk,  and  folded ;  other  leaves  are  attached  to  this,  and  it  is  used  even 
after  it  has  become  dead  and  blackened,  as  a  place  of  concealment.  The 
larva  may  be  taken  in  April  and  May,  and  becomes  an  imago  early  in  June. 

H.  Scudderiana. — Fore  wings  with  a  rather  small  dark  brown  basal 
patch,  with  the  edge  obliquely  inclined  to  the  base,  and  rather  wavy,  broadly 
white  in  the  middle,  and  somewhat  mottled  with  brownish  ;  dark  brown  and 
white  in  the  apical  portion.  Along  the  edge  of  inner  margin  is  a  row  of  dark 
brown  dots  from  the  base.  The  costa  geminated  with  yellowish  from  the 
middle  to  the  tip.  Above  the  inner  angle,  is  a  white  ocelloid-like  patch,  en- 
circled irregularly  with  bluish.     Hind  wings  fuscous. 

From  S.  H.  Scudder,  Mass. 

Bactra  ?  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  with  the  costa  regularly  arched,  rather  abruptly  near  the  tip. 
which  is  acute,  but  not  produced ;  hind  margin  truncate  from  the  tip,  inner 
angle  rounded,  inner  margin  nearly  straight.  Wing  structure  as  usual ;  disk 
rather  narrow,  without  secondary  cell.  Hind  wings  broader  than  the  fore 
wings,  hind  margin  regularly  curved  from  the  tip  to  the  basal  angle  ;  branches 
of  the  subcostal  connivent;  discal  vein  curved;  the  medio-discal,  and  the  two 
superior  branches  of  the  median,  from  a  common  point. 

Head  scarcely  smooth.  With  ocelli.  Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent.  Palpi 
very  little  exceeding  the  face,  cylindrical,  slightly,  ascending  ;  middle  joint 
thickened  with  scales  beyond  the  middle  ;  apical  joint  very  minute.  Tongue 
wanting. 

B.  ?  argutana. — Fore  wings  ochreous,  tinted  with  reddish  brown,  and 
striated  with  the  same  hue  toward  the  base,  and  with  dull  purplish  from  the 
middle  to  the  tip.  Above  the  inner  angle  is  an  indistinct  ocelloid  patch,  con- 
taining two  black  spots,  with  a  dull,  silvery  streak  exterior  to  them,  and  the 
wing  varied  with  purplish  interiorly  to  it.  The  costa  is  streaked  with  pale 
ochreous  with  dark  centres,  the  third  from  the  tip  giving  rise  to  a  very  oblique 
purplish  streak.  Hind  margin  more  or  less  yellowish  behind  the  ocelloid  patch 
and  at  the  tip.     Hind  wings  fuscous  or  pale  ochreous. 

I  am  well  assured  of  the  accuracy  of  my  notes,  and  yet  I  find  the  record  of  the 
larval  state  of  this  insect  quite  anomalous  :  at  least,  the  imagos  produced  from 
three  larva,  which  one  would  declare  distinct,  are  not  to  be  distinguished  from 
each  other.  One  rolls  the  leaves  of  witch  hazel  into  conical  cornets,  and 
binds  the  rolls  with  strong  and  numerous  bands.  It  prepares  for  pupation  by 
turning  down  a  portion  of  the  leaf.  Its  body  is  concolorous  reddish,  except  a 
few  spaces  between  the  anterior  rings,  where  it  is  pale  brown;  shield  reddish; 
head  pale  brown.  Another  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  sumach,  rolling  a  leaf 
spirally  in  the  first  place,  securing  the  rolls  with  bands,  and  afterwards  joining 
the  neighboring  leaves  to  the  one  first  inhabited.  Its  body  is  of  a  dirty  green- 
ish color,  with  obscure  whitish  papilliform  points.  Head  whitish,  or  with  a 
pale  brown  head  and  green  body,  striped  with  dark  green.  The  third  feeds  on 
the  leaves  of  black  thorn  and  elm,  drawing  them  into  a  fold  from  the  base,  and 
binding  it  to  the  midrib.  It  is  concolorous  lemon-yellow,  with  a  yellowish 
brown  head.  The  differences  in  color  may  be  reconciled  by  the  supposition, 
that  the  descriptions  represent  different  periods  in  larval  life;  but  if  my  notes 
are  correct,  it  is  difficult  to  account  for  the  difference  in  habits,  as  shown  in 
the  third  individual,  which  agrees  in  this  respect  with  the  larvae  of  the  genus 
Anchylopera. 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  359 

Endopiza  ?  Guenee. 

Fore  wings  with  the  costa  regularly  arcuated ;  tip  obtuse  and  rounded  ;  hind 
margin  rounded,  as  well  as  the  inner  margin.  Neuration  normal ;  disk  with  a 
secondary  cell.  Hind  wings  rather  broader  than  the  fore  wings  ;  costa  slightly 
concave  from  the  middle;  hind  margin  slightly  concave;  subcostal  nervules 
connivent  at  the  base  ;  discal  vein  curved,  with  the  medio-discal  arising  from 
the  bifurcation  of  the  two  superior  branches  of  the  median. 

Head  and  face  rough.  With  ocelli.  Antennae  setaceous.  Palpi  slightly 
exceeding  the  face,  slightly  ascending,  truncate  ;  middle  joint  slender  and 
cylindrical  towards  the  base,  thickened  with  scales  at  the  tip,  so  as  to  be 
decidedly  truncate  ;  terminal  joint  minute,  ovate.  Tongue  about  as  long  as  the 
labial  palpi. 

E.  ?  Viteana. — Antennae,  basal  half  pale  brownish;  apical  half  dark 
brown.  Fore  wings  blackish  brown,  or  purplish  dark  brown,  from  the  base  to 
the  middle,  and  reddish  brown  or  dull  ochreous  thence  to  the  tip.  Near  the 
base  is  a  somewhat  curved  slender  band,  and  from  the  middle  of  the  costa  a 
central,  oblique,  dark  brown,  or  dark  reddish  brown  fascia,  widening  toward 
the  inner  margin,  from  which  it  is  obliquely  cut  off  by  the  paler  color  of  the 
wing,  leaving  a  small  triangular  spot  on  the  margin  near  the  inner  angle.  In 
the  middle  of  the  apical  portion  is  a  large  roundish  reddish  brown  spot,  and 
the  costa  towards  the  tip  is  geminated  with  pale  ochreous.  Hind  wings 
fuscous.  , 

The  larva  feeds  on  the  fruit  of  the  grape  in  September;  a  silken  gallery  is 
attached  to  the  external  opening  in  the  fruit.  Its  head  is  dark  brownish  ; 
shield  blackish  ;  body  immaculate  dark  green.  It  may  likewise  be  taken  on  the 
fruit  of  the  wild  raspberry  in  July.  The  individual  feeding  on  the  grape  under- 
goes transformation  by  weaving  a  cocoon  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  that 
from  the  raspberry  under  an  excised  and  turned  down  portion  of  a  leaf.  This, 
however,  may  not  be  its  normal  habit. 

Another  individual,  whose  imago  is  included  in  the  description  of  Vite- 
ana, and  is  not  distinguishable  from  it,  except  by  the  reddish  brown  hue 
of  the  apical  portion  of  the  fore  wings,  and  the  general  purplish  brown  hue, 
differs  in  habits  from  it.  It  lives  in  a  silken  gallery,  woven  in  a  closed  or 
applied  leaf  of  sassafras;  usually  the  leaf  is  folded  along  the  face  and  united 
with  the  midrib.  It  is  extremely  active  and  agile  in  its  motions,  and  weaves 
with  great  rapidity.  It  may  be  taken  early  in  July.  The  pupa  is  contained  in 
the  folded  leaf,  without  any  cocoon,  the  tail  being  attached  to  a  slight  web. 
The  imago  appears  in  the  latter  part  of  July. 

E?  agilana . — Fore  wings  dark  brown,  sprinkled  with  pure  brown  from 
the  middle  to  the  tip  ;  at  the  base  is  a  dull  metallic  bluish  spot,  and  about  the 
middle  of  the  disk  a  broad,  short  stripe  from  the  costa,  and  streak  from  the 
costa  at  the  end  of  the  disk,  of  the  same  hue.  At  the  inner  angle  is  an  indis- 
tinct ocelloid  patch  with  an  exterior  streak  and  two  internal  spots  of  a  dull 
metallic  bluish  hue.  Costa  geminated  with  yellowish  from  the  first  costal  stripe. 
Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  white  along  the  costa. 

Carpocapsa  Treib. 

Distinctively  characterized  by  the  large  ocelloid  patch  at  the  inner  angle  of 
the  fore  wings,  which  are  much  wider  across  the  inner  angle  than  toward 
the  base  ;  tip  usually  acute,  hind  margin  slightly  concave,  (Pomonella  has 
neither  of  these  traits;)  disk  rather  above  the  middle  of  the  wing,  rather  nar- 
row, with  a  secondary  cell;  apical  vein  simple.  Hind  wings  slightly  broader 
than  the  fore  wings,  nearly  ovate;  neuration  normal,  subcostal  branches  con- 
nivent, the  two  superior  median  nervules  on  a  very  short  common  stalk,  medio- 
discal  on  a  short,  erected  stalk. 

Head  rather  rough.   With  ocelli.     Antennae  setaceous,  pubescent.     Palpi  ex- 

1860.] 


360  PROCEEDINGS  OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

ceeding  the  face,  ascending  to  its  middle,  rather  slender,  clothed  thickly  with 
rather  appressed  scales ;  apical  joint  rather  stout,  small,  ovate  and  smooth. 
Tongue  as  long  as  the  palpi. 

C.  Pomonella£». — Fore  wings  umber  brown,  with  a  slight  coppery 
hue,  varied  or  marbled  with  pale  grayish.  The  ocelloid  patch  is  very  large,  of 
a  fine,  deep  brown  color,  with  an  external  and  internal  streak  of  bright  metal- 
lic-hued  coppery  scales,  the  latter  having  internal  patches  of  black  scales. 
Hind  wings  fuscous,  with  a  coppery  hue. 

I  can  perceive  no  difference  between  this  and  the  descriptions  of  the  Euro- 
pean representative  of  this  species.  The  larva  of  both  is  of  a  pale  pinkish 
color,  and  feeds  on  the  fruit  of  the  apple  and  the  pear.  The  species  has  proba- 
bly been  introduced  from  Europe  into  the  United  States. 

Ioplocama. 

Fore  wings  with  a  rather  large,  distinct  ocelloid  patch ;  nearly  as  broad 
at  the  base  as  across  the  inner  angle ;  costa  regularly  arched  from  the  base ; 
tip  obtuse ;  hind  margin  obliquely  rounded ;  apical  vein  simple ;  disk  rather 
above  the  middle  of  the  wing,  with  secondary  cell,  median  vein  straight,  sub- 
costal curved  towards  the  end.  The  hind  wings  are  broader  than  the  fore 
wings,  ovate ;  external  margin  slightly  dilated  in  the  middle ;  subcostal 
branches  connivent ;  discal  vein  arched ;  medio-discal  on  a  short  erect  stalk 
and  the  superior  branch  of  the  median  vein  furcate  about  the  middle. 

Head  rather  smooth ;  with  ocelli.  Faae  broad.  Eyes  rather  small,  promi- 
nent. Antennae  setaceous,  with  very  minute  dilations.  Palpi  exceeding  the 
face  by  rather  more  than  one  half  their  length,  slightly  ascending  and  porrected, 
very  thickly  haired  beneath,  with  a  distinct  tuft  to  the  basal  joint;  mid- 
dle joint  with  the  hairs  towards  its  tip,  longer  than  the  rest,  and  directed  for- 
ward, almost  smooth  above;  apical  joint  minute,  and  almost  concealed  in  the 
terminal  hairs  of  the  middle  joint.     Tongue  scarcely  as  long  as  the  palpi. 

I.  formosana . — Fore  wings  dark  brownish,  with  a  most  beautiful  bluish- 
violet  reflection,  when  viewed  from  the  hinder  margin  to  the  base,  irrorated 
with  ferruginous  brown.  The  costa  toward  the  tip,  as  well  as  at  the  base, 
ferruginous-brown,  the  former  streaked  with  dull  silvery.  Ocelloid  patch, 
rather  large,  with  two  black  central  streaks  and  an  internal  dull  silvery  streak  ; 
the  external  silvery  streak  is  connected  with  the  third  costal  streak,  which  is 
extended  obliquely  to  it.  The  costa  from  the  middle  to  the  tip,  is  geninated 
with  yellowish.     Hind  wings  dark  fuscous. 

From  Mr.  Kennicott,  111. 

This  group  of  insects  is  probably  the  most  difficult,  in  a  systematic  point  of 
view,  and  the  least  interesting  family  in  the  order  of  Lepidoptera.  The  impres- 
sion I  have  derived  from  the  study  of  it,  induces  me  to  believe  that  it  is  owing 
chiefly  to  the  artificial  system  by  which  it  is  at  present  interpreted,  and  which 
I  have  endeavored  to  follow  in  this  paper.  Numerous  families,  or  so-called 
families,  have  been  arbitrarily  instituted  on  the  most  trivial  and  untenable 
characters,  some  of  which  are  only  sexual  peculiarities,  while  ornamentation 
appears  to  be  a  far  more  important  element  than  structure,  in  the  diagnoses  by 
which  they  are  characterized.  Such  an  arrangement  possesses  a  certain 
amount  of  convenience,  inasmuch  as  it  frequently  enables  the  student  or 
inquirer  to  limit  the  probable  number  of  genera  to  which  an  insect  he  may 
wish  to  classify  may  belong.  This,  however,  is  its  total  significance,  and 
even  in  this  respect  it  is  often  deficient  and  deceptive.  This  is  a  system  of 
convenience  and  not  of  nature,  which  works  on  categories  of  structure  and  re, 
cognizable  conceptions  or  ideas. 

In  my  own  view,  from  which,  doubtless,  many  naturalists  will  dissent,  orna- 
mentation is  purely  an  individual  characteristic  of  species,  and  although  in 
general  sufficiently  constant,  subject  to  a  degree  of  variation  in  the  same  spe- 
cies that  is  often  very  considerable.     Why  should  that  which  is  unstable   in 

[Aug. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  361 

species  receive  the  stamp  of  scientific  approval  in  the  recognition  of  superior 
groups,  instead  of  that  which  is  constant  and  fixed,  which  is  more  or  less  indi- 
cative of  modes  of  life,  which  is  the  expression  in  the  imago  of  those  categories 
of  thought  that  we  designate  genera  and  families?  I  cannot  perceive  why  it 
should  be  preferred,  when  I  recall  the  wonderful  fertility  in  structural  inven- 
tion which  characterizes  every  natural  family,  and  the  logical  connections 
t^jat  exist  between  all  those  groups  of  species  composing  its  various  genera. 
If  the  specific  conception  is  the  same  in  the  preparatory  states,  and  the  struc- 
ture of  the  various  imagos  that  result  is  nearly  identical,  differing  in  some 
trivial  peculiarity,  perhaps,  to  which  we  are  unable  to  assign  any  significant 
value,  would  it  not  be  more  scientific  and  convenient,  more  natural  and  phi- 
losophic indeed,  to  regard  such  individuals  as  forming  a  distinct  group  in  the 
genus,  to  which  they  are  evidently  so  intimately  related,  regardless  of  peculi- 
arities of  ornamentation? 

What  would  be  thought  of  that  system  in  anthropography  which  sep- 
arated men  of  the  same  race  upon  a  long  or  a  short  nose,  a  large  or  small 
ear,  thin  or  thick  lips,  or  wide  or  narrow  shoulders?  I  am  not  prepared  to  as- 
sert, that  a  principle  like  this  has  been  introduced  into  the  system  which  re- 
presents the  present  arrangement  of  this  family,  but  when  one  recalls  its  com- 
parative poverty  in  generic  characters  in  the  imago,  or  otherwise  the  extremely 
close  relationship  indicated  in  the  diagnoses  of  many  of  its  genera,  the  proba- 
bility of  something  similar  to  it  having  existence  is  at  least  suggested  to  the 
mind. 

It  would  be  well  if  entomologists  would  cultivate  just  and  philosophic  con- 
ceptions respecting  the  nature  of  the  various  groups  at  present  recognized  in 
our  systems.  No  other  department  of  Natural  History  offers,  probably,  equal 
facilities  for  observation  and  determining  with  accuracy  the  limits  of  generic 
and  specific  cycles.  The  mind,  however,  must  be  disabused  of  the  fallacious 
notion  that  the  imago  is  the  most  important  part  of  species  ;  that  it  is,  indeed 
the  species,  or  that  classification  can  be  truly  and  properly  made  on  this  basis 
alone.  Perfect  insects  are  easily  arranged  systematically  upon  a  consideration 
of  their  entire  structure,  its  general  agreements  and  special  differences,  but 
there  are  considerations  more  important  than  these  involved  in  the  idea  of 
species. 

The  "  imago"  is  no  more  the  species  which  it  represents  as  an  individual, 
than  the  principal  noun  of  a  grammatical  sentence  is  the  idea  which  may  be 
conveyed  to  our  mental  perceptions.  Each  is  necessary  to  the  other,  each  in- 
complete without  the  other,  and  when  a  hiatus  exists  in  either  case,  we  are 
placed  simply  in  a  region  of  conjecture,  respecting  the  significance  connected 
with  the  representative  presented  to  us.  We  have  an  object,  but  no  idea.  The 
noun  and  the  imago  may  be  well  known  to  us,  but  until  we  have  followed 
them  through  all  the  collateral  terms  in  which  they  exist  as  the  materials  of 
thought,  we  cannot  duly  value  the  conceptions  which  may  be  connected  with 
them. 

The  advocates  of  the  Darwinian  Theory  of  the  origin  of  species  would  have 
us  believe  that  species  is  an  abstraction ;  that  it  represents  nothing  ideal;  that 
in  nature  nothing  but  individuals  exist,  and  in  these  must  we  look  for  the  cha- 
racteristics of  species.  The  entire  superstructure  of  reasoning  on  which  the 
theory  is  built,  is  one  that  admits  what  is  material  in  the  specific  group,  pro- 
bably because  it  is  obvious  to  the  senses  of  every  one,  but  ignores  the  existence 
of  that  which  is  immaterial,  intellectual,  spiritual  in  every  true  specific  creation, 
and  which  is  to  it  as  the  soul  to  the  material  body  of  man  ;  that  which  dis- 
tinguishes the  vital  machine  from  mechanical  inventions  or  imitations,  created 
by  the  conceptions  of  the  human  mind.  Nor  does  this  belong  to  the  imago 
alone,  but  is  written  in  vital  characters  in  the  various  transitional  forms  which 
belong  to  each  species,  in  their  organs,  and  their  acts  and  manifestations  of 
life,  and  intelligence  or  instinct.     It  is   this,  the  definite  conception,  that  casts 

I860.]  25 


362  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

each  individual  of  a  species  in  the  same  organic  and  instinctive  mould,  that 
cannot  change.  Individuals  of  the  same  species  may  change  in  ornamentation, 
but  never  in  structure,  unless  as  the  consequence  of  amalgamation  with  another 
species,  or  an  occasional  abnormal  modification,  which  is  individual,  not  spe- 
cific, and  disappears  with  the  individual.  The  creative  fiat  involved  in  the 
life  of  every  species  and  in  its  conditions,  remains  unalterable,  because  change 
in  that  which  has  an  organic,  vital  and  spiritual  significance  cannot  take  place 
without  destruction  to  the  species. 

The  supposition  that  "  profitable  variations  of  structure"  may  be  initiated  in 
the  cell  action  of  the  reproductive  system,  in  order  that  organisms  may  more 
successfully  maintain  an  overestimated  "  struggle  for  existence,"  is  simply  a 
monstrous  physiological  fallacy  and  assumption.  If  we  suppose  amalgamating 
influences  to  be  inoperative,  where  do  we  perceive  the  evidences  of  it?  The 
vegetable  perpetuates  itself  by  a  germ,  which  already  has  its  type  distinctly 
impressed  on  it  before  the  character  of  its  architecture  is  developed  by  the 
effect  of  influences  under  which  it  is  gradually  worked  out,  cell  upon  cell,  in 
one  season  or  through  a  long  series  of  years.  In  the  animal,  the  reproductive 
action  is  most  probably,  nay,  there  are  well  ascertained  facts  which  directly 
teach  us  that  it  is  a  simple  process  of  continuous  growth  in  species.  Thus  species 
have  not  a  transient  existence,  but  rather  a  terrestrial  immortality.  Individual  life 
is  ephemeral,  specific  life  co-eternal  with  the  existence  of  the  conception  pro- 
ducing the  representative  forms.  Individual  lives  are  like  the  leaves  of  a  de- 
ciduous tree,  and  having  performed  their  functions  are  constantly  shed,  while 
the  source  of  them  continues  to  spread  itself  through  space  and  time,  until  its 
appointed  period  has  ended. 

Under  this  simple  view  of  species,  supported  alike  by  reason  and  all  carefully 
collated  physiological  facts,  how  the  study  of  the  humblest  branch  of  Zoology 
is  ennobled.  It  acknowledges  the  existence  in  nature  of  a  Principle  as  a 
creative  power,  similar  to  our  own  minds.  It  deals  with  living  thoughts,  and 
seeks  to  represent,  through  many  misconceptions  and  difficulties,  the  logical 
sequences  existing  amongst  them,  and  to  seize  the  hidden  meanings  which  ap- 
peal to  our  intelligence,  in  the  ponderous  volume  on  which  they  are  inscribed. 

Note. — The  reader  is  requested  to  make  the  following  corrections  : — 
In  Paper  4,  May,  1860,  p.  160,  for  Nomia,  read  Chrysopora.  Nomia  is  already 
in  use  to  designate  a  genus  of  Bees. 

In  Paper  5,  June,  1860,  p.  219,  line  21,  for  graduation  read  gradation. 


September  Ath. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty- seven  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  :  "  Description 
of  a  new  species  of  Astroscopus,  Brev.,  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  by  Charles  C.  Abbott." 

"  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Chatoessus,  Cvv.,  from  New  Jersey, 
by  Charles  C.  Abbott." 

And  were  referred  to  a  Committee. 


September  Wth. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Fifteen  members  present. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  363 

The  following  paper  was  presented  for  publication  :  "  Descriptions  of 
Reptiles  from  Tropical  America  and  Asia,  by  E.  D.  Cope." 
And  was  referred  to  a  Committee. 


September  18  th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-six  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication:  ''Descriptions 
of  new  species  of  Crinoidea  from  the  Carboniferous  rocks  of  Illinois  and 
other  Western  States,  by  F.  B.  Meek  and  A.  H.  Worthen." 

"On    Milne-Edwards'    Synonymy  of   Xiphigor^ia    setacea,    by    G 
H.  Horn." 

"Descriptions  of  new  Cretaceous  Corals  from  New  Jersey,  by  Wrn 
M.  Gabb  and  G.  H.  Horn." 

"  Observations  upon  the  form  of  the  Occiput  in  the  various  races  of 
Men,  by  J.  Aitken  Meigs." 

"  Descriptions  of  New  Birds  of  Western  Africa  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  by  John  Cassin." 

"  Catalogue  of  Birds  from  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas,  West  ladies 
collected  and  presented  to   the   Academy  of  Natural   Sciences  by  Mr. 
Robert  Swift,  with  notes,  by  John  Cassin." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Mr.  Lea  read  an  extract  from  a  letter  from  Bishop  Elliott,  of  Georgia,  dated 
University  Place,  Tennessee,  Aug.  28th,  1860,  informing  him  that  he  had  found 
numerous  living  specimens  of  Helix  Cumberlandiana,  which  he  had  trans- 
mitted to  him.  Mr.  Lea  stated  that  they  had  been  received  by  him,  and  were 
very  interesting,  from  their  having  been  found  near  to  and  at  the  original 
locality  from  which  the  specimen  first  described  had  been  taken  by  Dr.  Troost. 

Mr.  Lesley  stated  briefly  the  results  of  some  observations  he  made  in  the 
White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire  during  the  summer.     His  visits   to  this 
region  in  1849,  and  subsequent  years,  had  laid  the  foundation  for  a  growing 
conviction  that  the  range  of  the  White  Mountains  would  prove  to  be  synclinal 
instead  of  anticlinal,  and  therefore  of  probably  Devonian  age.  A  section  which 
he  made  in  1857,  along  the  Grand  Trunk  R.  R.,    showed  him  the  synclinal 
structure,  with  comparatively  low   dips,  and  at   least  two  main   anticlinal 
divisions.     The  profile  in  the  Franconia  notch  is  evidently  a  cliff  outcrop  of  a 
horizontal  plate.     The  newly  opened  Greely  Mountain  House  in  Waterville   in 
a  cul-de-sac  valley  at  the  head  of  Mad  River,  and  six  or  eight  miles  in  an  east 
line  through  the  woods  from  the  Flume  House,  is  surrounded  by  bold  outcrops 
of  nearly  horizontal  massive  plates  of  granite.     Ascending  Mad  River  from 
Campton,  the  traveller  has  the  White-face  range  on  his  right,  with  apparent 
gentle  dips  to  the  north-west.     But  on  his  left  he  has  the  Welsh  mountain 
range  and  Mount  Osceola,  with   an  unmistakeable  and  universal  dip,  never 
over  15°,  and  much  of  it  under  10°,  to  the  south-east,  which  can  be  studied 
for  at  least  seven  miles,  north-east  and  south-east.     Turning  to  the  left  and 
ascending  Mount  Osceola  (which  Mr.  Lesley  found  by  barometer  to  be  over 
2600  above   the  Greely  House,  and  therefore  not  much  lower   than  Mount 
Lafayette),  the  bridle  path  mounts  over  successive  outcrop  edges  of  perfectly 
horizontal  plates  of  granite,  as  evidently  and  regularly  bedded  as  any  of  the 
sandstone  masses  of  the  Alleghanies,  the  bed  planes  not  being  at  all  disguised 
I860.] 


364  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

by  the  cleavage  planes.  Between  these  plates  of  granite  lie  plates  of  un- 
changed dark  blue  sandstone ;  a  rock  which  at  the  cascades  (two  miles  from 
the  house  in  another  direction)  has  been  mistaken  for  greenstone  trap.  The 
successive  terraces  and  cliffs  of  the  mountain  are  evidently  the  consequences  of 
this  horizontal  and  alternate  structure.  As  in  other  horizontal  mountain 
plateaus  the  terraces  here  are  projected  between  the  ravines  in  the  form  of 
noses,  with  straight  crests,  and  terraced  or  stepped  at  their  ends.  In  fact,  to 
a  practised  topographical  eye,  the  aspect  of  the  whole  White  Mountain  range 
is  that  of  synclinal  erosion. 

Other  considerations  reinforce  this  opinion.  The  continuation  and  broaden- 
ing of  the  range  north-eastward  through  Maine  and  Lower  Canada,  where  super- 
3ilurian  rocks  abound, — the  termination  of  the  range  south-eastward  before 
reaching  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  as  the  Alleghany  synclinal  stops  at  Catts- 
kill  before  crossing  the  Hudson, — the  presence  of  horizontal  rocks  at  Worcester 
and  more  generally  than  would  be  supposed  through  middle  New  England — 
the  fact  that  the  Connecticut  Valley  runs  everywhere  under  the  western  es- 
carprrrent  of  the  White  Mountains,  separating  it  from  the  silurian  range  of  the 
Green  Mountains, — and  the  presence  of  Potsdam  and  other  low  formations  in 
eastern  Massachusetts, — all  these  facts  would  find  their  explanation  in  a 
synclinal  terminal  eroded  structure  of  the  White  Mountain  mass. 

Tl>e  granite  of  Mount  Osceola  and  the  surrounding  heights  consists  of  large 
crystals  of  feldspar,  smaller  crystals  of  quartz  and  smaller  flakes  of  mica. 
Here  and  there  hornblende  appears.  The  rock  bears  no  resemblance  to  the 
subfeilurian  Highland  and  Blue  Ridge  range,  and  Adirondacks.  It  is  friable 
under  the  weather,  shedding  its  crystals  upon  the  ground  under  every  over- 
hanging ledge.  The  boulders  are  rounded  by  the  weather  action  apparently 
more  than  by  movement ;  for  they  have  only  travelled  down  the  slopes  be- 
neath the  cliffs  from  which  they  have  fallen,  and  where  those  that  remain  are 
sharp-angled.  The  peculiar  gravel  and  sand  of  the  Mad  River  Valley  is  a  local 
drift  of  similar  origin.  The  metamorphism  of  these  granites  is  considered  by 
Logan,  Hunt,  and  others,  as  no  longer  disputable.  They  could  easily  originate 
in  the  clayey  sandstones  of  Formations  VIII.,  IX.  and  X.,  of  the  Appalachians. 

Considering  the  whole  White  Mountain  mass  a  synclinal  plateau,then  the  sum- 
mit of  Mount  Washington,  which  is  such  an  acknowledged  anomaly,  becomes 
regularly  the  single  residual  fragment  of  the  highest  formation  which  escaped 
erosion.  Its  rock  is  so  different  in  texture  and  structure  from  the  rest  of  the 
mountains  that  no  other  explanation  seems  possible  ;  and  if  this  hypothesis  be 
adopted,  there  is  no  longer  any  need  of  that  which  supposes  the  submergence 
of  New  England  up  to  the  base  of  the  head  of  Mt.  Washington  and  no  higher, 
leaving  the  head  in  the  air  to  escape  the  general  rounding  and  polishing 
action.  It  becomes  easy  to  consider  the  external  difference  due  rather  to  the 
difference  of  the  rock  formations  above  and  below  that  horizon. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  a  systematic  explanation  will  be  made  of  this  interest- 
ing region  and  the  structure  made  out  and  mapped,  so  that  we  may  arrive  at 
conclusions,  instead  of  venturing  conjectures. 


September  25th. 
Vice  President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty  six  members  present. 

The  Committee  on  the  paper  of  Mr.  John  Cassin,  "  Descriptions  of 
New  Birds  from  Western  Africa  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Na- 
tural Sciences,"  reported  in  favor  of  its  publication  in  the  journal  of 
the  Academy. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees,  the  following  papers  were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings  : 

[Sept. 


I 

NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  365 


Description  of  a  new  species  of  Astroscopus,  Brev.,  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

BY   CHARLES    C.  ABBOTT. 

Astroscopus  guttatus  Abbott.     Plate  VII. 

Spec.  Char. — Body  depressed  anteriorly.  Head  flattened  ab  >ve.  Two  sub- 
quadrangular  depressions  posterior  to  the  orbits.  Eyes  prominent,  situated 
in  circular  depressions,  and  five  and  a  half  diameters  distant.  The  base  of 
the  two  dorsals  equals  in  length  the  distance  from  the  anterior  insertion  of 
the  first  dorsal  to  the  extremity  of  the  upper  jaw.  Opercular  apparatus  large, 
the  branchial  aperture  unusually  wide ;  the  opercle  marked  with  distinct 
radiating  striae,  and  margined  below  with  a  smooth,  thick  and  semi-transparent 
membrane,  which  extends  beyond  the  insertion  of  the  pectoral  fin.  The  in- 
sertion of  the  ventral  fins  is  opposite  the  margin  of  the  preopercle  and  greatly 
anterior  to  the  insertion  of  the  pectorals.  The  insertion  of  the  anal  fin  is 
slightly  posterior  to  the  anterior  insertion  of  the  second  dorsal,  and  extends 
nearer  the  base  of  the  caudal  than  that  fin. 

2 

D,  4—14.     V,  5.     P,  16.     A,  13.     C,  12  - 

2 

Color. — In  the  alcoholic  specimen.  Back,  upper  portion  of  the  cheeks,  up- 
per part  of  cranium,  and  upper  jaw,  bright  chocolate ;  lighter  on  the  head 
than  body,  and  the  depressions  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  very  pale. 
Belly  and  throat  pure  white.  The  chocolate  tinted  surfaces  are  minutely 
covered  with  numerous  circular  spots  or  guttse,  of  the  same  tint,  but  several 
shades  lighter.  The  membrane  of  the  first  dorsal  black  ;  and  the  second  dor- 
sal has  three  irregular  bands  of  dull  black,  obliquely  across  it.  The  caudal 
with  three  parallel  bands  of  blackish-brown,  the  middle  of  which  a2Jpears  to 
be  the  continuation  of  a  variable  longitudinal  band  on  the  centre  of  each  side. 
The  anal  has  a  variable  band  of  dull  brown,  darker  upon  the  posterior  termi- 
nation. 

Locality. — Cape  May,  New  Jersey.     Beesley's  Point  ? 


Description  of  a  new  species  of  Chatoessus,  Ctiv.,  from  New  Jersey. 
BY    CHARLES    C.  ABBOTT. 

Chatoessus  insociabilis  Abbott. 

Spec.  Char. — Body  compressed,  sub-elliptical ;  dorsal  outline  greatly  arched 
anteriorly  to  the  dorsal  flu,  slightly  and  obliquely  curved  posteriorly.  Ven- 
tral outline  regularly  curved  from  posterior  insertion  of  the  anal  fin  to  the 
throat.  Abdomen  compressed,  carinate  and  serrated.  The  head  is  very 
small ;  the  breadth  anterior  to  the  angle  of  the  opercle  six-sevenths  of  the 
length  from  occiput  to  the  extremity  of  the  snout.  Snout  globose  ;  upper  lip 
fleshy,  longer  than  the  lower,  which  is  membraneous.  The  angle  of  the  jaws 
in  a  line  with  the  centre  of  the  orbits.  Margin  of  opercle  membraneous, 
coarsely  serrated  ;  margin  of  preopercle,  membraneous  and  circular. 

Dorsal  fin  quadrangular,  the  posterior  ray  prolonged  ;  pectoral  fin  rounded, 
reaching  beyond  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin  ;  ventral  fin  equal  in  width  to  its 
length  and  reaching  a  slight  distance  beyond  the  posterior  insertion  of  the 
dorsal  fin  ;  caudal  fin  forked.     The  number  of  the  fin  rays  are, 

D,  14.     P,  16.     V,  8.     A,  32.     C,  28,  sometimes  29. 

Color. — Back  and  upper  third  of  the  sides  deep  green,  with  a  bluish  cast  in 
particular  lights  ;  lower  two-thirds  of  the  sides  and  the  belly  pure  white. 
The  deep  green  above  and  white  beneath,  meet  abruptly,  and  do  not  blend  to- 

I860.] 


aGG  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

getlier,  except  on  the  peduncle  of  the  tail.  The  fins  partake  of  the  color  of 
the  region  to  which  they  belong,  and  exhibit  irregularly  shaped  spots  on  each. 
These  markings  on  the  fins  are  very  variable,  and  in  some  specimens  are 
wanting.  A  very  deep  glossy  black  circular  spot,  above  the  angle  of  the  oper- 
cle,  marks  the  beginning  of  the  lateral  line,  which  is  only  apparent  on  a  very 
careful  examination.     Total  length,  15  inches  ;  greatest  width,  5^  inches. 

This  species  is  possessed  of  a  gizzard  similar  to  that  of  C.  ellipticus 
Kirtland ;  to  which  species  this  bears  considerable  resemblance,  yet  is  very 
distinct  in  its  general  form,  color  and  habits. 

The  specimens  of  this  fish,  from  which  the  description  was  taken,  I  pro- 
cured in  a  secluded  and  very  deep  sheet  of  water,  known  as  the  "Sturgeon 
Pond,"  situated  two  miles  below  Trenton,  N.J.  The  following  items  of  its 
habits  were  collected  from  reliable  fishermen  and  by  my  own  observation. 
This  fish  is  remarkably  gregarious,  and  is  never  seen  associating  with  any 
other  than  its  own  species ;  it  is  a  lover  of  deep  and  still  water,  seldom  rising 
to  the  surface,  and  appears  very  averse  to  the  bright  light  of  the  sun.  If 
driven  into  a  stream  of  water  with  considerable  current,  they  immediately 
show  signs  of  uneasiness,  and,  if  not  soon  liberated,  die.  Two  localities  only 
I  am  acquainted  with  that  abound  with  this  species,  and  both  are  deep  small 
lakes  formed  by  the  junction  of  several  small  streams,  and  never  in  these 
streams  has  the  fish  been  discovered,  except  when  driven  into  them  by  the 
fishermen.  As  an  article  of  food  they  are  entirely  worthless  ;  yet  they  afford 
much  sport  to  juvenile  anglers,  by  the  rapidity  with  which  they  may  betaken, 
with  a  trout-fly,  or  common  angling  worm. 


Descriptions  of  new  Cretaceous  Corals  from  New  Jersey. 
BY   WM.  M.  GABB  AND  GEO.  H.  HORN. 

Hippothoa  irregularis . — Colony  spreading,  on  shells,  forming  straight, 
cr  but  slightly  curved  lines  ;  branching  nearly  at  right  angles,  though  gene- 
rally from  but  one  side  of  the  cell.  Cells  oval,  flattened,  placed  closely 
together,  united  by  a  stout  pedicle.  Opening  nearly  central,  with  its  greatest 
diameter  in  the  direction  of  the  length  of  the  cell,  often  with  an  ovarian 
vesicle  at  the  distal  extremity. 

The  shape  of  the  cell  of  this  species  relates  it  nearly  to  the  H.  simplex 
D'Orb. 

Cellepora  b  i  1  a  b  i  a  t  a . — Colony  encrusting,  generally  in  elongate  patches. 
Cells  in  lines  arranged  in  an  irregular  quincunx,  convex.  Opening,  viewed 
from  above,  nearly  circular.  The  cell  walls  above  and  below  the  mouth  pro- 
ject, forming  two  labiate  processes. 

Cellepora  car  in  at  a. — Colony  encrusting.  Cells  in  quincunx.  Walls  of 
cells  meeting  anteriorly,  forming  a  carina,  whose  apex  projects  forward,  and 
toward  the  oral  opening,  apex  often  perforated.*"  Carina  diminishing  as  it 
approaches  the  cell  below. 

Cellepora  t  y  p  i  c  a . — Colony  encrusting,  in  large  patches.  Cells  arranged 
in  radiating  lines,  usually  in  quincunx,  irregular  exteriorly,  small,  rhom- 
boidal,  spaces  between  oral  openings  wide,  perforated  by  numerous  large 
accessory  foramina. 

This  specimen  was  found  encrusting  a  Terebratula  H  a  r  1  a  n  i,  to  which  was 
also  attached  an  Ostrea  panda,  both  being  typical  specimens. 

Reticulipora  s  a  g  e  n  a  . — Colony  large  (about  one  inch  in  diameter),  formed 
of  plates,  lateral  plates  not  numerous,  given  off  rectangularly ;  summit  of 
plates  perforated  by  cells,  and  thicker  than  the  rest  of  the  plate  ;  lateral  open- 
ings triangular,  without  any  marked  arrangement. 

Resembles  the  R.  o  b  1  i  q  u  a  . 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  367 

Reptomulticava  cepularis. 
Alveolites  cepularis  (?)  S.  G.  Morton,  Cretaceous. 

Colony  irregular,  nodulated,  with  a  tendency  to  an  irregular  pyramidal 
outline.     Cells  elongated,  hexagonal,  large. 

This  is  probably  the  species  named  by  Morton,  but  as  no  description  or 
figure  was  given,  it  cannot  be  certainly  stated. 

Multicrescis  parvicella. — Colony  large,  anastomosing  in  the  manner 
of  Rhipidigorgia  flabellum.  Cells  small,  resembling  those  of  M.  lanata 
D'  Orb.     Cellules  wanting. 

Note. — Figures  of  the  above  species  will  be  given  in  the  next  number  of  the  Journal 
of  the  Academy. 


On  Milne-Edwards'  Synonymy  of  Xiphigorgia  setacea. 
BY    GEO.  H.  HORN. 

My  attention  was  directed  to  the  above,  by  finding  the  polypidom,  called  by 
Dana  ' ' Gorgonia (Pterogorgia)  setacea,"  classed  with  the  "X.  setacea" 
of  M. -Edwards,  who  considers  them  synonymous. 

The"X.  setacea"  of  Edwards  is  thus  described : — 

"Polypiero'ide  en  forme  de  rubans  tres-etroits,  flexueux  et  tres-longs,  mais 
sans  vestige  de  ramifications.  Coenenchyme  jaune  ;  verrues  caliciferes 
arrondies,  de  couleur  rose,  et  formant,  de  chaque  cote,  une  bordure  saillante. 

Hab. — Mers  d' Anterique. ' ' 

Pallas'  original  description  is — 

"Gorgonia,  simplex,  rigida,  cortice  calcareo  albo  subverrucosa. 

Locus. — Mare  Americanum." 

Dana  subsequently  amplified  the  above  description,  rendering  it  more  ex- 
plicit. 

"  Gorgonia  (Pterogorgia)  setacea.  Whitish,  simple,  rigid,  rarely  with  a 
single  branch  ;  surface  subverruculose  ;  verruculse  minute  (one-third  of  a 
line),  and  obsolete,  numerous  and  crowded,  mostly  on  two  opposite  sides, 
with  a  narrow,  naked  interval  between. 

Laguayra. — Z.  Collins." 

The  latter  description  was  derived  from  a  specimen  in  the  Academy's 
Museum,  and  does  not  resemble  either  the  description  or  figure  of  Milne- 
Edwards. 

The  "  X.  s  et  a  c  e  a,"  as  described  and  figured  by  Milne-Edwards,  agrees  in 
every  important  respect  with  the  "  Gorgonia  j  uncea"  of  Pallas  and  subse- 
quent authors. 

''G.  simplicissima,  attenuata,  subflexuoso,  cortice  crasso,  rubro  verrucoso." 
PaLlas,  1766. 

"  G.  simplicissima,  teres,  utrinque,  attenuata,  osse  corneo  fusco,  carne 
ochracea  bisulcata,  osculis  crebris  linearibus  uotata. "     Ellis,  1786. 

"G.  simplicissima,  longissima,  teres  ;  carne  ochracea  subminiata  ;  osculis, 
crebris  sparsis  subgranulatis."     Lamarck,  1816. 

From  the  above  descriptions,  we  conclude,  that  the  species  described 
by  Milne-Edwards  as  "setacea,"  is  none  other  than  the  "  j  u  nc  ea"  of 
older  authors. 

Pterogorgia  simplex  described  by  Valenciennes,  in  Comptes  Rendus, 
xli.  (pp.  10,  et  13),  differs  from  either  the  "  s  e  tacea"  or  "j  uncea"  in 
the  form  of  its  "  verrues  caliciferes." 

The  true  disposition  of  these  polypidoms  appears  to  be  as  follows  :  — 
I860.] 


368  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Xiphigorgia  juncea  Horn. 

Gorgonia  juncea  Pallas,  Elench.  Zoop.  1766,  p.  180. 
Ellis,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.  1786,  p.  81. 
Lamarck,  Anim.  Sans.  Vert.  1816,  p.  320. 
Lamouroux,  Polyp.  Flex.  1816,  p.  419. 
Dana,  Zoop.  U.  S.  Exp.  1848,  p.  664. 
Xiphigorgia  setacea  Edwards,  Coralliaires,  1857,  p.  172. 

Xiphigorgia  s  e  t  a  ce  a  Horn. 

Gorgonia  setacea  Pallas  op.  cit.  p.  182. 
Lamouroux,  op.  cit.  p.  421. 
Lamarck,  op.  cit.  Deux.  Edit.  ii.  p.  502. 
Pterogorgia  setacea  Dana,  op.  cit.  p.  653. 

Xiphigorgia  simplex  Horn. 

Pterogorgia  simplex  Gorg.  Comptes  Rendus,  xli.  p.  13. 


Descriptions  of  Reptiles  from  Tropical  America  and  Asia. 
BY   E.    D.    COPE. 

SlDEROLAMPRUS   Cope. 

Scales  smooth,  toes  5 — 5.  Palatine  teeth  none.  Lower  eyelid  covered  with 
large  scales.  Nostril  in  the  centre  of  an  elongate  nasal  plate.  Two  pairs  of 
supranasals,  contiguous.  Internasal  present,  fronto-nasals  absent.  Frontal 
in  contact  with  the  interparietal,  thus  separating  the  fronto-parietals.  Parietals 
small,  widely  separated  by  the  broad  occipital.     Tail  cylindrical. 

This  genus  of  scinks  is  most  nearly  allied  to  Eumeces  and  Otosaurus,  but 
may  be  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  two  pairs  of  supranasals,  and  absence 
of  fronto-nasal. 

S.    KNNEAGRAMMUS    Cope. 

Vertical  plate  elongate,  broadest  posteriorly,  the  lateral  borders  very  con- 
cave. Palpebral  plates  five.  Tail  longer  than  the  head  and  body.  Color 
above  glossy  black,  shading  into  ultramarine  blue  about  the  middle  of  the 
tail.  A  delicate  line  of  the  latter  color  occupies  the  centre  of  each  of  the  cen- 
tral nine  rows  of  dorsal  scales.  These  are  all  discontinued  upon  the  occiput, 
except  the  external  one  upon  each  side,  which  passes  round  the  side  of  the 
head  and  meets  its  fellow  upon  the  muzzle.  The  palpebral  and  supranasal 
plates  are  suffused  with  blue,  and  delicately  bordered  with  black.  Beneath 
dirty  white,  shaded  with  blue  upon  the  abdomen  and  tail.  Length  of  head  and 
body  to  vent,  15  lines  ;  of  tail  (mutilated)   16  lines. 

This  beautiful  little  scink  was   discovered  by  Sr.  Rafael  M.  De   Oca,  in  the 
vicinity  of  Jalapa,  Mexico,  and  obtained  for  the  Academy  by  Dr.  Thomas  £ 
Wilson. 

Tropidonotus  coMPSOLiEMDS  Cope. 

Scales  in  nineteen  longitudinal  rows,  all  keeled.  Head  distinct,  short,  deep  ; 
profile  anteriorly  descending.  Rostral  plate  twice  as  broad  as  high.  Pre- 
frontals subtriangular ;  loreal  longer  than  high.  One  rather  narrow  preocular  ; 
postoculars  three,  the  lowest  very  small.  Vertical  and  superciliaries  elongate  ; 
lateral  borders  of  the  former  scarcely  converging;  the  latter  narrow.  Superior 
labials  eight,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  orbit.  Inferior  labials  nine.  Tail 
slender,  slightly  compressed  at  the  base,  three-tenths  of  the  total  length.  Gas- 
trosteges  126;  a  divided  anal;  urosteges  67.  Total  length  16  inches  •  of  tail 
3  in.  6  lin. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  369 

Coloration.  Above  blackish  brown,  darkest  anteriorly.  Very  indistinct, 
pale  transverse  bands  are  apparent.  They  are  irregularly  oblique,  and  separa- 
ted by  intervals  of  two  or  three  scales  wide.  Superior  and  inferior  labials 
more  or  less  completely  margined  anteriorly  with  yellow  ;  geneial  and  gular 
plates  spotted  irregularly  with  the  same.  General  color  beneath  a  peculiar 
stone  brown.  A  darker  shade  occupies  the  centres  of  the  gastrosteges  as  far 
as  the  vent.  This  is  almost  excluded  anteriorly  by  a  central  series  of  trans- 
versely elliptical  yellow  spots,  one  near  the  anterior  border  of  each  gastrostege. 
These  become  narrower,  and  broken,  and  upon  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the 
belly  are  almost  lost.  There  is  a  very  indistinct  row  of  smaller  spots  upon 
each  side  of  it  anteriorly. 

Habilat.  ?     Key  West.     Mus.  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge, 
This    species    should   be  compared  with    T.  sipedon,  T.  celaeno  and 
T.  valid  us.     It  differs  from  the  first  in   the  number  of  rows  of  scales,  and 
from  all  three  in  the  form  of  the  muzzle  and  coloration  of  the  lower  surface. 

Thamnophis  scalaris  Cope. 

Head  narrow,  elevated,  the  profile  sloping  in  front,  muzzle  obtuse.  General 
form  moderately  slender,  the  tail  a  little  less  than  one  fourth  the  total  length. 
Superciliary  and  vertical  plates  elongate,  the  lateral  borders  of  the  latter 
straight  and  convergent.  Occipitals  elongate.  Loreal  plate  higher  than  long^ 
one  pre-,  three  postoculars.  Superior  labials  eight,  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the 
orbit.  Inferior  labials  ten.  Anterior  geneials  longer  than  posterior.  Scales 
in  nineteen  rows,  not  emarginate,  the  external  smooth.  Gastrosteges  143  ;  an 
entire  anal;    urosteges  59  pair. 

Coloration.  Beneath,  and  upon  the  first  row  of  scales,  dark,  ashy  olivaceous, 
the  latter  frequently  black  at  their  bases.  Second  and  half  the  third  row  of 
scales  a  little  paler.  The  vertebral,  and  the  borders  of  one  row  on  each  side 
of  it,  yellowish.  The  color  of  the  remainder  of  the  upper  surface  is  brown, 
anteriorly  shaded  with  olivaceous.  This  is  crossed  from  the  lateral  to  the 
dorsal  stripe  on  each  side,  by  vertical  bars,  black,  or  deep  brown  bordered 
with  black,  numbering  from  the  head  to  the  origin  of  the  tail,  about  sixty. 
There  is  a  pair  of  large  spots  just  behind  the  occipital  plates,  and  one  involving 
the  temporals  and  the  whole  of  the  occipitals,  its  anterior  border  trilobate  and 
produced  upon  the  vertical  and  superciliaries.  A  short  yellowish  vitta  extending 
from  the  posterior  angle  of  the  former  plate  along  the  occipital  suture,  repre- 
sents a  confluent  pair  of  occipital  spots. 

Habitat.  Jalapa,  Mexico,  found  by  Sr.  R.  M.  De  Oca.  Mus.  Academy.  Pre- 
sented by  Thos.  B.  Wilson.  M.  D. 

Arizona  Jani  Cope. 

Head  not  very  distinct,  tapering.  Rostral  plate  rounded,  presenting  an 
obtuse  angle  between  the  prefrontals,  Post-frontals  bent  upon  the  sides  of 
the  head.  Vertical  longer  than  broad,  the  lateral  borders  much  converging, 
posterior  angle  obtuse.  Occipitals  longer  than  vertical,  subdivided  as  in 
Pityophis  sp.  Nostril  between  the  nasals  ;  loreal  plate  longer  than  high.  One 
preocular  not  reaching  the  vertical,  three  postoculars.  Superior  labials  eight, 
fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  orbit,  inferior  labials  twelve,  sixth  largest.  Post- 
geneials  shorter  than  pre-genials.  Scales  of  the  body  in  twenty-seven  or  nine 
rows,  the  central  thirteen  keeled.     Tail  short. 

Coloration.  Above,  a  pale  yellowish  brown,  browner  on  the  crown  and 
muzzle.  A  series  of  quadrate  dorsal  spots  extends  throughout  the  whole  length, 
involving  from  thirteen  to  seventeen  medial  rows.  Anteriorly  they  are  sepa- 
rated by  spaces  eight  scales  wide,  but  these  intervals  diminish  posteriorly. 
There  is  a  lateral  series  of  spots  which  alternate  with  those  of  the  dorsal  row, 
and  are  sometimes  confluent  with  others,  which  form  a  series  along  the  tips  of 
the  gastrosteges  posteriorly.  Anteriorly  the  dorsal  intervals  are  divided  by  a 
transverse  series  of  three  small  spots,  which  are  probably  sometimes  confluent. 
These  markings  are  all  black  anteriorly  ;  posteriorly,   they   are  shaded  with 

I860.] 


370  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE  ACADEMY    OF 

brown.  Belly  dirty  yellowish.  The  length  and  number  of  gastrosteges  of  our 
specimen  cannot  be  given,  owing  to  it3  mutilated  condition.  Urosteges  58,  the 
tail  terminating  in  a  rather  long  corneous  appendage. 

Habitat.     Buena  Vista,  Mexico.     Lieut.  Couch.     Mus.  Smithsonian. 

This  genus  is  intermediate  in  structure  between  Rhinechis  "  Coluber  "  Gthr. 
and  Pityophis.  It  has  not  the  four  postfrontals  of  the  last,  nor  the  divided  anal 
shield  of  the  first  two.  In  form,  the  rostral  plate  is  intermediate  between 
those  of  "Coluber"  and  Pityophis.  The  present  species  is  nearly  allied 
to  the  A.  pleurosticta  Cope,  (Elaphis  pleurostictus  Dum.  &  Bibr.)  of 
Uraguay.  Named  in  honor  of  Prof.  Jan,  of  Milan,  a  distinguished  herpetolo- 
gist. 

Dsomicus  temporalis  Cope. 

Scales  in  seventeen  longitudinal  rows.  Head  distinct,  eyes  small,  anterior; 
muzzle  short.  Mouth  very  inferior.  Rostral  plate  prominent,  but  barely  visi- 
ble from  above :  prefrontals  small  :  vertical  broad,  presenting  an  obtuse 
angle  anteriorly,  one  less  than  a  right  angle  posteriorly,  the  superciliary  bor- 
ders nearly  parallel.  Occipitals  well  developed,  each  bounded  by  three  large, 
and  two  small  temporals.  Postnasal  vertical,  crescentic ;  loreal  confluent  with 
the  preocular,  (probably  not  a  constant  character);  postoculars  two  on  one 
side,  one  on  the  other.  Superior  labials  seven,  third  and  fourth  entering  the 
orbit.  Inferior  labials  eight,  fifth  largest,  seventh  twice  the  size  of  the  sixth, 
geneial  pairs  equal.  Gastrosteges  167,  a  divided  anal ;  (tail  mutilated).  Length 
of  head  and  body  seventeen  inches. 

Coloration.  Above,  chocolate  brown.  A  narrow  yellow  band  with  a  broad 
blackish  superior  border  extends  from  the  throat  to  the  vent,  along  the  suture 
of  the  first  and  second  rows  of  scales.  The  greater  part  of  the  first  row,  and 
the  ends  of  the  gastrosteges  are  involved  in  a  blackish  plumbeous  band  which 
extends  from  the  throat  to  the  vent :  the  central  third  of  each  scale  of  the  fifth 
row  on  each  side  is  brownish-yellow,  the  upper  and  lower  thirds  blackish  ; 
thus  is  formed  a  narrow  black-edged  band,  which  extends  from  the 
throat  to  the  end  of  the  tail  A  yellow  band  extends  from  the  superior 
border  of  the  first  upper  labial,  crosses  the  lower  halves  of  the  posterior 
labials,  and  widening,  extends  upwards  upon  the  temples  and  neck,  forming 
apparently  the  rudiments  of  a  collar.     Throat  and  belly  saffron  yellow. 

Habitat.     Probably  Cuba. 

Mus.  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Amasteididm  Cope. 

Body  cylindrical,  elongate;  tail  moderate,  slender.  Head  distinct,  broad, 
short,  tapering  rather  abruptly.  Superior  maxillary  teeth  in  a  coctinuous 
series,  the  last  abruptly  the  longest,  not  grooved'.  Pupil  round.  Top  of 
head  flat,  separated  on  the  muzzle  from  the  sides,  by  an  angle.  Superciliaries 
prominent.  One  anterior,  two  postoculars.  Loreal  none.  Nasals  large,  one  or 
two,  the  nostril  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  anterior.  Scales  on  the  posterior 
parts  of  the  body,    slightly  keeled.      Anal  and   subcaudal    scutella  divided. 

This  genus  differs  from  Coronella  Law.  in  the  short,  depressed,  angular 
head,  and  the  absence  of  the  loreal  plate.  The  form  of  the  head  somewhat  re- 
sembles Xenodon,  but  the  form  of  the  body,  the  plating  and  dentition,  are  dif- 
ferent. 

A.    VELIFERDM    Cope. 

Scales  in  seventeen  longitudinal  rows,  smooth  on  the  anterior  half  of  the 
body  :  posteriorly  a  few  dorsal  rows  with  faint  keels,  becoming  stronger  toward 
the  tail,  and  extending  on  all  the  scales  near  the  anal  region.  Here  they  are 
tuberculous,  as  in  Aspidura  trachyprocta  nobis.  Tail  nearly  one-third 
the  total  length.  Occipital  plates  large,  almost  reaching  the  labials  in  front, 
posteriorly  accuminate  ;  vertical  long,  acute  behind  ;  superciliaries  large,  promi- 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  371 

uent,  broad  behind.  Postfrontals  small,  their  anterior  outline  regularly 
curved;  prefrontals  small,  quadrangular.  Rostral  nearly  rectangular,  not  ap- 
pearing on  the  surface  of  tbe  head.  Postnasal  high,  its  apex  visible  from  above, 
opposite  the  suture  between  the  pre-  and  postfrontals.  Superior  labials  seven, 
eye  resting  on  third  and  fourth.  Inferior  labials  nine.  Geneials  two  pair,  the 
anterior  shorter. 

Total  length  14  in.  11  lin.  tail  4  in.  10  1.     Gastrosteges  127,  urosteges  85. 

Coloration.  Above  and  below,  reddish-brown,  paler  in  the  centres  of  the 
gastrosteges.  Every  fourth  scale  of  the  fifth  row  on  each  side,  pale,  the  adja- 
cent scales  on  the  fourth  and  sixth  rows,  generally  darker.  Top  of  the  head 
much  lighter,  varied  anteriorly;  palest  behind  the  eye  and  above  the  labials. 
The  latter  are  dark  with  a  few  light  spots. 

Habitat.     Cocuyas  de  Veraguas,  N.  Grenada.     Mr.  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

Mus.  Academy  Natural  Sciences. 

The  colors  of  this  species  are  quite  similar  to  those  of  Tantilla  reticulata 
nob.  from  the  same  locality.     Its  physioguomie  is  very  unprepossessing. 

SCOLECOPHIS    FUMICEPS    Cope. 

Head  not  distinct  from  the  body.  Scales  in  fifteen  rows.  Frontal  plates 
broad  and  short ;  vertical  broad,  presenting  an  obtuse  angle  anteriorly,  an  acute 
one  posteriorly,  its  occipital  suture  longer  than  its  superciliary.  Occipitals 
large,  as  long  as  postfrontals  and  vertical  together.  Prenasal  large;  postnasal 
prolonged  to  the  single  preocular,  excluding  the  loreal.  Postoculars  two. 
Superior  labials  seven,  third  and  fourth  entering  the  orbit,  seventh  largest. 
Temporals,  two  large  and  two  small.  Inferior  labials  six,  fourth  the  largest. 
Breadth  of  anterior  geneials  equal  to  half  their  length,  which  is  greater  than 
that  of  the   posterior  pair.     Gastrosteges  132  ;   a   divided  anal ;  urosteges  42. 

Total  length  5  inches  ;  tail  1  in.  10  lin. 

Coloration.  Above,  uniform  pale  brown,  shading  into  dirty  white  beneath. 
The  top  of  the  head,  including  the  oculars  and  temporals,  and  for  four  scales 
back  of  the  occipitals,  blackish-brown.  Rostral,  prefrontals  and  upper  labials, 
pale  brownish. 

Habitat.     Probably  Cuba. 

Mus.  Comparative  Zoology.  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Fam.  ADENOMIDiE. 
Opisthoylossa  plalydactyla  without  maxillary  teeth,  with  perfectly  developed 
ear,  parotid  glands,  dilated  apophyses  of  sacral  vertebra,  and  palmate  feet. 

Adenomus  Cope. 
Hylaeform.  Head  broad,  short.  Parotids  above  the  shoulder,  long  and  nar- 
row ;  skin  rough.  Vomerine  teeth  none.  Tongue  elongate,  oval,  almost 
cylindrical  anteriorly,  posteriorly  entire,  and  free  for  about  two-fifths  its  length. 
Tympanum  indistinct.  Fingers  very  slightly  webbed,  the  palettes  of  moderate 
size.     A  subgular  vocal  sac. 

A.   EADIOFLAVUS  Cope. 

Muzzle  short,  elevated;  canthus  rostralis  concave.  Nostril  oval,  lateral. 
Eves  very  large,  transverse  diameter  of  the  eyelids  greater  than  that  of  the 
ossa  frontalia.  Tympanum  inconspicuous,  surmounted  by  small  tubercles. 
Skin  of  the  whole  upper  surface  .uberculous,  and  especially  that  of  the  scapu- 
lar protuberance,  and  a  short  lateral  fold.  No  gular  or  pectoral  fold  ;  tarsus 
half  the  length  of  the  tibia,  which  is  but  little  longer  than  tbe  fourth  phalanx. 
Two  tubercles  on  the  metatarsus,  one  on  the  metacarpus.  First  finger  half  the 
length  of  the  fourth. 

Coloration.  Above,  ground  color,  fulvous.  The  sides  as  far  as  the  eye,  a 
spot  above  the  anterior  canthus  of  the  latter,  one  upon  each  eyelid,  a  band  be- 
ginning upon  the  occiput  and  bifurcating  between  the  parotids,  and  a  large 
chevron-shaped  band  upon  the  sacral  and  iliac  regions,  ferruginous  or  bay.     A 

I860.] 


372  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF 

broad  band  of  the  same  bordered  with  yellow,  crosses  the  closed  femora  ^ 
tibiae  and  tarsi.  A  similar  one  crosses  the  fore-arm.  Upper  lip  varied  with 
yellow  ;  a  band  of  the  same,  extending  from  the  angle  of  the  mouth  to  the 
shoulder.  Under  surface  of  the  belly  and  extremities,  saffron  yellow,  with 
some  irregular  medial  spots  of  an  orange  bay  color. 

Length  from  muzzle  to  end  of  coccyx'  1  inch,  2\  lines.  Femur  from  coccyx 
6£  lines,  tibia  nearly  7  lines. 

Habitat.     Ceylon.     Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sciences.     From  Mr.  H.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

Phyllobates  truncatus  Cope. 

Skin  above  and  below  smooth,  except  some  faint  granulations  upon  the 
posterior  part  of  the  abdomen.  Tongue  small,  linear,  entire.  Thumb  nearly 
as  long  as  the  middle  digit.  Front  and  canthus  rostralis  convex.  Muzzle  con- 
cave truncate,  elevated  ;  nostrils  lateral.  Tympanum  very  near  the  eye,  less 
than  half  its  size. 

Coloration.  Upper  and  lower  surfaces  of  head,  body  and  extremities  a  dark 
ferruginous  maroon.  A  pale,  curved  line  upon  each  side;  beneath  this  another 
one,  which  unites  with  its  fellow  upon  the  anterior  part  of  the  abdomen.  From 
this  point  of  junction  a  medial  band  takes  its  rise,  and  bifurcates  posteriorly. 
A  pair  of  parallel  lines  upon  the  throat,  which  unite  anteriorly,  following  the 
curve  of  the  mandible.  Extremities  sparsely  and  irregularly  spotted  with  the 
same  faint  shade. 

Habitat.  ?  New  Grenada.  Mus.  Academy.  From  the  Philadelphia  Museum, 
in  exchange. 

The  species  of  this  genus  hitherto  described,  are   P.  bicolor  Bibron,  from 
Cuba,  P.  melanorrhinus  Berthold,  from  New  Granada,  and  P.  auratus 
Girard,  from  Chili. 
Spelerpes    Bellii  Gray. 

"  Oedipus  platydactylus  Tschudi."  Baird,  Journal  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philada. 
2d  ser.  vol.  i.  pp.  282-286,  January,  1850.     (Not  of  Tschudi.) 

Spelerpes  Bellii  Gray,  Catalogue  Amphibia  in  Brit,  Mus.,  p.  46,  June,  1850. 

Boliloglossa  Mexicana  Dumeril,  (pars),  Erp.  Gen.,  vol.  ix.,  p.  93,  1854.  (Ex- 
clus.  all  the  synonymy).      PI.  105,  fig.  2. 

"Salamandra  togata  Valencienes,  Mas.  Paris."     Dumeril. 

Specimens  of  this  fine  Salamander  are  now  in  possession  of  the  Academy  and 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  which  were  brought  from  Jalapa,  Mexico,  by  the 
well  known  collector,  Sr.  De  Oca.  Though  it  is  a  species  apparently  well 
knojvn  in  European  collections,  considerable  confusion  exists  with  regard  to 
the  synonymy.  This  it  is  the  object  of  the  present  article  to  set  right  as  far  as 
the  means  at  the  author's  dispo.-al  may  enable  him  to  accomplish  it. 

The  first  published  notice  of  this  species  is  probably  that  of  Professor  S.  F. 
Baird,  in  his  valuable  "  Revision  of  the  North  American  Tailed  Batrachia,"  as 
above  cited.  He  supposed  it  to  be  the  Oedipus  platydactylus  of  Tschudi, 
as  it  appears  to  me  incorrectly,  though  the  meagre  diagnosis  of  that  author 
renders  any  identification  sufficiently  hazardous.  The  name  at  the  head  of  this 
article  is  that  of  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  whose  description  in  the  "  Catalogue  of  Ba- 
trachia Gradientia  in  the  British  Museum,"  no  doubt,  applies  to  this  species. 
It  is  the  first  name  published  with  an  appropriate  specific  diagnosis,  and  there- 
fore is  adopted  here.  Dr.  Gray  was,  however,  not  aware  that  to  the  present 
species  belongs  the  synonymy  and  notice  of  the  structure  of  the  toes,  quoted 
from  Baird,  under  the  genus  Oedipus  of  the  "  Catalogue."  That  this  is  the 
case,  I  have  upon  the  excellent  authority  of  Prof.  Baird  himself,  who  states 
that  the  appearance  of "  sucker-like  discs  upon  the  extremities  of  the  toes, 
similar  to  those  of  Hyla,"  resulted  from  the  contraction  of  the  integuments 
about  the  proximal  phalanges,  in  an  old  specimen,  thus  giving  prominence  to 
the  small  tubercle  upon  the  inferior  surface  of  the  extremity  of  each  toe.  The 
Oedipus  of  Gray  appetrsto  be  the  Oedipus  of  Tschudi,  but  I  have  seen  neither 
specimens  nor  descriptions  which  correspond  with  that  of  his  0.  variegatus. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  373 

The  best  description  of  the  Spelerpes  Bellii  is  the  first  part  of  that  above 
cited,  from  the  Erpetologie  Generale,  and  which  should  be  regarded  as  indica- 
ting the  Bolitoglossa  Mexicana  of  the  author  of  that  work,  although  the  same 
species  is  figured  as  a  variety  of  another,  described  in  the  text  in  a  supplement 
to  the  description  of  the  first.  The  animal  described  in  the  supplement,  is 
there  regarded,  it  would  appear,  correctly,  as  the  Oedipus  platydactylus  of 
Tschudi,  and  is  not  only  specifically,  but  probably  generically  distinct  from 
Spelerpes  Bellii. 

In  size  this  species  is  only  exceeded  by  some  of  the  Amblystomata  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi Valley  :  one  of  our  specimens  is  at  least  eight  inches  long.  The  tail, 
whose  length  is  about  equal  to  that  of  the  head  and  body,  is  compressed  toward 
the  tip,  but  cylindrical  and  greatly  swollen  at  the  base,  as  in  Hemidactylium 
scutatum,  though  in  a  greater  degree.  It  is  encircled  by  grooves  similar  to 
those  of  the  flanks.  The  toes  are  short,  broad,  depressed,  very  distinct,  and 
with  scarcely  a  trace  of  connecting  membrane  at  the  base,  certainly  much  less 
in  our  specimens  than  is  represented  in  the  fig.  in  Erp.  Generale.  The  extrem- 
ity of  each  is  provided  beneath  with  a  knob  or  callosity.  The  palatine  teeth 
extend  from  the  very  exterior  point  of  the  posterior  border  of  the  palatine 
bones,  and  from  two  nearly  transverse  arched  series,  which  meet  near  the  cen- 
tre of  the  suture  with  the  sphenoid  bone.  This  resembles  the  arrangement 
in  the  Geotriton  fuscus  and  the  Heredia  of  Girard,  rather  than  the  ordinary 
Spelerpes,  where  the  series  are  shorter,  more  oblique,  and  not  in  contact.  The 
patches  of  sphenoid  teeth  are  more  distinct  and  elongated  than  in  the  species 
of  Plethodon,  but  less  so  than  in  Pseudotriton  ruber.  A  considerable  space 
separates  these  from  the  posterior  angle  of  the  palatine  series. 

The  fresh  specimens  of  this  species  that  I  have  seen  are  of  a  lead  color ,  other 
specimens  are  much  darker,  but  whether  this  is  a  result  of  long  preservation 
in  spirits  I  am  not  able  to  state.  Upon  the  back  is  a  double  row  of  obliquely 
pyriform  spots  of  an  orange  red  in  life,  but  which  became  yellowish  white  in 
spirits.  These  become  confluent  upon  the  neck,  and,  according  to  authors,  are 
sometimes  preceded  by  a  pair  of  large  spots  of  the  same  color  upon  the  occi- 
put.    Belly  immaculate. 

GSOTEITON  CARBONARIUS  Cope. 

f  "Salamandra  platydactyla  Cuvier,  Mus.  Paris." 

?  Oedipus  platydactylus  Tschudi,  Classif.  der  Batrachier,  p.  93,  1838. 

Bolitoglossa  Mexicana  Dumeril,  Erp.  Gen.,  vol  ix.  p.  93,  1854.  (Specimens 
from  Vera  Paz.)     PI.  105,  fig.  1. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  a  salamander  exhibiting  a  structure  of  the 
feet  similar  to  that  of  the  present  species,  furnished  the  characters  of  Tschudi's 
genus  Oedipus,  and  also  that  of  Dr.  Gray.  What  species  this  reptile  pertained 
to,  cannot  readily  be  ascertained,  as  no  description  of  it  appears  to  have  been 
published,  unless  it  be  identical  with  the  0.  variegatus  of  the  latter  author. 
In  this  case  it  is  not  probably  the  same  as  that  figured  in  the  Erpetologie  Gen- 
erale, and  of  which  two  .specimens  are  before  me. 

It  is  evident  that  the  Oedipus  of  Tschudi  cannot  be  retained,  as  founded  upon 
an  undescribed  species, — even  were  it  sufficiently  distinct.  That  it  is  not  dis- 
tinct from  the  Geotriton  of  Bonaparte,  is  very  probable,  although  it  is  contrary 
to  analogy  to  find  a  genus  of  reptiles  in  so  southern  a  latitude  as  that  of  Jala- 
pa  identical  upon  another  hemisphere.  With  the  Geotriton  fuscus  Bp. 
before  me,  I  find  the  following  characters  common  to  it  and  the  species  which 
is  the  subject  of  this  article.  Supra  and  postorbital  bony  arches  absent. 
Palatine  teeth  in  two  transverse  regularly  arched  series  almost  in  contact 
medially.  Sphenoid  teeth  numerous,  in  two  oval  patches  upon  the  sphenoid 
bone,  separated  by  an  interval  from  the  palatines.  Tongue  boletoid.  Paro- 
tids none.  Tail  cylindrical.    Digits  4 — 5,  slender,  united  by  a  broad  membrane. 

The  broad  palmation  of  the  fingers  and  toes  distinguishes   the  genus  from 

I860.] 


37-4  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Spelerpes.    In  the  latter  genus  and  its  allies,  the  toes  are  distinct  at  all  seasons 
of  the  year,  differing  in  this  respect  from  the  Tritons. 

Upon  comparing  the  dorsal  vertebras  of  the  Geotriton  fuscus  and  car- 
bo  n  a  r  i  u  s,  little  material  difference  is  apparent.  Those  of  the  former  are  not 
so  stout,  and  have  the  external  ridge  of  the  anterior  zygapophysis  more  com- 
pressed and  elevated.  In  both,  there  is  a  single  longitudinal  spinous  process, 
but  little  elevated,  obsolete  upon  the  posterior  part  of  the  vertebra. 

The  largest  specimen  of  Geotriton  carbonarius  measured  three  inches 
from  the  end  of  the  muzzle  to  the  vent:  from  the  latter  point  to  the  end  of  the 
tail  is  three  in.  three  lines.  The  ground  color  above  and  below  is  black  :  the 
back  is  marked  with  abroad,  irregularly  defined  brownish  yellow  band,  which 
extends  upon  the  base  of  the  tail,  and  bifurcates  upon  the  neck  and  occiput, 
leaving  a  deltoid  space  of  the  ground  color.  This  dorsal  band  is  more  uniform 
in  a  younger  specimen.  The  soles  of  the  feet  are  pale.  There  are  ten  teeth  in 
each  of  the  palatine  series,  and  about  three  hundred  and  thirty  in  the  conflu- 
ent sphenoidal  patches.  These  patches  are  distinct  anteriorly  and  posteriorly. 
In  Spelerpes  Bell  ii,  they  are  entirely  distinct,  and  more  clavate  in  outline. 


Catalogue  of  Birds  from  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas,  West  Indies,  collected  and 
presented  to  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  by  Mr.  Kobert  Swift.  With 
Notes, 

BY   JOHN   CASSIN. 

1.  Tinnonculus  sparverius,  (Linnoeus). 

Falco  sparverius,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  128,  (1766). 
Falco  dominicensis,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  285,  (1788). 
Wilson's  Am.  Orn.  ii.  pi.  16,  iv.  pi.  32.     Aud.  B.  of  Arn.  pi.  42,  oct.  ed. 
i.  pi.  22. 

In  a  very  fine  series  of  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  I  find  some 
characters  which,  are  slight,  but  may  be  constant,  and  possibly  indicate 
specific  distinctness  from  the  common  bird  of  the  United  States.  The  wing 
coverts  have  much  more  numerous  spots  of  black,  and  the  outer  tail  feather 
has  its  inner  web  always  partly,  and  frequently  entirely  rufous,  the  same 
color  as  the  other  tail  feathers,  and  its  outer  web  white,  with  segments  or 
semi-circular  spots  of  black,  having  for  their  bases  the  shaft  of  the  feather, 
and  all  the  feathers  of  the  tail  are  more  or  less  edged  and  banded  with  black 
on  their  upper  surface.  These  characters  are  not  usually  seen  in  F.  spar- 
verius of  the  United  States,  but  are  present  in  every  specimen  in  the  present 
series,  and  seem  especially  to  characterize  the  adult  plumage.  The  colors 
also  are  rather  brighter  than  in  our  northern  species. 

Seven  specimens  are  in  this  collection,  of  which  four  are  in  adult  plumage. 
In  all  of  them,  of  whatever  age,  there  is  a  large  rufous  space  on  the  crown, 
and  the  size  is  very  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  specimens  from  Pennsylvania, 
or  perhaps  slightly  smaller.  The  plumage  of  the  present  specimens  does  not 
correspond  with  that  of  either  of  the  proposed  distinct  species  of  authors. 

2.  Gymnoglaux  nudipes,  (Daudin). 

Strix  nudipes,  Daud.  Traite  d'Orn.  ii.  p.  199,  (1800). 
Sclater's  Ibis,  1859,  pi.  1.  Vieill.  Ois.  Am.  Sept.  pi.  16. 
Two  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection  are  much  as  represented  in  Mr. 
Newton's  excellent  plate,  and  as  described  in  his  very  valuable  paper  on  the 
Birds  of  St.  Croix,  in  Sclater's  Ibis,  as  cited  above.  A  wide  superciliary 
band  of  white  is,  however,  more  conspicuous  in  both  of  the  present  specimens, 
than  as  represented  in  the  plate,  and  there  are  a  few  other  not  important  dif- 
ferences. The  tarsus  is  bare  for  about  its  lower  two-thirds,  in  this  singular 
species,  and  covered  with  very  small  circular  or  hexagonal  scales.  Bill  and 
claws  light  greenish-yellow,  which  is  probably  also  the  color  of  the  feet  in 
the  adult  bird. 

rscpt. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  375 

This  curious  and  little  known  owl,  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  contri- 
bution by  Mr.  Swift  to  the  collection  of  this  Academy,  to  which  specimens 
from  him  were  for  the  first  time  presented  some  years  since.  Previously,  it 
was  unknown  to  the  naturalists  of  this  country,  though  they  were  constantly 
reminded  of  it  by  Vieillot's  plate  in  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.,  cited  above.  The 
specimens  described  originally  by  Daudin,  were  from  the  Island  of  Porto 
Rico. 

3.  Tyrannus  dominicensis,  Brisson. 

Tyrannus  dominicensis,  Briss.  Orn.  ii.  p.  394,  (1760). 
Tyrannus  griseus,  Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  i.  p.  76,  C1807). 
Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  pi.  46.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  170,  oct.  ed.  i.  pi.  55. 
Numerous  specimens  very  similar  to  specimens  from   Florida,  but  rather 
lighter  colored.     I  am  not  sufficiently  acquainted  with  the  difficult   group  of 
American  flycatchers  to  have  entire  confidence  in  my  provisional  conclusions, 
but,  at  present,  I  am  inclined  to  think  the  bird  now  before  me,  in  Mr  Swift's 
collection,  is  probably  entitled  to  be  regarded  as  distinct,  specifically,  from 
the  bird  of  the  Southern  United  States  usually  bearing  the  same  name. 

4.  Tyrannola  martinica,  (Linnaeus). 

Muscicapa  martinica,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  325,  (1766). 
Muscicapa  albicapilla,  Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  p.  6Q,  (1807). 
Muscicapa  martinicana  cristata,  Briss.  Orn.  ii.  p.  362. 
Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  pi.  37-     Brisson  Orn.  ii.  pi.  xxxvi.  fig.  2. 

This  species  scarcely  appears  to  have  been  identified  by  late  naturalists,  but 
like  many  others  founded  on  Brisson's  descriptions  and  figures,  it  is  un- 
doubtedly an  absolute  and  veritable  existence.  That  great  ornithologist  and 
most  excellent  describer,  mainly,  and  in  fact  almost  entirely,  relies  on  speci- 
mens actually  before  him,  for  descriptions,  and  is  exceedingly  careful  to  refer 
to  the  collections  in  which  they  are  to  be  found.  His  figures  frequently  are 
not  recognizable,  but  no  descriptions  extant  are  more  complete  and  satis- 
factory. 

One  specimen  only,  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  is  not  in  fully  mature  plumage, 
but  appears  to  be  the  bird  described  by  Brisson,  as  above,  to  which  Linnaeus 
gave  a  name,  and  an  abstract  of  Brisson's  description.  It  more  nearly  cor- 
responds with  Vieillot's  description  than  with  his  figure  above  cited,  but 
appears  to  be  the  species  of  that  author.  It  is  a  white-crested  species,  strictly 
of  the  same  group,  and  much  resembling  Tyrannula  albiceps,  (D'Orbigny  et 
Lafresnaye),  and  about  the  same  size. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  birds  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  and  we 
hope  to  receive  other  specimens,  which  he  has  kindly  promised  to  endeavor 
to  procure.  Like  all  birds  in  the  present  collection,  it  was  obtained  by  Mr. 
Swift,  in  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas.  Brisson's  specimens  were  from  the  Island 
of  Martinique. 

5.    VlREOSYLVIA  ALTILOQUA,   (Vieillot). 

Muscicapa  altiloqua,  Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  i.  p.  67,  (1807). 
Vireo  longirostris,  Swains.  Faun.  Bor.  Am.  ii.  p.  237,  (1831). 
Phyllomanes  mysticalis,  Cabanis  ? 
Turdus  hispaniolensis,  Gmelin  ? 
Cassin,  B.  of  Cal.   and  Texas,   pi.    37.     Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  pi.  3b. 
Edwards'  Birds,  v.  pi.  253. 
Mr.  Swift's  specimens  appear  to  be  rather  large,  but  they  are  apparently 
identical  with  the  bird  of  Jamaica  and  Cuba,  and  a  visitor  to  Florida.     It  is 
easily  recognized  and  distinguished  from  all  other  species  by  the  narrow  line 
of  black  running  downward,  on  each  side  of  the  neck,  from  the  base  of  the 
lower  mandible.     I  much  regret  that  there  is  not  at  present  in  the  Acad.  Mus.  a 
series  of  specimens  of  this  species,  sufficient  for  comparison  with  those  in  the 
present  collection,  which,  according  to  my  recollection,  are  larger  than  usual, 
I860.] 


376  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

and  especially  stronger  in  the  bill.  All  the  specimens  of  this  species,  except 
one,  and  specimens  of  various  other  species  of  this  group,  were  stolen  by  a 
visitor  to  the  Acad.  Mus.  some  years  since,  and  never  recovered. 

Several  specimens,  in  excellent  plumage  and  condition,  are  in  Mr.  Swift's 
collection. 

6.  Dendkoica  petechia,  (Linnjeus). 

Motacilla  petechia,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  334,  (1766). 

Motacilla  ruficapilla,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  ii.  p.  971,  (1788). 

Chloris  eritachoides,  Feuille,  Jour.  Obs.  Phys.  hi.  p.  413,  (1725). 

Ficedula  pensylvanica  erythrocephalos,  Briss.  Orn.  iii.  p.  488. 

Ficedula  martinicana,  Briss.  Orn.  iii.  p.  490,  (1760). 
Edwards'  Birds,  v.    pi.   256,  fig.  2.     Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii,  pi.  91* 
Bris.  Orn.  iii.  pi.  xxii.  fig.  4.  ' 
This  is  undoubtedly  the  true  Motacilla  petechia,  Linnseus,  founded  on  the 
description  of  Ficedula  martinicana,  by  Brisson,  as  above  cited.     Though  we 
have  frequently  seen   this  species  in  collections,  Mr.  Swift's  specimens  are 
the  first  that  have  come  under  our  notice,  the  locality  of  which  is  authentic. 
Numerous  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection  are  in  various  plumages, 
though  the  greater  number  are  nearly  or  quite  mature,  and  show  the  reddish 
chesnut-colored  crown  quite  well  defined   and   conspicuous.      This  bird  is 
larger  than  D.  cestiva  of  tbe  United  States,  with  which  it  has  sometimes  been 
confounded,  and  is  not  difficult  to  recognize  from  Brisson's  excellent  descrip- 
tion above  cited.     It  is  the  same  bird  also  as  Brisson's  Ficedula  pensylvanica 
erythrocephalos,  founded  on  Edwards'  figure,  above  referred  to,  who  (Edwards) 
expressly  states  that  he  did  not  know  the  locality  of  the  specimen  figured, 
but  guessed,  wrongly,  that  another,  received  from  Pennsylvania,  was  the 
female  of  the  same  species.     Hence  concluding  erroneously  that  his  bird  was 
a  North  American  species.     This  erroneous  guess  and  conjectural  conclusion 
misled  Brisson,  Buffon,  and  a  host  of  other  authors,  to  the  present  era,  but  is 
easily  detected  by  referring  to  the  text  of  Edwards,  vol.  v.  p.  99. 

7.  Parula  Americana,  (Linnaeus). 

Parus  americanus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  341,  (1766). 
Motacilla  eques,  Bod.  Tab.  PI.  Enl.  p.  46,  (1783). 

Motacilla  americana  et  ludoviciana,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  960,  983,  (1788). 
Sylvia  torquata,  Viell.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  p.  38,  (1808). 
Sylvia  pusilla,  Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  iv.  p.  17,  (1811). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.   731,  fig.  1.     Viell.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  pi.  99.      Wilson, 
Am.  Orn.  iv.  pi.  28.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  i.  pi.  15  oct.  ed.  ii.  pi.  91. 
One  specimen  only,  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  is  specifically  identical  with 
numerous  others  now  before  me,  from  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia. 
In  nearly  mature  plumage  and  excellent  preservation,  and  probably  a  winter 
traveller  from  its  place  of  nativity  in  the  North. 

S.  Merula  fuscata,  (Vieillot). 

Turdus  fuscatus,  Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  p.  2,  (1807). 
Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  pi.  57,  bis. 
Numerous  specimens,  and  apparently  a  common  species  in  several  of  the 
islands  of  the  West  Indies. 

9.  Phonipara  bicolor,  (Linnaeus). 

Fringilla  bicolor,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  324,  (1766). 
Tiaris  omissa,  Jardine,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  xx.  p.  332,  (1847)? 
Catesby's  Carolina,  i.  pi.  37.     Gosse,  B.  of  Jamaica,  pi.  64. 
Two  specimens  only,  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  are  not  in  fully  mature  plumage, 
and  we  look  for  others  from  him  with  interest.     They  do  not  correspond  in  all 
respects  with  specimens  in  the  Acad.  Mus.,  which  we  have  hitherto  regarded 
as  certainly  the  species  to  which  this  name  is  applicable,  but  we  cannot, 
at  present,  venture  to  indicate  a  different  species.     It  is  possible  that  these 

[Sept. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  377 

specimens  are  Jardine's   Tiaris  omissa  described  as  above  cited,   from  the 
Island  of  Tobago. 

10.  Certhiola  flaveola,  (Linnaeus). 

Certbia  flaveola,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  187,  (1766). 
Nectarinia  antillensis,  Lesson,  Traite  d'Orn.  i.  p.  304,  (1831). 
Certbia  bartholemica,  Sparrm.  Mus.  Carls.  No.  57,  (1788)  ? 
Catesby,  Carolina,  pi.  59.     Swains.  Zool.  111.  pi.  52.     Gosse,  B.  of  Jam. 
pi.  16. 
Numerous  specimens,    in  good  plumage   and  excellent  condition.     Tbey 
appear  to  be  the  same   as  described  and  figured  by  Mr.  Gosse,  as  above,  from 
the  Island  of  Jamaica,  and  are  probably  of  the  species  best  entitled  to  the 
name  given  by  Linnaeus. 

11.  Lampornis  aurulentus,  (Aud.  et  Vieillot). 

Trochilus  aurulentus,  Aud.  et  Vieill.  Ois.  Dor.  i.  p.  29,  (1802). 
Trochilus  dominicus,  Linnaeus  ? 
Trochilus  margaritaceus,  Gmelin  ? 
Gould,  Monog.  Troch.  pt.  xv.  pi.     Aud.  et.  Vieill.  Ois.  Dor.  pi.  12,  13. 
Numerous  specimens  of  both  sexes,  and  in  mature  plumage. 

12.  Eulampis  holosericeus,  (Linnaeus). 

Trochilus  holosericeus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  191,  (1766). 
Gould,  Monog.  Troch.  pt.  xiv.     Aud.  et  Vieill.  Ois.  Dor.  pi.  6,  65. 
Appears  to  be  this  species,  and  evidently  abundant  in  the  Island  of  St. 
Thomas.     The  numerous  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection  are  in  very  fine 
plumage. 

13.  Conurus  xanthol^emus,  Sclater. 

Conurus  xantholaemus,  Sclat.  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1S59,  p.  225. 
Conurus  chrysogenys,  Massena  et  Souance,  Rev.  et.  Mag.  Zool.  1854, 
p.  72? 
Numerous  specimens  of  both  sexes,  in  mature  plumage,  and  others,  which 
are  young  birds.     This  appears  to  be  the  bird  described  by  Mr.  Sclater,  and 
we  much  suspect  is  also  the  bird  described  by  Messrs.  Massena  and  Souance, 
as  above  cited,  its  affinities  being,  perhaps,  more  accurately  stated  by  the 
latter  authors. 

}4.  Melanerpes  portoricensis,  (Daudin). 

Picus  portoricensis,  Daud.  Am.  du  Mus.  Paris,  ii.  p.  285,  (1803). 
Picus  rubidicollis,  Viell.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  p.  63,  (1807). 
Vieill.  Ois.  d'Am.  Sept.  ii.  pi.  117.     Shaw,  Nat.  Misc.  xxii.  pi.  953. 
Several  specimens  in  excellent  plumage  and  preservation. 

15.  Coccyzus  seniculus,  (Latham). 

Cuculus  seniculus,  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  i.  p.  219,  (1790). 
Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  169,  oct.  ed.  iv.  pi.  277  ? 
Several  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  quite  identical  with  others  before 
us,  in  Acad.  Mus.,  labelled  as  from  various  localities  in  the  West  Indies,  and 
Northern  South  America  ;  but  I  think,  scarcely,  the  bird  figured  by  Audubon. 

16.  Crotophaga  ani,  Linnaeus. 

Crotophaga  ani,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  154,  (1766). 
Buff.  PI.  Enl.  102. 
Numerous  specimens. 

17.  Columba  corensis,  Jacquin. 

Columba  corensis,  Jacq.  Beytr.  Gesch.  Vog.  p.  31,  (1784). 
Columba  monticola,  Vieill. 
Columba  portoricensis,  Temm. 
Columba  imbricata,  Wagler. 
Knip,  Pigeons,  i.  pi.  15.     De  Sagra's  Cuba,  Aves,  pi.  27. 

I860.]  26 


378  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OE 

Numerous  specimens  in  mature  plumage.  Apparently  precisely  the  same 
as  the  bird  of  Cuba,  and  other  islands  of  the  West  Indies. 

18.  Zenaida  amabilis,  Bonaparte. 

Zenaida  amabilis,  Bonap.  Comp.  List. 
Bonap.  Am.  Orn.  iii.  pi.  17,  fig.  2.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  162,  oct.  ed.   v.. 
pi.  281. 
Several  specimens  in  very  fine  plumage  and  excellent  preservation. 

19.  ChaMjEpelia  trochila,  Bonaparte. 

Chamsepelia  trochila,  Bonap.  Consp.  Av.  ii.  p.  77,  (1857). 
Various  specimens  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection  appear  to  be  this  species.     They 
are  not,  however,  in  mature  plumage. 

20.  Eupsychortyx  Sonninii,  (Temminck). 

Perdix  Sonninii,  Temm.  Pig.  et.  Gall.  iii.  p.  451,  (1815). 
Temm.  pi.  col.  75.     Gould,  Monog.  Odont.  pi.  11. 
Very  fine  and  mature  specimens  of  both  sexes. 

Mr.  Swift  has  had  the  kindness  to  inform  me  that  this  species  was  intro- 
duced into  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas  some  years  since,  from  Venezuela,  and 
that  it  has  now  become  of  frequent  occurrence,  quite  naturalized,  and  rearing 
young  freely  throughout  the  island.  The  present  specimens  are  exactly  the 
species  figured  by  Mr.  Gould  under  this  name,  and  identical  with  specimen? 
in  Acad.  Mus.,  labelled  "Venezuela"  and  "Cumana." 

21.  Aegialitis  Wilsonius,  (Ord.) 

Charadrius  Wilsonius,  Ord.  Wilson's  Am.  Orn.  ix.  p.  77,  (2d  ed.  1825)i 

Charadrius  crassirostris,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  ii.  p.  77,  (1825). 

Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  ix.  pi.  73.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  219,  oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  319. 

Several  specimens  quite  identical  with  the  bird  of  the  eastern  and  southern 

coasts  of  the  United  States.     This  species  evidently  has   an  extended  range 

of  southern  migration  during  the  winter  season,  though   the  present  locality 

is  the  most  southern  that  we  have  yet  seen  from  the  West  Indies.     Its  range 

on  the  coast  of  the  Continent  is  more  southern,  and  certainly  extends  to  the 

coast  of  Brazil. 

22.  G  a  lunula  galeata,  (  Liechtenstein  ). 

Crex  galeata,  Licht.  Verz.  p.  80,  (1823). 
"  Gallinula  chloropus,"  Auct. 
Bonap.  Am.  Orn.  iv.  pi.  27.     Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  244,  oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  304. 
A  single  specimen,  in  very  fine  plumage. 

23.  Rallus  longirostris,  Boddaert. 

Rallus  longirostris,  Bodd.  Tab.  PL  Enl.  p.  52,  (1783). 
Rallus  crepitans,  Gin.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  713,  (1788). 
Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  204,  oct.  ed.  v.  pi.  310.     Buff.  PL  Enl.  849. 
Like  many  other  of  the  shore  birds  common  in  the  summer,  on  the  coast 
of  the  United  States,  this  species  performs  a  very  extensive  migration,  extend- 
ing,  probably,  to  almost  the  entire  eastern  coast  of  South  America,  and  all  the 
islands  of  the  West  Indies.     The  present  specimens  are  identical  with  the  bird 
which  is  abundant  on  the  coast  of  New  Jersey,  and  in  much  the  same  plumage 
seen  in  September,  or  later  in  the  autumn. 

The  proper  name  for  this  species,  I  have  no  doubt,  is  that  here  given.  The 
figure  in  Buffon,  as  cited,  probably  represents  an  autumnal  or  winter  plumage. 

24.  Bctorides  virescens,  (Linnaeus). 

Ardea  virescens,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  238,  (1766). 
Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  vii.  pi.  61.   Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  333,  oct.  ed.  vi.  pi.  367. 
A  single  specimen,  not  in  mature  plumage,  is  this,  or  a  nearly  allied  species. 
Probably  a  winter  sojourner  from  the  North. 

[Sept 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  379 

25.  Nyctherodics  violaceus,  (Linnaeus). 

Ardea  violacea,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  238,  (1766). 

Ardea  jamaicensis  et  cayanensis,  6m.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  625,  626,(1788). 

Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  viii.  pi.  65.    Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  336,  oct.  ed.  vi.  pi.  364. 

Another  wanderer,  possibly  from  the  Southern  States  of  North  America, 

though  understood  to  be  resident  in  some  of  the  West  Indies.     One  specimen 

only,  in  Mr.  Swift's  collection,  is  in  quite  mature  plumage,  and  is  identical 

with  specimens  from  the  State  of  Georgia,  in  the  Academy's  Museum. 

26.  Onychoprion  fuliginosus,  (Gmelin). 

Sterna  fuliginosa,  Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  p.  605,  (1788). 

Wilson,  Am.  Orn.  viii.  pi.  72.    Aud.  B.  of  Am.  pi.  235,  oct.  ed.  vii.  pi.  432. 

A  single  specimen  in  mature  plumage,  is  the  same  species  figured  by  Wilson 

and  Audubon.     As  a  bird  of  North  America,  it  is  only  known  as  inhabiting 

the  extreme  southern  coast  of  the  United  States,  but  is  abundant  in  the  whole 

southern  hemisphere. 

27.  Thalassecs. 

A  specimen  of  a  young  bird  of  a  large,  thick-billed  species,  which  I  fail  to 
recognize.     It  may,  however,  be  a  common  species. 

With  this  species  we  close  this  collection,  which,  though  few  in  number  of 
species,  is  a  highly  interesting  and  valuable  contribution  to  the  Museum  of 
our  Academy. 


Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Crinoidea  and  Echinoidea  from  the  Carboniferous 
rocks  of  Illinois,  and  other  Western  States. 

BY   F.    B.    MEEK    AND    A.    H.    WORTI1EN, 
Of  the  Illinois  State  Geological  Survey. 

Although  we  have  not  jet  had  time  to  write  out  full  remarks  upon  the 
relations  of  the  species  described  in  this  paper,  we  would  state  that  we  have 
compared  them  carefully,  not  merely  with  figures  and  descriptions,  but  witli 
authentic  specimens  of  a  large  majority  of  the  known  American  Carboniferous 
species.  In  comparing  them  with  the  forms  figured  and  described  in  the  Iowa 
Report,  as  well  as  with  a  large  number  of  other  Western  Carboniferous  forms 
named  and  described,  though  not  yet  published,  by  Prof.  Hall,  we  have  pos- 
sessed the  advantage  of  having  at  hand,  in  almost  every  instance,  the  original 
types  of  those  species  which  belong  to,  and  are  now  in  the  possession  of  one 
of  the  authors.* 

Full  illustrations  of  all  the  species,  together  with  remarks,  comparisons  and 
extended  descriptions  will  appear  in  the  forthcoming  report  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Illinois. 

Genus  PLATYCRINUS,  Miller. 

Platycrinus  Prattenanus. — Calyx  small,  wider  than  high,  distinctly  trun- 
cated below  and  widening  gradually  upwards,  composed  of  thick,  smooth, 
slightly  convex  plates,  which  are  united,  (excepting  the  basal  series)  by 
grooved  sutures.  Base  comparatively  large,  more  than  one-tbird  as  high,  as 
wide,  and  provided  with  a  small  rim  arouad  the  margin  of  the  broad  truncated 
under  side;  consisting  of  one  pentagonal,  and  two  hexagonal  plates,  the  upper 
side  of  the  latter  being  concave  in  the  middle,  and  about  twice  as  long  as  the 
superior  lateral  slopes ;  sutures  carinated,  the  carinas  passing  down  over  the  mar- 
ginal rim  of  the  under  side.  Columnar  facet  large,  or  more  than  half  as  wide 
as  the  base,  and  slightly  concave.  First  radial  plates  a  little  wider  than  high, 
quadrangular,  nearly  as  wide  at  the  base  as  above,  somewhat  convex  on  the 

*  Since  this  was  in  type  we  have  received  a  copy  of  Prof.  Hall's  supplement  to  the 
Iowa  Report,  in  which  we  see  he  describes  other  species  not  contained  in  the  collec- 
tions alluded  to  above.  We  have  carefully  compared  his  descriptions  of  these  additional 
species  with  ours,  described  in  this  paper,  and  believe  them  to  be  all  distinct,  unless  our 
Dichocrinus  conus  may  be  identical  with  his  D.  lavis. 

I860.] 


o 


80  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


under  side,  and  provided  with  a  rather  broad  rounded  sinus  above  for  the  re- 
ception of  the  second  radials,  the  lower  margin  of  the  excavation  being  but 
very  s//ghtly  projecting.  Second  radial  pieces  small,  much  wider  than  long, 
triaDgular,  and  about  filling  the  sinus  in  the  upper  side  of  each  first  radial ; 
concave  on  their  upper  sloping  sides,  which  support  the  primary  divisions  of 
the  arms.     (Anal  and  interradial  pieces  unknown.) 

The  arms,  after  the  first  division  on  the  second  radial  plate,  bifurcate  again 
on  the  second  piece,  and  at  least  two  of  the  inner  of  these  subdivisions,  divide 
once  more  on  the  second  piece,  (in  two  of  the  arms  examined).  Above  these  last 
divisions  each  arm  is  slender,  nearly  cylindrical,  and  consists  of  a  single  series 
of  plates  for  a  short  distance,  then  gradually  passes  into  a  double  alterna- 
ting series.  The  tentacles  are  closely  arranged,  and  rather  thick,  where  they 
connect  with  the  arm  pieces,  but  soon  taper,  and  appear  to  be  all  made  up  of 
long  slender  joints. 

Height  from  the  base  to  the  summit  of  the  first  radials,  0-35  in  ;  breadth  at 
the  top  of  first  radials,  0.45  inch;  breadth  of  base,  0-37  inch;  height  of  do., 
0-13  inch  ;  height  of  first  radials,  0-24  inch. 

Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Henry  Pratten,  deceased,  formerly  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Illinois. 

Locality  and  position.  Randolph  County,  Illinois.  St.  Louis,  Limestone  of 
the  Subcarboniferous  series. 

Platycrinus  penicillcs.— Body  small,  subglobose,  a  little  wider  than  long, 
Composed  of  thin  plates,  connected  by  moderately  distinct  sutures,  and  orna- 
mented by  small  tubercles  or  coarse  granules,  which,  on  the  first  radial  plates, 
show  a  tendency  to  range  themselves  in  a  few  radiating  rows  from  the  middle 
of  the  upper  side.  Base  comparatively  large,  much  depressed,  considerably 
wider  than  high,  and  broadly  truncate,  with  a  marginal  rim  below.  First 
radial  pieces  large,  nearly  flat,  and  a  little  higher  than  wide;  widening  some- 
what from  the  base,  subquadrangular,  the  upper  angles  being  slightly  truncate 
by  the  interradial  and  anal  pieces ;  sinus  in  the  upper  side  for  the  reception  of 
the  second  radial  pieces  shallow,  and  apparently  about  half  as  wide  as  the 
superior  edge.  Second  radials  small,  triangular,  wider  than  long,  and  support- 
ing on  their  upper  sloping  edges  the  first  divisions  of  the  arms.  (Anal  and 
interradial  pieces  unknown.) 

Above  the  first  bifurcation  on  the  second  radial  pieces,  the  two  divisions  of 
the  arms  subdivide  on  the  second  piece,  and  the  two  middle  subdivisions  each 
bifurcate  again  on  the  second  piece,  beyond  which  they  are  all  simple.  Imme- 
diately above  the  last  bifurcations,  the  arms  consist  of  a  single  series  of  pieces 
which  are  somewhat  wedge-shaped,  or  alternately  longer  and  shorter  on  op- 
posite sides  ;  then  gradually  pass  into  a  double  series  of  alternating  joints 
above.  The  larger  single  arm  pieces,  below  the  bifurcations,  and  for  a  short 
distance  above,  are  generally  longer  than  wide,  narrow  around  the  middle,  and 
broader  at  each  extremity,  the  superior  lateral  angles  projecting  for  the  recep- 
tion of  tentacles.  All  the  larger  arm  pieces  are  connected  by  peculiar  undu- 
lating sutures. 

The  column  is  comparatively  large,  and  seems  to  have  been  very  flexible. 
Near  the  body  it  is  rounded  and  composed  of  thin  alternately  larger  and 
smaller  segments,  with  sharp  edges,  which  are  often  crennlated.  Farther  down 
it  becomes  alternately  compressed  in  opposite  directions,  at  intervals  of  about 
every  five  joints  ;  while  all  the  joints  increase  somewhat  in  thickness,  and  are 
ornamented  with  distinct  spine-like  projecting  points  or  crenulations.  About 
every  fifth  segment  is  more  prominent  on  its  edges  than  the  others. 

Length  of  body  from  base  to  the  summit  of  the  first  radials,  0-21  inch  • 
breadth,  about  0-26  inch  ;  length  of  arms,  near  0-89  inch 

Locality  and  position.  Hardin  County,  Illinois.  St.  Louis  Limestone,  of  th* 
subcarboniferous  seriea. 

Platycrinus  plenus,— Calyx  subglobose,  wider  than  high,  composed  of  thin, 

[Sept. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  381 

slightly  granulose  plates.  Base  basin-shaped,  expanding  rapidly  from  its  small 
truncated  columnar  facet,  considerably  wider  than  high,  and  provided  with 
carinated  sutures.  First,  radial  plates  large,  about  as  high  as  wide,  subquad- 
rangular  in  outline,  the  two  superior  angles  being  rather  distinctly  truncated 
for  the  reception  of  the  interradial  pieces ;  all  nearly,  or  quite  as  wide  below  as 
above,  and  provided  with  a  rounded  sinus  in  the  upper  edge  equal  to  about 
half  their  own  breadth,  for  the  reception  of  the  second  radial  pieces.  Second 
radials  very  small,  triangular,  about  half  as  long  as  wide,  and  supporting  en 
their  superior  sloping  sides,  which  are  distinctly  concave,  the  first  divisions  of 
the  arms.  (Anal  plates  unknown).  Interradial  pieces  comparatively  large, 
and  each  provided  with  a  rather  distinct  central  spine  or  tubercle. 

The  arms  are  rather  small,  and  above  the  first  division  on  the  second  radial 
piece,  bifurcate  again  on  the  second  piece,  beyond  which  they  appear  to 
be  simple  in  most  cases,  though  some  of  them  present  the  appearance  of  sub- 
dividing again  on  the  second  piece.  Above  the  last  bifurcation,  they  are  at 
first  composed  of  a  single  series  of  joints,  but  gradually  pass  into  a  double  al- 
ternating series.  All  the  joints  below  the  bifurcations,  and  some  of  the  larger 
single  ones  above,  are  rather  long,  constricted  around  the  middle,  and  provided 
with  a  prominent  projection  on  each  side  above. 

The  column  is  compressed,  twisted,  and  composed  of  nearly  equal,  rather  short 
segments,  which  are  occasionally  armed  with  short  conical  nodes  or  spines. 

Height  from  the  base  to  the  summit  of  the  first  radials,  0-43  inch  ;  breadth, 
0-58  inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0-45  inch  ;  height  of  do..  015  inch. 

Locality  and  position,  same  as  last. 

Genus  DICHOCRINUS,  Munster. 

Dichocrincs  constkictus. — Body  small,  oval  subglobose,  widest  above,  con- 
stricted a  little  below  the  middle,  and  rounded  or  slightly  truncate  beneath  ; 
composed  of  thick  plates,  which  appear  to  have  been  smooth,  and  are  joined  by 
linear  sutures.  Base  comparatively  large,  or  forming  about  one-third  the 
entire  length  of  the  body,  twice  as  wide  as  high,  and  more  or  less  concave  in 
the  middle  below;  each  of  its  pieces  having  five  obscure  angles  above,  with 
slight  concavities  between  for  the  reception  of  the  succeeding  range  of  plates  ; 
columnar  facet  very  small  and  round.  First  radial  plates  higher  than  wide,  a 
little  unequal,  having  an  oblong  subquadrangular  outliue,  the  two  upper  angles 
of  each  being  slightly  truncated,  apparently  for  the  reception  of  very  small 
interradial  pieces;  one  of  them  having  a  fifth  obscure  angle  in  the  middle  of 
the  under  side.  Sinus  in  the  upper  side  of  each  first  radial  for  the  reception  of 
the  second  radials,  rounded,  and  from  one-third  to  one-half  the  breadth  of  these 
plates.  Anal  piece  slightly  larger  than  the  first  radials,  and  having  a  subpenta- 
gonal  outline,  narrowing  upwards  a  little,  and  like  the  first  radials,  curving 
inward  above.     (Other  parts  unknown.) 

Length,  0-39  inch  ;  breadth  above  the  middle,  0-38  inch;  do.  at  the  constric- 
tion below  the  middle,  032  inch;  breadth  of  base,  0-33  inch;  height  of  do., 
0-14  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Bloomington,  Indiana  ;  in  beds  probably  equivalent  to 
the  Warsaw  Limestone,  of  the  subcarboniferous  series. 

Dichocrinds  conus. — Body  large,  obconical,  longer  than  wide,  composed  of 
thin,  smooth  plates,  which  are  united  by  close  fitting,  linear  sutures.  Base 
comparatively  large,  a  little  longer  than  wide,  tapering  regularly  to  the  small 
inferior  extremity,  which  is  slightly  truncate  ;  both  pieces  subtrigonal  in  out- 
line, though  really  hexagonal,  if  we  count  the  slightly  salient  angles  between 
the  shallow  sinuosities  in  theupper  margins  ;  columnar  facet  small,  round  ?  and 
provided  with  a  small  rim.  Radial  pieces  large,  longer  than  wide,  presenting 
an  oblong  outline,  slightly  wider  above  than  at  the  base;  all  more  or  less  con- 
vex on  the  inferior  margins,  which  in  the  anterior  one,  is  provided  with  an 
obtuse  central  angle  ;  sinus  in  the  upper  margin  of  each,  about  one-third  as  wide 

I860.] 


382  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

as  the  superior  edge,  and  excavated  down  nearly  one-fifth  the  length  of  the 
plate  its  lower  edge  projecting  distinctly  outward.  Anal  plate  hexagonal,  as 
long  as  the  radials,  but  a  little  narrower,  about  twice  as  high  as  wide. 

Each  radial  plate,  as  well  as  the  anal  piece,  has  an  obscure  rounded  ridge 
extending  down  the  middle  to  its  base,  so  as  to  give  the  body  a  slightly  sub- 
lifixagomtl  outline  when  viewed  from  below.  These  prominences  are  also  con- 
tinued on. down  upon  the  basal  pieces,  gradually  becoming  obsolete  as  they 
converge  toward  the  narrow  lower  extremity. 

.  -Length  of  the  body  to  the  summit  of  the  first  radials,  1-31   inches;  breadth 
a.bout  1-16  inches;  height  of  base  0-58  inch;  breadth  of  do.  above,  0-76  in. 

Locality  and  position.  Cedar  Creek,  Warren  County,  Illinois.  Burlington, 
Limestone  of  subcarboniferous  series. 

Dichocrinus  (Pterotccrinus*)  crassds. — Body  below  the  arms  of  medium  size 
basin-shaped,  or  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  high,  widening  rapidly  upwards 
from  the  base,  and  composed  of  thick,  apparently,  smooth  plates,  which  are 
very  slightly  convex,  and  connected  by  linear  sutures.  Base  comparatively 
large,  about  four  times  as  wide  as  high,  distinctly  concave  below,  and  widening 
upwards  from  its  rounded  lower  margin  ;  subcircular  in  outline,  being  scarcely 
impressed  at  the  sutures  ;  columnar  facet  round,  coneave,  and  about  one-fourth 
as  wide  as  the  base.  First  radial  plates  broader  than  long,  widening  regularly 
upwards  from  the  base,  and  all  concave  on  the  upper  side,  which  is  longer  than 
either  of  the  others  ;  four  of  them  quadrangular,  and  one  on  the  anterior  side 
probably  subpentagonal,  from  the  presence  of  a  fifth  obscure  angle  at  the 
middle  of  the  under  side.  Second  radial  pieces  very  small,  about  twice 
as  wide  as  long,  subtrigonal  in  outline,  and  supporting  on  their  superior 
sloping  sides,  (which  are  a  little  concave,)  the  two  middle  arms,  while  the  two 
lateral'  arms  rest  partly  upon  their  wedge-shaped  lateral  extremities,  and  in 
part  directly  upon  the  first  radials.  The  anal  piece  is  rather  more  than  half  as 
large  as  the  first  radial  plates,  a  little  longer  than  wide,  (the  lateral  margins 
being  nearly  parallel  or  slightly  convex  in  outline,)  and  presenting  a  subquad- 
rangular  form,  with  a  fifth  obscure  angle  at  the  middle  of  the  base. 

*  This  and  the  first  of  the  following  species,  evidently  belong  to  the  same  group  as  the 
species  upon  which  Mr.  Lyon  proposed,  in  the  third  volume  of  the  Geological  Pur- 
vey of  Kentucky,  to  found  a  new  genus  under  the  name  of  Asterocrinus  (Pterolocnnus, 
Lyon  &  Casseday).  The  species  of  which  it  is  composed  present  marked  differences 
from  what  are  regarded  as  typical  species  of  Dichocrinus  in  the  old  world,  and  we  have 
little  doubt  in  regard  to  the  propriety  of  separating  them  from  that  genus.  As  there  are, 
however,  some  differences  of  opinion,  amongst  paleontologists,  in  relation  to  the  limits 
of  the  genus  Dichocrinus,  we  have  concluded  to  place  our  species  in  the  group  1  teroto- 
vrinus,  using  tne  name  provisionally,  however,  for  the  present,  in  a  subgenenc  sense. 

Judging  from  the  few  species  of  this  group  we  have  yet  seen,  we  are  led  to  think  the 
formula  given  by  Messrs.  Lyon  and  Casseday,  in  their  paper  published  in  the  American 
Journal  of  Science,  (January,  1859,)  should  be  modified  somewhat.  In  one  of  our  species 
there  is  a  minute  triangular  piece  resting  upon  the  middle  of  each  first  radial,  and 
partly  supporting  on  its  superior  sloping  sides  the  two  pieces  regarded  in  Messrs.  Lyon 
and  Casseday's  formula  as  the  second  radial.  In  another  of  our  species  this  minute 
piece  is  represemed  by  a  larger  one  of  the  same  form,  which  undoubtedly  bears  the  re- 
lations to  the  other  parts,  of  a  dwarfed,  but  true  second  radial;  while  those  resting  upon, 
and  partly  upon  it,  assume  the  character  of  secondary  radials  and  free  arm  pieces. 
Hence  we  think  this  minute  piece  (which  is  sometimes  wanting),  however  small  it  may 
be,  should  always  be  regarded  as  a  rudimentary  second  radial  piece.  If  we  are  correct 
in  these  views,  the  formula  of  this  group  should  be  stated  as  follows  : — 

Basal  pieces,  2. 

Radials  1  or  2X5,  the  second  being  very  small,  minute,  or  sometimes  obsolete. 

Secondary  radials.  1 X 10,  or  wanting;  the  first  free  arm  pieces  sometimes  resting 
partly  on  the  second  and  partly  on  the  first  radials ;  and  where  the  small  second  radia! 
and  the  secondary  radials  are  wantinsr,  all  resting  directly  upon  the  first. 

Arms,  20. 

Interradials    unknown. 

Intcrbrachia]  appendages  5,  large,  and  more  or  less  expanded. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA,  3S3 

The  first  arm  pieces  are  much  larger  than  the  others,  and  consist  of  a  single 
series  ;  but  above  these  the  arms  soon  pass  into  a  double  series  of  small 
alternating  pieces,  which  are  considerably  wider  than  long,  and  support 
on  the  inner  side  a  double  series  of  closely  arranged  tentacles.  The 
arms,  of  which  there  are  four  to  each  ray,  or  twenty  in  the  entire  series, 
are  rounded  on  the  outside,  and  deeply  grooved  within,  slightly  taper- 
ing, apparently  rather  long,  and  entirely  simple.  The  interbrachial  appendage, 
rising  from  the  middle  of  each  group  of  arms,  is  thin  or  knife-like,  and 
seems  to  have  been  nearly  as  long  as  the  arms. 

Locality  and  position.  Hardin  County,  Illinois.  Chester  Limestone,  of  sub- 
carboniferous  series. 

Dichocrinus  (Pterotocri.vos)  Chesterensis. — Body  below  the  arms  rather 
small,  basin-shaped,  or  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  high,  widening  rapidly  up- 
wards from  the  base,  the  sides  being  slightly  concave  in  outline ;  composed  of 
moderately  thick,  apparently  smooth  plates,  which  are  connected  by  linear 
sutures.  Base  more  than  one-third  as  broad  as  the  body,  about  three  times  as 
wide  as  high,  truncate  and  concave  below,  the  concavity  being  margined  by  an 
angular  rim;  columnar  facet  small,  or  less  than  one-third  as  broad  as  the  trun- 
cated under  side  of  the  base.  First  radial  plates  about  the  size  of  the  basal 
pieces,  though  proportionally  higher,  twice  as  wide  as  long,  and  widening 
rather  rapidly  from  below  ;  four  of  them  quadrangular,  and  one  on  the  anterior 
side,  pentagonal;  all  distinctly  concave  on  the  upper  side,  (which  is  longer 
than  either  of  the  others)  and  having  their  salient  lateral  angles  above  slightly 
truncated,  apparently  for  the  reception  of  small  interradial  pieces.  Second 
radial  pieces  minute,  or  merely  rudimentary,  triangular,  and  each  partly 
supporting  on  its  sloping  upper  edges  two  larger  secondary  radial  pieces, 
which  also  rest  with  one  side  on  the  primary  radials,  and  bear  upon  their 
superior  sloping  sides  the  first  brachial  pieces,  the  outer  of  which,  like- 
wise have  one  edge  reposing  upon  the  lateral  superior  edge  of  the  first  radial 
plates.  Anal  piece  about  one-third  as  large  as  the  primary  radials,  ovate  in 
form,  the  upper  extremity  being  very  narrow,  and  the  long  lateral  margin 
convex,  while  its  base  has  an  obtuse  angle  on  each  side,  and  one  in  the  middle. 

The  arms,  of  which  there  are  four  to  each  ray,  or  twenty  in  the  entire  range, 
are  simple  from  their  origin,  rounded  on  the  outside,  deeply  grooved  within, 
and  commence  as  a  single  series  of  larger  pieces,  but  soon  pass  into  a  double 
alternating  series  of  small  pieces,  which  support  on  their  inner  sides  two  ranges 
of  tentacles.  The  interbrachial  appendages,  if  there  are  any  in  this  species,  are 
unknown. 

Height  from  base  to  summit  of  first  radial  pieces,  0-16  inch  ;  breadth  at  the 
top  of  first  radials,  0-40  inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0-24  inch  ;  height  of  do.,  0-16 
inch;  length  of  anal  piece,  0-15  inch  ;  breadth  of  do.,  0-09  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Chester  Limestone  of  the  subcar- 
boniferous  series. 

Genus  TREMATOCRINUS,  Hall,  I860. 

Trematocrinus  fiscellus.* — Body  short,  subcylindrical,  slightly  longer  than 
wide,  truncated  and  concave  at  the  base,  and  nearly  flat  above  ;   sides  rising 

*  In  first  sending  on  the  description  of  this  species  to  the  Academy,  we  had  proposed 
to  found  upon  it  a  subgenus,  which  we  placed  provisionally  under  Aoanthocj inus,  stating, 
at  the  same  time,  that  it  presented  differences  from  the  type  of  that  genus,  that  might 
be  of  full  generic  value.  As  this  paper  is  going  through  the  press,  we  have  received  a 
copy  of  Prof.  Hall's  Supplement  to  the  Iowa  Report  (just  published),  in  which  we  see  he 
has  described  four  species  of  this  type  under  the  name  of  Trematocrinus.  We  there- 
fore cancel,  in  lhe  proof  of  our  paper,  the  description  of  the  group,  and  refer  our 
species,  which  is  clearly  distinct,  specifically,  from  the  forms  described  by  Prof,  Hall, 
to  his  genus  Trematocrinus. 

In  our  remarks  (now  cancelled)  on  this  group,  we  had  pointed  out  its  relations  not  only 
to  Acanthocrinus,  but  also  to  Rhodocrinus,  Miller,  and  to  Goniasteroidocrinus  of  Lyon 
and  Casseday.     Its  analogy  to  the  latter  is  so  striking,  that  we  strongly  suspect  the  same 

1880.] 


384  PROCEEDINGS  OP    THE   ACADEMY   OF 

almost  vertically  to  near  the  arms,  where  they  curve  a  little  outwards.  Plates 
nearly  smooth  or  subgranulose,  and  all  convex,  chose  of  the  subovate  inter- 
radial  spaces  less  prominent  than  the  rays,  and  showing  a  very  slight  tendency 
to  develope  obscure  ridges,  one  of  which  passes  to  each  side;  sutures  mode- 
rately distinct.  Base  small,  entirely  within  the  concavity  of  the  underside, 
concave,  and  obscurely  pentagonal  ;  columnar  facet  large,  or  occupying 
nearly  the  whole  area  of  the  base,  obscurely  marked  by  radiating  stria?,  and 
provided  with  a  small  penatgonal  star-shaped  central  opening.  Subradial 
pieces  as  wide  as  long,  truncated,  and  narrower  above  than  below,  subquad- 
rangular  in  outline ,  but  provided  with  a  fifth  very  obtuse  angle  in  the  middle 
below,  and  having  each  inferior  lateral  angle  slightly  truncated.  First  radial 
pieces  larger  than  the  subradials,  and  wedged  so  far  in  between  them  as  to 
come  nearly  in  contact  with  the  base,  about  as  wide  as  long,  heptagonal,  the 
sides  connecting  with  subradials  being  longer  than  the  others.  Second  radials 
hexagonal,  as  long  as  wide.  Third  radials  heptagonal,  and  supporting  on  their 
superior  sloping  sides  the  first  secondary  radials,  each  of  which  is  succeeded  by 
two  others,  the  last  of  which  supports  the  first  true  brachial  piece. 

The  first  interradial  pieces  rest  upon  the  superior  truncated  side  of  the  sub- 
radials, which  are  about  equal  in  size ;  they  are  all  hexagonal,  the  inferior 
lateral  edges  being  very  short,  and  the  UDder  side  longer  than  either  of  the 
others.  Above  these  there  are  in  the  second  range  three,  in  the  third  three 
or  four,  and  in  the  fourth  three  pieces,  the  latter  being  surmounted  by  three 
or  four  others ;  all  the  series  diminish  gradually  from  below  to  the  summit. 
(Anal  plates  unknown.) 

The  interbracbial  pieces  are  all  very  small,  two  of  them  being  wedged  down 
in  the  narrow  space  between  the  first  and  second  secondary  radial  pieces, 
while  the  others  are  arranged  so  as  to  form  the  upper  and  inner  side  of  the 
two  small  ambulacral  apertures — the  outer  and  lower  sides  of  which  are 
formed  partly  by  a  sinus  in  the  edge  of  the  second  secondary  radial  pieces, 
and  parti}'  by  one  side  of  the  third. 

The  secondary  radials  diverge  so  that  those  belonging  to  different  rays  meet, 
over  the  centre  of  each  interradial  space,  where  the  arms — of  which  there 
appear  to  be  ten,  arise.  The  first  brachial  pieces  are  not  quite  free,  being 
flanked  on  either  side  by  the  interbracbial  pieces,  forming  the  summit  of  the 
apertures.  They  are  all  pierced  directly  through  the  middle  by  the  arm 
openings. 

The  summit  is  very  slightly  convex,  and  composed  of  unequal  plates,  the 
larger  of  which  are  tumid,  and  the  smaller  less  convex.  Extending  from 
each  arm,  towards  the  middle,  there  is  a  depression  occupied  by  smaller 
pieces,  while  the  larger  and  more  convex  plates  occupy  the  prominences  be- 
tween. The  specimen  examined  being  a  little  defective  on  one  side,  the  exact 
position  of  the  anal  opening,  if  any  exists,  cannot  be  determined. 

Height  to  top  of  first  brachial  pieces,  0-48  inch  ;  do.  to  ambulacral  apertures. 
0  39  inch  ;  do.  to  top  of  vault,  0-56.     Breadth  below  the  arms,  0-51  inch. 

Locality  and  position. — Burlington  Limestone  of  subcarboniferous  series, 
Burlington,  Iowa. 

Genus  ACTINOCRINUS,  Miller. 
Actinocrinus  validus. — Body  of  medium  size,  subglobose,  being  more  de- 
pressed  above  than  below  the  arms  ;  calyx  somewhat  ventricose,  and  formed 
of  thick,  convex,  radiately  costate  plates,  connected  by  moderately  distinct 
sutures  ;  summit  composed  of  small  irregular  tuberculose  pieces,  and  provided 

ambulacral  openings  may  exist  in  the  type  of  that  genus,  and  that  in  consequence  of  the 
;mperfection  of  their  specimens,  Messrs  Lyon  and  Casseday  may  have  failed  to  see 
them.  If  so,  all  the  species  will  probably  have  to  be  ranged  under  their  name,  which 
was  first  published,  unless  when  the  characters  and  limits  of  Acanthocrinus  are  better 
known,  it  may  be  found  that  these  American  forms  should  only  constitute  a  section  of 
that  genus.  Prof.  Hal]  seems  to  have  overlooked  the  almost  exact  identity  in  the 
generic  formula  of  his  group  with  that  given  of  Goniaslcroidocrinus. 


[S 


cpt. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  385 

with  a  subcentral  proboscis  ;  interradial  spaces  between  the  arms  deeply  exca- 
vated. Base  rather  small,  truncated  and  concave  below,  about  four  times  as 
wide  a3  high,  not  provided  with  a  continuous  rim;  composed  of  somewhat  un- 
equal plates,  with  deeply  grooved  sutures  between  ;  columnar  facet  nearly  two- 
thirds  as  broad  as  the  base,  concave,  and  marked  by  fine  radiating  striae.  First 
radial  plates  a  little  wider  than  high,  two  of  them  hexagonal,  and  three  hepta- 
gonal,  the  angle  at  the  middle  of  the  lower  side  of  each  being  very  obtuse.  Sec- 
ond radials  wider  than  long,  hexagonal  and  heptagonal,  about  one-half  to  two- 
thirds  as  large  as  the  first  radials,  and  like  them  ranging  obliquely  outward 
and  upward  from  the  base.  Third  radial  pieces,  smaller  than  the  second,  from 
which  they  extend  almost  horizontally  outwards ;  arcuate  transversely,  their 
lateral  extremities  curving  up  to  connect  with  the  superior  arm  pieces,  hexa- 
gonal, and  each  supporting  on  its  superior  (_or  more  properly  its  outer)  sloping 
sides  two  secondary  radial  pieces,  which  also  extend  out  horizontally  from  the 
body. 

The  first  anal  piece  is  nearly  as  large  as  the  first  radials,  about  as  wide  as 
long,  hexagonal,  and  supports  on  its  superior  sloping  sides  two  smaller  hexa- 
gonal and  heptagonal  pieces  in  the  second  range ;  above  these  there  are  in  the 
next  range,  three  or  four  smaller  pieces,  which  connect  with  the  vault  and 
superior  arm  pieces  above  and  on  each  side.  The  first  interradial  plates  are 
about  the  size  of  the  second  radials,  as  long  as  wide,  heptagonal  (and  hexago- 
nal) and  support  two  or  three  smaller  pieces  in  the  next  range. 

Of  the  distinct  radiating  costse  on  the  first  radial  plates,  from  three  to  four 
pass  across  from  one  to  the  other,  and  from  each  to  the  base,  and  one  or  two 
to  the  second  radial,  and  each  first  interradial  above ;  while  the  third  radials 
are  destitute  of  costae. 

Height  from  base  to  summit  of  third  radials,  0-65  inch  ;  do.,  to  top  of  vault. 
0'95  inch  ;  breadth  (across  between  the  arms)  0-91  inch  ;  breadth  of  base  0-42 
inch  ;  height  of  do.,  0-12  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Cedar  Creek,  Warren  County,  Illinois.  Burlington 
Limestone  of  lower  carboniferous  series. 

Actinocrinds  asteriscus. — Body  about  medium  size, depressed  or  subdiscoidal, 
rather  more  convex  below  than  above  the  arms  ;  calyx  expanding  rapidly  from 
the  base  about  half  way  up,  then  flaring  outwards  so  as  to  bring  the  third  ra- 
dials and  succeeding  pieces  nearly  upon  a  horizontal  plane,  composed  of  thin, 
nearly  smooth  flattened  plates,  which  are  joined  by  close  fitting  sutures;  sum- 
mit much  depressed,  consisting  of  numerous  medium-sized,  convex  plates,  and 
provided  with  a  subcentral  proboscis  ;  interradial  spices  deeply  excavated,  so  as 
to  give  the  body  a  distinctly  pentalobate  outline,  as  seen  from  above  or  below. 
Base  small,  apparently  rounded  and  destitute  of  a  marginal  rim,  about  threo 
times  as  wide  as  high.  First  radial  plates  wider  than  long,  expanding  from  below 
to  the  lateral  angles,  three  of  them  hexagonal,  and  two  heptagonal,  the  angle  at 
the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  latter  being  very  obtuse.  Second  radials  small, 
about  twice  as  wide  as  long,  hexagonal  and  pentagonal.  Third  radials  slightly 
larger  than  the  second,  pentagonal,  or  occasionally  hexagonal  about  twice  as 
wide  as  high,  and  each  supporting  on  its  superior  (or  more  properly,  outer) 
sloping  sides,  two  secondary  radials  ;  these  are  each  succeeded  by  another, 
which  in  its  turn,  supports  two  of  the  first  brachial  pieces,  making  four  arms 
to  each  ray,  or  twenty  in  the  whole  series,  all  of  which  seem  to  rise  vertically 
from  the  point  of  attachment. 

The  first  anal  piece  is  small,  longer  than  wide,  hexagonal,  and  supports  on 
each  superior  lateral  edge  a  small  pentagonal  piece,  and  on  its  truncated 
upper  end  a  long,  narrow,  irregular  plate,  which  extends  up  and  curves 
inwards  with  its  superior  extremity  between  two  of  the  crown  plates.  On  each 
side  of  the  latter  there  is  a  large  irregular  curved  piece,  belonging,  probably, 
to  the  anal  series.  The  first  interradial  plates  are  larger  than  the  first  anal 
piece,  and  as  wide  as,  or  wider  than  long,  hexagonal  or  heptagonal,  and  each 
supports  on  its  superior  lateral   sloping  edges  smaller  pieces,  above  which 

1860.J 


386  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

there  are  usually  three,  or  occasionally  four,  irregular  elongated  pieces,  similar 
to  the  upper  of  the  anal  series.  Sometimes  the  middle  one  of  these  three 
pieces  extends  down  between  the  others,  so  as  to  rest  upon  a  short,  truncated, 
upper  end  of  the  first  interradial  piece.     (Other  parts  unknown.) 

Height  from  base  to  top  of  vault,  0-47  inch  ;  do.  to  arms,  037  inch ;  breadth 
across,  from  side  to  side,  between  the  interradial  0-66  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Actinocrinus  speciosus. — Body  large,  below  the  arms  obconical,  longer  than 
wide,  composed  of  convex,  ornately  co3tate  plates,  which  are  joined  by  more  or 
less  excavated  sutures.  Base  of  moderate  size,  cup-shaped,  nearly  as  wide 
again  as  high,  truncate  below,  and  expanding  rather  rapidly  upward,  composed 
of  regular  subequal  hexagonal  plates,  with  broadly  and  deeply  grooved  sutures. 
Columnar  facet  rather  large,  or  nearly  equaling  one- half  the  breadth  of  the 
base,  flat,  marked  by  obscure  radiating  strife,  and  provided  with  a  very  small 
continuous  rim  ;  perforated  by  a  round  central  opening  about  one-third  the 
diameter  of  the  column  at  its  junction  with  the  body.  First  radial  plates  large, 
longer  than  wide,  three  hexagonal,  and  two  heptagonal,  generally  widest  a 
little  above  the  middle.  Second  radials  considerably  smaller  than  the  first, 
about  as  wide  as  long,  and  apparently  all  hexagonal.  Third  radials  a  little 
smaller  than  the  second,  wider  than  long,  heptagonal,  (and  octagonal  ?)  each 
supporting  on  its  superior  sloping  sides  two  smaller  heptagonal  or  octagonal 
secondary  radials,  which  appear  to  have  each  supported  two  brachial  pieces  ; 
resting  upon  and  between  the  two  secondary  radials,  there  is  a  small  hexagonal 
interbrachial  [piece,  which  appears  to  have  supported  two  others  on  its  upper 
sloping  sides. 

The  first  anal  plate,  which  is  nearly  as  large  as  the  first  radials,  is  heptagonal, 
longer  than  wide,  and  supports  in  the  first  range  three  much  smaller  pieces, 
the  middle  one  of  which,  is  pentagonal,  and  the  others  hexagonal;  above  these 
in  the  next  range,  there  are  four,  and  in  the  third,  apparently  three  pieces, 
which  is  as  far  as  they  can  be  traced  in  the  specimen  examined. 

The  first  interradial  plates  are  slightly  larger  than  the  second  radials,  hexa- 
gonal, and  each  surmounted  by  two  smaller  pieces ;  above  these  there  are, 
apparently,  about  three  other  ranges  of  two  small  pieces  each. 

The  surface  of  the  plates  is  neatly  ornamented  by  narrow,  sharply  elevated 
ribs,  about  four  to  six  of  which  radiate  from  the  central  region  of  each  first 
radial  plate  to  each  of  its  sides,  excepting  below  the  middle,  where  there  are 
usually  about  eight  to  ten.  The  costae  on  the  other  plates  are  less  numerous 
in  proportion  to  the  size  of  each,  and  like  those  on  the  first  radials,  extend  to 
the  sides,  those  crossing  any  one  side  being  all  arranged  parallel  to  each  other 
so  as  to  form  with  those  on  the  adjacent  plates  a  series  of  concentric  equila- 
teral triangles.  Sometimes  these  costas  are  irregularly  interrupted,  or  more  or 
less  notched,  especially  on  the  upper  plates ;  and  on  some  of  the  upper  inter- 
radial pieces  they  show  a  tendency  to  become  irregularly  broken  up  into  little 
spine-like  projections. 

Locality  and  position.  Three  miles  west  of  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington 
Limestone  of  the  subcarboniferous  series. 

Actixoceinus  scilutds. — Body  [rather  under  medium  size,  unsymmetrically 
urn-shaped,  the  summit  being  moderately  convex,  and  the  calyx  below  the 
arms  obconical,  with  a  truncated  base ;  expanding  regularly  with  straight 
sides  from  the  base  to  the  third  radials,  above  which  the  secondary  radial,  and 
first  brachial  pieces  extend  out  horizontally,  leaving  excavated  interradial 
spaces  between  the  clusters  of  arms  ;  sutures  close  fitting.  Base  of  moderate 
size,  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  high,  truncated,  and  distinctly  concave  below, 
where  it  is  as  wide  as  at  the  summit ;  margin  so  deeply  notched  at  the  sutures 
as  to  present  a  distinctly  trilobate  appearance  as  seen  from  below  ;  columnar 
facet  rounded,  aboxit  one-third  as  wide  as  the  base,  and  provided  with  a  mi- 
nute central  perforation.  First  radial  pieces  a  little  wider  than  long,  two  of 
them  heptagonal,  and  three  hexagonal,  widening  upwards  from  the  base  to 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  387 

the  lateral  angles,  and  each  having  a  very  prominent,  compressed,  central 
node  extending  obliquely  outwards  and  downwards,  from  which  one  or  two 
moderately  prominent  ridges  pass  down  upon  the  basal  plates.  Second  radials 
between  one-half  and  two-thirds  as  large  as  the  first,  distinctly  convex,  or 
each  rising  into  a  small  node  ;  about  one-third  wider  than  high,  two  of  them 
pentagonal,  and  three  hexagonal.  Third  radials  as  wide  as  the  second,  but 
rather  shorter,  three  of  them  pentagonal  and  two  heptagonal,  supporting  on 
each  of  their  superior  sloping  sides  a  slightly  smaller  secondary  radial  piece, 
each  of  which  is  surmounted  by  two  brachial  pieces  ;  making,  apparently, 
twenty  arms  in  the  entire  range. 

The  first  interradial  pieces  are  about  as  large  as  the  second  radials,  and  like 
them  provided  with  a  central  node  ;  they  are  as  long  as  wide,  regularly  hexa- 
gonal, and  support  on  their  superior  sloping  sides  two  smaller  pieces  in  the 
second  range,  and  two  or  three  in  the  third,  which  connect  on  each  side  with 
the  secondary  radial,  and  first  brachial  pieces.  The  first  anal  plate  is  nearly 
as  large  as  the  first  radials,  as  long  as  wide,  hexagonal,  and  supports  in  the 
second  range,  two  rather  smaller  pieces,  one  of  which  is  hexagonal,  and  the 
other  heptagonal ;  above  these  there  are  two  others,  which  connect  with  the 
third  radials,  and  secondary  radial  pieces  on  each  side,  and  are  surmounted 
by  two  or  three  small,  irregular  pieces,  which  are  flanked  on  either  side  by 
the  brachial  pieces,  and  connect  with  those  of  the  summit  above. 

The  vault  is  composed  of  irregular,  moderately  convex  pieces,  of  various 
forms,  and  provided  with  a  subcentral  proboscis,  which  rises  abruptly  from  its 
surface. 

Height  from  the  base  to  the  summit  of  the  vault,  0-66  inch  ;  do.  to  top  of 
third  radials  on  the  anterior  side,  0-44.  Breadth  of  base,  0'34  inch  ;  height 
of  do.,  0*14  inch ;  breadth  across  the  summit,  between  the  interradial  spaces 
on  opposite  sides,  0"61  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Cedar  Creek,  Warren  County,  Illinois.  Burlington 
Limestone,  of  the  subcarboniferous  series. 

Actinocrinps  araneolus. — Body  small,  much  depressed,  stelliform,  nearly 
equally  convex  above  and  below  the  arms,  with  deeply  excavated  interradial 
spaces  ;  composed  of  smooth  or  obscurely  granulose,  convex  plates,  which  are 
strongly  angular  below  the  arms  ;  sutures  moderately  distinct.  Base  small, 
fiat  and  subhexagonal  ;  columnar  facet  small,  round,  flat,  and  about  one-third, 
as  wide  as  the  base,  pierced  by  a  small  central  opening.  First  radial  pieces  on 
a  plane  with  the  base,  strongly  convex,  and  angular  in  the  middle,  from  which 
a  more  or  less  angular  ridge  radiates  to  each  of  the  sides,  all  slightly  broader 
than  long,  and  hexagonal  or  heptagonal,  the  seventh  angle  at  the  middle  of 
the  side  connecting  with  the  base  being  very  obtuse.  Second  radial  pieces 
nearly  as  large  as  the  first,  wider  than  long,  distinctly  curved  upwards  at  the 
sides,  and  subangular  along  the  middle ;  presenting  a  hexagonal  outline  as 
seen  from  below,  but  possessing  an  additional  angle  on  each  side,  only  seen  in 
a  lateral  view.  Third  radials  of  the  same  size  as  the  second,  from  which  they 
extend  horizontally  outwards ;  curving  distinctly  upwards  on  each  side,  and  pen- 
tagonal as  seen  from  below,  but  each  having  one  or  two  additional  angles  on 
each  side,  where  they  connect  with  the  superior  arm  pieces  extending  out  from 
the  vault ;  supporting  on  their  superior,  or  more  properly  outer,  sloping  sides 
apparently  the  first  brachial  pieces. 

The  interradials  are  about  two-thirds  as  large  as  the  first  radial  pieces,  a 
little  longer  than  wide,  regularly  hexagonal,  and  each  support  on  their  supe- 
rior sloping  sides  two  smaller  pieces,  which  seem  to  belong  more  properly  to 
the  vault,  than  the  interradial  series. 

The  first  anal  plate  is  near  two-thirds  as  large  as  the  first  radial,  hexagonal, 
and  supports  two  smaller  hexagonal  pieces  in  the  next  range ;  above  these 
there  are  four  others  in  the  third  range,  which  connect  with  those  of  the  vault 
above,  and  with  the  superior  arm  pieces  on  each  side. 

The  summit  is  composed  of  small,  somewhat  irregular  pieces,  some  of  which 

I860.] 


388  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

are  tumid,  and  a  few  that  extend  out  over  the  third  radials  become  subconical. 
The  proboscis  is  subcentral,  of  medium  size,  and  rises  abruptly  from  the  much 
depressed  vault.     (Other  parts  unknown.) 

Height,  0*22  inch ;  breadth  across  the  disk,  between  the  interradial  spaces 
on  opposite  sides,  0*33 ;  do.,  between  the  third  radials  on  opposite  sides,  0"54 
inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0*14  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington  Limestone,  of  the 
subcarboniferous  series. 

Actinockinds  (  Amphokacrintjs*)  subtukbinattts. — Body  rather  under  me- 
dium size,  turbinate,  or  obconical  below  the  arms,  and  depressed  convex 
above  ;  expanding  regularly  with  straight  sides  from  the  column  to  the  sum- 
mit of  the  third  radials,  thence  more  abruptly  to  the  arms  ;  composed  of  flat, 
smooth  or  merely  granulose  plates,  which  are  connected  by  close-fitting  sutures. 
Interradial  and  anal  spaces  rather  distinctly  excavated  between  the  groups  of 
arms.  Base  comparatively  small,  subpentagonal,  about  one-third  as  wide  as 
high,  and  not  provided  with  a  projecting  rim  ;  columnar  facet  concave,  small 
or  less  than  half  the  diameter  of  the  base.  First  radial  plates  generally  a  little 
wider  than  long,  widening  from  the  base  to  the  lateral  angles,  two  of  them 
heptagonal  and  three  hexagonal.  Second  radials  small,  about  twice  as  wide 
as  high,  quadrangular,  or  rarely  with  one  of  the  upper  angles  slightly  trunca- 
ted so  as  to  produce  a  fifth  angle.  Third  radial  pieces  a  little  larger  than  the 
second,  about  twice  as  wide  as  high,  hexagonal  and  heptagonal,  and  support- 
ing on  each  superior  sloping  side  in  the  anterior  and  two  posterior  rays,  one 
(occasionally  two  on  one  side  of  the  latter)  small  secondary  radial  piece,  which 
gives  rise  to  two  brachial  pieces  ;  while  in  each  of  the  two  antero-lateral  rays, 
the  two  small  secondary  radials  are  truncated  above,  and  each  supports  a  single 
brachial  piece  ;  making  two  arms  to  each  of  these  rays,  and  four  to  each  of  the 
others,  or  sixteen  to  the  entire  series. 

The  first  interradial  plates  are  about  two-thirds  as  large  as  the  first  radials, 
nearly  as  long  as  wide,  and  six  to  nine-sided.  On  the  superior  sloping  sides 
of  these,  rest  two  smaller  pieces,  which  partly  support  the  secondary  radials, 
and  are  surmounted  by  two  or  three  irregular  pieces,  which  extend  up  between 
the  groups  of  arms.  The  first  anal  piece  is  as  large  as  the  first  radials,  about 
as  long  as  wide,  heptagonal,  and  surmounted  by  three  smaller  hexagonal 
pieces  in  the  second  range,  the  middle  one  of  which  extends  above  the  others. 
Surmounting  these  there  are  also  three  pieces  in  the  third  range,  the  two  late- 
ral of  which  each  supports  an  irregular  piece  above,  while  the  middle  one  pro- 
jects considerably  beyond  the  others,  and  supports  on  its  sloping  sides  a  series 
of  protuberant  plates,  which  surround  the  small  anal  aperture. 

The  summit  is  composed  of  irregular  unequal  plates,  one  of  which  over  each 
arm,  and  another  near  the  middle,  are  larger  than  the  others,  and  appear  to 
have  been  convex,  or  may  even  have  been  extended  into  short  spines.  The 
anal  aperture  is  lateral,  being  located  a  little  above  the  elevation  of  the  arm 
openings. 

Height  from  base  to  summit,  0*59  inch  ;  breadth  across  the  summit  between 
the  groups  of  arms,  0*60  inch ;  do.,  from  the  arm  openings  on  opposite  sides, 


*  We  think.  Austin's  name  Amphoracrimts  should  be  retained,  at  least  in  a  subgeneric 
sense.  The  lateral  position  of  ihe  anal  and  oral  opening  in  this  group,  instead  of  having 
it  placed  in  or  near  the  centre  of  the  vault,  and  extended  in  the  form  of  a  more  or  less 
elongated  proboscis,  must  have  been  accompanied  by  some  marked  difference  in  the 
structure  of  the  softer  parts  of  the  animal.  Indeed  it  seems  to  us  that  in  the  classification 
of  the  Crinoidea,  too  much  importance  is  often  given  to  the  number  and  arrangement  of 
the  pieces  forming  the  cup,  to  the  neglect  of  the  ensemble  of  characters  presented  in  the 
structure  of  all  parts  of  the  animal.  When  we  see  whnt  widely  dissimilar  species  are  some- 
times brought  together  in  the  same  groups,  by  the  present  classification,  we  cannot  avoid 
suspecting  that  it  is,  as  now  used,  at  least  to  some  extent,  analogous  to  the  old  artificial 
Linnaean  classification  in  botany,  and  that  it  will  some  day  give  way  to  a  more  rational 
method  that  may  make  material  modifications  in  the  genera  as  we  now  understand  them. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  389 

0-73  inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0-27  inch  ;  height  do.,  0'07  ;  height  from  base  to 
anal  opening,  0-46  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Genus  FORBSIOCRINUS.* 

Forbsiocrinus  ?  Norwoodi. — Body  (as  near  as  can  be  determined  from  a  com- 
pressed specimen)  obconical,  or  enlarging  regularly  upwards  from  the  col- 
umn ;  composed  of  nearly  smooth,  rather  thick,  flattened,  or  more  or  less 
arcuate  plates,  which  are  connected  by  linear  sutures.  Base  small,  and  ap- 
parently nearly  hidden  by  the  column.  Subradial  plates  rather  irregular  in 
form,  four  of  them  pentagonal,  (one  of  the  sides  being  very  short)  and  one 
on  the  anal  side  apparently  heptagonal,  with  unequal  sides.  First  radial 
pieces  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  hexagonal  and  heptagonal,  and  a  little 
arcuate  transversely.  Second,  third  and  fourth  radials,  (and  in  the  anterior 
ray  the  fifth, )  all  short,  nearly  of  the  same  size,  hexagonal  and  about  twice 
as  wide  as  long.  Fifth  radial  pieces  (sixth  in  the  anterior  ray)  of  the  same 
size  as  the  others,  heptagonal,  and  supporting  on  their  superior  sloping  sides 
the  secondary  radials,  only  three  ranges  of  which  have  been  seen  ;  these  lat- 
ter alternate  with  interradials  on  each  side,  and  show  scarcely  any  tendency 
to  diverge.     (Anal  pieces  unknown). 

Of  the  interradials,  which  are  numerous,  the  first  are  nearly  as  large  as 
the  subradials,  as  long  as  wide,  hexagonal,  and  support  three  smaller  pieces 
in  the  second  range.  Above  these  four  are  seen  in  the  next  range,  in  one  in- 
terradial  space,  which  is  as  far  up  as  they  can  be  counted  in  the  specimen 
examined,  though  it  is  evident  from  the  breadth  of  the  interradial  spaces 
that  they  must  increase  in  number  at  the  same  rate  for  several  ranges  above. 

The  column  is  round,  comparatively  thick  at  its  connection  with  the  base, 
from  which  it  tapers  towards  the  lower  extremity.  It  is  made  up  of  extreme- 
ly thin  segments,  which  fit  together  by  interlocking  crenulations,  formed 
doubtless  by  distinct  radiating  strise  on  their  upper  and  lower  surfaces.  Its 
central  cavity  is  subcircular,  and  nearly  equal  to  one-third  the  diameter  of 
the  column,  at  a  distance  of  one  inch  below  its  connection  with  the  base. 

Named  in  honor  of  Prof.  J.  G.  Norwood,  of  the  University  of  Missouri. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  Nauvoo,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of  sub- 
carboniferous  series. 

Forbsiocrinus  ?  semiovatus. — Body  below  the  first  bifurcation  of  the  rays, 
narrow  semiovate,  a  little  wider  than  long,  expanding  rapidly  from  the  base 
to  the  summit  of  the  first  radial  pieces,  above  which  it  widens  very  gradually, 
or  becomes  nearly  cylindrical  ;  composed  of  moderately  thick,  smooth,  or  sub- 
granulose  plates,  united  by  distinct  sutures,.  Basal  plates  (as  defined  in  this 
genus  by  Prof.  Hallf)  hidden  by  the  column,  if  they  exist.  Subradials  (of 
Hall,  basal  of  Koninck  and  LeHon),  of  moderate  size,  wider  than  long,  three 
of  them  on  the  anterior  side  pentagonal,  the  two  upper  sloping  sides  being 
considerably  longer  than  the  lateral  margins;  (the  other  two  unknown), 
First  radial  plates  on  the  anterior  side,  heptagonal,  wider  than  long,  the  supe- 
rior truncated  edge  being  longer  than  either  of  the  others.  Second  radials 
smaller  than  the  first,  hexagonal,  and  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long.  Third 
and  fourth  radials,  a  little  smaller  than  the  second,  wider  than  long,  and 
quadrangular,  or  obscurely  hexagonal,  excepting  in  one  ray  where  there  are 
only  four  pieces,  the  last  of  which  is  pentagonal,  or  obscurely  heptagonal, 
and  supports  the  arms  ;  in  each  of  the  other  two  rays  seen,  there  is  a  fifth 
piece,  which  seems  to  be  pentagonal,  and  supports  the  arms  on  its  superior 
sloping  sides.     (Anal  and  interradial  pieces  unknown.) 

*  The  two  species  we  have  here  referred  provisionally  to  the  genus  Forbsiocrinus,  will 
probably  be  found  to  possess  the  characters  of  Onychocrinus  of  Lyon  and  Casseday  ;  but 
as  we  have  not  yet  seen  the  basal  plates  of  either,  we  do  not  feel  quite  warranted  in 
separating  them  from  Forbsiocrinus, 

tSee  Iowa  Report,  p.  630. 

I860.] 


390  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

The  arms  above  the  first  division  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  radials,  consist  of 
a  single  series  of  pieces,  are  rounded  on  the  outside,  and  a  little  broader  than 
their  diameter  at  right  angles  to  their  outer  surface.  One  of  them  is  seen  to 
bifurcate  again  on  the  sixth  piece,  and  another  on  the  eighth,  beyond  which 
they  are  not  known  to  divide  again.  Between  each  two  of  the  arm  pieces,  as 
well  as  the  primary  radial  plates,  the  minute  accessory  patelloid  pieces, 
pointed  out  by  Prof.  Hall  in  other  species  of  this  genus,  are  distinctly  seen. 

The  column  is  comparatively  large,  near  the  body,  tapers  a  little  down- 
wards, and  is  composed,  for  a  short  distance  below  its  connection  with  the 
base,  of  extremely  thin  segments,  which  fit  together  by  distinct  interlocking 
crenulations  around  the  margins  ;  and  a  little  farther  down  they  gradually 
become  alternately  thicker  and  thinner.  A  transverse  section  shows  the 
central  cavity  to  be  comparatively  large,  and  distinctly  pentapetalous  as  thus 
seen. 

Height  from  the  base  to  the  top  of  the  first  radials  0-19  inch;  do.  from  base 
to  top  of  fifth  radials  0*41  inch;  breadth  at  the  summit  of  the  first  radials  0*35 
inch;  breadth  of  base  0-15  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Hardin  County,  Illinois.  St.  Louis  Limestone  of 
subcarboniferous  series. 

Genus  ZEACRINUS,  Troost. 

Zeacrincs  discus. — Calyx  below  the  summit  of  the  first  radial  plates  small, 
subdiscoidal,  or  depressed,  basin-shaped,  about  three  times  as  wide  as  high. 
composed  of  smooth,  very  slightly  convex  plates,  which  are  connected  by  mode- 
rately distinct  sutures.  Base  small,  flat,  aud  pentagonal ;  columnar  facet 
equalling  about  two-thirds  the  diameter  of  the  base,  round,  concave,  and 
marked  by  distinct  radiating  stria?,  perforated  by  a  round,  minute  central 
aperture.  Subradial  plates  extending  nearly  horizontally  outward  from  the 
base,  so  as  to  form  a  distinct  pentagonal,  star-shaped  disk,  all  curving  a  little 
upwards  towards  their  outer  extremities;  three  of  them  pentagonal,  and  two 
hexagonal,  in  consequence  of  each  having  one  angle  slightly  truncated  by  the 
anal  pieces.  First  radial  plates  about  twice  as  large  as  the  subradials,  rather 
more  than  half  as  long  as  wide,  pentagonal,  and  all  transversely  truncate 
above,  the  upper  side  being  longer  than  either  of  the  inferior  sloping  ed^es, 
which  are  longer  than  the  lateral  margins. 

The  first  anal  plate  is  elongate  pentagonal,  and  wedged  down  between  one 
of  the  subradials,  and  the  inferior  sloping  side  of  one  of  the  first  radial  plates, 
its  lower  extremity  resting  upon  a  very  short  side  of  another  subradial.  Of 
the  second  anal  pieces  there  are  two,  one  of  which  stands  upon  the  short  trun- 
cated superior  side  of  one  of  the  subradials,  and  is  supported  on  its  right  in- 
ferior sloping  side  by  the  first  anal  piece,  and  on  the  left  by  one  of  the  first 
radials;  the  other  stands  upon  the  upper  end  of  the  first  anal  piece,  being  also 
partly  supported  on  the  right  by  one  of  the  first  radial  plates,  and  on  the  left 
by  the  other  second  anal  piece.  Both  the  second  anal  plates  project  about 
half  their  length  above  the  summit  of  the  first  radials.  (Remaining  parts  un- 
known.) 

Height  to  the  summit  of  the  first  radial  plates,  0-17  inch  ;  breadth  0-46  inch  ; 
breadth  of  base  0-14  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Sangamon    county,    Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Zeacrinus  Teoostanus. — Body  rather  small,  depressed,  basin-shaped  below 
the  arms,  somewhat  rounded  and  concave  on  the  inner  side,  composed  of  ap- 
parently smooth  plates,  which  are  connected  by  linear  sutures.  Base  verv 
small,  concave,  and  nearly  or  quite  hidden  by  the  column.  Subradial  plates 
unequal  in  size,  a  little  wider  than  long,  excepting  the  one  on  the  anal  side, 
four  of  them  pentagonal,  and  one,  which  is  longer  than  the  others,  heptagonal, 
(counting  the  part  of  each  connecting  with  the  base,  as  one  side.)  First 
radials  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  high,  pentagonal,  the  superior  horizontally 
truncated  edge  being  longer  than  either  of  the  inferior  sloping  sides.     Second 

[Sept. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  391 

radial  plates  slightly  larger  than  the  first,  wider  than  long,  pentagonal,  and 
indistinctly  hexagonal ;  all  longer  on  the  inferior  truncate  side  than  either  of 
the  others;  apparently  four  of  them  supporting  on  their  superior  sloping  sides 
the  first  divisions  of  the  arms,  while  the  one  on  the  anterior  side  is  truncated 
above,  and  succeeded  by  three  other  very  short,  wide  pieces,  upon  the  last  of 
which  the  first  divisions  of  the  arms  rest. 

Only  two  of  the  anal  pieces  are  seen  in  the  specimen  examined  ;  one  of  these, 
which  is  small,  occupies  a  position  partly  between  the  right  superior  sloping 
side  of  the  largest  subanal  piece,  and  the  left  inferior  sloping  side  of  one  of 
the  first  radials.  The  other  connects  wiih  this  on  the  left,  and  rests  upon  the 
left  upper  sloping  side  of  the  large  subradial  piece,  being  apparently  flanked 
on  its  left  side  by  one  of  the  first  radial  pieces. 

The  arms  are  nearly  flat,  or  but  slightly  rounded  on  the  outer  side,  and 
bifurcate  again,  after  the  first  division  on  the  second  radial  pieces  (in  the 
lateral  and  posterior  rays),  on  the  eighth,  tenth,  and  eleventh  pieces,  and  one 
of  the  subdivisions  again  divides  on  the  twelfth  or  fourteenth  piece,  beyond 
which  they  are  all  simple. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  G.  Troost,  deceased,  former  State  Geologist  of 
Tennessee. 

Locality  and  yjosition.  Cedar  creek,  Warren  county,  Illinois.  Burlington 
Limestone,  of  subcarboniferous  series. 

Zeacrinus  planobrachiatus. — Body  small,  depressed,  basin-shaped,  concave 
below,  rapidly  expanding  upwards,  composed  of  apparently  smooth  plates, 
connected  by  moderately  distinct  sutures.  Base  small,  and  placed  within  the 
concavity  of  the  under  side;  columnar  facet  very  small.  Subradial  pieces 
as  wide  as  long,  or  a  littte  wider,  four  pentagonal,  and  one  on  the  anal  side 
hexagonal,  having  one  angle  slightly  truncated.  First  radial  pieces  wider  than 
long,  expanding  from  the  base,  pentagonal,  the  upper  side  being  horizontally 
truncated,  and  longer  than  either  of  the  others.  Second  radial  pieces  nearly 
as  large  as  the  first,  presenting  a  triangular  outline  (in  the  posterior  and  lateral 
rays),  the  lateral  angles  being  probably  truncated ;  supporting  on  their 
superior  lateral  sloping  sides  the  first  divisions  of  the  arms.  First  anal  plate 
narrow  below,  and  wedged  down  obliquely  between  one  of  the  subradials  and 
the  inferior  sloping  side  of  a  second  radial ;  supporting  another  piece  on  its 
left  superior  sloping  side,  and  apparently  a  smaller  one  on  its  narrow  truncated 
upper  extremity. 

The  arms  are  rather  flattened  on  the  outer  side,  and  after  the  first  division 
on  the  second  radial  pieces  (those  seen),  bifurcate  again  on  the  fifth  and  sixth 
pieces.  Beyond  this  they  are  entirely  simple,  and  composed  of  a  single  series 
)f  pieces,  which  are  slightly  wider  than  long,  and  alternately  longer  and 
shorter  on  opposite  sides.  On  the  longer  side  they  project  a  little  above,  for 
the  reception  of  the  tentacles,  which  are  composed  of  joints  nearly  twice  as 
long  as  wide. 

Height  from  base  to  summit  of  first  radials,  0-13  inch  ;  breadth  at  the  top  of 
first  radials,  0-27  inch  ;  length  of  arms,  from  their  division  on  the  second  radial 
pieces,  about  0-94  inch  ;  length  to  bifurcation  on  the  sixth  piece,  0-19  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Monroe  county,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone^  of  low  er 
•arboniferous  series. 

Genus  CYATHOCRINUS  Miller. 

Cyathocrincs  Saffordi. — Body  subglobose,  wider  than  high,  the  broadest 
part  being  below  the  middle,  unsymmetrical,  the  anal  side  being  longest,  and 
most  gibbous  ;  composed  of  thin,  smooth  plates,  joined  by  slightly  raised, 
linear  sutures.  Base  of  moderate  size,  irregularly  pentagonal,  flat,  or  so  slightly 
convex  as  to  be  scarcely  seen  in  a  lateral  view,  consisting  of  unequal,  sub- 
hexagonal  plates,  the  lateral  and  outer  margins  of  which  are  nearly  equal, 
while  the  side  next  the  column  is  so  short  as  to  appear  to  terminate  in  an 

I860.] 


392  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

angle;  columnar  facet  very  small,  and  slightly  projecting.  Subradial  plates 
rather  large,  wider  than  high,  four  of  them  hexagonal  (the  inferior  angle  being 
very  obtuse  or  nearly  obsolete),  and  one  on  the  anal  side,  which  is  considerably 
larger  than  the  others,  irregularly  heptagonal.  First  radial  plates  about  the 
size  of  the  subradials,  somewhat  unequal,  hexagonal,  generally  wider  than 
long,  and  tapering  upward  from  the  inferior  lateral  angles,  bordered  above  by 
a  slender,  slightly  reflexed  rim ;  sinus  in  the  superior  edge,  for  the  reception 
of  the  second  radial  piece,  small.  Anal  plate  small,  about  as  wide  as  high, 
quadrangular,  and,  like  the  first  radials,  provided  with  a  marginal  rim  ;  not  pro- 
jecting above  the  radial  plates  on  each  side  of  it. 

Height  to  summit  of  first  radials,  0-44  inch;  greatest  breadth,  0-67  inch  ; 
breadth  of  base,  0-45  inch. 

Dedicated  to  Prof.  Saffbrd,  State  Geologist  of  Tennessee. 
Locality  and  position.  White's  creek,  Tennessee.  Keokuk  Limestone. 
Cyathocrinus  ?  Sangamonensis. — Body  beneath  the  summit  of  the  first  radial 
pieces  semi-ovate,  composed  of  thick,  moderately  convex,  smooth  plates,  which 
are  joined  by  strongly  defined  punctured  sutures.  Base  pentagonal,  equalling 
about  half  the  breadth  of  the  body,  convex,  and  formed  of  equal  pentagonal 
pieces,  which  are  a  little  wider  than  long;  columnar  facet  round,  deep,  and 
about  one-third  as  wide  as  the  base.  Subradial  pieces  large,  as  wide  as  long; 
three  of  them  hexagonal,  with  their  superior  sloping  sides  slightly  longer  than 
their  lateral  margins,  which  are  longer  than  the  basal  edges ;  and  the  other 
two  heptagonal,  with  unequal  sides.  First  radials  wider  and  shorter  than  the 
subradial  pieces,  about  twice  as  wide  as  high,  pentagonal,  and  of  nearly  equal 
size  and  form  ;  their  upper  sides  being  horizontally  truncate,  straight  or  slightly 
concave,  and  considerably  longer  than  either  of  the  basal  sides,  which  are 
rnurh  longer  than  the  vertical  lateral  edges. 

The  anal  plate  is  comparatively  small,  longer  than  wide,  and  projects  some- 
what above  the  summit  of  the  first  radials.  It  seems  to  be  irregularly  hepta- 
gonal or  octagonal,  but  the  exact  form  of  its  upper  extremity  is  not  distinctly 
seen  in  our  specimen.  Its  base  rests  upon  the  short  upper  truncated  extremity 
of  one  of  the  irregular  heptagonal  subradial  plates,  while  on  either  side  it  con- 
nects with  the  first  radials,  and  is  supported  on  its  right  inferior  sloping  mar- 
gin by  a  large  oblong  quadrangular  subanal  piece.  This  subanal  plate  is 
larger  than  the  anal  piece,  and  rests  upon  the  superior  sloping  edges  of  the  two 
heptagonal  subradials,  while  its  upper  oblique  side  supports  one  of  the  inferior 
sloping  sides  of  the  first  radial  plates,  on  the  right  of  the  first  anal  piece. 
Arms,  summit,  and  column  unknown. 

Height  from  the  base  to  top  of  first  radial  pieces,  0-94  inch ;  breadth  about 
1-25  inches  ;  diameter  of  columnar  facet,  0-24  inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0-64  inch  ■ 
height  and  breadth  of  subradials,  0.60  inch  ;  height  of  first  radials,  0-36  to 
0-40  inch  ;  breadth  of  do.  about  0*68  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Sugar  creek,  Sangamon  county,  Illinois,  Upper  Coal 
Measures. 

Cyathocrinus?  crassus.— Body  below  the  summit  of  the  first  radial  plates 
depressed,  or  basin-shaped,  about  twice  as  wide  as  high,  rounded  or  subtrun- 
cate  below,  and   composed   of  smooth,   strong,  thick,  slightly  convex  plates 
which  are  joined  by  well  defined,  punctate  sutures.     Base  very  small,  or  about 
one-fourth  the  breadth  of  the  body,  pentagonal,  concave,  and  apparently  nearly 
hidden  by  the  column.     Subradial  plates  a  little  wider  than  high,  extending  at 
first   nearly  horizontally   outwards   from   the  base,  after   which   they  curve 
obliquely  upwards,  four  of  them   hexagonal,  and  one  on  the  anal  side  hepta- 
gonal; the  angle  at  the  middle  of  the  base  of  each   being  but  slightly  salient. 
First  radial  plates   larger  than  the   subradials,  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  high 
truncated  horizontally,  and  nearly  or  quite  straight  on  the  upper  side,  which 
is  longer  than  the  inferior  sloping  edges  ;  four  of  them  pentagonal,  and 'one  on 
the  left  of  the  anal  piece  hexagonal. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  393 

The  anal  piece  is  small,  apparently  pentagonal,  and  projects  distinctly  above 
the  summit  of  the  first  radials,  with  which  it  connects  on  each  side.  Instead 
of  resting  directly  upon  the  upper  side  of  one  of  the  subradials,  it  is  supported 
on  the  upper  slightly  oblique  truncated  extremity  of  a  very  large  pentagonal 
subanal  piece,  which  rests  upon  the  upper  sloping  sides  of  two  subradial 
pieces,  and  supports  the  inferior  sloping  edge  of  a  first  radial  plate  on  each  of 
its  oblique  lateral  margins. 

Height  from  the  base  to  the  top  of  the  first  radial  pieces,  0-45  inch  ;  breadth, 
0'90  inch  ;  breadth  of  base,  0-23  inch  ;  length  of  subradials,  0-36  inch  ;  breadth 
of  do.  from  0-36  to  0-40  inch  ;  leDgth  of  first  radials,  from  0-28  to  0-30  inch  ; 
breadth  of  do.  from  0-35  to  0-49  inch. 

This,  and  the  last  species,  together  with  such  forms  of  C.  spurious,  C.  inter- 
medius,  and  C.  ?  pentalobus,  Hall,  should  probably  form  a  subgenus,  bearing 
close  relations  both  to  Poteriocrinus  and  Cyathocrinus. 

Locality  and  position.     Ovan,  Fulton  county,  Illinois.     Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Cyathocrinus  scitolus. — Body  below  the  summit  of  the  first  radial  plates 
basin-shaped,  about  twice  as  wide  as  high,  and  truncated  at  the  base,  from 
which  it  expands  rapidly  upward  ;  composed  of  thick,  strong,  subgranular 
plates,  which  are  very  convex  in  the  middle,  and  deeply  excavated  at  the 
corners  ;  sutures  moderately  distinct.  Base  small,  flat  or  truncate,  on  a  plane 
with  the  prominent  portion  of  the  subradials,  so  as  not  to  be  seen  in  a  side 
view  ;  columnar  facet  a  little  concave,  occupying  about  two-thirds  the  area  of 
the  base,  and  perforated  by  a  central  opening  equal  to  one-third  its  own 
diameter.  Subradial  pieces  about  as  wide  as  long,  directed  obliquely  outward 
and  upward  from  the  base;  four  of  them  pentagonal  and  one  hexagonal,  there 
being  no  visible  angle  at  the  middle  of  the  under  side  in  any  of  them.  First 
radials  much  larger  than  the  subradial  pieces,  about  twice  as  wide  as  high, 
unequal,  two  on  the  anal  side  being  shorter  than  the  others  ;  all  pentagonal, 
distinctly  truncate,  and  a  little  concave  above,  the  upper  side  being  much 
longer  than  either  of  the  others  ;  superior  angles  also  slightly  truncated  for  the 
reception  of  small  interradials.  Anal  piece  small,  subquadrangular,  widening 
from  the  base  upwards,  and  projecting  above  the  first  radials. 

The  very  prominent  central  portions  of  the  subradial  pieces  are  truncated 
below  on  a  plane  with  the  base,  and  project  out  horizontally  from  it  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  form  with  the  base  a  distinct  five-rayed  star,  as  seen  from 
below.  From  near  the  middle  of  each  subradial,  there  is  a  rather  obscure 
angular  ridge  extending  along  each  side  of  its  prominent  central  portion  to  the 
basal  pieces,  and  another  connecting  with  a  similar  ridge  near  the  edge  of  each 
first  radial  plate  above.  From  the  obliqueness  of  the  upper  truncated  side  of 
the  first  radial  pieces,  it  is  manifest  that  the  other  radials  must  have  extended 
very  obliquely  outward  from  them. 

Height  to  summit  of  first  radials,  0-32  inch  ;  breadth  0-66  inch  ;  breadth  of 
base  0-21  inch  ;  length  of  subradials,  0-21  inch;  length  of  largest  first  radial 
pieces,  0-20  inch  ;  breadth  of  do.  0-36. 

Locality  and  position.  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington  Limestone  of  subcar- 
boniferous  series. 

Cyathocrinus  angulatus. — Body  of  medium  size,  somewhat  basin-shaped 
below  the  arms,  wider  than  high,  truncated  below,  and  rapidly  expanding 
upwards;  composed  of  very  thick,  nearly  smooth,  tumid,  angular  plates,  which 
are  united  by  distinct  sutures.  Base  small,  and  apparently  projecting  a  little 
below  the  base  of  the  subradials.  Subradial  plates  as  wide  as  high,  four  of 
them  pentagonal,  and  one  on  the  anal  side  hexagonal,  there  being  no  visible 
ano-le  in  the  middle  of  any  of  them  below.  First  radials  larger  than  the  sub- 
radial pieces,  about  twice  as  wide  as  long,  pentagonal,  or  subheptagonal,  the 
upper  angles  being  sometimes  slightly  truncated  ;  all  broadly  truncate,  and  a 
little  concave  above.     Second    radial  pieces  extremely  short,  but  differing 

I860.]  27 


39i  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

somewhat  in  length.  Third  radials  larger  than  the  first,  considerably  wider 
than  long,  unequal,  and  presenting  a  triangular  outline,  the  under  side  being 
longer  than  either  of  the  others;  supporting  on  their  superior  sloping  sides 
the  first  divisions  of  the  arms.  Anal  piece  smaller  than  the  subradials,  a  little 
narrower  below  than  above,  apparently  pentagonal,  though  the  upper  side  is 
not  distinctly  visible  in  the  specimen  described ;  extending  partly  above  the 
summit  of  the  first  radial  plates. 

The  arms  are  large,  rounded,  apparently  simple,  after  the  division  on  the 
third  radial  piece,  and  composed  of  a  single  series  of  pieces,  which  are  wider 
than  long,  and  alternately  a  little  longer  and  shorter  on  the  opposite  sides. 

The  plates  below  the  second  radial  series  are  remarkable  for  their  thickness, 
and  tumid,  angular  character,  though  the  angles  are  not  acute.  On  the  sub- 
radials two  of  these  angles  or  ridges  pass  from  the  middle  to  the  base,  nearly 
parallel  to  each  other,  and  one  to  each  of  the  first  radial  pieces  above.  On  the 
first  radials  there  are  two  of  these  angles,  both  of  which  pass  from  above 
obliquely  to  the  base,  where  they  connect  with  those  on  the  subradial  pieces, 
giving  to  each  first  radial  a  bilobate  appearance, 

Locality  and  position.  Nauvoo,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of  lower  car- 
boniferous series. 

Genus  POTERIOCRINUS,  Miller. 

Poteriocrinus  (Scaphiocrinus)  decadacttlus. — Body  rather  small,  broad, 
obconical  below  the  arms,  expanding  rapidly  from  the  base ;  plates  somewhat 
thick,  nearly  smooth,  not  convex,  and  connected  by  moderately  distinct, 
sutures.  Base  small,  convex,  or  about  half  as  high  as  wide,  pentagonal  in  out- 
line as  seen  from  below,  the  upper  angles  of  the  plates  being  rather  salient. 
Subradial  plates  somewhat  unequal,  a  little  wider  than  long,  four  of  them 
hexagonal,  and  one  on  the  anal  side  heptagonal ;  the  upper  sloping  sides  in  all 
longer  than  those  beneath,  which  are  longer  than  the  lateral  margins.  First 
radial  plates  about  twice  as  long  as  the  smaller  of  the  subradials,  four  of  them 
pentagonal,  and  one  hexagonal,  all  wider  than  long,  and  wider  on  the  upper 
horizontally  truncate  side  than  either  of  the  others.  Second  radials  about  the 
size  of  the  first,  pentagonal,  a  little  wider  than  high,  truncated  below,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  salient  angle  in  the  middle  above ;  supporting  the  arms  on  their 
superior  sloping  sides,  which  are  longer  than  the  lateral  margins. 

The  first  anal  plate  is  large,  or  equalling  some  of  the  subradials  in  size.  It 
is  irregularly  hexagonal  in  form,  and  rests  between  the  superior  sloping  side? 
of  two  of  the  subradials,  supporting  on  its  right  (longest)  sloping  side  an  in- 
ferior edge  of  one  of  the  first  radial  pieces,  and  connecting  on  the  left 
by  a  short  vertical  edge,  with  another  first  radial  plate.  On  its  upper  sides  it 
supports  two  smaller  pieces  in  the  second  range,  the  exact  form  of  which  can- 
not be  made  out  in  the  specimen  examined. 

The  arms  are  long,  large,  and  robust,  subcylindrical,  rather  unequal,  and 
appear  to  be  all  simple  from  their  division  on  the  second  radial  piece.  They 
are  entirely  composed  of  a  single  series  of  pieces,  a  few  of  the  first  of  which 
are  longer  than  the  others,  and  alternately  longer  and  shorter  on  opposite 
sides ;  further  up  they  are  more  regular,  and  shorter  than  wide.  The 
column  is  rather  small,  or  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  largest  arms;  it  is 
round,  and  composed  of  thin,  slightly  unequal  segments  near  the  body.  It? 
central  cavity  is  small,  and  presents  a  regular  pentapetalous  section. 

Height  of  body  from  base  to  the  summit  of  second  radials,  0-48  inch  ;  breadth 
about  0-47  ;  length  of  arms,  apparently  not  less  than  2-50  inches  ;  breadth  of 
do.  from  0-11  inch  to  0-16  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Appanoose,  Hancock  county,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Lime- 
stone, of  snbcarboniferous  series. 

Poteriocrinus  Swallovi. — Body  of  medium  size,  obconical,  or  tapering  regu- 
larly from  above  to  its  connection  with   the  column  ;  composed  of  smooth, 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  395 

nearly  flat  plates,  which  are  connected  by  moderately  distinct  sutures.  Base 
basin-shaped,  truncate  below,  and  expanding  gradually  upward,  about  half  as 
high  as  wide,  and  composed  of  nearly  equal  pentagonal  pieces;  columnar  facet 
large,  concave,  without  a  projecting  marginal  rim,  pierced  by  a  pentapetalous 
central  opening,  less  than  one-third  the  diameter  of  the  column.  Subradial 
plates  unequal,  some  of  them  as  long  as  wide,  and  others  wider  than  long, 
three  hexagonal,  and  two  of  the  larger  ones  on  the  anal  side,  heptagonal, 
First  radials  rather  smaller  than  the  subradial  pieces,  all  wider  than  high, 
pentagonal,  somewhat  unequal,  and  horizontally  truncate  above,  the  upper 
side  being  longer  than  either  of  the  inferior  sloping  sides,  which  are  longer 
than  the  lateral  margins.  Second  radial  pieces  very  short,  apparently  sub- 
quadrangular.  Third  radials  short,  or  about  three  times  as  wide  as  high,  pen- 
tagonal, and  supporting  on  their  superior  sloping  sides  the  main  divisions  of 
the  arms. 

The  first  anal  piece  is  pentagonal,  and  rests  between  the  two  upper  sloping 
sides  of  two  subradials.  On  the  right  it  supports  one  inferior  sloping  edge  of 
a  first  radial  plate,  and  connects  with  another  anal  plate  on  the  left,  which 
rests  on  the  superior  truncated  end  of  one  of  the  subradials.  Both  of  these 
anal  pieces  are  truncated  above,  and  surmounted  by  two  others,  the  former  of 
which  cannot  be  made  out  in  the  specimen  described. 

The  arms  are  very  long,  robust,  rounded,  and  after  the  first  division  on  the 
third  radial  piece,  bifurcate  again  on  the  eighth,  ninth,  and  eleventh  pieces, 
in  three  of  the  arms  examined,  above  which  they  seem  to  be  simple,  and  are 
each  composed  of  a  single  series  of  pieces.  The  column  is  composed,  near  the 
body,  of  firmly  anchylosed  pieces,  the  sutures  of  which  are  not  visible  0-20  inch 
below  its  connection  with  the  base.  Its  central  cavity  presents,  in  a  transverse 
section,  the  same  pentapetalous  form  as  the  perforation  of  the  base. 

Length  from  base  to  summit  of  third  radial  plates,  0-79  inch  ;  breadrh 
about  0-62  inch;  breadth  of  base,  0-38  inch  ;  height  of  do.  0-19  inch  ;  length  of 
arms,  about  350  inches. 

Named  in  honor  of  Prof.  G.  C.  Swallow,  State  Geologist  of  Missouri. 

Locality  and  position.  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington  Limestone  of  the  sub- 
carboniferous  series. 

ECHINOIDEA. 
Genus  AB.CHJEOCIDARIS,  McCoy. 

Arch^ocidaris  mccroxatus. — The  only  specimens  of  this  species  yet  obtained, 
consist  of  detached  primary  spines,  and  a  few  of  the  interambulacral  plates. 
The  plates  are  hexagonal,  wider  than  long,  and  apparently  nearly  smooth,  or 
only  ornamented  by  a  single  row  of  small  tubercles  around  the  margin.  Cen- 
tral tubercle  prominent,  and  nearly  equalling  one-third  the  greater  diameter 
of  the  plate,  most  elevated  in  the  middle,  which  has  a  small  central  pit,  and 
is  separated  from  its  surrounding  lower  margin  by  a  distinct  annular  groove. 

Primary  spines  long,  tapering,  a  little  compressed,  or  nearly  round,  and 
very  slightly  curved  above  the  articulating  extremity,  near  which  they  swell 
out  so  as  to  form  a  distinct,  smooth,  somewhat  angular  ring  ;  from  this  to  the 
articulating  end,  they  contract  abruptly  ;  pointed  at  the  upper  extremity,  and 
armed  by  rather  strong,  sharp,  but  short  lateral  spinules,  which  are  directed 
obliquely  outwards  and  upwards.  Even  under  a  magnifier  the  entire  surface 
generally  appears  to  be  smooth,  but  when  a  well  preserved  specimen  is  ex- 
amined with  a  good  lens,  in  a  favorable  light,  it  is  seen  to  be  marked  by  ex- 
tremely fine,  obscure,  closely  arranged,  longitudinal  strise.  The  articulating 
end  is  distinctly  perforated,  and  transverse  sections  show  the  central  cavity 
to  be  comparatively  large  for  some  distance  above. 

Length  of  one  of  the  interambulacral  plates,  0-50  inch;  breadth  of  do.  0*35 
inch.     Length  of  primary  spine,  2*62  inches  ;  greatest  diameter  of  same  above 

I860.] 


896  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

the  head,  0*17  inch  ;   diameter  of  head,  0-22  inch  ;  length  of  lateral  spinules, 
0-10  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Liberty,  Randolph  county,  Illinois.  Upper  bed  of 
Chester  Limestone.     Lower  carboniferous  series. 

Genus'PAL^CHINUS,  McCoy. 

PaljECHinits  Burlingtonensis. — The  only  specimen  of  this  species  we  have 
yet  seen  is  too  imperfect  to  show  the  exact  form  of  the  entire  fossil,  though 
it  seems  to  have  been  nearly  spherical.  It  has  four  to  five  ranges  of  interam- 
bulacral  plates  near  the  middle  of  each  area,  and  they  decrease  in  number  to 
three,  two,  and  apparently  at  last  to  one  at  each  extremity.  The  inner  pieces 
are  wider  than  long,  and  regularly  hexagonal,  excepting  near  the  upper  and 
lower  extremities  of  the  spaces,  where  they  are  about  as  long  as  wide,  and 
occasionally  pentagonal ;  those  of  the  outer  ranges  are  all  pentagonal,  their 
outer  margins  being  truncate,  and  crenulated  for  the  reception  of  the  small 
ambulacral  pieces. 

The  ambulacra  are  narrow,  or  about  as  wide  as  the  first  range  of  interam- 
bulacral  plates  on  either  side,  slightly  convex  along  the  middle,  and  a  little 
concave  at  the  margins.  They  are  composed  of  a  double  alternating  series  of 
very  small  pieces,  which  are  two  or  three  times  as  wide  as  long  ;  about  five  to 
seven  of  them  equalling  the  height  of  each  contiguous  interambulacral 
plate.  They  are  each  pierced  by  two  small  rounded  pores  near  the  outer 
margin,  and  all  of  nearly  uniform  size  towards  the  extremities  of  the 
ambulacral  areas,  but  in  the  central  or  widest  part  they  become  alternately 
wider  at  the  inner  and  outer  extremities ;  those  having  their  narrower  end 
outwards  often  wedging  out  to  a  point  between  the  others  before  reaching  the 
margin  of  the  ambulacral  space. 

The  surface  of  all  the  plates  is  ornamented  by  numerous  regularly  arranged 
granules,  two  of  which  occupy  the  inner  half  of  each  ambulacral  piece. 

As  near  as  can  be  determined  from  our  specimen,  it  must  have  been,  when 
entire,  not  less  than  2'25  inches  in  length,  and  about  2  inches  in  breadth. 
The  largest  interambulacral  plates  are  0'19  inch  wide,  and  0-17  inch  in  height ; 
breadth  of  widest  part  of  ambulacra. 

Locality  and  position.  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington  Limestone  of  the  lower 
carboniferous  series. 

Genus  MELONITES,  Owen  and  Norwood. 


jt 


All  the  published  figures  of  Melonites  multipora,  the  type,  and  hitherto  the 
only  known  species  of  this  genus,  give  a  very  incorrect  idea  of  the  form  and 
arrangement  of  its  ambulacral  pieces  and  pores.  The  three  lateral  series  of 
these  pieces  on  each  side  of  the  two  middle  ranges,  instead  of  being  as  repre- 
sented, composed  two  of  quadrangular,  and  one  of  pentagonal  pieces,  placed 
in  oblique  transverse  rows,  and  mounted  one  upon  another  so  as  to  form  at 
the  same  time  regular  longitudinal  ranges,  are  made  up  of  irregular  alter- 
nating unequal  pieces  of  various  forms.  They  are  also  wedged  in  between 
each  other  in  such  manner,  and  so  interrupted  by  small  intercalated  pieces, 
not  properly  belonging  to  either  range,  that  it  becomes  very  difficult  to  deter- 
mine whether  we  should  count  them  as  four  or  as  five  rows,  on  each  side  of  the 
mesial  suture  ;  or,  in  other  words,  as  eight  or  ten  rows  to  each  ambulacrum. 
The  same  irregularity  also  occurs  in  the  pores,  which  are  round,  in  closely 
approximated  pairs,  and  not  arranged  in  regular  longitudinal  or  transverse 
lines,  but  so  as  to  show  a  tendency  to  assume  a  quincunx  arrangement. 

Should  the  gemis  of  Polypi,  to  which  Lamarck  first  applied  the  name  Melonites, 
be  retained,  it  will  become  necessary  to  give  another  name  to  the  group  now 
under  consideration,  in  which  case  we  would  propose  to  call  it  Melonechinus. 
Although  related  to  Palazchinus  of  McCoy,  this  genus  is  clearly  separated  by 
the  numb  er  and  arrangement  of  its  ambulacral  pieces  and  pores,  as  well  as  by 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  397 

its  more  numerous  and  greatly  thicker  interambulacral  plates.  The  much 
broader  and  more  deeply  sulcated  arnbulacral  areas  of  the  two  species  now 
known,  also  give  them  a  peculiar  melon-like  form,  quite  unlike  any  of  the 
known  species  of  Palcechinus. 

Melonites  Dan^. — Test  large,  subglobose,  apparently  slightly  longer  than 
wide.  Interambulacral  areas  lance-oval  in  form,  convex,  and  occupied  by 
eight  ranges  of  plates  near  the  middle,  where  all,  excepting  those  of  the  two 
outer  ranges  are  a  little  wider  than  high,  and  regularly  hexagonal ;  towards 
the  upp'-r  and  lower  extremities  of  these  spaces,  the  plates  diminish  in  size 
and  numbers,  and  become  proportionally  higher,  a  few  of  them  assuming  a 
pentagonal,  or  even  a  rhombic  quadrangular  outline.  Those  of  the  two  lateral 
ranges  ail  subpentagonal,  their  outer  margins  being  somewhat  rounded, 
and  more  or  less  indented  for  the  reception  of  the  outer  extremities  of  the 
small  arnbulacral  pieces.  Plates  apparently  all  of  uniform  thickness,  the 
larger  ones  being  about  as  thick  as  high,  while  the  thickness  of  the  smaller 
grea'ly  exceeds  their  diameter  in  any  other  direction.  Arnbulacral  areas 
about  half  as  wide  as  the  interambulacral  spaces,  convex  in  the  middle,  and 
broadly,  as  well  as  rather  deeply  sulcate  along  each  side.  Arnbulacral  pieces 
in  four  ranges,  with  some  irregular  intercalated  smaller  pieces  between  ;  those 
of  the  different  ranges  alternating,  and  all  wider  than  high,  as  well  as  quite 
irregular  in  form  and  size.  Those  composing  the  two  inner  ranges  generally 
four  or  five  times  as  wide  as  high,  but  varying  considerably  in  height.  Usually 
about  four  to  five  of  the  outer  ranges,  (which  are  of  the  same  height,  but  only 
half  as  wide  as  the  inner, )  equal  the  height  of  each  of  the  contiguous  lateral 
interambulacral  plates. 

The  intercalated  pieces  start  from  the  zigzag  suture  between  the  two  outer 
ranges  of  arnbulacral  pieces,  and  extend  outward  and  inward  between  them, 
but  wedge  out,  or  terminate  abruptly,  before  reaching  the  outer  margins, 
or  the  middle  of  the  arnbulacral  areas.  The  pores  are  in  pairs,  two  to  each 
piece,  and  arranged  in  four  double  rows,  two  on  each  side  of  the  mesial 
ridge  or  convexity  of  each  ambulacrum.  The  entire  surface  is  ornamented 
by  regularly  disposed  granules,  about  twenty  to  thirty-five  of  which  may  be 
counted  on  each  of  the  larger  interambulacral  plates,  and  as  many,  in  propor- 
tion to  size,  on  each  of  the  smaller  ones,  including  the  arnbulacral  pieces. 

Height,  4  inches;  breadth,  about  3*80  inches  ;  breadth  of  one  of  the  largest 
interambulacral  plates,  0'24  inch;  height  of  do.  0"18  inch;  thickening,  0-17 
inch. 

This  species  attains  about  the  same  srze  as,  and  very  closely  resembles,  Melo- 
nites multipora  of  Owen  and  Norwood,  but  may  be  at  once  distinguished  by 
having  only  four  rows  of  ambrrlaeral  pieces,  and  four  double  ranges  of  pores, 
while  M.  multipora  has  uniformly  double  this  number,  both  of  pieces,  and  of 
ranges  of  pores. 

We  take  great  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  noble  echinoid  to  Prof.  James  D. 
Dana,  of  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  one  of  the  most  profoundly  learned  of 
living  savans. 

Locality  and  position.  Jersey  county,  near  Warsaw,  Illinois.  Keokuk 
division  of  the  subcarboniferous  series. 


Observations  upon  the  Form  of  the  Occiput  in  the  various  Racas  of  Men. 

BY  J.  AITKEN  MEIGS,   M.  D. 

In  1S57,  the  collection  of  Human  Crania  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  contained  1,045  specimens  of  many  different 
races  of  men.  Since  that  time,  by  presentation,  deposit  and  exchange,  this  total 
has  been  increased  to  1,125.  Eighty  additions,  therefore,  have  been  made 
during  the  past  three  years.     Of  this  number  27  are  North  American  Indians  ; 

I860.] 


o93  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF 

2  Araucanians  ;  25  Peruvians  ;  4  Chinese  ;  9  Sandwich  Islanders ;  2  Mar- 
ques ans  ;  1  Feejee;  2  Swedes;  2  Thugs;  1  Hindoo;  1  Tchuktchi ;  1  Ice- 
lander ;   1  Cossack  and  2  Negroes. 

The  donors  and  depositors  of  these  crania  are  Drs.  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger, 
Thomas  J.  Turner,  J.  E.  Seniple,  and  H.  B.  Trist,  of  the  United  States  Navy ; 
Drs.  E.  H.  Abaddie  and  J.  Letterman,  of  the  United  States  Army;  Prof.  Wm. 
A.  Hammond,  Drs.  J  Dickson  Bruns,  J.  H.  Slack,  J.  Clifford  Parker,  J.  B.  S. 
Jackson,  and  Messrs.  George  Gibbs,  John  Biddle,  N.  P.  Buckley,  Charles  C. 
Abbott,  and  the  writer  of  this  article. 

Forty-six  of  these  crania  were  procured — some  of  them  with  considerable 
difficulty — by  my  enterprising  friend  and  former  school-mate,  Passed  Assistant 
Surgeon  Thomas  J.  Turner,  chiefly  during  his  cruise  in  the  Pacific.  It  affords 
me  much  pleasure  to  acknowledge,  thus  publicly,  the  value  of  his  indefatiga- 
ble and  intelligent  efforts  to  promote  the  interests  of  craniographic  science. 
The  thanks  of  those  interested  in  this  important  branch  of  knowledge  are  also 
due  to  the  gentlemen  whose  names  are  mentioned  above. 

Chiefly  upon  this  collection,  thus  increased  in  the  number  and  ethnical 
variety  of  its  specimens,  are  based  the  following  observations,  which,  in  their 
general  scope  and  tendency,  may  be  regarded  as  a  continuation  of  the  leading 
inquiry  started  in  my  paper  on  the  Jerusalem  skull,  which  was  published  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  for  September,  1859. 

That  inquiry,  it  may  be  remembered,  was  to  ascertain  whether  from  the 
form  of  the  entire  skull,  or  of  some  characteristic  part  of  it,  the  race  as  well 
as  the  type  to  which  any  particular  cranium  belonged,  could  be  definitely 
determined.  As  the  basis  of  this  .inquiry,  a  fragmentary  head  was  selected, 
having  a  very  peculiar  occipital  conformation,  but  whose  ethnical  origin  was 
wholly  unknown.  This  cranium  was  subjected  to  a  severe  critical  analysis 
and  comparison  with  other  heads  in  the  collection.  In  the  course  of  this 
comparison,  whose  leading  results  have  already  been  communicated  to  the 
Academy,  the  following  observations  were  made,  and  are  now  brought  forward 
as.  another  contribution  to  the  sum  of  recorded  human  knowledge,  and  an 
additional  step  towards  the  emancipation  of  Ethnology  from  the  dogmatism 
and  conjectural  assertion  with  which  a  host  of  pseudo-scientific  writers  have 
so  industriously  surrounded  it,  in  their  ill-advised  attempts  to  solve  definitely 
certain  great  questions  concerning  the  origin  and  primitive  affiliations  of  the 
races  of  men. 

In  the  \evy  front  rank  of  ethnological  inquiry  stands  Craniography.  As 
the  epitome,  not  of  the  skeleton  merely,  but  also  of  the  entire  physical  man, 
the  cranium,  by  some  of  the  best  observers  and  profoundest  thinkers  of 
modern  times,  lias  justly  been  regarded  as  capable  of  furnishing  valuable 
information  concerning  the  zoological  relations  of  the  different  races  of  men. 
This  conviction  animates  the  "  Cephalogenesis "  of  Spix,  the  "Decades 
Craniorum "  of  Blumenbach,  the  numerous  and  important  craniological 
papers  of  Retzius,  the  "  Tabulse  Craniorum"  of  Sandifort,  the  "Crania 
Americana"  and  "Crania  iEgyptiaca  "  of  Morton,  the  "  Atlas  der  Cranio- 
scopie "  of  Cams,  the  "Crania  Britannica "  of  Davis  and  Thurnam,  the 
"  Organischen  Formenlehre  "  of  Lucre,  the  "  Schsedel,  Hirn  und  Seele  des 
Menschen  und  der  Thiere  "  of  Huschke,  the  "Crania  Selecta  "  of  K.  E.  Von 
Baer,  and  most  recently  of  all  the  "  Catalogus  Craniorum  Diversarum 
Gentium  "  of  Prof.  J.  Van  der  Hoeven,  of  Leyden,  well  known  as  an  able 
observer  and  a  zealous  cultivator  of  the  natural  history  of  man. 

It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  owing  to  the  limited  number  of  speci- 
mens in  the  various  cranial  collections,  and  the  genealogical  uncertainty 
whk-h  surrounds  many  of  those  which  have  been  figured  and  described  by 
different  observers,  craniography  can,  as  yet,  boast  of  but  few  established 
principles.  The  cranial  descriptions  published  by  Blumenbach  and  many  of 
his  successors  are  entirely  too  brief  and  vague  for  the  purposes  of  that  exact 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  399 

and  minute  comparison,  which  alone  can  lead  to  any  really  important  results. 
Before  the  deeply  interesting  and  complicated  questions  of  ethnology  can 
receive  much  light  from  craniography,  the  latter  must  furnish  extensive  com- 
parisons of  the  heads  of  different  races  of  men,  not  in  respect  to  their  general 
form  only,  but  with  reference  to  the  exact  conformation  and  minute  anatomical 
peculiarities  of  each  of  the  several  natural  regions  of  the  skull — the  crown, 
base,  occiput,  facial  and  lateral  aspects.  Convinced  of  the  truthfulness  of 
this  statement,  I  have  attempted,  in  the  following  pages,  a  comparison  of  the 
heads  in  the  Morton  collection,  with  reference  to  their  occipital  peculiarities 
only,  hoping,  at  some  future  time,  as  leisure  permits,  to  institute,  in  like 
manner,  a  comparison  of  these  heads  with  regard  to  their  coronal,  basal, 
facial  and  lateral  characters  successively. 

A  peculiar  flattening  of  the  Tipper  or  parietal  portion  of  the  occipital  re- 
gion characterizes  the  heads  of  Norwegians  (1260),*  Swedish  peasants  (117, 
1247,  1249,  1258,  1486  to  14S8),  Finland,  Sodermannland,  Turannic  and 
Cimbric  Swedes  (1545  to  1549,  121,  1532,  1550,  1362),  Ostrogoths  (1255), 
and  Swedish  Finns  (1542  to  1544).  From  about  the  middle  of  the  sagittal 
suture  the  parietal  bones  slope  or  shelve  away  posteriorly,  so  as  to  form  an 
inclined  plane,  which  modifies  or  interrupts  the  regular  ovoidal  form  of  the 
head,  and  terminates,  in  most  instances,  at  the  lambdoidal  suture,  or  a  little 
below  it,  on  the  superior  portion  of  the  os  occipitis.f  The  occipital  protuber- 
ance in  all  these  crania  is  very  well  marked ;  and  in  some,  apparently  ex- 
aggerated by  the  peculiarity  above  mentioned.  In  the  two  ' '  ancient  Cimbric ' ' 
skulls  (1532,  1550),  in  a  very  old  Cimbrian  head  (1362),  from  the  Danish 
island  of  Moen,  in  the  Baltic,  and  in  the  crania  of  an  Ostrogoth  (1255),  and 
a  Swedish  woman  of  the  13th  century  (1249),  the  knob-like  protuberance  of 
the  occiput  gives  to  the  calvaria  a  peculiarly  elongated  and  kumbe-kephalic 
or  boat-shaped  form.  This  occipital  prominence  is  also  seen  in  a  fragmentary 
Burgundian  head  (1533),  from  a  tomb  near  Lausanne,  in  Switzerland,  but  is 
not  so  well  marked. 

From  the  investigations  of  Prof.  Nilsson,  it  would  appear  that  the  aborigines 
of  Scandinavia,  had  "short  heads,  with  broad  and  flattened  occiputs," — 
features  exhibited  by  other  ancient  people,  such  as  the  Lapps  and  Samoiedes, 
the  Iberians  or  Basques  of  the  Pyrenees,  and  the  mysterious  Pelasgi,  whose 
traces  are  still  found  in  Greece.  The  short-headed  race  of  Scandinavia  appears 
to  have  been  followed  by  another  race  of  men,  whose  skulls  were  charac- 
terized by  prominent  and  narrow  occiputs. J  The  hind-head  of  a  large 
Danish  cranium,  figured  by  Nilsson, §  after  Eschricht,  of  Copenhagen,  is  full 
and  rounded. 

In  the  skulls  of  "true  Finns"  (1534  to  1541,  1252,  1259),  the  occiput 
is  neither  prominent  nor  depressed,  but  flatly  round,  and  in  keeping,  there- 
fore, with  the  general  globularity  of  the  head.  The  Finnic  cranial  type 
appears  to  be  preserved  in  its  greatest  purity  among  the  primitive  inhabitants 
of  Esthonia.     Dr.  Hueck,  in  describing  the  head  of  an  Esthonian,  says,  that 


*The  numbers  inclosed  in  brackets  are  those  by  which  the  skulls  are  designated  in 
my  Catalogue  of  Human  Crania  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia. 

tThis  conformation  also  pertains  to  the  Greenland,  Scandinavian  and  Cretin  skulls, 
figured  in  Tables  3,  4  and  6,  of  Carus'  Atlas  cler  Cranioscopie,  Heft  1.  I  find  it  also  more 
or  less  strongly  pronounced  in  the  crania  represented  in  Tables  3,  4,  8  and  9,  (Sch'ddeln 
abnormer  Form),  and  1,  3,  6,  9,  10  and  11,  {Sch&deln  lehannter  Personen)  of  the  Archi- 
i  ■•■tur  des  Menschenschadtls,  of  Dr.  Lues. 

t  Report  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  for  1847,  p.  31. 

?  Skandinaviska  Nordens  Urinvanare,  eti.  forsok  i  comparativa  Ethnographien  af  S. 
Nilsson,  Phil.  Dr.  etc.,  Chiistianstad,  1838,  i.  Haftel,  plate  D,  fig.  10. 

I860.] 


400  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

the  occiput,  in  the  region  of  the  superior  linea  semicircularis,   is  strongly 
arched,  both  posteriorly  and  towards  the  sides.* 

The  well-characterized  Norwegian  and  Swedish  skulls  in  the  Museum  of 
the  Academy  have  the  basal  portion  of  the  occipital  region  quite  flat,  and 
parallel  with  the  horizon,  when  the  head  rests  squarely  upon  the  lower  jaw. 
The  lower  part  of  the  occiput  in  the  German  heads  is  more  prominent  than 
in  the  Finns,  less  than  in  the  Swedes,  and  still  less  than  in  the  Cimbri ; 
while  the  upper  part  is  less  flat  than  in  the  Swedes.  The  occipital  region  of 
the  German  skull,  in  point  of  conformation,  occupies  a  place  intermediate 
between  that  of  the  Swedes  and  Finns. 

In  the  skull  of  a  Dutchman  (434),  born  in  Utrecht,  the  posterior  or  occi- 
pital region  is  flat  and  broad,  and  presents  to  the  eye  a  somewhat  pentagonal 
outline. 

The  Anglo-Saxon  and  Anglo-American  crania,  though,  like  the  Swedes, 
longer  than  the  Germanic  and  Finnic  skulls,  have  nearly  the  same  rounded 
occiput  as  these  latter.  The  parietalia  of  an  Anglo-Saxon  skull,  figured  in 
the  first  Decade  of  Crania  Britannica,  incline  downwards  and  backwards 
towards  the  occiput,  as  in  the  Norwegian  cast  referred  to  above.  The  occi- 
pital bone  is  full  and  rounded,  and  has  a  considerable  projection  posteriorly. 

Most  of  the  skulls  in  the  collection,  marked  "Celtic  Irish,"  exhibit  the 
same  downward  and  backward  inclination  of  the  upper  or  parietal  portion  of 
the  occipital  region  as  described  above.  The  occiput  of  No.  18  has  the  same 
boat-like  shape  as  that  of  the  Ostrogoth  (1255)  and  the  Cimbri  (1532,  &c). 
The  occipital  region  of  No.  42  differs  from  that  of  the  preceding  in  being  a 
little  fuller.  The  same  shelving  of  the  upper  occipital  region  is  also  present 
in  Nos.  52  and  1186.  It  is  also  exhibited,  though  less  markedly,  in  No. 
1356,  and  still  less  in  No.  985  ;  while  in  No.  986,  the  occipital  type  approxi- 
mates the  Swedish  form,  being  rounder,  fuller,  less  inclined,  and  having  the 
protuberance  not  so  prominent.  In  several  respects  these  skulls  correspond 
with  those  found  in  the  cromlechs  or  sepulchral  mounds  of  Ireland,  and 
described  by  Mr.  Wilde  as  possessing  the  projecting  occiput,  which  charac- 
terizes the  dolicho-kephalic  crania,  found  in  ancient  Danish  tumuli.  It  would 
thus  seem  that  the  earliest  inhabitants  of  Ireland,  like  those  of  Scandinavia, 
had  short  heads  and  flattened  occiputs,  while  the  people  who  succeeded 
them  were  remarkable  for  long,  oval  heads  and  prominent  occiputs.  Wilson 
and  Bateman,  on  the  contrary,  have  concluded,  from  their  investigations,  that 
the  primitive  people  of  Scotland  and  England  possessed  long,  kumbe-kephalic 
or  boat-shaped  heads,  peculiarly  characterized  by  a  narrow  prolongation  of 
the  occiput  in  the  region  of  the  cerebellum.  Prof.  D.  Wilson  is  inclined  to 
regard  this  peculiar  form  of  the  hind-head  as  diagnostic  of  the  primitive 
Caledonians.  I  find  it  equally  well  pronounced,  however,  in  two  Egyptian 
skulls  (Nos.  837,  838),  from  the  Pyramid  of  Five  Steps,  at  Saccara. 

In  an  ancient  Briton,  of  the  brachy-kephalic  type,  figured  in  Crania 
Britannica,  the  "occipital  bone  is  somewhat  full  above  the  protuberance, 
which,  itself,  is  strongly  marked. "  In  another  ancient  Briton,  belonging  to  the 
dolicho-kephalic  class,  and  represented  and  described  in  the  same  work,  the 
occiput  is  full,  prominent  and  rounded,  and  presents  a  strongly-marked 
transverse  ridge. 

Three  oblong  skulls  from  the  catacombs  of  Paris  (661,  662  and  663),  have 
the  occiput  flattened  almost  vertically.  In  No.  663,  the  upper  part  of  the  os 
occipitis  presents  a  lozenge-shaped  prominence,  which,  though  flattened  itself, 
somewhat  destroys  or  interrupts  the  general  perpendicularity  of  the  back  part 
of  the  head.  No.  664,  also  from  the  catacombs,  is  a  brachy-kephalic  head,  with 
a  markedly  perpendicular  and  wall-like  flatness  of  the  occiput.  This  head,  I 
am  inclined  to  think,  is  that  of  a  Basque  or  Iberian  of  the  Pyrenees. 

There  are  no   Spanish  skulls  in  the  Academy's  collection.     The  private 


*De  Craniis  Estonum  Commentatio  Anthropologica,  etc.,  p.  7. 


[Sept, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  401 

collection  of  Prof.  Van  der  Hoeven  contains  several  from  Grenada,  Catalonia, 
&c.  Of  one  of  these,  No.  31,  he  writes  in  his  catalogue,*  "Occipitis  pars 
superior  gibba, ''  and  of  another,  No.  32,  "  os  occipitis  supra  gibbum."  In 
describing  a  Lusitanian  skull,  he  says,  "Occiput  gibbum ;  linese  semicircu- 
lares  et  protuberantia  occipitalis  vix  distincta. " 

In  the  asymmetrical  Sclavonian  skull  from  Olmutz  in  Moravia  (1251),  and  in 
No.  1253,  a  Sclave  from  Morlack  in  Dalmatia,  the  occiput  is  flatly  globular  or 
truncated.  If  classified  according  to  its  form,  No.  1251  might  be  placed  between 
the  Turkish  and  Kalmuck  types. 

In  a  Polish  skull  in  Prof.  Van  der  Hoeven's  collection,  the  occipital  region 
is  prominent  at  the  apex  of  the  lambdoidal  suture.  The  occiput  of  another 
Poland  skull  is  broad  and  gibbous  in  the  upper  portion. 

In  the  Turkish  skull  figured  by  Blumeubach  (table  2)  the  external 
occipital  protuberance  is  but  little  developed,  so  that  there  seems  to  be  no 
occiput.  Two  Turkish  skulls  obtained  from  a  burial  ground  at  Scutari,  and 
described  by  Dr.  Williamson,!  have  a  rounded  occiput. 

In  a  Cossack  skull  (133)  from  Balaklava,  the  occiput  is  broad  and  very 
flat. 

In  the  Hungarian  cranium,  according  to  Edwards,  J  the  back  of  the  head  ap- 
pears flat,  forming  almost  a  straight  line  with  the  nape  of  the  neck. 

A  cast  of  the  skull  of  a  young  Greek  (1354),  exhibits  a  moderately  full  and 
rounded  occiput.  In  the  Greek  skulls,  in  the  Chatham  collection,  the  "  occiput 
is  well  rounded,  and  does  not,  in  general,  project ;  the  space  for  the  downward 
projection  of  the  brain  in  the  occipital  region  is  well  developed." 

The  cranium  of  a  Roman  praetorian  soldier,  figured  by  Blumenbach,§  has  the 
external  occipital  protuberance  very  broad  and  prominent.  In  the  skull  of  a 
Roman  soldier,  ||  taken  from  an  ancient  cemetery  at  York,  the  occiput  is  broad 
and  rounded,  and  the  protuberance  rather  prominent.  So  also  in  the  Roman 
cranium  described  by  Dr.  Thurnam,^  the  occipital  bone  is  full  and  prominent, 
especially  in  its  upper  half. 

In  an  Etruscan  skull  in  the  Galerie  Anthropologique  at  Paris,  the  occiput  is 
full  and  rounded.** 

The  general  form  of  the  occipital  region  of  the  so-called  Phoenician  skull 
(1352)  is  like  that  of  the  Norwegian.  In  the  latter,  however,  the  external 
occipital  protuberance,  and  the  superior  curved  line  are  strongly  pronounced ; 
in  the  former  the  skull  is  quite  smooth  at  this  place. 

All  the  Circassian  skulls  exhibit  great  fulness  of  the  occipital  protuberance. 
The  upper  part  of  the  hind-head  is  flat.  The  occiput  as  a  whole  is  rounded  in 
the  Armenian  skull,  No.  789,  and  in  this  respect  is  like  the  Persian  skull,  No. 
731.  Nos.  790,  791,  792  (Armenian)  are  longer  and  more  angular  heads,  and 
owing  to  the  prominence  of  the  occipital  protuberance,  are  more  like  the  Cir- 
cassian skulls.  In  Nos.  792  and  794,  also  Armenian,  the  occiput  is  flatly 
round.  The  rather  short  and  angular  Parsee  heads,  exhibit  a  rounded  occi- 
put— very  well  shown  in  No.  731,  but  less  marked  in  No.  743,  owing  to  the 
general  prominence  of  the  occipital  bone.  The  form  of  the  occipital  region  in 
the  Affghan  head,  is  like  that  of  the  Armenian  and  Circassian. 

The  Baluchi  and  Affghan  heads  in  the  Chatham  collection  have  the  "occiput 

*  Catalogus  Craniorum  Diversarum  Gentium  quae  collegit,  J.  Van  der  Hoeven.  Lugduni 
Batavorum,  .1860.  This  valuable  catalogue  contains  a  brief  account  of  171  human 
crania  and  39  casts,  with  the  principal  measurements  of  all  the  skulls. 

t  Observations  on  the  Human  Crania  contained  in  the  Museum  of  the  Army  Medical 
Department,  Fort  Pitt,  Chatham.     By  George  Williamson,  M   D.,  Dublin,  1857. 

|  Des  Caracteres  Physiologiques  des  Races  Humaines.     Par  W.  F.  Edwards,  1829. 

§  Decades  craniorum.     Tab  32. 

||  Described  by  Retzius  in  Midler's  Archiv.  fur  Anat.,  Phys.,  etc.     Jahr.  1849,  p.  576. 

if  Crania  Britannica,  Decade  I. 

**  See  Cranial  Characteristics  of  the  Races  of  Men,  in  Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth, 
p.  313,  for  a  drawing  of  this  skull. 

I860.] 


402  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

well  rounded,  and  the  space  for  the  downward  development  of  the  brain  con- 
siderable." The  occiput  of  a  Candahar  skull  is  "  broad,  flat  and  perpendicular, 
giving  the  skull  something  of  the  appearance  of  the  flat-headed  American  In- 
dians, although  in  a  much  less  degree." 

The  Aflghan  head,  as  a  whole,  resembles,  in  several  respects,  the  Hindoo 
type. 

The  ancient  Assyrian  skull  is  full  and  rounded  in  the  occipital  region. 

The  Egyptian  skulls  differ  among  themselves  as  regards  the  form  of  the  oc  - 
ciput.     Of  the  series  termed  "  Grseco-Egyptians"  by  Dr.  Morton,  Nos.  799,  801, 
804,  812,   815,  821,  824,  856,   837,  838,  840  and  875,  possess,  in  general,  the 
same  occipital  form  as  is  seen  in  the  Swedish  crania  referred  to  above.     Nos. 
798,  808,  814,  817,  825,  850,  859,  868,  873,  884  and  893  have  the  occiput  less 
ovoidal  in  shape  and  more  rounded,  owing  to  the  external  occipital  protuber- 
ance being  less  prominent.     These  latter  skulls  are,  in  general,  broader  than 
the  former,    and   exhibit  a  somewhat  different  configuration  of  the  crown. 
The  same  difference  is  observable  in  the  other  groups  of  skulls  representing 
the  Egyptian  race  in  the  Academy's  collection.     Thus  of  the  Ancient  Theban 
Egyptians,  Nos.  48,  60,  844,  846,  855,   862,  876,  1044,  1293  and  1295  exhibit 
a  more  or  less  rounded  occiput,  while  in  Nos.  847,  848,  849,  851,  853,  854, 
860,  S66,  867,  871,  880,  881,  882,  883,  887,  889,  894  and  1290,  the  occiput  is 
either  shelving,  as  in  the  Swedish  skull,  or  elongated,  owing  to  the  great  pro- 
tuberance of  the  occipital  boss,  as  in  the  kumbe-kephalic  crania  above  alluded 
to.     According  to  Dr.  Morton,  No.  1044  may  serve  as  a  type  of  the  genuine 
Egyptian  conformation.     He  describes  it  as  a  long,  oval  cranium  with  a  reced- 
ing  forehead,    gently  aquiline  nose,  retracted  chin,  and  a   marked  distance 
between  the  nose  and  mouth — features  all  characteristic  of  the  monumental 
Egyptian.     He  makes  no  allusion,  however,  to  the  configuration  of  the  occiput, 
which,  as  will  be  seen  by  referring  to  the  wood  cut  on  p.  17  of  "  Crania  iEgyp- 
tiaca, "  or  p.  38  of  my  Catalogue,  is  quite  peculiar.     Some  idea  of  the  variety  of 
occipital  forms  among  these  Egyptian  skulls,  may  be  obtained  by  comparing 
together  the  wood  cuts  in  my  Catalogue  representing  Nos.  812,  878,  1044,  88S 
and  877  of  the  collection.     Dr.  Morton's  descriptions  of  the  Egyptian  skulls 
are,  in  general,  very  brief.     He  seldom  alludes  to  the  shape  of  the  occiput. 
He  notices  the  "tumid"  occiput  of  No.  871,  and  the  "full"  occiput  of  No.  867. 
The  occipital  region  of  Nog.  861  and  886  is  intermediate  in  shape  between  the 
elongate  and  rounded  forms.     Of  the  ancient  Egyptians  from  the  Necropolis 
of  Memphis,  Nos.  1223,  1235, 1519,  1520, 1521  and  1522  possess  a  rounded  occi- 
put.    In  all  the  rest  the  posterior  part  of  the  head  is  elongated  and  flattened 
superorly.     This  elongation  is  particularly  well  marked  in  Nos.  809,  810,  811, 
813,   1201,  1291,  and  also  in  No.   819  from  Arabat  el-Matfoon,   the  ancient 
Abydos.     In  all  these  skulls  the  external  occipital  protuberance  is  exceedingly 
prominent.     This  statement  applies  also  to  three  embalmed  Egyptian  heads 
found  by  Mr.  Win.  A.  Gliddon  in  a  rock-tomb  located  about  four  miles  west 
of  the  city  of  Alexandria,   and  belonging,  probably,   to  the  Ptolemaic  era. 
Among  the  Memphite  Egyptian  skulls  is  one  (No.  806)  which  is  altogether 
peculiar  and  unlike  the  other  heads  of  this  series.     It  has  a  broad,  low  and 
flat  occiput,  while  the  coronal  region  is  decidedly  Gothic  in  its  outline.     All 
the  crania  obtained  from  the  tombs  opened  by  Prof.  Lepsius  at  the  base  of  the 
great  Pyramid  of  Gizeh,   are   long,  oval  heads,    with  protuberant   occiputs, 
flattened  superiorly.     Three  Kens  or  ancient  Nubians  from  the  pits  at  Debod, 
(827,  828,  829)  exhibit  the  protuberant,  shelving  form  of  occiput.     The  hind 
head  in  No.  828  is  exceedingly  elongated.     Dr.  Morton  speaks  of  the  very  full 
occiput  of  this  skull.     He  makes  no  allusion  to  the   occipital  form  in  his 
descriptions  of  the  others.     The  occiput  of  No.  826  is  rounded.     Two  crania 
(830,  831)  of  ancient  Egyptians,  from  the  pits  at  Koum  Ombos,  have  a  rounded 
occiput.     A  third,  No.  832,  has  the  occiput  superiorly  flattened.     The  Acade- 
my's collection  contains  four  skulls  of  ancient  Egyptians,  obtained  by  the  late 
Mr.   G.   R.  Gliddon  from   the  crocodile  mummy-pits  called  Margaret-es-Sa- 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  403 

moun,  behind  the  village  of  Maabdeh,  and  opposite  to  Manfaloot.  Three  of 
these,-  Nos.  834,  836  and  1292,  have  the  shelving  occiput ;  in  the  fourth,  No. 
833,  the  occiput  is  rounded.  Among  the  Egyptian  skulls  grouped  in  the 
Catalogue  under  the  head  of  Miscellaneous,  there  is  one  (No.  822)  which  differs 
considerably  in  its  general  form  and  characters  from  the  skulls  with  which  it 
is  associated.  It  was  obtained  by  the  late  Mr.  Gliddon  from  a  tumulus  at  the 
Island  of  Beggeh,  the  ancient  Senem,  a  sacred  spot  close  to  Philas  in  Nubia. 
Mr.  Gliddon  seems  to  have  regarded  this  skull  as  that  of  "  a  pilgrim  to  the 
Temple."  The  configuration  of  the  crown  is  triangular,  while  the  occiput  is 
almost  vertically  flattened.  Of  the  four  other  heads  in  this  group,  Nos.  802 
and  1240  possess  the  rounded  form  of  occiput,  while  in  Nos.  803  and  1317  the 
hind-head  is  superiorly  flattened. 

The  dolicho-kephalic  Hebrew  skulls  in  the  collection,  exhibit  an  occiput 
more  or  less  regularly  rounded,  as  is  very  well  seen  in  Nos.  818,  842,  845, 
865  and  870.  In  the  oblong  and  somewhat  angular  head,  No.  807,  the  basal 
portion  of  the  occiput  is  perceptibly  flattened,  and  the  occipital  protuberance 
somewhat  more  prominent  than  in  the  other  skulls  of  this  group. 

In  the  Arab  skulls  the  occiput  is  broad  and  flattened.  In  No.  781  the  occipi- 
tal region  is  flattened  superiorly,  as  in  the  Norwegian  and  Swedish  crania,  and 
the  occipital  protuberance  quite  prominent.  In  No.  784  the  head  widens  out 
behind  the  mastoid  processes,  giving  the  occipital  region  a  full  and  rounded 
appearance.     In  No.  780  the  occiput  is  flattened. 

The  Fellah  skulls  have  very  prominent  occiputs,  the  occipital  protuberance 
being  more  or  less  strongly  marked.  The  Coptic  skull  exhibits  great  breadth 
and  fulness  of  the  whole  posterior  region. 

The  occiput  of  the  cast  of  an  Abyssinian  skull  in  the  collection  (1361)  is 
quite  prominent ;  the  hind-head  shelves  downwards  and  backwards  somewhat 
like  that  of  the  Swede. 

The  occipital  region  of  the  Guanche  cranium  (23)  is  full  and  prominent. 
The  Hindoo  skulls  in  the  collection,  also  vary  in  the  form  of  the  occipital 
region.  Some  of  the  Ayra,  Brahminic  or  high  caste  heads  of  this  group,  such 
as  Nos.  1329, 1331  and  1335  exhibit  the  Swedish  form  of  occiput ;  others  (Nos. 
1330,  1384)  the  rounded  shape.  In  four  Thugs,  the  occipital  configuration  is 
intermediate  between  these  two  forms.  In  No.  1332  the  occiput  is  almost 
vertically  flattened.  In  11  Bengalee  crania,  (Nos.  6,  25,  31,  81,  411,  413,  432, 
443,  444',  948  and  1312)  the  occiput  is  flatly  round.  In  21  others  (Nos.  4,  5, 
8,  19,  20,  28,  32,  49,  51,  111,  410,  442,  547,  553,  554,  665,  1309,  1310,  1311, 
1344  and  1554)  posterior  part  of  the  head  is  superiorly  flattened  and  inclined. 
In  No.  20  the  whole  os  occipitis  stands  out  very  prominently,  and  is  separated 
from  the  ossaparietalia  by  numerous  wormian  bones.  This  feature  is  also  seen, 
to  some  extent,  in  Nos.  1309  and  1310.  Such  a  form  of  the  occiput  is  very  well 
exhibited  in  plate  20,  fig.  1,  of  the  Atlas  to  Vimont's  Traiti  de  Phrenologie 
Humaine  et  Comparee.  In  No.  29,  a  peculiar  and  asymmetrical  skull,  the 
occipital  bone  appears  as  if  pressed  from  behind  and  beneath  forwards  and 
upwards.     The  hind-head  of  No.  1047  is  almost  vertically  flattened. 

In  certain  crania  from  the  Indian  Peninsula,  Dr.  Williamson  says  that  the 
posterior  part  of  the  skull  is  large,  and  the  occiput  prominent ;  the  space  for 
the  downward  developement  of  the  brain  of  moderate  extent.  Two  Hindoos 
and  a  Thug  have  the  occiput  prominent.  In  five  crania  from  Ceylon,  the 
occiput  is  well  rounded. 

There  are  thirteen  Chinese  skulls  in  the  Academy's  collection.  Of  these, 
Nos.  94,  550,  669,  670,  1526,  and  1527  exhibit  the  elongate,  shelving  form  of 
occiput,  very  well  represented  in  the  wood-cut  on  p.  47  of  my  Catalogue  of 
Human  Crania.  In  Nos.  3,  56,  426,  427,  and  1028,  the  occiput  is  rounded, 
and  in  No.  1336  vertically  flattened.  The  Chinese  crania  in  the  Chatham 
Museum  have  the  occiput  rounded  and  not  prominent.  According  to  Blan- 
chard,  in  the  Chinese  skulls  figured  in  Dumoutier's  Atlas,  "la  region  occipi- 

1860.] 


404  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

tale  s'ctend  pen  en  arriere."  Blanchard  informs  us  that  this  character  is  ex- 
hibited in  many  of  the  specimens  of  this  race,  contained  in  the  anthropo- 
logical collection  of  the  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Paris.  In  all  these 
specimens  he  found  the  posterior  part  of  the  head  a  little  less  elongated  than 
in  the  inhabitants  of  the  Phillipine  Islands.* 

In  a  Japanese  skull  (668)  the  hind-head  is  rounded;  in  two  Loo-choo  crania 
(672,  673)  it  is  shelving.   '  4 

In  two  Burmese  crania,  (661,  667)  the  occiput  is  round  and  moderately  full. 
The  occipital  region  of  a  Siamese  skull,  from  Bangkok  (123)  is  broad  and  flat, 
and  slightly  resembles  that  of  the  Malay  head. 

Some  of  the  Malar  crania,  (41,  1186,  1316,  and  1525,)  have  elongate  or 
shelving  occiputs;  in  others,  (46,  47,  201,  433,  543,  1338,- 1339,  1341,  1523,) 
the  occipital  region  is  more  or  less  flatly  round  ;  and  in  others  still,  (424, 
425,  428,  429,  430,  459,  49-5,  544,  546,  and  1337,)  it  is  more  or  less  globular. 
In  Nos.  545  and  1340,  the  occiput  is  compressed  behind,  and  somewhat  be- 
neath, so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  inclined  plane,  sloping  downwards  and  forwards, 
to  the  foramen  magnum. 

Nine  Burmese  and  Malay  crania  in  the  Chatham  collection  have  the  occiput 
broad  and  well  rounded ;  and  the  space  for  the  downward  development  of  the 
cerebellum  in  the  occipital  region  extensive.  In  one  Burmese  skull,  the  pos- 
terior part  of  the  head  is  large,  and  the  occiput  straight.  In  a  Japanese 
skull  the  occiput  is  broad,  fiat,  and  almost  perpendicular.  This  is  true  also, 
of  some  of  the  Malay  skulls,  and  of  two  Burmese  described  by  Dr.  Williamson, 
in  the  appendix  to  his  catalogue. 

Finlayson,  in  describing  the  tribes  of  the  Trans-Gangetic,  or  Indo-Chinese 
Peninsula,  says  that  "the  occipital  foramen  is  often  placed  so  far  back  that 
from  the  crown  to  the  nape  of  the  neck  is  nearly  a  straight  line."t  According 
to  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  the  occipital  portion  of  the  Siamese  skull  is  nearly 
vertical,  and  compared  with  the  anterior  and  sincipital  division,  very  small. t 
In  the  inhabitants  of  Cochin-China  or  Annam,  according  to  Morton,  the 
occipital  portion  of  the  head  is  more  elongated  than  in  the  Siamese. 

Only  one  (1551)  of  the  Lapland  skulls  in  the  Academy's  collection  has  the 
shelving  occiput ;  all  the  others,  (1250,  1257,  and  1552,)  possess  a  broad  and 
flatly  rounded  occipital  region. 

All  the  Eskimo  crania  in  the  collection  have  narrow,  elongate,  or  ovoidal 
occiputs.  In  an  Eskimo  skull  at  Chatham,  the  "occiput  is  narrow  and 
prominent." 

In  the  Tchuktchi  crania  brought  from  Behring's  Straits  by  my  friend,  E.  M. 
Kern,  Esq.,  the  occiput  is  prominent  and  shelving.  The  skull  of  an  Aleutian, 
from  Unalaschka,  contained  in  the  Rijk's  Museum  of  Natural  History,  at 
Leyden,  and  figured  and  described  by  Prof.  Van  der  Heaven,  has  a  prominent 
ociput.§ 

The  occipital  region  of  a  Kamskatkan  cranial  cast  (725)  is  full  and  pro- 
tuberant. In  the  skull  of  a  Northern  Reindeer  Tungus,  figured  by  Blumen- 
bach,  in  Table  xvi.  of  his  Decades  Craniorum,  "the  occiput  is  remarkably 
prominent,  so  that  the  distance  between  the  external  occipital  protuberance 
and  the  superior  incisors  is  equal  to  nine  inches."  The  Kalmuck  (1553)  and 
Burat  skulls  (1355)  have  globular  occiputs. 

The  occipital  region  of  the  skull  of  an  Icelander  (125)  is  full,  protuberant, 
and  shelving. 

♦Voyage  ail  Pole  Sud  et  dans  l'Oceanie.&c.  Anthropologie.  Par  Emile  Blanchard 
Paris,  1854. 

t  Embassy  to  Siaui  and  Hue,  p.  230. 

J  A  voyage  Round  the  World;  including  an  Embassy  to  Muscat  and  Siam.  By  W. 
S.  W.  Ruschenberger,  M.  D.     Philada.,  1838,  p.  209. 

§  Beschrijving  van  Drie  Merkwaardige  Menschelijke  Schedels  uit  het  Rijk's  Museum 
van  Natuurlijke  Histore  te  Leiden.     Door  J.  Van  der  Hoeven. 

[Sept- 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  405 

Four  of  the  Kanaka  skulls  in  the  collection,  (564,  695,  1300,  and  1308,) 
have  elongate  or  shelving  occiputs.  In  three  others,  (566,  572,)  the  occiput 
is  rounded.  In  two  skulls  from  Oahu,  (1023,  1024,)  the  occipital  region  is 
prominent ;  in  another  (1022)  it  is  more  rounded.  Three  Tahaitian  crania 
(1017,  1019,  1020,)  exhibit  protuberant  and  shelving  occiputs.  In  two  other 
Tahaitian  heads  (1016,  1021)  the  occiput  is  more  rounded,  and  in  still 
another  (1018)  it  is  broad  and  flat.  The  crania  of  Sandwich  Islanders,  in  the 
Chatham  collection,  possess  rounded  occiputs.  In  an  Otahaitian  skull  the 
occiput  is  prominent. 

There  are  three  Marquesan  skulls  in  the  Academy's  collection.  In  one  of 
these,  from  Nukahivah,  the  occiput  is  narrow  and  shelving,  and  the  occipital 
boss  quite  protuberant.  In  another,  also,  from  Nukahivah,  and  a  third  from 
Christina,  the  occipital  region  is  fuller  and  less  prominent. 

All  the  New  Zealand  crania  in  the  Academy's  collection  exhibit  the  elongate 
and  narrow  form  of  occiput.  In  five  New  Zealand  skulls  in  the  Chatham 
Museum,  "  the  occiput  is  not  prominent,  but  well  rounded  off." 

In  a  Feejee  specimen  from  Bau,  (1029)  the  occipital  region  is  narrow  and 
protuberant.* 

Three  Arickaree  skulls,  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  exhibit  the  same  shelving 
occiput  and  prominent  occipital  protuberance,  seen  in  the  Swedish,  Cimbrian, 
and  Ostrogoth  crania.  They  are  long,  oval  skulls,  and  resemble,  in  their 
general  configuration,  the  Swedish  crania,  as  may  be  seen  by  comparing 
together  No.  649  (Arickaree),  and  No.  1247  (Swede).  One  of  the  Arickaree 
skulls  (No.  748),  presents  a  somewhat  modified  occipital  form.  It  is  like  that 
represented  in  plate  35  of  Crania  Americana,  or  fig.  2  of  plate  96  of  Vimont's 
Atlas.  The  superiorly  flattened  form  of  the  occiput  is  also  seen  in  the 
Assinaboin  skulls,  though  less  strongly  marked.  These  crania  are  broader 
and  less  oval  than  the  preceding.  The  same  occipital  form  is  also  very  well 
marked  in  Nos.  632  and  635  of  the  Cherokee  group.  These  two  crania  are 
long  ovals.  In  the  other  specimens  of  this  group,  the  occipital  protuberance 
is  less  prominent,  and  the  whole  hind-head  more  evenly  rounded  in  the  line 
of  prolongation  of  the  sagittal  suture.  These  Cherokee  skulls  differ  from  each 
other  in  several  particulars.  In  two  Chetimache  skulls,  from  Louisiana,  the 
occipital  region  is  flattened  nearly  perpendicularly  from  the  superior  spinous 
ridge  upwards.  In  the  Chippeway  or  Ojibway  skull,  No.  684,  the  hind-head 
is  shelving ;  in  No.  683  it  presents  a  different  form,  as  seen  in  plate  28  of 
Crania  Americana.  Two  of  the"Kootenay  crania  (Nos.  744,  745),  have  the 
occiput  protuberant  and  elongated.  In  No.  1227  the  hind-head  is  flat.  Two 
of  the  Creek  skulls  (Nos.  441,  579),  are  short  heads  with  broad,  globular 
occiputs.  No.  751,  a  long,  oval  skull,  has  the  superiorly  flattened  hind-head 
and  prominent  occipital  protuberance  well  marked.  In  its  general  form,  this 
head  strongly  calls  to  mind  the  Cimbric  type  or  configuration.  In  No.  1454 
the  occiput  is  rounded.  Dr.  Morton,  writing  in  1839,  says  that  "  the  present 
Creek  nation  is  said  to  embrace  the  remains  of  no  less  than  fifteen  different 
tribes,  which  they  have  conquered  at  various  times."  This  fact  may  explain 
the  discrepancy  in  forms  exhibited  by  the  different  specimens  of  this  group. 
The  Dacota  skull  (No.  605)  has  a  globular  occiput.  In  No.  112,  the  occipital 
region  is  very  much  elongated  and  shelving,  as  in  the  Creek  skull  (No.  751). 
The  occiput  of  No.  204,  resembles  that  of  the  Cayuga  skull,  figured  in  plate  35 
of  Crania  Americana.  The  Huron  cranium  (No.  15)  is  beautifully  lithographed 
in  Crania  Americana,  pi.  37.  Reference  to  it  will  show  that  the  occiput  is  so 
flattened  as  to  slant  or  incline  from  above  downwards  and  backwards,  and  to 


*  One  half  of  the  crania  contained  in  the  Polynesian  group  of  the  Morton  collection 
were  procured  by  Dr.  Thos.  J.  Turner,  who  is  preparing  a  monograph  on  the  cranial  and 
other  physical  characteristics  of  this  interesting  race,  several  varieties  of  which  he  wae 
able  to  study  practically  during  his  cruise  in  the  Pacific. 

I860.] 


406  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY   OP 

occupy  a  position  between  the  shelving  occiput  of  the  Swede  and  the  verti- 
cally flattened  form.     Nos.  1217  and  1218   exhibit  the  same  form.     No.  607 
approximates  the  shelving,  or  superiorly  flattened  sbape.     Tlie  exact  form  oi 
the  hind-head  cannot  be  determined  in  the  Illinois  crania  in  the  Academy's 
collection,  for  the  whole  of  the  os  occipitis  is  wanting  in  No.  1010,  and  the 
greater  part  in  No.  1051.     In  the  former,  the  occiput  appears  to  have  been 
shelving  ;  in  the  latter,  flatly  round  or  globular.     In  two  Iroquois  skulls  (Nos. 
16  and  119),  the  occiput  is  elongated  and  shelving.     In  a  third  (No.  989),  it 
is  almost  globular.     Of  the  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indian  skulls,  Nos.  40,  115. 
118,  and  1265,  possess  an  elongated  occiput,  such  as  is  seen  in  plate  32  ot 
Crania  Americana.     In  No.  418  the  posterior  region  is  rounded,  and  far  less 
prominent.    In  Nos.  1263, 1562,  and  1563,  the  hind-head  is  broad  and  squarely 
flattened.     In  No.  1264  the  occipital  protuberance  is  prominent  and  knob- 
like.    No.  998  is  flatly  round  in  the  occipital  region.     In  all  the  Mandan 
and  Minetari  skulls,  the  form  of  the  occipital  region  is  very  similar  to  that  of 
the  Arickarees  and  Assinaboins.     The  form  of  the  occiput  varies  among  the 
different  specimens  of  the  Menominee  group.     Nos.  35,  44,  78,  454,  and  563. 
exhibit  the  form  seen  in  the  Huron  skull,  figured  in  Crania  Americana,  plate 
37.     The  other  two  (Nos.  1220  and  and  1222),  are  more  elongated  behind. 
No.  10-58  of  the  Miami  group,  has  an  occiput  like  the  Huron  cranium  just 
alluded  to.     In  1233  the  hind-head  is  perpendicularly  flattened.     All  the  rest 
of  this  series  exhibit  the  elongated  form.     In  the  three  Mohawk  crania,  the 
occiput   is  superiorly  flattened,  and  the   occipital   protuberance   prominent. 
Two  Moqui  skulls  (138,  139),    are  brachykephalic,   with  very  flat  occiputs. 
The  Narragansett  skulls  in  the  collection  differ  from  each  other  in  the  form  oi 
the  occipital  region.      In  No.  950  the  hind-head  is  elongated.      In  No.  951 
it  is  shelving,  all  that  part  of  the  occipital  bone  above  the  superior  spinous 
ridge  being  tumid.     The  posterior  part  of  the  head,  in  Nos.  952  and  954, 
shelves  or  inclines  from  above  downwards  and  backwards.     In  the  latter  skull 
the  occipital  base  is  very  protuberant.     In  No.  953  the  occiput  is  full  and 
rounded,  instead  of  being  elongated,  as  in  the  others.     This  is  true,  also,  of 
Nos.  956  and  693.     In  the  latter,  the  os  occipitis  is  somewhat  pressed  forwards 
under  the  parietalia.     No.  1040  is  a  very  peculiar,  oblong  head ;  the  shelving 
and  elongated  occiput  projects  far  behind  the  external  auditory  meati,  and 
the  basis-occipitis  is  quite  flat.     Nos.  955  and  957  have  pointed  or  acuminated 
occiputs,  which  appear  to  be  posthumously  distorted.     In  No.  955  the  left 
side  of  the  occipital  bone  is  flattened  ;   in  No.  957,  the  right.     In  the  former 
the  left  side,  and  in  the  latter  the  right,  appears  to  have  rested  upon  the 
ground  for  a  very  long  time,  and  to  have  been  flattened  by  the  weight  of  the 
superincumbent  bones  of  the  head.     This  flatness  gives  an  acuminated  ap- 
pearance to  the  occiput,  the  point  being  to  one  or  other  side  of  the  median 
line.     Since  the  publication  of  Crania  Americana,  craniographers  have  been 
familiar  with  the  vertical  flatness  of  the  occiput  in  crania  of  the  Natchez  tribe. 
This  peculiar  flatness  is  well  shown  in  No.  1106.     The  shelving  occipital  form 
is  shown  in  all  the  Natick  skulls.     Of  the  Osage  crania,  No.  54  is  a  short, 
angularly  round  head,  with  an  occiput  almost  vertically  flattened.     In  No. 
660,  a  larger  head,  the  tumid  occiput  gives  a  shelving  form  to  the  hind-head, 
seen  in  profile.     In  the  Ottoes  the  occiput  is  broad  and  flatly  round,  and  ap- 
proximates strongly,  the  globular  form  exhibited  in  the  Lapps  and  Kalmucks." 
The  same  form  is  exhibited  in  the  round-headed  Ottawa,  No.  1007.     In  the 
other  two  Ottawa  skulls,  the  hind-head  is  shelving.     In  the  round-headed 
Ottigamies,  the  occiput  is  globular.     In  No.  415  of  this  group,  this  globular 
shape  is  destroyed  by  the  tumid  occiput.     The  two  Pawnee  skulls  contrast 
strongly  with  each  other  in  the  shape  of  the  occiput,  which  in  No.  540  is  flatly 
round,   and  in  No.   1043   is   excessively  elongated   and   shelving.      In  two 
Penobscot  skulls  the  occiput  is  rounded.     Of  the  Potawatomie  crania,  No. 
657,  as  shown  in  plate  34  of    Crania  Americana,   has  an   angularly  round 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  407 

occiput.     In  No.  736,  a  short,  triangular  skull ;   the  occiput  is  flat.     In  the 
broadly  oval  cranium  (No.  737),  the  hind-head  is  rounded.     In  No.  1352  the 
hind-head  approximates  the  shelving  type.     The  two  Sauk  skulls  are  unlike 
each  other  in  the  shape  of  the  occiput.     No.  561  has  a  broad,  though  pro- 
tuberant hind-head.     In  No.  1246  the  occipital  region  is  rounded.     The  Semi- 
nole Indians  are  represented  in  the  Academy's  collection  by  sixteen  skulls. 
No.  456  (figured  in  Crania  Americana,  pi.  241,  is  a  round  head,  with  a  full 
and  somewhat  angularly  rounded  occiput.     In  No.  604  the  knob-like  pro- 
tuberance of  the  occipital  bone  destroys  the  rounded  form  of  the  hind-head, 
and  gives  the  latter  a  different  shape,  as  will  be  seen  by  comparing  the  first 
cut  on  page  166  of   Crania  Americana,  with  plate  24  of  that  work.     In  No. 
698  the  hind-head  is  elongated  and  shelving.     In  No.  707  it  approximates  in 
its  lower  part  the  globular  form,  and  is  in  striking  contrast  with  No.  456,  as 
may  be  seen  by  comparing  together  plates  23  and  24  of   Crania  Americana. 
In  No.  708  it  is  more  elongated  and  less  broad,  and  in  No.  754  rather  flatly 
rounded.     No.  726  is  a  short  head,  with  a  full,  broad,  but  somewhat  shelving 
occiput.     No.  727  possesses  a  narrow  and  prominent  occiput,  which  is  wider 
between  the  parietal  bosses  than  at  the  base.     In  No.  728  the  occiput  is  fuller 
and  more  rounded.     In  No.  729  the  hind  head  is  rather  narrow  below,  and 
protuberant.     In  No.  730  the  occiput  is  broader  at  the  base  than  above,  and 
quite  pointed.     In  Nos.  732,  733,  753,*  and  1286,  the  occiput  is  protuberant 
and  shelving  above.     A  Shawnee  skull,  "No.   606,  has  a  very  narrow,  pro- 
tuberant, and  symmetrical  occiput ;   the  left,  basal  part  of  the  occipital  bone 
being  flattened,  perhaps  posthumously.     In  No.  691  the  occiput  is  flattened 
vertically  on  the  right  side.     In  No.  1210,  a  narrow,  and  highly  arched  skull, 
the  hind  head  is  narrow,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  occipital  bone  prominent. 
The  Shoshone  skulls  in  the  collection  are  not  alike  in  the  form  of  the  occiput. 
No.  1446  exhibits  a  broad  and  somewhat  flatly  rounded  hind-head,  appearing 
as  if  pressed  under  the  parietal  bosses  ;  the  upper  and  posterior  part  of  the 
head,  just  between  the  parietal  protuberances,  being  broad  and  very  elevated. 
In  No.  1447  the  occiput  is  protuberant  and  shelving.    In  No.  1448  the  occiput 
is  broad  at  the  base,  and  flattened,  though  not  vertically.    No.  1449  possesses  a 
rounded  and  not  very  prominent   occiput.      Two  Upsarooka  skulls,    (Nos. 
1228  and  1229),  have  the  hind-head  shelving,  and  the  occipital  base  very 
prominent.     In  the  Winnebago  cranium  (No.  559),  the  occiput  is  broad  and 
globular.     In  No.  560  it  is  less  broad  and  more  projecting.     In  the  Yamasse 
skulls   (Nos.  1214  and  1215),  the  occiput  is  narrow  and  rounded.     In  No. 
1216  it  is  broad  and  rounded,  almost  to  globularity.     There  are  four  skulls  of 
California  Indians  in  the  collection,  f     No.  1514  exhibits  what  may  be  called 
a  pyramidal  occiput.     The  occipital  bone  above  the  superior  spinous  ridge  is 
very  prominent,  and  constitutes  a  common  centre,  towards  which  the  parietals 
slant  from  above  downwards  and  backwards,  and  also  at  the  sides,  and  the  basal 
portion  of  the  occipital  bone  upwards  and  backwards,   somewhat  after  the 
fashion  seen  in   some  of  the  elongated  Peruvian  heads.     No.  1027,  a  female 
cranium  from  Mare  Island,  California,  is  a  long,  narrow  head,  with  a  narrow 
and  oval  occiput.    No.  943,  also  from  Mare  Island,  exhibits  a  shelving  occiput. 
Of  the  crania  marked  "miscellaneous"  in  the  Catalogue,  No.  416,  from  a 
mound  on  the  Upper  Mississippi,  possesses  a  narrow  and  prominent  occiput. 
This  skull  is  represented  in  plate  52  of  Crania  Americana  in  such  a  position 
that,  at  first  sight,  the  occiput  appears  full  and  rounded.     But  if  the  observer 
will  place  his  hand,  over  the  lower  jaw,  so  as  to  hide  it,  and  then  hold  the 
lithograph  in  such  a  manner  that  the  base  of  the  skull  shall  be  parallel  with 

*  The  last  skull  of  the  Seminole  group  should  be  numbered  in  the  Catalogue,  753,  in- 
stead of  1556. 

t  Two  of  these  are  enumerated  in  the  published  Catalogue.  The  other  two  have  been 
added  to  the  collection  by  my  friend,  Dr.  Thos.  J.  Turner,  of  the  United  States  Navy, 
since  the  Catalogue  was  printed. 

I860.] 


408  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

the  plane  of  the  horizon,  he  will  then  see  that  the  head  is  in  reality  a  long 
one,  and  that  the  occipital  region  is  prominent  and  not  round.     No.  1237, 
from  Illinois,  is  a  broad,  asymmetrical  head,  flattened  behind  slantingly,  and 
rather  to  the  left.     Nos.  1315,  1510,  and   1511  have  broad,  prominent,  and 
somewhat  shelving  occiputs.     No.  420,  from  the  Cave  at  Steubenville,  Ohio, 
has  a  low,  broad  occiput,  flattened  on  the  right  side.     In  No.  436,  also  from 
the  Cave-cemetery  at  Steubenville,  the   broad  occiput  is   almost  vertically 
flattened.     In  Nos.  437  and  438,  also  from  Steubenville,  the  occiput  is  low, 
broad,  and  vertically  flattened.     The  former  is  asymmetrical.     The  occiput  is 
slantingly  flattened   in   No.  439.     No.  210  is  wanting   in   symmetry.      The 
occiput  is  flattened  on  the  left  side,  perhaps  posthumously.     It  appears  to 
have  been  originally  moderately  full  and  rounded.    In  No.  658  the  broad  occiput 
is  asymmetrically  flattened  to  the  right  of  the  median  line.     No.  723,  also 
non-symmetrical,  has  a  low,  broad,  and  vertically  flattened  occiput.     In  No. 
53,  from  a  mound  at  Circleville,  the  occipital  protuberance  is  prominent,  and 
the  hind-head  shelving.     No.  1287,  from  a  mound  at  Chillicothe,  has  a  broad 
occiput,  slightly  truncated  or  flattened,  directly  behind.     No.  1288,  from  the 
same  place,  occiput  shelving  and  very  protuberant.     No.  992,  from  a  mound 
in  Tennessee,  broad,  asymmetrical,  and  perpendicularly  flattened  or  truncated 
No.  1270,  from  Detroit,  occiput  shelving  and  protuberant.     No.  1271,  from 
Ohio,  occiput  broad,  and  flattened  directly  behind.     No.  1272,  found  with  the 
preceding,  occiput  moderately  prominent.     No.  1455,  from  a  mound  in  Florida ; 
a  very  mis-shapen   skull,  with  a  low,   broad,  and  asymmetrically  flattened 
occiput.     No.  417,  Cayuga,  of  New  York :  occiput  elongated  and  prominent. 
No.  1041,  a  Cheyenne  of  Missouri  ;  occiput  shelving  and  protuberant.     No. 
211,  from  Missouri ;   a  broad  and  flat  head,  with  globular  occiput.     No.  987, 
Chemesyan,  from  the  N.  W.  coast  of  America  ;  occiput  full  and  rounded.     No. 
22,  young  Choctaw  female,  of  Georgia;  occiput  protuberant  and  shelving. 
No.  39,  Euchee  Indian,  of  Florida  ;  occiput  full  and  rounded.     No.  212,  cast 
of  a   Kenahawha   skull ;    occiput   vertically  flattened.     No.  27,  Massasauga 
Indian,  of  Peterboro',  Upper  Canada,  and  No.  455,  Mingo  Indian,  from  Ohio  ; 
occiput  elongated  and  shelving.     No.  1219  Nanticoke,  (?)  from  the  Wyoming 
Valley  ;   occiput  full  and  globular.     No.  567,  Naumkeag,  of  Massachusetts  ; 
occiput  narrow  and  prominent.     No.  33,  Oneida  warrior  ;   occiput  flattened  ; 
occipital  base  prominent.     No.  1036,  Pocasset  Indian  ;  occiput  flatly  rounded. 
No.  26,  Quinnipiack  (Mohegan)  Indian ;  occiput  globular.     No.  1516,  Seneca 
Indian,  from  New  York  ;  occiput  broad  and  truncated,  or  flattened  directly  be- 
hind.    No.  1557,  from  the  banks  of  the  Susquehanna  ;  form  of  the  occiput  very 
much  like  that  of  the  California  head  (No.  1514).     In  Nos.  216  and  219,  the 
occiput  is  shelving  and  protuberant.     The  same  form  is  seen  in  the  Maya 
skull  (No.   990).     The  Araucanian  skull  (No.  651)   has  a  full  and  rounded 
occiput.     In  No.  652  the  occiput  is  arched.     In  No.  654  the  occipital  region  is 
square  and  truncated,  or  vertically  flattened,   as  is  well  shown  in  plate  68 
of  Crania  Americana.     In  Nos.  655  and  656  the  occiput  is  moderately  full  and 
rounded.     In  No.  995  the  hind-head  is  fuller  than  in  the  preceding,  and  the 
occipital  protuberance  more  prominent.     In  No.  997  the  occipital  boss  is  very 
prominent.   In  No.  221  the  hind-head  is  shelving,  and  the  occipital  protuberance 
sharply  pointed.     In  No.  222  the  occiput  is  shelving  and  protuberant;   in 
No.  120  it  is  broad  and  flatly  round.     The  flattened  form  of  the  occiput  of  No. 
1242  is  well  shown  in  the  wood-cut  on  p.  75  of  the  Catalogue.    The  three  Charib 
skulls  in  the  collection  have  prominent  and  elongated  occiputs.     In  the  cast  of 
a  Patagonian  skull,  the  hind-head  projects  far  behind  the  meati.     The  whole 
of  the  occipital  region  is  full  and  tumid.    In  many  of  the  crania  which  we  have 
passed  in  review,  the  elongation  of  the  occiput  backwards  is  chiefly  due  to  the 
great  prominence  of  the  occipital  boss.     In  the  Patagonian  head,  this  feature 
is  not  present.     The-hind  head  of  the  Puelche  girl  is  rather  flat.     The  head 
of  a  Puelche,  from  the  Rio  Negro,  figured  by  d'Orbigny,  has  a  truncated 

[Sept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  40§ 

occiput.*    In  all  the  Brazilian  crania,  the  occipital  region  is  more  or  less 
elongated  and  superiorly  flattened,  as  in  the  Swedes. 

There  are  nine  aboriginal  American  skulls  in  the  collection  at  Fort  Pitt, 
Chatham.  These  are  described  by  Dr.  Williamson!  in  his  catalogue.  No.  67, 
from  Lake  Huron,  has  a  rounded  occiput.  No.  68,  skull  of  a  North  American 
Indian,  has  the  occiput  projecting.  In  No.  69  "the  vertex  and  occiput  are 
well  arched."  In  No.  70  the  occiput  is  rounded.  In  No.  71  "the  vertex  and 
occiput  are  well  rounded."  In  No.  473,  from  Canada,  the  occiput  is  large 
and  well  rounded,  and  the  space  for  the  downward  development  of  the  brain 
in  the  occipital  region  is  very  great.  No.  474,  also  from  Canada,  is  a  round 
skull.  No  special  statement  is  made  concerning  the  form  of  the  occiput,  but 
from  the  general  description  of  the  head,  I  consider  it  to  be  oval.  In  No.  475. 
a  Flathead,  ' '  the  occiput  descends  from  the  vertex  abruptly,  and  almost  per- 
pendicularly to  the  foramen  magnum."  In  No.  476,  a  Charib,  from  St.  Vin- 
cent, "the  vertex  gradually  slopes  backwards  and  downwards  to  the  occiput, 
which  projects,  and  is  narrow  from  above  downwards  ;  the  occiput  is  very  flat, 
and  nearly  the  whole  of  the  occipital  bone  rests  upon  a  plane  surface." 

The  late  Dr.  Morton,  as  is  well  known,  regarded  flatness  of  the  occiput 
as  a  characteristic  feature  of  the  aboriginal  American  skull.  In  Crania 
Americana  (page  65),  he  expressly  says  that  "flatness  of  the  occipital 
portion  of  the  cranium  will  probably  be  found  to  characterize  the 
greater  or  less  number  of  individuals  in  every  existing  tribe,  from  Terra  del 
Fuego  to  the  Canadas.  If  these  skulls  be  viewed  behind,  we  observe  the 
occipital  outline  to  be  moderately  curved  outwards,  wide  at  the  occipital  pro- 
tuberances, and  full  from  those  points  to  the  opening  of  the  ear.  From  the 
parietal  protuberances  there  is  a  slightly  curved  slope  to  the  vertex,  pro- 
ducing a  conical,  or  rather  a. wedge-shaped  outline."  He  says,  furthermore, 
that  even  in  the  elongated  heads  of  the  Lenapes,  the  Iroquois,  Cherokees, 
Mandans,  Rickarees,  and  Assinaboins,  "the  characteristic  truncation  of  the 
occiput  is  more  or  less  obvious."  In  another  publication^  when  alluding  to 
the  physical  characteristics  of  the  Indian  tribes,  he  again  speaks  of  ' '  the  flat- 
tened or  vertical  occiput"  as  a  characteristic  common  to  them  all.  In  the 
3d  edition  of  his  Catalogue  of  Skulls  of  Man  and  the  Inferior  Animals,  Dr.  M, 
briefly  describes  a  very  remarkable  head,  found  by  Dr.  Davis  and  Mr. 
Squier,  in  a  mound  in  the  Scioto  Valley,  Ohio,  and  described  and  figured  by 
them  in  their  "Ancient  Monuments  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,"  plates  47  and 
48.  Dr.  M.  regarded  this  head  as  the  "perfect  type  of  the  Indian  conforma- 
tion, to  which  the  skulls  of  all  the  tribes,  from  Cape  Horn  to  Canada,  more 
or  less  approximate.  It  possesses  the  national  characteristics  in  perfection, 
as  seen  in  the  elevated  vertex,  flattened  occiput,  &c.  Similar  forms, "  he  con- 
tinues, "are  common  in  the  Peruvian  tombs,  and  have  the  occiput  as  in  this 
instance,  so  flattened  and  vertical  as  to  give  the  idea  of  artificial  compression  : 
yet  this  is  only  an  exaggeration  of  the  natural  form,  caused  by  the  pressure  of 
the  cradle-board,  in  common  use  among  the  American  nations." 

In  his  last  contribution  to  craniography,  §  Dr.  Morton  describes  the  typical 
Indian  skull  to  be  of  a  decidedly  rounded  form,  with  the  occipital  portion 
flattened  in  the  upward  direction. 

Dr.  Morton's  opinion  concerning  the  typical  form  of  the  occiput  in  the 
various  tribes  of  American  Indians,  though  very  generally  acquiesced  in  by 
craniographers,  has  not  been  accepted  by  all  without  qualification. 

" L'inspection  des  cranes  mexicains,"  writes  Dr.  Gosse,  of  Geneva,  repre- 
sentes  dans  les  Crania  Americana  me  semble  prouver  que  chez  ces  derniers, 

*  L'Homme  Americain.     Atlas,  Plate  i.  fig,  1. 

t  Op.  cit.  pp.  64-67,  83,  85. 

X  Inquiry  into  the  Distinctive  Characteristics  of  the  Aboriginal  Race  of  America,  p.  5. 

jS  The  Physical  Tvpe  of  the  American  Indians. 

I860.]  28 


410  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

la  depression  de  l'occiput  etait  loin  d'etre  aussi  generate  et  aussi  marquee  que 
parmi  les  Incas  et  que  chez  les  cranes  examines  par  Meyen  ;  car  dans  plusieurs 
d'entre  eux,  la  tete  est  plutot  normalement  developpee  en  arriere.  Ce  qui 
m'etonne, "  he  continues,  "c'estqu'  independamment  de  la  transmission 
hereditaire,  Morton  n'ait  pas  fait  jouer  un  role  plus  general  a  Taction  pro- 
longee  de  ce  genre  de  berceau,  le  compagnon  des  peuples  nomades  sur  l'apla- 
tissement  du  derriere  de  la  tete,  qu'il  considere  comme  un  caractere  normal 
du  type  americain."* 

Dr.  J.  B.  Davis  also  writes  that  though  "this  position  of  Morton's  is  no 
doubt  founded  in  truth,  yet  it  must  be  allowed  to  be  liable  to  numerous  ex- 
ceptions." His  doubts  appear  to  have  been  awakened  by  the  fact  which  he 
mentions,  that  the  crania  of  Americans,  figured  by  Sandifort  and  Milne- 
Edwards,  (one  of  them  given  as  a  typical  skull),  are  both  distinguished  by  a 
considerable  occipital  projection.! 

Prof.  Daniel  Wilson,  of  Canada,  in  a  recent  interesting  paper  on  the 
Cranial  Type  of  the  American  Aborigines,  J  tells  us  that  he  has  carefully  ex- 
amined twenty-nine  Indian  skulls,  three  only  of  which  he  regards  as  brachy- 
(•ephalic.  "  One  of  these  three,  a  very  remarkable  and  massive  skull,  was 
turned  up  at  Barrie,  on  Lake  Simcoe,  with,  it  is  said,  upwards  of  two  hundred 
others.  It  differs  from  all  the  other  Indian  crania,  in  exhibiting  the  vertical 
occiput  so  very  strikingly,  that  when  laid  resting  on  it,  it  stands  more  firmly 
than  in  any  other  position."  He  thinks  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the 
flattened  occiput  of  this  skull  is  the  result  of  artificial  compression  of  a  much 
more  decided  nature  than  that  of  the  cradle-board  of  the  papoose. 

Further  on,  he  says,  "  I  am  struck,  in  the  majority  of  the  examples  ex- 
amined, with  the  total  absence  of  any  approximation  to  the  flattened  occiput." 
Fifteen  of  the  crania  referred  to  exhibit  a  more  o.r  les.5  decided  posterior  pro- 
jection of  the  occiput,  twelve  of  these  being  markedly  so,  and  seven  of  them 
presenting  such  a  prolongation  of  it,  as  constituted  one  of  the  most  striking 
features  in  one  class  of  ancient  Scottish  crania,  which  chiefly  led  to  the  sug- 
gestion of  the  term  kumbecephale."§  *  *  *  "  I  think  it  extremely  pro- 
lxable  that  further  investigation  will  tend  to  the  conclusion  that  the  vertical 
or  flattened  occiput,  instead  of  being  a  typical  characteristic,  pertains  entirely 
to  the  class  of  artificial  modifications  of  the  natural  cranium  familiar  to  the 
American  ethnologist,  alike  in  the  disclosures  of  ancient  graves,  and  in  the 
•ustoms  of  widely  separated  living  tribes." 

From  the  details  which  I  have  presented  above,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
opinions  upon  this  subject,  entertained  by  Dr.  Morton,  cannot  be  substantiated 
by  the  aboriginal  American  crania  in  the  Academy's  collection.  The  verti- 
cally flattened  occiput  is  by  no  means  a  distinctive  character  of  these  crania  ; 
on  the  contrary,  it  is  only  an  occasional  feature  among  them,  and  is  exhibited 
also  by  the  skulls  of  other,  and  distant  races  of  men.  In  fact,  the  occipital 
region  of  our  American  Indian  skulls  exhibits  quite  a  variety  of  forms.  In 
some,  as  we  have  already  seen,  the  flatness  is  located  superiorly,  affecting 
equally  the  posterior  superior  part  of  the  ossa-parietalia,  and  the  upper  part 
of  the  os  occipitis  ;  in  others,  and  they  are  comparatively  few,  the  flattening 
is  directly  behind,  and  is  vertical ;  in  a  third  variety  the  flatness  is  confined 
wholly  to  the  basal  portion  of  the  occipital  bone.  In  some  of  the  skulls  the 
occiput  is  evenly  rounded,  in  the  direction  of  the  longitudinal  periphery,  the 
transverse  diameter,  behind  the  bony  meati,  being  comparatively  small ;  in 
others  it  is  full  and  globular.  If  the  reader  will  place  the  Crania  Americana 
before  him,  and  compare  together  the  outline  representations  of  the  posterior 
part  of  the  skull  in  the  different  tribes  of  Indians,  he  will  be  struck  with  the 

*  Essai  sur  les  Deformations  Artificielles  du  Crane.    Paris,  1855,  pp.  72,  74. 

t  Crania  Britannica,  Decade  3,  p. 

X  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science,  and  Art.     November,  1857,  pp.  425,  427. 

i  Prehistoric  Annals  of  Scotland,  p  109. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  411 

htierence  of  form  which  they  exhibit.  In  some  it  is  higher  than  broad  ;  in 
others  it  is  broader  than  high;  in  others  again,  the  greatest  breadth  is _ be- 
tween the  parietal  bosses  ;  in  a  fourth  variety  the  greatest  breadth  coincides 
with  the  base.  In  some,  the  contour  of  the  hind  head  is  almost  square ;  in 
in  some  almost  circular  ;  in  some  oblong  ;  in  others  triangular,  and  in  others 
still,  pentagonal  or  very  irregular.  Now,  none  of  these  forms  are  diagnostic 
of  the  Indian  skull.  Indeed,  they  all  appertain  to  the  races  of  the  Eastern  con- 
tinent, as  well  as  to  those  of  the  Western. 

It  is  very  well  known  to  craniographers  that  Dr.  Morton,  as  early  as  1846, 
pointed  out  the  existence  of  at  least  four  different  forms  of  the  Peruvian  skull, 
all  of  which  he  regarded  as  artificial  deformations,  although  in  his  Crania 
Americana,  published  long  before,  he  contended  that  these  forms  were  natural 
and  congenital.     Five  years  later,  Dr.  Rivero  andTschudi,  without  appearing 
to  be  aware  of  the  views  of  Dr.  Morton,  arrived  at  the  same  conclusion — that 
these  peculiar  forms  were  congenital,  and  that  there  were  four  varieties  of 
them.     Now,  in  all  these  varieties  the  occiput,  as  might  be  expected,  varies 
in  form.     One  variety  is  very  well  shown  in  plate  2  of  Crania  Americana  (No. 
496  of  the  Catalogue),  and  also  in  the  wood-cut  representing  No.  1277  of  the 
Catalogue.     This  form  of  occiput  is  also  seen  in  Nos.  1275,  1279,  1280,  1281, 
1283,  1284,  1363,  1364,  1366,  and  many  others.     A  very  different  form  of  the 
whole  head,  and  of  the  occiput,  which  is  flatly  rounded,  is  seen  in  plate  7  of 
Crania  Americana,  representing  a  Peruvian,  from  Santa.     No.  1276  exhibits 
a  similar  occiput.     In  his  interesting  work  entitled  Three  Years  in  the  Pacific, 
Dr.  Ruschenberger  alludes  to  the  peculiarities  of  form  shown  in  Peruvian 
skulls.     He  says  that  in  many  of  the  crania  obtained  by  him  at  Santa,  the 
occiput  "is  almost  vertical,  and  rises  quite  abruptly  from  the  great  hole  at 
the  base"  (p.  374).     In  plate  4  of  Crania  Americana,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
occiput  is  much  fuller  and  rounder  than  in  the  last  specimens.     Just  such  a 
form  of  the  occipital  region  is  represented  in  Nos.  1278,  1282,  1365,  and  1366. 
Nos.  13,   30,  75,  77,   84,   85,   86,   87,   93,  95,  97,  446,  and  many  others,  are 
asymmetrical  skulls,  flattened  behind  in  a  manner  more  or  less  like  one  or 
other  of  the  forms  represented  in  plates  8,  11,  and  11  B,of  Crania  Americana. 
In  other  skulls  of  this   great  Toltecan  group,  the  occipital  flatness  is  almost 
vertical,  and  at  the  same  time  symmetrical,  as  above  intimated.     The  supe- 
riorly flattened  or  shelving  occiput  is  seen  in  some  of  the  Peruvian  skulls,  as 
in  Nos.  571,  631,  and  others.     No.  696  has  an  occipital  region  very  much  like 
that  figured  in  Vimont's  Atlas,  plate  96,  fig.  2 ;  while  Nos.  1420,  1425,  and 
all  the  casts  of  skulls  found  on  the  Island  of  Titicaca,  resemble,  in  the  con- 
formation of  the  occiput,  the  cranium  represented  in  Table  1  of  Fitzinger's 
Essay  Ueber  die  Schcidel  der  Avaren. 

The  skulls  of  Aymaras,  from  Bolivia  and  Peru,  figured  by  D'Orbigny,  have 
projecting  occiputs.* 

The  Mexican  crania  in  the  Academy's  collection  differ  from  each  other  in  the 
form  of  the  occipital  region. 

A  female  skull  (34),  of  this  great  family,  obtained  from  Acapacingo,  in  the 
Valley  of  Cuernavaca,  about  fifty  miles  south  of  the  City  of  Mexico,  and 
regarded  by  Morton  as  belonging  I  o  the  Tlahuican  nation,  exhibits  an  occiput 
moderately  full  and  somewhat  flattened  above  the  slightly  protuberant  occipital 
boss.  Two  ancient  Mexican  crania  (734,  735),  exhumed  near  the  Indian 
village  of  Guahapan,  on  the  Mountain  Popocatapetl,  and  perhaps  of  Aztec 
origin,  differ  in  the  shape  of  the  hind  head.  No.  734  is  asymmetrical,  the 
right  half  of  the  occiput  being  flattened  and  pressed  forward,  while  the  left  is 
undisturbed.  The  hind-head,  as  a  whole,  however,  is  full ;  and  were  it  not 
for  the  lateral  flattening,  might  be  regarded  as  rounded,  or  even  almost 
globular.     In  735,  on  the  other  hand,  the  hind-head  is  narrower,  and  owing 


*  L'Homme  Americain.  Atlas. 

I860.] 


412  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

to  the  strong  development  of  the  occipital  protuberance,  quite  prominent,  and 
somewhat  shelving  from  above  downwards  and  backwards.  Two  skulls 
(714,  715),  from  an  ancient  Mexican  cemetery,  at  Otumba,  have  full,  and 
more  or  less  rounded  occiputs.  In  another  skull  from  Otumba  (716),  the 
hind-head  is  much  more  protuberant.  (See  Crania  Americana,  plates  59,  60. 
and  61.)  In  three  crania  (717,  718,  and  720)  from  an  ancient  tomb  at 
Tacuba,  the  hind-head  is  high,  broad  at  the  base,  and  the  whole  occipital 
bone  prominent.  The  general  form  of  the  occipital  region  is  shown  in  the 
outline  wood-cut  at  the  bottom  of  p.  233  of  Crania  Americana.  Two  Otomie 
crania  (1323  and  1000),  possess  the  same  form  of  occiput.  Three  other 
Otomie  skulls  (1001,  1002,  and  1003),  have  the  hind-head  elongated  and 
shelving,  and  the  occipital  protuberance  projecting  very  much.  A  short 
Tlascalan  skull  (1004),  has  a  full  and  globular  occiput.  In  the  cranium  of  the 
Chechemecan  female  (1005),  from  a  mound  at  Tezcuco,  the  occiput  is  more 
like  that  of  Nos.  1001,  1002,  and  1003  of  the  Otomie  group.  No.  1226,  in  the 
collection  of  the  Academy,  is  the  skull  of  a  Mexican,  from  the  cemetery  of 
Santiago  de  Tlatilolco,  near  the  City  of  Mexico.  In  this  cemetery,  many 
thousands  of  the  natives  were  interred  after  the  brave  defence  of  their 
city  against  Cortes.  It  is  probable,  therefore  that  the  individual  to  whom  the 
skull  belonged,  stood  up  manfully  in  resistance  to  Spanish  aggression.  The 
hind-head  is  broad  and  very  much  flattened  in  the  posterior  parietal  and 
upper  occipital  portions.  The  well-marked  transverse  ridge  forms  a  promi- 
nent dividing  angle  between  the  superior  and  inferior  portions  of  the  os 
occipitis.  The  occiput  of  the  two  Pames  skulls  (681,  1313),  from  San 
Lorenzo,  near  the  City  of  Mexico,  is  much  like  that  of  1323  and  1000  of  the 
Otomie  group.  In  the  skull  of  an  ancient  Mexican  chief  (1314)  exhumed 
together  with  various  aboriginal  arms  and  utensils,  from  the  Cerro  de  Que- 
silas,  near  the  City  of  Mexico,  the  occiput  is  of  a  peculiar  form.  It  is  broad, 
but  has  very  little  vertical  diameter,  owing  to  the  flatness  of  the  crown.  The  I 
whole  head  looks  as  if  it  had  been  compressed  between  two  opposing  forces, 
one  applied  at  the  top  and  the  other  at  the  base  of  the  cranium.  In  No.  682 
the  occipital  region  is  flat,  very  high,  and  comparatively  narrow.  Owing 
to  the  parallelism  of  the  two  sides,  it  is  oblong  from  above  downwards. 
No.  234,  said  to  be  taken  from  the  great  Altar  of  Sacrifices,  at  Mexico,  is 
remarkably  flattened  behind,  and  chiefly  to  the  right  of  tbe  median  line.  The 
occiput  of  1353  is  singularly  distorted.  A  broad  and  deep  sulcus  or  fissure 
extends  in  the  median  line,  from  a  little  before  the  coronal  suture,  entirely 
back  to  the  foramen  magnum,  dividing  the  whole  calvaria  into  two  lobes.  The 
occiput  in  1566  is  full  and  rounded.  Of  the  two  Lipan  skulls,  No.  1345  has  a 
full  and  regularly  rounded  occiput ;  No.  1346  a  longer  and  more  protuberant 
one.  The  remainder  of  the  Mexican  crania  enumerated  in  the  catalogue,  from 
1515  to  689,  have  full,  and  more  or  less  protuberant  occiputs. 

No.  722,  from  the  battle  field  of  San  Jacinto,  in  Texas,  exhibits  a  very 
peculiar  form. 

Some  time  ago,  Dr.  E.  H.  Abaddie,  of  the  United  States  Army,  presented  to 
the  Academy  a  series  of  six  crania  procured  in  New  Mexico.  These  skulls 
are  of  considerable  interest.  Two  of  them,  Nos.  1032  and  1033,  were  obtained 
from  the  ruins  of  Gran  Quivira,  New  Mexico,  by  Major  Carleton,  who  ex- 
plored the  ruins  thoroughly.  No.  1034  was  disinterred  by  Dr.  Abaddie,  from 
the  centre  of  the  ruins  of  the  church  at  Gtuarra,  New  Mexico.  No.  931,  a 
fragmentary  skull,  was  found,  with  many  other  human  remains,  in  a  very 
bad  state  of  preservation,  in  making  excavations  in  an  old  field  in  Santa  Fe, 
New  Mexico.  "This  head,"  writes  Dr.  Abaddie,  "and  the  accompanying 
remains,  evidently  belonged  to  the  same  race  of  Indians  which  formed  the 
numerous  population  of  the  large  towns,  long  since  in  ruins,  and  of  which  so 
little  is  known,  as  Gran  Quivira,  Abo,  Guarra,  Pecos,  Old  Church,  &c." 

All  these  heads  are  brachy cephalic,  and  in  all  of  them  the  occiput  is  more 

fSept. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  413 

or  less  flattened.  No.  1032  exhibits  a  perpendicular  or  wall-like  flatness  of 
the  hind-head.  Nos.  1034  and  931  are  asymmetrical.  In  the  first  the  occiput 
is  flattened,  chiefly  to  the  right  of  the  median  line ;  in  the  other  mainly  to 
the  left.  No.  930,  the  skull  of  a  Pueblo  Indian,  taken  from  the  church-yard 
of  the  village  of  Laguna,  and  1035,  the  skull  of  Jose  Largo,  a  Mescalero  chief, 
who  was  killed  in  an  affray  near  Bosque  Redondo,  not  far  from  the  Pecos 
river,  New  Mexico,  are  both  dolichocephalic  heads.  The  occiput  of  the  first  is 
shelving  ;  that  of  the  second,  rounded. 

The  Academy's  collection  contains  three  other  New  Mexican  heads,  which 
were  procured  and  forwarded  by  Mr.  Geo.  Gibbs  to  Dr.  J.  H.  B.  McClellan, 
who  placed  them  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy.  One,  of  them  (No.  935), 
is  the  skull  of  a  chief  of  the  Mogoyon  Apache  Indians,  who  was  killed  by  the 
Navajo  Indians,  in  a  little  ravine  leading  up  the  side  of  the  Mesa  de  los  Lobos, 
to  the  right  of  the  Port  Defiance  road,  and  at  the  head  of  Canon  del  Gallo, 
New  Mexico.  The  occiput  of  this  skull  is  prominent,  and  somewhat  inclined 
from  above  downwards  and  backwards.  No.  936  is  the  skull  of  a  Navajo* 
Indian,  picked  up  on  the  road  leading  from  Albuquerque  to  Fort  Defiance,  at 
a  place  called  the  "Lake,"  situated  on  the  Pacific  slope  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, six  miles  from  the  summit.  In  the  cranium,  the  occipital  region  is 
flatly  round.  No.  937,  the  skull  of  a  Pueblof  Indian,  of  Laguna,  New 
Mexico,  possesses  a  vertically  flattened  occiput. 

The  negro  crania  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  exhibit  a  remarkable 
agreement  in  the  shape  of  the  occipital  region.  Of  the  group  marked  "Ameri- 
can born,"  in  the  Catalogue,  Nos.  1,  2,  69,  74,  421,  548,  1301,  1302,  1318, 
1320,  235,  and  236,  are  all  oblong  heads,  with  prominent,  and  more  or  less 
shelving  occiputs.  In  Nos.  74  and  548  the  basal  portion  of  the  occipital  bone 
is  very  much  compressed  or  flattened,  like  some  of  the  Malay  skulls.  Nos. 
549,  900,  and  984  of  this  group  have  the  occiputs  more  or  less  rounded. 
With  the  exception  of  Nos.  580,  1098,  and  1101,  in  which  the  occiput  is  flat- 
tened at  the  base,  and  No.  1093,  the  occipital  region  of  which  is  full  and 
rounded,  all  the  skulls  of  the  native  African  group  in  the  collection  are  long 
heads  with  prominent  occiputs,  which  in  form  are  sometimes  shelving  or  in- 
clined, sometimes  oval,  and  occasionally  narrow,  and  somewhat  acuminated. 
The  same  statement  applies  in  great  measure  to  the  two  Hovah,  and  all  the 
Australian  skulls  in  the  collection.  No.  435,  an  Oceanic  negro,  is  a  short 
head,  with  the  occiput  inferiorly  flattened.  No.  1343,  a  Tasmanian  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land,  has  a  protuberant  occipital  region. 

In  table  6,  7,  and  8  of  Blumenbach's  Decades  Craniorum,  the  protuberant 
occiput  of  the  negro  is  very  well  shown.  In  tables  17,  18,  and  19,  the  form 
varies  in  several  respects.  The  normal  form  of  the  negro  occiput,  and  that  to 
which  the  great  majority  of  the  African  skulls  in  the  Academy's  collection 
conforms,  is  well  illustrated  in  plates  2  and  3  of  Prof.  Van  der  Hoeven's 
valuable  treatise  entitled  "  Bijdrageu  tot  de  Natuurlijke  Geschiedenis  van  den 
Negerstam. ' '     The  protuberant  occiput  of  the  Ethiopian  is  also  exhibited  in 

*"This  tribe,"  writes  a  valued  correspondent,  Mr.  Geo.  Gibbs,  "is  said  to  number 
1,200  souls,  and  to  be  a  decidedly  pastoral  people,  having  in  their  possession  at  the  pre- 
sent time  (July,  1857),  60,000  horses,  and  350,000  sheep.  They  can  bring  2500  war- 
riors into  the  field  at  one  time.  Their  skulls  are  exceedingly  difficult  to  procure,  on 
account  of  their  habit  of  stowing  the  dead  away  in  hidden  places." 

t  '*  These  Indians,"  says  Mr.  Gibbs,  "  get  their  name  from  the  Spanish  word  pueblo, 
because  they  live  in  little  towns  or  villages,  cultivating  the  soil  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  same.  It  is  said  that  New  Mexico  boasts  of  twenty-seven  of  these  pueblos  at  the 
present  time,  differing  in  population  from  40  to  2,500  souls.  Some  of  the  principal 
pueblos  are  named  Pugblo  of  Taos,  Zuni,  Laguna,  San  Felipe,  Santa  Domingo,  Sandia, 
Isleta,  and  Acoma.  With  but  few  exceptions,  the  inhabitants  speak  different  languages, 
though  all  of  lhem  use  the  Spanish.  Nominally  they  are  Catholics,  having  chapels  in 
their  midst,  yet  they  continue  to  worship  Montezuma  (whom  they  believe  to  be  residing 
in  the  sun),  day  and  night,  by  means  of  never  ceasing  religious  dances." 

I860.]  29 


414  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

table  7  of  Dr.  Lucae's  "  Organischen  Formenlelire, "  a  work  containing  many 
interesting  craniographic  details. 
From  the  foregoing  facts  we  may  conclude  : — 

1.  That  the  form  of  the  human  occiput  is  not  constant.  On  the  contrary, 
it  varies  continually  in  the  different  races  and  tribes  of  men.  It  varies,  also, 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  among  the  individuals  of  the  same  race  or  tribe. 

2.  That  the  different  occipital  forms  may  be  divided  into  five  classes  or 
groups,  which  are  reducible,  however,  to  three.  These  are,  1st.  The  pro- 
tuberant or  prominent  occiput,  with  the  upper  or  parietal  half  somewhat 
flattened,  so  as  to  present  an  inclined  or  shelving  appearance.  (See  p.  399.) 
2d.  The  vertically  flattened.  3d.  The  inferiorly  flattened  or  compressed,  in 
which  the  basal  portion  of  the  occiput  slants  upwards  and  backwards,  as  is 
shown  in  a  strongly  marked  degree,  in  the  Sandwich  Islander  head,  fig.  69, 
on  page  340  of  "Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth."  4th.  The  round.  And 
5th.  The  globular.  As  the  last  two  merge  more  or  less  into  each  other,  and 
as  the  third  form  may  be  regarded  as,  in  many  instances,  a  modification  of 
the  second,  these  five  forms  may,  with  greater  simplicity,  be  thrown  into  three 
groups,  viz.  : — 1st.  The  prominent  and  oval,  or  superiorly  inclined.  2d.  The 
perpendicularly  flattened.     And  3d.  The  more  or  less  round  or  globular. 

3.  That  to  the  first  of  these  groups  belong  the  Norwegians,  Swedes,  and 
some  other  Scandinavians  ;  the  Frisians  and  Batavians,*  among  the  low 
Germans  ;  the  Anglo-Saxons  and  Anglo-Americans,  the  form  of  the  occiput  in 
these  being  between  that  of  the  Swedes  and  Germans  ;  the  Celtic  Irish,  and 
some  tribes  of  the  ancient  Britons  ;  the  Phoenicians,  Circassians,  Armenians, 
Affghans,  Baluchi ;  some  of  the  Egyptians  and  Arabs,  the  Fellahs,  Abys- 
sinians,  and  Guanches  of  the  Canary  Isles  ;  some  of  the  Hindoos  and  Chinese  ; 
the  Loo-Chooans,  certain  Malays  ;  the  Eskimos,  Kamskatkans,  Reindeer  Tun- 
gus,  Icelanders,  Tchuktcki,  Unalaschkans,  some  of  the  Kanakas,  Tahitians, 
and  others  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  Marquesans,  of  Nukahivah,  New 
Zealanders,  Feejeeans,  and  most  of  the  African  tribes.  Among  the  aboriginal 
Americans,  this  form  is  exhibited  by  the  Arickarees,  Assinaboins,  Cherokees, 
Chippeways  ;  some  of  the  Kootenays,  Creeks,  and  Dacotas ;  by  the  Hurons, 
and  probably  the  Illinois  ;  by  some  of  the  Iroquois  and  most  of  the  Lenapes  ; 
by  the  Mandans,  Minetaris,  Menominees,  Miamis,  Mohawks,  and  most  of  the 
Narragansetts,  the  Naticks,  some  of  the  Osages,  Ottawatomies.  Pawnees,  and 
Sauks  ;  by  most  of  the  Seminoles,  by  the  Shawnees,  Shoshone,  Upsarookas, 
Californians,  Cayugas,  Cheyennes,  Choctaws,  Massasaugas,  Mingos,  Naum- 
keags,  Mayas  of  Central  America ;  by  some  of  the  Araucanians,  the  Charibs, 
Patagonians,  Brazilians,  Aymaras,  and  by  some  of  the  ancient  Mound  Builders, 
Peruvians,  and  Mexicans. 

In  the  kumbekephalic  variety  of  skulls,  this  form  of  occiput  is  often  very 
much  exaggerated,  as  is  seen  in  certain  ancient  Cimbrian,  Ostrogoth,  and  Bur- 
gundian  heads  ;  in  some  Egyptians  and  Celtic  Irish,  and  in  one  Creek  Indian 
skull. 

4.  That  of  the  second  form  of  occiput,  or  that  in  which  the  hind-head  is 
more  or  less  vertically  flattened,  we  find  examples  in  some  of  the  ancient  in- 
habitants of  Scandinavia ;  the  Lapps,  Samoiedes,  Iberians,  or  Basques  of  the 
Pyrenees  ;  the  ancient  Pelasgi ;  Cossacks,  Hungarians,  Candaharians,  some 
Arabs  ;  one  Chinese,  the  Siamese,  some  Malays  and  Javanese  ;  certain  tribes 
of  the  Transgangetic,  or  Indo-Chinese  Peninsula,  and.  occasionally  among 
the  Tahitians.  To  this  group  belong,  also,  the  skulls  of  Chetimache,  Natchez, 
Otoe,  Kenehawha,  Oneida,  Seneca,  and  Puelche  Indians ;  likewise  a  portion 
of  the  Kootenays,  Lenapes,  Miamis,  Osages,  Ottawas,  Pottawatomies, 
Shoshones,  Araucanians,  Peruvians,  and  the  majority  of  the  Mound  Builders. 

Examples  of  the  inferiorly  flattened  modification  of,  or  deviation  from  this 
type,  are  found  in  some  of  the  Malays,  Polynesians,  &c. 

*  See  Catalogus  Craniorum  Diversarum  Gentium  quae  Collegia,  J.  Van  der  Hoeven,  p.  14. 

[Sept. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  415 

5.  That  the  third  form,  in  which  the  occiput  is  full  and  rounded,  or 
globular,  comprises  the  Danes,  Finns,  Esthonians ;  the  short-headed  Germans, 
whose  crania,  in  general  conformation,  occupy  a  place  between  those  of  the 
Swedes  and  Finns  ;  the  Dutch,  some  tribes  of  the  ancient  Britons  ;  the  Sclaves, 
Turks,  Greeks,  Romans,  Etruscans,  Persians,  ancient  Assyrians,  some  of  the 
Egyptians,  Hebrews,  Copts,  Hindoos  ;  some  of  the  Chinese,  Japanese,  Bur- 
mese, Malays  ;  the  Kalmucks,  Burats,  and  some  of  the  Kanakas.  To  this 
group  belong,  of  the  American  Indians,  the  Ottigamies,  Penobscots,  Winne- 
bagos,  Yamasees,  Chemasyans,  Euchees,  Nanticokes,  Pocassets,  Quinni- 
piacks,  or  Mohegans,  and  a  portion  of  the  Cheyennes,  Creeks,  Dacotas, 
Iroquois,  Narragansetts,  Pawnees,  Pottawatomies,  Sauks,  Seminoles,  Arauca- 
nians,  Peruvians,  and  Mound  Builders. 

6.  That  the  shelving  or  oval  form  of  the  occiput  is  most  common  in  the 
dolichokephalic  heads,  and  as  these  predominate  in  number  over  the  brachy- 
kephalic,  it  is  the  most  common  form  of  all.  Next  comes  the  round  or 
globular,  and  lastly  the  vertically  flat — both  these  forms  prevailing  in  the 
brachykephalse. 

7.  That  there  is  a  marked  tendency  of  these  forms  to  graduate  into  each 
other,  more  or  less  insensibly.  None  of  these  forms  can  be  said  to  belong 
exclusively  to  any  race  or  tribe.  None  of  them,  therefore,  can  be  regarded  as 
strictly  typical,  for,  a  character  or  form,  to  be  truly  typical,  should  be  ex- 
clusive and  constant. 

Dr.  Fisher  announced  the  death  of  A.  M.  C.  Dumeril,  a  correspon- 
dent of  the  Academy,  at  Paris. 

October  2nd. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Descriptions  of  New  Corals  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  by  G-eorge  H.  Horn." 

"  The  Reptilia  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  Capts. 
Ringgold  and  Rodgers,  mostly  collected  by  William  Stimpson,  by 
Edward  Hallowell,  M.  D.,  edited  by  Edsvard  D.  Cope." 

"Systematic  Catalogue,  with  Synonymy,  &c,  of  Jurassic,  Cretaceous 
and  Tertiary  Fossils,  collected  in  Nebraska,  by  the  Exploring  Expedi- 
tions under  the  command  of  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  of  the  U.  S.  Topog. 
Engineers,  by  F.  B.  Meek  and  F.  V.  Hayden,  M.  D. 

"  Catalogue  of  Carboniferous  Plants  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences,  with  corrections  in  synonymy,  descriptions  of  new 
species,  &c,  by  Horatio  C.  Wood,  Jr." 

"  New  Unionidae  of  the  United  States  and  Northern  Mexico,  by 
Isaac  Lea." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 

Mr.  Cassin  offered  the  following  resolutions,  which  were  adopted : 

Resolved,  That  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  be  presented  to  Mrs.  Peter  A. 
Browne,  for  the  interesting  and  valuable  collection  of  tke  hair  of  man,  and  of 
inferior  animals,  made  by  her  late  husband,  an  esteemed  member  of  this 
Academy,  and  presented  by  her  this  evening. 

Resolved,  That  the  right  of  giving  orders  for  admission,  and  of  endorsing 
tickets  of  admission  to  the  Museum  of  this   Academy  on  public  days,   be 

I860.] 


416  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

hereby  conferred  on  Mrs.  Peter  A.  Browne,  and  that  she  and  her  immediate 
family  be  invited  and  authorized  to  visit  the  Hall  and  Library  of  this  Academy 
whenever  they  think  proper. 


October  9th. 
Mr.  Ashmead  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty  members  present. 

Dr.  Leidy  directed  attention  to  three  broken  fossil  teeth,  which  had  been 
sent  to  him  for  examination  by  Dr.  Shumard.  They  were  from  Washing- 
ton Co.,  Texas,  and  indicated  a  miocene  formation  like  that  of  Nebraska, 
which  has  proved  to  be  so  rich  in  remains  of  extinct  mammalia.  Two  of  the 
specimens  belonged  to  a  species  of  Hippotherium  ;  the  other  appeared  to 
indicate  a  new  equine  genus,  different  from  any  of  those  obtained  by  Dr. 
Hayden  on  the  Niobrara  River. 


October  16  th. 

Vice-President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-two  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Apodal  Fishes  in  the  Museum  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  by  Charles  C.  Abbott." 

"  Descriptions  of  two  new  species  of  Pimelodus  from  Kansas,  by 
Charles  C.  Abbott." 

"  Descriptions  of  four  new  species  of  North  American  Cyprinidas, 
by  Charles  C  Abbott." 

"  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Exocetus  from  Chili,  by  Charles 
C.  Abbott. 

And  were  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Dr.  Leidy  directed  attention  to  three  skulls,  of  which  two  belonged  to  the 
existing  Dicotyles  torquatus  and  D.  labiatus;  and  the  third,  to  the 
extinct  D.  compressus.  Dr.  L.  then  exhibited  the  fore  part  of  the  skull 
of  another  extinct  Peccary,  which  had  been  sent  to  him  for  examination 
by  Dr.  David  D.  Owen,  who  states  the  specimen  was  found  in  digging  a  well, 
in  Gibson  Co.,  Indiana,  some  30  or  40  feet  below  the  surface. 


October  23d. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-seven  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication : 

"  Observations  on  American  Tiueina,  by  H.  G.  Stainton,  of  London, 
England." 

"  Descriptions  of  new  Carboniferous  Fossils  from  Illinois  and  other 
Western  States,  by  F.  B.  Meek  and  A.  H.  Worthen." 

"  The  Stinging  or  Mound  Ant,  Myrmica  (Atta)  molifaciens,  by 
S.  B.  Buckley." 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  417 

"Descriptions  of  several  new  species  of  Plants,  by  S.  B.  Buckley.-' 
"  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  Fossil* 
William  M.  Gabb." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees- 


October  SQth. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Cbair. 

Thirty  seven  members  present. 

The  Committee  on  the  paper  of  Mr.  Wrn.  M.  Gabb,  "  Descriptions 
of  new  species  of  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  Fossils,"  reported  in  favor 
of  its  publication  in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees,  the  following  papers  were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings : 

Systematic  Catalogue,  with  Synonyma,  &c,  of  Jurassic,  Cretaceous  and 
Tertiary  Fossils  collected  in  Nebraska,  by  the  Exploring  Expeditions  under 
the  command  of  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  of  U.  S.  Topographical  Engineers. 

BY    F.    B.    MEEK   AND    F.    V.    HAYDEN. 

Of  the  276  species  and  varieties  enumerated  in  the  following  catalogue,  25  ai 
from  Jurassic  rocks,  194  from  Cretaceous,  and  the  remaining  57  from  Tertiary 
strata.  None  of  the  Jurassic  species  are  known  to  occur  in  this  country  east 
of  the  Black  Hills,  or  south  of  the  middle  of  eastern  Utah,  though  some  of 
them  will  probably  be  found  in  New  Mexico.  One  species  is  believed  to  be 
identical  with  Ostrea  calceola  of  Roemer  from  the  Jurassic  rocks  of  Germany, 
and  another  {Ammonites  cordiformis)  is  probably  not  distinct  from  A.  cord< 
Sowerby,  which  occurs  in  the  Jurassic  series  of  England,  France,  Russia,  &c. 
Nearly  all  the  other  Jurassic  species  mentioned  in  the  list  are  closely  allied 
to  forms  common  in  the  lower  part  of  that  system  (the  Lower  Oolite  aud 
Lias)  in  the  old  world,  and  several  of  them  may  prove  identical  on  farther  com- 
parison. 

Of  the  194  Cretaceous  species  the  following  seven  are  common  to  the 
Nebraska  and  New  Jersey  beds  viz. — Nautilus  Dekayi,  Ammonites  placenta, 
A.  complexus*,  A.  lobatus*,  Scaphites  Conradi,  Baculites  ovatus,  and  Gryphon 
oesicidaris  ? ;  and  the  following  five  species  are  probably  common  to  Nebraska 
and  foreign  localities,  viz. — Nautilus  Dekayi,  Inoceramus  problematicus,  Gry- 
phcea  vesicularis,   Cuculloza  fibrosa,  and  Micorbacia  coranula. 

The  57  Tertiary  species  are  believed  to  be  all  distinct  from  foreign  forms,  and 
none  of  them  have  yet  been  found  in  this  country  east  of  Nebraska,  or  south 
of  north  eastern  Utah.     They  are  all,  so  far  as  known,  extinct  species. 

JURASSIC    SPECIES. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

BELEMN1TIDJ3. 

1.    Belemnites  dens  us,  Meek  &  Harden,  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  £ 
Phila.  58. 

*  We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Wm.  M.  Gabb,  of  Philada.  for  information  in  regard  t„ 
occurence  of  these  two  species  in  New  Jersey. 

I860.] 


418  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OP 

AMMONITID.E. 

2.  Ammonites  cordiformis,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  57. 

3.  Ammonites  H  e  n  r  y  i,  M.  &  H.  "  "  «  57. 

GASTEROPODA. 
VALVATID^E. 

4.  *Valvata?  scabrida,  Meek  &  Hayden  (Manuscript). 

5.  *Planorbis  veternus,  Meek  &  Hayden  (Manuscript). 

CONCHIFERA. 

ANATINID.E. 

6.  Tbracia?  sub  la;  vis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.   182. 

7.  Thracia?   a  r  c  u  a  t  a,  M.  &  H.  "  "  "  182. 

8.  Myacites  Nebr  asce  n  sis,  M.  &  H.  "  "  182. 

9.  Myacites  s  ub  el  lipti  c  u  s,  M.  &  H. 

Panojm   (Myacites)   siibelliptica,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  52. 

1 0.  Pholadomya  h  u  m  i  1  i  s,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  52. 

CARDIAD^E. 

11.  Cardium  [Protocardum  ?]   Shumardi,    M.   &.  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  182. 

12.  Tancredia  Warrenana,  M.  &.  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad. Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  183. 

13.  Tancredia?   sequilater alis,  "  "  "  183. 

ASTARTID.E. 

14.  Astarte  fragilis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  183. 

15.  Astarte  inornat  a,  M.  &.  H.     "  '«  "  183. 

UNIONIDiE. 

16.  *Unio  n  u  c  a  1  i  s,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  52. 

MYTILID^E. 

1 7.  Modiola  pertenuis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Mytilus  perlenuis,  M.  &  H.March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  51. 

AVICULID.E. 

18.  Monotis    c  u  r  t  a,  Hall  sp. 

Avicula  curta,  Hall,  1852,  Capt.  Stansbury's  Report  Exp.  to  Gt.  Salt  Lake, 

412,  pi.  2,  fig.  1,  a  and  b. 
Avicula  (Monotis,)  tenuicostata  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  50. 

TRIGONIADyE. 

19.  Trigonia  Conradi,  M.  k  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  183. 

*These  three  species  are  only  ranged  provisionally  in  the  Jurassic  list. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  419 

ARCADE. 

20.  Grammatodon  inomatus,  Meek  <fe  Hayden. 

Area  (Cucullosa)  inornata,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  51. 

PECTENID.E. 

21 .  Pecten  extenuatus,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  184. 

OSTREAD^E. 

22.  Ostrea  <_Gryphaea?)  c  a  1  c  e  a  1  a,  Rcemer,  ii.  25,  t.  18,  fig.  19. 

BRACHIOPODA. 
LINGULID.E. 

23.  Lingula  brevir  os  tra,  M.  &  H.March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  50. 

24.  Rhynchonella  ? 

RADIATA. 

E  CHINODERMA  TA. 

PENTACRINID^E. 

25.  Pentacrinus  asteriscus,  M.  &H.  Mar.  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  49. 

CRETACEOUS     SPECIES. 

ARTICULATA. 

ANNELIDA. 

TUBICOLA. 

26.  Serpula  ?tenuicarinata,  M.  &H.  Mayl857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  134. 

MOLLUSCA. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

TEUTHID^E. 

27.  Thylloteuthis  subovatus,  M.  &  H.Mayl860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  175. 

BELEMNITID^E. 

28.  Belemnitella  b  u  1  b  o  s  a,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  70. 

NAUTILHLE. 

29.  Nautilus  Dekayi,  Morton,   1834,  Synop.  Or.  Rem.  33,  pi.  8,  fig.  4,  and 

pi.  13,  fig.  4.   ' 

AMMONITID^l. 

30.  *  Ammonites  percarinatus,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts 

aud  Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  pi.  iv.  fig.  2. 

*This  species  was  first  figured  and  described  from  young,  or  immature  specimens, 
which  differ  remarkably  from  the  adult.  We  have  subsequently  s<  en  individuals  of 
various  sizes,  which  lead  us  to  think  it  will  probably  prove  to  be  identical  with  A.  Woolgari, 
of  Mantell,  from  the  English  chalk. 

I860.] 


420  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

31.  Ammonites  ver  m  ilio  nen  s  is,  M.  &  H.  Mar  I860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  177. 

32.  Ammonites  complexis,  Hall   &  Meek,   1854,  Mem.  Am.  Arts  and  Sci. 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  394,  pi.  iv.  fig.  1. 

33.  Ammonites  Halli,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  70. 

34.  Ammonites  placenta,  Dekay,  1827,  New  York  Lye.  Nat.  ii.  pi.  5,  fig.  2. 
(Non  A.  placenta  Leckenby,  1858.) 

35.  Ammonites  placenta,  var. intercalaris,  M.  &H.  Pr.  Acad.Nat.  Sci. Phil. 177. 

36.  Ammonites  lobatus,  Tuomey,  1854,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat  Sci.  Phila.  vii.  168, 
Ammonites  lenticularis ,  Owen,  1852     Report  Iowa,  Wiscon.  and  Min.  tab.  8. 

fig.  5  (non  A.  lenticularis  of  Phillips,  1825). 

37.  Scaphites  Mandanensis,  Morton  sp. 

Ammonites  Mandanensis,  Morton,  1841,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  viii.  208, 

pi.  10,  fig.  2. 
Scaphites  Mandanensis,   Meek  &   Hayden,  Nov.    1836,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.    Sci. 

Phila.  281. 

38.  Scaphites  abyssinus,  Morton  sp. 

Scaphites  Mandanensis?  Meek  &  Hayden,    Nov.  1836,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  281. 

39.  Scaphites  Cheyennensis,  Owen  sp. 

Ammonites  Nebrascensis, Owen,  1852.  ReportVTiscon.IowaandMin.pl.  7,  fig.  2. 
Ammonites  Cheyennensis,  Owen,    "  "  "  pi.  8,  fig.  2. 

Ammonites  Moreauensis,  Owen,     "  "  <£  pl.8,  fig.  2. 

Scaphites  Conradi  (pars),  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.   Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  281. 

40.  Scaphites  Conradi,  Morton  sp. 

Ammonites  Conradi,  Morton,  1834,  Synop.  Org.  Rem.  39,  pi.  16,  fig.  1,  2,  3. 
Ammonites  Dance,  d'Orbigny,  1850,  Prodrom.  de  Palasont.  ii.  213. 
Scaphites  Conradi,  d'Orbigny,  1850,  "  "  "   214. 

41.  Scaphites  Conradi,  var.  gulosus,  Morton  sp. 

Ammonites  var.  gulosus,  Morton,  1854,  Synopsis  Org.  Rem.  39.  pi.  xvi.  fig.  2. 

42.  Scaphites  N  i  c  o  1 1  e  t  i  i,  Morton  sp. 

Ammonites  Mcolle'ii,  Morton,  1841,  Jour.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.viii.  pi.  10,  fig.  3. 
Scaphites  compnmus  [.?],  Owen,  Report  Wiscon   Iowa  and  Min.  tab.  7,  fig.  4. 
Scaphites  Nicolletii,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
281. 

43.  Scaphites  (Ammonites?)  n  o  d  o  s  u  s,  Owen,   1852,  Report  Iowa,   Wiscon. 

and  Min.  581,  tab.  8,  fig.  4. 

44.  Scaphites  no  dos  us   var.  pi  en  us,   M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  177. 

45.  Scaphites  n  o  d  o  s  u  s  var.  b  r  e  v  i  s,  Meek  &  Hayden  (MSS.) 

46.  Scaphites  no  dos  u  s  var.  qaadrangulus,  Meek  k  Hayden  (MSS.) 

47.  Scaphites  no  dos  us  var.  exili  s,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

48.  Scaphites  1  a  r  v  ae  f  o  r  m  i  s,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  58. 

49.  Scaphites  Warreni,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  177. 

50.  Ancyloceras  ?  uncus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Ancyloceras  (Hamites)  uncus,  M.  &  H.  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  56. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  421 

51.  Helicoceras  Mortoni,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Hamites  Mortoni,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  v.  N.  S. 

pi.  iv.  fig.  3. 
Helicoceras  tenuicostatum,  M.  &.  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  56. 

52.  Helicoceras  cochleatum,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turrilites  {Helicoceras)  cochleatus,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  55. 
Helicoceras  cochleatum.  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

53.  Helicoceras  Nebrascense,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Ancyloceras  ?  Nebrascensis,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  71 . 
Turrilites  Nebrascensis,  M.  &H.  Nov.  1856,  "  "  280. 

54.  Helicoceras  tor  turn,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  "  "  54. 

55.  Helicoceras  C  h  eyenn  en  s  e,  Meek  &  Hayden, 

Ancyloceras  ?   Cheyennense,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  "71. 
Turrilites  Cheyennensis,  M.  &  H- Nov.  1856,  "  "  280, 

56.  Helicoceras  angu  latum,  M.&  H.May  1860,      "  "  176. 

57.  Helicoceras  umbilicatum,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turrilites?  umbilicatus,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.    56. 
Helicoceras  umbilicatum,  M.  &  H,  May  1860.  "  "  185. 

58.  Ptychoceras  Mortoni,  M,&H.  May  1857,  "  "  134. 

59.  Baculites  o  vat  us,  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi.  pi.  v.  fig.  5,  6. 

60.  Baculites  grandis,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci. 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  402. 

61.  Baculites  asperoides,  Meek  &  Hayden  (MSS.) 

62.  Baculites  compressus,  Say,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  41. 

63.  Aptychus  Cheyennensis,  Meek  &  Hayden  (MSS.) 

64.  Aptychus  fragilis,  Meek  &  Hayden  (MSS.) 

GASTEROPODA. 

MURICID^E. 

65.  Fusus  (Neptunea)  D  a  k  o  t  e  n  s  i  s,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  65. 

66.  Fusus  (Pyrifusus?)  Newberry  i,  M.  &  H.March  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  66. 

67.  Fusus  sub  turrit  us,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  139. 

68.  Fusus  intertextus,  M.  &  H.            "                "                        "  139- 

69.  Fusus?  flexicostatus,  M.  &H.  March  1856,  "                         "  66- 

70.  Fusus  Vaugh  an  i,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,                 "                          "  139. 

71.  *Fusus  vinculum,  Hall  &  Meek  sp. 

Buccinum?  vinculum,  H.  &  M.  Mem. Acad.  Sci.  and  Arts,  Bos.v.N.S.  pi.  3,  fig.  5. 
Fusus  vinculum,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  183. 

72.  Fusus  Scarborough  i,  M.&.  H.May  1857,      "  "  139. 


*It  is  not  improbable  that  this  species  may  be  found  to  possess  affinities  to  some  section 
of  the  genus  Tritonium  Link.    It  is  certainly  not  a  true  Buccinum. 

1860.J 


422  PROCEEDINGS  OE  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

73.  Fusus  Culbert  son  i,  M.  &  H.March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  66. 
Fusus  JIaydeni,  Evans  &  Shumard,  1857,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  St.  Louis,  41. 

74.  Fusus  Galpinanus,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  65. 

75.  Fusus?  tenuilineatu  s,  Hall  k  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and 

Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  394,  pi.  3,  fig.  9. 

76.  Busycon  B  a  i  r  d  i,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Pyrula  Bairdi,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  66. 
Busycon  Bairdi,  M.  &  H.  June  1856,      "  "  126. 

TURRITID,E. 

77.  Turris  minor,  Evans  &  Shumard  sp. 

Pleurotoma  minor,  E.  &  S.  1857,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  St.  Louis,  i.  41. 

78.  Turris  contortus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Fusus  contortus,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.    65. 
Pleurotoma  contorta,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  <:  "  183. 

BUCCINID^E. 

79.  Buccinum  constrictum,  Hall  &  Meek  sp. 

Fusus  constrictum,  H.  &  M.  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston,  v.  391, 
pi.  3,  fig.  7. 

80.  Pseudobuccinum  Nebrascense,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Buccinum?  Nebrascense,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  67. 
Pseudobuccinum  Nebrascense,  M,  &  H.  May  1857,      "  "  140. 

FASCIOLARIAD.E. 

81.  Fasciolaria  ?cretacea,  M.  &H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  66. 

82.  Fasciolaria  buccinoides,  M.  &  H.      "  "  "  67. 

NATICIME. 

83.  Natica  (Lunatia)  subcrassa,  M.&  H.  April  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  87. 
34.   Natica  (Lunatia)  M  or  eau  en  sis,  M.&  H.  Mar.  1856,  "  "         64. 

85.  Natica  (Lunatia)  occidental  is,  M.&H.       "  "  "         64. 

86.  Amauropsis  paludinreformis,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Natica  paludinceformis,  H.  &  M.  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Sci.  and  Arts,  Boston,  v. 

389,  pi.  3,  fig.  3. 
Amauropsis  palludinceformis,  M.  &  H,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

SCALIDvE. 

37.  Scala  (Acirsa-)  cerithiformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Scalaria  cerithiformis,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  63. 
Turbonilla  cerithiformis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "  "  185. 

CERITHIOPSID^!. 

38.  Cerithiop3is  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turritella  Moreauensis,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  70. 
Cerithiopsis  Moreauensis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,         "  "  185. 

STROMBID^E. 

89.    Gladius?  Cheyennensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Rostcllaria  fusiformis,  H.  &  M.  1854,  Mem.  Acad.  Sci.  and  Arts,  Boston,  v. 

N.  S.  pi.  3,  fig.  10. 
(Non  R.  fusiformis,  Pictet  &  Roux,  1848.) 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  423 

APORRHAID^l. 

90.  Aporrkais  Americana,  Evans  &  Shumard  sp. 

Rostellaria  Americana,  E.  &  S.  1857,  Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.  i.  42. 

91.  Aporrkais  Nebrascensis,  Evans  &  Skumard,  sp. 

Rostellaria  Nebrascensis,  E.  &  S.  Aug.  1854,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  164. 

92.  Aporrkais  suble  vat  a,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,     "  "  178. 

93.  Aporrkais  biangulata,  Meek  &  Hayden, 

Rostellaria  biangulata,  M.  &  H.  Marcb  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  65. 
Aporrkais  biangulata,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "  "  185. 

:")4.   Aporrkais  par va,  M.  &  H.1  "  "  "  178. 

LITORINID^E. 

95.  Fossar?  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Natica  ambigua,  M.  &  H.  Marcb  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  66. 
(Non  Fossar  ambiguus,  Lin.  sp.) 

NERITOPSID^E. 

96.  Neritopsis?    Tuomeyana,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Natica  Tuomeyana,  M.  &  H.  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  270. 

TROCHID^E. 

»7.    Margarita  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Turbo  Nebrascensis,  M.  &  H.  Marck  1856,    Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.    Pkila.  64. 
Margarita  Nebrascensis,  M  &  H.  May  1860,         "  "  185. 

98.  *Margaritella  flexi  striata,   Evans  &  Skumard  sp. 

Solarium  flexistr  latum,   E.  &  S.  Aug.  1854,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  163. 

DENTALIAD^E. 

99.  Dentalium  g  r  a  c  i  1  e,  H.  &  M.  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts,  and  Sci.  Boston, 

v.  N.  S.  pi.  3,  fig.  11. 

100.  Dentalium  pauperculum,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.    Acad.  Nat.    Sci. 

Pkila.  178. 

TECTURID^E. 

101.  Tectnra  o  cci  d  en  tal  i  s,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Capulus  occidentalis,  H.  &  M.  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  and  Arts,  Boston,  v. 
N.  S.  p.  385,  fig.  13. 

102.  Tectura  ?  parva,  Meek  &  Hayden  (manuscript.) 

103.  Tectura?  papillata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Capulus  fragilis,  M.  &  H.  Marck  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  68. 
(Non  Tectura  fragilis,  Gray  &  Gamard.) 

104.  Anisomyon  borealis,  Morton  sp. 

Hipponyx  borealis,  Morton.  1842,  Jour.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  viii.  pi.  11.  fig.  6. 
Helcion  carinatus,  M.  &  H.  Marck  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pkila.  68. 
Anisomyon  borealis,  M.  &  H.  Jan.  1860,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  xxviii.  2d  ser.  35. 

105.  Anisomyon  Shumard i,  Meek  &  Hayden  (manuscript). 

*  We  propose  to  establish  a  new  genus,  under  the  name  of  Margaritella,  for  the 
reception  of  many  pearly  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  shells  usually  referred  to  Solarium. 
It  is  evident  from  the  pearly  lustre,  and  other  characters  of  these  fossil  shel!s,  that  they 
do  not  even  belong  to  the  same  family  as  our  recent  typical  species  of  the  genus  Archi- 
tectonica  (=  Solarium.)    The  above  species  may  be  regarded  as  the  type  of  the  genus. 

I860.] 


424  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

106.  Anisomyon  pat  ell  if  or  mis,   Meek  &  Hayden. 

Helcion  patclliformis,  M.  &  H,  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  68. 
Anisomyon  patelliformis,  M.  &  H.  Jan.   1860,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  xxviii.  2d.  ser. 
35,  pi.  1. 

107.  Anisomyon  subovatus,   Meek  &  Hayden. 

Helcion  subovatus,  M.  &  H.  March  1856.  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  68. 
Anisomyon  subovatus,  M.  &  H.  Jan.  I860,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  xsviii.  2d  ser.  35. 

108.  Anisonmyon  alveolatus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Helcion  alveolatus,  M.  &  H.  March  1?56,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  68. 
Ansiomyon  alveolatus,  M.  &  H.Jan.  1860,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  xxxviii.  2d  ser.  35. 

109.  Anisomyon  s  exsul  cat  u  s,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Helcion  sexsulcatus,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  68. 
Anisomyon  sexsulcatus,  M.  &  H.  Jan.  I860,  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  xxxviii.  2d  ser.  35 

SOLIDULID^E. 

110.  Solidula  sabelliptica,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Acteon  subelliptica,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  63. 
Solidulus (Acteonina ?) subelliptica.  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "  "  185. 

111.  Solidula  (Acteonina?)  attenuata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Acteon  (solidulus)  attenuata,  M.  &  H.  Mar.  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  54. 
Solidulus  attenuatus,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "  "  185. 

112.  Cinulia  concinna,  Hill  &  Meek,  sp. 

Acteon  concinna,  H.  &  M.  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston,  v. 

N.  S.  pi.  3,  fig.  4. 
Avellana  subglobosa,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  64. 

BULLION. 

113.  Bulla  occidentalis,  M.  &H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  60. 

114.  Bulla  minor,  M.  &  H.  "  "  "  €'j. 

115.  Bulla  volvaria,  M.  &  H.  "  "  "  69. 

116.  Bulla  speciosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Bulla  subcylindrica,  M.  &  H.  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  270. 

(Non  B.  subcylindrica,  d'Orbigny,  1847). 

Bulla  speciosa,  M.  &H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

CYLICHNHLE. 

117.  Cylichna  scitula,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  178. 

CONCUIFERA. 

PHOLADIDvB. 

US.   Pholas?  Stimpsoni,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Xylophaga  Stimpsoni,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  141. 

119.  Pholas  (Martesia)  cunea  ta,  M.  &H.  Mar.  1858,  "  "  53. 

120.  Xylophaga  el  egan  tula,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,  "  "  141. 

121.  Teredo  sellifor mis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "  "  178. 

122.  Teredo  glob  osa,  M.&  H.March  1858,  "  "  53. 

SAXICAVHLE. 

123.  Panopaea  o  c  c  i  d  e  n  t  a  1  i  s,  M.  &  H.  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  270. 

[<  M 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA,  125 

SOLENIDiE. 

124.  Pharella?   Dako  ten  sis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Solen?  Dakolensis,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  242. 

CORBULID^E. 

125.  Corbula  crassimarginata,  Meek  &  Hayden  (MSS.) 

126.  Corbula  inornata,  M.  &  H.  March  1858,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  52. 

127.  Corbulamella  gregarea,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Corbula?  gregarea,  M.  &  H.  April   1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.   Sci.  Phila.  84. 
Corbulamella  gregarea,  M.  &  H.  May  1857,         "  ';  143. 

1 28.  Neaera  ventricosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Corbula  ventricosa,  M.  &  H.  April  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  83. 
Neccra  ventricosa,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,         "  "  183. 

129.  Neasra  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Corbula  Moreauensis,  M.  &  H.  Ap,  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila,  83. 
Necera  Moreauensis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

ANATINIDJL 

130.  Thracia  subtortuosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Tellina  subtortuosa,  M.  &  H.  Nor.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  272. 

131.  Thracia  gracilis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Tellina  gracilis,  M.  &  H.  April  1855,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.   Sci.   Phila.  82. 
Thracial  gracilis,  M.  &  H.  Nov.  1856,      "  "  284. 

132.  Thracia  Prouti,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Tellina  Prouti,  M.  &  H.  April  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  85. 

133.  Pholadomya  (?)  fibrosa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Avicula  (?)  fibrosa,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  86. 
Pholadomya  fibrosa,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,     "  "  "     283. 

134.  Pholadomya  subventrieosa,  M.  &  H.,  May,  1S57,  Pr.  Acad   Nat 

Phila.  142. 

:  35.    Pholadomya  u  n  d  a  t  a  ,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  81 . 

MACTRID^. 

136.  Mactra  (Trigonella  ?)  f  0  r  m  0  s  a  ,   Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Ac 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  271. 

137.  Mactra  (Trigonella  ?)  alta,   M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.   Nat.   Sci. 

Phila.  271. 

138.  Mactra  (Trigonella  ?)  siouxensis,  M.  &H.  May,  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  179. 

139.  Mactra  (Trigonella?)  Warrenana,   M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  281. 

140.  Mactra  (Trigonella?)  gracilis,   M.  &  H.,  May,  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  179. 

TELLINID^E. 

141.  Tellina  equilateralis,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  82. 

142.  Tellina  scitula,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  82. 

143.  Tellina  (?)  formosa,  M.&  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  179, 
I860'.] 


420  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

144.  Tellina  (?)  subelliptica,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  83. 

145.  Tellina  (?)  Chey  ennensis ,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  82. 

VENERIDiE. 

146.  Venus  circularis,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  272. 

147.  Meretrix  tenuis,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Cytherea  tenuis,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts    and  Sci. 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  383,  pi.  1,  fig.  8. 
Meretrix  tenuis,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

148.  Meretrix  pellucida,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cytherea  pellucida,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  272. 
Meretrix  pellucida,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  "         "        "  "      185. 

149.  Meretrix  Deweyi,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cytherea  Deweyi,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  83. 
Meretrix  Deweyi,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,       "         "        "  "     185. 

150.  Meretrix  O  w  e  n  a  n  a  ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cytherea  Owenana,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila,  273. 
Meretrix  Owenana,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  "  "         "  "     185. 

151.  Meretrix  orbiculat a,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Cytherea  orbiculata,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston, 

v.  N.  S.  pi.  1,  fig.  7.  , 
Meretrix  orbiculata,  Meek  &  Hayden,   May  1860,   Pr.   Acad.  Nat.   Sci. 

Phila,  185. 

CYPRINID.E. 

152.  Cyprina  arenarea,  Meek  &  Hayden,  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  143. 

153.  Cyprina  subtumida,    M.  &   H.,    May  1857,    Pr.    Acad.    Nat.    Sci. 

Phila.  144. 

154.  Cyprina  humi lis,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  179. 

155.  Cyprina  ovata,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  144. 

CARDIDiE. 

156.  Bucardia  ?  Mor  eauens  is,   Meek   &   Hayden. 

Cyprina   cordata,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.   Sci.  Phila.  143. 
(Non.  B.  cordata  sp.  Buckm.) 

157.  Tancredia  Americana,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Hettangia  Americana,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  274. 
Tancredia  Americana  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,       "  "  "       185. 

158.  Cardium  specios  um,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,   Pr.  Acad.   Nat. 
Phila.  274. 

159.  Cardium  rarum,  Evans  &  Shumard,  Trans.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  St.  Louis, 

i.  39. 

160.  Cardium  subquadratum,  E.  &S.,  Trans.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  St.  Louis, 

i.  39, 

LUCINIDiE. 

161.  Lucina  occidentalis,  Morton,  sp. 

Tellina  occidentalis,  Morton,  1842,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  viii.  pi. 
11,  fig.  3. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  427 

Lucina  occidentalis,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  272. 

162.  Lucina  subundat  a,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci. 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  pi.  1,  fig.  6. 

163.  Lucina  ventrico s  a,  Meek  &  Hayden,  (MSS.) 

SOLEMYIDiE. 

164.  Solemya  subplicata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Solen  subplicata,  M.  &  H.,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Ap.  1856,  82. 

ASTARTID.E. 

165.  Crassatella  Evan  si,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,   Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and 

Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  383,  pi.  1,  fig.  9. 

166.  Astarte  gregaria,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  84. 

MYTILIDvE. 

167.  Mytilus  subarcuatus,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  276. 

168.  Modiola  *  M  e  e  k  i  i ,  Evans  &  Shumard,  sp. 

Mytilus  Galpinianus,  E.  &  S.,  Aug.  1854,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  164. 

169.  Modiola  attenuata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Mytilus  attenuatus,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  86. 

AVICULIDiE. 

170.  Avicula  linguiformis,  Evans  &  Shumard,  1854,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  163. 

171.  Avicula  subgibbosa,  Meek  &  Hayden,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  180. 

172.  Avicula  Nebrascana,  Evans  &  Shumard,  1857,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci. 

St.  Louis,  i.  p.  38. 

173.  Avicula  Haydeni,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Sci.  and  Arts, 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  382,  pi.  1,  fig.  5. 

174.  Gervillia  subtortuosa,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  276. 

175.  Inoceramus  pertenuis,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  276. 
Inoceramus  ventricosus,  M.  &  H.  March  1856,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  87. 
(Non  I.  ventricosus,  Sowerby.) 

176.  Inoceramus  pertenuis,  var.  subdepressus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

177.  Inoceramus  subcompressus,  Meek  &  Hayden,  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  181. 

178.  Inoceramus  fragilis,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and 

Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  388,  pi.  2,  fig.  6. 

179.  Inoceramus  problematicus,  Schlot.  sp.  ? 
Mytilites  problematicus  Schlotheim,  Petrefact.  312. 

Inoceramus  mytiloides,  Mantell,  1822,  Geol.  Sussex,  pi.  27,  fig.  3  and  pi. 
28,  fig.  2. 

*  The  name  Valsella  Scopoli  may  have  to  be  adopted  for  this  genus. 

I860.] 


428  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Inoceramus  problematicus,   d'Orbigny,   1843,    Palaeont.  Franc,  t.  iii.  510, 
pi.  406. 

180.  Inoceramus  p  s  eudo-my  t  iloides,  Schiel.,  1855,  ii.  Pacif.  Rail  Road 

Rept.  108,  pi.  3,  fig.  8. 

181.  Inoceramus  aviculoides,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  181. 

182.  Inoceramus  sublaevis,  Hall  &  Meek,  1854,  Mem.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci. 

v.  N.  S.  386,  pi.  2,  fig.  1. 

183.  Inoceramus  convex  us,   Hall  &  Meek,   1854,   Am.  Ac.  Arts  and  Sci. 

v.  N.  S.  386,  pi.  2,  fig.  2. 

184.  Inoceramus  tenuilineatus,   H.  &  M.,  1854,  Am.  Ac.  Arts  and  Sci. 

v.  N.  S.  386,  pi.  2,  fig.  3. 

185.  Inoceramus  c  u  n  e  a  t  u  s  ,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  181. 

186.  Inoceramus  Sagensis,   Owen,  (?)  1852,    Report,  Survey  Min.  Iowa 

and  Wiscon.  582,  tab.  vii.  fig.  3. 

187.  Inoceramus  i  n  c  u  r  v  u  s  ,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  277. 

188.  Inoceramus  umbonatus,  M.  &  H.,  March  1858,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  50. 

189.  Inoceramus  Mor  t  oni ,  M.  &  H.,  (MSS.) 

190.  Inoceramus  Nebrascensis,  Owen,  1852,  Rept.  Iowa,  Wiscon.  and 

Min.  582,  pi.  8.  fig.  1. 

191.  Inoceramus  V  a n u  x  e  m i ,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  180. 

192.  Inoceramus  Balchii,  M.  &  H.,  "  "  "  "    180. 

193.  Area  sulcatina,  Evans  &  Shumard,  1857,  Trans.  St.  Louis  Ac.  Sci.  39. 

194.  Area  e  x  i  g  u  a  ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cucullcea  exigua,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  275. 

195.  Cucullsea  fibros  a,  Sowerby,  1818,  Min.  Conch,  iii.  9. 

Area  fibrosa,  d'Orbigny,  1843,  Palseont.  Franc,  t.  iii.  212,  pi.  312. 
Area  (cucullcea')  Shumardi,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  86. 

1 96.  Cucullgea  c  o  r  d  a  t  a ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Area  (cucullcea)  cordata,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  86. 
Cucullcea  cordata,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  "  "  "285. 

197.  Cucullsea  Nebrascensis,  Owen,  1852,  Rept.  Wiscon.  Iowa  and  Min. 

582,  pi.  8,  fig.  1,  1  a. 

198.  Axinsea  siouxensis,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Pectunculus  siouxensis,  H.  &  M.,  1854,  Mem.  Ac.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston,  v, 

N.  S.  384,  pi.  1,  fig.  12. 
Axincea  siouxensis,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

199.  Axinsea  subimbricata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Pectunculus  subimbricatus,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  146. 
Axincea  subimbricatus,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  "  "  "     185. 

200.  Limopsis  p  a  r  v  u  1  a ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Pectunculina  parvula,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  86. 
Limopsis  parvula,  M.  &  H.,  Nov.  1856,  "  "  "      285. 

LEDIDJE. 

201.  Leda  (Yoldia)  scitula,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Nucula  scitula,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci,  Phila.  84. 
Leda  scitula,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,         "  "  "     185. 

[Oct. 


t« 

a 

a 

85 

tt 

it 

a 

85 

it 

a 

a 

85, 

tt 

it 

(( 

275, 

NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  429 

202.  Leda  (Yoldia)  Evansi,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Nucula  Evansi,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  84. 
Leda  Evansi,  M.  &  H.,  May  I860,         "  "  "      185. 

203.  Leda  (Yoldia)  ventricosa,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Nucula  ventricosa,  H.  &  M.,  1854,  Mem.  Ac.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston,  v.  N. 
S.  385,  pi.  1,  fig.  11.     (Non.  N.  ventricosa,  Hind,  1843.*) 

204.  Leda  (Yoldia)  subnasuta,  Hall  &  Meek,  sp. 

Nucula  subnasuta,  H.  &  M.,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Boston,  v. 
N.  S.  384,  pi.  1,  fig.  11. 

NUCULIDiE. 

205.  Nucula  e  q  u  i  1  a  t  e  r  a  1  i  s  ,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  84. 

206.  Nucula  subplana,  M.  &  H.,  " 

207.  Nuculacancellata,  M.  &  H.,  " 

208.  Nucula  planimarginata,  M.  &  H.,  " 

209.  Nucula  absoletastriat  a  ,  M.  &  H.,  " 

PECTENIDiE. 

210.  Pecten  rigid  a,   Hall   &  Meek,   1854,   Mem.  Am.   Ac.   Sci.  and  Arts, 

Boston,  v.  N.  S.  381,  pi.  2,  fig.  4,  a,  b,  c. 

211.  Pecten  Nebrascen  sis,  M.  &  H.,  Ap.  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  87. 

ANOMIADiE. 

212.  Anomia  obliq  ua,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  181. 

213.  Anomia   sub  trigonatis ,  M.  &   H.,   May  1860,  Pr.   Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  181. 

OSTREADiE. 

214.  Ostrea  in  ornata,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  181. 

215.  Ostrea  translucida,  Meek  &  Hayden,  (MSS.) 

Ostrea  larva,  Hall  &  Meek,  (non.  Lamarck)  1S54,  Mem.  Acad.  Arts  and 
Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  406. 

216.  Ostrea  congest  a,   Conrad,  1843,  Nicollet's  Report,   Explor.  N.  W. 

Territories,  167. 

217.  Ostrea  pat  in  a,  M.  &  H.,  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  277. 

218.  Gyphsea  vesicularis,  Lamarck ?  sp. 

Ostrea  vesicularis,  Lamarck,  1860,  Am.  Mus.  viii.  160,  T.  22,  fig.  3. 
Ostrea  deltoidea,  Lamarck,         "  "  "     andxiv.  t.  21,  pars. 

Ostrea  vesicularis  of  numerous  authors. 

BRACHIOPODA? 
HIPPURITID^. 

219.  Caprinella  ?coraloidea,  Hall  &  Meek.  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Ac.  Arts  and 

Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  381,  pi.  2,  fig.  3. 

*  Should  Nucula  ventricosa  of  Hinds  prove  to  be  a  true  Leda,  it  will  become  neces- 
sary to  give  our  Nebraska  shell  a  new  specific  name,  in  which  case  we  would  propose 
to  call  it  Leda  exigua. 

I860.]  30 


430  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

RADIATA. 

FUNGIDJS. 

220.  Macrobacia  coronula,  Goldf.,  sp.  Petrefact.  Germ,  i.  50,  tab.  14,  fig.  10. 

TERTIARY   SPECIES. 

GASTEROPODA. 

CERITHIADiE. 

221.  Cerithium  (Ceritbidea ?)Nebrascensis,  M.  &H.,  June  1860,  Pr.  Ac. 

Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  125. 

MELANIAD^]. 

222.  Melania  ?  Warreni,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  137. 

223.  Melaniasubtortuosa,  M.  &H.,     "  "  "  "       136. 

224.  Melania  Nebrascensis,  M.   &  H.,    June  1856,    Pr.   Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 

Pbila.  124. 

225.  Melania   t enuicarinat a,  M.  &   H.,  May   1857,   Pr.  Ac.    Nat.   Sci. 

Phila.  137. 

226.  Melania  convexa,  M.  &  H. 

Turritella  convexa,  M.  &  H.,  Marcb,  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  71. 
Melania  convexa,  M.  &  H.,  "  •'  "  "      125. 

227.  Melania  suble  vis,  M.  &  H.,         "  "  "  "      136. 

228.  Melania?  Anthonyi,  M.  &  H.,     "  "  "  "      124. 

229.  Melania  mini  tula,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,     "  "  "      123. 

VIVIPARIDJE. 

230.  Vivipara  C  o  n  r  a  d  i ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  Conradi,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  122. 
Vivipari  Conradi,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,         "  "  "       185. 

231 .  Vivipara  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  multilineata,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  120, 

(Non.  P.  multilineata,  Say,  1829. 
Vivipara  multilineati,  M.  &  H.,  May,  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  185, 

232.  Vivipara  L  e  a  i ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  Leai,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  121. 
Vivipara  Leai,M.  &  H.,  May  1860,         "  "  "       185. 

233.  Vivipara  v  e  t  u  s  t  a ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  vetusta,  M.  &  H.,  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  121. 

234.  Vivipara  retusa,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  retusa,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  122. 
Vivipara  retusa,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  "  "  "       185. 

235 .  Vivipara  trochiformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Paludina  trochiformis,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  122. 
Paludina  Leidyi,  ?  M.  &  H.,  "  "  "  "       123. 

Vivipara  trochiformis,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  "  "  "       185. 

VALVATID.E. 

236.  Valvata  subumbilicata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

[Oct, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  431 

Planorbls  subumbilicata,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  120. 
Valvata  subumbilicata,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,         "  !'  "       185. 

237.  Valvata  parvula,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  "  "  "      123. 

HELXCID.E. 

238.  Columna  ?  teres,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Bulimus  ?  teres,  M.  &  H.,  June,  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.  117. 

239.  Columna  ?.  vermiculus,  M.   &  H.,   June  1856,  Pr.   Ac.   Nat.   Sci. 

Phila.  118. 
Bulimus  ?  vermiculus  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  118. 

240.  Bulimus  limnei  f  o  r  m  i  s  ,   M.  &  H.,  June   1856,   Pr.  Ac.  Nat.   Sci. 

Phila.  118. 
Bulimus  Nebrascensis,  ?  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  118. 

241.  Helix  Le  idyi,  Hall  &  Meek,  June  1854,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and 

Sci.  Boston,  v.  N.  S.  394,  pi.  3,  fig.  12. 

242.  Helix  v  e  t  u  s  t  a ,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

H.  vitrinoides,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  135.     (Non. 
H.  vitrinoides,  Deshays,  1830). 

243.  Helix  obliqua,    M.  &  H.,  May  1857,   Pr.  Ac.   Nat.   Sci.   Phila.   134. 

244.  Helix  Eva  nsi,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  175. 

245.  Helix  (Polygyra)  amplexus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Planorbis  amplexus,  M.  &  H.,  May  1857,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  21. 
Helix  {Polygyra)  amplexus,  M.  &  H., May  1860,  Pr.Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

246.  Helix  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

H.    occidentalis,   M.    &  H.,   May  1857,    Pr.    Ac.  Nat.   Sci.   Phila.   135. 
(Non.  H.  occidentalis,  Recluz.  1845.) 

LIMN^EIDiE. 

247.  Limnaea  (Acella)  tenuicostata,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  119. 

248.  Limnpea  M  e  e  k  a  n  a ,  Evans  &  Shumard.     (MSS.) 

249.  Limnaea  ?multistriata,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Melania  multistriata,  M.  &  H.,  June  1826,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  124. 

250.  Physa  s  ecal  ana  ,  Evans  &   Shumard,   Aug.  1854,   Pr.   Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  156. 

251.  Physa  (Aplexus)  longiuscula,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  119. 

252.  Physa  (Aplexus)  subelongata,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  120. 

253.  Physa  rhomboidea,M.  &H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  119. 

254.  Planorbis   (Segmentina  ?)  Nebrascensis,  Evans  &  Shumard,  Aug. 

1854,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  164. 

255.  Planorbis  (Segmentina  ?)  ve  t  ul  us,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  175. 

256.  Planorbis  L  eidy  i ,   M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  175. 

257.  Planorbis  convolutus,  M.  &   H.,   June    1856,   Pr.  Ac.   Nat.   Sci. 
Phila.  120. 

I860.] 


432  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

258.  Planorbis  planoconvexus,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Planorbis  fragilis,  M.   &  H.,  May  1857,   Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.   136. 

(Non.  P.  fragilis,  Dunker,  1843. 
Planorbis  planoconvexus,  M.  &  H.  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  185. 

259.  Ancylus  (Acroloxus)  mi  nut  a,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  120. 

CONCH1FERA. 
CORBULID.E!. 

260.  Corbula  perundata,  M.  &  E,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  116. 

261.  Corbula  (Potamomya)  subtrigonalis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Corbula  subtrigonalis,  M.  &  H.  Juue,  1856,  Pr.  Ac.   Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  116. 

262.  Corbula  (Potamomya)  mactriformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Corbula  mactriformis,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  117. 

CYRENID.E. 

263.  Corbicula  Moreauensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyrena  Moreauensis,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  115. 

264.  Corbicula  Nebrascensis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyrena  intermedia,  M.   &  H.,  June  1856,   Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  116. 
(Non.  Cyrena  {Corbicula)  intermedia,  Mellville,  1843.) 

265.  Corbicula  cytheriformis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyrena  {Corbicula?)  cytheriformis,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  176. 

266.  Corbicula  occidentalis,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyrena  occidentalis  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,         Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  116. 

267.  Sphaerium  planum,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,       "  "  "       175. 

268.  Sphaerium  formosum,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyclas  formosa,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  P.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  115. 

Cyclas  fragilis,  M.  &  H.,  "  "  "  "       115. 

Sphaerium  formosum,  M.  &  H.,       May  1860,       "  "  "       185. 

269.  Sphaerium  subellipticum,  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Cyclas  subelliptica,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  115. 
Sphaerium  subellipticum,  M.  &  H.,  May  1860,      "  "  "       185. 

270.  Sphaerium  recticardinale,  M.  &  H.,    "  "  "  "      176. 

UNIONIDiE. 

271.  Unio  p  r  i  s  c  u  s ,  M.  &  H.,  June  1856,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  117. 

272.  Unio  subspatulatus,M.&H.,May  1857,   "  "  "       146. 

273.  Unio  Deweyanus,  M.  &  H.,  "  "  "  "      145. 

274.  Unio  Dan  ae,  M.  &  H.,  "  '•  "  "       146. 

OSTREADiE. 

275.  Ostrea  subtrigonalis,  Evans  &  Shumard,  1857,  Trans.  St.  Louis 

Acad.  Sci.  i.  38. 

276.  Ostrea  glabra,  Meek  &  Hayden,  Pr.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  146. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  433 

Observations  on  American  Tineina. 

BY   H.    T.    STAINTON,    OF   LONDON.* 

Tinea  biflavimaculella.  This  is  closely  allied  if  not  identical  with 
T.  Spilotella  (see  Linn.  Ent.  vi.  p.  108,  Rusticella,  var.  b.)  Spilotella 
appears  confined  to  the  north  of  Europe,  occurring  in  Finland  and  Scotland. 

T.  dorsistrigella,  is  allied  to  T.  f  er  ruginel  la,  but  the  markings 
much  are  whiter  and  the  dorsal  streak  is  broader.  T.  nubilipennella  is  identical 
with  our  T.  fuscipunctella. 

T.  lanariella,  is  identical  with  our  everywhere  abundant  T.  bis  el- 
lie  1 1  a. 

Xylesthia  pruniramiella.  This  curious  genus  appears  to  be  rather 
allied  to  Ochsenheimeria  ;  another  strange  genus  in  this  vicinity,  Hapsifera, 
was  founded  by  Zeller,  in  the  Isis  of  1847,  p.  32. 

Amydria  effrenatella.  I  am  disposed  to  place  this  in  the  genus 
Euplocamus  ;  the  palpi  are  very  like  those  of  E.  tessulat  ella,  Z.  (Linn. 
Ent.  vi.  p.  9(3.  )f 

Anaphora  plumifrontella.  I  am  utterly  perplexed  with  this  ;  we  have 
no  European  form  at  all  resembling  it. 

Lithocolletis    lucidicostella     )       These  are   allied  to   the   group   of 
L.  argentifimbriella,  J   Cramerella,  Tenella  and  Heegeriella. 

L.  basistrigella.  This  is  nearly  allied  to  a  South  European  species, 
Suberifoliella,  (Zell.  Entomol.  Zeitung,  1850,  p.  208);  but  it  is  smaller,  the 
basal  streak  is  shorter,  the  subapical  streaks  are  more  distinct  and  the  ground 
color  darker. 

Tischeria  citrinipennella.  This  is  rather  intermediate  between  the 
European  Complanella  and  Marginea  ;  it  possesses  a  black  spot  at  the  anal 
angle,  as  in  the  last  named  species. 

Phyllocnistis  vitigenella.  This  is  closely  allied  to  our  Suffusella  and 
Saligna ;  but  it  is  smaller,  "and  the  position  of  the  subapical  dorsal  streak  is 
different. 

Coleophora  coruscipennella.  This  is  very  nearly  allied  to  our  C. 
Fabriciella;  but  the  anterior  wings  are  a  little  browner.  The  antenna? 
quite  agree  with  those  of  Fabriciella. 

Plutella  vigilaciella.  This  is  our  P.  porrectella;  you  will  find  the 
larva  in  gardens  on  Hesperis  matronalis. 

Plutella  limbipennella.  This  is  our  P.  cruciferarum;  it  seems 
cosmopolitan,  as  I  have  seen  specimens  from  various  parts  of  the  globe. 
Probably  wherever  man  eats  cabbages  Cruciferarum  will  occur. 

Argyresthia  oreasella.  This  seems  quite  identical  with  our  A.  A  n  d  e  r- 
eggiella. 

*Mr.  Stainton  has  very  kindly  sent  me  the  following  observations,  on  a  small  lot  of 
American  Tineina,  forwarded  to  him  late  in  July.  In  return,  I  am  indebted  to  him  for 
an  interesting  suite  of  European  genera  and  specimens  of  those  insects  which  he  considers 
identical  with  ours.  It  is  quite  needless  for  me  lo  say  that  I  regard  any  opinion  Mr. 
Stain  tun  may  deliberately  form,  on  questions  of  classification,  to  be  final. 

After  having  examined  a  specimen  of  the  genus  Simaethis,  1  must  acknowledge  that 
Brenthia  seems  congeneric  with  it.  Whether  the  former  genus  naturally  belongs  to  the 
Pyralidina  must  be  left  for  future  determination.  My  own  opinion  at  present  is,  that  it  is 
improperly  included  in  this  well-marked  group. — Brackenridge  Clemens. 

tThis  is  true  of  the  labial  palpi ;  but  the  auxiliary  palpi  in  Amydria  are  extremely  short. 

I860.] 


134  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Bedellia  ?  Staintoniella.  Certainly  a  Bedellia,  and  I  cannot  distinguish 
it  specifically  from  our  Somnulentella,  only  it  is  smaller. 

Cosmopteryx?  gemmiferella.  A  true  Cosmopteryx  ;  but  your  specimens 
are  not  all  the  same  species  ;  four  of  them  I  take  to  be  the  true  Gemmiferella . 
These  have  the  central  fascia  re<MsA-orange,  edged  with  silvery  violet.  This 
fascia  is  considerably  broadest  on  the  costa,  its  hinder  margin  being  formed  by 
two  silvery- violet  spots,  which  are  by  no  means  opposite  ;  at  the  apex  of  the 
wing  is  a  short  silvery  white  scale  [streak?],  preceded  by  a  violet  silvery 
spot,  with  which  it  is  not  connected. 

The  other  two  specimens,  for  which  I  propose  the  name  Cosmopteryx 
Clemensella,  differ  from  Gemmiferella  in  the  anterior  wings  being  darker, 
the  orange  fascia  is  paler,  not  so  reddish,  its  margins  are  pale  golden,  instead 
of  silvery-violet,  and  its  hind  margin  is  almost  straight,  (this  is  very  different 
from  Gemmiferella)  ;  finally,  the  apical  streak  is  continuous,  not  interrupted, 
and  of  a  silvery  white  throughout.  I  shall  describe  this  in  an  early  number 
of  the  "Intelligencer,"  in  some  remarks  on  the  extra-European  species  of 
Cosmopteryx. 

Anorthosia  puuctipennella.  This  seems  to  be  allied  to  Cleodora,  and 
I  do  not  feel  confident  that  it  is  generically  distinct. 

Gelechia  A  g  r  i  m  o  n  i  e  11  a.  Allied  to  G.  1  i  g  u  1  e  1 1  a  and  G.  tseniolella, 
but  quite  distinct. 

G.?  roseosuffu  sella;  a  true  Gelechia,  allied  to  G.  decurtella,  (H.  S. 
Tineides,  tab.  72,  f.  539). 

G.  Rhoifructella.  This  has  considerable  resemblance  with  our  G. 
Populella;  but  the  anterior  wings  are  broader  and  blunter,  and  the  anterior 
segments  of  the  body  are  not  pale. 

G.?  rubidella;  a  true  Gelechia,  somewhat  allied  to  G.  eric  in  ell  a,  but 
smaller,  and  the  anterior  wings  narrower. 

G.  detersella.  I  am  uncertain  about  this  ;  it  is  perhaps  allied  to  our 
moss-feeding  G.  af finis.  The  name  detersella,  must  be  altered,  that  name 
having  been'used  by  Zeller  for  a  Sicilian  species  of  the  genus  (Isis,  1847). 

The  genus  Gelechia,  as  at  present  constituted,  is  very  elastic,  and  includes 
a  variety  of  slightly  different  forms.  G.  subocelleais  our  most  discordant 
species. 

Strobisia  iridipennella.   )       These  are  very  different  from  anything  in 
S.  emblemella.  )    Europe,  and  the  form  of  wing  in  Iridi- 

pennella is  so  peculiar  that  you  are  clearly  justified  in  forming  a  new 
genus  ;  it  is  not  improbably  a  connecting  link  between  Gelechia  and  Glyphip- 
teryx. 

Butalis  flavifrontella.   \       Zeller  has  described  in  the  Linnsea  Ento- 

B.  mat u tell  a.  J   mologica,    vol.   x.,    several  North  American 

species  of  Butalis.     His  Basilaris,   p.  230,   is  perhaps   identical  with   your 

Flavifrontella,  and  his  Impositella,  p.  241,  may  have  been  described  from  a 

worn  specimen  of  your  M  a  t  u  t  el  1  a. 

Stilbosis  t  e  s  q  u  e  1 1  a.  This  is  a  very  curious  insect,  resembling  in  form 
of  wing  Asychna  seratella;  the  ornamentation  is  more  like  some  of  the 
Lavernse. 

Chrysocorys  Erythtiella.     This  is  a  true  Chrysocorys. 

Brenthia  Pavonacella.  I  am  disposed  to  consider  this  not  a  Tineina, 
but  rather  one  of  the  Pyralidina,  allied  to  Simaethis  ;  but  I  have  never  observed 
the  strutting  habit  in  any  of  our  species. 

Pigritia  laticapitella.  This  is  an  obscure  looking  insect  of  doubtful 
location,  reminding  one  most  strongly  of  some  of  the  aberrant  Butalidse. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  435 

Descriptions  of  new  Corals  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy. 

BY   GEO.  H.  HORN. 

Madrepora  perampla. 

M.  crasse  foliata,  frondibus  profunde  digitato-lobatis ;  lobis  late  elongatis 
(saepe  2'  longis,  4" — 8"  latis,  et  1" — 4"  crassis).  Corallum  infra,  caliculis 
confertis  (1'" — \\'"  longis)  ;  supra  tubiforrnibus,  inequalibus  (2'" — 3'"  longis 
et  \\'"  latis)  erectis,  nunquani  nariforrnibus  ;  Stella  conspicuii,  duabus 
lamellis  latioribus. 

The  broad  and  thick  lobes  of  this  species  distinguish  it  from  either  the  M. 
alcesor  M.  palmata.  The  calicles  are  elongated,  and  with  a  distinct 
star.  Immersed  cells  numerous,  equalling  in  this  respect  the  prominent 
calicles.  The  lobes  are  broad,  and  arise  from  a  common  pedicle,  which  is 
very  stout  (4" — 6")  ;  they  also  show  a  tendency  to  further  subdivision. 

Locality. — West  Indies.     Dr.  J.  H.  Slack. 

Madrepora  subaquila. 

M.  crasse  digitata,  (lobis  2'  longis,  3"  latis  et  2J"  crassis).  Corallum  infra 
caliculis  confertis  (1"  longis);  supra  tubiforrnibus,  inequalibus  (2'"  longis  et 
V"  latis);  stella  inconspicua. 

The  above  description  was  derived  from  a  branch,  two  feet  in  length,  of  a 
frond,  whose  mode  of  growth  was  nearly  horizontal,  judging  from  the  relation 
of  the  calicles  to  the  upper  surface.  This  species  differs  materially  from  any 
of  the  digitato-palmate  madrepores  heretofore  described,  in  its  mode  of 
growth,  its  large  calicles,  and  its  inconspicuous  star.  Its  color  is  light 
brownish  exteriorly. 

Locality. — Unknown. 

Madrepora  t  u  b  i  g  e  r  a . 

M.  prostrata,  ramis  paulum  diffusis,  stricte  ramosis  ;  ramulis  attenuati.s 
(base  3'"),  apice  aeutis.  Corallum  porosum,  caliculo  apicale  elongato,  cylin- 
drico  (3'" — 4'"  saepe  5'"  longo  et  £'"  lato)  ;  lateralibus  tubiforrnibus,  saepe 
labellatis  et  dimidiatis  ;  stella  conspicuii. 

This  species  is  well  marked.  Its  much  elongated  and  delicate  apical  calicle 
distinguishing  it  from  all  known  prostrate  branching  madrepores. 

Locality.     Unknown.     Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Merulina  speciosa. 

M.  explanato-ramosa,  late  undata ;  margine  lobata,  unifronte ;  superne 
ramis  confertis  (2 — 3£"  altis).  Corallum  collibus  rotundatis  (1'"  altis). 
lamellis  aequalibus  serrulatis. 

This  species  differs  from  any  other  of  the  genus  Merulina  in  its  branches 
arising  from  an  explanate  base.  It  grows  in  large  subhemispherical  clumps 
(10" — 13"  in  diameter).  The  thickness  of  the  explanate  portion  is  often 
three  lines.  Its  under  surface  is  strongly  ribbed,  coarsely  striate,  and 
granulous. 

Locality. — Unknown.     Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Agaricia  anthrophylla. 

A.  late  explanata,  undata.  Corallum  margine  fragile.*  Buperficie  infe- 
riore  striata ;  superne  laminis  erectis  (1 — 3£"  altis)  coalitis  et  meandrinis 
(saepe  8"  longis)  ;  collibus  elongatis  et  aequalibus  (1 — 1%'"  altis  et  latis) 
lamellis  crassis  confertissimis. 

Grows  in  subhemispherical  clumps,  attached  below  by  its  centre.  It  differs 
from  the  other  Agariciae  in  its  vertical  and  coalescing  plates.  The  lamellae  are 
stout,  being  greater  in  thickness  than  the  width  of  the  spaces  between  them. 
Corallum  thin  at  the  edges,  interiorly  measuring  from  three  to  five  lines. 

Locality.— Unknown.     Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

i860.] 


436  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Catalogue  of  Carboniferous  Plants  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  with  corrections  in  Synonymy,  descriptions  of  new  Species,  &c. 

BY    HORATIO    C.    WOOD,   JR. 

la  the  ensuing  enumeration,  it  will  be  seen,  that  we  first  give  our  own  de- 
cision, followed  occasionally  by  remarks  on  synonomy,  &c;  then  the  number 
of  specimens  with  labels  previously  affixed,  in  quotation  marks ;  then  the  locality, 
as  far  as  known  followed  either  by  the  name  of  the  donor,  or  of  the  collection 
to  which  they  formerly  belonged,  and  their  number  in  that  collection. 

The  Academy  is  indebted  to  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  for  the  duplicates  of  the  "  Bristol 
Institute  Collection,"  which  form  the  bulk  of  the  specimens.  We  do  not  know 
whether  the  numbers  on  them  coincide  with  the  original  collection  or  not. 

Those  presented  by  Mr.  J.  P.  Wetherill  are  especially  interesting;  many  of 
them  being  the  types  of  Steinhauer,  and  all  probably  having  belonged  to  that 
author.  They  are  labelled  with  Steinhauer's  names,  in  the  hand  writing  of 
Dr.  Samuel  Geo.  Morton. 

Besides  those  here  enumerated,  there  are  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Academy  a  num- 
ber of  European  vegetable  reliquse  from  various  formations.  These  we  had  pur- 
posed arranging  and  cataloguing  conjointly  with  the  carboniferous  ;  but  owing 
to  the  press  of  other  engagements  must  leave  them  till  some  future  day. 

We  know  of  but  one  other  foreign  collection  in  the  United  States,  and  the 
partially  arranged  American  suite  of  the  Academy  is  large  and  increasing  from 
day  to  day.  We  think  it  highly  important  that  there  should  be  a  standard 
collection  in  this  country,  where  investigators  may  deposit  these  types,  and  by 
comparison  with  which  any  disputes  that  may  arise  may  be  settled.  The  city 
of  Philadelphia,  the  emporium  of  the  coal  trade,  is  certainly  the  proper  place 
for  this.  Moreover,  the  collection  of  carboniferous  plants,  (native  and  foreign,) 
is  probably  much  the  finest  in  the  country,  numbering  about  a  thousand  speci- 
mens. We  would  therefore  suggest  to  authors  the  propriety  of  sending,  as  far 
as  practicable,  types  of  their  coal  plants.  We  would  also  ask  those  living  in 
the  coal  region,  or  engaged  in  the  trade,  to  send  specimens  to  the  Academy. 
and  thus  forward  the  best  interests  of  botanical  science  and  practical  geology. 

Ord.  EQUISITACEA. 
Equisktites,  Sternb. 

E.  macro  do  n  tu  s  ,  n.  sp.  ?  Stem  simple,  articulated,  obsoletely  costate  ; 
articulations  short,  swollen  at  the  joints ;  sheaths  multidentate  ;  teeth  longer 
than  articulations,  contracting  at  their  base,  expanded  (and  united  ?)  above, 
then  rapidly  contracting,  and  terminating  in  a  greatly  elongated  setaceous  point, 
(?  furnished  on  one  border  with  a  second  short  setaceous  point.)  Fructification 
not  preserved. 

Our  specimen  is  a  flattened  impression  on  coal  shales,  the  terminal  sheath 
only  being  distinct.  It  is  impossible  to  say  with  certainty,  whether  the  second 
points  belong  to  the  large  teeth,  or  whether  they  are  the  terminations  of  a 
smaller  set  placed  between  them. 

Calamites,*  Suckow. 
C.  radiatus?  Brong. 

1  specimen  "  C.  radiatus  ?''     In  Pennant,  Bris.  Ins.  "Coll.  No.  64. 

C.  decoratus,  Art. 

1  spec.  Red  Vein,  Abersychan.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

2  spec.  "  Phylolithus  sulcatus,"  Pudsy.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 

*Calamites  was  applied  in  1751,  (Guett.  Mem.  Ac.Sc.  Par.)  to  a  genus  of  fossil  corals, 
but  as  the  name  is  considered  pre-Linnsan  by  authorities  in  that  department  of  palaeonto- 
logy, and  replaced  by  Syringopora,  Goldfuss,  of  course  we  do  not  change  it  as  applied  to 
fossil  botany. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  437 

C.  ramosus,  Art. 
1  spec.  0.  "  nodosus,"  Sternb.     Glamorganshire.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
1  spec.  "  Phyt.  sulcatus."     Near  Bradford.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 
1  spec.  "  C.  ramosus,"  Art.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.,  No.  69. 
?1  spec.  "0.  with  scars  of  branches."     Bris.  Ins.  Coll. 

C  Cist  ii ,  Brongt. 
1  spec.  "  C.  with  impression  of  Sigillaria  on  the  back,"  Radstock.     Br.    Ins. 

Coll.,  No.  82. 
1  spec.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 
1  spec.  "  C.  Cistii  ?"  Red  Vein,  Iron  Stone,  Abersychan.    T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

C.  d  ub  iu  s  ,  Art. 

1  spec.  "  Phyt.  sulcatus,"  Sheffield.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 

C.  cannaeformis,  Brongt. 
1  spec.  "  Phyt.  sulcatus,"  Near  Bradford.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 
1  spec.  "  Phyt.  sulcatus,"  Pudsy.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 

1  spec.  "C.  cannoeformis."     Brist.  Ins.  Coll.,  No.  63. 

C.  approximatus,  Br. 

2  spec.  "  C.  approximatus."     In  Pennant,  Br.  Ins.  Coll.,  Nos.  58  and  59. 
1  spec.  "  C.  approximatus."     Merthyr.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

1  spec.  "  C.  ranceolatus  "! ! ! 

1  spec.  England.     Mr.  R.  E.  Griffith. 

1  spec. 

C.  Steinhaueri,  Br. 
1  spec.    Shelf  Pork.     T.  P.  Wetherill. 
1  spec.  "  C.  Steinhaueri,"  Bris.  Ins.  Coll.,  No.  78. 

C.  i  n  as  q  u  a  1  i  s  ,  L.  et  H. 

.   1  spec.  "C.  (irregular.)"    Pennant,  Bris.  Ins.  Coll.,  No.  66. 

We  have  identified  this  species  with  some  hesitation,  as  its  only  distinguish- 
ing characteristic,  (according  to  its  discoverer,)  is  its  irregularity.  Our  speci- 
men perfectly  possesses  that  peculiarity  ! 

Besides  the%bove,  there  are  quite  a  number  of  foreign  specimens  of  this 
genus  in  the  cabinet,  but,  unfortunately,  their  specific  characteristics  are  not 
sufficiently  preserved  for  their  identification. 

Ord.  ASTEROPHYLLITLE. 

ASTEROPHYLLITES. 

A.  equisetiformis,  Brong. 

1  spec.  A.  equisetiformis.  England.  Br.  Ins.  Coll.,  No.  23. 

Sphenophylutes,  Brong.  (1822). 
Sphenophyllum,  Brong.  (1828).     Rotularia,  Sternb.  (1822.) 

What  influenced  lions.  Brongniart  in  altering  his  first  chosen  name,  we  are 
unable  to  divine,  unless  he  did  it  for  the  sake  of  euphony.  And  why  not 
change  Asterophj'llites  to  Asterophyllum,  on  the  same  principle?  Of  course 
the  first  name  must  stand  to  the  exclusion  of  the  more  euphonious. 

S.  erosa,  nobis. 
Sp/ienopkyUum,  erosum,  L.  et  H.     Foss.  Flor.  vol.  i.  tab.  13. 
I  spec.  "Sphenophyllum  erosum."     England.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  15. 

S.  a  n  g  u  s  t  i  f  o  1  i  a,  Germ  ? 
Sphsnophi/Uum,  arigustifollum,  Unger.    Gen.  N.  spec.  Foss.  Plant,  p.  71. 
I  spec.     England.     Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

I860.] 


438  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

Trocophyllum,*  nobis. 

Annularia.  Sternb. 

Annularia  being  pre-occupied  as  a  generic  name,  in  the  sub-kingdom  of 
Mollusca,  (Schumacher,  Essai  Nat.  Syst.  1817),  we  would  substitute  for  it  the 
one  given  above. 

T.  f  e  r  t  il  u  s,  nobis. 

Annularia  fertilus,  Sternb. 

1  spec.     England.     J.  P.  Wetherill,  Esq. 

Ord.  NEUROPTERHLE,  Br. 

Neuroptebis,  Brong. 
N.  h  ir  s  u  ta,  Lesq. 

1  spec.  (var.  a  c  u  t  i  f  o  1  i  a),  little  seam  under  Slivin.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
1  spec.  "N.  acutifolia,"  Brong.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  103. 
1  spec.  N.  ?    '  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  112. 

1  spec.  (var.  cordala),  T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

N.  auricula  t  a,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "N.  auriculata  with  P.  cyathea."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  127. 

N.  Cistii,  Brong.? 

1  spec.  "N.  Cistii.     In  a  nodule  of  clay  iron-stone."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  128. 

This  form  is,  perhaps,  only  a  variety  of  N.  minor,  nobis.  But  we  have  not 
seen  a  sufficient  number  of  specimens  to  enable  us  to  decide  with  certainty, 

N.  minor,  nobis. 

Lithosmumda  minor,  Lloyd,  Lithophylacium,  1 760.  Felicites  linguarius,  Schloth . 
Naacht.  zur  Petref.  1822 ;  ejusdem  Flora  der  Vorwelt,  1804.  N.  gigantea,  St. 
1821,  and  N.  gigantea,  N.  Loschii,  iV.  rotundifolia,  all  of  Brong.     Prod.  1828. 

We  do  not  hesitate  in  re-uniting  these  forms,  separated  by  Mons.  Brongniart. 
He  says,  that  he  has  never  seen  a  specimen  of  N.  g  i  g  a  n  t  e  a,  St.,  yet  erects  his 
specimens  into  new  species  on  such  differential  characters  as,  "  ia  the  one,  the 
pinules  overlap  by  a  little  of  their  border, — in  the  other,  there  is  a  little  space 
between  them."  Every  tyro  in  recent  botany  knows  that,  among  the  ferns,  the 
same  plant  varies  in  its  different  portions  more  than  this.  And  we  have 
specimens  of  this  species,  less  than  two  inches  in  length,  that  do  so.  That  the 
species  of  this  genus  do  vary  very  much,  is  shown  by  N.  h  i  r  s  u  t  a,  Lesq.,  the 
several  forms  of  which  differ  from  one  another  much  more  than  do  any  of 
these.f 

1  spec.  [var.  (flexuosa).     R.  E.  Griffith. 

3  spec.  "N.  fiexuosa."     On  slate.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  105,  106? 

1  spec.  "N.  gigantea."     In  nodule  of  clay  iron-stone.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  115. 

1  spec.  "N.  allied  to  Loschii."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  120. 

1  spec.  "  N.  allied  to  Cistii."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  125. 

*Perhaps  some  naturalists  would  consider  that  this  genus  should  receive  the  name  of 
Casuarinites,  of  which  division  of  the  old  authors  it  is  a  section.  But  their  genera  of  fossil 
plants  were  so  vague  that  all  modern  authorities  agree  in  discarding  them.  If  we  revive 
Casuarinites,  Filicites,  Phytolithus,  &c,  must  also  come  again  into  use,  much  to  the 
detriment  of  an  already  complicated  and  difficult  branch  of  science.  Moreover,  as  A. 
e  quiaetiformis  may  be  considered  the  type  of  the  genus  of  Schlotheim,  his  name 
would  rather  take  the  place  of  Asterophyllites. 

tWheiher  botanists  agree  with  us  in  considering  these  forms  as  belonging  to  one 
species  or  not,  N.  minor,  nobis,  will  have  to  replace  N.  Loschii,  Br.,  and  the 
specific  name  minor  thus  being  pre-occupied,  we  would  suggest  N.  p  a  r  v  a,  instead  oi 
N.  minor,  Lesq.  It  may  be  objected  by  some  that  N.  minor  is  pre-Linnajan, 
but  the  tenth  edition  of  his  Systema  Naturae,  in  which  the  binomial  nomenclature  is 
employed,  was  published  1758 ;  and  we  hold  it  to  be  a  great  injustice  to  earlier  writers  to 
reject  their  names  when  they  are  binomial. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  439 

1  spec.  '■'  N.  allied  to  fiexuosa."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  126. 
1  spec.  "  N.  rotundifolia."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  127. 
5  spec.  N.  ?  Br.  Ins.  Coll. 

In  these  last,  the  specific  name  is  not  given, — the  naturalist,  apparently,  not 
being  able  to  decide  as  to  them. 

Cyclopteris,  Brong. 
0.  o  b  1  i  q  u  a,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "  C.  obliqua."  Clay  iron-stone.  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No,  101. 
?  1  spec.  "  C.  flabellata."  Clay  iron-stone.  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  98. 
?  1  spec.  "  C. ?  with  N.  cordata."     R.  E.  Griffith. 

0.  trichomanoides,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "  C.  trichomanoides."     Clay  iron-stone."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  99. 

C.  camp  ton  eura,  n.  sp. 

Leaf  petiolate,  thin  sub-cuneate,  with  margin  apparently  slightly  lobate 
and  serrate;  nerves  thin,  very  flexuous,  at  base  of  leaf  few  in  number  (about 
twelve),  but  rapidly  and  repeatedly  forking,  so  that  at  margin  they  are  very 
numerous  and  close. 

The  only  specimen  of  this  species  which  we  have  seen,  has  the  nerves  and 
interior  of  the  leaf,  as  well  as  its  base,  perfectly  preserved  ;  but  towards  the 
margin,  it  becomes  so  indistinct,  that  we  speak  with  great  doubt  as  to  its 
lobation  and  serration.  The  disposition  and  flexuosity  of  its  nerves  separate 
it  widely,  however,  from  all  heretofore  known  species. 

Habitat.     England.     Cab.  of  Acad.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

C.  dilatata,  L.  et  H. 

1  spec.     Clay  iron-stone.     Sheffield.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
1  spec.     Clay  iron-stone.     England.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

0.  t  r  il  o  b  u  s,  nobis. 

Sphmopteris  dilatata,  L.  et  H.  Adianlites  trilobiis,  Goep.  Cyclop,  dilatata, 
Sternb. 

As  the  specific  name  dilatata  is  pre-occupied,  t r  i  1  o b  u  s  will  have  to  be 
retained. 

1  spec.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  16. 

1  spec.  "Sphen.  dilatata."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  85. 

NffiGERATHIA. 

N.  flabellata,  L.  et  H. 

1  spec.     England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

Ord.  SPHENOPTERID.E,  Brong. 

Sphenopteris. 

S.  artemesia folia,  Brong. 

■1  spec.     England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

1  spec.  "Sphen.  artemesiafolia,  N.  cordata  and  P.  polymorpha."  Br.  Ins. 
Coll.  No.  68. 

S.  e  1  egan  s,  Br. 
1  spec.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  84. 

1  spec. 

S.  af  fin  i  s,  L.  et  H. 

2  spec.  "  S.   affinis."      Burdiehouse,    Edinburg    (Carbonif.    limestone).     Br. 
.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  87. 

S.  lun  ear  i  s,  Br. 

1  spec.     England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 


I860.] 


440  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

?S.  polyphylla,  L.  et  H. 

2  spec.  "  S.  polyphylla."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  88. 

S.  latifolia,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "  S.  latifolia."     England.     R.  C.  Taylor. 

S.  obtusiloba,  Br. 

2  spec.     England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

S.  Con  way  i,  L.  et.  H. 

2  spec.  "  S.  Conwayi."     Wales.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  88. 

Hymenophyllites,  Goep. 
H.  furcata,  Goep. 

1  spec.     England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

Ord.  PECOPTERID^E,  Br. 

Glossopteris,  Brong. 

G.  Browniana,  Br. 

1  spec.     Hawkesburg  River,  New  South  Wales.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  129. 

The  nervation  is  much  closer  and  finer  than  in  Brongniart's  figure;  but  we 
have  no  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  two  plants. 

Alethopteris,  GSep. 

A.  lonchitidis,  Sternb. 

1  spec.  "  P.  candoliana."     Br.  Tns.  Coll.  No.  153. 

6  spec.  "  P.  lonchitica."   In  nodules  of  clay  iron-stone.   Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  154. 

1  spec.     Philadelphia  Library  Company. 

A.  Serlii,  Goep, 

8  spec.  "  P.  Serlii."  Br,  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  155,  161,  159,  162,  166,  167  . 

1  spec.  "-P.  Serlii."  Somersetshire. 

3  spec.  "P.  Serlii."  Camerton.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  158,  160. 

2  spec.  "P.  Serlii."     Radstock.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  104. 

A.  heterophylla,  Goep. 

1  spec.  "  Asterophyllites  equisetiformis  with  P.  heterophylla."     Br.  Ins.  Coll. 

Pecopteris,  Brong. 


P.  oreopterodes,  Br. 

1  spec.  "P.  oreopteroides."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  153. 
?  1  spec.  "  P.  villosa."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  142. 

P.  polymorph  a,  Br. 

1  spec.  "P.  polymorpha."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  144. 
1  spec.  "  P,  polymorpha."     Sheffield. 
?  1  spec.  "  Pecopteris."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  175. 
1  spec.  "  P.  Miltoni."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  140. 
1  spec.  "P.  Cistii."     Radstock.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  151. 
1  spec.  "  P.  pteroides?  "     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  138. 

P.  lepidorachis,  Br. 

1  spec.  "P.  lepidorachis."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  111. 

P.  unita,  Br. 

1  spec.  "  P.  unita."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  118. 

P.  Pluckenetti,  Br, 
1  spec.  "  P.  Pluckenetti."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  147. 

P.  pennseformis,  Br. 

1  spec.  "P.  pennseformis,"  Br.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  141. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  441 

P.  d  entata,  Br. 

1  spec.  "  P.  dentata."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  136. 
?  2  spec.  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  135  and  174. 

P.  cyathea. 

3  spec.  "  P.  cyathea."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  148  and  152. 

1  spec.  "P.  villosa."      Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  149. 

P.   a  r  b  o  r  e  s  c  e  n  8,  Br. 

2  spec.  "P.  arborescens."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  132  and  133. 

P.  ra  u  r  i  c  a  t  a,  Br. 
7  spec.     Pembrokeshire.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  131-160. 

Ord.  LEPIDODENDILE. 

Lepidodendron,  Sternb. 

L.  obovatum,  St. 

?  spec.  "L.  elegans."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  190. 
1  spec.  "Phytolithus  cancellatus."     York.     Mr.  J.  P.  Wetherill. 

L.   die  ho  to  mum,  Sternb.??? 

We  label  these  specimens  thus,  solely  on  account  of  their  being  so  labelled 
in  England.  Sternberg  first  described  the  plant  with  the  name  of  Lycopodites 
dichotomum,  giving  an  exceedingly  indefinite  figure  and  a  worse  description. 
Brongniart,  in  his  prodrome,  placed  it  in  its  proper  genus, — changing  its  specific 
name  to  S  t  e  r  n  b  e  r  g  i  i.  In  his  Vers.  ii.  Sternb.  again  figured  it,  nnder  the  name 
of  Lep.  dichotomum.  To  this  work  we  have  not  been  able  to  gain  access. 
But  Unger,  in  his  Genera  and  Species  of  Fossil  Plants,  has  given  a  description, 
drawn,  we  suppose,  from  it.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  this  description 
does  not  agree,  with  the  figure  first  published  by  Sternberg!  Nor  does  either 
of  the  two  figures  in  the  Fossil  Flora,  which  also  differ  one  from  another! !  In 
such  a  chaos,  we  are  unable  to  decide  what  are  the  specific  characters,  or  even 
whether  there  are  any.  If  the  two  figures  published  by  Lindley  &  Hutton 
belong  to  the  same  plant,  we  see  no  character  by  which  L.  d  i  1  a  t  a  t  u  m,  of  the 
same  authors,  can  be  separated  from  them.  From  some  unknown  cause,  Unger 
does  not  notice  L.  dil  atatu  m,  neither  as  a  good  species,  nor  yet  as  a  synonym. 

4  spec.  "L.  Sternbergii."     England.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
2  spec.  "  L.    dilatatum."      England.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

L. 


aculeatum,  Sternb. 

spec.  "  L.  obovatum." 

England. 

? 

spec. 

England. 

? 

L.  imbricatum,  Sternb.? 

1  spec.  "  L.  allied  to  veltheimianus."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  18?. 

L.  caelatum,  Sternb. 

Sagenaria  caelata,  Br.,  Phytolithus  cancellatus  of  Steinhauer,  Phil.  Trans., 
vol.  i.  (new  series,)  pi.  6,  fig.  2,  1818;  but  not  Phyt.  cancellatus  of 
Martin,  Petrefacta  D  e  r  b  i  e  n  s  a ,  pi.  13,  fig.  1,  1809,  nor  Phyt.  iuibricatus 
of  same  author,  to  which  Steinhauer  refers  as  identical  with  his  Phyt.  can- 
cellatus, nor  either  of  the  two  species  referred  to  by  Steinhauer,  in  Par- 
kinson, Organic  remains,  pi.  1,  fig.  6,  pi.  2,  fig.  4.  We  have  not  been 
able  to  find  the  description  or  names  for  these  in  Parkinson's  Org.  Rem.  But 
as  there  are  no  descriptions  of,  or  names  to  the  plates,  and  also  no  index 
to  the  work,  they  may  be  named  somewhere  incidentally ;  which,  in  siich  a 
mass  of  text,  we  have  not  been  able  to  find.  Never  having  seen  either 
Sowerby's  British  Mineralogy,  or  Volkman,  Siles.  Subterr.,  we  can  not  say- 
as  to  the  identity  of  Phyt.  cancellatus  of  those  authors.  But  we  have 
scarcely  a  doubt  that  they  also  differ,  specifically,  from  all  others,  and  amongst 

I860.] 


442  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

themselves.     In  such  a  case  as  this,  of  course  it  is  useless  to  attempt  to  revive 
the  old  name. 

1  spec.  "  Phytolithus  cancellatus."  (Steinhauer's  type.*)  Astercliffs, 
York.     J.  P.  Wetherill. 

L.  r  i  m  o  s  u  m  ,  Sternh. 

1  spec.  "L.  allied  to  rimosum."     Frenchay.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  199. 
1  spec.  "  L.  allied  to  rimosum."     England.     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 
1  spec.  "L.  rimosum."  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  198. 

L. ? 

25  spec,  of  branches,  variously  labelled,  and  mostly  from  Br.  Ins.  Coll. 

Besides  the  above,  there  are  quite  a  number  of  specimens  belonging  to  the 
genera  Lepidodendron  and  Sigillaria,  with  various  labels,  but  which  do  not 
possess  any  specific  character. 

Ulodendron. 
U.  parmatum,  nobis. 

Phytolithus  parmatus,  Steinhauer.  Amer.  Philos.  Trans,  vol.  i.  (new  series, 
pi.  7,  fig.  1.     Not  Phyt.  parmatus  of  same  author,  pi.  6,  fig.  1. 

1  spec.  "Phytolithus  parmatus"  (Steinhauer's  type).  Shelf,  near  Bradford. 
J.  P.  Wetherill. 

Ctclocladia,  L.  et  H. 

C.  ?Huttonia,  nobis. 

Phytolithus  parmatus,  Sternb.  Am.  Phil.  Trans,  pi.  6,  fig.  1.  Cyclocladia 
majus  and  C.  minor  of  Lind.  et  Hutt. 

1  spec.  "Phyt.  parmatus"  (Steinhauer's  type).  Shelf,  York.  J.  P. 
Wetherill. 

If  this  genus,  as  is  very  probable,  should  prove  to  be  merely  the  decorti- 
cated state  of  Ulodendron,  this  plant  will  be  Ulodendron  Huttoni ,  nobis. 

Sigillaria,!  Brongt. 

Sub-genus  Clatharije,  Br. 
S.  o  r  n  a  t  a ,  Br. 

2  spec.  "  S.  ornata."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  238. 
1  spec.  "S.  serlii,  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  240. 

Sub-genus  Phitodolepis,  Brong. 

S.  n  o  tat  a  ,  Wood. 

Phytolithus  notatus,  Steinhaur.     S.  elliptica,  Br.     (_S.  notata,  Br.)  ? 

We  have  but  little  hesitation  in  uniting  these  forms.  If  S.  notata,  Brong., 
is  distinct  from  /S.  elliptica,  Brong.,  it  is  also  distinct  from  Phytolithus  notatus, 
Steinhauer,  which  is  identical  with  S.  elliptica.  The  sharp  angles  and  pro- 
elongations  from  them,  mentioned  by  Brongniart  as  characterizing  S.  notata, 
Brong.,  do  not  exist,  either  in  Steinhauer's  figure,  or  in  specimens  in  pos- 
session of  the  Academy,  which,  in  all  probability,  are  Steinhauer's  types. 

*  Were  it  not  for  the  possession  of  this  type,  we  would  not,  perhaps,  be  warranted  in 
giving  so  positively  the  synonymy  of  this  species  ;  but  having  this,  we  are  enabled  to 
deride  regarding  the  points  above  given. 

t  In  our  classification  of  this  genus  we  shall  follow  Goldenburg  (Die  Pflanzen,  des 
Steinkolen,  von  Saarbuck,  1857),  and  reduce  the  genera  indicated  by  us  (Pr.  A.  JS.  S. 
1860),  to  the  rank  of  sub-genera.  Although  we  have  some  hesitation  as  to  the  propriety 
of  this,  yet  it  is,  perhaps,  the  better  course,  as  these  sub-genera  approximate  in  indefinite- 
ness  to  the  genus  Sigillaria.  They  have,  without  doubt,  the  same  value  as  Syringoden- 
dron,  and,  in  our  opinion,  the  Sigillaria  constitutes  an  order,  and  the  present  sub-genera 
the  genera  of  it;  bu«  the  weight  of  authority  is  against  this.  Under  this  classification 
the  American  forms  described  by  us  will  stand — S.  perplexa.S.  camptotaenia, 
&  s  o  1  a  n  u  s ,  S.  magnifica,  S.  psilophloeus. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  44o 

We  have,  however,  specimens  so  directly  intermediate  between  S.  notata, 
Br.,  and  S.  elliptica,  Br.,  that  we  think  the  two  species  must  be  united.  If 
not,  S.  notata,  Br.,  will  require  a  new  name,  and  we  would  suggest  S. 
Brongniartii, 

2  spec.  "Phytolithus  notatus."  Yorkshire.  J.  P.  Wetherill.  Probably 
part  of  Steiohauer's  collection,  and  labelled  in  the  same  hand  writing  as  his 
other  types,  as  well  as  presented  by  the  same  individual. 

1  spec.  "  S.  reniformis?  "     T.  B.  Wilson,  M.  D. 

S.  orbicularis,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "  S.  orbicularis."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  242. 

?  1  spec.  Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  243. 

This  specimen  has  the  scars  very  much  closer  than  in  any  figure  we  have 
ever  seen  ;  but  we  scarcely  doubt  its  belonging  to  this  species. 

S.  transversalis,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "S.  transversalis."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  205. 

S.  p  a  c  h  y  d  e  r  m  a  ,  Brong.     (Decorticated.) 

1  spec.  "S.  pachyderma."     Radstock.     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  214. 

S.  re  ni  f  o  rmi  s  ,  Brong.     (Decorticated.) 

6  spec.  "S.  reniformis."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  Nos.  220,  222,  223. 

S.  nodosa,  nobis. 

Favularia  nodosa,  L.  et  H. 

1  spec.  "Favularia  nodosa."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  253. 

S.  tesselata,  Brong. 

1  spec.  "Phytolithus  tesselatus."  Shelf,  near  Bradford.  (Steinhauer's 
type.)     J.  P.  Wetherill. 

S.  Knorii. 

2  spec.  England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 

1  spec.   "S.  elegans."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  No.  241. 
1  spec.  Aberyschan.     R.  C.  Taylor. 

Sub-genus  Ditaxis,  Wood. 
S.  alter  nans,  L.  et  H. 

1  spec.  "  S.  allied  to  alternans."     Br.  Ins.  Coll.  218, 

Ulodendrox,  Rhode. 
U.  parmatum,  nobis. 

Phytolithus  parmatum,  Steinhauer. 

Lepidostkobus,  Brong. 

L,  variabilis,  L.  et  H. 

2  spec.  England.     R.  E.  Griffith. 


Description  of  Several  New  Species  of  Plants. 
BY    S.    B.    BUCKLEY. 

Trillium  Texan um. — Leaves  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  sessile,  smooth,  or 
subpubescent,  longer  than  the  peduncle.  Petals  white,  ovate-lanceolate 
acute,  nearly  equal  or  shorter  than  the  sepals.  Sepals  oblong-ovate,  obtuse. 
Plant  6-9  inches  high,  leaves  li-2  inches  long,  5  lines  wide.  Peduncle  6  lines 
long.  Sepals  6  lines  long,  and  2  lines  wide.  Such  is  the  size  of  a  medium 
specimen.     Flowers  in  March. 

Banks  of  streams  and  low  grounds.     Panola  County,  Texas. 

iEsculus  arguta. — Fruit  covered  with  prickles.  Stamens  erect,  or  slightly 
I860.] 


444  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

curved,    much  longer   than  the   pale  yellow   corolla.     Calyx  campanulate, 
divisions  obtuse,  pedicels  short,  whole  panicle  subpubescent.     Flowers  dense. 
Leaflets  7,  glabrous,  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  at  both  ends,  sharply  and  unequally 
serrate.  Shrub  3-5  feet  high,  with  a  smooth  bark.  Flowers  in  March.    Panicles 
4-6  inches  long.     Leaflets  2-4  inches  long. 
Hills  in  the  vicinity  of  Larissa,  Texas. 

Halesia  reticulata. — Leaves  broad-ovate,  pubescent  on  the  midribs, 
scabrous,  obscurely  dentate,  teeth  small,  acute,  under  surface  of  leaves 
pale,  much  reticulated.  Fruit  4-winged,  two  lateral  wings  double  in  width 
the  others.  Style  long,  mucronate.  Leaves  4-5  inches  long  and  2-3A  inches 
broad.  Fruit  smooth,  1-1J  inches  long,  and  6-7  lines  broad.  Pedicles  5-7 
lines  long.    Small  trees,  branches  smooth,  bark  of  trunk  light  gray,  furrowed. 

Banks  of  streams  tributary  to  the  Red  River,  above  Nachitoches,  Louisiana. 

Fraxinus  Nuttalli i. — Leaflets  5-7  , lanceolate,  acute  at  both  ends,  irregu- 
larly toothed,  upper  surface  smooth,  under  surface  pale  and  subpubescent 
along  the  midribs,  short-stalked,  petioles  long,  glabrous,  fruit  ovate-lanceolate, 
three-winged  acute  at  both  ends,  branches  smooth,  bark  of  trunk  gray,  and 
furrowed.  Fruit  about  2  inches  long,  by  5  lines  broad.  Leaflets  3-4  inches 
long  by  1  inch  broad,  sometimes  unequal  at  base. 

In  swamp?,  Wilcox  County,  Alabama.  Small  trees  about  6  inches  in 
diameter,  and  20-25  feet  high.  As  Nuttall  had  not  material  for  a  complete 
description,  none  can  tell  what  is  meant  by  his  Fraxinus  triptera;  but  as 
possibly  he  may  have  intended  the  tree  now  described,  I  call  it  Nuttall's  Ash. 

Gary  a  Tex  an  a. — Leaflets  7-9,  broad -ovate,  or  ovate-lanceolate,  sharply 
serrate,  smooth  on  both  sides,  paler  beneath,  acute  at  apex,  subobtuse  or 
acute  at  base.  Staminate  and  pistillate  catkins  subpubescent.  Fruit  globular, 
slightly  4-angled.  Shell  thin,  separating  to  the  base.  Trees  three  to  four  feet 
in  diameter,  and  forty  to  fifty  feet  high.  Bark  of  trunk  very  thick,  deeply 
and  irregularly  furrowed,  not  scaly.  Leaflets  6-8  inches  long,  and  2-3  inches 
broad. 

Dry  soil.  Common  in  Upper  Louisiana,  and  in  Texas  extending  as  far  west 
as  Atacosa  County.     "  Thick  bark,  hickory." 

Q,uercus  Shumardi i. — Leaves  oblong,  or  obovate  in  outline,  smooth, 
deeply  sinuate-pinnatifid,  sinuses  broad,  convergent,  3-5  on  each  side,  lobes 
many-toothed,  teeth  sharply  and  setaceously  acute.  Acorn  globular,  or 
ovoid-oblong,  subacute,  cup  shallow,  slightly  turgid,  scales  acute.  A  large 
tree  with  shining  deep  green  leaves,  those  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  tree 
being  much  and  deeply  lobed.  The  lunes  are  generally  deeper  near  the 
petiole  than  towards  the  apex  of  the  leaf.  Acorn  resembles  Q.  rubra,  but  is 
more  acute,  1-1  ^  inch  long,  and  6  lines  to  1  inch  broad.  Limbs,  trunk  and 
branches  much  like  the  water-oak,  Q.  aquatic  a.  Wood  yellowish-white, 
fine  grained,  and  esteemed  for  rails,  boards,  and  the  frame-work  of  buildings. 
I  have  measured  specimens  which  were  six  feet  in  diameter,  with  an  estimated 
height  of  70-80  feet.  Its  leaves  retain  their  greenness  long  after  the  first 
frosts,  when  those  of  the  frost-oak,  black-jack  and  scarlet-oak  are  dead. 

It  occurs  in  Upper  Louisiana,  Eastern  and  Middle  Texas.     Shumard's  Oak. 
In  honor  of  Dr.  B.  F.  Shumard,  State  Geologist  of  Texas. 

Ouercus  Texana. — Leaves  ovate-oblong  in  outline,  smooth,  both  sides 
deeply  sinuate-pinnatifid,  with  broad,  divergent  sinuses,  3-5  on  each  side, 
lobes  1-3  toothed,  teeth  acute  setaceous.  Nut  ovoid,  oblong,  acute,  cup 
hemispherical,  slightly  turgid,  scales  acute,  closely  appressed.  Tree  3-5  feet 
in  diameter,  and  60-70  feet  high,  branches  smooth,  bark  of  trunk  of  a  dark 
slate  color,  slightly  furrowed,  very  like  Q.  phellos  and  Q.  a q u a t i c a,  with 
which  it  is  often  associated.  Lower  leaves  of  this  tree  with  lobes  often 
truncate,  while  the  upper  leaves  have  deep,  broad,  divergent  sinuses,  and  the 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  445 

upper  lobes  prolonged  somewhat  like  those  of  Q.  falcata.  Like  the  water 
and  willow-oaks,  its  leaves  are  green  during  the  first  of  winter.  Acorn  about 
1  inch  long,  and  J— J  inch  broad.  Leaves  4-8  inches  long  by  3-5  wide.  A 
beautiful  tree,  with  dense,  deep  green  foliage.  Wood  close-grained,  white,  or 
of  a  light  red  color,  and  used  for  similar  purposes  as  the  Shumard  Oak. 

Quercus  Durandii. — Leaves  obovate,  entire,  or  slightly  3-lobed  at  apex, 
with  rudiments  of  one  or  more  lobes  at  the  margins,  lobes  very  obtuse.  When 
mature,  smooth  on  both  sides.  Acorn  round,  or  ovoid  rotund.  Cup  very 
shallow,  scales  acute,  closely  appressed.  Leaves  3^  inches  long,  1-2  inches 
wide.  Acorns  -•>-— |  inch  long,  about  h  inch  wide,  scarcely  one-eighth  of  an  inch 
being  included  in  the  cup.  Tree  2-3  feet  in  diameter,  and  40-50  feet  high, 
bark  of  trunk,  and  branches  light  gray,  scaly,  resembling  the  white  oak 
(Q.  Alba).  The  leaves  are  mostly  entire,  varying  from  obovate  to  oblong- 
ovate.  Wood  white,  close-grained,  and  very  tough.  It  is  often  worked  into 
splints  for  baskets  to  hold  the  picked  cotton.  Used  for  farming  utensils,  and 
sought  after  to  make  screws  for  cotton  gins.  Called  "Basket  Oak,"  and 
^'Bastard  White  Oak." 

Wilcox  County,  Alabama,  Upper  Louisiana,  and  Middle  and  Southern 
Texas.     Durand's  Oak.     In  honor  of  E.  Durand,  of  Philadelphia. 

Quercus  annulata.  —  Leaves  broad-ovate,  entire  or  irregularly  and 
sparingly  lobed,  sinuses  shallow,  divergent  lobes  very  obtuse,  upper  surface 
smooth  and  bright  green,  under  surface  pale,  smooth,  or  subpubescent,  petioles 
short.  Acorn  oblong-ovoid,  with  a  depressed  ring  near  the  apex.  Style 
cylindrical,  long,  truncate,  cup  shallow,  one-third  the  length  of  the  acorn. 
Acorn  5-9  lines  long,  and  3-4  lines  broad.  Leaves  2-4  inches  long,  mostly 
lobed.  Bark  of  trunk  and  branches  light  gray,  scaly.  Small  tree  or  shrub, 
bearing  a  great  abundance  of  acorns. 

Common  on  the  rocky  limestone  hills  in  the  vicinity  of  Austin,  Texas. 

Note  on  Quercia  coccinea. 

In  Upper  Louisiana  and  in  Eastern  Texas,  last  autumn,  I  often  found 
Q.  coccinea  with  acorns  depressed  at  the  summit  and  leaves  agreeing  exactly 
with  Michaux's  figure  of  that  species,  the  accuracy  of  which  has  been  questioned 
by  some  boanists.  It  had  not  the  scarlet  leaves  after  frost  which  is  said  to 
be  characteristic  of  that  species.  Its  bark  is  a  dark  gray  or  slate  color,  deeply 
furrowed,  and  wood  porous,  of  a  reddish  cast,  and  esteemed  of  little  use. 


Myrnr.ca  (Atta)  molefaciens,  "Stinging  Ant,"  or  "Mound-Making  Ant,"   of 

Texas. 

BY    S.    B.    BUCKLEY. 

Neuter. — Color  reddish-brown,  labium  brownish-black,  mandibles  subfalcate 
serrate,  triangular,  blackish-brown.  Antennae  two-jointed,  the  anterior  joint 
clavate,  hairy,  head  disproportionately  large,  upper  side  rotund,  occiput 
truncate,  under  side  of  head  longitudinally  concave,  with  a  dark  line  extending 
along  the  middle  of  the  cavity,  mentum  somewhat  hairy,  eyes  black,  thorax 
triangular,  compressed,  prothorax  large,  with  a  slight  knot  on  the  upper  part 
of  each  side,  metathorax  upper  side  two-spined,  pedicle  long,  two-knotted, 
anterior  knot  inclined  forwards,  legs  long,  slender,  tarsi  two-clawed,  abdomen 
smooth,  smaller  than  the  head,  ovate,  slightly  hairy  near  the  sting.  Female 
has  head  like  the  neuter,  excepting  its  front  is  slightly  hooded,  thorax  oval, 
or  rhomboidal  in  outline,  knotted,  compressed,  slightly  hairy,  metathorax  has 
rudimentary  spines,  abdomen  ovate,  smooth  on  the  upper  part,  with  a  few 
scattering  hairs  on  the  under  side.    Wings  not  extending  beyond  the  abdomen. 

These  ants  are  the  most  numerous  of  any  in  Texas,  where  they  have  frequent 

I860.]  31 


446  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

abodes  in  paths  and  roads,  on  the  prairies  and  in  the  fields  and  woods.  The}' 
form  their  habitations  in  the  ground,  where  they  have  many  apartments 
connected  by  tunnels  about  an  inch  in  diameter.  Some  of  their  cellars  have 
deep  shelves  on  all  sides,  where  their  food  is  stored.  Their  rooms  are  rarely 
found  at  a  greater  depth  than  six  feet,  nor  do  their  cavities  often  extend  over 
a  greater  area  than  from  four  to  six  feet  diameter,  over  which,  at  the  surface, 
there  is  generally  a  more  or  less  conical  mound,  sometimes  as  high  as  three 
feet,  with  a  principal  entrance  at  its  summit.  This  mound  is  merely  the  dirt 
brought  to  the  surface  when  they  are  making  their  tunnels  and  cellars.  Many  of 
their  dwellings  have  no  mound  at  the  surface,  it  having  been  washed  away  by 
rains,  and  also  either  levelled  by  the  hand  of  man  or  the  feet  of  animals.  We 
first  noticed  the  exodus  of  their  males  and  females  on  the  twenty-seventh  of 
last  July,  when  the  whole  community  were  in  a  violent  commotion.  Then  the 
males  and  females  issued  from  their  doors  in  great  crowds.  Some  flying  away, 
while  others  were  seized  by  the  neuters  and  dragged  struggling  off.  During 
the  following  month  the  females  began  to  form  new  columns,  commencing  by 
a  few  neuters  joining  a  female  and  digging  a  small  hole  to  shelter  her.  This 
is  daily  and  nightly  enlarged,  until  its  inhabitants  and  rooms  become  so 
numerous  that  it  also  sends  forth  swarms  of  females,  and  neuters  to  found 
new  cities. 

Their  chief  food  is  the  seed  of  various  plants  and  grasses,  but,  like  most 
ants,  they  also  eat  flesh.  They  boldly  attack  all  beetles  and  worms  who 
venture  near  their  doors,  when  great  numbers  seize  the  unlucky  intruder,  and, 
if  it  be  a  beetle,  its  legs  are  seized  and  body  covered  with  ants,  who  bite  and 
sting  at  the  same  moment,  by  which  the  beetle  is  soon  killed,  unless  at  the 
first  he  flies;  and  we  have  seen  beetles  fly  away  with  ants  hanging  to  their 
legs,  nor  did  the  ants  let  go,  at  least  while  the  beetle  was  in  sight.  The 
stinging  ant  does  not  work  during  the  hot  sunshine ;  but  they  labor  at  night 
and  during  the  cool  of  the  day.  On  cloudy  days  their  work  continues.  Indeed, 
•light  is  the  busy  time,  among  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  ants  of  Texas.  Seeds  of 
various  grasses  and  flowers  are  the  principal  food  of  the  stinging  ants,  who,  in 
seed-time  during  the  summer,  lay  up  stores  of  food  for  the  winter  season,  when 
"  Northers"  come  and  storms  rage,  and  confine  the  ants  within  doors  sometimes 
a  week  or  more  at  a  time.  One  of  their  habitations  in  Dr.  Linsecom's  garden, 
at  Long  Point,  in  Washington  County,  Texas,  was  dug  into  to  the  depth  of 
about  two  feet,  and  large  quantities  of  water  thrown  in  to  destroy  the  ants. 
They  recovered,  and  for  several  days  after  were  busily  engaged  in  bringing 
their  store  of  seeds  to  the  surface  to  dry.  A  part  of  these,  by  heat  and 
moisture  were  sprouted,  and  unfit  for  preserving  for  future  use,  and  these, 
when  dry,  were  not  taken  back  to  their  cellars.  Most  of  the  seeds  were  those 
of  a  species  of  geranium  (Erodium  Texanum).  Miss  Sallie  Linsecom,  a 
daughter  of  the  Doctor,  went  into  the  garden  daily  to  see  the  ants  bring  out 
their  store  of  seeds,  which  she  told  us  were  more  than  half  a  bushel. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Caldwell,  who  resides  on  the  Colorado  river,  about  eighteen  miles 
below  Austin,  has  lately  been  digging  in  order  to  exterminate  a  nest.  While 
there,  recently,  we  became  acquainted  with  the  shape  of  their  cellars  and 
winding  tunnels.  Their  apartments  are  rarely  more  than  six  or  eight  inches 
in  diameter,  with  shelves,  as  before  stated.  Often  a  tunnel  descends  vertically 
to  a  room,  then  horizontally  to  another  apartment,  then  up  nearly  perpen- 
dicularly to  other  cells,  which  last  rarely  become  wet  even  by  very  heavy  rains. 
Mr.  Caldwell  assured  us  that  he  had  often  seen  their  shelves  full  of  seeds.  By 
such  an  arrangement  of  their  rooms  they  avoid  storing  seeds  in  heaps  where 
they  would  be  apt  to  spoil.  During  a  very  heavy  rain  at  Cedar  Creek  Post- 
office,  in  Bastrip  County,  that  whole  region  seemed  to  be  flooded;  and  we 
waited  with  some  impatience  for  the  storm  to  abate,  in  order  to  see  its  damage 
to  the  ant, — the  stinging  ants  having  many  nests  in  a  prairie,  which  the  rain 
had   covered  with  water.     Next  day  we  saw  them  bringing  to  the  surface 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  447 

grass  seeds  to  dry  from  their  cellars.  Every  ant-hill  in  the  vicinity  had  more 
or  less  seed  strown  around  their  outer  doors.  A  few  days  later  we  visited  the 
same  locality,  and  the  seeds  had  disappeared, — having  doubtless  been  stored 
away  again  by  the  ants. 

They  cannot  carry  as  heavy  burdens  as  the  cutting  ant  (Myrmica  Texana) 
nor  do  they,  like  that  ant,  place  their  load  upon  their  backs,  but  carry  it  with 
their  mandibles  and  head;   and,  whatever  they  wish   to  take  home, 'is,  if  too 
large,  cut  into  segments  to  be  thus  transported. 

The  stinging  ants  are  generally  peaceable  in  their  habits,  rarely  fighting 
with  other  species,  or  among  themselves.  In  one  or  two  instances  we  have 
noticed  two  different  houses,  situated  a  few  rods  distant,  connected  by  a  well 
beaten  path,  along  which  ants  were  passing  back  and  forth,  from  one  house 
to  the  other,  in  the  greatest  harmony  ;  but  one  of  these  may  have  been  a  colony 
founded  by  the  other. 

Once  we  noticed  two  of  these  ants,  which  probably  belonged  to  different 
houses,  combating  in  an  ant-path,  along  which  a  few  ants  were  passing  to  and 
fro.     Occasionally  one  of  these  would  stop  a  moment,  look  at  the  contest  and 
pass  on.    The  struggle  was  obstinate  and  long.    We  became  tired  of  the  si°-ht 
and,  after  considerable  trouble,  succeeded  in  parting  them, — both  being  quite 
lame.     One  we  put  far  away,  and  left  the  other   walking  slowly  around  in 
search  of  his  enemy,  when,  on  reaching  the  path,  he  seized  the  first  ant  he  met 
and  the  fight  was  more  animated  than  ever, — one  of  the  parties  being  robust 
and    untired.     Suddenly  they  stopped,    looked    a    moment,   and   then   began 
caressing  each  other,  soon  after  which   they  started  side   by  side    for   their 
town,  not  far  distant.     It  seemed  as  if  the  first  fighter,  blinded  by  rage    had 
lastly  fought  his  own  brother.     We  have  been  stung  several  times  by  them 
and  think  the  pain  about  equal  to  that  caused  by  the  sting  of  the  honey-bee! 


Descriptions  of  New  Carboniferous  Fossils  from  Illinois    and  other  Western 

States. 

BY   F.    B.    MEEK   AND   A.    H.    WORTHEN, 

Of  the  Illinois  State  Geological  Survey.* 

ZOOPHYTA. 

SPHENOPOTERIUM,    (new  gen.) 

o-pm,  a  wedge ;  7ror»^iov,  a  cup. 

Corallum  free,  (or  attached?)  cuneate  or  irregularly  subturbinate,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  few  large  inseparable  cells,  which  increase  in  number  by  lateral 
and  interstitial  development.  External  wall  rather  dense,  but  perforated  by  a 
few  pores,  which  seem  to  terminate  in  the  cancellated  substance  of  the  coral 
without  reaching  the  cells ;  surface  marked  by  numerous  fine  anasto- 
mosing striae.  Cells  circular,  or  when  crowded,  more  or  less  angular  ;  without 
diaphragms,  columella,  or  well  developed  rays,  their  walls  being  merely 
marked  by  distinct  vertical  stria?,  and  pierced  by  numerous  pores  which  appear 


Illustrations  with  more  extended  descriptions,  remarks,  &c. ,  to  appear  in  the 
forthcoming  report  of  the  Illinois  survey. 

Note. — While  investigating  the  fossils  described  in  this  and  our  paper  published  in  the 
last  number  of  the  Proceedings,  we  have  been  placed  uader  many  obligations  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  for  the  free  use  of  the  extensive  collections  of 
works  on  Palaeontoloy,  Geology,  and  various  branches  of  Natural  History,  belonging  10 
the  Smithsonian  library.  Also,  for  the  use  of  rooms  in  the  Institution,  and  for  access  10 
the  large  and  rapidly  accumulating  geological  and  palaeontological  collections  in  the 
Smithsonian  Museum. 

I860.] 


418  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

to  terminate  in  the  porous  substance  of  the  corallum,  between  the  cells,  with- 
out directly  connecting  them. 

This  small  group  of  corals  appears  to  be  more  nearly  related  to  Cyathoceris, 
of  Edwards  and  Haime,  than  to  any  other  genus,  either  recent  or  fossil,  with 
which  we  are  acquainted.  It  differs,  however,  in  having  the  outer  walls  per- 
forated, and  in  being  destitute  of  distinct  rays,  as  well  as  in  the  peculiar 
wedge-like  form  of  the  base  of  the  corallum,  which  is  also  usually,  if  not 
always,  free  instead  of  attached.  We  regard  the  first  of  the  following  species 
as  the  type  of  the  genus. 

Sphenopoterium  obtcsum. — Corallum  short,abruptcuneiform,wider  than  high; 
base  carinate,  nearly  straight,  or  very  slightly  sinuous  in  the  middle ;  sides 
expanding  rapidly  upwards  from  the  keel.  Cells  from  four  to  about  nine, 
compai'atively  large,  generally  rather  deep,  conical,  and  where  not  more  than 
four  or  five,  rounded,  and  separated  by  thick  interstices,  but  becoming  angular, 
with  thin  intervening  partitions,  where  more  crowded.  Surface  stria?  fine, 
and  showing  a  tendency  to  converge  towards  the  middle  of  the  base,  often 
anastomosing,  so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  shagreen-like  style  of  ornament. 

Length  or  height  of  a  large  specimens  with  nine  cells,  inch  ;   breadth, 

inch  ;  thickness,  inch;  diameter  of  one  of  the  cells,  0-29  inch. 

Locality  and  position. 

Sphenopoterium  compressum. — Corallum  compressed,wider  than  high, carinate 
on  each  lateral  margin,  and  apparently  retaining  a  scar  of  attachment  at  the 
middle  of  the  base  ;  sides  sulcate  betweeen  the  cells,  widening  rapidly  upwards 
on  the  edges,  and  very  gradually  on  the  sides.  Cells  three  or  more,  com- 
paratively large,  rather  deep,  rounded,  with  thin  walls  ;  arranged  in  a  row 
parallel  to  the  longer  transverse  diameter  of  the  corallum.  Surface  finely 
shagreened  by  the  anastomosing  of  the  striae. 

Length  or  height,  0-57  inch ;  breadth,  0-93  inch ;  thickness,  0-35  inch  ; 
diameter  of  cells,  0-26  inch. 

It  is  possible  this  may  be  a  variety  of  the  preceding  species,  though  its  com- 
pressed form,  thinner  walls,  and  lateral  carina?.,  give  it  quite  a  different  aspect. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Sphenopoterium  enorme. — Corallum  small,  subglobose,  obtusely  subturbi- 
nate ;  rounded,  and  apparently  retaining  some  remains  of  a  scar  of  attach- 
ment at  the  base.  Cells  four  or  more,  rather  irregularly  disposed,  circular, 
and  moderately  deep.  Surface  slightly  more  coarsely  marked  than  the  last, 
but  otherwise  similar. 

Height,  0-45  inch ;  transverse  diameter  about  0-43  inch ;  breadth  of  cells, 
about  0-18  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Rockford,  Indiana,  from  beds  probably  of  upper  De- 
vonian age,  but  containing  Carboniferous  Goniatites. 

Sphenopoterium  cuneatum. — Corallum  compressed,  cuneate,  longer  than  wide, 
base  sharp,  a  little  rounded  on  the  lateral  edges.  Cells  from  two  or  three,  to 
five  or  six,  rather  deep,  arranged  alternately  on  each  lateral  edge,  and  directed 
obliquely  outward  and  upward  ;  rounded  or  somewhat  oval  at  the  aperture,  and 
more  or  less  compressed  towards  the  base ;  sometimes  having  one  or  two 
slightly  prominent  ridges  extending  part  of  the  way  up  the  sides  ;  punctae  of 
the  walls  numerous  and  distinct.  Surface  striae  fine,  closely  arranged,  rather 
regular,  and  minutely  crenulate,  directed  obliquely  inward  and  downward 
from  the  cells,  and  passing  more  or  less  nearly  parallel  to  each  other  to  the 
base,  on  the  lower  flattened  half. 

Length,  0-75  inch;  breadth,  0-43  inch;  thickness,  0-21  inch;  diameter  of 
cells,  about  0-15  inch. 

Ljocality  and  position.     Spurgen  Hill,  la.     From  beds  generally  considered  on 

parallel  with  the  Warsaw  Limestone. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  449 

ECHINODERMATA. 
ASTERIDJE. 

Genus  PALASTERINA,  McCoy. 

Subgenus  Schoenaster. 

The  specimens  of  the  beautiful  star-fish,  upon  which  we  propose  to  found, 
this  subgenus,  are  unfortunately  not  in  a  condition  to  enable  us  to  work  out 
fully  the  details  of  its  structure.  As  far  as  can  be  determined,  however,  it 
agrees  in  most  of  its  characters  with  Palasterina,  though  it  differs  from  the 
typical  species  of  that  genus  {Uraster primcevus,  Forbes)  in  having  the  adam- 
bulacral  plates  arranged  with  their  longer  diameter  directed  obliquely  out- 
ward, instead  of  at  right  angles  to  that  of  the  rays.  This  oblique  arrange- 
ment, or  lateral  imbrication  of  these  pieces,  gives  to  each  range,  as  seen  from 
below,  a  peculiar  twisted  or  rope-like  appearance,  which  suggested  the  name 
Schoenaster  (o-%oivis  a  rope,  aVi-wg,  a  star.) 

Although  we  place  it  for  the  present  as  a  subgenus  under  Palasterina,  we 
think  it  more  than  probable  that  when  better  specimens  can  be  examined,  it 
will  be  found  to  present  other  differences  of  sufficient  importance  to  entitle  it 
to  rank  as  a  distinct  genus,  in  which  case  it  can  retain  as  a  generic  name  that 
by  which  we  have  designated  it  as  a  subgenus. 

Palasterina  (Schoenaster)  fimbriata. — Body  depressed,  pentagonal,  the 
angles  being  extended  into  narrow,  acutely  pointed  rays  or  arms,  which  are 
convex  above,  and  about  equal  in  length  to  the  diameter  of  the  disk.  Upper 
side  of  the  disk  and  arms  composed  of  small,  solid,  convex,  or  somewhat 
tumid  plates.  Ambulacral  furrows  deep,  rather  narrow,  and  bounded  on  each 
side  by  the  single  row  of  oblique  adambulacral  pieces,  which  also  form  the 
sides  of  the  arms,  beyond  the  disk,  where  some  six  or  seven  of  these  pieces 
occupy  a  space  of  0-35  inch.  Disk  apparently  not  provided  with  a  regular 
range  of  marginal  pieces  ;  concave  in  outline  between  the  rays,  where  it  is, 
like  the  sides  of  the  arms,  fringed  by  a  single  range  of  short,  lanceolate  spines. 

The  plates  forming  the  upper  side  of  the  rays  near  the  disk,  are  hexagonal, 
pentagonal,  or  irregular  in  form,  and  consist  of  about  five  or  six  ranges  be- 
tween the  marginal  rows,  with  a  few  much  smaller  intercalated  pieces. 
Farther  out  they  gradually  pass  into  two  mesial  ranges  of  oblong,  alternating 
pieces,  arranged  with  their  longer  diameter  parallel  to  that  of  the  ray ;  and 
two  series  of  much  smaller,  pentagonal  or  hexagonal  alternating  plates  on 
each  side,  between  the  middle  ranges  and  the  adambulacral  rows.  Towards 
the  extremities  of  the  rays,  these  two  ranges  of  small  pieces  on  each  side 
diminish  in  size,  and  at  last  become  obsolete,  leaving  only  the  adambulacral 
and  middle  ranges. 

None  of  the  specimens  are  in  a  condition  to  show  the  form  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  plates  forming  the  disk,  nor  the  position  of  the  vent  and  madre- 
poriform  plate.  Near  the  extremities  of  the  arms  the  dorsal  pores,  which  are 
comparatively  small,  pass  chiefly  between  the  ends  of  the  oblong  plates,  form- 
ing the  two  mesial  ranges ;  but  farther  in,  towards  the  disk,  they  seem  to  be 
somewhat  irregularly  distributed.  There  appear  to  be  five  bilobate,  oral 
pieces,  but  we  suspect  each  of  these  is  divided  by  a  close  fitting  suture,  so  as 
to  make  ten  in  the  entire  series. 

Greater  diameter,  2-37  inches  ;  lesser  do.,  0-89  inch  ;  breadth  of  ambulacra] 
furrows,  about  0-10  inch  ;  length  of  marginal  spines,  0-07  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  St.  Clair  county,  Illinois.  St.  Louis  Limestone  of 
Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

I860.] 


450  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

MOLLUSCA. 

BRACHIOPODA. 

Genus  CHONETES,  Fischer. 

Chonetes  planumbona. — Shell  of  medium  size,  nearly  semicircular  ;  length 
from  two-thirds  to  three-fourths  the  breadth  ;  hinge  line  about  equalling  the 
greatest  breadth ;  front  rounded,  or  forming  with  the  sides  a  nearly  semi- 
circular curve ;  lateral  margins  intersecting  the  hinge  at  right-angles,  or 
sometimes  very  slightly  sinuous  near  the  ears.  Ventral  valve  gibbous,  most 
convex  in  the  middle,  and  flattened  at  the  umbo,  destitute  of  any  traces  of  a 
mesial  sinus  ;  ears  a  little  compressed  ;  cardinal  margin  sloping  slightly  from 
the  beak,  on  each  side  of  which  it  is  armed  with  five  or  six  spines  ;  area  of 
moderate  breadth  ;  foramen  broad,  triangular,  the  upper  angle  being  rounded. 
Dorsal  valve  concave,  or  following  nearly  the  curve  of  the  other  valve  ;  cardinal 
process  moderately  prominent,  nearly  or  quite  closing  the  foramen  of  the 
opposite  valve ;  interior  without  a  prominent  mesial  ridge,  rather  distinctly 
granulose,  the  granules  being  arranged  in  radiating  lines  ;  visceral  scar  rather 
large  ;  impressions  of  aductor  muscles  small  and  deep.  Surface  of  both  valves 
apparently  smooth  or  only  marked  by  obscure  undulations  of  growth,  but 
showing  under  a  lens  nearly  obsolete  traces  of  depressed  rounded  radiating 
striae,  crossed  by  minute  concentric  lines  or  wrinkles. 

Length  0*42  inch  ;  breadth  0-49  inch;  convexity  0-16  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Monroe  County,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of 
Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Genus  PRODUCTUS,  Sowerby. 

Pkoductus  nanus. — Shell  very  small,  nearly  hemispherical ;  hinge  about 
equalling  the  greatest  breadth ;  anterior  side  regularly  rounded ;  sides 
intersecting  the  hinge  nearly  at  right-angles.  Ventral  valve  gibbous,  without 
any  traces  of  a  mesial  sinus  ;  ears  triangular,  convex,  and  moderately  distinct 
from  the  swell  of  the  visceral  region ;  umbo  convex,  incurved,  and  apparently 
extending  slightly  beyond  the  hinge  line.  Surface  ornamented  by  compara- 
tively large,  rounded,  radiating  costse,  which  more  than  equal  the  depressions 
between,  on  the  convex  part  of  the  valve,  but  decrease  in  size,  and  become 
more  numerous  by  division,  and  the  implantation  of  others  between,  around 
the  anterior  slope  ;  crossed  by  numerous  very  fine  concentric  striae,  only  visible 
under  a  lens.  The  visceral  region  is  also  marked  by  moderately  distinct 
rather  regular  wrinkles,  while  the  bases  of  a  few  scattering  spines  are  seen 
on  the  anterior  slope.     (Dorsal  valve  unknown.) 

Length  0-37  inch  ;  breadth  0-45  inch  ;  convexity  0*25  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Jefferson  County,  Iowa.     Lower  Coal  measures. 

Peoductus  paevus. — Shell  rather  small,  nearly  hemispherical,  without  any 
traces  of  a  mesial  sinus ;  length  and  breadth  nearly  equal ;  hinge  about 
equalling  the  greatest  breadth ;  front  rounded ;  sides  sometimes  slightly 
sinuous  near  the  ears.  Ventral  valve  gibbous,  regularly  arched,  not  depressed 
in  the  visceral  region  ;  beak  incurved  a  little  beyond  the  hinge  ;  ears  small, 
convex,  nearly  rectangular  at  the  extremities  of  the  hinge,  moderately  distinct 
from  the  swell  of  the  umbo.  Dorsal  valve  deeply  concave,  particularly  in 
the  middle  and  towards  the  beak.  Surface  of  both  valves  ornamented  by 
numerous  small,  rounded,  rather  closely  arranged,  occasionally  bifurcating 
strise,  about  six  of  which  may  be  counted  in  the  space  of  one-tenth  of  an  inch. 
Spines  erect,  apparently  confined  to  the  ventral  valve,  each  ear  of  which 
supports  some  seven  or  eight,  while  there  are  usually  about  three  times  that 
number   scattered  around  the  anterior  and  lateral  slopes.     Sometimes  very 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  451 

obscure  traces  of  small  concentric  wrinkles  are  indistinctly  visible  near  the 
beak  and  on  the  ears,  particularly  of  the  ventral  valve. 

Length  0-59  inch  ;  breadth  0-60  inch ;  convexity  of  ventral  valve  0*34  inch. 

This  shell  might  be  mistaken  for  an  imperfect  specimen  of  P.  fasciculatus  of 
McChesney,  from  which  species  it  differs,  however,  in  having  finer  striae,  a 
more  deeply  concave  dorsal  valve,  and  in  being  always  destitute  of  a  mesial 
sinus  in  the  ventral  valve.  When  good  specimens  of  these  species  can  be 
compared  they  may  be  distinguished  at  a  glance,  by  the  more  extended 
anterior,  and  the  fasciculate  character  of  the  striae  upon  that  part  of  the  shell  in 
P.  fasciculatus. 

Locality  ani  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Chester,  Limestone  of  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Productus  scitdlus. — Shell  small,  gibbous,  wider  than  long,  hinge  line 
rather  more  than  equalling  the  breadth  of  the  central  part  of  the  valves ; 
anterior  side  rounded,  or  sometimes  a  little  flattened;  sides  rounding  to  the 
front,  and  somewhat  contracted  near  the  ears.  Ventral  valve  gibbous,  rather 
strongly  arched,  moderately  pro  luced,  ani  presenting  scarcely  any  indications 
of  a  sinus  ;  ears  triangular,  convex,  or  somewhat  vaulted,  and  separated  from 
the  swell  of  the  umbo  and  the  prominent  visceral  region,  by  a  rather 
distinct  rounded  depression  ;  beak  convex,  incurved  and  apparently  extend- 
ing a  little  beyond  the  hinge  line.  Surface  marked  by  numerous  fine, 
regular,  radiating  striae,  about  seven  of  which  may  be  counted  in  the  space  of 
one-tenth  of  an  inch  ;  crossing  these  there  are  on  the  visceral  region  small, 
irregular  concentric  wrinkles ;  a  few  scattering  bases  of  spines  are  also 
sometimes  seen  on  the  anterior  slope  (in  casts),  where  two  or  three  of  the 
striae  become  more  prominent  than  the  others.     (Dorsal  valve  unknown). 

Length,  from  beak  to  anterior  slope,  O3o;  do.,  from  beak  to  anterior 
margin,  measuring  over  the  curve  of  the  ventral  valve,  0-45  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Alton,  Illinois.  St.  Louis  Limestone,  of  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Genus  RHYNCHONELLA,  Fischer. 

Rhynchonella  subtrigona. — Shell  rather  above  medium  size,  trigonal 
subglobose,  wider  than  long,  truncated  in  front,  and  on  each  postero-lateral 
slope  ;  anterior  margins  of  the  valves  sharply  and  deeply  serrated.  Ventral 
valve  nearly  flat,  or  arching  a  little  from  the  umbo  along  the  middle  towards 
the  front,  on  each  side  of  which  the  anterodateral  mxrgins  are  at  first  elevated, 
then  very  abruptly  deflected  toward  the  other  valve  ;  front  curving  down 
nearly  at  right-angles  to  the  plane  of  the  valve,  and  extended  so  as  to  fill  a 
broad,  deep,  rather  roundel  sinus  in  the  front  of  the  other  valve;  postero- 
lateral margins  very  abruptly  deflected  downwards ;  beak  small,  rather 
pointed,  incurved,  and  extended  somewhat  beyond  that  of  the  other  valve  : 
mesial  sinus  broad,  shallow,  undefined,  and  not  extending  more  than  half-way 
back  from  the  front.  Ventral  valve  gibbous,  elevated  in  the  middle  near  the 
anterior  side,  thence  sloping  abruptly,  with  a  moderately  convex  outline  to 
the  beak;  antero-lateral  and  lateral  margins  curving  strongly  to  meet  those 
of  the  opposite  valve  ;  mesial  fold  not  well  defined.  Surface  of  each  valve 
ornamented  by  from  eighteen  to  twenty-four  rather  rounded  plications,  about, 
fou  r  or  five  of  which  occupy  the  mesial  sinus  and  fold  ;  fine  obscure,  concentric 
striae  are  also  seen  on  well-preserved  specimens. 

Length  (of  a  melium-sized  rather  gibbous  specimen),  0-90  inch;  breadth 
0-98  inch;  convexity  0*91  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Keokuk  Limestone,  Warsaw,  Illinois. 

Genus  ATHYRIS,  McCoy.=SPIRIGERA,  D'Orbigny. 

Athyeis  parvirostra. — Shell  of  medium  size,  subquadrate,  moderately 
gibbous,  length  and  breadth  about  equal,  sometimes  a  little  wider  than  long  ; 

I860.] 


452  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

greatest  convexity  near  the  middle  of  the  valves,  which  are  equally  convex. 
Lateral  margins  rather  narrowly  rounded  in  the  middle,  thence  converging 
with  a  slightly  convex  outline  to  the  middle  of  the  front,  which  is  faintly 
subtruncate  ;  from  the  most  prominent  part  of  the  lateral  margins,  they 
converge  to  the  beaks  at  an  angle  of  about  97°.  Both  valves  without  a  distinct 
mesial  fold  or  sinus,  though  they  are  each  sometimes  marked  by  a  narrow, 
scarcely  perceptible  flattening  along  the  middle.  Beak  of  ventral  valve  small, 
slender,  and  closely  incurved  upon  that  of  the  opposite  valve,  which  is  little 
less  prominent.  Surface  marked  by  fine  lines  of  growth,  and  small,  rather 
obscure,  concentric  wrinkles.  Internal  spiral  appendages,  each  making  about 
twelve  turns. 

Breadth  of  a  rather  wide  specimen  0-82  inch  ;  length  of  do.  0*75  inch  ; 
convexity  0*52  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Near  Warsaw,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of  Lower 
Caboniferous  series. 

CONCHIFERA. 

Genus  PECTEN,  Linnseus. 

Pecten  tenuilineatus. — Shell  rather  small,  broad  ovate  or  subcircular,  ven- 
tral border  regularly  rounded ;  posterior  edge  forming  a  broad,  gentle  curve 
along  the  middle  and  below,  and  intersecting  the  hinge  above  at  an  angle  of 
about  110°  ;  anterior  margin  rounding  regularly  into  the  base  from  near  the 
middle  ;  hinge  short,  or  at  out  half  the  length  of  the  valves,  from  the  posterior  to 
the  anterior  side.  Right  valve  compressed  ;  posterior  ear  nearly  obsolete,  flat, 
and  not  separated  from  the  posterior  margin  by  a  sinus  ;  anterior  ear  larger 
than  the  other,  rounded  at  the  extremity,  and  separated  from  the  margin 
below  by  a  deep,  acutely  angular  sinus,  from  the  extremity  of  which  there  is 
a  sulcus  extending  obliquely  upward  in  the  direction  of  the  umbo  ;  beak 
rather  compressed,  located  slightly  behind  the  middle  of  the  hinge,  and  not 
extending  above  its  margin  ;  surface  apparently  smooth,  but  showing  under 
a  good  magnifier  extremely  fine,  closely  arranged  concentric  stria?,  which  be- 
come much  stronger  on  the  anterior  ear.     (Left  valve  unknown.) 

Height,  from  ventral  margin  to  the  hinge,  0-56  inch ;  breadth,  from  an- 
terior to  posterior  side,  0-53  inch;  length  of  hinge,  0-27  inch;  convexity  of 
right  valve,  0-08  inch. 

Locality  and  postion.  South  line  of  Clinton  county,  Illinois.  Upper  Coal 
Measures  ;  associated  with  Modiola  tenuiradiata  (=Mytilus  tenuiradiatus, 
Swallow),  and  Avicula  ?  longispina,  (=  Gervillia  longispina,  Cox,)  or  a  closely 
allied  species. 

Genus  AVICULOPECTEN,  McCoy. 

Aviculopecten  Oweni. — Shell  small,  truncato-subcircular ;  base  regularly 
rounded,  posterior  margin  rounding  from  above  the  middle  to  the  ventral 
border ;  anterior  side  rounded  below  ;  hinge  equalling  about  two-thirds  the 
diameter  of  the  valves,  from  the  posterior  to  the  anterior  side.  Left  valve 
moderately  convex  ;  anterior  ear  compressed,  separated  from  the  swell  of  the 
umbo  by  a  rounded  shallow  depression,  and  defined  by  a  shallow  sinuosity  of 
the  anterior  margin;  having  the  form  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  the  anterior 
side  of  which  is  shorter  than  either  of  the  others,  very  slightly  rounded  at 
the  nearly  rectangular  extremity ;  posterior  ear  a  little  smaller  than  the 
other,  compressed,  very  short,  and  not  separated  from  the  margin  below  by  a 
distinct  sinus,  terminating  in  an  obtuse  angle  of  more  than  100°  ;  umbo 
rather  convex,  located  apparently  a  little  behind  the  middle  of  the  hinge,  and 
scarcely  extending  beyond  its  margin  ;  surface  ornamented  by  numerous  fine , 
closely  arranged,  radiating  striae,  which  increase  by  implantation,  and  are 
crossed  by  a  few  irregular  concentric  marks  of  growth. 

Diameter,  from  ventral  margin  to  hinge,  0*48  inch ;  do.  from  the  anterior 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  453 

to  the  posterior  margin,  0-50  inch  ;  length  of  hinge,  0-35  inch  ;  number  of 
striae  in  0.10  inch  near  the  ventral  margin,  about  13. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  the  well  known  Western  geologist. 

Locality  andpositon.  Near  Warsaw,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Aviculopecten  Coxanus. — Shell  (left  valve)  rather  small,  very  thin,  com- 
pressed, broad  subtrigonal  ovate  in  outline,  exclusive  of  the  ears,  slightly 
oblique ;  anterior  and  posterior  sides  rounding  from  below  the  ears  to  the 
base,  which  is  regularly  rounded  ;  anterior  ear  of  moderate  size,  triangular, 
and  flattened,  so  as  to  be  quite  distinct  from  the  umbonal  slope,  separated  from 
the  margin  below  by  a  broad,  subangular  sinus;  slightly  rounded  at  the  ex- 
tremity, and  marked  by  about  eight  small  radiating  costae,  which  are  crossed 
by  smaller  and  less  regular  marks  of  growth  ;  posterior  ear  of  nearly  the  same 
size  as  the  other,  flattened,  but  not  very  distinct  from  the  umbonal  slope, 
separated  from  the  posterior  margin  by  a  regularly  rounded,  moderately  deep 
sinus — acutely  pointed  at  the  extremity  ;  hinge  a  little  less  than  the  breadth 
of  the  shell,  and  ranging  nearly  at  right  angles  to  its  longer  axis  ;  beak  com- 
pressed, scarcely  projecting  beyond  the  cardinal  margin,  and  located  very 
slightly  in  advance  of  the  middle.  Surface  ornamented  by  small,  simple, 
depressed,  rigid  costae,  which  alternate  in  size,  the  smaller  ones  dying  out  at 
various  distances  between  the  margin  and  the  umbo.     (Right  valve  unknown. ) 

Length,  or  transverse  diameter,  0*51  inch  ;  height,  from  base  to  hinge, 
0-53  inch ;  convexity  (of  left  valve)  0-05  inch. 

Dedicated  to  Edward  T.  Cox,  Esq.,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky. 

Locality  and  position.  Adams  county,  Illinois,  dark  bituminous  Shale  of 
Coal  Measures. 

Aviculopecten  Burlingtonensis. — Shell  of  about  medium  size,  very  thin  and 
fragile,  suborbicular,  slightly  wider  than  long,  broadly  and  regularly  rounded 
on  the  ventral  margin,  more  narrowly  rounded  near  the  middle  on  each  side, 
thence  sloping  towards  the  beak  at  an  angle  of  about  100°  ;  hinge  straight, 
between  two-thirds  and  three-fourths  as  long  as  the  transverse  diameter  of 
of  the  valves,  and  ranging  at  right  angles  to  their  longitudinal  axis.  Left 
valve  much  compressed  ;  anterior  ear  of  moderate  size,  fiat,  subtriangular,  the 
anterior  side  being  shorter  than  either  of  the  others,  and  rounding  somewhat 
into  the  hinge, — defined  by  a  broad  rectangular  sinus  at  its  base  ;  posterior 
ear  flat,  separated  from  the  border  below  by  a  wide,  rather  deep  subangular 
sinus,  and  terminating  in  an  angle  of  about  459  ;  beak  compressed,  and  located 
a  little  in  advance  of  the  middle  of  the  hinge.  Surface  ornamented  by  eighty  to 
ninety  small,  nearly  equal,  radiating  costae,  which  increase  by  implantation, 
and  about  equal  the  breadth  of  the  depressions  between.  Costse  crossed  by 
numerous  very  regular,  undulating,  and  distinctly  imbricating,  concentric- 
laminae  of  growth,  which  become  closely  arranged,  and  sharply  elevated 
on  the  ears,  where  the  radiating  ribs  are  not  developed.  (Right  valve 
unknown.) 

Diameter,  from  the  ventral  border  to  the  hinge,  about  2-18  inches ;  do.  from 
the  anterior  to  the  posterior  side,  2-30  inches  ;  convexity,  near  0-30  inch  ; 
length  of  hinge,  1-63  inch;  number  of  radiating  costae  in  0.40  inch  near  the 
ventral  margin,  10  to  12  ;  number  of  concentric  imbricating  lamellae  in  same 
space,  about  18. 

Locality  and  position.  Burlington,  Iowa.  Burlington  Division  of  the  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Aviculopecten  Koninckii. — Shell  large,  subcircular,  rather  compressed, 
wider  parallel  to  the  hinge  than  the  diameter  at  right  angles  to  the  same  ; 
broadly  rounded  on  the  pallial  margin,  and  more  narrowly  rounded  on  each 
side  a  little  below  the  middle.  Hinge  straight,  apparently  rather  less  than 
the  greatest  breadth  of  the  valves  below,  and  ranging  very  nearly  at  right 

I860.] 


454  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

angles  to  the  vertical  axis  of  the  shell.  Left  ?  valve  compressed  ;  anterior  ear 
flat,  having  the  form  of  an  inequilateral  triangle,  the  anterior  side  of  which  is 
much  shorter  than  either  of  the  others  ; — rather  acutely  angular  at  the  ex- 
tremity, and  separated  from  the  margin  below  by  a  nearly  rectangular  notch  ; 
posterior  ear  apparently  nearly  of  the  same  size  as  the  other,  compressed,  and 
separated  from  the  margin  below  by  a  rounded,  moderately  deep  sinus  :  beak, 
small,  compressed,  and  not  extending  above  the  hinge  ;  surface  marked  by 
rather  small,  obscure,  depressed,  radiating  costae,  which  are  crossed  by  a  few 
faint  marks  of  growth. 

Greatest  breadth  parallel  to  the  hinge,  a  little  below  the  middle,  3.39 
inches ;  diameter  at  right  angles  to  the  same,  3  inches ;  length  of  hinge  3 
inches. 

A  fragment,  probably  of  the  other  valve  of  the  same  species,  embedded  in 
the  same  mass  with  that  described  above,  has  much  more  prominent  and 
more  angular  costae,  crossed  by  smaller,  closely  arranged  concentric  lines,  so 
as  to  give  them  a  slightly  crenulated  appearance. 

Named  in  honor  of  Prof.  L.  De  Koninck,  the  distinguished  palaeontologist  of 
Liege. 

Locality  and  position.     Alpine,  Iowa.     Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Aviculopegten  interlineatus. — Shell  rather  small,  compressed,  broad  ovate 
or  subcircular,  exclusive  of  the  ears  ;  length  and  breadth  nearly  equal ;  hinge 
straight,  scarcely  equalling  the  greatest  breadth,  ranging  at  right  angles 
to  the  axis  of  the  shell.  Left  valve  with  base  regularly  rounded  ;  posterior 
and  anterior  margins  prominent  near  the  middle,  and  rounding  to  the  pallial 
margin,  rather  distinctly  sinuous  tinder  the  ears  ;  anterior  ear  triangular, 
flattened,  so  as  to  be  quite  distinct  from  the  umbonal  slope  ;  posterior  ear 
somewhat  larger  than  the  other,  compressed,  triangular,  the  hinge  side  being 
longer  than  either  of  the  others,  rather  acutely  angular  at  the  extremity ; 
beak  a  little  nearer  the  anterior  than  the  posterior  side,  not  oblique  ;  surface 
ornamented  by  about  fifteen  regular,  very  prominent,  slender,  concentric 
costae,  separated  by  spaces  some  four  or  five  times  their  own  breadth  ;  spaces 
between  the  costae  occupied  by  numerous  very  fine,  regular,  closely  arranged 
concentric  stria?,  which  are  crossed  by  very  obscure  traces  of  radiating  ribs. 

Diameter,  from  hinge  to  pallial  border,  0-60  inch  ;  breadth,  0-62  inch  ;  con- 
vexity. 0*12  inch.     (Right  valve  unknown.) 

Locality  and  position.     Lasalle,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Avicclopecten  amplus. — Shell  large,  distinctly  inequi valve  ;  height  and 
breadth  about  equal ;  ventral  margin  regularly  rounded  ;  posterior  and  anterior 
sides  rounding  to  the  base  ;  hinge  line  straight,  less  than  the  breadth  of  the 
valves.  Left  valve  convex,  particularly  in  the  umbonal  region  ;  posterior 
ear  very  short,  obtusely  siibangular,  and  sometimes  defined  by  an  obscure 
sinus  in  the  margin  below  ;  anterior  ear  separated  from  the  swell  of  the  umbo  by 
a  more  or  less  deeply  rounded  sulcus,  (form  unknown  ;)  beak  rather  gibbous, 
incurved,  slightly  oblique,  and  extending  a  little  above  the  hinge.  Surface 
ornamented  by  distinct,  narrow,  rather  elevated,  obscurely  subnodose, 
radiating  plications,  separated  by  spaces  five  to  seven  times  their  breadth,  and 
crossed  by  fine,  indistinct  lines  and  wrinkles  of  growth ;  between  the  costa? 
there  are  also  fine  radiating  stria?,  one  or  two  of  which  are  often  larger  than 
the  others.  Right  valve  flat,  or  a  little  concave ;  posterior  ear  short,  nearly 
rectangular,  the  margin  below  it  being  faintly  sinuous  ;  anterior  ear  also  short, 
and  separated  from  the  margin  below  by  a  very  deep,  narrow,  somewhat  arched 
and  angular  sinus  ;  beak  entirely  obsolete  ;  surface  smooth,  or  only  having 
indistinct  marks  of  growth,  and  a  few  faint  radiating  lines. 

The  hinge  area  of  both  valves  is  rather  broad,  and  marked  parallel  to  its 
margin  by  fine  grooves.  In  the  left  valve  it  is  slightly  inclined  towards  the 
right  side,  over  that  of  the  other  valve,  in  which  it  is  also  inclinedj  backwards 

roct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  455 

ill  the  same  direction.     An  internal  cast  of  one  of  the  left  vales  shows  a  large, 
circular,  muscular  impression,  located  a  little  behind  the  middle  of  the  valve. 

Height,  3-67  inches;  breadth,  3-69  inches;  convexity  of  left  valve,  0.70 
inch  ;  number  of  radiating  costaj  in  0-88  inch,  at  a  distance  of  2  inches  from 
the  beak,  five. 

In  the  shortness  of  its  ears,  the  deep  sinus  in  the  anterior  edge  of  its  right 
valve,  and  its  surface  markings,  this  species  seems  to  bear  close  relations  to 
the  typical  forms  of  the  genus  Monotis,  but  it  wants  the  cartilage-pit  under 
the  beak,  said  to  be  characteristic  of  that  genus,  while  its  geological  position 
is  far  below  the  range  of  any  of  the  known  species  of  Monotis. 

Locality  and  position.  Monroe  county,  Illinois.  Keokuk  Limestone  of 
Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Aviculopecten  pellucidus. — Shell  small,  extremely  thin,  broad  subovate  or 
subcircular,  exclusive  of  the  ears,  slightly  oblique  ;  hinge  margin  straight, 
less  than  the  greatest  diameter  of  the  valves,  from  the  front  to  the  posterior 
side  ;  ventral  margin  nearly  regularly  rounded  ;  anterior  edge  rounded  near 
the  middle,  and  passing  by  a  slightly  oblique  curve  into  the  ventral  border  ; 
posterior  margin  most  prominent  below  the  middle.  Left  valve  much  com- 
pressed ;  anterior  ear  rather  small,  triangular,  flattened  and  distinct  from  the 
umbonal  slope,  separated  from  the  anterior  edge  by  a  broad,  subangular 
sinus  ;  posterior  ear  about  the  same  size  as  the  other,  flat,  and  terminating 
in  a  rather  acute  angle,  separated  from  the  posterior  margin  by  a  broad,  very 
shallow,  rounded  sinus  ;  beak  compressed,  or  but  slightly  convex,  and  located 
near  the  middle  of  the  hinge.  Surface  ornamented  by  very  fine,  radiating, 
thread-like  strise,  which  increase  by  implantation,  and  are  generally  rather 
smaller  than  the  depressions  between  ;  crossing  these  are  equally  fine,  regular, 
less  distinct,  concentric  lines.     (Right  valve  unknown.) 

Diameter  from  ventral  margin  to  the  hinge,  0*36  inch ;  breadth  from  the 
posterior  to  the  anterior  side,  0-35  inch  ;  length  of  hinge,  0'23  inch  ;  number 
of  radiating  strise  in  0-10  inch,  at  the  ventral  margin,  about  12. 

Locality  and  position.  Adams  county,  Illinois.  Coal  Measures,  in  dark 
bituminous  shale. 

Genus  AVICULA,  Klein. 

Avicula  oblonga. — Shell  small,  nearly  semicircular,  slightly  oblique  ;  hinge 
straight,  and  longer  than  any  other  part  of  the  valves.  Left  valve  moderately 
convex ;  anterior  wing  triangular,  compressed,  separated  by  a  broad,  unde- 
fined sulcus,  from  the  swell  of  the  umbo,  very  slight  sinuous  on  its  margin, 
which  intersects  the  hinge  border  nearly  at  right  angles  ;  posterior  wing 
larger  than  the  other,  compressed,  broadly  sinuous  in  outline,  and 
terminating  in  an  acute  angle  ;  beak  small,  pointed,  slightly  oblique,  in- 
curved, and  scarcely  passing  beyond  the  hinge  line  ;  surface  ornamented  by 
about  twenty-six  simple,  sharply  elevated,  linear,  radiating  costae,  separated 
on  the  middle  of  the  valve,  by  spaces  from  three  to  five  times  their  own 
breadth,  and  crossed  by  similar  regularly  disposed  concentric  lines,  so  as  to 
produce  a  neat,  coarsely  cancellated  style  of  ornament.  (Right  valve 
unknown.) 

Diameter  from  ventral  margin  to  hinge,  0*39  inch  ;  breadth  from  the  pos- 
terior to  the  anterior  edge,  0-60  inch  ;  length  of  hinge,  0-56  inch  ;  convexity 
of  left  valve,  0-07  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Warsaw,  Illinois.  Warsaw  Limestone  of  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Genus  MYALINA,  Koninck. 

Mtalina  asgulata.— Shell  rather  large,  obliquely  subovate,  longer  than 
high,  nearly  or  quite  equivalve,  very  convex  near  the  front,  cuneate  poste- 
riorly and  above  ;  hinge  margin  rather  long,  straight,  and  carinated  ;  posterior 

I860.] 


456  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

margin  convex  along  the  midlde,  and  rather  distinctly  concave  in  outline  near 
the  hinge  above  ;  base  very  abruptly  rounded,  or  subangular  near  the  front ; 
anterior  side  oblique,  nearly  straight,  broadly  and  distinctly  flattened  at  right 
angles  to  the  plane  of  the  valves;  umbonal  slopes  extremely  prominent,  and 
distinctly  angular,  ranging  at  an  angle  of  58°  with  the  hinge  line  ;  beaks  ter- 
minal, elevated  a  little  above  the  hinge,  incurved,  acutely  angular,  and 
strongly  compressed  at  right  angles  to  the  hinge.  Surface  of  casts  retaining 
rather  obscure  marks  of  growth. 

Height,  measuring  at  right  angles  to  the  hinge,  3-32  inches  ;  length  parallel 
to  the  hinge,  3  inches  ;  length,  measuring  from  the  beaks  obliquely,  to  the 
most  prominent  part  of  the  base,  3 '35  inches  ;  convexity  of  the  valves,  1'30 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Chester  Limestone  of  the  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Myalina  concentrica. — Shell  small,  thin,  rather  compressed,  subquadrate, 
a  little  higher  than  long,  not  very  oblique  ;  hinge  straight,  slightly  less  than 
the  length  of  the  valves  below ;  anterior  side  a  little  arcuate,  ranging  at  an 
angle  of  about  85  Q  with  the  hinge,  and  curving  rather  abruptly  inward  from  the 
umbonal  slopes  ;  posterior  side  compressed,  straight,  or  very  slightly  sinuous 
in  outline  above,  and  intersecting  the  hinge  at  about  the  same  angle  as  the 
anterior  border ;  base  regularly  rounded ;  beaks  pointed,  incurved,  and 
scarcely  rising  above  the  hinge  ;  umbonal  slopes  rather  compressed ;  surface 
marked  by  slender,  somewhat  obscure,  regularly  arranged  lines,  separated 
by  smooth  spaces  some  eight  to  ten  times  their  own  breadth. 

Height,  0-67  inch  ;  length,  0*59  inch;  convexity  of  a  left  valve,  about  0-22 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Spergen  Hill,  Indiana  ;  from  an  Oolitic  bed  contain- 
ing great  numbers  of  small  fossils,  described  by  Prof.  Hall,  and  placed  by  him 
on  a  parallel  with  the  Warsaw  Limestone  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Mtalina  eecukvieostra. — Shell  of  medium  size,  rather  thick,  obliquely 
trigonal,  ovate,  inequivalve,  (the  left  valve  being  more  convex,  and  thicker 
than  the  other, )  very  gibbous,  and  narrowly  rounded  along  tbe  umbonal  slopes  ; 
hinge  nearly  or  quite  straight,  more  than  equalling  the  height  in  young 
specimens,  but  proportionally  a  little  shorter  in  mature  shells  ;  posterior 
margin  a  little  convex,  ranging  nearly  at  rigbt  angles  to  the  hinge  above,  and 
rounding  gradually  forward  below  ;  base  narrowly  rounded  ;  anterior  margin 
oblique,  or  ranging  at  an  angle  of  about  55p  with  the  hinge,  slightly  convex 
in  outline,  and  separated  by  a  shallow,  oblique  depression,  from  tbe  umbonal 
ridge  above,  and  broadly  sinuous  along  the  middle  ;  beaks  small,  pointed,  ter- 
minal, that  of  the  left  valve  being  spirally  incurved,  so  as  to  make  nearly  one 
entire  turn  at  the  extreme  point,  which  is  directed  obliquely  forward  ;  surface 
marked  by  distinct  lines,  and  imbricating  lamina?  of  growth,  which  are  quite 
prominent  on  the  anterior  side,  and  near  the  cardinal  margin  of  the  left  valve, 
but  more  obscure  on  all  parts  of  the  other. 

The  ligament  area  is  comparatively  narrow,  and  marked  by  longi- 
tudinal furrows  ;  immediately  under  the  beak  the  anterior  margin  is  thickened , 
so  as  to  present  a  broader  area  than  the  hinge,  from  which  it  is  separated,  in 
the  left  valve,  by  an  oblique  groove,  and  in  the  other  by  a  prominent  cor- 
responding ridge.  The  posterior  muscular  impression  is  large,  narrow,  ovate, 
acutely  angular  above,  rounded  below,  and  ranging  nearly  parallel  to  the  pos- 
terior border.  The  pallial  line  is  well  defined  ;  anterior  muscular  scar  small, 
oval,  and  located  near  the  beaks. 

Length,  measuring  forward  and  upward  from  the  postero-basal  extremity 
to  the  beaks,  2-10  inches  ;  height,  1-67  inch  ;  convexity,  about  1  inch  ;  length 
of  posterior  muscular  scar,  0*75  inch  ;  breadth  of  do.  at  lower  extremity,  0*28 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Near  Springfield,  Illinois.     Coal  Measures. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  457 

Genus  SOLEMYA,  Lamarck, 

Solemya  radiata.— Shell  very  thin,  narrow,  or  elongate  subelliptieal, 
moderately  convex ;  ventral  margin  straight,  or  slightly  concave  along  the 
middle  ;  anterior  (longer)  side  narrowly  rounded  at  the  extremity,  the  most 
prominent  part  being  a  little  above  the  middle  ;  posterior  (shorter)  side  rather 
narrowly  rounded ;  dorsal  border  nearly  parallel  to  the  base  in  front  of  the 
beaks,  and  declining  more  rapidly,  with  a  slightly  concave  outline  behind 
them.  Surface  with  obscure  concentric  marks  of  growth,  crossed  by  flat, 
nearly  obsolete,  radiating  plications,  which  are  sometimes  separated  near  the 
middle  of  the  valves,  by  spaces  greater  than  their  own  breadth  ;  on  the 
anterior  side,  where  they  are  very  oblique,  and  more  closely  arranged,  they 
sometimes  become  irregular,  and  scarcely  distinguishable  from  finer  irregular 
radiating  strise;  not  well  defined  on  other  parts  of  the  shell. 

Length  1-10  inch  ;  heighth  0*50  inch;  convexity  0*36  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Grayville,  Illinois.     Coal  measures. 

Genus  LEDA,   Schumaker. 

Leda  (Yoldia  ?)  levistriata.— Shell  rather  under  medium  size,  narrow 
subovate,  moderately  convex  in  the  central  and  anterior  regions,  more 
compressed  posteriorly  ;  base  forming  a  broad  semiovate  curve,  the  most 
prominent  part  of  which  is  a  little  in  advance  of  the  middle  ;  anterior  side 
rounded ;  posterior  side  somewhat  contracted,  or  narrower  than  the  other, 
and  more  abruptly  rounded  at  the  extremity,  which  is  a  little  gaping  ;  dorsal 
margin  declining  gently,  and  rather  concave  behind  the  beaks,  nearly 
horizontal  and  slightly  convex  in  front  of  them  ;  beaks  depressed  and  located 
a  little  behind  the  middle  ;  surface  apparently  smooth,  but  when  examined 
by  the  aid  of  a  good  lens  it  is  seen  to  be  marked  by  extremely  fine,  obscure, 
regularly  arranged  concentric  strise. 

Length  0-57  inch  ;  heighth  0-20  inch  ;  convexity  0-14  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Waterloo,  Monroe  County,  Illinois.  Upper  part  of 
St.  Louis  Limestone,  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series,  where  it  was  found 
associated  with  some  of  the  small  fossils  described  by  Prof.  Hall,  from 
Spurgeon  Hill,  Indiana. 

Genus  SCHIZODUS,  King. 

Schizodus  Chesterensis. — Shell  rather  large,  transversely  ovate,  convex 
in  the  anterior  and  umbonal  regions,  and  cuneate  posteriorly.  Anterior 
side  regularly  rounded ;  base  forming  a  broad,  irregular,  semiovate  curve, 
being  usually  slightly  more  prominent  a  little  behind  the  middle  than 
elsewhere,  thence  nearly  straight  and  ascending  gradually  to  the  posterior 
extremity  ;  posterior  side  contracted,  considerably  longer  than  the  other,  and 
abruptly  rounded  or  subangular  at  the  termination,  the  most  salient  part 
being  rather  above  the  middle  ;  dorsal  margin  nearly  straight  and  declining 
gradually  behind  the  beaks,  from  which  it  rounds  regularly  into  the  anterior 
margin  in  front.  Beaks  gibbous,  rather  elevated,  incurved,  and  located  less 
than  one-third  the  length  of  the  shell  from  the  buccal  margin.  Muscular 
impressions  shallow  ;  those  in  front  ovate,  placed  near  the  margin,  and  a  little 
above  the  middle ;  those  on  the  posterior  side  oval,  and  located  near  the 
dorsal  edge,  about  half-way  between  the  beaks  and  the  anal  extremity. 
Surface  marked  only  by  fine  lines  of  growth. 

Length  (of  internal)  l-38  inches  ;  height  1  inch;  convexity  0-78  inch. 

Resembles  closely  the  Permian  species  Axinus  obscurus,  Sowerby,  but  is  less 
elevated  in  proportion  to  length,  and  has  rather  more  oblique  umbones  ;  while 
the  most  salient  part  of  its  posterior  margin  is  a  little  above,  instead  of  below 
the  middle.     It  is  usually  found  in  the  condition  of  internal  casts. 

Locality  and  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Upper  part  of  Chester  Limestone, 
of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

1860.J 


458  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

Genus  CARDIOMORPHA,  Koninck. 

C  ardiomorph  a  radiata.  —  Shell  subcircular,  gibbous  in  the  central  and  umbonal 
regions,  base  more  narrowly  rounded  than  the  front  or  anal  margin  ;  cardinal 
border  a  little  arched  ;  beaks  gibbous,  abruptly  pointed,  incurved  and  showing 
a  tendency  to  curve  forward  at  the  immediate  points,  depressed  or  rising 
but  little  above  the  hinge  margin ;  surface  ornamented  by  numerous  fine, 
regular,  radiating,  rather  rounded  striae,  about  equalling  the  depressions 
between.     (Hinge  and  interior  unknown.) 

Allied  to  C.  ovata  of  Hall,  (Rept.  Survey  Iowa,  pi.  7,  fig.  10),  from  near  the 
same  horizon,  but  more  rounded  in  outline,  and  has  much  less  elevated 
and  less  curved  beaks.  Both  these  species  differ  from  the  typical  forms  of  Cardio- 
?norpha,  Koninck,  in  having  radiating  strife,  and  may  prove  to  be  generically 
distinct  when  specimens  showing  the  hinge  and  interior  are  obtained. 

Length  0-95  inch  ;  height  1  inch  ;  breadth  or  convexity  0'77  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Rockford,  Indiana.  From  beds  containing  Carbon- 
iferous species  of  Goniatites,  but  generally  supposed  to  be  of  Upper  Divonian 
age. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Genus  BELLEROPHON,  Montfort. 

Bellerophon  crassds.— Shell  large,  very  thick,  subglobose,  or  a  little  longer 
than  wide  ;  volutions  expanding  somewhat  rapidly,  rounded  over  the  dorsum 
and  sides  ;  umbilical  region  excavated,  but  not  perforate  ;  mesial  band  narrow, 
rather  prominent,  and  margined  on  each  side  by  a  raised  line  ;  aperture 
transverse,  reniform,  or  sublunate  ;  lip  strongly  thickened  near  the  umbilical 
excavations  on  each  side,  but  not  covering  them,  thinner  and  but  slightly 
prominent  on  either  side  of  the  narrow  sinus  in  its  outer  margin,  and  spreading 
in  the  form  of  a  moderately  thick,  smooth,  callus,  over  the  inner  whorls 
within  the  aperture,  and  between  the  callosities  on  each  side  ;  surface  marked 
by  rather  distinct  irregular  wrinkles,  and  lines  of  growth,  the  former  of  which 
are  strongest  on  each  side  near  the  lip. 

Greatest  length  2-20  inches  ;  breadth  at  the  aperture  2  inches  ;  breadth  of 
the  mesial  band  near  the  aperture  0'12  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Pittsburg,  St.  Claire  County,  Illinois.  Lower  part 
of  the  Coal  measures. 

Genus  PLEUROTOMARIA,  Defrance. 


Pleurotomaria  subconstricta. — Shell  small,  conical  subovate,  longer  than 
wide  ;  spire  moderately  elevated,  rather  pointed  at  the  apex.  Volutions  five 
and  a-haif  to  six,  obliquely  flattened  or  concave  above,  excepting  near  the 
suture,  where  there  is  a  subangular  prominence  occupied  by  a  series  of  small 
nodes  or  granules ;  those  of  the  spire  having  a  second  angle  a  little  below 
the  middle.  Body  whorl  forming  rather  more  than  half  the  entire  length, 
biangular  around  the  middle,  the  lower  angle  being  less  prominent  and  more 
obtuse  than  the  other,  and  not  exposed  on  the  spire  ;  vertically  flattened  or 
a  little  concave  on  the  outer  side,  and  convex  below.  Suture  linear,  but 
occupying  a  rather  distinct  rounded  constriction  or  depression.  Aperture 
broad  subovate,  approaching  a  rhombic  subquadrate  outline ;  columella  not 
distinctly  perforate.  Surface  ornamented  by  about  fifteen  revolving  lines, 
some  ten  or  twelve  of  which  occupy  the  under  side  of  the  body  whorl,  where 
they  are  larger  than  on  any  other  part  of  the  shell ;  crossing  these  there  are 
very  fine  transverse  strife,  which  are  closely  arranged  on  the  upper  slope  of 
the  whorls,  particularly  in  crossing  the  spiral  band,  but  on  reaching  the  lower 
angle  of  the  body  whorl,  they  become  stronger,  so  as  to  give  it  a  crenulated 
appearance.  Spiral  band  narrow,  fiat  and  located  just  above  the  middle  angle 
of  the  body  volution. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  459 

Length  0*33  inch  ;  breadth  0-24  inch  ;  apical  angle  nearly  regular,  diverg- 
ence 60°. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
measures. 

Pleurotomaria  granclostriata. — Shell  very  small,  conical  subovate,  or 
subtrochiforrn ;  spire  moderately  elevated ;  volutions  five,  increasing  rather 
gradually  in  size,  compressed  convex,  last  one  prominently  rounded  or 
subangular  around  the  middle  ;  suture  well  defined  ;  aperture  subcircular  ; 
spiral  band  not  very  distinctly  defined,  located  near  the  middle  of  the  body 
whorl  and  passing  around  just  above  the  suture  on  the  outer  turns  ;  columella 
imperforate.  Surface  ornamented  by  about  twelve  or  thirteen  comparatively 
distinct  revolving  lines,  eight  of  which  occupy  that  portion  of  the  body  whorl 
below  the  band,  where  they  are  a  little  smaller  and  more  closely  arranged 
than  above. 

On  the  upper  slope  of  the  whorls  above  the  band,  the  three  or  four  revolving 
lines  occupying  that  part  of  the  shell  are  crossed  obliquely  by  distinct 
transverse  lines,  which  are  so  much  stronger  on  the  revolving  strife  than 
between  them,  that  they  present  the  appearance  of  small  nodes  or  granules, 
at  the  points  of  crossing.  One  of  the  revolving  lines,  which  is  larger  than  the 
others,  passes  around  on  the  middle  of  the  revolving  band,  and  is  neatly  and 
regularly  crenulated  by  the  crossing  of  the  transverse  lines. 

Length  0.17  inch  ;  breadth  0"15  inch  ;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence  60°. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
measures. 

Pleurotomaria  tenuicincta. — Shell  small,  conical  ovate,  spire  moderately 
elevated ;  volutions  seven,  obliquely  flattened  or  a  little  concave  above,  convex 
and  more  or  less  distinctly  angular  around  the  middle,  last  one  tumid  below  ; 
suture  distinct ;  spiral  band  very  narrow,  concave,  located  a  little  above  the 
middle  of  the  body  whorl,  and  passing  around  rather  below  the  middle  of  the 
others  ;  aperture  subcircular ;  umbilical  region  indented,  but  apparently  not 
distinctly  perforate.  Surface  ornamented  by  about  eighteen  to  twenty  rather 
distinct  revolving  lines,  only  two  or  three  of  which  occupy  the  flattened  or 
concave  upper  slope  above  the  band,  where  they  are  less  prominent  than  the 
others  ;  while  the  two  forming  the  margins  of  the  band  are  more  salient  than 
any  of  those  below ;  fine,  regularly  arranged  stria?,  which  are  much  more 
distinct  on  the  slope  above,  than  below  the  band,  mark  the  whorls  transversely. 

Length  0*24  ;  breadth  0-20  inch  ;  apical  angle  a  little  convex,  divergence  G0°. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  measures. 

Pleurotomaria  Pratteni. — Shell  very  small,  conical  ovate,  the  length  being 
greater  than  the  breadth ;  spire  rather  elevated,  but  not  acute  at  the  apex  ; 
volutions  six  to  six  and  a-half,  slightly  convex,  increasing  gradually  in  size, 
those  of  the  spire  more  or  less  distinctly  angular  around  the  middle,  last  one 
sometimes  slightly  flattened  near  the  middle  just  below  the  angle,  and  convex 
on  the  under  side  ;  suture  well  defined.  Spiral  band  of  moderate  breadth, 
not  very  distinctly  defined,  sometimes  slightly  concave,  occupying  the  more 
or  less  compressed  middle  portion  of  the  last  whorl,  and  passing  around  so  as 
to  bring  its  lower  margin  a  little  above  the  suture  on  the  other  turns. 
Aperture  subcircular;  columella  arcuate,  a  little  flattened  below,  and  imper- 
forate ;  outer  lip  thin  ;  sinus  narrow  and  deep.  Surface  marked  by  about 
eighteen  to  twenty  very  small,  obscure  revolving  striae,  some  twelve  or  thirteen 
of  which  occupy  the  body  whorl  below  the  band,  where  they  are  a  little  larger 
than  those  above  the  angle,  and  more  regularly  arranged ;  lines  of  growth 
very  fine  and  obscure. 

Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Henry  Pratten,  deceased,  formerly  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Illinois. 

I860.] 


460  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Length  0-24  inch  ;  breadth  0.18  inch ;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence 
about  37°. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
Measures.     Abundant. 

Pleurotomaria  subsinuata. — Shell,  conical  ovate  ;  spire  elevated  ;  volutions 
six,  convex,  last  one,  in  mature  shells,  sometimes  obliquely  flattened  a  little 
above,  just  below  the  suture,  thence  rounded  below;  suture  linear,  but  occupying 
a  more  or  less  deeply  rounded  depression ;  spiral  band  not  well  defined, 
angular,  located  above  the  middle  of  the  body  whorl,  at  the  lower  edge  of  the 
slight  flattening  of  its  upper  side,  and  passing  around  the  middle  of  the  upper 
turns  ;  sinus  of  the  lip,  judging  from  the  curve  of  the  lines  of  growth  in  crossing 
the  band,  shallow,  and  not  very  clearly  defined ;  aperture  subcircular;  columella 
indented  in  the  umbilical  region,  but  not  distinctly  perforate.  Surface 
ornamented  by  about  fourteen  to  eighteen  distinct  revolving  lines,  three  of 
which,  on  the  middle  of  the  last  turn,  are  larger  than  those  above,  while  those 
below  gradually  diminish  in  size  toward  the  umbilical  pit ;  only  two  or  three 
of  the  smaller  lines  usually  occupy  the  slightly  depressed  upper  part  of  the 
whorls,  where  they  are  crossed  by  a  series  of  regularly  arranged,  transverse 
costae  or  wrinkles  ;  lines  of  growth  obscure. 

Length  0-40  inch  ;  breadth  0-31  inch  ;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence  55°. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
Measures. 

Pleurotomaria  Chesterensis. — Shell  of  medium  size,  turbinate ;  spire 
moderately  elevated  ;  volutions  about  six,  increasing  rather  gradually  in  size, 
convex,  distinctly  carinated  around  the  middle,  and  flattened,  or  a  little  concave 
above  and  below  the  carina,  the  flattened  space  above  being  oblique,  and  that 
below  vertical ;  last  whorl  provided  with  a  second  carina  below  the  other,  and 
a  little  convex  on  the  under  side ;  suture  linear ;  umbilicus  small,  or  nearly 
closed ;  surface  marked  by  numerous  fine,  regular,  thread-like  revolving  lines, 
crossed  by  similar  striae,  which,  in  traversing  the  spiral  band, — which  occupies 
the  space  on  the  middle  of  the  body  whorl  between  the  two  carinas, — make  a 
gentle  backward  curve,  parallel  to  the  border  of  the  rather  shallow  sinus  of 
the  outer  lip ;  aperture  subcircular,  approaching  a  subquadrate  outline. 

Length  0-75  inch  ;  breadth  0-72  inch  ;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence  about 
60°;  breadth  of  spiral  band  0-14  inch. 

Similar  in  form  and  general  appearance  to  P.  tabulata,  Conrad,  but  differs 
in  having  a  small  umbilicus,  while  the  axis  of  that  shell  is  not  perforate.  It 
also  differs  in  having  a  much  broader  spiral  band,  which  occupies  the  space 
between  the  two  carinae,  instead  of  coinciding  with  the  upper  angle.  Again 
the  upper  carina  of  the  shell  under  consideration  is  never  crenulated,  as  in 
Conrad's  species. 

Locality  and  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Chester  Limestone  of  the  Lower 
Carboniferous  series. 

Pleurotomaria  subscalaris. — Shell  large,  rather  thick,  conical  ovate  ;  spire 
moderately  elevated  ;  volutions  six,  those  near  the  summit  of  the  spire  flattened, 
the  others  convex,  and  provided  with  a  distinct,  sharp  carina,  which  occupies 
a  position  a  little  above  the  middle  of  the  body  whorl,  passes  around  near  the 
middle  of  the  second,  becomes  lower  on  the  third,  and  sinks  below  the  suture 
on  the  others.  Below  this  angle  there  is  on  the  body  volution,  a  second  less 
distinct  subangular  prominence,  with  a  broad,  vertical,  nearly  flattened,  or 
slightly  concave  space  between  the  two.  Under  side  of  last  turn  a  little  convex, 
and  the  umbilical  region  somewhat  indented,  but  not  perforate ;  suture  well 
defined.    Spiral  band  narrow,  and  occupying  the  principal  angle  of  the  whorls. 

The  surface  of  our  specimen  is  somewhat  eroded,  but  it  retains  traces  of 
about  twenty  rather  strong  revolving  lines,  eight  or  nine  of  which  occupy  the 
upper  side  of  the  whorls,  above  the  carina,  some  three  or  four  the  flattened 

[Oct. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  461 

rater  side  of  the  body  whorl,  and  the  remainder  the  under  side.  On  the  upper 
sloping  surface  of  the  whorls  there  are  also  regularly  arranged,  oblique 
transverse  stride,  which,  in  well-preserved  specimens,  are  probably  continued 
upon  the  outer  and  under  sides  of  the  last  turn. 

Agrees  with  P.  tabulata,  Conrad,  in  size  and  general  appearance,  but  differs 
in  having  the  upper  whorls  of  the  spire  more  depressed,  and  without  any  angle 
visible  above  the  suture.  The  principal  angle  on  its  lower  whorls  also  appears 
to  be  destitute  of  the  crenulation,  so  distinct  on  that  of  P.  tabulata. 

Length  1-67  inch;  breadth  1-52  inch;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence  70°. 

Locality  and  position.     Macoupen  County,  Illinois.     Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Pleurotomaria  speciosa. — Shell  attaining  a  medium  size  ;  spire  moderately 
elevated  ;  volutions  seven  to  seven  and  a-half,  sub  angular  just  below  the  suture, 
thence  obliquely  flattened  to  a  much  more  distinct  revolving  angle  a  little  below 
the  middle  of  the  upper  turns,  and  about  the  middle  of  the  body  whorl.  Below 
this  second  angle  the  outer  side  of  the  last  turn  is  vertically  flattened  or  a  little 
concave,  so  as  to  produce  a  third  obtuse  revolving  prominence  below  the 
middle,  beneath  which  the  under  side  of  the  whorl  is  convex.  Suture  well 
defined.  Spiral  band  narrow,  very  prominent,  angular  and  regularly  crenu- 
lated  by  cross  lines,  occupying  and  partly  forming  the  middle  angle  of  the 
body  whorl,  which  passes  around  on  the  upper  whorls  a  little  more  than 
one-third  of  their  breadth  above  the  suture.  Aperture  subcircular,  approaching 
subpentagonal ;  umbilicus  small.  Surface  ornamented  by  eighteen  to  twenty- 
two  thread-like  revolving  lines,  about  twelve  of  which  occupy  the  under  side 
of  the  body  whorl,  four  to  seven  the  upper  slope,  and  two  or  three  the  outer 
flattened  space.  Crossing  all  these  there  are  numerous  extremely  fine,  very 
regular,  closely  arranged  transverse  lines,  about  every  fourth  or  fifth  one  of 
which  is  considerably  enlarged  near  the  suture  ;  and  they  all  curve  obliquely 
backwards  in  approaching  the  spiral  band. 

Length  about  0-55  inch  ;  breadth  0-51  inch;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence 
82°;  breadth  of  spiral  band  not  more  than  about  0-03  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
Measures. 

Pleurotomaria  turbiniformis — Shell  rather  large,  trochiform,  height  and 
breadth  nearly  equal;  spire  conical,  moderately  elevated;  volutions  about  five 
and  a  half  to  six,  flat,  last  one  distinctly  angular  around  the  outer  side,  and 
flattened  or  slightly  convex  below;  umbilical  region  somewhat  excavated,  but 
not  perforate;  spiral  band  extremely  narrow,  grooved,  occupying  the  angle 
around  the  outer  side  of  the  body  whorl,  and  passing  around  scarcely  above 
the  suture  on  the  other  volutions,  margined  above  and  below  by  a  sharply 
elevated  line;  suture  linear,  but  well  defined,  having  a  somewhat  banded 
appearance,  in  consequence  of  the  development  of  a  rather  distinct  revolving  line 
at  the  upper  margin  of  each  whorl;  aperture  apparently  rhombic  subquadrate. 
Surface  ornamented  by  about  twenty  obscure,  closely  arranged,  revolving  striae, 
crossed  by  stronger,  very  regular  transverse  lines,  which  are  most  distinct  on 
the  upper  part  of  the  whorls,  and  pass  with  a  gentle  curve  obliquely 
backwards  and  outwards  to  the  spiral  band.  Below  the  angle  the  body 
whorl  is  nearly  smooth,  or  only  marked  by  very  obscure  lines  of  growth,  and 
faint  traces  of  revolving  striae. 

Length  about  0-93  inch;  breadth  nearly  0-97  inch;  apical  angle  regular, 
divergence  64°. 

Locality  and  position.     Lasalle,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Pleurotomaria  scitula. — Shell  small,  trochiform,  length  and  breadth  nearly 
equal;  spire  depressed  conical;  volutions  six,  a  little  convex,  last  one  prominent 
and  narrowly  rounded  or  subangular  on  the  periphery,  slightly  convex  below; 
suture  somewhat  channelled ;  aperture  subcircular,  approaching  a  subquadrate 
form;  umbilical  region  impressed,  but  not  distinctly  perforate;   spiral  band 

I860.]  32 


462  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

rather  narrow,  concave,  and  located  above  the  narrowly  rounded  periphery  of 
the  body  whorl,  passing  around  rather  below  the  middle  of  the  other  volutions. 
Surface  ornamented  by  from  about  seventeen  to  twenty-two  revolving  lines, 
only  three  or  four  of  which  occupy  that  part  of  the  body  whorl  above  the 
band,  where  they  are  larger  and  more  widely  separated  than  below;  distinct, 
but  much  smaller,  regularly  arranged,  thread-like  lines  mark  the  volutions 
transversely. 

Length  and  breadth  each  about  0-22  inch;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence  79°. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
Measures. 

Pleurotomaria  Shumardi. — Shell  trochiform,  of  medium  size,  very  thin ;  spire 
moderately  elevated,  conical,  pointed  at  the  apex.  Volutions  about  six, 
increasing  rather  rapidly  in  size,  obliquely  flattened  above ;  those  of  the  spire 
being  somewhat  angular  near  the  lower  side;  last  one  very  prominent,  and 
angular  around  the  middle,  the  immediate  edge  of  the  angle  being  terminated 
by  the  narrow  spiral  band,  convex  below.  Band  slightly  concave,  and 
margined  above  and  below  by  a  small  line  or  indistinct  angle,  the  lower  one 
of  which  scarcely  rises  above  the  suture  on  the  upper  whorls.  Suture  well 
defined.  Umbilicus  small,  or  nearly  closed.  Aperture  rhombic  subquad- 
rangular,  wider  than  high.  Surface  ornamented  by  numerous  transverse  lines, 
which  are  very  regular  and  closely  arranged  on  the  upper  whorls,  but  become 
stronger,  more  distinct,  and  less  regular  on  the  last  turn.  In  crossing  the 
upper  flattened  sloping  sides  of  the  whorls,  these  lines  arch  a  little  forward, 
and  pass  very  obliquely  backwards  from  the  suture  to  the  band;  on  the  under 
side  of  the  body  whorl  they  are  small,  nearly  obsolete,  and  crossed  by  obscure 
traces  of  fine  revolving  strife. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  B.  F.  Shumard,  State  Geologist  of  Texas. 

Length  0-70  inch;  breadth  0-73  inch:  apical  angle  rather  distinctly  concave, 
divergence  70° 

Locality  and  position.  Warsaw  and  Keokuk,  Illinois.  Base  Geode  bed, 
Warsaw  Limestone,  of  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Genus  STRAP AROLLUS,  Montfort?=ETJOMPHALUS,  Sowerby. 

Euomphalus  planodorsatus. — Shell  of  medium  size,  subdiscoidal,  spire  nearly 
fiat,  or  but  slightly  elevated  above  the  body  whorl.  Volutions  about  five, 
increasing  gradually  in  size  from  within,  flat  above,  and  provided  with  a 
moderately  distinct  revolving  angle  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  across 
from  the  inside;  from  this  angle  the  outer  whorl  is  rounded  over  the  periphery 
to  about  the  middle  of  the  under  side,  where  there  is  another  angle,  from 
which  it  rounds  into  the  umbilicus ;  suture  well  defined.  Umbilicus  large, 
deep  and  showing  about  one-half  of  each  inner  whorl ;  aperture  subcircular. 
(Surface  unknown.)     Height  about  0-30  inch ;  breadth  1  inch. 

Allied  to  E.  pentangulatus,  Sowerby,  but  differs  in  having  the  angle  on  the 
upper  side  of  the  whorls  located  nearer  the  outer  margin,  and  the  periphery  or 
outer  side  of  its  volutions  more  broadly  rounded. 

Locality  and  position.  Thompson's  quarry,  Randolph  County,  Illinois.  Chester 
Limestone,  of  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Euomphalus  umbilicatus. — Shell  of  medium  size,  depressed  subtrochiform  ; 
spire  rather  elevated  for  a  species  of  this  genus.  Volutions  five  to  five  and 
a-half,  convex,  increasing  gradually  in  size,  nearly  horizontally  flattened  on 
the  upper  side,  about  half-way  across  from  the  suture,  where  there  is  a 
rather  distinct  revolving  angle,  below  this  angle  the  upper  oblique  outer 
slope  is  slightly  flattened  to  near  the  middle  of  the  outer  side,  which,  in  the 
last  whorl,  is  narrowly  rounded ;  under  side  of  body  volution  rounded  to  a 
moderately  distinct  angle  near  the  middle,  thence  rounding  into  the  umbilicus. 
Suture  well  defined.     Umbilicus  large,  or  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  the  diameter 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  463 

of  the  last  turn,  very  deep  and  permitting  the  inner  side  of  all  the  volutions  to 
be  seen  to  the  summit  of  the  spire.  Surface  marked  by  fine,  rather  obscure 
lines  of  growth. 

Heighth  0-88  inch;  breadth  1-08  inch;  breadth  of  umbilicus,  measuring  from 
its  marginal  angle  on  the  middle  of  the  underside  of  last  whorl,  0-68  inch; 
apical  angle  convex,  divergence  about  100°. 

Locality  and  position.     St.  Clair  County,  Illinois.     Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Genus  NATICOPSIS,  McCoy. 

Naticopsis  nodosus. — Shell  obliquely  subrhomboidal,  rather  thick;  spire 
depressed;  volutions  four  and  a-half,  convex,  increasing  rapidly  in  size,  last 
one  large,  gibbous,  oblique,  and  composing  three-fourths  of  the  entire  length, 
round  on  the  outer  side,  and  having  shallow  revolving  depressions  near  the 
suture  above;  suture  moderately  distinct;  aperture  subovate;  lip  sharp; 
columella  distinctly  flattened,  somewhat  callous,  not  perforated.  Surface 
ornamented  by  numerous,  nearly  round,  distinct  nodes,  which  are  arranged  in 
oblique  rows,  parallel  to  the  lines  of  growth  near  the  aperture  of  the  last 
turn,  but  become  more  crowded,  and  show  a  tendency  to  assume  a  quincunx 
arrangement  on  other  parts  of  the  shell;  lines  of  growth  fine,  rather  regular 
and  scarcely  deflected  from  their  course  by  the  presence  of  the  nodes. 

Length,  measuring  from  the  most  extended  part  of  the  aperture  below, 
obliquely  to  the  apex  of  the  spire,  1  inch;  breadth  0-52  inch;  apical  angle 
convex,  divergence  about  96°. 

Locality  and  position.     St.  Clair  County,  Illinois.     Lower  Coal  Measures. 

Naticopsis  Hollidayi. — Shell  obliquely  oblong-oval,  thick  and  solid ;  spire 
depressed  subcorneal,  pointed  at  the  immediate  apex;  volutions  four  to  four 
and  a-half,  convex,  excepting  just  below  the  suture,  where  there  is  a  shallow 
revolving  depression, — rapidly  enlarging,  the  last  one  forming  more  than 
two-thirds  the  entire  length;,  suture  linear;  aperture  ovate  around  the  margin, 
but  contracted  by  the  broad  columella  so  as  to  be  nearly  semicircular  within; 
columella  distinctly  flattened,  broad,  and  marked  along  its  sharp,  nearly 
straight  inner  margin,  by  a  well  defined  opercular  impression.  Surface 
ornamented  by  very  fine  regular  lines  of  growth,  and  numerous  small  nodes, 
arranged  in  oblique  rows  ;  the  larger  nodes  on  the  last  half  and  upper  part  of 
the  body  whorl  being  more  or  less  elongated  in  the  direction  of  the  lines  of 
growth. 

Length  1-15  inches;  breadth  1-20  inches;  apical  angle  nearly  regular, 
divergence  107°.  Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  George  H.  Holliday,  of  Carinville, 
Macoupen  County,  Illinois,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  the  specimens 
described. 

Locality  and  position.  Hodges  Creek,  Macoupen  County,  Illinois.  Coal 
Measures. 

Genus  PLATYOSTOMA,  Conrad. 

Platyostoma  nana. — Shell  quite  small,  subglobose,  wider  than  high;  spire 
much  depressed;  volutions  three,  increasing  very  rapidly  in  size,  last 
one  large  and  ventricose;  suture  rather  deeply  defined;  aperture  large, 
broad  obovate,  straight  on  the  inner  side,  equalling  nearly  seven-eighths  of 
the  entire  length  of  the  shell;  surface  marked  by  fine  lines  of  growth,  which 
become  stronger,  and  very  regular  near  the  suture  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
whorls. 

Length  0-19  inch;  breadth  0-21  inch;  length  of  aperture  0-15  inch,  breadth 
of  do.  0-11  inch;  apical  angle  about  123°. 

Differs  from  P.  Peoriensis,  McChesney,  in  being  much  smaller,  and  in  having 
one  whorl  more,  while  its  aperture  is  widest  above  instead  of  below. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  measures. 

Platyostoma?  tumida. — Shell  rather  large,  thin,  subpyriform,  a  little  longer 
I860.] 


464  PKOCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

than  wide;  spire  much  depressed,  or  nearly  flat;  volutions  four  to  four  and 
a-half,  convex,  increasing  rapidly  in  size,  last  one  large,  or  forming  about 
eight-ninths  of  the  entire  length,  prominent  and  narrowly  rounded  above, 
contracted  and  extended  below;  suture  well  defined;  aperture  large,  longer 
than  wide,  obovate,  the  inner  side  being  nearly  straight;  columella  not 
perforate;  surface  (of  an  exfoliated  specimen)  retaining  traces  of  rather  strong 
revolving  lines. 

Length  1-21  inches;  breadth  1-17  inches;  length  of  aperture  1-05  inches; 
breadth  of  do.  0-63  inch;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence  132°. 

It  is  only  provisionally  we  have  placed  this  species  in  the  genus  Plaiyostoma; 
the  only  specimen  yet  obtained  being  merely  a  cast  retaining  portions  of  the 
shell,  but  not  giving  a  clear  idea  of  its  generic  characters.  It  differs  from  the  typi- 
cal species  of  that  genus  in  having  revolving  lines,  and  will  probably  be  found  to 
present  other  differences.  When  better  specimens  can  be  examined,  we  suspect 
it  will  prove  to  belong  to  an  undescribed  genus,  though  we  have  not  the  means 
of  settling  the  question  at  present.  If  a  new  genus  is  established  for  its  reception, 
a  shell  figured  by  Murchison,  De  Verneuil  and  Keyserling  (Geol.  Russia,  pi.  23, 
fig.  14),  as  an  undetermined  species  of  lanthina,  (=  Scalites  Verneuilii,  of 
D'Orbigny),  should  probably  be  placed  in  the  same  group. 

Locality  and  position.     Grayville,  Illinois.     Coal  Measures. 

Genus  EUNEMA,.  Salter. 

Eunema?  Salteri. — Shell  elongate  conical,  turreted,  acute  at  the  apex.  Volu- 
tions thirteen,  slightly  convex,  increasing  very  gradually  in  size,  ornamented 
by  two  small  revolving  carina?  a  little  below  the  suture,  the  lower  one  of  which 
is  larger  than  the  other;  last  whorl  having  a  third  angle  near  the  middle, 
which  passes  around  just  above  the  suture  on  the  other  volutions ;  below 
this  third  angle  there  is  on  the  under  side  of  the  last  turn  a  fourth  nearly 
obsolete  revolving  prominence.  Suture  linear.  Apertuce  ovate,  a  little  oblique. 
Columella  arcuate,  not  perforate.  Lines  of  growth  fine,  rather  obscure,  and 
passing  straight  across  the  whorls. 

Length  0-50  inch;  breadth  0-17  inch.  Length  of  aperture  0-17  inch;  breadth 
0-10  inch.     Apical  angle  convex,  divergence  20°. 

This  beautiful  little  shell  differs  from  the  typical  species  of  the  genus  in 
which  we  have  provisionally  placed  it,  in  having  the  lines  of  growth  straight 
instead  of  sinuous.  This  character,  and  the  revolving  carinas,  would  also 
separate  it  from  Loxonema,  to  which  we  were  at  first  inclined  to  refer  it.  On 
a  hasty  examination  it  might  be  referred  to  the  genus  Murckisonia,  some  species 
of  which  it  nearly  resembles  in  its  general  appearance ;  a  careful  examination, 
however,  has  satisfied  us  that  its  lines  of  growth  do  not  make  the  slightest 
curve,  so  as  to  indicate  the  existence  of  a  sinus  in  any  part  of  the  lip.  We 
suspect  it  may  belong  to  an  undescribed  genus;  though,  if  it  were  from  a  more 
modern  formation,  we  should  scarcely  hesitate  to  place  it  in  the  genus  Turritella. 

Named  in  honor  of  Mr.  J.  W.  Salter,  the  distinguished  Palaeontologist  of  the 
British  Geological  Survey. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Genus  LOXONEMA,  Phillips. 

We  doubt  the  propriety  of  referring  such  forms  as  are  here  described,  to  the 
recent  genus  Turbonilla,  (—Chemnitzia,  D'Orbigny,)  since  they  are  generally 
not  only  much  larger  shells,  but  differ  in  not  having,  so  far  as  we  have  been 
able  to  see,  the  apex  of  the  spire  reversed,  as  in  the  species  upon  which  the 
genus  Turbonilla  was  founded.  We  therefore  agree  with  those  who  prefer  to 
retain  Phillips'  name,  Loxonema,  for  these  older  fossil  species. 

Loxonema  scitula. — Shell  small,  elongate,  conical ;  spire  elevated  and  regu- 
larly tapering ;  volutions  eight  to  eight  and  a  half,  very  slightly  convex,  in- 
creasing gradually  in  size,  last  one  rounded  and  not  produced  below  ;  suture 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF-  PHILADELPHIA.  465 

moderately  well  defined  ;  aperture  obliquely  ovate,  acutely  angular  above. 
Surface  ornamented  by  distinct,  regularly  disposed,  straight  vertical  folds  or 
costae,  about  fourteen  or  fifteen  of  which  occupy  each  turn ;  folds  equalling 
the  depressions  between,  and  on  the  last  turn  becoming  suddenly  obsolete 
below  the  middle  ;  no  lines  of  growth  visible. 

Length  0-23  inch  ;  breadth,  0-10  inch  ;  length  of  aperture,  0-07  inch  ;  breadth 
of  do.,  0.04  inch.     Apical  angle  regular,  divergence  25°. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Loxonema  rugosa. — Shell  small,  elongate,  conical ;  volutions  seven  and  a 
half  to  eight,  very  slightly  convex,  increasing  gradually  in  size,  last  one  abruptly 
rounded  in  the  middle,  not  extended  below  ;  suture  rather  slightly  impressed  ; 
aperture  ovate.  Surface  of  each  whorl  ornamented  by  about  eighteen  to  nine- 
teen straight,  distinct,  vertical  folds  or  costae,  which  equal  the  depressions 
between,  and  are  disposed  so  as  to  range  in  regular  lines  from  the  last  whorl 
to  the  summit  of  the  spire  ;  those  on  the  body  whorl  becoming  abruptly  obso- 
lete below  the  middle.     No  lines  of  growth  visible. 

Length,  044  inch  ;  breadth  0-18  inch  ;  length  of  aperture  0-12  inch  ;  breadth 
of  do.,  0-08  inch.     Apical  angle  convex  above,  divergence  25°. 

Near  the  last,  but  differs  in  having  the  spire  less  attenuate  above,  and  in 
having  more  costae  to  each  turn.  The  costas  also  differ  in  being  ranged  in 
right  lines,  all  the  way  up  the  spire,  while  those  of  the  adjacent  whorls,  in  the 
last,  alternate.  This  latter  character  gives  quite  a  peculiar  aspect  to  this 
species. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Loxonema  cerithiformis. — Shell  rather  under  medium  size,  elongate,  conical; 
spire  elevated,  gradually  tapering  to  an  acute  point.  Volutions,  eleven  to 
twelve,  convex,  and  increasing  gradually  in  size  ;  last  one  not  much  enlarged, 
somewhat  prominently  rounded  below  the  middle.  Suture  well  defined. 
Aperture  oval,  subrhombic,  a  little  longer  than  wide,  apparently  provided 
with  a  small,  rather  oblique  notch  at  the  base  of  the  columella  ;  outer  lip  thin, 
broadly  and  deeply  sinuous  above  and  prominent  below,  so  as  to  present  a  dis- 
tinct inversely  sigmoid  outline  ;  columella  arcuate.  Surface  nearly  smooth,  but 
showing  under  a  lens  very  fine,  obscure  lines  of  growth,  which  curve  parallel 
to  the  margin  of  the  lip ;  just  below  the  suture  these  lines  are  gathered  into  a 
series  of  minute,  short,  regularly  arranged  wrinkles  or  crenulations,  scarcely 
visible  without  the  aid  of  a  magnifier. 

Length,  0-70  inch  ;  breadth,  0-24  inch  ;  length  of  aperture,  0-18  inch  ;  breadth 
of  do.,  0-11  inch.     Apical  angle  regular,  divergence  24°. 

Appears  to  agree  very  nearly  with  Chemnitzia  subconstricta  of  Koninck,  in 
form  and  surface  markings  ;  but  differs,  in  the  form  of  the  aperture,  and  in 
having  a  small  notch  or  sinus,  with  a  slight  projection  of  the  lip,  at  the  base 
of  the  columella. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Loxonema  inornata. — Shell  small,  conical  subovate ;  spire  moderately 
elevated,  pointed  at  the  apex ;  volutions  seven,  slightly  convex,  increasing 
rather  gradually  in  size,  last  one  somewhat  prominently  rounded  in  the 
middle,  but  not  ventricose ;  suture  rather  shallow ;  aperture  narrow  sub- 
ovate,  acutely  angular  above,  narrow,  and  provided  with  a  small  rounded 
sinus  at  the  base  of  the  columella  below ;  columella  arcuate  ;  outer  lip  thin, 
and  apparently  but  slightly  sigmoid  in  outline ;  surface  smooth,  or  only  show- 
ing very  obscure  traces  of  fine  lines  of  growth  under  a  good  lens. 

Length,  0-38  inch ;  breadth,  0-18  inch ;  apical  angle  convex,  divergence 
about  30°.     Length  of  aperture,  0-16  inch ;  breadth  of  do.,  0-09  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Loxonema  nitidula. — Shell  of  medium  size,  subfusiform ;  spire  elongated, 
I860.] 


466  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

conical,  rather  attenuate,  and  acutely  pointed  above  ;  volutions  eight  to  eight 
and  a  half,  convex,  and  increasing  rather  gradually  in  size, — last  one  moderately 
large,  somewhat  contracted,  and  extended  below;  suture  well  defined,  espe- 
cially between  the  lower  whorls  ;  aperture  narrow,  subovate,  a  little  oblique, 
acutely  angular  above,  rather  narrow,  and  terminating  in  a  small  rounded 
sinus  at  the  base  of  the  columella  below,  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  entire 
shell ;  outer  lip  thin  and  sharp,  with  a  scarcely  sigmoidal  margin  ;  columella 
arcuate,  and  somewhat  twisted  below ;  surface  smooth,  but  showing  under  a 
lens  very  fine,  obscure  lines  of  growth. 

Length,  1-10  inch;  breadth,  0-43  inch;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence 
30°.     Length  of  aperture,  0-47  inch  ;  breadth,  0-20  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Genus  EULIMA,  Risso. 

Eulima?  peracuta. — Shell  comparatively  large,  elongate,  conical;  spire 
much  elevated,  attenuate,  very  acutely  pointed  at  the  apex,  and  sometimes 
subulate.  Whorls  about  thirteen,  nearly  or  quite  flat,  and  increasing  very 
gradually  in  size ;  last  one  forming  a  little  more  than  one-third  the  entire 
length,  slightly  prominent  around  the  middle,  somewhat  extended  below  .; 
suture  moderately  distinct,  particularly  between  the  lower  whorls.  Aperture 
rather  narrow,  subovate,  acutely  angular  above,  and  narrowly  rounded  below  ; 
outer  lip  thin  and  sharp ;  inner  lip  very  slightly  thickened,  and  a  little  re- 
flexed  below ;  columella  arcuate  or  faintly  sinuous.  Surface  polished,  but 
showing  under  a  good  lens  extremely  fine,  very  obscure  lines  of  growth. 

Length,  1-67  inch;  breadth,  0-54  inch;  apical  angle  regular,  divergence 
22°.     Length  of  aperture,  0-55  inch  ;   breadth  of  do.,  0-30  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Jacksburg,  St.  Clair  county,  Illinois.  Lower  Coal 
Measures ;  also  near  Springfield,  in  Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Genus  MACROCHEILUS,  Phillips. 

Some  confusion  exists  in  regard  to  the  limits  of  this  genus,  in  consequence 
of  the  fact  that  Prof.  Phillips  did  not  define  it  clearly,  and  unfortunately  in- 
cluded in  it  species  belonging  to  several  groups,  without  designating  what 
particular  species  he  regarded  as  the  type  of  his  genus.  Nearly  all  subsequent 
authors,  however,  agree  in  referring  to  it  those  oval,  or  subglobose  forms,  with 
a  thickened  inner  lip,  and  a  more  or  less  developed  fold  on  the  columella, 
such  as  M.  primiyenious,  (=Stylifer  primiyenious,  Conrad) ;  while  there  are 
many  other  more  elongated  species  referred  sometimes  to  this  genus,  and 
sometimes  to  Loxonema,  or  to  Chemnilzia. 

It  seems  to  us  it  would  be  better  to  regard  as  typical  of  this  genus,  only 
such  species  as  have  developed,  in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  the  fold  and  thicken- 
ing of  the  inner  lip, — nearly  or  quite  all  of  which,  so  far  as  our  observations 
go,  are  the  shorter  forms.  The  more  slender,  elongated  species,  with  a  com- 
paratively small  body  whorl,  somewhat  extended  below,  and  without  any 
thickening  of  the  inner  lip,  should,  we  think,  be  placed  in  a  separate  section, 
either  of  this  genus,  or  of  Loxonema,  or  constitute  a  distinct  group  from  both. 

Macroceeilus  medialis. — Shell  of  medium  size,  rather  thick,  rhombic,  oval ; 
spire  depressed  conical,  acutely  pointed  at  the  apex,  forming  near  one-third 
of  the  entire  length.  Whorls  six  to  six  and  a  half,  convex,  increasing  some- 
what rapidly  in  size  ;  last  one  large,  but  not  ventricose,  the  widest  part  being 
near  the  middle ;  suture  distinct.  Aperture  rather  narrow,  oval,  acutely 
angular  above,  and  narrowly  rounded  below  ;  outer  lip  sharp,  nearly  straight, 
or  but  slightly  prominent  in  the  middle.  Columella  a  little  sinuous  about  half 
way  up  the  aperture.  Inner  lip  thickened  to  the  top  of  the  aperture,  but  not 
provided  with  a  distinct  fold  or  prominence  below, — marked  by  small,  regular, 
obscure  transverse  striae  or  wrinkles  above  the  middle.  Surface  apparently 
smooth,  but  showing  under  a  lens  traces  of  fine,  very  obscure  lines  of  growth. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  467 


Length,    1-12   inch;   breadth,   0-68    inch;    length    of  aperture,    0T2    inch; 
breadth  of  do.,  0-39  inch.     Apical  angle  convex,  divergence  83°. 
Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Macrocheilus  intercalaris. — Shell  of  medium  size,  rhombic,  oval ;  spire 
conical,  forming  more  than  one-third  of  the  entire  length,  pointed  at  the  ex- 
tremity. Volutions  six  to  seven,  compressed  convex,  increasing  rather  rapidly 
in  size;  last  one  comparatively  large,  but  not  ventricose,  widest  near  the 
middle,  and  compressed  above.  Aperture  narrow,  subovate,  a  little  oblique, 
narrowly  rounded,  and  faintly  sinuous  below,  acutely  angular  above :  outer 
lip  thin,  slightly  prominent  along  the  middle ;  columella  having  a  small 
sinuosity  in  the  middle,  below  which  the  lip  is  thickened,  so  as  to  form  a 
moderately  distinct  oblique  fold  or  obtuse  prominence ;  inner  lip  not  much 
thickened  above.  Surface  smooth,  but  showing  obscure  traces  of  very  fine 
lines  of  growth  under  a  magnifier. 

Length,   1-14   inch;    breadth,   0-70    inch.     Length   of  aperture,   0-70  inch; 
breadth  of  do.,  0-32  inch.     Apical  angle  convex,  divergence  74°. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Macrocheilus  pulchellus. — Shell  of  medium  size,  rhombic,  oval,  or  sub- 
fusiform  ;  spire  rather  elevated,  pointed  at  the  apex,  composing  more  than 
two-fifths  the  entire  length.  Whorls  seven  and  a  half,  distinctly  convex,  in- 
Teasing  moderately  in  size,  last  one  not  ventricose;  suture  well  defined. 
Aperture  narrow,  subovate,  acutely  angular  above,  and  rather  narrowly 
rounded  below  ;  outer  lip  sharp,  and  slightly  sigmoid  in  outline  ;  columella  a 
little  arcuate,  or  sinuous  in  the  middle ;  inner  lip  moderately  thickened,  some- 
what prominent,  or  showing  a  slight  disposition  to  form  an  obtuse  fold  below. 
Surface  polished,  and  having  faint  traces  of  fine  lines  of  growth,  which  can 
only  be  seen  by  the  aid  of  a  magnifier. 

Length,  1-30  inch  ;  breadth,  0-79  ince  ;  length  of  aperture,  0-75  inch  ;  breadth 
of  do.,  0-34  inch.     Apical  angle  convex,  divergence  64°. 

Ijocality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

New  Genus  SOLENISCUS.* 

The  shell  upon  which  we  propose  to  found  this  genus,  differs  from  the  smooth 
species  usually  referred  to  Loxoncma  in  having  the  body  whorl  contracted  and 
extended  below  into  a  distinct  straight  canal,  with  a  well  defined  oblique  plait 
or  fold  rather  low  on  the  columella.  In  the  last  mentioned  character,  as  well 
as  in  its  smooth  surface,  it  agrees  more  nearly  with  the  genus  Macrocheilus. 
but  its  fusiform  outline,  narrow  aperture  and  distinct  canal,  are  peculiarities 
which  separate  it  clearly  from  that  group,  as  usually  understood.  In  its 
general  appearance  it  resembles  some  species  of  Fasciolaria;  but  as  it  has  only 
one,  instead  of  two  or  three  folds  on  the  columella,  and  is  entirely  destitute  of 
nodes,  costse,  or  revolving  marks,  while  its  outer  lip  is  quite  smooth  within. 
there  'is  little  reason  for  supposing  it  to  be  really  nearly  related  to  that  genus, 
which  is  unknown  below  the  upper  Cretaceous. 

It  is  probable  that  when  the  aperture  and  columella  of  such  species  as 
Macrocheilus  lirnnceformis,  McCoy,  and  Macrocheilus  fusiformis,  Hall,  (non  M. 
fusiformis  of  Morris'  Catalogue,)  as  well  as  of  several  of  the  smooth  fusiform 
species  referred  by  others  to  Loxonema,  are  better  known,  they  will  be  found 
to  possess  the  characters  of  this  genus. 

Soleniscus  typicus. — Shell  fusiform ;  spire  elevated,  and  acutely  conical  at 
the  apex;  volutions  seven  to  seven  and  a-half,  flat  or  but  slightly  convex, 
increasing  rather  gradually  in  size,  last  one  comparatively  large,  slightly  ventri- 
cose in  the  middle,  and  contracted  into  a  distinct,  straight  canal  below ;  suture 
moderately  well  defined ;  aperture  very  narrow,  acutely  angular  above,  and 


*aa>Mvi<mo; :  a  little  channel,  or  gutter. 

I860.] 


468  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF 

t  ipering  into  the  canal  below ;  outer  lip  thin,  sharp,  and  scarcely  sigmoid 
in  outline;  inner  lip  none;  columella  straight,  and  provided  with  a  single 
distinct  rather  sharply  elevated,  oblique  plait  or  fold,  a  little  below  the  middle 
of  the  aperture;  surface  smooth,  or  only  showing  under  a  good  lens  faint  traces 
of  very  fine  lines  of  growth, 

Length  0-73  inch ;  breadth  0-30  inch ;  apical  angle  slightly  concave,  divergence 
0-40°.  Length  of  aperture  and  canal,  0-34  inch;  breadth  of  former  0-11 
inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

Genus  ORTHOCERAS,  Breynius. 

Orthoceras  expansum. — Shell  having  the  form  of  a  moderately  compressed, 
rapidly  tapering  cone;  section  subcircular,  near  the  smaller  end,  but  more 
oval  towards  the  larger.  Septa  concave,  and  separated  near  the  smaller  end 
by  spaces  between  one-fourth  and  one-fifth  their  own  greater  diameter;  the 
intervals  increasing  somewhat,  but  not  near  in  proportion  to  the  expansion  of 
the  shell  above;  siphuncle  subcentral,  small  where  it  passes  through  the  septa, 
but  swelling  out  into  a  globular  cavity  between.     Surface  apparently  smooth. 

Length  of  an  entirely  septate  specimen  imperfect  at  both  extremities,  4-29 
inches;  greater  diameter  at  the  smaller  end  0-80  inch,  smaller  do.  of  same 
about  0-71  inch;  greater  diameter  at  larger  end  apparently  not  less  than  3-20 
inches. 

This  species  is  allied  in  form  and  general  appearance  to  O.  dilatatum, 
DeKoninck,  (An.  Fos.  p.  515,  pi.  45,  fig.  8,  a,  b,  c),  but  differs  in  presenting  an 
oval  instead  of  a  circular  section ;  its  siphuncle  is  also  much  more  nearly 
central  than  is  represented  in  DeKoninck's  figure  8,  a  and  b,  pi.  45,  and  differs 
in  its  peculiarity  of  swelling  out  into  globular  cavities  between  the  septa.  Our 
species  seems  likewise  to  differ  in  its  surface  markings,  being  nearly  or  quite 
smooth :  this,  however,  may  be  due,  at  least  to  some  extent,  to  the  exfoliation 
of  the  outer  layers  of  the  shell. 

Locality  and  position.  McDonough  County,  Illinois ;  the  specimen  being  found 
loose,  its  exact  geological  position  is  unknown,  though  it  is  doubtless  a 
carboniferous  species. 

Genus  CYRTOCERAS,  Goldfuss. 

Cyrtoceras  curtum. — Shell  rather  under  medium  size,  slightly  arched  and 
rapidly  expanding;  section  oval,  the  transverse  diameter  being  greater  than 
from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  side;  lateral  margins  a  little  flattened;  ventral 
and  dorsal  sides  very  broadly  rounded.  Surface  ornamented  by  numerous 
small,  regularly  arranged  annular  striae,  or  impressed  lines,  which  arch  a  little 
forward  in  crossing  the  dorsum,  where  they  are  separated  by  spaces  several 
times  their  own  breadth,  excepting  near  the  smaller  extremity  of  the  shell. 
On  the  sides  and  ventrum,  they  become  much  more  crowded,  and  more  deeply 
impressed.  Septa  rather  deeply  concave;  siphuncle  small,  and  placed  about 
half-way  between  the  middle  and  the  dorsal  side. 

Length  of  a  specimen  imperfect  at  the  smaller  end,  1-25  inches;  greater 
diameter  at  the  aperture  about  1-24  inch,  smaller  do.  0-92  inch;  greater 
diameter  at  the  smaller  extremity  0-54  inch,  smaller  do.  0-45  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Graysville,  Illinois.     Coal  Measures. 

Cyrtoceras?  dilatatum. — Shell  broadly  conical,  very  rapidly  expanding, 
thick,  especially  on  one  side,  a  little  curved  and  apparently  somewhat 
compressed ;  surface  ornamented  by  numerous  distinct,  regularly  arranged, 
.■uibinibricating  annular  marks  of  growth:  septa  separated,  at  about  about  two 
inches  from  the  smaller  end,  by  spaces  near  one-twelfth  of  the  greater  diameter 
of  the  shell  at  the  same  place;  (siphuncle  and  aperture  unknown).     Length 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  469 

of  a  septate  specimen,  incomplete  at  both  ends,  1-18  inches;  breadth  of  smaller 
end  1  inch,  do.  of  larger  end  2-97  inches. 

Locilily  and  position.     Near  Springfield,  Illinois.     Upper  Coal  Measures. 

Genus  NAUTILUS,  Breynius. 

Nautilus  subglobosus. — Shell  under  medium  size,  subglobose,  broadly  rounded 
over  the  dorsum  and  sides;  umbilicus  (in  casts)  rather  small,  deep,  conical, 
or  with  nearly  vertical  sides,  showing  rather  less  than  the  half  of  each  inner 
whorl;  volutions  about  three,  increasing  rapidly  in  size,  especially  in  breadth, 
deeply  embracing,  subangular  on  the  sides  around  the  umbilicus;  septa  rather 
deeply  concave,  arching  very  slightly  forward  over  the  dorsal  region,  where 
they  are  separated  by  spaces  a  little  less  than  one-fifth  their  own  greater 
(transverse)  diameter;  aperture  transversely  sublunate,  or  subreniform;  lip 
deeply  sinuous  on  the  dorsal  side;  siphuncle  central;  surface  apparently 
smooth.  Length  2-11  inches;  height  1-72  inch;  breadth  at  aperture  1-95  inch. 
This  species  is  related  to  the  following,  but  differs  in  having  a  wider  umbilicus, 
with  more  rapidly  expanding  whorls.  It  is  also  more  broadly  rounded  on  the 
dorsum,  and  its  septa  are  rather  more  closely  arranged  in  proportion  to  the 
breadth  of  the  whorls. 

Locality  and  position.  Chester,  Illinois.  Chester  Limestone  of  Lower  Car- 
boniferous series. 

Nautilus  Chesterensis. — Shell  under  medium  size,  subglobose,  rounded 
over  the  dorsum  and  sides;  umbilicus  (in  casts)  small  and  deep,  with  nearly 
vertical  walls,  probably  almost  closed  in  adult  specimens  retaining  the  shell, 
apparently  showing  little  of  the  inner  whorls ;  volutions  about  three ;  increasing 
moderately  in  size,  rather  deeply  embracing,  abruptly  rounded,  or  subangular 
around  the  umbilicus;  septa  not  very  concave,  arching  very  slightly  forward 
over  the  dorsal  region,  where  they  are  separated  by  spaces  a  little  less  than 
one-fourth  their  own  transverse  diameter;  siphuncle  very  nearly  or  quite 
central;  aperture  (as  inferred  from  a  section  of  the  whorls)  transversely 
subreniform;  (surface  unknown).  Length  2-43  inches;  heighth  about  1-88 
inches;  breadth  near  the  aperture  about  1-80  inch  ;  breadth  of  umbilicus  (in 
cast)  0-54  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Nautilus  spectabilis. — Shell  large,  subglobose;  umbilicus  moderately  wide, 
deep,  subcorneal,  and  showing  rather  more  than  half  of  each  inner  whorl ; 
volutions  increasing  rather  rapidly  in  size,  or  more  than  doubling  their  diameter 
each  turn,  broadly  rounded  over  the  dorsum,  moderately  concave  within,  and 
very  narrowly  rounded,  or  subangular  along  the  middle  of  each  side,  where 
they  are  ornamented  by  a  series  of  low  nodes,  some  fourteen  to  sixteen  of  which 
maybe  counted  on  either  side  of  each  turn;  section  of  the  whorls  subelliptical, 
the  breadth  being  rather  more  than  double  the  diameter  from  the  dorsal  to  the 
umbilical  side;  siphuncle  located  a  little  outside  of  the  centre.  Septa  distinctly 
concave,  arching  slightly  forward  over  the  dorsum,  where  they  are  separated 
by  spaces  less  than  one-fourth  their  own  transverse  diameter.  (Surface, 
aperture,  and  number  of  whorls  unknown.) 

Length  of  a  specimen,  consisting  entirely  of  septate  whorls,  4-50  inches; 
height  of  do.  3-47  inches;  breadth  of  the  aperture  3-20  inches. 

Locality  and  position.  Gravel  Creek,  Randolph  County,  Illinois.  Chester 
Limestone,  of  Lower  Carboniferous  series. 

Nautilus  (Discus*)   planorbiformis.  —  Shell   of    medium   size,   compressed 

*We  retain  Prof.  King's  name  Discus,  in  a  subgeneric  sense,  for  all  thediscoidal  forms 
with  a  central  siphuncle,  simple  septa,  and  slender  contiguous  whorls,  all  exposed  in  a 
wide,  shallow  umbilicus.  It  seems  not  to  be  quite  synonymous  with  Disciles,  of  McCoy, 
which  is  described  as  having  the  siphuncle  "  near  the  outer  edge  of  the  periphery." 
We  have  some  doubts  whether  such  forms  should  be  retained  in  the  same  genus  with 
the  living  species  of  Nautilus. 

I860.] 


470  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

discoidal;  umbilicus  very  wide,  shallow,  and  showing  nearly  all  of  each 
inner  whorl;  volutions  about  four,  increasing  gradually  in  size,  slightly 
embracing,  nearly  rounded  in  young  shells,  but  becoming  somewhat  compressed 
on  the  sides  and  dorsum,  in  mature  individuals — having  a  row  of  obscure  nodes 
around  each  dorso-lateral  margin;  aperture  a  little  oval,  its  longer  diameter 
being  in  the  direction  of  the  plane  of  the  shell:  septa  deeply  concave,  arching 
gently  backwards  on  the  sides  and  dorsum,  and  separated  by  spaces  less  than 
one-third  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  whorls;  siphuncle  small  and  central; 
surface  apparently  smooth. 

Length  3-60  inches;  height  3-21  inches;  breadth  0-92  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Alpine,  Iowa.     Coal  Measures. 

Nautilus  (Discus)  trisulcatus. — Shell  discoidal,  under  medium  size; 
umbilicus  wide,  moderately  deep,  and  showing  nearly  all  of  each  inner  whorl ; 
volutions  slender,  increasing  very  gradually  in  size,  a  little  broader  transversely 
than  the  diameter  from  the  dorsum  to  the  ventral  margin,  ventricose  and 
rounded  on  each  side,  and  provided  with  a  deep  rounded  sulcus  in  each 
dorso-lateral  region.  Between  these  two  sulci,  the  dorsum  is  narrow,  prominent 
and  less  deeply  grooved,  the  sulcus  being  bounded  on  either  side  by  an  angle. 
Surface  retaining  traces  of  rather  strong  longitudinal  lines.  Septa  deeply 
concave,  and  arching  distinctly  backwards  in  each  of  the  dorsal  depressions, 
separated  on  the  dorsum  by  spaces  generally  less  than  one-third  the  transverse 
diameter  of  the  outer  whorl  at  the  place  of  measurement;  siphuncle  rather 
small,  and  placed  a  little  nearer  the  dorsal  than  the  ventral  side.  Length  (of 
a  specimen  retaining  a  portion  of  the  nonseptate  whorl)  2-33  inches;  height 
182  inches;  breadth  about  0-87  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Rockford,  Indiana,  in  beds  containing  Carboniferous 
species  of  Goniatites,  but  usually  regarded  as  Upper  Devonian. 

Nautilus  (Discus)  digonus. — Shell  rather  small,  subdiscoidal;  umbilicus 
comparatively  large,  moderately  deep,  and  showing  all  of  each  inner  whorl ; 
volutions  about  three  or  four,  in  contact,  but  not  embracing,  increasing 
gradually  in  size,  broad  and  nearly  flat  on  the  dorsal  side,  which  is  marked 
by  two  very  obscure  longitudinal  depressions  near  the  aperture;  distinctly 
angular  on  each  dorso-lateral  margin,  thence  rounding  regularly  into  the 
umbilicus;  surface  of  cast  retaining  traces  of  regular,  equidistant  longitudinal 
lines,  and  much  finer  and  more  closely  arranged  transverse  stria?;  aperture  and 
section  of  the  whorls  nearly  semicircular,  the  outer  or  dorsal  side  being  almost 
straight,  and  the  inner  rounded.  Septa  distinctly  concave;  their  margins 
curving  obliquely  backwards  on  the  sides  of  the  whorls,  from  the  dorso-lateral 
angles,  and  deflected  backwards  in  crossing  the  dorsum.  Siphuncle  small, 
located  about  one-third  the  diameter  of  each  septum  from  the  dorsal  side. 

Length,  (of  an  imperfect  specimen,  about  one-third  of  the  outer  whorl  of 
which  is  non-septate,)  1-20  inch;  height  1  inch;  breadth  across  the  dorsum 
of  the  outer  whorl  near  the  aperture,  0-62  inch;  diameter  of  same  from  the 
dorsal  to  the  ventral  side,  0-40  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Same  as  last. 

Nautilus  (Discus)  Sangamoneksis. — Of  this  species  we  have  seen  but  a 
single  specimen  consisting  of  about  half  of  one  volution.  It  is  a  little  wider 
transversely  than  deep,  and  increases  gradually  in  size  from  the  smaller  to  the 
larger  end,  being  evidently  part  of  a  discoidal  shell,  with  an  umbilicus 
about  equalling  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  outer  whorl.  On  the  dorsum 
,  it  is  nearly  flat,  or  but  slightly  convex,  and  the  sides  are  a  little  concave.  The 
ventro-lateral  regions  are  obliquely  flattened,  so  as  to  form  an  abrupt  slope 
into  the  umbilicus,  leaving  a  subangular  prominence  between  the  umbilicus 
and  each  slightly  concave  side.  The  ventrum  is  moderately  concave  along  the 
middle,  for  the  reception  of  the  inner  whorls,  each  of  which  was  probably 
about  one-third  hidden. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  471 

On  each  dorso-lateral  angle,  there  is  a  series  of  rather  low  nodes,  about 
twenty  to  twenty-two  of  which  probably  existed  on  each  side  of  the  entire 
whorl.  The  transverse  section  of  the  whorls  has  a  nearly  quadrangular  form, 
if  we  regard  the  small  ventral  concavity,  and  the  two  sloping  ventro-lateral 
margins  together  as  one  side.  The  septa  are  moderately  concave,  and  arch 
gracefully  backward  on  each  side,  while  in  crossing  the  dorsum  they  arch 
less  deeply  in  the  same  direction.  The  siphuncle  is  small,  and  located  a  little 
nearer  the  dorsal  than  the  ventral  side.  (Aperture  and  surface  markings 
unknown). 

Length,  as  inferred  from  the  curve,  about  2  inches;  height  about  L45  inch  ; 
breadth  near  the  aperture  0-88  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Sangamon  County,  Illinois.     Coal  Measures. 

Genus  GONIATITES,  De  Haan. 

Goniatites  globulosus. — Shell  under  medium  size,  length  and  breadth 
nearly  equal,  very  broadly  rounded  on  the  dorsum ;  umbilicus  deep,  less  than 
half  as  wide  as  the  greater  (transverse)  diameter  of  the  outer  whorl ;  volutions 
more  than  twice  as  broad  transversely,  as  from  the  ventral  to  the  dorsal  side ; 
sides  subangular  around  the  umbilicus ;  aperture  transverse,  lunate,  much 
wider  than  high  ;  (surface  unknown ;)  surface  of  internal  cast  slightly  con- 
stricted at  intervals,  as  if  from  an  occasional  thickening  of  the  lip.  Septa 
moderately  distant ;  dorsal  lobe  nearly  as  wide  as  long,  and  deeply  divided 
into  two  slightly  diverging,  simple,  lanceolate  branches ;  dorsal  saddle  lingui- 
form,  and  a  little  narrower  than  the  dorsal  lobe,  but  equalling  it  in  length, 
slightly  contracted  in  the  middle ;  superior  lateral  lobe  as  long  as  the  dorsal 
saddle,  but  narrower,  and  pointed  at  the  extremity ;  lateral  saddle  a  little 
broader  than  the  dorsal  saddle,  which  it  resembles  in  other  respects. 

Length  1-18  inch;  height,  1  inch;  breadth  at  the  aperture,  1-11  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Upper  Coal  Measures,  Springfield,  Illinois. 

Goniatites  Iowensis. — Shell  attaining  a  rather  large  size,  discoidal  or  com- 
pressed on  the  sides,  and  narrowly  rounded  on  the  dorsum  ;  umbilicus  shallow, 
about  one-half  as  wide  as  the  breadth  of  the  outer  whorl  from  the  ventral  to 
the  dorsal  side,  showing  apparently  a  little  less  than  half  of  each  inner  whorl ; 
volutions  increasing  gradually  in  size,  but  slightly  convex  on  the  sides,  nearly 
twice  as  broad  on  a  line  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  margins,  as  the 
diameter  at  right  angles  to  the  same,  profoundly  grooved  on  the  ventral  side 
r'orthe  reception  of  each  succeeding  whorl;  aperture,  judging  from  a  transverse 
section  of  the  volutions,  narrow  sublunate.     (Surface  unknown.) 

Septa  rather  crowded  and  deeply  sinuous ;  dorsal  lobe  large,  considerably 
wider  than  long,  profoundly  divided  into  two  large  lanceolate  branches,  each 
of  which  is  a  little  narrower  above  than  in  the  middle,  and  abruptly  contracted 
to  an  acute  point  at  the  extremity ;  dorsal  saddle  linguiform,  slightly  oblique, 
a  little  larger  than  either  division  of  the  dorsal  lobe,  and  longer  than  wide ; 
superior  lateral  lobe  infundibuliform,  as  long  as  the  dorsal  saddle,  but  not 
more  than  half  as  wide,  acutely  pointed  at  the  apex ;  lateral  saddle  a  little 
shorter  than  the  dorsal  saddle,  but  narrower  at  the  extremity ;  inferior  lateral 
lobe  rather  shorter  than  the  superior,  particularly  on  the  ventral  side,  but  re- 
sembling it  in  other  respects ;  ventral  saddle  shorter  than  the  others,  and 
broadly  rounded. 

Length  4-21  inches;  height  3-43  inches;  breadth  at  the  aperture  1-10  inch. 

Locality  and  position.     Alpine,  Iowa.     Coal  Measures. 

Goniatites  Lyoni. — Shell  attaining  a  medium  size,  compressed,  discoidal ; 
umbilicus  large,  or  nearly  twice  the  diameter  of  the  outer  whorl,  from  the 
dorsal  to  the  ventral  side,  very  shallow,  and  showing  about  four-fifths  of  each 
inner  whorl.  Volutions  slender,  increasing  very  gradually  in  size,  compressed, 
or  about  one-third  deeper  from  the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  side  than  the  trans- 

1860.] 


472  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

verse  diameter,  rather  narrowly  rounded  on  the  dorsum,  compressed  convex 
on  the  sides,  and  provided  with  a  shallow  concavity  along  the  ventrum  for  the 
reception  of  the  inner  whorls.  Septa  moderately  distant,  and  deeply  divided 
into  six  lobes  and  six  saddles  ;  dorsal  lobe  longer  than  wide,  infundibuliform, 
and  acutely  pointed  ;  dorsal  saddle  as  long  as  the  dorsal  lobe,  but  wider,  and 
rounded  at  the  end  ;  superior  lateral  lobe  halbert-shaped,  a  little  longer  than  the 
dorsal  lobe,  and  sharply  pointed  at  the  extremity  :  lateral  saddle  longer  and 
narrower  than  the  dorsal  saddle,  linguiform,  and  regularly  rounded  at  the 
summit ;  inferior  lateral  lobe  similar  to  the  superior,  excepting  that  it  is  some- 
what smaller ;  ventral  saddle  shorter  and  broader  than  the  lateral  saddle, 
rather  oblique,  and  rounded  at  the  end. 

Length  of  an  imperfect  entirely  septate  specimen,  2-55  inches  ;  height,  2-15 
inches  ;  convexity,  0-57  inch. 

Locality  and  position.  Rockford,  Indiana,  from  the  Rockford  Goniatite  bed, 
the  exact  age  of  which  is  somewhat  doubtful,  though  it  is  generally  considered 
of  upper  Devonian  age. 

Note. — In  the  last  number  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy,  we  described 
a  new  Echinoderm,  under  the  name  of  Melonites  Dance,  mentioning,  at  the  same 
time,  that  it  differs  from  the  type  of  the  genus  Melonites,  in  having  only  four, 
instead  of  eight  double  rows  of  pores  to  each  ambulacrum.  Since  that  time 
we  have  been  led  to  regard  this  difference  as  being  of  more  than  specific  im- 
portance, though  until  other  species  or  better  specimens  are  known,  we  cannot 
be  quite  sure  it  is  of  full  generic  value,  especially  since  these  forms  seem  to  be 
exactly  alike  in  other  respects.  We  therefore  now  propose  to  found  upon  this 
species  a  subgenus,  under  the  name  of  Oligoporus  (jtxiytt,  few ;  and  mgo;,  opening 
or  pore.) 

We  also  avail  ourselves  of  the  present  opportunity  to  correct  the  following 
errata,  which  were  overlooked  in  correcting  the  proof  of  the  paper  mentioned 
above : 

Page  382,  15th  line  from  the  bottom,  for  second  radial  read  second  radials. 

Page  382,  for  the  4th,  5th  and  6th  lines  from  the  bottom,  substitute  secondary 
radials  1  X  10  :  resting  partly  on  the  second,  and  partly  on  the  first  primary  radials: 
or,  in  the  absence  of  the  former,  directly  on  the  latter. 

Page  382,  insert  between  the  first  and  second  lines  from  the  bottom,—  Anal 
plate  1,  (known);  varying  much  in  size  and  form. 

Page  386,  12th  line  from  the  bottom,  for  Actinocrinus  scilutus,  read  Actinocri- 
nus  scitulus. 

Page  389,  2d,  5th  and  23d  lines  from  the  bottom,  and  4th  and  5th  line  from 
the  top,  for  Forbsiocrinus,  read  Forbesiocrinus. 


Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Exocetus,  from  Chili. 

BY    CHARLES    C.    ABBOTT. 

Exocetus  Chili  en  sis,  Abbott.  —  Spec.  char.  Head  of  medium  size, 
without  scales,  and  trigonal.  Body  much  compressed  and  tapering  to 
the  tail;  peduncle  of  the  tail  very  slender.  Eye  unusually  large,  circular, 
diameter  entering  two  and  two-thirds  times  in  the  length  of  the  side  of 
the  head;  the  orbits  are  one  diameter  distant.  The  posterior  extremity 
of  the  maxillary  bone  extends  to  a  vertical  line  drawn  anteriorly  to  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  The  nostrils  are  situated  anteriorly  to  the 
eyes,  and  are  about  three  diameters  distant.  Anterior  to,  between,  and 
posterior  to  the  orbits,  are  numerous  pores,  with  channelled,  slender 
depressions  over  the  forehead  and  occiput,  leading  to  the  orifices  of  these 
pores.     A  well-defined,  carinated  row  of  scales  commenoe,  on  each  side,  at 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  473 

the  lower  margin  of  the  opercular  apparatus,  and  extend  in  a  direct  course, 
to  the  posterior  insertion  of  the  anal  fin.  The  dorsal  fin  has  its  anterior 
insertion  at  the  commencement  of  the  posterior  third  of  the  total  length  of  the 
body,  and  extends  to  within  three-fourths  of  an  inch  of  the  insertion  of  the 
caudal  fin.  The  pectoral  fin  has  its  insertion  immediately  behind  the  margin 
of  the  opercle,  and  the  extremities  of  the  rays  reach  the  insertion  of  the  caudal 
fin.  The  ventral  fins  are  unusually  small,  and  have  their  length  equal  to  their 
width.  The  anterior  insertions  of  the  ventral  fins  are  slightly  posterior  to  the 
corresponding  insertion  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  its  termination  is  opposite  that  of 
the  dorsal  fin.  The  caudal  fin  is  deeply  furcated,  with  the  lower  lobe  of  the 
fin  one-third  longer  than  the  upper.  4 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  16.  P,  15.  V,  6.  A,  15.  C,  20- 

4 
Color.     In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  and  back  are 
deep  brown  with    a  purple  tint;  lower  portion  of  the  sides  and  belly  silvery 
white.     The  fins  and  opercle  are  bright  silvery.     Iris  chestnut-brown. 
Habitat.     Chili. 

Two  well  preserved  specimens  of  this  Ezocetus  are  in  the  museum  of  the 
Academy,  presented  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Rand.  The  colors  of  this  species  during  life 
are  evidently  much  brighter,  giving  it  an  appearance  surpassed  in  beauty  by 
no  known  species. 


Descriptions  of  Four  New  Species  of  North  American  Cyprinidae. 
BY   CHARLES   C.    ABBOTT. 

1.  Catostomus  Texan  u  s,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Head  somewhat  compressed, 
large,  constituting  somewhat  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  total  length.  Eye 
small,  longitudinally  oval ;  its  longitudinal  diameter  constituting  one-twelfth 
of  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head.  Mouth  large,  with  the  labial  papillae 
moderately  developed.  Body  moderately  compressed  ;  a  dorsal  gibbosity  extends 
from  the  occiput,  attaining  its  greatest  height  an  inch  from  the  occiput,  and 
disappearing  at  the  anterior  insertion  of  the  dorsal  fin ;  it  is  carinated 
throughout  its  whole  extent.  Dorsal  fin  one-third  longer  than  high  ;  its  base 
enters  five  and  a-half  times  in  the  total  length;  its  anterior  margin  equidistant 
between  the  base  of  the  caudal  and  the  extremity  of  the  snout.  The  insertion 
of  the  ventrals  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  much  nearer  the 
base  of  the  caudal  than  the  extremity  of  the  snout.  The  posterior  extremity  of 
the  anal  fin  extends  beyond  the  rudimentary  rays  of  the  caudal.  The  scales 
are  of  medium  size,  with  a  subcentric  nucleus  near  the  anterior  margins  of 
their  free  portions,  from  which  radiate  numerous  stria?,  and  around  which  are 
numerous  well  defined  ridges.  The  lateral  line  is  nearly  straight  throughout 
its  course.  5 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  15.  P,  16.  V,  10.  A,  7.  C,  18- 

5 

Color.  Upper  surface  of  the  head,  back,  and  sides,  a  dull  slate  color;  belly 
white  (not  silvery).     Throat  yellow. 

Total  length,  14  inches. 

Habitat.     Colorado  and  New  rivers. 

I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  John  L.  LeConte,  for  a  note  containing  a  descrip- 
tion of  this  fish,  noticing  many  peculiarities  which  the  specimen  (a  stuffed 
one)  does  not  now  exhibit. 

2.  Catostomus  chloropteron,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Body  considerably 
depressed,  rapidly  tapering  posteriorly.  The  length  of  the  head  enters  into 
the  entire  length  of  the  body  four  and  a-half  times.  Eye  of  medium  size  ;  the 
diameter  of  the  orbit  contained  in  the  length  of  the  head  eight  times.     Mouth 

I860.] 


-174  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

of  medium  size,  with  the  labial  papillae  very  conspicuous.  The  dorsal  fin, 
anteriorly,  is  slightly  higher  than  long;  its  anterior  insertion  nearer  the 
extremity  of  the  snout  than  the  insertion  of  the  caudal  fin.  The  anterior 
insertions  of  the  ventral  fins  are  opposite  the  anterior  fourth  ray  of  the  dorsal  and 
nearer  the  insertion  of  the  caudal  fin,  than  the  extremity  of  the  snout.  The 
lateral  line  is  nearly  straight,  and  somewhat  nearer  the  dorsal  than  the  ventral 
outline. 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  13.  P,  16.  V,  8.  A,  1.  C,  20. 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  back  and  sides  above  the  lateral  line  are 
clear,  light-blue,  becoming  pearly  white  upon  the  lower  half  of  the  sides  and 
upon  the  belly.     The  fins  are  bright  yellow. 

Total  length,  7£  inches. 

Habitat.     Kansas. 

Two  well  preserved  specimens  are  in  the  Museum,  presented  by  Dr.  Wm.  A. 
Hammond:   both  probably  young, 

3.  Gila  af finis,  Abbott.— Spec.  char.  The  body  is  slender;  tail  greatly 
attenuated.  Head  constituting  somewhat  more  than  one-fifth  of  the  total 
length.  Eye  rather  small,  subelliptical,  its  diameter  contained  six  and  a-half 
times  in  the  entire  length  of  the  head.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxillary 
bone  extends  to  a  vertical  line,  drawn  posteriorly  to  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
orbit.  Anterior  margin  of  the  dorsal  fin  nearer  the  base  of  the  caudal  than 
the  extremity  of  the  snout.  Anterior  margins  of  the  ventral  fins  somewhat, 
nearer  the  extremity  of  the  snout  than  the  base  of  the  caudal.  The  lateral 
line  is  nearly  concurrent  with  the  ventral  outline.  3 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  10.  P,  16.  V,  8.  A,  9.    C,  28- 

3 
Color.     In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  back  and  upper  third  of  the  sides  are  dull 
violet,  becoming  pale  pink  below  the  lateral  line  and  upon  the  belly. 
Total  length,  6f  inches. 
Habitat.     Kansas. 
The  Museum  contains  a  single  specimen,  presented  by  Dr.  Wm.  A.  Hammond. 

4.  Semotilus  Hammondii,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Body  much  compressed, 
and  tapering  rapidly  to  the  tail.  The  head  constitutes  more  than  one-fourth  of 
the  length  of  the  body,  excluding  the  caudal  fin.  Snout  conical ;  gape  of  the 
mouth  oblique;  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxillary  bone  extending  to  a 
vertical  line  drawn  through  the  extremity  of  the  pupil.  Eye  subelliptical;  its 
diameter  entering  eight  times  in  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head.  Anterior 
margin  of  the  dorsal  fin  equidistant  between  the  fork  of  the  caudal  fin  and  the 
extremity  of  the  snout.  Insertion  of  the  ventrals  slightly  iu  advance  of  the 
dorsals.  Dorsal  fin  somewhat  higher  than  broad,  and  nearly  quadrilateral, 
Anal  fin  one-third  longerthan  broad,  circular  at  its  posterior  extremity.  Lateral 
line  concurrent  with  the  ventral  outline.  A  number  of  irregularly  situated 
tubercles  on  each  side  of  the  head,  mostly  existing  in  the  orbital  region. 

3 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  9.  P,    18.  V,  9.  A,  9.  C,  24- 

3 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  upper  surface  of  the  bead,  back,  and 
sides,  are  a  deep  umber  brown  ;  belly  of  a  bright  yellow.  A  black  spot  at  the 
anterior  base  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  another  very  faint  at  the  centre  of  the 
base  of  the  caudal.     A  faint  black  line  concurrent  with  the  lateral  line. 

Total  length,  7  inches. 

Habitat.     Kansas. 

The  Museum  contains  a  single  specimen  of  this  fish,  presented  by  Dr.  Wm. 
A.  Hammond,  to  whom  the  species  is  dedicated. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  475 


Description  of  new  specie3  of  Apodal  Fishes  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  of  Philadelphia. 

BY  CHARLES   C.  ABBOTT. 

Genus  Herpetoichthys,  Kaup. 

Diagn.  Jaws  nearly  equally  long.  Snout  short.  Gullet  wide.  Eyes  near 
the  end  of  the  snout.  Head  depressed,  so  that  the  eyes  are  nearer  the  upper 
surface  than  they  are  distant  from  each  other  laterally.  Anterior  nostril  tubu- 
lar at  the  extremity  of  the  snout,  and  the  hinder  one  at  the  commencement 
of  the  outer  row  of  palatine  teeth.  Between  the  two,  on  the  border  of  the 
upper  lip,  there  is  a  small  cutaneous  tag.  Pectoral  fins  moderately  short.  Six 
or  seven  nasal  teeth,  and  from  nine  to  thirteen  vomerine  ones. 

1.  Herpetoichthys  c a  1 1  i s o m a ,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Head  depressed; 
the  facial  outline  slightly  oblique,  and  without  curvature.  The  jaws  are 
flattened,  and  the  snout  terminates  in  a  rather  obtuse  point.  The  eyes  are 
large,  longitudinally  oval ;  the  diameter  of  the  orbits  entering  three  times  in 
the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head,  measuring  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws.  The 
gill-opening  is  large  and  perpendicular ;  it  is  situated  as  much  more  poste- 
riorly to  the  extremity  of  the  snout,  as  anteriorly  to  the  commencement  of 
the  dorsal  fin,  as  four  is  to  one.  The  dorsal  fin  arises  nearly  opposite  to  the 
tips  of  the  rays  of  the  pectoral,  when  it  is  extended  backwards,  and  reaches 
to  within  a  short  distance  of  the  extremity  of  the  tail ;  it  retains  a  uniform 
height  until  it  nears  the  posterior  eighth  of  the  total  length,  when  it  rapidly 
decreases  to  its  termination.  The  anus  is  situated  slightly  posteriorly  to  the 
anterior  third  of  the  total  length ;  and,  at  its  posterior  margin  the  anal  fin 
originates,  and  from  thence  proceeds  the  lower  surface  of  the  body,  and  is  co- 
terminal  with  the  dorsal  fin. 

The  teeth  upon  the  mandible  and  palate  are  biserial ;  the  dentition  elsewhere 
is  uniserial.  Nasal  teeth  eight ;  compressed,  blunt,  inwardly  directed  ;  four 
are  upon  the  mesial  line,  the  anterior  two  smaller  than  the  others.  Vomerine 
teeth  eleven ;  these  form  a  nearly  straight  line,  and  have  the  anterior  six 
somewhat  larger  than  the  other  five.  Palatine  teeth  upon  the  outer  row 
eleven  ;  upon  the  inner  row  ten  ;  they  are  similar  to  the  nasal  teeth.  Mandi- 
bular teeth  similar  in  shape  to  the  nasal  teeth,  sixteen  upon  the  outer  row  ; 
ten  upon  the  inner  row. 

Color.  The  head,  and  that  portion  of  the  back  anterior  to  the  pectoral 
fins,  is  dull  brown,  with  a  purple  tint.  On  a  line  with  the  angle  of  the  mouth, 
extending  as  far  back  as  the  base  of  the  pectorals,  this  color  is  uniform,  but 
below  this  line  it  becomes  much  paler  and  white,  in  irregular  patches.  Upon 
the  head  and  neck  there  are  numerous  circular  blackish  spots,  which  occa- 
sionally run  into  each  other,  forming  irregular  blotches.  The  throat  is  longi- 
tudinally marked  with  slender  black  lines,  which  extend  nearly  parallel,  and 
reach  the  base  of  the  pectorals.  The  ground  color  of  the  body  is  a  uniform 
yellowish-brown,  lighter  on  the  belly  ;  along  the  sides,  from  the  pectoral  fin 
to  the  termination  of  the  dorsal,  are  large,  circular,  equidistant,  very  deep 
brown  spots,  their  diameter  equal  to  two-thirds  of  the  width  of  the  body. 
Above  and  between  the  large  lateral  spots,  exists  a  regular  row  of  smaller,  but 
similarly  shaped  spots  ;  the  first  two  commencing  anteriorly  to  the  insertion 
of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  nearly  joining  upon  the  back.  Beneath  and  between  the 
large  lateral  spots  are  smaller  ones  of  a  similar  shape  ;  these  are  irregular  in 
their  position  and  number,  and  differ  materially,  in  many  respects,  on  the  two 
sides  of  the  body.  The  dorsal  fin  is  white,  marked  with  irregular  spots,  of  a 
color  similar  to  those  upon  the  body.  The  anal  fin  is  similar  in  its  coloration 
to  the  dorsal.     The  pectorals  have  a  number  of  very  minute  dots  upon  them. 

I860.] 


476  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

A  row  of  circular  spots  commences  on  the  belly,  near  the  pectoral  fins,  and 
extends  to  the  anus. 

Total  length,  38  inches.     To  anus,  13  inches. 

Habitat.     Pacific  Ocean  ?     Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  magnificent  fish  is  in  the  collection  presented  by 
W.  G.  Burke,  Esq.  This  specimen,  at  first  glance,  would  not  appear  to  belong 
to  the  genus  Herpetoichthys ;  but  the  slight  variations  are  not  sufficient  to  refer 
the  species  to  any  other  genus.  The  exact  locality  from  which  the  species 
was  obtained  is  uncertain,  but  various  circumstances  induce  me  to  suspect  it 
is  a  species  belonging  to  the  Pacific  fauna. 

Genus  Pisoodonophis,  Kaup. 

Diagn.  Teeth  short,  conic,  and  more  or  less  blunt.  Anterior  nostril  tube 
well  developed,  and  approximating  the  corner  of  the  mouth.  Pectorals  more 
or  less  fully  developed. 

2.  Pisoodonophis  magnifica,  Abbott.— Spec.  char.  Head  small,  facial 
outline  with  an  oblique  curvature  ;  the  snout  rather  obtuse,  with  the  upper 
jaw  extending  much  beyond  the  lower,  making  the  nasal  teeth  visible  when 
the  mouth  is  closed.  The  body  is  perfectly  cylindrical,  and  tapers  very 
gradually  to  the  tail,  which  terminates  in  a  conico-acute  horny  point.  The 
dorsal  fin  has  its  anterior  insertion  at  the  occiput,  and  the  fin  terminates 
before  it  reaches  the  horny  extremity  of  the  tail.  The  anal  fin  is  coterminal 
with  the  dorsal.  The  pectoral  fin  is  small,  circular,  with  twenty  rays.  The 
teeth  are  all  very  small,  conical,  and  acute,  six  standing  irregularly  on  the 
disc  of  the  nasal  bone.  The  teeth  upon  the  palate,  vomer,  and  mandible  are 
biserial,  and  placed  very  close  to  each  other.  Palatine  teeth  ; 
vomerine  teeth 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  ground  color  of  this  fish  is  pink,  darkest 
upon  the  back,  and  nearly  lost  upon  the  belly,  which  appears  white,  without 
close  inspection.  At  the  base  of  the  anterior  nasal  tubes  are  two  very  small 
dark  chocolate-brown,  semicircular  spots  ;  behind  these,  and  anterior  to  the 
orbits,  are  situated  two  similar  markings,  but  larger,  and  little  deeper  in 
color.  Commencing  at  the  insertion  of  the  dorsal  fin  are  two  series  of  spots 
of  chocolate  color,  separated  only  by  that  fin  ;  these  spots,  if  viewed  from 
above,  have  the  appearance  of  transverse  bands.  These  spots  are  not,  in  every 
case,  directly  opposite,  but  they  are  generally  so.  Upon  the  sides  is  a  single 
series  of  spots,  of  the  tints  of  the  dorsal  markings,  which  are  two-thirds  of  the 
width  of  the  sides,  measuring  from  the  base  of  the  dorsal  to  the  centre 
of  the  belly.  Upon  the  belly  are  three  rows  of  small,  circular  spots,  which  are 
very  irregular  as  to  position. 

Total  length,  19  inches.     To  anus,  8  inches.     To  gill-opening,  1 J  mch. 

Habitat.     Sandwich  Islands. 

The  Museum  of  the  Academy  contains  two  specimens,  which  were  collected 
and  presented  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Townsend. 

3.  Murzena  acutirostris,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Head  much  compressed  ; 
the  facial  outline  moderately  oblique ;  the  jaws  greatly  attenuated,  very 
slender;  the  lower  mandible  somewhat  the  smaller,  with  a  gentle  upward 
curve  at  its  extremity.  The  fold  of  the  skin,  enveloping  the  dorsal  fin,  is 
unusually  thin,  and  arises  within  a  short  distance  of  the  occiput,  with  a  slope 
of  about  forty-five  degrees.  The  fin  is  equal  in  width  to  seven-eighths  of  the 
width  of  the  body,  and  has  no  perceivable  decrease  until  it  approaches  the 
posterior  eighth  of  the  body,  when  it  decreases  rapidly,  and  at  its  termination 
is  only  equal  to  one-seventh  of  the  width  of  the  fin  upon  the  back.  The  eye 
is  large,  circular,  its  diameter  equal  to  one-fifth  of  the  length  of  the  side  of 
the  head,  measuring  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws  ;  the  orbits  are  one  diameter 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  477 

distant,  and  the  distance  from  the  upper  edge  of  the  orbit  to  the  facial  outline 
is  equal  to  the  distance  between  the  lower  margin  of  the  orbit  and  free  edge  of 
the  upper  lip.  The  gill-opening  is  rather  small,  oblique,  situated  as  far  pos- 
teriorly to  the  commencement  of  the  dorsal  fin  as  that  is  posterior  to  the  angle 
of  the  jaws.  (The  pores  upon  the  snout  and  lateral  line,  in  this  specimen, 
are  not  visible. ) 

The  teeth  are  uniserial,  compressed,  and  very  acute ;  the  palatines, 
vomerine,  and  mandibular  teeth  all  inwardly  directed.  Nasal  teeth  fourteen  ; 
widely  set,  and  from  three  to  five  minute  teeth  between  each  pair.  Three 
teeth  are  placed  upon  the  mesial  line  ;  the  second  one  very  slender,  and  the 
longest  tooth  in  the  mouth  ;  the  third  is  twice  as  great  in  circumference, 
and  but  little  shorter  than  the  second  tooth.  Twelve  compressed,  acute  teeth 
are  situated  upou  the  vomer,  in  a  direct  line  ;  the  anterior  tooth  much  the 
largest.  Palatine  teeth,  thirteen,  of  a  uaiform  size ;  the  series  commencing 
below  the  centre  of  the  orbit  and  terminating  shortly  anteriorly  to  the  angle  of 
the  jaws.  The  mandible  is  armed  with  twenty-six  teeth  upon  each  side ;  the 
anterior  four  of  each  side  being  nearly  three  times  as  great  in  size,  more  widely 
set,  and  the  posterior  pair  have  a  single,  compressed,  very  small  tooth  between 
them. 

Color.  The  ground  color  of  this  species  is  a  dark  hair  brown,  nearly  black 
upon  the  occiput  and  cheek,  and  along  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin.  The  head, 
body,  and  both  fins  are  irregularly  reticulated  with  narrow  bands  of  white, 
varyirg  in  width  and  becoming  yellow  on  the  posterior  fifth  of  the  dorsal  fin, 
and  upon  that  portion  of  the  body,  but  in  a  less  degree.  Three  broken  lines  of 
black  extend  along  the  body,  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws  to  the  gill- opening. 
Iris  chrome  yellow.  Total  length  1 9i  inches.  To  anus  9  inches.  To  gill- 
opening  2f  inches. 

Habitat.     Sandwich  Islands. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  peculiar  Murana  was  brought  from  the  above 
locality,  and  presented  to  the  Academy,  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Townsend,  to  whom  the 
Academy  is  indebted  for  many  species  of  fishes,  which  enrich  their  icthyo- 
logical  cabinet. 

The  peculiarity  of  this  3Iurcena,  which  immediately  falls  under  the  notice  of 
the  icthyologist,  is  the  remarkably  slender  snout ;  which  consequently  gives 
the  dentition  an  unusual  aspect,  in  crowding  the  marginal  nasal  teeth  and  those 
upon  the  mesial  line  into  close  proximity  ;  and  the  vomerine  teeth  so  close  to 
the  palatines.  The  great  acuteness  of  the  teeth  in  every  series,  their  close 
proximity,  and  inward  direction,  aive  this  species  a  ferocious  appearance, 
which  certainly  must  be  realized  by  every  unfortunate  fish,  whose  fate  it  is  to 
be  mangled  by  his  jaws. 

4.  Thyrsoidea  Kaupii,  Abbott. — The  genus  Thyrsoidea  differs  from 
Murmna  by  having  the  palatine  teeth  biserial. 

Spec.  Char.  Head,  facial  outline,  and  general  characters  of  the  jaws,  except 
their  less  tenuity,  similar  to  Murcena  acutirostris,  Abb.  The  fold  of  the  skin, 
enveloping  the  dorsal  fin,  is  thick  on  the  anterior  portion  of  the  fin,  and  pre- 
vents the  rays  from  being  felt.  The  commencement  of  the  dorsal  fin  is  twice 
as  far  distant  from  the  gill-opening,  as  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws.  The  eye  is 
large,  longitudinally  oval ;  its  longitudinal  diameter  entering  four  times  in  the 
length  of  the  side  of  the  head,  measuring  from  the  angle  of  the  jaws.  The 
anterior  nostrils  are  furnished  with  long  slender  tubes,  which  extend  to  the 
free  margin  of  the  lip ;  the  posterior  nostrils  are  not  tubular.  The  anus  is 
situated  two  inches  anteriorly  to  the  centre  of  the  total  length.  The  body, 
posteriorly  to  the  anus,  tapers  slowly  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail,  which  is  very 
acute. 

The  nasal  teeth  number  twelve  ;  they  are  tall,  slender,  inwardly  directed, 
with  two  very  minute  teeth  between  nearly  every  pair.  Two  teeth,  similar  to 
the  marginal  nasal  teeth,  stand  upon  the  mesial  line,  and  are  the  tallest  teeth 

I860.]  33 


478  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 

in  the  mouth.  Seven  short-conical,  rather  hlunt  teeth,  with  the  anterior  two 
twice  as  large  as  the  others,  stand  upon  the  vomer ;  the  anterior  second  tooth 
a  little  beyond  the  line  of  the  others,  otherwise  they  form  a  straight  series. 
The  palatine  teeth  number  twelve  or  thirteen  ;  they  are  very  much  compressed, 
acute,  are  set  near  to  each  other,  and  are  inwardly  directed  ;  these  form  the  outer 
and  principal  series.  Two  much  larger  ones,  very  near  the  commencement  of 
the  outer  series,  and  within  that  series,  form  the  interior  row.  This  inner  row 
is  similar  in  its  characters,  except  as  to  number,  to  the  outer  row  of  palatines. 
The  mandible  is  armed  with  a  compliment  of  twenty-two,  short,  compressed 
teeth,  all  inwardly  directed  ;  the  six  upon  the  extremity  of  the  jaw,  are  three 
times  as  great  in  length,  as  the  principal  series,  and  between  them  is  generally 
a  pair  of  minute  teeth,  which  are  hidden  by  the  lip,  and  often  entirely  con- 
cealed in  the  soft  parts  of  the  jaw. 

Color.  The  head  and  body  are  of  a  uniform  dark  umber,  the  back  and  sides 
crossed  by  coarse  reticulations  of  bright  sienna.  The  fins  are  nearly  black, 
with  the  reticulating  bands  that  cross  the  body,  continuous  upon  them.  The 
head  is  free  from  the  bands  of  sienna,  as  is  the  throat  and  a  small  anterior 
portion  of  the  belly.  Upon  the  throat  and  sides  of  the  neck  are  narrow  longi- 
tudinal black  lines,  extending  as  far  back  as  the  gill-opening. 

Total  length  18  inches.     To  anus  8  inches.     To  gill-opening  2  l-5th  inches. 

Habitat.     Sandwich  Islands. 

This  handsomely  marked  species  of  Thyrsoidea  has  every  appearance  of  a 
Murana,  and  unless  closely  examined  might  be  referred  that  genus.  The  pres- 
ence of  the  inner  row  of  palatine  teeth,  however,  preclude  the  propriety  of  its 
being  so  classed.  This  species  belongs  to  that  class  of  the  genus,  which  has 
but  two  teeth  upon  the  inner  row  of  palatines  ;  a  peculiarity  which  is  of  too 
slight  importance  to  be  considered  generic,  and  is  too  constant  to  be  considered 
specific.  The  specimen  from  which  the  description  was  taken,  was  presented 
to  the  Academy  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Townsend. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  J.  J.  Kaup,  of  Darmstadt,  to  whom 
science  is  indebted  for  the  first  systematic  elucidation  of  the  history  of  the 
Apodal  Fishes. 

5.  Thyrsoidea  eurosta,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Head  large,  depressed; 
the  facial  outline  very  slightly  oblique.  The  fold  of  the  skin  enveloping  the 
■  lorsal  fin  is  very  thick,  and  arises  slightly  behind  the  occiput,  nearly  perpen- 
dicularly; the  fin  is  of  uniform  height  for  two-thirds  of  its  length,  when  it 
slowly  decreases  to  its  termination.  The  eye  is  large,  circular,  and  slightly 
behind  the  extremity  of  the  snout ;  the  orbits  are  one  diameter  and  a  half  dis- 
tant. The  jaws  are  of  equal  length,  and  rather  slender;  the  lower  jaw  with  a 
flight  upward  curve  at  its  extremity,  making  the  large  mandibular  teeth 
partially  visible  when  the  mouth  is  closed.  The  nasal  teeth  number  ten  ;  they 
are  biserial,  and  the  inner  row  are  twice  as  large  in  every  respect  as  the  outer 
iow;  they  are  conical,  acute,  and  with  a  decided  inward  inclination.  The 
palatine  teeth  number  twenty-eight  upon  the  outer  row;  and  nine  upon  the 
inner  row.  The  teeth  constituting  the  outer  row  of  palatines  are  short,  very 
much  compressed  and  acute ;  they  have  a  moderate  inward  inclination.  The 
inner  row  of  palatines  are  widely  set,  of  various  lengths,  and  have  a  gape  in 
their  series,  commencing  posteriorly  opposite  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit, 
and  ceasing  opposite  the  anterior  edges  of  the  orbit;  the  teeth  upon  the  inner 
series  are  more  than  twice  as  large  in  all  respects  as  those  of  the  outer  row. 
The  vomerine  teeth  number  twelve,  nine  of  which  are  in  a  direct  line,  and  the 
remaining  three  concurrent  with  the  central  three  of  the  series.  The  lower  jaw 
is  armed  with  a  complement  of  twenty-four  compressed,  acute  teeth,  having  a 
decidedly  inward  inclination  ;  the  posterior  twelve  of  these  are  closely  set,  and 
in  an  unbroken  series  ;  the  anterior  twelve  are  arranged  in  pairs,  except  at  the 
extremity  of  the  jaw,  where  they  form  two  square  patches  of  four  teeth  each. 

Color.     The  body  and  head  are  of  a  uniform  reddish  brown,  which  become 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  47  9 

nearly  black  upon  the  under  surface  of  the  tail.  The  whole  surface  is  minutely 
spotted,  and  reticulated  with  pale  yellowish. 

Total  length,  13.}  inches.     To  aau3  6  inches.     To  gill-opening  1J  inches. 

Habitat.     Sandwich  Islands. 

This  species  is  remarkably  stout  for  its  length,  and  presents  an  unusually 
large  number  of  teeth  for  the  size  of  the  animal.  But  a  single  specimen  is  in 
the  museum  ;  which  specimen  was  collected  and  presented  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Town- 
send. 

6.  Thyrsoidea  coacolor,  Abbott. — Spec. char.  Head  compressed,  slightly 
lepressed  upon  the  occiput  Jaws  slender.  The  eye  is  large,  circular,  its  diame- 
ter contained  four  times  in  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head,  measuring  from 
the  angle  of  the  jaws.  The  dorsal  fin  originates  at  the  occiput,  and  has  a 
slope  at  its  commencement,  of  about  forty-five  degrees,  the  fin  is  of  a  uniform 
height,  until  midway  between  the  anus  and  the  extremity  of  the  tail,  when  it 
••ommences  gradually  to  decrease.  The  anus  is  slightly  anterior  to  the  centre 
of  the  body,  and  the  anal  fin,  that  there  has  its  commencement,  is  equal  in 
width  to  one-tenth  of  the  width  of  the  body,  and  extends  to  the  extremity  of 
the  tail,  preserving  throughout  a  nearly  uniform  width. 

The  nasal  teeth  number  twelve  ;  they  are  all  slender,  conical  and  acute,  with 
a  pair  of  minute,  compressed  teeth  between  each  pair  of  the  marginal  teeth  • 
three  teeth  stand  upon  the  mesial  line,  the  centre  one  of  which  is  the  tallest 
tooth  in  the  mouth.  The  outer  row  of  the  palatine  teeth  number  sixteen  ;  they 
are  of  uniform  height,  compresed,  acute  and  with  an  inward  tendency.  The 
inner  row  consists  of  two  teeth,  placedat  the  commencement  of  the  outer  row  ; 
they  are  similar  in  all  their  characters  to  the  teeth  upon  that  row,  except  in 
being  of  nearly  triple  the  height.  On  the  vomer,  exist  ten  conical,  acute  teeth, 
in  a  straight  line ;  they  are  of  a  uniform  size.  The  mandible  is  armed  with  a 
compliment  of  twenty  compressed,  acute  teeth,  having  a  decided  inward  incli- 
nation, but  in  a  less  degree  than  in  the  palatines  ;  the  anterior  six  teeth  are 
much  larger  than  the  general  series,  and  are  more  conical  in  their  shape. 

Color.  The  head,  body  and  fins  are  of  a  uniform  purplish  brown,  varvino'  in 
its  intensity  upon  the  sides. 

Total  length,  11  inches.     To  anus  5|- inches.     To  gill-opening  \\  inches. 

Habitat.     Vera  Cruz. 

A  single  specimen  is  in  the  museum,  presented  by  Dr.  Burroughs,  and  labelled 
as  procured  at  the  above  locality. 

Note. — On  pages  326  and  327,  hujus  operis,  there  are  described  two  Elheosto- 
pioids,  named  respectively — Poecilosoma  transversum  and  Pileoma  cymatogramma. 

As  the  name  Poecilosoma,  has  been  changed  to  Pcecilichthys,  the  name  of  the 
species  will  hereafter  be 

Pcecilichthys    transversus,   Abbott. 

Syn.  Pozcilosma  transversum,  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  I860 
p.  326. 

As  the  genus  Percina,  Hald.  is  congeneric  with  Pileoma,  De  Kay ;  and  is  prior 
to  that  genus,  the  species  described  as  Pileoma  cymatogramma,  Abb.  will  here- 
after be 

Percina  cymatogramma,  Abbott. 

Syn.  Pileoma  cymatogramma,  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  18(30. 
p.  327. 

Note. — On  page  365.  hujus  operis,  for  the  figure  13,  given  as  the  number  of 
rays  of  the  anal  fin,  in  Astroscopus  guttatus,  Abb.,  please  substitute  the  figure  10. 

I860] 


480  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


Report  upon  the  Reptilia  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  nnder 
command  of  Capt.  John  Rogers,  TJ,  S.  N. 

BY   EDWARD    HALLOWELL,  M.  D. 

EDITED   BY  E.  D.  COPE. 

Nicaragua. 
SAURIANS. 

Geckotians. 

Geckotian  Lizards — Lezards  Geckotiens  D.  &  B. 

Hemidactylus  Cuv. 

Sect.  Dactyloperes.     Peropus  Wieg. 

Div.  A. — Subdigital  lamella  entire. 

Hemidactylus  pb^signis  nob. 

Proceed.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Oct.  1856,  p.  222. 

Char.  Rostral  plate  bilobed ;  seven  superior  labials  ;  mental  plate  very 
large,  the  sides  excavated,  rounded  "posteriorly  ;  six  plates  in  a  transverse 
row  beneath  the  chin,  the  two  middle  ones  much  smaller  than  the  lateral : 
tail  slender,  long  ;  color  uniform  chocolate-brown  above  ;  abdomen  and  under 
part  of  tail  whitish.     Total  length,  6  inches.     Tail,  3  inches,  3  lines. 

Found  also  in  Jamaica. 

SPHiERIODACTYLUS  CuV. 

For  gen.  char,  see  D.  &  B..  torn.  ii.  401. 

SPH-iERIODACTYLUS   MILLEPUNCTATtTS  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Dorsal  scales  very  small,  unicarinate ;  color  reddish,  with 
numerous  small  brownish  spots  ;  under  parts  white  ;  length  of  head  and  body, 
11  lines. 

Description.  Scales  upon  muzzle  larger  than  those  upon  the  vertex ;  those 
upon  body  remarkable  for  their  small  size,  being  much  smaller  than  those  of 
the  specimens  in  the  Museum,  marked  nigropunctatus,  from  Jamaica, 
or  of  Spk?eriodactylus  fantasticus,  from  Mexico.  Abdominal  scales 
carinated,  very  much  larger  than  those  upon  the  throat  and  chin ;  color  red- 
dish-brown above,  with  numerous  brown  spots,  intermingled  with  very 
minute  white  points ;  under  parts  white.     Two  specimens. 

Iguanians. 

Sauriens  Eunotes  D.  &  B.     Lezards  Iguaniens. 

Anolis  D.  &  B. 

Div.  A. —  With  fingers  but  slightly  dilated. 

Anolis  refulgens  Schlegel. 

Draconura  nitens  Wagl.     Dum.  &  Bib.,  torn.  iv.  p.  91. 

This  species  is  very  well  characterized  by  the  larger  row  of  scales  along  the 
median  line  of  the  back  ;  the  granulations  upon  the  sides  are  much  smaller 
than  those  of  the  back  and  abdomen,  and  there  is  a  larger  row  of  scales  upon 
the  back  of  the  tail ;  immediately  behind  the  mental  plate  are  six  scales,  in 
a  transverse  row,  the  four  intermediate  quite  small,  the  lateral  much  larger  ; 
the  occipital  scale  lies  in  a  well  marked  depression,  the  supra-orbitar  ridges 
are  nearly  in  contact,  and  on  the  front  part  of  the  head  is  a  longitudinal 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  481 

ovoid  depression,  the  scales  of  which,  are  smooth ;  those  upon  the  snout  cari- 
nated,  as  also  the  scales  upon  the  abomen  ;  the  colors  of  these  specimens  are 
much  darker  than  that  of  another ;  brownish  above,  and  orange  colored 
mingled  with  yellow  beneath  ;  in  the  other,  the  general  color  is  golden  yel- 
low, lighter  beneath,  with  a  tinge  of  white  upon  the  abdomen.  Total  length, 
5  j  inches  ;  of  tail,  2  inches  8  lines.     Found  also  in  Surinam.    (D.  &  B.) 

Anolis  longicauda  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Scales  upon  the  muzzle  keeled  ;  eight  superior  labials  ;  scales 
of  abdomen  carinated ;  dorsal  scales  indistinctly  carinated ;  median  rows 
larger ;  'tail  very  long  ;  color  green ;  gular  pouch  orange,  with  two  indigo- 
colored  lateral  stripes,  one  on  each  side.     Total  length,  5  inches,  5  lines. 

Description.  44  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  ;  10  posterior  tricuspid;  43  in  the 
lower ;  the  10  or  11  posterior  distinctly  trilobed  ;  scales  upon  the  muzzle 
keeled  ;  two  crests  upon  the  head,  prolongations  of  the  superciliary  ridges, 
circumscribing  laterally  a  longitudinal  depression,  broader  in  front ;  the 
scales  in  this  depression  polygonal,  much  larger  than  those  upon  the  muzzle, 
keeled  ;  eight  superior  labials  ;  six  rows  of  scales  upon  the  side  of  the  head 
anteriorly,  between  the  superior  labials  and  its  upper  margin  ;  auricular  open- 
ing moderate ;  abdominal  scales  much  the  largest,  keeled  ;  those  upon  the  sides 
very  small,  granular ;  back  covered  with  polygonal  scales,  indistinctly 
carinated  ;  several  of  the  median  rows  larger  than  the  others  ;  breadth  of  head 
posteriorly,  one-half  of  its  total  length  ;  body  and  extremities  slender  ;  tail 
very  long  and  tapering,  round  at  base,  more  than  double  the  length  of  head 
and  body  ;  color  bluish  above,  probably  green  during  life  ;  lighter  upon  the 
tail ;  abdomen,  chin,  under  part  of  tail  and  extremities  very  light  blue  ;  gular 
pouch  orange  with  two  indigo -colored  stripes,  one  on  each  side.  Total 
length  5  inches,  5  lines  ;  of  tail,  3  inches,  10  lines.     One  specimen. 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  is  quite  different  from  An.  sericeus,  a  Mexi- 
can species,  in  which  the  scales  upon  the  back  are  granular,  and  of  nearly 
equal  size  ;  it  is  also  a  stouter  animal,  and  the  tail  is  shorter.  Anolis  tro- 
pidogaster  nob.,  from  New  Grenada,  is  destitute  of  the  two  well  marked 
crests  so  characteristic  of  this  species,  and  the  plates  lying  at  the  bottom  of 
the  longitudinal  depression  between  them  are  much  longer  than  those  on  the 
corresponding  position  in  tropidogaster;  and  the  shape  of  this  de- 
pression is  quite  different,  being  much  broader  in  front,  in  longicauda. 
In  Anolis  pulchellus  D.  Sr  B.,  the  carinations  of  the  scales  before  the 
back  and  abdomen  are  indistinct ;  whereas,  in  the  present  species  they  are 
well  marked :  the  tail  in  the  former  is  but  one-third  the  total  length. 

Anolis  cupreus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Scales  upon  muzzle  carinated  ;  supraorbital  ridges  separated 
by  several  rows  of  scales;  three  or  four  rows  of  scales  inteivening  between 
each  interorbitar  ridge  and.  the  occipital  scale  ;  six  superior  labials  ;  abdominal 
and  dorsal  scales  very  distinctly  carinated ;  those  upon  tail  very  strongly 
keeled ;  copper  colored  above,  whitish  beneath  ;  throat  orange ;  in  some 
specimens  a  black  spot  upon  the  shoulder.  Length  of  head  and  body  1  inch 
8  lines. 

Description.  A  small  species.  Scales  upon  the  muzzle  very  distinctly  cari- 
nated ;  supraorbitar  ridges  separated  by  several  rows  of  scales  ;  three  or 
four  rows  of  scales  intervening  between  the  supraorbitar  ridge  and  the  occipital 
scale ;  six  or  seven  supraorbitar  scales  separated  from  the  supraorbitar  ridge 
by  a  single  row  of  granules  ;  three  scales  carinated,  and  two  of  them  much 
larger  than  the  others  ;  six  superior  labial  scales  ;  six  or  seven  rows  of  scales 
upon  the  sides  of  the  head  anteriorly  above  the  supraorbital ;  auricular 
opening  moderate  ;  scales  of  the  flanks  smaller  than  those  upon  the  back  and 
abdomen  ;  abdominal  and  dorsal  scales  very  distinctly  carinated  ;  those  upon 

I860.] 


482  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

tail  very  strongly  keeled  ;  copper  colored  above,  whitish  or  yellowish  white 
beneath  ;  throat  often  orange,  and  in  some  specimens  a  black  spot  over  the 
shoulder.     Length  of  head  and  body  1  inch  8  lines.     Seventeen  specimens. 

Daconuea  Wagler,  Wiegmann. 
Daconuka  bivittata  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Head  covered  with  polygonal  plates  of  unequal  size  ;  color 
brownish  above,  with  two  lateral  white  vittae,  bordered  with  black,  one  on 
each  side,  commencing  behind  the  eyes,  and  extending  the  whole  length  of 
the  body,  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  tail ;  under  parts  white.  Total  length  4§ 
inches  ;  of  tail,  1  inch  4  lines. 

Description.  Seven  supra  labials,  nostril  in  a  single  scale ;  plates  upon 
front  and  muzzle  unicarinate  ;  superciliary  wide,  separated  by  two  rows  of 
scales,  a  single  row  between  former  and  occipital  scale  ;  a  single  row  of  scales 
much  larger  than  the  rest,  commencing  at  about  three  liries  from  the  occiput, 
and  extending  along  the  median  line  of  the  back  and  tail  above  ;  scales  upon 
back  larger  than  upon  sides  ;  those  of  the  belly  very  distinctly  carinated  ;  a 
gular  fold  ;  tympanum  quite  distinct ;  no  femoral  or  anal  pores  ;  scales  upon 
under  part  of  tail  strongly  carinated  ;  extremities  slender  ;  third  and  fourth 
fingers  of  nearly  equal  length  ;  fourth  toe  much  the  longest ;  fingers  and  toes 
slender,  not  dilated,  inner  margin  serrated  ;  fingers  and  toes  5 — 5  ;  tail  very 
long,  slender,  tapering  to  a  point. 

Coloration.  General  color  olive  above,  somewhat  darker  upon  the  sides  ; 
with  two  narrow  white  vittse,  bordered  with  black,  one  on  each  side,  com- 
mencing behind  the  eye  and  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  body,  being 
lost  upon  the  base  of  the  tail ;  extremities  indistinctly  barred  with  brown 
above  ;  under  parts  whitish. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     A  single  specimen. 

Scelopokus  Weigm. 
Scelopoeus  scalakis  Weigm. 
Twenty-six  specimens  (sixteen  young). 

Teid.e. 

Cnemidophoeus. 

Cxemidophorus  decemilineatcs  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Nostril  in  the  posterior  margin  of  the  naso-rostral  plate ; 
color  grey  above,  with  ten  white  lines,  five  on  each  side  of  the  back ;  eight 
rows  of  abdominal  scales.     Total  length  7i  inches  ;  tail  4J  inches. 

Description.  The  nostril  opens  in  the  posterior  edge  of  the  naso-rostral 
plate ;  five  superior  labials ;  a  single  row  of  large  transverse  scales  on 
the  anterior  surface  of  the  forearm  ;  twenty-two  femoral  pores  in  the  single 
specimen.  The  ground  color  above  is  greyish  or  olive ;  in  the  youngest 
specimens  the  intermediate  space  between  the  four  upper  white  lines,  jet 
black,  forming  three  distinct  jet  black  bands  on  each  side ;  these  jet 
black  bands  are  more  distinct  in  the  youngest  specimens  ;  in  the  oldest  the 
upper  surface  is  of  an  uniform  olive  color,  darker  upon  the  sides  ;  the  entire 
surface  of  the  abdomen,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  under  surface  of  the 
thighs,  jet  black  ;  anterior  part  of  forearms  white  spotted  ;  these  spots  quite 
small,  and  by  no  means  so  distinct  or  near  so  large  as  inC.  lemniscatus; 
in  the  younger  specimens,  presenting  the  form  of  vermicnlations. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  10  lines  ;  of  neck  and  body  to  vent,  2  inches 
1  line  ;  of  tail  4£  inches. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     Seventeen  specimens. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  483 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  is  readily  distinguished  from  C.  leinnis- 
c  a  t  u  s  ,  the  latter  having  but  nine  lines,  the  middle  one  of  which  bifurcates 
toward  the  occiput,  and  the  sides  more  or  less  white  spotted. 

Cnemidophorus  quadrilineatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Nostril  between  the  naso-rostral  and  naso-frenal  plate ;  five 
supra-labials  ;  eight  rows  of  abdominal  scales  ;  color  brownish  black  above  ; 
jet  black  upon  the  sides,  with  two  very  narrow  white  lines,  extending  from 
the  temples  in  a  line  with  the  posterior  margin  of  the  eye,  extending  as  far  as 
the  posterior  extremities  ;  a  single  row  of  broad  scales  upon  the  anterior  sur- 
surface  of  the  forearms.     Total  length  3  inches  3  lines. 

Description.  The  above  appears  to  be  one  of  the  smallest  of  the  species  of 
Cnemidophorus.  It  is  readily  distinguished  by  its  small  size,  and  the  pecu- 
liarity of  its  markings  ;  in  front  of  the  gular  fold  is  a  row  of  four  large  scales, 
followed  by  several  smaller  ones  ;  the  back,  between  the  two  inner  stripes,  is 
vermiculated  with  black,  the  sides  white  spotted  ;  the  tail  presents  a  white 
lateral  stripe,  a  continuation  of  the  lower  one  upon  the  side  ;  under  parts 
bluish,  lighter  upon  the  chin. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  5  lines  ;  of  body  to  vent  11  lines  ;  length  of 
tail  2^  inches  ;  total  length  3  inches  4  lines. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     Four  specimens. 

Gen.  remarks.  Cnemidophorus  prresignis  B.  $•  G.,  from  Chagres,  said 
also  to  be  common  at  Para,  has  ten  rows  of  abdominal  plates. 

Ameiva  Cuvier. 
Ajieiva  pulchka  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Nostril  between  the  naso-rostral  and  naso-frenal  plates  ;  a 
group  of  large  scales  upon  the  chin,  surrounded  by  smaller  ones  ;  three 
or  four  large  scales  in  front  of  the  gular  fold,  surrounded  by  smaller  scales  ; 
eight  rows  of  abdominal  plates  ;  color  olive  above,  with  two  lateral  stripes  of 
brown,  one  on  each  side,  with  numerous  transverse  rows  of  black.  Total 
length  8 12  inches. 

Description.  This  is  a  beautiful  species  of  Ameiva,  presenting  distinctly 
the  characters  of  the  genus,  viz. . — the  retractility  of  the  tongue  beneath  the 
glottis,  which  distinguishes  Ameiva  from  Cnemidophorus.  In  a  natural 
series,  it  would  take  the  place  of  Ameiva  Sloanei,  which  it  resembles  very 
closely  in  size,  but  the  neck  is  not  near  so  narrow  as  in  that  species  ;  there  is 
but  a  single  row  of  large  transverse  scales  in  front  of  the  forearm  ;  the  granu- 
lations upon  the  back  are  distinctly  larger  than  those  upon  the  sides  ;  twenty 
femoral  pores  ;  the  color  of  the  head  is  light  brown  above,  and  upon  the  sides  ; 
olive  colored  or  light  brown  tipon  the  back,  with  a  band  of  deep  brown  along- 
each  side,  presenting  numerous  transverse  bars  of  black  ;  abdomen  bluish,  the 
rest  of  the  under  surface  white,  with  a  tinge  of  blue  ;  in  many  of  the  speci- 
mens a  row  of  white  spots  extends  from  the  tympanum  to  the  posterior 
extremity,  occasionally  assuming  the  form  of  a  very  narrow  white  line ;  a 
■  white  spot  upon  the  temple,  and  three  or  four  around  the  margin  of  the  tym- 
panum.    Eighteen  specimens. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua. 

Scincidje  Ophiophthahnidce. 

Among  the  saurians  of  the  collection  from  Nicaragua  are  two  small  lepido- 
saurians  belonging  to  the  subfamily  Ophiopthalmidse,  and  which  appear  to 
belong  to  a  genus  not  yet  described,  having  four  toes  to  each  of  the  anterior, 
and  the  same  number  to  each  of  the  posterior  extremities.  For  the  dis- 
tinctive characters  of  the  genera  already  known,  see  D.  etB.,  torn,  v., 
808-831.  It  may  be  thus  characterized ; — No  eyelid  ;  nostrils  lateral,  opening 
in  a  single  scale  ;    no   supero-nasals  ;    teeth   conical,  simple  ;  tongue  bifid, 

I860.] 


484  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

covered  with  scales  ;  palate  without  teeth,  with  a  triangular  excavation ; 
auricular  openings ;  four  extremities  each  with  four  toes  ;  scales  smooth, 
neither  femoral  or  praeanal  pores ;  palpebral  circle,  more  or  less  complete.  It 
will  be  observed  that  these  characters  are  precisely  the  same  as  those  of  the 
genus  Ablepharus  of  Fitzinger,  as  given  by  D.  &  B.,  except  that  the  number 
of  fingers  and  toes  is  four  instead  of  five. 

Gen.  Blephakactisis  nob. 
Blepharactisis  speciosa  nob. 

Spec.  char.  An  internasal,  two  fronto-nasals,  a  small  frontal,  a  large  inter- 
parietal, two  parietals  ;  color  dark  olive  above,  with  two  dark  lateral  stripes, 
one  on  each  side  ;  under  parts  lighter.  Total  length  1^  inches  ;  of  head  and 
body  8  lines. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     Two  specimens. 

OPHIDIANS. 

Syncranterid^. 

Leptophis  Bell. 

Leptophis  margaritiferus  D.  &  B.,  torn.  vii.  p.  539. 

Herpetodryas  margaritiferus  Schlegel,  Essai  la  Physionomie  des  Serpens, 
torn.  i.  p.  151,  and  torn.  ii.  p.  184.     Two  specimens. 

Fam.  Calamarid^e. 

Lioninia  nob. 

Gen.  Char.  Frontal  stout,  hexagonal,  somewhat  longer  than  broad;  nostrils 
between  two  plates  ;  no  frenal,  one  preocular,  two  postoculars  ;  seven  superior 
labials,  the  eye  resting  on  the  third  and  fourth;  pupil  round  ;  scales  smooth, 
quadrangular  ;  tail  quite  stout,  with  bifid  scutes.  Size  that  of  a  Calamarian  ; 
palatine  as  well  as  mandibular  teeth  apparently  of  equal  length. 

Lioninia  vermiformis  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Color  whitish  above,  with  numerous  small  brown  spots  formed 
by.  a  series  of  black  spots,  occupying  each  scale ;  in  some  specimens  a  narrow 
black  dorsal  line,  extending  from  the  occiput  as  far  as  the  extremity  of  the  tail ; 
in  others  this  line  is  quite  indistinct;  a  spot  or  blotch  upon  the  occiput,  of  the 
same  color  as  that  of"  the  body;  head  brown  above,  lighter  upon  the  snout; 
under  parts  of  animal  white.  Total  length,  5  inches,  1  line;  tail  8  lines.  Ab. 
scut.  122  ;  a  single  preanal ;  subcaud.  26. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua  ;  3  specimens. 

Gen.  remarks.  In  the  arrangement  of  the  plates  upon  the  head,  this  genus 
resembles  very  closely  Streptophorus,  but  the  form  of  the  scales  is  quite 
different, — which  in  the  latter  genus  are  more  or  less  carinated.  It  belongs 
to  the  family  of  Calamarians,  as  defined  by  Dumeril  &  Bibron,  viz.:  Body  very 
slender,  rounded,  and  about  the  same  thickness  from  the  head  to  the  tail.  E.  G. 
tome  vii.  p.  48.  It  differs,  however,  from  each  of  the  nine-  genera  of  which 
that  family  is  composed.  In  Calamaria  and  Rhabdosoma,  the  nostrils  open  in 
a  single  scale,  as  well  as  in  Rabdion,  Homalosoma  and  Carphophis.  In  Elapoidis, 
the  scales  are  carinated.     In  Aspidura,  the  urostega  are  in  a  single  row. 

Stenocephalia.     (Serpens  Opistoglyphes)  D.  $  B. 

Gen.  Coniophanes  Hallowell. 

Char.  Head  very  much  flattened,  pupil  round,  supraciliaries  not  projecting; 
nostril  in  a  single  plate ;  a  postnasal  about  twice  as  high  as  it  is  long ;  a 
somewhat  quadrangular   frenal;   one   antocular,   two   postoculars;    a   single 

[Oct- 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  485 

t 

anterior  temporal ;  two  internasals ;  two  prefrontals,  much  longer  than  the 
internasals ;  a  frontal  longer  than  broad,  occipitals  large.  Head  somewhat 
broader  than  neck,  posteriorly  ;  scales  smooth,  lanceolate,  19  or  21  rows  ;  nearly- 
quadrangular  upon  the  tail ;  anal  and  subcaudal  scutes  bifid  ;  abdomen  slightly 
angular;  tail  long  and  tapering;  posterior  tooth  much  longer  than  the  rest 
and  distinctly  channelled;  the  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  increase  in  length  as 
they  recede  backward. 

CONIOPHANES  PISSIDENS  nob. 

Spec.  char.  19  rows  of  smooth  scales  near  the  middle  ;  color  brownish, 
approaching  to  violet,  with  two  somewhat  indistinct  lateral  stripes,  and  a 
median  dark  colored  one  upon  the  back;  abdomen  whitish,  with  a  row  of 
minute  black  points  on  each  side  and  upon  the  tail ;  a  narrow  white  vitta, 
commencing  on  the  first  labial,  passes  beneath  the  eye  along  the  temples,  and 
is  lost  upon  the  sides  of  the  neck  ;  another,  shorter  upon  the  back,  commencing 
at  the  occiput.     Total  length  8  inches;  of  tail  7  \  inches;  circumference  1  inch. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     One  specimen. 

OxYCEPHALID^E. 

Dryophis  aeneus.     One  specimen. 

Conocerques.     (Serpens  Proteroglypb.es.) 

Elaps  Schn. 

Elaps  melanocephalus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Entire  head,  chin  and  throat  black;  16  black  rings  upon  the 
body,  margined  with  white ;  4  distinct  rings  upon  tail ;  inter-spaces  between 
black  rings  spotted  with  black;  200  abdom.  scuta;  a  double  praeanal ;  52 
subcaudal;   15  rows  of  scales. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     One  specimen. 

BATE  AC  HI  A  AN  OUR  A. 

Ranid^:. 

Cystignathds  melanonotus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Color  black  above,  black  spotted ;  a  black  subround  spot 
between  the  eyes ;  under  parts  white,  minutely  mottled  and  spotted  with 
brown  ;  body  and  extremities  slender. 

Description.  Head  of  moderate  size,  eyes  not  remarkably  prominent,  tympanum 
well  developed,  tongue  obcordate,  not  notched  posteriorly ;  palatine  teeth  in 
two  transverse  rows;  the  anterior  margin  on  a  line  with  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  posterior  nares ;  color  as  stated  in  the  specific  character. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  3  ;  length  of  head  and 
body  9  lines;  length  of  anterior  extremities  6  lines  ;  of  posterior,  1  inch;  of 
thigh  3  lines  ;  of  leg  4  ;  of  tarsus  2  lines  ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of  longest  toe 
4J-  lines. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     One  specimen  ;  perhaps  the  young  of  a  larger  animal. 

Hylid^:. 
Hyla  grisea  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Skin  smooth,  tongue  obcordate,  notched  posteriorly,  palatine 
teeth  in  two  fasciculi  behind  the  posterior  nares ;  color  light  grey,  a  brown 
above,  with  darker  maculations ;  length  1|  inches. 

Description.  Head  triangular;  snout  somewhat  acute;  nostrils  two  lines 
apart;  tongue  obcordate,  slightly  notched  posteriorly;  extremities  slender; 
toes  palmate  at  their  base,  the  webs  reaching  to  the  proximal  extremity  of  the 
second  phalanx,  tympanum  of  moderate  size,  eyes  slightly  prominent.  Color 
grey  or  brownish  above,  with  a  transverse  bar  of  darker  grey  between  the 

I860.] 


4S6  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


• 


eyes ;  behind  this  a  blotch  with  irregular  margins,  resembling  the  letter  W ; 
there  are  also  upon  the  back  irregular  blotches  of  a  darker  grey  than  the 
surrounding  surface;  thighs  mottled  posteriorly  with  black  and  white,  varied 
with  grey  in  front;  legs  and  tarsi  with  transverse  bars  of  grey,  also  arms  and 
forearms  ;  under  parts  white. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  8  lines;  greatest  breadth  6;  length  of  head 
and  body  1  inch,  8  lines;  length  of  anterior  extremities  1  inch;  of  posterior. 
3  inches;  of  thigh  8  lines;  of  leg  11 ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of  longest  toe  11. 

BuFONIDjE. 
BUFO  MELANOGASTER  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Supra-orbitar  ridges  slightly  developed;  internal  nares  of 
moderate  size  ;  tongue  elongate,  cordiform,  rounded  posteriorly  ;  free  for  rather 
more  than  half  of  its  length  posteriorly;  color  grey  with  a  longitudinal  row 
of  subround  black  spots  on  either  side  of  the  median  line;  extremities  varied 
with  black:  under  parts  yellow  marbled  with  black;  length  1  inch,  1  line;  of 
posterior  extremities  1  inch,  3  lines;  of  anterior,  8  lines. 

Habitat.     Nicaragua.     One  specimen. 

Gen.  remarks.     Most  probably  the  young  of  a  larger  animal. 

California. 

SA  URIANS. 

Igdaniens  Pleurodontes  D.  &  B. 

SCELOPORUS   BISEKIATUS  nob. 

One  specimen. 

BATRACHIANS. 

Urodela    Atretoderes  D.  &  B. 

Axaides  lugubris  Baird.     Six  specimens— three  adult,  three  young. 

The  lateral  yellow  spots  are  much  more  distinct  in  these  specimens  than  in 
others  in  our  collection.  They  are  of  a  bright  chrome  yellow  color,  and 
irregularly  disposed.     In  the  young  specimens,  these  spots  are  indistinct. 

Taricha   torosus   Grans.      One    specimen,  taken   near  Valiejo,    California. 
Nov.,  1855,  by  Mr.  Wright. 
Batrachoseps  attenuatus  Gray.     Eight  specimens — six  adult,  two  young. 

Oceania. 
CHELONIANS. 

Chelonia  mydas  (young).  Seven  specimens.  In  five  of  these  the  nuchal 
plate  is  bifid. 

Habitat.     Bonin  Islands. 

SA  URIANS. 

VARANIDiE. 

Varanus  bivittatus  D.  &  B. 
One  specimen. 
Habitat.     Caspar  Straits. 

Scincoidians  ou  Sauriens  Lepidosaures  D.  S;  B. 

Euprepis  Wagler. 

Edprepis  concolor  nob. 

Spec.  char.     Nasal  plate  rounded  posteriorly,  anterior  margin  curvilinear; 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  487 

supero-nasals  rather  slender,  contiguous ;  internasal  lozenge-shaped ;  two 
t'ronto- nasals  in  contact;  a  frontal  long  with  an  acute  angle  anteriorly,  its 
lateral  margins  nearly  straight;  two  fronto-parietals  rather  long;  an  inter- 
parietal, two  parietals ;  a  small  freno-nasal,  two  frenals,  the  anterior  smaller 
than  the  posterior  and  nearly  quadrangular  in  shape ;  two  freno-orbitars  ; 
seven  superior  labials,  inferior  eyelid  scaly;  praeanal  scales  unequal,  the  two 
middle  oblong;  scales  of  neck  strongly  tricarinate :  color  uniform  brown 
above,  white  below.  Length  7  inches,  8  lines  ;  of  tail  4  inches,  5  lines  ;  of 
head  10  lines. 

Habitat.     Gaspar  Straits.     One  specimen. 

Gen.  remarks.  Dumeril  &  Bibron  describe  thirteen  species  of  Euprepis,  of 
which  but  two  have  the  inferior  eyelid  destitute  of  a  transparent  disk,  viz.: 
E.  S  e  b  ae  and  E.  E  r  n  e  s  t  i.  From  both  of  these  the  species  above  described 
differs  remarkably.  It  the  latter  the  supranasals  are  not  contiguous  ;  in  the 
former  the  carina?  upon  the  scales  are  indistinct;  it  is  also  a  larger  animal. 
The  specimen  above  described  was  taken  on  South  Brother  Island,  Gaspar 
Straits,  by  Mr.  Squires,  of  the  U.  S.  steamer  T.  Hancock.  It  is  common.  The 
Malay  name  is  Kjedal. 

Ablepharus.  \ 

Ablepharus  nigropunctatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Internasal  four-sided  ;  the  sides  nearly  equal ;  the  posterior  angle 
rounded;  but  much  more  acute  than  in  A.  Peronii;  the  fronto-parietals 
quadrilateral ;  no  inter-parietal  ;  two  parietals,  no  naso-frenal ;  two  freno- 
orbitars  ;  seven  superior  labials  ;  six  praeanal  scales,  the  two  middle  the  largest. 
Color  greenish  olive  above,  marked  all  over  with  black  spots,  the  spots  on  the 
sides  agglomerated  so  as  to  form  a  black  band  extending  from  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  eye  as  far  as  the  posterior  extremities  ;  extremities  and  tail  black 
spotted,  the  black  spots  smaller  and  most  distinct  upon  the  under  part  of 
the  tail ;  chin  black  spotted;  abdomen,  as  well  as  ground  color  of  chin  and 
under  part  of  tail  and  extremities,  light  green. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines;  greatest  breadth  2|- ;  length  of  body 
1  inch,  3  lines ;  of  tail  8  lines. 

HahHat.    Bonin  Islands.    One  specimen.    Taken  Oct.,  1854,  by  Capt.  Rodgers. 

Ablepharus  peronii  D.  &  B.     Tom.  v.  p.  814.     Three  specimens. 
Habitat.     Tahiti. 

Lygosoma. 

Lygosoma  vertebrale  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Lower  eyelid  transparent ;  two  fronto-parietals ;  nasal  plates 
quite  separate;  internasal  five-sided;  fronto-nasal  not  contiguous;  two 
fronto-parietals;  one  inter-parietal;  two  parietals;  frontal  long,  acutely 
angular  posteriorly,  obtusely  so  in  front.  Color :  Head  brown,  mottled  with 
darker  brown  upon  the  side3  ;  alight  colored  stripe  extending  from  the  occiput 
as  far  as  the  root  of  the  tail ;  on  either  side  a  row  of  dark  brown  blotches 
with  minute  intervening  spots  ;  a  broad  dark  brown  colored  band  on  each 
side,  extending  from  the  temple  along  the  side,  about  half-way  down  the  tail  ; 
above  this  band,  the  ground  color  lighter,  resembling  that  of  the  vertebral  band  ; 
upper  part  of  tail  yellowish,  minutely  spotted  with  brown  ;  abdomen  white 
with  a  tinge  of  blue;  chin,  throat  and  under  part  of  tail  yellowish,  brown 
spotted. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  2  ;  length  of  body  to 
vent  1  inch,  2  lines;  of  tail  11  lines.     Total  length  2  inches,  4  lines. 

Habitat.     Sandwich  Islands. 

Gen.  remarks.  A  new  and  interesting  addition  to  the  species,  not  very 
numerous,  of  the  genus  Lygosoma. 

I860] 


488  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE  ACADEMY  OF 

OPHIDIA. 

Sub.  ord.  Opisthoglypb.es. 

Gen.  Megalops  nob. 

Gen.  char.  Mandibular  teeth,  increasing  in  length  posteriorly,  recurved, 
nearly  straight;  two  internasals  much  smaller  than  the  prefrontals ;  frontal  a 
little  loager  than  broad,  pentangular;  a  frenal ;  two  antoculars,  two  post- 
oculars;  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  supra-labial;  pupil  ovoid:  eyes  very 
prominent ;  body  slender,  much  compressed ;  abdomen  angular ;  tail  rather 
short. 

Megalops  macolatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Twenty-one  rows  of  smooth  scales ;  body  presenting  numerous 
sub-quadrangular  and  oblique  blotches  above,  of  a  brown  color  ;  intermediate 
spaces  white  with  a  tinge  of  yellow ;  under  surface  white. 

Abdom.  scuta  170.     A  bifid  praeanal;  61  subcaudal  scutellas. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head,  neck  and  body  1  foot,  2  inches,  10  lines  ;  length 
of  tail  3|  inches. 

Habitat.     Tahiti.     One  specimen,  collected  by  Mr.  Adams. 

Gen.  remarks.  The  posterior  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  have  been  destroyed  in 
the  specimen,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  family  to  which  it 
belongs  ;  most  probably  of  the  order  Opisthoglyphes ;  the  head  is  otherwise 
much  injured.     A  small  and  not  very  prepossessing  looking  serpent. 

Sub.  ord.  Serp.  Aglyphodontes  ou  Azemiophides,  D.  «$•  B. 

Gen.  Aepidea  nob. 

Char.  Head  long  and  narrow,  broader  posteriorly,  almost  truncate  in  front," 
teeth  smooth  recurved,  the  anterior,  both  in  the  upper  and  lower  jaw,  longer 
than  the  posterior;  the  same  is  the  case  with  the  palatines,  equally  spaced  ; 
nine  plates  upon  the  top  of  the  head,  the  prefrontals  remarkable  for  their  large 
size;  frontal  longer  than  broad;  two  large  occipitals ;  body  very  long,  much 
thicker  in  the  middle,  compressed,  with  smooth  scales,  broader  and  shorter  upon 
the  back  than  upon  the  sides  ;  abdomen  angular;  tail  about  one-third  the 
length  of  head  and  body;  urostega  bifid  ;  praeanal  scute  bifid. 

Aepidea  robusta  nob. 

Description.  The  teeth  are  strong,  sharp-pointed,  much  inclined  backward, 
the  eyes  are  of  moderate  size,  the  pupil  round;  the  rostral  plate  is  triangular 
in  shape,  broader  than  high,  the  internasals  of  moderate  size,  the  prefrontals 
very  large,  and  more  or  less  rhomboidal  in  shape  ;  the  frontal  quite  broad 
anteriorly,  its  latero-superior  angles  bevelled,  presenting  an  obtuse  angle 
posteriorly;  the  supra-oculars  long,  of  moderate  breadth  behind  ;  the  occipitals 
much  longer  than  broad  ;  nostrils  between  two  plates,  large ;  the  posterior  the 
larger  of  the  two ;  the  frenal  is  remarkable  for  its  great  length  and  unusual 
position  ;  its  upper  margin  is  curved,  terminating  in  a  point  posteriorly,  about 
one-half  of  it  passing  below  the  antocular;  there  are  ten  superior  labials  ;  the 
eye  resting  on  the  sixth  and  seventh  ;  the  seventh  is  larger  and  of  quite  a 
different  shape  from  the  others,  its  posterior  portion  being  prolonged  upward 
and  backward  to  meet  the  inferior  postocular;  the  antocular  is  remarkable  for 
its  very  large  size ;  it  is  more  or  less  rhomboidal  in  shape,  in  contact  in  front 
with  the  prefrontal,  above  with  the  frontal  and  supra-ocular,  below  by  the 
greater  part  of  its  extent  with  the  frenal,  and  with  the  fifth  and  sixth  supra- 
labials ;  of  the  two  postoculars  the  superior  is  somewhat  larger  than  the 
inferior;  the  anterior  genials  are  much  larger  than  the  posterior ;  the  neck  is 
long  and  slender,  the  body  much  thicker,  compressed  en  toit ;  scales  smooth, 
those  upon  the  sides  lanceolate,  the  four  or  five  rows  upon  the  back  larger ; 
abdomen  very  angular;  tail  of  moderate  length,  scales   hexagonal;  the  "two 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  4S9 

middle  dorsal  rows  larger  than  the  others  ;  twenty-three  rows  of  scales  upon 
the  middle  of  the  body,  eight  near  the  origin  of  the  tail.  Color  olive  in  spirits, 
probably  green  during  life  ;  abdomen  and  under  part  of  tail  green. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  13  lines  ;  breadth  posteriorly  6  ;  length  of  back 
and  body  2  feet,  9  inches ;  of  tail  12  inches,  8  lines.  Total  length  4£  feet ; 
circumference  of  body  at  middle  2  inches.  Ab.  scut.  236  j  1  bifid  praeanal ; 
146  urostega. 

Habitat.     Gaspar  Straits.     One  specimen. 

Proteroglyphes — Platycerques  D.  3f  B. 
Platcru8  fasciatus  Latreille.  One  fine  specimen.  Black  bands  complete  ; 
larger  considerably  upon  the  back  than  abdomen  ;  a  white  spot  on  each  side  of 
the  occipitals.  Aricamote  of  the  Tahitians.  Captured  in  Bananas  Bay,  Tahiti, 
March  19th,  1855.  Presented  by  Mr.  Adams,  of  Papete.  Total  length  2  feet,  7 
inches  ;  of  tail  8  inches;  circumference  2  inches,  8  lines. 

Platurus  fasciatds  Var. 
Char.    Snout  black  ;  extremity  of  tail  black  ;  forty  complete  black  bands  upon 
the  body;  besides  three  incomplete  upon  the  neck;  six  complete  black  bands 
upon  the  tail ;  three  and  a-half  rows  of  scales  in  black  bands  upon  the  back, 
and  one  and  a-half  in  the  white  interspace.    Total  length  1  foot,  9  J  inches.    The 
largest  specimen  measures  3  feet,  9  inches  in  length  and  6  inches  in  circumference. 
The  tail  measures  4i  inches  in  length  by  1}  inches  in  height  at  its  base.     The 
coloration  corresponds  with  that  of  the  plate  of  Hydrophis   colubrina,   in 
the  Fauna  Japonica.    The  abdomen,  chin  and  throat  are  ochraceous  throughout, 
the  bands  having  disappeared  entirely  from  the  belly;   23  rows  of,  scales  near 
the  middle  of  the  body;  chin  and  throat  covered  with  scales;   ab.  scuta.  198, 
of  which  the  4  last  are  bifid  ;  32  bifid  urostega.     Besides  the  above  there  are 
two  other  specimens,  from  Cleopatra  Island,  more  fully  grown,  one  completely 
adult.  (Hydrophis  colubrina  SchlegePs  Fauna  Japonica,  tab.  10).    The  only 
difference  which  I  observe  between  the  latter  and  Prof.  Schlegel's  specimen,  is 
that  the  scales  in  the  latter  do  not  appear  to  be  quite  so  broad.     The  markings 
in  the  two  specimens  before  us  are  quite  different  from  those  of  the  younger 
ones,  in  which   the   black  and  white  bands  are  very  distinct  and  complete, 
encircling  the  whole  body  ;  but  in  the  one  which  may  be  nearly  half  grown,  they 
are  so  only  upon  the  tail  and  the  posterior  part  of  the  body,  the  abdomen  being 
of  a  dull,  ochraceous  yellow  in  the  greater  part  of  its  extent,  as  well  as  the  neck 
and  throat,  somewhat  deeper  brown  opposite  the  bands ;  the  length  of  this 
specimen  is  2  feet,  9^  inches ;  circumference  3  inches,  3  lines ;  the  extremity 
of  fhe  tail  is  black  ;  6  complete  bands  upon  the  tail. 

Two  other  specimens  of  this  variety  are  in  the  collection,  from  Loo-Choo, 
younger  than  either  of  the  others.  In  the  smaller,  which  measures  1  foot,  2 
inches  in  length,  and  8  lines  only  in  circumference,  the  black  rings  are  of  nearly 
equal  iength°upon  the  back  and  abdomen,  being  very  closely  approximated  in 
the  latter  position  ;  the  very  tip  of  the  tail  in  the  smallest  specimen  is  white. 
The  specimen  marked  243,  taken  by  Capt.  Stevens,  at  Cleopatra  Island  (north 
of  Ousima),  May,  1855. 

Pblamis  Daudin. 

Pelamis  bicolor  Daudin.     One  specimen. 

Habitat.     Tahiti. 

New  Holland. 

SA  UR1A. 

Lepidosaurian  or  Scincoid  Lizards. 
Saurophthalmes  D.  &  B. 
Lygosoma  Gray. 
Lygosoma  Guichenoti  D.  &  B. 

I860.] 


490  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Habitat.     Sidney.    One  specimen. 

Lygosoma  t^niolatum  D.  &  B. 

Syn.  Lacerta  tceniolata  Shaw,  Gen.  Zool.  torn.  3,  p.  239. 

Sj>ec.  char.  Eyelid  scaly,  two  frontoparietals ;  nasals  in  contact ;  fronto- 
nasals separate  ;  ground  color  of  back  and  upper  part  of  tail  yellowish-brown, 
with  a  longitudinal  band  of  black  along  the  middle  line  of  the  back,  commencing 
at  the  occiput,  and  lost  upon  the  tail,  bordered  with  white ;  a  black  lateral 
band  ou  each  side,  commencing  at  the  nostrils,  between  which  and  the  eye  it  is 
narrow,  and  passing  along  the  temples  and  sides  of  the  body,  as  far  as  the  origin 
of  the  tail,  where  it  is  continuous  with  a  very  narrow  black  band  extending 
about  an  inch  upon  the  tail. 

B  ATRAC  HI  A. 

Hylid.e. 

Hvla  cyanea  Daud.     One  specimen.     Sidney  (young).     Taken  Dec,  1853. 

Loo-Choo. 

SA  URIA. 

Sauriens  Eonotes  D.  &  B. 

Sub.  fam.  Iguaniens  Acrodontes. 

Gen.  Diploderma  nob. 

Gen.  char'.  Head  pyramido-triangular,  covered  with  polygonal  carinated 
scales  of  unequal  size  ;  nostrils  lateral  in  a  large  plate  near  its  upper  border  ; 
a  small  nuchal  crest ;  no  external  ear  openings  ;  body  covered  with  strongly 
carinated  scales,  many  of  which  are  quite  large  ;  those  upon  the  anterior  and 
lateral  parts  of  the  body  quite  small ;  tail  long  and  slender,  cyclo-tetragonal 
at  base  covered  with  carinated  scales,  not  verticillate  ;  no  femoral  or  anal 
pores;  bodv  slender,  compressed ;  extremities  slender,  fiogers  and  toes  5 — 5: 
tongue  slender,  adherent,  notched  posteriorly  ;  40  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  ;  five 
small  incisors,  two  canines  on  each  side,  the  second  more  robust  and  slightly 
longer  than  the  first;  the  remaining  teeth  tricuspid,  with  obtuse  summits,  the 
five  first  smaller  than  the  others  ;  34  lower,  two  canines  of  about  equal  length 
The  teeth,  with  the  exception  of  the  Ianiaries  and  intermaxillaries,  are  all  very 
closely  in  contact,  inclining  inward,  and  firmly  imbedded  in  the  jaw,  and  hot: 
along  its  border  ;  no  palatine  teeth. 

Diploderma  polygonatum  nob. 

Description.  A  longitudinal  row  of  carinated  scales  upon  the  snout  behind 
the  nostril ;  frontal  region  depressed ;  supraciliary  ridges  low,  separated  from 
each  other  by  two  rows  of  small  scales,  and  communicating  with  the  longi- 
tudinal ridge  above  mentioned  by  two  or  three  scales  on  each  side  ;  supra- 
ocular regions  convex  ;  no  well  marked  occipital  scale  ;  seven  superior  labials  ; 
a  nuchal,  not  elevated  crest ;  no  transverse  gular  fold  ;  neck  slightly  folded  : 
body  slender,  covered  with  carinated  scales,  some  of  which,  here  and  there 
interspersed,  are  much  larger  than  the  others  ;  the  axilla,  and  that  part  of 
the  body  immediately  within  the  arm  and  above  it,  covered  with  very  small 
scales  ;  this  patch  of  small  scales  contrasting  strongly  with  the  larger  scales 
upon  the  back  and  sides  ;  chin  and  throat  covered  with  strongly  carinated 
scales  ;  scales  of  abdomen  triangular,  strongly  unicarinate,  the  carina  extend- 
ing the  whole  length  of  the  scale  ;  upper  surface  of  arms  and  extremities 
covered  with  strongly  carinated  scales  ;  those  on  the  inner  and  anterior  sur- 
face of  the  arm  smaller  than  those  upon  the  corresponding  surface  of  the 
forearm  ;  posterior  extremities  covered  with  strongly  carinated  scales  ;  third 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  491 

and  fourth  fingers  of  nearly  equal  length  ;  fourth  toe  the  longest ;  margins  of 
fingers  and  toes  serrated,  the  under  surface  protected  with  transverse  scales  ; 
soles  of  feet  covered  with  strongly  carinated  scales,  ending  in  a  spine  ;  palms 
covered  with  very  small  scales. 

Color.  Uniform  greenish-olive  above,  somewhat  deeper  upon  the  back, 
much  lighter  beneath,  with  a  marked  tinge  of  yellow  ;  eight  dark  colored 
bands  upon  the  tail. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  9  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  5  lines  ;  length  oi 
body  1J  inches  ;  tail  5|  inches  ;  total  length  7  inches  9  lines. 

Habitat.     Amakarima  Island.     One  specimen. 

Gen.  remarks.  Lyriocephalus,  Otocryptus,  Ceratophorus,  and  Phryno- 
cephalus  are  Iguanian  Acrodont  saurians,  with  ears  concealed  beneath  the 
integument ;  but  Diploderma  differs  from  each  of  these.  Lyriocephalus  has 
the  snout  surmounted  by  a  rounded  protuberance  ;  the  dentition  of  Oto- 
cryptus is  altogether  different,  and  in  Ceratophorus,  as  its  name  indicates,  the 
snout  is  prolonged  into  a  sort  of  horn.  See  D.  &  B.  torn.  v.  p.  433.  The 
head  of  Phrynocephalus  is  nearly  circular  ;  the  tail  is  much  shorter,  and  the 
body  is  covered  all  over  with  minute  scales,  being  quite  a  different  animal  in 
its  general  appearance. 

Otoceyptis  Weig. 

Among  the  saurians  in  the  Loo-Choo  collection  is  a  very  small  Acrodont 
Iguanian,  no  doubt  a  young  animal,  which  appears  to  belong  to  a  genus  very 
near  if  not  identical  with  the  Otocryptus  of  Weigmann.  The  form  of  the  head, 
however,  is  different  from  that  of  Otocryptus,  as  described  by  Dumeril  & 
Bibron,  and  the  number  of  molar  teeth  is  less,  viz. :— eight  instead  of  twelve. 
The  specimen,  small  as  it  is,  is  much  mutilated,  and  otherwise  injured,  but 
the  following  characters  can  be  distinctly  made  out. 

Gen.  char.  Head  rounded,  and  high  posteriorly,  the  anterior  slope 
more  gradual  than  the  posterior,  the  front  and  vertex  being  nearly  on 
a  line ;  snout  covered  with  polygonal  scales  ;  supraorbitar  ridges  dis- 
tinct ;  eyelids  covered  with  carinated  scales  of  nearly  equal  size  ;  occiput 
covered  with  polygonal  scales,  partly  smooth,  partly  carinate ;  temples 
covered  with  carinated  scales;  eyelids  covered  with  small  scales.  The  in- 
cisor teeth  on  each  side  separate,  a  conical  canine,  and  eight  tricuspid,  the 
first  three  the  smallest,  the  last  two  the  largest ;  the  same  number  in  the 
lower  jaw ;  ears  concealed  by  the  integument ;  body  covered  with  scales 
arranged  in  transverse  rows  ;  five  fingers  without  serratures,  the  fourth  finger 
a  little  the  longest,  all  armed  with  recurved  nails  ;  tail  slender. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines  ;  of  neck  and  body  6^  lines  ;  of  tail 
(mutilated)  10  lines  ;  length  of  anterior  extremities  6  lines  ;  of  posterior 

Habitat.     Loo-Choo.     One  specimen.     Caught  Nov.  1854,  by  McKnight. 

Gen.  remarks.  But  one  species  of  Otocryptus  is  described  by  Dumeril  & 
Bibron.  viz. : — 0.  b  i  v  i  1 1  a  t  a  Weig. ,  the  habitat  of  which  is  unknown. 

GECKOTID.E. 

Lezards  Geckotiens,  ou  Sauriens  Ascalabotes  D.  &  B. 

Gen.  Hemidacttlus. 

Sect.  Dactyloteles  D.  &  B. 

Sub.  div.  A. — Dact.Jissipedes. 

Hemidactylus  marjiokatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Mental  plate  pentangular,  small ;  behind  these  several  series 
of  unequal  scales,  larger  than  those  upon  the  throat  ;  a  transverse  row  of 
plates  immediately  behind  the  mental  and  first  infra-labials  ;  the  two  middle 
much  larger  than  the  lateral  ones  ;  eleven  supra-labials  on  each  side  ;  ventral 

I860.]   ' 


492  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

plate  pentangular,  much  broader  than  high,  presenting  an  angle  posteriorly  ; 
scales  upon  the  muzzle  and  in  front  of  the  orbits,  nearly  equal,  small ;  head 
covered  with  small  granulations  ;  five  rows  of  very  small  circular  tubercles 
on  each  side  of  the  back  above ;  a  row  of  seven  pores  in  front  of  the  anus  ; 
color  greyish,  marked  all  over  with  black  ;  abdomen  white  ;  chin  and  throat 
white,  marked  with  brown. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  7  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  4|  lines  ;  length  of 
head  and  body  1  inch  8  lines. 

Habitat.     Loo-Choo.     One  specimen. 

Hemidacttlus  inornatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Mental  plate  triangular,  large  ;  but  two  plates  immediately 
behind  the  mental,  large  and  quadrangular  ;  immediately  behind  them  two 
others,  smaller,  and  also  more  or  less  quadrangular  ;  rostral  plate  broader 
than  high,  not  presenting  an  acute  angle  posteriorly  ;  the  plates  behind  it 
rather  small,  with  one  intermediate,  eleven  supra-labials,  the  last  six  the 
smallest ;  but  two  rows  of  circular  tubercles  on  either  side  of  the  median  line  ; 
no  tubercles  upon  the  head  ;  scales  small,  and  for  the  most  part  equal ;  color 
uniform  drab  above,  with  a  few  dark  colored  maculations  ;  under  parts  white. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  six  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  four  lines  ;  length  of 
body  1  inch  3  lines  ;  of  tail 

Habitat.     Loo-Choo.     One  specimen.    Caught  in  a  shed,  Nov.  1854,  (W.  S.) 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  is  readily  distinguished  from  the  preceding 
by  the  different  shape  and  size  of  the  mental  plate,  and  arrangement  of  the 
scales  posterior  to  it,  and  the  presence  of  pores  in  front  of  the  anus. 

SciNCID-ffi. 

Plestiodon  D.  &  B. 
Plestiodon  marginatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Rostral  plate  comparatively  high;  internasal  presenting 
an  obtuse  and  rounded  angle  posteriorly  ;  fronto-nasal  not  in  contact,  being 
separated  by  a  considerable  interval  ;  frontal  plate  heptagonal,  more  or  less 
truncate  anteriorly  ;  seven  superior  labials  ;  olive  colored  above,  with  a  tinge 
of  red  upon  the  head,  and  a  broad,  brickdust  colored  stripe,  commencing  upon 
the  temples,  and  extending  along  the  sides  of  the  neck,  and  the  body,  as  far 
the  root  of  the  tail ;  under  parts  silvery  white.  Twenty-five  rows  of  scales  ; 
five  in  front  of  the  tail. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  11^  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  8  lines  ;  length  of 
body  2  inches  8  lines  ;  of  tail  2  inches  9  lines  ;  of  anterior  extremities  11  lines  ; 
of  posterior  15  lines. 

Habitat.     Ousima,  Japan,  and  Loo-Choo  Islands. 

Gen.  remarks.  The  specimen  from  Loo-Choo  is  much  smaller,  and  evidently 
the  young  of  the  same  species.  The  lateral  stripe  of  brown  is  bordered  with 
obscure  white,  and  there  is  a  vitta  of  the  same  color  running  along  the  middle 
of  the  back.  This  species,  with  the  exception  of  the  lateral  band  bears  a 
striking  resemblance  to  Plestiodon  laticeps  of  the  Southern  U.  S.,  but  the 
red  upon  the  head  is  not  near  so  deep,  and  the  shape  of  the  rostral  and 
frontal  plates  is  quite  different,  and  the  fronto-nasals  are  closely  in  contact. 
The  smaller  specimen,  caught  April,  1855.  by  Mr.  Stimpson.  The  larger, 
May,  of  the  same  year. 

OPHIDIA. 

Crotalians. 

BOTHROPS    FLAVOVIRIDIS  nob. 

Description.  The  head  is  large,  triangular  in  shape,  covered  above  and  below 
with  smooth  ecales,  in  this  respect  differing  from  typical  Bothrops,  in  which 

[Oct. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  493 

the  scales  upon  the  top  of  the  head  are  carinate  :  eight  superior  labials  ; 
third  and  fourth  the  largest ;  seven  temporals  ;  the  two  anterior,  of  which  the 
superior  is  the  larger,  separated  from  the  orbit  by  a  row  of  small  scales  ;  the 
plates  over  the  eyes  are  of  moderate  size,  single  ;  the  rostral  plate  is  broader 
than  high  ;  the  head  is  much  larger  posteriorly  than  in  front,  where  it 
is  somewhat  truncate  ;  neck  much  contracted ;  body  rather  slender, 
presenting  near  the  middle  twenty-seven  rows  of  lanceolate  carinate 
scales,  the  carina?  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  scale,  and  the 
rows  running  very  obliquely  ;  besides  these  carinated  scales  there  are  two 
other  inferior  rows,  running  very  obliquely,  which  are  smooth,  the  total  num- 
ber of  rows  of  scales  being  thirty-one  ;  the  scales  upon  the  tail  are  much  broader 
than  those  upon  the  back  ;  the  ground  color  of  the  head  above  is  ochraceous 
yellow,  presenting  numerous  dark  colored  lines,  probably  green  during  life ; 
a  narrow  vitta  of  the  same  color  extends  from  behind  the  eye  to  the  posterior 
and  external  angle  of  the  head,  a  short  distance  above  the  commissure  of  the 
jaw  ;  a  bar,  broader  than  the  rest,  is  seen  on  each  side  of  the  inner  aspect  of 
the  occiput,  bending  inward,  and  extending  for  a  space  of  two  and  a  half 
inches  along  the  side  of  the  neck ;  the  jaws  and  throat  are  yellow  (straw 
colored),  as  well  as  the  abdomen  ;  the  under  part  of  the  tail  is  also  yellow,  but 
presents  a  number  of  bluish  colored  maculae  on  each  side  ;  the  ground  color 
of  the  body  above  is  dirty  yellow,  with  longitudinal  dark  colored  interrupted 
liars  on  each  side  of  the  median  line,  with  intervening  spaces  of  yellow  ;  upon 
the  tail  the  dark  colored  portions  present  the  form  of  double  triangles,  united 
at  their  bases,  upon  the  median  line,  with  a  subround  yellow  spot  in  the 
centre,  and  having  upon  their  sides  triangular  interspaces  of  yellow  ;  eighty-one 
urostega ;  ab.  scuta  sixty-one.  The  specimen  being  much  mutilated,  it  is 
difficult  to  ascertain  with  precision  its  total  length. 

Habitat.     Amakarima  Island  (one  of  the  Loo-Choo  group.) 

Protekoglyphes. 
Platubus  fasciatus. 
One  specimen,  young,  captured  at  Nara,  Loo-choo,  June,  1853,  by  W.  Heine. 

Aglyphodontes. 
Gen.  Eueypholis  nob. 
Char.  Scales  and  plates  of  the  head  polished,  the  plates  of  the  head  espe- 
cially ;  eyes  lateral,  projecting;  pupil  round  ;  body  slender;  tail  short,  with 
bifid  scutella  ;  nine  plates  upon  the  top  of  the  head  ;  the  internasal  small ;  the 
prefrontals  large,  the  frontal  larger  than  broad,  pentagonal ;  nostril  between 
two  plates  ;  a  rather  narrow  frenal ;  one  preocular  ;  two  postoculars  ;  eight 
.supra-labials  ;  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  ;  scales  hexagonal,  semi- 
carinate  upon  the  back. 

Eueypholis  semicarinatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Uniform  green  above,  white  beneath ;  total  length  1  foot  7f 
inches  ;  of  tail  4  inches  5  lines  ;  189  sb.  scut. ;  1  bifid  prse-anal ;  77  sub.  caud. 

Description.  This  serpent  has  very  much  the  general  appearance  of  a 
Leptophis,  but  the  tail  is  shorter ;  the  scales  upon  the  back  are  strictly  hexa- 
gonal, those  upon  the  sides  have  their  posterior  margins  somewhat  rounded  ; 
the  three  inferior  rows  on  each  side  are  smooth  ;  of  the  plates  upon  the  head, 
the  posterior  nasal  is  larger  than  the  anterior  ;  the  frenal  longer  than  high, 
resting  upon  the  supralabials  ;  the  superior  postocular  larger  than  the  in- 
ferior ;  three  temporal  plates  ;  one  in  front  immediately  behind  the  post- 
oculars  and  between  the  seventh  supralabial  and  the  occipitals,  the  other 
two,  one  above  and  the  other  behind  these,  between  the  occipital  and  the 
eighth  supralabial  plate  ;  the  frontal  presents  an  acute  angle  posteriorly  ;  the 
occipitals,  of   moderate   size,  pentangular ;    the  neck  is   of  nearly  the  same 

I860.]  34 


494  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

thickness  as  the  posterior  part  of  the  head  ;  the  scales  upon  the  tail,  with  the 
exception  of  the  inferior  row  on  each  side,  which  is  smooth,  are  also  semi- 
carinate  ;  fifteen  rows  of  scales  upon  the  middle  of  the  body  ;  sixteen  upon  the 
neck  (scales  more  narrow)  ;  eight  at  the  origin  of  the  tail. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  6  lines ;  breadth  4  lines  ;  circumference  of 
body  at  middle  14  lines. 

Habitat.  Loo-Choo.  Caught  by  Mr.  Wright,  near  Napa,  Nov.  1854,  Two 
specimens.     Another  from  Japan. 

In  the  collection  are  no  turtles  from  the  Loo-Choo  Islands. 

BATRACHIA. 

Urodela. 
Fam.  Atketoderes. 
Gen.  Triton  Laurenti. 
Triton  subcristatus  Schlegel. 

Syn.  Salam.  subcristata  Schlegel,  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  123,  pi.  iv.  fig.  3. 

Cynops  subcristatus  Tschudi,  Class,  der  Batrachier,  p.  94,  pi.  2. 

Cynops pyrrogaster  Gray,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  25,  No.  1. 

Spec.  char.  Head  flattened ;  skin  granular  ;  back  above,  in  some  speci- 
mens, presenting  scattered  yellow  spots  upon  the  back  and  sides  ;  abdomen 
orange,  with  numerous  black  spots,  resembling  those  of  Triton  cristatus; 
chin  and  throat  orange  ;  black  spotted  ;  under  part  of  tail  orange ;  tail  long, 
much  compressed. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  six  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  6  lines  ;  length  of 
neck  and  body  1  inch  9  lines  ;  of  tail  2  inches  8J  lines  ;  total  length  4  inches 
11£  lines. 

Habitat.  Specimens  marked  No.  5,  found  in  the  Paddyfields  at  the 
Amakarima  Isle,  Loo-Choo,  April,  1855,  by  Mr.  Squires  and  Mr.  Macomb. 
Other  specimens,  marked  53  in  the  Catalogue,  from  Ralousima.  Those  from 
this  place,  the  northern  half  of  Ousima  proper,  are  yellow  beneath,  without 
the  large  black  spots  upon  the  abdomen. 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  resembles  much  Triton  cristatus  of  Europe, 
but  wants  the  white,  minute  points  upon  the  sides  and  chin,  and  the  tail  is 
much  longer.  According  to  Prof.  Schlegel,  the  osteology  of  the  head  is  also 
different,  and  the  number  of  vertebrae  less,  there  being  sixteen  in  Triton 
cristatus,  and  but  fourteen  in  the  present  species.  We  have  compared 
these  specimens  with  one  from  Japan,  due  to  the  generosity  of  the  Adminis- 
tration of  the  Garden  of  Plants,  and  find  no  difference  except  that  the  black 
spots  upon  the  abdomen  are  not  so  numerous  in  the  Japanese  specimen,  and 
the  tail  is  shorter  and  less  compressed  at  its  root.  The  coloration  above,  in 
the  Japanese  specimen,  is  brown  ;  in  those  from  Amakarima  Island,  a  deep 
black.  We  had  proposed  for  this  dark  colored  Triton,  with  its  narrow  and 
much  compressed  tail,  the  name  ensicauda,  but,  without  a  greater  number 
of  specimens  for  comparison,  we  are  unwilling,  at  present,  to  consider  it  a  dis- 
tinct species. 

Anoura. 

Hylid^e. 

Hyla  cyanea  Daudin  (young).     One  specimen. 

Ranid-e. 

Rana  rugosa  (young).  Two  specimens.  Taken  at  Loo-Choo,  April,  1855, 
by  Mr.  Stimpson. 

[Oct, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  495 

Japan. 

No  turtles  were  collected  at  Japan,  and  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  we  have 
no  specimen  of  the  Megalobatrachus  among  the  Batrachians.  For  a  fine  figure 
of  the  latter,  see  the  Fauna  Japonica,  and  for  the  plates  of  Trionyx  and  Einys, 
the  Abbildungen  of  Prof.  Schlegel. 

SAURIANS. 

AUTOSACRIANS . 

Sub.  Fam.  Autosaures  coelodontes  D.  &  B. 

Leiodactyles. 

Gen.  Tachydeomps  Daud. 

Tachydkomus  sexlixeatus  D.  &  B.     Five  specimens. 

The  ground  color  of  four  of  these  specimens  above,  is  uniform  brown,  inter- 
spersed with  small  black  spots  ;  in  the  remaining  one,  green,  the  superior 
lateral  vitta  bordered  inferiorly  with  black.  During  life,  dark  coppery  brown  ; 
below  white,  like  white  lead.     W.  S. 

Habitat.  Simoda,  Japan,  Island  of  Niphon,  May,  1855.  Common  among 
grass  in  lowlands.     W.  S. 

Tachydromds  japo>ticus  D.  &  B.     Three  specimens. 

Erpet.  Gen.  torn.  v.  p.  161. 

Habitat.     Ousima,  Japan.     Caught  May,  1855,  by  Mr.  Stimpson. 

Scisrcms. 
Plestiodon  D.  &  R. 

There  is,  in  the  collection  of  Com.  Rodgers,  but  one  specimen  of  five-lined 
Plestiodon,  which,  both  by  Prof.  Schlegel  and  Dumeril  &  Bibron,  have  been 
considered  identical  with  the  Plestiodon  quinquelineatus  of  the  U.  S. 
Prof.  Schlegel  states  that  he  had  before  him  two  complete  suites  of  the  North 
American  and  Japanese  species,  composed  each  of  thirty  individuals  of  all 
ages,  the  one  collected  at  Japan,  by  MM.  de  Si'ebold  and  Biirger,  the  other  by 
Prof.  Trout,  upon  the  banks  of  the  Tennessee  river.  The  examination  of  this 
large  number  of  specimens  proved  to  him  that  there  existed  not  the  slightest 
difference  between  these  individuals,  brought  from  points  of  the  globe  so  distant 
the  one  from  the  other,  although  situated  under  nearly  the  same  parallel. 
(Fauna  Japonica,  Reptilia,  p.  99.) 

Dumeril  &  Bibron  say,  that  having  examined  two  of  the  Japanese  speci- 
mens, the  North  American  species  exists  also  in  Japan.  (Erpet.  Gen.  torn.  v. 
p.  710.)  The  most  striking  difference  that  we  observe  in  the  single  speci- 
men before  us,  consists  in  the  presence  in  the  one  from  Japan,  of  a  plate 
above  the  anterior  frenal,  which  is  wanting  in  all  the  others  ;  this  doubling 
may  be,  and  probably  is,  an  accident,  and  an  abnormal  division  of  the  anterior 
frontal  plate.  There  are,  also,  but  twenty-four  rows  of  scales  in  the  Japanese 
specimen.  The  coloration  of  the  specimens  from  these  different  localities 
is  very  much  alike,  except  that  the  vertebral  line  does  not  bifurcate 
upon  the  head  in  that  from  Japan.  The  fronto-nasals  are  not  in  contact, 
but  in  some  of  the  North  American  specimens  this  is  the  case,  in  others 
not.  We  have  always  doubted,  notwithstanding  the  high  authority  of 
the  authors  quoted,  the  absolute  identity  of  species  so  remote.  Since 
the  above  was  written,  another  specimen  has  been  placed  in  our  hands, 
in  which  there  "is  no  naso-frenal,  only  two  frenals,  an  anterior  and  a  poste- 
rior, and  there  is  a  difference  in  the  number  of  rows  of  scales,  there  being 
twenty-seven  in  the  Japanese,  and  thirty-two  in  the  North  American.  In  a 
specimen  from  South  Carolina,  presented  by  Dr.  Blanding  to  the  Academy, 
there  are  thirty-two  rows  :   in  one  from  the  Loo-Choo  Islands,  by  Dr.  Joseph 

I860.] 


49G  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Wilson,  U.  S.  N.,  but  twenty-four.  The  scales  upon  tlie  back,  in  the  Loo- 
Choo  specimen,  are  broader  than  those  in  the  one  from  South  Carolina.  The 
fronto-nasal  and  fronto-parietal  much  smaller  in  the  Loo-Choo  specimen,  the 
former  les^  than  half  the  size  ;  in  the  latter  the  frenal  is  more  high  and 
narrow  ;  in  the  one  from  South  Carolina,  there  is  a  naso-frenal,  a  plate 
which  does  not  exist  in  the  specimen  from  Loo-choo.  In  the  large  North 
American  specimens  in  the  Green  collection,  we  count  twenty-nine  and  thirty 
rows  of  scales  :  both  these  have  a  naso-frenal  in  front  of  the  anterior  frenal. 
In  a  specimen  from  Arkansas,  presented  by  Mr.  Pitcher,  we  find  twenty-nine 
rows  of  scales,  and  no  naso-frenal,  a  near  approach  to  the  Japan ;  but  the 
scales  upon  the  back  are  evidently  less  broad.  In  another  specimen  from 
South  Carolina,  presented  by  Prof.  Leidy,  we  find  thirty-two  rows,  with  a 
naso-frennl ;  scales  of  the  back  high.  In  another  from  South  Carolina,  pre- 
sented by  Mr.  Reid,  we  find  twenty-nine  and  thirty  rows.  In  the  specimen 
from  Japan,  which  is  young,  the  ground  color  between  the  stripes  is  jet 
black ;  in  those  from  Loo-Choo,  which  are  more  mature,  the  color  above  is 
olive,  with  a  dark  colored  lateral  band  on  each  side,  between  the  lateral 
stripe  ;  the  most  constant  difference  determined  by  the  above  comparisons, 
therefore,  would  appear  to  be  the  less  number  of  rows  of  scales  in  the 
Japanese,  the  greater  breadth  of  the  dorsal  rows,  and  the  absence  of  the  naso- 
frenal  plate.  We  have  had,  however,  but  three  Asiatic  specimens  for  observa- 
tion, but  would  suggest  whether  they  be  not  really  distinct  species  from  the 
North  American,  although  resembling  each  other  so  much  in  color ;  and  in  case 
future  observation  should  decide  this  to  be  the  case,  would  propose  for  the 
Japanese  species  the  name  Plestiodox  latiscutatus. 

Gen.  Lygosaukus  nob. 

Char.  Nostril  in  a  single  plate ;  neither  supero-nasal,  nor  naso-frenal ;  two 
fronto-nasals  ;  an  interparieto-fronto  parietal ;  two  parietals  ;  a  first  and  second 
frenal ;  two  freno-orbitars  ;  six  superior  labials  ;  body  covered  with  hexagonal 
scales,  tricarinate  upon  the  back ;  fingers  and  toes  5 — 5 ;  the  two  inner  and 
outer  ones  quite  short;  tail  cyclo-tetragonal  at  base,  longer  than  head,  neck 
and  body. 

Lygosaurus  pellopleurus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Light  brown  above,  with  four  longitudinal  rows  of  minute  black 
spots,  extending  a  considerable  distance  upon  the  tail ;  a  lateral  dark-colored 
band  on  each  side,  commencing  behind  the  eye  and  extending  the  whole  length 
of  the  back  and  body,  being  lost  upon  the  tail;  abdomen  and  under  part  of 
extremities  white  ;  the  scales  upon  the  under  part  of  the  tail  spotted  with 
black.     Total  length  3  inches,  7  lines;   tail  2  inches. 

Description.  The  size  of  this  delicate-looking  little  Lepidosanrian  is  about 
the  same  as  that  of  Lygosoma  laterale;  the  head  is  small,  the  snout  rather 
pointed,  the  supra-orbitar  regions  somewhat  prominent ;  the  internasal  is 
broader  than  long  ;  the  fronto-nasal  single,  truncate  posteriorly,  presenting 
three  facets  in  front,  the  middle  one  broad ;  frontal  truncate  anteriorly,  the 
edges  bevelled,  angular  posteriorly  ;  the  fronto-parietals  and  parietals  present 
nothing  remarkable,  but  the  interparietal,  instead  of  being  placed  exclusively 
between  tbe  parietals,  lies  also  and  for  the  greater  part  of  its  extent  between 
the  fronto-parietals ;  it  is  narrow  in  front,  broad  behind ;  the  inferior  eyelid  is 
protected  by  two  rows  of  scales,  the  inferior  row  quite  large,  beneath  which, 
and  above  the  supero-Iabials,  there  are  two  interrupted  rows  of  triangular 
scales ;  four  supra-orbitar  scales ;  auricular  openings  pyriform  in  shape,  with 
no  scales  upon  their  borders;  scales  hexagonal,  those  upon  the  abdomen  and 
sides  smooth,  those  upon  the  back  tricarinate  ;  24  rows  of  scales,  six  in  front 
of  the  arms  and  of  nearly  equal  size;  extremities  slender,  each  provided  with 

[Oct. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA. 

a  nail,  the  third  finger  the  longest,  the  first  very  short,  almost  rudimentary, 
the  second  and  fifth  of  nearly  equal  length  ;  the  first  two  quite  short,  the  fourth 
the  longest;  fingers  and  toes  not  denticulated  upon  the  edges,  the  inferior  surface 
covered  with  transverse  scales      Color  and  dimensions  as  above. 

Habitat.     Ousima,  Japan.     Two  specimens, — one  from  Loo-Choo. 

Gen.  remarks.  Although  the  two  animals  resemble  each  other  so  much 
in  their  general  form,  the  arrangement  of  the  plates  upon  the  head  is  quite 
different.     In  Lygosoma  laterale  the  scales  are  quite  smooth. 

OP  HID  I  A. 

Fam.  Typhlopid.-e. 

Ophthalmidicm  D.  &  B. 

Char.  A  narrow  ro3tral,  bent  upon  the  snout;  a  supra-ocular  ;  a  pair  of 
preoculars  ;  a  pair  of  nasals ;  a  pair  of  oculars,  with  the  eye  distinct  at  the 
upper  part ;  a  pair  of  fronto-nasals  ;  a  pair  of  post-oculars  ;  an  anterior  frontal  ; 
a  frontal;  a  pair  of  parietals  ;  an  interparietal;  eyes  latero-superior ;  body 
covered  with  smooth  hexagonal  scales  ;  tail  very  short. 

Ophthalmidium  tenue  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Color  uniformly  brown  above,  lighter  below  ;  10  rowsof  subcaudal 
scales;  282  horizontal  rows,  20  longitudinal  rows,  4  pair  of  supralabials  ; 
nostrils  very  small,  in  the  suture  between  the  nasal  and  fronto-nasal  plates, 
beneath  the  extremity  of  the  snout. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  tail  l\  lines;  of  head  and  body  5  inches.  Total 
length  5  inches,  J  line. 

Habitat.     Hong-Kong,  China.     Three  specimens. 

Fam.  Aglyphodontes  D.  &  B. 

Gen.  Elaphis   Aldrovandi. 

Char.  Nostrils  between  two  plates  ;  a  frenal ;  two  antoculars,  the  inferior 
small,  intercalated  between  the  third  and  fourth  supra-labials  ;  the  one  resting 
on  the  fourth  and  fifth  ;  two  internasals,  smaller  than  the  prefrontals  :  a  frontal 
longer  than  broad;  three  temporals  on  each  side  ;  scales  elongated,  lanceolate, 
weakly  keeled  ;  tail  of  moderate  length,  scutes  bifid. 

Elaphis  bilineatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Nine  rows  of  scales,  the  dorsal  ones  carinate  ;  color  black,  as 
in  Coryphodon  co  n  s  tr  ic  tor,  but  with  two  white  lines  on  each  side  of  the 
neck,  extending  some  distance  along  the  body.     Total  length  3  feet.  4  inches. 

Description.  This  species,  in  its  general  conformation,  has  a  marked  resem- 
blance to  Coryphodon  constrictor  (Bascanion  B.  &  G.),  the  pupil  is  round. 
the  supraciliaries  projecting  very  slightly,  the  superior  antocular  much  ex- 
cavated ;  of  the  supralabials  the  sixth  and  seventh  are  the  largest ;  the  frenal 
is  not  elongated,  but  rhomboidal,  with  its  posterior  and  inferior  angle  prolonged  ; 
of  the  two  anterior  temporal  plates  the  superior  is  the  more  narrow  and  smaller  ; 
the  frontal  plate  is  pentangular,  less  excavated  laterally  than  in  Coryphodon 
constrictor;  the  three  inferior  rows  on  each  side  are  carinated,  the  carinte 
not  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  scale  ;  the  pra?anal  scute  is  bifid  ; 
abdomen  angular;  posterior  teeth  longer  than  the  anterior.  Ab.  scut.  193  : 
subcaud.  1  bifid  paaeanal;  76  subcaud. 

Habitat.  Volcano  Bay.  Jesso.  One  specimen,  caught  by  Dr.  Morrow,  May 
30th,  1854. 

Gen.  Leptophididm  nob. 

Char.  A  rostral,  two  internasals  much  smaller  than  the  prefrontals  ;  frontal 
longer  than  broad,  presenting  an  acute   angle  posteriorly ;    occipitals  large : 

I860.] 


49S  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

nostril  between  two  plates,  a  frenal ;  two  antoculars,  and  two  postocular  plates ; 
eye  margined  inferiorly  by  the  fourth  and  fifth  supralabials  ;  scales  quadrangular 
smooth  ;  a  double  prseanal  plate  ;  tail  short  with  bifid  scutes ;  eye  rather  large, 
pupil  ovoid. 

Leptophidium  dorsale  nob. 

Spec  char.  Nineteen  rows  of  smooth  scales  ;  eight  superior  labials  ;  the  fifth 
in  contact  with  the  inferior  postocular;  an  oblique  brownish  band  behind  the 
eye  ;  another  on  each  side  of  the  head,  passing  across  the  temples  ;  inferior 
and  superior  labials,  rostral  and  internasals  with  dark-colored  maculations  ; 
a  transverse  bar  across  the  prefrontals  posteriorly  ;  two  longitudinal  brownish 
stripes  upon  the  neck,  commencing  at  the  occipitals  ;  a  series  ot  transverse 
light  brown  fasciae  upon  the  anteriur  third  of  the  dorsum,  about  12  in  number, 
bordered  with  light  yellow  ;  fawn  color  above,  white  below,  with  a  tinge  of 
green.     Ab.  scut.  100;   1  bifid  prseanal  ;   85  subcaud. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  6  lines;  greatest  breadth  3  ;  length  of  body  8  J 
inches;  of  tail  2  inches,  3  lines.     Total  length  11  inches,  3  lines. 

Habitat.  Hakodadi,  Japan.  One  specimen,  taken  on  a  hill -side,  near 
Hakodadi,  Island  of  Jesso,  June,  1855,  by  W.  Stimpson. 

Lepidocephalus  nob. 

Gen.  char.  Head  rather  short  and  broad  behind  triangular ;  temples 
swollen  ;  two  internasals,  two  prefrontals,  larger  than  the  internasals  ;  a  frontal, 
as  in  Coronella  ;  nostril  between  two  plates  ;  a  narrow  frenal ;  a  preocular  ;  two 
postoculars ;  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  supralabials,  four  or  five 
lines  from  the  extremity  of  the  snout ;  posterior  superior  maxillary  teeth  much 
longer  than  the  others ;  scales  upon  the  back  quadrangular,  with  rounded 
posterior  margins,  setuicarinate ;  tail  of  moderate  length,  with  bifid  scutes. 

Lepidocephalus  fasciatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Eight  supralabials;  17  rows  of  scales,  the  four  inferior  rows 
smooth  ;  a  series  of  thirty-five  dark- colored  bands  upon  the  body  ;  nine  upon 
the  tail ;  tip  of  tail  black ;  216  ab.  scut.;  a  single  prosanal ;  65  subcaud.  ; 
length  3  feet. 

Description.  General  appearance  that  of  Coronella  ;  the  pupil  is  round; 
there  are  seven  temporal  plates ;  of  the  superior  labials  the  posterior 
and  superior  angle  of  the  third  is  prolonged  so  as  to  touch  the  eye 
in  front,  occupying  the  position  of  an  inferior  preocular ;  the  sixth  and 
seventh  supralabials  are  the  largest;  the  neck  anteriorly  is  of  nearly  the  same 
thickness  as  the  head;  the  body  moderately  robust,  the  abdomen  angular;  the 
tail  rather  slender,  not  pointed  at  the  tip  ;  throat  and  abdomen  white;  a  series 
of  black  longitudinal  blotches  upon  the  under  surface  of  the  tail  at  its  middle  ; 
superior  labials  margined  with  black;  a  black  quadrangular  blotch  behind  the 
eye ;  upper  part  of  head  black,  intermingled  with  yellow  spots ;  a  narrow 
transverse  band  upon  the  neck  with  an  anterior  prolongation;  the  interspaces 
between  the  black  bands  upon  the  back  white  or  yellowish. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  1  inch;  greatest  breadth  7 \  lines;  length  of 
body  2  feet,  1\  inches. 

Habitat.  Japan  and  Loo-Choo.  Two  specimens  from  each  locality.  Those 
from  Loo-Choo  captured  by  Mr.  Heine. 

Gen.  Peoterodon  nob. 

Char.  The  anterior  teeth  longer  than  the  posterior,  with  a  marked  interval 
between  the  first,  second,  third  and  fourth  of  the  upper  jaw  ;  two  internasals  ; 
two  prefrontals;  a  frontal,  as  in  Coronella;  a  frenal;  one  antocular ;  two 
postoculars:  four  temporals;  the  superior  of  the  two  anterior  quite  small  and 

[Oct, 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  499 

narrow-pointed  behind;  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  supralabial ;  scales 
quadrangular;  those  of  the  back  slightly  carinate ;  prajanal  scute  bifid;  tail 
rather  short,  with  bifid  scutes. 

Proterodon  tessellatus  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Twenty-one  rows  of  scales ;  three  or  four  rows  on  each  side 
smooth:  the  others,  with  a  slight  carina,  extending  half-way  along  the  middle  ; 
olive-colored  above;  throat  yellow,  black  spotted;  abdomen  orange,  tesselated 
with  black ;  length  3  feet. 

Description.  The  head  is  rather  long,  flattened  behind,  pupil  round,  the 
supraciliary  not  projecting  over  the  eye  ;  the  frenal  is  quite  small ;  of  the  two 
postoculars  the  superior  is  the  larger;  the  temporal  plate  immediately  behind 
them  is  remarkable  for  its  form;  it  is  quite  narrow  and  somewhat  lanceolate 
in  shape  ;  of  the  two  posterior  temporals  the  upper  is  much  longer  than  the 
inferior;  there  are  eight  supralabials,  though  this  is  somewhat  doubtful  from 
the  diseased  condition  of  the  three  anterior  ones,  the  seventh  being  the 
largest;  the  scales  posterior  to  the  occipitals  (about  a  dozen  rows)  are  quite 
smooth;  the  neck  is  narrower  than  the  head;  the  body  moderately  stout; 
the  tail  rounded  above  and  upon  the  sides,  flattened  beneath,  tapering  to  a 
point.     Ab.  scut.  211;   subcaud.  73;  a  double  prasanal  plate. 

Akphiesma  tisrinuh  D.  &  B.,  Erp.  Gen.  t.  vii.  p.  732. 

Tropidonotus  tigrinus  Schlegel,  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  86.  Two  specimens  caught 
at.  Niphon,  Japan,  May,  1855,  by  Mr.  Stimpson.  Ab.  scut.  162  ;  1  bifid  praeanal ; 
subcaud.  175. 

Gen.  remarks.  Thi3  is  evidently  the  Tropidonotus  tigrinus  of  Prof. 
Schlegel,  whose  remarks  in  regard  to  the  differences  between  the  one  under 
consideration  and  the  Tropidonotus  natrix  of  European  authors,  are  perfectly 
correct.  Trop.  tigrinus  has  a  great  resemblance  to  the  Trop.  h  y  d  r  u  s  of 
Fitzinger,  of  which  we  have  eight  specimens  in  the  Bonap.  Coll.,  the  markings 
and  the  number  of  rows  of  scales  are  the  same  in  both  ;  but  the  shape  of  the 
head  is  very  different.  That  of  tigrinus  is  broad,  and  the  snout  is  rounded, 
but  in  hydrus  it  is  more  acute.  The  two  serpents  in  fact  belong  to  different 
genera. 

BATRACHIANS. 

Ranid.b. 

Rana  rugosa  Schlegel.  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  160,  tab.  3,  fig.  3  and  4,  D.  &B., 
Erpet.  Generale,  torn.  viii.  p.  368. 

Four  specimens  of  small  size,  presenting  the  conical  pustulations  upon  the 
longitudinal  elevations  upon  the  back  described  by  Dumeril  &  Bibron,  three 
other  specimens  from  Ousinia,  and  two  from  Simoda,  of  the  size  of  Rana 
h  a  1  e  c  i  n  a ,'  with  vocal  vesicles  very  distinct.  The  specimens  from  Ousima, 
and  two  larger  ones  from  Simoda,  are  perfectly  white  beneath.  Taken  in 
in  the  Paddy  fields  at  the  island  of  Ousima,  May,  1855,  W.  S.  Cream 
colored  and  greenish  mottled.  The  large  specimens  from  Simoda,  Island 
of  Niphon,  were  found  in  the  Paddy  fields  back  of  the  town,  May,  1855. 
This  species  has  bladders,  one  on  each  side  of  the  neck  behind  the  jaws,  which 
swell  in  globes  one-half  an  inch  in  diameter  ;  and  when  the  croaking  noise  is 
made,  they  as  rapidly  fall  flat  against  the  neck.  Above  dark  greyish,  with 
darker  brown  spots  on  the  hinder  legs;  sides  yellowish  brown  ;  belly  white  ; 
fore  legs  inclining  to  flesh  color;  back  sometimes  streaked  with  black,  as  in 
our  Pickerel  frog.  Other  specimens  much  smaller,  marked  13  in  the  catalogue, 
were  found  along  the  shoresvof  mountain  streams,  at  Simoda,  Japan,  May. 
1855.  Above  very  dark  brown,  irregularly  and  distantly  punctate  with  black. 
Below  pale  greyish,  mottled  with  white.  Another  specimen  of  rugosa  bv 
Dr.  Morrow  from  Simoda. 

I860.] 


500  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF 


Rana  uarmorata  nob. 

Two  specimens  of  a  frog,  the  coloration  of  which,  though  the  animal  is  not 
so  large,  corresponds  with  the  figure  of  Rana  esculenta,  as  given  in  the 
Fauna  Japonica.  It  differs,  however,  very  considerably  from  the  numerous 
specimens  of  Rana  esculenta  in  the  Bonap.  collection  of  the  Academy. 
The  spots  upon  the  back  are  not  so  regular  and  well  defined  as  in  e  s  c  ul  e  n- 
ta,  and  there  exist  on  each  side  of  the  ventral  line  four  or  five  longitudinal 
elevations,  resembling  somewhat  those  of  r  u  g  o  s  a.  The  sides  are  marbled 
with  black,  and  there  is  a  black  band  extending  from  the  front  of  the  eye  to 
the  tip  of  the  snout ;  extremities  black  spotted  ;  thighs  posteriorly  marbled 
with  black ;  under  parts  white.  Length  1  inch  9  lines  ;  of  anterior  extremi- 
ties 1  inch  ;  of  posterior  2  inches,  10  lines. 

Habitat.     Simoda.     Five  specimens  obtained  by  Dr.  Morrow. 

A  small  specimen  of  a  Rana  not  figured  in  Schlegel,  perhaps  the  young  of  a 
large  species  is. 

Rana  nigromaculata  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Vomerine  teeth  in  two  patches  between  the  internal  nares  ;  olive 
colored,  with  numerous  black  spots  upon  the  back,  of  considerable  size,  but 
varying  in  this  respect ;  a  black  band  extending  from  the  eye  to  the  snout  on 
each  side ;  legs  and  tarsi  banded  with  black,  thighs  mottled  posteriorly  with 
blotches  of  the  same  color;  under  parts  white  ;  web  of  the  toes  extending  as 
far  as  the  base  of  the  antepenultimate  phalanx,  except  in  the  third,  in  which  it 
reaches  to  the  base  of  the  proximal  extremity  of  the  third  phalanx. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  and  body  1  inch  ;  of  anterior  extremities  h  an 
inch  ;  of  posterior  l\  inches. 

Habitat.     Japan.     One  specimen  discovered  by  Dr.  Morrow. 

In  the  collection  of  reptiles  from  Japan,  by  Dr.  Morrow,  is  one  specimen  of 
a  Rana  figured  in  Schlegel,  considered  by  Prof.  S.  as  identical  with  the 
Rana  temporaria  of  Europe.  This  species,  however,  has  even  a 
stronger  resemblance  to  the  Rana  sylvatica  of  the  United  States,  with 
which  it  r.ppears  to  be  identical,  and  from  which,  indeed,  I  do  not  find 
any  marked  points  of  difference.  The  large  blotch  behind  the  ear,  and  the 
longitudinal  black  mark  upon  the  arm  exist,  in  all  these  specimens,  and  the 
longitudinal  ridge  on  each  side  of  the  body.  Length  of  head  and  body  1  inch 
11  lines  ;  of  thigh  1  inch  2  lines  ;  of  leg  1  inch  2  lines  ;  of  tarsus  7  lines  ;  of 
foot  to  extremity  of  longest  toe  1  inch  ;  of  arm  5  lines  :  of  forearm  5  lines  ;  of 
hand  to  extremity  of  longest  finger  5  lines.  Found  in  the  Paddy  fields  back  of 
Simoda,  Island  of  Niphon,  Japan,  May,  1855.  This  species  has  no  cheek  blad- 
der.    (Notes  of  Mr.  Stimpson.) 

HYLID.E. 

Hvla  viridis  ?  Laurenti. 

Syn.  Ilyla  arborea  Schlegel,  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  112,  pi.  3,  fig.  526. 

Habitat.  Simoda,  Japan;  found  in  the  mud  in  the  Paddy  fields  back  of 
Simoda,  Island  of  Niphon,  May,  1855.  The  color  during  life,  according  to  Mr. 
Stimpson,  is  bright  light  green  above.  A  golden  band  along  each  side  of  the 
head,  including  the  eye ;  sides  minutely  sprinkled  with  copper  color  ;  belly 
white  ;  puffs  at  the  throat.     Five  specimens. 

Gen.  remarks.  We  can  find  no  marked  difference  of  structure  between  this 
animal  and  the  Hyla  viridis  of  Laurenti,  but  no  mention  is  made  in  the 
description  of  the  former  of  the  golden  band  along  each  side  of  the  head. 

POLYPEDATES    VIRIDIS    nob. 

Char.     Head  large ;   snout  truncate  ;  eves  large ;  nostrils  small,  two  lines 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  501 

apart;  canthus  rostralis  slightly  excavated ;  the  ridge  between  the  snout  and 
the  eye  separating  this  region  from  the  upper  part  of  the  head,  presenting  a 
slight  convexity  inward :  tongue  cordiform,  notched  posteriorly,  eustachian 
foramina  more  oval  in  shape  than  the  posterior  nares ;  vomerine  teeth  in 
two  transverse  rows,  on  a  line  with  the  anterior  margins  of  the  posterior 
nares,  inclining  backward  toward  each  other,  separated  by  an  interval  of 
more  than  half  a  line ;  skin  smooth  above,  of  a  cserulean  color  in  alcohol ; 
the  posterior  part  of  thighs,  legs  and  tarsi  whitish  ;  under  parts  white,  the 
abdomen  very  much  granulated  ;  fingers  and  toes  semipalmate  ;  a  series  of 
dark  colored  spots  upon  the  flanks. 

Dimensions. — Length  of  head  and  body  1  inch  4  lines  ;  breadth  of  head  6.V 
lines;  of  arm  4  lines ;  of  forearm  3£  lines;  of  hand  to  extremity  of  longest 
finger  5  lines  ;  of  thigh  8  lines  ;  of  leg  8  lines  ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of  longest 
toe  6  lines. 

Habitat.  Loo-Choo.  Taken  at  Loo-Choo,  December,  1854,  by  Mr.  Wright. 
Color  during  life  pale  green  above,  below  pale  red  ;  no  dark  line  of  separation 
between  these  colors.     (Notes  of  Mr.  Stimpson.) 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  evidently  belongs  to  the  same  genus  as  Poly- 
pedates  megacephalu  s,  found  at  Hong  Kong,  and  remarkable  for  the  two 
patches  of  rugosities  upon  the  vertex ;  the  animal,  however,  is  quite  different 
from  the  Polypedates  rugosus  of  Ceylon  and  the  Phillipines. 

POLYPEDATES    BURGERII    D.  &  B. 

Erpet.  Generale,  torn.  viii.  p.  521. 

Syn.  Hyla  Burgerii  Schlegel,  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  113,  pi.  3,  fig.  728.  Ousima, 
Japan.  .  A  small  specimen  from  the  Loo-Choo  islands. 

Ixalus  Tsch. 

Ixalus  Japonicus  nob. 

Char.  Head  of  moderate  size ;  nostrils  small,  lateral,  |  line  apart ;  body 
rather  slender,  much  more  so  than  in  Hyla  versicolor;  posterior  extremi- 
ties quite  long,  webs  reaching  to  the  antepenultimate  phalanx ;  color  ash  grey 
above,  in  some  specimens  very  pale  ;  a  transverse  blotch  upon  the  head,  with 
a  posterior  triangular  prolongation  ;  several  other  blotches  upon  the  back,  one 
presenting  the  form  of  the  two  halves  of  the  letter  X,  separated  by  a  hori- 
zontal line.  In  one  of  the  specimens  the  transverse  bar  is  wanting ; 
a  brownish  spot  in  front  of  the  shoulder;  a  narrow  oblique  band  behind 
the  tympanum ;  lower  lip  spotted  with  black ;  upper  lip  also,  but  the  spots 
are  broader  and  more  oblique ;  an  oblique  fold  above  the  tympanum, 
commencing  behind  the  eye  ;  tympanum  distinct,  of  a  brownish  color  ;  upper 
part  of  head  and  anterior  part  of  body  presenting  a  number  of  tubercles  ;  can- 
thus  rostralis  concave;  ridge  between  the  eye  and  the  nostril  presenting  a 
convexity  inward ;  snout  rounded,  and  somewhat  acute;  abdomen  and  under 
part  of  thighs  posteriorly  granulated. 

Habitat.     Japan. 

Gen.  remarks.  This  species  corresponds  very  nearly  with  the  description  of 
Ixalus  s  e  m  i  f  a  s  e  i  a  t  u  s  D.  &  B.,  in  torn.  viii.  p.  523  of  the  Erpetologie 
Generale.  It  is  there  mentioned,  however,  that  the  palmation  of  the  toes  does 
not  extend  beyond  one-half  of  their  length.  In  the  Japan  specimens  it  would 
appear  to  be  larger.  In  Schlegel's  figure,  which  represents  a  much  smaller 
animal,  there  are  no  webs  to  the  toes.  Ixalus  semifasciatus  is  an  inhabi- 
tant of  Java.  Future  observation  must  determine  whether  the  two  animals  be 
identical  or  not. 

China. 
There  are  in  the  collection  no  Chelonians  from  China,  and  but  three  Saurians, 
I860.] 


502  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

viz.,  a  Geckotian,  an  Agamian,  and  a  Scink.  Except  a  few  serpents,  all  the 
other  specimens  are  Batrachians,  which  appear  to  abound  in  that  region  of  the 
globe. 

SA  URIA. 

Geckotid^e. 

Hemidactylus  Cuv. 

Sect.  Dactyloteles  D.  &  B. 

Subdiv.  A. — Dactyloteles  fissipedes  D.  <fc  B. 

Hemidactylus  pumilus  nob. 

Char.  Supraorbitar  regions  not  remarkably  prominent ;  frontal  region 
covered  with  granulations,  larger  than  those  upon  the  vertex  and  occiput 
granulations  upon  body  uniform  or  nearly  so  ;  ventral  plate  with  fine  facets,  a 
little  broader  than  long  ;  in  contact  with  the  ventral  are  two  plates,  the  first 
in  contact  with  the  first  supralabial,  the  second  with  the  second,  the  anterior 
larger  than  the  posterior,  and  pentangular  in  shape  ;  eleven  supralabials  ; 
eight  inferior  labials ;  no  pores  in  front  of  arms  or  along  the  thighs ;  color 
greyish  ;  thighs  with  yellow  above,  the  latter  color  predominating  upon  the. 
head,  with  numerous  dark  colored  transverse  marmorations  upon  the  back  ; 
under  parts  white. 

Dimensions.     Length  of  head  6  lines  ;   breadth  3  J  lines  ;  length  of  neck  and 
body  1}  inches;  of  tail  1  inch  4  J  lines. 

Habitat.     Hong  Kong.     One  specimen, 

Lezards  Iguaniens  ou  Sauriens  Eunotes  D.  &  B. 

Gen.  Calotes  Kaup. 

Calotes  versicolor  D.  &  B.  Two  specimens.     Cnm-Sing-Moon,  China.     Dr. 
Morrow. 

Lezards  Sclncoidiens  ou  Sauriens  Lepidosaures. 
Saurophthalmes  D.  &  B. 

EUMECES    QUADRIVIRGATUS   nob. 

Spec.  char.  Supra -nasals  but  little  extended  at  their  external  margin, 
neither  slender  nor  much  developed ;  internasal  remarkable  for  its  great 
breadth  compared  with  its  length,  measuring  1J  lines  transversely,  and  about 
£  a  line  longitudinally ;  fronto-nasals  in  contact,  their  internal  margins  trun- 
cate ;  frontal  hexagonal ;  the  anterior  and  posterior  angles  obtuse,  somewhat 
broader  in  front  than  behind  ;  two  fronto-parietals  in  contact,  each  with  five 
distinct  facets  ;  interparietal  short  and  broad ;  seven  superior  labials  ;  a  freno- 
nasal,  a  first  and  second  frenal,  the  second  much  larger  than  the  first ;  twc 
freno-orbitar  plates,  each  of  moderate  size  ;  twenty  rows  of  small,  hexagonal 
scales;  body  slender;  tail  cyclo-tetragonal  at  base,  compressed  toward  tht 
tip ;  color  jet  black  above,  with  four  longitudinal,  narrow,  white  or  yellow 
colored  vittse,  broader  and  bluish  upon  the  tail;  the  two  middle  ones  com- 
mence each  at  the  snout,  pass  over  the  eye,  and  extend  on  each  side  of  the  neck 
and  back,  and  are  lost  upon  the  middle  third  of  the  tail,  at  its  extremity ;  tht 
inferior  one  commences  at  the  armpit  and  terminates  at  the  groin  ;  under  parb 
white,  with  a  tinge  of  blue  upon  the  abdomen. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  6  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  4  lines  ;  length  of 
neck  and  body  1  inch  11  lines;  of  tail  3  inches  5-£  lines  :  of  anterior  extremi- 
ties 8J  lines;  of  posterior  extremities  11  lines.  Total  length  5  inches,  10 
lines. 

Habitat.  Hong  Kong  Island,  China.  Near  the  summit  of  the  mountain. 
Caught  May  4th,  1854,  by  Mr.  Wright. 

[Oct 


NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  508 

OPEIDIA. 

Aglyphodontes. 

Herpetodryas  Boie. 

Herpetodryas  chloris  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Internasals  very  much  smaller  than  prefrontals,  rostral  plate 
pentagonal,  the  other  plates  upon  the  head  presenting  nothing  remarkable  ; 
eight  superior  labials,  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  ;  anterior  geneials 
much  longer  and  broader  than  the  posterior ;  fifteen  rows  of  smooth  scales 
upon  the  middle  of  the  body  ;  tail  rather  long ;  a  double  row  of  bifid  prasanal 
scutes  ;   161  ab.  scut,  86  subcaud.     Color  uniform  green  above,  white  below. 

Dimensions  Length  of  head  8  lines;  greatest  breadth  4  lines;  length  of 
body  1  foot  7  inches ;  of  tail  8  inches  5  lines. 

Habitat.     Hong  Kong  Island.     Caught  May,  1854,  by  Mr.  Brooke. 

Leptophis  Bell. 
Leptophis  triprenatds   nob. 

Spec.  char.  Body  very  long  and  somewhat  slender ;  seventeen  rows  near 
the  middle,  the  three  median  ones  carinated;  color  olive  above,  baired  with 
black  posteriorly  ;  under  parts  yellow,  black  spotted  upon  throat ;  posterior 
rnaro-in  of  scale  at  posterior  part  of  body  margined  with  black  ;  ab.  scut.  187, 
subcaud.  110.     Total  length  5  feet.  (Fr.) 

Description.  The  plates  upon  the  upper  part  of  the  head  present  nothing 
remarkable ;  the  nostril  is  deeply  excavated  between  the  plates  ;  there  are' three 
frenals,  the  one  immediately  behind  the  post-nasal  five-sided,  nearly  quadran- 
gular in  shape,  the  two  behind  it  smaller  and  resembling  it ;  there  are  two  post- 
oculars,  and  eight  superior  labials,  the  eye  resting  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  ;  the 
scales  upon  the  sides  of  the  body  are  smooth  and  quadrangular,  those  upon  the 
middle  of  the  back  carinated.  Coloration  :  The  general  tinge  above  is  olive, 
the  posterior  part  of  the  body  being  barred  irregularly  with  black  ;  tail  olive 
colored  above,  barred  transversely  at  its  root  with  black,  and  maculated  with 
black  toward  its  posterior  extremities ;  posterior  border  of  the  labial  plates 
margined  with  black  ;  middle  portion  of  abdomen  maculated  with  black  ;  pos- 
terior part  distinctly  margined  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  with  black  posterior- 
ly ;  under  part  of  tail  yellow ;  the  posterior  margin  of  scutes  black. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  lj  inches;  greatest  breadth  11  lines;  length  of 
body  3  feet  7f  inches  ;  of  tail  1  foot  2  J  inches. 

Habitat.  Hong  Kong,  China.  Caught  on  the  island  of  that  name,  April, 
1854,  by  Lieut.  Brooke. 

Amphiesma  D.  &  B. 

Amphiesma  stolatum.  One  specimen  caught  on  a  hill  at  Whampoa,  China, 
July,  1851. 

Amphiesma  flavipunctatum  nob. 

Char.  Head  small,  eyes  somewhat  prominent,  internasals  small  and  trian- 
gular, prefrontals  of  moderate  size,  pentagonal;  three  or  four  post-oculars; 
eight  supralabials,  the  eye  resting  on  the  third  and  fourth  :  a  small  plate 
iutercalated  between  the  second  and  third  ;  seventeen  rows  of  lanceolate  scales, 
near  the  middle  of  the  body,  the  two  inferior  rows  smooth.  Color  dusky  yellow, 
with  numerous  yellow  spots  along  the  margin  of  the  scales,  a  black  undulating 
band  running  transversely  behind  the  occiput,  and  two  oblique  ones  upon  the 
side  of  the  head,  the  one  commencing  at  the  inferior  margin  of  the  eye,  passing 
over  the  inferior  post-ocular,  and  extending  between  the  fifth  and  sixth  supra 
labial  to  the  inferior  margin  of  the  jaw;  another  commencing  behind  the  post- 
orbitar,  and  extending  obliquely  across  the  temples,  and  terminating  at  the 

1*60.] 


504:  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

inferior  and  posterior  margin  of  the  seventh  supralabial  plate  ;  under  parts 
yellow,  the  posterior  margin  of  each  scute  bordered  with  black — 128  ab.  scut. 
1  bifid  praenal;   78  urostega. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  9  lines;  greatest  breadth  5J  ;  length  of  body  1 
foot  2\  inches  ;  of  tail  6  inches,  8  lines.     Total  length  1  foot,  9  inches,  8  lines. 

Habitat.  Island  of  Hong  Kong,  May,  1 854,  by  Mr.  Brooke.  The  specimen  of 
the  expedition  having  been  somewhat  injured,  the  above  description  was  taken 
from  a  larger  specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  which  is  stated  to  have 
been  captured  in  Canton  River. 

Opisthoglyphes  D.  &  B. 

Platyrhiniens. 

Homalopsis  Kuhl. 

?  Homalopsis  buccatus  Fitzinger.  D.  &  B.,  torn.  vii.,p.  968.  One  specimen, 
caught  on  the  Island  of  Hong  Kong,  May,  1854,  by  Mr.  Brooke. 

Proteroglyphes. 

Xaja  haji.  One  specimen,  caught  among  stones  on  the  shore  Of  Hong  Koi  . 
Harbor.  May,  1854. 

B  ATRAC  III  A. 

RANID^E. 
Rana  tigrina  Daud. 
Syn.  Rana  rugulosa  Weig.,  Nov.  Act.,  torn,  xvii.,  p.  258,  tab.  21,  fig.  2. 

Rana  tigrina  Daud.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Grenouilles  des  Rainettes  et  des  Cra- 

pauds,  p.  864,  pi.  xx. 
Rana  limnocharis  Boie.,  MS. 
Rana  Cancrivora  D. 

Rana  vittigera  Weig.,  Nov.  Act.,  vol.  xviii  ,  tab.  21,  fig,  1. 
Rana  mugiens  Daud.,  pi.  xvii. 

Rana  brama  Lesson,  Belanger,  Voy.  aux  Indes  Orientales,  pi.  vi. 
Spec.  char.  General  appearance  very  much  like  that  of  Rana  rug  o  s  a,  Schleg  I 
but  it  wants  the  vocal  vesicles,  and  the  longitudinal  folds  on  either  side  of  the 
back ;  head  large,  rather  narrow  in  front ;  an  oblique  fold  extending  from  the 
eye  to  the  shoulder,  with  small  vomerine  teeth  in  two  large  patches  situated  very 
obliquely;  tongae  long,  bitid  posteriorly  ;  tympanum  very  distinct ;  extremities 
robust ;  a  longitudinal  glandular  band  running  across  the  frenal  region,  which 
is  excavated,  and  passing  under  the  eye;  an  oblique  fold  extending  from 
the  eye  to  near  the  shoulder ;  color  dark  brown  above,  dark  spotted,  with 
numerous  elevated  longitudinal  ridges  upon  the  back,  placed  irregularly  ;  upper 
jaw  spotted  with  black ;  thighs  marbled  posteriorly  with  black,  upon  a  yellow 
ground;  legs  tarsi,  and*  under  part  of  feet  banded  with  black  ;  skir.  not  smooth 
but  warty;  the  trails  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  body  largely  developed; 
under  parts  yellow,  the  chin  slightly  marbled  with  black. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  1  inch  4  lines  ;  breadth  1  inch  three  lines  : 
length  of  head  and  body  3  inches  ;  length  of  arm  6  lines  ;  of  forearm  6;  of  hand 
to  extremity  of  longest  finger  7  lines  ;  of  thigh  1  inch  4  lines;  of  leg  1  inch  4} 
lines,  of  feet  to  extremity  of  longest  toe  1  inch  4J  lines, 

Habitat.  Hong  Kong;  bought  in  the  market  of  that  place,  Sept.,  1854,  by 
Wm.  Stimpson. 

Rana  trivittata  nob. 
Spec.  char.  Head  triangular,  snout  rather  acute,  palatine  teeth  but  slightly 
developed,  in  two  converging  rows,  their  posterior  extremities  wide  apart ; 
tongue  pyriform,  deeply  notched  behind  ;  body  and  extremities  slender ;  color 
brownish,  dark  spotted,  with  three  longitudinal  white  lines  extending  the  whole 
length  of  the  head  and  body  commencing  at  the  snout,  the  two  exterior  passing 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  505 

over  the  eye ;  a  truncate  band  reaching  from  the  snout  to  the  eye  ;  extremities 
banded  and  brown  spotted  ;  two  brownish  bars  on  each  side  of  the  thighs  poste- 
riorly ;  under  parts  white. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  5  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  4  ;  length  of  head  and 
body  11  lines;  length  of  anterior  extremities  7  lines;  of  posterior  1  inch  10 
lines. 

Habitat.     Hong  Kong,  China. 

Rana  nebulosa  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Quite  small,  head  rather  broad  posteriorly,  extremities  slender, 
palatine  teeth  in  two  bunches  between  the  internal  nares  ;  tongue  pyriform 
free  at  the  sides,  and  very  much  so  posteriorly,  notched  behind  ;  tympanum 
distinct;  color  brown  above,  skin  smooth  ;  chin,  throat  and  abdomen  white  or 
grayish  ;  under  part  of  extremities  flesh  colored. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  4  ;  length  of  head  and 
body  10  lines  ;  of  anterior  extremities  6  lines  ;   of  posterior  1  inch  1  line. 

Habitat.     Hong  Kong,  China. 

Gen.  remarks.     The  young  no  doubt  of  a  larger  animal. 

Rana  gracilis  Weig.,  Nova.  Acta,  vol.  xvii.,  p.  257. 

Spec.  char.  Snout  somewhat  acute,  supraciliary  regions  prominent ;  nostrils 
wide  apart ;  skin  of  the  back  thrown  into  longitudinal  rugose  folds ;  body 
slender;  head  long  and  rather  broad  posteriorly,  posterior  extremities  stout; 
color  above  brownish,  dark  spotted  ;  with  transverse  dark  colored  blotches  upon 
the  back;  a  narrow  longitudinal  white  line  extending  from  the  snout  to  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  body,  absent  in  some  specimens;  webs  of  the  hinder 
extremities  reaching  to  the  base  of  the  penultimate  phalanx,  except  of  the  4th, 
where  it  reaches  the  base  of  the  antepenultimate  ;  thighs  and  legs  spotted  and 
banded  with  brown ;  a  series  of  longitudinal  dark  colored  bars,  broader  below 
the  hips;   under  parts  white.  ^ 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  1  lines ;  greatest  breadth  5  ;  length  of  head  and_ 
body  1  inch  2  lines  ;  length  of  anterior  extremities  8  lines :  of  posterior  1  inch" 
11  lines. 

Habitat.     China,  caught  at  Whampoa,  June  1854,  by  Mr.  Stimpson. 

Gen.  remarks.  According  to  Weigmann,  this  small  species  is  found  on  the 
island  of  Lucon  as  well  as  in  China.  They  are  used  abundantly  as  an  article  of 
food  in  both  places,  and  captured  by  thousands,  especially  for  the  market  of 
Macao. 

Rana  multistriata  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Color  greyish  above,  with  transverse  angular  bars  of  a  darker 
color  ;  upper  and  lower  jaw  dark-spotted  ;  abdomen  white ;  length  1  inch  3  lines. 

Description.  Head  long,  eyes  not  prominent,  tympanum  of  moderate  size, 
tongue  obcordate,  hollowed  posteriorly ;  palatine  teeth  en  chevron,  between  the 
interior  nares;  anterior  extremities  slender,  posterior  ratber  stout;  color 
greyish  above,  with  transverse  angular  bars  of  a  darker  color  upon  the  head 
and  body,  one  passing  between  the  eyes,  posteriorly  prolonged  en  triangle; 
thighs  round  and  mottled  with  grey  and  white  ;  legs  barred  posteriorly  with 
black ;  arms  and  forearms  barred  with  black ;  upper  lip  barred  with  dark 
brown  ;  lower,  brown  spotted,  the  interior  margin  rounded  ;  chin  mottled  with 
brown  ;  abdomen  white,  under  parts  of  extremities  plush  color. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  6  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  5  ;  length  of  head 
and  body  1  inch,  2 \  lines  ;  of  anterior  extremities  8  lines  ;  of  posterior,  1  inch, 
9  lines ;  of  thigh  6  lines  ;  of  leg  6;  of  tarsus  3. 

Habitat.     Hong-Kong,  China.     Two  specimens. 

Oxyglossus  Tschudi. 
Oxydozyga  Kuhl,  MS.     Rhomboglossus  D.  &  B.,  MS. 

I860.] 


506  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Char.  Head  triangular,  tongue  oval,  attached  in  front,  free  on  the  greater 
part  of  its  extent  posteriorly;  body  short  and  thick,  rugose  above;  eyelids 
warty,  anterior  extremities  of  moderate  thickness,  posterior  rather  stout, 
fingers  slightly  webbed  at  their  base,  four  fingers,  five  toes,  the  second  finger 
much  the  longer,  the  two  outer  ones  of  nearly  equal  length  ;  the  web  of  (he  Job 
extending  to  the  base  of  the  terminal  phalanx. 

Oxyglossus  lima  Tschudi. 

Syn.  Oxydozyga  braccata  Kuhl,  MS. 

Bombinatorlima  Mus.  Lngd.  et  Francf. 

Oxygossus  lima  Tschudi.    Classif.  der  Batrachier.     (Mem.  Acad.  Neuch. 
torn.  i.  p.  85.) 
Spec.  char.     Brownish  above,  with  a  tinge  of  yellow  below  ;  a  brown  band 
bordered  with  white  upon  the  posterior  of  the  thighs. 

Dimensions.     Length  of  head  7  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  6  ;  length  of  head 
and  body  1  inch  2  lines  ;  length  of  anterior  exterior  toes  6  lines  ;  of  posterior, 
1  inch  7  lines;  of  thigh  6  lines  ;  of  leg  6;  of  tarsus  3  ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of 
longest  toe  7  lines. 
Habitat.     Hong-Kong. 

Gen.  remarks.  In  the  webbing  of  the  feet  this  animal  resembles  Dactylethra ; 
but  in  the  form  and  arrangement  of  the  tongue,  and  in  other  respects,  it  is  quite 
different.     Dumeril  &  Bibron  have  given  Bengal  and  Java  as  the  habitat. 

BuFONIDiE. 

Bufo  Laur. 
Bgfo  griseus  nob. 

Char.  Head  short  and  broad,  snout  slightly  truncate ;  two  rather  long 
elliptical  paratoids,  toes  semipalmate,  numerous  subround  tubercles,  above  upon 
the  back,  color  greyish  above,  white  or  light  yellow  beneath,  with  dark-colored 
markings  upon  the  abdomen. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  4  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  4  ;  length  of  body  9 
lines;  of  arm  3  lines;  of  forearm  3  lines  ;  of  hand  and  fingers  3  lines  ;  of  thigh 
4  lines  ;  of  leg  4  ;  of  tarsus  3  lines  ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of  longest  toe  4  lines. 

Habitat.  Hong-Kong,  China,  July,  1854.  Caught  by  Mr.  Stimpson  in  the 
marshes  of  Whampoa. 

Engystoma  Wagl. 

Engystoma  pulchkum  nob. 

Char.  Head  small,  triangular,  snout  acute;  two  tubercles  upon  the  heel: 
toes  semipalmated;  ground  color  of  head  and  body  above  yellowish,  presenting 
several  series  of  undulating  bands,  on  the  side  of  the  latter  resembling  the 
contortions  of  certain  geological  formations  ;  a  black  band  across  the  head 
between  the  eyes  posteriorly ;  a  series  of  undulating  bars  in  front  of  this ; 
snout  dark-colored,  two  dark-colored  bands  meeting  near  the  middle  of  the 
body,  and  diverging;  within  them  numerous  dark-colored  lines  and  oval  spots 
bordered  with  white;  similar  oval  spots  between  the  thighs;  arms  partly 
yellowish  ;  chin  and  throat  mottled  with  black. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  3  lines  ;  greatest  breadth  3  ;  length  of  head  and 
body  10  lines ;  length  of  anterior  extremities  6  lines  ;  of  posterior  1  inch,  7 
lines. 

Habitat.  Hong-Kong,  China.  Common  in  the  brackish  water  marshes 
between  Hong-Kong  and  Whampoa,  China.  June,  1854.  It  is  colored  on  the 
back  with  bluish,  brown,  white,  yellowish,  etc,  concentrically  arranged  as  in 
Agate. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  507 

Hylid^e. 

POLYPEDATES    Wagl. 
POLYPEDATES   MEGACEPHALUS  nob. 

Spec.  char.  Head  large,  two  oblong  patches  of  rugosities,  upon  the  vertex ; 
;nout  truncate,  nostrils  lateral,  quite  near  the  extremity  of  the  snout;  skin 
smooth,  tongue  cordiform,  notched  posteriorly,  from  behind  and  at  the  sides; 
palatine  teeth  on  a  level  with  the  anterior  border  of  the  posterior  nares, 
•onverging  toward  each  other,  separated  from  each  other  by  an  interval  of  half 
i  line  ;  body  and  extremities  slender ;  fingers  very  slightly  webbed  at  base, 
posterior  webs  extending  to  the  base  of  the  penultimate  phalanx,  except 
>n  the  fourth  where  it  extends  to  the  base  of  the  antepenultimate  ;  color  brown 
•.vith  dark-colored  blotches  upon  the  back  bordered  with  white  ;  sides  marbled 
vith  dark-brown  :  lower  parts  light  yellow. 

Dimensions.  Length  of  head  8  lines ;  greatest  breadth  7  ;  length  of  head  and 
body  lh  inches;  length  of  anterior  extremities  1  inch;  of  thigh  10  lines;  of 
"eg  9  lines  ;  of  tarsus  6  lines  ;  of  foot  to  extremity  of  longest  toe  1  lines. 

Habitat.     Hong-Kong,  China.     Caught  May,  1854. 

Java. 
OPHIDIA. 

Pythonid^b — Pythoniens  holodontes  D.  §  B. 

Div.  B. — Nostrils  vertical. 

Python  molorus  Gray.     One  specimen. 

Habitat.  Java.  Taken  on  the  Island  of  Java,  purchased  and  presented  to 
the  expedition  by  Dr.  Hamilton.  Killed  and  skinned  at  Hong-Kong,  (not  in  good 
^reservation).     This  specimen  measured  16  feet  in  length. 

Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
TBSTUDINATA. 

Chersites  D.  $■  B.     Testudines  terrestres. 

Gen.  Homopus  D.  &  B. 

In  the  collection  of  the  expedition  are  eight  specimens  belonging  to  this 
jfenus,  characterized  by  the  presence  of  four  toes  only  to  each  extremity. 

HOMOPUS  AREOLATUS  D.  &  B. 

Erpet.  Gen.  torn.  ii.  p.  146,  pi.  13,  fig.  2  and  3. 

Testudo  areolatus,  Rell.  Monog.  Test.  The  central  portion  of  the  disk  in  these 
specimens  is  from  light  chocolate  brown  to  darker,  in  some  almost  black.  The 
sternum  in  some  specimens  is  much  darker  than  in  others. 

SAURIA. 

GeCKOTIDjE. 

Sauriens  ascalabotes  D.  $■  B. 
Phyllodactylus. 
phyllodactylcs  porphryretts  d.  &  b, 

Spec.  char.  Head  of  moderate  size,  triangular,  mental  plate  of  moderate 
jize,  pentangular,  eight  inferior  labials,  nine  superior,  ground  color  above 
yellow,  marbled  all  over  with  brown  ;  under  parts  yellow. 

Dimensions.     Length  of  head  5  lines ;  greatest  breadth  3  J  ;  length  of  body 

I860.] 


508  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OE 

13  lines  ;  of  tail  1  inch,  6  lines  ;  of  anterior  extremities  6  lines  ;  of  posterior, 
8  lines. 

Habitat.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Found  in  the  moist  crevices  of  rocks  ;  com- 
mon near  Simon's  Town,  Oct.  1853. 

Agamidje. 

Agama  Daud. 

Agama  atea  Daud. 

Agama  atra  D.  &  B.,  torn.  iv.  p.  493. 

Agama  atra  Smith,  Zoology  of  S.  Africa,  Appendix,  p.  14.  Four  specimens. 
Very  common  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Found  sunning  themselves  on 
rocks  ;  motions  slow.     Collected  Oct.  1855,  by  Lieut.  Van  Wyck. 

Agama  aculeata  ?  One  specimen.  D.  &  13.  torn.  iv.  p.  499.  Very  common 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Found  sunning  themselves  on  rocks  ;  motions 
slow.     Collected  by  Lieut.  Van  Wyck. 

ZoySVRlDJE. 

Zonprps  griseos  D.  &  B,,  torn.  v.  p.  350.  Seven  specimens.  Taken  under 
stones  in  high  ground.  Very  common  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Oct. 
1853.     W.  S. 

AUTOSAURIENS. 

Eremias  knoxii  D.  &  B.  torn.  v.  299.  Smith,  Zoology  S.  Africa,  pi.  43.  One 
specimen.  Taken  in  arid  places,  near  Cape  Horn.  Its  motions  are  exceedingly 
quick.     Oct.  1853.     W.  S. 

Scincid^i. 
Gerrhosaurus. 

Gerrhosaurus  sepiformis  D.  B.  Smith,  Zoology  of  S.  Africa,  pi.  41.  D.  & 
B.,  torn.  v.  p.  384. 

Scincus  sepiformis  Schneider.  Hist.  Amphib.  fascic,  ii.  p.  191. 

Scincus  sepiformis  Merrem,  Tent.  Syst.  Amphib.  p.  70.  One  specimen,  found 
under  a  stone  on  a  grassy  plat  near  Simons  Town,  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Oct. 
1853.    W.  S. 

Gen.  Acontias  Cuvier. 

Acontias  meleagris  D.  &  B.  torn.  v.  p.  802,  pi.  58.  One  specimen,  found 
under  a  stone,  in  a  moist  situation,  near  Simon's  Town,  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
Oct.  1853.  W.  S.  According  to  Dumeril  &  Bibron,  this  species  is  very 
common  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

OPHIDIANS. 

Proterogltphes. 

Serpens  proteroglyphes  ou  Apistophides  D.  &  B.  1st  Sect.  Conocercal  pro- 
teroglyphes. 

Gen.  Naja. 

Naja  haji.     Aspis  of  the  old  authors.     Urozus  Wagler. 

Var.  i  n  te  r  mi  x  t  a  D.  &  B.  One  specimen.  Smith,  Zoology  of  Southern 
Africa,  Var.  B.  pi.  xix.  This  specimen  was  captured  at  Constantia,  Cape  of 
of  Good  Hope,  Oct.  1853,  byCapt.  Ringgold.  Another  specimen,  brown  above, 
with  yellow  spots  upon  the  neck.  The  latter  specimen  measures  4  feet  5 
ncb.es  in  length  ;  tail  8£  inches. 

Solenoglyphes. 

Serpens  solenoglyphes  ou  Thanatophides  D.  &  B. 

[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  509 

Gen.  Echidna  Merrem. 

Echidna  arietans  Merrem,  Puffadder,  D.  &  B.  torn.  v.  p.  1425.  One  very 
fine  specimen.  Taken  near  Cape  Town,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Oct.  1853. 
Purchased. 

Aglyphodontes. 

Coronella  cana  D.  &  B.  One'  specimen.  Taken  near  Simon's  Town,  Oct. 
1858.     Lieut.  Van  Wyck. 

Homalosoma  LHTRix  D.  &  B.,  torn.  vii.  p.  110,  One  specimen.  Found 
under  stones  on  the  hill's  head,  Simon's  town,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Oct. 
1853.     17.  S. 

Epanodontiens. 
Onychocephalus. 
Onychocephalds  delalandii  D.  &  B.,  torn.  vi.  p.  573.     One  specimen. 

B  ATRAC  HI  A. 
RANIDJE. 

Rana  Grayii  Smith,  Zoology  of  South  Africa.  PI.  78,  fig.  2.  Common  in 
moist  grounds.     Five  specimens. 

Madeira. 
SAURIA. 

Lezards  Lacertiens  ou  Autosaures  D.  &  B. 

Ccehdontes  Leiodactyles. 

Gen.  Lacerta. 

Lacerta  dugesii  Milne- Edwards,  Am.  Sc.  Nat.,  torn.  xvi.  p.  84,  tab.  6,  fig.  2. 

Lacerta  maderensis  Fitz.,  Neu.  Class,  der  Rept.  p.  51. 

Lacerta  dugesi  D.  &  B.,  torn.  v.  p.  236. 

Habitat.  Madeira.  Seven  specimens.  Five  adult,  two  young.  In  one  of 
tin-  young  specimens  the  black  lateral  bands  are  destitute  of  yellow  spots. 
Taken  at  the  Island  of  Madeira,  July,  1853.     (C.  Ames.) 

BATRACHTANS. 

Ranid.e. 

Rana  viridis  Roesel.     Rana  maratima  Risso.     Two  specimens. 
Habitat.     Madeira.     The  spots  upon  the  back  do  not  appear  to  be  so 
numerous  as  in  the  European  specimens  of  R.  viridis. 


I860]  35 


510 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


INDEX 


Page,  i 

Ablepliarus  Peronii 487 

nigropunctatus 487 

Acontias  meleagris 508 

Aepidea  robusta 488 

Agama  atra 508 

aculeata 508 

Ameiva  pulchra 483 

Arapliiesma  stolatum 503 

tigrinum 503 

flavipunctatum 503 

Anaides  lugubris 486 

Anolis  cupreus 481 

longicauda 481 

refulgens 480 

Batrachoseps  attenuatus 486 

Blepharactisis  speciosa 484 

Bothrops  flavoviridis 492 

Bufo  griseus 506 

melanogaster 486 

Galotes  versicolor 502 

Chelonia  mydas 486 

Cneinidophorus  quadrilineatus 483 

decemlineatus 482 

Coniophanes  Jissidens 485 

Coronella  cana 509 

Cynops  subcristatus 494 

Cystignathus  melanonotus 485 

Diploderma  polygonatum 490 

Draconura  bivittata 482 

Dryopliis  jeneus 485 

Echidna  arietans 509 

Elapbis  bilineatus 497 

Elaps  melanocephalus 485 

Engystoma  pul chrum 506 

Erernias  Knoxii 508 

Eunieces  quadrivirgatus 502 

Euprepis  concolor 486 

Eurypholis  semicarinatus 493 

Gerrhosaurus  sepiformis 508 

Hemidactylus  pnesignis 480 

pumilus 502 

marmoratus 491 

inornatus 492 

Herpetodryas  Moris 503 

Homalopsis  buccatus 504 

Homalosoma  lutrix 509 

Homopus  areolatus 507 

Hyla  cyanea 490,  494 

grisea 485 

arborea 500 

Ixalus  Japonicus 501 


Page. 

Lacerta  Dugesii 509 

Lepidocephalus  fasciatus ...  - 49 8 

Leptophidium  dorsale 498 

Leptophis  margaretiferus 484 

trifrenatus 503 

Lioninia  vermiformis 4S4 

Lygosaurus  pellopleura -    496 

Lygosoma  vertebralle 487 

Guichenoti 489 

taeniolatum 490 

Megalops  maculatus 488 

Najabaji 504 

var.  interrnixta 508 

Onycliocepbalus  De  Lalandii 509 

Opbtbalmidium  tenue 497 

Otocryptis 491 

Oxyglossus  lima 506 

Pelamis  bicolor 489 

Phyllodactylus  porpbyreus 507 

Platurus  fasciatus 489,  493 

var 489 

Plestiodon  ?narginatus 492 

latiscutatus 496 

Polypedates  viridis 500 

Burgeri 500 

megacephalus 507 

Proterodon  tessellatus 499 

Python  molurus 507 

Rana  viridis 509 

rugosa 494,  499 

marmorata 500 

multistriata 505 

nigromaculata 500 

sylvatica 500 

tigriua 504 

trivittata 504 

nebulosa 505 

Grayi 509 

gracilis 505 

Sceloporus  scalaris 482 

biseriatus 486 

Sphaeriodactylus  millepunctatus ...  480 

Taobydromus  Japonicus 495 

sexlineatus 495 

Taricha  torosus  486 

Varanus  bivittatus 486 

Zonurus  griseus 50S 

Genera 64 

Species 94 


[Oct. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


r)ll 


Nov.  6th. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

The  following  paper  was  presented  for  publication  : 

>      "  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  tho  reptilian   genera   Hyperolius. 
Liuperus  and  Tropidodipsas,  by  E.  H.  Cope." 

And  was  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Dr.  Darrach  presented  the  following  list  of  plants,  which  appeared  in  flower 
in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia  during  the  months  of  July,  August,  Sep- 
tember and  October,  together  with  a  list  of  ferns  growing  in  this  neighbor- 
hood : 


1.  July. 

Ranunculace.e. 
Clematis  Virginiana. 
Anemone  Virginiana. 
Delphinium  consolida. 

NeLTJMBJACEjE. 

Nelumbium  luteum. 

Nymph^aceje. 
Nuphar  Kalmiana. 

Cistaceje. 
Lechea  major. 
"         minor. 

Droserace^. 
Drosera  rotundifolia. 
"        longifolia. 

Hypericace^e. 

Ascyrum  crux  andrese. 

"  stans. 

Hypericum  prolificum. 

angulosum. 

mutilum. 

sarothra. 
Elodea  Virginica. 

Caryophyllace^. 
Dianthus  armeria. 
Silene  stellata. 
' '      antirrhina. 

Malyace^;. 
Abutilon  Avicenna. 
Sida  spinosa. 

Linages. 
Linum  Virginiannm. 
I860.] 


Balsaminaceje. 


Impatiens  pallida. 
"         fulva. 

Anacardiace^e. 

Rhus  typhina. 
' '      glabra. 
' '      copallina. 
' '      toxicodendron. 

Vitace^e. 
Ampelopsis  quinquifolia. 

Celastrace;e. 
Celastrus  scandens. 

POLYGALACE.33. 

Polygala  incarnata. 
"         sanguinea. 

LEGUMIXOS.E. 

Crotalaria  sagittalis. 
Desmodium  nudiflorum. 

"  acuminatum. 

"  hevigatum. 

Stylosanthes  elatior. 
Lespedeza  procumbens. 

"  repens. 

violacea. 

"  angustifolia,  v. 

Apios  tuberosa. 
Cassia  Marilandica. 

Rosacea. 

Agrimonia  eupatoria. 
Waldsteinia  fragarioides. 
Potentilla  arguta. 
Geum  Virginianum. 


512 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


MELASTOMACEiE. 

Rhexia  Virginica. 
"       mariana. 

Onagrace-e. 

Epilobiuni  angustifolium. 
(Enotliera  biennis. 
Ludwigia  alternifolia. 

"       palustris. 
Proserpinica  palustris. 

CRASSULACE.E. 

Pentborum  sedoides. 

Umbelliferje. 

Discopleura  capillacea. 
Sium  lineare. 

Araliaceje. 

Aralia  racemosa. 

Rubiace^. 

Gallium  concinnum. 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis. 

DlPSACEiE. 

Dipsacus  sylvestris. 

Composite. 

Liatris  spicata. 
Sericocarpus  solidagineus. 

' '  conyzoides. 

Aster  macrophyllus. 
Eclipta  procumbens. 
Gnaphalium  polycepbaluni. 
Antennaria  margaritacea. 
Bidens  frondosa. 
Diplopappus  umbellatus. 
Solidago  odora. 

"        Mublenbergii. 
Clirysopsis  mariana. 
Inula  belenium. 
Circium  lanceolatum. 
Soncbus  oleraceus. 

LoBELIACEiE. 

Lobelia  Nuttallii. 

Campanulace.e. 

Campanula  aparinoides. 
"  Americana. 

Ekicace^;. 

Gaultheria  procumbens. 
Cletbra  alnifolia. 
Rbododendron  maximum. 
Chimopbila  umbellata. 
"  bypopitys. 


L.ENTIBFLACE.E. 

Utricularia  vulgaris. 
"  clandestina. 

SCROPBXLARIACEiE. 

Gratiola  aurea. 
Ilysantbes  gratioloides. 
Gerardia  fiava. 

"        purpurea. 
Cbelone  glabra. 
Mimulus  alatus. 

"        ringens. 

Veebenace^;. 

Verbena  bastata. 
Pbryma  leptostachya. 

Labiate. 

Teucrium  Canadense. 
Tricbostema  dicbotomum. 
Mentba  viridis. 

"      piperita. 

"      Canadensis. 
Lycopus  Virginicus. 
Pycnantbemum  linifolium. 
Origanum  vulgar e. 
Monarda  fistulosa. 
Nepeta  cataria. 
Brunella  vulgaris. 
Scutellaria  integrifolia. 

"  versicolor. 

Stachys  palustris. 

"        v.  aspera. 

BoERAGraACEiE. 

Ecbinospermum  lappula. 
Cynoglossum  Morrisoni. 

PoLEMONIACEjE. 

Pblox  paniculata. 

CoNVOLVlTLACE,E. 

Cuscuta  arvensis. 
"        gronovii. 

Gentianace^;. 

Sabbatia  angularis. 

Asclepiadace>e. 

Asclepias  rubra. 

purpurascens. 
incarnata. 


Aeistolochiace  X . 
Aristolocbia  serpentaria. 

PhTTOLACCACEjE. 

Phytolacca  decandra. 

Chenopodi  ace;e  . 
Chenopodium  album. 


[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


51* 


Chenop  odium  urbicum. 
"  botrys. 

ambrosioides. 
Atriplex  hastata. 

POLYGONACEiE. 

Polygonum  sagittatum. 
' '  acre. 

Sacruraceje. 
Saururus  cernuus. 

CeRATOPHYLLACE/E. 

Ceratophyllum  demersum. 

Callitrichace^;. 
Callitriche  verna. 

PoDOSTEMACE-E. 

Podostemon  ceratophyllum. 

EtTPHORBIACE^E. 

Euphorbia  maculata. 

bypericifolia. 

Acalypha  Virginica. 

Urticace^;. 
Urtica  dioica. 
"       urens. 
Bcemeria  cylindrica. 
Humulus  lupulus. 

Typhaceje. 

Typha  latifolia. 
Sparganum  simplex. 

LEMNACEiE. 

Lemna  minor. 

Naidace^. 

Potamogeton  fluitans. 
v.  natans. 

Alismace^;. 
Alisma  plantago. 

Orchidace^;. 

Gymnadenia  tridentata. 
Platanthera  flava. 

"  blephariglottis. 

Spiranthes  gracilis. 

"  cernua. 

Liliace.e. 

Lilium  Canadense. 
superbum. 

Melanthace^;. 

Melanthium  Virginicum. 
Zygadenus  leimanthoides. 

I860.] 


u 

<< 


(( 

(( 
(( 
(( 

a 


Xyridacb^;. 
Xyris  bulbosa. 

Orders  54. 
Species  154. 

August  and  September 

Malvaceae. 
Hibiscus  moscheutos. 

POLYGALACE^. 

Polygala  ambigua. 
polygama. 
cruciata. 

Leguminos^;. 

Desmodium  pauciflorum. 
humifusum. 

rotundifoliiijn. 
canescens. 
Dillenii. 
paniculatum. 
ciliare. 
Lespedeza  Stuvei. 
"        hirta. 

capitata. 
"        v.  angustifolia. 
Phaseolus  perennis. 
Galactia  glabella. 
Amphicarpsea  monoica. 
Cassia  chamaecrista. 
"      nictitans. 

Rosacea. 

Sanguisorba  Canadensis. 
Geum  strictum. 

Lythrace^:. 
Cuphea  viscosissima. 

Onagrace>e. 

Gaura  biennis. 
Myriophyllum  verticillatum. 

UjIBELLIFERjE. 

Archemora  rigida. 
Archangelica  hirsuta. 

Rubiace.5:. 

Diodia  teres. 

Composite. 

Vernonia  noveboracencis. 
Eupatorium  purpureum. 

rotundifolium. 

pubescens. 

sessilifolium. 

perfoliatum. 

ageratoides. 
Mikania  scandens. 


<< 
a 
u 

u 
u 


514 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


Aster  corymbosus. 
"      radula. 
"      spectabilis. 
"      patens. 
"      cordifolius. 
"      undulatus. 
"      ericoides. 
"      multiflorus. 
"      dumosus. 
' '      miser. 
' '      tenuifolia. 
"      simplex. 
"      puniceus. 
"      prenanthoides. 
Diplopappus  linariifolius. 
Solidago  bicolor. 
' '        latifolia. 
coesia. 
puberula. 
stricta. 
speciosa. 
v.  angustata. 
neglecta. 
altissima. 
ulmifolia. 
nem  oralis, 
gigantea. 
lanceolata. 
Ambrosia  trifida. 

artemisisefolia. 
Xanthium  strumarium. 

"      .    spinosum. 
Rudbeckia  laciniata. 
Helianthus  angustifolius. 
giganteus. 
divaricatus. 
decapetalus. 
Coreopsis  tricbosperma. 
Bidens  frondosa. 
' '       cernua. 
"      connata. 
' '       cry  santheruoides . 
Helenium  autunmale, 
Tanacetum  vulgare. 
Gnaphalium  ubginosum. 
Erecbtbites  bieracifolia. 
Cirsium  discolor. 
"       altissimum. 
"       muticum. 
Lappa  major. 
Hieracium  scabrum. 
Nabalus  albus. 
Mulgedium  acuminatum. 

LOBELIACEvE. 

Lobelia  cardinalis. 
' '       syphilitica. 

Orobanchaceje 
Epipbegus  Virginiana* 


SCKOPHULARIACE-E. 

Gerardia  tenuifolia. 
quercifolia. 
' '        pedicularia. 
Pedicularis  lanceolata. 

Vekbexace-e. 
Verbena  urticifolia. 

Labiat.e. 

Lycopus  Virginicus. 
Cunila  mariana. 
Pycnanthemum  incanum. 

"  lanceolatum. 

Hedeoma  pulegioides. 
Collins onia  Canadensis. 
Monarda  punctata. 
Lopbantbus  nepetoides. 

GeNTIANACEjE. 

Gentiana  Andrewsii. 
"         saponaria. 
Bartonia  tenella. 

Asclepiadace^e. 
Gonolobus  macropbyllus. 

Amarantace^e. 
Amarantus  bybridue. 
"  spinosus. 

"  albus. 

Polygon  ACE.E. 
Polygonum  orientale. 

"  Pennsylvauicum. 

persicaria. 

bydropiper. 

bydropiperoides. 

erectum.  v. 

Virginianum. 
"  tenue. 

"  articulatum. 

arifolium. 

dumetorum. 

ORCHIDAOEjE. 

Platantbera  cristata. 
"  ciliaris. 

Goodyera  pubescens. 

PoiJTEDERID  ACE/E . 

Pontederia  cordata. 
Heterantbera  reniformis. 
Schollera  graminea. 

October. 
Hajiamelace-e. 
Hamamelis  Virginica. 
Orders  20. 

Species  127- 


[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA. 


515 


List  of  Ferns. 

POLYPODINE/E. 

Polypodhun  vulgare. 

hexagonopterurn. 
Allosorus  atropurpureus. 
Pteris  aquilina. 
Adiantum  pedatum. 
Woodwardia  angustifolia. 

"  Virginica. 

Camptosorus  rhizophyllus. 
Asplenium  pinnatifidum. 
"  trichoinanes. 

'•  ebeneum. 

"  angustifolium. 

thelypteroides. 
"  filix  foemina. 

Dicksouia  punctilobula. 
Woodsia  obtusa. 

"        ilvensis. 
Cystopteris  fragilis. 


!  ■ 
U 
(( 

I  . 


Aspidium  thelypteris. 
"        noveboracense. 

spinulosum. 

v.  dilatatum. 

cristatum. 

marginale. 

acrostichoides. 
Onoclea  sensibilis. 

Osmundine^e. 

Botrychiuni  lunar ioides. 
Lygodium  palmatum. 
Osmucda  regalis. 

' '  claytoniana. 

"  cinnamomea. 

Botrychium  Virgiuicum. 
Ophioglossum  vulgatum. 
Species  32. 

In  addition. 
Echium  vulgare. 
Aster  longifolius. 


Nov.  IZth. 


Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-two  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : 

"  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Cassidulus  from  the  Cretaceous 
formation  of  Alabama,  by  Wni.  M.  Gabb." 

"Description  of  a  new  Genus  and  species  of  Amorphozoa  from  the 
Cretaceous  formation  of  New  Jersey,  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb." 

And  were  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Dr.  Rogers  exhibited  some  experiments  to  show  the  decomposing  power  of 
CarbonicAcid  in  solution,  on  bodies  containing  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths. 
Specimens  of  several  kinds  of  glass,  mica  and  trap  rock  in  fine  powder,  placed 
on  filters,  were  treated  with  a  solution  of  carbonic  acid  dissolved  in  water. 
A  notable  proportion  of  the  alkaline  bases  was  dissolved,  as  was  shown  by  its 
action  on  turmeric  paper.  Dr.  Rogers  referred  to  the  bearing  of  this  fact  in 
Geology,  especially  the  absence  of  alkalies  in  the  ashes  of  coal  and  the  disin- 
tegration of  rocks. 


Nov.  20th. 
Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Fifty  members  present. 

Dr.  Fisher  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Peat,  obtained  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Trautwine 
on  the  Atrato  River,  from  a  bed  of  leaves.  The  bed  was  about  thirty  feet 
thick,  and  the  specimen  exhibited  was  taken  from  about  fifteen  feet  below  the 
surface.  On  the  surface  the  leaves  were  fresh,  but  were  gradually  changed 
at  different  depths,  so  that  the  bottom  of  the  bed  closely  resembled  bituminous 
coal. 

Dr.  Rogers  exhibited  Prof.  Way's  electric  light,  produced  by  the  ignition  of 

1860.J 


516  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

a  stream  of  mercury.  He  also  exhibited  the  original  experiment  made  by  Dr. 
Hare  several  years  since,  when  Dr.  Rogers  was  his  assistant,  and  explained 
the  difference  between  them  as  consisting  in  the  one  light  being  formed  by 
a  self-sustaining  battery,  and  the  other  by  a  battery  transient  in  its  effects. 

Dr.  Leidy  read  a  letter  from  Mr.  Robert  D.  Owen,  of  New  Harmony, 
announcing  the  death,  on  the  13th  inst.,  of  Dr.  David  Dale  Owen,  late 
a  Correspondent  of  the  Academy. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Rogers,  the  Secretary  was  directed  to  communicate 
to  the  immediate  relatives  of  Dr.  Owen  the  regret  of  the  Academy  at 
its  loss. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Rand,  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  were  presented 
to  Messrs.  Van  Amburg  &  Co.  for  donations  to  the  Museum,  and  the 
privilege  of  giving  orders  of  admission  to  the  Museum  on  public  days 
was  granted  to  the  same. 


Nov.  22d 

Special  Meeting. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  President  announced  the  decease  of  our  respected  Vise-Presi- 
dent, Major  Le  Conte,  on  the  21st  inst.,  and  stated  the  object  of  the 
meeting  to  be  to  express  the  sense  of  the  Academy  at  its  loss.  After 
a  short  review  of  the  character  and  labors  of  Major  Le  Conte,  by  Dr. 
Fisher,  Dr.  Elwyn,  Mr.  Foulke  and  Mr.  Lea,  Dr.  Fisher  offered  the 
following  resolutions,  which  were  unanimously  adopted : 

Resolved,  That  the  Academy  has  heard  with  the  deepest  regret  of  the  death 
of  our  late  esteemed  Vice-President,  Maj.  John  Le  Conte,  who  has  for  so  many 
years  adorned  the  ranks  of  the  students  of  Natural  Science  in  America,  and 
who  at  the  time  of  his  decease  was  one  of  the  oldest  naturalists  in  our  country. 

Resolved,  That  Mr.  John  Cassin  be  requested  to  prepare  a  biographical  notice 
of  Maj.  Le  Conte. 

Resolved,  That  the  Secretary  be  instructed  to  send  to  the  family  of  our  de- 
ceased Vice-President  a  copy  of  these  resolutions,  and  that  they  be  published 
in  the  daily  journals  of  this  city. 

Resolved,  That  the  members  of  the  Academy  will  meet  at  the  Hall  of  the 
Academy  at  10  o'clock,  A.  M.,  on  Saturday  the  24th  inst.,  to  proceed  from 
thence  to  attend  the  funeral  of  the  deceased. 


Nov.  27th. 
Vice-President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were,  on  report  of  their  respective  Committees, 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings  : 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  517 

Descriptions  of  new  species  of  the  Reptilian  genera  Hyperoliur,  Liuperus  and 

Tropidodipsas. 

BY  E.  D.  COPE. 

HYPEROLIUS  FULVOVITTATUS  Cope. 

Tympanum  concealed.  Head  elongate,  external  nares  lateral.  Internal 
nares  circular;  eustachian  orifices  elongate  oval.  Tongue  elongate,  deeply 
bifid.  Skin  of  the  dorsal  region  smooth.  Tibia  longer  than  femur  ;  fifth  toe 
much  shorter  than  the  fourth,  and  longer  than  the  third.  Length  of  head 
and  body  10  h  lines. 

Coloration.  Above  pale  yellowish  brown  (in  spirits),  with  a  light  fulvous 
band  upon  each  side,  passing  from  the  end  of  the  muzzle  to  the  thigh. 
Two  bands  of  the  same  color  extend  one  on  each  side  of  the  vertebral  line, 
and  passing  above  the  eyes,  become  confluent  on  the  muzzle.  These  bands 
are  about  as  wide  as  the  spaces  of  ground  color  they  enclose.  Beneath,  light 
yellowish  brown. 

Hab.     Liberia.     Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.     Presented  by  Dr.  Goheen. 

Liuperus  biligonigerus  Cope. 

Form  very  stout.  Head  broad,  short,  frontal  region  a  little  wider  than 
each  palpebra.  Muzzle  prominent,  very  obtuse  in  profile.  Canthus  rostralis 
rounded,  nostrils  vertico-lateral.  Eyes  very  prominent.  Tympanum  con- 
cealed ;  eustachian  orifices  exceedingly  minute.  Tongue  small,  elliptic  ob- 
long, entire.  Skin  above  and  below  very  smooth,  some  granulations  upon 
the  posterior  faces  of  the  femora.  A  few  small  glandulous  elevations  between 
and  posterior  to  the  eyes,  and  upon  the  anterior  part  of  the  back.  A  pectoral 
fold.  Two  rounded  tuberosities  on  the  carpus  ;  fourth  digit  shortest,  third 
longest.  Femora  very  stout.  Tarsus  equal  to  the  fore  arm  in  length,  fur- 
nished with  a  minute,  acute  tubercle  near  the  middle  of  its  posterior  face, 
which  is  not  brown  tipped  ;  and  at  its  inferior  extremity  with  two  transverse, 
compressed  tubercles  or  spurs,  which  are  tipped  with  brown.  Metatarsus  not 
tuberculous.  Length  of  head  and  body  measured  beneath,  11  lines  ;  of  tibia, 
4^  lines.     Breadth  beneath,  from  axilla  to  axilla,  4£  lines. 

Coloration.  Above  marbled  with  pale  rufous  brown,  with  darker  markings 
intermixed.  These  are,  a  narrow  band  bisecting  each  eyelid  ;  a  blotch  extend- 
ing from  eye  to  shoulder ;  a  pair  of  small  spots  upon  the  back,  posterior  to 
the  eyes  ;  another  larger  pair,  one  behind  each  suprascapular  region  ;  one 
upon  each  side  of  the  coccyx ;  a  curved  band  extending  from  iliac  region  to 
femur,  and  a  lateral  band  extending  from  behind  the  shoulder,  which 
vanishes  before  reaching  the  thigh.  A  pale  dorsal  line,  lightest  posteriorly. 
Beneath,  dirty  white. 

Hab.     Buenos  Ayres.     Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.    Presented  by  Dr.  Kennedy. 

In  Liuperus  marmoratus  D.  Sf  B.,  the  tympanum  is  distinct,  and  the 
skin  is  very  tuberculous.  In  L.  sagittifer  Schnu,  the  frontal  region  is 
much  narrower,  and  a  series  of  tubercles  extends  from  the  eye,  posteriorly. 

Tropidodipsas  lunulata  Cope. 

Body  much  compressed,  its  vertical  diameter  near  the  middle  two  and  a 
half  times  as  great  as  near  the  neck.  Tail  slender,  cylindrical,  between  one- 
fourth  and  one-third  the  total  length.     Head  very  distinct,    elongate,   de- 

Note. — The  following  papers,  viz.,  "Mexican  Humming  Birds,  Nos.  3  and 
4,"  by  Raphael  Montes  de  Oca,  "  Contributions  to  the  Carboniferous  Flora  of 
the  United  States,  No.  2,"  by  Horatio  C.  Wood,  Jr.,  and  "Contributions  to 
American  Lepidopterology,  No.  7,"  by  Brackenridge  Clemens,  M.  D.,  were 
read  to  the  Academy  Nov.  20th,  but  were  inadvertently  omitted  in  the  minutes 
of  that  date. 
I860.]  36 


518  PROCEEDINGS  OE  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

pressed.  Muzzle  rounded  ;  eye  very  large,  with  a  round  pupil.  Rostral  plate 
broader  than  high,  its  superior  border  rounded.  Prefontals  small  ;  post- 
frontals  large,  bent  upon  the  sides  of  the  head.  Vertical  large,  longer  than 
broad,  its  lateral  borders  concave.  Superciliaries  very  large,  arched ;  oc- 
cipital s  rather  broad,  their  common  suture  not  longer  than  the  vertical  plate, 
bounded  externally  by  three  temporals.  Two  temporals  in  contact  with  the 
two  postoculars.  One  large  preocular  not  in  contact  with  vertical.  Loreal 
single,  not  longer  than  high.  Nasals  two,  the  nostril  between  them  large. 
Superior  labials  nine,  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  entering  the  orbit.  Inferior 
labials  fourteen,  second  to  sixth  very  narrow ;  eighth  largest.  Scales  in 
twenty -three  rows  ;  anteriorly  four  or  five,  posteriorly  thirteen  median  rows 
weakly  keeled.  Gastrosteges  slightly  recurved  upon  the  sides,  not  angu- 
lated,*204  in  number.  A  divided  anal,  urosteges  13b'.  Total  length  25  in. 
3  lin. ;  tail  7  in.  3  lin. 

Coloration.  Ground,  a  light  greyish  rufous  (tinged  with  yellow  beneath,) 
densely  punctulated  above  and  below,  with  rufous  brown.  The  upper  surface 
is  crossed  by  about  thirty-five  transverse  crescent  shaped,  fulvous  brown 
bands,  bordered  with  black.  Upon  the  median  line  anteriorly  these  are  one 
or  two  scales  wide,  but  become  much  narrower  as  they  are  prolonged  obliquely 
backward  upon  the  sides,  vanishing  upon  the  third  row  of  scales.  Pos- 
teriorly they  are  broader,  and  extend  to  a  dark  brown  spot,  which  occupies 
the  ends  of  every  third  pair  of  gastrosteges.  A  short,  deep  brown  median 
vitta  upon  the  neck ;  a  spot  of  the  same  at  the  posterior  extremity  of  the 
occipital  suture,  one  upon  each  occipital,  and  one  upon  the  posterior  part 
of  the  vertical  plate.  A  light  brown  band  crosses  the  postfrontal  plates, 
extends  through  the  eye,  and  for  a  short  distance  upon  the  neck,  involving 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  last  labial  shield,  and  the  upper  borders  of  the  three 
anterior  to  it.     Remaining  labials  and  throat  light  yellow. 

Hab.  Honduras.  Mus.  Smithsonian  Institute.  Obtained  by  Mr.  A.  H. 
Ruse,  of  St.  Thomas,  W.  I. 

Tropidodipsas  Gthr.  is  one  of  the  few  genera  of  Dipsadine  serpents 
characterized  by  the  possession  of  keeled  scales.  I  have  referred  the  present 
species  to  it  with  some  hesitation,  on  account  of  the  difference  between  the 
form  of  its  head  and  that  ofT.  fasciata.  Giinther  states  that  the  head  of 
the  latter  is  shorter  than  that  of  Dipsas  nebulata.  In  T.  lunulata 
the  head  is  more  like  that  of  a  Herpetodryas.     The  dentition  is  isodont. 


Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  Amorphozoon,  from  the  Cretaceous 

formation  of  New  Jersey. 

BY  W.  M.  GABB 

I  received  some  time  ago  from  Mr.  C.  C.  Abbott,  with  some  other  cretaceous 
fossils,  a  small  fossil,  that  I  at  once  referred  to  the  Amorphozoa.  I  was  unable 
to  decide  in  what  genus  to  place  it.  After  a  careful  study  of  the  subject,  I 
am  satisfied  that  it  cannot  belong  to  any  existing  genus.  It  is,  however, 
closely  related  to  Siphonia  of  Parkinson.     I  propose  the  generic  name 

Desmatocium,  Gatb. 

Gen.  char.  Elongated,  regular  in  form  ;  tubulate  through  the  whole  length  ; 
stem  robust  and  with  several  inflations,  but  no  distinct  head. 

D.  trilobatum.  PI.  69,  f.  39—39  a,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  2nd  series, 
vol.  4. 

Length  of  the  fragment  1£  inches.  Width  of  smallest  lobe  f  of  an  inch. 
Width  of  second  lobe  |  of  an  inch.  The  first  lobe  is  somewhat  elongate,  the 
second  is  more  compressed.  There  have  been  at  least  three  lobes,  but  the 
upper  one  is  broken. 

Near  Mullica  Hill,  N.  J.     My  collection. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  519 


Description  of  a  new  species  of  Cassidulus,  from  the  Cretaceous  formation 

of  Alabama. 

BY  AV.  M.  GABB. 

C.  micrococcus.  PL  8,  fig.  1.  Oval,  slightly  flattened,  widest  just 
behind  the  mouth ;  ambulaeral  summit  in  advance  of  the  centre  :  below 
slightly  concave ;  peristome  small,  the  channels  between  the  tubercles  very 
narrow ;  surface  above  minutely  an  I  sparsely  granulate ;  below  covered 
with  small,  closely  arranged  tubercles,  placed  irregularly. 

Ripley  Group,  Eufala,  Ala. 

This  species  resembles  C.  cequorus  of  Morton,  but  is  twice  or  three  times  as 
large  ;  the  upper  surface,  which  is  distinctly  granulate  in  Morton's  species,  is 
apparently  smooth,  except  under  a  glass,  in  this.  Below,  the  tubercles  on 
this  species  are  very  small,  closely  and  irregularly  arranged.  In  aquorus 
they  are  much  larger,  and  placed  further  apart.  The  anal  furrow  does  not 
approach  so  near  the  lower  margin  as  in  cequorus. 


Contributions  to  the  Carboniferous  Flora  of  t'ao  Unitad  States.— Vo.  II. 
BY  HORATIO  C.  WOOD,  JR. 

Cyclopteris,  Brong. 

C.  c  r  is  pa,  nobis. 

Syn.  Filicites  crispa,  Germ.  &  Kaulf.  Nova  Acta  Acad.  C.  L.  C.  Nat.  Cur. 
vol.  xv.  par.  ii.  page  229,  pi.  66,  fig.  6,  1831.  Adiantites  Germari,  Giipp,  Sys. 
Fill.  Foss.  Nova  Acta,  vol.  xvii.  Sup.  p.  218,  1836.  Cyclopteris  Germari, 
''GiJpp,"  linger,  Gen.  et  Spec.  Foss.  Plant,  p.  96,  and  Prof,  Lesquereux,  Geol. 
of  Pennsylvania,  vol.  ii.  p.  856. 

C.  Wilsonii,  nobis. 

Leaf  sub-orbicular  or  subobovate,  narrowed  at  base,  thin,  plicate ;  margin 
irregular,   incised,  fimbriate,   especially  above  ;   fimbria  stout,   unequal,  often 
bifurcate,  sometimes  branched ;  nerves  numerous,  thin,   close,  arcuate,  flexu-* 
ous,  dichotomous.     Rachis  unknown. 

The  nervation  of  this  species,  as  well  as  the  peculiar  form  of  the  fimbria, 
separates  it  from  C.  Jimbriata,  Lesq.,  C.  laciniata,  Lesq.,  and  C.  crispa, 
nobis.  Among  the  Neuropteris,  it  is  most  nearly  allied  to  N.  dentata,  of  Lesq. 
and  may  possibly  prove  to  be  the  cyclopteroid  form  of  that  species.  In  the 
only  specimen  that  we  have  seen,  both  of  the  leaves  have  one  margin  folded 
beneath  them,  and  are  variously  plicated.  One  leaf,  only,  has  the  basal 
margin  of  one  side  distinct ;  this  part  of  the  border  is  not  fimbriate,  but  un- 
dulate, probably,  however,  there  will  be  found  to  be  a  variation  in  this  respect. 
It  affords  us  much  pleasure  to  dedicate  this  handsome  plant  to  Dr.  T.  B. 
Wilson,  who  has  done  so  much  for  the  advancement  of  natural  science  in 
America. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy. 

Lepidodexdron,  Sternb. 

L.  re  o  t  ang  u  1  u  m,  nobis. 

Leaf  scar  almost  a  square  ;  angles  about  90°  ;  margin  moderately  broad, 
generally  distinct,  often  slightly  raised  ;  vascular  scar  broad,  sub-rhomboidal, 
with  a  small  triangular  depression  at  its  apex  and  its  basal  angle  rounded, 
but  the  others  acute,  situated  in  and  filling  up  the  apex  of  main  scar, 
marked  internally  with  three  (often  obsolete)  dots,  which  are  disposed  in  a 
curve  near  its  basal  angle ;  appendices  distinct,  sub-parallel  to  the  margin  ; 
medial  line  not  well  marked,  but  with  a  number  of  heavy  transverse  wrinkles. 

I860.] 


520  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE    ACADEMY   OF 

This  handsome  and  distinct  species  was  discovered  at  Ashland,  Schuylkill 
County,  Pa.,  by  Mr.  T.  Guilford  Smith,  and  by  him  presented  to  the  Academy. 

L.  chilalloeum,    nobis. 

Leaf  scar  sub-oval,  elongate  and  acuminate  above  and  below,  often  com- 
municating one  with  another ;  margins  distinct,  broad,  alternately  contracted 
and  enlarged  for  half  the  length  of  the  scar  ;  vascular  scar  sub-rhomboidal, 
their  transverse  diameter  very  much  exceeding  their  height,  (sometimes  four 
times  as  great);  internal  markings  and  appendices  obsolete  ;  medial  line,  above 
the  vascular  scar,  well  marked  and  furnished  with  a  triangular  depression, 
below,  almost  obsolete,  but  crossed  by  a  number  of  heavy  transverse  wrinkles. 

The  form  of  the  ribs  ally  this  plant  to  L.  dicrochilum,  nobis,  but  the 
internal  markings  as  well  as  shape  of  main  scar  widely  separate  it  from  that 
species. 

L.  salebrosum,  nobis. 

Leaf  scar  rhomboidal,  uneven ;  margin  heavy,  raised,  irregularly  plicate, 
quite  flexuous  ;  angles  sometimes  rounded,  sometimes  acute  ;  medial  vascular 
cicatrix  sub-central,  small,  in  one  scar  in  our  specimen  marked  with  two 
very  much  raised  lines,  in  the  form  of  a  cross,  (this  may  be  accidental)  ;  ap- 
pendices and  medial  line  obsolete. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy.     Locality  unkown. 

L.  uraeum,  nobis. 

Scars  elliptical,  very  much  elongate,  caudate  and  slightly  curved  above  and 
below,  impressed  with  flexuous  transverse  wrinkles  disposed  with  some  ap- 
proach to  regularity ;  margin  raised,  very  narrow,  almost  linear  ;  vascular 
scar  sub-rhomboidal  or  snbtriangular,  (in  the  one  case  having  the  basal  angle 
acute,  in  the  other,  the  base  merely  convex,  remaining  angles  being  mostly 
obtuse),  situated  a  little  above  the  centre  of  the  main  scar,  impressed  with 
three  dots  arranged  in  a  curve  near  its  base  ;  medial  line  not  very  distinct,  but 
running  the  whole  length  of  the  leaf  scar — above  the  cicatriculus — smooth  and 
furnished  with  a  triangular  expansion  approaching  in  size  to  the  vascular  scar 
— below  the  cicatriculus — crossed  by  many  heavy  transverse  flexuous  wrinkles  ; 
appendices  subdistinct,  irregularly  curved  and  of  considerable  length  ;  tuber- 
cles oval,  elongate,  somewhat  acuminate,  situated  at  base  of  vascular  scar, 
"and  close  to  the  medial  line. 

In  our  specimen  the  total  length  of  the  leaf  scar  is  2  9-10ths  inches,  being  five 
times  as  great  as  its  breadth.  The  vascular  scar  is  placed  somewhat  obliquely  in 
the  main  scar.  At  the  extremities  of  the  latter,  the  two  margins  are  so  ap- 
proximated as  to  be  merely  separated  by  a  groove.  This  species  is,  perhaps, 
closely  allied  to  L.  caudatum,  Ung.  We  have  never  seen  Sternberg's 
figure  of  that  plant,  and  Unger's  description  is  excessively  meagre :  but  out  of 
the  few  given  characters  our  specimen  differs  in  the  great  rugosity  of  the  medial 
line,  as  well  as  in  the  obtuseness  of  the  angles  of  the  cicatriculus.  We  may 
be  mistaken  in  our  idea  as  to  the  relationship  of  the  two  plants,  as  Unger's 
description  leaves  one  so  much  in  the  dark. 

Private  collection.  Found  by  Mr.  John  Fulton  in  the  Broad  Top  Coal  Field, 
where  it  appears  not  to  be  uncommon. 

Sigillakia,  Brongt. 

Sub- genus  Rhytidolepis. 

S.  cymatoides,  nobis. 

Stem  costate  ;  costse  narrow,  convex  ;  furrows  very  distinct,  marked  in  decor- 
ticated state,  with  numerous  longitudinal  striae,  which  are  also  found  more  or 
less  deeply  excavated  on  the  ribs  ;  scars  somewhat  elongate,  as  wide  as  the 
ribs,  disposed  in  quincunx,  the  space  between  them  being  a  little  less  than 
half  their  length,  impressed  with  very  numerous  transverse  striae,  their  lower 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  521 

half  tuniified,  so  as  to  form,  as  it  were,  grooves  between  them,  crossing  the 
ribs  at  au  angle  of  about  60°,  (these  are  much  more  strongly  marked  when 
the  bark  is  removed) ;  vascular  scars  three,  composed  of  a  central  dot  with  a 
curved  linear  impression  on  each  side. 

Locality.  Hazleton  Mines.    Cabinet  of  the  Academy.    Presented  by  Matthew 
Baird,  Esq. 

S.  n  o  t  a  t  a  ,  nobis. 

Phytolithus  notatus,  Steinh.,  S.  elliptica,  Brong.   S.  atcenuata,  Lesq. 

We  see  no  character  on  which  Prof.  Lesquereux's  species  can  be  separated. 
He  says:  "This  species,  viz.  figs.  1  and  2,  could  perhaps  be  referred  to 
S.  elliptica,  Brgt.  and  viz.  fig.  3,  to  S.  Sillimanii,  Brgt.  But  the  form  of  the  scars 
in  figs,  one  and  two  is  broader  and  shorter  than  in  the  varieties  of  S.  elliptica. 
The  author  (Brongt.)  says  that  ' S.  elliptica  has  the  scars  only  half  as  broad 
as  the  ribs,  whilst  in  our  species  they  fill  nearly  the  whole  breadth.' '  After- 
wards, when  reconciling  the  three  varieties  together,  he  says,  "  But  it  must 
be  remarked  with  Artis  (Anted.  Phytol.)  that  the  distance  between  the  scars 
of  the  leaves,  as  also  the  breadth  of  the  ribs,  is  variable  on  the  same  tree. 
The  ribs  enlarge  towards  the  base  of  the  tree  and  the  scars  become  broader 
and  nearer  together."  Now  is  not  this  argument  as  applicable  to  the  identity 
of  S.  elliptica  and  S.  attenuata,  as  to  that  of  the  three  varieties  of  the  latter. 
which  certainly  differ  as  much,  if  not  more,  from  one  another,  than  from  the 
different  forms  of  5.  elliptica  ?  The  most  important  character  separating  the 
two  ?  species,  as  given  by  the  Professor,  is  the  difference  in  the  pro- 
portion of  the  width  of  scars  to  that  of  ribs.  The  breadth  of  the  scars  in  his 
first  variety  is  certainly  very  great,  but  in  au  English  specimen  (which  we 
doubt  not  was  Steinhauer's  type)  now  in  possession  of  the  Academy,  the 
breadth  of  the  scars  bears  a  proportion  to  that  of  the  ribs  almost  as  great 
as  in  Lesquereux's  second  fig.  and  much  greater  than  in  his  third  variety. 
Some  of  the  varieties  of  S-  elliptica,  Brongt.,  figured  by  Groldenberg,  (Flor. 
Saraepont.  Fossil.)  also  scarcely  differ  in  this  respect  from  the  second  form 
of  S.  attenuata,  and  have  the  breadth  greater  than  in  the  third  variety.  The 
Professor  remarks  :  "  The  reason  for  admitting  these  three  specimens  as  three 
forms  of  the  same  species  are  ;**■****,  and  that  they  have  the 
same  general  form  of  scars,  ribs,  and  furrows ;  the  same  disposition  of  scars  of 
the  vessels  either  upon  their  naked  surface  or  the  corticated  narrow  striated 
portion."  These  are  the  very  reasons  which  have  influenced  us  in  uniting 
the  different  forms;  the  specimens  in  the  foreign  collection  of  the  Academy 
possessing  these  characters  in  common  with  Lesquereux's  plates.  We  have 
elsewhere  shown  that  S.  e'liptica,  of  Brongt.,  is  synonymous  with  Phytol. 
parmatus,  of  Steiuhauer,  and  that  S.  notata,  Br.,  (if  it  is  a  good  species)  is  not, 
and  therefore  propose  to  call  the  latter  S.  Brongniartii. 

Sub-genus  Syringodendkon,  St. 
S.  bistriata,  nobis. 

Stem  ecostate  ;  bark  thin,  striate  ;  stria  very  numerous,  flexuous,  occurring 
in  two  forms,  the  one  deep  and  strongly  marked,  the  other  small  and  straighter  ; 
scars  sub-rotund,  disposed  in  pairs  about  eight  lines  apart,  very  small. 

When  decorticated,  the  scars  are  very  elongate,  often  pyriform,  and  the 
stria?  very  numerous,  small  and  less  flexuous. 

Cabinet  of  the  Academy.     Locality  unknown . 

Note. — I  take  this  opportunity  of  correcting  the  very  numerous  typo- 
graphical errors  in  my  recent  catalogue.  The  printer  faiied  to  send  to  me  a 
revise,  and  errors  noted  in  the  first  proof  were  not  corrected,  and  consequently 
misprints  abound.     The  following  are  the  most  important : 

Page  436,  substitute  Catalogue  of  Foreign  Carboniferous,  &c,  for  "Cata- 
logue of  Carboniferous,"  &c.  ;  line  22,  their  for  "  these"  ;  1.  33,  macrodon  for 

I860.] 


522  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 

"macrodontus."  Page  438,  1.  1,  Trochophylluni  for  "  Trocophyllum  ;"  1.  6 
and  7,  fertilis  for  "fertilus;"  1.  15,  cordata  for  "cordala."  Page  439,  1.  27, 
triloba  for  "trilobus;"  1.  33,  Noeggerathia  for  "  Noegerathia  ; "  1.  46,  linearis 
for  "  hmearis."  Page  440.  1.  15,  Hawkesbury  for  "  Hawkesburg  ;"  1.  10,  19, 
24  and  29,  Gopp  for  "GKiep;"  1.  31,  oreopteroides  for  "  oreopterodes  ;"  I.  45,' 
Piuckenettii  for  "  Pluckenetti/'  Page  441,  1.  12,  Lepidodendron  for  "  Lepi- 
dondendron;"  1.  31,  either — or  for  "neither— nor."  Page  442,  1.  27,  Hut- 
tonia  for  "  Huttoni ;"  1.  33,  Rhytidolepis  for  "  Phitodolepis  ;"  1.  53,  solanota 
for  "solanus,"  psilophloea  for  "psilophloeus." 


Contributions  to  American  Lepidopterology.— No.  7. 

BY   BRACKENRIDGE    CLEMENS,  M.  D. 

BOMBYCID^. 

Oylothrix. 

Fore  wings  with  the  tip  and  inner  angle  rounded  ;  inner  margin  about  one- 
half  as  long  as  the  exterior  ;  hind  margin  entire,  very  oblique  ;  woolly  toward 
the  base,  with  the  hairs  curled.  The  subcostal  vein  sends  off  two  marginal 
nervules  from  the  cell,  one  near  its  superior  angle  and  the  other  above  the 
origin  of  the  discal  vein.  Exterior  to  the  cell  it  becomes  3-branched  ;  giving 
off  the  apical  nervule  first  near  the  second  marginal  and  immediately 
subdividing  into  post-apical  and  subcosto-inferior.  The  disco-central  arises 
from  the  middle  of  the  angulated  discal  vein.  The  median  is  4-branched,  the 
posterior  arising  about  the  middle  of  the  cell  and  the  branches  equidistant, 
except  the  medio-discal  and  superior.  The  fold  of  the  wing  is  thickened. 
Submedian  vein  furcate  at  the  base,  with  a  branch  to  inner  margin  in  the 
basal  third  of  the  wings.  Hind  wings  longer  than  the  abdomen,  smooth, 
without  costal  vein,  and  bristle  and  socket.  The  subcostal  vein  is  bifid,  in- 
distinctly furcate  at  its  base,  its  lower  branch  giving  rise  to  the  discal  vein, 
which  is  slightly  angulated  beneath  the  origin  of  the  disco-central  nervule. 
Median  vein  4-branched,  the  posterior  arising  about  the  middle  of  the  cell. 

Head  small,  rather  impacted  on  the  thorax,  not  depressed,  without  ocelli. 
Face  extremely  narrow;  eyes  small  and  round.  Antenna?,  basal  joint  slight- 
ly tufted,  the  stalk  simple  from  the  base  to  the  middle,  and  thence  to  the  tip 
with  extremely  short  pectinations  ;  about  as  long  as  the  thorax.  Labial  palpi 
cylindric,  very  short.  Tongue  wanting.  Thorax  thick,  with  long,  rather 
erected  silky  hairs.  Abdomen  pilose,  without  apical  tuft,  and  the  legs  very 
hairy,  even  to  the  tips  of  the  tarsi ;  posterior  tibise  with  two  extremely  short 
apical  spurs. 

0.  salebrosa  . — Fawn  color.  Face,  labial  palpi  and  breast  beneath  the 
mouth  dark  brown.  Antennae  grayish.  Thorax  with  whitish  hairs  on  the 
disk  in  front,  and  a  pencil  of  the  same  on  each  side  behind  teguhe.  Along 
the  base  of  the  nervules  of  the  fore  wings  is  a  rather  broad  grayish  space,  ex- 
tending from  the  costa  almost  to  the  inner  margin,  with  each  of  the  nervules 
marked  on  both  sides  by  a  short  brown  line,  while  the  nervules  are  grayish. 
The  inner  streak  of  the  subcosto-inferior  nervuh'  is  blackish  brown,  and  on  the 
discal  vein  is  a  streak  of  the  same  hue.  In  the  space  between  the  median 
and  submedian  veins  the  wing  is  reddish  brown,  mixed  with  blackish,  with 
two  blackish  points  extended  into  the  grayish  space  on  each  side  of  the  thick- 
ener! fold.  Hind  wings  concolorous,  pale  luteous.  Legs  with  whitish  hairs, 
tarsi  black. 


JNote—  The  species  marked  with  an  [*]  in  the  present  paper  are  not  in  the  collection 
of  ihe  writer;  should  any  one.  therefore,  recognize  the  descriptions  he  will  feel  much 
obliged  for  specimens  of  the  insects  so  marked. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  523 

The  wings  of  the  specimen  described  are  badly  denuded  from  the  disk  to 
the  costa,  yet  the  markings  given  above  are  sufficiently  distinct  and  charac- 
teristic to  indicate  the  insect  hereafter.  The  genus  belongs  to  the  family 
Bombycidae. 

Mexico,  near  Jalapa. 

ARCTIIDiE. 
Ecpantheria,  Hiibner. 

Fore  wings  about  one-third  longer  than  the  hind  wings,  with  the  subcostal 
vein  having  a  single  marginal  branch  from  the  cell  and  another  midway  be- 
tween the  post-apical  and  inferior  nervules  ;  the  latter  arises  a  little  exterior 
to  the  discal  vein  and  the  former  midway  between  th<^  apical  nervulet  and  the 
second  marginal.  The  median  vein  is  4-branched,  with  the  posterior  moder- 
ately remote  from  the  penultimate.  Hind  wings  as  long  as  the  abdomen, 
with  the  interior  sometimes  dilated  and  rather  caudate ;  neuration  arctiae- 
form. 

Head  small,  depressed,  smooth  ;  without  ocelli.  Face  moderate,  retreating. 
Eyes  rather  small.  Antennae  serrated  in  the  rj1,  simple  in  the  £  •  Labial 
palpi  short,  not  extending  beyond  the  clypeus,  rather  stout  and  porrected  ; 
middle  joint  short,  terminal  joint  very  small.  Tongue  rather  thick,  slightly 
longer  than  the  anterior  coxae. 

Body  stout.  Thorax  globose,  smooth,  with  scales.  Patagia  erected,  over- 
lapping the  front  of  mesothorax,  nearly  square.  Breast  and  abdomen  smooth. 
Legs  thick  and  smooth,  the  tibial  spur  of  fore  legs  moderate,  hind  tibiae  with 
two  minute  apical  spurs. 

Table  of  Species. 

Thorax  white. 

With  many  blackish  or  brown  ringlets. 

Abdomen  yellow,  with  bluish  black  dorsal  spot',  Scribonia. 

Abdomen  red,  with  broad  blue  bands,  c  a  u  d  a  t  a. 

Abdomen  dark  blue  above,  with  luteous  spots  <-J*  Icunieunda. 

Abdomen  luteous,  with  blue,  purple,  or  green  bands  9  J 
With  ten  bluish  black  spots,  extrema. 

Without  ringlets  or  spots,  o  b  1  i  t  e  r  a  t  a . 

With  ocellated  spots. 

Abdomen  blue,  with  crimson  bands,  nigriplaga. 

Abdomen  ochraceous,  with  lateral  blue  spots. 

Hind  wings  of  ^  hardly  tailed,  simplex. 

Hind  wings  of  ^  with  rather  long  tail,  decora. 

Thorax  cinereous.     Fore  wings  with  white,  black  bordered 

streaks,  incarnata. 

E.  Scribonia,  Stoll.— White.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  with  numerous 
brown  circles,  on  the  latter  arranged  in  five  or  six  illy  defined,  curved  bands. 
Hind  wings  with  a  few  circles  along  the  exterior  margin  and  a  row  along  the 
hind  margin.  Abdomen  beneath  white,  with  three  rows  of  small  brown 
circles  ;  above  bluish  black  banded  with  yellow,  or  orange  yellow,  with  two 
lateral  rows  of  dark  margined,  whitish  spots.  Sometimes  the  thorax,  under 
portion  of  the  body,  the  base  and  basal  margins  of  the  fore  wings  are  pale 
brown. 

Texas.  Col.  of  Capt.  Pope,  Smithsonian  Institution.  111.,  Mr.  Kennicott ; 
N.  Y.,  Ga.,  S.  America. 

*E.  caudata,  Walker.— White.  Head  dark  blue  in  front,  excepting  a 
white  spot  on  the  face.  Antennae  dark  blue.  Thorax  with  numerous  brown 
ringlets,  some  of  which  are  tinged  with  pale  metallic  blue  or  green.  Abdomen 
red,  clothed  with  testaceous  hairs  at  the  base  ;  dorsal  segments  with  broad 

I860.] 


524  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

blue  bands,  which  are  partly  interrupted  in  the  middle,  and  wholly  inter- 
rupted on  each  side.  Knees  and  tarsi  beneath  metallic  blue.  Fore  wings 
with  five  or  six  oblique  bands  of  small,  separated  brown  ringlets,  those  along 
the  costa  are  larger  and  with  broader  borders,  and  nearly  subquadrate.  Hind 
wings  with  the  inner  angle  prolonged  into  a  short  tail. 
Mexico. 

*  E.  incarnata,  Walker. —  Gray.  Head  with  a  curved  white  black- 
bordered  band  in  front  of  the  antennae,  and  with  a  black  border  on  each  side, 
behind,  and  toward  the  mouth.  Tongue  pale  testaceous.  Palpi  red,  white 
beneath.  Antennae  black,  white  at  the  base.  Thorax  with  fine  slender  black 
stripes,  the  middle  one  and  the  inner  pair  abbreviated  in  front,  accompanied 
with  some  white  and  red  hairs  behind  ;  a  white  stripe  on  each  side,  widening 
from  the  head  to  the  fore  wings.  Breast  mostly  white.  Abdomen  dark  blue, 
with  a  red  stripe  on  each  side  ;  under  side  testaceous,  with  a  black  stride 
Femora  with  red,  black-bordered  stripes  ;  tibia?  with  white  stripes  ;  tarsi  with. 
red  bands.  Fore  wings  with  various  irregular  white  black-bordered  streaks, 
which  are  broadest  and  most  oblique  along  the  costa,  where  the  black  hind 
border  of  them  is  dilated  and  forms  a  discal  mark  ;  these  streaks  are  mostly 
red  on  the  under  side.  Hind  wings  red  [  ?  ]  at  the  base  and  with  two  crimson 
macular  oblique  bands,  which  on  the  under  side  toward  the  costa  are  white, 
with  black  borders. 

Arachnis  aulcea?  Mexico. 

*  E.  exirema,  Walker. — White.  Head  bluish  black  in  front.  Antenna? 
black,  tinged  with  blue  at  the  base.  Thorax  with  ten  bluish  black  spots,  two 
in  front,  two  behind,  and  each  three  of  the  other  six  forming  two  intermediate 
bands.  Breast  blackish  brown.  Abdomen  bluish  black,  with  a  testaceous 
stripe  on  each  side  ;  under  side  white,  with  three  rows  of  black  spots.  Legs 
bluish  black,  with  white  streaks  and  spots.  Fore  wings  with  two  oblique, 
more  or  less  interrupted  dark  brown  bands,  the  intermediate  spaces  with 
various  dark  brown  spots,  dots  and  streaks. 

Male. — Hind  wings  grayish  brown,  with  two  white  spots,  one  costal,  the 
other  discal  ;  cilia  partly  white. 

F,  male. — Hind  wings  white,  with  a  few  grayish  brown  submarginal  spots 
and  marginal  dots. 

Mexico. 

*E.  obliterata,  Walker.— White,  stout.  Antenna?  black  beneath.  Ab- 
domen above  luteous,  with  two  rows  of  white  spots  ;  base  and  tip  white. 
Femora  and  tibia?  with  luteous  stripes  ;  ungues  black.  Fore  wings  with  four 
oblique  bands  of  connected  testaceous  ringlets.  Hind  wings  with  three  more 
indistinct  bands  of  the  same,  their  hind  borders  slightly  emarginate  and  un- 
dulating, with  the  inner  angle  somewhat  dilated. 

West  Indies. 

*E.  nigriplaga,  Walker. — White.  Antenna?  black.  Thorax  with 
greenish  or  bluish  black  ringlets.  Abdomen  dark  metallic  blue,  with  crimson 
bands,  clothed  with  blackish  brown  hairs  at  the  base ;  tip  with  white  hairs 
on  each  side  ;  under  side  with  tawny  hairs  at  the  tip.  Tibia?  with  black  bands  ; 
tarsi  black,  partly  white  at  the  base.  Fore  wings  with  greenish  or  bluish 
black  ringlets,  whose  disks  are  grayish  or  dingy  white  ;  these  are  largest  on 
the  borders,  very  small  on  the  disk  or  toward  the  tips  of  the  wings.  Hind 
wings  with  two  large  black  spots  on  the  fore  border,  hairy,  vaulted  cylindri- 
cally  and  each  including  a  tuft  along  the  abdomen,  their  tails  reaching  to  the 
tip  of  the  abdomen,  and  each  with  a  large  black  elliptical  spot. 

Jamaica. 

*E.  simplex,  Walker.—  Male.     White.      Head  in  front   and   beneath, 
and  palpi  blackish  brown.     Antenna?  blackish  brown,  minutely  pectinated, 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  525 

white  above.  Disk  of  the  thorax  with  blackish  brown  ringlets,  which  vary  in 
size  and  number.  Abdomen  orange  above,  white  at  the  tip,  with  brown  and 
white  bands  at  the  base,  and  with  a  row  of  blue  spots  along  each  side.  Legs 
brown,  with  white  stripes  ;  tarsi  with  white  bands.  Fore  wings  with  six 
oblique  bands  of  pale  brown  ringlets. 
West  Indies. 

*E.  decora,  Walker. — Male.  White.  Head  blue  about  the  eyes  ;  ver- 
tex with  a  black  band,  which  encloses  a  whitish  spot.  Palpi  and  antennae 
black.  Thorax  with  nine  blue  ocelli,  two  in  front,  then  four  in  a  curved  band, 
and  behind  them  three  which  form  a  triangle.  Abdomen  luteous,  blue  at  the 
base,  and  with  two  rows  of  transverse  blue  spots  ;  tip  white,  with  four 
streaks,  the  outer  pair  black,  the  inner  pair  blue,  united  landward.  Legs 
with  black  stripes  and  bands  ;  tarsi  blue.  Fore  wings  with  numerous  black 
ocelli,  which  are  disposed  in  six  oblique  irregular  bands  ;  some  angular  and 
incomplete  ocelli  along  the  costa,  and  a  blue  mark  on  the  discal  are  >let.  Hind 
wings  with  a  black  interrupted  stripe  along  the  interior  border,  which  termi- 
nates in  a  rather  long  tail. 

St.  Domingo. 

*E.  Cunigunda,  Cramer. — Male.  White.  Head  metallic  blue  in 
front  and  about  the  eyes.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  with  dark  brown  ringlets, 
which  on  the  latter  form  six  oblique  bands.  Scutellum  with  two  blue  spots. 
Abdomen  above  dark  blue,  clothed  with  brown  hairs  at  the  base,  whitish  at 
the  tip,  with  a  row  of  luteous  triangular  spots  along  each  side ;  hind  borders 
of  some  of  the  segments  partly  luteous  ;  under  side  slightly  testaceous,  with 
three  rows  of  blue  spots.  Femora  with  a  blue  spot  on  each  tip  ;  fore  femora 
and  tibiae  partly  blue  ;  tarsi  blue.  Fore  wings  with  subquadrate,  slightly 
testaceous  black-bordered  costal  spots.  Hind  wings  with  the  inner  angle 
prolonged  into  a  short  tail,  and  having  a  black  spot. 

Female. — White.  Palpi  partly  brown.  Antennae  black,  white  at  the  base. 
Thorax  with  four  pairs  of  testaceous  ringlets  of  different  sizes  and  shapes. 
Abdomen  above  luteous,  with  three  blue,  purple,  green  or  gray  bands  ;  these 
are  more  or  less  dilated  and  connected  on  each  side,  and  excavated  in  the 
middle,  and  in  one  specimen  the  abdomen  is  gray  above,  with  three  luteous 
black-bordered  stripes.  Tibiae  with  brown  ringlets  ;  tarsi  blackish.  Fore 
wings  with  six  oblique  bands  of  connected  testaceous  brown  ringlets,  which 
are  very  variable  in  size  and  shape,  and  are  in  some  cases  partly  confluent, 
and  in  one  variety  those  in  the  fifth  are  partly  shaded  with  brown  ;  the  bor- 
ders of  the  costal  ringlets,  and  of  a  reniform  discal  ringlet,  are  darker  than 
the  others  in  the  wing.  The  ringlets  are  still  more  variable  and  irregular  in 
the  hind  wings,  which  are  occasionally  nearly  wholly  pale  brown. 

Honduras,  S.  America. 

Arachnis,   Hubner. 

Fore  wings  nearly  one-third  longer  than  the  hinder  pair,  much  longer  than 
the  body.  The  subcostal  vein  forms  a  small  costal  cell,  immediately  behind 
the  origin  of  the  discal  vein,  and  gives  rise  to  a  marginal  nervule  which  sends 
off,  near  its  middle,  a  short  nervulet  to  the  costa ;  near  the  tip  of  the  wing  it 
sends  off  the  post-apical  nervule  and  behind  it  becomes  bifid.  The  subcosto- 
inferior  arises  on  a  short  stalk  common  to  it  and  the  discal  vein.  The  median 
is  4-branched,  the  medio-posterior  being  very  remote  from  the  penultimate 
branch.  Hind  wings  about  equal  to  the  abdome'n,  broader  than  th«  anterior 
pair,  with  neuration  as  usual  in  the  family. 

Female. — Head  quite  small,  somewhat  depressed,  smooth  ;  with  ocelli. 
Face  moderately  broad,  slightly  inclined.  Eyes  very  small.  Antennae  simple. 
Labial  palpi  rather  short,  scarcely  extending  beyond  the  clypeus,  but  slightly 
curved  and  ascending,  and  slightly  hairy  beneath  ;  third  joint  short.  Tongue 
exceeding  the  tips  of  labial  palpi  by  one-half  its  length. 

I860.]  ' 


526  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Body  rather  stout.  Thorax  smooth,  with  scales.  Patagia  moderate,  trape- 
zoidal, not  concealing  the  vertex.  Breast  and  abdomen  smooth  except  toward 
the  base  ;  legs  rather  stout,  femora  downy,  the  hind  tibiae  having  four  short 
spurs. 

A.  aulaea,   Hubner. —  f.  913-14.     Ecpantheria  incarnata ?      Moiise 

gray.  Antennae  black,  whitish  at  the  base.  Labial  palpi  crimson,  with 
whitish  hairs  beneath.  Head  with  a  pale  yellowish  white  band  in  front,  above 
the  eyes,  black-margined  beneath,  and  a  black  circle  between  the  antennae. 
Patagia  each  with  a  black  circle  on  their  edges,  and  a  pale  yellowish  white 
stripe  on  the  sides  of  thorax  from  the  head  to  the  base  of  fore  wings.  Tegulae 
with  two  black-marginal  lines,  and  the  disk  of  thorax  with  a  central  line  of 
the  same  hue,  and  one  on  each  side  of  it  that  corresponds  to  the  upper  one  on 
the  tegulae.  Fore  wings  with  six  irregular,  oblique,  pale  yellowish  white 
streaks  along  the  costa,  bordered  with  black  lines,  with  a  black  spot  on  the 
disk  beneath  the  third  band.  Beneath  the  median  vein  the  wing  is  veined 
with  black  lines  enclosing  pale  yellowish  white  spaces,  and  between  the 
nervules  on  the  hinder  margin  is  a  series  of  streaks  of  the  same  hue,  black- 
margined.  Hind  wings  black,  crimson  toward  the  base,  with  a  macular  band, 
of  the  same  hue  about  the  middle  of  the  wing  and  one  on  the  hinder  margin. 
On  the  under  surface  of  both  pairs  of  wings  all  the  spots  are  crimson.  Ab- 
domen with  a  dark  brown  central  band  widening  from  the  base  and  margined 
with  black,  with  a  band  on  each  side,  crimson  from  the  base  to  the  middle 
and  thence  to  the  tip  luteous.  Breast  whitish,  with  a  dark  brown  circle  on 
each  anterior  coxae,  which  are  tinted  with  crimson  internally.  All  the  femora 
crimson  internally  ;  tarsi  annulated  with  crimson. 

Unless  Mr.  Walker's  description  refers  to  this  insect,  I  think  it  has  not  been 
described  since  the  time  of  Hubner.  I  have  recognized  the  genus  under  which 
this  author  placed  it,  because  I  regard  the  insect  as  distinct  generically  from 
Ecpantheria.  The  two  genera  are,  however,  beyond  doubt  nearly  related, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  neuration  of  the  wings  shows  close  relationship  to 
the  genus  Arctia. 

Mexico,  near  Jalapa. 

Arctia,  Schrank. 

Fore  wings  with  the  subcostal  nervure  having  two  marginal  nervules  from 
near  the  end  of  the  cell,  and  with  a  long,  narrow  costal  cell  formed  between 
the  pecond  marginal  and  subcostal  vein,  and  extended  a  little  beyond  the 
origin  of  the  post-apical,  or  without  this  cell.  The  subcosto-inferior  nervule 
and  the  discal  vein  arises  at  a  common  point,  and  toward  the  apical  portion 
of  the  wing  is  given  off  the  post-apical  nervule  and  the  apical  nervulet.  The 
median  vein  4-branched,  the  posterior  nervule  being  very  remote  from  the 
others.  Hind  wings  broader  than  the  fore  wings,  as  long  or  rather  longer ; 
neuration  as  usual  in  the  family.  Sometimes  the  neuration  of  the  fore  wings 
varies  from  that  of  the  typical  species,  in  having  a  single  marginal  nervule  from 
the  cell  and  another  between  the  origins  of  the  post-apical  nervule  and  apical 
nervulet,  thus  resembling  the  wing  structure  in  Spilosoma  ;  in  the  latter,  how- 
ever, the  second  marginal  arises  on  the  interior  side  of  the  post-apical. 

Head  small,  rather  sunken  on  thorax,  hairy,  and  with  ocelli.  Face  narrow 
and  hairy.  Eyes  small.  Antennae  in  the  j*  shortly  pectinated,  in  the? 
serrated  and  sometimes  slightly  pectinated.  Labial  palpi  porrected,  hairy 
and  exceeding  the  clypeus  by  about  one-half  their  length  ;  the  third  joint 
subacuate,  nearly  or  quite  as  long  as  the  second  joint.  Tongue  with  slender 
filaments,  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxae. 

Body  thick.  Thorax  covered  with  thick  hair.  Patagia  rather  large,  more 
or  less  overarching  the  vertex.  Breast  rather  hairy  ;  legs  rather  stout,  with 
all  the  femora  hairy  ;  anterior  tibiae  longer  than  last  joint  of  tarsus,  with 
tibial  spur  concealed,  the  posterior  tibiae  having  four  moderate  spurs. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  527 

Table  of  Species. 

I.  Fore  wings  black,  brown  or  whitish. 

*  Fore  wings  spotted,  ?wt  striped. 

a.  Fore  wings  brown. 

Abdomen  spotted  above  with  black  ;  hind  wings  with 

blue  black  spots,  Americana. 

Abdomen  with  disk  black  ;  hind  wings  black-band- 
ed, Parthenos. 

b.  Fore  wings  black  or  blackish. 

Fore  wings  with  a  few  spots,  Placentia. 

"  with  many  spots,  Virginalis. 

c.  Fore  wings  whitish  or  flesh-colored. 

Hind  wings  cinnabar  red  ;  fore  wings  with  large  brown 

spots,  C  a  j  a . 

' '  saffron-colored,  Dahurica. 

flesh-colored  or  pinkish,  Dione. 

**  Fore  wings  striped.  Quenselii. 

Fore  wings  with  five  stripes,  Virgo  . 
"           with  three  stripes  ; 

Fore  wings  with  the  apical  veins  pale,  Virguncula. 
"           with  the  apical  veins  dark. 

Fore  wings  with  a  furcate  apical  stripe,  N  a  i  s  • 

with  a  crucial  subtenninal  stripe,        Phyllira. 

Fore  wings  with  two  stripes,  f  e  r  v  i  d  a . 

***Fore  wings  with  a  spot  and  a  stripe.  hyperborea. 

II.  Fore  wings  fulvous  or  yellow,  black  spotted. 

Hind  wings  somewhat  cinereous,  g  e  1  i  d  a  . 

Mr.  "Walker  regards  Caja  as  common  to  Europe  and  the  United  States,  and 
says  that  "the  white  markings  in  the  American  species  sometimes  overspread 
nearly  the  whole  surface  of  the  wing,  and  in  other  cases  they  entirely  disap- 
pear. The  black  spots  on  the  hind  wings  are  almost  equally  variable."  The 
description  below  is  drawn  from  the  European  species. 

Fore  wings  with  a  long,  narrow  costal  cell. 

*  A.  Caja,  Linn. — Umber  brown.  Patagia  tipped  with  red.  Fore  wings 
Very  pale  yellowish  white  at  the  base,  with  four  umber  brown  spots  ;  with 
two  pale  yellowish  white  streaks  on  the  costa  over  the  disk  and  an  irregular 
crucial  mark  of  the  same  hue  in  apical  portion  of  the  wing,  consisting  of  a 
band  from  the  costa  to  the  inner  angle,  where  there  is  a  small  brown  dot, 
crossed  by  a  broad  line  from  near  the  tip,  beneath  which  it  is  angulated,  to 
the  middle  of  the  inner  margin  and  connected  sometimes  by  a  streak  along 
the  fold  with  the  basal  patch.  Hind  wings  red,  with  three  spots  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  wing,  one  on  the  discal  vein ;  the  origin  of  medio-posterior  and 
middle  of  submedian  and  three  along  the  hinder  margin  all  dark  bluish  black. 
Abdomen  red,  with  black  dorsal  spots. 

California,  West  coast  of  America. 

*  A.  Dahurica,  Boisd. — Flesh-colored.  Occiput  with  three  black  stripes 
from  the  body  and  with  numerous,  black  intercostal  spots  on  the  anterior 
wings.  Posterior  wings  saffron-colored,  with  the  base  and  cilia  yellow,  spotted 
with  black. 

California. 

*A.  Quenselii,  Greyer.—  Zutr.  Samm.  Ex.  Sch.,  14,  424,  f.  847,  8. 
Female.  Black.  Thorax  with  four  testaceous  stripes.  Abdomen  with  two 
testaceous  stripes.     Fore  wings  with  luteous  stripes  furcate  and  confluent 

I860.] 


528 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


toward  the  tip  of  the  wings.     Posterior  wing  with  testaceous  stripes  connected 
toward  the  tip. 
Labrador. 

*A.  gelid  a,  Moochler,  Ent.  Zeit.  Stell.,  ix.  17,  3,  174.  Black.  Thorax 
with  two  yellow  stripes.  Abdomen  yellow  on  the  sides,  spotted  with  black. 
Fore  wings  somewhat  yellowish,  with  angular  black  spots.  Posterior  some- 
what cinereous. 

Labrador. 

With  two  distinct  marginal  nervules  from  the  disk. 

A.  Virgo,  Hiibner. — Thorax  buff-colored,  sometimes  tinged  with  reddish, 
with  two  black  spots,  one  on  each  patagium  ;  disk  with  an  oval  black  stripe, 
and  each  of  the  tegulse  striped  broadly  with  black.  Fore  wings  black,  with 
the  margins,  the  veins  and  their  branches,  a  broad  line  along  the  fold,  a 
stripe  from  the  origin  of  the  subcosto-inferior  nervule  angularly  furcate  be- 
neath the  median  vein,  an  oblique  stripe  near  the  tip  of  the  wing,  with  two 
spots  on  the  costa  behind  it,  and  one  on  the  disk,  all  buff-colored,  sometimes 
tinted  faintly  with  reddish.  Hind  wings  red,  spotted  with  large  black  spots. 
Abdomen  red,  with  a  black  macular  band  on  the  dorsum. 

New  York,  Nova  Scotia.     Illinois,  Mr.  Kennicott. 

With  two  distinct  marginal  nervules.     Labial  palpi  little  exceeding  the  clypeus. 

A.  D  i  o  n  e ,  Drury. — Eeddish  white  or  flesh-colored.  Thorax  with  two 
black  stripes  in  front,  one  on  each  side  at  the  base  of  the  wings,  with  three  of 
the  same  hue  on  the  disk,  one  central  and  one  on  each  tegulse.  Fore  wings 
with  a  black  stripe  along  the  submedian  vein  and  black  cuneiform  spots  on 
the  disk  and  between  the  nervules.  Hind  wings  white  or  flesh-colored,  with 
black  spots  and  sometimes  with  yellow  along  the  margins.  Abdomen  spotted 
with  black. 

N.  Y.,  Ga.     Mass.,  Mr.  Scudder.     111.,  Mr.  Kennicott. 

*  A.  Virguncula,  Kirby. — Black.  Thorax  buff-colored,  with  five  black 
spots.  Fore  wings  with  the  margins,  the  veins  and  the  branches  reddish  buff- 
colored.  Hind  wings  luteous,  spotted  with  large  black  spots.  Abdomen 
reddish  buff,  with  a  macular  band  of  triangular  spots  above. 

New  York,  Canada. 

*  A.  N  a  i  s  ,  Drury. — Thorax  white,  with  two  black  spots  in  front  and  three 
black  stripes.  Fore  wings  black,  with  three  white  stripes,  the  second  furcate, 
and  oblique,  subapical  white  bands.  Sometimes  the  oblique  bands  are  want- 
ing, as  likewise  some  of  the  stripes.  The  veins  sometimes  testaceous.  Hind 
wings  yellowish  or  red,  more  or  less  varied  with  black.  Abdomen  white, 
with  a  broad  black  stripe  ;  sometimes  nearly  wholly  brown. 

Mass. 

A.  Phylira,  Drury. — Thorax  buff-colored,  with  a  short  black  stripe  on 
each  patagium,  a  broad  stripe  on  the  disk,  one  on  each  tegulse  and  a  short 
one  on  the  sides  at  the  base  of  the  wings  of  the  same  hue.  Fore  wings  black, 
with  a  buff-colored  stripe  along  the  costa,  deflected  at  the  apical  third  of  the 
wing  to  the  inner  angle,  a  broad  stripe  of  the  same  hue  beneath  the  median 
vein  extended  to  the  hinder  margin  and  turned  at  an  acute  angle  toward  the. 
costa.  The  median  stripe  is  likewise  produced  along  the  fold,  joining  the  de- 
flected portion  of  the  costal  stripe  at  the  inner  angle.  Inner  margin  buff- 
colored.  Hind  wings  bright  red  in  the  J ,  often  yellowish  red  in  the  ^,  and 
with  large  black  spots  in  the  former,  which  are  frequently  almost  obsolete  in 
the  latter.     Abdomen  red,  black  above. 

111.,  Mich.,  Mass.,  Penn.,  Texas.  Col.  of  Capt.  Pope.  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  529 

*  A.  Placentia,  Abbott  and  Smith. — Blackish  brown.  Fore  wings  with 
a  dot  or  three  pale  testaceous  spots.  Hind  wings  red,  with  the  margin  and 
several  submarginal  spots  blackish  brown.  Abdomen  above  red,  with  dorsal 
spots  and  the  tip  blackish  brown. 

Georgia. 

*A.  virginalis,  Boisd. — Abdomen  above  fulvous,  banded  with  black, 
beneath  black.  Fore  wings  black;  with  about  twenty  yellowish  white  spots. 
Hind  wings  fulvous,  with  black  bands. 

California. 

*  A.  hyperborea.  Eyprepia  hyperboreus,  Curtis,  Ap.  Ross.  Nar.  2d  Voy. 
Ixxi.  17. — Male.  Chestnut  brown.  Fore  wings  with  costal  spot  and  inter- 
rupted streak  behind  isable  yellow.  Hind  wings  with  a  brown  band,  a  spot 
and  the  margin  ochreous. 

Arctic  America. 

*A.  Americana,  Harris. — "  Fore  wings  brown,  with  several  spots  and 
broad  winding  lines  of  white.  Hind  wings  ochre-yellow,  with  five  or  six 
round  blue-black  spots,  three  larger  than  the  others.  Thorax  brown  and 
woolly.  Patagia  edged  with  white  before  and  with  crimson  behind.  Outer 
edges  of  tegulae  white.  Abdomen  ochre-yellow,  with  four  black  spots  in  the 
middle  above." 

Trenton  Falls,  N.  Y. ;  Lake  Superior. 

Fore  wings  with  a  single  marginal  nervule  from  the  cell  and  another  beyond  the 
origin  of  the  subcosto-inferior  nervule. 

A.  Parthenos,  Harris.  Var.  ? — A.  Americana,  Walker,  607? — Thorax 
reddish  brown.  Vertex  and  the  ends  of  patagia  bright  red.  Thorax  banded 
in  front  and  along  the  tegulse  with  pale  yellow.  Fore  wings  rather  dark  yel- 
lowish brown,  with  two  rows  of  pale  yellow,  separated  spots,  one  along  the 
costa  with  three  nearly  joining  over  subcostal  nervules,  and  one  along  the 
fold  with  a  stripe  at  the  base  of  it.  Along  the  hinder  margin  is  an  indistinct 
row  of  pale  yellow  spots,  those  in  the  middle  nearly  obsolete.  Hind  wings 
yellow,  with  a  broad  black  band  in  the  middle  furcate  externally  and  a  sub- 
terminal  undulating  one  of  the  same  hue,  with  the  nervules  between  the 
bands  touched  with  black.  Abdomen,  disk  black,  the  tip  somewhat  orange 
yellow,  beneath  reddish. 

Mass.   Mr.  Scudder.     British  America. 

*  A.  fervida,  Walker,  612. — Blackish  brown.  Abdominal  segments 
with  bright  red  dorsal  bands.  Fore  wings  with  a  white  fringe  along  the  outer 
border  ;  two  pale  testaceous  streaks,  one  extending  in  the  disk  from  the  base 
to  half  the  length,  the  other  short,  oblique,  about  two-thirds  of  the  length,  ex- 
tending from  near  the  fore  border  into  the  disk ;  under  side  red,  with  brown 
borders.  Hind  wings  bright  red,  with  very  broad  blackish  brown  borders, 
which  in  their  narrowest  part  are  accompanied  by  a  slender  brown  band  ; 
under  side  like  the  upper  side,  but  without  the  band.  Body  6  lines  long  ; 
wings  16  lines. 

Guatemala. 

Ectypia. 

Fore  wings  about  one-third  longer  than  the  hind  wings,  with  two  subcosto- 
marginal  branches  from  the  cell,  the  second  forming  a  costal  cell  with  the  sub- 
costal by  a  branch  which  joins  it  at  the  origin  of  the  post-apical.  The  apical 
nervule  with  a  moderate  apical  nervulet.  The  subcosto-inferior  nervule  and 
the  discal  vein  arise  on  a  short  common  stalk,  the  latter  angulated.  The 
median  vein  is  4-branched,  the  posterior  nervule  being  remote  from  the 
others,  which  are  aggregated.     The  neuration  of  the  hind  wings,  which  are 

I860.] 


530  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 

as  broad  as  the  anterior  pair,  is  as  usual  in  the  family,  except  that  the  costal 
and  subcostal  veins  show  a  tendency  to  separate  at  the  base. 

Head  rather  small,  sunken,  subtufted  between  the  antennae  ;  without  ocelli. 
Face  moderately  broad,  hairy,  retreating.  Eyes  rather  small.  Antennae 
shortly  pectinated  in  the  (J',  serrated  in  the  $  (?)  Labial  palpi  rather 
slender,  subascending,  exceeding  somewhat  the  clypeus,  slightly  hairy  be- 
neath, with  the  second  joint  slightly  larger  than  the  basal,  and  the  terminal 
joint  short,  globose.      Tongue  rudimentary. 

Thorax  smooth,  with  decumbent  hair.  Patagia  moderate.  Abdomen  icant- 
ing.  Legs  smooth  ;  fore  tibia?  nearly  as  long  as  the  femora  ;  hind  legs  want- 
iny.     The  specimens  described  are  much  mutilated. 

A.  bivittata . — White.  Labial  palpi  blackish,  white  beneath.  Thorax 
with  two  lateral  black  stripes,  margined  externally  by  another,  luteous.  Fore 
wings  with  a  few  black  spots  and  short  black  streaks.  Ou  the  discal  vein  are 
two  spots  and  another  on  the  origin  of  the  medio-posterior  nervule.  At  the 
extreme  base,  almost  on  the  costa,  are  one  or  two  dots  and  the  submedian 
vein  is  tipped  on  its  end  with  black.  Sometimes  a  short  black  stripe  in  the 
fold  at  the  base  and  a  few  black  spots  near  the  tip  of  the  wing.  Hind  wings 
without  spots.     Tarsi  black. 

Imago  on  wing  April  21st.  Texas.  Capt.  Pope's  collection.  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Hypantria,  Harris. 

Mr.  Walker  does  not  recognize  this  genus,  but  refers  the  species  Dr.  Harris 
placed  in  it  to  Euproctis  of  Hiibner.  The  structure  of  E.  auriflua  does 
not,  however,  authorize  this  step.  In  it  the  antennas  are  deeply  pectinated 
in  the  $,  the  palpi  are  differently  formed,  the  tongue  more  rudimentary,  the 
costal  and  subcostal  veins  in  the  hind  wings  distinct  to  the  base,  although 
connected  in  the  middle  of  the  cell  by  an  intercostal  branch,  and  in  the  fore 
wings  the  second  subcosto-marginal  nervule  arises  between  the  post-apical 
and  apical  nervulet.  The  head  is  without  ocelli  and  the  structure  of  the  legs 
in  auriflua  differs  from  that  intextor.  A  consideration  of  these  differ- 
ences and  the  structural  agreement  of  t  e  x  t  o  r  with  other  genera  of  the 
family  Arctiidae,  the  habits  and  structure  of  the  larva  can  leave  no  doubt,  I 
think,  respecting  its  true  position  and  the  naturalness  of  the  genus. 

The  structure  of  the  fore  and  hind  wings,  like  that  in  the  genus  Spilo- 
soma. 

Head  moderate,  somewhat  sunken  and  woolly;  with  ocelli.  Face  taperin^ 
and  vertical.  Eyes  moderately  large.  Antennas  shortly  pectinated  in  the  <$, 
serrated  in  the  §  •  Labial  palpi  rather  hairy  beneath,  scarcely  extending  be- 
yond the  clypeus  ;  second  joint  very  short,  and  the  terminal  joint  nearly  rudi- 
mental.     Tongue  nearly  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxa?,  filamentous. 

Body  rather  stout.  Thorax  woolly.  Patagia  not  erected,  rather  broad  and 
flattened.  Breast  woolly  ;  abdomen  rather  smooth.  Legs  with  the  femora 
woolly  ;  tibial  spur  of  the  fore  legs  long  and  curved  ;  hind  tibiae  with  a  pair 
of  small  apical  spurs. 

Table  of  Species. 
Abdomen  white. 

Fore  wings  without  spots,  t  e  x  t  o  r  . 

Fore  wings  spotted  with  black,  C  u  n  e  a . 

Abdomen  luteous. 

Fore  wings  black  in  greater  part,  with  white  veins,  Echo. 

H.  t  e  x  t  o  r ,  Harris.— Pure  white,  immaculate.     Antennae  blackish  brown. 
Palpi  blackish.     The  fore  coxae  and  femora  luteous. 
Ga.,  Mass.,  Penn. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  531 

H.  C  u  n  e  a ,  Drury. — White.  Thorax  usually  unspotted,  sometimes  with 
a  few  black  spots.  Antennae  blackish  brown.  Fore  wings  with  highly  varia- 
ble markings  ;  usually  with  numerous  black  spots,  sometimes  with  but  few  of 
them.  Hind  wings  without  spots.  Abdomen  white,  with  three  rows  of 
minute  black  spots,  frequently  inconspicuous.  The  fore  coxae  and  femora 
luteous  ;  tarsi  blackish. 

Ga.,  Mass.,  Penn. 

H.  Echo,  Ab.  &  Sm. — White.  Fore  wings  mostly  black  with  white  veins 
and  spotted  with  black.     Abdomen  luteous,  spotted  with  black. 

Dr.  Fitch  in  his  3d  Report  describes  two  other  specimens  which  are  referred 
to  this  genus. 

Spilosoma,   Stephens. 

Fore  wings  with  a  single  marginal  nervule  from  the  cell  and  another  inte- 
rior to  the  origin  of  the  post-apical  nervule  ;  apical  nervule  with  a  nervulet 
to  the  costa  near  the  tip.  The  subcosto-inferior  and  discal  vein,  which  is 
angulated,  arise  at  a  common  point.  Median  vein  4-branched,  with  the  pos- 
terior nervule  remote  from  the  others. 

Hind  wings  about  equal  to  the  length  of  the  abdomen,  with  the  wing  struc- 
ture common  to  the  family. 

Head  moderate,  rather  woolly,  somewhat  sunken  and  sometimes  depressed  ; 
with  ocelli.  Face  moderately  broad,  tapering.  Eyes  moderately  large.  An- 
tennae shortly  pectinated  in  the  $,  serrated  in  the  9 ,  sometimes  simple. 
Labial  palpi  more  or  less  exceeding  the  clypeus,  subascendent,  hairy  beneath  ; 
the  first  and  second  joints  usually  short,  sometimes  the  joints  nearly  equal ; 
the  first  joint  squamous  and  ovate  or  subcorneal.  Tongue  slender  and  as  long 
as  the  anterior  coxa?. 

Body  rather  stout.  Thorax  woolly.  Patagia  usually  flattened,  sometimes 
erected  and  somewhat  trapezoidal.  Breast  woolly.  Abdomen  rather  smooth. 
Legs  downy  or  hairy  ;  tibial  spur  of  fore  legs  long  and  curved  ;  hind  tibiae 
with  two  pairs  of  spurs  near  the  tip,  sometimes  minute. 

Table  of  Species. 

Wings  white. 
Abdomen  with  black  spots. 

Fore  wings  with  many  black  spots,  A  c  r  e  a  . 

Fore  wings  with  a  single  discal  dot,  Virginica. 

Abdomen  not  spotted. 

Fore  wings  with  oblique,  imperfect  bands  of  brownish 

dots,  c  o  n  g  r  u  a  . 

Wings  fulvous,  Isabella. 

S.  Isabella,  Ab.  &  Sm. — Fulvous,  or  brownish  ochreous,  sometimes 
slightly  tinged  with  reddish.  Fore  wings  with  a  black  spot  on  the  disk  and  a 
subterminal  of  the  same  hue,  sometimes  faintly  banded.  Hind  wings  roseate 
or  yellowish  tinged  with  roseate,  with  two  discal  black  spots  and  four  of  the 
same  hue  along  the  hinder  margin.  Abdomen  with  three  rows  of  black  spots. 
Fore  femora  crimson  internally  ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  black. 

This  insect  usually  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  genus  Arctia,  certainly 
cannot  be  included  in  it,  in  consequence  of  structural  differences. 

S.  acrea,  Drury. — White.  Antennae  black.  Fore  wings  dotted  with 
black  spots,  those  along  the  costae  being  the  largest.  Hind  wings  white  in  the 
9 ,  and  orange  yellow  in  the  $,  spotted  with  black.  Abdomen  orange  yel- 
low above,  with  the  tip  white,  and  with  three  rows  of  black  spots. 

S.  "Virginica,  Fabr. — White.  Antennae  blackish  brown,  with  white 
1860] 


532  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

tomentum.  Labial  palpi  blackish,  beneath  yellowish.  Wings  with  a  discal 
black  dot  or  clots,  sometimes  wanting  ;  under  surface  of  hind  pair  always  with 
a  black  discal  spot.  Abdomen  luteous  above,  with  three  rows  of  black  spots. 
The  anterior  coxa?  and  femora  luteous,  the  femora  with  a  black  spot. 

*S.  congrua,  Walker,  669. — White.  Tarsi  with  black  bands.  Fore 
coxae  and  fore  femora  luteous,  with  black  spots  on  the  inner  side  ;  fore  tibia? 
striped  with  black  on  the  inner  side. 

Male. — Head  and  fore  part  of  the  thorax  with  a  slight  testaceous  tinge. 
Fore  wings  with  four  oblique,  very  imperfect  and  irregular  bands,  composed 
of  pale  brown  dots.     Body  6-7  lines  ;  wings  16-20  lines. 

Georgia. 

*  S.  Jussiaeae. — Arctia  Jussicece,  Poey,  Cent.  Lep.  Cuba.  S.  Jussiace, 
Walker,  670.  Wings  white.  The  fore  wings  above  and  the  hind  wings  be- 
neath with  a  black  point  in  the  middle.  Anterior  femora  and  the  abdomen 
at  the  sides  fulvous.     Abdomen  with  quintuple  series  of  points. 

Cuba.     Larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  Jussicea  erecta. 

Euch^tes,  Harris. 

Fore  wings  rather  broad,  trigonate.  The  subcostal  vein  gives  rise  to  two 
marginal  nervules  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  disk,  and  between  the  second 
marginal  nervule  and  the  apical  is  formed  a  short,  costal  cell.  The  post-apical 
nervule  arises  midway  between  the  costal  cell  and  apical  nervulet.  The  discal 
vein  which  is  angulated  and  the  subcosto  inferior  are  given  off  from  a  com- 
mon point.  The  median  vein  is  4-branched,  the  posterior  nervule  moderately 
remote  from  the  penultimate.  Hind  wings  as  broad  as  the  fore  wings,  with 
the  neuration  common  to  the  family. 

Head  moderate,  depressed  ;  with  ocelli.  Face  inclined.  Eyes  small.  An- 
tenna? slightly  pectinated  in  the  tf,  serrated  in  the  9  •  Labial  palpi  rather 
stout  and  ascending  on  the  face  nearly  to  the  base  of  the  antennae  ;  basal  and 
middle  joints  nearly  equal  ;  terminal  short,  three  or  four  times  less  long  than 
the  middle  joint.     Tongue  rather  longer  than  the  anterior  coxae. 

Body  stout.  Thorax  rather  woolly.  Breast  woolly  ;  abdomen  smooth.  Legs 
with  hairy  femora  ;  anterior  tibiae  nearly  as  long  as  anterior  tarsi,  internal 
spur  concealed  and  half  as  long  as  the  tibia? ;  hind  tibiae  with  two  pairs  of 
spurs. 

E.  Egle,  Drury. — Spilosoma  Egle,  West.,  Walk.  Bluish  cinereous.  Oc- 
ciput with  a  narrow  luteous  line.  Abdomen  whitish  beneath,  above  dark  yel- 
low, with  a  dorsal  and  lateral  row  of  black  spots.  Fore  coxa?  woolly  and 
touched  at  the  sides  with  luteous. 

Mass.,  Samuel  H.  Scudder,  Esq.     New  York,  Mr.  Akhurst. 

The  following  insect  differs  from  the  Massachusetts  specimen  very  curious- 
ly, and  I  am  at  a  loss  how  to  reconcile  the  differences  between  them.  The 
fore  wings  correspond  more  nearly  to  Dr.  Harris'  description  than  the  speci- 
men from  his  own  State,  but  the  palpi  do  not  agree  witli  those  of  the  species 
he  described.  The  larva  of  E.  E  g  1  e  is  common  enough  in  this  vicinity,  but 
I  have  never  met  with  the  perfect  insect,  nor  have  I  been  successful  in  various 
attempts  to  carry  it  through  its  transformations. 

In  the  Texan  specimens  the  costal  cell  of  the  fore  wings  is  longer  and  nar- 
rower than  in  the  foregoing,  and  sometimes  gives  rise  to  the  post-apical  ner- 
vule. The  head  is  perfectly  smooth  ;  the  palpi  are  porrected,  short;  scarcely  ex- 
ceeding the  ciypeus ;  rather  hairy  towards  the  base  beneath  ;  the  basal  and 
middle  joints  nearly  equal ;  terminal  joint  globular,  and  one-half  as  long  as 
the  middle. 

The  body  is  rather  slender.  Thorax  and  breast  perfectly  smooth.  Legs 
smooth;  anterior  tibia?  scarcely  longer  than  the  basal  joint  of  the  anterior 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  533 

tarsi,  and  terminating  in  front  in  a  rather  long,  curved  spire,  with  the  in- 
ternal spur  as  long  as  the  tibiae. 

Var.?  E.  Eglenensis  . — Bluish  cinereous.  Palpi  bright  reddish  at  the 
base,  with  dark  cinereous  tips.  The  occiput  and  post-orbits  are  red  orange. 
The  external  edge  of  the  fore  wings  is  pale  luteous.  The  abdomen  above  is 
bright  red  orange,  with  a  dorsal  row  of  small  black  spots  and  one  on  each 
side ;  beneath  cinereous.  The  thorax  beneath  and  the  anterior  coxae  are 
tinged  with  red  orange. 

The  imago  is  on  wing  during  the  month  of  August. 

Texas.     Capt.  Pope's  collection.  Smithsonian  institution. 

Halesidota,  Hiibner.     Lophocampa,  Harris. 

Fore  wings  narrow ;  the  subcostal  vein  with  two  marginal  nervules  from 
the  disk,  with  an  apical  nervulet  near  the  tip,  midway  between  the  origin  of 
which  and  that  of  the  subcosto-inferior  nervule  arises  the  post-apical.  Median 
vein  4-branched,  the  posterior  nervule  moderately  remote  from  the  penulti- 
mate.    Hind  wings,  neuration  arctiseform. 

Head  moderate,  short,  rather  woolly ;  with  ocelli.  Face  tapering,  moder- 
ately broad.  Eyes  rather  large.  Antennae  slightly  pectinated  in  the  tf,  ser- 
rated in  the  9  •  Labial  palpi  stout,  porrecte-i,  exceeding  the  clypeus  some- 
what, and  squamose  ;  the  basal  and  middle  joint  about  equal ;  terminal 
joint  conical,  very  minute.     Tongue  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  stout.  Thorax  smooth,  with  decumbent  hair.  Patagia  erected, 
moderately  large.  Breast  slightly  hairy  ;  abdomen  smooth.  Legs  stout  and 
smooth ;  the  tibial  spur  of  the  fore  legs  rather  long,  concealed ;  hind  tibiae 
with  four  moderate  spurs. 

Table  of  Species. 

Fore  ivings  banded. 

Fore  wings  with  four  bands. 

"  with  bands  black-bordered,  tessellaris. 

with  bands  of  spots,  (  a  n  n  u  1  i  f  a  s  c  i  a  . 

r  (maculata. 

Fore  wings  with  two  bands,  fulvo-flava. 

Fore  wings  not  banded. 

Fore  wings  spotted  or  sprinkled  with  dots. 
Abdomen  luteous  or  yellowish. 

Thorax  with  two  brown  stripes,  C  a  r  y  e  a  . 

Thorax  with  six  white  luteous  bordered  spots,       palpalis. 
Fore  wings  with  indistinct  hyaline  spots. 

Thorax  with  three  white  stripes,  b  i  c  o  1  o  r . 

Fore  wings  streaked  with  white. 

Abdomen  crimson,  tip  black,  s  t  r  i  g  o  s  a  . 

Fore  wings  mottled  with  grayish. 

Abdomen  red,  banded  with  black,  cingulata. 

Fore  wings  not  spotted  nor  striped,  i  n  s  u  lata. 

*  H.  Caryae,  Harris,  Ins.  Mass.,  2d  ed.,  278. — Pale  ochre  yellow.  Thorax 
with  the  tegulae  edged  with  light  brown  internally.  Fore  wings  thickly  and 
finely  sprinkled  with  little  brown  dots  and  with  two  oblique  brownish  streaks 
passing  backwards  from  the  costa,  with  three  rows  of  white  semi-transparent 
spots,  parallel  to  the  hinder  margin.  Hind  wings  very  thin,  semi-transparent, 
and  without  spots. 

*H.  annulifasci  a,  Walker,  734. — Pale  testaceous.  Proboscis  and  an- 
tennae tawny.  Thorax  with  two  tawny  stripes,  which  converge  landward. 
Fore  wings  with  tawny  punctures,  which  are  most  numerous  and  partly  con- 

1860.]  '  36 


534  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

fluent  on  the  disk  beyond  the  middle,  and  with  four  oblique  bands  of  whitish 
tawny-bordered  spots  ;  veins  tawny.  Hind  wings  whitish,  with  a  slight  testa- 
ceous tinge. 

H.  Caryse? 

H.  tessellaris,  Ab.  &  Sm. — Pale  ochreous  yellow.  Antennae  and 
labial  palpi  pale  orange  yellow,  the  terminal  joint  of  the  latter  blackish. 
Tegulffi  edged  internally  with  bluish  green  and  with  a  blackish  dot  on  the  mid- 
dle of  each  in  front.  Abdomen  pale  orange  yellow  above.  Fore  wings  with 
dusky  bands  edged  on  each  side  with  a  delicate,  crenated  blackish  line,  one 
at  the  base  furcate  above  subcostal  vein,  one  across  the  middle  of  the  disk, 
one  ondiscal  vein  extended  to  the  median  vein,  one  across  the  nervules,  some- 
times interrupted  in  the  middle,  and  one  along  the  hinder  margin.  Hind 
wings  paler  than  the  fore  wings. 

*H.  fulvo-flava,  Walker,  733. — Testaceous,  paler  beneath.  Thorax 
with  two  tawny  stripes,  which  converge  behind,  and  two  tawny  spots  in  front 
between  the  stripes.  Femora  and  tibia?  hairy  :  fore  femora  and  tibiae  tawny 
above.  Fore  wings  yellow,  with  a  tawny  spot  at  the  base,  with  two  oblique, 
tawny  bands,  with  darker  borders  ;  these  bands  are  partly  connected,  and  the 
inner  one  is  especially  irregular  and  ramose,  being  forked  in  front  and  dilated 
in  the  disk  toward  the  base,  and  emitting  a  branch  to  each  border.  Hind 
wings  whitish,  with  a  slight  testaceous  tinge. 

H.  maculata? 

Nova  Scotia,  United  States. 

*H.  maculata,  Harris,  279. — Pale  ochre  yellow.  Fore  wings  with  large, 
irregular,  pale  brown  spots,  arranged  almost  in  transverse  bauds. 
Mass. 

H.  bicolor,  Walker. — Male.  Reddish  tawny.  Head  white.  Antennae 
whitish  above.  Thorax  with  three  white  stripes.  Breast  white.  Fore 
femora  and  tibiae  thickly  clothed  with  white  hairs.  Fore  wings  testaceous, 
with  indistinct  hyaline  spots.     Hind  wings  white. 

Mr.  Walker  says  the  specimen  from  which  this  description  was  drawn,  is 
injured,  and  that  it  may  be  a  variety  of  H.  an  ulifascia. 

Mexico. 

*H.  insulata,  Walker. — Female.  Pale  testaceous,  paler  beneath.  Head 
with  a  pale  luteous  band  behind  the  antennae.  Palpi  blackish  above  toward 
the  tips.  Antennae  black,  pale  luteous  at  the  base.  Abdomen  above  luteous. 
Legs  blackish  ;  coxae  luteous.  Hind  wings  a  little  paler  than  the  fore  wings. 
Abdomen  with  rows  of  black  dots  ;  femora  blackish  above,  whitish  testaceous 
beneath. 

Male. — Abdomen  unspotted.  Femora  luteous,  with  black  tips  ;  fore  femora 
blackish  above,  except  toward  the  base. 

Jamaica. 

Variety. — Cream  color.  Palpi  black  above  and  towards  the  tips.  Antennae 
black,  cream  color  at  the  base.  Abdomen  luteous  atove,  with  three  rows  of 
black  dots.  Fore  legs  blackish  above  ;  middle  tibiae  and  tips  of  the  posterior 
femora  and  of  the  hind  tibiae  gray. 

St.  Domingo,  S.  America. 

*  H.  palpalis,  Walker.— Male.  Deep  brown.  Vertex  and  front  whitish, 
with  two  brown  spots.  Palpi  with  a  testaceous  band  near  the  tips.  Antennae 
black.  Thorax  with  six  white  luteous-bordered  spots,  two  in  front,  and  two 
on  each  side  by  the  wings,  the  hind  pair  elongated.  Breast,  abdomen  and 
legs  luteous.  Fore  tibiae  and  tarsi  brown,  the  former  and  the  fore  metatarsus 
each  with  a  broad  white  band  ;  posterior  tibiae  and  tarsi  with  brown  bands. 
Fore  wings  with  four  clusters  of  white  and  testaceous  spots,  one  at  the  base, 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  535 

one  on  each  border  before  the  middle,  and  the  largest  one  extending  hind- 
ward  from  the  tip  to  the  inner  angle  ;  the  "testaceous  spots  are  smaller  and 
less  numerous  than  the  white  spots  which  mostly  enclose  them.  Hind  wings 
luteous.  ' 

Jamaica. 

*  H.  strigosa,  Walker. — Head  and  thorax  brown  above.  Head  whitish 
about  the  eyes,  and  with  a  whitish  band  on  the  vertex.  Palpi  brown,  whitish 
beneath  and  toward  the  tips.  Antenna  whitish,  with  two  brown  bands.  Thorax 
with  four  whitish  stripes  ;  fore  part  bordered  with  reddish  white,  and  with 
one  stripe  of  the  same  color.  Abdomen  crimson,  black  at  the  tip,  and  with 
a  row  of  black  spots  along  each  side  ;  under  side  whitish,  with  four  rows  of 
black  spots.  Legs  whitish  ;  femora  and  tibiae  striped  with  brown ;  tibia? 
striped  with  red.  Fore  wings  brown,  with  very  numerous  whitish  streaks. 
Hind  wings  almost  limpid,  with  more  or  less  broad  brownish  borders. 

St.  Domingo. 

*  H.  cingulata,  Walker,  1710. — Red.  Abdomen  with  black  bands, 
which  are  interrupted  toward  the  base.  Fore  wings  thickly  mottled  with  in- 
distinct gray  marks.     Hind  wings  a  little  paler  than  the  fore  wings. 

Male. — Palpi  with  brown  tips. 

Female. — Palpi  with  black  tips.     Disk  of  the  thorax  slightly  brownish. 

Jamaica  and  South  America. 

Hypercomfa,  Stephens. 

Fore  wings  usually  with  two  subcosto-marginal  nervules  from  the  disk  and 
and  a  costal  cell  formed  by  the  second  branch,  sometimes  much  contracted 
and  narrow  and  placed  above  the  discal  vein  or  exterior  to  the  disk  ;  in  this 
case  there  is  but  one  marginal  nervule  from  the  disk.  The  post-apical  nervule 
arises  either  about  midway  between  the  end  of  the  costal  cell  and  the  apical 
nervulet  or  from  the  end  of  the  cell.  The  subcosto-inferior  and  discal  arise 
at  a  common  point,  the  latter  curved.  Median  vein  4  branched,  the  posterior 
nervule  remote  from  the  penultimate  branch.  Hind  wings  broader  than  the 
fore  wings  ;  neuration  arctiaeform,  the  subcostal  becoming  furcate  exterior  to 
the  origin  of  the  discal  vein. 

Head  moderate,  free,  smooth  ;  with  ocelli.  Face  and  vertex  narrow.  Eyes 
rather  large  and  prominent.  Antennae  slender,  filiform  and  ciliated  in  both 
sexes.  Labial  palpi  somewhat  exceeding  the  clypeus,  rather  porrected  but 
subascending,  smooth  and  toward  the  base  pilose  ;  the  middle  and  basal  joint 
nearly  equal,  the  terminal  joint  quite  short  and  ovate.  Tongue  as  long  or 
nearly  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  slender.  Thorax  smooth.  Patagia  cylindrical  or  revolute,  scarcely 
ascending  above  the  vertex  and  pilose.  Breast  and  abdomen  smooth.  Legs 
rather  slender  ;  the  tibial  spur  of  the  anterior  concealed  ;  hind  tibiae  with  four 
moderate  spurs,  longer  than  the  hind  femora. 

Table  of  Species. 
Hind  wings  white. 

(  Fore  wings  with  white  spots,  Var.  L  e  c  o  n  t  e  i . 

(  Fore  wings  with  two  browu  stripes  and  a 

subterminal  band,  militaris. 

Fore  wings  with  a  white  stripe, 

with  two  white  spots,  c  o  n  t  i  g  u  a  . 

"  with  a  white  subapical  band,   confinis. 

Fore  wings   with  the  costa  yellowish  or 

brownish,  fulvicosta. 

Hind  wings  luteous. 

Fore  wings  brown,  with  white  spots  and 

stripes,  C  1  y  m  e  n  e  . 

Fore    wings    yellowish,    margined    with 

brown,  interrupto-marginata 

I860.] 


536  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Fore  wings  with  a  very  narrow  subcostal  cell  exterior  to  the  disk,  giving  rise  at  its 
end  to  the  second  marginal  and  post-apical  nervules. 

H.  militaris,  Harris.— White.  Head,  patagia  and  femora  buff  yellow. 
Thorax  and  abdomen  with  a  dorsal  brown  stripe.  Fore  wings  very  variable 
in  their  markings,  usually  with  a  brown  stripe  along  the  costa  from  the  base 
not  extended  to  the  tip,  and  one  along  the  inner  margin  with  an  oblique  band 
extended  from  it  near  the  inner  angle  to  the  tip  of  the  wing  ;  hind  margin 
from  the  tip  to  beyond  the  middle  with  a  brown  stripe.  Hind  wings  without 
spots. 

Variety.  H.  Lecontei,  Boisd. — The  fore  wings  are  brown,  spotted  with 
white,  and  the  hind  wings  sometimes  with  a  brown  dot. 

H.  interrupto-marginata,  De  Beauv.,  vid.  Proceedings,  May,  1860, 
p.  161.     H.  Comma,  Walker,  p.  652. 

*  H.  confinis,  Walker. — White.  Head,  prothorax,  fore  coxae  and  ab- 
domen at  the  base  luteous.  Palpi  with  black  tips.  Antennae  black.  Thorax 
and  abdomen  with  a  brown  stripe.  Fore  wings  brown,  with  a  discal,  slightly 
angular  white  stripe,  and  an  elongate-triangular  oblique  subapical  white 
band. 

*  H.  co  n  t  i  g  ua. — White.  Head,  prothorax  and  fore  coxae  luteous.  Palpi 
black,  luteous  at  the  base.  Antennae  black.  Thorax  and  abdomen  with  a 
brown  stripe.  Fore  wings  brown,  with  a  white  discal  stripe,  which  widens 
from  the  base  to  a  little  beyond  the  middle,  and  with  two  large  subapical 
white  spots.     Hind  wings  with  a  small  brown  spot  near  the  hind  border. 

*  H.  Clymene,  Esper. — Luteous.  Antennae  black.  Palpi  with  black 
tips.  Prothorax  with  two  brown  dots.  Thorax  with  a  white  disk  and  a  single 
brown  stripe.  Abdomen  most  frequently  with  dorsal  brown  spots.  Fore 
wings  brown,  with  a  white  angulated  stripe  at  the  base,  three  white  spots 
before  and  a  divided  subapical  one  behind.  Hind  wings  frequently  with  two 
posterior  brown  spots. 

H.  fulvi  costa. — White.  Palpi  yellow  orange,  tips  blackish.  Head, 
prothorax,  the  anterior  edge  of  the  fore  wings,  especially  beneath,  yellow 
orange  ;  sometimes  the  costa  of  the  fore  wings  is  dark  brownish.  Breast  and 
legs  yellow  orange,  the  middle  and  fore  tibiae  and  tarsi  blackish.  Abdomen 
tipped  with  yellowish  orange. 

Illinois.     From  Mr.  Robt.  Kennicott. 

Phragmatobia,  Stephens. 

The  neuration  of  the  fore  and  hind  wings,  (P.  fuliginosa),  like  that, in 
Spilosoma.      Wings  somewhat  diaphanous. 

Head  rather  small,  hairy,  sunken  ;  with  ocelli.  Face  rather  broad.  Eyes 
small.  Antennae  ciliated,  in  the  $  serrated,  in  the  £>  simple.  Labial  palpi 
short,  slightly  exceeding  the  clypeus,  very  hairy;  the  basal  and  middle  joints 
about  equal  and  the  latter  thickened  ;  terminal  joint  short,  ovate  and  obtuse. 
Tongue  not  more  than  one-half  as  long  as  anterior  coxae. 

Body  thick.  Thorax  with  long  hair.  Patagia  moderate,  erected  and  over- 
lapping the  mesothorax.  Breast  hairy  ;  abdomen  smooth.  Legs  with  hairy 
femora  ;  tibial  spur  of  the  anterior  concealed  ;  the  posterior  tibiae  with  four 
spurs. 

*P.  vagans,  Boisd. — Dark  gray  or  grayish  luteous.  Fore  wings  im- 
maculate. Hind  wings  black  ;  ciliae  grayish  luteous.  Beneath  the  wings  are 
cinereous  with  a  black  lunule. 

North  California. 

*  P.  assimilans,   Walker. — Male.     Red.     Antennae  testaceous.  Thorax 

[Not. 


r>  — 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  537 

with  brown  hairs.  Wings  red  ;  veins  darker.  Fore  wings  slightly  brown 
along  the  costa  and  elsewhere,  indisinctly  sprinkled  with  pale  brown,  with 
two  blackish  dots,  one  at  the  base  of  the  anterior  inferior  veins,  the  otber  be- 
tween the  first  and  the  costa.  Hind  wings  brighter  red,  with  three  black 
•lots,  two  in  the  disk,  and  one  near  the  hind  border  towards  the  inner  angle. 
Variety. — Fore  wings  almost  wholly  brown.  Hind  wings  with  a  broad, 
blackish  submarginal  stripe. 

*P.  albicosta,  Walker. — Blackish  brown.  Antennas  black.  Thorax 
in  front  with  a  white  band,  which  is  most  apparent  ou  each  side.  Fore  coxa; 
with  red  stripes.     Costa  of  the  fore  wings  white. 

Male. — Abdomen  above  with  red,  half  interrupted  bands  ;  tip  thickly  tufted 
with  white  hairs. 

Female. — Abdomen  above  bright  red,  with  black  dorsal  dots  ;  tips  white  ? 

Mexico. 

*  P.  f  u  1  i  g  i  n  o  s  a  ,  Stephens. — Fore  wings  reddish  fuliginous  or  dark  red- 
dish brown,  with  a  black  spot  beyond  the  middle.  Hind  wings  black  or  dull 
pink,  with  hind  margin  black  ;  cilia  pink.  Abdomen  with  three  rows  of  black 
spots.     The  fore  femora  bright  pink. 

St.  Martin's  Falls,  Albany  River,  Hudson's  Bay  and  Europe. 

LITHOSIID^E  and  GLAUCOPIDID^. 
Lycomokpiia,  Harris. 

Wings  narrow.  Fore  wings  nearly  fusiform.  Near  the  posterior  end  of  the 
disk  the  subcostal  vein  gives  rise  to  two  marginal  nervules  and  two  nearly 
equidistant  exterior  to  the  disk.  Without  post-apical  nervule.  The  subcosto- 
inferior  nervule  and  the  discal  arise  on  a  common  stalk,  the  latter  angulated 
in  the  middle  and  receiving  the  discal  fold.  The  median  vein  is  4  branched, 
the  posterior  arising  at  a  point  opposite  the  middle  of  the  space  between  the 
first  and  second  marginal  nervules.  Hind  wings  without  costal  vein.  Sub- 
costal bifid  near  the  tip.  the  lower  branch  giving  rise  to  an  oblique  discal. 
Median  vein  3-branched,  the  superior  nervule  receiving  the  discal  fold. 

Head  smooth,  free,  without  ocelli.  Face  rounded.  Eyes  moderate.  An- 
tennas a  little  shorter  than  the  body,  biserrated  or  very  minutely  pectinated. 
Palpi  short,  little  exceeding  the  clypeus,  cylindric,  porrected  ;  the  basal  joint 
long,  nearly  equal  to  the  front  ;  the  middle  and  terminal  joints  equal,  very 
short  and  ovate.     Tongue  a  little  longer  than  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  slender,  nearly  cylindrical,  not  metallic.  Patagia  scale-like.  Hind 
wings  equal  in  length  to  the  body.  Legs  rather  slender ;  fore  tibiae  with  a 
short  concealed  tibial  spur;  hind  tibia;  with  one  middle  spur  and  two  moder- 
ate apical  spurs. 

L.  P hoi  us,  Fabr, — Bluish  black.  The  tegulas  and  the  basal  fourth  of 
the  wings  luteous. 

Nova  Scotia,  Mass.,  Penn. 

Ctenccha,  Kirby. 

Wings  broad,  or  narrow,  elongate-trigonate.  Fore  wings  with  the  subcostal 
vein  giving  rise  near  the  posterior  end  of  the  disk  to  a  single  marginal  nervule, 
and  another  exterior  to  the  disk  and  nearer  to  it  than  to  the  post-apical  ner- 
vule, which  is  given  off  near  the  apical  nervulet.  The  subcosto-inferior  ner- 
vule and  discal  branch  from  a  common  stalk,  the  latter  straight  and  the  discal 
fold  received  by  the  medio-superior  nervule.  The  median  vein  4-branched, 
the  posterior  much  behind  the  marginal  branch,  and  rather  remote  from  the 
penultimate.  Hind  wings  without  costal  vein  ;  subcostal  bifid,  with  the  dis- 
cal given  off  from  the  fork  and  receiving  the  discal  fold  at  its  angle.     Median 

I860.] 


538  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

vein  4-branched,  with  the  posterior  remote  from  the  other  branches,  which 
are  aggregated. 

Head  moderate,  free,  neck  distinct,  slightly  hairy  above  :  with  ocelli.  Face 
smooth,  rather  narrow.  Eyes  moderately  large,  prominent.  Antecme  about 
one-half  as  long  as  the  body,  deeply  pectinated  in  the  <j\  slightly  pectinated 
in  the  9-  Palpi  porrect,  exceeding  the  front  somewhat,  squamose ;  basal 
joint  slightly  hairy  ;  the  basal  and  middle  joint  nearly  equal ;  the  terminal 
shorter,  acuminated.  Tongue  as  long  or  nearly  as  long  as  the  thorax 
beneath. 

Body  cylindrical,  slender,  more  or  less  metallic.  Patagia  scale-like.  Hind 
wings  equal  to  the  body  in  length.  Abdomen  with  a  lateral  tubercle  on  the 
basal  segment.  Legs  rather  slender  ;  fore  tibiae  with  a  short  tibial  spur ;  hind 
tibiae  with  four  moderately  long  spurs. 

Table  of  Species. 

Head  above  orange  yellow. 

Fore  wings  with  costa  luteous. 

Cilia  white  ;    wings  broad,  Latreillana. 

Cilia  blackish  ;  wings  narrow,  fulvicollis. 

Head  red  or  crimson. 

Fore  wings  with  four  yellowish  white  stripes,  ve  n  os  a. 

Fore  wings  with  a  white  costal  and  discal  stripe,  ruficeps. 

Fore  wings  without  stripes. 

Wings  blackish ;  fringes  white,  rubriceps. 

Wings  broad;  palpi  porrect ;  post-apical  nervule  interior  to  apical  nervulet. 

C.  Latreillana,  Kirby. — Dark  brown  or  blackish  brown.  Palpi  pale 
orange,  tips  blackish.  Face  dark  blue.  Head  above,  prothorax  beneath  and 
the  tegulse  in  front  pale  orange.  Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  metallic  blue. 
Wings  with  whitish  cilia,  except  in  the  middle.  The  fore  wings  in  the  £> 
have  the  extreme  costa  luteous. 

Wings  moderately  broad;  antenna  moderately  pectinated. 

*  C.  rubriceps,  Walker. — Dark  brown,  black.  Head  and  palpi  towards 
the  base  clothed  with  bright  red  hairs.  Wings  fringed  with  white.  Fore 
wings  with  blackish  veins.  Hind  wings  bluish  black.  Abdomen  of  the  rj? 
sericeous  green  above. 

New  Grenada. 

Wings  moderately  broad;  post  apical  nervule  interior  to  apical  nermdet. 

C.  venosa,  Walker. — Dark  brown,  black  beneath.  Head  above,  protho- 
rax beneath,  clothed  with  bright  red  hairs  in  the  J\  and  with  yellow  hairs  in 
the  9 .  Face  dark  blue.  Palpi  blackish,  base  bright  red.  Patagia  and  tegula? 
in  front  striped  with  yellow,  the  latter  likewise  on  the  superior  edge.  Wings 
fringed  with  white.  Fore  wings  with  four  yellowish  white  stripes  ;  the  first 
costal,  second  on  the  subcosto-inferior  nervule,  third  on  the  median  vein,  ex- 
tended to  the  two  middle  branches  ;  fourth  on  the  submedian  vein.  Hind 
wings  and  abdomen  of  the  <$  dark  bluish  black,  of  the  f  blackish. 

Mexico,  Texas.     Capt.  Pope's  collection.  Smithsonian  Institution. 

*C.  ruficeps,  Walker. — Blue.  Head  above  and  thorax  in  front  beneath 
clothed  with  crimson  hairs.  Palpi  black,  with  crimson  hairs  towards  the 
base.  Thorax  with  a  lappet  on  each  side  and  a  white  spot  on  each  shoulder. 
Legs  white  beneath.  Wings  blackish  brown,  blue  at  the  base.  Fore  wings 
with  a  white  costa  and  a  white  interrupted  stripe  extending  from  the  base  to 
near  two-thirds  of  the  length  in  the  disk.  Hind  wings  with  a  white  discal 
stripe  tapering  from  the  base  to  half  the  length. 

Mexico. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  539 

Wings  long,  narrow ;  fore  wings  opaque,  post-apical  exterior  to  apical  nervulet  ; 
hind  icings  hyaline  in  the  middle.     Palpi  curved. 

C.  fulvicollis,  Hiibner. —  Glaucopis  (Ctenucha)  semidiaphana,  Harris, 
Cat.  N.  A.  Sphin.,  38,  4.  Slate-colored  or  blackish  brown.  Antennae  bluish, 
black.  Palpi,  basal  joint  ochreous,  the  other  joints  blackish.  Head  above, 
patagia,  prothorax  beneath,  tegulae  in  front  and  a  stripe  beneath  the  fore 
wings  ochreous  or  orange.  Fore  wings  with  a  luteous  stripe  along  the  ex- 
treme costa.  Wings  with  cilia  of  the  general  hue.  Abdomen  bluish  black, 
scarcely  metallic. 

Illinois.     Mr.  Kennicott. 

Aglaope,  Latr.,  Boisd. 

Wings  extremely  narrow.  Hind  wings  ovate-lanceolate,  narrower  than  the 
fore  wings  ;  length  much  less  than  that  of  the  body  ;  length  of  the  fore  wings 
somewhat  more  than  that  of  the  body.  The  disk  of  fore  wings  closed  by  a 
very  faint,  irregular  vein,  with  two  disco-central  nervules;  subcostal  vein  with 
a  single  marginal  nervule  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  disk  and  with  the 
apical  branch  trifid  near  the  tip  of  the  wing  or  bifid  with  a  long  fork.  Median 
vein  4  branched,  with  the  posterior  scarcely  remote  from  the  penultimate. 
Fold  of  the  wing  thickened  from  the  base  to  the  tip.  Submedian  with  a  short 
fork  at  the  base  of  the  wing.  Hind  wings  without  costal  nervure  ;  subcostal 
bifid,  with  an  oblique  discal  vein  arising  near  the  base  of  the  lower  branch, 
and  angulated  above  the  medio-superior  nervule,  where  it  receives  the  discal 
fold.     Median  vein  4-branched,  with  nervules  nearly  equidistant. 

Head  rather  small,  tree,  smooth  ;  with  large  ocelli.  Face  smooth,  rounded, 
rather  narrow.  Eyes  rather  small,  scarcely  prominent.  Antenna?  with  bases 
approached,  much  shorter  than  the  body,  rather  deeply  pectinated  in  the  tf, 
less  pectinated  in  the  9-  Palpi  very  minute,  filiform,  drooping,  with  only 
two  distinct  joints  ;  terminal  joint  acute.  Tongue  about  as  long  as  the  thorax 
beneath. 

Body  extremely  slender,  cylindrical,  not  metallic.  Patagia  cylindrical, 
minute.  Abdomen  without  lateral  tubercle,  tufted  at  the  tip  and  along  the 
sides.  Legs  extremely  slender ;  fore  tibiae  without  tibial  spur  ;  hind  tibiae 
with  two  very  minute  apical  spurs. 

A.  Americana,  Boisd.,  Griff.  An.  Kingd.  Lep.  Procris  Americana, 
Boisd.,  S.  G.  Lep.,  i.  pi.  16.  f.  7;  Guer.  Icon.  Keg.  An.  Ins.,  pi.  84,  bis.  f.  11. 
Procris  dispar,  Har.,  Cat.  P.  Americana,  Har.,  Cat.  N.  A.  Sphin.,  p.  35. 
Ctenucha  Americana,  Walker,  286. — Blue  black.  Prothorax  above  entirely 
fulvous  or  orange. 

Mass.,  New  York,  Penn.,  Ga. 

Subcostal  vein  exterior  to  the  disk,  trifid ;  apical  branch  with  a  long  fork. 

A.  coracina. — The  specimens  are  imperfect  and  denuded.     The  entire 
insect  is  black,  without  the  orange  colored  prothorax  of  American  a. 
Texas.     Capt.  Pope's  collection.     From  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Acoloithus. 

The  following  insect  greatly  resembles  Americana  in  appearance  and 
almost  exactly  in  ornamentation.  It  must,  however,  be  very  distinct  from  it. 
The  wings  are  extremely  narrow.  Hind  wings  broader  than  the  fore  wings, 
less  ovate  than  in  Americana,  and  rounded  at  the  interior  basal  angle ; 
length  rather  more  than  thai  of  the  body.  The  disk  of  the  fore  wings  is  closed  by 
a  rather  faint,  irregularly  oblique  vein,  with  one  disco-central  nervule,  and  an- 
gulated at  the  medio-superior  nervule,  where  it  receives  a  rather  faint  discal 
fold.     The  subcostal  vein  with  three  equidistant,  moderately  erect  marginal 

1860.J 


540 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


nervules  from  the  disk,  with  the  apical  vein  simple.  Median  vein  4-branched, 
with  the  posterior  nervule  and  the  marginal  opposite  at  their  origins.  The 
fold  is  thickened  and  the  submedian  vein  simple.  In  the  hind  wings  the  sub- 
costal vein  shows  a  tendency  to  separate  into  two  veins  from  its  point  of  bi- 
furcation towards  the  base  of  the  wing  and  resemhling  two  veins  crossing  each 
other  ;  exterior  to  the  point  of  bifurcation  and  a  little  behind  the  middle  of 
the  lower  branch  arises  a  decided,  curved  discal  vein  which  receives,  just  above 
the  medio-superior  nervule,  a  decided  or  thickened  discal  fold.  The  median 
vein  is  4- branched,  with  the  two  posterior  branches  equidistant  from  the 
second  one. 

Head  moderate,  free,  smooth;  with  large  ocelli.  Face  broad,  rounded. 
Eyes  rather  small,  round  and  scarcely  prominent.  Antenna?  nearly  as  long  as 
the  body,  moderately  pectinated  in  the  tf,  minutely  pectinated  in  the  9 . 
Palpi  equal  to  the  front,  filiform,  porrected,  distinctly  3-jointed  and  with  joints 
neaily  equal;  terminal  joint  obtuse.  Tongue  about  one-half  as  long  as  the 
the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  short,  rather  slender,  not  metallic.  Patagia  very  minute.  Abdomen 
as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath,  not  tufted  at  the  tip  and  scarcely  tufted  along  the 
sides,  with  a  minute,  lateral  tubercle  on  the  basal  segment.  Legs  extremely 
slender  and  rather  short ;  fore  tibia?  with  a  slender  tibial  spur  from  the  mid- 
dle ;  hind  tibia?  with  two  minute  apical  spurs. 

A.  f  a  1  s  a  r  i  u  s  .—Black.     Prothorax  fulvous,  especially  on  the  sides,  with 
a  point  on  the  median  line  black.     Hind  wings  rather  thin. 
Penn.;  111.,  from  Mr.  Kennicott. 

Procris?  Facr. 

Fore  wings  somewhat  fusiform.  The  subcostal  vein  with  two  distinct,  rather 
long  marginal  nervules,  with  apical  vein  simple,  with  two  disco-central  nervules. 
The  median  4-branched,  the  medio-posterior  opposite  the  first  marginal  ner- 
vule and  the  two  upper  branches  on  the  line  of  the  discal  vein,  which  is 
straight.  The  fold  of  the  wing  is  thickened  from  the  base  to  the  tip.  Sub- 
median  simple.  Hind  wings ^not  as  broad  on  the  fore  wings  at  their  broadest 
part,  ovate.  The  subcostal  vein  is  bifid,  the  lower  branch  giving  rise  to  a  de- 
cided rather  oblique  discal  vein  and  which  is  angulated  above  the  medio- 
euperior  nervule,  where  it  receives  the  discal  fold.  Median  vein  with  four, 
equidistant  nervules. 

Head  moderate,  advanced,  but  without  decided  neck ;  with  rather  large 
ocelli.  Face  moderate,  oblique  and  projecting  tubercularly  at  the  base  of 
the  antenna?,  and  in  the  middle.  Eyes  small.  Antennae  incrassattd  at  the  tip,  as 
long  as  the  thorax  beneath,  with  rather  deep  pectinations  in  the  $>,  serrated  or 
minutely  pectinated  in  the  £.  Palpi  rudimental,  tubercular.  Tongue  rudi- 
mental. 

Body  rather  thick,  short.  Patagia  rather  elevated,  consisting  of  two  trans  • 
verse  plates  rounded  above,  making  the  prothorax  more  than  ordinarily  wide 
above.  Abdomen  ovate,  without  apical  tuft,  less  long  than  the  thorax  be- 
neath. Legs  short  and  slender;  fore  tibiae  unarmed;  hind  tibia;  with  two 
very  minute  apical  spurs. 

P.?  S  mi  thsoniana. — The  entire  insect  is  greenish  black;  immaculate. 
Texas.     Capt.  Pope's  collection.     From  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Malthaca. 

Fore  wings  rather  broad,  obovate  ;  the  discal  cell  broad  behind,  fusiform. 
The  subcostal  vein  sends  two  short  nearly  erect  marginal  nervules  to  the  costa, 
and  from  the  superior  angle  of  the  disc  arise  two  long  nervules,  on  a  short 
common  stalk,  the  lower  one  of  which  is  the  apical,  but  delivered  rather  above 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  541 

the  tip.  The  discal  vein  is  rather  faint  and  gives  rise  to  two  disco-central 
nervules,  the  upper  one  rather  on  the  costal  side  of  the  wing.  Median  vein 
4-branched,  the  posterior  nervule  arising  a  little  behind  the  first  marginal 
branch.  The  fold  is  thickened  and  the  submedian  shortly  forked  at  the  base. 
Hind  wings  ovate  ;  as  broad  as  the  fore  wing  and  in  length  equal  to  that  of 
the  body.  Withoirt  costal  vein.  Subcostal  is  furcate,  the  lower  branch  giving 
rise  at  an  obtuse  angle  to  a  thickened  discal  vein,  which  is  angulated  above 
the  medio-superior  nervule,  where  it  receives  the  discal  fold,  and  above  this  is 
given  off  a  single  disco-central  nervule.  Median  vein  4-branched,  with  branches 
equidistant,  except  the  two  superior  ones. 

Head  moderate,  free,  vertex  rather  elongated,  smooth ;  ocelli  large.  Face 
moderately  broad,  rounded,  slightly  protuberant.  Eyes  rather  small,  scarcely 
prominent.  Antenna?  with  bases  almost  united,  rather  thick,  but  tapering  at 
the  tips,  pectinated.  Palpi  extremely  short.  Tongue  about  one  half  as  long 
as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  slender,  cylindrical.  Patagia  minute,  rolled.  Abdomen  not  tufted  at 
the  tip  or  on  the  sides,  about  one  half  the  length  of  the  body  beneath.  Legs 
slender  ;  fore  tibia?  with  a  short  concealed  spur  on  its  middle  ;  hind  tibiae  with 
two  extremely  minute  apical  spurs. 

M.  perlucidula.  Blackish  brown.  Wings  slightly  transparent.  Fore 
wings  with  the  basal  half  luteous  above  the/old.  Hind  wings  luteous  along  the 
costa  from  the  base  to  the  middle. 

111.,  Mr.  Kennicott.     Md.,  Dr.  Morris. 

Ckocota,  Hiibner. 

Fore  wings  rather  broad,  trigonate.  The  subcostal  vein,  almost  above  pos- 
terior end  of  the  disk,  gives  rise  to  a  single  marginal  nervule,  and  the  apical 
branch  is  trifid  at  the  tip  ;  and  sometimes  with  a  second  short  marginal  branch 
from  about  the  middle  of  the  apical  nervule.  The  subcosto  inferior  and  the 
discal  arise  on  a  short  common  stalk,  the  latter  vein  angulated.  The  median 
is  4-branched,  with  the  posterior  remote  from  the  others.  Hind  wings  rounded, 
broader  than  the  fore  wings,  with  the  costal  and  subcostal  veins  from  a  com- 
mon stalk,  the  former  simple  and  the  latter  bifid,  with  an  angulated  discal 
vein  from  the  point  of  bifurcation.  Median  with  three  branches,  the  posterior 
remote. 

Head  moderate,  free,  smooth  ;  ocelli  small.  Face  moderate,  flat,  smooth. 
Eyes  rather  large,  prominent.  Antennae  not  more  than  half  as  long  as  the 
body,  rather  stout,  setaceous  and  slightly  setose.  Palpi  rather  slender,  por- 
rected,  exceeding  the  clypeus  by  at  least  one  half  their  length,  and  pubescent ; 
the  terminal  joint  pointed  and  slender,  about  one  half  as  long  as  the  middle 
joint.  Tongue  slender,  about  one  half  as  long  as  the  anterior  coxa?,  or  rudi- 
mentary. 

Body  smooth,  rather  slender  ;  length  less  than  that  of  the  hind  wings. 
Patagia  scale-like.  Abdomen  smooth,  beneath  one  half  as  long  as  the  body. 
Legs  rather  slender ;  fore  tibia?  with  a  short,  concealed,  middle  spur  ;  hind 
tibiae  with  four  short  spurs. 

Somewhat  allied  to  the  Arctiida?. 

Table  of  Species. 
Wings  with  a  discal  dot. 

Abdomen  ferruginous,  with  dorsal  and  black  dots, 

Abdomen  rose  color, 

Abdomen  reddish  brown  or  fulvous, 
Wings  without  discal  dot. 

Abdomen  red,  with  a  black  stripe, 

Abdomen  testaceous  ;  wings  subhyaline, 

C.  rubicundaria,  Hiibner,  Samml.  Ex.  Sch.  iii 
I860.] 


3, 

ferruginosa. 

brevicornis. 

rubicun  dar  ia 

1  a  e  t  a  . 

cupraria. 

28 

,  256,  f.  511,  5,  12 

542  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Arttia  rubricosa :  Harris,  Ins.  Mas.  2d  ed.  274.  Fulvous  or  reddish  brown  . 
Antennae  fulvous,  blackish  on  the  sides.  Fore  wing  sometimes  with  a  brown 
discal  spot.  Hind  wings  more  or  less  red,  with  a  more  or  less  distinct  margi- 
nal black  band,  sometimes  absent,  and  sometimes  with  a  dark  brown  discal 
dot. 

Fore  wings  with  a  second  marginal  nervule  on  the  middle  of  the  apical. 
Variety  ?     Yellowish.     Fore  wings  without  discal  dot.     Hind  wings  with  a 
discal  dot  and  rather  broad,  distinct  dark  brown  marginal  band. 

C.  brevicornis,  Walker,  536.  Fawn  color  or  luteous  fawn  color.  An- 
tennae black,  short.  Abdomen  rose  color.  Fore  wings  rosy  beneath.  Hind 
wings  rose  color,  with  an  indistinct  and  sometimes  quite  obsolete  brown  stripe 
in  the  hind  border,  and  a  brown  dot  in  the  disk.  Body  2^ — 3i  lines  long  : 
wings  8 — 10  lines. 

I  have  specimens  which  correspond  very  nearly  to  the  above  description. 
The  anterior  portion  of  the  body  is  luteous,  as  are  the  fore  wings,  but  com- 
bined with  a  reddish  hue.  Hind  wings  cinnabar  red,  without  marginal  band 
or  discal  spot,  and  in  one  specimen  the  terminal  joint  of  the  palpi  is  blackish. 

111.,  Mr.  Kennicott. 

C.  ferruginosa  ,  Walker,  535.  Ferruginous.  Abdomen  pale  ferruginous, 
with  a  row  of  dorsal  black  dots.  Hind  wings  pale  ferruginous,  with  a  blackish 
dot  in  the  disk,  and  two  or  three  blackish  spots  along  the  border.  Length  of 
the  body  3J— 4  lines  ;  of  the  wings  10—11  lines. 

It  is  possible  this  insect  may  be  the  rubricosa  of  Harris.  I  have  specimens 
which  agree  in  general  with  Mr.  Walker's  description,  but  they  possess 
noticeable  differences  in  structure  as  compared  with  the  others  described  pre- 
viously. In  these  the  tongue  is  rudimentary ;  fore  wings  with  a  second  marginal 
branch  in  the  middle  of  the  apical  nervule.  In  every  other  particular  the  struc- 
ture conforms  to  that  of  the  genus.  These  differences  may  be  sexual.  In 
ornamentation  they  are  reddish  brown,  scarcely  ferruginous,  and  in  addition 
to  the  discal  dot,  have  a  rather  faint  dark  brownish  band  crossing  the  nervules. 
Hind  wings  rather  paler  than  the  fore  wings,  one  specimen  with  a  blackish 
discal  spot,  the  other  without  it,  and  faint  blackish  spots  along  the  margin 
near  the  inner  angle. 

My  own  impression  is  that  rubicundaria  of  Hiibner  and  rubricosa  of  Harris 
is  a  variable  insect,  and  that  ferruginosa  of  Walker,  and  perhaps  brevicornis,  are 
not  true  species.  I  am  much  more  uncertain,  however,  respecting  the  latter 
than  the  former. 

*C.  cupraria,  Walker,  536.  Testaceous.  Fore  legs  mostly  brown. 
Wings  slightly  rosy  testaceous,  subhyaline,  with  a  slight  cupreous  tinge 
towards  the  tips.     Length  of  the  body  3 — 4  lines  ;  of  the  wings  9 — 11  lines. 

Jamaica  ?  S.  America. 

*C.  laeta. — Lithosia  laeta,  Boisd.  Guer.  Icon.  Reg.  An.  Ins.  pi.  88,  f.  6, 
p.  519.      C.  laeta,  Walker,  537. 

Grayish  black.  Tongue  testaceous.  Abdomen  red,  with  a  black  stripe 
which  is  broader  beneath  than  above.  Fore  wings  red  along  the  costa.  Hind 
wings  red,  with  a  broad  grayish  black  border.  Length  of  the  body  3  lines  ;  of 
wings  9  lines. 

N.  America  ? 

Atolmis  ?  Hiibner. 

Fore  wings  rather  elongated,  subelliptico  truncate.  Disk  rather  narrow 
closed  by  a  very  faint  vein.  Subcostal  vein  remote  from  the  costa,  with  two 
marginal  nervules  from  near  the  middle  of  the  disk  rather  erected,  and  another 
exterior  to  the  disk,  between  it  and  the  furcate  apical  nervule.  Thesubcosto- 
inferior  and  discal  from  a  short  common  stalk.  Median  4-branched,  the  pos- 
terior remote  from  the  others,  arising  interiorly  to  the  first  marginal  nervule. 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  548 

Hind  wings  much  broader  than  the  fore  wings  ;  with  the  costal  and  subcostal 
veins  from  a  common  stalk,  the  latter  bifid  beyond  the  disk,  which  is  closed 
by  a  faint  vein.  Median  vein  3-branched.  the  two  superior  on  a  common 
stalk,  which  becomes  bifid  opposite  the  fork  of  the  subcostal. 

Head  rather  small,  free,  smooth  ;  without  ocelli.  Face  moderate,  flat, 
smooth.  Eyes  moderate,  prominent.  Antenna?  simple,  setose  in  both  sexes  ? 
Palpi  moderate,  recurved,  but  little  exceeding  the  clypeus.  squamose ;  the 
basal  joint  tumid,  and  about  equal  to  the  middle  joint,  which  is  cylindric  ;  the 
terminal  joint  slender  and  nearly  equal  to  the  middle  joint.  Tongue  slightly 
more  than  one  half  us  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  moderately  thick,  rather  less  than  the  length  of  the  hind  wings.  Pa- 
tagia  small,  nearly  cylindrical.  Abdomen  beneath  one  half  the  length  of  the 
body.  Legs  rather  stout ;  fore  tibiae  with  a  short  spur  at  the  base  ;  hind 
tibiae  with  four  moderate  spurs. 

A.?  miniata.  Lithosia  miniata,  Kirby,  Faun.  Bor.  Am.  iv.  305,  1.  Gnopria 
vittata,  Harris,  Ins.  Mas.  2d  ed.  262.  Scarlet  or  yellow  tinged  with  scarlet. 
Antennae  black.  Palpi  tipped  with  black.  Fore  wings  with  three  broad  slate 
colored  or  lead  colored  stripes,  the  first  near  the  costa  ;  the  third  near  inner 
margin  ;  the  second  short  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  posteriorly.  Hind  wings 
blackish  slate  colored,  scarlet  or  pinkish  at  the  base.  Abdomen  black  with  a 
broad  scarlet  stripe  beneath. 

NunAKiA  ?  Haw.,  Steph. 

Wings  rather  broad,  semi-diaphanous,  rounded.  In  the  fore  wings  the  sub- 
costal vein  forms  a  large  subcostal  cell  over  the  discal  vein,  giving  rise  about 
the  middle  of  the  cell  above  to  a  marginal  nervule,  and  beneath  to  the  sub- 
costo- inferior  and  discal  vein,  the  latter  having  a  disco-central  nervule.  At 
the  apex  of  the  cell  behind,  the  vein  becomes  trifid,  dividing  into  a  marginal, 
post-apical  and  apical  nervules,  the  latter  with  a  nervulet  from  its  middle. 
Hind  wings  about  equal  to  the  body  in  length ;  without  costal  vein  ;  subcostal 
vein  with  a  marginal  nervule  arising  from  the  disk  near  the  discal  vein,  and 
becoming  bifid  exteriorly  at  a  point  remote  from  the  discal  vein  ;  with  a  disco- 
central  nervule.  Median  3-branched,  with  the  posterior  nervule  somewhat 
interior  to  the  origin  of  the  marginal  nervule. 

Head  free,  rather  small,  smooth  ;  without  ocelli.  Face  smooth,  rather  nar- 
row, clypeus  prominent.  Antennas  setiform,  moderately  long,  scarcely  ciliated 
in  the  males.  Palpi  slender,  slightly  curved,  but  little  exceeding  the  clypeus, 
slightly  hairy  at  the  base  ;  the  basal  joint  twice  larger  than  the  middle  ;  ter- 
minal joint  minute,  ovate.     Tongue  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  slender.  Patagia  nearly  obsolete.  Legs  rather  long  and  slender  ; 
fore  tibiae  unarmed  ;  hind  tibiae  with  four  spurs,  the  middle  pair  short. 

Eggs  globular,  pale  yellow  ;  producing  larvae  one  week  after  deposition.  The 
larva  in  escaping  from  the  egg  is  geometriform,  with  ten  legs.  This  refers  to 
the  species  described  below  which  differs  sufficiently  in  structure  from  the 
European  N.  m  u  n  d  a  n  a  ,  it  appears  to  me  to  authorise  the  separation  of  our 
species  from  the  group  containing  the  European  species.  It  may  belong  to  the 
Geomettina. 

N.  men  die  a,  Walker,  576.  Pale  yellowish.  Fore  wings  with  the  costa 
at  the  base  frequently  touched  with  ochreous,  with  two  irregular  oblique 
blackish,  sometimes  pale  grey,  bands,  composed  of  large  spots  ;  one  on  the 
middle  of  the  disk,  and  the  other  crossing  the  nervules,  and  a  single  spot  of 
the  same  hue  near  the  hind  margin  in  the  medio-central  interspace,  sometimes 
connected  with  the  posterior  band. 

Penna.,  N.  Y. 

Psychomorpha,  Harris. 

"  Antennas  in  the  male  pectinated  on  both  sides,  the  pectinations  rather 

I860] 


544  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF 

short,  simple  in  the  female.  Proboscis  moderate,  spirally  rolled.  Palpi  slen- 
der, nearly  horizontal,  extending  a  little  beyond  the  clypeus,  covered  with 
loose  hairs  so  as  to  conceal  the  joints.  Wings  short,  somewhat  triangular, 
with  the  outer  margins  rounded  ;  discal  areolet  of  the  hind  wings  short,  closed 
by  a  sinuous  vein.  Body  slender,  hairy  at  the  tip.  Legs  short,  hairy  ;  spurs 
of  the  hind  tibiae  three,  slender,  nearly  concealed  by  the  hairs. 

*P.  E  p  i  m  e  n  i  s  ,  Drury.  "  Brownish  black.  Fore  wings  sprinkled  in  spots 
with  light  blue  scales,  which  form  a  narrow  band  near  the  hinder  margin,  and 
marked  with  a  large  yellowish  white  patch  beyond  the  middle.  Hind  wings 
with  a  broad  dark  orange-red  band  behind  the  middle.  The  white  spot  of  the 
fore  wings  is  indented  towards  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  on  the  under  side 
there  is  a  small  triangular  spot  near  the  base  of  the  wing,  and  a  short  trans- 
verse one  beyond  it  which  unites  behind  with  the  angular  projection  of  the 
large  white  patch.     Expands  rather  more  than  one  inch." 

Cosmosoma,  Hiibner. 

Wings  mostly  hyaline.  The  subcostal  vein  of  the  fore  wings  is  adjacent  to 
the  external  margin,  with  a  single  nervule  from  the  disk  arising  at  a  point 
midway  between  the  medio  posterior  branch  and  its  penultimate.  The  apical 
branch  beyond  its  middle  sends  off  the  post-apical  nervule  and  near  its  tip  an 
apical  nervulet  to  the  costa.  Median  vein  4-branched.  Hind  wings  about 
half  as  long  as  the  fore  wings  ;  without  costal  vein  ;  subcostal  bifid  from  the 
origin  of  the  discal  vein,  which  is  very  obliquely  inclined  towards  the  base 
and  curved  above  the  median  where  it  receives  the  discal  fold.  Median  vein 
bijid  exterior  to  the  disk,  with  the  lower  branch  furcate  at  its  tip. 

Head  moderate,  smooth,  neck  not  distinct ;  with  ocelli.  Face  moderate, 
smooth,  vertical.  Eyes  moderately  prominent.  Antennae  rather  more  than 
one  half  as  long  as  the  body,  pectinated  to  the  tips  in  the  <j\  less  so  in  the  $ . 
Palpi  rather  stout,  curved,  exceeding  the  face,  smooth,  but  hairy  at  the  base  ; 
basal  and  middle  joints  nearly  equal ;  terminal  small  and  conical.  Tongue 
equal  to  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  scarcely  equal  to  the  fore  wings  in  length,  rather  slender,  nearly  linear. 
Patagia  small.  Legs  moderately  stout,  smooth  ;  fore  tibia?  with  a  moderate, 
concealed  spur  from  the  base ;  hind  tibiae  with  four  rather  small  spurs. 

C.  Omphale,  Hiibner.  Bright  red.  Antennae  black,  with  white  tips. 
Head  blue.  Thorax  most  frequently  striped  with  black.  Abdomen  with  a 
black  dorsal  stripe,  and  the  tip  black,  varied  with  blue.  Wings  margined  with 
black  and  with  black  veins. 

Fla.,  Mexico,  near  Jalapa. 

Ormetica. 

Wings  opaque.  Fore  wings  rather  narrow,  equal  in  length  to  that  of  the 
body  ;  hind  margin  very  obliquely  rounded,  with  the  inner  angle  opposite  the 
middle  of  the  costa.  The  subcostal  vein  is  adjacent  to  the  costa,  and  gives 
rise  to  a  marginal  nervule  from  the  disk  nearly  opposite  the  penultimate 
branch  of  the  median  vein,  and  another  exterior  but  near  to  the  disk.  The 
post-apical  arises  just  exterior  to  the  second  marginal  nervule,  and  the  apical 
is  bifid  at  its  posterior  third.  The  discal  vein  and  the  subcosto-inferior  arise 
at  a  common  point,  the  former  very  obliquely  inclined  to  the  base,  but  straight. 
The  median  is  4-branched.  Hind  wings  extremely  short,  not  one  half  as  long 
as  the  anterior  ;  without  costal  vein  ;  subcostal  vein  arched,  with  a  marginal 
nervule  from  the  point  of  origin  of  the  discal,  and  bifid  at  the  tip  much  exte- 
rior to  the  cell.     Discal  vein  vertical.     Median  3-branched. 

Head  rather  large,  smooth,  free  ;  with  small  ocelli.  Face  tapering,  smooth, 
vertical.  Eyes  rather  large,  prominent.  Antenna  wanting.  Palpi  curved, 
cylindrical,  ascending  to  the  middle  of  the  front,  stout,  smooth  ;  basal  joint 

[Nov. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  545 

short,  rather  hairy  beneath  ;  middle  joint  smooth,  rather  thickened  in  the 
middle  and  about  four  times  as  long  as  the  apical  joint ;  terminal  joint  very 
sliort,  ovate.     Tongue  as  long  as  the  thorax  beneath. 

Body  not  metallic,  rather  stout,  equal  in  length  to  the  fore  wings,  smooth. 
Patagia  moderate,  decumbent,  and  overlapping  the  meso-thorax.  Abdomen 
tapering  at  the  tip,  more  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body  beneath.  Legs 
smooth,  rather  stout ;  tarsi  roughened  with  spines  ;  fore  tibice  with  a  stout 
internal  spur  from  the  base  ;  hind  tibiae  with  four  spurs. 

0.  sphingiformis.  Bluish  black.  Face  with  a  blue  band.  Body  with 
a  yellow  stripe  on  each  side  extending  from  the  head  to  the  tip  of  the  abdo- 
men. Palpi  blackish,  whitish  at  base  and  on  the  second  joint  beneath.  Fore 
wings  with  the  extreme  costa  from  the  base  to  beyond  the  middle  yellow,  with 
a  broad  stripe  of  the  same  hue  from  the  base  to  the  hind  margin  beneath  the 
tip,  somewhat  contracted  behind.  Hind  wings,  exterior  half  yellow,  interior 
half  black.  The  under  surface  of  the  wings  the  same  as  above.  Abdomen 
beneath  with  a  central  yellow  stripe.  Legs  black  ;  fore  coxa?  each  with  a  yel- 
low spot ;  femora  white  internally  ;  tibia?  striped  with  white.  Length  of  body 
9  lines  ;  of  the  wings  19  lines. 

Mexico,  near  Jalapa. 

The  structure  of  this  insect  shows  marked  affinities  to  the  group  of  Sphinges. 

Cyanopepla. 

Female  ?  Fore  wings  much  longer  than  the  body,  moderately  broad,  rounded 
at  the  tip,  and  very  oblique  along  the  margin.  The  subcostal  vein  adjacent  to 
the  external  margin,  with  a  single  marginal  nervule  from  near  the  hind  end 
of  the  disk,  and  a  second  marginal  nervule  just  exterior  to  it.  The  apical 
branch  near  its  exterior  third  sends  off  a  post-apical  nervule,  and  near  the  tip 
a  nervulet  to  the  costa.  The  subcosto-inferior  nervule  and  the  discal  vein 
arise  at  a  common  point,  the  latter  angulated.  Median  vein  4  branched,  with 
the  posterior  nervule  rather  remote  from  the  others,  and  the  origin  of  the  first 
subcosto-marginal  nervule.  Hind  wings  rather  more  than  one  half  as  long  as 
the  fore  wings,  nearly  equal  to  the  length  of  the  body.  Without  costal  vein. 
Subcostal  bifid  at  the  origin  of  the  discal  vein,  which  is  much  curved.  Me- 
dian vein  4-branched,  the  superior  branch  is  medio-discal,  the  two  middle 
ones  from  a  common  base,  the  posterior  remote. 

Head  moderate,  smooth,  without  distinct  neck  ;  without  ocelli.  Face  rather 
narrow,  smooth.  Eyes  rather  small,  moderately  prominent.  Antennae  more 
than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body,  minutely  pectinated  or  serrated  beneath. 
Palpi  curved,  ascending  rather  above  the  middle  of  the  face,  smooth,  slightly 
hairy  at  the  base  ;  mid  He  joint  rather  more  than  twice  longer  than  the  basal 
joint ;  terminal  joint  very  minute,  ovate.  Tongue  equal  to  the  thorax 
beneath. 

Body  metallic,  cylindric,  scarcely  slender,  smooth.  Patagia  rather  small, 
somewhat  erected.  Abdomen  less  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body  beneath. 
Legs  rather  slender,  smooth  ;  fore  tibiae  with  a  short,  concealed  middle  spur  ; 
hind  tibiae  with  four  rather  short  spurs.     Tarsi  minutely  spinous. 

C.  cruenta.  Black.  Palpi  blue.  Head  and  body  metallic  blue.  Fore 
wings  with  a  large  crimson  spot  at  the  base,  extended  to  the  middle  of  the 
disk  and  to  the  fold  beneath,  and  another  of  the  same  hue,  oval  and  obliquely 
placed  in  the  median  nervules  ;  inner  margin  at  the  base  and  a  streak  alon°- 
the  submedian  vein  metallic  blue  ;  cilia  at  the  tip  white.  Hind  wings  dark 
bluish  black,  immaculate.  Length  of  the  body  7  lines ;  of  the  wings  20  lines. 

Mexico,  near  Jalapa. 

Euchromia,  Hiibner. 
Group,  Horamia,  Walker. 
Wings  narrow.     Fore  wings  much  longer  than  the  body.     The  subcostal 
I860.] 


546  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OP 

vein  is  adjacent  to  the  external  margin,  with  two  marginal  nervules  from  the 
hinder  end  of  the  disk,  the  first  opposite  the  penultimate  branch  of  the  me- 
dian, the  second  forked  at  about  its  middle.  The  apical  branch  gives  rise  at 
about  its  middle  to  the  post-apical.  The  subcosto-inferior  and  the  discal  vein 
arise  at  a  common  point,  the  latter  slightly  curved.  Median  vein  4-branched, 
the  posterior  remote  from  the  penultimate.  Hind  wings  equal  to  the  length 
of  the  body.  Without  costal  vein.  Subcostal  vein  bifid  from  the  origin  of 
the  discal  vein,  which  is  very  obliquely  inclined  to  the  base  and  suddenly 
curved  about  the  middle  of  the  disk,  where  it  receives  the  discal  fold ;  imme- 
diately beneath  this  arises  a  medio-discal  nervule.  Median  vein  bifid  from  the 
disk. 

Head  rather  large,  smooth,  free  ;  with  ocelli.  Face  narrow.  Eyes  rather 
large,  prominent.  Antennae  shortly  pectinated  or  serrated  to  the  tip,  whence 
it  is  moniliform,  and  more  or  less  dilated  or  fusiform  about  the  middle.  Palpi 
curved,  ascending  to  the  middle  of  the  face  ;  basal  joint  hairy  beneath  ;  middle 
and  terminal  joint  smooth  and  cylindrical.  Tongue  about  as  long  as  the  thorax 
beneath. 

Body  cylindrical,  smooth.  Patagia  small.  Abdomen  obtuse,  with  a  promi- 
nent tubercle  on  each  side  of  the  basal  segment.  Legs  slender  and  long  ;  fore 
tibiae  with  a  moderate  spur  from  the  base ;  hind  tibiae  towards  the  ends  and 
the  hind  tarsi  plumose.     Hind  tibiae  with  two  short  spurs. 

E.  plumipes. — Sphinx plumipes,  Drury,  Append,  ii.  Aglaope  plumipes, 
Westw.  ed.  Drury  ii.  51,  pi.  27,  f.  3.  Blackish,  somewhat  tinged  with  blue. 
Antennae  with  ochreous  tips.  Face  yellow,  with  a  blackish  central  stripe  and 
a  yellow  spot  between  the  anternae.  Thorax  with  four  yellow  spots  and  tegula? 
striped  with  yellow  on  the  inner  edge.  Abdomen  with  tip  dark  yellow  and 
banded  with  the  same  hue  between  the  segments  ;  the  two  segments  next 
the  basal  banded  with  white  beneath.  Wings  concolorous  dark  brown,  im- 
maculate. The  fore  coxae  each  with  an  orange  yellow  spot ;  legs  black, 
middle  femora  striped  with  dark  yellow  ;  hind  tibiae  and  tarsi  with  yellow 
hairs,  broadly  banded  at  the  end  of  each  with  black. 

Texas.    Coll.  Capt.  Pope.    Smithsonian  Institution. 

Variety  ?  Walker,  252. — Palpi  short ;  third  joint  small.  Black,  indistinctly 
tinged  with  blue.  Head,  thorax,  base  of  the  wings  and  abdomen  towards  the 
base  with  white  dots.  Wings  blackish  brown.  Abdominal  segments  with 
white  bands.  Legs  partly  covered  with  white  scales  ;  hind  tibiae  with  a  white 
band  before  the  middle,  beyond  which  they  are  deeply  plumose  towards  the 
base. 

Honduras, 

*E.  P  retu  s.—  Sphinx  adscita  Pretus,  Cramer,  Pap.  Exot.  ii.  121,  pi.  175, 
f.  E,  F.  Horamia  Pretus,  Hiibn.  Verz.  Schmitt,  125,  1351 ;  Samml.  Exot. 
Schmitt,  Ad.  pi.  f.  1 — 4.  E.  Pretus,  Walker  252.  Palpi  long  ;  third  joint 
elongated.  Fawn  colored.  Antennae  banded  with  black.  Prothorax  and  basal 
portion  of  the  abdomen  whitish.  Hind  wings  somewhat  brown.  Fore  wings 
testaceous.     Femora  and  tibiae  black  at  the  tips. 

Jamaica. 

P(ECILOPTERA. 

The  wings  are  longer  than  the  body.  The  anterior  rather  narrow,  envelop- 
ing the  body  when  folded ;  apex  obtusely  rounded  and  hind  margin  slightly 
oblique.  The  subcostal  nervule  gives  rise  to  a  marginal  nervule,  about  its 
middle,  and  within  the  disk  forms  a  large  secondary  cell,  from  the  hind  end 
of  which  arise  three  distinct  marginal  nervules,  the  lower  one  reaching  the 
costa  rather  above  the  tip.  The  disk  extends  rather  beyond  the  apical  third 
of  the  wing,  and  the  discal  vein  gives  rise  to  three  nervules.  The  median  is 
3 -branched,  the  posterior  branch  being  remote  from  the  others  and  arising  op- 

[Nov. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES     OF   PHILADELPHIA.  547 

posite  the  origin  of  the  subcostal  branch,  which  forms  the  secondary  cell. 
The  fold  is  thickened,  and  the  subinedian  furcate  at  its  base.  The  hind  wings 
are  rather  broader  than  tbe  fore  wings  ;  obliquely  rounded  along  the  hind  mar- 
gin from  the  tip  to  the  base  ;  costa  nearly  straight.  The  costal  nervure  dis- 
tinct and  simple  :  the  subcostal  simple  and  rather  attenuated  from  the  discal 
vein  towards  the  base.  The  discal  vein  gives  rise  to  two  nervules,  and  sends 
a  false  nervule  through  the  disk  towards  the  base  of  the  wing.  The  median 
subdivides  into  three  equidistant  nervules. 

Head  rather  small,  smooth,  free ;  without  ocelli.  Face  rather  narrow, 
tapering,  vertical.  Eyes  small,  salient.  Antennae  slender,  with  joints  closely 
set,  serrated  beneath  with  scales.  Palpi  slender  cylindrical,  curved,  ascending 
rather  above  the  middle  of  the  front ;  basal  joint  squamose  ;  middle  and  ter- 
minal joints  smooth  and  equal  in  length.  Tongue  about  one  half  as  long  as 
the  body. 

Body  slender,  scarcely  equal  in  length  to  the  fore  wings.  Patagia  scale-like. 
Abdomen  slender,  more  than  one  half  as  long  as  the  body  beneath.  Legs 
smooth  and  slender ;  fore  tibiae  with  a  long,  concealed  internal  spur ;  hind 
tibiae  with  a  pair  of  apical  spurs. 

The  wing  structure  of  the  insect  included  in  this  genus  resembles  most 
strikingly  that  of  the  Tineina,  and  must  form  a  group  connecting  the  Glauco- 
pidipse  directly  with  it. 

P.  compta . — Palpi  pale  yellow,  with  the  ends  of  the  second  and  third 
joints  black.  Head  yellow,  with  a  black  spot  between  the  antennae  and  a 
black  band  across  the  face.  Thorax  reddish  orange,  with  two  black  spots  in 
front ;  neck  yellow,  edged  behind  with  blackish.  Fore  wings  reddish  orange, 
with  four  bluish  black  patches  placed  transversely  on  the  wing  and  containing 
yellow  spots  ;  the  first  at  the  base  ;  the  second  interior  to  the  middle  of  the 
wing  ;  the  third  exterior  to  the  middle,  constricted  toward  the  costa  and  con- 
nected behind  with  the  subterminal  patch,  which  is  constricted  in  the  middle. 
The  hind  wings  are  slightly  hyaline  ;  dark  brown. 

Texas.    Capt.  Pope's  Coll.     From  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 


December  Uh. 

Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-four  members  present. 
The  following  paper  was  presented  for  publication  : 
"  Description   of  two   new   species  of  Pimelodus,  from   Kansas,  by 
Charles  C.  Abbott,"  and  was  referred  to  a  Committee. 

Mr.  Durand  stated  that  he  had  received  the  following  note  from  Mr.  Thomas 
Meehan,  of  Germantown: 

' '  In  looking  over  the  last  issue  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  I  notice  that  Mr.  Buckley  describes  a  new  large  Carya 
Texana.  As  Major  Le  Conte  has  already  described  a  species  as  Hickorea  (  Carya) 
Texana,  and  by  a  comparison  of  Buckley's  description  with  Le  Conte's,  (see 
Proceedings,  1853, )  it  is  evident  that  they  are  two  distinct  species,  is  it  not 
worth  having  the  error  corrected?" 

Mr.  D.  agreed  fully  with  Mr.  Meehan,  and  proposed  the  substitution  of 
Carya  Buckleyi  for  the  name  of  Texana,  given  by  Dr.  Buckley,  and  already 
occupied. 

I860.] 


548  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Dr.  Corse,  in  presenting  a  specimen  of  tuberculous  disease  in  a  sheep,  called 
attention  to  the  importance  of  collecting  more  detailed  and  numerous  data, 
having  reference  to  the  connection  between  good  agriculture,  food,  water  and 
shelter,  and  the  health  of  our  domestic  animals,  used  as  food  for  man. 


December  11th. 

Mr.  Lea,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

Mr.  Vaux,  on  behalf  of  the  Publication  Committee,  laid  on  the  table 
Part  4,  Vol.  iv.  of  the  Journal. 

Mr.  Lea  read  the  following  letter  from  Mr.  Marcou  : 

Boston,   26th  Nov.,  1860. 

At  the  end  of  the  "  Proceedings"  for  1859,  there  is  a  Catalogue  of  the  Fossils  of 
the  Cretaceous  Formation  of  the  United  States,  by  Mr.  Wm.  M.  Gabb,  where  I  see 
placed  the  Ostrea  Marshii  aud  Gryphcea  dilatata,  var.  Tucumcarii,  found  by  me  in 
the  Jurassic  strata  of  Pyramid  Mount  in  New  Mexico.  Mr.  Gabb  ought,  I  think, 
in  thus  placing  these  fossils,  at  least  to  have  mentioned  in  a  note  that  I  have 
placed  them  in  the  Jurassic  formation  of  the  United  States. 

In  a  notice  of  Geological  Discoveries  made  by  Capt.  J.  H.  Simpson,  by  Messrs. 
Meek  and  Engelmann,  published  in  April, I860, "Proceedings,"  page  126, 1  observe 
a  paragraph  entitled  Jurassic  Rocks,  where  they  have  found  a  Gryphma  probably 
identical  with  G.  calceola,  Quenstedt,  and  a  plicated  oyster  closely  allied  to  Os- 
trea Marshii,  in  the  strata  of  the  Utah  Territory,  where,  since  1854  I  have  indi- 
cated the  existence  of  the  Jurassic  Formation.  Notwithstanding  that  Messrs. 
Meek  and  Engelmann  say  that  this  species  of  Ostrea  Marshii  is  distinct  from  the 
species  of  Mr.  Marcou,  and  notwithstanding  the  probable  identity  of  Gryphcea 
calceola,  I  do  not  doubt  that  Mr.  Engelmann  has  found  in  Utah,  at  Ducherne 
river  and  at  Weber  river,  the  Gryphcea  dilatata,  var.  Tucumcarii,  and  the  Ostrea 
Marshii  indicated  by  me  in  the  Jurassic  rocks  of  Pyramid  Mount.  These  two 
fossils  are  tco  numerous  around  the  Tucumcari  Mountains,  north  of  the  Llano 
Estacado,  not  to  be  distributed  over  other  parts  of  the  plateau  which  surrounds 
the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  Gryphcea  calceola  of  Quenstedt  is  very  closely  allied 
to  Gryphcea  dilatata,  and  with  many  geologists  it  is  considered  but  a  variety. 
Dr.  B.  F.  Shumard,  in  "  Observations  upon  the  Cretaceous  Strata  of  Texas  {Trans. 
Acad,  of  Sci.,  St.  Louis,  p.  587,)  maintains  that  my  Ostrea  Marshii  of  Pyramid 
Mount  is  identical  with  his  Ostrea  subovata  from  Fort  Washita,  and  that  my 
Gryphcea  dilatata,  var.  Tucumcarii,  is  found  at  Fort  Washita,  in  strata  two  hun- 
dred feet  above  beds  that  contain  well-marked  cretaceous  types.  The  question 
to  resolve  is,  actually  to  give  a  detailed  section  of  Fort  Washita,  with  plates  of 
fossils,  as  1  have  done  for  Pyramid  Mount,  to  do  the  same  for  the  strata  of  Utah 
Territory,  and  compare  the  three  localities.  Then  we  shall  see  if  Washita  is 
identical  with  Pyramid  Mount  and  with  Utah,  or  if  Pyramid  Mount  and  Utah 
are  identical,  and  different  from  Washita. 

Mr.  Gabb  remarked  that,  while  he  strongly  deprecated  anything  like  the 
unfortunate  discussions  that  have  taken  place  on  the  above  subject,  he  still 
considered  that  the  candid  expression  of  the  views  of  persons  holding  a  differ- 
ence of  opinion  on  scientific  points,  was  the  only  way  to  arrive  at  the  facts. 
The  omission  of  the  note,  in  regard  to  the  position  to  which  Prof.  Marcou 
referred  these  species,  was  accidental,  and  not  an  intentional  slight,  as  Prof. 
M.  seems  to  imply. 

Nevertheless,  the  species  are  not,  in  his  opinion,  identical  with  the  species 
bearing  the  same  names  in  Europe.      As  far  as  can  be  determined,  Ostrea 

[December, 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  549 

Marshii,  Marcou,  is  not  0.  Marshii,  Sow.,  and  therefore  the  name  0.  subovata, 
Shumard,  is  the  real  name  of  the  species.  Gryphcea  Tucumcarii,  M.,  is  at 
least  as  nearly  related  to  the  typical  specimens  of  G.  Pitcherii,  Morton,  now  in 
the  Museum  of  the  Academy,  as  the  forms  referred  to  Pitcherii  by  Marcou, 
and  known  to  geologists  as  var.  navis.  The  specimen  from  the  plains  of 
Kiamesha,  mentioned  by  Morton,  is  more  nearly  of  the  shfpe  of  Tucumcarii. 
than  the  one  figured,  but  no  palaeontologist  would  hesitate  for  a  moment  in 
pronouncing  th«m  identical. 

In  regard  to  the  real  position  of  these  species,  Dr.  Shumard,  in  Marcy's  Re- 
port on  the  Red  River  of  Louisiana,  places  0.  subovata,  on  the  same  horizon 
with  G.  Pitcherii  and  Ammonites  vespertinus,  both  of  which  species  are,  mother 
parts  of  the  United  States,  found  associated  with  species  that  are  everywhere 
characteristic  of  the  chalk,  such  as  Baculites  anceps,  Gryphcea  vesicularis, 
Ostrea  larva,  Exogyra  Matheroniana,  of  D'Orbigny,  (or  E.  Texana,  Roemer,) 
Nautilus  Dekayi  and  other  species,  not  only  found  in  the  United  States,  but  in 
Europe,  Chili  and  India,  and  never  found  outside  of  the  Upper  Chalk  of  Eng- 
lish authors,  the  Senonien  of  the  French. 

Mr.  Gabb  did  not  pretend  to  deny  the  existence  of  the  older  members  of 
the  cretaceous  formation  in  North  America,  but  said,  that  outside  of  the 
evidence  in  "Geology  of  North  America,"  founded  only  on  the  doubtful  re- 
cognition of  two  or  three  species  of  Ammonites  from  weathered  fragments,  all 
the  testimony  yet  collected  tends  to  prove  the  existence  only  of  the  Upper 
Chalk,  unless,  perhaps,  some  of  the  lower  beds  (Nos.  1  and  2)  of  Nebraska 
may  prove,  as  he  thinks  probable,  to  belong  to  the  Lower  Chalk  of  the  Eng- 
lish, the  Turonien  of  continental  writers.  Still  the  evidence  is  only  negative. 
True,  the  beds  of  New  Jersey  cannot  be  distinguished  lithologically  from  the 
green  sand  of  England  and  France,  but  even  Prof.  Marcou  would  not  now 
have  the  temerity  to  call  them  upper  green  sand  or  even  "Turonien  "  in  face 
of  the  palasontological  evidence  to  the  contrary  ;  and  yet,  lithological  evidence 
is  among  the  strongest  brought  to  bear  on  his  Jurassic  and  Triassic  of  the 
West.  That  Jurassic  and  Triassic  rocks  do  exist  on  this  continent  is  now 
beyond  doubt,  but  that  Jurassic  and  Triassic,  is  not  the  Jurassic  and  Triassic 
of  Marcou.  That  Ostrea  Marshii  has  been  found  in  the  far  West,  associated 
with  Ammonites  cordatus,  it  is  no  evidence  that  the  0.  Marshii  of  Prof.  Marcou 
is  the  0.  Marshii,  Sow. 

In  conclusion,  he  remarked  that  in  the  above  opinions  he  was  upheld  by 
every  American  geologist  who  has  investigated  the  subject. 

Mr.  Cope  read  the  following  list  of  the  recent  species  of  Emydosaurian  rep- 
tiles represented  in  the  museum  of  the  Academy. 

alliqatoridjE.  Crocodilus  palustris, 

Alligator  Mississippiensis,  Crocodilus  porosus, 

Jacare  sclerops,  Crocodilus  vulgaris, 

Jacare  fissipes,  Crocodilus  Americanus, 

Jacare  vallifrons.  Mecistops  leptorhynchus, 

crocodilid^e  Mecistops  bathyrhynchus, 

Osteolaemus  tetraspis  Gavialis  Gangeticus. 

In  all,  twelve  species,  represented  by  thirty-eight  specimens. 

Osteolaemds,  Cope,  was  characterized  as  a  genus  of  Crocodiles  presenting 
several  points  of  analogy  to  the  Alligators.  The  nasal  bones  were  prolonged 
anteriorly,  and  uniting  with  the  short  spine  of  the  intermaxillary,  divided  the 
external  nasal  orifice,  as  in  the  genus  Alligator.  The  eyelids  were  entirely  os- 
seous, as  in  Caiman.  There  was  no  transverse  bony  ridge  between  the  orbits. 
The  dermal  plates  upon  the  tail,  extremities,  and  thorax,  were  more  or  less  com- 
pletely ossified  ;  upon  the  gular  region  the  ossification  was  most  complete,  the 
shields  having  a  coarse  sutural  articulation.  The  digits  of  the  posterior  ex- 
tremity were  very  slightly  webbed.     Cervical  plates  distinct  from  the  dorsal. 

I860.]  38 


550  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OE 

Two  specimens  were  exhibited  ;  one,  a  skin  brought  from  the  Ogobai  River, 
"Western  Africa,  by  Mr.  P.  B.  Du  Chaillu ;  the  other,  the  skull  of  a  half-grown 
individual,  obtained  from  the  Museum  of  the  Pennsylvania  University.  These 
jMr.  Cope  regarded  as  belonging  to  a  species  hitherto  unknown,  and  which  he 
proposed  calling  Osteolaemus  tetraspis.  He  briefly  characterized  it  as  fol- 
lows :  Proportions  of  the  head  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  Crocodilus 
trigonops,  Gray,  of  India.  Breadth  of  muzzle  at  ninth  tooth  equal  to  the 
distance  between  the  external  nasal  orifice  and  anterior  border  of  the  orbit,  and 
to  the  width  of  the  table  of  the  cranium  posteriorly.     A  short  ridge  in  front  of 

17 
each  orbit,  directed  obliquely  inward.     Teeth  — ,  rather   compressed.     Four 

15 
nuchal  shields,  in  a  single  transverse  series ;   four  cervical,  in  pairs.     Dorsal 
shields  in  sir  rows.     Posterior  extremities  without  fringe.     Total  length  of 
the  entire  specimen,  five  feet. 

Mr.  Cope  alluded  to  the  remarkable  extent  to  which  ossification  was  carried 
in  this  species.  The  cranium  was  much  more  rugose  and  pitted  than  in  the 
adult,  specimens  of  much  larger  species,  and  the  crotaphite  foramina  were  roofed 
over  by  bone.  The  latter  peculiarity  was  sometimes  observed  in  the  genera 
Jacare  and  Caiman.  The  osseous  gular  and  thoracic  buckler  was  also  similar 
to  that  exhibited  by  those  genera,  and  by  the  extinct  "Crocodilus"  Hast- 
ing s  i  ae ,  the  existence  of  which  has  been  shown  by  Professor  Huxley.  And 
alluding  to  the  numerous  points  of  analogy  to  the  Alligatorial  or  American  type, 
Mr.  Cope  mentioned  the  occurrence  of  South  American  forms  of  tree-snakes 
in  Western  Africa;  e.  g.  Dryophis  Kirt  1  a  n  di  i  andThrasops  f  1  a  vigulari  s. 
Ilallowell. 

Mecistops  bathyrhynchus  was  the  name  by  which  Mr.  Cope  proposed  to 
characterize  a  species,  of  which  a  large  skull  was  in  the  Academy's  museum. 
This  skull  was  of  a  very  elongate  form  ;  on  this  account,  and  from  the  fact  that 
the  nasal  bones  disappeared  some  distance  posterior  to  the  external  nasal  ori- 
fice, he  concluded  that  it  belonged  to  Mecistops,  Gray,  although  that  genus 
was  mainly  characterized  by  the  position  of  the  cervical  dermal  shields. 
The  breadth  of  the  muzzle  at  the  tenth  tooth  was  twice  that  at.  the  notch,  and 
was  contained  two  and  half  times  in  the  space  between  the  orbit  and  nasal  ori- 
fice. The  length  of  the  muzzle  anterior  to  the  tenth  tooth  equalled  the  length 
posterior  to  that  point,  plus  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  orbit.  The  latter 
was  scarcely  larger  than  the  external  nasal  orifice.  The  width  of  the  table  of 
the  cranium  posteriorly,  entered  into  the  total  length,  measured  from  the  pos- 
terior border  of  the  former,  four  times;  was  equal  to  the  length  of  the  symphy- 
sis mandibuli ;  was  greater  than  the  width  of  the  muzzle  measured  across  the 
palate  between  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  teeth,  and  was  exactly  twice  the  width 
of  the  os  frontis.  The  snout  was  more  rounded  and  elevated  than  in  the  known 
species  of  Mecistops  ;  the  superiormaxillaryboneatitsposteriorextremity  formed 
a  perpendicular  wall.  The  length  of  the  ramus  of  the  inferior  maxillary  from 
the  angle,  was  thirty-two  inches,  the  symphysis  extending  one-fifth  the  distance. 

19 
Neither  ridge  nor  convexity  in  front  of  the  orbits      Teeth  — .     Native  country 

15 
of  the  species  unknown. 

Mr.  Cope  stated  that  in  the  present  species  the  muzzle  was  less  depressed, 
and  more  rounded  laterally  than  in  the  species  of  Crocodilus;  also  that  the 
fourth  and  tenth  teeth  above,  and  fourth  below,  were  of  proportionally  large  size. 

Mr.  Lea  read  two  letters  from  Prof.  Tyson,  State  Geologist  of  Maryland,  in 
relation  to  some  remarkable  infusorial  beds  of  Tripoli,  observed  by  him  in 
Maryland.     The  specimens  were  presented  to  the  Academy: 

No.  1  is  from  a  bluff  on  the  Patuxent,  below  Lyon's  Creek,  the  bed  being 
three  feet  thick,  overlying  the  green  sand. 

No.  2  is  from  a  bluff  two  miles  below  Nottingham,  the  thickness  ten  feet. 

[Dee. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  551 

No.  3  is  from  "  Holland's  Cliffs,"  three  miles  south  of  "  Lower  Marlboro1' 
and  is  thirty  feet  thick. 

No.  4  is  from  the  "  Cove,"  on  the  south  side  of  Herring  Bay,  eight  miles 
east  of  Nos.  1  and  2, 

Prof.  Tyson  has  traced  this  "  Tripoli  region  "  from  near  the  head  of  West 
River,  in  Anne  Anindel  County,  twenty-five  miles  southward,  to  Prince  Frederick, 
in  Clavert  County,  It  may  be  found  to  extend  eighteen  or  twenty  miles  further 
south,  to  near  the  lower  end  of  Calvert  County.  It  is  well  exposed  in  high 
cliffs  on  the  Patuxent,  as  well  as  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  It  probably  extends 
over  most  of  Charles  County,  and  of  the  southern  part  of  Prince  George  County. 

It  belongs  to  the  Miocene  period,  and  rests  upon  the  most  important  fossil 
shell  bed  of  the  Tertiary  region.  Prof.  Tyson  states  that  Dr.  C.  Johnson  has 
made  out  more  than  one  hundred  forms  of  Diatoms  in  No.  3. 

Dr.  Fisher  exhibited  a  stereoscopic  picture  of  a  parasitical  insect, 
taken  by  means  of  a  new  and  ingenious  arrangement  of  the  ordinary 
microscope,  by  Dr.  R,  E.  Griffith.  The  insect  was  magnified  between 
20  and  25  diameters. 


December  ISth. 
Vice-President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Forty  members  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  in  the  Proceed- 
ings : — 

"  Description  of  some  new  Species  of  Tertiary  Fossils  from  ChiriquL 
Central  America,  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb." 

"  Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Star-fishes  from  Cape  San 
Lucas,  Lower  California,  by  John  Xantus." 

"  Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Coleoptera,  in  the  Cabinet 
of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  by  George  H.  Horn." 

"  Catalogue  of  Colubridse  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  &c,  Part  3,  by  E.  D.  Cope." 

And  were  referred  to  Committees. 


December  25th. 

Vice-President  Bridges  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-nine  members  present. 

On  report  of  the  respective  Committees,  the  following  papers  were 
ordered  to  be  published  in  the  Proceedings  : — 

The  Humming  Birds  of  Mexico. 

BY   RAFAEL    MONTES    DE  OCA, 

Of  Jalapa,  Mexico. 

No.  3. 

Campyloptekus  pampa,  Gould. 

Obnismyia  pampa,  Lesson. 

Pampa  campylopteba,  Reichenbach. 

The  people  of  Coatepec,  nine  miles  from  Jalapa,  give  to  this  species  of  Hum- 
ming Bird  the  name  of  Chupa-mirto  fandanguero  or  Fandango  Myrtle-sucker, 

I860.] 


552  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 

for  the  reason,  apparently,  that  it  has  a  somewhat  musical  voice.  It  is  the 
only  Humming  Bird  which  to  my  knowledge  has  any  notes  which  are  sufficient 
to  recognize  it  by  in  the  woods,  and  though  rather  monotonous,  are  quite 
pleasing. 

In  the  neighborhood  of  Jalapa  this  species  is  found  occasionally,  but  in  the 
above-mentioned  place  is  more  abundant,  although  very  difficult  to  obtain. 
It  inhabits  the  forest  in  the  winter  season,  and  generally  feeds  on  the  flowers 
of  high  bushes  called  Asasaretos,  which  at  that  season  are  in  full  bloom  and 
densely  covered  with  beautiful  smooth  emerald  green  leaves,  amongst  which 
it  is  very  difficult  to  see  this  bird,  though  it  often  betrays  itself  by  its  musical 
notes,  especially  in  the  morning.  The  males,  I  think,  only  sing,  or  at  least 
much  more  than  the  females. 

Very  few  specimens  of  this  kind  are  seen  in  summer  time  in  this  neighbor- 
hood. It  is  found  also  near  Cordova,  and  goes  as  far  south  as  Guatemala,  where 
perhaps  it  builds  its  nest,  for  I  have  never  seen  nor  heard  of  a  nest  being  found 
here. 

The  general  appearance  of  this  species  is  as  follows  :  the  upper  part  of  the 
head  is  beautiful  metallic  ultramarine  color.  Wing  coverts  and  tail  coverts, 
and  upper  part  of  the  body  bronze  green.  Throat,  under  wing  coverts,  breast 
and  belly,  iron  gray  color,  and  the  under  tail  coverts  the  same,  but  tinged  with 
chestnut.  Quills  purplish  black  with  the  vanes  black  and  resembling  whale- 
bone, the  three  principle  ones  rather  wider  than  common.  Tail  feathers  yel- 
lowish bronze  green,  all  except  the  two  central,  with  the  half  towards  the 
point  bluish  black,  three  on  each  side  tipped  with  chestnut  iron  gray.  The  feet 
are  dark  iron  gray,  nails  and  upper  mandible  black,  under  mandible  iron  gray. 
Its  size  from  the  point  of  the  bill  to  the  tip  of  the  tail  is  from  5£  to  5f  inches, 
wing  2|,  tail  2,  bill  1^  inches.  The  female  is  almost  precisely  like  the  male, 
with  the  difference  of  about  f  of  an  inch  in  size,  and  either  less  blue  or  with 
it  less  brilliant  on  the  top  of  the  head. 

No.  4. 

Thaumastura  Elizje,  Gould. 
Trochilus  Elisa,  Lesson. 
Mirtis  Elisa,  Reichenbach. 
Lucifer  Elisa,  Bonaparte. 
Calothorax  Elisa,  G.  R.  Gray. 

This  species  of  Humming  Bird  is  one  of  the  rarest  that  is  found  in  Mexico. 
It  is  small,  very  beautiful,  and  possesses  wonderful  rapidity  of  flight,  moving 
its  wings  with  such  velocity  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  see  them  when 
flying,  and  it  may  easily  be  mistaken  for  a  large  bee  on  account  of  the  strange 
buzzing  sound  produced  by  their  incessant  motion.  In  the  vicinity  of  Jalapa 
this  bird  is  called  Mirto  de  colo  de  tisera,  or  the  shear-tailed  Myrtle-sucker. 

This  Humming  Bird  is  extremely  shy,  and  differs  in  its  habits  and  manner 
of  living  from  other  species.  It  rises  very  early  in  the  morning,  and  the  few 
specimens  that  have  come  under  my  observation  I  never  saw  after  seven  or 
eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  again  about  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
until  dark  ;  in  the  intermediate  time  I  have  never  seen  it.  When  once  this 
bird  is  found  eating  at  one  place  it  is  almost  sure  to  be  found  there  at  the  same 
hour  for  several  days  in  succession,  so  that  once  failing  to  obtain  it,  all  that  is 
necessary  is  to  wait  for  it  the  next  day.  It  feeds  on  the  Masapan  and  Tobaco 
flowers,  I  think  preferring  the  latter. 

This  bird  is  found  also  at  the  Barrancas  de  Jico  (or  Precipices  of  Jico)  about 
twenty  miles  from  Jalapa  ;  there  it  builds  its  nest,  which  I  have  seen.  It  is 
very  small,  round,  and  flat  on  the  bottom,  neither  so  deep  nor  so  thick  on  the 
lower  part  as  the  generality  of  other  Humming  Birds.  The  eggs  are  two, 
rather  long  in  proportion  to  their  diameter.  The  nest  is  covered  on  the  out- 
side with  moss  from  stones,  and  lined  inside  with  tule  or  cattail  silky  floss. 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  553 

In  this  bird  the  upper  part  of  the  head,  the  wing  coverts,  tail  coverts,  and 
the  upper  part  of  the  body  are  bright  yellowish  green  bronze,  except  on  the 
top  of  the  head,  which  is  rather  duller.  The  throat  is  beautiful  metallic 
shining  amethyst  color.  The  breast  forming  a  kind  of  band  across  and  com- 
municating in  a  faint  line  on  each  side  of  the  neck  with  the  corner  of  the  eye, 
is  white,  slightly  tinged  with  chestnut.  The  flanks,  legs  and  lower  part  of 
the  belly  are  of  the  same  color.  The  sides  of  the  body  under  the  wings  are 
mixed,  scale-like,  with  bronze,  green  and  chestnut  color.  The  quills  are  pur- 
plish gray  black,  the  tail  bright  purplish  black,  the  second  and  third  feathers 
having  edges  of  light  chestnut,  not  reaching  to  the  point,  and  giving  them  the 
appearance  of  being  spatulate  in  form.  The  tail  is  composed  of  six  feathers,  two 
on  each  side  about  the  same  length,  and  the  third  about  one-third  shorter. 
The  feet,  nails,  and  bill  are  black.  The  bill  is  considerably  curved.  Total 
length  3|  inches,  wing  1^,  tail  H,  bill  f . 

The  female  is  like  the  male  in  the  color  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  body.  The 
throat  and  breast  and  abdomen  are  grayish  white,  tinged  with  chestnut,  very 
pale  on  the  last,  sides  under  the  wings  light  chestnut,  mixed  with  bronze 
green  towards  the  breast.  The  tail  feathers  are  ten,  light  chestnut  in  their 
half  towards  the  body,  and  the  terminal  half  black,  with  the  first  and  second 
widely  tipped  with  white,  and  the  third  slightly.  The  middle  feathers  are 
bronze  green.  The  female  is  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  shorter  than  the 
male. 


Catalogue  of  the  Colubridae  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

of  Philadelphia.    Part  3. 

BY   E.  D.  COPE. 

PSA  MMOPHIDINM. 

Malpolon  Fitz.     Type  M.  la  c  e  r  t  in  u  s. 

Neue  Classif.  pp.  29,  59,  1826.  Ccelopeltis  Fitz.,  1843,  Dum.  &  Bibr.  Giinther 
nee  Wagler,  1820  ;  Rhabdodon  Fleischm.,  1831  ;  "  Bothriophis  Eiehw.,"  Gthr.  : 
Taphrometopon  Brandt,   1839. 

162.  M.  lacertinus  Fitz.  "  Coluber  monspessulanus  Hermann,"  also  "  Mer - 
rem,"  (1804  &  1820),  Bonap.,  (descriptions  not  recognizable).  Hence  Ccelopeltis 
monspessulana  Bp.  Fauna  Italica,  1832  ;  Natriz  lacertina  Wagl.  in  Spix,  Serp. 
Bras.,  1824  Fig.  ;  Psammopkis  lacertina  Boie,  Isis,  1827  ;  Schlegel,  Ess.  Ccelo- 
peltis  lacertina  Wagl.  Natur.  Syst.,  1830;  Giinther,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.,  1858;  Col. 
insignilus  Geoff.  St.  Hilaire,  Hist.  Egypt,  1827  Fig. ;  Ccelopeltis  insignitus  Dum. 
Bibr.  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  1130,1854;  "  L  Taphrometopon  lineolalus,  Brandt,'  Kareline, 
Rev.  Mag.  de  Zoologie,  1840,"  Dum.  Bibr.     Rhabdodon  fuscus  Fleischm.  1831. 

Dr.  Wilson,  (Bp.  Coll.) 


Three  sp. 
Var.  Neumayeri    Bp. 

Italy, 

One  sp. 
Two  sp. 

Algiers, 
Italy, 

Psammophis  Fitz.     Type  P.  crucifer. 
Neue  Class.  Rept.  29,  59,  June  1826.     (nee  H.  Boie  Bull,  de  Sci.  Nat.  et  Geol. 
Ferussac,  Oct.  1826,  which    must  be  regarded  as  a  synonyme  of  Coronella 
Laur.!)  F.  Boie,  Isis  1827,  521,  et  auctorum.     Macrosoma  Leach,  in  Bowditch's 
Ashantee,  1819,  (nee  Hiibner,  Lepidoptera,  1816.) 

163.  P.  crucifer  Fitz. I.e.    Boie  I.e.,  Dum.  Bibr.  Erp.  Gen.  1854.     Coluber 
crucifer  Merr.   Beitrage,    1821,  fig.  ICol.  lurus  Klein,  Tent.  1775;  founded   on 
Seba,  53,  f.  2. 
One  spec.  Cape  Good  Hope,  Gard.  Plants  in  ex 

I860.] 


554  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

164.  P.  s  i  b  i  1  a  n  s  Fitz.  1.  c.  Gunther  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  1858.  Coluber  sibiians 
Linn.,  1766.  Col.  moniliger  Daud.,  1802.  Psammophis  moniliger  Boie,  1826. 
Wagler,  Schleg.,  Dum.  Bibr. 

One  sp.  Africa,  ? 

165.  P.  Phillip  sii  Hallow,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  1854,  p.  100  ;  do.  1857, 
p.  69. Coluber  Phillipsii  Hallow,  1.  c.  ii.  1844,  169. 

This  species  has  three  very  narrow  longitudinal  light  bands,  which  corres- 
pond in  position  with  the  vertebral,  and  light  inferior  borders  of  the  dark  late- 
ral bands  of  the  P.  sibiians.  These  are  not  alluded  to  in  any  of  Dr.  Hal- 
lowell's  descriptions.  This  species  appears  to  us  to  be  closely  allied  to  the 
sibiians,  but  has  more  the  aspect  of  a  tree  snake,  in  the  narrow,  obliquely 
arranged  scales,  and  rather  larger  eye. 

One  sp.  Liberia,  Dr.  Goheen. 

One  sp.  (young,  Proc.  1857,  p.  69,)         "  " 

Tragops  Wagler.     Type  T.  prasinus. 

Nat.  Syst.  Amphib.  1830,  184. 

We  have  placed  this  genus  and  Passerita  with  Psammophis,  on  account  of 
the  similarity  of  dentition,  and  from  the  fact  that  the  T.  tropidococcyx 
(Dryiophis  Gthr.)  "possesses  the  habit  and  physiognomy"  of  that  genus, 
according  to  Dr.  Gunther,  who  has  made  known  the  species. 

166.  T.  prasinus  Dum. Bibr.  Dryiophis  pT-asinus  Reinwt.  Dryinus  nasutus, 
Bell.     Tragops  nasutus  Wagler. 

One  sp.  Java,  Dr.  Rusehenberger. 

One  sp.  Anger,     " 

One  sp.  Ceylon,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

One  sp.  India,  Dr.  Burrough. 

Var.  laetu  s  nobis.   Anal  shield  entire.    Colors  much  brighter  and  yellower 
than  other  specimens  ;  otherwise  similar. 
One  sp.  Philippines,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Passerita  Gray.     Type  P.  mycterizans. 

Ann.  Philos.  1825,  208.  Dryinus  Merrem,  1820,  nee  Fabricius.  Dum.  Bibr. 
1354,  vii.  808.  Dryophis  "  Dalman,"  Boie  Isis,  1827,  nee  Fitzinger.  Neue 
Class,  1825.  (Quid  "Dryiophis  Dahlman  "  Boie  in  Ferussac,  Bull,  de  Sc.  Nat. 
et  Geol.,Oct.  1826?)  Herpetolragus  Fitz.,  1843. 

167.  P.  mycterizans  Gray.  Col.  mycterizans  Linn.  Dryophis  nasutus 
Merr.  et  auctorum. 

One  sp.  Madras,  Mr.  F.  Brown. 

One  sp.  India,  Dr.  Burrough. 

One  sp.  Ceylon,  Cuming  ex. 

We  would  direct  the  attention  of  herpetologists  who  have  large  suits  of  spe- 
cimens of  this  species  at  their  command,  to  the  variations  in  the  relative 
lengths  of  the  tail  and  body.  In  our  specimens  from  Madras  and  Ceylon,  the 
length  of  the  former  is  to  that  of  the  latter,  about  as  one  to  two  ;  in  the  speci- 
men presented  by  Dr.  Burrough,  as  one  and  one-third  to  two.  In  the  latter, 
the  lateral  and  superior  surfaces  of  the  proboscis  are  verrucose,  and  the  body 
13  more  slender  in  proportion  to  its  length. 

168.  P.  f  u  s  c  a  .  Dryinus  fuscus  Dum.  Bibr.  Erp.  Gen.  vii.  p.  812.  Passerita 
mycterizans.  var.  Dryinus  fuscus  Gthr.  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  161.  Dryophis  c.  Boie, 
Isis,  1827,  546;  "  eine  dritte  durch  Leschenault  von  Ceylon,  der  aenea 
ahnlich." 

Four  specimens  of  this  serpent  from  Ceylon  agree  in  having  a  more  atten- 
uated, form  than  the  mycterizans.     The  tail  is  to  the  body,  in  length,  as 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES     OF   PHILADELPHIA.  555 

one  and  one-third  to  two  ;  the  lateral  and  superior  surfaces  of  the  proboscis 
are  verrucose.  The  head  is  very  much  attenuated.  A  dark  brown  band  passes 
through  the  eye,  and  there  is  a  diamond  shaped  blotch  with  a  posterior  elonga- 
tion, on  the  top  of  the  head. 

DRYOPHIDINJE. 
Langaha  Bruguiere.     Type  L.  n  a  s  u  t  a  . 
Journ.  Phys.  132,  .1784.     Xiphorh.ynch.ua  Wagl.,  1830.     Xiphorina  Fitz.,  1843. 

169.  L.  nasuta  Shaw,  1190.  L.  Madagascariensis  Latr.,  1801.  L.ensifera 
Dum.  Bibr.,  1854.     Dryophis  langaha  Schleg.,  1837. 

One  sp.  Madagascar,  Gard.  Plants  in  ex 

Dryophis  Fitzinger.     Type  D.  f  u  1  g  i  d  a  . 

Neue  Classification,  1826,  p.  66 — et  auctorum.     Oxybelis  Dum.  Bibr.  1854. 

a.  Scales  smooth  :  Oxybelis  Wagl.,  1830. 

170.  D.  argenteus  Schleg. 

One  sp.  Cayenne,  Mr.  Amory  Edwards. 

171.  D.  acuminatus  Gthr.  Coluber  acuminatus  Wied,  1822.  Dryinus 
aeneus  Wagl.,  1824.     Dryiophis  auratus  Schleg.,  1837. 

One  sp.  Brazil,  Dr.  McMurtrie. 

One  sp.  Veraguas,  New  Grenada,  Mr.  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

One  sp.  Panama,  Drs.Gallaer&Le  Conte. 

Two  sp.  S.  America,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Two  sp.  "  ? 

It  is  this  species  of  Dryophis  to  which  Prof.  Baird  alludes  (Proc.  Acad.,  1859, 
300)  as  having  been  obtained  so  far  north  as  Guayamas,  Sonora.  A  single 
specimen  procured  by  Capt.  Stone  at  that  place  is  in  the  Mus.  Smithsonian. 

172.  D.  Kirtlandii  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil ,  1854,  p.  100. 
Leptophis  Kirtlandii  ibid,  1.  c.  1844,  62.  Oxybelis  Kirtlandii  ibid,  1.  c.  1857,  59. 
Oz.Lecomptei  Dum.  Bibr.  vii.  821,  1854. 

Two  sp.  Liberia,  Dr.  Goheen. 

One  sp.  "  Dr.  Savage. 

One  sp.  "  Mr.  E.  T.  Cresson. 

Two  sp.  Gibson,  Dr.  Ford. 

One  sp.  "  Mr.  Du  Chaillu. 

b.  Scales  carinate  :    Dryophis,  Fitz.  Wagl. 

173.  D.  fulgidus  Fitz. 

One  sp.  Surinam,  Dr.  Hering. 

One  sp.  Panama,  Dr.  Le  Conte. 

One  sp.  Tsalco,  San  Salvador,        Capt.  J.  Dow. 

The  above  specimens  have  ten  upper  labial  shields.  Giinther  gives  nine  as 
the  ordinary  number. 

174.  D.  brevirostris  nobis. 

Near  the  middle  of  the  body,  scales  in  fifteen  rows  ;  elsewhere  in  thir- 
teen. Carination  very  faint  anteriorly ;  visible  upon  five  rows  poste- 
riorly. General  form  extremely  slender ;  length  of  tail  to  that  of  body 
as  two  to  three.  Head  small,  muzzle  short.  No  loreal,  one  post,  one 
preocular,  the  latter  reaching  the  vertical.  Nostril  near  the  middle  of  the  nasaf 
plate.  Superior  labials  six,  fourth  and  angle  of  third  entering  orbit ;  last  very 
long.  Inferior  labials  seven,  suture  of  the  first  pair  unusually  long.  Pupil 
round.  Gastroteges  179;  an  entire  anal,  urosteges,  170.  Total  length  40  in.  6  1. 
Tail  16  in.  3  1. 

I860.] 


556  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

Coloration,  greyish  green,  tinged  with  rufous  upon  the  upper  surface  of  head 
and  body.  A  narrow  black  line  passing  back  from  the  eye,  parallel  to  the 
commissure  of  the  mouth.     No  lateral  stripe. 

Habitat.  Veraguas,  New  Grenada.  From  a  valuable  collection  made  in  that 
place  by  R.  W.  Mitchell,  Esq. 

AHAETULLINJE. 
Chrysospelea  Boie.     Type  C.  o  r  n  a  t  a. 

Isis  von  Oken,  1827,  p.  546.  Chironius  Fitz.  Isis,  1827,  265,  nee  Neue 
Class.  1826. 

175.  C.  ornata  Boie,  1.  c.  Coluber  ornatus  Shaw,  1803.  Col.  ibiboca,  Latr. 
1801  !  Chironius  ibiboca  Fitz.  1.  c. 

Var.  A.  Gthr. 
One  sp.  Philippines,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Var.  B.  Gthr. 
One  sp.  Siam,  Dr.  Ruschenberger. 

Two  sp.  ?  ? 

176.  C.  rhodopleurum  Boie.     Dendrophis  rhodopleuron  Reinw. 

One  sp.  E.  Indies.  Smiths.  Inst. 

Ahaetulla  Gray.     Type  A.  p  i  c  t  a  . 

Annals  of  Philosophy,  1825,  p.  208  (September)  1  Leptophis  Bell,  Zoological 
Journal,  1825,  p.  328  (October).  Gray,  in  King's  Australia,  ii.  p.  432,  1827. 
Dendrophis,  Fitzinger,  Neue  Classif.  p.  60,  1826  (June).  Boie,  Ferrusac,  Bullet. 
Sci.  Nat.  et  Geol.  1826,  238  (October).  Wagler,  Naturlich  Syst.  p.  183,  1830. 
Fitzinger,  Syst.  Rept.,  1843,  p.  27.  Dumeril,  Prodrome  General,  56,  1852.  Giin- 
ther,  Cat  Brit.  Mus.,  148,  1858. 

177.  A.  picta  nobis.  "  Coluber  fili/ormis  Linn.  Mus.  Ad.  Fried., pi.  17 f.  2." 
Description  and  fig.  not  recognizable.  Col.  pictus  Gmel.  1788.  Col.  coeruleus, 
Bonaterre,  1790.  Col.  decorus  Shaw,  1802.  Ahaetulla  decora  Gray,  1825.  Den- 
drophis decorus  Fitz.,  1826.  Dendr.  picta  Boie,  1826.  Wagler,  Schlegel,  Fitz- 
inger, Dumeril,  Giinther.  ILeptophis  purpurascens  Bell,  1826.  L.  maticas  ibid. 
Ahaetulla  Bellii  Gray,  Ind.  Zool.,  1834.     Leptophis  pictus  Cantor,  1847. 

One  sp.  near  Calcutta,  Dr.  R.  Coates. 


Three  sp. 

Ceylon 

Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

One  sp.  "(  Ular  lidi  of  the  Chinese)" 

Singapore, 

? 

Five  sp. 

Philippine  Is. 

Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

One  sp. 

Java, 

Dr,  Ruschenberger 

One  sp. 

? 

? 

Thrasops  Hallowell.     Type  T.  flavigularis. 

Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1857,  p.  Dendrophis  Boie,  Isis,  1827,  p.  520 
(nee.  Fitzinger,  1826).  Schlegel  Essai,  1837.  Leptophis  Wagler,  Nat.  Syst.  p. 
1830.  Fitz.  Syst.  Rept.,  1843.  Dumeril,  Prodrome,  1852  (nee  Bell,  1825). 
Ahaetulla  Gthr.,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  151,  1858  (nee  Gray,  1825). 

In  this  genus  the  scales  are  arranged  in  subtransverse  rows,  and  are  cari- 
nate  ;  in  Philothamnus  Smith,  they  are  similarly  arranged  and  smooth  ;  in  both 
genera  the  gastrosteges  are  weakly  keeled,  the  urosteges  scarcely  at  all.  In  Gas- 
tropyxis  nobis,  the  scales  are  arranged  quincuncially  and  are  keeled  ;  thegastro- 
and  urosteges  sharply  angulated.  In  all  three  the  dentition  is  syncranterian. 
In  Hapsidophrys,  Fisch.,  the  frontal  region  is  much  arched ;  otherwise  nearly 
similar  to  Thrasops. 


P 


178.  T.  fla  vigu  1  a  r  i  s  Hallow  A  c.  Dendrophis  flavigularis,  Hallow.  I.e.  1852, 
205.     We  find  no  external  character  in  this  fine  serpent  which  can,  in  our 


[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  557 

opinion,  justify  its  separation  from  the  next  succeeding  species.  This  is  inte- 
resting when  we  recollect  that  the  Dryophis  of  the  same  region  is  congeneric 
with  the  South  American  form,  and  not  with  that  inhabiting  the  East  Indies  ; 
a  fact  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Gunther,  in  his  paper  on  the  geographical  distribution 
of  reptiles. 
Two  sp.  Gaboon,  West  Afr.  Dr.  H.  A.  Ford. 

179.  T.  ahaetulla  nobis. Coluber ahaetulla Linn.  Col. liocercus Neuw.  Leptop- 
hisahaetulla  Bell.     Dendrophis ahaetullaFitz.  Boie.     Dendrophis  liocercus,  Schleg. 
Leptophis  liocercus  D.  &  B.      Ahaetulla  liocercus  et  Linnaei  Gray,  1830.  Gthr. 
Two  sp.  Surinam,  Dr.  Colhoun. 
One  sp.                                              Brazil,  ? 

One  sp.  loc  ignot.  ? 

180.  T.  Mexicanus  nobis.  Leptophis  Mexicanus  D.  &  B.  Ahaetulla  Mexicana 
Gunther. 

One  sp.  Omoa,  Honduras,  Dr.  J.  L.  Le  Conte. 

Two  sp.  loc.  ignot.  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

181.  T.  occidentalis  nobis.  Ahaetulla  occidentalism  Gunther,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc,  1859,  p. 

One  sp.  Isth.  Panama,  Dr.  J.  L.  Le  Conte. 

One  sp.  ?  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

?Var.  In  a  third  specimen,  locality  unknown,  an  additional  superior  labial 
shield,  and  a  postnasal  longer  than  high,  are  the  indices  of  greater  elongation 
of  the  prefrontal,  nasal  and  intermaxillary  bones.  In  every  other  respect 
similar  to  the  above.  The  proportions  of  body  and  color  prevent  its  reference 
to  T.  ahaetulla.  We  await  additional  specimens  before  forming  an  opinion 
respecting  it. 

Philothamnus  Smith.     Type  P.  semivariegatus. 
Zool.  South  Africa,  pi.  59,  1849.  , 

182.  P.  natal  en  sis  Smith  1.  c.  pi.  64. 

We  are  not  convinced  of  the  identity  of  this  species  with  P.  Chenonii 
{Leptophis  Chenonii  D.  &  B.)  Dr.  Leach's  diagnosis  of  his  Coluber  irregu- 
laris in  the  appendix  to  Bowditch's  Ashantee,  will  probably  apply  equally 
well  to  several  species  ;  hence,  we  cannot  adopt  his  name  without  more  evidence 
than  has  been  offered. 
One  sp.  Africa.  Mr.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

In  this  specimen  the  tail  is  rather  longer  in  proportion  to  the  body,  than  Dr. 
Smith  describes.  The  length  of  the  former  is  thirteen  inches ;  of  the  latter, 
nineteen. 

183.  P.  depressirostris  nobis. 

Scales  smooth,  in  fifteen  rows,  arranged  as  in  T.  Mexicanus,  more 
obliquely  than  in  T.  oc  c  i  de  n  t  al  i  s.  Length  of  tail  to  total  length,  as 
one  and  one-third  to  three.  Muzzle  elongate,  depressed,  truncate ;  rostral 
plate  twice  as  broad  as  high.  Postnasal  longer  than  prenasal  ;  loreal 
three  times  as  long  as  high.  One  pre-,  two  postoculars.  Nine  superior 
labials,  fifth  and  sixth  entering  the  orbit.  Eye  very  large,  oval.  Occipitals 
broad  anteriorly,  narrow  and  truncate  posteriorly,  about  equal  to  the  vertical 
in  length.  Dentition  as  in  T.  ahaetulla.  Anal  plate  divided.  Total  length 
45  in.  6  1. 

Coloration.  Above  uniform  deep  green  ;  beneath  and  upon  the  lips  light 
green.  An  inconspicuous  temple  streak.  A  very  delicate  black  line  traverses 
the  centre  of  each  of  the  two  rows  of  scales  that  bound  the  vertebral  row, 
extending  from  the  nape  to  the  origin  of  the  tail. 

Habitat.  Cocuyas  de  Veraguas,  New  Granada;  one  specimen,  presented  to 
the  Academy  by  Mr.  R.  W.  Mitchell. 

I860.] 


558  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

This  species  bears  considerable  resemblance  to  T.  occidentalis,  but  is 
distinguished  by  prominent  characters. 

In  the  animal  which  is  the  subject  of  this  description,  an  entozoon  (Pentas- 
tomum  gr acile)  had  entered  the  right  internal  nostril,  and  penetrating  the 
membranes  of  the  meatus  near  its  anterior  orifice,  had  attached  itself  to  the 
periosteum  in  the  right  posterior  sinus  of  the  intermaxillary  bone.  The  body 
of  the  animal  entirely  filled  the  meatus;  and  extended  as  far  as  the  mouth  of 
the  cesophagus  of  the  serpent. 

Gastropyxis  nobis.     Type  G.  smaragdina. 

Supra  p.  556. 

184.  G,  smaragdina  nofe.  Dendrophis  smaragdlnus  Boie,  1827.  Schlegel, 
1837.  Leptophis  gracilis  Hallow.,  1844.  Leptophis  smaragdinus  Dum.  &  Bibr,, 
1854.  Ahaetulla  smaragdina  Gthr.,  1858. 

Four  sp.  Gaboon,  W.  Africa.  Dr.  Ford. 

One  sp.  Guinea.  Mr.  Du  Chaillu. 

One  sp.  Liberia.  Dr.  Goheen. 

Oae  sp.  ?  ' 

COL  UBRINjE. 
Prymnomiodon  nobis.     Type  P.  chalceus. 

Form  slender,  head  moderately  distinct.  Cephalic  plates  normal :  two  nasals, 
a  loreal,  one  preocular.  Scales  carinate,  arranged  quincunially,  those  of  the 
vertebral  series  not  larger.  Gastro-  and  urosteges  not  aDgulated  ;  ihe  latter 
divided,  the  postabdominal  plate  entire.  Pupil  round.  Palatine  teeth  very 
little  longer  than  pterygoids.  Superior  maxillary  teeth  minute  posteriorly, 
becoming  much  longer  anteriorly;  none  grooved. 

In  the  system  of  the  Erpetologie  Generale,  this  genus  might  be  placed  near 
Eugnathus  D.#B.  Its  true  affinities  are  not  with  Euprotodon  and  Lycophidium, 
but  with  Thrasops  Hallow.,  and  Thamnophis  Fitz.  (Eutoenia  B.  &  G.), 
being  distinguished  from  the  latter  principally  by  the  dentition. 

185.  P.  chalceus  nobis. 

Similar  in  appearance  to  Thamnophis  proximus  nobis.  Muzzle  rather 
narrow  ;  rostral  plate  nearly  as  high  as  broad.  Vertical  rather  large,  its 
lateral  borders  converging,  presenting  a  right  angle  posteriorly.  Nasals 
equal  in  size.  Loreal  trapezoid,  posterior  inferior  angle  acute,  Preocular 
not  reaching  vertical.  Three  postoculars.  Eight  superior  labials,  eye  resting 
on  fourth  and  fifth.  Nine  or  ten  inferior  labials  ;  post-geneials  separated,  longer 
than  the  anterior.  Scales  in  nineteen  longitudinal  rows,  elongate,  emarginate 
at  the  tip,  those  of  the  external  row  not  larger  than  the  others,  keeled.  Gas- 
trosges  152;  urosteges?   (tail  mutilated).     Length  of  body  11  in.  8  1. 

Coloration.  Olivaceous  above,  shading  into  leek  green  upon  the  flanks,  and 
greenish-white  upon  the  belly.  A  vertebral  band  of  light  green  bordered  with 
black  extends  from  the  occipital  plates  to  the  origin  of  the  tail,  involving  one 
and  two  halves  rows  of  scales.  Another  narrower  and  paler  band  extends  upon 
the  third  and  fourth  rows  of  scales  upon  each  side  from  the  neck  to  origin  of 
tail.  This  band  is  bounded  above  by  an  interrupted  narrow  black  border. 
Temporal  region  lively  green,  plates  of  head  and  muzzle  tinged  with  fulvous. 
Upper  labials  and  preocular  white  :  a  narrow  black  postocular  vitta.  All  the 
plates  and  scales  above  and  below,  refulgent  with  a  brilliant  metallic  lustre,  as 
in  Ahaetulla  sp. 
One  sp.  Siam.  Dr.  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger. 

Philodryas  Wagler.     Type  P,  0 1  f  e  r  s  i  i. 
Nat.  Syst.  Amphib.  185, 1830.     Chlorosoma  lb.  1.  c.  Dryophylax  Dum.  &  Bibr. 
Erp.  Gen.  vii.  1103,  1854,  nee  Wagler,  1820. 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  559 

As  Wagler's  name,  Chlorosoma,  as  applied  to  this  genus,  is  etymologically 
untrue,  we  have  followed  Dr.  Giinther  in  employing  the  name  which  immediately 
succeeds  it  in  the  "  Natlirliches  Syst." 

186.  P.  0 1  f  e  r  s  i  i  Wagl.  1.  c.  Herpetodryas  Olfersii  Schl.  Dryophylax  Olfersii  D. 

k  B.  One  sp.  Brazil.  ? 

187.  P.  viridissimus  Giinther.  Chlorosoma  viridissimum  Wagl.  1.  c.  Her- 
pelodryas  viridissimus  Schl.     Dryophylax  viridissimus  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Colhoun. 

One  sp.  Patr.  ignot.  ? 

188.  P.  craasifrons  nobis. 

Expression  slightly  homalopsine :  the  eyes  more  anterior  and  vertical,  the 
muzzle  shorter,  and  the  labials  higher  than  is  usual  among  tree-snakes. 
Vertical  plate  nearly  as  broad  as  long  ;  occipitals  broad,  rounded.  Postoculars 
two ;  preocular  not  reaching  the  vertical.  Postfrontals  broad  transversely, 
inferiorly  bordered  by  the  postnasals  and  third  upper  labial,  suture  with  the  for 
mer  longer.  Superior  outline  of  the  rostral  rounded.  Nostril  a  slit ;  nasal3 
confluent,  posterior  inferior  angle  acute.  Loreal  none.  Superior  labials  eight, 
all  higher  than  long,  except  the  first  and  last ;  eye  over  the  fourth  and  fifth, 
small.  One  large  and  three  small  temporals  bound  the  external  border  of  each 
occipital.  Inferior  labials  ten  or  eleven,  sixth  largest,  last  two  or  three  very 
small.  Pre-geneials  longer  than  the  posterior  pair.  Scales  in  nineteen  long- 
itudinal rows,  smooth ;  gastrosteges  undulate  near  their  extremities,  obtusely 
keeled.     Gastrosteges  206,  one  divided  anal,  urosteges  123. 

Coloration.     Above  uniform  dark  green,  beneath  greenish-white,  chin  tinged 
with  yellowish. 
One  sp.  Cayenne.  Gard.  of  Plants,  (as  Dryophylax  viridissimus) 

In  the  proportions  of  the  body,  this  serpent  much  resembles  the  P.  viridis- 
simus, but  even  assuming  that  the  absence  of  the  loreal  shield  is  accidental, 
the  proportions  of  the  head  and  plates  are  different  from  those  seen  in  our 
specimens  of  that  species,  and  in  the  published  figures  of  it. 

Gonyosoma  Wagler.     Type  G.  oxycephalum. 

Nat.  Syst.  Amphib.  p.  184,  1830. 

189.  G.  oxycephalum  Wagler.  G.  viridedo.  Descr.  etlcon.  Amphib.  pi.  9. 
One  sp.  Java.  Dr.  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger 

This  specimen  has  27  and  28  rows  of  scales  upon  the  anterior  part  of  the  body. 

Cblorophis  Hallow.     Type  C.  heterodermus. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1857,  p.  61. 

Body  cylindrical,  tail  not  long  ;  head  rather  short,  eyes  large.  Scales  smooth, 
anteriorly  in  oblique  transverse  series.  Nasals  two,  nostrils  between  ;  loreal 
large ;  one  pre-,  two  postoculars.  Gastrosteges  faintly  angular  ;  anal  plate 
entire,  urosteges  divided.     Dentition  syncranterian. 

We  are  inclined  to  regard  the  arrangement  of  the  plates  upon  the  muzzle  of 
the  specimen  from  which  Dr.  Hallowell  drew  up  his  diagnosis,  as  abnormal. 
Another  specimen  from  Guinea  exhibits  the  plates  a3  described.  This  genus 
seems  to  differ  from  Hapsidophrys  Fisch.,  in  having  a  shorter  tail,  as  well  as 
smooth  scales. 

190.  C.  heterodermus  Hallow.  1.  c. 

One  sp.  Gaboon.  Dr.  A.  H.  Ford. 

One  sp.  Guinea.  P.  B.  DuChaillu. 

Liopeltis  Fitz.     Type  L.  trie  olor. 

Systema  Reptilium,  1848,  p.  26. 

This  genus  differs  from  Chlorophis  in  having  a  single  nasal  plate,  more 

I860.] 


560  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

depressed  head,  equal  teeth,  and  bifid  anal  plate.  It  seems  to  include  Herpeto- 
dryas  t  ri  c  olo  r  Schleg.,  Cyclophis  calamaria  Glhr.,  Cyclophis  major 
Gthr.,  and  the  species  below-mentioned.  The  scales  are  not  keeled  and  the 
general  form  is  less  elongate  than  in  Opheodrys  Fitz. 

191.  L.  vernalis  nobis.  CoZMfierueraaZwDeKay, Holbrook, etc.  Herpetodryas 
vernalis  Hallow.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  1856,  p.  243.  Chlorosoma  vernalis  Bd.  &  Grd. 
Cyclophis  virnalis  Gthr. 

Two  sp.  Nebraska.  Dr.  Hammond. 

Two  sp.  Kansas  -                                 " 

One  sp.  Michigan.  Dr.  Miles. 

One  sp.  Allegheny  Co.  Penna.  Mr.  Trout, 

One  sp.  Berks  Co.  Penna.  ?         ? 

Two  sp.  Morris  Co.  N.  J.  Dr.  J.  C.  Fisher. 

One  sp.  New  Jersey.  Mr.  C.  C.  Abbott. 

One  sp.  Rhode  Island.  Mr.  S.  Powel. 

One  sp.  Massachusetts.  Dr.  Holbrook. 

Three  sp.                                             ?  ? 

The  most  frequent  anomaly  in  the  arrangement  of  the  plates  of  the  head  of 
this  species  is  the  union  of  the  nasal  and  loreal.  Two  labials  are  sometimes 
confluent  and  the  preocular  is  occasionally  divided. 

Opheodrys  Fitz. 
Syst.  Rept.  1843,  p.  26.      Cyclophis  Gthr.  Cat.  Col.  Brit.  Mus.  1858,  p.  119. 

192.  0.  aesti  vu  s  Fitz.  Coluber  ceslivus  Linn.  Herpetodryas  cestivus  Schleg., 
Dam.  &  Bibr.,  Hallow.  Leptophis  cestivus  Bell.,  Eolbr.,  Bd.  &  Grd.  Cyclophis 
ceslivus  Gthr. 

One  sp.  "  Massachusetts."  Smiths.  Inst. 

One  sp.  New  Jersey.  Mr.  Ashmead. 

One  sp.  Pennsylvania.  Mr.  Allison. 

One  sp.  Washington,  D.  C.  Mr.  Burtt, 

One  sp.  South  Carolina.  Dr.  Holbrook. 

One  sp.  Texas.  Dr.   Woodhouse. 

One  sp.  "  Dr.  Heermann. 

One  sp.  ?  Dr.  Wilson  (Bp  Col.) 

Fivesp.  ?  ? 

Dromicus  Bibron.     Type  D.  fugitivus. 
Sagra's  Hist,  d'lle  Cuba,  1840,  p.  221. 

193.  D.  f  u  gi  ti  vus  Gthr.  Col.  fugitivus  Donnd.  C.  cursor  Shaw.  Herpeto- 
dryas cursor  Schleg.     Dromicus  cursor  Bibr. 

Var.  Gthr.     One  sp.  Trinidad.  Dr.  S.  W.  Mitchell. 

One  sp.  ?  ? 

??  Var.  One  sp.  Martinique.  Gard.  Plants,  in  ex. 

194.  D.  at  er  Gthr.     Nalrix  atra  Gosse. 

One  sp.  Jamaica.  Dr.  Fisher. 

Four  sp.  ?  ? 

195.  D.  antillensis  Dum.  ^  Bibr.     Psammophis  antillensis  Schl. 

One  sp.  St.  Thomas.  Mr.  Robt.  Swift. 

Drymobius  Fitz.     Type  D.  margaritiferus. 

Syst.  Rept.  1842,  p.  26. 

a.  One  preocular  plate. 

[Bee. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  561 

196.  D.  margaritiferus  Fitz.  Herpetodryas  margarilifcrus  Schl.  Leptophis 
margaritiferus  Dum.  &  Bibr.  Zamenis  tricolor  Hallow.  Dromicus  (.')  margariti- 
ferus Gthr. 

One    sp.  Omoa,  Honduras.  Dr.  Le  Conte. 

One      "  Honduras.  Dr.  Woodhouse. 

One      "  Panama.  Dr.  LeConte. 

Three "  Central  America.  Mr.  Cuming,  in  ex. 

197.  D.  Boddaertii  nobis.  Coluber  Boddcerlii  Steetzen,  1795.  Col.  fuscus 
Hallow.  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  1845,11.  p.  241,  nee  Linn.  Herpetodryas  Boddcerlii 
Schleg.,Dum.  &  Bibr.,  Gthr. 

Unicolor  var.     Two  sp.  Surinam.  Mr.  Wood. 

Two  "  Caraccas.  Mr.  Ashmead. 

One  "  ?  Mr.  Cuming,  ex. 

One  "  Veragua, N.  Grenada.  Mr.  R.  W.Mitchell. 

Banded  var.     One  "  Caraccas.  Mr.  A.  B.  Durand. 

One  "  ?  Mr.  Cuming,  ex. 

In  the  banded  variety  a  light  band  runs  along  the  fourth  row  of  scales.  In 
our  second  specimen  the  light  color  of  the  abdomen  involves  the  first  two  rows, 
leaving  a  narrow  brown  band  upon  the  third  row,  below  the  light  one. 

198.  D.  Rappii  nobis.  Herpetodryas  Rappii  Gthr.,  Catal.  Snakes  Brit.  Mus. 
1858,  p.  116. 

One  sp.  Caraccas.  Mr.  Ashmead, 

Two "  ?  ? 

b.   Preoculars  two,  scales  keeled.     Dendrophidium  Fitz. 

199.  D.  dendrophis  nobis.  Herpetodryas  dc?idrophis  Schleg.,  Gthr.  H.Poitei 
Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  S.  America.  ? 

c.  Preoculars  two,  scales  smooth.     Masticophis  Bd.  &  Grd. 

200.  D.  flagelliform  is  nobis.  Herpetodryas  psammophis  Schl.  H.  ftagelli- 
formis  Dum.  &  Bibr.,  Gthr.  Psammophis  flagelliformis  Holbr.  Masticophis  flagelli- 
formis Bd.  &  Grd. 

One  sp.  Georgia.  ? 

One  sp.     Young.  S.  Carolina.  Dr.  Blanding,  ("  Coluber  reticularis. ") 

201.  D.  t  esta  c  eu  s  nobis.  Coluber  testaceus  Say,  1853.  Psammophis  flavigu- 
laris  Hallow.,  1852.  Masticophis  flavigularis  et  testaceus  Bd.  &  Grd.,  1853.  Her- 
petodryas flavigularis  Hallow,  et  Gthr.  (Quid  Coryphodon  testaceus?  Gthr.) 

Three  sp.  Texas.  Dr.  Heermann. 

Two  sp.  Cross-Timbers,  Ind.  Ter'y.         Dr.  Woodhouse. 

Une  sp.  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  Cal.       Smithsonian  Inst. 

In  one  of  the  specimens  from  Texas,  the  anterior  part  of  the  tail,  and  part  of 
the  body  are  lustrous  black ;  in  all  three  the  teeth  are  of  alight  sea-green 
color,  at  their  bases.  In  the  specimen  from  Cape  St.  Lucas,  the  head  is  deep 
brown;  alight  line  extends  anterior  to  the  eye,  and  one  along  the  median 
upper  labials,  which  sends  a  vertical  branch  to  the  postoculars.  Throat  and 
chin  brown  with  yellow  variations,  anterior  part  of  the  body  crossed  for  a 
short  distance  by  incomplete  cross  bands.  (Vid.  Hallowell,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R„ 
Surv.  Rept.  x.  Williamson's  Exp.  Reptiles,  p.  12.) 

202.  D.  taeniatus  nobis.  Leptophis  tceniata  Hallow.  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil. 
1852,  p.  181.  Masticophis  tceniatus  B.  &  G.  Cat.  Serp.  1853,  108.  Leptophis  later- 
alis  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  1853,  p.  Masticophis  Schottii  B.  &  G.  Cat.  Serp.  1853, 
p.   160. 

The  fundamental  pattern  of  coloration  in  this  species  consists  in  a  unicolor 

I860.] 


562  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

dorsal  region,  and  lineated  sides,  a  dark  line  running  through  the  centre  of  each 
,  row  of  scales  upon  the  latter  region  and  upon  the  ends  of  the  gastrosteges.  The 
intervals  between  these  lines  may  be  variously  shaded.  When  a  light  color 
appears  between  each,  we  have  the  form  tamiatus.  (U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl. 
Rept.  x.  Beckwith's  Rept.  PL  xxiii.)  When  the  intervals  involving  the  ends  of 
the  gastrosteges,  the  first,  second  and  half  the  third  rows  of  scales,  are  dark,  half 
the  third  and  fourth  being  bright  yellow,  we  have  lateralis  or  Schotlii.  (Mex. 
Bound.  Surv.  pi.  17.)  Sometimes  only  the  interval  between  the  lines  of  the 
second  and  third  rows  is  dark  ;  sometimes  this  occurs,  the  inferior  half  of  the  first 
row  being  also  shaded.  The  uniform  olive  brown  of  the  back  is  formed  by  the  con- 
fluence of  the  widened  longitudinal  bands  ;  the  exterior  basal  portions  of  the 
dorsal  scales,  are  however  sometimes  yellow,  like  the  ground  upon  the  sides. 
One  sp.  California.  Dr.  Heermann. 

One  sp.  Arizona.  Smiths.  Inst. 

Herpetodryas  Boie.     Type  H.  carinatus. 

Bullet,  de  Sci.  Nat.  et  Geol.  Octob.,  1826,  p.  237.  Macrops  Wagl.  Nat.  Syst. 
Amphib.  1830,  p. 

203.  H.  carinatus  {Boie  )  Schlegel.  Herpetologists  have  distinguished  two 
species  as  confounded  in  the  H.  cjarinatus  of  Schlegel's  Essai,  and  have 
characterized  them  as  possessing,  the  one,  smooth  scales,  the  other,  cari- 
nate.  After  a  careful  study  of  our  specimens,  we  have  arrived  at  the  con- 
clusion that  there  is  no  ground  for  ^regarding  one  series  of  specimens  possess- 
ing carinae  upon  the  scales,  as  representing  a  species  distinct  from  another 
series,  whose  scales  are  keelless.  Specimens  in  which  two  or  three  labials 
enter  the  orbit  and  which  have  the  anal  divided,  differ  in  this  respect,  as 
do  also  those  with  an  entire  anal  plate,  and  three  or  two  upper  labials 
entering  the  orbit.  A  specimen  from  near  Rio  Janeiro  is  obviously 
Ifatrix  scurrula  of  Wagler,  (Spix,  Serp.  Braz.  pi.)  Another  specimen  from 
Surinam  is  quite  as  slender  as  Ahaetulla  pi  eta.  In  color,  specimens  vary 
from  black  olivaceous  with  a  yellow  dorsal  line,  and  spots  upon  the  first  row  of 
scales  upon  the  tail,  to  gray  brown  with  oblique  transverse  bands.  A  speci- 
men received  from  the  Garden  of  Plants,  exhibits  two  preoculars,  and  three 
or  four  postoculars.  That  a  careful  anatomical  investigation  may  demon- 
strate the  existence  of  several  species  among  these  individuals,  is  not  improb- 
able. 

Besides  the  synonymes  ordinarily  quoted  under  the  "  species"  f  u  s  c  u  s  and 
carinatus,  there  may  be  added,  Coluber  Spixii  Hallowell,  Proc.  Phil.  Acad, 
ii.  p.  241,  and  C.  Pickeringii  Hallow.  1.  c.  p.  242, 

Ten  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Hering. 

Three  sp.  (Types  Hallow,  sp.)  Near  Caraccas.  Mr.  Ashmead. 

One  sp.  ("  Dendrophis  viridix  0,  B.")    Para.  Col.  Abert. 

One  sp.  Surinam.  Dr.  Colhoun. 

One  sp.  Rio  Janeiro.  ? 

One  sp.  ?  Gard.  Plants  in  ex. 

Three  sp.  ?  ? 

204.  H.  sebastus  nobis. 

As  a  representative  of  its  genus,  this  species  is  of  a  very  elongate  and  com- 
pressed form,  with  the  scales  arranged  in  transverse  series,  and  with  two 
medial  dorsal  rows,  larger  than  the  others ;  the  dentition  isodont. 

The  specific  characters  are  as  follows :  tail  one-third  the  total  length. 
Scales  large,  in  ten  longitudinal  rows,  entirely  smooth.  Anal  shield  entire. 
Head  distinct  from  the  neck,  lanceolate.  Eye  large,  superciliaries  prominent. 
Upper  head  shields  large.  Vertical  elongate,  broad  anteriorly,  lateral  borders 
concave,  convergent.  Post-frontals  bent  upon  the  sides.  Rostral  as  high  as 
broad.  Nostril  between  two  nasals,  each  of  the  latter  higher  than  broad. 
Loreal  rectangular,  longer  than  high.  One  preocular  scarcely  reaching  the 
vertical.    Postoculars  two,  inferior  largest ;  the  two  bounded  posteriorly  by  the 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  563 

"occipital  and  a  large  temporal  plate.  As  second  large  temporal,  separating 
the  last  upper  labial  from  the  occipital.  Superior  labials  nine,  fourth,  fifth 
and  sixth  entering  the  orbit ;  seventh  subtrigonal,  last  two  elongate.  Inferior 
labials  ten;  post-genials  longer  than  anterior.  Gastrosteges  not  angulated, 
153  in  number. 

Coloration. — A  light  brownish  fulvous,  paler  on  the  belly,  darker  upon  the 
occipital  region. 

One  specimen,  native  country  unknown,  but  may  perhaps  prove  to  be  from 
Eastern  Asia  or  Malaysia. 

Zaocys  nobis.    Type  Z.  dhumnades. 

Form  slender,  vertebral  line  angular.  Two  medial  series  of  dorsal  scales  ; 
those  of  the  sides  quincuncially  arranged.  Two  nasals,  one  loreal,  two  pre- 
ocular  shields. 

The  large  isodont  serpents  which  have  the  median  dorsal  line  elevated  into 
a  ridge,  and  the  sides  compressed  more  or  less  "era  toit"  appear  to  us  to  be 
naturally  distinguished  as  follows  : 

A.  Two  median  dorsal  series  of  scales. 

Herpetodryas.     Scales  in  more  or  less  transverse  series,  one  preocular. 
Zaocys.  Scales  in  quincunx  ;  two  preoculars. 

B.  One  median  dorsal  series  of  scales. 

a.  Loreals  more  than  one. 
Ptyas.                  Preoculars  two  or  more. 

b.  Not  more  than  one  loreal  or  preocular. 

Spilotes.       Scales  in  sub-transverse  series;    head  very  distinct  from    neck  ; 

loreal  trapezoidal. 
Coelognathus.  Scales  quincuncial ;  head  but  little  distinct;  loreal  trape- 
zoidal. 
Gonyosoma.  Loreal  three  times  as  long  as  high  or  absent;  muzzle  very  acute. 
In  proposing  the  name  Zaocys  for  the  Coryphodontes  carinatus  and 
fuse  u  s  of  Gunther.  and  in  retaining  Fitzinger's  name  Ptyas  for  the  C.  B  lu- 
menbachii  and  C.  korros  of  the  Erpetologie  General,  we  are  giving  ex- 
pression to  an  opinion  long  held  by  us,  as  to  the  unnatural  association  of 
species  in  the  so-called  genus  Coryphodon,  of  those  authors.  In  it  we  find 
cylindrical  terrestrial  serpents  united  with  compressed  subarboricole  species, 
upon  a  peculiarity  whose  value  as  an  index  of  nature  appears  to  us  entirely 
imaginary.  The  very  nature  of  the  coryphodontian  type  of  dentition  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  isodontian  and  syncranlerian  would  lead  us  to  infer  its  in- 
constancy ;  and  it  does  exist,  we  believe,  in  species  claimed  to  be  isodont ;  e.  g. 
in  the  genera  Lampropeltis,  Drymobius,  etc. 

205.  Z.  dhumnades  nobis.  Coluber  dhumnades  Cantor,  1842.  "  C.  nigromargi- 
natus  Blyth.  1855."     Coryphodon  carinatus  Gthr.,  1858. 

Three  sp.  Ningpo.  China.  Dr.  McCartee. 

Besides  the  species  of  this  genus,  and  of  Herpetodryas,  Dendrophis  pseu- 
dodipsasof  Bianconi,  from  Mosambique,  possesses  two  medial  dorsal  series 
of  scales. 

Ptyas  Fitz.     Type  P.macosus, 

Systema  Reptilium,  p.  26,  1843. 

206.  P.  m  u  c  o  s  us  nobis.  Coluber  mucosas  Linn.  Col.  BlumenbachiiMeTTew. 
Coryphodon  Blumenbachii  Dum.  &  Bibr.     Ptyas  Blumtnbachii  Fitz. 

One  sp.  East  Indies,  Mr.  Yarrow 

207.  P.  korros  nobis.  Coluber  korros  Reinwt.,  Schleg.  Coryphodon  korros 
Dum.  &  Bibr.     Coluber  cancellatus  Oppel. 

One  sp.  (80  in.)  Siam,  Dr,  Ruschenberger. 

One  sp.  ?  ? 

I860.] 


564  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

Spilotes  Wagler.     Type  S.  pul  1  a tu  s. 

Natur.  Syst.  Amphib.  p.  1*79,  1830.  Drymarchon  et  Thamnobhcs  Fitz.,  1843. 
Georgia  Baird  and  Girard,  1853. 

208.  S.  pullatus  Wagl.  Coluber  pullatus  Linn.  Col.  variabilis  Neuwied.  Spi- 
lotes variabilis  Dum.  &  Bibr. 

One  sp.  Brazil,  Dr.  Strain. 

One  sp.  Surinam,  Mr.  Keller. 

One  sp.  S.  America,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Two  sp.  "                                                 ? 

209.  S.  poecilostoma  Dum.  &  Bibr.     Coluber  poecilostoma  Neuw. 
One  sp.  S.  America,                                        ? 

210.  ?S.  poecilonotus  Othr. 

One  sp.  Caraccas,  Mr.  W.  G.  Boulton. 

Our  specimen  differs  from  Gunther's  type,  in  having  the  carination  of  the 
dorsal  scales  quite  weak,  the  lateral  borders  of  the  vertical  plate  but  little 
concave,  the  last  two  upper  labials  confluent  on  both  sides,  and  nearly  all  the 
scales  on  the  anterior  half  of  the  body  with  yellow  centres. 

211.  S.  melanurus  Dum.  §  Bibr. 

One  sp.  Panama,  Drs.  Gallaer  &  Le  Conte. 

One  sp.  Caraccas,  Mr.  Ashmead. 

This  species  is  certainly  very  nearly  allied  to  the  S.  corais,  but  we  cannot 
at  present  agree  with  Giinther  in  regarding  it  as  the  young  of  that  species. 
The  corals  is  stouter  in  form,  and  does  not  probably  exhibit  a  black  tail, 
and  black  lines  upon  the  neck,  at  any  age. 

212.  S.  corais  Dum.  #  Bibr.     Coluber  coral's  Cuvier. 

One  sp.  (very  large)  Surinam,                                 Dr.  Hering. 

One  sp.  (half  grown)  "                                                    " 

One  sp.  (very  young)  "                                        Dr.  Colhoun. 

In  the  young  specimen  there  are  forty-one  pairs  of  oblique  dark  grey  cross- 
bands  on  the  body  above. 

213.  S.  erebennus  nobis.  Coluber  obsoletus  Holbrook,  not  Say.  Georgia 
obsoleta  Bd.  &  Grd. 

Independently  of  color,  this  species  differs  from  the  corais  in  the  shorter 
loreal,  longer  inferior  postocular,  and  longer  external  longitudinal  border  of 
occipital  plate.     The  fifth  and  seventh  superior  labials  are  entirely  separated 
by  the  sixth. 
One  sp.  Eagle  Pass,  Texas,  Smithsonian  Inst. 

214.  S.  Couperi  nobis.  Coluber  Couperi Holbrook.  Georgia  CouperiBA.k Gird. 
In  this  noble  species  there  is  one  superior  labial  less  than  in  S.  corais  : 

the  fifth  and  seventh  labial  plates  form  a  suture  above  the  sixth, as  in  that  serpent. 
One  sp.  Georgia,  Dr.  Holbrook. 

Coelognathus  Fitzinger.     Type  C.  r  a  d  i  a  t  a . 

Syst.  Rept.  p.  26,  1843.  Compsosoma  Dumeril,  Prodrome  de  la  Class.  Ophid. 
p.  57,  1853.     Spilotes  Giinther,  1858,  nee  Wagler,  1830. 

Coluber  reticularis  Cantor  and  Spilotes  Hodgsonii  Gthr.  belong  to  this 
genus. 

215.  C.  melanura.  Coluber  melanurus  Schl.  Compsosoma  melanurum  Dum. 
Spilotes  melanurus  Gthr. 

One  sp.  Java,  Gard.  Plants,  Paris,  in  ex. 

This  specimen  agrees  exactly  with  Herr  Schlegel's  description,  though  sent 
with  the  label  "  C.  radiatum,  Var.  B,  D.  &  B." 

216.  C.  limicolor  nobis. 

Cynophis  Gray.     Type  C.  h  e  1  e  n  a . 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1847. p.  246.    P%ioefonDum.Erp.Gen.vii.  p.  169,  1854. 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  565 

217.       C.  h  e  1  e  n  a  Giinther.    Coluber  Helena  Daud.,  1802.    Cynophis  bistrigatu 
Gray,  1.  c,  1849. 

Our  single  specimen  differs  slightly  from  descriptions  in  the  arrangement  of 
the  colors  upon  the  upper  surface  of  the  body.  Hence  we  append  the  following 
notes. 

Scales  small,  entirely  smooth,  in  twenty-seven  longitudinal  series.  Tail  two- 
ninths  the  entire  length.  Head  slightly  distinct,  acute.  Rostral  plate  rather 
prominent,  as  high  as  broad,  visible  from  above.  Two  small  supplemental 
plates  between  it  and  the  prefrontals  :  the  latter  as  long  as  broad.  Postfrontals 
longer  than  broad ;  superciliaries  narrow ;  vertical  rather  broad  anteriorly, 
elongate,  the  lateral  borders  straight,  and  so  convergent  as  to  render  it  almost 
trilateral.  Occipitals  elongate  truncate  posteriorly,  two  elongate  temporals 
bound  the  external  border.  Nasals  two,  large,  nostrils  between;  loreal  longer 
than  high,  the  posterior  border  curved  oblique.  Preocular  large,  reaching  the 
vertical,  rugulose ;  postoculars  two.  Superior  labials  ten,  eye  resting  on  the 
fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  ;  eighth  longer  than  high,  ninth  higher  than  long,  both 
bounded  above  by  an  elongate  temporal.  Inferior  labials  twelve,  seventh 
largest;  pregeneials  longer  than  postgeneials.  Postabdominal  scute  entire. 
Gastrosteges  223,  a  little  recurved  upon  the  sides  ;  urosteges  88  pair.  Totaj 
length,  29  in.  3  1.,  of  tail  6  in.  6  I. 

Coloration.  Under  surface  light  yellow,  with  a  few  black  specks  upon  the 
extremities  of  the  scales  anteriorly.  Above  a  delicate  fawn  brown,  the  two 
inferior  rows  of  scales  paler.  Anterior  to  the  middle  of  the  body,  the  scales 
of  the  rows  between  the  third  and  tenth  assume  a  darker  shade  ;  this  becomes 
a  distinct  lateral  band  posteriorly,  and  extends  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail. 
On  the  anterior  third  of  the  body,  the  skin,  upon  being  stretched,  exhibits  the 
following  pattern.  Pale  trigonal  areas,  alternating  and  extending  from  the  me- 
dian line  to  the  ninth  row  of  scales  upon  each  side.  A  series  of  small  light  spots 
upon  the  eighth  row  alternates  with  these.  Lower  down,  opposite  to  the  first, 
are  diamond  shaped  pale  areas,  and  a  second  row  of  larger  alternating  spots 
upon  the  second,  third  and  fourth  rows  of  scales.  The  spots  of  this  and  of 
the  upper  series  become  larger  anteriorly,  and  are  bordered  above  and  below 
with  black  ;  the  pale  areas  become  obsolete.  There  are  two  parallel  black 
lines  upon  the  neck  ;  one  oblique,  upon  each  side  of  the  neck ;  one  extending 
from  the  eye  to  the  mouth,  upon  the  upper  border  of  the  eighth  superior  labial, 
and  an  obscure  one  upon  the  common  suture  of  the  occipitals. 
One  sp.  Ceylon,  Mr.  Cuming  in  ex. 

Elaphe  Fitzinger.     Type  E.  ?sauromates. 

In  Wagler's  Icones  Amphibiorum,  1833,  pi.  27.  Syst.  Rept.,  1843,  p.  26. 
Elaphis  Gthr.  Catal.,  1858,  p.  92,  nee  Dum.  &  Bibr.,  1854. 

218.  E.  quaterradiatus.  Tropidonotus  elaphis  Wagl.  Natrix  elaphis 
Bonap.     Elaphis  quaterradiatus  Dum.  &  Bib. 

Six  sp.  Italy,  Dr.  Wilson.  (Bp.  Coll.) 

219.  E.  taeniurus  nobis. 

As  in  many  other  serpents  of  Eastern  Asia,  the  maxillary  and  mandibular 
teeth  become  gradually  longer  anteriorly.  Head  slightly  distinct,  lanceolate, 
muzzle  obtuse.  Tail  one-fifth  the  total  length,  flat  beneath.  Twenty-five 
rows  of  scales,  those  from  the  ninth  to  the  sixteenth  keeled.  Rostral  plate 
broader  than  high,  the  labial  suture  one-third  the  nasal,  less  than  the  pre- 
frontal. Eight  superior  labials,  fourth  and  fifth  bounding  the  orbit.  Seventh 
much  longer  than  high,  bounded  above  by  a  long  temporal,  and  by  a  short 
one,  which  also  bounds  the  eighth  labial.  Postoculars  two,  superior  largest. 
Preoculars  two,  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  superior  very  large,  its 
horizontal  diameter  greater  than  the  length  of  the  Toreal.  The  latter  plate 
much  longer  than  high.     Postfrontals  large,  bent  upon  the  sides.     Anterior 

I860.]  39 


566  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OP 

border  of  the  vertical  shorter  than  the  straight,  convergent  lateral ;  posterior 
angle  obtuse.  Superciliaries  large.  Occipitals  elongate,  external  borders 
convergent,  bounded  by  two  long  temporals.  Inferior  labials  ten,  eleven,  or 
twelve.  Gastrosteges  232  ;  one  divided  anal ;  urosteges  101  pair.  Total 
length  of  specimen  from  Ningpo  64  in.,  tail  13  in.  ;  specimen  from  Siam  30  in., 
tail  6  in.,  3  lines. 

Coloration.  Above,  an  olivaceous  ash,  or  clay  color,  more  olive  anteriorly. 
A  blackish  lateral  band  extends  from  the  tip  of  the  tail,  throughout  the  poste- 
rior third  of  the  body,  where  it  extends  from  the  second  to  the  ninth  rows  of 
scales,  reducing  the  ground  color  to  a  dorsal  stripe  of  three  or  four  scales  in 
width.  It  is  divided  by  a  number  of  irregular  narrow  vertical  lines,  at  regular 
distances.  The  superior  border  is  prolonged  upon  the  anterior  two-thirds  of 
the  body  as  an  irregular,  narrow,  longitudinal  black  band,  connected  with 
that  of  the  opposite  side  by  similar  short  transverse  bands  at  distances  of  four 
or  five  scales.  Irregular  black  borders  and  centres  of  the  median  lateral 
scales,  are  the  only  indications  of  the  inferior  part  of  the  lateral  band  anterior- 
ly. Gastrosteges  tipped  with  black  anteriorly ;  the  central  parts  become 
gradually  darker  posteriorly,  but  finally  give  place  to  a  yellow  median  band 
which  extends  to  the  tip  of  the  tail.  This  is  bounded  by  a  blackish  band  on 
each  side,  which  is  separated  from  that  of  the  sides  by  another  yellow  one, 
which  involves  the  tips  of  the  gastrosteges,  and  first  row  of  scales.  The  only 
marking  upon  the  head  is  a  black  postocular  vitta,  which  extends  along  the 
upper  borders  of  the  labials  and  no  farther,  parallel  to  the  commissure  of  the 
mouth.     Pectus,  throat,  chin  and  superior  labials  yellowish. 

One  sp.  Ningpo,  Dr.  McCartee. 

One  sp.  Siam,  Dr.  J.  E.  Simple,  U.  S.  N. 

AVe  can  find  no  notice  of  this  fine  serpent,  except  a  brief  description  appended 
to  specimen  c  under  Elaphis  virgatus  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue. 
This  specimen,  which  is  from  Chikiang,  China,  most  probably  belongs  to  the 
present  species.  Elaphis  virgatus  differs  from  taeniurus  in  its  more 
elevated  rostral  with  more  equal  borders,  its  shorter  loreal  and  preocular, 
etc. 

E.  bilineatus  Hallowell,  Proc.  Acad.,  1860,  p.  497,  from  Japan,  is  near- 
ly allied  to,  if  not  a  variety  of,  E.  quadrivirgatus   Gthr. 

Note. — In  these  Proceedings,  1860,  p.  241,  we  characterized  a  genus  of  ser- 
pents from  West  Africa,  having  entire  urosteges,  under  the  name  Pariaspis. 
This  name  we  find  must  give  way  to  Elapops,  Gthr.,  of  a  few  months  prior 
date;  vid.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1859,  151.  E.  modestus  Gthr.,  appears  to 
differ  from  E,  plumbeater  in  having  but  one  postocular,  two  temporals 
bounding  the  occipital  instead  of  one,  and  in  color.  In  the  latter  species  there 
is  no  shade  of  olivaceous.  The  plate  represents  a  rather  broader  vertical  and 
perhaps  a  smaller  rostral.  We  look  for  further  specimens  to  substantiate  these 
differences. 

Ozyrhopus  melanocrotaphus  nobis,  1.  c,  p.  260,  is  apparently  Crotaphopeltis 
rufescens  Filz.  The  latter  genus  differs  from  Sibon  in  its  entire  anal  plate. 

Phimothyra  nobis,  1.  c,  p.  253,  is  intended  to  take  the  place  of  Salvadora  Bd. 
&  Grd.,  the  latter  name  having  been  previously  applied  by  Linnaeus  to  a  genus 
of  plants. 

Phyllobates  a  u  r  a  t  u  s  ,  1.  c,  p.  372,  was  erroneously  stated  to  inhabit  Chili. 
It  has  as  yet  been  found  only  on  the  Island  of  Taboga,  Bay  of  Panama. 

We  are  authorized  to  state  that  Lampropeltis  vmltistriata  Kennicott,  1.  c, 
p.  328,  is  a  misprint  for  L.  mu  ltistrata  Kenn. 


[Dec. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  567 


Descriptions  of  some  New  Species  of  Tertiary  Fossils  from  Chiriqui,  Central 

America. 

BY  W.  M.  GABB. 

The  following  species  were  collected  by  Dr.  John  Evans  during  his  examina- 
tions, under  the  patronage  of  the  U.  S.  Government,  in  Chiriqui.  I  have,  as 
yet,  received  no  definite  information  in  regard  to  their  exact  locality  or  geo- 
logical position.  The  material  is  too  scant  to  form  a  definite  idea  in  regard  to 
their  age,  but  I  believe  them  to  be  Miocene.  Full  information  on  the  subject 
will  be  contained  in  Dr.  Evans's  report.  It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  among  a 
large  number  of  specimens  there  should  be  so  few  species.  The  matrix  is  a 
dark,  almost  black,  highly  bituminous  shale. 

Terebra. 

T.  E  v  a  n  s  i  i .  Shell  turrited,  whorls  about  eight  or  nine,  angulated  above; 
suture  distinct;  surface  polished  and  marked  by  an  impressed  line  about  a 
third  of  the  width  of  the  whorl  from  the  upper  edge  ;  below  marked  by  several 
faint  revolving  lines.  Aperture  subquadrate,  columella  somewhat  prolonged, 
tortuous,  and  with  two  faint  folds  ;  outer  lip  sinuous,  most  prominent  near  the 
lower  part  of  the  mouth.     Rather  common. 

Dimensions. — Length,  1  inch ;  width  of  body-whorl,  -5  in. ;  length  of  aper- 
ture, -4  in. 

Tellina. 

T.  semilaevis.  Shell  subtriangular,  truncate  posteriorly,  inequilateral ; 
beaks  one-third  of  the  distance  from  the  posterior  extremity,  with  a  faint 
angulation  extending  from  them,  parallel  with  the  posterior  side,  to  the 
margin ;  posterior  side  nearly  straight ;  posterior  angle  obtuse ;  anterior  end 
regularly  rounded  ;  surface,  in  the  young  state,  smooth  ;  in  the  adults,  with  the 
marginal  half  concentrically  striate.     Very  rare. 

Dimensions. — Length,  -6  in.;  width,  -75  in.;  thickness,  -35  in. 

Chione. 

C.  sulcata.  Shell  ventricose,  robust,  produced  posteriorly;  umbones 
large  and  round ;  anterior  margin  regularly  rounded,  basal  sinuous,  posterior 
nearly  straight.  Umbonal  ridge  rounded,  with  the  shell  posterior  to  it  at  a 
right  angle  with  the  rest  of  the  shell,  and  with  a  very  distinct  depression  or 
sulcus  anterior  to  it.  Surface  marked  by  about  twenty  heavy  transverse  ribs, 
crossed  by  numerous  radiating  impressed  lines.  Inner  margin  crenulate 
Rare. 

Dimensions. — Length,  '6  in.;  width,  -8  in.;  thickness,  -6  in. 

Arca. 

A.  Chiriquiensis.  Ventricose,  inequilateral,  umbones  very  large  ; 
hinge  line  short,  with  the  teeth  very  small  and  at  right  angles  to  the  hinge. 
Surface  marked  by  numerous  radiating  ribs,  with  the  depressions  between 
them  of  about  the  same  size  as  the  ribs :  these  are  crossed  by  very  distinct 
lines  of  growth  ;  and  on  the  ribs  are  numerous  small  nodes,  which  appear  to 
be  independent  of  the  lines  of  growth,  and  are  not  merely  squamose  elevations. 
These  nodes  are  most  prominent  on  the  anterior  ribs,  and  become  gradually 
fainter  posteriorly  until,  posterior  to  the  umbonal  ridge,  they  disappear.  Area 
wide  and  marked  by  very  few  angular  lines.  This  species  is  exceedingly 
common,  and  is  sometimes  nearly  three  inches  across. 

Dimensions  of  the  most  perfect  specimen. — Length,  1*5  in.;  width,  1-6  in. ;  depth 
of  valve,  -8  in. 

Membranipora. 

M.  speciosa  Gabb  and  Horn.     Colony  in  small  encrusting  patches,  com- 

I860.] 


568  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 

posed  of  cells  arranged  in  irregular  lines  ;  cells  large,  broadly  oval ;  openings  of 
the  same  shape  as  the  cells,  though  smaller,  by  the  projection  inwards  of  the 
wall  of  the  cell.  Between  the  cells  are  numerous  small  interspaces  formed  by 
the  inaccurate  apposition  of  the  cells.  In  this  species  we  found  no  ovarian 
vesicles.  The  common  base  of  the  colony  is  longitudinally  and  obliquely  striate. 


Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species  of  Starfishes  from  Cape  St.  Lucas. 

BY   JOHN    XANTUS. 

1.  ASTERIAS    SERTULIFERA,  XantllS. 

With  five  moderately  tapering  and  somewhat  angular  arms.  Length  of  each 
arm  about  two  and  a  quarter  times  the  diameter  of  the  disk.  Ambulacral 
spines  very  slender,  flattened,  linear,  mostly  in  a  single  row.  Exterior  to  them, 
on  the  ventral  side,  a  double  or  treble  row  of  stouter  spines  of  equal  length, 
also  somewhat  flattened,  with  blunt  extremities.  Back  of  the  arm  with  five 
pretty  regular  rows  of  cylindrical  or  moderately-tapering  spines  nearly  as  large 
as  those  on  the  belly.  The  lateral  rows  are  more  regular  than  the  others,  and 
the  spines  of  these  rows  arise  from  a  very  regular  series  of  subtria'ngular 
ossicles,  one  spine  to  every  alternate  ossicle.  These  back-spines  are  all 
crowned  at  or  near  their  tips  with  a  thick  wreath  of  minute  pedicellariae.  No 
pedicellariae  in  the  intervals  between  the  spines.  Rarely  a  large  pedicellaria 
in  the  ambulacral  furrows. 

Diameter,  four  and  a  half  inches. 

Related  to  A.  glacialis. 

Found  on  rocks  at  low-water  mark. 

2.  Heliaster  microbrachia,  Xantus. 

Arms  thirty-five  in  number,  each  in  length  forming  about  one-eighth  the 
entire  diameter  of  the  body.  Ambulacral  pores  very  small,  in  four  rows. 
Ambulacral  spines  stout,  blunt,  and  forming  a  single  row.  Lateral  spines  of 
the  arms  compressed,  very  broad  and  flat,  often  bifurcated  at  their  extremities. 
Dorsal  spines  very  small  and  numerous,  uniformly  distributed,  scattered  with- 
out order  over  the  surface  of  the  disk  and  arms. 

Diameter,  seven  inches. 

3.  Heliaster  kubiniji,  Xantus. 

Arms  twenty-two  to  twenty-four  in  number,  each  in  length  forming  rather 
less  than  one-third  the  whole  diameter  of  the  body.  Ambulacral  spines  in  a 
single  row.  Ventral  spines  compressed  at  their  extremities.  Dorsal  spines 
capitate,  in  four  to  six  series  on  the  back  of  the  arms ;  on  the  disk  much 
larger  and  less  numerous,  and  with  flat  or  even  concave  tops.  Pedicellaria? 
thickly  distributed  between  the  spines. 

Diameter,  seven  inches. 

Collected  at  Cerro  Blanco,  off  Cape  St.  Lucas. 

I  take  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  my  countryman  M.  Kubiniji,  the 
accomplished  Director  of  the  Hungarian  National  Museum  at  Pesth. 

Type  specimens  of  all  of  the  above  species  have  been  transmitted  to  the 
Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 


Descriptions  of  Two  New  Species  of  Pimelodus,  from  Kansas. 

BY  CHARLES  C.  ABBOTT. 

1  Pimelodus  Hammondii,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  Body  slender,  elon- 
gated, and  much  compressed ;  the  dorsal  outline  anterior  to  the  dorsal  fin,  and 
the  facial  outline,  descend  obliauely  to  the  margin  of  the  jaws,  withoat  curva- 

[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  569 

ture.  The  head  is  much  depressed,  and  very  broad,  constituting  somewhat 
less  than  one-fifth  of  the  total  length.  The  mouth  is  small,  and  has  the  upper 
jaw  the  longer.  The  maxillar  barbies  extend  a  slight  distance  beyond  the 
branchial  aperture.  The  eye  is  of  medium  size,  circular ;  its  diameter  enter- 
ing six  times  in  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head  ;  the  orbits  are  nearly  four 
diameters  apart.  The  spine  of  the  dorsal  fin  is  perfectly  smooth  ;  and  the  spine 
of  the  pectoral  very  coarsely  serrated.     The  caudal  fin  is  moderately  forked. 

5 

The  numbers  of  the  fin  rays  are  D,  1-6.  P,  1-10.  V,  8.  A,  24.  C,  27- 

5 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  head,  back  and  upper  half  of  the  sides  are 
bright  sienna;  the  belly  silvery  white.  Margin  of  the  dorsal,  caudal,  and  anal 
fins,  glossy  black ;  the  marking  on  the  anal  broader  and  not  so  deep.  Numer- 
ous small,  circular  black  spots  are  scattered  irregularly  over  the  budy,  in  ap- 
pearance similar  to  those,  of  the  Trout  (S.fontinalis),  except  in  color. 

Habitat.     Fort  Reily,  Kansas. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Wm.  A.  Hammond,  who  has  presented 
the  Academy  with  many  new  and  valuable  western  fishes. 

2.  Pimelodns  notatus,  Abbott. — Spec.  char.  The  head  and  body  are 
very  much  compressed,  and  the  body  tapers  rapidly  to  the  tail.  The  peduncle 
of  the  tail  is  slender  and  increases  in  width  as  it  approaches  the  insertion  of  the 
fin.  The  facial  outline  is  very  oblique,  and  with  the  dorsal  outline  makes  con- 
siderable curvature,  from  the  anterior  insertion  of  the  dorsal  fin  to  the  extrem- 
ity of  the  upper  jaw.  The  eyes  are  large,  situated  equidistantly  between  the 
extremity  of  the  upper  jaw  and  margin  of  the  opercle  ;  the  diameter  of  the  orbit 
is  contained  four  times  in  the  length  of  the  side  of  the  head.  The  spines  of 
both  dorsal  and  pectoral  fins  are  finally  serrated.  The  anterior  insertion  of 
the  dorsal  fin  is  equidistant  between  the  insertions  of  the  pectoral  and  ventjal 
fins.  The  extremities  of  the  rays  of  the  pectoral  extend  to  the  insertion  of  the 
ventral  fins.  The  extremities  of  the  rays  of  the  ventral  extend  beyond  the  an- 
terior insertion  of  the  anal  fin.  The  anal  fin  is  large  ;  the  base  equal  to  one- 
fourth  of  the  total  length.     The  caudal  fin  is  very  deeply  forked. 

The  numbers  of  the  fin-rays  are  D,  V,  A,  C. 

Color.  In  alcoholic  specimens,  the  head  and  back  are  umber  color;  sides  and 
belly  yellowish,  with  metallic  lustre.  A  circular  black  spot  exists  at  the 
origin  of  the  lateral  line. 

Total  length  seven  inches. 

Habitat.     Fort  Reily,  Kansas. 

Dr.  Wm.  A.  Hammond  has  presented  the  Academy  with  a  single  specimen  of 
this  Pimelodus. 


Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Coleoptera,  in  the  Cabinet  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia. 

BY   GEO.    H.    HORN. 

NOMARETUS  Lee. 

N.  imperfectus . — Black,  smooth  and  glossy ;  antennae  and  palpi  rufous  ; 
thorax  cordate,  canaliculate,  narrowed  posteriorly,  with  a  slight  transverse 
and  rather  deep  basal  impression;  elytra  each  four  striate,  stria?  punctate, 
and  decreasing  in  length  from  the  suture  outwardly,  fourth  stria  obsolescent, 
the  arrangement  of  the  strias  forms  an  oblong  space,  which  is  slightly  flattened, 
sides  of  elytra  smooth  and  glossy. 

Length  -40. 

Plate  8,  fig.  1. 

This  beautiful  little  insect,  of  which  but  few  specimens  have  been  obtained, 
has  been  found  only  in  Hampshire  county,  Virginia,  in  the  most  rocky  portions 

I860.] 


570  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

of  the  Allegheny  ridge,  which  traverses  that  section.  The  species  may  be 
easily  distinguished  from  any  other  of  this  genus,  by  its  four  striate  elytra, 
the  species  previously  described  have  their  elytra  ten  or  eleven  striate. 

ARHOPALUS,  Serv. 

A.  Wilsonii . — Brown,  head  large,  eyes  and  tip  of  mandibles  black  ;  an- 
tennae long,  equalling,  in  males,  one  and  a  half  times  the  length  of  the  insect ; 
thorax  spheroidal,  faintly  margined  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  with  yellow  ; 
elytra  each  with  a  short  basal  band  of  yellow,  which  does  not  extend  com- 
pletely over  the  humerus,  an  oblique  yellow  band  a  little  before  the  middle, 
which  widens  as  it  passes  outwardly,  with  a  marginal  and  a  faint  sutural  ex- 
tension of  the  same  towards  the  base  of  the  elytra ;  femora  slightly  clavate  ; 
posterior  tibiae  much  flattened,  curved,  and  blackish  towards  the  tips  ;  tarsi 
testaceous,  claws  black. 

Length,  -75. 

Plate  8,  fig.  4. 

Two  specimens.  Comal  county,  Texas.  It  affords  me  pleasure  to  dedicate 
this  beautiful  species  to  my  friend,  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson,  whose  labors  for  ento- 
mological science  I  endeavor  to  acknowledge. 

CLYTUS,  Fabr. 

C.  n  it  i  d  u  s  . — Black,  antennae  short,  head  large,  with  two  vertical  yellow 
lines  ;  thorax  spheroidal,  margined  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  with  yellow,  at 
the  posterior  third  are  four  short  yellow  bands  in  one  transverse  row  ;  elytra 
with  four  yellow  bands,  the  third  and  fourth  transverse,  the  latter  terminal, 
the  anterior  two  bands  oblique,  and  united  by  a  sutural  stripe;  an  obsolete 
patch  of  yellow  near  the  humerus  ;  incisures  margined  with  yellow ;  sides  of 
pectus  yellow;  legs  rufous,  hairy;  posterior  pair  elongate;  femora  clavate, 
covered  with  minute  cinereous  hairs,  and  blackish  towards  the  tips ;  posterior 
femora  not  spinous. 

Length,  -42— -50. 

Plate  8,  fig.  2. 

Only  two  specimens  have  been  examined.  It  may  be  worthy  of  notice  that 
these  were  obtained  from  widely  separated  localities.  The  specimen  in  the 
Society's  cabinet  was  taken  in  Comal  county,  Texas,  while  that  in  the  collec- 
tion of  Mr.  George  Newman  was  obtained  in  Gloucester  county,  N.  J.  They 
have  been  several  times  compared,  and  have  been  found  to  differ  only  in  size, 
the  Texas  specimen  being  the  larger. 

LEPTURA,  Linn. 

L.  a  u  r  a  t  a  . — Yellowish  ;  eyes  black  ;  labrum  sometimes  of  a  metallic 
green  color  ;  head  and  thorax  rufous,  the  latter  somewhat  globular,  much  con- 
tracted anteriorly  and  slightly  posteriorly  ;  elytra  yellowish,  clothed  with  short 
golden  hairs,  densely  punctured,  slightly  narrowed  posteriorly,  with  a  lateral 
and  a  sutural  stripe  on  each,  extending  over  three-fourths  of  the  length  of  the 
elytra.  The  lateral  stripe  is  sometimes  broad  and  clavate ;  legs  yellowish  ; 
femora  more  or  less  clavate. 

Length,  -32— -34. 

Plate  8,  fig.  5. 

Allegheny  Ridge,  Western  Virginia.  Abundant.  The  male  of  this  species 
is  much  smaller  than  the  female,  more  slender  in  form,  and  elytra  much  more 
narrowed  toward  the  apex,  and  the  lateral  and  sutural  stripes  not  so  broad. 

L.  nitidicollis. — Black;  first  joint  of  the  antennas  brown;  mandibles 
and  palpi  yellowish,  with  the  tip  of  the  former  and  last  joint  of  the  latter 
blackish ;    head  and  thorax   glossy,  the  latter  narrowed  in  front,  obtusely 

[Dec. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  57l 

augulated  at  the  sides,  dorsal  line  distinct;  elytra  gradually  tapering 
toward  the  apex,  which  is  round,  a  linear  marginal,  and  a  median  yellowish 
stripe  on  each  elytron,  extending  nearly  to  the  apex,  where  it  becomes  confluent 
with  the  suture,  the  median  is  suddenly  expanded  anteriorly  to  the  scutel,  and 
posteriorly  from  the  suture  outward;  legs  rufous  ;  femora  slightly  clavate,  and 
black  toward  the  tips. 

Length,  -32— 36. 

Plate  8,  fig.  6. 

Allegheny   Ridge,  Western  Virginia.     This  species  varies  by  the  poster;, 
fourth  of  the  median  stripe  in  some  specimens  tapering  to  a  point,  and  in  others 
it  is  separated  from  the  remainder  of  the  stripe. 

The  male,  as  in  the  former  species,  is  smaller  and  more  slender  in  form  than 
the  female. 

^EGILOPSIS. 

Antennae  approximate,  longer  than  the  body,  densely  pilose  beneath,  first 
joint  cylindrical,  equalling  in  length  the  third  or  fourth  joint. 

Eyes  lateral,  slightly  angulate  posteriorly,  front  elongated,  inflexcd  ;  head 
and  prothorax  of  equal  breadth  ;  elytra  somewhat  broader;  prothorax  un- 
armed; ungues  not  connate  at  base. 

This  genus  belongs  in  the  same  group  of  the  Lamiae,  with  the  American 
genera  Hippopsis  and  Spacalopsis. 

A.  cinerea. —  Elongate,  cinereous,  antenna?  black,  with  the  proximal 
extremity  of  the  joints  ringed  with  ash  color  ;  thorax  cylindrical,  much  longer 
than  wide,  with  four  longitudinal  dark  stripes,  two  lateral,  and  two  close 
together  on  the  superior  surface ;  elytra,  with  two  dark  obsolete  stripes  on 
each,  one  sutural  and  the  other  traversing  the  middle  of  each  elytron;  sparsely 
punctured,  with  black,  erect  hairs  scattered  over  the  surface;  apices  of  elytra 
spinous,  and  slightly  pilose. 

Length,  -25— -30. 

Plate  8,  fig.  7. 

The  Society  possesses  two  specimens ;  they  were  taken  in  Comal  county, 
Texas,  by  E.  T.  Cresson. 

EURYOPTERA. 

Eyes  deeply  emarginate ;  palpi  nearly  equal;  labrum  not  emarginate  ;  an- 
terior coxa?  not  contiguous  ;  meso-sternum  triangular,  apex  acute. 

E.  sanguinicollis. — Black,  opaque,  finely  granulate,  head  black,  antenna? 
black,  brownish  toward  the  tips,  slightly  pilose ;  thorax  bright  red,  slightly 
canaliculate,  twice  as  broad  as  long,  obtusely  augulated  on  the  sides,  much 
contracted  posteriorly,  narrower  than  the  elytra  ;  elytra  black,  sides  flattened 
anteriorly,  narrowed  in  the  middle,  and  much  broader  posteriorly;  legs  black, 
pilose  ;  femora  strongly  clavate  ;  tarsi  clothed  underneath  with  silvery  white 
pubescence. 

Length,  -54. 

Plate  8,  fig.  3. 

Northern  New  York,  Mr.  T.  B.  Ashton.  The  general  appearance  of  this 
beautiful  insect,  is  that  of  a  Callidium,  with  a  slightly  canaliculate  thorax  ;  it 
differs,  however,  in  the  non-contiguity  of  the  anterior  coxa?. 


The  Reports  of  the  Recording  Secretary,   Librarian   and  Curatory 
were  read,  as  follows  : — 


I860.] 


572  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

REPORT  OF  THE  RECORDING  SECRETARY  FOR  1860. 

During  the  year  ending  30th  November,  1860,  there  have  been  elected, 
twenty-one  members  and  six  correspondents. 

One  member  has  resigned. 

Three  members  have  forfeited  their  membership. 

The  elections  of  four  members  have  been  reconsidered  and  declared  null  and 
void  under  Art.  IV.  of  Chapter  II.  of  the  By-laws. 

Seven  members  have  died,  to  wit :  Major  John  Le  Conte,  late  Vice-President 
of  the  Academy,  Mr.  George  W.  Carpenter,  late  Treasurer  of  the  Academy. 
Edward  Hallowell,  M.  D.,  Mr.  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  Mr.  Peter  A.  Browne, 
Bernard  Henry,  M.  D.,  Henry  Clay  Caldwell,  M.  D.,  late  U.  S.  Navy. 

The  deaths  of  the  following  correspondents  have  been  announced  :  Mr.  Vic- 
tor Andubon,  Prof.  A.  M.  C.  Dumeril,  Dr.  David  Dale  Owen. 

On  the  26th  of  June,  Mr.  William  C.  Henszey  was  unanimously  elected 
Treasurer,  to  fill  the  vacancy  occasioned  by  the  death  of  Mr.  George  W.  Car- 
penter. 

During  the  same  period  the  following  papers  were  read  before  the  Academy, 
and  published  in  its  Proceedings  and  Journal,  except  one  of  those  read  before 
the  Biological  Department,  which  was  published  in  a  medical  Journal  select- 
ed by  the  author,  Mr.  Gabb's  Catalogue  of  the  Museum  and  Dr.  Fisher's 
Index,  not  yet  printed. 

By  J.  G.  Anthony:  "Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  American  fiuviatile 
Gasterpods." 

By  Charles  C.  Abbott,  six,  to  wit :  "Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Ameri- 
can fresh-water  Fishes."  "Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Chatoessus,  etc." 
••  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  North  American  Cyprinidae."  "  Description 
of  a  new  species  of  Exocetus  from  Chili."  "  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of 
apodal  Fishes,  etc." 

By  W.  G.  Binney,  two,  to  wit:  "Notes  on  American  Land  Shells,  No.  6." 
•'Description  of  new  Species  of  Pulmonata,  etc." 

By  J.  B.  Buckley,  three,  to  wit :  "  Texas  Ants."  "The  Stinging  or  Mound- 
making  Ant  of  Texas,  etc."     "Descriptions  of  several  new  Species  of  Plants." 

By  P.  P.  Carpenter,  "  Notice  of  a  Collection  of  Shells,  made  at  Cape  San 
Lucas,  Lower  California." 

By  John  Cassin,  four,  to  wit:  "Catalogue  of  a  Collection  of  Birds,  made 
luring  the  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship  canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien, 
etc.,  with  notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species,"  two  papers.  "  Descriptions 
of  new  Birds  of  Western  Africa,  etc.,"  published  in  the  Journal.  "  Catalogue 
of  Birds  from  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas,  W.  I.,  etc." 

By  Brackenridge  Clemens,  M.  D.,  five,  to  wit :  "  Contributions  to  American 
Lepidopterology, "  parts  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

By  T.  A.  Conrad,  three,  to  wit :  "  Descriptions  of  new  Cretaceous  and  Eocene 
Shells  of  Mississippi  and  Alabama,  etc.,  "two  papers,  published  in  the  Journal. 
"Notes  on  Shells." 

By  E.  D.  Cope,  eight,  to  wit :  "Catalogue  of  the  Venomous  Serpents  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  etc.,"  two  pa- 
pers. "Catalogue  of  the  Calamarian  Serpents  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,"  "  Catalogue  of  the  Colubridse,  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,"  with  notes  and 
descriptions  of  new  Species.  "  Notes  and  Descriptions  of  new  and  little-known 
American  Reptiles."  "Descriptions  of  Reptiles  from  tropical  America  and 
Asia."  "The  Reptilia  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  etc.,  by 
Edward  Hallowell,  M.  D.,  edited  by  E.  D.  Cope."  "  Descriptions  of  new  Species 
of  the  Reptilian  Genera  Hyperolius,  Liuperus  and  Tropidodipsas." 

By  Rafael  Montes  d'Oca,  four,  to  wit:  "The  Mexican  Humming  Birds," 
parts  1,  2,  3  and  4. 

By  James  C.  Fisher,  M.  D.  :   "Index  to  the  Genera  described  or  referred  to 

[Dec. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF  PHILADELPHIA.  57d 

in  the  first  series  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  vols.  i.  to  viii.  part  1." 

By  William  M.  Gabb,  ten,  to  wit:  "Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Fossils, 
probably  Triassic,  from  Virginia,"  published  in  the  Journal.  "Descriptions 
of  new  Species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils,"  published  in  the  Journal.  "Descrip- 
tions of  new  Species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  New  Jersey.''  "  Descriptions 
of  some  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  South  America,  etc."  "On  the  identity  of 
Ammonites  Texanus,  Roemer,  and  A.  vespertinus,  Morton."  "  Catalogue  of 
the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia."  "De- 
scription of  a  new  Species  of  Cephalopods  from  the  Eocene  of  Texas."  "  De- 
scriptions of  new  Species  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  Fossils,"  published  in 
the  Journal.  "  Descriptions  of  a  new  Species  of  Cassidulus,  etc."  "  Descrip- 
tions of  a  new  Genera  and  Species  of  Amorphozoa,  etc." 

By  Wm.  M.  Gabb  and  George  H.  Horn,  "  Descriptions  of  new  Cretaceous 
Corals  from  New  Jersey." 

By  Theodore  Gill,  six,  to  wit :  "Notes  on  the  Nomenclature  of  North  Ameri- 
can Fishes."  "On  the  pertinence  of  the  Alosa  teres,  DeKay,  to  the  Genus 
Dussuiniera. "  "Conspectus  Piscium  in  Expeditione  ad  Oceanum  Pacificum 
septentrionalem  C.  Ringgold  et  J.  Rodgers  ducibus  a  W.  Stimpson,  M.  D.,  col- 
lectorum:  Sicydianise."  "  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Labrisomus."  "Mono- 
graph of  the  Genus  Labrax,  Cuv."     "Monograph  of  the  Philypni." 

By  W.  A.  Hammond,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  A.,  and  S.  W.  Mitchell,  M.  D.  :  "On 
the  physical  and  chemical  characteristics  of  Corroval  and  Vao,  etc. ,  and  on  a 
new  alkaloid  containing  their  active  principle." 

By  George  H.  Horn,  three,  to  wit  :  "Descriptions  of  three  new  species  ot 
Gorgonida?."  "On  Milne  Edwards'  Synonymy  of  Xiphigorgia  setacea." 
' :  Descriptions  of  new  Corals  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia." 

By  Robert  Kennicott,    "Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Reptiles,  etc." 

By  J.  W.  Lapham,  "  A  list  of  the  Fresh-water  Shells  of  the  State  of  Wiscon- 
sin." 

By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.D.,  thirteen,  to  wit :  "  Description  of  three  new  Species 
of  Exotic  Uniones."  "Description  of  Exotic  Unionidse, "  published  in  the 
Journal.  "  Description  of  four  new  Species  of  Unionidse."  "Description  of 
fifteen  new  Species  of  Uruguayan  Unionidse."  "Descriptions  of  five  new  Species 
of  Uniones  from  Alabama."  "  Descriptions  of  four  new  Species  of  Melaniania 
of  the  United  States."  "Descriptions  of  fourteen  new  Species  of  Schizostoma, 
Annulosa  and  Lithasia."  "Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Uniones  from 
Georgia."  "Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Uniones  frOrn  Mexico." 
"Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  Unionida?  from  Alabama."  "  Descriptions 
of  seven  new  Species  of  Unionidae  from  the  United  States."  "  Descriptions  of 
three  new  Species  of  Exotic  Unionidse."  "New  Unionida?  of  the  United  States 
and  Northern  Mexico,"  published  in  the  Journal. 

By  John  L.  LeConte,  M.  D.,  two,  to  wit:  "Notes  on  Coleoptera  found  at 
Fort  Simpson,  Mackenzie  River,  etc."  "Synopsis  of  the  Scaphidiidse  of  the 
United  States." 

By  James  Lewis,  M.  D.:  "  Catalogue  of  the  shell-bearing  Mollusca  observed 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mohawk,  N.  Y.,  etc." 

By  F.  B.  Meek,  "  Description  of  new  fossil  remains  collected  in  Nebraska 
and  Utah,  etc." 

By  F.  B.  Meek  and  F.  V.  Hayden,  M.  D.,  two,  to  wit :  "  Descriptions  of  new 
Organic  Remains  from  the  Tertiary,  Cretaceous  and  Jurassic  rocks  of  Nebraska. ' ' 
"  t-ystematic  Catalogue,  with  synonymy,  etc.,  of  Jurassic,  Tertiary  and  Creta- 
ceous Fossils,  collected  in  Nebraska,  etc." 

By  F.  B.  Meek  and  A.  H.  Worthen,  two,  to  wit :  "  Descriptions  of  new  Spe- 
cies of  Crinoidea,  etc."     "  Descriptions  of  new  Carboniferous  Fossils,  etc." 

By  James  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D.:  "Observations  on  the  form  of  the  Occiput 
in  the  various  races  of  men." 

I860.-] 


574  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

By  R.  Oaiensacken,  ''Appendix  to  the  paper  entitled  'new  Genera  and 
Species  of  North  American  Tipulidse  with  short  palpi. '  "  « 

By  Temple  Prime,  two,  to  wit :  "  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Cyrena  and 
^orbicula,  etc."     "  Synonymy  of  the  Cyclades,  etc.,  part  3." 

By  John  H.  Redfield,  "Descriptions  of  a  new  Species  of  Marginella." 

By  Henry  D.  Schmidt,    ' '  Method  of  painting  moist  anatomical  preparations. ' ' 

By  C apt.  J.  H.  Simpson,    "Notice  of  Geological  Discoveries,  etc." 

By  H.  T.  Stainton,  (London),   "  Observations  on  American  Tineina." 

By  William  Stimpson.  "Prolromus  Descriptionis  Animalium  evertebra- 
torum,  etc.  Pars  viii.  Crustacea  Macrura." 

By  Philip  R.  Uhler,  "  Hemiptera  of  the  North  Pacific  Exploring  Expedition, 
etc>' 

By  Alexander  Wilcocks,  M.  D.:  "Reflections  upon  the  nature  of  the  tem- 
porary star  of  the  year  1572,  etc."  published  in  the  Journal. 

By  Horatio  C.  Wood,  Jr.,  three,  to  wit :  "Contributions  to  the  Carbonifer- 
ous Flora  of  the  United  States,"  NTos.  1  and  2.  "  Catalogue  of  Carboniferous 
Plants  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia." 

By  J.  J.  Woodward,  M.  D.:  "  Remarks  on  errors  in  the  Anatomical  Diag- 
nosis of  Cancer." 

In  all  ninety-six  papers  of  which  three  were  read  before  the  Biological  De- 
partment. 

The  following  addition  to  the  By-Laws  was  adopted  on  the  31st  of  January. 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

PUBLICATION    FUND. 

Article  I. — The  Academy  hereby  establishes  a  permanent  fund  to  be  called 
the  "Publication  Fund,"  the  principal  of  which  shall  always  be  kept  in- 
vested in  good  securities,  and  the  interest  accruing  thereupon  shall  be  ap- 
plied to  the  payment  of  the  expenses  of  publishing  such  matters,  stated  or  oc- 
casional, as  the  Academy  may  think  proper  to  issue. 

Article  II. — All  monies  which  may  be  paid  or  contributed  to  the  "  Publi- 
cation Fund, "  shall  be  held  by  the  Academy  in  trust  for  the  purposes  set 
forth  in  the  first  article  of  this  chapter. 

Article  III. — The  said  monies  shall  from  time  to  time  be  invested  in  the 
corporate  name  of  the  Academy,  in  the  public  loans  of  the  State  of  Pennsylva- 
nia or  those  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia,  or  in  such  sound  real  estate  securities 
as  the  Academy  may  direct. 

Article  IV. — No  investment  shall  be  changed  without  the  consent  of  the 
Academy,  and  all  monies  received  in  consequence  of  any  such  change  shall 
be  invested  for  the  same  trusts  as  the  original  fund. 

Article  V. — The  Treasurer  shall  open  a  separate  account  in  the  proper 
books  of  the  Academy,  under  the  head  of  the  "  Publication  Fund,"  in  which 
shall  be  entered  all  payments  and  contributions  for  the  purposes  of  said  Fund, 
and  all  other  matters  and  things  relating  to  said  account. 

Article  VI. — Any  person  who  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  Academy 
the  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars  in  aid  of  this  fund,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive 
a  copy  of  the  Proceedings  during  life,  and  any  person  who  shall  in  like  man- 
ner pay  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  copy  of  the 
Journal  during  life. 

Article  VII. — To  every  person  whose  contribution  to  the  Publica  ion  Fund 
shall  entitle  him  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  Proceedings  or  Journal  or  both,  a 
certificate  shall  be  issued,  in  ^uch  form  as  the  Academy  shall  prescribe,  con- 
taining a  copy  of  this  chapter  and  a  statement  of  the  amount  of  his  contri- 
bution. 

The  following  amendment  to  the  By-laws  was  adopted  on  the  28th  of  Feb- 
ruary : 

[Dec. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  575 

The  Department  B  shall  be  denominated  the  Geographical  Department  of 
the  Academy. 

No  report  of  the  organization  of  this  department  has  been  communicated  to 
the  Academy. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

B.  HOWARD  RAND,  M.  D., 

Recording  Secretary. 


REPORT  OF  THE  LIBRARIAN  FOR  1860. 

The  Library  of  the  Academy  has,  during  the  past  year,  been  increased  by 
351  volumes  and  629  periodicals  and  pamphlets,  on  subjects  belonging  to  the 
Natural  Sciences.  Of  these  works,  111  are  from  authors,  160  from  editors, 
321  from  Societies,  45  from  Dr.  J.  H.  Janeway,  32  from  Dr.  S.  Weir  Mitchell. 
167  from  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson,  and  144  from  other  members  and  correspon- 
dents. During  the  year  that  has  just  closed,  269  volumes  have  been  bound  : 
71  at  the  expense  of  Dr.  Wilson,  and  198  by  the  Academy.  The  department 
of  the  Library  appropriated  to  periodicals,  as  was  stated  in  the  last  report 
would  be  the  case,  is  very  much  straitened  for  room,  and  the  recommen- 
dation then  made  in  regard  to  the  construction  of  additional  cases  is  now  re- 
peated. Unless  additional  room  is  obtained,  it  will  be  impossible  to  place  the 
books  properly  upon  the  shelves.  No  books  are  believed  to  have  been  lost  or 
missed  from  the  Library  during  the  last  year. 

It  is  of  great  importance  that  all  valuable  books  of  Natural  Science,  in  all 
its  departments,  should  be  added  to  the  Library  as  soon  as  they  are  published. 
in  order  that  it  may  keep  pace  with  the  progress  of  knowledge  and  maintain 
that  superiority  as  a  Library  of  reference  which  it  now  possesses.  The  ordi- 
nary means  of  the  Academy  will  not  permit  this,  and  meet  its  other  necessary 
expenses.  Several  gentlemen  have  united  in  a  subscription  of  a  certain  sum 
per  annum  for  5  years,  to  meet  this  want.  These  subscriptions  are  not  bind- 
ing unless  25  subscribers  are  obtained.  Four  are  yet  wanting  to  complete 
the  number,  and  it  is  hoped  that  these  will  soon  be  found,  so  that  the  Library 
may  be  placed  in  such  a  condition  as  will  secure  its  most  eminent  usefulness 
in  the  cause  of  Science. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

JAMES  C.  FISHER,  M.D.. 

Librarian. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CURATORS  FOR  1860. 

All  departments  of  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  under  the  general  charge 
of  the  Curators,  continue  in  their  visual  good  state  of  preservation,  exhibit 
_;reat  forwardness  in  their  arrangement,  and  have  been  constantly  increasing 
through  donations. 

Since  the  last  Report  was  presented  to  the  Academy,  the  following  ad- 
ditions have  been  made  to  the  collections  : 

Mammals. — Of  these,  32  specimens  of  23  species  have  been  received.  Among 
them  may  be  especially  mentioned  a  fine  specimen  of  the  Moose,  presented  by 
H.  T.  Desilver,  Esq.  The  others  were  presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, John  Krider,  Dr.  J.  H.  Slack.  Dr.  Jos.  Wilson,  Capt.  J.  M.  Dow,  Major 
Le  Conte,  C.  J.  Hering,  D.  Samuel,  and  Dr.  Corse.* 

Birds. — During  the  present  year  the  extensive  collection  of  birds,  for  which 
the  Museum  of  the  Academy  has  been  especially  distinguished,  numbering 
about  26,000  mounted  specimens,  but  which  had  merely  been  deposited  with 

*The  names  of  the  donors  are  given  in  the  order  of  value  of  their  contributions. 

1SG0.J 


576  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

the  Academy  by  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson,  was  now  presented  by  this  gentleman 
to  the  Institution.*  In  addition  to  these,  Dr.  Wilson  presented  2000  skins,  or 
unmounted  specimens,  and  more  recently  27  birds  from  Jalapa,  Mexico. 

54  specimens,  34  species  of  birds  collected  by  Mr.  Du  Chaillu,  in  Western  Africa, 
were  purchased  and  presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  Jos.  Jeanes,  Sam.  Jeanes, 
Ed.  Harris,  I.  Lea,  W.  S.  Vaux,  Dr.  J.  D.  Logan,  J.  C.  Trautwine,  Dr.  W.  M. 
Uhler,  E.  Durand,  C.  E.  Smith,  Aubrey  H.  Smith,  W.  P.  Foulke,  Fairman 
Rogers,  Dr.  J.  L.  Le  Conte,  and  Jos.  Leidy. 

17  specimens  of  birds  from  Hudson  Bay  were  presented  by  the  SmithsoniaL 
Institution ;  specimens  were  presented  by  Dr.  Jos.  Wilson  and  Lieut.  Thos. 
T.  Field;  an  interesting  collection  from  St.  Thomas,  W.  I.,  was  presented  by 
Hobt.  Swift,  and  a  collection  from  New  Grenada,  S.  A.,  by  Wm.  P.  Breed.  In 
addition,  Dr.  J.  K.  Kane  presented  a  collection  of  eggs,  obtained  by  his  brother 
in  the  Arctic  region. 

Reptiles. — Of  these,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  presented  80  specimens  of 
48  species,  all  North  American,  and  mostly  Western  ;  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  pre- 
sented 100  specimens  of  16  species  from  Jalapa,  Mexico ;  and  others  were 
received  from  Dr.  J.  H.  Slack,  Dr.  Jos.  Wilson,  Major  Le  Conte,  Capt.  John 
M.  Dow,  E.  T.  Cresson,  W-  J-  Taylor,  John  Krider,  Van  Amburg  &  Co.,  Sam. 
Darrach,  Dr.  Semple,  and  Messrs.  Cope  and  Powel. 

Fishes. — Of  these,  Dr.  J.  H.  Slack  presented  a  collection  from  Minnesota, 
consisting  of  100  specimens  of  8  species  ;  Mr.  C.  C.  Abbott  presented  16  speci- 
mens of  11  species  ;  Mr.  S.  Ashmead  7  species  ;  and  others  were  presented  by 
Isaac  Tyson,  Major  Le  Conte,  T.  W.  Norris,  S.  Powel,  W.  Coleman.  Dr.  T.  C. 
Dunn,  Dr.  J.  C.  Morris,  W.  E.  Halloway,  L.  Purves,  Dr.  R.  P.  Harris,  E.  P. 
Mason,  and  N.  and  E.  Smith. 

Mollusks. — The  Smithsonian  Institution  presented  350  species  marine  an< 
fiuviatile  shells,  from  Wilkes'  Exploring  Expedition;  Mr.  S.  S.  Haldeman  pre-' 
sented  42  fiuviatile  shells,  being  types  of  descriptions  and  figures ;  Mr.  J.  S. 
Phillips  presented  51  fiuviatile  gasteropods,  not  previously  in  the  collection  of 
the  Academy  ;  F.  A.  Sauvalle  presented  93  species  of  Cuban  terrestrial  gas- 
teropods ;  Temple  Prime  47  cyclidida? ;  Mr.  Binney  42  species  of  shells  ;  and 
others  were  presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Edward  M.  Kern,  A.  A. 
Gould,  Isaac  Lea,  R.  Swift,  Capt.  M.  Blanchard,  Dr.  Jos.  Wilson,  Dr.  N.  Kol- 
ler,  and  Lieut.  T.  Y.  Field. 

Articulates. — Messrs.  C.  C.  Abbott,  H.  C.  Wood,  G.  H.  Horn,  and  E.  L. 
Cope  presented  380  specimens  of  about  50  species  of  spiders,  collected  in 
Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey ;  J.  M.  Glasco  presented  150  coleoptera,  from 
Texas  ;  and  other  insects,  spiders,  myriapods  and  Crustacea  were  presented  by 
Isaac  Tyson,  Augustus  Milson,  Capt.  John  M.  Dow,  Dr.  Semple,  Dr.  Bridges, 
Mr.  Powel,  and  Mr.  Ashmead. 

Radiates. — 5  Echinoderms  were  presented  by  Dr.  Jos.  Wilson  ;  1  by  Capt. 
Dow  ;  and  specimens  of  Hyalonema  were  presented  by  Dr.  Paischenberger  and 
Dr.  Sinclair. 

Anatomy. — The  skull  of  a  walrus  was  presented  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Kane ;  the 
skull  of  a  Camanche  Indian  by  A.  E.  Carothers  ;  and  miscellaneous  specimens 
were  presented  by  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson,  Samuel  Darrach,  and  C.  C.  Abbott. 
The  widow  of  the  late  Peter  A.  Browne  presented  to  the  Academy  his  collec- 
tion of  the  hairs  of  the  various  species  of  men  and  inferior  animals. 

Organic  Remains. — A  large  collection  of  coal  plants  of  Pennsylvania,  con- 
sisting of  upwards  of  700  specimens,  were  purchased  from  Eli  Bowen  and  pre- 
sented by  Joseph  Jeanes,  Isaac  Lea,  W.  S.  Vaux,W.  R.  Lejee,  E.  S.Whelen,  Dr.  Le 
Conte,  Dr.  T.B.Wilson,  W.Mactier,  B. Marsh,  J.  C.  Trautwine,  W.  C.  Henszey, 

*  See  page  86  of  this  volume  of  the  Proceedings. 

[Dec. 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  577 

Foulke,  Jos.  P.  Smith,  Ch.  E.  Smith,  Saunders  Lewis,  Griffith,  and  Cooke. 
Mr.  W.  S.  Vaux  presented  20  specimens  of  15  species  of  coal  plants,  and  others 
were  presented  by  Dr.  W.  C.  Dixon,  H.  C.  Wood,  W.  M.  Gabb,  M.  Baird,  T. 
Ward,  and  J.  T.  Piggott. 

Dr.  J.  H.  Slack  presented  a  valuable  collection  of  remains  of  Mosasaurus,  My- 
iiobates  and  Charcarodon,  from  the  New  Jersey  green  sand  ;  Messrs.  Abbott  and 
H.  C.  Wood  presented  remains  of  Crocodilus,  Priscodelphinus,  and  Turtles, 
from  New  Jersey ;  and  Mr.  Abbott  also  presented  remains  of  several  extinct 
fishes.  Mr.  Lea  presented  several  bones  of  the  extinct  Hippopotamus  of  Italy  ; 
Prof.  Pagers  a  saurian  vertebra  from  the  NoYth  Carolina  coal  field ;  and  A.  C. 
Orrick  a  Mastodon  tooth  from  Missouri. 

Small  collections  of  invertebrate  fossils  were  presented  by  W.  M.  Gabb,  E. 
L.  Perkins,  C.  C.  Abbott,  F.  Kellog,  Dr.  C.  M.  Wetherill,  Dr.  Moore,  E.  D. 
Cope,  H.  C.  Wood,  C.  C.  Cadwalader,  W  J.  Taylor,  P.  T.  Tyson,  T.  A.  Conrad, 
and  A.  L.  Gerhart. 

Minerals. — Specimens  of  coals  and  mineral  oils,  from  Western  Pennsylvania, 
were  presented  byG.  T.  Lewis  ;  and  Dr.  W.  M.  Garsia  presented  20  specimens 
of  mineral  from  Chili.  Other  specimens  were  presented  by  Capt.  Nicholson, 
W.  S.  Vaux,  T.  F.  Moss,  E.  L.  Perkins,  W.  L.  Mactier,  J.  H.  Janeway,  J.  H. 
Thompson,  Potts  &  Klett,  P.  C.  Horn,  Dunlap,  Rand,  Hartman,  Lea,  Marsh, 
McKibben,  Short,  Hanson,  Wood,  Hceckley,  and  Pierce. 

Botany. — H.  W.  Ravenel  presented  the  5th  fasciculus  of  his  Fungi  Caro- 
liniaui,  and  Cryptogamic  specimens  were  presented  by  H.  C.  Wood,  Dr.  Huf- 
nagle,  D.  R.  Bennett,  Rand,  and  Kaull. 

Submitted  by  JOSEPH  LEIDY, 

Chairman  of  the  Curators. 


The  Committee  on  the  Jessup  Fund  presented  the  following  rules, 
which  were  adopted  : — 

I.  Applications  for  benefits  from  the  Jessup  Fund  shall  be  made 
in  writing  to  the  Committee  every  three  months. 

II.  Benefits  from  the  Fund  shall  not  be  received  by  the  same  person 
for  a  longer  period  than  two  years,  without  the  unanimous  consent  of 
the  Committee. 

III.  The  beneficiaries  shall  devote  one-half  of  their  time,  under 
the  direction  of  the  Committee,  to  the  study  and  .arrangement  of  the 
Museum  of  the  Academy. 

IV.  Each  beneficiary  shall  receive  $20  monthly  by  an  order  from 
the  Committee  on  the  Treasurer. 

The  following  amendment  to  the  By-Laws  was  finally  adopted : — ■ 
To  Article  VII.  Chapter  10,  add  the  words,  "  of  more  than  twenty  of 
those  extra  copies." 

I860.] 


578 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 


The  election  of  Officers  for  the  ensuing  year  was  held  in  accordance 
with  the  By-Laws,  with  the  following  result : — 

Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 


President, 

Vice-Presidents, 

Corresponding  Secretary, 

Recording  Secretary, 

Librarian, 

Treasurer,  . 

Curators, 


Auditors, 


Publication  Committee, 


Robert  Bridges,  M.D.. 
Wm.  S.  Vaux. 
Thomas  Stewardson,M  .D, 
B.  Howard  Rand,  M.  D. 
James  C  Fisher,  M.D. 
Wm.  C.  Henszey. 
Joseph  Leidy,  M.  D., 
Wm.  S.  Vaux, 
John  Cassin, 
J.  Dickinson  Sergeant. 
Wm.  S.  Vaux, 
Joseph  Jeanes, 
Aubrey  H.  Smith. 
Wm.  S.  Vaux, 
Isaac  Lea, 
Robert  Bridges, 
Joseph  Leidy, 
Thomas  Stewardson. 


[Dec. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  579 


ELECTIONS  IN   1860. 

The  following  persons  were  elected  Members,  viz  : — 

Jan.  31.     Wm.  M.  Gabb,  Wm.  L.  Mactier. 

Feb.  28.     Franklin  A.  Comly,  William  W.  Longstreth,  Samuel  M. 
Felton. 

March  27.     E.  Otis  Kendall,  Alexander  Johnston,  Thomas  Meehan, 
Charles  A.  Kingsbury,  M.  D. 

April  24.     Solomon  W.  Roberts,  Edward  Burd  Grubb. 

May  29.     Andrew  Coates,  Francis  Moore,  M.  D.,   John  G.    Bell, 
Edward  R.  Mordecai,  M.  D.,  Henry  M.  Watts,  D.  G.  Elliott. 

June  26.     J.  T.  Plate,  Philip  A.  Cregar,  Joseph  W.  Drexel. 

July  31.     George  S.   Pepper,  Wm.  P.   Wilstach,  James  C.  Hand, 
Edward  Craig  Mitchell,  Chris.  J.  Cleborne. 

Sept.  25.     Richard  Wood. 

Oct.  30.  William  S.  Torr,  John  Ashhurst,  M.  D.,  George  W. 
Carpenter,  Jr. 

Nov.  27.  Edgar  L.  Thompson,  Rowland  E.  Evans,  Robert  Bollin^ , 
M.  D.,  William  Potts,  Wm.  B.  Sinclair,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  N.,  David  Reece 
Hugh  D.  Vail. 

Dec.  25.  A.  J.  Foard,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  A.,  John  Warner,  Felix  B. 
Carbon  ell,  Edward  Parrish. 


The  following  persons  were  elected  Correspondents,  viz  :— 

Feb.  28.     Prof.  Charles  Small  wood,  M.  D.,  Montreal. 

March  27.     Hermann  Walthu,  M.  D.,  Dresden  ;  Wm.  B.  Carpenter 
M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  London ;  Charles  Darwin,  F.  R.  S.,  London. 

Nov.  27.     Theodore  Gill,  Washington  ;  Chev.  A.  C.  Bernardi,  Paris. 

Dec.  Prof.  Jules  Marcou. 


I860.] 


CORRESPONDENCE. 


CORRESPONDENCE  OF  THE  ACADEMY,  1860. 

Letters  were  received  and  read  as  follows,  viz.  : 

Jan.  3c?.  From  P.  B.  Duckaillu,  New  York,  Dec.  29th,  1859,  in  reference  to 
claim  for  outfit. 

From  Committee  of  the  Humboldt  Foundation,  in  connection  with  the  Royal 
Prussian  Academy  of  Sciences,  Berlin,  June  28th  and  Nov.  3d,  1859,  proposing 
to  establish  a  fund  in  honor  of  Humboldt,  for  the  furtherance  of  scientific- 
pursuits. 

From  Prof.  Encke,  of  Royal  Prussian  Academy,  Nov.  17th,  1859,  on  the 
same  subject. 

10th.  From  Wm.  J.  Hamilton,  Esq.,  London,  Dec.  14th,  3  859,  acknowledg- 
ing his  election  as  correspondent. 

From  Dr.  John  Evans,  Washington,  Nov.  25th,  1859,  in  reference  to  a  large 
meteorite  near  Port  Orford,  Washington  Territory,  and  desiring  aid  in  pro- 
curing the  same. 

From  John  Welsb,  Esq.,  Philadelphia,  Jan.  3d,  1860,  acknowledging  his 
election  to  membership. 

17th.  From  W.  E.  Moore,  East  Brooklyn,  Jan.  13th,  1860,  asking  orders  for 
specimens  of  Natural  History,  to  be  collected  by  him  in  South  America. 

24th.  Chas.  J.  Elliott,  Montgomery  Co.,  Pa.,  Jan.  17th,  1860,  requesting  a 
copy  of  the  Constitution,  &c,  for  the  "  Cabinet  of  Natural  Science  of  Mont- 
gomery Co." 

Feb.  1th.  From  the  Physico-Medical  Society  of  Wiirtzburg,  Sept.  26th, 
1859  ; 

Royal  Danish  Society  of  Sciences,  Copenhagen,  July  1st,  1859  ; 

Royal  Bavarian  Academy  of  Sciences,  Munich,  Oct.  28th,  1859  ; 

Imperial  Society  of  Naturalists  of  Moscow,  June  22d,  1859  ; 

Royal  Society  of  Sciences,  Gottingen,  Sept.  13th,  1859  ; 

Royal  University  Library,  Gottingen,  Oct.  21st,  1859  ; 

Royal  Society  of  Sciences,  Upsal,  Sept.  15th,  1859  ; 

H.  G.  Bronn,  Heidelburg,  July  16th,  1859  ;  severally  acknowledging  the 
receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

From  the  Royal  Danish  Society  of  Copenhagen,  July  1st,  1859  ; 

Royal  Bavarian  Academy  of  Sciences,  Munich,  Oct.  1st,  1859  ; 

Imperial  Society  of  Naturalists,  Moscow,  June  13th,  1859  ; 

Zoological  Society,  London,  Jan.  20th,  1860  ;  severally  accompanying  dona- 
tions to  the  Library. 

From  the  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Freiburg,  Oct.  20th,  1859,  accom- 
panying donation  to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Academy. 

From  H.  Davis,  McGregor,  Iowa,  Jan.  21st,  1860,  offering  collections  in  ex- 
change, &c 

G.  C.  Swallow,  Columbia,  Mo..  Jan.  20th,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election 
as  correspondent. 

Dr.  Evans,  Washington,  Feb.  4th,  1860,  in  reference  to  a  memorial  to  Con- 
gress on  the  subject  of  the  meteorite  in  Washington  Territory. 

21st.  T.  Oldham,  Esq.,  of  the  Geological  Museum,  Calcutta,  June  28th, 
1859,  transmitting  survey  of  India. 

British  Museum,  Dec.  20th,  1859,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publica- 
tions of  the  Academy. 

March  6th.  From  C.  W.  Holman,  New  York,  Feb.  28th,  1860,  asking  a  copy 
of  the  annual  reports  for  the  Library  at  Westeras,  Sweden. 

40 


2  CORRESPONDENCE. 

March  13th.  From  C.  Smallwood,  M.  D.,  Canada  East,  March  6th,  1860, 
acknowledging  his  election  as  correspondent. 

Lucien  Buquet,  Feb.  18th,  1860,  transmitting  publications  of  the  Entomo- 
logical Society  of  France. 

T.  Dunlap,  Esq.,  Philadelphia,  March  13th,'186'0,  accompanying  donation 
to  Library. 

S.  M.  Felton,  Philadelphia,  March  5th,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election  to 
membership. 

Mrs.  Lucy  W.  Say,  Newburg,  N.  Y.,  March  2d,  1860,  in  reference  to  the 
appropriation  of  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  American  Conchology. 

April  3d.  C.  J.  Hering,  Surinam,  Feb.  20th,  1860,  accompanying  donation 
to  Museum. 

R.  Champley,  Scarborough,  England,  March  6th,  1860,  asking  drawing  of 
Alca  impennis,  &c. 

Charles*Miiller,  Berlin,  Feb.  28th,  1860,  in  reference  to  exchanges. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Jan,  6th,  10th,  and  12th  : 

Academy  of  Sciences,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  severally  acknowledging  the  receipt 
of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

Chas.  F.  Loosey,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  15th,  1859,  transmitting  the  report  of  the  first 
meeting  of  the  Miners  and  Smelters,  Vienna. 

Royal  University  of  Christiania,  Norway,  Nov.  15th,  1859,  transmitting 
Scripta  Academica. 

10^.     Geological  Society  of  London,  Dec.  15th,  1859  ; 

Royal  Bohemian  Society  of  Sciences,  Prague,  Nov.  20th,  1859  ; 

Society  of  Friends  of  Natural  Knowledge,  Mecklenburg,  Oct.  29th,  1859; 
severally  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

Natural  History  Society  of  Wurttemburg,  Jan.  10th,  1860,  transmitting  do- 
nations to  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the 
Academy. 

Natural  History  Society  of  Riga,  Oct.  26th,  1859  ; 

Royal  Jablonowski  Society  at  Leipsig,  Nov.  20th,  1859  ; 

Royal  Bohemian  Society  of  Sciences,  Prague,  Nov.  28th,  1859  ; 

Society  of  Naturalists  at  Altenburg,  Nov.  15th,  1859  ;  severally  transmit- 
ting donations  to  the  Library  of  the  Academy. 

11th.     Geological  Society  of  Dublin,  March  27th,  1860  ; 

G.  W.  Fahnestock,  Philadelphia,  April  11th,  1860 ;  severally  transmitting 
donations  to  the  Library. 

New  York  State  Library,  Albany,  April  10th,  1860,  acknowledging  the  re- 
ceipt of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy. 

May  1st.  Thos.  H.  Huxley,  London,  April  16th,  1860,  acknowledging  his 
election  as  correspondent. 

15th.  H.  De  Saussure,  Geneva,  Switzerland,  April  20th,  1860,  acknowledg- 
ing his  election  as  correspondent. 

H.  T.  Desilver,  Philadelphia,  May  15th,  1860,  accompanying  donation  to 
Museum. 

22d.     Natural  History  Society  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Nassau,  1859  ; 

Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Amsterdam,  Nov.  30th,  1S59  ; 

Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vienna,  Dec.  17th  and  July  7th,  1859  ; 

Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Stockholm,  Nov.  24th,  1859  ;  severally  ac- 
companying donations  to  the  Library. 

Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Geneva,  Nov.  5th,  1859,  ac- 
companying donations  to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the 
publications  of  the  Academy. 

Natural  History  Society  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Nassau,  Weisbaden,  1859 

Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Amsterdam,  Oct.  25th,  1859  ; 

Smithsonian  Institution,  April  13th,  1860  ; 


CORRESPONDENCE.  3 

Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vienna,  Feb.  4th  and  Oct.  11th,  1859  ; 

Linnsean  Society  of  London,  Jan.  1st,  1860  ; 

Natural  History  Society  of  Westphalia,  Feb.  1st,  1860 ;  severally  acknow- 
ledging the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

Robert  Champley, '  Scarborough,  England,  May  6th,  1860,  acknowledging  the 
receipt  of  photograph  of  Alca  impennis,  &c. 

June  5th.  Lyman  C.  Draper,  Secretary  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Wiscon- 
sin, in  reference  to  exchanges. 

12th.  Smithsonian  Institution,  June  6th,  1860,  accompanying  donation  to 
the  Library. 

George  Crowther,  New  York,  May  17th.  1860,  in  reference  to  a  supposed 
new  butterfly. 

19th.  United  States  Legation,  Paris,  April  30th,  1S60,  transmitting  two 
livraisons  of  the  Annales  des  Mines. 

26th.  E.  R.  Mordecai,  Mobile,  June  18th,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election 
to  membership. 

July  3d.  A.  P.  Turner,  New  Harmony,  Indiana,  June  25th.  I860,  offering 
shells  from  Wabash  river,  &c. 

Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  March  9th,  1860  ; 

Imperial  Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  Cherbourg,  Jan.  20th,  1860  ; 

Smithsonian  Institution,  March  21st  and  June  15th,  1860  ; 

Geological  Society  of  London,  May  17th,  1860  ;  severally  acknowledging  the 
receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

H.  W.  Ravenel,  Aiken,  S.  C,  June  22d,  1860  ; 

War  Department,  Washington,  June  18th,  1860 ;  severally  accompanying 
donations  to  the  Library. 

Dr.  Hoernes,  Vienna,  April  23d,  1860  ; 

Prof.  Edward  Suess,  Vienna,  April  23d,  1860; 

Chas.  Darwin,  Kent,  England,  May  8th,  1860 ; 

Geo.  R.  Von  Frauenfeld,  Vienna,  June  5th,  1860  ; 

M.  Flourens,  Paris,  May  14th,  1860  ;  severally  acknowledging  their  election 
as  correspondents. 

17^.     Royal  Prussian  Academy  of  Science,  Berlin,  Dec.  31st,  1859  : 

Senckenberg  Natural  History  Society,  Frankfort,  Feb.  1st,  1860 ; 

Catholic  University  of  Louvain,  Nov.  18th,  1859  ; 

Natural  History  Society  of  Freiburg,  May  10th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Gardener's  Society,  Berlin,  April  5th,  1860  ;  severally  accompanying- 
donations  to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of 
the  Academy. 

Physico-Medical  Society  of  Wiirtzburg,  April  2d,  1860  ; 

Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vienna,  March,  1860  ; 

Imperial  Leopold  Charles  Dutch  Academy  of  Natural  History,  Jena,  Feb. 
27th,  1860  ;  severally  accompanying  donations  to  the  Library. 

Imperial  Leopold  Charles  Dutch  Academy  of  Natural  History,  Jena,  Feb. 
18th,  1860,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

24th.  D.  G.  Elliott,  New  York,  July  23d,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election 
to  membership. 

Charles  M.  Wetherill,  La  Fayette,  Indiana,  June  15th,  1860,  accompanying 
a  donation  to  the  Museum. 

Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Letters  and  fine  Arts,  Belgium,  Sept.  23d, 
1858 ; 

Physico-Medical  Society  of  Wiirtzburg,  April  2d,  1860  ;  severally  acknow- 
ledging the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

Sept.  18th.     J.  Barrande,  Paris,  Aug.  20th,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election 


4  CORRESPONDENCE. 

as  correspondent  and  announcing  the  presentation  of  several  of  his  publi- 
cations to  the  Academy. 

Society  of  Naturalists  of  New  Granada,  Bogota,  June  14th,  1860,  accompany- 
ing donation  to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications 
of  the  Academy. 

Royal  Society  of  London,  May  24th,  1860,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the 
publications  of  the  Academy. 

Oct.  2d.  Naturforscher  Verein  in  Dorpat,  Jan.,  1860,  accompanying  dona- 
tion to  the  Library  of  the  Academy. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  March  31st,  1859,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the 
publications  of  the  Academy. 

Charles  des  Moulins,  Bordeaux,  July  19th,  1860,  acknowledging  his  election 
as  correspondent. 

lQth.     S.  S.  Haldeman,  Columbia,  Pa.,  Sept.  6th,  1860  ; 

F.  A.  Sauvalle,  Havana,  April  2d,  and  Philadelphia,  June  14th,  1860 ; 
severally  accompanying  donations  to  the  Museum. 

Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Utrecht,  Feb.,  1860,  acknowledging  the  receipt 
of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy. 

23d.  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Letters  and  fine  Arts,  Belgium,  March 
20th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Geographical  Society  of  London,  July  13th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Imperial  Geological  Institute,  Vienna,  Aug.  27th,  1859,  and  March 
26th,  1860  ; 

W.  Haidinger,  Vienna,  March  28th,  1860  ; 

Literary  and  Philosophical  Society,  Manchester,  May  30th,  1860  ; 

Leeds  Philosophical  and  Literary  Society,  July  24th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Letters  and  fine  Arts,  Belgium,  Sept.  16th, 
1860  ;  severally  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

Oct.  23d.     Physico-Medical  Society  of  Upper  Hesse,  June  20th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Imperial  Zoologico-Botanical  Society,  Vienna  ; 

Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vienna,  June  25th,  1860  ; 

Russian  Imperial  Mineralogical  Society,  St.  Petersburg,  April  23d,  1860  ; 
severally  accompanying  donations  to  the  Library. 

Society  of  Natural  Sciences  in  Emden,  May  21st,  1860  ; 

Royal  Society  of  Gottingen,  June  3d,  1860 ;  severally  accompanying  dona- 
tions to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  publications  of  the 
Academy. 

Nov.  13th.     Royal  Saxon  Society  of  Sciences,  Leipsig,  July  5th,  1860  ; 

Royal  Society  of  Sciences,  Upsal,  Aug.  4th,  1860  ; 

Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Belles  Lettres  and  Arts,  Lyons,  July  11th, 
1860; 

Imperial  Society  of  Naturalists,  Moscow,  June  13th,  1860;  severally  accom- 
panying donations  to  the  Library. 

Royal  Physical  Society,  Edinburgh,  April  2d,  1860,  accompanying  donation 
to  the  Library,  and  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Academy. 

British  Museum,  Oct.  26th,  1860,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings. 

20th.  Richard  Owen,  New  Harmony,  Indiana,  Nov.  14th,  1860,  announcing 
the  death  of  Dr.  David  Dale  Owen,  late  a  correspondent  of  the  Academy. 

London  Atheneum,  Oct.  30th,  1860,  acknowledging  the  receipt  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings. 

Dec.  4th.  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Lisbon,  May  26th,  1860,  accompany- 
ing donations  to  the  Library. 

11*A.     Dr.  John  Gistel,  Ratisbon,  April  20th,  1860,  of  the  same  tenor. 

18th.  T.  J.  Hale,  Albany,  New  York,  Dec.  17th,  1860,  in  reference  to  ex- 
changes of  plants. 


DONATIONS    TO    MUSEUM.  I, 


Donations  to  Museum. — 1860. 

January  3d.  A  collection  of  minerals  and  silurian  fossils,  from  New  York. 
Presented  by  Edward  L.  Perkins. 

10th.  A  collection  of  fishes,  Crustacea,  &c,  from  Newport,  R.  I.  Presented 
by  Messrs.  Powel,  Bridges  and  Leidy. 

A  white  rabbit.     Presented  by  Mr.  John  Krider. 

A  small  collection  of  fossils.     Presented  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

A  large  fungus.     Presented  by  Wm.  Kaull. 

11th.  A  collection  of  fishes,  from  Newport,  R.  I.  Presented  by  Messrs. 
Powel  and  Bridges. 

Several  coal  plants.     Presented  by  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

Human  skull,  from  Marquesas  Island.  Deposited  by  Dr.  Turner  and  J.  A. 
Meigs. 

Collection  of  Reptiles.     Presented  by  Dr.  Wilson,  U.  S.  N. 

24th.  Several  cretaceous  fossils,  from  New  Jersey.  Presented  by  C.  C.  Ab- 
bott. 

Collection  of  remains  of  Mosasaurus,  from  Monmouth  Co.,  N.  J.  Collec- 
tion of  shells  from  do.     Presented  by  J.  H.  Slack. 

A  Remora,  from  Newport,  R.  I.     Presented  by  W.  E.  Holloway. 

February  7th.  Fungus  plant,  from  a  deep  coal  mine,  Pottsville,  Pa.  Pre- 
sented by  D.  R.  Bennett. 

A  bean,  from  Japan.     Presented  by  L  Lea,  LL.  D. 

Twelve  species  of  shells.     Presented  by  W.  G.  Binney. 

Forty-seven  species  of  Cyclididse.     Presented  by  Temple  Prime. 

An  agate  geode,  from  the  Uruguay  R.,  S.  A.     Presented  by  J.  H.  Thomson. 

Two  fishes,  from  the  coast  of  New  Jersey.     Presented  by  L.  Purves. 

Remains  of  Mosasaurus,  fishes,  &c.  From  Monmouth  Co.,  N.  J.  Presented 
by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

Specimens  of  fossil  fishes,  from  Delaware  Water  Gap.  Presented  by  the  same. 

Chaetodon  from  Newport.     Presented  by  E.  P.  Mason. 

Plectopoma  from  Newport.     Presented  by  N.  and  E.  Smith. 

14th.  Small  collection  of  Eocene  fossils,  from  Whenlock,  Texas.  Presented 
by  F.  Kellog. 

Mounted  specimen  of  Ateles  ater,  from  South  America.  Presented  by  J.  IL 
Slack. 

Seven  skins  of  Mammals,  viz  :  — 

3  Spermophilus  Beechii,  1  Neotoma  Mexicana,  1  Lepus  artemesia,  1  Lepus, 
1  Sciurus,  from  Western  North  America.  From  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion. 

21st.  Specimen  of  Hematite,  from  Lancaster  Co.,  Pa.  Presented  by  Wm, 
L.  Mactier. 

Specimen  of  Struvite,  from  St.  Pauls,  Hamburg.  Presented  by  John  K. 
Janeway. 

Specimen  of  Agalmatolite,  from  Moore  Co.,  N.  C.  Presented  by  B.  G. 
Dunlap. 

Collection  of  seven  hundred  coal  plants,  purchased  from  Mr.  E.  Bowen  by 
members  of  the  Academy. 

Two  teeth  of  Mosasaurus,  from  Monmouth  Co.,  N.  J.  Presented  by  J.  IL 
Slack. 

A  specimen  of  Favosites,  a  Devonian  fossil  from  the  gravel  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Philadelphia.     Presented  by  Dr.  Leidy. 


11.  DONATIONS   TO    MUSEUM. 

Tooth  of  Carcharodon  acutidens,  from  J.  H.  Slack. 

A  specimen  of  Meteoric  Iron,  from  Xiquipilco  near  Toluco,  Mexico.  Pre- 
sented by  Wm.  S.  Vanx. 

March  6th.  Collection  of  coal  plants  20  specimens,  15  species,  from  Carbon- 
dale,  Pa.     Presented  by  Wm.  S.  Vaux. 

Two  specimens  of  Crinoid  stems,  from  White  Creek  Spring,  Davidson  Co., 
Tenn.     Presented  by  Wm.  S.  Vaux. 

Crocodile  vertebra,  and  two  phalanges  of  a  saurian,  cretaceous,  from  Mon- 
mouth Co.,  New  Jersey.     Presented  by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

Skin  of  ocelot,  Felis  pardalis,  from  Central  America.  Presented  by  Dr. 
Wilson,  U.  S.  Navy. 

Miocene  leaves,  from  Bridgeton,  New  Jersey.     Presented  by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

Hyalonema  mirabilis,  from  Hakodadi,  Japan.  Presented  by  Dr.  Ruschen- 
berger. 

ISth.     Collection  of  Birds  from  Hudson's  Bay,  viz  : — 

Nyctea  nivea,  Bubo  virginianus,  Somatera  molissima,  Astur  atricapillus, 
Surnia  ulula,  2  Dafila  acuta,  Anas  boschas,  Mergus  serrator,  2  Nettion  Caroli- 
nensis,  Bucephala  albiola,  Forlea  affmis,  Pelionetta  perspicillata,  Spatula  cly- 
peata,  Podiceps  cornuta,  Bucephala  Americana,  Ceryle  alcyon,  Chroicoce- 
phalus  Philadelphia.     Presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Lorius  coccineus,  from  the  Feejee  Islands  ;  tail  feathers  of  Phsethon  rubri- 
c-auda ;  5  specimens  of  Echinoderms  and  Star-fish,  from  Guaymas,  Gulf  of 
California  ;  2  specimens  of  shells  from  Panama.  Presented  by  Joseph  Wilson, 
Jr.,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  Navy. 

Model  of  a  Catamaran.     Deposited  by  J.  H.  Slack. 

Specimens  of  Helocfetes  ferianum,  from  Gloucester,  N.  J.  Presented  by  Theo. 
Scattergood. 

Unio  obesus,  from  specimens  of  different  ages,  from  Brunswick,  Geo.  Pre- 
sented by  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 

20th.  Four  bones  of  the  Hippopotamus  major,  from  Florence,  Italy.  Pre- 
sented by  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 

Specimens  of  Galena,  2  of  Iron  pyrites  and  1  of  limestone,  from  Hakodadi, 
Japan.     Presented  by  Capt.  Nicholson. 

Specimen  of  crystallized  phosphate  of  lime  in  guano,  from  Avis  Island,  Ca- 
ribbean Sea.     Presented  by  Potts  &  Klett. 

Unio  Wilsoni,  Lea,  from  N.  South  Wales.     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

A  collection  of  mounted  birds,  numbering  about  26,000  specimens,  and  a 
collection  of  bird  skins,  chiefly  duplicates,  now  in  the  Hall  of  the  Academy, 
about  2000  specimens,  being  his  entire  collection  heretofore  deposited.  Pre- 
sented by  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson. 

April  3d.  Specimens  in  Alcohol  of  Dryophis  fulgida,  Boa  constrictor,  Cse- 
oilia,  Imantodes  curchoa,  Bufo,  Tiliqua,  Bats,  Insects,  Scorpions  and  Myria- 
pods,  from  near  Vole.  Palco,  San  Salvador. 

Crabs  and  ophiocoma,  from  Panama.     Presented  by  Capt.  John  M.  Dow. 

Euprepis,  Euprepis  Harlani,  Boodon,  Agama,  Atractaspis  irregularis,  Pari- 
aspis  plumbeatra,  Dryophis  Kirtlandi,  Triglyphodon  pulverulentus,  from  Li- 
beria.    Presented  by  E.  T.  Cresson. 

Specimens  of  Chameleon  and  Mantis,  from  West  Coast,  Africa.  Presented 
by  Dr.  Semple,  U.  S.  Navy. 

10th.  Tooth  of  Mastodon,  from  Benton  Co.,  Mo.  Presented  by  A.  C.  Orrick, 
Esq. 

Skull  of  the  Walrus.     Presented  by  Dr.  John  K.  Kane. 

Sulphate  of  Barytes,  from  England.     Presented  by  Wm.  S.  Vaux. 

Three  jars  with  bats,  reptiles  and  fishes,  from  S.  Carolina.  Presented  by 
Major  Le  Conte. 


DONATIONS   TO    MUSEUM.  111. 

11th.  18  species  of  pulmonate  shells,  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  ;  15 
do.  from  W.  G.  Binney  ;  1  do.  from  Mr.  Powel ;  2  species  of  marine  shells,  from 
Capt.  Miles  Blanchard. 

Eunectes  murinus,  from  Surinam.     Presented  by  G.  W.  Fahnestqck. 

Two  Owls,  from  Realijo,  Nicaragua ;  a  large  Pinna,  and  ligneous  texture  of 
an  Aloe.     Presented  by  Lieut.  Thomas  Y.  Field. 

Two  Geomys  pinetis,  Mastela  noveboracensis,  from  Georgia.  Presented  by 
David  Samuel. 

White  ant  of  Africa  ;  and  polyps,  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Presented  by 
J.  C.  Semple,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  Navy. 

Pseudoapatite,  from  Freibei-g,  Saxony.     Presented  by  T.  F.  Moss. 

Bradypus  tridactylus.     Presented  by  C.  J.  Hering. 

A  topaz.     Presented  by  I.  G.  Cassatt  and  C.  W.  Frost. 

Mai/  1st.     Carbonate  of  Copper,  from  Chili.     Presented  by  P.  C.  Horn. 

Fragments  of  the  jaw  of  a  crocodile,  from  the  Green  Sand  of  Monmouth 
Co.,  N.  J.     Presented  by  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

Palatine  plate  of  Myliobates,  fragments  of  teeth  of  Mosasaurus,  and  a  col- 
lection of  shells  and  belemnites,  from  Monmouth  Co.,  N.  J.  Presented  by  Dr. 
J.  H.  Slack. 

8th.  Specimen  of  Stilbite,  and  one  of  Stilbite  and  Heulandite,  from  Flat 
Rock  Tunnel  ;  large  fungus,  found  growing  on  a  paper  mulberry  tree,  Phila- 
delphia.    Presented  by  T.  B.  Rand. 

15th.  Specimen  of  Tringa  Temminckii,  from  Marquesas  Island.  Presented 
by  Joseph  Wilson,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  Navy. 

Eleven  specimens  of  birds'  eggs,  collected  by  Dr.  Kane  in  the  Arctic  region. 
Presented  by  Dr.  J.  K.  Kane. 

Fifty-one  species  of  TJ.  S.  fiuviatile  gasteropods,  not  in  the  collection  of  the 
Academy.     Presented  by  J.  S.  Phillips. 

A  fine  specimen  of  the  Moose,  Cervus  alces,  from  Moose-head  Lake,  Maine. 
Presented  by  H.  T.  Desilver. 

Specimens  of  Lepidoptera,  from  Manilla. 

Fishes,  6  species  4  genera,  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Presented  by  Isaac  Tyson. 

Tropidonotus  sirtalis,  from  Darby,  Pa.,  Bascanion  constrictor,  from  do.  He- 
terodon  platyrhinus,  from  N.  Jersey.     Presented  by  Dr.  Leidy. 

22c?.  Specimen  of  Cannal  coal,  from  Armstrong  Co.,  Pa.;  do.  coal  oil  crude, 
from  Sucesco  Works,  Pa.;  do.  do.  refined,  from  Penna.  Salt  Co.,  Pa.;  do.  Pe- 
troleum crude,  from  Oil  Creek,  Pa.;  do.  do.  refined,  from  Penna.  Salt  Co., 
Pa.;  do.  do.  once  distilled,  from  Peterson's  Well,  Pa.;  do.  do.  crude,  from 
Paint  Creek,  Johnson  Co.,  Ky.     From  Geo.  T.  Lewis,  E?q. 

Specimens  of  Unionidje.     Presented  by  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 

June  5th.  Tarantula  and  7  scorpions,  from  Cuba.  Presented  by  Dr.  Au- 
gustus Milson,  through  Dr.  Atlee. 

Eggs  of  Ampularia,  from  Florida.     Presented  by  R.  Harris,  M.  D. 

Specimen  of  Bryttus  Chsetodon,  from  Trenton.     Presented  by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

Between  3  and  400  species  of  65  genera  of  marine  and  terrestrial  shells  of 
Wilkes  Exploring  Expedition.     Presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

One  hundred  and  thirty  species  of  Palaeozoic  fossils,  from  Iowa.  Received 
in  exchange  from  J.  N.  H.  Barris. 

Two  salamanders,  and  a  small  collection  of  Myriapods  ;  a  crab,  from  New- 
port.    From  Mr.  Powel. 

19th.  Twelve  specimens  of  ores  of  zinc,  from  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  from  Mr. 
Roepper  in  exchange. 


IV.  DONATIONS   TO    MUSEUM. 

Brucite,  Anthophyllite,  Tremolite,  &c,  from  Lancaster  and  Chester  Co.,  Pa. 
Presented  by  W.  D.  Hartman  and  Isaac  Lea. 

Dermognathus  fusca  and  Carphophiops  amorna,  from  New  Jersey.  Present- 
ed by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

Vertebra  of  a  Saurian,  from  Chatham  Co.,  N.  C.  Presented  by  Robert  E. 
Rogers. 

July  'id.  A  specimen  of  Sigillaria,  from  Hasslton.  Presented  by  Matthew 
Baird,  Esq. 

Two  specimens  of  Coal  Plants,  from  Pottsville,  Penna.  Presented  by  T. 
Ward. 

Two  specimens  of  Selenite,  from  Chili.     Presented  by  Dr.  W.  M.  Garsia. 

Forty-eight  specimens  of  Land  Shells,  from  Sandwich  Isles.  Presented  by 
E.  M.  Kern. 

Cast  of  the  Skull  of  a  Flathead  Indian,  about  22  years  of  age,  who  died  re- 
cently in  Boston,  also  some  of  the  hair  of  the  same.  Presented  by  Dr.  J.  B. 
S.  Jackson. 

Specimen  of  an  Anaconda.     Deposited  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Slack. 

Fungi  Caroliniani.     Fasc.  5.     Presented  by  H.  W.  Ravenel. 

10th.     Costal  plate  of  a  fossil  turtle.     Presented  by  W.  W.  Fraley. 
A  collection  of  19  specimens  of  ores  of  copper,  from  Chili.     Presented  by 
Dr.   W.  M.  Garsia. 

24th.     Red  oxide  of  copper,  specimens  of  Chlorastrolite,  a  fossil  shell,  and 
specimens  of  mud  and  sand,  from  Lake  Superior.  Presented  by  Theo.  F.  Moss. 
A  collection  of  fossils.     Presented  by  Dr.  C.  M.  Wetherill. 
Hyla  xanthocneniia,  from  New  Jersey.     Presented  by  Dr.  Leidy. 
Silver  ore,  from  Nevada  Ter.     Presented  by  J.  McKibben. 

September  4th.  A  fine  specimen  of  the  Meteorite  which  fell  May  1st,  1860,  in 
Guernsey  Co.,  Ohio.     Presented  by  Benj.  V.  Marsh. 

Specimen  of  bituminous  coal  from  Green  River  City,  Muhlenburg  Co.,  Ky., 
on  banks  of  Green  River,  39  feet  above  hieh  water.  The  equivalent  of  No.  11 
of  Owen's  Reports  of  Geological  Survey  of  Ky.,  4|  feet  thick.  Presented  by  J. 
Short,  Esq. 

Specimen  of  bituminous  coal,  4  feet  vein,  supposed  to  be  equivalent  of  No.  9 
of  3d  vol.  Owen's  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ky.,  from  Green  River  City, 
Muhlenburg  Co.,  Ky.,  30  feet  below  No.  11,  and  5  feet  above  high  water. 
Presented  by  J.  Short,  Esq. 

Specimens  of  peat  in  common  use  for  fuel  on  railroads  in  Bavaria.  Pre- 
sented by  Richard  Wood. 

Specimens  of  Elaps  fulvus,  Sceloporus  undulatus,  Anolis  caroliniensis, 
Lygosoma  laterale,  Desmognathus  amiculata ;  Insects  from  Mobile,  Ala.  Pre- 
sented by  Prof.  W.  J.  Taylor. 

Specimens  of  Ophidia,  viz.  4  Pliocercus  elapoides,  8  Catastoma  semidolia- 
tum,  30  Ninia  diademata,  10  Lampropeltis  polyzona,  7  Thamnophis  proximus, 
1  Thamnophis  scalaris,  1  Sibon  annulata.  Sauria — Anolis,  Sidrolamprus 
emreagramma,  6  Sceloporus  variabilis,  3  Sceloporus  scalaris.  Batrachia — 
Bufo,  22  Rana,  2  Spelerpes  bellii,  2  Geotriton  carbonarius,  from  Jalapa, 
Mexico,  (collected  by  R.  M.  De  Oca).     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Wth.  Specimen  of  Porites  furcata,  from  Santa  Cruz,  W.  I.  Presented  by 
E.  D.  Cope. 

Specimen  of  Favosites  basaltiformis,  from  Warren  Co.,  Pa.  Presented  by 
E.  D.  Cope. 


DONATIONS   TO    MUSEUM.  V. 

56  specimens  of  Spiders,  23  species  from  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland.  Pre- 
sented by  G.  H.  Horn. 

18th.  A  large  and  interesting  collection  of  birds,  from  the  Island  of  St. 
Tbomas,  West  Indies.     Presented  by  Mr.  Robert  Swift. 

A  collection  of  birds  from  New  Grenada,  Soutb  America.  Presented  by  Wm. 
P.  Breed. 

Cistudo ,  from  Londongrove,  Chester  Co.,  Pennsylvania.     Presented 

by  E.  D.  Cope. 

Large  and  fine  specimen  of  Nickel,  from  Litchfield,  Conn.  Presented  by 
Mr.  H.  C.  Hanson. 

Fine  specimen  of  Sigillaria,  from  the  mines  of  Messrs.  Geo.  Wiggins  &  Son, 
Tamaqua,  Penn.     Presented  by  Mr.  John  T.  Piggott. 

October  2d.  Specimens  of  Millerite.  Gap  Mine,  Lancaster  Co.,  Pa.  Pre- 
sented by  F.  S.  Hceekley. 

Specimens  of  Chlorastrolites.     Isle  Royal,  Lake  Superior.    Presented  by  J.  ' 
Newton  Pierce. 

25  specimens  of  Araneidse,  from  Chester  Co.     Presented  by  E.  D.  Cope. 

Sphseria  Robertsii.     Presented  by  Dr.  Huffnagle. 

A  fish  (Plectropoma,)  from  Newport,  R.  I.,  and  a  spectrum  from  Florida. 
Presented  by  Dr.  R.  P.  Harris. 

Dromicus  fugitivus,  Trinidad.     Presented  by  Dr.  S.  W.  Mitchell. 

A  collection,  of  hairs  of  various  animals,  made  by  the  late  Peter  A.  Browne, 
Esq.     Presented  by  Mrs.  P.  A.  Browne. 

9th.     7  specimens  5  species  of  rodents.     Presented  by  Mr.  Krider. 

Thamnophis  radix,  T.  sirtalis,  Tropidonotus  sipedon,  Rana  Halecina,  from 
Kansas.     Presented  by  Mr.  Krider. 

Eleuteres  cuspicauda,  Morrhua  pruinosa,  Anguilla  oceanica,  Argyreiosus 
vomer,  Saurus  fcetens,  Hippocampus  hudsonius,  Ophidium  marginatum. 
From  Beesley's  Point,  New  Jersey.     Presented  by  Mr.  S.  Ashmead. 

A  deformed  leopard  crab,  having  the  left  fore  claw  double.  Presented  by 
Mr.  S.  Ashmead. 

100  specimens,  17  species  of  Araneidse,  from  the  neighborhood  of  Phila- 
delphia.    Presented  by  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

66  specimens,  48  species  of  reptiles.  9  species  of  Thamnophis,  1  Basca- 
nion,  2  Pityophis,  1  Elaps,  1  Siren.  From  Nebraska,  Puget's  Sound,  Geor- 
gia, California,  &c.     Presented  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

A  small  collection  of  cretaceous  and  carboniferous  fossils,  from  Texas.  Pre- 
sented by  Dr.  Moore. 

115th.  Shark  (Alopias  vulpes.)  From  Newport.  Presented  by  Dr.  T.  C. 
Dunn  through  Mr.  Powel. 

An  Iguana,  and  palatal  teeth  of  the  Drum-fish.  Presented  by  Samuel  Dar- 
rach  through  Dr.  James  Darrach. 

Meriones  Hudsonius.     Presented  by  Dr.  James  M.  Corse. 

4  specimens  of  Achatina  and  3  of  Helix,  from  Cuba.  Presented  by  Dr.  N. 
Kollar. 

Pomotis,  n.  s.;  Plagyrus  cornutus,  Hydrargyra.  New  Jersey.  Presented 
by  W.  Coleman,  Esq. 

200  specimens  of  Spiders,  from  near  Trenton,  N.  J.  Presented  by  C.  C. 
Abbott. 

Catastomus  tuberculatus  ;  C.  gibbosus  ;  Pomotis  appendix  ;  Luxilus  argen- 
teus  ;  Hygostoma  Newmanii ;  Pimelodus  catus  ;  Ambloplites  pomotis.  Dela- 
ware River.     Presented  by  C.  C.  Abbott. 

A  Unio.     Presented  by  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 

Three  Land  Shells.     Presented  by  Temple  Prime. 

15  species  of  Marine  Shells.     Presented  by  W.  G.  Binney. 


VI.  DONATIONS   TO    MUSEUM. 

11  species  of  Shells,  types  of  descriptions  in  Wilkes'  Exploring  Expedition. 
Presented  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould. 

93  species  of  Cuban  Terrestrial  Shells.     Presented  by  F.  A.  Sauvalle. 

9  species  of  Shells,  from  the  Spanish  Main.     Presented  by  R.  Swift. 

42  Fluviatile  Shells,  types  of  descriptions  and  figures.  Presented  by  Prof.  S. 
S.  Haldeman. 

23d.  Four  Fossil  Vertebrae,  fragment  of  Fish-Jaw,  and  Teeth,  from  Mul- 
lica  Hill,  Gloucester  Co.,  N.  J.     Presented  by  Chas.  C.  Abbott. 

Coregonus  albus,  from  Lake  Champlain ;  Morone  Americana,  from  New- 
York ;  Morone  pallida,  from  Delaware  River.  Presented  by  Thaddeus  W. 
Norris. 

November  6th.  Calyptraphorus  trinodiferus,  Athleta  Tuomeyi.  Eocene 
fossils,  from  Alabama.     Presented  by  T.  A.  Conrad. 

Hyalonema  Sieboldii.  Skin  of  Galeopithecus.  From  Japan.  Presented 
by  Dr.  Sinclair,  U.  S.  N.,  through  Dr.  I.  Hays. 

"  Two  Baculites,  from  the  New  Jersey  Green  Sand.     Presented  by  C.  C.  Cad- 
walader. 

Two  Coal  Plants,  from  Virginia.     Presented  by  Dr.  Dixon. 

'13th.  Retepora,  a  Devonian  fossil,  from  Huntingdon  Co.,  Pa.  Presented 
by  W.  J.  Taylor. 

Pomotis  auritus  and  Leuceoperca  Americana,  from  Lake  Erie.  Presented  by 
Dr.  J.  C.  Morris. 

20th.  27  specimens  of  Birds,  from  Jalapa,  Mexico.  Presented  by  Dr.  Thos. 
B.  Wilson. 

Skull  of  a  Camanche  Chief,  supposed  to  be  that  of  Yellow  Jack,  from  Texas. 
Presented  by  A.  E.  Carothers. 

December  4th.  The  following  Birds,  collected  by  P.  B.  Du  Chaillu  in  Western 
Africa : — 

1  Gypohierax  angolensis,  (young,)  from  Cape  Lopez.  Presented  by  Dr.  T, 
B.  Wilson. 

2  Spizaetos,  from  Ogobai  River.     Presented  by  Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes. 

1  Micrastur  macrourus,  from  Ogobai  River.  Presented  by  Mr.  Samuel 
Jeanes. 

1  Aviceda  cuculoides,  from  Ogobai  River.     Presented  by  Prof.  Jos.  Leidy. 

1  Accipiter  Toussenelli,  1  Accipiter  Hartlaubii,  from  Ogobai  River.  Pre- 
sented by  Mr.  Wm.  S.  Vaux. 

1  Scotopelia  Peli,  from  Moonda  River ;  1  Syrnium  Woodfordii,  from  Moonda 
River;  3  Syrnium,  (young,)  from  Ogobai  River.  Presented  by  Dr.  Thos.  B. 
Wilson. 

2  Numida  plumifera,  from  Cape  Lopez.     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. , 
2  Phasidus  niger,  from  Cape  Lopez.     Presented  by  Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes. 
Five  Coleoptera.     Presented  by  E.  D.  Cope. 

A  collection  of  150  Coleoptera,  from  Upshur  Co.,  Texas.  Presented  by  J.  M. 
Glasco. 

A  collection  of  Vertebrae  and  fragments  of  Jaw  of  Priscodelphinus.  Frag- 
ments of  Crocodile  and  Turtle  bones,  together  with  an  Ostrea.  From  the 
Miocene  Marl  of  Shiloh,  N.  J.     Presented  by  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

Four  Coal  Plants,  and  a  small  collection  of  Carboniferous  Fossil  Shells. 
From  Broad  Top,  Pa.  Several  specimens  of  Cyathophyllum.  50  species  of 
Native  Mosses.     Presented  by  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

Fragment  of  an  Indian  Cranium,  from  near  Trenton,  N.  J.  Presented  by 
0.  C.  Abbott. 


DONATIONS    TO    MUSEUM.  Vll . 

11th.  10  specimens  of  Birds,  from  Jalapa,  Mexico.  Accipiter  giivicollis, 
Buteo,  Ramphastos  carinatus,  Aulocoramphus  prasinus,  2  Geotrygon,  Den- 
drortyx  barbatus,  Tinamus,  Gallinago,  and  Calidris.  Presented  by  Dr.  Thos. 
B.  Wilson. 

The  following,  from  Western  Africa,  from  DuChaillu's  collection  : — 

1  Polyboroides  radiatus.     Presented  by  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D. 

1  Haliaetus  ;  1  Circ£etus  zonurus.     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

1  Cbaetura  Sabinei.     Presented  by  Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes. 
.'!  Atticora  nitens.     Presented  by  Mr.  Samuel  Jeanes. 

2  Cecropis  Gordoni.     Presented  by  Dr.  Joseph  Leidy. 

1  Cypselus  ambrosiacus  ;  3  Caprimulgus  Fossii.  Presented  by  Mr.  Wm.  S. 
Vaux. 

1  Eurystomus  afer;  1  Halcyon  senegalensis.  Presented  by  Dr.  J.  Dickinson 
Logan. 

1  Halcyon  Dryas.     Presented  by  Mr.  Edward  Harris. 

1  Halcyon  badius.     Presented  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Trautwine. 

1  Alcedo  leucogaster.     Presented  by  Prof.  Fairman  Rogers. 

2  Merops  variegatus.     Presented  by  Mr.  W.  Parker  Foulke. 

1  Merops  Bullockioides.     Presented  by  Mr.  Aubrey  H.  Smith. 

2  Meropiscus  gularis  ;  1  Trogon  narina.     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 
4  Sycobius  nitens.     From  Dr.  J.  L.  Le  Conte. 

1  Sycobius  cristatus  ;  2  Sycobius  nigrifrons.  Presented  by  Mr.  Charles  E. 
Smith. 

2  Sycobius  malimbus.     Presented  by  Dr.  W.  M.  Uhler. 

2  Sycobius  Cassinii.     Presented  by  Mr.  E.  Durand. 

3  Hyphantornis  cinctus.     Presented  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

1  Fossil  Ostrea  and  1  Pecten,  from  Tunis,  Africa.  Presented  by  Mr.  Wm. 
S.  Vaux. 

A  collection  of  Fossils,  12  specimens,  from  Scioto  River,  Delaware  Co.,  Ohio. 
Presented  by  Mr.  A.  L.  Gerhart. 

2  specimens  of  Boa  Constrictor,  very  fine.  Presented  by  Messrs.  Van  Amburg 
&Co. 

4  specimens  of  Infusorial  Earth,  from  Calvert  Co.,  Md.  Presented  by  P.  T. 
Tyson. 

5  specimens  of  Aphredoderus,  from  New  Jersey.  Presented  by  C.  C. 
Abbott. 

Two  Salamanders,  from  Chester  Co.     Presented  by  E.  D.  Cope. 


18tk.  129  specimens,  8  species  Fishes  of  the  genera  Pimelodns,  Pomotis, 
Stizostedion,  Bryttus,  Esox,  Pimephales,  and  Hybognathus.  11  specimens, 
4  species  Reptiles  of  the  genera  Aspidonectes,  Natrix,  Thamnophis,  and  Bas- 
canion.  3  skins  of  Sciurus  Hudsonius.  From  Minnesota.  Collected  and 
jnesented  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Slack. 

A  small  collection  of  Insects  and  Spiders,  from  Canada.  Presented  by  S. 
If.  Matthews. 


Donations  to  -Library. — 1860. 

January  101k,  1860.  Revue  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee,  1859.  No.  11. 
From  the  Editor. 

Fiinfter  Jahresbericht  des  Gerrnanischer  National-Museums  zu  Niirnberg. 
1859.     4to.,  from  tbe  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Acta  Societatis  Scientiarum  Indo-Neerlandicce.  Vols.  1  and  2.  1856,-57. 
From  the  Societj^. 

Transactions  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London.  Vol.  4.  Parts  5  and  6. 
1858-59.  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  1857.  Pages  192 
to  308,  1858,  and  1859,  Parts  1  and  2.     From  the  Society. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society,  Vol.  15,  part  4th,  No.  GO. 
1859.     From  tbe  Society. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  Vol.  4,  No.  6,  Dec.  1859.  From 
the  Nat.  Hist.  Society  of  Montreal. 

Boston  Journal  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  7,  No.  1.  Proceedings  of  B.  S.  N. 
H.     Vol.  7,  pages  129  to  160  inch  .  From  the  Boston  Society  of  Nat.  History. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  3d  series.  Vol.  8,  No.  1.  Jan.  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  15,  No.  12.  Dec.  1859.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  1st,  Nos.  1  and  6.     From  tbe  Editors. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  29,  No.  85.  Jan.  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

Lecture  on  Sable  Island.  By  J.  Bernard  Gilpin.  Wreck  of  the  "  Arno:" — 
a  poem.  By  Hon.  Joseph  Howe,  From  tbe  Author.  8vo.  tract.  Halifax, 
1859. 

Letter  from  Mr.  Wallace,  on  the  Geographical  distribution  of  Birds.  8vo. 
tract.     1859.     From  the  Editor  of  "  The  Ibis." 

On  Fossil  Plants  from  the  Devonian  Rocks  of  Canada.  By  J.  W.  Dawson. 
8vo.  tract.     1859.     From  the  Author. 

Notices  of  Fossils  from  the  Permian  Strata  of  Texas  and  New  Mexico,  ob- 
tained by  the  United  States  Expedition,  under  Capt.  John  Pope,  for  boring  Ar- 
tesian Wells  along  the  32nd  parallel,  &c.  By  B.  F.  Shumard,  M.  D.  "8vo. 
tract.     1859.     From  the  Author. 

Catalogue  of  Publications  of  Societies,  and  of  other  periodical  works  in  thf 
Library  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  8vo.  1859.  From  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Tbe   Geology  of  Pennsylvania:    a  Government  Survey.     By  Henry  Darwic 
Rogers,  State  Geologist.     Vol.  2d.     4to.     1858.     From  the  State  of  Pennsyl 
vania. 

The  Medical  Examiner.  18  vols.,  from  1838  to  1856.  From  Dr.  S.  Weir 
Mitchell. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition : 

Palaeontographica.  Beitrage  zur  Naturgeschichte  der  Vorwelt  Achter  Band 
Erste  und  Zweite  Lieferung.     Hermann  Von  Meyer.     4to.     1859. 

Catalogue  of  Ortbopterous  Insects  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Museum. 
Parti.     Pbasmidse.     By  John  Obadiah  Westwood.     4to.     London,  1859. 

lltk.  On  Numerical  Relations  existing  between  the  equivalent  members  of 
elementary  bodies.     By  M.  Carey  Lea.     Svo.  tract.     Part  1.    From  the  Author. 

Proceedings  of  tbe  American  Philosophical  Society.  Vol.  7,  No.  62.  July — 
December,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Vol.  15,  No.  1.  January,  1860. 
From  the  Editor. 

New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  17,  No.  1.  January,  18-60. 
From  the  Editors. 

Catalogue  of  recent  Marine  Shells,  found  on  the  coasts  of  North  and  South 
Carolina.     8vo.  tract.     Portland,  1860.     By  J.  D.  Kurtz.     From  tbe  Author. 


11.  DONTIONS   TO   LIBRARY. 

2Mb..  Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.  Oct.  21st,  1859. 
From  the  Society. 

St.  Joseph's  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Vol.  2,  No.  3.  January,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Directors  of  the  Mint,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June 
30th,  1859.     From  J.  Ross  Snowden. 

First  Report  of  the  Geological  and  Agricultural  Survey  of  Texas.  8vo.  tract. 
1859.     From  B.  F.  Shumard,  M.  D. 

Catalogue  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Library.  8vo.  1859.  From  the  State 
Department. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition ; 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  3rd  series.     Vol.  29,  No.  1.     Jan.  1860. 

Bijdragen  tot  de  Dierkunde  uitgegeven  door  het  Koninklijk  Zoologisch  Ge- 
nootschap  Natura  Artis  Magistra.     Amsterdam,  7th  Aflevering,  1858. 

A  Monograph  of  the  Trochilidae,  or  Humming  Birds.  By  John  Gould,  F.  R. 
S.     Parts  17  and  18. 

The  Mammals  of  Australia.     By  John  Gould.     Part  11. 

The  Birds  of  Australia.     By  John  Gould.     Supplement,  part  3. 

The  Birds  of  Asia.     By  Johu  Gould.     Part  11. 

February  1th.  Der  Zoologische  Garten,  organ  fur  die  Zoologische  Gesell- 
schaft.  Frankfurt  Am  Main,  No.  1.  Jahrg.  1.  October,  1859.  From  the  So- 
ciety. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band  10,  Heft  4, — 
Band  11,  Heft  1.     Berlin,  1858. 

Det  Kongelige  Danske  Videnskabernes  Selskabs  Skrifter.  Femte  Raekke. — 
Fjerde  Binds,  Andet  Hefte,  and  Forste  Hefte.  1859.  Kjobenhavn.  From  the 
Society. 

Berichte  liber  die  Verhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu  Frei- 
burg.    Band  2,  Heft  1.     1859.     From  the  Society. 

Verhandlungen  der  naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Basel  Zweiter  Theil 
sweiter  und  Drittes  Heft.     1859.     From  the  Society. 

Oversigt  over  det  kongelige  danske  Videnskabernes  Selskabs  Forhandlinger 
og  dets  Medlemmers  Arbeider  1  Aaret,  1858.     From  the  Society. 

Bulletin  de  La  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou.  An.  1858,  Nos. 
2,  3,  and  4,  and  An.  1859,  No.  1.     From  the  Society. 

Annales  des  Mines,  Cinquieme  Serie,  Tome  15,  1st  and  2nd,  Livraison  de 
1859.     From  the  Minister  of  Public  Works,  France. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee,  No.  12,  1859.  From  the 
Editor. 

Lijst  der  Schelpdieren  die  tot  mil  voorhandenzijn  bij  s'  Rijks  Museum  van 
Naturlijke  Geschiedens  te  Leiden,  1856,  (manuscript).  Coup-d'Oeil  sur  les 
Mollusques  de  La  Famille  des  Cyclades,  observes  jusqu'a  ce  jour  dans  le  De- 
partment du  Nord,  par  N.  A.  J.  Normand.  8vo.  tract,  Valenciennes,  1854.  No- 
tice sur  plusieres  nouvelles  especes  de  Cyclades  decouvertes  dans  les  environs 
de  Valenciennes,  par  N.  A.  J.  Normand.  8vo.  tract,  Valenciennes,  1844.  Cata- 
logue des  Mollusques  du  Department  de  L'Oise,  par  Aug.  Bandon,  M.  D.  8vo. 
tract,  Beauvais,  1855.     From  Temple  Prime. 

The  New  York  Medical  Press.  Vol.  2,  No.  26,  Decern.  24th,  1859.  From 
the  Editors. 

The  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts,  and  of  Institutions  in  Union.  Vol.  7, 
Nos.  359  to  362  incl.,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

St.  Joseph  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Vol.  2,  No.  3,  Jan.,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

The  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Arts.  New  series,  No.  25, 
Jan.,  1860.     From  the  Institute. 

Report  on  Weights  and  Measures,  read  before  the  Pharmaceutical  Associa- 
tion at  their  Eighth  Annual  Session,  by  Alfred  B.  Taylor.  Svo.,  Boston,  1859. 
From  the  Author. 

Annual  of  Scientific  Discovery  :  or  Year-Book  of  Facts  in  Science  and  Art, 


DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY.  111. 

for  1860.  Edited  by  David  A.  Wells,  A.  M.  8vo.,  Boston,  1860.  From  the 
Editor. 

Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Fossils  from  the  Palaeozoic  Rocks  of  the 
Western  States.  By  J.  H.  McChesney.  4to.,  Chicago,  1859.  From  the  Au- 
thor. 

An  Essay  on  the  Tides  :  Theory  of  the  two  forces.  By  Alexander  Wilcocks, 
M.  D.     12mo.,  Philadelphia,  1855.     From  the  Author. 

14/A.     The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  1,  No.  7,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  1,  Jan.,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

Additions  et  Rectifications  aux  plan  et  prodrome  de  L'Iconographie  descrip- 
tive des  Ophidiens,  par  M.  Jan.     8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Nat.  History.  Vol.  7,  pages  161  to  192 
incl.     From  the  Society. 

Twenty-fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  Young  Men's  Mercantile  Library  Associa- 
tion of  Cincinnati,  for  the  year  1859.     From  the  Association. 

Constitution,  By-Laws,  and  list  of  Officers  and  Members  of  the  Chicago 
Academy  of  Sciences.     From  the  Academy. 

Memoirs  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  Vol.  7.  8vo.,  Philada., 
1860.     From  the  Society. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  conditions  : 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.     Vol.  39,  No.  2,  Feb.,  1860. 

Histoire  Naturelle  des  Coleopteres  de  France,  par  M.  C.  Mulsant  Angusti- 
pennes.     Paris,  1858. 

Flora  Indise  Batavae,  vol.  1,  pars  2.  Fasc.  3,  and  vol.  2,  Fasc.  7,  par  M.  Miguel. 

Planches  Coloriees  des  Oiseaux  de  La  Belgique  et  leurs  GBufs,  par  Ch.  T. 
Dubois,  126  and  127,  Livraisons. 

Systematisches  Conchylien-Cabinet,  von  Martini  und  Chemnitz.  Dritter  Band. 
Heft.  23. 

Tresor  de  Livres  rares  et  precieux  ou  Noveau  Dictionnaire  Bibliographique, 
par  J.  G.  F.  Grsesse,  Tome  2,  Livr.  1. 

Bryologia  Javanica,  Fasc.  18  and  19. 

Zoologischer  Hand- Atlas,  von  Dr.  Hermann  Burmeister,  Lief.  3. 

Die  Conchylien  des  Mainzer  Tertiarbeckens,  von  Prof.  Dr.  Fridolin  Sandber- 
ger,  Lief.  3d. 

Publications  of  the  PaUeontographical  Society,  for  1857.  Conchologia  Ico- 
nica,  by  Lovell  Reeve.     Parts  188  and  189. 

Hewitson's  Exotic  Butterflies.     Part  33,  Jan.  2d,  1860. 

2\st.  Book  of  the  Twelfth  Annual  Exhibition  of  the  Maryland  Institute. 
From  the  Institute. 

Catalogue  of  the  Officers  and  Students  of  the  State  University  of  Michigan, 
for  1 860.     From  the  University. 

Contributions  to  the  Palaeontology  of  New  York, — being  some  of  the  results 
of  investigations  made  during  the  years  1855,  '56,  '57,  '58.  By  James  Hall.  From 
the  Author. 

Iowa  Geological  Survey, — supplement  to  vol.  1,  part  2d,  1859.  By  James 
Hall.  New  species  of  Fossils  from  the  Niagara  Group  of  Wisconsin.  By  James 
Hall.     From  the  Author. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.  Vol.  2,  part  1.  From  the  Geo- 
logical Museum,  Calcutta. 

Personal  Narrative  of  Explorations  and  Incidents  in  Texas,  New  Mexico, 
California,  Sonora,  and  Chihuahua,  connected  with  the  United  States  and  Mexi- 
can Boundary  Commission,  in  the  years  1850,  '51,  '52,  and  '53.  By  John  Rus- 
sell Bartlett,  U.  S.  Commissioner.  Vol.  2,  8vo.  From  B.  F.  Shumard,  in  ex- 
change. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.  Vol.  7,  parts  1  to  8,  inclusive, 
1858  and  1859.  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.  Vol.23,  part  2. 
From  the  Academy. 


iv.  DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY. 

March  6th.  Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  LG,  No.  2,  Feb- 
ruary I860.     From  the  Editors. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee.  1860,  No.  1.  From  the 
Editors. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  29,  No.  86,  March,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  3d  series,  vol.  8,  No.  2,  March,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  1,  No.  8,  March,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Memoir  on  the  salubrity  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.  By  Dr.  Don  Jose  de  La  Luz 
Hernandez.     8vo.  tract,  Habana,  1857.     From  the  Author. 

United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Survey,  Cactaceae  of  the  Boundary.  By 
George  EngelmanD,  M.  D.,  St.  Louis.     From  the  Author. 

What  may  be  learned  from  a  Tree.  By  Harlan  Coultas.  Svo.,  Philada., 
1859.     From  the  Author. 

An  Arctic  Boat  Journey  in  the  Autumn  of  1854.  By  Isaac  I.  Hayes,  Sur- 
geon of  the  second  Grinnell  Expedition.  8vo.,  Boston,  1860.  From  the  Au- 
thor. 

Der  Organismus  der  Infusionsthiere,  von  Dr.  Friedrich  Stein,  1st  Abtheilung. 
Leipzig,  1859,  4to.  The  Conchological  Miscellany  of  Sylvanus  Hanley.  4to., 
London,  1858.  Illustrations  of  the  recent  Conchology  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland.     4to.,  London,  1844.     From  Mrs.  Lucy  W.  Say. 

13th.  Saggiodi  Ditterologia  Messicana  di  Luigi  BellardiProfessore  di  Storia 
Naturale.     4to.  parte  1,  Torino,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Annales  de  La  Societe  Entomologique  de  France  Troisieme  serie,  Tomes  2d 
to  6th.     From  the  Society. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  3,  March,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine.  No.  101,  March,  1860.    From  the  Editors. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Vol.  15,  No.  2,  March,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Vol.  4,  No.  2,  March,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  Vol.  5,  No.  1,  February,  1860. 
From  the  Nat.  Hist.  Society  of  Montreal. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  3d  series,  vol.  39,  No.  3,  March,  1860. 
From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  conditions. 

Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  New  series, 
vol.  4,  part  3.     From  the  Publication  Committee. 

Ceylon.  An  account  of  the  Island,  Physical,  Historical,  and  Topographical, 
&c.  By  Sir  James  Emerson  Tennent,  K.  C.  S.,  LL.  D.,  &c.  2  vols.  8vo.,  Lon- 
don, 1860.     From  Thomas  Dunlap,  Esq. 

Observations  on  the  Genus  Unio,  etc.  By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.,  &c.  Vol.  7th. 
4to.,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

20^/j.  Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Nat.  History.  Vol.  7th,  13th 
and  14th  signatures,  Feb.  and  March,  1860.     From  the  Society. 

Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York.  Vol.  7,  Nos.  1  to  3 
Dec,  1858, — March,  1859.     From  the  Lyceum. 

Canadian  Journal  of  Industry.  Science  and  Art.  New  series,  No.  26,  March, 
1860.     From  the  Institute. 

Annual  Address  on  the  events  of  the  year,  before  the  Philadelphia  County 
Medical  Society.  By  Benjamin  H.  Coates.  Svo.  tract,  Philada.,  1860.  From 
the  Author. 

Commerce  and  the  Holy  Land. — A  Lecture  delivered  by  Wm.  F.  Lynch, 
U.  S.  N.     8vo.  tract,  Philada.,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Essai  sur  la  distribution  Geographique,  Orthographique  etStatisque,  desMol- 
lusques  terrestres  et  fluviatiles  vivants  de  ce  departement.  Par  M.  le  Dr.  de 
Grateloup.     8vo.,  Bordeaux,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Voyage  de  Humboldt  et  Bonpland.  Deuxieme  partie.     Observations  deZoolo- 


DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY.  V. 

gie  et  d'Anatomie  Comparee.  2  vols.,  4to.,  Paris,  1811  and  1833.  From  Mrs. 
Lucy  W.  Say. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Systematisches  Gonchylien-Cabinet,  von  Martini  und  Chemnitz,  I70lh  Liefe- 
rung. 

Planches  coloriees  des  Oiseaux  de  la  Belgique  et  de  leurs  ffiufs,  par  Ch.  F. 
Dubois,  128  Livraison. 

Conchologia  Iconica.     By  Lovell  Reeve.     Parts  190,  191  and  192. 

Zur  Kenntniss  der  electrischen  Organe  der  Fische  von  Max.  Schultze,  Zweite 
Abtheilung,  Halle  1859,  4to. 

Flora  Tertiaria  Helvetia?,  Die  tertiiire  Flora  der  Sehweiz,  von  Dr.  Oswald 
Heer,  7  and  8  Lieferung. 

Monographic  des  Picides,  par  Alfred  Malherbe,  2d  Livraison,  1859,  folio. 

April  3>d.  Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee,  par  M.  F.  E. 
Guerin-Meneville,  No.  2,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

On  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Gold,  with  special  reference  to  some 
Auriferous  Rocks  in  South  America.  By  P.  Misser,  Esq.  8vo.  tract,  Mel- 
bourne, 1859.     From  the  Author. 

Papers  read,  and  Remarks  made,  before  the  Academy  of  Nat.  Sci.,  in  1859. 
By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     8vo.  tract,  Philadelphia,  1860,     From  the  Author. 

Personalier  oplaeste  ved  Hans  Majestaet  Kong  Oscar  den  1st  Begravelse  i 
Kidderholmskirken,  ben  8de  August,  1859.  8vo,  tract. — Tale  ved  det  Norske 
Universitets  Mindefest  for  Kong  Oscar,  den  22de  September,  1859.  Af.  J.  S. 
Welhaven,  Professor.  8vo.  Christiania. — Beretning  om  en  Zoologisk  Reise 
foretagen  i  Sommeren,  1857,  ved  D.  C.  Danielssen.  Christiania,  8vo.  tract, 
1859. — Udtog  af  Norges  Riges  Histoire  af  Andreas  Fay,  Christiania,  1834. 
Das  Christiania-Siburbecken,  Chemisch-Geognostisch  Untersucht,  Von  Theo- 
dor  Kjerulf,  4to.  tract,  Christiania,  1855. — liber  die  Geometrische  Represen- 
tation der  Gleichungen  zwischen  zwei  veranderlichen,  reelen  oder  komplexen 
Grossen,  von  C.  A.  Bjerkness.  4to.  tract. — Bemserkninger  angaaende  Grap- 
tolitherne,  af  Christian,  Bceck.  4to.  tract,  Christiania,  1851. — Observations 
sur  les  Phcnomenes  d'Erosion  en  Norvege.  Par  J.  C.  Horbye.  4to.  tract, 
1857.  Quelques  Observations  de  Morphologie  Vegetale  faites  au  jardin  bo- 
tanique  de  Christiania,  par  J.  M.  Norman.  4to.  tract,  1857.  Physikalske 
Meddelelser,  ved  Adam  Arndsten.  4to.  tract,  Christiania,  1858.  Norges 
Statistik  fremstillet,  ved  M.  Braun  Goethe.  Svo.  Christiania,  1848.— For- 
handlinger  ved  de  Skandinaviske  Naturforskeres,  Syvende  Mode.  Christiania, 
8vo.  1856.     From  the  Royal  Norway  University,  of  Christiana. 

Walpers,  Annales  Botanices  Systematices  Tome  Quinti  Fascic.  4.  From 
the  Author. 

A  Monograph  of  the  Fresh  Water  Polyzoa.  By  George  James  Allman,  M. 
D.,  &c.  4to.,  for  the  Royal  Society,  London,  1856.  From  Mrs.  Lucy  W. 
Say, 

The  Dental  Cosmos.  New  Series,  vol.  1,  No.  9,  April,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

Bericht  iiber  die  erste  allgemeine  Versamnlung  von  Berg-und  Hiitten  miin- 
nern  zu  Wien  (10  bis  15,  Mai,  1858).  8vo.  Wein,  1859,  1st  Abtheilung.  From 
the  Association, 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  conditions  : 

Untersuchungen  liber  die  biezkraft  der  Steinkohlen  Sachsens  unter  aus- 
ficht,  von  Johann  Bernhard  Schneider.     4to.  Leipzig,  1860. 

Paleontologie  Lombarde  ou  description  des  fossiles  de  Lombardie.  Par 
L'Abbe  Antoine  Stoppardi.     9,  10,  and  11,  Livraisons. 

10th.  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Lichtstarke  der  Planeten  Venus,  Mars,  Ju- 
piter und  Saturn  verglichen  mit  Sternen,  und  iiber  die  relative  weisse  ihren 
Oberfachen.     Von  Ludwig  Seidel.     4to.  Miinchen,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Magnetische  Untersuchungen  in  Nord-Deutschland,  Belgien,  Holland,  Dane- 
mark,  von  Dr.  J.  Lamont.     4to.  Munchen,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Erinnerung  an  Mitgleider  der  Mathematisch-Physikalischen  Classe  der  K. 


VI.  DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY. 

Bayr,  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften.  Eine  Rede  vorgetragen  in  der  offentlichen 
Sitzung  zur  Feier  des  akademiscken  Saecularfestes  am  24  Mars.  1859,  von  Dr. 
Carl  Freidrich  Philipp  von  Martius.    4to.  Miinchen,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Almanach  der  konig-bayerischen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  fiir  das 
Jahr,  1859. — Monatliche  und  jiihrliche  Resultate  der  an  der  konig.  Stern- 
warte  bei  Miinchen,  von  1825,  bis  1856,  angestellten  Meteorologischen  Beo- 
bachtungen,  3d  Supplementband  Miinchen,  1859. — Gelekrte  Anzeigen  Banden 
47  und  48. — Abhandlungen  der  Mathemat. — Physikalischen  Classe  der  Konig, 
bayerischen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  8  Band  Zweite  Abtheilung  Miin- 
chen, 1858.     From  the  Royal  Bavarian  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Untersuchungen  iiber  die  richtung  und  starke  des  Erdmagnetismus  an  ver- 
scheidenen  puncten  des  sudwestlichen  Europa  im  allerhochsten  auftrage  seiner 
Majestiit  des  Konigs  Maximilian  II,  von  Bayern,  Ausgefuhrt  von  Dr.  J.  La- 
mont.     4to.  Miinchen,  1858.     From  the  Royal  Observatory. 

Oesterreichische  Zeitschrift  fiir  practische  Heilkunde-von-der  Medinischen 
Facultat  in  Wien.     Vol,  5,  and  No.  1,  Vol.  6.     From  the  Editors. 

Jahrbuch  der  Kaiserlich-Koniglichen  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt,  10th  Jahr- 
gang,  1859,  No.  2,  April,  May  and  June,  Wien,  1859.  From  the  Geological 
Institute. 

Ansprache  gehalten  am  Schlusse  des  ersten  Decenniums  der  Kaiserlich-Ko- 
niglichen Geologischen  Reichsanstalt  in  Wien  am  22  November,  1859,  von 
Wilhelm  Haidinger.    8vo.  Wien,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Uber  die  Wohnsitze  der  Brachiopoden,  von  Prof.  Edward  Suess.  8vo. 
tract,  Vienna,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Die  Fossilen  Mollusken  des  Tertiser-Beckens,  von  Wien  von  Dr.  Morris 
Homes,  2d  Band.     4to.  Wien.     From  the  Author. 

Preisschriften  gekront  und  herausgegeben  von  der  fiirstlich  Jablonowski- 
schen  Gesellschaft  zu  Leipzig.     8vo.  Leipzig,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Entomologische  Zeitung,  Herausgegeben  von  den  entomologischen  Vereins 
zu  Stettin,  Zwanzigster  Jahrgang.     From  the  Society. 

Archiv  des  Vereins  der  freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  Meklenburg,  13  Jahr. 
1859.     From  the  Society. 

Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft,  11  Band,  2  Heft,  Berlin, 
1859.     From  the  Society. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  von  Dr.  F.  H.  Troschel,  25  Jahrgang  3  and  4 
Heft,  1859.     From  the  Editor. 

Wurttembergische  Naturwissenschaftliche  Jahreshefte  Sechsehnter  Jahr- 
gang, Erstes  Heft.  Stuttgart,  1860.     From  the  Society. 

Correspondenzblatt  des  Naturforschenden  Vereins  zu  Riga  Zehnter  Jahr- 
gang.    From  the  Society. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie,  Geognosie,  Geologie  und  Petrefakten- 
Kunde-von  K.  C.  von  Leonhard  und  H.  G.  Bronn  Jahr.  1859,  Heftes  5,  6,  und 
7.     From  the  Editors. 

Mittheilungen  aus  dem  Osterlande  vierzehnter  Band,  drittes  und  viertes 
Heft.  1859,  Altenberg.     From  the  Society. 

Abhandlungen  der  koniglichen  bom'ischen  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften 
Fiinfter  Folge,  Zehnter  Band  von  dem  Jahren,  1857 — 1859.  Prag,  1859. 
From  the  Society. 

Sitzungsberichte  der  k5nigl,  buhmischen  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften 
in  Prag,  1859,  Jan.  to  Juni.     From  the  Society. 

Systematisches  Verzeichniss  der  bohmischen  Trilobiten.  Sammlung  des 
Herrn  Landespralaten,  Dr.  H.  J.  Ziedler,  in  Prag,  von  Dr.  Wilh  Rud.  Weiten- 
weber.     8vo.  tract,  Prag.  1857.     From  the  Author. 

11th.  Actes  de  L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts 
de  Bordeaux,  21st  An.  1859,  2d  Trimes.     From  the  Academy. 

Bulletin  de  La  Societe  Linneenne  de  Normande,  vol.  4,  An.  1858-59.  From 
the  Society. 

Memoires  de  La  Societe  Academique  de  Maine  et  Loire,  5th  and  6th  vols., 
1859.     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY.  Vll. 

Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  with  illustrations.  1857, 
1858,  and  parts  1  and  2  for  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Dental  Anomalies,  and  their  influence  upon  the  production  of  Diseases  of 
the  Intermaxillary  Bones.  By  Am.  Forget,  M.  D.  From  the  French.  Phila- 
delphia, 1859,  8vo.  pamphlet.     From  Jones  &  White. 

Memoir  of  the  late  Thomas  Nuttall.  By  Elias  Durand.  Philada.,  1860, 
8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London.  Vol.  10th,  No.  37.  From  the 
Society. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  No.  60,*  Vol.  15,  part  5, 
and  No.  61,  Vol.  16,  part  1.     From  the  Society. 

Twenty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Young 
Men's  Association  of  the  City  of  Buffalo.  8vo.  tract,  Buffalo,  1860.  From  the 
Association. 

The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine.  No.  100,  January,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  accompanying  the  President's  Message  at 
the  First  Session  of  the  35th  Congress.     From  Major  Wayne,  U.  S.  A. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Honey  Bee  and  Hive.  By  L.  L.  Langstroth. 
3d  Edition,  8vo.  New  York,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  14  vols.  From  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  M.  D. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  3d  series,  vol.  39,  No.  4,  April,  1860. 
From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition. 

May  1st.  The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  Vol.  5,  No.  2.  April, 
1860.     From  the  Montreal  Nat.  Hist.  Society. 

On  the  Silurian  and  Devonian  Rocks  of  Nova  Scotia.  By  J.  W.  Dawson. 
8vo.  tract.  On  the  Vegetable  Structures  in  Coal.  By  J.  W.  Dawson.  8vo. 
tract.     From  the  Author. 

Notes  on  the  Aurora  of  the  28th  August,  1859,  as  observed  at  Lunenburg, 
Mass.    By  Prof.  Wm.  B.  Rogers.     8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Annals  of  Science,  &c.  Cleveland,  Ohio,  Nos.  23  and  24,  Nov.  1st  and  15th, 
1853.     From  Horatio  C.  Wood,  Jr. 

Volume  of  tracts  and  pamphlets  on  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  allied  sub- 
jects. By  J.  B.  Lowes  and  J.  H.  Gilbert.  From  the  Author,  through  Dr.  Evan 
Pugh. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  Appliquee,  No.  3,  1860.  From  the 
Editor,  M.  Guerin-Meneville. 

Proceedings  of  the  General  Meeting  of  the  Medical  Profession,  in  relation  to 
the  deaths  of  Dr.  Charles  Frick,  and  Dr.  Berwick  B.  Smith.  8vo.  tract.  From 
Lewis  H.  Steiner,  M.  D. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  4,  April,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
Thirteenth  Meeting,  held  at  Springfield,  Mass.,  Aug.,  1859.  From  the  Asso- 
ciation. 

Catalogue  and  Alphabetical  Index  of  the  Astor  Library.  In  two  parts.  Part 
2d,  Authors  and  Books,  M.  to  P.  New  York,  1859,  8vo.  From  the  Trustees 
of  the  Astor  Library. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition : 

Miquel  Flora  Indise  Batavse.     Vol.  1,  part  2,  Fasc.  4,  and  Vol.  3,  Fasc.  4. 

Le$ons  sur  La  Physiologie  et  L'Anatomie  Comparee  de  L'Homme  et  des 
Animaux.     Par  H.  Milne  Edwards.     Tome  5,  Partie  2d.     Paris,  1859,  8vo. 

Bryologia  Javanica.  Fasciculus  20. 

Conchologia  Iconica.     By  Lovell  Reeve.     Part  193. 

Planches  Coloriees  des  Oiseaux  de  Le  Belgique  et  de  leurs  ffiufs,  par  Ch.  F. 
Dubois.     129  and  130,  Livraison. 

Darstellung  und  Beschreibung  siimmtlicher  in  der  Pharmacopoeia  Borussica 
aufgefiihrten  Officinellen  Gewiichse,  von  Dr.  O,  C.  Berg  und  C.  F.  Schmidt. 
Zweiter  Band,  4to.  Leipzig,  1859. 

Monographic  des  Picides.     Par  Alfred  Malherbe,  3d  Livraison. 


Vlll.  DONATIONS    TO   LIBRARY. 

Sth.  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Wisconsin.  By  T.  J.  Hall.  8vo.  tract, 
1560.     From  the  Author. 

The  San  Francisco  Medical  Press.     Vol.  1,  No.  2,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  Lst,  No.  10,  May,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  3d  series,  No.  3,  vol.  8,  May,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  29th,  2d  series,  No.  87, 
May,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

The  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Vol.  4th,  No.  3,  May, 
1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Edinburgh  New  Philosophical  Journal.  Vol.  11th,  No.  2,  April,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

The  Natural  History  Review.  Vol.  3,  No.  12,  Oct.,  1856 ;  Vol.  6,  Nos.  1  to 
4,  inch,  1859.  Proceedings  of  the  Dublin  University  Zoological  and  Botani- 
cal Association.  Vol.  1,  1859.  From  the  Dublin  University  Zoological  and 
Botanical  Association. 

Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  Dublin.  Vol.  8,  part  2,  1859.  From 
the  Society. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India, 
Calcutta,  1858^59.  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.  Vol.  1,  part 
3.     Calcutta,  1859.     From  the  Governor  and  Council  of  India. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.   Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Bulletin  mensu;  1  de  La  Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  Tome 
6,  Nos.  1  to  8,  and  10  to  12,  1859,  Tome  7th,  Nos.  2  and  3,  1860. 

Conchologia  Iconica,  by  Lovell  Reeve.     Part  194. 

Tresor  de  Livres  Rares  et  Precieux  ou  Noveau  Dictionnaire  Bibliographique, 
par  John  George  Theodore  Gaesse,    Tome  2d,  Livraison  2,  1860. 

Neue  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Bau  des  Ruckenmarks,  von  Dr.  B.  Stilling, 
Funfte  Lieferung. — Atlas  Mikroskopisch  Anatomischer  Abbildungen  zu  den 
neuen  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Bau  des  Ruckenmarks,  von  Dr.  B.  Stilling. 
Vierte  Lieferung  Cassel,  1859. 

15^.  Eighth  Supplement  to  Dana's  Mineralogy.  By  Geo.  J.  Brush.  8vo. 
tract,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandisch  Indie  uitgeven  door  de  Natu- 
urkundige  Vereniging  in  Nederlandsck  Indie  Derde  serie  Deel  3,  Aflevering,  5 
and  6.     From  the  Society. 

The  California  Farmer.  Seven  numbers,  from  Feb.  22d,  1860,  to  April  20th, 
1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  5,  May,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine.  No.  102,  May,  1860.  From  the  Edi- 
tors. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  17th,  No.  3,  May, 
1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  3d  series,  vol.  39,  May,  1860,  No.  5. 
From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition. 

Karte  des  San  Juan-od-Haro-Archipels.  Nach  den  Aufnahmen  der  Engl. 
Adniiralitat  unter  Kellett,  Richards,  &c,  1847,  1858,  and  1859.  Von.  A. 
Peterman.     From  Dr    Peterman. 

The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  Nos.  67  and  68,  new  series, 
Jan.  and  April,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Biographical  Notice  of  Henry  Bond,  M.  D.,  read  before  the  College  of  Physi- 
cians of  Philadelphia,  April  lst,  1S60.     From  the  Author,  Dr.  Condie. 

22nd.  Sitzungs  Berichte  der  Kaiserlichen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften, 
Mathemat.— Naturwissen.  Classe,  1858,  Band  33,  Nos.  27-29,  1858,  Band  34, 
35,  36,  and  37.  Nos.  1  to  20.  Register  zu  den  Biinden  21,  bis  30,  der  Sitzungs- 
berichte  der  Mathemat.  Naturwissen.  Classe  der  K.  Acad,  der  Wissenschaften, 
3d  part.     Almanach  der  Kaiserlichen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Neunter 


DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY.  IX. 

Jahrgang,  1859,  Denkschriften  der  Kaiser,  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften,  Mathe- 
inat.-Naturwissen.  Classe,  Banden  16  und  17.  Jahrbucher  der  K.  K.  Central- 
Anstalt  fur  Meteorologie  und  Erdmagnetisrnus,  von  Karl  Kreil,  Band  6,  Jahr- 
gang, 1854.     From  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vienna. 

Kongliga  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Handlingar.  Ny  Foljd.  Andra 
Bandet.  Forsta  Hiiftet.  Kongliga  Svenska  Fregatten  Eugenies  Resa  Omkring 
Jorden  under  befal  af  C.  A.  Virgin  Aren  1851, — 1853.  Af  K.  Svenska  Veten- 
skaps-Akademiens. Zoologi,  3.  From  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences,  Stock- 
holm. 

Verhandelingen  der  Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen,  Deel  7. 
Jaarbock  van  de  K.  Akad.  von  Wetenschappen,  1858.  Verslagen  en  Mede- 
deelingen  der  Konink.  Akad.  van  Wetenschappen.  Afdeeling  Letterkunde 
Vierde  Deel.  Afdeeling  Natuurkunde  Deel,  8  and  9.  From  the  Royal  Acade- 
my of  Sciences  of  Amsterdam. 

Ofversigt  af  Kongl.  Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Forhandlingar.  Temtonde  Ar- 
gangen,  1858.     From  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Stockholm, 

Jahrbucher  des  Vereins  fur  Naturkunde  im  Herzogthum  Nassau,  Heft.  13. 
From  the  Natural  History  Society  in  Wiesbaden. 

Die  Athysanus-Arten  der  Gegend  von  Wiesbaden  von  C.  L.  Kirschbaum. 
4to.  tract.  Wiesbaden,  1858.     From  the  Author. 

Verhandlungen  des  naturhistorischen  Vereins  der  preussischen  Rheinlande 
und  Westphalens.  Jahrgang  16,  Erstes. — Viertes  Heft.  From  the  Society  in 
Bonn. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fur  Mineralogie,  Geognosie,  &c,  von  H.  C.  von  Leonhard 
und  H.  G.  Bronn,  Jahrgang,  1860,  Erstes  Heft.     From  the  Editors,  Stuttgart. 

Memoires  de  la  Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve,  Tome 
15,  Premiere  Partie.     From  the  Society. 

Journal  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Society,  Nos.  7  to  15,  inch  Bo- 
tany and  Zoology.  Supplements  to  Botany,  Nos.  1  and  2,  1859.  Addresses 
of  Thomas  Bell,  F.  R.  S.,  &c,  President  of  the  Linnean  Society,  for  the  years 
1858  and  1859.  Lists  of  the  Linnean  Society,  of  London,  for  1858  and  1859. 
The  Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London.  Vol.  23,  parts  3  and  4. 
From  the  Society  in  London. 

Forty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  New  York  State  Library. 
1860.     From  the  Trustees. 

Hutching's  California  Magazine.  Nos.  39  and  40,  Sept.  and  Oct.,  1859. 
From  the  Publishers. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Vol.  15,  No.  3,  May,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee,  par  M.  F.  E.  Guerin-Mene- 
ville.     No.  4,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

June  5th.  Acta  Societatis  Scientiarum  Indo-Neeriand'icae,  Volumina  3  et  4. 
Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandisch  Indie  uitgegeven  door  de  Natuur- 
kundige  vereeniging  in  Nederlandsch  Indie  Deel  14,  Aflev.  4,  5,  and  6,  and 
Deel.  15,  19,  and  17.  From  the  Netherlands  India  Society  of  Sciences,  Bata- 
via. 

Memoires  de  L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de 
Dijon.     2d  serie,  Tome  7th.     From  the  Academy. 

Memoires  de  La  Societe  Imperiale  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Cherbourg', 
Tome  6th,  1858.     From  the  Society. 

The  Gardeners'  Monthly.     Vol.  2,  Nos.  1  to  6.     From  the  Editor. 

The  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  New  series,  No.  27, 
May,  1860.     From  the  Canadian  Institute. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.  New  series,  No.  11,  Vol.  1,  June,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

The  California  Farmer,  for  April  27th,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  7,  pages  225  to 
256.     From  the  Society. 


X.  DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY. 

Laws  and  Regulations  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  together  with 
the  Charter  of  the  Society,  and  a  list  of  its  members.     Philada.,  1860.     Pro- 
ceedings of  the  American   Philosophical   Society.     Vol.  7,  January  to   June 
1860,  No.  63.     Transactions  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society.     Vol.  ll' 
new  series,  part  3d,  1860.     From  the  Philosophical  Society. 
The  following  is  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition : 
Bulletin  Mensuel  de  La  Societe  d'Acclimatation  Zoologique.    Tom.  7,  No.  4 
Avril,  1860. 

12th.     List  of  Members  of  the  Royal  Lombard  Institution  of  Science,  Letters, 
and  Arts.     From  the  Institution. 

The  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.     New  series    Fo   27 
May,  1860.     From  the  Institute. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.    April  25th,  1860.    From 
the  Society. 

The   Annals  of  Science,  by  Hamilton  L.  Smith,  for  Jan.,  March,  April  and 
May,  1854.     From  Dr.'  J.  L.  LeConte. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh.     Session  1858—59.    From 
the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  Thos.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition : 

Zur  Fauna  der  Vorwelt,  Von  Hermann  von  Meyer,  Vierte  Abtheilung,  Liefe- 
rung  2. 

Crania  Britannica  Decade  4.  By  Joseph  Barnard  Davis  and  John  Thuro- 
ham. 

Palseontographica,  Von  Hermann  Von  Meyer.  7  Band,  2  Lieferung,  8  Band, 
3  Lieferung. 

Hewitson's  Exotic  Butterflies.     Part  34th. 

Tables  des  Comptes  Rendus  des  seances  de  L'Academie  des  Sciences.  Tome 
47. 

Oiseaux  de  La  Belgique  et  Leurs  CEufs.    Liv.  131  and  132. 

Paluontologie  Francais,  Terrains  Jurassiques,  par  Alcide  D'Orbigny,  Livr. 
109  and  110.    Terrains  Cretaces  Livraisons  257  a  260. 

Histoire  Naturelle  des  Coleopttres  de  France,  par.  M.  C.  Mulsant,  Barbipalpes, 
Longipedes-Latipennes,  Paris,  1856. 

19th.  Rheinisches  Museum  flir  Philologie,  von  F.  G.  Welcker  und  F.  Ritschl. 
Neue  Folge  15th  Jahrgang,  Heft.  2.     From  F.  Leypoldt. 

The  Northmen  in  Iceland.  8vo.,  1859.  Saga  Jatvardar  Konungs  Hins 
Helga,  Udgiven  efter  Islandske  oldboger  af  det  Kongelige  Nordiske  Oldskrift- 
Selskab.  _  8vo.  tract,  Copenhagen,  1852.  From  the  Royal  Society  of  Northern 
Antiquaries  of  Copenhagen. 

Natuurkundige  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandsch  Indie  uitgegeven  door  de 
Natuurkundige  Vereeniging  in  Nederlandsch  Indie,  Deel  18th.  From  the 
Netherlands-India  Society  of  Sciences. 

Bibliotheque  Universelle  Revue  Suisse  et  Etrangere  Archives  des  Sciences 
Physiques  et  Naturelles.  New  series,  vol.  7th,  and  vol.  8th,  part  1,  1860, 
Geneve.     From  the  Editors. 

Caffeine,  as  an  antidote  in  the  poisonous  narcotism  of  Opium.  By  Henry 
Fraser  Campbell,  M.  D.     8vo.  tract,  August,  1850.     From  the  Author. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  5,  June  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

California  Farmer.     Vol.  13,  Nos.  11  to  13,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

American  Medical  Times, — being  a  weekly  series  of  the  New  York  Journal 
of  Medicine.  Vol.  1,  No.  1.  New  series,  June  2d,  1860.  From  the  Pub- 
lishers. 

The  American  Handbook  of  Ornamental  Trees.  By  Thomas  Meehan.  18mo. 
From  the  Author. 

The  Gardeners'  Monthly  and  Horticultural  Advertiser.  Vol.  1,  Nos.  1  to 
12,  1859.     From  the  Editor. 


DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY.  XI. 

Palaeontology,  or  a  Systematic  Summary  of  Extinct  Animals  and  their  Geo- 
logical Relations.  By  Richard  Owen,  F.  R.  S.  Svo..  Edinburgh,  1859.  From 
Mrs.  Lucy  W.  Say. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  3d  series,  vol.  39,  June,  1860,  No.  6. 
From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition. 

Annales  des  Mines  Cinquieme  Scrie  Tome  15,  3d  Livraison,  1859.  Torn** 
16,  4th  Livraison,  1859.     From  the  Minister  of  Public  Works,  France. 

On  the  Alloys  of  Copper  and  Zinc.  By  Frank  H.  Storer.  4to.  tract,  Cam- 
bridge, 1860.     From  the  Author. 

July  3d.  General  view  of  tbe  Agriculture  of  the  different  Counties  of  Great 
Britain,  drawn  up  for  the  consideration  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  In- 
ternal Improvement.  Forty-five  vols.  Svo.  London,  1810  to  1813.  From  Dr. 
John  H.  Janeway. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.  Vol.  1,  New  Series,  No.  12,  July,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

The  California  Farmer.  Nos.  14  and  15,  Vol.  13,  May  and  June,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Walpers,  Annales  Botanices  Systematicae.  Torni.  Quinti.  Fasc.  5.  From  the 
Author,  Dr.  Charles  Mueller. 

Wahrnehmungen  bei  einer  Bereisungdes  Kupfer-  und  Blei-Gebeites  im  nord- 
■westlichen  Theile  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  Nord-Amerika's.  Von  Dr.  Charle? 
Mayer  Wetherill.  8vo.  tract  Wien.     From  the  Author. 

Ornithologie  du  Canada.  Premiere  Partie  les  Oiseaux  de  Proie  et  les  Palmi- 
pedes.    Par  J.  M.  Le  Moine.     12mo.,  Quebec,  1860,     From  the  Author. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliqnee.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Guerin-Mene- 
ville.  No.  5,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

The  Gardener's  Monthly.     Vol.  2,  No.  7,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  7,  July,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  Vol.  16,  Part  2,  May  1st. 
1860.     From  the  Society. 

Address  delivered  at  the  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of 
London,  February,  1860,  by  J.  Phillips,  Esq.,  President.     From  the  Author. 

The  Natural  History  of  Washington  Territory.  By  J.  G.  Cooper,  M.  D.,  and 
Dr.  G.  Suckley,  U.  S.  A.     4to,  New  York.  1859.     From  the  Authors. 

An  Illustration  of  the  Genus  Cinchona.  By  Aylmer  Bourke  Lambert,  F.  R.  S.. 
&c.     4to.  London,  1801.     From  A.  J.  Brazier. 

Reports  of  Explorations  and  Surveys  to  ascertain  the  most  practicable  and 
economical  route  for  a  Railroad  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  Pacific- 
Ocean,  in  1853-6.  Vol.  11,  4to.     From  the  War  Department. 

Report  of  the  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Survey.  By  William  H. 
Emory,  Major,  &c.  3  vols.,  4to.     From  John  Cassin. 

10th.  Second,  Third,  Fourth,  Fifth.  Sixth,  Seventh,  Eighth,  Ninth,  Tenth, 
Eleventh  and  Twelfth  Reports  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  of  the  State  of 
Ohio.     From  the  Legislature  of  Ohio. 

Rubi  Germanici,  descripti  et  figuris  illustrati  cura  A.  WTeihe  et  Ch.  G.  Neesii 
ab  Esenbeck.  Bonnas.  1822,  fol.  Fasiculi.  1  et  2.     From  B.  Westerman  &  Co. 

American  Medical  Times.  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  New  Series,  July  7th,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

Notice  of  Tertiary  Fossils  from  Labrador,  Maine,  &c,  and  remarks  on  the 
Climate  of  Canada  in  the  newer  Pleiocene  or  Pleistocene  period.  By  J.  W. 
Dawson.  8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  7,  June,  1860, 
Pages  257—288.     From  the  Society. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.  Vol.  5,  No.  3,  July,  1860.  From 
the  Nat.  Hist.  Society  of  Montreal. 


Xll.  DONATIONS    TO   LIBRARY. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  3d  Series,  Vol.  8,  No.  4,  July,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Annual  of  Scientific  Discovery,  a  Year  Book  of  Facts  in  Science  and  Art.  2 
vols.,  1855  and  1858.     From  David  M.  Warren. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.  Vol.  11,  4to.,  1859.  From  the 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition : 

Monographie  des  Picides.     Par  Alfred  Malherbe.  Livraison  4,  1859. 

Catalogue  of  Lepidoptera  Heterocera  in  the  British  Museum.  Part  19.  Py- 
ralides,  1859,  and  Part  20.  Geometrites. 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  Tome  7. 
No.  5,  May,  1860. 

Oiseaux  de  La  Belgique  et  Leurs  (Eufs.     133  and  134  Livr. 

Histoire  Naturelle  Generale  des  Begnes  Organiques.  Par  M.  Isidore  Geoffroy 
Saint-Hilaire.  Tome  3,  partie  1. 

Echinides  du  Departement  de  la  Sarthe.  Par  Cotteau  et  Triger.  Livrai- 
son 5. 

Conchologia  Iconica.     By  Lovell  Reeve.     Parts  195  and  196. 

i  11th.  Sitzungsberichte  der  Dorpater  Naturforscher-Gesellschaft.  1854  bis 
1856.  Archiv  fik  die  Naturkunde  Liv-,  Esth-.  und  Kurland's  Erste  Serie  Erster 
Band.  Zweite  Serie,  1  und  2  Band.  From  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Dorpat. 

Sitzungsberichte  der  Kaiserl.-Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Mathemat- 
Naturwissenschaftliche.  Classe  Nos.  21  bis  28,  1859,  und  Nos.  1.  und  2,  1860 
From  the  Vienna  Academy. 

Physikalische  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl.-Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu 
Berlin,  aus  dem  Jahre,  1858.  Mathematische  Abhandlungen  der  K.  Akad.  der 
Wissen.  zu  Berlin.  Jahre,  1858.  Monatsberichte  der  Konig.  Preuss.  Akad.  der 
Wissen.  zu  Berlin,  1859.     From  the  Academy. 

Programmes  des  Cours  de  la  Universite  Catholique  de  Louvain,  1855 — 60. 
Annuaire  de  la  Universite,  &c,  1855—1859.  Theses  fac.  Theol.,  181—251. 
Theses  fac.  Medeicin,  41 — 50.  Theses  fac.  Philosoph.,  8 — 12.  Theses  fac. 
Scient.,  2 — 4.     From  the  Catholic  University  of  Louvain. 

Bulletin  de  L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg.  Tome 
1,  Feuilles  1 — 6.  Memoires  de  L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St. 
Petersbourg.     Tome  1,  7th  Serie.     From  the  Academy. 

Abhandlungen  von  des  Senckenbergischen  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft. 
Band  3,  Lieferung  1.     From  the  Society  at  Frankfurt  A.  Main. 

Novorum  Actorum  Academic  C.  L.  C.  Germanicae  Naturse  Curiosorum. 
From  the  Academy  at  Jena. 

Correspondenz-Blatt  des  Zoologisch-minerologischen  Vereins  in  Regens- 
burg.     13th  Jahrgang.     From  the  Society. 

Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  zu 
Freiburg  i.  B.  Band.  2.  Heft  2.     From  the  Society. 

Berliner  Entomologische  Zeitschrift.  3d  Jahrgang,  Viertes  Heft.  4th  Jahr- 
gang, Erstes  Heft.     From  the  Berlin  Entomological  Society. 

Sitzungsberichte  fur  das  Gesellschaftsjahr,  1859.  Wursburger  Naturwis- 
senschafliche  Zeitschrift  von  der  Physikal.-  Medicin.-  Gesellschaft.  Band  1, 
Heft  1.     From  the  Society,  Wiirzburg. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie  Geognosie,  &c.  Von  R.  C.  von  Leonhard 
und  H.  G.  Bronn.     1860.  Heft  2.     From  the  Editors. 

Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte.  Von  Dr.  F.  H.  Troschel.  Jahrgang  25,  Heftes  5. 

Actes  de  L'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux.    21st  year,  1859.     Trimestre  3.     From  the  Academy. 

Verhandlungen  des  Vereines  zur  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaues  in  der  Konig. 
Preuss.  Staaten.  Neue  Reihe.  Jahrgang  7,  Heft  2.  Wochenschrift  des  Vereins 
zur  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaues,  &c,  fiir  Giirtnerei  und  Pflanzenkunde,  1860, 
Nos.  1  bis  13.     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS   TO    LIBRARY.  Xlil. 

/ 

Ueber  Inselbildung  durch  Korallen  und  Mangrovebiische.  Von  Dr.  S.  F. 
Weinland.  8vo.  tract,  Stuttgart,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Rede  zurn  Geburts-Feste  des  hochsteeligen  Grossherzogs  Karl  Freiderich 
von  Baden  und  zur  Akademiscben  Preisvertheilung  am  22  November,  1859. 
Von  Dr.  H.  G.  Bronn.  4to.  tract,  Heidelberg,  1859.     From  the  Author. 

Iconographie  des  Helminthes  ou  des  Vers  Parasites  de  1'Homme.  Ver3 
Cestoides  par  P.  J.  Von  Beneden.  4to.  tract,  Louvain,  1859.    From  the  Author. 

Mercantile  Library  Association,  New  York.  29th  Annual  Report,  1859-60. 
From  the  Association. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  30,  Second  Series,  No.  88, 
July,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  17,  No.  4,  July,  I860. 
From  the  Editors. 

The  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Vol.  4,  No.  4,  July,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

Check  lists  of  the  Shells  of  North  America,  prepared  for  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution by  Isaac  Lea,  P.  P.  Carpenter,  Wm.  Stimpson,  W.  G.  Binney  and 
Temple  Prime.  Catalogue  of  the  described  Lepidoptera  of  North  America, 
prepared  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  John  G.  Morris.  From  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution. 

The  California  Farmer.     Nos.  16  and  17,  June,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  2,  July,  1860,     From  the  Editors. 

The  Mountain.     By  R.  M.  S.  Jackson,  M.  D.     From  the  Author. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.     3d  Series,  Vol.  40,  July,  1860,  No.  1, 

Iconographie  des  Perroquets  non  figures  dans  les  publications  de  Levaillant 
et  de  M.  Bourjot  Saint-Hilaire.  Par  M.  Charles  de  Souance. 

August  7th.  On  the  relative  cost  of  illumination  in  Lafayette,  Ind.  By 
Charles  M.  Wetherill,  M.  D.     8vo.  tract,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Nos.  3,  4  and  5,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie.     No.  6,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  New  Series,  No.  79,  July, 
1860.     From  the  Editor. 

The  Gardener's  Monthly.     Vol   2,  No.  8,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.     Vol.  15,  No.  4.     From  the  Editor. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.     Vol.  16,  No.  8.     From  the  Editors. 

Journal  of  the  American  Geographical  and  Statistical  Society.  Vol.  2,  No.  1, 
I860.     From  the  Society. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  2,  No.  1,  1860.   From  the  Editors. 

The  Canadian  Journal.  New  Series,  No.  22,  1860.  From  the  Canadian  In- 
stitute. 

The  Mining  Magazine  and  Journal  of  Geology,  Ac.  2d  Series,  Vol.  1,  No.  6. 
From  the  Editor. 

The  Texas  Almanac  for  1860.     From  C.  S.  Forshay. 

Description  des  Eaux  Minero-Thermales  et  des  Etuves  de  1'Isle  d'Ischia. 
Par  J.  E.  E.  Chevalley.     From  M.  C.  Lea. 

The  Manufacture  of  Vinegar,  its  Theory  and  Practice,  with  especial  reference 
to  the  quick  process.     ByC.  M.  Wetherill.  8vo.     From  the  Author. 

The  Institutes  of  Medicine.  By  Martyn  Paine,  M.  D.  8vo.  From  the 
Author. 

litk.  Der  Zoologische  Garten,  Organ  fur  die  Zoologische  Gesellschaft  in 
Frankfurt  am  Main.  Jahrgang  1,  Heft  1,  bis  6,  1860.  Ueber  Inselbildung  durch 
Korallen  und  Mangrovebusehe.  Von  Dr.  F.  Weinland.  8vo.  tract,  Stuttgart, 
1860.  Beobachtungen  iiber  die  Anatomie  des  Nilcrocodils,  eine  Inaugural- 
Dissertation.  Adolph  Jager.  8vo.  tract,  Tubingen,  1837.  Ueber  Zwei  am 
Becken  Verwachsene  Mannlichen  Kalber.  Von  Dr.  G.  V.  Jaeger.  8vo.  tract. 
Ueber  die  Idenditat  des  Europaischen  und  Amerikanischen  Bison.     Von  Dr.  G. 

41 


Xir.  DONTIONS  TO   LIBRARY. 

V 

V.  Jaeger.  8vo.  tract.  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Verilnderung  der  Ziihne  toe 
Saugethiere  im  Laufe  ihrer  Entwickelung,  namentliche  bie  dem  Narwhal  und 
dem  Cachalot.  Von  Dr.  G.  V.  Jaeger.  8vo.  tract,  Moskau,  1857.  Ueber  einen 
durcb  ringformige  Erhohungen  (Wachstumringe?)  ausgezeichneten  hochst 
wahrscheinlich  fossilen  Stosszahn  des  Elephanten.  Von  Dr.  G.  V.  Jaeger. 
8vo.  tract,  Moskau,  1857.  Ueber  da  Zusammengesetzen  Magen  Verscheidener 
Thiere,  Eine  Inaugural-Dissertation.  Von  Freidricbe  Martin  Duttenhoffer.  4to. 
tract,  Tubingen,  1832.     From  Dr.  Joseph  Leidy. 

Report  on  Canadian  Graptolites.  By  James  Hall,  Montreal,  1858,  8vo.  tract. 
From  the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  6,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  7,  pages  289  to 
320  incl.     From  the  Society. 

Table  de  mortalite  pour  le  Brabant,  d'apres  les  documents  du  recensement  de 
1856.  Par  M.  Ad.  Quetelet.  8vo.  tract.  Eclipse  de  Soleil  du  15  Mars,  1858. 
Notice  par  M.  Ad.  Quetelet.  8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

SSur  la  difference  des  longitudes  entre  Berlin  et  Bruxelles  determines  par  la 
telegraphie  electrique.     Par  M.  Eneke.     From  the  Author. 

Note  surl'Aurore  Boreale  du  21  Avriel,  1859.  Par  M.  Ernest  Quetelet.  From 
the  Author. 

Annuaire  de  l'Academie  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres,  et  des  Beaux-Arts 
de  Belgique,  1859.  Bulletins  de  l'Acad6mie  Royale  des  Sciences,  &c,  de  Belgique 
Tome  4,  5  and  6,  2d  serie.  Tables  Generates  et  Analytiques  du  recueil  des 
Bulletins  de  l'Academie  Royal,  &c,  de  Belgique,  1st  Serie,  Tome  1  a  23.  Me- 
moires  Couronnes  et  autres  memoires  publies  par  l'Academie  Royale,  &c,  de 
Belgique,  Collection  in  8vo.,  Tome  8.  Memoires  de  l'Academie  Royale,  &c,  de 
Belgique.  4to.,  Tome  31.  Memoires  Couronnes  et  memoires  des  Savants 
FJtrangeres,  Publies  par  l'Academie. Royale,  &c,  de  Belgique.  4to.  Tome  29. 
From  the  Academy. 

The  Naturalist's  Library,  Mammalia.  Vol.  10,  Dogs.  By  Lieut.  Col.  Chas. 
Hamilton  Smith.     From  C.  W.  Frost. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition ; 

Bibliotheca  Historico-Naturalis  Physico-Chemica  et  Mathematica,  1858,  July 
to  December,  and  July  to  December  1859.     By  Ernest  A.  Zuchold. 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  Tome 
7,  No.  6,  Juin,  1860. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.  3d  Series,  Vol.  40,  August,  1860,  No.  2. 

Sept.  4th.  The  inferior  surface  of  the  Trilobite  discovered.  By  Jacob  Green, 
M.  D.  12mo.,  Philadelphia,  1839.  Advantages  of  Chemistry,  an  Introductory 
Address.     By  Jacob  Green,  M.  D.    12mo.,  Philadelphia,  1834.     From  Wm.  L. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  Nos.  7,  8  and  9.     From  the  Editor. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition : 

Dr.  A.  Th.  v.  Middendorffs  Sibirische  Reise.  Band  4,  Theil  1,  4to.,  St. 
Petersburg,  1859.  Karten-Atlas  zu  Dr.  A.V.  Middendorffs  Reise  in  den  Aus- 
seraten  Norden  und  Osten  Sibiriens.    1859. 

Zoologischer  Hand- Atlas.  Von  Dr.  Hermann  Burmeister.  4  Lieferung. 

Description  des  Animaux  sans  vertebres  decouverts  dans  le  Bassin  de  Paris, 
&c.  Par  G.  P.  Deshayes.     19  and  20  Livraisons. 

Tresor  de  Livres  rares  et  precieux  ou  Noveau  Dictionnaire  Bibliographique. 
J.  G.  T.  Grsesse.     Tome  2,  Livr.  3. 

Conchologia  Iconica.     By  Lovell  Reeve,  F.  L.  S.     Parts  197  and  198. 

Echinides  des  Departement  de  la  Sarthe  par  Cotteau  et  Triger.  4th  Liv- 
raison. 

Diagnosis  Plantarum  Novarum  praesertim  Orientalium  nonnullis  Europaeis 
Boreali-Africanisque  additis.  Series  2,  Nos.  4  and  6.  Auctore  E.  Bossier, 
1859. 


DONATIONS    TO   LIBRARY.  XV. 

Naturgeschicbte  der  Insecten  Deutschlands  begonnen  von  Dr.  W.  P.  Erich- 
son,  fortgesetzt  von  Prof.  Dr.  H.  Schaum,  Dr.  G.  Kraatz  und  H.  v.  Kiesenwetter 
Erste  Abtheilung  Coleoptera.  Erster  Band,  Lieferung  4.  Berlin,  I860. 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societelmperiale  Zoologique  d'Axcliinatation.  Tome 
7,  No.  7,  Juillet,  1860. 

Monographic  des  Picides.     Par  Alfred  MUherbe.     Livr.  5. 

Systematisches  Conchylien-Cabinet.  Von  Martini  und  Chemnitz.  171st 
Lieferung. 

Katalog  Naturwissenschaflicher  Werke  aus  den  Antiquarischen  lager.  Von 
F.  O.  Wiegel. 

B.  Westermann  &  Co.'s  General  Catalogue. 

California  Farmer.     Vol.  13,  Nos.  18—22.     From  the  Editor. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee.  Par  M.  F.  E.  Guerin-Mene- 
ville.  1860,  No.  7.     From  the  Editor. 

Review  of  Professor  Paine's  Institutes  of  Medicine.  By  Bennett  Dowler,  M.  D. 
8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Catalogue  of  the  Terrestrial  and  Fluviatile  Gasteropoda  of  North   America. 
By  W.  G.  Binney.     From  the  Author. 
'The  Gardener's  Monthly.     Vol.  2,  No.  9.     From  the  Editor. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society.     Vol.  10,  No.  38.     From  the  Society. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Managers  and  Treasurer  of  the  Mary- 
laud  Institute.     From  the  Institute. 

11th.  Catalogue  of  the  Phaenogamous  and  Filicoid  Plants  of  Newcastle 
County,  Delaware.     By  Edward  Tatnall.     8vo.,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  10.     From  the  Editor. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  16,  No.  9,  September,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

The  New  Orleans  Medieal  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  17,  Sept.,  1860,  No.  5. 
From  the  Editors. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  3d  Series,  Vol.  8,  No.  5,  Sept.,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  2,  No.  2.     From  the  Editors. 

The  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Vol.  4,  No.  5.  Sept.,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  and  Proceedings  of  the  Natural  His- 
tory Society  of  Montreal.     Vol.  5,  No.  4,  August,  I860.     From  the  Society. 

Icthyologie  Analytique  ou  Essai  d'une  classification  Naturelle  des  Poissons. 
Par  A.  M.  C.  Dumeril.     4to.,  Paris,  1856.     From  Wm.  M.  Gabb. 

18th.  Troncature  normale  ou  periodique  de  la  coquille  dans  certains  cephaio- 
podes  paleozoiques.  Par  M.  Barrande  8vo.  tract,  1860.  Etat  actuel  des 
connaissances  acquises  sur  la  faune  primordiale.     Par  M.  Barrande.  8vo.  tract, 

1859.  Colonies  dans  le  bassin  Silurien  de   la   Boheme.     Par  M.  J.  Barrande. 

1860,  8vo.  tract.  Faune  primordiale  dans  la  chaine  Cantabrique.  Par  MM. 
Casians  de  Prado,  Ed.  de  Verneuil  et  J.  Barrande.  8vo.  tract,  1860.  Parallele 
entre  les  depots  siluriens  de  Boheme  et  d'  Scandinavie.  Par  Joachim  Barrande. 
4to.  tract,  Prague,  1856.     From  the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  11.     From  the  Editors. 

California  Farmer.     August,  1850,  Nos.  23  and  24.     From  the  Editors. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Vol.  15,  No.  5,  Sept.,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Edinburgh  new  Philosophical  Journal.  New  Series,  Vol.  12,  No.  1,  July, 
1860.     From  the  Editors. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.  Vol.  30,  No.  89,  Sept.,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

Catalogue  of  the  Lepidopterous  Insects  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  at 
the  East  India  House.     By  Thomas  Horsfield  and  Frederic  Moore.  Vol.  2,  8vo., 
Loudon,  1858-9.     From  the  Secretary  of  State  for  India. 
I 


XVi.  DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY. 

Descriptions  of  five  new  species  of  Gasteropoda  from  the  Coal  Measures,  and 
a  Brachiopod  from  thePottsdam  Sandstone  of  Texas.  By  B.  F.  Shumard,  M.  D. 
8vo.  tract,  1860.  Observations  upon  the  Cretaceous  Strata  of  Texas.  ByB.  F. 
Shumard,  8vo.  tract,  1860.  Descriptions  of  new  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  Texas. 
By  B.  F.  Shumard,  M.  D.     8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

The  following  are  from  Mrs.  Lucy  W.  Say  : 

Manuel  de  Conchyliologie  et  de  Paleontologie  conchyliologique.  Par  le  Dr, 
J.  C.  Chenu.     Tome  premier,  8vo.,  Paris,  1860. 

Traite  generale  d'Oologie  Ornithologique,  au  point  de  vue  de  la  classification, 
par  0.  des  Murs.    8vo.,  Paris,  1860. 

Catalogue  of  Acanthopterygian  Fishes  in  the  Collection  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum.    By  Dr.  Albert  Giinther.     Vol.  1,  8vo.,  London,  1859. 

flistoire  Naturelle  generale  et  particuliere  des  Reptiles.  Par  F.  M.  Daudin. 
8vo.   Vol.  8,  Paris,  1802. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Bryologia  Javanica.  Fasciculi  21  and  32. 

Novitates  Conchologicaj.  12  Liefeiung,  Tome  1. 

Palaeontographica.  Von  Hermann  von  Meyer.  Band  7,  Lief.  3,  Band  8, 
Lief.  4. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.     Vol.  40,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1860. 

Histoire  Naturelle  des  Coralliaires  oil  Polypes  proprement  dits.  Par  H.Milne 
Edwards.  (Text.)  Tome  3,  Planches,  Livr.  3,  Paris,  1860. 

October  2d.  The  Weal  Reaf,  a  record  of  the  Essex  Institute  Fair,  held  at 
Salem,  Sept.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  10  and  11.  1860.     From  the  Institute. 

Artificial  Lactation.  By  Charles  M.  Wetherill,  M.  D.  8vo.  tract,  1860.  From 
the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Nos.  12  and  13,  Vol.  1.     From  the  Editor. 

Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandsch  Indie  uitgegeven  door  de 
Natuurkundige  Vereeniging  in  Nederlandsch  Indie.  Deel  20,  Vierde  Serie  Deei 

6.  From  the  Society. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee.  No.  8,  1860,  From  the 
Editor. 

Bibliotheque  Universelle  Revue  Suisse  et  Etrangere.  Tome  8,  No.  32,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

The  Transactions  of  the  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis.  Vol.  l,No.  4. 
From  the  Academy. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  conditition  : 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.     Tome 

7,  No.  8. 

An  illustrated  and  descriptive  Catalogue  of  receut  shells.  By  Sylvanus 
Hanley.     Part  3d,  Letter-press  and  Plates.  8vo.,  London,  1842  to  1856. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  2,  No.  4,  October.     From  the  Editors. 

The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  No.  80,  October,  1860. 
From  the  Editor. 

9lk.  On  a  Terrestrial  Mollnsk,  a  Chilognathous  Myriapod,  and  some  New 
Species  of  Reptiles,  from  the  Coal-Formation  of  Nova  Scotia.  By  J.  W.  Daw- 
son.    8vo   tract,  Montreal,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  14,  Oct.  6.     From  the  Editor. 

Annales  des  Mines,  Cinquieme  Serie.  Tome  16,  5th  Livraison.  From  the 
Minister  of  Public  Works,  France. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  Report  of  Progress  for  the  year  1858.  8vo., 
Montreal,  1859.     From  the  Geolog.  Survey. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute.     Vol.  40,  No.  4,  October. 

Paleontologie  Lombarde  ou  description  des  Fossiles  de  Lombarde.  Par 
Antoine  Stoppani.     12  Livraison. 


DONATIONS    TO    LIBRARY.  XT11. 

Dr.  A.  Th.  v.  Middendorffs  Sibirische  Reise.  Band  4,  Theil  1,  Zweite  Lie- 
ferung. 

Dubois  Oiseaux  de  la  Belgique  et  de  leurs  Oeufs.  Livr.  135  and  136. 

Die  Vogel  Griechenlands.  Von  Dr.  Ritter  A.  Lindermayer.  Passau.  8vo  . 
I860. 

Bibliotheca  Historico-Naturalis.  Von  Ernest  A.  Zuchold  Erster  Jahrgang, 
1851,  Hefts  1  und  2. 

October  16th.  The  Gardener's  Monthly.  Vol.  2d,  No.  10,  Oct.,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Trustees  of  the  New  York  State  Library  for  the  years 
1857,  58,  59,  and  60.  Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University 
on  the  condition  of  the  State  Cabinet  of  Natural  History,  for  the  years  1857. 
58  and  59.  Seventy-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University 
made  January  28th,  1860.  Catalogue  of  the  New  York  State  Library.  Vol.  4, 
8vo.  Results  of  a  series  of  Meteorological  Observations,  made  in  obedience  to 
instructions  from  the  Regents  of  the  University.  From  1826  to  1850  inclusive. 
From  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

A  Practical  Dictionary  of  the  English  and  German  languages  in  two  parts, 
English  and  German  and  German  and  English.  By  Dr.  Felix  Fliigel,  under  the 
cooperation  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Fliigel.  2  vols.,  8vo.  Leipsic,  1858.  From  Mrs.  Lucy 
W.  Say. 

First  Report  of  Philip  T.  Tyson,  State  Agricultural  Chemist,  to  the  House  of 
Delegates  of  Maryland,  January,  1860.  8vo.,  Annapolis.     From  the  Author. 

23d.  An  Elementary  Treatise  on  Human  Anatomy.  By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.  D. 
Svo.,  Philadelphia,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Review  of  the  American  Bombidae,  together  with  a  description  of  several 
species  heretofore  undescribed.     8vo.,  tract,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

The  Canadian  Journal  of  Industry,  Science  and  Art.  New  Series.  No.  29, 
September,  1860.     From  the  Canadian  Institute. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  Nos.  15  and  16,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Physical  Society  of  Edinburgh,  1854  to  1858,  Vol. 
1.     From  the  Royal  Physical  Society. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society.  Vol.  16,  Part  3,  No.  63. 
From  the  Geological  Society  of  London. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  Vol.  10,  No.  39.  From  the 
Royal  Society. 

Report  of  tbe  Proceedings  of  the  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the 
West  Riding  of  Yorkshire,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Fortieth  Report  of  the  Council  of  the  Leeds  Philosophical  and  Literary  So- 
ciety, 1859-60.  Sensorial  Vision.  By  Sir  J.  F.  W.  Herschel.  8vo.  tract,  1858. 
The  Physical  condition  of  the  people  in  its  bearing  upon  their  social  and  moral 
welfare*  By  Rt.  Rev.  R.  Bickersteth.  8vo.  tract,  1860.  From  the  Leeds  Phil. 
and  Lit.  Society. 

Memoirs  of  the  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Manchester.  Second 
Series,  Vol.  15,  Part  2.  Proceedings  of  the  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society, 
pages  60  to  252  inclusive,  for  1858-59.     From  the  Society. 

The  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts  and  of  the  Institutions  in  Union.  Vol.  8, 
Nos.  376  to  401  inclusive,  from  Feb.  3d,  1860,  to  July  27th,  1860.  From  the 
Society  of  Arts,  London. 

Actes  de  l'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux. 3d  Ser,,  21  An.,  1859,  4  Trimes.     From  the  Academy. 

Vierter  und  Achter  Bericht  der  Oberhessischen  Gesellschaft  fur  Natur-  and 
Heilkunde.  1854  and  '60.     From  the  Society. 

Kleine  Schriften  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Emden.  Nos.  6  and  7. 
FunfuDdvierzigster  Jahresberichte  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Em- 
den, 1859.     From  the  Society. 

41* 


XV111.  DONATIONS  TO   LIBRARY. 

Verhandlungen  der  Russich-Kaiserlichen  Mineralogischen  Gesellschaft  zu  St. 
Petersburg.  Jahrgang,  1842,  1850  und  '51,  1852  una  '53,  1857  und  '58.  From 
the  Society. 

Bulletin  de  l'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg.  Tome  1, 
Feuilles  7-36.  Memoires  de  l'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Peters- 
bourg.  7  Serie,  Tome  2,  Nos.  1 — 3,  1850.     From  the  Academy, 

Arehiv  des  Vereins  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  Mecklenburg.  Jahr. 
.14,  1860.     From  the  Society  in  Mecklenburg, 

Zeitschrif't  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band  11,  Heft  3,  1859. 
From  the  Society  in  Berlin. 

Nachrichten  von  der  Georg-August-Universitats  und  der  Konigl.  Gesellschaft 
der  Wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen.  Jahre,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fur  Mineralogie  Geognosie,  Geologie  und  Petrefakten-kunde. 
Von  R.  C.  von  Leonhard  und  Ei.  G.  Bronn.  Jahrgang,  1860,  Heft  3.  From  the 
Editors. 

Uber  die  Wohnsitze  der  Brachiopoden.  Von  Prof.  Edward  Suess.  No.  2, 
Wein,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Denkschriften  der  Kaiserl.  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften,  Mathematisch-Natur- 
wissen.  Classe,  Band  18.  Sitzungsberichte  der  Kaiserl.  Akad.  der  Wissen- 
schaftliche.  Classe,  Band  39,  Nos.  3,  4  und  5.  Band  40,  Nos.  7,  8  und  10.  From 
the  Academy. 

Verhandlungen  der  Kaiser.- Konig.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft  in 
Wien.  Jahrgang,  1S59.     From  the  Society. 

Jahrbuch  der  Kaiser.-Konigl.  Geologischen  Reichsanstalt.  Jahrgang  10. 
1859,  Nos.  3  und  4.     From  the  Institute. 

Rede  zum  Geburts-Feste  des  hochsteeligen  Grossherzogs  Karl  Frederich  von 
Baden  und  zur  akademischen  Preisvertheilung  am  22.  November,  1859.  Von 
Dr.  Heinrich  Georg  Bronn.     4to.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Tableau  Methodique  et  Descriptif  des  Mollusques  Terrestres  et  d'Eau  douce 
de  l'Agenais.     Par  J.  B.  Gassies.     8vo.,  Paris,  1849.     From  the  Author. 

Journal  de  Conchyliologie.  Tome  8,  Nos.  1  et  2,  1860.  From  the  Editors, 
MM.  Fischer  et  Bernardi. 

Monographie  des  Genres  Galatea  et  Fischeria,  par  le  Chevalier  A.  C.  Ber- 
nardi. 4to.,  Paris,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Bulletins  de  l'Academie  Royal  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux- Arts  de 
Belgique,  28  An.  2  Ser.  Tomes  7  et  8.  Memoires  Couronnes  et  Autres  publies, 
par  l'Academie  Royale,  &c,  collec.  in  8vo.,  Tomes  9  and  10.  Annuaire  de 
l'Academie  Royale,  &c,  26th  An.,  1860.  Observations  des  Phenomenes 
Periodiques.  Sur  la  difference  de  Longitude  des  Observations  de  Brnxelles  et 
Berlin,  determinee  en  1857,  par  des  signaux  Galvaniques      From  the  Academy. 

November  6tk.  Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee.  Par  M.  F. 
E.  Guerin-Meneville.     No.  9,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Jouitial.  Vol.  16,  No.  18,  1860,  From  the 
Editors. 

Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.  Vol.  7,  pages  321  to 
352  incl.     From  the  Society. 

Proceedings  of  the  Essex  Institute.     Vol.  2,  Part  2.     From  the  Institute. 

The  Dental  Cosmos.     Vol.  2,  No.  4.     From  the  Editors. 

The  American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  Nos.  17  and  18.     From  the  Editor. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  for  Nov.,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

Proceedings  of  the  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society  of  Liverpool  during 
the  49th  Session,  1859-60,  No.  14.     From  the  Society. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society.  Vol.  10,  No.  40.     From  the  Society. 

Edinburgh  New  Philosophical  Journal.  New  Series,  No.  24,  Vol.  12,  No.  2, 
October,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Sur  le  Neocomien  dans  le  Jura  et  son  role  dans  la  serie  Stratigraphique.  Par 
Jules  Marcou.  Geneve,  1858,  8vo.     From  the  Author. 


DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY.  XIX. 

Actes  de  l'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Bor- 
deaux. 3d  Ser.  22  An..  1860,  2d  Trimes.     From  the  Academy. 

Etudes  Organiques  sur  les  Cuscutes.  Par  M.  Charles  Des  Moulins.  8vo.. 
Toulouse,  1853.  Catalogue  Roissonne  des  Phanerogames  de  la  Dordogne  Sup- 
plement final,  1858.  Par  M.  Charles  des  Moulins.  8vo.,  Bordeaux  1859.  Les 
Savants  Voyageurs  a  Bordeaux.  Documents  relatifs  a  la  faculte  Germinative 
conservee  par  quelques  graines  antiques.  Sur  les  Chrysanthemes  d'Automne 
de  nos  jardins  et  sur  quelques  plantes  qui  leur  sont  congeneres.  Note  sur  le 
Sisymbrium  Bursifolium  de  La  Peyrouse.  Deuxieme  et  Troisieme  Memoires 
relatif  aux  causes  qui  paraissent  influer  particulierement  sur  la  croissance  de 
certains  Vegetaux  dans  des  conditions  determiners.  Discours  sur  revolution 
des  forces  vitales  dans  la  nature.  Erythraea  et  Cyclamen  de  la  Gironde.  Rap- 
port sur  le  mouvement  Scientifique  archeologique  et  litterare  dans  la  Gronde 
de  1S55  a  1857.  Documents  relatifs  a  la  naturalisation  en  France  du  Painicum 
digitaria.  Resume  d'une  publication  de  M.  E.  A.  Carriere  intitulee,  les  Hommes 
et  les  Choses  en  1857.  De  la  propriety  litteraire  en  Matiere  de  nomenclature 
scientifique.  Comparaison  des  Departements  de  la  Gironde  et  de  la  Dordogne 
sous  le  rapport  de  leur  vegetation  spontanee  et  de  leurs  cultures.  Par  M. 
Charles  des  Moulins.  13  8vo.  tracts.     From  the  Author. 

Memoires  de  l'Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de 
Lyon.  Tomes  7,  8  et  9.     From  the  Academy. 

Nova  Acta  Regiae  Societatus  Scientiarum   UpSa]jensjS-  Serie  Tertite.  Vol.  2. 

Arsskrift  utgifven  af  Kongl.  Vetenskaps-Societeten  i  Upsala,  Forsta  argangen. 
From  the  Society  in  Upsala. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou.  Nos.  2,  3,  and 
4,  1859,  No.  1,  1860.  Nouveaux  Memoire  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Natural- 
istes de  Moscou.     Tomes  11,  12  and  13,  Livraison  1.     From  the  Society. 

Academie  des  Sciences  et  Lettres  de  Montpelier  Memories  de  la  Section  de 
Medecine.     Tome  3,  Fasciculis  1  and  2.     From  the  Academy. 

G.  Th.  Fechner,  Ueber  einige  Verhaltnisse  des  Binocular  Sehens.  4to.,  Leip- 
zig, 1860.  G.  Mettenius,  Zwei  Abhandlungen.  1,  Beitriige  zur  Anatomie  der 
Cycadeen.  2  Uber  Seitenknospen  bei  Farner.  8vo.,  Leipzig,  1869.  P.  A.  Han- 
sen Auseinandersetzung  einer  Zweckmiissigen  Methode  zur  Berechnung  der 
abzoluten  Storungen  der  kleinen  Planeten.  Dritte  Abhandlung.  8vo.,  Liepzig. 
Berichte  uber  die  Verhandlungen  der  Koniglich  Sachsischen  Gesellschaft  der 
Wissenschaften  zu  Leipzig.  Heft  1,2  3  und  4,  1859  and  1860.  From  the 
Society. 

Der  Zoologische  Garten  Organ  der  Zoologischen  Gesellschaft  in  Frankfurt  am 
Main.  Jahr.  1,  Nos.  7 — 12.     From  the  Society. 

Zeitschrift  der  deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Band  11,  Heft.  4.  From 
the  Society. 

Memoires  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Cherbourg.  Tome 
7,  1859.     From  the  Society. 

Plantes  vasculaires  des  environs  de  Cherbourg.  Par  Auguste  le  Jolis.  8vo.. 
Paris,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte.  Von  Dr.  F.  H.  Troschel.  25  Jahr.,  Heft.  6  und 
Jahr.  25,  Heft.  1.     Prom  Dr.  Troschel. 

11th  Ivatalog  Naturwissenschaftlicher  Werke  aus  den  antiquarischeu  Lager. 
Von  F.  O.  Wiegel.     From  the  Author. 

13th.  The  rock  oils  of  Ohio.  By.  J.  S.  Newberry.  8vo.  tract,  1859.  From 
the  Author. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.     Vol.  17,  No.  11,  Nov.,  1860.    From 

the  Editors. 

The  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.     Vol.  4,  No.  6,  Nov.,  1860. 

From  the  Editors. 

American  Medical  Times.     Vol.  1,  No.  19,  Nov.,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 


XX.  DONATIONS   TO   LIBRARY. 

American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,  3d  series,  vol.  8,  No.  6,  Nov.,  1860.  From 
the  Editor. 

The  Gardener's  Monthly,  vol.  2,  No.  11,  Nov.,  1860.     From  the  Editor. 

Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Botanique  de  France.  Tome  6,  No.  8,  1859.  Hom- 
mage  Rendu  a  la  Memoire  de  M.  Alexandre  de  Humboldt  dans  la  seance  du  13 
Mai,  1859.     From  M.  Chs.  de  Moulins. 

Walpers.  Annales  Botanices  Systematic;*.  Tome  5,  fasc.  6.  Auct.  Dr. 
Carolo  Mueller.     From  the  Author. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  1859.  Part  3,  June 
to  December.     From  the  Zoological  Society. 

Due  Lettere  de  Prof.  Michele  Tenore  con  alcune  Notizie  sull'  Isola  d'Ischia. 
Ed.  2,  Napoli,  1858.  8vo.  tract.  Ricerche  sulla  classificazione  de  Platini  M. 
Tenore.  4to.  tract.  1856.  Sopra  Alcuui  Alberi  mentovati  negli  scrittori  del 
medio  evo,  osservazioni  di  Michele  Tenore.  Sopra  ajcune  specie  di  Cipressi 
osservazioni  del  Cav.  Prof.  Michele  Tenore.  4to.  tract.  Modena,  1853.  Cata- 
logo  del  Real  Orto  Botanico  di  Napoli.  4to.  1845.  Michele  Tenore.  From 
E.  Durand. 

Essais  de  Geographie  Malacologique  par  MM.  les  Docteurs  De  Grateloup  et 
Vor  Paulin.  8vo.  Bordeaux,  1855.  Conchyliologie  Fossile  des  terrains  Ter- 
tiaires  du  Bassin  de  l'Adour,  par  M.  le  Dr.  Grateloup.  Atlas.  4to.  1840.  From 
M.  de  Grateloup. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  Tome 
7,  No.  9.    Sept.,  1860. 

The  Natural  History  of  the  Tineina,  (vol.  5,)  containing  Coleophora.  Part  2. 
8vo.   1860.     By  H.  T.  Stainton. 

Conchologia  Iconica.     By  Lovell  Reeve.     Part  199. 

Palajontographica.  Beitrage  zur  Naturgeschichte  der  Vorwelt.  Band  8. 
Lieferung  5.  Von  Hermann  von  Meyer.  Band  9.  Lieferung  1.  Von  Wilhelm 
Dunker.     Cassel,  1860. 

Tresor  de  Livres  rares  et  precieux.  ou  Nouveaux  Dictionnaire  Biblio- 
graphique.    Tome  2.   Livr.  4. 

Zoologischer  Hand- Atlas  von  Dr.  Hermann  Burmeister.     Lieferung  5. 

Exploration  Scientifique  de  l'Algerie,  Botanique.     Livraison  12 — 17. 

Monographic  des  Picides,  par  Alfred  Malherbe.     Livraison  6. 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  vol.  40,  No.  5,  Nov.,  1860. 

20^.     American  Medical  Times,  vol.  1,  No.  10.     From  the  Editors. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  vol.  17,  No.  6,  Nov.,  1860. 
From  the  Editors. 

Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review,  vol.  15,  No.  6,  Nov.,  I860.  From 
the  Editor. 

Bibliotheque  Universelle  Revue  Suisse  et  Etrangere.  Tome  9,  No.  34,  Oct., 
1860. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition  : — 

Echinides  du  Departement  de  la  Sarthe  par  Cotteau  et  Triger.    Livraison  6. 

Novitates  Conchologicas,  par  Dr.  Louis  Pfeifi'er.     Livraison  13,  14. 

Monographic  des  Picides,  par  Alfred  Malherbe.     Livr.  7. 

December  4th.  Annales  des  Sciencias  e  Lettras,  publicados  'debaixo  dos 
auspicios  da  Academia  Real  das  Sciencias.  Sciencias  Mathematicas,  Physicas, 
Historico-Naturaes  e  Medicas.  Tomo  1.  Primiero  Anno.  Outubro  de  1857. 
Fevereiro  de  1858.  Tomo  2.  Anno  2.  Marco  de  1858.  Julhode,  1858.  An- 
nales Sc.  Sciencias  Moraes,  Politicas  e  Bellas  Lettras.  Tomo  1.  Anno  1.  Sep- 
tembro  de  1857.  Fevereiro  de  1858.  Tomo  2.  Anno  2.  Marcode,  1858.  No- 
vembro  de  1858.  Colleqao  de  Opusculos  Reimpressos  relativos  a  Historia  dap 
Navegaqoes,  &c.  dos  Portuguezes,  pela  Acad.  Real  dos  Sciencias.  Tomo  1,  No. 
3.  Historia  da  Prouincia  Santa  Cruz,  feita  por  pero  de  Magolhaes  de  Gan- 
davo.     Qnadro  Elementar  das  relagoes  politicas  e  diplomaticas  de  Portugal 


DONATIONS    TO   LIBRARY.  XXI. 

com  as  diversas  Potencias  do  Mundo.  Tomo  16  e  17.  Lendas  da  India  por 
Gaspar  Correa.  Toino  1.  Parte  1.  e  Parte  2.  4to.  Memorias  da  Academia 
Real  das  Sciencias  de  Lisboa.  Classe  de  Sciencias  Mathematicas,  Physicas  e 
Naturaes.  Nova  Serie.  Tom.  2,  parte  1.  Portugalliae  Inseriptiones  Romanas 
edidit.  Levy  Maria  Jordao.  Vol.  1.  Portugalliae  Monumenta  Historica  a  saeculo 
octavo  post  Christum  usque  ad  quintumdecimum.  Leges  et  consuetudines. 
Vol.  1,  fasc.  2.     From  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Lisbon. 

The  California  Farmer,  vol.  14,  Nos.  8,  9  and  10.     From  the  Editors. 

The  Dental  Cosmos,  vol.  2,  No.  5,  Dec,  1860.     From  the  Editors. 

Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie  pure  et  appliquee,  No.  10,  1860.  From  the 
Editor. 

Further  Remarks  on  Numerical  Relations  between  Equivalents.  By  M.  Carey 
Lea.    8vo.  tract.   1860.     From  the  Author. 

Catalogue  of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns  of  Ohio.  By  J.  S.  Newberry, 
M.D.    8vo.  tract.    Columbus,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Supplementary  Chapter  to  Acadian  Geology.  By  J.  W.  Dawson,  LL.D.,  kc. 
12mo.     Edinburgh,  1860.     From  the  Author. 

Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  vol.  16,  No.  12,  Dec,  1860.  From 
the  Editors. 

American  Medical  Times,  vol.  1,  Nos.  21  and  22,  Nov.,  1860.  From  the 
Editors. 

The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  30,  2d  series,  No.  90,  Nov., 
1860.     From  the  Editors. 

The  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  vol.  5,  No,  5,  Oct.,  1860.  From  the 
Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

Observations  on  the  Genus  Unio.  By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.D.,  &c  Vol.  8,  part  1. 
4to.   1860.     From  the  Author. 

Athanasii  Kircheri  e  Soc  Jesu  Mundus  Subterraneus.  Tomus  1.  Folio. 
Amsterdam,  1668.  A  General  Natural  History  of  new  and  accurate  descrip- 
tions of  the  Animals,  Vegetables  and  Minerals  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
World.  By  John  Hill,  M.D.  Folio.  London,  1751.  From  Mr.  Walter 
Cresson. 

Bulletin  Mensuel  de  la  Society  Imperiale  Zoologique  d'Acclimatation.  Tome 
7,  No.  10,  Octobre,  1860.     From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition. 

11th.  Introductory  Discourse  on  Speculative  and  Inductive  Medicine,  de- 
livered in  the  Medical  Department  of  Pennsylvania  College,  Oct.  8,  1860,  by 
Henry  Hartshorne,  M.D.     From  the  Author. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Chemical  Society  of  London.  Vol.  11,  No.  4. 
Vol.  12.  Vol.  13,  Nos.  1,  2  and  3.     From  the  Society. 

American  Medical  Times,  vol.  1,  No.  23.     From  the  Editor. 

The  Gardener's  Monthly,  vol.  2,  No.  12.     From  the  Editor. 

On  some  questions  concerning  the  Coal  Formations  of  North  America,  by 
Leo  Lesquereux.    8vo.  tract.     From  the  Author. 

Natur-Andachten.  Dichtungen  aus  dem  Reiche  der  Natur  und  an  ihre 
Freunde  von  Joh.  Gistel,  &c  &c  8vo.  Straubing,  1857.  Achthundert  und 
zwanzig  neue  oder  unbeschreibene  wirbellose  Thiere,  charakterisirt  von  Dr. 
Johannes  Gistel.  '8vo.  Straubing,  1857.  Vacuna  oder  die  Geheimnisse  aus 
dem  organischen  und  leblosen  Welt,  von  Prof.  Dr.  Johannes  Gistel.  Erster 
Band.  8vo.    Straubing,  1857.     From  Dr.  Gistel. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  with  Illustrations. 
Parts  1  and  2,  Jan.  to  June,  1860.     From  the  Society. 

United  States  Exploring  Expedition  during  the  years  1838  to  1842,  under 
the  command  of  Charles  Wilkes,  U.S.N.  Herpetology,  by  Charles  Girard. 
With  a  folio  Atlas.     1858.     From  Mrs.  Lucy  W.  Say. 

The  following  are  from  Dr.  Thos.  B.  Wilson,  on  the  usual  condition  : 

Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  vol.  40,  No.  6,  1860. 

Notice  sur  quelques  races  de  Chevaux,  sur  les  haras  et  les  remontes  dan- 
l'Empire  d'Autriche,  par  M.  Huzard  fils.     12mo.  tract.  1823.     Paris. 


XX11.  DONATIONS    TO   LIBRARY. 

Raupenkalender  oder  Verzeichnisaller  Monate  in  welchen  die  von  Rosel  und 
Kleemann  beschreibene  und  abgebildete  Raupen  nebst  ihrem  Futter  zu  finden 
sind.     Von  Johann  Mader.     Nurnberg,  1786.  12mo. 

Exarnen  Analytique  des  ceufs  de  poule.  Par  B.  G.  Sage.  12mo.  tract.  Paris, 
1823. 

Exposition  methodique  da  Regne  vegetal.  Par  J.  F,  Caffin.  12mo.  Paris, 
1822. 

Nomenclator  entomologicus  secundum  Entomologiara  Systematicamill.  Fab- 
ricii,  &c,  a  Frederick  Weber.     18mo.     Chilonii  et  Hamburgi,  1795. 

Essai  d'une  Iconographie  elementaire  et  philosopbique  des  Vegetans.  Par 
P.  J.  F.  Turpin.     Paris,   1820.     12mo. 

Des  avautages  de  l'esprit  d'observation  dans  les  sciences  et  les  arts,  avec 
quelques  rernarques  relatives  a  la  Pbysionomie.  Par  X.  A****.  12mo.  Paris, 
1809. 

Nomenclator  Entomologicus  enumerans  Insecta  omnia  in  J.  C.  Fabricii  En- 
tomologia  Systematica  emendata  et  aucta  1792.     12ino.     Mancunii,  1795. 

Traite  d  education  ou  methode  abregee  pour  elever  les  Serins  ee  Canarie,  &c. 
Par  C***.     Lyon,  1768.     12mo. 

Mocographie  des  Picides.     Par  Alfred  Malherbe.     Livr.  8. 

Systematisches  Conchylien-Cabinet  von  Martini  und  Chemnitz.  Lief.  172. 

Saunders  and  Hewitson's  Exotic  Butterflies.     Parts  35  and  36. 

Paleontologie  Lombarde.     Par  A.  Stoppani.     Livr.  13. 

Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  Vol.  4,  Part  4.  From  the 
Publication  Committee. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


BIOLOGICAL    DEPARTMENT 


OF    THE 


ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF     PHILADELPHIA. 

1860. 
Reported  by  Walter  F.  Atlee,  Recorder 


Dr.  Joseph  Leidy,  Director 


January. 
-Pathology. 


Dr.  J.  J.  Woodward  read  a  paper  entitled,  "  Remarks  on  Errors  in 
Anatomical  Diagnosis  of  Cancer."* 

II. — Chemistry  and  Toxicology. 

1.  Dr.  Mitchell  stated  that  lately  in  examining,  in  conjunction  with 
Dr.  Hammond,  the  chemistry  of  corroval  and  vao,  they  had  succeeded  in 
obtaining,  in  a  crystalline  form,  corrovaline.  It  is  formed  by  evaporation, 
from  the  solution  in  chloroform  ;  one  grain  of  corrovaline  thus  prepared 
was  dissolved  in  one  hundred  grains  of  water,  and  one  drop  from  the 
solution  was  sufficient  to  kill  a  mouse.  The  same  quantity,  in  ten  minute?, 
killed  a  frog. 

2.  Mr.  Powel  stated  that  when  very  young,  in  the  laboratory  of  hi? 
uncle,  Dr.  Robert  Hare,  he  had  witnessed  some  very  extraordinary 
poisonous  qualities  exhibited  by  the  residue  of  the  sweet  oil  of  wine,  dis- 
tilled  with  some  turpentine.  The  smell  of  this  was  sufficient  to  produce 
dizziness  aud  lethargic  symptoms. 

*See  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  for  April,  1860 

1 


2  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [Biolog' 

February. 

I. — Anatomy. 

Dr.   Schmidt  read  the  following  paper  upon  a  ■'  Method  of  Painting 
moist  Anatomical  Preparations." 

Method  of  Painting-  Moist  Anatomical  Preparations 
BY    II.    D.    SCHMIDT,    M.    D. 

it  is  more  due  to  neglect  than  any  other  motive,  that  I  have  not  pub- 
lished, before  this,  the  useful  process  of  painting  anatomical  preparations, 
intended  to  be  suspended  in  alcohol.  The  latter,  as  is  known  to  every 
anatomist,  affects  the  color  of  the  different  components  of  an  organ,  and 
thus  renders  them  almost  alike  in  appearance.  This  is  a  great  disadvan- 
tage, as  the  object  of  such  a  preparation,  is  to  show  the  relationship  of 
the  various  parts  of  an  organ,  or  that  of  different  organs  themselves. 
For  instance,  if  the  larger  bloodvessels  and  ducts  of  a  liver  or  kidney,  &c, 
are  injected  and  carefully  dissected  out,  to  exhibit  their  relative  course, 
.such  a  preparation  will  be  of  comparatively  little  value,  if  these  vessels 
can  not  be  readily  distinguished  from  each  other.  This  can  only  be  ac- 
complished by  painting  them  with  different  colors.  In  dried  preparations, 
this  is  easily  done  by  coloring  with  oil-paint,  commonly  used  by  artists. 
But  as  the  tissues  of  such  preparations  lose  entirely  their  form  by  shrink- 
ing, they  are  rendered  to  a  great  extent  unfit  for  study.  It  is  different 
however,  in  the  case  of  preparations  intended  to  be  preserved  in  a  moist 
condition  by  suspension  in  alcohol.  Here,  the  anatomist  often  becomes 
discouraged,  when  he  finds  his  best  dissections  losing  in  appearance 
by  the  injurious  action  of  the  alcohol  on  the  color  of  the  tissues.  To 
counterbalance  this  disadvantage,  I  have  used  a  vehicle,  which,  while  it 
unites  with  the  tissues  and  thus  adheres  to  them,  is  not  affected  injurious- 
ly by  the  action  of  the  alcohol,  but  on  the  contrary,  rendered  only  more 
firm.  The  process  is  so  simple,  that  it  seems  rather  strange  not  to  have 
been  resorted  to  long  ago.  The  principle  used  as  a  vehicle,  isalbumen,  in 
the  form  of  the  white  of  egg  ;  and  this  is  almost  the  only  substance  which 
will  unite  with  the  tissues,  (as  a  great  part  of  the  latter  consists  of  it,) 
without  being  injuriously  affected  by  the  alcohol.  The  colors  used,  of 
course  must  be  mineral,  and  thoroughly  ground  with  the  albumen,  on  a 
plate  of  glass.  After  the  preparation  is  painted,  it  is  put  into  strong 
alcohol,  which,  to  coagulate  the  albumen  still  more  firmly,  may  be  warmed. 
Not  only  the  blood-vessels,  ducts  and  nerves,  may  thus  be  beautifully 
colored,  but  with  some  artistical  skill  the  color  of  the  parenchyma  of  the 
organ  may  also  be  nicely  imitated. 

In  the  Anatomical  Museum  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  a  liver 
with  the  blood-vessels  and  ducts  carefully  dissected,  and  painted  with 
different  colors  by  the  above  described  process,  can  be  seen  suspended  in 
alcohol.  Likewise  a  kidney  and  a  spleen ;  the  color  of  the  fresh 
parenchyma  of  the  former  is  also  imitated.  These  preparations  I  made 
three  years  ago,  and  up  to  the  present  time  not  the  slightest  change  in 
the  colors  can  be  perceived  ;  although  they  have  often  been  carried  to 
and  from  the  lecture  room.  Another  preparation,  exhibiting  the  smaller 
muscles  of  the  larynx,  which  are  painted  red,  can  also  be  seen.  Intricate 
dissections  of  various  regions  can  be  made,  the  muscles,  vessels,  nerves, 
&c,  colored,  and  their  form  preserved  by  the  suspension  in  alcohol. 

[Feb, 


Dept]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  I 

In  connection  with  this  subject,  Dr.  Leidy  stated  that  he  is  in  the  habit 
of  suspending  injected  preparations  in  turpentine,  by  which  liquid  the 
tissues  are  rendered  translucent.  The  jars  in  which  they  are  thus  sus- 
pended, are  hermetically  sealed  by  means  of  a  piece  of  hog's  bladder,  well 
soaked  and  dipped  in  a  cement  of  gum  arabic,  acetic  acid  and  sugar  I  n 
order  to  suspend  the  preparation,  a.  piece  of  whalebone  or  a  bar  of  metal 
should  be  used  ;  wood  is  too  porous.  Thus  arranged  the  turpentine 
remains  perfectly  limpid. 

Dr.  Leidy  added,  that  in  these  preparations,  some  change  must  take 
place  in  the  air  over  the  turpentine,  for  the  bladder  covering  the  jar 
bellies  down,  becoming  concave.  To  give  therefore  a  neater  appearance 
to  the  preparation,  he  is  in  the  habit  of  applying  a  second  piece  of  blad- 
der, prepared  as  the  other ;  in  which  a  small  orifice  is  made  with  a  pin. 
which  prevents  its  retraction  into  the  neck  of  the  jar. 

Mr.  Slack  stated  that  in  England,  glycerin  was  exteusively  used  for 
mounting  preparations,  the  high  price  of  alcohol  in  that  country  prevent- 
ing its  general  use  for  such  a  purpose. 

II. — Pathology. 

Dr.  Leidy  exhibited  a  portion  of  the  stomach  of  a  horse  recently  dead. 
which  contained  a  number  of  spheroidal  tumors,  about  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter, The  tumors  contained  a  number  of  nematoid  worms  (Spiroptera  me- 
gastoma)  still  alive. 

Dr.  Darrach,  who  had  examined  the  structure  of  these  tumors,  had 
found  their  walls  to  be  principally  fibrous  tissue,  containing  a  puruloid 
matter  filled  with  fine  granules,  which  were  the  eggs  of  the  worm.  These 
tumors  possessed  orifices  communicating  with  the  stomach. 

This   horse  was  said  to   have    died  from    rupture  of  the  diaphragm 
caused  by  great  distension  of  the  intestines,  in  consequence  of  a  large- 
meal  of  Indian  Corn.     This  rupture  was  situated  in  the  muscular  portion 
of  the  diaphragm,  and  was  about  six  inches  in  length. 

III. — Teratology. 

Dr.  Morris  related  a  case  of  arrest  of  development  in  the  hand  of  a 
young  man  with  whom  he  is  acquainted.  This  arrest  is  in  two  of  his 
fingers.  This  condition  of  things  is  attributed  by  Dr.  Morris  to  the 
action  of  filaments  thrown  around  the  fingers,  and  checking  their  growth, 
probably  about  the  third  or  fourth  month  of  intra- uterine  life.  These 
filaments  or  ligatures  were  assigned  first  by  Dr.  Montgomery  as  a  cause 
of  this  phenomenon. 

Dr.  Mitchell  while  acknowledging,  as  a  general  rule,  the  justice  of  the 
reason  assigned  by  Dr.  Morris,  for  these  arrests  of  development,  declared 
that  it  could  not  explain  those  cases  where  for  a  series  of  generations  the 
same  deformity  exists. 

The  mother  of  the  person  alluded  to  here,  attributed  the  condition  of 
her  son's  hand  to  her  having  witnessed  the  amputation  by  a  surgeon  of 
the  same  fingers  while  pregnant. 


April. 

Dr.  Mitchell  read  the  following  paper  on  Corroval  and  Vao. 

I860.] 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [Biolog- 


Ofl  ihe  Physical  and  Chemical  characteristics  of  Corroval  and  Vao,  two  recently 
discovered  varieties  of  Woorara,  and  on  a  new  Alkaloid  constituting  their 
active  principle. 

BY    WILLIAM    A.    HAMMOND,    M.   D. 

Assistant  Surgeon  U.  S.  Army,  and 

S.    WEIR    MITCHELL,    M.    D. 

Lecturer  nn  Physiology  in  the  Ihiladelphia  Medical  Association. 

The  two  new  varieties  of  woorara,  which,  so  far  as  relates  to  their 
physical  and  chemical  characteristics,  we  design  considering  at  present, 
were  brought  in  February,  1857,  from  the  Rio  Darien,  in  New  Granada. 
by  Drs.  Ruschenberger  and  Caldwell  of  the  United  States  Navy.  By 
these  gentlemen  they  were  presented  to  Prof.  Joseph  Carson,  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  to  whom  we  must  express  our  acknowledg- 
ments for  the  opportunity  afforded  us  of  analyzing  and  experimenting 
with  these  curious  poisons. 

The  corroval,  the  more  powerful  of  the  two,  has  the  general  appearance 
of  a  vegetable  extract  of  a  brownish  black  color.  The  fracture  is  some- 
what conchoidal,  but  some  of  the  fragments  in  our  possession  have  a  sur- 
face such  as  would  be  given  to  the  superficies  of  an  inspissated  vegetable 
infusion  on  cooling.  When  pulverized,  itis  of  a  tawny  yellow  appearance. 
Its  taste  is  an  intense  and  very  persistent  bitter.  The  saturated  aqueous 
infusion  is  of  a  very  dark  brown,  almost  black  color,  and  of  neutral  or 
exceedingly  slight  acid  reaction.  The  alcoholic  tincture  is  of  a  pale 
yellow  tint.  Both  water  and  alcohol  extract  the  poisonous  principle,  as 
do  also  ether  and  chloroform,  though  to  a  very  diminished  extent.  No 
crystals  are  deposited  from  either  of  these  solutions,  except  from  the 
ethereal.     They  consist  entirely  of  fatty  substances. 

The  residue,  insoluble  in  water,  submitted  to  microscopical  examination, 
is  seen  to  consist  of  vegetable  cells,  starch  granules,  portions  of  woody 
tissues,  oil  globules,  &c;  small  grains  of  silica  are  also  to  be  observed. 
No  parts  of  animals  of  any  kind  can  be  discovered  by  most  careful  ex- 
amination with  object-glasses  of  high  power  and  excellent  defining  quality. 
If  the  fangs  of  poisonous  serpents,  the  livers  and  other  parts  of  the  body 
were  used  in  the  manufacture  of  con-oval,  we  should  undoubtedly  have 
detected  their  anatomical  elements.  We  therefore  regard  it  as  certain 
that  such  substances  do  not  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  material 
under  consideration. 

Corroval  burns  with  a  yellow  flame,  and  gives  off  a  considerable  amount 
of  smoke  and  vapor.  This  latter  has  an  odor  very  similar  to  that  of 
human  excrement,  and,  as  we  have  ascertained,  possesses  all  the  poisonous 
activity  of  the  corroval  in  substance.  A  mouse  made  to  inhale  the  fumes 
died  in  less  than  two  minutes.  Corroval  heated  upon  platinum  foil,  in 
the  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  is  almost  entirely  volatilized.  The  ash  con- 
sists of  silica,  iron,  and  certain  saline  substances. 

In  external  characteristics  vao  cannot  be  distinguished  from  corroval. 
That  in  our  possession  is  a  dark  brown  extract,  hard,  and  perfectly 
dry,  and  unaffected  by  exposure  to  the  atmosphere.  It  yields  its  toxic 
principle  to  water  and  alcohol,  the  infusions  being  of  similar  physical 
qualities  and  reaction  with  those   of  corroval.     The  insoluble  portion 

[April, 


Bept.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  5 

consists  of  a  white  or  light  gray  deposit  of  a  shred-like  and  flocculent 
appearance,  Examined  under  the  microscope  this  is  seen  to  be  princi- 
pally composed  of  amorphous  matter  with  which,  however,  starch  granules 
and  cells  of  vegetable  origin,  together  with  masses  of  woody  tissue  and 
fragments  of  silica  are  mingled.  No  animal  structures  are  to  be  detected 
on  the  most  minute  examination. 

Vao  subjected  to  the  action  of  heat  acts  in  a  manner  not  distinguish- 
able from  that  of  corroval,  giving  off  a  vapor  with  similar  odor  and  other 
properties  to  that  derived  from  the  latter  substance. 

Woorara,  of  which  corroval  and  vao  may  with  propriety  be  considered 
as  constituting  species,  has  been  analyzed  by  Roulin  and  Boussingault,* 
Pelletier  and  Petrozf  and  Heintz.} 

Roulin  and  Bmissingault  experimented  with  woorara  which  had  been 
obtained  from  the  Rio  Negro.  It  was  a  solid  extract  of  a  black  color, 
but  brown  when  reduced  to  powder,  of  a.  resinous  appearance,  and  ex- 
ceedingly bitter  taste.  It  burned  with  difficulty,  and  gave  off  no  odor  of 
organic  nitrogenous  substances.  It  was  soluble  in  water,  alcohol  and  in 
sulphuric  ether,  though  not  to  any  considerable  extent.  The  aqueous 
infusion  was  of  slight  acid  reaction  ;  no  strychnine  was  discovered  by 
these  chemists  in  woorara. 

We  may  here  state  that  two  specimens  of  ordinary  woorara,  which  we 
owe  to  the  kindness  of  Major  LeConte,  of  Philadelphia,  and  Prof.  J.  (J. 
Dalton,  of  New  York,  agree  in  all  essential  particulars  with  that  above 
described. 

By  the  following  process,  Roulin  and  Boussingault  obtained  from 
woorara  a  new  principle  of  an  alkaloidal  character,  which  they  called 
curarin. 

The  woorara  was  reduced  to  fine  powder  and  treated  repeatedly  with 
boiling  alcohol.  The  extract  thus  obtained  was  evaporated,  and  the 
solid  residue  treated  with  water,  which  dissolved  the  active  principle, 
leaving  nothing  but  a  little  resinous  matter.  The  aqueous  solution  was 
then  decolorized  by  animal  charcoal,  and  treated  with  infusion  of  galls. 
A  beautiful  whitish-yellow,  flaky  precipitate  was  then  thrown  down,  having 
an  exceedingly  bitter  taste.  The  supernatant  liquid  was  almost  entirely 
deprived  of  its  bitterness;  the  precipitate  thus  obtained  was  well  washed, 
heated  to  ebullition  in  water,  and  dissolved  by  the  addition  of  oxalic  acid. 
The  acid  liquor  was  then  supersaturated  by  magnesia  and  filtered.  It 
was  again  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  dissolved  in  alcohol. 
This  solution  was  concentrated  and  spontaneously  evaporated  to  a  syrupy 
consistence.  It  was  subsequently  further  concentrated  by  evaporation  in 
vacuo. 

The  analysis  of  Pelletier  and  Petroz  yielded  a  similar  product.  These 
chemists  extracted  the  woorara  with  alcohol,  and  treated  the  tincture  thus 
obtained  with  ether,  in  order  to  remove  the  fatty  and  resinous  substances 
present.  The  alcoholic  extract  was  then  evaporated,  dissolved  in  water, 
and  foreign  matters  precipitated  from  the  solution  by  the  acetate  of  lead, 
the  excess  of  lead  being  removed  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  solution 
was  then  decolorized  by  animal  charcoal,  filtered  and  evaporated  ;  sul- 

*  Examen  Chimique  du  Curare,  Poison  des  Indiens  de  I'Orinoque,  Annates  de  Chimie 
et  de  Physique,  Tome  xxxix,  1828,  p.  24. 

t  Examen  Chimique  de  Curare,  Annates  de  Cliimic  et  de  Physique,  Tome  xl.  1829. 
p.  213. 

I  Reisen  in  British  Guiana,  Von  Richard  Schomburgk,  Bandi,  S.  452,  (noteX 

I860.] 


6  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Biolog. 

phuric  acid  diluted  with  absolute  alcohol  was  then  added  for  the  purpose 
of  draining  off  the  acetic  acid.  The  alcohol  was  removed  by  evaporation. 
and  the  sulphuric  acid  precipitated  by  baryta.  The  excess  of  the  latter 
was  separated  by  carbonic  acid,  the  liquid  was  next  filtered  and  concen- 
trated in  the  water  bath,  and  the  curarin  thus  obtained  further  dried  in 
cactio. 

Obtained  by  either  of  these  processes,  curarin  is  a  solid  transparent 
resinoid  substance,  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  very  hygroscopic  and  soluble 
to  almost  any  extent  in  water  and  alcohol.  Its  taste  is  exceedingly 
bitter.  The  solution  in  water  restores  the  blue  color  to  reddened  litmus 
paper,  neutralizes  acids,  and  forms  salts  with  them,  easily  soluble  in  water. 
but  uncrystallizable. 

Curarin  gives  with  concentrated  nitric  acid,  a  blood  red  color,  and 
with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  a  carmine  tint. 

Heintz  proceeded  as  follows  : — To  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  woorara, 
tannic  acid  was  added,  and  an  abundant  precipitate  soluble  in  boiling 
water  was  obtained.  This  was  taken  from  the  filter,  boiled  with  magne- 
sia, and  then  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  extract  thus  obtained  was 
then  treated  with  alcohol,  to  remove  it  from  any  insoluble  salts  of  magne- 
sia, and  the  solution  again  evaporated  to  dryness.  By  this  means  a  yel- 
lowish brown  extract  was  obtained,  possessing  no  alkaline  reaction,  but 
endowed  in  a  eminent  degree  with  the  toxic  principle  of  the  woorara. 
Heintz  does  not  regard  this  extract  as  at  all  pure  ;  subsequently  he  em- 
ployed both  the  bichlorides  of  mercury  and  platinum,  to  effect  the  pre- 
cipitation, but  with  no  better  success,  a  yellowish  extract  being  still  ob- 
tained. 

Heintz  ascertained  by  Lassaigne's  method  that  the  extract  contained 
nitrogen  ;  he  also  found  sugar,  gum,  resin,  extractive  matter  and  tannic 
and  gallic  acids  ;  traces  of  saline  combinations  with  organic  acids,  probably 
the  tartaric  and  oxalic  were  also  detected.  He  was  unable  to  discern 
the  least  trace  of  strychnia. 

We  think  it  highly  probable,  that  the  woorara  examined  by  Heintz 
was  very  far  from  being  of  identical  character  with  that  analysed  by 
Roulin  and  Boussingault  and  Pelletier  and  Petroz.  The  difference  in 
the  process  employed  is  not  sufficient  to  account  for  the  very  dissimilar 
product  obtained  by  Heintz.  His  method  was  certainly  such  as  to  have 
separated  any  alkafoidal  principle  present  The  substance  he  did  obtain 
was  probably  nothing  but  a  purified  and  more  highly  concentrated 
woorara,  deprived  of  its  woody  fibre,  starch,  silica,  &c. 

We  now  proceed  to  detail  the  several  steps  in  a  qualitative  analysis. 
made  of  the  con  oval  and  vao. 

A  few  grains  of  corroval  were  subjected  to  the  action  of  ether.  From 
the  solution  thus  obtained,  oil-globules  were  deposited  on  evapora- 
tion, together  with  a  number  of  minute  acicular  crystals,  insoluble  in 
water,  but  completely  dissolved  by  hot  alcohol  and  ether.  Globular  masses 
of  a  supposed  resin  were  also  present. 

To  another  portion,  water  was  added  till  it  was  completely  extracted 
of  all  its  bitter  principle.  The  residue  was  perceived  to  contain  several 
masses  apparently  of  a  fatty  character.  On  subjecting  this  substance  to 
the  action  of  hot  ether,  it  was  entirely  dissolved,  and  on  evaporating  the 
solution  from  a  slip  of  glass,  and  viewing  the  residue  with  the  microscope, 
numerous  delicate  acicular  crystals  collected  in  groups  and  radiating 
from  a  central  nucleus  were  perceived.  These  were  soluble  inhot  alcohol. 
The  remaining  portion  was  in  the  form  of  oil-globules. 

[April. 


Dept.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  7 

After  thus  separating  the  fatty  substances  as  above,  the  portion  in- 
soluble in  water  was  placed  in  a  small  retort  with  a  little  water ;  a 
receiver  surrounded  with  ice  was  luted  to  the  retort,  and  heat  applied  to 
the  latter.  On  the  surface  of  the  distillate  a  small  portion  of  essential 
oil  floated.  This  had  an  odor  somewhat  resembling  that  of  mustard,  but 
much  less  pungent. 

The  substance  remaining  in  the  retort  was  next  dried  at  a  low  tempera- 
ture, and  subjected  to  the  action  of  alcohol.  A  yellowish-brown  solution 
resulted,  from  which,  on  evaporation,  a  resinoid  substance  was  ob- 
tained, having  an  odor  very  similar  to  that  of  a  true  essential  oil. 

The  residue  was  next  calcined  in  a  platinum  crucible.  By  this  process 
the  woody  fibre,  &c,  was  consumed,  hydrochloric  acid  was  added  to  the  ash, 
and  the  silica  thus  separated.  To  a  portion  of  this  solution  in  hydrochlo- 
ric acid  diluted  with  water,  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  was  added,  and 
distinct  evidence  of  the  presence  of  iron  obtained.  Another  portion 
treated  with  bichloride  of  platinum  gave  after  a  lapse  of  several  hours 
a  reddish  crystalline  precipitate,  indicating  the  presence  of  soda. 

We  were  prevented  by  an  accident  continuingthe  analysis  of  the  above 
portion. 

The  aqueous  solution  was  found  by  the  addition  of  gelatin  in  excess,  to 
yield  a  flaky,  yellowish  white  precipitate  of  tannate  of  gelatine.  It  was 
filtered,  and  to  the  filtrate  perchloride  of  iron  added.  A  black  precipi- 
tate of  gallate  of  iron  was  thrown  down. 

From  the  foregoing  analysis  we  conceive  that  we  have  ascertained  the 
existencee  in  corroval.  besides,  the  active  principle,  of  the  following  sub- 
stances : — Olein,  Margarin,  Essential  Oil,  Resin,  Starch,  Silica,  Iron. 
Soda,  Woody  Fibre,  Tannic  Acid,  Gallic  Acid. 

The  small  quantity  of  corroval  in  our  possession,  prevented  us  from  ex- 
tending our  analysis  further  in  this  direction,  and  for  the  same  reason  we 
are  the  less  disposed  to  insist  upon  the  absolute  accuracy  in  all  its  steps  of 
the  foregoing  investigation.  Several  of  the  above  named  substances  were 
detected  by  the  microscope  alone,  and  this  instrument  was  constantly 
employed  throughout  the  whole  analysis. 

In  the  separation  of  the  active  principle  of  the  corroval,  we  made  use 
of  the  following  processes  : 

1st.  Ten  grains  of  the  substance  were  extracted  by  repeated  portions 
of  boiling  water,  till  a  bitter  taste  was  no  longer  afforded.  The  solutions 
were  now  mixed  and  boiled  with  magnesia.  It  was  next  filtered,  and 
the  filtrate  filtered  repeatedly  through  animal  charcoal,  till  all  the  bitter- 
ness and  coloring  matter  were  entirely  absorbed.  The  charcoal  was  then 
treated  with  boiling  alcohol  in  fresh  portions  till  all  bitterness  was  ex- 
tracted from  it.  The  alcohol  was  then  evaporated  to  dryness.  By  this 
means  a  very  bitter  substance  of  a  greenish  white  color  was  obtained, 
possessed  in  a  high  degree  of  the  toxic  properties  of  the  corroval. 

2d.  The  process  employed  in  this  instance  was  that  first  used  by  Roulin 
and  Boussingault,  but  modified  by  employing  water  to  extract  with, 
instead  of  alcohol. 

Ten  grains  of  the  corroval  were  reduced  to  fine  powder  and  extracted 
with  water,  as  in  the  first  described  process.  To  the  solution,  tannic  acid 
was  added  in  excess,  a  voluminous  flaky  precipitate  of  a  yellowish-white 
color  was  thrown  down.  This  was  well  washed  on  a  filter  to  remove  the 
tannic  acid,  mixed  with  water  and  heated  to  boiling,  a  few  crystals  of 
oxalic  acid  being  added  till  it  was  entirely  dissolved.  The  acid  liquor 
was  next  treated  with  magnesia,  in  excess,  and  filtered.  The  filtrate  was 
18G0.] 


i  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Biolog. 

• 
evaporated  to  dryness,   and  the  extract  thus  obtained,    dissolved  in  hot 
alcohol.     This   solution,    evaporated  to    dryness,    iurnished    a  substance 
similar  to  that  obtained  by  the  first  process,  but  more  highly  colored. 

For  the  principle  thus  obtained,  possessing  as  it  does  the  properties  of 
an  alkaloid,  and  in  a  high  degree  the  toxic  properties  of  the  corroval,  we 
propose,  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copoeia, the  name  of  corrovalia. 

Corrovalia*  is,  when  pure  a  greenish-white  substance,  of  low  specific 
gravity,  and,  upon  the  whole,  similar  to  tannic  acid  in  general  appear- 
ance. It  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  chloroform,  and,  contrary  to  the 
statement  in  our  original  memoirs,  to  a  slight  extent  in  water.  Heated 
upon  platinum  foil,  in  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp,  it  is  entirely  volatilized. 
With  concentrated  nitric  acid  it  gives  an  emerald  green  color,  which 
deepens  in  tint  if  a  small  piece  of  bichlorate  of  potassa  be  added. 
With  sulphuric  acid,  a  reddish-brown  color  is  formed,  which,  with  the 
further  addition  of  bichromate  of  potassa,  changes  in  a  few  minutes  to  a 
deep  olive  green  ;  with  ammonia  it  gives  a  deep  yellow  color,  but  no  pre- 
cipitate ;  with  potassa  in  solution,  the  result  is  much  the  same  ;  with 
tannic  acid,  it  gave  a  white  precipitate. 

With  iodide  of  potassium  in  solution,  corrovalia  yielded  no  precipitate 
or  change  of  tint,  nor  did  it  give  rise  to  any  reaction  in  the  presence  of 
bichloride  of  platinum. 

Corrovalia  is  uncrystallizable  from  all  its  solutions,  except  from  that 
in  chloroform.  A  drop  of  the  chloroformic  solution  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness on  a  slip  of  glass,  and  subjected  to  microscopic  examination,  exhibits 
numerous  acicular  crystals,  mostly  collected  in  groups,  and  radiating 
from  common  centres. 

Corrovalia  neutralizes  the  sulphuric  chlorhydric  and  acetic  acids,  and 
in  all  probability  others,  the  quantity  in  our  possession  being  too  small 
for  us  to  investigate  its  properties  further  in  this  direction.  The  salts 
formed  with  the  above  mentioned  acids,  as  far  as  we  have  been  able  to 
ascertain,  are  uncrystallizable. 

Introduced  into  the  blood,  corrovalia  exerts  atoxic  power,  equalled  by 
few  if  any  substances  hitherto  known  to  man.  A  grain  was  dissolved 
in  one  hundred  minims  of  water.  One  minim  of  this  solution  killed  a 
small  mouse  in  five  minutes,  when  inserted  under  the  skin,  and  five 
minims  in  four  and  a  half  minutes  produced  the  same  result  in  a  medium 
sized  rabbit.     With  frogs  it  is  especially  active. 

The  amount  of  alkaloid  obtained  by  us  from  corroval ;  amounted  tc 
about  ten  per  cent.;  from  vao,  the  proportion  did  not  exceed  four  or  five 
per  cent. 

Vao  is  therefore  much  weaker  than  corroval,  its  physiological  actio;: 
is  very  similar  to  the  latter  substance.  The  amount  of  resin  contained  in 
it  is  considerably  greater  than  that  found  in  the  corroval,  as  is  also  the 
woody  fibre.  For  the  physiological  effects  produced  by  these  new  and 
curious  poisons,  we  must  refer  to  the  memoir  to  which  we  have  already 
alluded. 

Owing  to  the  small  quantity  of  these  substances  in  our  possessiou,  we 
have  been  unable  to  make  an  ultimate  analysis  of  them,  and  consequent- 
ly cannot  at  present  give  formulas  of  their  composition.  In  other  respects 
we  have  from  the  same  cause  been  unable  to  carry  our  investigations  as 

*Experimental  researches  relative  to  Corroval  and  Vao,  &c,  American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences,  No  Ixxv,  N.  S.,  July,  1859. 

[April, 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  9 

far  as  we  desired.  "We  therefore  hesitated  to  publish  the  results  of  our 
examination  of  the  chemical  nature  of  these  poisons,  but  upon  more 
mature  reflection  have  concluded  to  lay  them  before  the  scientific  world, 
trusting  at  some  future  period  to  be  enabled  to  present  a  more  complete 
memoir  on  the  subject,  and  to  correct  any  errors  into  which  we  may  have 
fallen  in  the  course  of  the  researches  just  concluded.* 


May. 

1. — Physiology. 

A  paper  was  read,  entitled,  "  Food  of  the  Shad  of  the  Atlantic  Coast 
of  the  United  States,  (Alosa  sapidissima,)  and  the  functions  of  the 
pyloric  c&ca.     By  E.  R.  Mordecai,  M.  D.,  of  Mobile,  Alabama. 

This  paper,  after  calling  to  mind  the  anatomy  of  the  alimentary  canal  of 
the  shad,  lays  particular  stress  upon  the  facts  that  the  teeth  are  very 
small,  and  of  such  an  arrangement  as  to  suggest  its  food  to  be  easy 
of  prehension ;  that  the  largest,  longest,  and  also  the  greatest  number  of 
the  caeca  open  into  the  inferior  wall  of  the  expansion  of  the  intestine 
that  is  found  beyond  the  pylorus. 

On  examining  the  intestines  of  a  number  of  shad,  fresh  run  from  the 
sea,  the  caeca  were  always  found  to  be  distended  by  a  brownish-looking 
fluid  substance,  not  differing  to  the  naked  eye  from  a  fluid  material  of  the 
same  color,  filling  the  stomach.  This  fluid  under  the  microscope,  both 
that  from  the  stomach  and  from  the  caeca,  was  seen  to  be  composed  of 
differently  shaped  and  colored  fragments  of  algae  and  the  calcareous  shields 
of  infusoria. 

The  food  of  the  shad  would  therefore  appear  to  be  marine  algae,  which 
are  broken  down  by  the  powerful  muscular  walls  of  the  stomach,  aided 
by  the  broken  shells  of  infusoria.  The  caeca  are  receptacles  for  food  ; 
enabling  the  animal  to  exist  for  a  considerable  time  without  receiving 
additional  nourishment. 

Arguments  in  favor  of  these  views  are  drawn  by  Dr.  Mordecai  from 
an  analogous  condition  of  things  in  other  fish,  that  ascend  fresh  water 
streams,  or  seek  other  places  than  those  likely  to  supply  them  with  food, 
for  the  purpose  of  spawning. 

Specimens  mounted  for  microscopical  examination  accompanied  this 
paper  ;  and  the  statements  above  made  in  regard  to  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  and  the  caeca,  were  abundantly  verified  by  members  of  the 
Academy. 

*Some  misconception  appears  to  have  been  occasioned  by  the  names  under  which  we 
have  studied  these  poisons.  In  our  first  essay  they  were  distinguished  as  "  corroval  and 
vao,  two  new  varieties  of  woorara,  the  South  American  arrow  poison."  In  consequence 
of  this  title,  it  has  been  supposed  that  we  regarded  corroval  and  vao  as  identical  with 
the  woorara  of  De-la-Condamine,  Kolliker  and  others.  No  person,  however,  who  went 
beyond  the  tiile  of  the  papers,  could  possibly  entertain  this  idea,  since  the  toxicological 
distinction  is  drawn  in  ihe  most  definite  manner.  All  the  specimens  of  corroval  and  vao 
which  we  have  seen,  have  come  to  us  labelled  woorara,  and  we  have  been  informed 
that  this  term,  or  the  more  specific  appellation,  were  indiscriminately  used  by  the 
Indians  of  the  Rio  Darien. 


I860.] 


INDEX. 


Abbott,  Charles  C,  Descriptions  of 
new  species  of  American  Freshwater 
Fishes,  325;  Description  of  a  new 
species  of  Astroscopus,  Bre.v.,  in  the 
Museum  of  A.  N.  S. ;  Description  of 
a  new  species  of  Chatoessus,  Cuv., 
from  New  Jersey,  362,  365  ;  Descrip- 
tions of  new  species  of  Apodal  Fishes 
in  Mus.  A,  N.  S. ;  Descriptions  of  four 
new  species  of  North  American  Cypri- 
nidae  ;  Description  of  a  new  species  of 
Exocetus  from  Chili,  416,  472,  473, 
475  ;  Descriptions  of  two  new  species 
of  Piuielodus  from  Kansas,  547,  568  ; 
don.  to  mus.  i.  ii.  iii.  iv.  v.  vi.  vii. 

Academy,  Chicago,  of  Sciences,  don. 
to  lib.  iii. 

Academy,  C.  L.  C.  Germanicae  Naturae 
Curiosorum,  don.  to  lib.  xii. 

Academy,  Imperiale,  des  Sciences,  &c, 
Bordeaux,  don.  to  lib.  vi.  xii.  xvii. 
xix. 

Academy,  Imperiale,  des  Sciences,  &c, 
Dijon,  don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Academy,  Imperiale,  des  Sciences,  &c, 
de  Lyon,  don.  to  lib.  xix. 

Academy,  Imperiale,  des  Sciences  de 
St.  Petersbourg,  don.  to  lib.  xii.  xviii. 

Academy  Kaiserlichen  der  Wissen- 
schaften,  Wien,  don.  to  lib.  viii.  ix. 
xii.  xviii. 

Academy  Kongliga  Svenska,  Stock- 
holm, don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Academy  Konig.  Preuss.  der  Wissen. 
zu  Berlin,  don.  to  lib.  xii. 

Academy  Konink.  Van  Wetenscbappen, 
Amsterdam,  don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Academy  Real  das  Sciences,  Lisbon, 
don.  to  lib.  xx.  xxi. 

Academy,  Royal  Bavarian,  of  Sciences, 
don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Academy,  Royal  Irish,  don.  to  lib.  iii. 

I860.] 


Academy,  Royale,  des  Sciences,  &c.,de 
Belgique,  don.  to  lib.  xiv.  xviii, 

Academy  Sciences  et  Lettres,  de  Mont- 
pelier,  don.  to  lib.  xix» 

Academy  Science  of  St.  Louis,  don. 
to  lib.  xvi. 

Anthony,  J.  G.,  Description  of  new 
species  of  American  Fluviatile  Gas- 
teropods,  49,  55. 

Ashmead,  Samuel,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Association,  American,  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science,  don.  to  lib. 
vii. 

Association  Berg  und  Hutten,  Wien, 
don.  to  lib.  v. 

Association,  Dublin  University,  Zoolo- 
gical and  Botanical,  don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Association,  Mercantile  Library,  New 
York,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 

Association,  Young  Men's,  of  Buffalo, 
don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Association,  Young  Men's  Mercantile 
Library,  Cincinnati,  don.  to  lib.  iii. 

Astor  Library,  Trustees  of,  don.  to  lib. 
vii. 

Baird,  Matthew,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Barrande,  M.  Joachim,  don.  to  lib.  xv. 

Barris,  J.  N.  H.,  exchange  of  Publica- 
tions for  Fossils  with,  150;  don.  to 
mus.  iii. 

Bellardi,  Luigi,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 

Beneden,  J.  P.  von.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 

Bennett,  D,  R.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Bernardi,  A.  C,  don.  to  lib.  xviii. 

Binney,  Wm.  G.,  Remarks  on  a  species 
of  Leda,  and  on  Geographical  dis- 
tribution of  Shells,  49;  Notes  on 
American  Land  Shells,  No.  6;  and 
Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Pul- 
monata,  146,  150,  154;  don.  to  mus. 
i.  iii.  v.;  don.  to  lib.  xv. 


IV. 


INDEX. 


Biological  Department,  Report  of,  for 
Dec,  1859,  1 ;  for  June,  1860,  4;  for 
Feb.  54;  for  April,  150. 

Blanchard,  Capt.  Miles,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Bowen,  E.,  Coal  Plants  of,  presented  to 
the  Academy  by  Members,  i. 

Brazier,  A.  J.,  don.  to  lib.  xi. 

Breed,  Rev.  Wm.  P.,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Bridges,  Dr.  Robert,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Bronn,  Dr.  H.  G.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii.  xviii. 

Browne,  Mrs.  P.  A.,  Thanks  of  the 
Academy  presented  to,  &c,  415  ;  don. 
to  mus.  v. 

Browne,  Peter  A.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  2, 

Brush,  George  J.,  don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Buckley,  S.  B.,  The  Cutting  Ant  of 
Texas,  199,  233;  The  Stinging  or 
Mound  Ant  of  Texa?,  416,  445  ;  De- 
scriptions of  several  new  species  of 
Plants,  417,  443. 


Cadwallader,  C.  C,  don.  to  Mus.  vi. 

Campbell,  Henry  F.  M.  D.,  don.  to  lib.  x. 

Canada,  Geological  Survey  of,  don.  to 
lib.  xvi. 

Carothers,  A.  E.,  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Carpenter,  George  W.,  death  of,  an- 
nounced, 201, 

Carson,  Dr.  Joseph,  Remarks  of  on 
death  of  Dr.  Edward  Hallowell,  81. 

Cassin,  John,  Remarks  on  the  presenta- 
tion to  the  Academy  of  Dr.  Thomas 
B.  Wilson's  collection  of  Birds,  86  ; 
Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  during 
a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship  canal 
across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  &c,  97, 
132 :  Catalogue  of  Birds  collected 
during  a  survey  of  a  route  for  a  ship 
canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien, 
made  by  Lieut.  N.  Michler,  U.  S.  Top. 
Eng.,with  Notes  and  Descriptions  of 
new  species,  148, 188;  Descriptions  of 
new  Birds  of  Western  Africa  in  Mus. 
A.  N.  S.,  363,  364  ;  Catalogue  of  Birds 
from  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas,  West 
Indies,  with  notes,  363,  374;  Reso- 
lutions by,  in  relation  to  Mrs.  Peter 
A.  Browne,  415  ;  don.  to  lib.  xi. 

Clemens,  Dr.  Brackenridge,  Contribu- 
tions to  American  Lepidopterology, 
No.  3,  2;4;  Contributions  to  Ame- 
rican Lepidopterology,  No.  4,  146, 
156  ;  Contributions  to  American 
Lepidopterology,  No.  5,  201,  203  ; 
Contributions  to  American  Lepidop- 
terology, No.  6,  325,  345;  Note  on 
American  Tineina,  433  ;    Contribu- 


tions to  American  Lepidopterology, 
No.  7,  517,  522. 

Coates,  Dr.  Benjamin  H.,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 

Coleman,  W.,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Committee  on  communication  of  P.  B. 
Duchaillu,  48  ;  Report  of,  81. 

Committee  on  death  of  G.  W.  Carpen- 
ter, 201. 

Committee  on  Jessup  Fund,  Rules 
adopted  by,  577. 

Committee  to  prepare  a  Memorial  in 
aid  of  Dr.  Evans,  2. 

Committee,  Publication,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 
xxii. 

Committees,  Election  of  Standing,  48. 

Condie,  Dr.,  don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Conrad,  T.  A.,  Additional  new  species 
of  Fossils,  2  ;  Illustrations  of  some 
Fossils  described  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  by  T.  A.  Con- 
rad and  Wm.  M.  Gabb,  5*5  ;  Notes  on 
Shells,  199,  231;  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Cooper,  Dr.  J.  G.  and  Dr.  G.  Suckley, 
U.  S.  A.,  don.  to  lib.  xi. 

Cope,  Edward  D.,  Supplement  to  a 
Catalogue  of  the  Venomous  Serpents 
in  the  Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  49,  72; 
Catalogue  of  the  Calamarian  Ser- 
pents in  the  Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  with 
Notes  and  Descriptions  of  new  spe- 
cies, 199,  241  ;  Notes  and  Descrip- 
tions of  new  and  little  known  Ame- 
rican Reptiles,  325,  339  ;  Description 
of  Reptiles  from  Tropical  America 
and  Asia,  363,  368  ;  See  Hallowell: 
Descriptions  of  new  species  of  the 
Reptilian  genera  Hyperolius,  Liupe- 
rus  and  Tropidodipsas,  511 ;  List  of 
the  recent  species  of  Emydosaurian 
Reptiles  in  the  Mus.  of  the  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.,  549;  Catalogue  of  the  Colu- 
bridae  in  the  Mus.  of  the  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.,  &c,  Part  3,  551,  553  ;  don.  to 
mus.  iv.  v.  vi.  vii. 

Corse,  Dr.  J.  M.,  Remarks  on  Tuber- 
culous Diseases  in  Sheep.  548  ;  don. 
to  mus.  v. 

Coultas,  Harlan,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 

Cresson,  E.  T.,  don.  to  mus.  ii. 
Cresson,  Walter,  don.  to  lib.  xxi. 

Curators,  Report  of,  575. 

Darrach,  Dr.  J.,  Catalogue  of  Plants 
collected  in  flower  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Philadelphia,  145.  199,  .302, 
511. 

Darrach,  Samuel,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Dawson,  J.  W.,  don.  to  lib.  i.  vii.  xi. 
xvi.  xxi. 

[1860. 


INDEX. 


Department  of  War,  doa.  to  lib.  xi. 
Dow,  Capt.  J.  M.,  don.  to  rnus.  ii. 
Dowler,  Dr.  Bennett,  don.  to  lib.  xv. 
Duchaillu,  P.  B.,  Communication  from, 

48  ;  Report  of  Committee  on,  81. 
Dumeril,  A.  M.  C,  death  of,  announced, 

415. 
Dunlap,  B.  G.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 
Dunlap,  Thomas,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 
Dunn,  Dr.  T.  C,  don.  to  mus.  v. 
Durand,  E.,  Remarks  on  changing  the 

name  Carya  Texana  to  C,  Buckleyi, 

547  ;  don.  to  mus.  vii. ;  don.  to  lib. 

vii.  xx. 

Editor  of  American  Journal  of  Med- 
ical Sciences,  don.  to  lib.  viii.  xiii. 
xvi. 

Editor  of  American  Journal  of  Phar- 
macy, don.  to  lib.  i.  iv.  viii.  xii.  xv. 
xx. 

Editors  of  American 


ence  and  Arts,  don. 


Journal  of  Sci- 
to  lib.  i.  iv.  viii. 


XI 11.  xv.  xxi. 

Editors  of  American  Medical  Times, 
don.  to  lib.  x.  xi.  xiii.  xiv.  xv.  xvi. 
xvii.  xviii.  xix.  xx.  xxi. 

Editor  of  Annual  of  Scientific  Dis- 
covery, don.  to  lib.  iii. 

Editors  of  Arcbiv  fur  Naturgeschichte. 
don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Editors  of  Austrian  Journal  of  Medi- 
cal Practice,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Editors  of  Bibliotheque  Universelle, 
Revue  Suisse  et  Etrangere,  don.  to 
lib.  x.  xvi.  xx. 

Editor  of  California  Farmer,  don.  to 
lib.  viii.  ix.  x.  xi.  xiii.  xv.  xxi. 

Editor  Charleston  Medical  Journal 
and  Review,  don.  to  lib.  i.  iv.  ix. 
xiii.  xv.  xx. 

Editors  of  Dental  Cosmos,  don.  to  lib. 
i.  iii.  iy.  v.  viii.  ix.  xi.  xiii.  xv.  xvi. 
xviii.  xxi. 

Editors  of  Edinburgh  New  Philosoph. 
Journal,  don.  to  lib.  viii.  xv.  xviii. 

Editor  of  Gardener's  Monthly,  don. 
to  lib.  ix.  x.  xi.  xiii.  xv.  xvi.  xvii. 
xx.  xxi. 

Editors  of  Hutching's  California  Maga- 
zine, don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Editors  of  Ibis,  don.  to  lib.  i. 

Editors  of  Journal  de  Conchyliologie, 
don.  to  lib.  xviii. 

Editor  of  Mining  Magazine  and  Jour- 
nal of  Geology,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 

Editors  of  Neues  Jahrbuch  fur   Mine- 


ralogie,  &c,  don,  to  lib.  vi.  ix.  xii. 
xviii. 
I860.]  42 


Editors  of  New  Orleans  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal,  don.  to  lib.  i.  viii. 
xiii.  xv.  xviii.  xx. 

Editors  of  New  York  Journal  of  Medi- 
cine, don.  to  lib.  iv.  vii.  viii. 

Editors  of  New  York  Medical  Press, 
don.  to  lib.  ii. 

Editors  of  North  Amer.  Med.-Chirurg. 
Review,  don,  to  lib.  iv.  viii.  xiii.  xv. 
xix. 

Editor  of  Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoo- 
logie,  &c.  don,  to  lib.  i.  ii.  iv.  v.  vii. 
ix.  xi.  xiii.  xv.  xvi.  xviii.  xxi. 

Editors  of  San  Francisco  Medical  Press, 
don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Editors  of  Southern  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Journal,  don.  to  lib.  i.  iii.  iv. 
vii.  viii.  x.  xi.  xiii.  xv.  xviii.  xix.  xxi. 

Editors  of  St.  Joseph's  Journal  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery,  don.  to  lib.  ii. 

Election  of  Members  and  Correspon- 
dents, 579. 

Election  of  Officers  for  1861,  578. 

Election  of  Standing  Committees,  48. 

Encke,  M.j  don.  to  lib.  xiv. 

Engelmann,  Dr.  George,  don.  to  lib.  iv 

Engelmann,  H.,  see  Meek. 

Evans,  Dr.  John,  application  for 
Co-operation  of  the  Academy,  2. 

Fahnestock,  G.  W.,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Field,  Lieut.  Thomas  Y..  U.  S.  N.,  don. 
to  mus.  iii. 

Fisher,  Dr.  James  C.  read  extract  of 
letter  from  J.  H.  Redfield,  148 ;  an- 
nounced the  death  of  Victor  G.  Au- 
dubon, 325  ;  announced  the  death  of 
A.  M.  C.  Dumeril,  415  ;  Remarks  on 
a  specimen  of  Peat  from  a  bed  of 
leaves  on  the  Atrato  River,  515  ; 
Resolutions  by,  on  the  death  of  Vice- 
President  Le  Conte,  516;  Report  on 
the  Library,  575. 

Forshay,  C.  S.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 

Foulke,  William  Parker,  Remarks  en 
experiments  of  T.  Sterry  Hunt,  96  ; 
don.  to  mus.  vii. 

Fraley,  W.  W.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

France,  Minister  of  Public  Works,  don. 
to  lib.  ii.  xi.  xvi. 

Frost,  C.  W.,  don.  to  mus.  iii. ;  don.  to 
lib.  xiv. 

Gabb,  William  M.,  Descriptions  of  new 
species  of  Fossils,  probably  Triassic, 
from  Virginia,  1  ;  Descriptions  of 
new  species  of  Cretaceous  Fossils,  1  j 
Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Cre- 
taceous Fossils  from  New  Jersey,  86; 


VI. 


INDEX. 


93  ;  Descriptions  of  some  new  spe- 
cies of  Cretaceous  Fossils  from 
South  America  in  the  collection  of 
the  Academy,  148,  197;  On  the 
identity  of  Ammonites  Texanus,  Roe- 
mer,  and  A,  vespertiuus,  Morton,  202  ; 
Catalogue  of  the  Museum  of  the 
Academy  for  the  use  of  visitors,  304 ; 
Description  of  a  new  species  of  Ce- 
phalopod  from  the  Eocene  of  Texas, 
305,  324;  see  Horn:  Description  of 
new  species  of  Tertiary  and  Creta- 
ceous Fossils,  417  ;  Description  of  a 
new  species  of  Cassidulus  from  the 
Cretaceous  formation  of  Alabama  ; 
Description  of  a  new  genus  and  spe- 
cies of  Amorphozoa  from  the  Creta- 
ceous formation  of  New  Jersey,  515, 
518,  519  ;  Remarks  on  Jurassic  Fos- 
sils in  reply  to  a  letter  of  Jules 
Marcou,  548 ;  Description  of  some 
new  species  of  Tertiary  Fossils  from 
Chiriqui,  Central  America,  551,  567  ; 
don.  to  mus.  i.;  don.  to  lib.  xv. 

Grarsia,  Dr.  W.  M.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Grassies,  J.  B.,  don  to  lib.  xviii. 

Gerhart,  A.  S.,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 

(Jill,  Theodore,  Notes  on  the  Nomen- 
clature of  North  American  Fishes, 
and  on  the  pertinence  of  Alosa  teres 
DeKay,  to  the  genus  Dussumieza, 
Val.  2,  19,  21.  Conspectus  Piscium 
inexpeditione  adOceanum  Pacificurn 
Septentrionalum,  C.  Ringgold  et  J. 
Rogers  ducibus,  aG.  Stimpson,  M.  D. 
Collectore ;  Sicydianae,  96,  100 ; 
Monograph  of  the  genus  Labrisomus 
of  Swaiason ;  Monograph  of  the 
genus  Labrax,  of  Cuvier ;  Mono- 
graph of  the  Philypni,  97,  102,  108, 
120. 

Gristel,  Dr.  Johannes,  don.  to  lib.  xxi. 

Glasco,  J.  M.,  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Gould,  Dr.  A.  A.  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Grateloup,  M.  le  Dr.,  don.  to  lib.  iv.  xx. 

Haidinger,  Wilhelm,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Haldeman,  S.  S.,  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Hall,  James,  don.  to  lib.  iii.  xiv. 

Hall,  T.  J.,  don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Haliowell,  Dr.  Edward,  death  of,  an- 
nounced, 81 ;  Reptilia  of  the  North 
Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  edited 
by  E.  D.  Cope,  415,  480. 

Hammond,  Dr.  ffm  A.  and  Dr.  S. 
Weir  Mitchell,  on  the  physical  and 
chemical  characteristics  of  Corroval 
and  Vao,  two  recently  discovered 
varieties  of  Woorara,  and  a  new  al- 


kaloid containing  their  active  prin- 
ciple, 100. 

Hanson,  H.  C,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Harris,  Edward,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 

Harris,  Dr.  R.  P.,  don.  to  mus.  iii.  v. 

Hartman,  W.  D.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Hartshorne,  Dr.  Henry,  don.  to  lib.  xxi. 

Hayden,  Dr.  F.  V.,  see  Meek. 

Hays,  Dr.  I.  I.,  announcement  of  his 
progress  in  raising  funds  for  his  Arc- 
tic Expedition,  149  ;  don.  to  lib.  iv. 

Henry,  Dr.  Bernard,  announcement  of 
death  of,  148. 

Hering,  C.  J.,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Hernandez,  Dr.  Don  Jose  de  la  Sur, 
don.  to  lib.  iv. 

Hoeckley,  F.  S.,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Holloway,  W.  E.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Hopper,  J.  M.  and.  O.  C.  Herbert,  vote 
of  thanks  to,  for  donations,  3. 

Horn,  George  W.,  descriptions  of  three 
new  species  of  Gorgonidae  in  Mus. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  202,  233  ;  on  Milne- 
Edwards'  synonymy  of  Xiphigorgia 
setacea,  and  Wm.  M.  Gabb,  descrip- 
tions of  new  Cretaceous  Corals  from 
New  Jersey,  363,  366,  367 ;  descrip- 
tions of  new  Corals  in  Mus.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.,  415,  435  ;  descriptions  of 
new  North  American  Coleoptera,  in 
the  Cabinet  of  the  Entomological 
Society  of  Philadelphia,  551 ;  569  ; 
don.Ho  mus.  v. 

Horn,  P.  C,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Homes,  Dr.  Morris,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Howe,  Joseph,  don.  to  lib.  i. 

Huffnagle,  Dr.,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Hunt,  T.  Sterry,  letter  from,  on  ex- 
periments with  Chloride  of  Calcium 
and  Magnesia  precipitated  by  Car- 
bonate of  Soda,  96. 

India,  Secretary  of  State   for,  don.   to 

lib.  x. 
Institute,  Canadian  of  Arts  &c.  don.  to 

lib.  ii.  iv.  ix.  x.  xiii.  xviii. 
Institute,  Essex,    Salem,   don.  to   lib. 

xvi.  xviii. 
Institute,    Royal  Imperial    Geological, 

Vienna,  don.  to  lib.  vi.  xviii. 
Institute,  Maryland,  don.  to  lib.  iii.  xt. 
Institution,  Royal  Lombard,  of  Science. 

&c,  don.  to  lib.  x. 

Jackson,  Dr.  J.  B.  S.,  don.  to  mus.  iv, 
Jackson,  Dr.  R.  M.  S.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 
Jan,  M.,  don.  to  lib.  iii. 
Janeway,  Dr.  J.    H.,  don.  to    mus.   i.; 
don.  to  lib.  xi. 


I 


INDEX, 


■VII. 


Jeanes,  Joseph,  don.  to  mus.  vi.  vii. 
Jeanes,  Samuel,  don.  to  mus.  vi.  vii. 
Jessup,   Augustus    E.,   resolutions    on 

death*  of,  1  ;  letter  from  A.  D.  Jessup. 

E.  A.  Jessup  and  Mrs.  Clara  J.  Moorej 

children  of  the  late,  95. 
Jolis,  Anguste  C,  don.  to  lib.  six. 
Jones  &  White,  don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Kane,  Dr.  J.  K.,  don.  to  mus.  ii.  iii. 

Kaull,  William,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Kellog,  F.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Kennicott,  Robert,  description  of  new 
species  of  North  American  Reptiles 
in  the  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  325 ;   328. 

Kern,  Edward  M.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Kirschbaum,  C.  S.,  don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Kollar,  Dr.,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Krider,  John,  don.  to.  mus.  i.  v. 

Kurtz,  J.  D.,  don.  to  lib.  i. 

Lamont,  Dr,  J.,  don.  to  lib.  v. 

Langstrotb,  L.  L.,  don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Lapham,  J.  A.,  a  list  of  the  fresh-water 
shells  of  Wisconsin,  146  ;   154. 

Lea,  Isaac,  LL.  D.,  Prest.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.,  remarks  on  the  death  of  A.  E. 
Jessup  and  resolutions  by,  1  ;  re- 
marks on  the  history  of  Anthracite 
coal,  2  ;  remarks  on  the  number  of 
species  of  Unionidae  in  the  United 
States  and  Territories,  3 ;  remarks 
on  abnormal  shells,  51  ;  descriptions 
of  four  new  species  of  Unionidae  from 
Brazil ;  description  of  fifteen  new 
species  of  Uruguayan  Unionidae ;  re- 
marks on  the  number  of  Unionidae  of 
North  America,  85 ;  89 ;  90 ;  de- 
scription of  four  new  species  of  Me- 
laniadaa  of  the  United  States;  descrip- 
tions of  five  new  species  of  Uniones 
from  Alabama,  86  ;  92  ;  93  ;  remarks 
on  letter  of  Dr.  Lewis  on  the  color- 
ing matter  of  the  nacre  of  Uniones, 
88  ;  remarks  on  a  new  form  of  palpi 
of  Anodonta,  97  ;  remarks  on  letter 
of  Dr.  Showalter  of  Ala.,  on  speci- 
mens of  Physa ;  and  on  letter  from 
Dr.  Lewis  on  self-registering  ther- 
mometer, 147  ;  descriptions  of  four- 
teen new  species  of  Schizostoma, 
Anculosa,  &c,  148  ;  186 ;  remarks 
on  perforation  of  rocks  by  Echini, 
149;  descriptions  of  two  new  species 
of  Uniones  from  Georgia ;  descrip- 
tions  of  three  new  species  of  Uniones 
from  Mexico  ;  descriptions  of  six  new 
species  of  Unionidae  from  Alabama; 


descriptions  of  seven  new  specie 
Unionidaj  from  the    United  States  ; 
descriptions  of  three  new  species  of 
exotic  Unionidae,  302  ;  305  ;  read  an 
extract  of  a  letter  from  Bishop  El- 
liott on  Helix  Cumberlandiana,  3 
new  Unionidas  of  the  United  Stati  i 
and  Northern  Mexico,  415  ;  readier.-- 
ter   from  Jules  Marcou,   548  ; 
letters  from  Mr.  Tyson  of  Md.  ' 
Mori,  to  mus.  ii.  iii.  iv.  v.  vii.  don.  to 
Tib.  iv.  v.  xxi. 

Lea,  M.  Carey,  don.  to  lib.  i.  xiii.  xxi. 

LeConte,  Maj.  John,  Vice  President, 
announcement  of  death  of,  and  reso- 
lutions concerning,  516  ;  don.  to  mus. 
ii. 

Le  Conte,  Dr.  J.  L.,  remarks  on  the 
geographical  distribution  of  Coleop- 
tera,  49;  resolutions  by  on  death  of 
Dr.  Edward  Hallowell,  82  ;  notes  on 
Coleoptera  found  at  Fort  Simpson, 
Mackenzie  River,  with  remarks  on 
other  northern  species,  304  ;  315  :  sy- 
nopsis of  the  Scaphidiidae  of  the  Uni- 
ted States,  304;  321;  don.  to  mus.  vii. 
don.  to  lib.  x. 

Leidy,  Dr.  Joseph,  remarks  on  Alber- 
tite,  54 ;  announcement  of  the  pur- 
chase of  the  collection  of  coal  fossils 
of  Mr.  Eli  Bowen,  54;  remarks  on 
Hyalonemamirabilis,  85  ;  announce- 
ment of  the  presentation  by  Dr.  T. 
B.  Wilson  of  bis  entire  collection  of 
Birds,  86 ;  remarks  on  experiments 
with  Trichina  spiralis,  96:  remarks 
on  a  new  and  rich  botanical  locality 
at  Jackson,  New  Jersey,  98  ;  resolu- 
tion to  exchange  the  Journal  and 
Proceedings  with  Mr.  J.  N.  H.  Barris 
for  a  suite  of  fossils,  150;  notice  of 
specimen  of  Hyla,  305  ;  remarks  on 
fossil  teeth  of  Hippotherium  from 
Washington  Co.,  Texas,  416;  re- 
marks on  an  extinct  Peccary  from 
Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  416 :  announced  the 
death  of  Dr.  David  Dale  Owen,  516  ; 
don.  to  mus.  i.  iii,  vi.  vii.  don.  to  lib 
xiii.  xiv.  xvii. 

LeMoine,  J.  M.,  don.  to  lib.  vi, 

Lesley,  J.  P.,  remarks  on  letter  of  T. 
Sterry  Hunt,  96;  remarks  on  a  boul- 
der of  Gneiss  on  the  Orange  Co.,  N. 
Y.  Highlands.  97  :  remarks  on  the 
geology  of  the  White  Mountains,  363. 

Lesquereux,  Leo,  don.  to  lib.  xxi. 

Lewis,  Dr.  James,  catalogue  of  the 
shell-bearing  Mollusca  found  in  the 


vm. 


INDEX. 


vicinity  of  Mohawk,  N.  Y.,  1  ;  17  ; 

extract  of  letter  from,  88. 
Lewis,  George  T.,  don.  to  mus.  Hi. 
Leopoldt,  F.,  don.  to  lib.  x. 
Librarian,  Report  of,  575. 
Library,  Trustees  of  New  York  State, 

don.  to  lib.  ix. 
Logan, Dr.  J.  Dickinson, don.  tomus.vii. 
Lowes,  J.  B.  and  J.  H.  Gilbert,  don.  to 

lib.  vii. 
Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  New  Yofck, 

don.  to  lib.  iv. 
Lynch,  Capt.  Wm.  F.,  U.  S.  N.,  don.  to 

lib.  iv. 

Mactier,  Wm.  L.,  don.  to  mus.  i.  don. 
to  lib.  xiv. 

Marcou,  Jules,  letter  from  in  regard  to 
Jurassic  fossils,  548 ;  don.  to  lib. 
xviii. 

Harsh,  Benj.  V.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Martius,  Carl  Freidrick  Philippv.,  don. 
to  lib.  vi. 

Mason,  E.  P.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Matthews,  S.  H.,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 

McChesney,  J.  H.,don.  to  lib.  iii. 

McKibben,  J.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Meehan,  Thomas,  note  on  Carya  Texana, 
547,  don.  to  lib.  x. 

Meek,  F.  B.  and  H.  Engelmann,  report 
to  Capt.  J.  H  Simpson,  126;  and 
Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  descriptions  of 
new  organic  remains  from  the  Ter- 
tiary. Cretaceous  and  Jurassic  rocks 
of  Nebraska,  148;  175  ;  descriptions 
of  new  fossil  remains  collected  in  Ne- 
braska and  Utah,  &c,  302  ;  308  ; 
and  A.  H.  Wortben,  descriptions  of 
new  species  of  Crinoidea  from  the 
Carboniferous  rocks  of  Illinois  and 
other  Western  States,  363  ;  379  ;  and 
Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  Systematic  cata- 
logue with  synonymy  of  Jurassic, 
t-retaceous  and  Tertiary  fossils  col- 
lected in  Nebraska,  &c,  415  ;  417  ; 
descriptions  of  new  Carboniferous 
fossils  from  Illinois  and  other  West- 
ern States,  416  ;  447. 

Meigs,  Dr.  J.  Aitken,  observations  upon 
the  form  of  the  Occiput  in  the  vari- 
ous races  of  men,  363  ;  397 ;  don.  to 
mus.  i. 

•  Milson,  Dr.  Augustus,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 
Misser,  P.,  don.  to  lib.  v. 
Mitchell,  Dr.  S.  Weir,  see  Hammond  ; 

don.  to  mus.  v.  don.  to  lib.  i.  vii. 
Montes  de  Oca,  Rafael,  Mexican  Hum- 
ming Birds  No.   1,  3  ;  47 ;  Mexican 
1    Humming  Birds  No.  2,  54 ;  80 ;  Mexi- 


can Humming  Birds   Nos,  3   and  4, 

517,;   551. 
Moore,  Dr.  Francis,  don.  to  mus.  v. 
Morris,  Dr.  J.  C,  don.  to  mus.  vi. 
Moss,  T.  F.,  don.  to  mus.  iii.  iv. 
Mouiins,  Charles  de,  don.  to   lib.  xix. 

xx. 
Mueller,  Dr.  Carolus,  don.  to  lib.  v.  xi. 
Museum,  Geological,  Calcutta,  don.  to 

lib.,  iii.  viii. 

Newberry,  Dr,  J.  S.,   don.  to   lib.    xix. 

xxi. 
Nicholson,  Capt.,  dou.  to  mus.  ii. 
Norris,  Thaddeus  W.  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Observatory,  Royal  of  Munich,   don.  to 

to  lib.  vi. 
Ohio,  Legislature  of,  don.  to  lib.  xi. 
Orrick,  A.  C,  don.  to  mus.  ii. 
Osten,  Sacken,  Baron  R.,  Appendix  to 

the  paper  entitled  "  new  genera  and 

species  of  North  American  Tipulidae 

with  short  palpi,"   2  ;   15. 
Owen,  Dr.  David  Dale,  announcement 

of  the  death  of,  516. 

Paine,  Martyn,  M.  D.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 

Pennsylvania,  State  of,  don.  to  lib.  i.  ii. 

Perkins,  Edward  L.,  vote  of  thanks  to, 
for  donation,  3  :  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Petermann,  Dr.  A.,  don.  to  lib.  viii. 

Phillips,  J.  S.,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Pickering,  Dr.  Charles,  remarks  on  the 
history  of  Anthracite  coal,  2. 

Pierce,  J.  Newton,  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Piggott,  John  T.  don.  to  mus.  v. 

Potts  &  Klett,  don.  to  mus.  ii. 

Powel,  Samuel,  remarks  on  binocular 
vision,  99  ;  don.  to  mus.  i.  iii. 

Prime,  Temple,  descriptions  of  new 
species  ofGyrena  and  Corbicula  in 
the  -Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  51  ;  80  : 
Synonymy  of  the  Cyclades  a  family 
of  Acephalous  Mollusca,  part  1st, 
199;  267;  don.  to  mus.  v.  don.  to 
lib.  ii. 

Purves,  L.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 

Quetelet,  M.  Ad.,  don.  to  lib.  xiv. 
Quetelet,  M,  Ernest,  don.  to  lib.  xiv. 

Rand,  Dr.  B.  H.,  resolution  of  thanks 
to  Van  Amburgh  &  Co.,  516. 

Rand,  F.  D.,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Ravenel,  H.  W.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Redfield,  John  H.,  description  of  a 
new  species  of  Marginella,  148  ; 
174. 

1860. 


INDEX. 


IX. 


Report  of  Committee  on  Memorial  in 
aid  of  Dr.  Evans,  2. 

Report  of  Committee  on  letter  of  A.  E. 
Jessup,  &c,  100. 

Report  of  Committee  on  Proceedings, 
48. 

Report  of  Publication  Committee,  43. 

Resolutions  on  the  death  of  A.  E.  Jes- 
sup, 1. 

Resolutions  in  relation  to  the  meteor- 
ite of  Port  Orford,  W.  T.,  2. 

Resolutions  on  the  death  of  Dr.  Ed- 
ward Hallowell,  82. 

Resolutions  on  the  death  of  George  W. 
Carpenter,  201. 

Resolutions  on  the  death  of  Vice  Presi- 
dent Le  Conte,  516. 

Roepper,  Mr.,  don.  to  nius.  iii. 

Rogers,   Prof.  Fairman,  don.  to   mus. 
vii. 

Rogers,  Prof.  Robert  E.,  remarks  on 
the  debitumenization  of  coal  and 
propagation  of  concussion^  53  ;  re- 
marks on  Petroleum  wells  of  West- 
ern Pennsylvania,  147  ;  exhibition 
•of  a  modification  of  Gore's  apparatus 
of  revolving  metallic  ball,  148  ;  ex- 
hibition of  experiments  on  the  de- 
composing power  of  Carbonic  Acid 
in  solution,  and  of  Prof.  Way's 
light,  and  reclamation  of,  for  Dr. 
Hare,  515  ;  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Rogers,  Prof.  Wm.  B.,  remarks  on 
Albertite,  or  so-called  Albert  coal  of 
New  Brunswick,  98  ;  remarks  on 
experiments  in  binocular  vision,  98  ; 
don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Ruschenberger,  Dr.  W.  S.  W.,  re- 
marks on  binocular  vision,  99  ;  re- 
signation from  Committees,  324 ; 
don.  to  mus.  ii. 

Samuel,  David,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 

Sauvalle,  F.  A.,  don.  to  mus.  vi. 

Say,  Mrs.  Lucy  W.,  don.  to  lib.  iv.  v. 
xi.  xvi.  xvii.  xxi. 

S  attergood,  Theo.,  don.  to  mus.  ii. 

Schmidt,  Dr.  H.  D.,  method  of  paint- 
ing moist  anatomical  preparations, 
54. 

Secretary,  Recording,   Report  of,  572. 

Seidel,  Ludwig,  don.  to  lib.  v. 

Semple,  Dr.,  U.  S.  N.,  don.  to  mus.  ii. 
iii. 

Short,  J.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

Shumard,  Dr.  B.  F.,  don.  to  lib.  i.  ii. 
iii.  xvi. 

Simpson,  Capt.  J.  H.,  Top.  Eng.,  no- 
tice of  geological  discoveries  made 

I860.] 


by  him  in  his  recent  explorations 
across  the  continent,  97,  12(J. 
Sinclair,  Dr.,  U.  S.  N.,  don.  to   mus. 

vi. 
Slack,  Dr.  J.  H.,  remarks  on  the  dis- 
covery of  some  fossil  bones,  o  ;  re- 
marks  on  the  finding   of  teeth    of 
Mosasaurus,  54 ;  don.  to  mus.  i.  ii. 
iii.  iv.  vii. 
Smith,  Aubrey  H.,  and  Alex.  H.  Smith. 
letter  on  the  habits  of  the  Beaver, 
146 ;    remarks    on  a  black   snake, 
which,   when  alarmed,  ascended  a 
tree,  149  ;  don.  to  mus.  vii. 
Smith,  Charles  E.,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 
Smith,  N.  and  E.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  don.  to  mus- 
i.  ii.  iii.  v.  ;  don.  to  lib.  i.  xii.  xiii. 
Snowden,  J.  Ross.,  don.  to  lib.  ii. 
Society,  Academique  de  Maine  et  Loire,, 

don.  to  lib.  vi. 
Society,  American  Antiquarian,    don. 

to  lib.  ii.  x. 
Society,    American  Geographical  and 

Statistical,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 
Society,  American  Philosophical,  don. 

to  lib.  i.  x. 
Society,  Arts  and  Institutions  in  Union, 

London,  don.  to  lib.  ii.  xvii. 
Society,  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaus, 

Berlin,  don.  to  lib.  xii. 
Society,  Boston  Natural  History,  don. 

to  lib.  i.  iii.  iv.  ix.  xi.  xiv.  xviii. 
Society,  Chemical,  of  London,  don.  to 

lib.  xxi. 
Society,  Deutschen  Geologischen,  Ber- 
lin, don.  to  lib.  ii.  vi.  xviii.  xix. 
Society,    Entomologique    de    France, 

Paris,  don.  to  lib.  iv. 
Society,  Entomologischen,  Berlin,  don. 

to  lib.  xii. 
Society,  Entomologischen   zu   Stettin, 

don.  to  lib.  vi. 
Society,  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte 
in  Meklenburg,  don.  to  lib.  vi.  xviii. 
Society,    fiirstlich    Jablonowskischen 

zu  Leipzig,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 
Society,  Geological,  of  Dublin,  don.  to 

lib.  viii. 
Society,  Geological,  of  London,  don.  to 

lib.  i.  vii.  xi.  xvii. 
Society,   Historical,  of  Pennsylvania, 

don.  to  lib.  iii. 
Society,  Imperiale  des  Naturalist*  s    le 

Moscou,  don.  to  lib.  ii.  xix. 
Society,  Imperiale  des  Sciences,   &c, 

de  Cherbourg,  don.  to  lib.  ix.  xix. 
Society,  K.  K.  Zoologisch-botanisi ■: 
Wien,  don.  to  lib.  xviii. 


INDEX. 


Soeiety,  Kong.  Danske  Videnskaber- 
nes,  Kjobenhaven,  don.  to  lib.  ii. 

Society,  Konig.  bohmischen  der  Wis- 
senschaften,  Prag,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Society,  Konigl.  der  Wissenscbaften 
zu  Gbttingen,  don.  to  lib.  xviii. 

Society,  Leeds  Philosophical  and  Liter- 
ary, don.  to  lib.  xvii. 

Society,  Linnean,  of  London,  don.  to 
lib.  is. 

Society,  Linneene  de  Normandy,  don. 
to  lib.  vi. 

Society,  Literary  and  Philosopbical,  of 
Liverpool,  don.  to  lib.  xviii. 

Society,  Literary  and  Philosphical,  of 
Manchester,  don.  to  lib.,  xvii. 

Society,  Natural  History,  of  Dorpat, 
don.  to  lib.  xii. 

Society,  Naturforschenden  in  Emden, 
don.  fo  lib.  xvii. 

Society,  Naturforschenden  in  Basel, 
don.  to  lib.  ii. 

Society,  Natural  History,  of  Montreal, 
don.  to  lib.  i.  iv.  vii.  xi.  xv.  xxi. 

Society,  Naturforschenden  zu  Frei- 
burg, don.  to  lib.  ii.  xii. 

Society,  Naturforschenden  zu  Riga, 
don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Society,  Naturhistorischen  der  preus- 
sischen  Rheinland  und  Westpha- 
lens,  don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Society,  Naturkunde  in  Herzogthum, 
Nassau,  don.  to  lib.  ix. 

Society,  Natuurkundige  in  Nederland- 
isch  Indie,  don.  to  lib.  i.  viii.  ix.  x. 
xvi. 

Society,  Northern  Antiquaries,  of  Co- 
penhagen, don.  to  lib.  x. 

Society,  of  Oberhessischen  fur  Natur- 
und  Heilkunde,  don.  to  lib.  xvii. 

Society,  Osterlande  zu  Altenburg,  don. 

to  lib.  vi. 
Society,  Physikal-Medicin,  Wurzburg, 

don.  to  lib.  xii. 
Society,  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Natu- 

relle     de     Geneve,     don.     to      lib. 

ix. 
Society,  Royal,  of  Edinburgh,  don.  to 

lib.  x. 
Society,  Royal,  of  London,  don.  to  lib. 

vii.  xv.  xvii.  xviii. 

Society,  Royal  Physical,  of  Edinburgh, 
don.  to  lib.  xvii. 

Society,  Russich-Kaiserlichen  Mine- 
ralogischen  zu  St.  Petersbourg,  don. 
to  lib.  xviii. 

Society,  Scientiarum  Upsaliensis,  don. 
to  lib.  xix. 


Society,  Senckenbergischen  Naturfor- 
schenden, don.  to  lib.  xii. 

Society,  Wissenscbaften  zu  Leipzig, 
don.  to  lib.  xix. 

Society,  Wurttembergische  Naturwis- 
senschaftliche,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 

Society,  Zoological,  of  London,  don.  to 
lib.  i.  vii.  xx.  xxi. 

Society,  Zoologische,  Frankfurt  am 
Main,  don.  to  lib.  ii.  xix. 

Society,  Zoologisch-Mineralogischen  in 
Regensberg,  don.  to  lib.  xii. 

Stainton,  H.  T.,  observations  on  Ameri- 
can Tineina,  416,  433. 

Steiner,  Dr.  Lewis  H.,  don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Stimpson,  Wm.,  Prodrornus  descrip- 
tionis  animalium  evertebratorum, 
quae  in  Expeditione  ad  Oceanum 
Pacificum  Septentrionalem,  a  Re- 
publica  Federata  missa,  C.  Ringgold 
et  J.  Rodgers  Ducibus,  observavit 
et  descripsit,  22. 

Storer,  Frank  H.,  don.  to  lib.  xi. 

Suess,  Prof.  Edward,  don.  to  lib.  vi. 
xviii. 

Swift,  Robert,  don.  to  mus.  v.  vi.    • 

Tatnall,  Edward,  don.  to  lib.  xv. 
Taylor,  Alfred  B. ,  don.  to  lib.  ii. 
Taylor,  Prof.  W.  J.,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 

vi. 
Thompson,  J.  H.,  don.  to  mus.  i. 
Trautwine,  J.  C,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 
Troschel,  Dr.  F.   H.,  don.  to  lib.  xdi. 

xix. 
Turner,   Dr.  T.  J.,  U.  S.  N.,  don.   to 

mus.  i. 
Tyson,  Isaac,  don.  to  mus.  iii. 
Tyson,  P.  T.,  don.  to  mus.  vii.  ;  don. 

to  lib.  xvii. 

Uhler,  P.  R.,  Hemiptera  of  the  North 
Pacific  Exploring  Expedition,  &c, 
201,  221. 

Uhler,  Dr.  Wm.  M.,  don.  to  mus.  vii. 

University,  Catholic,  of  Louvain,  don. 
to  lib.  xii. 

University,  Royal,  of  Christiana,  Nor- 
way, don.  to  lib.  v. 

University,  State  of  Michigan,  don.  to 
lib,  iii. 

University,  State  of  New  York,  Re- 
gents of,  don.  to  lib.  xvii. 

Van  Amburgh  &  Co.,  thanks  of  the 
Academy  to  for  donations  to  Mu- 
seum, 516  ;  don.  to  mus.  vii. 

Vaux,  Wm.  S.,  resolution  offered  by, 
148  ;  don.  to  mus.  ii.  vi.  vii. 


[1860. 


INDEX. 


II. 


Ward,  Townsend,  don.  to  mus.  iv. 
Warren,  David  M..  don.  to  lib.  xii. 
Wayne,  Major,  U.  S.  A.,  don.  to  lib. 

vii. 
Weinland,  Dr.  S.  F.,  don.  to  lib.  xiii. 
Weitenweber,  Dr.  Wilh.  Rud.,  don.  to 

lib.  vi. 
Westermann,   B.,  &   Co,  don.  to  lib. 

xi. 
Wetlierill,   Dr.  C.  M.,  don.   to   mus. 

iv.  ;  don  to  lib.  xi.  xiii.  xvi. 
Wiegel,  F.  O.,  don.  to  lib.  xix. 
Wilcocks,  Dr.  Alexander,  don.  to  lib. 

iii. 
Willis,  J.   R.,   announcement   of  the 

discovery    of    Waldheimia  cranium 

and  Littorina  litorea  on  the  shore  of 

Nova  Scotia,  148. 
Wilson,  Dr.  Joseph,  U.  S.  N.,  remarks 

on  a  tiger  cat,  (Felis  pardalis  mini 

mus,)  82 ;   don.  to  mns.  i.  ii.  iii. 


Wilson,  Dr.  Thomas  B.,  don.  to  mus. 
ii.  iv.  vi.  vii.  ;  don.  to  lib.  i.  ii.  iii. 
iv.  v.  vii.  viii.  x.  xi.  xii.  xiii.  xiv. 
xv.  xvi.  xvii.  xx.  xxi.  xxii. 

Wood,  Horatio  C,  Jr.,  contribution* 
to  the  Carboniferous  Flora  of  the  U. 
States,  199,  236  ;  catalogue  of  Car- 
boniferous plants  in  Mus.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.,  with  corrections  in  syno- 
nymy, descriptions  of  new  species, 
&c,  415,  436  ;  contributions  to  the 
Carboniferous  Flora  of  the  U.  States, 
No.  2,  517,  519  ;  don.  to  mus.  iii. 
iv.  vi.  ;  don.  to  lib.  vii. 

Worthen,  A.  H.,  see  Meek. 

Xantus,  John,  descriptions  of  three 
new  species  of  Star-fishes  from  Cape 
St.  Lucas,  Lower  California,  551,  568. 


I860.] 


Proc.  Acad 


PI.  t 


PRO CACAD.  NAT  SCI 


PI.  2. 


6 


3 


2: 


^     5 


10 


^    .+*' 


13 


3  -.S-    : 


1 

. 

WM.Gabt  del 


PROC.ACAD.NAT.SCI. 


PI   3 


W  M.&aVb  del. 


Troc.  AcaA.IatSci  Phi*- 


41 


PI.    4 


H.': 


•  •1 


,  . 


. 


• 


-  '.';.i'^,-j'*- -v    >i        ■'■$&.       ii»T" 


.  k 


"«5 


"'38 


I 


AX      ■<■■* 


■   '^ 


1 


?t&"    '; 


a 


I 


T    Sinclair's  hik.  Phil* 


/      AsdbojVUS     Ciutifilotdinni.    Wood 

Z    A    MdrupJiZaezis,     Wood. 

3    SolenouZa    PsiZopTiZaeiis,    Wood 


-/■    Zepidostrotus    Slaafwoidcs,       Hood. 

■>    SigiUaria    Solejurtus,    Wood 

i>   AsoZajvus    OrrvvihLcrwides       Wood. 


Proc.Aca.d..Na±  Sci.PML* 


PL    5. 


'\Y  v- 


I      •  ji  ..-**•  -   V  ■ 


r 


*V 


\ 


' 


■   4 


,    •-•■. 
I 


I   i;i 


'  V- 


j 


H  -'<& 


■4  WrSi*^l 


f     £'>       : 


y"'  1  %:- 


. 


%  f 

1 

- 

?     Jj    ;>' 

^ 

J 


T   Sinclair's  iiti,  FM* 


;     Li'pidodendro/i    Owen*       Wood  3    1.     Mekiston/,       Ifcod 

2     L      Venustum      Wood.  I-    L     Lesouweuxi.    Wood. 

5.  Jjepidopli Zo~ios   Icffwolepis,     Wood, 


Proc    Acad   IT  at    Sci.  Phil* 


mp\ 


■ 


I 


1 


'. 


■ 


& 


PI    6. 


T  Sinclair's  Irth.TM1 


/     Lijiidodendr-tm     THkrvcJidZos,    Wood'.  •'    £.  Drepanaspis      Wood. 

3    Z    Bordac.     Wood.  /■  L.  Maqrtum    Wood 


Proc.ANS.Plulad.cL  1860 


Plate  7. 


1 


'iM 


ASTROSCOPUS     GUTT-ATUS  (ABBOTT.) 


O     KVipT-iIat-  r?e>l 


r.ii.  t> o  r"_ 


Froc  AN.'S.  Philada,284>0 


Plate  .1 


J  KomuzreCus  imperfectus  4  Arhopahis  Wilsmta. 

-'   <  (vti/.<  nituhis  .''    Leptura  auratn 

7   ^tr///c/'.«7v  c&terea 


H  2 


MBL  WHOI   LIBRARY 


WH    IflRl    Q 


Sirap$ 


!  i  i  .'. 


■ .;. 


%Kfo,* 


ii; 


ii 


HH 


ill 


in 


iiffl